Exzerpte und Notizen September 1853 bis Januar 1855 9783050034881

Citation preview

KARL MARX FRIEDRICH ENGELS GESAMTAUSGABE (MEGA) VIERTE A B T E I L U N G EXZERPTE · NOTIZEN · MARGINALIEN BAND 12

HERAUSGEGEBEN VON DER INTERNATIONALEN

MARX-ENGELS-STIFTUNG

AMSTERDAM

KARL MARX FRIEDRICH ENGELS EXZERPTE UND NOTIZEN SEPTEMBER 1853 BIS JANUAR 1855 TEXT Bearbeitet von Manfred Neuhaus und Claudia Reichel Unter Mitwirkung von Karl-Frieder Grube, Giesela Neuhaus, Klaus-Dieter Neumann, Hanno Strauß und Christine Weckwerth

AKADEMIE VERLAG 2007

Internationale Marx-Engels-Stiftung Vorstand Kirill M. Anderson, Dieter Dowe, Jaap KJoosterman, Herfried Münkler Redaktionskommission Georgij Bagaturija, Beatrix Bonvier, Terrell Carver, Galina Golovina, Lex Heerma van Voss, Jürgen Herres, Gerald Hubmann, Götz Langkau, Manfred Neuhaus, Izumi Omura, Teinosuke Otani, Ljudmila Vasina, Carl-Erich Vollgraf, Wei Jianhua Wissenschaftlicher Beirat Shlomo Avineri, Gerd Caliesen, Robert E. Cazden, Iring Fetscher, Eric J. Fischer, Patrick Fridenson, Francesca Gori, Andrzej F. Grabski, Carlos B. Gutiérrez, Hans-Peter Harstick, Funaio Hattori, Eric J. Hobsbawm, Hermann Klenner, Michael Rnieriem, Jürgen Kocka, Nikolaj Lapin, Hermann Lübbe, Teodor Ojzerman, Berteil Oilman, Tsutomu Ouchi, Hans Pelger, Pedro Ribas, Bertram Schefold, Wolfgang Schieder, Hans Schilar, Walter Schmidt, Gareth Stedman Jones, Jean Stengers, Shiro Sugihara, Immanuel Wallerstein

Dieser Band wurde durch die Bund-Länder-Kommission für Bildungsplanung und Forschungsförderung im Akademienprogramm mit Mitteln des Bundes (Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung) und des Landes Berlin (Senatsverwaltung für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung) gefördert.

ISBN 978-3-05-003488-1

© Akademie Verlag GmbH, Berlin 2007 Das eingesetzte Papier ist alterungsbeständig nach DIN/ISO 9706. Alle Rechte, insbesondere die der Übersetzung in andere Sprachen, vorbehalten. Kein Teil des Buches darf ohne Genehmigung des Verlages in irgendeiner Form - durch Photokopie, Mikroverfilmung oder irgendein anderes Verfahren - reproduziert oder in eine von Maschinen, insbesondere von Datenverarbeitungsmaschinen, verwendbare Sprache übertragen oder übersetzt werden. Gesamtherstellung: pagina GmbH, Tübingen Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany

Inhalt Text

Apparat

Verzeichnis der Abkürzungen, Siglen und Zeichen

1019

Einführung

1025

ERSTER TEIL: EXZERPTE UND NOTIZEN VON KARL MARX Karl Marx: Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie (Heft 1-4)

5

1063

7

1065

Heft 1 Exzerpte a u s Werken von David Urquhart, Georg Friedrich von Martens, George Henry Francis und anderen Autoren sowie a u s Hansard's parliamentary d e b a t e s und Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant Exzerpte a u s The Russians in Moldavia and Wallachia. 2 ed.

7

Exzerpte a u s Heinrich von Brandt: Rußland's Politik und Heer in den lezten Jahren

15

Exzerpte a u s T h e Greek and Eastern Churches

17

Exzerpte a u s John Mason Neale: Introduction to the history of the Holy Eastern Church

29

V

Inhalt Text Apparat

VI

Exzerpte a u s Valerian Krasinski: Lectures on the religious history of the Slavonic nations

30

Exzerpte a u s Augustin Theiner: Die Staatskirche Rußlands im J a h r e 1839

31

Exzerpte a u s Charles de Martens, Ferdinand de Cussy: Recueil manuel et pratique de traités, Conventions et autres a c t e s diplomatiques. T. 1

35

Exzerpte a u s Valerian Krasinski: Lectures on the religious history ... (Fortsetzung)

37

Exzerpte a u s Hansard's parliamentary d e b a t e s . Third series Vol.37. 1837 Vol. 4 3 . 1838

39 39 42

Exzerpte a u s David Urquhart: Progress of Russia in the West, North, and South. 2 ed.

44

Exzerpte a u s David Urquhart: Progress of Russia in the West, North, and South (Fortsetzung)

60

Exzerpte a u s Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte der europäischen Staatshändel und Friedensschlüsse seit dem Ende d e s 15ten Jahrhunderts bis zum Frieden zu Amiens

65

Exzerpte a u s George Henry Francis: Opinions and policy of Palmerston

88

Exzerpte a u s John McNeill: Progress and present position of Russia in the East

97

Exzerpte a u s George Henry Francis: Opinions and policy of Palmerston (Fortsetzung)

100

Exzerpte a u s Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant. Pt. 1-3

105

Exzerpte a u s Hansard's parliamentary d e b a t e s . Third series (Fortsetzung) Vol. 54. 1840 Vol. 55. 1840 Vol. 56. 1841 Vol.59. 1841 Vol. 55. 1840

113 113 114 116 119 119

Inhalt

Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol.

88. 1846 19. 1833 22. 1834 20. 1833 22. 1834 21.1834 32. 1836

Exzerpte a u s Hansard's parliamentary d e b a t e s (Fortsetzung a u s Heft XXIV der Londoner Hefte 1850-1853) Vol. 88. 1846 Vol. 89. 1847 Vol. 90. 1847 Vol. 9 1 . 1 8 4 7 Vol. 96. 1848 Vol. 98. 1848 Vol. 5. 1831 Vol. 6. 1831 Vol. 9. 1832 Vol. 13. 1832 Vol. 14. 1832 Vol. 19. 1833 Vol. 22. 1834 Vol. 3 1 . 1 8 3 6 Vol. 32. 1836 Vol. 37. 1837 Vol. 38. 1837 Vol. 4 3 . 1838 Vol. 39. 1838 Vol. 55. 1840 Heft 2 Exzerpte a u s britischen Zeitungen

Text Apparat 125 125 126 126 128 133 134

139 139 142 142 146 148 167 167 168 168 169 169 170 171 173 173 174 174 174 175 177

179

Notizen

179

Exzerpte a u s britischen Zeitungen 1 October Monday. October, 3 Wednesday. October, 5 Thursday. October, 6 Friday. October, 7 Monday. October, 10 15 October. Tallis. Saturday

180 180 181 182 183 184 185 187

1151

VII

Inhalt Text Apparat Monday. October, 17 19 October. Mittwoch October 2 1 . Friday Notizen

188 191 193 194

Heft 3 Exzerpte a u s Werken von Georg Friedrich von Martens und Franz Schuselka sowie a u s Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant und a u s The Portfolio Exzerpte a u s Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung)

195 195

Exzerpte a u s Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte der europäischen Staatshändel (Fortsetzung)

260

Exzerpte a u s The Portfolio. Vol. II

301

Exzerpte a u s Franz Schuselka: Die Orientalische, d a s ist Russische Frage

304

Exzerpte a u s Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung)

305

Exzerpte a u s Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte der europäischen Staatshändel (Fortsetzung)

312

Heft 4 Exzerpte a u s Werken von David Urquhart, William Cargill, C é s a r Famin, Jules de Bréval und William Barnes sowie a u s R e a s o n s for demanding investigation into the c h a r g e s against Lord Palmerston und a u s The Portfolio

319

Literaturliste

319

Philologische Notizen a u s David Urquhart: An appeal against faction

320

Exzerpte a u s R e a s o n s for demanding investigation into the c h a r g e s against Lord Palmerston

321

Exzerpte a u s William Cargill: Address to the South Shields Chamber of Commerce

322

VIII

1168

1194

Inhalt Text Apparat Exzerpte a u s David Urquhart: La crise

325

Exzerpte a u s David Urquhart: An appeal against faction

326

Exzerpte a u s The Portfolio (Fortsetzung)

329

Exzerpte a u s C é s a r Famin: Histoire de la rivalité et du protectorat d e s églises chrétiennes en Orient

340

Exzerpte a u s Jules de Bréval: Mazzini jugé par lui m ê m e et par les siens

361

The Austro-Turkish treaty (Draft)

362

Exzerpte a u s William Barnes: A philological grammar, grounded upon English, and formed from a comparison of more than sixty languages

364

Karl Marx: Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens (Heft 1-5)

369

1217

Heftl Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens a u s Werken von Henry Headley Parish, Terence McMahon Hughes, Sebastián de Minano, Manuel de Marliani, Augustin Thierry sowie anderen Autoren und Schriften

371

1219

Inhaltsverzeichnis

371

Exzerpte a u s Henry Headley Parish: The diplomatic history of the monarchy of G r e e c e from the year 1830

375

Notiz zu J o s é S e g u n d o Florez: Espartero. Historia de su vida militar y política y de los g r a n d e s s u c e s o s contemporáneos

395

Notiz zu John Esaias Warren: Notes of an attaché in Spain in 1850

396

Exzerpte a u s Una plumada sobre la índole y tendencia de la revolución en E s p a ñ a

397

Exzerpte aus: Espartero. Su p a s a d o , su presente, su porvenir

399

IX

Inhalt Text Exzerpte a u s The crisis of Spain. 2. ed.

402

Exzerpte a u s Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845

411

Apparat

Exzerpte a u s Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique

459

Bibliographische Notizen

493

Exzerpte a u s Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la E s p a ñ a moderna Exzerpte a u s Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et d e s progrès du Tiers État. 2 éd. n d

Heft 2 Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens a u s Werken von Robert Southey, John Bigland, William Walton, Manuel de Marliani, J o s é María de Toreno sowie anderen Autoren und Schriften

494 513

581

Exzerpte a u s The political constitution of the Spanish monarchy

581

Notiz zu Charles Romey: Histoire d'Espagne

593

Exzerpte a u s Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war Exzerpte a u s J o s e p h Bonaparte: Mémoires et correspondance politique et militaire du roi J o s e p h

594 616

Exzerpte a u s Constitution décrétée par l'assemblée constituante. 1791

620

Exzerpte a u s Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war (Fortsetzung)

622

Exzerpte a u s John Bigland: Histoire d'Espagne depuis

Χ

la plus ancienne é p o q u e jusqu'à la fin de l'année 1809

626

Literaturliste

629

Exzerpte a u s William Walton: The revolutions of Spain

630

Exzerpte a u s Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la E s p a ñ a moderna (Fortsetzung)

644

1310

Inhalt Text Apparat Exzerpte a u s J o s é María de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra, y revolución de E s p a ñ a

645

Exzerpte a u s Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la E s p a ñ a moderna (Fortsetzung)

664

Heft 3 Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens a u s Werken von Dominique de Pradt, Heinrich von Brandt, J o s é María de Toreno, G a s p a r Melchor de Jovellanos sowie anderen Autoren

665

Centraijunta (Draft)

665

Exzerpte a u s Dominique de Pradt: Mémoires historiques sur la révolution d'Espagne

666

Exzerpte a u s Heinrich von Brandt: The two Minas and the Spanish guerillas

670

Exzerpte a u s Dominique de Pradt: Mémoires historiques sur la révolution d'Espagne (Fortsetzung)

671

Exzerpte a u s Heinrich von Brandt: The two Minas and the Spanish guerillas (Fortsetzung)

674

Exzerpte a u s J o s é María de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra, y revolución de E s p a ñ a (Fortsetzung)

683

Exzerpte a u s Diodorus Siculus: Bibliotheca Histórica

702

Exzerpte a u s Dominique de Pradt: Mémoires historiques sur la révolution d'Espagne (Fortsetzung)

703

Exzerpte a u s Dominique de Pradt: De la révolution actuelle de l'Espagne et de s e s suites

705

Exzerpte a u s J o s é María de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra, y revolución de E s p a ñ a (Schluß)

707

Exzerpte a u s G a s p a r Melchor de Jovellanos: Informe de la Sociedad económica de Madrid al Real y Supremo Consejo de Castilla en el expediente de ley agraria

717

1351

XI

Inhalt Text

Apparat

Heft 4 Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens a u s Werken von Gaspar Melchor de Jovellanos, Henry Winter Davis, Evaristo San Miguel, J o s e p h Blanco White, Christopher Clarke, Pedro de Urquinaona, François-René de Chateaubriand, Sebastián de Minano, William Walton, Victor Du Hamel, Manuel de Marliani, Michael J o s e p h Quin sowie anderen Autoren und Schriften

727

1380

Exzerpte a u s Gaspar Melchor de Jovellanos: Informe de la Sociedad económica de Madrid (Fortsetzung)

727

Exzerpte a u s Henry Winter Davis: The war of Ormuzd and Ahriman in the nineteenth century

732

Exzerpte a u s Evaristo S a n Miguel: Memoria sucinta sobre lo acaecido en la columna móvil de las tropas nacionales al mando del comandante general de la primera division Don Rafael del Riego

738

Exzerpte a u s J o s e p h Blanco White: Letters from Spain

740

Exzerpte a u s Christopher Clarke: An examination of the internal state of Spain

745

Exzerpte a u s John Bramsen: Remarks on the North of Spain

762

Exzerpte a u s The last days of Spain

763

Exzerpte a u s Pedro de Urquinaona: La E s p a ñ a bajo el poder arbitrario de la Congregación Apostólica Exzerpte a u s Santiago Perez: Who is the liberator of

774

Spain?

790

Exzerpte a u s The Holy Alliance versus Spain

793

Exzerpte a u s François-René de Chateaubriand: Congrès de Vérone. Guerre d'Espagne. T. 1 Exzerpte a u s Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique (Fortsetzung) Exzerpte a u s William Walton: The revolutions of Spain (Fortsetzung)

XII

796 809 817

Inhalt Text Apparat Exzerpte a u s Victor Du Hamel: Historia constitucional de la Monarquía española

823

Exzerpte a u s Carta á los editores del Español-Constitucional

827

Exzerpte a u s Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la España moderna (Fortsetzung)

831

Exzerpte a u s Michael J o s e p h Quin: A visit to Spain

838

Bibliographische Notizen

851

Heft 5 Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens a u s Werken von Victor Du Hamel, Dominique de Pradt, Evaristo San Miguel, Richard Ford, Vicente Pou, Manuel de Marliani, Michael J o s e p h Quin sowie a u s The Edinburgh Review und The Economist

853

Inhaltsverzeichnis

854

Exzerpte a u s Victor Du Hamel: Historia constitucional de la Monarquía española (Fortsetzung)

855

Notiz zu Fastos e s p a ñ o l e s ó efeméridas de la guerra civil, d e s d e octubre de 1832. T. 1. 2

874

Exzerpte a u s Dominique de Pradt: Garanties à demander à l'Espagne

875

Exzerpte a u s Evaristo San Miguel: De la guerra civil de España

876

Exzerpte a u s Richard Ford: An historical enquiry into the unchangeable character of a war in Spain

880

Exzerpte a u s Vicente Pou: L'Espagne en la crise présente

885

Exzerpte a u s Richard Ford: An historical enquiry into the unchangeable character of a war in Spain (Fortsetzung)

889

Exzerpte a u s Vicente Pou: L'Espagne en la crise présente (Fortsetzung)

890

Exzerpte a u s Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la España moderna (Fortsetzung)

893

1438

XIII

Inhalt Text Apparat Exzerpte a u s Michael J o s e p h Quin: A visit to Spain (Schluß)

901

Exzerpte a u s Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la E s p a ñ a moderna (Fortsetzung)

908

Notizen zu Manuel de Miraflores: Memorias para escribir la historia contemporánea de los siete primeros a ñ o s del reinado de Isabel II

939

Exzerpte a u s The Edinburgh Review. Februar 1823 bis J a n u a r 1824

940

Exzerpte a u s The Economist. 6. J a n u a r 1855

943

The commercial crisis in Britain (Draft)

946

ZWEITER TEIL: EXZERPTE UND NOTIZEN VON FRIEDRICH ENGELS Literaturliste

949

1471

Bibliographie zur Revolution 1848/49

951

1472

969

1479

982

1482

Görgey

983

1484

Donau-Armee

992

1488

994

1489

1854

997

1492

Balaclava

998

1494

1004

1497

Notizen zur russischen Militärorganisation und Heeresstärke während d e s Krimkriegs Notizen zur „Ordre de bataille d e s 1. Treffens der russischen Armee" Exzerpte a u s Werken von Johann Nobili und Arthur

Exzerpte und Notizen zur Belagerung der Festung Silistria in den Jahren 1828, 1829 und 1854 Notizen zur Belagerung der Festung Silistria im Juni

Notizen zur Stärke der russischen, britischen, französischen und türkischen Truppen auf der Krim XIV

Inhalt Text Apparat

REGISTER UND VERZEICHNISSE Namenregister

1501

Literaturregister

1617

1. Bücher, Artikel und a n d e r e nichtperiodische Publikationen 2. Periodika

1617 1670

Verzeichnis der im Apparat ausgewerteten Quellen und der benutzten Literatur

1673

1. Archivalien 2. Gedruckte Quellen a. Quelleneditionen b. Periodika c. Zeitgenössische Publikationen 3. Nachschlagewerke 4. Forschungsliteratur

1673 1673 1673 1678 1678 1682 1686

Sachregister

1711

Verzeichnis der Abbildungen Aus The Russians in Moldavia and Wallachia. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 1. Seite 1 Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates und Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 1. Seite 23 Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 1. Seite 83

9

77 121

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 3. Seite 1 Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 3. Seite 37

261

Aus César Famin: Histoire de la rivalité et du protectorat. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 4. Seite 12

343

Aus William Barnes: A philological grammar. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 4. Seite 24

367

Aus William Barnes: A philological grammar. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 4. Seite 25 und 26

368

197

XV

Inhalt Text Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens. Heft 1. Inhaltsverzeichnis

373

Aus Henry Headley Parish: The diplomatic history of the monarchy of Greece. Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens. Heft 1. Seite 1

374

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845. Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens. Heft 1. Seite 21

413

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État. Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens. Heft 1. Seite 65

515

Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens. Heft 2. Seite 7

589

Aus Dominique de Pradt: Mémoires historiques sur la révolution d'Espagne und Heinrich von Brandt: The two Minas and the Spanish guerillas. Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens. Heft 3. Seite 3

667

Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens. Heft 4. Seite 4

735

Aus Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la España moderna. Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens. Heft 5. Seite 30

931

Bibliographie zur Revolution 1848/49. Seite 5

965

Notizen zur russischen Militärorganisation und Heeresstärke während des Krimkriegs. Seite 1 Notizen zur russischen Militärorganisation und Heeresstärke während des Krimkriegs. Seite 5

971 977

Aus Johann Nobili Der Winter-Feldzug 1848-1849 in Ungarn und Arthur Görgey: Mein Leben und Wirken in Ungarn. Seite 1

985

Balaclava. Seite 2

999

Notizen zur Stärke der russischen, britischen, französischen und türkischen Truppen auf der Krim

Apparat

1005

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 1. Seite 16

1035

Karte: Spanien. Aus Bilder-Conversations-Lexikon für das deutsche Volk. Ein Handbuch zur Verbreitung gemeinnütziger Kenntnisse und zur Unterhaltung. Bd. 1-4. Bd. 4. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus 1841. Zwischen Seite 226 und 227

1045

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 und Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique. Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens. Heft 1. Seite 38

1225

The political constitution of the Spanish monarchy. London 1813. Titelblatt

1311

XVI

Inhalt Text Apparat Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war. Vol. 3. London 1832. Titelblatt

1312

Joseph Bonaparte: Mémoires et correspondance politique et militaire du roi Joseph. T. 4. Paris 1854. Titelblatt

1317

Collection des constitution, chartes et lois fondamentales des peuples de l'Europe et de deux Amériques. T. 1. Paris, Rouen 1823. Titelblatt

1318

William Walton: The revolutions of Spain. Vol. 1. London 1837. Titelblatt

1321

José María de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra y revolución de España. T. 2. Madrid 1835. Titelblatt

1322

Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens. Heft 2. Seite 26

1327

Gaspar Melchor de Jovellanos: Obras. Nueva ed. T. 7. Barcelona 1840. Titelblatt Aus Gaspar Melchor de Jovellanos: Informe de la Sociedad económica de Madrid. Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens. Heft 3. Seite 21

1356

The last days of Spain. London 1823. Titelblatt

1385

Aus Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la España moderna. Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens. Heft 4. Seite 34 Michael Quin: A visit to Spain. London 1823. Titelblatt Karte: Ungarn nebst Siebenbürgen, Slawonien, Kroatien und Gallizien. Aus Bilder-Conversations-Lexikon fur das deutsche Volk. Ein Handbuch zur Verbreitung gemeinnütziger Kenntnisse und zur Unterhaltung. Bd. 1-4. Bd. 4. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus 1841. Zwischen Seite 516 und 517

1355

1393 1394

1485

XVII

KARL MARX FRIEDRICH ENGELS EXZERPTE UND NOTIZEN SEPTEMBER 1853 BIS JANUAR 1855

ERSTER TEIL EXZERPTE UND NOTIZEN VON KARL MARX

Karl Marx Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie

(Heft 1) Exzerpte aus Werken von David Urquhart, Georg Friedrich von Martens, George Henry Francis und anderen Autoren sowie aus Hansard's parliamentary debates und Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant

| 1 | 1853. Sept.

The Russians in Moldavia and Wallachia. 5

(« Si viene di bassa a gran fortuna più con la fraude che con la forza. » Machiavelli. Discorsi. Cap. XIII)

2 ed. London. 1849. Die wallachische S p r a c h e a sort of O r i e n t a l I t a l i a n . (3) Roumans n e n n e n sie sich selbst; V l a c h s o d . W a l l a c h i a n s die natives v. M o l d a u w a l l a c h e i v. ihren N a c h b a r n g e n a n n t . (1. c.) a. 1393 t h e Wallachians c o n c l u d e d a 10 treaty m. Bajazet, w i t h w h i c h originates t h e claim of the P o r t e to the sovereignty of these p r o v i n c e s . Dieser Treaty, o d . as it is generally t e r m e d , the C a p i t u l a t i o n w a s as follows: Art. 1. "We, Bajazet, in c o n s e q u e n c e of o u r e x t r e m e c o n d e s c e n s i o n towards Wallachia, w h i c h , t o g e t h e r w i t h its reigning Prince, h a s m a d e 15 submission to o u r invincible e m p i r e , resolve a n d decree, t h a t this c o u n t r y shall c o n t i n u e t o b e g o v e r n e d b y its o w n laws; a n d t h a t t h e P r i n c e o f Wallachia shall h a v e full liberty to declare w a r a g a i n s t his n e i g h b o u r s , a n d to m a k e peace w i t h t h e m , w h e n a n d h o w i t shall a p p e a r best t o h i m : a n d that he shall possess t h e r i g h t of life a n d d e a t h over his subjects." 20 Art. 2. All the C h r i s t i a n s w h o , h a v i n g formerly e m b r a c e d t h e M a h o m edan religion, w o u l d n o w leave t h e t e r r i t o r y o f o u r e m p i r e a n d r e t u r n t o the Christian f o r m o f w o r s h i p , shall b e respected, a n d n o t claimed b y us.

7

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 Art. 3. "All t h e W a l l a c h i a n s w h o m a y c o m e i n t o t h e t e r r i t o r y of o u r e m p i r e , on their o w n business, shall be e x e m p t f r o m all k i n d s of c o n t r i b u t i o n , a n d n o b o d y shall d i s t u r b t h e m o n a c c o u n t o f their m o d e i n dressing. Art. 4. T h e Princes (always Christians) shall be c h o s e n by t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n a n d the b o y a r d s . Art. 5. Fixes t h e a m o u n t of t h e t r i b u t e w h i c h is to be p a i d a n n u a l l y . " (p. 5) Moldavia did n o t yield to t h e t u r k i s h P o w e r until u p w a r d s of a c e n t u r y h a d elapsed from the s i g n a t u r e of the Wallachian treaty; a. 1513 it a c k n o w l e d g e d the sovereignty of the P o r t e on t e r m s n o t less f a v o u r a b l e . T h e s e a n c i e n t treaties form t h e basis of the r e l a t i o n s . . . b e t w e e n t h e P r i n cipalities a n d t h e P o r t e . . . confirmed b y successive S u l t a n s , a c k n o w l e d g e d t o b e valid a n d subsisting, b y t h e R u s s i a n G o v . , t h e P o r t e , t h e i n h a b i t a n t s of the Principalities. F r o m 1710 d a t e s die diplomatic c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n R u s s i a a n d t h e Principalities; Peter der Gr. c o n c l u d e d a t r e a t y m. Demetrius Cantemir, P r i n c e of Moldavia: Art. 1. Moldavia shall c o m p r i s e all the t e r r i t o r y situ a t e d between t h e D n i e s t e r a n d the Budjak. All t h e fortresses on the left b a n k of the P r u t h shall b e l o n g , as of right, to M o l d a v i a . Art. 2 M o l d a v i a shall n o t p a y a n y t r i b u t e to R u s s i a . Art. 3 T h e H o s p o d a r b i n d s himself to m a i n t a i n 10,000 soldiers, w h o s e p a y shall be p r o v i d e d by R u s s i a . Art. 4. R u s s i a shall never interfere in the affairs of t h e c o u n t r y ; a n d no R u s s i a n shall be p e r m i t t e d to m a r r y or p u r c h a s e l a n d s in M o l d a v i a . [5, 6] Art. 5. T h e title of t h e prince shall be Serene H i g h n e s s , P r i n c e a n d sole R u l e r of M o l d a v i a , t h e ally of Russia. Shortly afterwards Peter succeeded in i n d u c i n g t h e P r i n c e of Wallachia to c o n c l u d e a similar c o m p a c t . Peter nichts d e s t o weniger g e k l o p f t — f a i n to p u r c h a s e a safe r e t r e a t i n t o his o w n d o m i n i o n s by bribes a d m i n i s t e r e d to t h e T u r k i s h generals. N u n d a s t u r k i s h G o v . , für a c e n t u r y , c u s t o m of selecting the rulers o f M o l d a v i a a n d Wallachia n o t f r o m a m o n g s t t h e n a tives of those countries, b u t from the G r e e k s of the Fanar. These G r e e k s , m e m b e r s of a few f a v o u r e d families, p e r m i t t e d to reside within the walls of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , in t h e q u a r t e r from w h e n c e t h e y derive their appell a t i o n of Fanariots, w e r e e d u c a t e d to t h e business of S t a t e . F r o m t h e i r k n o w l e d g e of Western l a n g u a g e s a n d d i p l o m a t i c u s a g e s , they were selected to fulfil the i m p o r t a n t duties of interpreters; a n d by their influence w i t h t h e D i v a n w h i c h their talents c o m m a n d e d , t h e c o n d u c t o f t h e foreign affairs of the t u r k i s h E m p i r e , b e c a m e in a g r e a t m e a s u r e c o m m i t t e d to their charge, the t r i b u t a r y sceptre of M o l d a v i a u. W a l l a c h i a w a s t h e highest object of their a m b i t i o n , the title w h i c h they a c q u i r e d by its p o s session w a s t r a n s m i t t e d to their d e s c e n d a n t s , a n d it afforded if r e t a i n e d

8

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus The Russians in Moldavia and Wallachia. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 1. Seite 1

Aus The Russians in Moldavia and Wallachia

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

for a few years, facilities for a m a s s i n g a f o r t u n e sufficiently a m p l e to | |2| s u p p o r t the dignity of a princely h o u s e , families of Cantacuzene, Mavrocordato, Kalttmaki u. o t h e r s , are derived f r o m this o r i g i n . — [ 7 , 8] T h e a d m i n i s t r a t i o n d e r Fanariots always d i s a s t r o u s to t h e Principalities. the p r e s e n t s by w h i c h t h e H o s p o d a r p u r c h a s e d his elevation m u s t be rep a i d by taxes e x t o r t e d f r o m his subjects: their sufferings w e r e r e p r e s e n t e d t o t h e D i v a n , a n d t h e D i v a n h a d , d u r i n g t h a t season o f c o r r u p t i o n a n d decay, its o w n r e a s o n s for b e i n g ever d i s p o s e d to g r a n t t h e m s u c h relief as a c h a n g e of rulers afforded. T h e r a p i d succession of princes a u g m e n t ed the evil, a n d it w a s principally u n d e r t h e pretext of checking this abuse, t h a t Russia interfered at t h e close of the last, a n d the c o m m e n c e m e n t of the p r e s e n t century, i n t h e i n t e r n a l affairs o f M o l d a v i a a n d Wallachia a n d the T u r k i s h E m p i r e . [8] D i e first s t i p u l a t i o n respecting t h e Principalities is art. 16 of t h e Treaty of Kainardji (1774). By t h a t article " t h e P o r t e consents t h a t a c c o r d i n g to the c i r c u m s t a n c e s of t h e 2 Principalities, the Ministers o f t h e I m p e r i a l C o u r t o f R u s s i a m a y s p e a k i n t h e i r favour; and promises to take into consideration such representations conformably t o t h e a m i t y a n d respect w h i c h i t h a s for t h e P o w e r s " . D u r c h d e n treaty of Bucharest (1812) R u s s i a o b t a i n e d for herself the cession of nearly / of M o l d a v i a , t h e p r o v i n c e of B e s s a r a b i a . D i e Convention of Ackermann (in 1826) u. der treaty of Adrianople did n o t confer a n y right of sovereignty on R u s s i a . Art. 5 des treaty of Adrianople: " T h e Principalities of M o l d a v i a a n d Wallachia h a v i n g by a c a p i t u l a t i o n p l a c e d themselves u n d e r t h e suzerainté of the S u b l i m e P o r t e , a n d Russia having guaranteed their prosperity, it is u n d e r s t o o d t h a t t h e y shall preserve all the privileges a n d i m m u n i t i e s g r a n t e d t o t h e m i n virtue o f their c a p i t u lation, w h e t h e r by the treaties c o n c l u d e d b e t w e e n t h e 2 I m p e r i a l C o u r t s , or by t h e H a t t i Sheriffs issued at different times. In c o n s e q u e n c e t h e y shall enjoy t h e free exercise of their religion, perfect security, a n a t i o n a l a n d i n d e p e n d e n t a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , and the full liberty of trade. " . . . the R u s sian G e n e r a l s , d u r i n g t h e w a r , w h i c h t e r m i n a t e d w i t h the Treaty o f A d r i a nople, h a d busied themselves w i t h p r e p a r i n g a constitution for e a c h of t h e Principalities, u n d e r t h e n a m e of an organic statute... [9,10] 52 Art. des Organic Statute f Wallachia: "every act or decision of t h e G e n e r a l Assembly a n d t h e Prince, w h i c h shall be c o n t r a r y to the privileges of the Principality, to t h e Treaties or Hattischeriffs, w h i c h h a v e b e e n m a d e for the benefit of t h e Principality, as also contrary to the rights of the Sovereign and protecting Courts, shall be h e l d null a n d v o i d . " R u s s i a t h u s succeeded in o b t a i n i n g t h e a c k n o w l e d g e m e n t , in a p u b l i c d o c u m e n t , of her a s s u m e d title of Protectress of the Principalities... D e r t r e a t y of l

2

11

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 |\ A d r i a n o p l e j e d o c h p r o v i d e s t h a t t h e Organic Statute (then incomplete) s h o u l d n o t in a n y w a y infringe on t h e rights of t h e P o r t e . . . [11] In 1837, on t h e p u b l i c a t i o n of a n e w edition of the Organic Statute, R u ß l a n d verlangt die E i n s c h r e i b u n g d e r W o r t e : " T h i s h o w e v e r (nämlich t h a t the Assembly m i g h t , with t h e c o n s e n t o f t h e H o s p o d a r , m a k e such c h a n g e s i n t h a t S t a t u t e a s s h o u l d b e c o m e necessary) c a n n o t t a k e place w i t h o u t t h e c o n s e n t o f the Sovereign a n d p r o t e c t i n g C o u r t . " (Sans l e c o n s e n t e m e n t d e l a C o u r suzeraine e t protectrice.) T h e p r o p o s a l w a s m e t b y a decided a n d i n d i g n a n t negative o n the p a r t o f t h e W a l l a c h i a n A s sembly. A b e r R u s s i a inspired t h e P o r t e to issue a firman, r e q u i r i n g these d a n g e r o u s w o r d s t o b e inserted i n t h e O r g a n i c S t a t u t e . . . t h e firman c o n t r o v e r t s t h e f u n d a m e n t a l right o f t h e W a l l a c h i a n p e o p l e t o regulate t h e i n t e r n a l affairs o f their c o u n t r y a t their o w n discretion; a n d its p r o visions never w e r e accepted by the Wallachian Assembly. [12,13] . . . In d e n palaces d e r Wallachian n o b l e s or B o y a r d s , t h e l u x u r y of the E a s t unites w i t h the refinement of the West. Yet t h e m a s s of t h e p e o p l e is s u n k i n abject w r e t c h e d n e s s . . . R o a d s there are next t o n o n e . T h e b e a t e n t r a c k s over which, w h e n h a r d e n e d b y s u m m e r , t h e B o y a r d , d r a w n b y 6 or 8 horses, d a s h e s rapidly e n o u g h , are i m p a s s a b l e in w i n t e r . . . [14] Diese P r o v i n c e s " h a v e w i t h e r e d b e n e a t h t h e s h a d o w of R u s s i a n p r o t e c t i o n . " . . . the ancient laws der Principalities i n m a n y respects m o s t i m p e r fect. A large p r o p o r t i o n of t h e p o p u l a t i o n re||3|mains in a s t a t e of a b s o lute serfdom; the B o y a r d in suits with a foreigner is a b o v e t h e law; t h e t r i b u n a l s are o p e n t o the c h a r g e o f wholesale c o r r u p t i o n . . . a n influential, t h o u g h m o d e r a t e p a r t y a m o n g s t t h e nobility, h a d l o n g been d e s i r o u s t o r e f o r m these evils. T h e p r e d o m i n a n t influence o f R u s s i a , o n t h e o t h e r h a n d , h a s b e e n actively a t w o r k t o frustrate s u c h designs. T o b e suspected of e n t e r t a i n i n g p a t r i o t i c sentiments was equivalent to b e i n g excluded f r o m p u b l i c e m p l o y m e n t ; subserviency t o R u s s i a n interests w a s t h e sure title t o p r o m o t i o n . . . t h e P r i n c e d o w n t o t h e m e a n e s t e m p l o y é , k n e w t h a t he held his office at the pleasure of the R u s s i a n C o n s u l . . . [15] R u s s i a m a i n t a i n e d a n a r m y o f 30,000 m e n i n B e s s a r a b i a . . . S o m e B o y a r d s , F r ü h l i n g 1848, h a d p r e s e n t e d a p e t i t i o n to t h e Prince of M o l d a v i a d e m a n d i n g certain reforms; the Prince, a c t i n g u n d e r t h e influence o f the R u s s i a n C o n s u l , h a d n o t only refused their request, b u t h a d t h r o w n t h e m i n t o p r i s o n . T h e c o m m o t i o n p r o d u c e d by these events furnished the

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

r e q u i r e d pretext: the Russian army crossed the frontier (25 June 1848), a n d a p p r o a c h e d J a s s y . . . [16] T h e R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s o f R u s s i a a t t h e Western C o u r t s asserted, t h a t t h e G e n e r a l i n c o m m a n d h a d acted o n his o w n responsibility " t h a t the R u s s i a n t r o o p s e n t e r e d M o l d a v i a w i t h o u t 40 a n y o r d e r s from t h e C a b i n e t of St. P e t e r s b u r g h , ihr Z w e c k t h e m a i n t e -

12

j

.] a 1

Aus The Russians in Moldavia and Wallachia

n a n c e or e s t a b l i s h m e n t of o r d e r , t h a t they would be withdrawn when the occasion had ceased, t h a t t h e entry w a s on t h e authority of the Hospodar, a n d there was n o d i s p o s i t i o n for t h e a c q u i s i t i o n o f t e r r i t o r y " . . . ( E r k l ä r u n g v. Palmerston, on q u e s t i o n p u t by Dudley Stuart, H. o. C, Septem5 ber 1 1848.)... [17] R e p o r t s frequently circulated of t h e a p p r o a c h i n g retirement o f the R u s s i a n t r o o p s . . . a s t h e affairs o f W e s t e r n E u r o p e b e c a m e daily m o r e c o m p l i c a t e d , t h e o c c u p a t i o n o f M o l d a v i a b y t h e R u s s i a n s c a m e to be r e g a r d e d as un fait accompli.—In t h e m e a n t i m e der Hospodar of Wallachia, less e x p o s e d to t h e influence u. m o r e r e m o t e f r o m t h e a i d of 10 Russia, h a d , on t h e 23 J u n e 1848 g r a n t e d to his subjects r e f o r m s of a m o r e i m p o r t a n t n a t u r e t h a n h a d been refused t o t h e M o l d a v i a n s , these reforms d u r c h a u s n i c h t infringe o n t h e r i g h t o f t h e S u l t a n a s sovereign p a r a m o u n t of t h e Principalities, a b e r v e r n i c h t e n d f. R u ß l a n d " O r g a n i c Statute". Russian Ambassador at Constantinople schüchtert das turkish 15 Ministry ein ü b e r die d a n g e r o u s t e n d e n c y der W a l l a c h i a n r e f o r m s , u. in einem manifest a n die C a b i n e t s o f E u r o p e e r k l ä r t its i n t e n t i o n t o interfere, by force of a r m s , in t h e affairs of t h e Principality. Γ August 1848 a large R u s s i a n force crossed t h e P r u t h o n its m a r c h t o B u c h a r e s t . T u r k i s h g o v e r n m e n t sendet a T u r k i s h force i n t o Wallachia, p l a c e d u n d e r t h e c o m 2 0 m a n d o f S u l e y m a n P a c h a . . . t h e i n h a b i t a n t s o f Wallachia m a d e k e i n e demand of protection an Rußland, on the entrance of the Turkish a r m y . . . [18,19] T h e W a l l a c h i a n s c o n s e n t e d d a ß die P r o v i s i o n a l G o v . should be replaced by a c o m m i s s i o n of 3 p e r s o n s , n o m i n a t e d by t h e P a c h a , to execute t h e duties of t h e princely office, v a c a n t by t h e flight of 2 5 the H o s p o d a r Bibesco u . D e p u t a t i o n sent t o C o n s t a n t i n o p l e m . p r o p o s als for modifying t h e original d e m a n d s d e r W a l l a c h i a n s , so as to m e e t t h e views o f t h e t u r k i s h G o v . . . . R u ß l a n d d r o h t d e m D i v a n , w e n n n i c h t mit, ohne T ü r k e i der n e u e n O r d n u n g d e r D i n g e ein E n d e z u m a c h e n . D i v a n applied t o t h e a m b a s s a d o r s o f E n g l a n d u . F r a n c e for advice, e m p f o h l e n 30 to a d o p t t h e line of policy enjoined by R u s s i a . S u l e y m a n P a c h a a c c o r dingly recalled, F u a d Effendi a p p o i n t e d , t h e t u r k i s h a r m y a d v a n c e d u p o n B u c h a r e s t , a n d o c c u p i e d t h a t c a p i t a l on September 25. [20] F u a d Effendi c o m m u n i c a t e s f i r m a n t o t h e leading B o y a r d s a n n u l l i n g t h e C o n stitution of J u n e 2 3 . Pretext: its t e n d e n c y t o w a r d s Socialism (state of 35 serfdom in d e r C o n s t i t u t i o n abgeschafft u. p o r t i o n des l a n d o w n e d by t h e p e a s a n t i h m c e d e d als p r o p e r t y , a b e r zugleich i n diesem A r t . X I I I p r o vided t h a t t h e l o r d s h o u l d b e indemnified b y t h e S t a t e , for t h e l a n d given u p a n d t h e loss o f his p e a s a n t s ' l a b o u r . ) . . . t h e m e a s u r e s o f t h e D i v a n dictated by R u s s i a — t h e R u s s i a n C o m m i s s a r y , ||4| G e n e r a l Duhamel, 4 0 a c c o m p a n i e d , a n d , i n fact, c o m m a n d e d t h e T u r k i s h a r m y , a n d t h e T u r k ish firman w a s issued m. his c o n c u r r e n c e . [ 2 1 ] . . . 10 days a f t e r w a r d s , t h e

13

Γ Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 R u s s i a n a r m y i n v a d e d t h e principality, u . o n t h e 10th o f O c t o b e r , i t w a s notified t o F u a d Effendi b y G e n e r a l D u h a m e l , t h a t h e o c c u p i e d t h e p r o v ­ ince militarily i n t h e n a m e o f t h e E m p e r o r his m a s t e r . . . . All a u t h o r i t y , civil, military, legal, illegal u s u r p e d or exercised by t h e R u s s i a n soldiery. A W a l l a c h i a n officer, a subject of t h e P o r t e , w a s a r r e s t e d , in t h e very h o u s e of O m e r P a c h a , t h e T u r k i s h C o m m a n d e r - i n - c h i e f . A british subject a r r e s t e d u. c a r r i e d off to a d i s t a n t p r i s o n . Alle R e v o l u t i o n ä r e , R u s s e n feinde a r r e s t e d u. still d e t a i n e d in p r i s o n . . . they seized also t h e revenues der Principality, revised t h e c o m m e r c i a l tariff, a n d f o r b a d t h e e x p o r t of W a l l a c h i a n p r o d u c e . . . D i e Principalities obliged to s u p p o r t , at their o w n cost, t h e i m m e n s e m i l i t a r y force, w i t h w h i c h , in spite of all their energetic p r o t e s t s , R u s s i a insists o n o v e r r u n n i n g t h e c o u n t r y [ 2 2 , 2 3 ] . . . 50,000 R u s s i a n s . Contributions in money at first levied for their s u p p o r t blieben generally i n t h e p o c k e t s der officers b y w h o m they w e r e received. D i e c o m m o n soldiers u n t e r d e s were c o m p e l l e d to live by pillage. T h e m i s e r a b l e i n h a b i t a n t s o f m a n y villages s o u g h t refuge a m i d s t t h e s n o w s o f t h e C a r p a t h i a n s f r o m this d o u b l e e x t o r t i o n . W h e n i t b e c a m e evident, t h a t t h e I m p e r i a l a r m y w a s i n d a n g e r o f s t a r v a t i o n , t h e E m p e r o r generously p e r m i t t e d t h e so-called Wallachian G o v e r n m e n t to o p e n a credit at St. P e t e r s b u r g h , t h a t they m i g h t be e n a b l e d to p r o v i d e for t h e expenses of t h e R u s s i a n t r o o p s ; a n d t h e Principalities a r e n o w r a p i d l y i n c u r r i n g a large n a t i o n a l d e b t t o his I m p e r i a l Majesty . . . N u n pretext, t h a t she h o l d s these c o u n t r i e s as a p l e d g e for h e r o w n p e c u n i a r y i n d e m n i t y . ( 6 - 2 5 ) " u n t i l R u s s i a has locked the door of her house", so n a n n t e A l e x a n d e r d e n Besitz v. C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . (29) t h e v a l u e of c o t t o n twist is a b o u t 2 χ t h e v a l u e o f t h e r a w m a t e r i a l w h i c h h a s b e e n w o r k e d u p i n m a k i n g it, t h e a v e r a g e value o f t h e p l a i n a n d p r i n t e d calicoes, o f w h i c h o u r e x p o r t s consist, is a b o u t 5 x g r e a t e r t h a n t h a t of t h e r a w m a t e r i a l . (35) t u r k i s h tariff for all m a n u f a c t u r e d g o o d s v. 3 zu 5 % on t h e a c t u a l v a l u e . ([35,] 36)

5

10

15

20

25

30

I •m

14

Aus Heinrich von Brandt: Rußlands Politik und Heer

Rußland's Politik u. Heer in den lezten Jahren. Berlin. 1852. Zar ein n u m e n s a c r u m , d a s heilige R u ß l a n d , d e r r e c h t g l ä u b i g e R u u s . . . 5 (3) N a p o l e o n n a n n t e d e n m o b ν. Paris „le p l u s séditieux et rebelle", d e n v. Wien „le p l u s b ê t e " d e n Berlins „le p l u s i n f â m e et l â c h e " . (21) A u f r u f an s. R u s s e n , v. N i c h o l a s , (28. M ä r z ) , wo er sagt, d a ß in Frankreich e n t s t a n d e n A u f r u h r u . Gesetzlosigkeit sich ü b e r D e u t s c h l a n d gestürzt etc. etc, die F r e c h h e i t k e n n e keine G r e n z e n m e h r „u. richte n u n i n i h r e m 10 W a h n s i n n s c h o n die A u g e n a u f d a s i h m v. G o t t a n v e r t r a u t e R u ß l a n d " . „ M i t u n s ist G o t t ! D a s merket Euch, ihr Heiden u. unterwerft Euch, denn mit uns ist Gott." (24) 6 Juli 1848 E r k l ä r u n g des C z a r s , er w e r d e in seiner u n e i g e n n ü t z i g e n u . w o h l w o l l e n d e n G e s i n n u n g gegen die d e u t s c h e C o n federation v e r h a r r e n , solange sie die N e b e n s t a a t e n u n a n g e t a s t e t lassen. 15 (26) D i e E n t w i c k l u n g der russischen Militaermacht h a t m i t d e r des r u s sischen R e i c h s gleichen Schritt g e h a l t e n . (33) Z u r Zeit, als R u ß l a n d die M a c h t der T ü r k e n b r a c h , P o l e n z e r t r ü m m e r t e u . seinen politischen E i n f l u ß a u f E u r o p a e n t s c h i e d e n geltend m a c h t e , die russischen A r m e e n n i c h t 2 0 sehr zahlreich. 18,000 M a n n z e r s p r e n g t e n 100,000 M a n n a m K a h u l ; die Tage v . O c z a k o w , I s m a e l B e n d e r , a m L a r g a p p s a h e n k a u m 40,000 M a n n b e i s a m m e n u. alle Erfolge gegen P o l e n d u r c h v e r h ä l t n i s m ä ß i g kleine Heere e r k ä m p f t . Mickiewicz versichert, d a ß d a s russische N a t i o n a l g e f ü h l aus dieser Zeit s t a m m t . (1. c.) | 25 | 5 | N a c h der „Deutschen Wehrzeitung", ( N . 242. 1850) S t ä r k e der r u s sischen A r m e e : 17 C o r p s , in 74 D i v i s i o n e n , 2 4 1 ^ B r i g a d e n , 322 R e g i m e n tern, 889 B a t a i l l o n e n , 3 2 5 ^ B a t t e r i e n , 1469V E s c a d r o n e n , 4900 C o m p a gnien n e b s t 5 0 ' / P a r k s . (34) B a t a i l l o n e d e r R u s s e n z ä h l e n j e 1004 M a n n . (42) D i e active A r m e e , die z u n ä c h s t ins F e l d zu r ü c k e n b e s t i m m t , 6 C o r p s , 30 jedes 50 B a t a i l l o n e , 32 E s c a d r o n e u. 160 G e s c h ü t z e , d a h e r ziemlich g e n a u = 50,000 C o m b a t t a n t s . (46) 2 ihrer C o r p s im K ö n i g r e i c h Polen, 2 in d e n 1

1

2

2

15

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

G o u v e r n e m . Mohilew, Wilna, Wolhynien u. P o d o l i e n , ein 5' in d e r ehem a l . U k r a i n e u. Bessarabien, ein 6* in d e n G o u v e r n e m . M o s k a u , Tula, S m o l e n s k u. Orel. - 3 R e s e r v e - C a v a l l e r i e - C o r p s , im südlichen R u ß l a n d vertheilt. (I.e.) Die 8 I n f a n t e r i e c o r p s u. 4 R e s e r v e - K a v a l l e r i e - C o r p s , a u f 400,000 M a n n u . 1200 K a n o n e n a n z u s c h l a g e n , d a z u 5 0 - 6 0 , 0 0 0 K o s a k e n . D i e ß '/3 d e r russischen M a c h t , der a m b e s t e n a u f einen K r i e g m . d e m Westen abgerichtete Theil der A r m e e . (48) „ e n o u g h t o b e killed, e n o u g h t o b e t a k e n , a n d e n o u g h t o r u n a w a y " . (54) R u ß l a n d z ä h l t a u f 95,710 • M e i l e n seiner e u r o p . Besitzungen n u r 62,000,000 Seelen; u n t e r seinen 51 G o u v e r n e m e n t s a b e r 29, die im D u r c h s c h n i t t 1500-2000 Seelen p e r • Meile u. diese bilden d e n K e r n des russischen R e i c h s . N ä m l i c h : Poltawa ... 1989 M a n n p r o • Meile, T a m b o w . . . 1456, W o r o n e s c h . . . 1371, K i e w . . . 1757, O r e l . ' . . 1750, M o s k a u . . . 2 3 2 3 , W l a d i m i r . . . 1446, Tula . . . 2 2 1 1 , N i s c h . N o w g o r o d . . . 1343, S m o l e n s k . . . 1148, J a r o s l a w . . . 1557, K a l u g a . . . 1755 u. d a s K ö n i g r e i c h P o l e n 2122 M a n n a u f die n M e i l e . (59) A s t r a c h a n freilich . . . 9 9 E i n w o h n e r a u f n M e i l e , O l o n e t z . . . 9 5 u . A r c h a n g e l . . . 2 1 . . . R u ß l a n d s städtische B e v ö l k e r u n g n u r 5,328,400 E i n w o h n e r . Im L a n d e d e r D o n ' s c h e n K o s a k e n n u r 1 S t a d t auf 1943 • M e i l e n , in O r e n b u r g e b e n s o a u f 398 etc. A b e r i n O r e n b u r g d a g e g e n a u f 1000 Seelen 853 Pferde etc (59). N e u e r e Schriftsteller ü b e r R u ß l a n d . Arsenieff, T e n g o b o r s k i , K o e p p e n , H e r r m a n n , H a x t h a u s e n , Beer, M ü l l e r , E r m a n , P i a t o n S t o r c h etc. Jedes R e g i m e n t s c h o n i m F r i e d e n seine R e s e r v e - u . sein D e p o t - B a t a i l lon. Beide s t a r k genug, u m d e n s t ä r k s t e n Verlust, d e n ein R e g i m e n t i n 1-2 F e l d z ü g e n erleiden k a n n , zu ersetzen; d e r N a c h s c h u b f. K a v a l l e r i e u. Artillerie ist diesem a n a l o g organisirt. (61) R u ß l a n d i n d e m R e i c h t h u m seiner Pferde M i t t e l , d e n T r a n s p o r t v. T r u p p e n zu erleichtern, wie kein a n d r e s L a n d . (61) V o n H e r b s t bis E n d e F e b r u a r 1828-9 k a m e n bei der russischen A r m e e v . 150,000 M a n n : 210,108 E r k r a n k u n g e n v o r . I m N o v e m b e r s t a r b e n 2 7 , 3 % in den Regimentslazarethen, 4 5 , 6 % in stehenden Hospitälern, S u m m e 7 2 , 9 % . I m J . 1831 lag */ der A r m e e i n P o l e n i m L a z a r e t h . N a c h officiellen Berichten im J. 1849 b e i der 191,587 M a n n s t a r k e n russischen A r m e e i n U n g a r n n u r 8735 K r a n k e , ( 4 , 5 % der H e e r s t ä r k e ) , v . diesen s t a r b e n 3209, ( 3 6 , 7 % derselben o d . 1,6% d e r g e s a m t e n H e e r e s s t ä r k e ) . (65) G e w ö h n l i c h n i m m t m a n a n , d a ß die m i t t l e r e Z a h l d e r K r a n k e n i n e i n e m H e e r 5 , 2 6 % u. d a ß v. diesen 1,39 o d . 1,08 sterben. (66) Oesterreich h a t 3 χ die R u s s e n zu seiner R e t t u n g n a c h D e u t s c h l a n d gerufen, 1735 (zur A u f r e c h t e r h a l t u n g d e r p r a g m a t i s c h e n S a n k t i o n ) , 1756 ( u m P r e u ß e n zu vernichten) u. 1849 ( u m Oesterreich zu retten.) (77)

5

10

15

20

25

30

3

16

35

40

Aus The Greek and Eastern Churches

The Greek and Eastern Churches; their History, Faith, and Worship. London 1853. D i e d o m i n i o n d e r G r e e k c h u r c h e x t e n d s over m o r e t h a n '/ o f the p r o 5 fessedly C h r i s t i a n w o r l d . H e r rites are followed f r o m t h e icegirt m o n astery of Solovetsky on t h e W h i t e Sea, a l o n g the shores of the A d r i a t i c Gulf, to the conical-roofed c h u r c h e s of A b y s s i n i a — f r o m t h e m i n e s of Siberia t o the desert o f S i n a i — a m i d s t the s n o w s o f K a m t s c h a t k a a n d i n the t o r r i d clime of S o u t h e r n I n d i a . (7) | 10 |6| Jerusalem, Antioch, Rome, Alexandria, Constantinople (324 u n d e r C o n s t a n t i n , the b i s h o p s o f C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , w h o h a d formerly b e e n s u b ject to the higher d i g n i t a r y of Heraclea, i n d e p e n d e n t a n d u l t i m a t e l y a superior influence) D o r t die 5 P a t r i a r c h s . . . Q u e s t i o n s of precedence were hotly c o n t e n d e d ; Alexandria h a d to resign h e r claim to the p r i m a c y of the 15 East; a n d C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , t h e y o u n g e s t of the p a t r i a r c h a t e s , r a n k e d second only to R o m e . (a. 381) elevated to equality w i t h Rome (a. 4 5 1 , at the council of C h a l c e d o n . ) . . . [10,11 ] for a c e n t u r y a n d \ the limits of their ( R o m e u . C o n s t a n t i n o p l e p a t r i a r c h a t ' s ) s e p a r a t e j u r i s d i c t i o n s f o r m ed a c o n s t a n t g r o u n d of a l t e r c a t i o n . . . n o t u n f r e q u e n t l y a t e m p o r a r y 20 suspension of c o m m u n i o n b e t w e e n t h e 2 c h u r c h e s , as d u r i n g t h e Arian controversy. A t o n e t i m e . . . i n t e r c o m m u n i o n i n t e r r u p t e d for 6 8 years merely on the g r o u n d of h a v i n g differed a b o u t a d i s p u t e d succession to the p a t r i a r c h a t e o f A n t i o c h . . . after t h e council held a t C h a l c e d o n , a. 4 5 1 , the Monophysite p a r t y severed from t h e e a s t e r n c o m m u n i o n , a n d 25 formed i n t o a sect. E m p e r o r Zeno p u b l i s h e d a. 482 t h e f a m o u s edict called the Henoticon, or D e e d of U n i o n , gives a decided t e s t i m o n y against the e r r o r s of N e s t o r i u s u. E u t y c h e s , b u t yet f o r b o r e to recognise the acts of C h a l c e d o n as valid. P o p e Felix II e x c o m m u n i c a t e d Acacius, the Constantinopolitan p a t r i a r c h . T h e 3 o t h e r p a t r i a r c h s siding with the 30 latter, the O r i e n t a l a n d O c c i d e n t a l c h u r c h e s r e m a i n e d in o p e n hostility 4

l

2

17

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 (35 J a h r e ) , u n t i l at length t h e former c o n c e d e d the p o i n t , a n d gave in her f o r m a l a d h e s i o n t o the c a n o n s o f C h a l c e d o n . . . I n t h e 7 a n d 8 c e n t u r i e s . . . [12, 13] q u e s t i o n of image-worship raised by L e o t h e I s a u r i a n a n d t h e I c o n o c l a s t s . . . t h e council of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , a. 754, c o n d e m n a t o r y of images, subsequently r e g a r d e d a m o n g t h e G r e e k s as a 7 general C o u n c i l , its a u t h o r i t y always denied b y t h e L a t i n s : L a t i n s lay g r e a t stress o n t h e o p p o s i t e decisions o f the 2 N i c e n e council, c o n v e n e d by t h e e m p r e s s I r e n e , a. 787, w h i c h the E a s t e r n c h u r c h in their t u r n refuse to a c c o u n t oecumenical... q u e s t i o n of t h e procession of the Holy Spirit (in t h e council of Toledo a. 400 o d . n a c h a n d e r e n 589), t h e S p a n i s h c h u r c h h a d inserted i n t h e creed o f C o n s t a n t i n o p l e the w o r d s "filioque". [14] D i e f o r m u l a h a d previously s t o o d : " T h e H o l y G h o s t w h i c h p r o c e e d e t h f r o m the F a t h e r . " D i e a l t e r a t i o n a f t e r w a r d s i n t r o d u c e d i n t o t h e c h u r c h e s of F r a n c e a n d G e r m a n y , a. 767, t h e G r e e k s accused their o p p o n e n t s of heresy on this p o i n t . . . P o p e Leo III (a. 809) expressed his a p p r o b a t i o n of the t e n e t . . . the insertion finally a d o p t e d by P o p e Nicholas I; a n d it h a s r e m a i n e d to this d a y an i m p a s s a b l e b a r r i e r between the oriental a n d the p a p a l c o m m u n i o n s . . . a. 858 d e r e m p e r o r Michael III d e p o s e s I g n a t i u s from t h e p a t r i a r c h a l t h r o n e , elevated in his place Photius, o n e well skilled in theological lore b u t a l a y m a n a n d a minister of state. [15] a. 861, a large s y n o d declared this elevation legal . . . P o p e N i c h o l a s a. 862 at R o m e p a s s e d a violent sentence of e x c o m m u n i c a t i o n on P h o t i u s a n d his a d h e r e n t s , a sentence w h i c h P h o t i u s speedily r e t o r t e d o n his a d v e r s a r y , c h a r g i n g h i m with v a r i o u s e r r o r s o f d o c t r i n e a n d o f practice. K a i s e r Basilius reinstated I g n a t i u s . C o m m u n i o n b e t w e e n the c h u r c h e s w a s restored; a n d o n the p a t r i a r c h ' s d e a t h , t h e recall o f P h o t i u s w a s suffered for a while to p a s s u n n o t i c e d . A d i s p u t e arising as to w h e t h e r t h e B u l g a r i a n s s h o u l d belong t o t h e j u r i s d i c t i o n o f R o m e o r o f C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , a n d the e m p e r o r d e t e r m i n a t e l y o p p o s i n g their transference to t h e R o m i s h see, t h e P o p e r e n e w e d t h e sentence of e x c o m m u n i c a t i o n a g a i n s t P h o t i u s a n d all the b i s h o p s a n d priests w h o h a d received c o n s e c r a t i o n at his h a n d s . . . a. 7053 Michael Cerularius, p a t r i a r c h of C o n s t a n tinople, revived all t h e a c c u s a t i o n s of false d o c t r i n e a n d e r r o n e o u s c u s t o m against R o m e , m i t fresh g r o u n d s of c o m p l a i n t , z. B. (still constituting a m a r k e d difference between t h e E a s t e r n a n d Western rituals) t h a t i n t h e celebration o f t h e E u c h a r i s t t h e R o m a n i s t s m a d e use o f u n l e a v ened b r e a d . H e a t o n c e suppressed all t h e G r e e k m o n a s t e r i e s w h i c h u s e d the L a t i n l a n g u a g e a n d followed the L a t i n ritual. I n d i g n a n t ||7| r e m o n strance v . Seiten des P o p e , v e r s t ä r k t d u r c h e x c o m m u n i c a t i o n . D e r e m p e r o r b a t L e o IX 3 L e g a t e n n a c h C o n s t a n t i n o p l e zu schicken, a b e r die n e g o t i a t i o n s unsuccessful. N e i t h e r the p a t r i a r c h n o r t h e legates w o u l d t h

t h

5

t h

n d

18

io

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus The Greek and Eastern Churches yield a j o t a ; a n d t h e latter at length p l a c e d on t h e g r e a t altar of St. S o p h i a the w r i t t e n D e e d of A n a t h e m a , c u t t i n g off M i c h a e l a n d all his a d h e r e n t s f r o m fellowship with R o m e . T h i s act virtually e x c o m m u n i cated the w h o l e E a s t e r n C h u r c h , t h e s e p a r a t i o n p r o v e d a lasting o n e . W ä h 5 r e n d der folgenden 800 J. frequent b u t fruitless a t t e m p t s to b r i n g a b o u t a re-union, t h e m o s t n o t e d der projects d e b a t e d in t h e councils of L y o n s u. F l o r e n c e . K a i s e r Michael Palaeologus sucht f. reconciliation als S c h u t z f. sein Reich. D i e representatives beider P a r t h e i e n m e e t at Lyons, a 1274, a n d a s h o w o f h a r m o n y w a s restored. D i e ß n u r a t t a i n e d b y t h e deposi10 tion of the patriarch Joseph, w h o p r o v e d refractory u. d u r c h die elevation in his stead of t h e m o r e subservient John Bekkus. Eigentlich n u r ein C o m p a k t zwischen d e m P o p e u . d e m greek E m p e r o r . . . . N o s o o n e r h a d Andronicus a s c e n d e d t h e imperial t h r o n e t h a n he s u m m a r i l y repealed this u n i o n , compelled B e k k u s t o a b d i c a t e , a n d r e s t o r e d the aged J o s e p h . . . . 15 150 J. s p ä t e r John Palaeologus ( i m p e r a t o r ) w h o , d i s m a y e d at t h e i m m i n e n t d a n g e r of his e m p i r e , h o p e d t h a t , by a re-alliance with the L a t i n s , he should b e defended against the i n r o a d s o f the T u r k s . H e h a s t e n e d i n person t o Italy with t h e t h e n p a t r i a r c h J o s e p h a n d m a n y o f his clergy. A council, u n d e r Eugenius IV (Pope) o p e n e d at Ferrara u. r e m o v e d 20 to Florence in 1439. By v a r i o u s artifices, t h e G r e e k s i n d u c e d to accede to the t e r m s laid d o w n b y t h e p a p a l p a r t y , w h e r e b y they w e r e r e q u i r e d t o acknowledge t h e twofold p r o c e s s i o n of the Spirit, the existence of p u r gatory, t h e s u p r e m a c y of the P o p e , a n d the lawfulness of using unleavened b r e a d . M a r k o f E p h e s u s a l o n e s t o o d p r o o f a g a i n s t entreaties, bribes 25 u. menaces ... the m a i n b o d y d e r G r e e k c h u r c h i n d i g n a n t at t h o s e c o n c e s s i o n s . . . die sie g e m a c h t h a d n o s o o n e r left F l o r e n c e t h a n , accusing the Latins of h a v i n g w o n t h e m by deceit, d r e a d etc, r e t u r n e d w i t h increased p e r t i n a c y to their o w n faith. . . . T h e virtual a n n e x a t i o n of Lithuania to Poland in 1386 h a d a l r e a d y i n t r o d u c e d i n t o t h e latter a consider30 able leaven of P o p i s h influence . . . Jesuit college at W i l n a . R e n e w e d efforts t o b r i n g the Polish G r e e k s u n d e r t h e sway o f R o m e . [16-19] S y n o d of Brest-Litofsky, w h e r e , in the y e a r 1596, u n d e r the auspices of Sigismund III u. h e a d e d by their h i e r a r c h , the m e t r o p o l i t a n of Kieff, g r e a t n u m b e r s of t h o s e w h o h a d a d h e r e d to the G r e e k faith in Galicia, Hunte gory, Poland, a n d Little or Red Russia, acquiesced in all the t e r m s p r o posed by the council of F l o r e n c e , save t h a t w h i c h referred to the " F i l i o q u e " . T h e o n l y s t i p u l a t i o n they m a d e was, t h a t i n their w o r s h i p they m i g h t r e t a i n t h e Slavonic l a n g u a g e , u. observe the c e r e m o n i e s of t h e Slavonic ritual. T h i s p a r t y received t h e n a m e of Uniates, or United 40 Greeks; a n d a b o u t y/ millions a r e still to be f o u n d in the A u s t r i a n d o minions. It is b u t a few y e a r s since t h e Uniates of Little R u s s i a , to t h e 2

19

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

n u m b e r of 2 millions, were received b a c k i n t o t h e M u s c o v i t e b r a n c h of t h e E a s t e r n C h u r c h , o n their solemn d i s a v o w a l o f t h e p o p e ' s sup r e m a c y . . . [20, 21] t h e last official c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n t h e E a s t e r n u. W e s t e r n c h u r c h e s , s o o n after t h e accession of Pio IX, w h o , in J a n u a r y , 1848, f o r w a r d e d a letter to t h e C h r i s t i a n s of t h e E a s t , e x h o r t i n g t h e m to 5 r e t u r n t o t h e u n i t y o f t h e c h u r c h etc . . . die greek P a t r i a r c h s replied i n t h e f o r m o f " A n Encyclic Epistle o f t h e O n e H o l y C a t h o l i c a n d A p o s t o l i c C h u r c h t o t h e faithful e v e r y w h e r e " , w h e r e i n t h e y u r g e d their r e a s o n s for p r o t e s t i n g against t h e western d o c t r i n e o f t h e d o u b l e p r o c e s s i o n , a n d t h e w e s t e r n i n n o v a t i o n s respecting b a p t i s m , holy o r d e r s , a n d t h e c o m m u n i o n 10 o f t h e laity i n o n e k i n d only. D a s D o c u m e n t d a t e d " M a y , 1848, I n d i c t i o n 6", signed by Anthimus of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , Hierotheus of A l e x a n d r i a , Methodius of A n t i o c h , Cyrill of J e r u s a l e m , a n d several of their respective ecclesiastics. (11-23) |

| 8 | Progress and Present state of the Greek Church. W ä h r e n d des Τ J h . die Persian a r m y u n d e r Chosroes c o m m i t t e d grievous d e p r e d a t i o n s in several of t h e p a t r i a r c h a t e s ; i n r o a d s of t h e Saracens, w h o m a d e themselves m a s t e r s of Antioch (634), Jerusalem (637) a n d finally of Alexandria (640). Turks succeeded in m a i n t a i n i n g t h e i r h o l d of Syria, E g y p t , a n d P a l e s t i n e . I n 1453 C o n s t a n t i n o p l e falls i n t o t h e h a n d s o f t h e T u r k s . V o n n u n a n die e a s t e r n c h u r c h n u r n o c h i n a s t a t e o f vassalage . . . [25,26] t h e Russian branch ... is c o m p r i s i n g 3/4 of t h e " o r t h o d o x " e a s t . . . P h o t i u s u . after h i m I g n a t i u s , sent t e a c h e r s t o Kieff a n d t h e n e w religion s p r e a d r a p i d l y ... [30, 31] O l g a getauft v o m P a t r i a r c h zu C o n s t a n t i n o p e l , u. Constantin Porphyrogenitus ( e m p e r o r ) s t o o d s p o n s o r for h e r at t h e f o n t . — I h r g r a n d s o n , Vladimir the Great d e c i d e d to e m b r a c e t h e E a s t e r n f o r m of Christianity. H a v i n g a t t a c k e d a n d t a k e n possession of Kherson, h e w r o t e t o t h e G r e e k E m p e r o r s , Basil a n d Constantine, d e m a n d i n g t h e i r sister A n n a i n m a r r i a g e , a n d i n t i m a t i n g t h a t t h i s a l o n e w o u l d save t h e i r c a p i t a l f r o m a n assault. E r h i e l t sie n a t ü r l i c h , a n d s t i p u l a t e d only t h a t Vlad i m i r s h o u l d i m m e d i a t e l y profess C h r i s t i a n i t y . A s s o o n a s t h e princess arrived a t K h e r s o n , t h e R u s s i a n m o n a r c h w a s b a p t i s e d b y t h e n a m e o f Basil. He r e s t o r e d t h e c o n q u e r e d city to t h e G r e e k s , t a k i n g a few priests as his only captives, as well as s o m e c h u r c h vessels a n d relics for his o n l y t r o p h i e s . . . R e t u r n i n g t o K i e w , h e h a d his 1 2 sons b a p t i s e d , a n d issued an edict for t h e universal o v e r t h r o w of i d o l a t r y in his d o m i n i o n s . . . richtete schools ein u . m a n y m o t h e r s w e p t bitterly over t h e c h i l d r e n sent

20

15

20

25

30

35

Aus The Greek and Eastern Churches

5

t h i t h e r " i m a g i n i n g the use of letters to be a species of i n c a n t a t i o n , c o n nected w i t h t h e d e a d l y art of n e c r o m a n c y " . . . [32-34] f. 6 J h h . the R u s sian C h u r c h g o v e r n e d b y m e t r o p o l i t a n s d e p e n d e n t o n t h e c h u r c h o f C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ; s o m e o f t h e m G r e e k s sent direct f r o m the p a t r i a r c h , o t h e r s R u s s i a n s elevated to office by a s y n o d of their o w n b i s h o p s , b u t w h o afterwards received t h e p a t r i a r c h a l s a n c t i o n . T h e y resided at Kieff till 1240, w h e n the d e s t r u c t i o n of t h a t city by the M o n g o l s c a u s e d t h e r e m o v al of their see to Vladimir, w h e n c e it w a s t r a n s f e r r e d in 1320 to Moscow. (hießen n o c h "Metropolitan of Kieff" till t h e m i d d l e of the 1 5 century, w h e n the r e s t o r e d city of Kieff, h a v i n g a m e t r o p o l i t a n of its o w n , subject t o L i t h u a n i a , t h e R u s s i a n d i g n i t a r y received t h e d e s i g n a t i o n , M e t r o p o l itan of M o s c o w a n d all R u s s i a ) . Isidore, w h o b e c a m e m e t r o p o l i t a n in 1434, p r e s e n t at t h e council of F l o r e n c e , gave in his a d h e s i o n , m u ß t e a b e r n a c h h e r n a c h R o m fliehen etc. In 1467 P o p e Paul II h o p e d to gain g r o u n d in R u s s i a by b r i n g i n g a b o u t t h e m a r r i a g e of John Vasilovich ... Sophia, the heiress of t h e G r e e k E m p e r o r s (in c o n s e q u e n c e of which alliance, t h e a r m s of t h e G r e e k e m p e r o r s , consisting of a 2 - h e a d e d eagle, were a s s u m e d as the insignia of t h e R u s s i a n czar), t r a i n e d in t h e d o c t r i n e s of the F l o r e n t i n e council. A b e r in R u s s i a sie wieder o r t h o d o x . . . [35] After t h e seizure of Constantinople by the Turks, the R u s s i a n b i s h o p s instituted their o w n m e t r o p o l i t a n s until the t i m e of czar Theodore, w h o , being at e n m i t y . . . s u l t a n . . . f o r m e d the i d e a of establishing a p a t r i a r chal t h r o n e in R u s s i a . Joachim, p a t r i a r c h of A n t i o c h , being on a visit to the czar's d o m i n i o n s , Dionysius, the m e t r o p o l i t a n of M o s c o w , refused to yield precedence to h i m . In June, 1588, Jeremiah II (of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ) having been d e p r i v e d of his office by A m u r a t h a n d h a v i n g s o u g h t a t e m p o r a r y a s y l u m in R u s s i a , t h e c z a r eagerly u r g e d his request, which, either t h r o u g h policy, or t h r o u g h c o n s t r a i n t , w a s at o n c e g r a n t e d . Job, w h o h a d succeeded t o t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n dignity, w a s c o n s e c r a t e d w i t h great p o m p as an i n d e p e n d e n t p a t r i a r c h . . . t h e i n s t i t u t i o n of this office m e t with the a p p r o v a l o f t h e o t h e r p a | | 9 | t r i a r c h s , w h o rejoiced t h a t their n u m b e r w a s t h u s a g a i n raised to 5 by their a d o p t i o n of R u s s i a in t h e vac a n t place o f R o m e . . . (the original idea o f C o n s t a n t i n e G r e a t i n e s t a b lishing t h e p a t r i a r c h a t e s w a s t h e division of the ecclesiastical j u r i s d i c t i o n into 4 only, as c o r r e s p o n d i n g m. d e m a p p o i n t m e n t of t h e 4 p r a e t o r i a n prefects in the civil g o v e r n m e n t . A b e r Juvenal, b i s h o p of J e r u s a l e m , ass u m e d the title, a n d a t his u r g e n t e n t r e a t y w a s c o n f i r m e d b y t h e e m p e r o r T h e o d o s i u s a s t h e 5 p a t r i a r c h , w h i c h dignity w a s ratified a t t h e council o f C h a l c e d o n . ) — D i e P a t r i a r c h s wollten d a ß d e r R u s s i a n r a n k als d e r 5 u. last. C z a r insisted d a ß Moscow p r e c e d e n c e of J e r u s a l e m u. A n t i o c h , yielding only t o C o n s t a n t i n o p l e a s t h e " o e c u m e n i c a l p a t r i a r c h " , a n d t o th

10

15

20

25

30

35

t h

40

th

21

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 A l e x a n d r i a a s t h e " o e c u m e n i c a l j u d g e " , (leztrer Titel f i r s t given t o T h e o p h i l u s , or P h i l o t h e u s , p a t r i a r c h of A l e x a n d r i a a. 1015, u n t e r E m p e r o r Basil I I . ) . . . [36, 37] Die M u s c o v i t e p a t r i a r c h s w e r e o n l y 10 in n u m b e r , of w h o m t h e m o s t f a m o u s were Philaret u. Nikon. D e r f o r m e r [was] father to the t h e n reigning E m p e r o r Michael, f o u n d e r of the p r e s e n t R o m a n o f f d y n a s t y . . . N i k o n a s c e n d e d t h e p a t r i a r c h a l t h r o n e i n 1 6 5 3 . . . [38] Bis z u r Zeit des P a t r i a r c h e n A d r i a n d a s p a t r i a r c h a l office m. g r e a t reverence v. d e n czars b e h a n d e l t a n d it h a d even been c u s t o m a r y for t h e m on P a l m s u n d a y t o lead b y the bridle a n ass o n w h i c h t h e p a t r i a r c h r o d e t h r o u g h t h e streets of M o s c o w , in c o m m e m o r a t i o n of t h e S a v i o u r ' s e n t r y t o J e r u s a l e m . O n A d r i a n ' s d e a t h , 1700, t h e R u s s i a n b i s h o p s w e r e ass e m b l e d for t h e p u r p o s e of electing a successor, s t o p p u t to their p r o ceedings by t h e u n e x p e c t e d e n t r a n c e of Peter the G r e a t , w h o a d d r e s s e d t h e m i n t h e concise b u t a u t h o r i t a t i v e sentence " I a m y o u r p a t r i a r c h ! " a n d f o r t h w i t h he a p p o i n t e d Stephen Yavoursky g u a r d i a n of t h e p a t r i a r c h a t e , as a k i n d of p r o t e m p o r e vice r e g e n t . . . [40] i n s t i t u t e d a s y n o d for j u r i s diction in spiritual affairs . . . the czar s u b m i t t e d his project (of synod) to t h e a p p r o b a t i o n of the E a s t e r n p a t r i a r c h s , erhielt sie v. J e r e m i a h v. C o n s t a n t i n o p e l (23 S e p t e m b e r 1723) "Holy Legislative Synod" ... u r s p r ü n g lich 12 m e m b e r s , resident in M o s c o w - später, M i t g l i e d e r z a h l w e c h s e l n d n a c h Willen des C z a r , n a c h P e t e r s b u r g h v e r l e g t . . . Andrer Zweig der orientalischen Kirche: die i n h a b i t a n t s der Asiatic P r o v i n c e called Iberia, or Georgia christianisirt im 4 J h h . ( d u r c h N u n i a ) their vicinity to t h e Armenians led these to j o i n t h e latter in s e p a r a t i o n from the G r e e k s . . . 50 J. später they m a d e k n o w n to the p a t r i a r c h of A n t i o c h their r e t u r n to t h e o r t h o d o x faith. Yielded später h o m a g e t o t h e C o n s t a n t i n o p o l i t a n p a t r i a r c h only by the p a y m e n t of a t r i b u t e , h a v i n g for 1500 J. p a t r i a r c h s o f their o w n , w h o g o v e r n e d their c h u r c h w i t h o u t t h e slightest interference from a n y superior a u t h o r i t y . . . f o r m a l r e u n i o n w i t h the O r i e n t a l c h u r c h in 1801, w h e n the R u s s i a n d o m i n i o n w a s fully established in their territ o r y . T h e i r ecclesiastical affairs are n o w a d m i n i s t e r e d b y t h e a r c h b i s h o p o f Tifiis, u n d e r the sanction o f the P e t e r s b u r g h s y n o d . . . U n d e r t h e sway of t h e s a m e R u s s i a n conclave is also t h e Monténégrine c h u r c h . . . at p r e s ent t o l e r a t e d in their rejection of images, crucifixes u. pictures. I h r e aversion to t h e P o p e extreme . . . [41-44] In Greece after h a v i n g been w r e s t e d f r o m Turkey, a u c h a "Holy Governing Synod", t h e d u e o r g a n i s a t i o n of w h i c h effected at N a u p l i a in A u g u s t , 1833. It consists of 1 p r e s i d e n t , 1 r o y a l c o m m i s s i o n e r , a n d a few s u p e r n u m e r a r i e s . It h a s s u p r e m e p o w e r in m a t t e r s ecclesiastical, t h e king retaining o n l y the right of s a n c t i o n i n g a n d investing the b i s h o p s w h o m it elects . . . Servia is a u t o c e p h a l u s , its m e t r o p o l i t a n a t Belgrade h a v i n g the a u t h o r i t y , t h o u g h n o l o n g e r t h e title

5

10

15

20

l

22

25

30

35

40

Aus The Greek and Eastern Churches

of a p a t r i a r c h . . .

t h e p r e s e n t j u r i s d i c t i o n of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e e x t e n d s

merely over t h e G r e e k s i n Galicia, Slavonia, T u r k e y , A n a t o l i a , a n d t h e I o n i a n Isles. H e possesses a c o n s i d e r a b l e i n c o m e , b u t t h e o t h e r p a t r i a r c h s are m o s t l y d e p e n d e n t on h i m for s u p p o r t . T h e 5

"Pope and Patriarch of

Alexandria" lives in ||10| Cairo, b u t h a s t h e r e o n l y 2 c h u r c h e s left. In Antioch, t h e few w h o a d h e r e to t h e " o r t h o d o x " E a s t e r n faith, m e e t o n l y in a p r i v a t e dwelling, or in t h e recesses of a m o u n t a i n g r o t t o , while t h e i r p a t r i a r c h resides at Damascus. T h e p a t r i a r c h of Jerusalem, as h a s b e e n t h e c u s t o m since early in t h e 17 t h c e n t u r y , is for t h e m o s t p a r t r e s i d e n t at

10 C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . this J e r u s a l e m p a t r i a r c h r e t a i n s t h e right of n o m i ­ n a t i n g his successor; or, if he dies w i t h o u t h a v i n g so d o n e , t h e "brethren of the Holy Sepulchre", a 150 in n u m b e r , p r o c e e d to c h o o s e s o m e o n e in his stead. N a c h Neale, exclusive of t h e U n i a t e s u. d e r heretical sects, d e r s t a t e der Eastern

Church: In Russia...

50,000,000.

In Turkey ...

12,000,000. In

15 t h e k i n g d o m of Greece with Montenegro . . . 800,000. In t h e Austrian do­ minions

2,800,000.

patriarchate of Cyprus

...

In

the patriarchate

of Antioch, 150,000;

of Alexandria ...

5,000;

In

the

including the autocephalous metropolitanate in

dem

patriarchate

of J e r u s a l e m

...

15,000.

Z u s . : 65,770,000. (25^47)

20

Tenets of the Greek Church. T h e Eastern

Church d i s o w n s t h e p o p e ' s s u p r e m a c y ,

b u t she d o e s n o t

disbelieve t h e c h u r c h ' s infallibility. [48] S h e a d v o c a t e s t h e u s e of Scrip­ t u r e , b u t she lays as firm a h o l d on t h e validity of t r a d i t i o n . She d i s a v o w s w o r k s o f s u p e r e r o g a t i o n , a n d disclaims t h e d o c t r i n e o f indulgences; b u t 25 she a b o u n d s in w o r k s of self-righteousness, enjoins confession, confers a b s o l u t i o n , requires p e n a n c e s , a n d e n c o u r a g e s m o n k e r y , her liturgies at­ test t h a t she practically believes i n t r a n s u b s t a n t i a t i o n . O p p o s i t e t o t h e idea o f p u r g a t o r y , she d o e s n o t h e s i t a t e t o offer h e r p r a y e r s for t h e repose o f t h e d e p a r t e d . C o n d e m n s i m a g e - w o r s h i p , b u t allows t h e a d o 30 r a t i o n of p i c t u r e s , offers h e r p r a y e r s to t h e Virgin u. t h e saints, t a k e s delight in relics, believes in miracles, u. a t t a c h e s an u n t o l d efficacy to t h e act o f signing m . d e m cross . . . t h e liturgies d e r E a s t e r n C h u r c h a n d its various sects a r e computed to number 67. t h e sources f r o m w h i c h t h e y a r e derived a r e 3 χ : t h a t of J e r u s a l e m , a s c r i b e d to J a m e s ; t h a t of A l e x a n d r i a , 35 a t t r i b u t e d to M a r k ; u. die of Edessa, said to o w e its origin to T h a d d a e u s . the l a t t e r i s used o n l y a m o n g t h e N e s t o r i a n s . t h a t o f J a m e s i s r e a d only i n some c h u r c h e s , o n t h e d a y o f his festival. T h e s t a n d a r d r i t u a l s a r e t h o s e modifications o f St. J a m e s ' w h i c h a r e followed a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ; n a m e -

23

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 ly, t h a t of St. C h r y s o s t o m , which is in o r d i n a r y use, a n d t h a t of St. Basil, w h i c h is s u b s t i t u t e d for it on certain a p p o i n t e d d a y s . . . [49] On " O r t h o d o x y S u n d a y " , the first S a b b a t h in L e n t , a 3 fold " a n a t h e m a " p r o n o u n c e d against each of the 60 e r r o r s w h i c h they d e e m to exist, or to h a v e existed, in o t h e r c h u r c h e s . In t h e russian c h u r c h this service is s o m e w h a t curtailed . . . [50] decisive voice of t h e Eastern Church in t h e d e c l a r a t i o n at t h e council of B e t h l e h e m (1672): "All Scripture is n o t to be r e a d by t h e u n t r a i n e d . " [ 5 2 ] — I n t h e v a r i o u s retreats of Mount Athos a l o n e , t h e r e a r e no less t h a n 40,000 m o n k s a n d h e r m i t s . Celibacy is n o t b i n d i n g on t h e G r e e k priests, w h o a r e divided i n t o 2 classes, t h e "black" or "monastic" u. die "white" or "secular" clergy. T h e h i e r a r c h y are c h o s e n f r o m a m o n g t h e f o r m e r class . . . A n old m a n u s c r i p t preserved a m o n g t h e Nestorians: "I swear, t h a t were it possible for the devil to a t t a i n t h e priesthood, a n d w i t h his h a n d t o b r e a k t h e o b l a t i o n , a n d c o m m u n i c a t e t h e r e o f t o m e , I w o u l d receive it from h i m , a n d h o l d it as t h o u g h it h a d b e e n b r o k e n by S i m o n P e t e r . " . . . [57,58] in 1672, the council of B e t h l e h e m expressed conviction, ( 1 7 article) " t h a t in the celebration of this m y s t e r y (des A b e n d m a h l s ) o u r L o r d Jesus C h r i s t is present, n o t in a figurative or i m a g i n a r y m a n n e r , n o r etc etc . . . [60] b u t verily a n d indeed; so t h a t after t h e c o n s e c r a t i o n of t h e b r e a d , the || 111 b r e a d is changed, transubstantiated, transmuted, transformed into the very true b o d y a n d b l o o d of o u r L o r d w h i c h w a s b o r n in B e t h l e h e m . . . a n d t h a t t h e w i n e is converted and transubstantiated i n t o t h e very t m e b l o o d of the L o r d e t c " . . . [61] difference b e t w e e n the E a s t e r n a n d the Western C h u r c h e s a s t o the precise t i m e w h e n t h e averred c h a n g e t a k e s place, t h e R o m a n i s t s a t t r i b u t i n g it to t h e c o n s e c r a t i n g w o r d s : "this is my b o d y , t a k e , e a t " etc u. die Orientals assign i n g it to their s u b s e q u e n t i n v o c a t i o n of the H o l y Spirit, a n d " t h e blessing o f t h e gifts" . . . [63] (48-67) T h e c o m m o n p e o p l e t a u g h t t o a d d r e s s t h e Virgin as " t h e only c o m f o r t of the h u m a n r a c e " , they l e a r n to r e g a r d h e r as such, while t h e S a v i o u r a n d his finished w o r k are d e p r e c i a t e d in their esteem . . . c o m p r o m i s e between p o p u l a r c l a m o u r a n d theological convictions. It w a s decreed t h a t images s h o u l d be strictly p r o h i b i t e d , while r o u g h p a i n t i n g s were a l l o w e d — t h e r o u g h e r , the m o r e o r t h o d o x . I t i s said t h a t o n e of t h e greatest c o m p l i m e n t s p a i d to T i t i a n w a s t h e c o m p l a i n t of a G r e e k priest, t h a t this artist's figures s t o o d o u t so fearfully f r o m the c a n vass t h a t it w o u l d be as i n n o c e n t to kneel before a s t a t u e as before o n e of his p a i n t i n g s , (the t a u n t o f the M o h a m m e d a n , a n d the v i g o r o u s efforts o f the I c o n o c l a s t s , c o n t r i b u t e d to the t e m p o r a r y a b j u r a t i o n of all likenesses of saints in the c h u r c h e s of the E a s t ; b u t it is easy to i m a g i n e h o w m u c h t h o s e w h o h a d b e e n long a c c u s t o m e d to offer their d e v o t i o n s before a visible object, m u s t h a v e felt at a loss w h e n all such objects w e r e r e m o v e d

5

10

15

th

24

20

25

30

35

40

Aus The Greek and Eastern Churches

from their gaze.) . . . [68, 69] R e i s e n d e ü b e r russische B a u e r n : "Whose likeness is that? t h e old w o m a n replied, crossing herself as she s p o k e , It is our only Lord God St. Nicholas. "... [71] t h e G r e e k s reject in toto t h e d o c t r i n e of predestination ... [73] O n e m a r k e d characteristic of t h e d e v o t i o n s in t h e 5 E a s t e r n service-books is t h e a m p l i t u d e of their a d o r a t i o n . . . [77] M a s s i v e o r n a m e n t s o f gold a n d silver, splendid r o b e s o f velvet a n d satin, a d o r n e d with jewellery a n d e m b r o i d e r e d w o r k ; richly d i g h t a l t a r - c l o t h s , a n d fragrantly fuming incense, a r e a s m u c h t h e p r i d e o f t h e O r i e n t a l a s o f t h e O c c i d e n t a l c h u r c h . . . [79] T h e interior of G r e e k c h u r c h e s is m o s t generally 10 cruciform; a n d t h e exterior s u r m o u n t e d by at least a simple d o m e , a n d often 5 . . . In c o n s e q u e n c e of t h e p r o h i b i t i o n of bells by t h e m a n d a t e of t h e T u r k s , t h e u s u a l call t o w o r s h i p , b o t h a m o n g t h e " o r t h o d o x " a n d a m o n g t h e heretics of t h e E a s t , is effected by striking on a b o a r d w i t h a h a m m e r . . . . great bell of Moscow, i n d i s p u t a b l y t h e largest bell in the world 15 (Turks i m a g i n e , t h a t t h e s o u n d drives a w a y g o o d spirits), t h e w h o l e weight a m o u n t i n g t o 443,772 p o u n d s . . . . P r e a c h i n g i s b u t little r e s o r t e d t o , save d u r i n g L e n t . I n t h e 1 7 c e n t u r y i t w a s positively f o r b i d d e n i n R u s s i a . . . E n o r m e L ä n g e der Liturgie. M a s s e r e p e t i t i o n s ζ . Β . t h e w o r d s , " K y r i e E l e i s o n " " L o r d h a v e m e r c y " a r e r e p e a t e d after s o m e p r a y e r s 12, o r even 20 40 or 50 times ... t h e r u b r i c varies so greatly for every d a y in t h e y e a r (die prayers, die Z u h ö r e r u n p r o v i d e d m. b o o k s ) as well as every service of t h e day, t h a t i t n o t only f i l l s 2 0 folio v o l u m e s , b u t r e q u i r e s a n a d d i t i o n a l t o m e , entitled " T h e R e g u l a t i o n " to serve as a g u i d e for t h e right use of all t h e o t h e r s . . . . I n T u r k e y p r e a c h i n g confined t o t h e higher e c c l e s i a s t i c s ; . . . 25 a m o n g the Copts the patriarch alone preaches, but once a y e a r . . . . T h e dialect in t h e C o n s t a n t i n o p o l i t a n office-books differs f r o m t h e classic G r e e k only i n t h e a d d i t i o n o f theological t e r m s . . . T h r o u g h o u t t h e C z a r s ' d o m i n i o n s , D i v i n e service is p e r f o r m e d in t h e Slavonic, u n d e r s t o o d by c o m p a r a t i v e l y few a m o n g t h e p e o p l e . . . t h i r d ecclesiastical l a n g u a g e t h e 30 Georgian, b u t h e r e a g a i n t h e civil differs widely f r o m t h e s a c r e d dialect, each h a v i n g its distinct a l p h a b e t . . . T h e p s a l m s a n d h y m n s a r e s u n g b y t h e choir; i n s t r u m e n t s of all k i n d s a r e excluded . . . [82-84] 226 set d a y s of abstinence i n t h e year, including t h e W e d n e s d a y a n d F r i d a y i n e a c h week, which a r e r e g u l a r fast-days. T h e G r e e k s r e g a r d S a t u r d a y like a second 35 S a b b a t h , a c c o u n t i n g it a feast-day i n s t e a d of a f a s t . . . [99] e s t i m a t i o n of relics . . . W h a t J e r u s a l e m w a s t o t h e Israelites, Kieff i s t o the R u s s i a n s . . . [105,106] theatrical c h a r a c t e r w h i c h m a r k s n e a r l y all services of t h e Greeks. I th

25

ï Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

. |12| Worthies of the Greek Church: Irenaeus, Athenagoras, Clemens Alexandrinus, Origines, Dyonisius t h e G r e a t (an A l e x a n d r i a n p a t r i a r c h ) , Gregory Thaumaturgus. (In d e n ersten 3 J h h . ) Im 4 J h h . Eusebius P a m p h i l i u s , Peter t h e m a r t y r , D i d y m u s t h e Blind, A t h a n a s i u s , G r e g o r y N a z i a n z e n , G r e g o r y of N y s s a , E p h r a i m 5 Syrus. Basilius ( b o r n 320 at C a e s a r e a ) . Chrysostomus (geb. 347) [113-117], John of Alexandria, t h e A l m o n e r . (| 620), John Damascenus ( 8 c e n t u r y ) Cyrillus u. Methodius. (9' J h h . ) a modified f o r m of t h e Cyrillic a l p h a b e t b e i n g still e m p l o y e d in the R u s s i a n s e r v i c e - b o o k s . . . the J a c o b i t e m a p h r i a n Gregory Abulpharagius o d . B a r - H e b r ä u s . ( b o r n at M a l a t i a in 10 A r m e n i a , 1226.) Gennadius, p a t r i a r c h of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e p u b l i s h e d a. 1453 a confession of the G r e e k faith . . . [127-134] Platon's " S u m m a r y of Christian Divinity" ... t h

Heretics and Sectaries of the Greek Church. . . . Influence of the A l e x a n d r i a n school of p h i l o s o p h y u p o n the early 15 t h e o l o g y of t h e Orientals . . . [137] Nestorius tried u. c o n d e m n e d zu E p h e sus, a. 431 ... [140] Im 5, 6, 7 J h h . Nestorianism s p r e a d t h r o u g h Persia, C h a l d e a u . Syria, p e n e t r a t i n g even t o I n d i a , T a r t a r y u . C h i n a . A t t h e p r e s e n t t i m e , its s t r o n g h o l d is in the m o u n t a i n o u s districts of Persia . . . [141] "Chaldaeans" n u n die v. den N e s t o r i a n s g e n a n n t die h a v e e m b r a c e d 20 t h e R o m a n faith, for the m o s t p a r t , f o u n d i n the n e i g h b o u r h o o d o f t h e T i g r i s . . . D a s N e s t o r i a n P a t r i a r c h a t e h e r e d i t a r y f r o m uncle t o n e p h e w or, w h e r e t h e r e is no n e p h e w , to a y o u n g e r b r o t h e r . ... n u m b e r of t h e N e s t o r i a n s stated in 1841 to be 140,000 . . . [144] Monophysites. U n t e r dieser general d e s i g n a t i o n c o m p r e h e n d e d the 4 m a i n b r a n c h e s of schismatics 25 f r o m the O r i e n t a l C h u r c h : Syrian Jacobites, Copts, Abyssinians, Armenians ... D i e J a c o b i t e s n e n n e n die " o r t h o d o x G r e e k s " Melchites or kingfollowers ... Syrian Jacobites ( a b o u t 150,000) g o v e r n e d by a P a t r i a r c h (so called of A n t i o c h , b u t resident at a c o n v e n t n e a r Merdin); der seit 878 h a s always a s s u m e d the n a m e of Ignatius. T h e i r s e c o n d dignitary, the p r i m a t e 30 of Tagrit, resides n e a r M o s u l , a n d is t e r m e d a "maphrian" (fruitbearer) ... s o m e Romanist Jacobites in Syria, m. a p a t r i a r c h of their o w n at A l e p p o . . . (In 1847 t h e b i s h o p o f M e r d i n h a d g o n e over t o t h e c h u r c h o f R o m e ) . . . D i e Egyptian Jacobites or C o p t s a b o u t 200,000, h a b e n A n t i patriarch of Alexandria ( n e n n t sich so, b u t like the G r e e k p a t r i a r c h of 35

26

;

,1 1

Aus The Greek and Eastern Churches t h a t city, resides at C a i r o ) , their sect in E g y p t a decided p r e d o m i n a n c e . S o m e few M o s l e m o b s e r v a n c e s a r e a d o p t e d b y t h e m . . . . [146-148] T h e Nubian Jacobites, w i t h o u t a single exception, l a p s e d i n t o M o h a m m e d a n i s m in the 1 2 c e n t u r y . . . . P a p a l C o p t s very few . . . Abyssinians h a b e n 5 no p a t r i a r c h a t e of their o w n , b u t u n d e r t h e j u r i s d i c t i o n of t h e J a c o b i t e p a t r i a r c h in C a i r o , their abuna of Axum (their only b i s h o p ) is a l w a y s a f o r e i g n e r — ( a b o u t a million der A b y s s i n i a n C h r i s t i a n s ) ; in t h e o r d i n a n c e of t h e eucharist, t h e y observe a m a r k e d respect of p e r s o n s , giving larger portions of the breadlo individuals of h i g h e r r a n k . . . [149-151] church of 10 Armenia r e m a i n e d in the c o m m u n i o n m. der G r e e k C h u r c h till after the decrees o f C h a l c e d o n ; d a n n a u s A b n e i g u n g gegen die N e s t o r i a n s , a d o p ted Eutychianism, ( m o n o p h y t i s m ) ( t e m p o r a r y reconciliation u n t e r P h o tius m. der G r e e k C h u r c h ) . [154] Between t h e J a c o b i t e s u. A r m e n i a n s there w a s , in the 1 1 c e n t u r y , a p a s s i n g s h o w of u n i o n , f o u n d e d on t h e i r 15 c o m m o n a b h o r r e n c e of t h e M e l c h i t e d o c t r i n e . S p ä t e r t r e n n t e n sich wieder, the A r m e n i a n s being followers of E u t y c h e s r a t h e r t h a n of B a r a d a e u s , a n d , c o n s e q u e n t l y , believing the Divinity u . H u m a n i t y o f the i n c a r n a t e O n e to h a v e been j o i n e d in o n e single, n o t in o n e compound n a t u r e . 3 p a t r i a r c h a t e s a m o n g t h e A r m e n i a n s , d e r h ö c h s t e Catholicos (or 20 p a t r i a r c h ) of E t c h m i a d z i n (subject to R u s s i a since 1828), w h o h a s u n d e r his jurisdiction the w h o l e o f T u r c o m a n i a , o r A r m e n i a M a j o r . T h e next i n r a n k der catholicos of Sis (in Cilicia) w h o h a s a limited p r o v i n c e in Syria, u. d e n s o u t h of A n a t o l i a . D e r 3' C a t h o l i c o s , t h a t of Aghtamar ( a n island in ||12a| L a k e Van), h o l d s his sway over K o o r d i s t a n . T h e r e are s o m e 25 m i n o r p a t r i a r c h s 1 at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , w h o presides over T u r k i s h A r m e nia, 1 at J e r u s a l e m , for t h e A r m e n i a n s of Palestine u. 1 zu K a m e n i e t z , for those i n R u s s i a a n d P o l a n d . T h r o u g h t h e c h a n g i n g f o r t u n e s o f war, a n d t h r o u g h the claims of m e r c a n t i l e interests, the A r m e n i a n s h a v e b e e n scattered t h r o u g h o u t m a n y l a n d s , (nearly 4 millions.) their t r a d e r s a m o n g t h e 30 wealthiest a n d t h e m o s t liberal in the c o m m e r c i a l w o r l d . L i t e r a t u r e h a s also been p r o m o t e d a m o n g t h e m . . . w h e r e v e r A r m e n i a n c h u r c h e s a r e opened, schools a r e established, a n d scientific p u r s u i t s e n c o u r a g e d . . . . [155,156] Papal Armenian Church. In the T u r k i s h E m p i r e , t h e r e a r e 45,000 Armenian Uniates, besides o t h e r s in Italy, H u n g a r y , a n d R u s 35 sia. ... Monothelites ( c o n d e m n e d at the council a. 680 at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ) ; but their views are said t o h a v e been a d o p t e d a n d l o n g held b y t h e followers of Marc, a m o n k of M o u n t L e b a n o n . T h e M a r o n i t e s b e l o n g n o w t o the c o m m u n i o n o f R o m e . . . . I n t h e 7 c e n t u r y t h e Paulicians, arose i n t h e c o u n t r i e s adjacent t o A r m e n i a . [157] reject b a p t i s m a n d t h e 40 L o r d ' s supper, t h e y a d o p t e d likewise an allegorizing system of Bible interpretation; denied P a p a l s u p r e m a c y , priestly d o m i n a t i o n , t r a d i t i o n a l th

t h

t h

27

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 rule, m o r t u a r y p r a y e r s , c r e a t u r e - i n v o c a t i o n , a n d the a d o r a t i o n alike o f relics, images, pictures, crucifixes, a n d crosses. I m ^ J h h . g e z w u n g e n flüchten. Einige n a c h Bulgarien. S p ä t e r rest of t h e m forced to e m i g r a t e , d r a w a w a y from the R o m i s h c h u r c h the Cathari of Italy, u. die Albigenses of F r a n c e . In B o h e m i a , t o o , t h e y p a v e d t h e w a y for t h e R e f o r m a t i o n . 5 V o n d e n P a u l i c i a n s also originated the G r e e k sect, in Bosnia in 1197, w h o u n d e r t h e n a m e of Bogomili h a v e c o n t i n u e d . . . [158,159] In Russia 20 v a r i o u s sects. ( R a s k o l n i k s , or schismatics,) a m o u n t i n g in all to a b o u t 5 millions. Chief cause of dissension w a s t h e c o r r e c t i o n of t h e serviceb o o k s i n N i k o n ' s time, m a n y h a v i n g a d h e r e d t o t h e a n c i e n t c e r e m o n i e s , 1 0 a n d calling themselves Starovertsi, or believers of t h e old faith. T h e y possess between 20 u. 30 m o n a s t e r i e s , . . . t h e eucharist they never celeb r a t e ; a n d b a p t i s m is a d m i n i s t e r e d only at t h e a p p r o a c h of d e a t h . . . The Duchobortsi ("wrestlers w i t h the spirit") exist in der U k r a i n e u. t h e c o u n t r y of t h e D o n - c o s s a c k s f r o m a very r e m o t e p e r i o d ; seit m i d d l e des 15 1 8 c e n t u r y b r o u g h t p r o m i n e n t l y i n t o notice. T h e i r views a singular c o m p o u n d of Gnosticism, Rationalism, Quakerism, a n d Brethrenism ... reject every external rite, c e r e m o n y u. o b s e r v a n c e . . . [161] T h e Malakani, a n d r e russische Sekte, located principally i n t h e C r i m e a , t h o u g h f o u n d scattered, m o r e or less t h r o u g h o u t the w h o l e of R u s s i a , n e n n e n sich 20 selbst "Spiritual C h r i s t i a n s " . (66-164) th

28

Aus John Mason Neale: Introduction to the history of the Holy Eastern Church

Rev. J. M. Neale. Introduction to the history of the Holy Eastern Church. Appendix. London 1851. 5

Synopsis of the Eastern Church in 1850. I.) Patriarchate of Constantinople

10

15

20

25

A.) Turkish Empire Proper B.) Out of the Turk. Emp. Prop. a) Ionian Islands. Wallachia Moldavia j 131 Servia. Venice. II.) Patriarchate of Alexandria. III.) Patriarchate of Antioch IV.) Patriarchate of Jerusalem V.) Patriarchate of all the Russias A. Russia. B.) Georgia. VI.) Cyprus. VII.) Austria. VIII. Mount Sinai. IX.) Montenegro X. Greece. Total The 4 Patriarchats

Metrop. Abps. Bps. Total 83

2

31

116

3 1 1 1 1 4 16 6

2 -

2 3 2 3

1

6

7 4 3| 4 1 4 16 13

4 1

24 1 1

32 3 3 10

1 1 1

36 123

32

60 5 4 11 1 1 36

286 4 Summa 290. [5] 131

29

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

Count Valerian Krasinski: Lectures on the Religious History of the Slavonic Nations. London 1849. ,e

D a s s e l b e 2 Edition (u. diese wird citirt) u n t e r d e m Titel: Sketch of the Religious History of the Slavonic Nations. Edinburgh. 1851. In 1551 a general s y n o d held at M o s c o w e n a c t e d a c o d e of ecclesiastical laws called Stoglav, i . e . the 100 C h a p t e r s . (269) In 1764, t h e Empress Catherine confiscated all the estates of t h e C h u r c h ; w h i c h c o n t a i n e d a b o u t 900,00 m a l e serfs, a n d assigned p e n s i o n s to b i s h o p s , c o n v e n t s etc. Peter der Gr. h a t t e s c h o n declared t h a t t h e c o n v e n t s s h o u l d n o t a c q u i r e a n y l a n d e d p r o p e r t y , either b y gifts o r p u r c h a s e , a n d subjected the estates o f the c h u r c h t o t h e general t a x a t i o n . ( 2 6 9 ) . . . the clergy f o r m s a s e p a r a t e caste in Russia; a n d it is a very r a r e o c c u r r e n c e t h a t a p e r s o n b e l o n g i n g to a n o t h e r class d o e s enter t h e c h u r c h , the sons of t h e clergy m u s t follow the v o c a t i o n s of their fathers . . . to the monastic orders are reserved all higher g r a d e s o f t h e h i e r a r c h y i n t h e G r e e k C h u r c h . . . I n 1839 several b i s h o p s o f t h e U n i t e d G r e e k C h u r c h o f P o l a n d w e r e i n d u c e d by the R u s s . gov. to declare a wish to s e p a r a t e f r o m R o m e , a n d to d e m a n d a u n i o n with the R u s s . E s t a b l i s h e d C h u r c h . T h i s d e c l a r a t i o n w a s followed by an u k a s e , o r d e r i n g all t h e u n i t e d c h u r c h e s to i m i t a t e the e x a m p l e o f their b i s h o p s . T h e m o s t stringent m e a s u r e s were a d o p t e d t o effect a wholesale conversion; a n d a great n u m b e r of clergymen . . . p u n ished by t r a n s p o r t a t i o n to Siberia, i m p r i s o n m e n t etc . . . [270] Raskolniks ( s c h i s m a t i c s ) . . . (contin. p. 17) |

30

5

10

15

20

25

Aus Augustin Theiner: Die Staatskirche Rußlands

Ii4| Die Staatskirche Rußlands im Jahre 1839. Nach den neuesten Synodalberichten, dargestellt von einem Priester aus der Congregation des Oratoriums. 5

Schaffhausen. 1844. Sektenwesen.

10

15

20

25

N e u e r A u f s c h w u n g der „ I r r l e h r e " seit A n f a n g des 1 6 ' J h h . Einfluß d a r auf: die Einführung der Leibeigenschaft u. die Verbeßrung der Kirchenbücher. (228) R a s c h e A u s b r e i t u n g v. Sekten in R u ß l a n d . In der W a h l einer Sekte genießt der Leibeigne A r t v. Freiheit, e n t s c h ä d i g t ihn f. d e n Verlust der bürgerlichen. D e r leibeigene R u s s e tiefen H a ß gegen die L a n d e s k i r che, deren grosser Missionär die K n u t e . (231) U n t e r w i r f t er sich ihr, so wird er m i t Leib u. Seel Leibeigner. (1. c.) A n h ä n g e r der Sekten . . . n i c h t B e a m t e , Adliche, w o h l a b e r K r ä m e r , G e w e r b t r e i b e n d e . (sind F r e i g e l a ß n e meist od. S ö h n e v. F r e i g e l a ß n e n ) , fast alle a u s g e d i e n t e n S o l d a t e n , B a u ern. (232) Peter I (der G r o s s e ) errichtete a. 1717 eine geheime Inquisitionskanzlei. Er w a r politischer u. religiöser G r o s s i n q u i s i t o r seines Volkes. (235) - R a s k o l n i k e n , A b t r ü n n i g e . 1702 befahl P e t e r I d u r c h U k a s e , d a ß die R a s k o l n i k e n in d e n S t ä d t e n eine grosse A b g a b e zahlen, u. z u r A u s z e i c h n u n g eine k u p f e r n e M ü n z e , w o r a u f ein langer B a r t dargestellt, a m H a l s e t r a g e n sollten. N a c h U k a s v. 4 J u n i 1721 m u ß t e n die R a s k o l n i k e n o h n e A u s n a h m e alle A b g a b e n doppelt bezahlen. (239) 20 M a i 1731 U k a s v. Anna, d u r c h d e n sie befahl alle Z a u b e r e r h i n z u r i c h t e n u. zu v e r b r e n n e n (1. c.) V o n Catharina II ein U k a s v. 14 D e c . 1762, w o d u r c h die u n t e r Alexis M i c h a e l o w i t s c h n a c h

31

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

Polen ausgewanderten Raskolniken unter glänzenden Anerbietungen zur R ü c k k e h r n a c h R u ß l a n d eingeladen. Sie blieben in P o l e n , a. 1771 floh d e r g r ö ß t e T h e i l d e r K a l m ü c k e n an der Wolga, in 30,000 K i b i t k e n , 4 Pers o n e n a u f eine gerechnet, 120,000 M e n s c h e n , d a r u n t e r allein 30,000 Streiter in die kirgisch-kaikasische Steppe, um d e n politischen u. relig. 5 B e d r ü c k u n g e n der R e g . z u e n t g e h n . E b e n s o Ά . 1714 f l o h eine 40,000 K i b i t k e n s t a r k e H o r d e v. 160,000 nagaischer Tartaren des g o v e r n m e n t s Astrakan n a c h d e r K r i m r n u n t e r die t ü r k i s c h e O b e r h o h h e i t . D i e russischen S e k t e n sehr r a s c h ausgebreitet u n t e r K a t h a r i n a , P a u l I u. A l e x a n d e r (alle 3 wild gegen sie). W u r d e n eine M a c h t . . . [240] Z w e i H a u p t - 10 klassen der Sekten: Erste: M i t P r i e s t e r t h u m , Popowschtschina, Zweite, die alles P r i e s t e r t h u m u. a u c h die S a k r a m e n t e verwerfen, Bespopowschtschina. I h r e A n h ä n g e r P o p o w s k i u . B e s p o p o w s k i . . . U n t e r der Bespopowschtschina s u c h t N i c o l a u s b e s . 3 S e k t e n m. F e u e r u. Schwert a u s z u r o t t e n : 1) die C h r i s t o w t s c h i n a , 2) die Molakani u. 3) die Duchoborski. D i e C h r i s t o w i w ä h l e n a u s ihrer M i t t e E i n e n M a n n u . E i n e F r a u , beide ausgezeichnet d u r c h ihre S c h ö n h e i t u. v e r e h r e n sie als C h r i stus u. seine heilige M u t t e r ; u m r i n g e n sie m. e i n e m R a t h v. 12 B a u e r n als A p o s t e l verehrt. . . . D i e D u c h o b o r e n A r t politischrelig. F r e i m a u r e r . . . [241, 242] b e i n a h e % R u ß l a n d s , i. e. des landeskirchlichen R u ß l a n d s , K e t zer. [245] - V o n d e m W i d e r s t a n d n i c h t zu ü b e r w ä l t i g e n , v e r s p r e c h e n i h n e n die Bischöfe u. M i s s i o n ä r e die B e i b e h a l t u n g eines Theils ihrer G e b r ä u c h e , die n i c h t gar zu grell gegen die o r t h o d o x e K i r c h e , w e n n sie sich n u r vereinen. D i e ß heißt die Gleichgläubigkeit ( E d i n o w e n i e ) a n n e h m e n . . . . [248, 249] „ P e r s e c u t i o n et souffrances de l'église c a t h o l i q u e en R u s s i e p a r u n ancien conseiller d ' é t a t d e Russie. P a r i s 1 8 4 2 " . . . [250] Anzahl der Protestanten ( R e f o r m i r t e L u t h e r a n e r etc) im russischen R e i c h k a u m 2 M i l l i o n e n . . . [252] D i e protestantischen F ü r s t e n t ö c h t e r , w e n n in die russische F a m i l i e eingeheirathet, m ü s s e n sich als H e i d i n n e n n o c h einm a l in R u ß l a n d taufen lassen . . . [256] A u s einer E h e , wo d e r eine Theil ( M a n n od. F r a u ) griechischer Profession, k ö n n e n n u r griechische K i n d e r h e r v o r g e h n . . . N u r der griechische Priester d a r f eine gemischte E h e einw e i h e n . . . [268] A u f diese Weise findet m a n bereits in d e n O s t s e e p r o v i n zen, i n E s t h l a n d m e h r als i n Liefland, i m K u r l a n d a m wenigsten, eine M e n g e zwitterhafter D e u t s c h - R u s s e n in allen S t ä n d e n u. K l a s s e n der Gesellschaft. V o n d e n ||15| v o r n e h m s t e n F a m i l i e n des d e u t s c h e n A d e l s a u f diese Weise einzelne S t ä m m e ins russische E l e m e n t h i n ü b e r gezweigt, s o d a ß bereits die meisten F a m i l i e n in einen russischen o d . russisch-griechischen u. in einen d e u t s c h e n o d . d e u t s c h - l u t h e r i s c h e n zerfallen. So giebt es z. B. russische u. d e u t s c h e K o r f s , Vietinghöfe, O s t e n - S a c k e n s etc (240-269). I n d e n P r o v i n z e n des U r a l g e b i r g e s u . Sibirien d a s S e k t e n w e -

32

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Augustin Theìner: Die Staatskirche Rußlands sen u n t e r den K r o n b a u e r n a m meisten verbreitet. (247) D i e Irrlehre zieht sich v o m U r a l h e r a b bis z u m K a s p i s c h e n M e e r , steigt v . den n ö r d l i c h s t e n P o l a r g e g e n d e n d u r c h Sibirien bis z u m a s o w s c h e n u . schwarzen M e e r herunter, u. schlängelt sich v o n da d u r c h d a s H e r z R u ß l a n d s bis in die 5 Ostseeprovinzen hinauf. (226) D e r K a i s e r , die Ministerien des Kriegs, des I n n e r n , d e r K r o n d o m ä n e n , d e r Polizei, Senat, R e i c h s r a t h , M e t r o p o l i t e n , Erzbischöfe, Bischöfe in B e w e g u n g um sie a u s z u r o t t e n (243) Judenverfolgung. 1 Million d a v o n im g a n z e n R e i c h . B e k e h r t v. 1836-9: 1618 Seelen zur russischen K i r c h e . (312) 10 G e l d e r a u s d e m K i r c h e n f o n d s d e r k a t h o l i s c h - r u t h e n i s c h e n K i r c h e gen o m m e n „ u m sie zu russificiren". 1833. [235,236] So im Jh. 1836 n i c h t weniger als 46,777 U n i r t e in die russische K i r c h e hinein getrieben, gepeitscht u. g e k n u t e t . (331) 1837 d e r k a t h o l . J u g e n d die Schulen geschlossen, gezwungen in die der S c h i s m a t i k e r zu gehn, russische L a n d e s 15 s p r ä c h e etc etc general g e w o r d e n , b e a u f t r a g t , G e w a l t zu laufen, if needed; Schülern, Seminaristen, L e h r e r n alle k a t h o l . L e h r - u. A n d a c h t s b ü c h e r w e g g e n o m m e n u. die d e r russischen K i r c h e dafür gegeben. A. 1837 die g e s a m m t e u n i r t e Geistlichkeit u n t e r die u n m i t t e l b a r e G e r i c h t s b a r k e i t des heiligen S y n o d s gesezt. (338) A u s s e r der heiligen K n u t e ( a u c h n o c h 20 37, 38, 39) n o c h Bajonette, D e g e n , K a n o n e n , K e r k e r , V e r b a n n u n g u. E i n z i e h u n g der G ü t e r a n g e w e n d e t . (339) N o c h 1840 d r a k o n i s c h e Blutgesetze gegen die k a t h o l . Priester, die u n i r t e G l ä u b i g e r ü c k b e k e h r e n sollten. ([339,] 340) D i e G e s a m m t z a h l der 1839 B e k e h r t e n (russisch) so n a c h P r o t a s o w , 2,000,000. (I.e.) D e r K a t h o l i k rechnet, d a ß es n u r 1,574,215. 25 (I.e.) K a i s e r n a h m der b e k e h r t e n Geistlichkeit U k a s v. 5. J a n . 1842 alle ihre grossen G ü t e r u. Leibeignen (der K l ö s t e r u. K i r c h e n ) a b . (341) S t a t t dessen fixes J a h r g e h a l t . (I.e.) D i e k a t h o l i s c h e n G u t s b e s i t z e r ( r u t h e n i schen) w e r d e n d u r c h u n e r h ö r t e u. n a m e n l o s e B e d r ü c k u n g e n genöthigt, in allen D ö r f e r n , w o e s n u r eine H a n d v o l l schismatischer B a u e r n h a t , o r t h o 30 doxe K i r c h e n auf ihre eignen K o s t e n zu b a u e n . (344) Z u r Schismatisir u n g v. P o l e n w e r d e n täglich k a t h o l . K i r c h e n in russische u m g e w a n d e l t , u. die Praxis der M i s c h e h e n m. u n e r b i t t l i c h e r Strenge d u r c h g e f ü h r t . (1. c.) „ U e b r i g e n s e r k l ä r e n wir u n s als stets u n t e r w o r f n e n S o h n E u r e r H e i ligkeit als u n s e r m obersten Chef in geistlichen S a c h e n u. u n t e r z e i c h n e n 35 uns als I h r e n geistigen S o h n , bereit zu I h r e n Befehlen." (Peter, Petersburg. 30. Sept. 1721 In einem Brief an den P a t r i a r c h v. C o n s t a n t i n o p e l , worin er i h m die A u f h e b u n g des russischen P a t r i a r c h a t s u. seine E r s e t zung d u r c h d e n S y n o d . ) [65] ( D e r P a t r i a r c h v. C o n s t a n t i n o p e l v e r s c h o b durch 2 volle J. die B e s t ä t i g u n g . 66) K l e r u s weniger als d e r lezte u n v e r 40 heirathete L o h n b e d i e n t e , der in P e t e r s b u r g d o c h m i n d e s t e n s 20 R u b e l des M o n a t s , also 240 R u b e l des J. h a t , P o p e n u r 70 R u b e l des J. D e r

33

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 1 russische Priester m u ß sich, für d e n M a n g e l an fixer B e s o l d u n g , bei Taufen, T r a u u n g e n , S e g n u n g e n , Begräbnissen etc e n t s c h ä d i g e n , wo er eine soviel wie m ö g l i c h ansehnliche B e s o l d u n g fordert, t r i n k t , ißt, so l a n g er k a n n , n o c h L e b e n s m i t t e l f. F r a u u. K i n d m i t n i m m t , die m i t i h m , ausser bei ä h n l i c h e n Gelegenheiten, d e n g r ö ß t e n Theil des J a h r e s h u n g e r n m ü s sen R u s s i s c h e S p r i c h w o r t : „Bin ich e t w a ein Priester, d a ß ich 2 m a l essen sollte?" ([161,] 162) Gerichtsfälle

in den

einzelnen

5

Eparchien

Eparchien.

Klerus.

1836.

Orel. Kursk. Kasan. Wjatka

3,594. 3,643. 1,990. 2,230

114 99 67 1|

10

|16| S u m m i r t m a n die A n z a h l aller in d e n J. 36, 1837, 38 u. 39 v. d e m heiligen S y n o d u. in d e n heiligen E p a r c h i a l b e h ö r d e n in U n t e r s u c h u n g gezo- 15 g e n e n Geistlichen, die sich auf 15,443 beläuft, so ergiebt sich, d a ß in diesen 4 J. stets der 6 v. den 102,456 Geistlichen w e g e n Verbrechen in U n t e r s u c h u n g gezogen u. bestraft w u r d e . (163) ] te

34

Aus Charles de Martens, Ferdinand de Cussy: Recueil manuel et pratique de traités

[Charles de Martens, Ferdinand de Cussy: Recueil manuel et pratique de traités, conventions et autres actes diplomatiques. T. 1. Leipzig 1845.] 5

|17| Traité, conclu près du village de Koutschouc Kaynardji, d. d. 10 Juillet 1774.

Art. VII. La sublime P o r t e p r o m e t de protéger c o n s t a m m e n t la religion chrétienne et ses églises; et aussi elle permet aux ministres de la cour impélo riale de Russie de faire d a n s t o u t e s les occasions des représentations t a n t en faveur de la nouvelle église à C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ( d o n t il sera m e n t i o n á l'art. X I V ) - q u e p o u r ceux q u i la desservent, p r o m e t t a n t de les p r e n d r e e n considération, c o m m e faites p a r u n e p e r s o n n e d e confiance d ' u n e puissance voisine et sincèrement amie. 15 Art. VIII II sera libre et p e r m i s a u x sujets de l'empire de Russie, t a n t séculiers qu'ecclésiastiques, de visiter la sainte ville de J é r u s a l e m et a u t r e s lieux dignes d ' a t t e n t i o n . Il ne sera exigé de ces pèlerins et v o y a g e u r s p a r qui q u e ce puisse être, ni à J é r u s a l e m , ni ailleurs, ni sur la r o u t e , a u c u n charatsch, c o n t r i b u t i o n , d r o i t ou a u t r e i m p o s i t i o n ; m a i s ils s e r o n t m u n i s 20 de p a s s e p o r t s et firmans, tels q u ' o n en d o n n e a u x sujets des a u t r e s puissances amies. P e n d a n t leur séjour d a n s l'empire o t t o m a n , il ne leur sera fait le m o i n d r e t o r t ni offense, m a i s au c o n t r a i r e ils s e r o n t s o u s la protection la plus rigide des lois. [114]

35

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 Art. XIV. A l'exemple des a u t r e s puissances, on p e r m e t à la h a u t e c o u r t d e Russie, o u t r e l a chapelle bâtie d a n s l a m a i s o n d u ministre, d e c o n s t r u i r e d a n s u n q u a r t i e r d e G a l a t a , d a n s l a r u e n o m m é e Bey-Oglu, u n e église publique du rite grec, laquelle sera t o u j o u r s s o u s la p r o t e c t i o n des ministres de cet e m p i r e et à l'abri de t o u t e gêne et de t o u t e avanie. 5 Art. XVI w o r i n R u ß l a n d die « p r i n c i p a u t é de Valachie a n d M o l d a v i a z u r ü c k g i e b t a n die P o r t e u n t e r d e r B e d i n g u n g : 2 ) d e n ' e m p ê c h e r a u c u n e m e n t l'exercice libre de la religion c h r é t i e n n e et de ne m e t t r e a u c u n obstacle à la c o n s t r u c t i o n de nouvelles églises et à la r é p a r a t i o n des a n c i e n n e s e t c » [3)] de « r e s t i t u e r a u x c o u v e n t s et [aux] a u t r e s particuliers 10 les terres et possessions ci-devant à eux a p p a r t e n a n t e s , q u i leur o n t été prises c o n t r e t o u t e justice. 4°) d ' a v o i r p o u r les ecclésiastiques l'estime particulière q u e leur état exige.» [116,117] Art. XVII. L ' e m p i r e de Russie restitue à la sublime P o r t e t o u t e s les îles de l'Archipel qui se t r o u v e n t sous sa d é p e n d a n c e , et la sublime p o r t e de 15 son c ô t é p r o m e t : 2) q u e la religion chrétienne ne sera p o i n t exposée à m o i n d r e o p p r e s s i o n n o n plus q u e les églises, et qu'il ne sera mis a u c u n e m p ê c h e m e n t à leur c o n s t r u c t i o n ou r é p a r a t i o n ; pareillement q u e ceux qui les desservent ne s e r o n t ni o p p r i m é s ni o u t r a g é s . [118] C o n v e n t i o n Explicative du traité conclu à K a y n a r d j i , le 10 Juillet 1774, 20 signée à C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , le 10 M a r s , 1779. [162]

Traité de Paix, etc le 14 Sept. 1829. (Adrianople.) Art. XV. Aile traités, c o n v e n t i o n s et stipulations arrêtés et c o n c l u s à différentes é p o q u e s e n t r e la c o u r impériale de R u s s i e et la s u b l i m e P o r t e 25 O t t o m a n e , sauf les articles a u x q u e l s il a été d é r o g é p a r le p r é s e n t t r a i t é de p a i x , s o n t confirmés d a n s t o u t e leur force et valeur. (228)

36

Aus Valerian Krasinski: Lectures on the religious history (Fortsetzung)

Krasinski. (contin. v. p. 13) 1

1

A great c o m m o t i o n i n t h e R u s s i a n c h u r c h p r o d u c e d b y t h e e m e n d a t i o n o f t h e Scriptures a n d t h e d e v o t i o n a l b o o k s , effected u n d e r t h e Tzar A l e xius . . . d u r i n g t h e l o n g p e r i o d o f t h e M o n g o l d o m i n a t i o n , t h e w h o l e 5 c o u n t r y fell i n t o a state of g r e a t b a r b a r i t y . . . clergy s u n k i n t o t h e grossest i g n o r a n c e a n d c o r r u p t i o n . . . t h e t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f all t h e sacred a n d d e v o t i o n a l b o o k s , e n t r u s t e d t o i g n o r a n t copyists, b e c a m e g r a d u a l l y s o disfigu r e d , t h a t their sense w a s often entirely lost, a n d the text of o n e c o p y differed f r o m t h a t of a n o t h e r . . . . [276] Several efforts w e r e m a d e in v a i n

;

10 to correct t h e sacred b o o k s , at last t h e P a t r i a r c h N i c o n a s s e m b l e d a council for t h a t p u r p o s e a t M o s c o w i n 1654, a t w h i c h the P a t r i a r c h o f A n t i o c h , t h a t o f Servia, a n d 5 6 b i s h o p s w e r e p r e s e n t ; a n d i t decided u p o n correcting t h e S c r i p t u r e s a n d t h e liturgical b o o k s used for t h e R u s s i a n C h u r c h . . . differences b e t w e e n t h e Tzar Alexius a n d t h e P a t r i a r c h | 15 |18| N i c o n , w h i c h e n d e d in t h e d e p o s i t i o n of the latter by a c o u n c i l in 1664 . . . b u t i t w a s f i n a l l y decided b y t h e a b o v e - m e n t i o n e d c o u n c i l . . . t h e text o f t h e Scriptures a n d t h e liturgical b o o k s w a s f i x e d i n c o n f o r m i t y t o the oldest Slavonic m a n u s c r i p t s . . . a n d p r i n t e d . . . . [277] D i e G e g n e r , die Raskolniks dieser V e r ä n d e r u n g s p r e a d their o p i n i o n s over all Siberia, t h e

j Γ

*( ^ Í I I

20 c o u n t r y of t h e C o s s a c k s of t h e D o n , a n d in different o t h e r d i s t a n t p r o v inces . . . A great n u m b e r of t h e m e m i g r a t e d to P o l a n d , a n d even to Turkey, w h e r e t h e y f o r m e d n u m e r o u s s e t t l e m e n t s ... do n o t differ f r o m t h e established c h u r c h i n d o c t r i n e , b u t m e r e l y i n s o m e o u t w a r d observances, arid i n r e t a i n i n g t h e u n c o r r e c t e d text o f t h e sacred b o o k s ... t h e separa25 t i o n w a s r e n d e r e d c o m p l e t e by P e t e r t h e G r e a t , his m e m o r y is a b o m i n a t e d b y t h e R a s k o l n i k s , a n d s o m e o f t h e m m a i n t a i n t h a t h e w a s t h e real Antichrist. . . . [279] D i e a d h e r e n t s des old text, die zahlreichste K l a s s e der R a s k o l n i k s , call themselves: Starovertzi ... Yedinovertzi (coreligionists.) . . .

§ 37

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 It is Strange to find a m o n g s t the illiterate p e a s a n t r y of R u s s i a religious o p i n i o n s of such a spiritual c h a r a c t e r as t h o s e h e l d by t h e Malakanes ... i. e. to meet amongst that peasantry doctrines which were entertained by t h e Gnostics, w h o b e l o n g e d t o t h e m o s t intellectual classes o f t h e R o m a n society. S u c h is t h e case with t h e Duchobortzi, or Combattants in spirit. (285) Martinists (by m e a n s of m a s o n i c lodges) . . . Religiös w i r k e n d e freem a s o n r y . (292) (Stifter: Chevalier St. M a r t i n geb. 1743, | 1803) |

38

5

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates

[Hansard's parliamentary debates. Third S e r i e s .

Vol. 3 7 . London 1 8 3 7 . ] |19| Vixen. H. o. C. March 17. 1837. 5 Roebuck. S o m e time a g o , a vessel w a s fitted o u t , a n d before she p r o ceeded t o h e r d e s t i n a t i o n , a p p l i c a t i o n w a s m a d e i n the r e g u l a r q u a r t e r — t o t h e Secretary o f S t a t e for F o r e i g n Affairs t o ascertain w h e t h e r t h e r e was a n y i m p r o p r i e t y or d a n g e r to be a p p r e h e n d e d if a vessel l a n d e d g o o d s i n a n y p o r t o n t h e Circassian coast. T h e a p p l i c a t i o n w a s m a d e 10 because fears of d a n g e r w e r e e n t e r t a i n e d f r o m t h e interference of R u s s i a . T h e answer r e t u r n e d b y t h e n o b l e L o r d , t o t h e m e r c h a n t s w h o applied was, to l o o k to The Gazette; a n d finding no i n d i c a t i o n s w h a t e v e r in The Gazette of a n y a c k n o w l e d g m e n t of B l o c k a d e , a n d t h e r e b y c o n c l u d ing t h a t t h e b l o c k a d e w a s n o t recognised b y t h e Brit. G o v . , a n d t h a t t h e y 15 were n o t p r e c l u d e d by a u t h o r i t y f r o m l a n d i n g g o o d s a n d m e r c h a n d i s e in a Circassian p o r t b e l o n g i n g to an i n d e p e n d e n t n a t i o n , t h e y d i s p a t c h e d a vessel; a n d w h e n at the p o r t it w a s seized by a R u s s i a n ship-of-war, a n d t h e m a s t e r a n d crew w e r e i m p r i s o n e d . . . T h e Circassians a r e i n p o s session of a l m o s t t h e w h o l e of their coast, R u s s i a possessing o n l y 20 3 p o i n t s — m e r e forts. On a c o a s t e x t e n d i n g m a n y h u n d r e d s of miles, Russia possesses only these 3 isolated forts. All t h e rest of Circassia is in the h a n d s o f t h e Circassians themselves . . . R u s s i a m a y e n d e a v o u r t o o b t a i n possession of all t h e w o r l d , a n d I r e g a r d h e r efforts w i t h indifference; b u t the m o m e n t she interferes w i t h o u r c o m m e r c e I call u p o n t h e 25 G o v . of this c o u n t r y to p u n i s h t h e aggression. . . . I d e n y t h a t T u r k e y h a d any right to cede Circassia to R u s s i a . B u t even if T u r k e y h a d a r i g h t to

39

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 cede Circassia to R u s s i a , yet, seeing t h a t R u s s i a is n o t in possession of Circassia, I m a i n t a i n t h a t R u s s i a h a s no right to p r o c l a i m a b l o c k a d e of the c o a s t o f Circassia. S o w e n i g als die U . St., w e n n S p a i n , d a s h a t n o c h nicht yielded her rights to S o u t h A m e r i c a , were to cede i h n e n die p r o v ince of M e x i c o , u. A m e r i c a were to declare the p o r t of T a m p i c o in a state of b l o c k a d e . . . . I w a n t to k n o w if the Brit. G o v . h a s a c k n o w l e d g e d the t r e a t y of A d r i a n o p l e ? . . . firing off a battery of protocols . . . [621-626] m o v e d for "a c o p y of all c o r r e s p o n d e n c e b e t w e e n t h e G o v . of this c o u n t r y a n d t h e G o v ' s o f R u s s i a a n d T u r k e y , . . . relating t o t h e t r e a t y o f A d r i a n o p l e , as well as to all t r a n s a c t i o n s or n e g o t i a t i o n s c o n n e c t e d w i t h the o c c u p a t i o n o f t h e p o r t s a n d territories o n the shores o f the Black Sea by R u s s i a since t h e t r e a t y of A d r i a n o p l e " . [628] Mr. Ewart. If R u s s i a were allowed to p r o c e e d as she h a d p r o c e e d e d , t h e Black Sea w o u l d s o o n b e c o m e a mare clausum to Brit, c o m m e r c e . [628,629] Palmerston. ... the belligerents h a v e t h e right to b l o c k a d e , if t h a t b l o c k a d e be effective a n d consistent w i t h usage. It m u s t n o t be a m a t t e r of p a p e r , b u t t h e r e m u s t be t h e presence of force. . . . I referred h i m ( M r . Bell) | 2 0 | to t h e Gazette, w h e r e he w o u l d find that no blockade had been communicated or declared to this country by the Russ. Gov., consequently none was acknowledged... as far as t h e extension of t h e R u s s i a n frontier i s c o n c e r n e d o n the m o u t h o f the D a n u b e , the s o u t h o f the C a u c a s u s , a n d t h e shores of t h e Black Sea . . . which is certainly n o t c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e s o l e m n d e c l a r a t i o n m a d e b y R u s s i a i n the face o f E u r o p e p r e v i o u s t o the c o m m e n c e m e n t of the Turkish w a r . . . . [631, 633, 635] Maclean. I n the manifesto p u b l i s h e d b y R u s s i a . . . n o m e n t i o n w a s m a d e of a b l o c k a d e or a n y m u n i c i p a l regulations, b u t it w a s expressly stated, t h a t t h e Vixen w a s seized because she w a s guilty of smuggling. . . . [637] Hume:... if it was possible for l a n g u a g e to disguise a p l a i n a n d simple q u e s t i o n , u n d o u b t e d l y the n o b l e L o r d ' s c o r r e s p o n d e n c e h a d effected t h a t object; a n d a l t h o u g h M r . Bell, i n r e p e a t i n g t h e q u e s t i o n , p u s h e d h i m very h a r d , still t h e n o b l e L o r d h a d ingenuity e n o u g h t o e v a d e i t . . . B u t the n o b l e L o r d h a d n o t only e v a d e d M r . Bell, h e h a d sat d o w n w i t h o u t telling t h e H. o. C. w h o w a s in a c t u a l possession of t h e Circassian coast at t h e p r e s e n t m o m e n t — w h e t h e r it really b e l o n g e d to R u s s i a , a n d w h e t h e r it w a s by r i g h t of a violation of fiscal r e g u l a t i o n s , or in conseq u e n c e o f a n existing b l o c k a d e , t h a t the Vixen h a d b e e n seized. W i t h all deference t o the n o b l e L o r d , h e conceived i t t o b e his d u t y t o give a n u n e q u i v o c a l answer to a Brit, m e r c h a n t m a k i n g inquiries on t h a t s u b ject . . . If t h a t w e r e n o t the d u t y . . . w h a t w a s the use of the Foreign-office at all? . . . [641,642]

40

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates Robinson. T h e r e w a s i n fact n o b l o c k a d e . T h e r e w a s n o m a r i t i m e force e m p l o y e d . R u s s i a ' s right c o u l d only h a v e arisen o u t o f w h a t t h e n o b l e L o r d h a d called municipal, b u t w h a t R u s s i a called sanatory, r e g u l a t i o n s . B u t he h a d never h e a r d of a n y s a n a t o r y r e g u l a t i o n s w h i c h subjected a 5 vessel a n d c a r g o to be seized, a n d p e r s o n s on b o a r d to be i m p r i s o n e d , u n l e s s . . . in c o n s e q u e n c e of a wilful v i o l a t i o n of rules previously p r o m u l g a t e d . . . [644] O ' Coniteli W h e n he h e a r d t h e n o b l e L o r d r e a d t h e letters respecting t h e seizure o f t h e Vixen, h e c o u l d n o t help calling t o m i n d t h e expression o f 10 Talleyrand, t h a t l a n g u a g e h a d b e e n i n v e n t e d to conceal t h o u g h t s . . . If R u s s i a instituted a b l o c k a d e of t h e p o r t s of N o r w a y , to r e n d e r it effective it w o u l d be necessary t h a t a notification s h o u l d a p p e a r in t h e Gazette; b u t i f t h a t p o w e r chose t o b l o c k a d e t h e p o r t o f A r c h a n g e l , (against its revolted subjects), it w o u l d n o t be necessary to notify t h e m a t t e r in the 15 Gazette, because it w o u l d be merely a subject of m u n i c i p a l regulation. In this case, M r . Bell perfectly justified in s e n d i n g o u t his vessel, for he h a d been t o l d to refer to t h e Gazette to see w h e t h e r t h e r e w a s ||21| a b l o c k a d e or n o t . It w a s clear, therefore, from this o b s e r v a t i o n of the n o b l e L o r d , t h a t h e did n o t a t t h a t time c o n s i d e r the c o a s t o f Circassia a s a n y p a r t o f 20 the R u s s i a n territory. A g a i n , in 1826, n o t w i t h s t a n d i n g t h e subject m a t t e r o f q u a r r e l b e t w e e n R u s s i a a n d t h e P o r t e , i t w a s a g r e e d t h a t n o sort o f c o m m e r c i a l a d v a n t a g e s h o u l d b e g a i n e d o n this c o a s t b y either p a r t y . This c o u n t r y k o n n t e R u s s i a also nicht gain possession of by t h e t r e a t y of A d r i a n o p l e . This c o u n t r y c o u l d n o t b e t o u c h e d b y R u s s i a b y a n y m u n i c 25 ipal r e g u l a t i o n s , a n d , therefore, no seizure of a Brit, vessel c o u l d be j u s t i fied on t h e p a r t of R u s s i a , on t h e g r o u n d t h a t it was e n g a g e d in illicit t r a d i n g . . . the only safe m o d e of settling this m a t t e r , w a s by t a k i n g such steps a s t o let R u s s i a k n o w t h a t E n g l a n d w a s d e t e r m i n e d t o enforce t h e p r o t e c t i o n of Brit, subjects . . . [646] 30 Dudley Stuart. R u s s i a h a d p u t f o r w a r d a justification of the b l o c k a d e , in the first place, on t h e g r o u n d t h a t Circassia w a s a hostile c o u n t r y , a n d afterwards t h a t it was merely for the p u r p o s e of enforcing m u n i c i p a l regulations, a n d h a d r e s o r t e d from t h e o n e p l e a t o t h e o t h e r a t h e r will a n d pleasure . . . T h e vessel laid in t h e p o r t w h e r e it w a s seized for 35 36 h o u r s before it was interfered w i t h at a l l . . . The noble Lord apparently wished the House to infer that Russia had possession of the country ... [647,648] the w a n t o f v i g o u r a n d alacrity t o defend the h o n o u r o f t h e country w h i c h t h e n o b l e L o r d h a d displayed, w a s most culpable ... t h e conduct of no f o r m e r minister h a d ever b e e n so vacillating, so hesitating, 40 so uncertain, so c o w a r d l y , w h e n an insult h a d b e e n offered to Brit. S u b jects . . . n o t m o r e t h a n 2 y e a r s a g o h a d a vessel, t h e C h a r l e s Spencer,

41

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 belonging to a Brit, subject, been seized by R u s s i a in the Black Sea, u n d e r c i r c u m s t a n c e s equally objectionable. H o w m u c h longer, h e w o u l d ask, did t h e n o b l e L o r d p r o p o s e t o allow R u s s i a t h u s t o insult G r e a t Brit., a n d t h u s t o injure Brit, c o m m e r c e ? . . . A c c o u n t s h a d b e e n received in t o w n t h a t d a y t h a t t h e Vixen h a d been c o n d e m n e d , a n d t h a t in t h e 5 m o s t revolting w a y t o this c o u n t r y . T h e Brit, f l a g was hoisted, t h e n h a u l e d d o w n , a n d t h e R u s s i a n f l a g hoisted i n its stead; a n d t h e c a p t a i n a n d crew were sent, n o t to L o n d o n , b u t to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . The noble Lord was degrading England by holding her out in the character of a bully— haughty and tyrannical to the weak, ||22| humble and abject to the strong . . . 10 the R u s s i a n s c o n c e r n e d i n t h a t o u t r a g e were r e w a r d e d with d e c o r a t i o n s . . . t h e D u k e o f Wellington did n o t recognise t h e t r e a t y o f A d r i a n o p l e . [652-655]

[Vol.43. London 1838.] H. o. C. June 21. 1838. Sir S. Canning rose to m o v e for t h e a p p o i n t m e n t of a Select C o m m i t t e e , t o i n q u i r e i n t o t h e following allegations m a d e b y M r . G e o r g e Bell (das Schiff w u r d e seized by a R u s s i a n m a n - o f - w a r in the B a y of S o u d j o u k K a l é ) T h e vessel sailed f r o m L o n d o n o n O c t o b e r 29, a n d a r r i v e d a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e on N o v . 19 . . . t h e Vixen w a s sent to t h e P o r t of S e b a s t o p o l . . . t h e ship a n d c a r g o i n the e n d c o n d e m n e d , o n t h e g r o u n d o f a v i o l a t i o n of the fiscal regulations of t h e c o u n t r y . T h e decision of t h e R u s s . G o v . received a t S e b a s t o p o l o n J a n u a r y 2 7 ... t h e m a s t e r a n d crew w e r e p u t o n b o a r d the Ajax, the c a p t o r , a n d d e s p a t c h e d t o O d e s s a , w h e n c e . . . afterwards s e n t . . . to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . [903, 904]. T h e parties interested in the vessel, t h e c a p t a i n , crew, a n d s u p e r c a r g o , all gave evid e n c e t h a t , at t h e time of t h e c a p t u r e , no Russian force was in possession of Soudjouk-Kalé ... [908] the o w n e r s were r u i n e d m e n . . . U r q u h a r t recalled . . . In a d d i t i o n to t h e u n f o r t u n a t e effects of this t r a n s a c t i o n of t h e Vixen to the parties concerned, it h a d led R u s s i a to fix h e r a t t e n t i o n on Circassia . . . we were compelled to s t a n d still a n d see R u s s i a t u r n a large force u p o n it to s u b d u e it to her o w n p u r p o s e s . . . [914, 915] Stanley.... Diese restriction h a d been c o m m u n i c a t e d in the m o s t form a l m a n n e r t o M r . M a n d e v i l l e a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , expressly for t h e inform a t i o n o f the Brit. M e r c h a n t s , a n d t r a n s m i t t e d t o t h e n o b l e L o r d ( P a l m e r s t o n ) , w h o h a d for 6 years in his possession t h e notification of these restrictions . . . [932] it h a d b e e n t h e practice of f o r m e r G o v ' s to

42

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates c o m m u n i c a t e t o t h e c o m m i t t e e a t L l o y d ' s t h e fact o f such notifications h a v i n g b e e n received . . . " T h e Circassian d e c l a r a t i o n (Stanley ließt U r q u h a r t ' s Brief a n P a l m e r s t o n ) o f i n d e p e n d e n c e h a d been p u b l i s h e d after m a t u r e deliberation, a n d several w e e k s ' c o r r e s p o n d e n c e w i t h differ5 ent b r a n c h e s of t h e G o v . , in a periodical c o n n e c t e d w i t h the F o r . D e p a r t m e n t ; Circassia w a s m a r k e d a s a n i n d e p e n d e n t c o u n t r y o n a m a p revised by y o u r L o r d s h i p " . . . [937] Peel: In 1831 the noble Lord received a distinct intimation from Russia, that she meant to establish fiscal rights on t h e coast of Circassia ... Be10 tween A p r i l 19 a n d M a y 2 3 , ||23| a r e m a r k a b l e c h a n g e f r o m official declar a t i o n t o satisfaction o c c u r r e d — a l l a p p a r e n t l y i n d u c e d b y the a s s u r a n c e received f r o m C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e , t h a t T u r k e y h a d ceded the c o a s t i n q u e s t i o n t o R u s s i a b y t h e t r e a t y o f A d r i a n o p l e ? . . . W h y did h e n o t p r o test against t h a t U k a s e ? (rev.) Y o u told M r . Bell t h a t R u s s i a h a d n o right 15 to d e m a n d d u e s , t h o u g h she m i g h t h a v e to b l o c k a d e the coast... [949, 950, 952] /

43

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

|46| David Urquhart. Progress of Russia in the West, North, and South. 2 ed. London 1853. 18 August, H. o. Lords: "all treaties b e t w e e n R u s s i a a n d T u r k e y were a b o l i s h e d by this act (the invasion of the Principalities) a n d he therefore expected t o h e a r t h a t t h e English S q u a d r o n w a s inside o f the D a r d a n e l l e s . " (Lord Clanricarde) L o r d Clarendon " a g r e e d in every t h i n g t h a t h a s fallen f r o m his n o b l e friend", a n d " c o n s i d e r e d t h e entire e v a c u a t i o n of t h e Principalities as a sine qua non of a n y a g r e e m e n t w h a t e v e r " . ( V I I I , Preface t o t h e second edit.) I n the Principalities n o w r e a d y 1,500,000 q r s for e x p o r t a t i o n t o E n g l a n d . ( I X I.e.) A n offer w a s m a d e t o t h e E m p e r o r o f C h i n a t o s u p p o r t h i m a g a i n s t the i n s u r g e n t s , o n c o n d i t i o n of his ceding Little T h i b e t , w h i c h is only 20 d a y s ' m a r c h from C a l c u t t a . (I.e. n o t e ) A lie h a s b e e n placed on t h e lips of E u r o p e in t h e w o r d Russo-Greek C h u r c h , (p. X I.e.) " N o n C o n f o r m i s t s " " O l d Believers" (Starovirtzé) i n R u s s i a , m a i n t a i n ing the original faith . . . objects of the m o s t bitter p e r s e c u t i o n s on t h e p a r t o f the R u s s i a n gov., a n d the familiar t e r m they a p p l y t o the E m p e r o r is "Antichrist". T h e recent m o v e m e n t s t o w a r d s i n d e p e n d e n c e of t h e M a l o - R u s s i a n s , a m o u n t i n g to a b o u t 10,000,000, is principally a t t r i b u t a ble t o this schism a n d persecution. ( V i l i , I X ) T h i s c h a n g e i n R u s s i a P r o p e r h a s r e q u i r e d 5 centuries a n d a q u a r t e r , for it b e g a n in the y e a r 1330. (IX) Seit 1846, t h e S u l t a n h a s b e c o m e t h e i m m e d i a t e p r o t e c t o r of the Starovirtzé. (XII) R u s s i a terrifies the P o w e r s by a t h r e a t to act a l o n e , a n d t h e n they r u s h f o r w a r d t o yield t o her their s u p p o r t , o n the p r e t e x t o f clogging h e r action. (1. c.) T h e n she c a n use the a u t h o r i t y of t h e S u l t a n to establish h e r s u p r e m a c y o v e r the O r i e n t a l C h u r c h . (I.e.) E u r o p e s a n c t i o n s R u s s i a n intervention, by c o - o p e r a t i n g in it. (1. c.) She (Russia) h a s

44

5

10

15

20

25

Aus David Urquhart: Progress of Russia in the West, North, and South

5

10

to w o r k o u t a war between England and France, a n d a European revolution. ( X I I I ) T h e Christians of T u r k e y . . . 13,000,000, t h e Greeks n o t exceeding 1 million. (1. c.) t h e half of t h e m strangers, dispersed t h r o u g h o u t t h e different cities. (1. c.) every o t h e r r a c e (except t h e Turks) h a t e s a n d despises these G r e e k s . (1. c.) Wallachians a n d Moldavians 4,500,000; the Bulgarians, the d e s c e n d a n t s of the T a r t a r s of the Volga 4,500,000 ( s o m e of t h e m M u s s u l m a n s ) ; t h e Bosnians, including t h e Serbians a n d Illyrians 3,000,000 (1,000,000 v. ihn e n M u s s u l m a n s a n d 500,000 R o m a n C a t h o l i c s ) Albanians 1,500,000, half of t h e m C h r i s t i a n s of t h e E a s t e r n C h u r c h , half of t h e m M u s s u l m a n s . (1. c.) / o f t h e M u s s u l m a n s allied i n b l o o d t o t h e R u s s i a n s , a n d ¡ o f t h e C h r i s t i a n s , s o u t h of the D a n u b e , to the T u r k s . (I.e.) Treaty of Unkiar Skelessi w a s b u t to last for 8 years, c o n s e q u e n t l y t h e f r e e d o m of t h e D a r d a n e l l e s w o u l d b e r e s t o r e d o n the 8 o f July 1841 . . . a b e r n u n d e r t r e a t y of t h e 1 3 of July 1841. ( X X V ) (schloß die F l o t t e n f. immer a u s v. den D a r d a n e l l e s ) Speech of Mr. Anstey, Febr. 23, 1848. ( A n t r a g auf i m p e a c h m e n t gegen P a l m e r s t o n . ) O u r i m p o r t a t i o n s o f foreign g r a i n s — 1 2 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 £ . ( X L I I ) Memoirs of Lord Malmesbury. "for t h e last century, the only h i s t o r y is t h a t of R u s s i a . " (LVIII) "its ( F r a n c e ) internal state results f r o m the r e a c t i o n of d i p l o m a t i c p r o ceedings in Spain, Turkey, D e n m a r k , H u n g a r y , e t c . " (I.e.) | |47| " t h e r e v o l u t i o n s o f t h a t year, (1848) a n d t h e w a r s o f t h a t w h i c h succeeded it, are n e i t h e r isolated incidents, n o r h a v e t h e y s p r u n g f r o m local a n d distinct causes. At C o p e n h a g e n , P r e s b u r g , P a r i s , Vienna, Berlin, B u c h a r e s t , a n d P a l e r m o , the g e r m s h a d b e e n severally c u l t u r e d , t h e i n s t r u m e n t s p r e p a r e d , a n d t h e p a r t s distributed. T h e w a r l i k e o p e r a t i o n s t h a t e n s u e d w e r e equally directed b y the s a m e h a n d . " (LVIII, L I X ) D u H a m e l , i n t h e St. P e t e r s b u r g h J o u r n a l calls a t t e n t i o n o f t h e R u s sian public to t h e fact t h a t " t h e c u r r e n t y e a r c o m p l e t e s 3 centuries of nearly uninterrupted a m i c a b l e relations b e t w e e n R u s s i a a n d the British p u b l i c . " O p p o s i t i o n gegen R u s s i a v . E n g l a n d e n d e t e i m m e r " w i t h entire satisfaction" on t h e sacrifice of t h e S t a t e , or interest, w h i c h h a d given rise to the discharge of n o t e s , or t h e p a r a d e of ships in line. In 1801, D e n m a r k , in 1807, D e n m a r k ; in 1822, Spain; in 1827, Persia; in 1829, Turkey; in 1831, P o l a n d ; in 1833, the D a r d a n e l l e s ; in 1836, t h e q u a r a n t i n e on t h e D a n u b e ; in 1837, the Vixen a n d Circassia; in 1838, Persia; in 1846, C r a cow; in 1849 H u n g a r y a n d its exiles; in 1850, G r e e c e ; in 1853, M o l d a v i a a n d Wallachia. ( L X V I ) . ]

3

3

4

t h

15

20

25

30

35

th

45

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

Part I. Spain. If F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d differ in p u r p o s e , they are o n e in c h a r a c t e r . T h e i r object is n o t t h e c o n q u e s t of Spain, b u t c o m p e t i t i o n b e t w e e n themselves, t h e y h a v e ever on their lips "the good of Spain". (10) Besides t h e S p a n i a r d s , E u r o p e p r e s e n t s 4 primitive races n o t infected with the vulgarisms o f L o n d o n a n d P a r i s — t h e Jews, the T u r k s , the G i p sies, a n d t h e R u s s i a n s . (13) Revolt of the Isle of Leon. In the c o u r s e of the y e a r 1819, t r o o p s h a d b e e n collected in t h e arsenal of C a d i z , called Isle of L e o n , destined for t h e A m e r i c a n c o l o n i e s — s o l d i e r s drafted f r o m t h e w h o l e a r m y , w i t h the view of purifying it of restless spirits e n g e n d e r e d by t h e w a r of I n d e p e n d ence a n d o f d a n g e r o u s o p i n i o n s evolved b y c o n t a c t w i t h t h e F r e n c h . W u r d e n r e t a i n e d in a confined a n d inattractive c a n t o n m e n t . . . for m a n y m o n t h s . . . it w a s of public n o t o r i e t y t h a t a revolt w a s p r e p a r i n g . N o t o risch, the views of the gov. were held to be a m y s t e r y solvable only by the s u p p o s i t i o n t h a t these projects h a d high s u p p o r t . T h e general went t o M a d r i d t o represent the d a n g e r — h e w a s d e p o s e d . T w o c a p t a i n s o f m e n of-war r e p o r t e d their vessels w h i c h were t o t r a n s p o r t the t r o o p s t o A m e r ica to be u n s e a w o r t h y — t h e y were deprived of their c o m m a n d . In a w o r d , n o t h i n g w a s left u n d o n e to f o m e n t d i s c o n t e n t a n d to e n c o u r a g e insurrection; t h e C o n s p i r a c y w a s perfectly public. (31) R u s s i a h a d given t o t h e gov. o f W a s h i n g t o n the a s s u r a n c e t h a t she w o u l d p r e v e n t the sailing of t h e Spanish expedition, a n d h a d given h e r guarantee that it should never quit the port of Cadiz. (33) the P r o c l a m a t i o n in Isle de Leon of the Cadiz Constitution of 1812 h a d been the w o r k of R u s s i a . (34)

5

10

15

20

25

Congress of Verona. " R u s s i a a l o n e " , says M. de C h a t e a u b r i a n d , " a n swered energetically, Yes, to all the p r o p o s a l s of F r a n c e . She is r e a d y to w i t h d r a w her a m b a s s a d o r , she i s r e a d y t o give t o F r a n c e every m o r a l a n d material s u p p o r t w i t h o u t restriction a n d w i t h o u t c o n d i t i o n . " (43) R u s s i a p r o p o s e d from F r a n c e t o the Conference w h a t t h e F r e n c h G o v . never 3 0 projected; (Villèle g a b d e m C h a t e a u b r i a n d entgegengesezte I n s t r u k t i o n e n ) C h a t e a u b r i a n d useful ally of R u s s i a . (49 [, 50]) Invasion of 1823. T h e minister w a s no l o n g e r Villèle, b u t C h a t e a u b r i a n d , s u d d e n l y transferred t o t h e F o r e i g n Office, a n d dismissed s o s o o n as the Spanish o p e r a t i o n w a s c o m p l e t e d . (61) 35 Quadruple alliance, Marriage question. " O u t of the Spanish Marriages c a m e t h e confiscation of C r a c o w , a n d , within a s h o r t t i m e , the fall of L o u i s Philippe a n d t h e r e v o l u t i o n o f 1848, o n w h i c h t h e C o s s a c k s entered H u n g a r y . " (73)

46

Aus David Urquhart: Progress of Russia in the West, North, and South

Part II. Hungary. Part III. The Scandinavian Kingdoms.

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

the great c h a n g e a n d e x p e r i m e n t n o w in p r o g r e s s , is t h e assimilation of people to p e o p l e by t h e p r o c e s s of ||48| t h o u g h t . (150) Treaty of G u s t a v u s I I I w i t h D e n m a r k : " t o m a i n t a i n t h e Principle of the Baltic as a close Sea, w i t h the g u a r a n t e e of its c o a s t a g a i n s t all acts of hostility, violence, or aggression w h a t e v e r , a n d further to e m p l o y for t h a t p u r p o s e all the m e a n s in t h e p o w e r of t h e respective c o n t r a c t i n g p a r t i e s " . It t h u s fell to the lot of G u s t a v u s I I I to establish the m a r i t i m e , as of C h a r l e s X I I , t h e military p o w e r of R u s s i a . (159) W h e n A l e x a n d e r m e t B e r n a d o t t e at A b o , in 1812, it w a s secretly a r r a n g e d between t h e m t h a t Sweden a t the general pacification s h o u l d n o t reclaim F i n l a n d , a n d t h a t R u s s i a s h o u l d o b t a i n for h e r N o r w a y , a s a n equivalent. I n t o this arr a n g e m e n t E n g l a n d entered. (162, 3) treaty of Kiel between E n g l a n d a n d D ä n e m a r k . E n g l a n d revives the former treaties of Peace a n d Commerce, b u t n o t of Guarantee, i n d e e d E n g l a n d t o o k to herself Heligoland, a p o r tion of the G o t t o r p territory, the possession of w h i c h she h a d guaranteed in 1721. (165) O n t h e extinction o f the m a l e line o f F r e d e r i c k I I I , D e n m a r k , a c c o r d ing to the Lex Regia, is a s s u m e d to go to Prince Frederick of Hesse, a n d Schleswig Holstein to t h e D u k e of A u g u s t e n b u r g . (!) By t h e m a r r i a g e of a d a u g h t e r o f the C z a r t o P r i n c e F r e d e r i c k , t h e w h o l e m a y b e secured t o Russia, on the p r e t e x t of p r e v e n t i n g a p a r t i t i o n . ([176,] 177) T h e A r c h duchess h o w e v e r dies, P r i n c e F r e d e r i c k of Hesse is t h e n cast aside. (179) Charles F r e d e r i c k , R e p r e s e n t a t i v e of the y o u n g e r of G o t t o r p line, having, d u r i n g the Swedish w a r , lost Schleswig, a n d r e t a i n i n g only a p o r t i o n o f Holstein, b u t being a c c o r d i n g t o the peculiar a n d a n o m a l o u s practice of these D u c h i e s , co-regent w i t h t h e K i n g , s o u g h t in 1720 t h e s u p p o r t of Peter I of R u s s i a . ( 1 8 1 , 2) He conferred u p o n the C z a r t h e h a n d of his d a u g h t e r . (183) D e r son des d u k e raised to the I m p e r i a l t h r o n e u n d e r the n a m e of Peter III (184) wollte sein H o l s t e i n e r o b e r t . Assassinirt by his wife CatherineII. (I.e.) In 1767 C a t h e r i n e b a r g a i n e d for a c o n d i t i o n a l s u r r e n d e r of her s o n ' s rights, w h i c h w a s ratified by h e r son, afterwards the E m p e r o r Paul, in 1773. D a b e i a Secret Alliance in consequence of which D e n m a r k s o o n f o u n d herself c o n s t r a i n e d to j o i n Russia against Sweden, a n d h e n c e f o r w a r d b o u n d i n subserviency . . . T h e claim of R u s s i a w a s twofold: it affected a p o r t i o n of Schleswig, a n d a p o r t i o n o f Holstein; t h e f i r s t w a s d r o p p e d entirely a n d u n c o n d i t i o n a l l y . T h e father o f Peter h a d b e e n even c o n s t r a i n e d t o d r o p the title o f Schles-

47

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

wig. E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e h a d b o u n d themselves i n a t r e a t y o f g u a r a n t e e (1720, 1 6 J u l y u. 18 A u g u s t , severally r e n e w e d a n d confirmed 16 A p r i l 1727, a n d 15 M a r c h , 1742) to defend t h e k i n g in t h e p o s s e s s i o n o f D e n m a r k a g a i n s t " a n y foreign P o w e r w h a t e v e r w h o s h o u l d c o m e a n d a t t a c k i t " . Prussia, A u s t r i a , a n d even R u s s i a herself h a d acceded to this a r r a n g e m e n t ; therefore no p r e t e n s i o n s in 1773 c o u l d be set u p o n Schleswig. (185) As to H o l s t e i n , t h e claim itself b o r e b u t on a little m o r e t h a n '/4 of t h e d u c h y . Its a d m i s s i o n involved a division of t h e fief, t h e Indivisibility of w h i c h w a s a f u n d a m e n t a l p a r t of t h e L a w by w h i c h H o l s t e i n c o u l d a l o n e be inherited. S t a t t dessen erhielt R u ß l a n d t h e c o u n t i e s of D e l m e n h o r s t u. O l d e n b u r g . She erected t h e m i n t o a Duchy of Oldenburg, a n d placed t h e m u n d e r t h e a p p a r e n t l y i n d e p e n d e n t sway o f t h e j u n i o r branch of the H o u s e of G o t t o r p . These counties h a d been transferred to D e n m a r k i n 1676 i n c o n s e q u e n c e o f a n a r r a n g e m e n t w i t h t h e D u k e o f P l o e n , t h e next heir to G u n t h e r , t h e last C o u n t w h o died in t h a t year, a n d on t h e c o n d i t i o n t h a t "if t h e male line of t h e R o y a l h o u s e s h o u l d b e c o m e extinct, t h a t t h e 2 counties s h o u l d r e t u r n t o t h e m a n d their m a l e descenda n t s , a n d likewise t o the A g n a t e s o f t h e princely H o u s e " . (186, 7 ) B r e m e n s t a n d s i n t h e t e r r i t o r y o f O l d e n b u r g a s ||49| H a m b u r g d o e s i n t h a t o f H o l s t e i n ; it c o m m a n d s t h e e n t r a n c e of t h e Weser as H o l s t e i n d o e s t h a t of t h e E l b e . T h e s e 2 rivers are t h e sole outlets of G e r m a n y , a n d t h e possessor o f t h e m , i f equally possessed o f t h e S o u n d a n d t h e E y d e r , h o l d s t h e communication of the whole of the N o r t h . — T h e arrangement with Paul a s t o H o l s t e i n h a d therefore reference only t o t h e m a l e d e s c e n d a n t s o f F r e d e r i c k I I I . O n their extinction t h e H o l s t e i n e q u i v a l e n t reverted t o Russia, and the G r a n d D u c h y of Oldenburg to the D u k e of Augustenb u r g . (187) Shortly after t h e d e a t h of t h e A r c h d u c h e s s (des C z a r s T o c h ter, F r a u v. P r i n z F r i e d r i c h ν. H e s s e n ) 1846 erschien d e r offne Brief des Königs v. D ä n e m a r k . . . t h e results of t h e m e a s u r e were so u n m i s t a k e a b l e t h a t they m u s t be assigned as its object. (188) t h e m e a s u r e keine b o n a fide o n e . (190) T h e suggestion o f t h e Letters P a t e n t d i d n o t o f c o u r s e c o m e f r o m St. P e t e r s b u r g , b u t f r o m P a r i s ; it w a s offered as a m e a n s of e s c a p i n g from Russia. At that moment the Spanish marriages in preparation u. L o u i s P h i l i p p e seeking to gain R u s s i a to secure himself a g a i n s t t h e effects of his r u p t u r e w i t h E n g l a n d . (190) T h e object of C h r i s t i a n V I I I w a s to p r e s e r v e t h e Integrity of the Succession. (191) (a m a x i m s o o n c o n v e r t e d i n t o " I n t e g r i t y o f t h e M o n a r c h y " ) T h e L e x R e g i a virtually r e p e a l e d i n its 2 p r i n c i p a l p r o v i s i o n s . It settles (Section 19) conjointly t h e succession of D e n m a r k a n d N o r w a y u . d e n A b s o l u t i s m u s als G r u n d g e s e t z . E r e m a n a t e s f r o m a king of Denmark and Norway, der nicht m e h r existirt seit d e n W i e n e r Verträgen. D e r A b s o l u t i s m u s a u f g e h o b e n d u r c h C h r i th

48

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus David Urquhart: Progress of Russia in the West, North, and South

stian V I I I i n t r o d u c i n g " a C o n s t i t u t i o n a l f o r m o f G o v e r n m e n t " , " t h e h e r e d i t a r y a n d a b s o l u t e c h a r a c t e r a n d q u a l i t y o f t h e M o n a r c h y w e r e essentially c o m b i n e d . " " t h e a b s o l u t e c h a r a c t e r c a n n o t b e a t t a c k e d w i t h o u t d e s t r o y i n g t h e h e r e d i t a r y . " (192) M i t d e r C o n s t i t u t i o n i t r e m a i n e d t o 5 revert to t h e a n t e r i o r state, or to c r e a t e a n e w o n e . In t h e o n e case t h e c r o w n o f D e n m a r k a g a i n b e c o m e s elective; i n t h e o t h e r , y o u m u s t deal with t h e succession o f t h e C r o w n a s y o u h a v e with t h e I n s t i t u t i o n s o f the c o u n t r y . (193) P r i n c e F r e d e r i c k of H e s s e so s o o n excluded as he lost his wife. (I.e.) B e h a u p t e t C h r i s t i a n V I I I h ä t t e w e d e r a u s liberalism od. i n a d 10 vertence a u f d a s scheme to p r o p o s e a Constitution "for t h e w h o l e of his s t a t e s " . (194) t h a t D e n m a r k s h o u l d h a v e , o u t o f h e r o w n h e a d , devised a n a d m i n i s t r a t i v e u n i o n w i t h D e n m a r k i s t o o p r e p o s t e r o u s t o believe. (196) " I t w a s only t h e wish t o p r e v e n t t h e R a d i c a l a n d R e p u b l i c a n elements 15 of G e r m a n y f r o m exercising a n y p e r n i c i o u s influence t h a t h a d m o v e d Prussia to the steps she h a d a d o p t e d ; t h e idea of a N o r t h A l b i n g i a n R e p u b l i c b e i n g a p t t o e n d a n g e r D e n m a r k a s well a s t h e n e i g h b o u r i n g frontier o f G e r m a n y . " ( N o t e o f M a j . W i l d e n b r u c h t h e P r u s s i a n Plenip o t e n t i a r y t o t h e D a n . G o v . , A p r i l 8 , 1848) " t h e K i n g (of P i e d m o n t ) c o n 20 sidered himself in d u t y b o u n d to t a k e m e a s u r e s in o r d e r to p r e v e n t t h e m o v e m e n t in L o m b a r d y , f r o m t a k i n g a R e p u b l i c a n d i r e c t i o n . " ( N o t e by the S a r d i n i a n m i n i s t e r P a r e t o t o t h e brit. A m b a s s . a t Turin M a r c h 2 3 , 1848.) T h e k i n g o f P r u s s i a p r o l o n g e d t h e w a r , b y e n s u r i n g the defeat of his o w n t r o o p s a n d his allies; he sacrificed at t h e settlement all 2 5 h e h a d c o n t e n d e d for b y a r m s ; n o t b e i n g t h e r e t o c o n s t r a i n e d , b u t a c t i n g as a p a r t y to e n t r a p o t h e r s . ([203,] 204) t h e k i n g succeeded in t u r n i n g on the Poles t h e p o p u l a r frenzy excited a g a i n s t R u s s i a ; t h e n a diversion was furnished i n t h e D u c h i e s for t h e y o u n g f e r v o u r s o t r o u b l e s o m e a t F r a n k fort, so a l a r m i n g at Berlin. B u t it w a s n o t t h a t a d o o r w a s to be o p e n e d 30 to military enterprise; r e v o l u t i o n w a s to be s h a m e d by discomfiture, a n d to be p u t d o w n ||50| by disgrace. (205) B e i m t r e a t y of 52 A m e n d m e n t p r o p o s e d by P r u s s i a "l'intégrité de la monarchie Danoise demeurera intacte", w ä h r e n d i m P r o p o s e d d r a u g h t die M ä c h t e n u r s p r e c h e n ν . d e m R e c h t eventuell die Succession zu regeln u. zu faciliter die a r r a n g e m e n t s 35 aux m o y e n s desquels " les liens q u i r a t t a c h e n t les D u c h é s de H o l s t e i n et de Schleswig à la M o n a r c h i e D a n o i s e d e m e u r e n t i n t a c t e s " . P r e u s s e n , d u r c h d e n w ü r d i g e n B u n s e n u n t e r d r ü c k t die E r w ä h n u n g selbst dieser Duchies (210) The War. 10,000 D ä n e n e n t e r t h e D u c h i e s , t h e h a s t y g a t h e r i n g of t h e 4 0 Duchies a m o u n t t o only h a l f t h e n u m b e r , f l y a t t h e f i r s t s h o c k , m e t o n the 23 April in their flight 14,000 P r u s s i a n s crossing t h e E y d e r to their

49

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 s u p p o r t , t h e a r m y s o lately i n p u r s u i t w a s e x p o s e d t o b e i n g a n n i h i l a t e d , finding itself h e m m e d in its s u d d e n r e t r e a t b e t w e e n a d y k e a n d a defile on t h e N o r t h of Schleswig; b u t t h e first exercise of t h e Prussian authority w a s to sound the recall, t h e r e a s o n assigned b e i n g t h a t it w a s t h e hour for dinner. (213) (N. I.) 5 T h e Hanoverians, Mecklenburgers, Oldenburgers, Brunswickers, p o u r in by railways, a n d G e n e r a l Wrangel at t h e h e a d of 50,000 m e n , 5 χ t h e n u m b e r o f t h e r e t r e a t i n g foe, a t 4 o'clock A . M . I n f a n t r y u n d e r a r m s , cavalry m o u n t e d . E r s t at 9 o'clock o r d e r zu " m a r c h " gegeben. T h e Prus­ sians were p u s h e d o u t so as to outflank the retreating force, on t h e r i g h t u. 10 o n t h e left. T h e confederates, u n d e r t h e D u k e o f B r u n s w i c k u . G e n e r a l H a l k e t t , fell u p o n t h e m . Immediately was sounded the Prussian recall. D u k e of B r u n s w i c k , after a s t o r m y discussion m. G e n e r a l Wrangel, re­ fused t o t a k e a n y f u r t h e r p a r t i n t h e C a m p a i g n . T h e D a n e s h a d positively b e e n suffered t o r e t u r n , a n d c a r r y off t h e b a g g a g e t h e y h a d a b a n d o n e d , 1 5 b r i n g i n g t h e i r h o r s e s t o r e y o k e t o t h e w a g g o n s a n d g u n s . ( Ν . I I . ) (214) D a n i s h force expelled. N u n n e g o t i a t i o n s o p e n e d m i t D e n m a r k ? N o . G e n e r a l Wrangel e n t e r e d J u t l a n d by o r d e r s f r o m Berlin. (1. c.) ( Ν . I I I . ) D a n e s w e r e i n t h e isle o f Alsen (15,000 m e n ) : t h e y w e r e o b s e r v e d b y 53,000 C o n f e d e r a t e s , whilst t h e m a i n b o d y of G e n e r a l Wrangel, who had taken care to carry with him the Schlesw. Holsteiners, w e r e in J u t l a n d . He remained perfectly inactive. T r o t z d e r s u p e r i o r force of g e n e r a l H a l k e t t , s t a t i o n e d o p p o s i t e t h e isle o f Alsen, t h e D a n e s were a l l o w e d t o c r o s s t h e strait, to establish a tête de pont, to c o n s t r u c t a b r i d g e , to seize on t h e heights w h i c h c o m m a n d e d it, o n t h e m t o build r e d o u b t s , a n d p l a n t h e a v y artillery. W h e n these w o r k s h a d b e e n c o m p l e t e d , h e c o m m e n c e d o p e r a t i o n s , by besieging them, he placed his troops in a half-circle round Düppel; this p o i n t b e i n g in direct c o m m u n i c a t i o n with t h e t ê t e du p o n t a n d t h e island, c o u l d in a single night be occupied by t h e D a n i s h force w h i c h w o u l d t h e n find itself in t h e c e n t r e of t h e G e r m a n s a n d be a b l e by a sortie t o b e a t a n d d e s t r o y t h e m i n detail. T h i s was foreseen b y t h e w h o l e a r m y o f t h e besiegers, except t h e G e n e r a l . . . O n t h e 2 8 o f M a y , a t t h e d a w n o f t h e d a y , t h e D a n e s fell u p o n t h e G e r m a n s w i t h their entire force. H a l k e t t sent a i d e s - d u - c a m p to o r d e r o n e division after a n o t h e r ; each in succession a r r i v e d t o o late. G e n e r a l W r a n g e l h a d r e t u r n e d i n t o Schleswig, 4 days before the catastrophe of Düppel, t h e d i s t a n c e w a s 20 leagues, er r i c h t e t ' s a u c h so ein to arrive t o o late f. die s u p p o r t d e r G e r m a n s . . . M u r m u r s o f t h e a r m y b e a t e n a n d baffled a t every t u r n b y a n inferior force . . a t t a c k n u n m a d e o n t h e D a n i s h r e d o u b t s , P r u s s i a n g u a r d led t o t h e s t o r m , u n f o r t u n a t e ; at all events it c o u l d n o t l o n g e r be said t h a t t h e Prussian G e n e r a l h a d o r d e r s , t o s p a r e t h e D a n e s a n d e x p o s e t h e C o n federates! ( Ν . IV) [215,216] 50

20

25

30

35

40

Aus David Urquhart: Progress of Russia in the West, North, and South N u n D e n m a r k u. the Confederation come to an arrangement. D a r i n die D u c h i e s g a n z vergessen. N u n E n g l a n d strides i n t o t h e a r e n a a s a M e d i a t r i x . R e s u l t : 6 m o n t h s are afforded ||511 to t h e belligerents to r e c r u i t their s t r e n g t h . T h i s c o u r s e of E n g l a n d is perfectly parallel to t h a t of Prussia, w h o secured victories to Denmark while she lent armies to the duchies. (Ν. V.) [216, 217] Campaign of1849 o p e n e d by t h e e n t r a n c e of 20,000 D a n e s i n t o Schles­ wig. D u c h i e s a n e a r l y e q u a l force, consisting, h o w e v e r , in a c o n s i d e r a b l e degree o f G e r m a n v o l u n t e e r s a n d P r u s s i a n s . C o m m a n d e d b y t h e Prussian General Bonin. S o o n arrive 50,000 t r o o p s of t h e C o n f e d e r a t e s , of w h i c h n e a r l y t h e half w e r e P r u s s i a n s ; i n fact, t h e d u c h i e s furnished t o t h e k i n g of P r u s s i a a Siberia a n d a Circassia, w h e r e t h e t u r b u l e n t f o u n d o c c u p a ­ t i o n a n d t h e seditious r e p o s e . ( Ν . VI.) [217] D a n e s speedily d r i v e n b a c k u . following t h e m t h e Schleswig-Holsteiners e n t e r e d J u t l a n d , a n d w e r e s o o n j o i n e d b y t h e P r u s s i a n s , u n d e r Gene­ ral Pritwitz. Er theilt this powerful a r m y in 2 b o d i e s : t h e o n e , c o m p o s e d of H e s s i a n s u. P r u s s i a n s , sent in p u r s u i t of a b o d y of D a n e s , ¡ of their number; t h e Schleswig-Holsteiners, 14,000, d e s p a t c h e d to blockade Fridericia, which w a s open to sea, of which the Danes had the command! T h e heights of G o u l s k , 3 leagues f r o m t h e fortress, were c r o w n e d with r e d o u b t s , these t a k e n b y assault, a n d t h e victors p u r s u i n g t h e fugitives m i g h t h a v e e n t e r e d t h e fortress w i t h t h e m , when again the Prussian recall sounded, t h e a r m y sat d o w n before t h e place to besiege it. Fridericia laying o n t h e sea, c o m m a n d e d b y t h e D a n i s h n a v y — i n t o t h e place w h i c h y o u p r o p o s e t o besiege t h e e n e m y c a n t h r o w a t p l e a s u r e a n y a m o u n t o f m e n , a n d r e m o v e f r o m it, if necessary, t h e g a r r i s o n . General Bonin weiß das. T h e r e c o u l d n o t h a v e b e e n a p o i n t selected m o r e available for wasting t h e time a n d e x h a u s t i n g t h e s t r e n g t h o f t h e C o n f e d e r a t e s , a n d affording to t h e D a n e s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y of striking w i t h o u t risk a fatal blow. ( N o . VII) [217, 218] ¡

3

1) t h e besieging fort at F r i d e r i c i a , o p p o s e d to t h e D a n i s h g a r r i s o n ; 2) an a r m y o p p o s i t e Alsen; 3) a n o t h e r at J u t l a n d , t h e 2 l a t t e r b e i n g o p posed to 2 D a n i s h c o r p s . On t h e 3 p o i n t s t h e n u m e r i c a l m a j o r i t y (der D e u t s c h e n ) , a c t i n g on t h e offensive. D i e 2 D a n i s h c o r p s in A l s e n u. J u t land give their several a n t a g o n i s t s t h e slip, ( é c h a p p e n t ) u. die w h o l e Danish army is concentrated at Fridericia. Die Confederates do n o t m a r c h to s u p p o r t t h e besiegers, n o r is t h e siege raised a n d t h e force c o n c e n t r a t e d ; it is left scattered r o u n d t h e place in its t r e n c h e s , a n d , c o n s e q u e n t l y , o n e fine m o r n i n g it is cut to pieces; its c a m p t a k e n , 50 g u n s fall i n t o t h e h a n d s of the Danes. ( N o . IX)

51

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

D i e Operations der D a n e s kein G e h e i m n i ß ; t h e r e i n f o r c e m e n t s were daily seen entering t h e place, a n d , after t h e besieged w e r e k n o w n far to o u t n u m b e r t h e besiegers, still w e r e t h e m e n k e p t i n t h e e n t r e n c h m e n t s , but the fire ceased. T h e e x p l a n a t i o n offered w a s t h a t it w a s n o t advisable to e x a s p e r a t e t h e enemy, w h o s e fire, however, n e v e r ceased. E x a s p e r a t i o n d e r t r o o p s . ( Ν . I X . ) [218]

5

T r o t z d e m die forces d e r C o n f e d e r a t e s n o c h weit ü b e r l e g e n d e n D a n e s . F r e d e r i c i a is in J u t l a n d ; they only m a i n t a i n e d a p o s t of their o w n ; they h a d no m a n in Schleswig. A g a i n t h e military operations cease; a g a i n an armistice introduced to prepare for the resumption of hostilities in the fol10 lowing year. ( Ν . X ) . [219] Armistice. A line d r a w n f r o m Tondern to Flensburg, to be o c c u p i e d on e i t h e r side b y n e u t r a l s ; t h e p a r t i e s h a v i n g t o e v a c u a t e entirely; Swedes u. Norwegians on the N o r t h , Prussians u. Oldenburgers on the South. U n t e r d e s die M u s c o v i t e s p o u r i n g d o w n t h e C a r p a t h i a n s . A triumvirate 15 n u n a p p o i n t e d f. die g o v e r n m e n t der D u c h i e s . D i e d u c h i e s a l t o g e t h e r w i e d e r e x c l u d e d f r o m t h e a r r a n g e m e n t ; D e n m a r k n e n n t 1, P r u s s i a 1, E n g l a n d 1 f u n c t i o n a r y . ( C o l o n e l Hodges) ( r e p u d i a t e d v. b e i d e n Seiten u. e b e n d e s w e g e n i m p o s e d ν, P a l m e r s t o n ) ( Ν . X I ) | |52[ Campaign of 1850. Armistice r e a c h e d its t e r m . P r u s s i a h a s withd r a w n f r o m t h e C o n t e s t , t h e D u c h i e s were rejoiced a t t h i s result. Swedes u . N o r w e g i a n s also e m b a r k e d u . sent h o m e . D e n m a r k a s s e m b l e d 40,000 m e n m . 9 6 g u n s . W a r u m d a c h t e n sie n i c h t a n a c c o m o d a t i o n ? N e w incentives a n d s t i m u l a n t s h a d , h o w e v e r , b e e n f o u n d requisite a t C o p e n ­ h a g e n . F r a n c e sent G e n e r a l F a b v i e r , a n d R u s s i a herself h a d c o m e forw a r d a t l e n g t h t o smile o n t h e u n d e r t a k i n g . S h e allowed h o p e s o f a subsidy t o b e e n t e r t a i n e d , sent a s q u a d r o n t o h o v e r o n t h e c o a s t s , a n d , t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e u s e o f s t e a m e r s for t h e t r a n s p o r t o f t r o o p s , l e n t . . . " m o r a l s u p p o r t " . T h e D u c h i e s crossed t h e E y d e r , i n o r d e r t o a n t i c i p a t e t h e D a n e s in securing t h a t important line of defence, which crosses the Isthmus at Isted. Schleswig 100 miles in l e n g t h u. n i c h t 50 in b r e a d t h ; b u t , i n fact, t h e a r e n a w a s f u r t h e r n a r r o w e d t o its s o u t h e r n extremity, a n d consisted in the maintenance of those strong positions, w h i c h f r o m t h e remotest times h a d been the barrier of the N o r t h m e n against the Ger­ m a n s . . . [220-223] T h e d u c h i e s m o v e d a c r o s s t h e E y d e r 30,000 m e n m i t 80 g u n s , chiefly of large calibre, leaving 4 b a t t a l i o n s of reserve. A cause­ way (chaussée) a n d m i l i t a r y r o a d leads f r o m Flensburg (where t h e D a n e s , e n t e r i n g f r o m J u t l a n d , o r arriving b y sea, w o u l d effect their j u n c t i o n ) s o u t h w a r d t h r o u g h t h e centre o f t h e p r o v i n c e t o t h e t o w n o f Schleswig. On b o t h sides t h e c o u n t r y difficult f r o m b r o k e n g r o u n d u. defensible p o s i t i o n s , b u t principally because interspersed w i t h b o g s (jonc d e m a r a i s )

52

20

25

30

35

40

Aus David Urquhart: Progress of Russia in the West, North, and South

a n d m a r s h e s : s o m e 5 or 6 miles in a d v a n c e of Schleswig, a n a t u r a l line of defence c o m p o s e d of lakes, m a r s h e s , steep (escarpés) b a n k s of rivers, extend across f r o m east t o west. T h e c a u s e w a y p a s s i n g b y t h e village o f I d s t e d is inclosed in a g o r g e (gosier), t h e heights on t h e left b e i n g b a c k e d 5 by t h e lake of "Lang Sö", a n d on t h e r i g h t by a l m o s t c o n t i n u o u s m a r s h es. T h e heights o n b o t h sides were c r o w n e d b y b a t t e r i e s o f w h i c h t h e crossing f i r e enfiladed t h e passage, a n d these were s t r e n g t h e n e d b y f i e l d w o r k s a n d r e d o u b t s . H e r e were s t a t i o n e d t h e m a s s o f t h e forces o f t h e D u c h i e s a n d o f their artillery. H a d t h e D a n e s b e e n repulsed i n a n a t t a c k 10 u p o n this p o s i t i o n , t h e y m u s t h a v e a b a n d o n e d their offensive a t t i t u d e a n d t h e w a r w o u l d h a v e t e r m i n a t e d . O n t h e 2 4 ' J u l i 1850, t h e D a n i s h a r m y a p p e a r e d before I d s t e d , a n d d r o v e i n t h e o u t p o s t s . O n t h e 2 8 , a t 2 o'clock, they m a d e a n a t t a c k o n every p o i n t , s e n d i n g o u t d e t a c h m e n t s right u . left, t o a t t e m p t t h e p a s s a g e s b e y o n d t h e m a r s h e s u . b e y o n d t h e t h

15 lake. R e p u l s e d on all p o i n t s u. at S t o l k lost 4 g u n s u. their best G e n e r a l , Shleppegrell . . . at 9 o'clock, after 7 h o u r s also, again b r o u g h t on t h e charge a n d a g a i n repulsed, t h e troops der D u c h i e s inferior by 10,000 m e n u. their sole business w a s to defend their strong position, w a r e n 24 h o u r s u n t e r Waffen gewesen, s u s t a i n e d 1 a s s a u l t in t h e n i g h t u. 1 in t h e m o r n i n g , 20 exhausted u. d i s o r d e r e d . They were led out into the plain u n t e r d e m Vorw a n d to pursue their advantage. W h e n well a d v a n c e d , a fresh b o d y of 10,000 D a n e s falls u p o n t h e m , drives t h e m b a c k , a n d enters t h e e n t r e n c h m e n t s m. d e n fugitives. [224] D i e ß d a s w o r k v. General Willisen. ( N o . X I I ) Willisen, after losing a s t r o n g p o s i t i o n by an a m b u s c a d e , a n d sacrific25 ing a b o u t 4000 m e n , he fell on t h e s o u t h , n e v e r s t o p p i n g until he h a d placed b e h i n d h i m t h e fortress o f R e n d s b u r g . A b a n d o n i n g t h e w h o l e o f Schleswig, h e w i t h d r e w b e h i n d t h e E y d e r . H i s a r m y , t h o u g h defeated, received reinforcements, w h i c h raised it far a b o v e its c o m p l e m e n t w h e n it t o o k t h e f i e l d , whilst t h a t o f t h e D a n e s , w h i c h h a d suffered n e a r l y 30 as m u c h as its a n t a g o n i s t , received no r e i n f o r c e m e n t w h a t e v e r . H e r e Willisen c o u l d ||53| a t t a c k t h e m a t a n y p o i n t w i t h t h e w h o l e force, a n d annihilate t h e m separately; he selects their 2 e x p o s e d p o s i t i o n s to the extreme right a n d left; he a t t a c k s at both, a n d is repulsed. T h u s e n d s t h e c a m p a i g n . ( Ν . X I I I . ) Willisen returns home. [228, 229] 35 S t a t t eines armistice b e k o m m e n die d u c h i e s this t i m e 20,000 A u s t r i a n s . A u s t r i a owes H u n g a r y to t h e C z a r , h e r o c c u p a t i o n will n o t cease till a d i p l o m a t i c act, b e a r i n g n o l o n g e r o n t h e d i s p u t e s o f t h e p a r t i e s b u t o n the succession of the Crown, shall h a v e d e c i d e d t h a t m a t t e r according to Rus­ sia's views,—to t h e s u p p r e s s i o n of all t h e r i g h t s for w h i c h t h e a n t a g o n i s t s 40 have been c o n t e n d i n g , a n d w i t h d r a w i n g f r o m t h e D a n i s h p e o p l e all faculty of d i s p o s i n g of themselves. ([229,] 213-230)

53

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 Treaty of May 8, 1852. W h i l s t the w a r c o n t i n u e d , n o t a whisper t r a n s p i r e d respecting the succession ... to an u n e x p e c t e d q u e s t i o n in t h e H. o. C. P a l m e r s t o n c o n fusedly replied by a d m i t t i n g t h a t t h e r e w e r e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s affecting t h e succession; b u t this was all t h a t w a s e x t r a c t e d . . . In the course of 1851, the Protocol of Warsaw, of May 24, p r i n t e d in the p a p e r s . . . dieß P r o t o c o l s h o u l d leave the impression t h a t it w a s an affair which c o n c e r n e d n o foreign p o w e r . . . i t w a s b e t w e e n B r a n c h e s o f t h e H o u s e o f O l d e n b u r g alone . . . it specified the r e n u n c i a t i o n s of t h e p e r s o n s set aside . . . a b e r dieß s t a t e m e n t of t h e P r o t o c o l in reference to t h e r e n u n c i a tions o b t a i n e d w a s n o t true. D a m a l s not a letter of renunciation h a d been expedited or signed. Sie w u r d e n erst obtained 3 on July 18, 2 on August 3, 1 on August 16, 2 on Sept. 13. ( K ö n i g v. D e n m a r k v e r s p r a c h in diesem P r o t o c o l indemnities t o the claimants) . . . R u s s i a n o w reasserts h e r claims, whilst declaring h e r i n t e n t i o n s of enforcing t h e m , s h o u l d t h e p r e s ent c o m b i n a t i o n c o m e t o fail! A m S c h l u ß des P r o t o c o l l s t h a t "in L o n d o n t h e necessary n e g o t i a t i o n s m u s t t a k e place, t o give t o this act the c h a r acter of a E u r o p e a n t r a n s a c t i o n " . . . this W a r s a w P r o t o c o l between D e n m a r k a n d R u s s i a w a s b u t the e c h o of one already secretly signed nearly a year before between the 4 Powers at London, o b t a i n e d after p r o l o n g e d u. s t r e n u o u s struggles. English minister acting m . R u s s i a ; D e n m a r k w a s h e r m e r e t o o l . . . [232-234] d u r c h die griech. Scheisse. B r u n n o w wollte abreisen u . d a f ü r — d i e ß t o a v e r t — g i e b t P a l m e r s t o n his s i g n a t u r e t o the L o n d o n Protocol of July 4, 1850 ... L o r d Derby's administration 1852. " t h e t r a n s a c t i o n w a s b r o u g h t t o t h a t p o i n t w h e r e the C o n f e r e n c e h a d only t o a p p e n d their s i g n a t u r e s " . . . [235] Artikel d e r T i m e s v o m 11 M a y (der Vertrag geschlossen am 8 M a y ) . [236] N o t a line a p p e a r e d in a n y o t h e r p a p e r . . . . [237] Prince Christian . . . By fixing on h i m R u s s i a forces 7 ren u n c i a t i o n s from the C o g n a t e s , t h a t o f Princess L o u i s a included, a n d cuts o u t t h e w h o l e o f t h e A g n a t e s , w h o w o u l d c o m e i n after h e r a n d before her h u s b a n d as C o g n a t e s . She a d m i t s h i m on c o n d i t i o n of excluding t h e F e m a l e s a n d the indirect b r a n c h e s o f his o w n line, s o t h a t o n their failure t h e w h o l e of the ascending a n d d e s c e n d i n g L i n e s are utterly excluded. . . . H e h a s f i r s t t o r e n o u n c e all right i n his o w n p e r s o n ; h e h a s secondly to accept the office merely as a delegation f r o m his w i f e — P r i n cess L o u i s a brings the inheritance exclusive of Holstein. P r i n c e C h r i s t i a n brings the H o l s t e i n inheritance ... " T h e E m p e r o r , says the D a n i s h r e p o r t , h a s deigned to transfer the exercise of the rights w h i c h he m a y h a v e on Holstein to the Prince of G l ü c k s b u r g a n d his m a l e d e s c e n d a n t s " . . . In all the a d j u s t m e n t s care h a s been t a k e n t o ensure t h e invalidity; P r e t e n d e r s c a n b e raised u p against h i m o n every field a n d o n every principle. . . .

54

Aus David Urquhart: Progress of Russia in the West, North, and South

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Wegener (Defence for the full H e r e d i t a r y R i g h t ) sagt: " s h o u l d Prince C h r i s t i a n a n d his son die w i t h o u t m a l e successors, w h o w o u l d t h e n inheri t ? . . . D e n m a r k w o u l d b e ||54| disinherited b y the a b o l i t i o n o f t h e Lex Regia, H o l s t e i n w o u l d invite a c r o w d of P r e t e n d e r s — A u g u s t e n b u r g , G l ü c k s b u r g , R u s s i a a n d O l d e n b u r g P r i n c e s " . . . [238-240] H o l s t e i n n u n c a n n o t be g o t rid of, it is a millstone fastened r o u n d D e n m a r k ' s n e c k . . . All o t h e r claims are a b o l i s h e d by treaty, the H o l s t e i n claims a l o n e r e m a i n . . . the H e i r to the fraction of H o l s t e i n will find himself H e i r to the entire M o n a r c h y . . . [241] Wegener, p. 21 in d e r angeführten Schrift sagt: " T h e a b r o g a t i o n of t h e Succession by Lex R e g i a m a k e s t h e H o u s e o f G o t t o r p the sole legitimate P r e t e n d e r t o H o l s t e i n : t h e i n t r o d u c t i o n o f the Principle of t h e 'Indivisibility of the Monarchy' enables the P r e t e n d e r t o e x t e n d his claims t o t h e w h o l e o f t h e D a n i s h K i n g d o m . C o u l d t h e G r e a t P o w e r s h a v e signed a t r e a t y to c h a n g e first principles, m a k e t h e Danish M o n a r c h y a Russian G o t t o r p secundo-geniture." ... towards the end of 1852 M r . Wegener's p a m p h l e t circulated in the C o p e n h a g e n Diet. . . . [242] S u p p o s i n g R u s s i a to e x t e n d h e r d o m i n i o n , or h e r influence, over D e n m a r k , t h e n if t h e D u c h i e s w e r e s e p a r a t e d , the present Canal of the Eyder m i g h t be enlarged for t h e passage of Sea-going vessels, a n d n o t only w o u l d t h e c o n t r o l l i n g p o w e r of t h e S o u n d be destroyed, b u t a channel opened, saving a circuitous navigation of nearly 400 miles ... [245] In the n e g o t i a t i o n s n o t a w o r d is d r o p p e d respecting the g r a n d D u c h y of Oldenburg, it is ceded to R u s s i a (infolge des t r e a t y v. 1773) absolutely by silence. If so, w h a t claim c a n she h a v e on H o l s t e i n . [247] . . . Coalition ministry, t u r n s n o t t h e i n f a m o u s c o m p a c t to shreds . . . [249] R u s s i a h a v i n g o b t a i n e d her enfeoffment of the S o u n d keeps the a t t e n t i o n of E u r o p e fully occupied a b o u t t h e keys o f t h e C h u r c h o f J e r u s a l e m . (232-255) N e v e r h a s D e n m a r k b e e n i n m o r e a b s o l u t e d e p e n d e n c e u p o n R u s s i a t h a n a t present, a n d , i n such r a p i d d o w n w a r d p r o g r e s s from the s u m m i t of i m a g i n a r y success. (255) D a s Warsaw protocol of June 2, 1850. (257) Treaty relative to the succession of the Crown of Denmark (signed L o n d o n , M a y 8, 1852, Ratifications e x c h a n g e d at L o n d o n J u n e 19, 1852). Preamble. H e r Majesty t h e Q u e e n etc. t a k i n g i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n t h a t the maintenance of the integrity of the Danish Monarchy, as c o n n e c t e d with the general interests of the balance of power in E u r o p e , is of high i m p o r t a n c e to t h e preservation of peace, a n d t h a t an a r r a n g e m e n t by which the succession to the whole of the dominions now united u n d e r t h e sceptre o f His M a j e s t y the k i n g o f D e n m a r k , s h o u l d devolve u p o n t h e male line, to the exclusion offemales, w o u l d be t h e best means of securing the integrity of t h a t M o n a r c h y , h a v e resolved, at the invitation of H i s

55

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 D a n i s h Majesty, (das W a r s a w e r P r o t o c o l l angeblich initiirt v. D e n m a r k , u m e u r o p ä i s c h e S a n k t i o n i n L o n d o n z u erhalten, obgleich ein J a h r v o r h e r in L o n d o n o h n e D e n m a r k a b g e m a c h t ) to conclude a Treaty, in o r d e r to give to the arrangements relating to such an order of succession, an a d d i t i o n a l pledge of stability by an act of European acknowledgment: 5 Article I. After h a v i n g t a k e n into serious c o n s i d e r a t i o n t h e interests of H i s M o n a r c h y , H . M . the K i n g o f D e n m a r k with t h e assent o f H . R . H i g h n e s s t h e Hereditary Prince, a n d of his nearest cognates, entitled to t h e succession by the R o y a l L a w of D e n m a r k , as well as in c o n c e r t w i t h H. M. the E m p e r o r of all the R u s s i a s , Head of the elder branch of the 10 House of Holstein-Gottorp, h a v i n g declared his wish to regulate t h e o r d e r of succession in his d o m i n i o n s , in such m a n n e r t h a t , in default of issue m a l e in a direct line f r o m K i n g F r e d e r i c k I I I of D e n m a r k , his C r o w n s h o u l d devolve u p o n his H . t h e Prince C h r i s t i a n o f Schleswig-HolsteinS o n d e r b u r g - G l ü c k s b u r g , a n d u p o n the issue of the m a r r i a g e of t h a t 15 P r i n c e w i t h h e r H. the Princess L o u i s a of S.-H.-S.-G., b o r n a Princess of H e s s e , by o r d e r of P r i m o g e n i t u r e , f r o m male to male; t h e H i g h C o n t r a c t ing parties, a p p r e c i a t i n g the wisdom of the views (!) which h a v e determined the eventual adoption of that arrangement, engaged by c o m m o n c o n s e n t , in case t h e c o n t e m p l a t e d c o n t i n g e n c y s h o u l d be realised, to ac- 20 k n o w l e d g e in H. H. the Prince C h r i s t i a n of S.-H.-S.-G. a n d his issue m a l e in t h e direct line by his m a r r i a g e w i t h the said Princess, t h e right of succeeding to the whole of the d o m i n i o n s n o w u n i t e d u n d e r t h e sceptre of H . M . the K i n g o f D e n m a r k . | 1551 Art. II. T h e H i g h C o n t r a c t i n g Parties, a c k n o w l e d g i n g as permanent the principle of the integrity of the D a n i s h M o n a r c h y , e n g a g e to t a k e i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n t h e further p r o p o s i t i o n s w h i c h H . M . t h e K i n g o f D e n m a r k m a y d e e m i t expedient t o a d d r e s s t o t h e m , i n case (which G o d forbid) the extinction of the issue male, in t h e direct line, of H. H. the P r i n c e C h r i s t i a n of S.-H.-S.-G. by his marriage w i t h H. H. t h e Princess L o u i s a of S.-H.-S.-G., b o r n a Princess of Hesse, s h o u l d b e c o m e i m m i nent. Art. HI. It is expressly u n d e r s t o o d t h a t t h e reciprocal rights a n d o b ligations of H. M. the K i n g of D e n m a r k , a n d of t h e Germanic Confederation, c o n c e r n i n g the D u c h i e s of Holstein a n d L a u e n b u r g , rights a n d oblig â t i o n s established b y the F e d e r a l A c t o f 1815, a n d b y t h e existing F e d e r a l right, shall n o t be affected by t h e p r e s e n t Treaty. [258-260] Malmesbury, Kubeck, A. Walewski, Bunsen, Brunnow, Rehausen. ( M a y 8, 1852.) 1) T h e Protocol of June 2, 1850, in its first article, merely conveys the unanimous desire of t h e p o w e r s , which the p r e s e n t s t a t u s gave of t h e

56

25

30

35

40

Aus David Urquhart: Progress of Russia in the West, North, and South

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

possessors of t h e D a n i s h C r o w n may be maintained in its integrity, w h e r e a s by article 2 of the t r e a t y of M a y 8, 1852, the principle of t h e "integrity of t h e D a n i s h M o n a r c h y " is laid d o w n a n d recognised as a permanent one. 2) the P r o t o c o l of J u n e 2, 1850, in its 2 article, d o e s not actually [alter] the r i g h t of succession in D e n m a r k a n d in Schleswig-Holstein, as it is a n n o u n c e d to h a v e b e e n altered by art. 1 of t h e t r e a t y of M a y 8, 1852; b u t it is only declared to be a very wise view of t h e K i n g of D e n m a r k to intend to alter the succession in the R o y a l D y n a s t y , in o r d e r to facilitate those m e a s u r e s , by m e a n s of w h i c h t h e D a n i s h M o n a r c h y m a y eventually be k e p t together. (257, 8) Separate Peace of Preussen, 2 Juillet 1850 m. Denmark in w h i c h n o t h ing w a s s t i p u l a t e d in reference to t h e causes of t h e w a r . "Paix pure et simple", a p e a c e w i t h a secret article: "Article secret: 2 Juillet, 1850. S. M. le R o i de Prusse s'engage à p r e n d r e p a r t a u x n e g o t i a t i o n s d o n t S. M. le R o i de D a n e m a r c prendra l'initiative à l'effet de régler l ' o r d r e de succession d a n s les états réunis sous le sceptre de S. M. D a n o i s e . " (209) W h y was this article secret? H a v i n g t h u s tied up h e r h a n d s , she ostensibly figured in the conferences as a récusant. She refused to sign, w i t h E n g land, D e n m a r k , a n d R u s s i a , t h e P r o t o c o l originally p r o p o s e d , a n d while she t h u s held o u t t o t h e D u c h i e s the s e m b l a n c e o f p r o t e c t i n g their interests, she m a d e h e r a d h e s i o n t o t h e P r o t o c o l c o n t i n g e n t o n t h e modifying of o n e of the original p h r a s e s in s u c h a m a n n e r as to exclude the very m e n t i o n of their existence, a n d the s u b s t i t u t i o n of a n o t h e r which implied t h a t "Integrity of Monarchy" w h i c h h a s b e e n c o n s t r u e d to signify t h e extinction of the D u c h i e s . (209, 10) In t h e t r e a t y of M a y , t h e A g n a t i c succession is p a s s e d over w i t h o u t m e n t i o n , w h e t h e r a s t o claims u p o n the D u c h i e s , o r a s t o C o g n a t i c claims u p o n D e n m a r k . (264) In 1232 t h e Duchy of Schleswig a p p e a r s as a H e r e d i t a r y M a l e Fief of the C r o w n o f D e n m a r k . I n 1459, t h e D u c h y reverted t o t h e C r o w n a s a n Escheat o n failure o f right heirs o f D u k e A t h o l . I n 1460, t h e r i g h t o f electing a D u k e a n d C o u n t from a m o n g s t t h e heirs of C h r i s t i a n I w a s established. In 1570 u. 1642, I m p e r i a l d i p l o m a s for t h e c o u n t i e s of O l d e n burg and Delmenhorst to the Danish Kings and the D u k e s of Holstein, with reversion to their a g n a t e s . In 1580, the division t o o k p l a c e i n t o R o y a l a n d D u c a l , o r G o t t o r p p o r t i o n s . I n 1608, D u k e J o h n G o t t o r p , with t h e s a n c t i o n of C h r i s t i a n IV, as Suzerain of Schleswig, entailed t h e succession i n the G o t t o r p p o r t i o n u p o n his eldest m a l e heir i n right o f p r i m o g e n i t u r e . In 1610 Frederick III established an a n a l o g o u s family statute for the R o y a l p o r t i o n . I n 1721, t h e r e u n i o n o f the G o t t o r p D u c h y with t h e r o y a l D u c h y o f Schleswig t o o k place. d

57

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 C a t h e r i n e of Russia, in t h e p r o v i s i o n a l t r e a t y of 1767, u n d e r t o o k t h a t all t h e surviving princes of t h e H o u s e of H o l s t e i n - G o t t o r p s h o u l d r e n o u n c e , a n d b y the treaty o f 1773 the c o u n t i e s o f O l d e n b u r g a n d Delm e n h o r s t were ceded b y t h e K i n g o f D e n m a r k i n e x c h a n g e , a s a n end o w m e n t for t h e y o u n g e r b r a n c h e s . (264-6) 3 dissolutions of the D a n i s h d i e t . . . the D u c h i e s were n o t represented . . . on J a n u a r 28, 1852 a R o y a l P r o c l a m a t i o n h a d p r o m i s e d t h e instit u t i o n o f a G e n e r a l D i e t . . . H e r e was a n o p p o r t u n i t y o f c r u s h i n g t h e c o n s t i t u t i o n by the weight of E u r o p e . . . t h e n e w D i e t w a s elected w i t h a view of t h e message, a n d the G o v e r n m e n t w a s f a v o u r e d in an e x t r a o r d i n a r y m a n n e r b y a n internal schism. B a u e r n f r e u n d e . T h e p o p u l a r p a r t y h a d the c o m m a n d o f t h e lower H o u s e , a n d h a v i n g b e e n t h e m o s t violent in the w a r , it w a s n o w m o s t zealous for t h e R o y a l message. M e t in M a r c h 1853. S u r r e n d e r imperiously ||56| r e q u i r e d by the G o v . in the n a m e of an "European necessity", m e n a c e d in case of c o n t u m a c y w i t h a w i t h d r a w a l o f the C o n s t i t u t i o n . [268-270] O p p o s i t i o n t o o k their chief s t a n d u p o n the Lex Regia a b o l i s h e d by t h e m e s s a g e . . . 45 gegen 97 votes, der G o v . o p p o s e d , which, a s ¡ w a s r e q u i r e d , w a s its rejection. O n this the D i e t w a s a g a i n dissolved . . . T h e prevailing sense bei der n e u e n W a h l t h a t of fatigue, t h e i n t i m a t e conviction t h a t of helplessness . . . N o t a single l a n d e d P r o p r i e t o r was r e t u r n e d for the L o w e r H o u s e . T h e r a n c o u r o f t h e T e n a n t - R i g h t question excluded t h e distinguished m e n w h o h a d f i g u r e d i n the former D i e t s , a n d n o t o n e o f the liberal m e m b e r s w h o h a d v o t e d against the g o v e r n m e n t w a s re-elected, t h e f o r m s of a c o n s t i t u t i o n al assent o b t a i n e d to a m e a s u r e e x t o r t e d by violence. ( 2 7 1 , 2)

5

10

15

3

4

20

25

G e r m a n y m a y l o o k f o r w a r d t o see R u s s i a a m e m b e r o f t h e G e r m a n C o n f e d e r a t i o n i n respect t o the D u c h i e s o f H o l s t e i n a n d L a u e n b u r g . (273) (Aachner Zeitung, J u n e 24). " N o m a n s h u t his eyes to t h e t e n d e n c y o f t h e reigning H o u s e o f R u s s i a t o i n t r o d u c e itself i n t o t h e G e r m a n i c C o n f e d e r a t i o n in its quality of Sovereign of the D u c h i e s of H o l s t e i n a n d 30 L a u e n b u r g , over which it p r e t e n d s t h a t it will h a v e to exercise p o w e r after t h e d e a t h of P r i n c e C h r i s t i a n of G l ü c k s b u r g . " (Wanderer, 24 J u n i ) T h e late p r i m e m i n i s t e r (A. W . M o l t k e ) , all b u t i n p l a i n w o r d s , p r o claimed his d e p e n d e n c e u p o n R u s s i a , in his place in t h e Diet. ([273,] 274) T h e D u c h i e s , n o t D e n m a r k , give R u s s i a t h e E y d e r , t h e m o u t h o f the 3 5 E l b e , a n d the position of R e n d s b u r g ; in a w o r d , t h e h o l d over t h e c o m m e r c e of G e r m a n y by its m a i n river arteries, a n d over t h e will of G e r m a n y by access to t h e railways, for t h e transfer of h e r t r o o p s . (277) "A Strait which brings the power of the land to control the navigation of the seas. " (280) S o m e 20,000 vessels passiren ihn, t h a t traffic consists of 40 grain, timber, spars, h e m p a n d iron. (1. c.) In d e r t ü r k i s c h e n u. d ä n i s c h e n

58

Aus David Urquhart: Progress of Russia in the West, North, and South N a t i o n political vitality is c o n c e n t r a t e d in the capital; the maritime power of both has been destroyed by E n g l a n d , a n d R u s s i a h a s c o n s t r u c t e d a powerful arsenal a n d fortress, w h i c h from a n e q u a l distance p e r m a n e n t l y m e n a c e s b o t h — C r o n s t a d t for C o p e n h a g e n , S e v a s t o p o l for C o n s t a n t i 5 n o p l e . (281) t h e D a r d a n e l l e s lie between t u r k i s h t e r r i t o r y on b o t h sides; the S u n d b e t w e e n those o f D e n m a r k a n d Sweden. (282) R u s s i a forced u p o n the D a r d a n e l l e s ; she m a i n t a i n s t h e toll o f t h e S o u n d . T h e t i m e w a s w h e n she loudly d e m a n d e d t h e freedom of t h e Baltic. (283) the K i n g s of D e n m a r k originally e n a c t e d these tolls w h e n t h e y ruled the 3 S c a n d i n a 10 vian k i n g d o m s . (I.e.) W h e n in M a r c h 1848 t h e P r u s s i a n t r o o p s w e r e a b o u t to i n v a d e the D u c h i e s , o n e of the incentives a d m i n i s t e r e d to t h e p o p u l a r e n t h u s i a s m , w a s the s h a m e o f s u b m i s s i o n t o the S o u n d D u e s . (285) D e r erweiterte C a n a l d u r c h die E y d e r w ü r d e s h o r t e n the distance t o the coasts of Prussia u. d e m B o t h n i a n G u l f by nearly 400 miles, u. d e r 15 t h r o u g h Sweden, die distance to t h e N o r t h a n d t h e G u l f of F i n l a n d by a b o u t 300. (I.e.) G o t h a C a n a l u . E y d e r C a n a l n o t large e n o u g h for seagoing vessels. (286) |

59

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

|28| Urquhart, Progress etc. [Fortsetzung]

Donau u. Circassia u. Commercial treaty. In 1831 R u s s i a established a n o m i n a l q u a r a n t i n e on t h e C a u c a s i a n c o a s t not in her possession ...In 1836, she established a q u a r a n t i n e to intercept vessels entering t h e D a n u b e , a n d a r r o g a t e d t h e r i g h t o f sending t h e m t o O d e s s a t o p e r f o r m q u a r a n t i n e . (294) t h e r o b b e r y f r o m E u r o p e o f its p r i n c i p a l river by care for its health. (300) the marshy islands forming the Delta of the Danube are u n i n h a b i t e d a n d utterly valueless, except as a s t a t i o n c o m m a n d i n g t h e river in w a r , a n d for t h a t p u r p o s e o n l y in so far as they a r e fortified. T h e y were ceded to R u s s i a at t h e t r e a t y of A d r i a n o p l e , by which any fortification on them was prohibited. T h e p l a g u e , h o w e v e r , is in t h o s e c o u n t r i e s the fierce e n e m y of m a n k i n d . . . quarantines were therefore excepted from these sweeping restrictions a g a i n s t all c o n s t r u c t i o n s w h a t e v e r within 6 miles of t h e river, a n d so on the u n i n h a b i t e d a n d useless islands a l a z a r e t t o w a s built. B u t if s a n i t a r y regulations are established, they m u s t b e enforced; a n d t h e m e t h o d o f enforcing t h e m is by g u n s . T h e s e were, therefore, placed in such a m a n n e r as to c o m m a n d t h e vessels passing u p t h e river. (304) (Protocol ( C a n n i n g s d u r c h Wellington in P e t e r s b u r g g e m a c h t , w e g e n der G r e e k I n s u r r e k t i o n of A p r i l 4, 1826) [305] (Verwandelt in t r e a t y July 6, 1827) t h a t t r e a t y did b i n d e a c h of t h e allies n o t to a c q u i r e territ o r y , n o r to suffer it to be acquired.) [306] (Russian d e c l a r a t i o n of w a r d . d . A p r i l 2 6 , 1828. M a n i f e s t o a t its close d . d . O c t o b e r 1 , 1829. O n Sept. 9 1829, before the signature of t h e Treaty of A d r i a n o p l e , t h e P o r t e gave h e r f o r m a l a d h e s i o n to all the decisions of t h e L o n d o n conference, n a c h h e r zu d e m t r e a t y of July 6, 1827. [309] L o r d A b e r d e e n , at t h e c o n clusion of t h e w a r , v e n t u r e d to p e n a d e s p a t c h to St. P e t e r s b u r g , reserv-

60

5

10

15

20

25

Aus David Urquhart: Progress of Russia in the West, North, and South (Fortsetzung) ing t o the K i n g t h e right " o f j u d g i n g o f t h e sacrifices w h i c h T u r k e y w o u l d b e called u p o n t o m a k e " ) I n Bezug auf die D o n a u folgender A r t i k e l i m t r e a t y o f A d r i a n o p l e : " t h e frontier line will follow t h e c o u r s e o f t h e D a n u b e t o the m o u t h o f 5 St. G e o r g e , leaving all t h e islands f o r m e d by t h e different b r a n c h e s in t h e possession of R u s s i a . T h e r i g h t b a n k will r e m a i n as formerly, in t h e possession o f t h e O t t o m a n P o r t e . I t is, h o w e v e r , agreed, t h a t t h a t r i g h t b a n k , from the p o i n t w h e r e the a r m o f St. G e o r g e d e p a r t s f r o m t h a t o f Souline, shall remain uninhabited to a d i s t a n c e of 2 hours (6 miles) f r o m 10 the river, a n d t h a t no k i n d of s t r u c t u r e shall be raised there; a n d in like manner, on t h e islands, w h i c h will r e m a i n in t h e possession of the c o u r t of R u s s i a . W i t h t h e exception of quarantines w h i c h will be there establishhed, it will n o t be p e r m i t t e d to m a k e a n y other e s t a b l i s h m e n t or fortification." (311) 15

20

25

30

35

40

R u ß l a n d errichtet 2 J. s p ä t e r Q u a r a n t i n e , z u n ä c h s t n i c h t on the D a n u b e , s o n d e r n auf d e r a n d e r n Seite des E u x i n e . On A u g u s t 8, 1831, the R u s s i a n c a b i n e t a d d r e s s e d a d e s p a t c h to its r e p r e s e n t a t i v e at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e i n f o r m i n g h i m o f the " c o n s t a n t care d e v o t e d b y o u r g o v e r n m e n t i n o r d e r to preserve t h e neighbouring foreign countries f r o m t h e c o n t a g i o u s disease arising from T u r k e y " , a n d of its i n t e n t i o n to subject to s a n i t a r y regulations " t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s w h i c h freely exist between t h e i n h a b i t ants of the Caucasus and the neighbouring Turkish provinces". " I t b e c o m e s indispensable t h a t y o u s h o u l d c o m m u n i c a t e t h e above mentioned regulations to t h e foreign missions at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , as well as to the O t t o m a n G o v . itself." " T h e English gov. c o u l d n o t escape f r o m a decision; t h e r e was n o alternative b e t w e e n p r o t e s t i n g a n d p u b l i s h i n g t h e notification i n the 'Gazette', all such notifications b e i n g p u b l i s h e d in the 'Gazette'; indeed the M i n i s t e r is p e r s o n a l l y liable in t h e c o u r t s of ||29| law for d a m a g e a c c r u i n g f r o m such suppression. B u t m e r e silence sufficed so far as R u s s i a w a s c o n c e r n e d , for thereafter no step c o u l d be t a k e n a g a i n s t the Treaty, a n d , therefore, while t h e P r o t e s t w a s n o t m a d e , n e i t h e r was the Notification p u b l i s h e d . To a v o i d this last difficulty, t h e c o m m u n i c a tion was not made direct, b u t t h r o u g h t h e minister at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ; while suppressed in E n g l a n d , it w a s exhibited by t h e C o n s u l at C o n s t a n tinople a n d so all vessels w e r e w a r n e d off t h e c o a s t . " (312) t h e c u r i o u s p a r t is t h a t these regulations h a d no existence . . . T h e Q u a r a n t i n e in itself h a d n o existence . . . R u s s i a ' s d o c t r i n e s o n c o n t a g i o n . . . f r a m e d exclusively for the g o o d of " F o r e i g n C o u n t r i e s " . It h a s b e e n a r g u e d for R u s s i a , that the regulations existed for A n a p a a n d R e d o u t K a l e w h e r e t h e r e w e r e q u a r a n t i n e s , a n d t h a t as to the rests of t h e coasts t h e p r o h i b i t i o n to a p p r o a c h w a s a R e g u l a t i o n . T h e n w h y does she a p p r o a c h ? (313)

61

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 1 s u d d e n d e v e l o p m e n t of the t r a d e of t h e Principalities c o m m e n c e d in 1834 . . . on February 7, 1836 a p p e a r e d the U k a s e to intercept vessels "proceeding on their voyage up the Danube" a n d send t h e m to Odessa. . . . W h e n s u r r e n d e r e d by T u r k e y the c h a n n e l a v e r a g e d a d e p t h of 12 feet, in the b e g i n n i n g of 1836 it h a d b e e n r e d u c e d to 8 . . . " T h u s " , sagt die Times ( M a r c h 2 , 1836) " R u s s i a t o h e r o t h e r i m p o r t a n t possessions will a d d t h a t o f a n i r o n gate b e t w e e n the D a n u b e a n d t h e E u x i n e . " (314) I t m a t t e r e d n o t w h e t h e r t h e vessel c a m e from L i v e r p o o l o r Trebizond, o r w a s destined for Turkish o r R u s s i a n p o r t s , a n d a s i n t h e " R e g u l a t i o n " for Circassia, C u s t o m h o u s e a n d Q u a r a n t i n e are j u m b l e d t o g e t h e r , so h e r e . " T h i s q u a r a n t i n e , in so far as regards the Customs, is to be r e g u l a t e d by the s a m e laws as the p r e s e n t Q u a r a n t i n e of B a z e r t c h e c k . " Before a d v e n t u r i n g o n the u k a s e o f the 7 F e b r u a r y she h a d felt her w a y b y the forced visit of vessels, the inspection of their p a p e r s , t h e e x a c t i o n of fees, facts b r o u g h t to the k n o w l e d g e of the Brit. F o r e i g n Office 2 m o n t h s before t h a t u k a s e . T h e chief p a r t n e r o f t h e p r i n c i p a l English H o u s e a t B u c h a r e s t writes on t h e 7 December 1835: "I saw M r . S t r a n g w a y s t o d a y , a n d t o l d h i m t h a t I h a d i n f o r m a t i o n t o - d a y f r o m 2 c a p t a i n s of vessels I h a v e h a d arrived from the D a n u b e , t h a t they w e r e b o t h r e q u i r e d to s h o w their p a p e r s t o t h e R u s s i a n c o m m a n d a n t a t t h e m o u t h o f t h a t river, settled with a b o u t 100 t r o o p s on the Turkish side, a n d t h e y were told t h a t t h e r e were 3 a n d 4 dollars to be p a i d w h e n their p a p e r s w e r e r e t u r n e d to t h e m signed... M. S t r a n g w a y s desired me to furnish t h e details for L o r d P a l m e r s t o n . " . . . T h e t r e a t y of V i e n n a (art. 109) declares t h a t t h e " N a v i g a t i o n of Rivers a l o n g their w h o l e course, f r o m t h e point where each of them become navigable to its mouth, shall be entirely free." Art 111 " t h e a m o u n t o f the duties shall, i n n o case, exceed t h o s e n o w (1815) p a i d " , a n d " « o increase shall t a k e p l a c e except with t h e c o m m o n c o n s e n t of t h e States b o r d e r i n g on t h e river." By art. 113, " e a c h S t a t e shall be at t h e expense of k e e p i n g in g o o d repair the T o w i n g P a t h s " , a n d "shall m a i n tain t h e necessary w o r k s i n o r d e r t h a t n o o b s t r u c t i o n shall b e experienced b y the n a v i g a t i o n " . . . . E x c i t e m e n t der British n a t i o n u . v o n all E u r o p e , p a p e r s u n a n i m o u s i n their d e n u n c i a t i o n s ; t h e leading c o m m e r c i a l cities sent u p petitions t o P a r l i a m e n t , p r a y i n g for " p r o t e c t i o n " a n d resistance to " t h e e n c r o a c h m e n t s of R u s s i a " . A d d r e s s to the K i n g . . . a M a j o r i t y of t h e H . o . C . r e a d y t o v o t e a n A d d r e s s , e m b o d y i n g t h e a p p e a l o f the m e r c h a n t s , a n d further p r a y i n g for the a d o p t i o n o f m e a s u r e s for t h e e n t r a n c e of a British s q u a d r o n i n t o the Black Sea. ([314,] 315) [

5

10

t h

15

th

20

25

30

35

j 301 P a t r i c k S t e w a r t ' s m o t i o n . 20 April 1836) T h e M i n i s t e r c o n c u r r e d to the s t a t e m e n t a n d resisted the Address. [316] . . . it entered i n t o no 40 m a n ' s m i n d t o d o u b t t h a t t h e q u a r a n t i n e a n d tolls o n t h e D a n u b e w o u l d

62

Aus David Urquhart: Progress of Russia in the West, North, and South (Fortsetzung) be r e m o v e d . In P a r l i a m e n t the m a t t e r w a s never revived: t h e r e is no trace o f c o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h t h e R u s s i a n c a b i n e t o n t h e subject: b u t t h e q u a r a n t i n e still s t a n d s on t h e I s l a n d s of Leti. (316, 17) 27 April 1836 schreibt M r . Bell an P a l m e r s t o n . A n t w o r t v. d e m F o r eign Office d. d. May 5, 1836, signed J. Backhouse: "I am directed by V i s c o u n t P a l m e r s t o n , to a c q u a i n t y o u t h a t his L o r d s h i p has called upon the law adviser for the Crown for his opinion as to the regulations promulgated by the Russian ukase of February 7, 1836; b u t in t h e m e a n t i m e , L o r d P a l m e r s t o n directs m e t o a c q u a i n t y o u w i t h respect t o t h e latter p a r t of y o u r letter, t h a t it is the o p i n i o n of H. M . ' s gov., t h a t no toll is justly d e m a n d e d by the R u s s i a n a u t h o r i t i e s at t h e m o u t h of the D a n u b e , + a n d t h a t y o u h a v e acted p r o p e r l y in directing your agents to refuse to pay it." (317) t h e b o l d letter of the minister p u t s an e n d to all resistance, no o p i n i o n of t h e l a w officers ever a p p e a r s ; a n d n o w a R u s s i a n toll is e x a c t - . . ed in London and Liverpool on every English vessel sailing for the Turkish p o r t s of the D a n u b e . (318) W h i l s t t h e impression prevailed t h a t v i g o r o u s m e a s u r e s w e r e t o b e t a k e n , the idea a r o s e of sending a trading vessel direct to Circassia. T h i s m a t t e r w a s being discussed by t h e chief a u t h o r i t i e s , t h e k i n g so w a r m l y entered i n t o it, that a letter was written by his private secretary, stating the great service to his country which any merchant might so render. T h i s letter w a s s h o w n to M r . Bell, a n d was t h e origin of t h e v o y a g e of t h e Vixen. [318,319] U p t o this t i m e a B l o c k a d e h a d a l o n e b e e n h e a r d of. T h e R u s s i a n cruisers h a d frequently d e t a i n e d a n d w a r n e d off n e u t r a l vessels . . . If there was blockade t h e r e w a s war, a n d t h e r e c o u l d be n e i t h e r q u a r a n t i n e n o r c u s t o m - h o u s e regulations . . . Bell schreibt an P a l m e r s t o n , if " t h e r e were any restrictions on t r a d e recognised by H. M . ' s g o v e r n m e n t " , as if n o t , he i n t e n d e d to send t h i t h e r a vessel w i t h a c a r g o of salt. L o r d P a l m erston answers " Y o u a s k me w h e t h e r it w o u l d be for your advantage to engage, in a speculation in salt in the p r o v i n c e of W a l l a c h i a " , a n d tells h i m t h a t it is for c o m m e r c i a l firms to j u d g e for themselves in d e t e r m i n i n g " w h e t h e r they shall enter i n t o or decline c o m m e r c i a l s p e c u l a t i o n s " . Bell asks wieder " w h e t h e r or n o t H. M . ' s g o v e r n m e n t recognise The Russian Blockade on the Black Sea to t h e S o u t h of the river K o u b a n ? " N o w he is referred to the "Gazette, in w h i c h all the N o t i f i c a t i o n s , such as those alluded to by you, are m a d e " . T h e r e h a v i n g a p p e a r e d in the Gazette neither Notification of "Blockade" n o r of "Restrictions", Bell is satisfied a n d the Vixen sails. Sein " b r o t h e r is to go as s u p e r c a r g o , a n d he is sent to Constantinople w i t h despatches from the Foreign Office. T h e r e he is informed by the A m b a s s a d o r ( P o n s o n b y ) of t h e ' R e s t r i c t i o n s ' , b u t is th

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

63

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 told, t h a t R u s s i a has no right whatever to prescribe regulations for that trade." T h e vessel sailed, a n d was seized for b r e a k i n g t h e Blockade (such d o c u m e n t s as will p r o v e t h a t the s c h o o n e r Vixen w a s e m p l o y e d on a blockaded coast! Admiral Lazareff to Mr. Childs, D e c . 24, 1836.), a n d confiscated on Nov. 25,1836. On A p r i l 19, 1837 (5 M o n a t e später) t h e 5 R u s s i a n gov. is "requested to state t h e r e a s o n s on a c c o u n t ||311 of w h i c h it h a s t h o u g h t itself w a r r a n t e d to seize a n d confiscate in time of peace, a merchant-vessel b e l o n g i n g to British subjects." All specification of the place w h e r e the seizure t o o k place is avoided; it is on t h e B l a c k sea. T h e justificatory r e a s o n s , a c c o r d i n g to L o r d P a l m e r s t o n , a r e : 1) the receiving 10 o n b o a r d a c a r g o n o t allowed t o b e i m p o r t e d a t all; second, a n a t t e m p t t o t r a d e at a Russian port w h e r e t h e r e is no c u s t o m - h o u s e . . . Despatch of May 23, 1837, w h i c h closes the affair: " H . M ' s G o v . , considering, in t h e first place, t h a t Soujouk K a l e , w h i c h was acknowledged by Russia, in t h e Treaty of 1783 as a T u r k i s h possession, n o w b e l o n g s to R u s s i a , as stated 15 by Count Nesselrode, by virtue of the t r e a t y of A d r i a n o p l e . . . see no sufficient reason to question t h e right of R u s s i a to seize a n d confiscate t h e Vixen." T h e t h e n Brit. A m b a s s a d o r denied t h e P o w e r of T u r k e y to disp o s e of Soujouk Kale to R u s s i a from " t h e a b s e n c e of a n y legitimate subjection to t h e S u l t a n " . Besides, t h e r e w a s no de facto possession, no 20 less t h a n 36 Brit, subjects h a v i n g offered t e s t i m o n y or m a d e affidavit to t h e c o n t r a r y . (319-21) O n M a r c h 17, 1837, L o r d P a l m e r s t o n declared t h a t R u s s i a ' s acquisitions o n t h e D a n u b e a n d i n Circassia were v i o l a t i o n s o f h e r pledges, (p. 321) 25 O n July 6 , 1840, L o r d P a l m e r s t o n declared t h a t t h e Treaty o f V i e n n a , did a p p l y t o the n a v i g a t i o n o f the D a n u b e . . . this d e b a t e a r o s e o u t o f a n a t t e m p t to give effect to a t r i p a r t i t e t r e a t y p r o p o s e d by A u s t r i a , b e t w e e n herself, E n g l a n d , a n d Turkey, with a view of o v e r b e a r i n g t h e interference of R u s s i a in t h e D a n u b e , . . . It is to m e e t this a t t e m p t t h a t t h e minister 30 brings in t h e Treaty of V i e n n a . . . (322) |

64

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte

| 5 7 | Martens (Georg Friedrich von) Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte der europäischen Staatshändel u. Friedensschlüsse seit dem Ende des 15. Jhh. bis zum Frieden von Amiens. Berlin. 1807.

Sammlungen v. Staatsverträgen u. andern Urkunden: J. Du Mont: c o r p s universel et d i p l o m a t i q u e du d r o i t des gens, à A m s t e r 10 d a m et à la H a y e 1 7 2 6 - 3 1 , T. I - V I I I (folio). D a z u Rousset s u p p l é m e n t s au corps universel etc 1739. (t. I - V o d . t. I X - X I I I fol.); w o v o n T. I (IX) das recueil des anciens traités v. Barbeyrac (1495 J. v o r bis 800 n. C h . G e burt) etc Als H a n d s a m m l u n g : J. J. Schmauß corpus j. g. academicum Leipzig. 1730. 1731. 1.1, I I . 8. (1096-1731) Chr. Koch t a b l e des traités 15 entre la F r a n c e et les puissances é t r a n g è r e s etc Bale. 1802. 1.1, II. 8. (1618-1787). Martens: Précis du d r o i t des gens. v. Ompteda L i t t e r a t u r d. Völkerrechts. Bolingbroke letters on the s t u d y of history. De Mably. le droit public de l ' E u r o p e etc P a r i s 1747.

65

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

Europa Ende des 15' Jhh. Frankreich: R é u n i o n aller Pairies Jaiques vollendet. Geistlichkeit u. Adel geschwächt durch Louis XI. K a n n sich m. N a c h d r u c k in fremde H ä n d e l m i s c h e n , u. V e r g r ö ß r u n g s p l ä n e verfolgen. England: M i t Heinrich VII (1485) E n d e des Streits zwischen r o t h e r u. weisser R o s e . G e s c h w ä c h t . W e d e r M a c h t , n o c h Intresse sich in die C o n t i n e n t a l h ä n d e l zu mischen. S e e m a c h t s c h w a c h . D e r H a n d e l größtentheils passiv. Spanien u. Portugal: d u r c h V e r m ä h l u n g v. Ferdinand (v. A r r a g o n i e n ) m. Isabella (v. C a stilien) G r u n d zur Vereinigung beider K ö n i g r e i c h e . Begriff seit G r a n a d a 1492 d e n M a u r e n entrissen, die ganze p y r e n ä i s c h e H a l b i n s e l m. A u s n ä h m e v . P o r t u g a l . B l ü h n v . H a n d e l u . Schiffahrt i n A r r a g o n i e n u . P o r tugal. Deutschland: Reichsvasallen m ä c h t i g e r , K a i s e r s c h w ä c h e r geword e n . 1495 L a n d f r i e d e n u . C a m m e r g e r i c h t . H a u s Oestreich, auf d a s s. 1440 3 Sécula h i n d u r c h die K a i s e r w a h l e n geleitet, E n d e des 1 5 ' J h h . , theils d u r c h R e u n i o n e n theils d u r c h M a x i m i l i a n s H e i r a t h m. M a r i a , Erbin der Burgundischen Staaten, Machtzuwachs, bald noch durch Böhm e n u. U n g a r n v e r s t ä r k t . Schweitz: I h r e U n a b h ä n g i g k e i t v. d e u t s c h e n R e i c h n o c h nicht a n e r k a n n t . D o c h der 1315 errichtete S c h w e i t z e r b u n d E n d e des 1 5 ' J h h . als Alliirter v. e n t s c h e i d e n d e r R o l l e in d e n Kriegen seiner N a c h b a r n . Italien: In Oberitalien M e n g e F r e i s t a a t e n . M a y l a n d seit 1395 H e r z o g , S a v o y e n seit 1416; Venedig. G e n u a . Im m i t t l e m Italien F l o r e n z u . der P a b s t m ä c h t i g g e w o r d e n . I m u n t e r n Italien h a t t e Alfons v. A r r a g o n i e n sich 1435 Siciliens, s p ä t e r a u c h N e a p e l s b e m ä c h t i g t . Im Osten: 1453 die T ü r k e n d e n griechischen K a i s e r t h r o n e r k ä m p f t , Servien, Bosnien, die K r i m m e r o b e r t u. d r o h t e n v. S t a m b u l a u s m. n o c h weitern E r o b r u n g e n . Im Norden: D i e zu s c h w a c h e Calmarische Union ihrer Aufl ö s u n g n a h . In Rußland I w a n Wasilewitz sich befreit v. d e n T a r t a r e n , die russ. F ü r s t e n unterjocht, 1478 N o v g o r o d b e z w u n g e n , u . strebte s c h o n n a c h Liefland, wie sein N a c h f o l g e r n a c h P o l e n . Polen im 15 J h . Westpreussen (1466) e r w o r b e n , O s t p r e u s s e n zu L e h n a u f g e n o m m e n , u. incorp o r i r t e L i t h a u e n 1501. F e u d a l a n a r c h i e . Auflclärung: seit d e m 1 2 ' J h h . bis z u m 15' J h h . B l ü h n v. K u n s t u. Wissenschaft in Italy. Handel und Gewerb: bes. Italien, bes. d u r c h die L o m b a r d e n auf F r a n k r e i c h , A r r a g o n i e n u . die N i e d e r l a n d e ü b e r g e g a n g e n : B r a b a n t u . F l a n d e r n enthielten die Stapelplätze, w o h i n die W a a r e n aus d e m S ü d e n u. O s t e n geschifft u. v. wo sie d u r c h die H a n s e im N o r d e n u. Westen verbreitet. Ä n d e r u n g d e r D i n g e bereitet d u r c h die E r o b r u n g v . C o n s t a n t i n o p e l 1453; E n t d e c k u n g der n e u e n Welt 1492 u. Seeweg n a c h O s t i n d i e n 1498. Völkerrecht:

66

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte

N o c h i n einigen L ä n d e r n der H a n d e l d e m A u s l ä n d e r n u r d u r c h Privilegia od. seltne Verträge frei u. n u r d u r c h diese S t r a n d r e c h t u. F r e m d l i n g s r e c h t b e s c h r ä n k t . D e m M i ß b r a u c h d e r R e p r e s s a l i e n n u r selten d u r c h G e s e t z e begegnet. Im Seekrieg am allgemeinsten gefolgt d e m Consolato del mare. 5 Ä n d r u n g im L a n d k r i e g d u r c h Pulver, V e r w a n d l u n g v. L e h n d i e n s t in G e l d - C o n d o t t i e r i s t a t t d e s s e n o d . eigens g e w o r b e n e g a r z u m Theil s c h o n steh e n d e T r u p p e n , Subsidienvölker. N u n sollten a u c h n i c h t m e h r eigne Vasallen, s o n d e r n fremde M ä c h t e j|58| die G a r a n t i e der F r i e d e n s s c h l ü s s e ü b e r n e h m e n . Italien. Politik b e m ä c h t i g t e sich z u n ä c h s t der westlichen u. 10 südlichen H ö f e , v e r m e h r t die Z a h l d e r B ü n d n i s s e , erzeugte s t e h e n d e Gesandtschaften. (1-12)

/. Abschnitt. Von 1477-1598 In Frankreich h e r r s c h t e n : Louis XI - 1 4 8 3 . C a r l V I I I - 1 4 9 8 . L u d w i g X I I - 1 5 1 5 . F r a n z i - 1 5 4 7 . Deutschland F r i e d r i c h I I I - 1 4 9 3 . M a x i m i l i a n I . 15 - 1 5 1 9 . In England. Heinrich VII 1 4 8 5 - 1 5 0 9 . Heinrich VIII (1509-47) Spanien in Arragonien F e r d i n a n d 1479-1516, Castilien Isabella 1474—1504, Philipp I u. J o h a n n a - 1 5 1 6 . Carl I seit 1516 in beiden. Päbste: A l e x a n der VI 1 4 9 2 - 1 5 0 3 . P i u s I I I . 1503. Julius I I . 1 5 0 3 - 1 2 . Leo X 1 5 1 2 - 1 5 2 1 .

1.) Händel der südlichen u. westlichen Mächte. 20

a.)

Von

1477-1515.

Niederlande u. Italien Z a n k a p f e l zwischen F r a n k r e i c h , Oestreich u. S p a nien, α) Burgundische Erbschaft. 1477 ( n a c h d e m T o d v. C a r l d. K ü h n e n H e r z o g v . B u r g u n d u . B e h e r r s c h e r der N i e d e r l a n d e ) besezt F r a n k r e i c h einen Theil seiner S t a a t e n , K r i e g d r ü b e r m . Oestreich, d a M a x i m i l i a n 25 v e r m ä h l t m. M a r i a , C a r l s T o c h t e r u. E r b i n . Sie | 1482, n u n F r i e d e zu A r r a s . U e b e r die V e r m ä h l u n g C a r l ' s V I I I m . A n n a v . B r e t a g n e 2 ' K r i e g , beendigt d u r c h d e n Frieden v. Senlis 1493 so d a ß M a x i m i l i a n a u f Bret a g n e Verzicht leistet, w o g e g e n die Grafschaft B u r g u n d u. N o y e r s i h m u. seinem S o h n z u r ü c k g e g e b e n , d e r F l a n d e r n , A r t o i s u . C h a r e l o i s v . F r a n k 30 reich zu L e h n n e h m e n m u ß . ( M é m o i r . de C o m i n e s . ) ß) Ansprüche Frankreichs auf Neapel u. Mailand. (Guicciardini. I s t o r i a d'Italia.) ( 1 4 9 4 - 1 5 3 2 ) Nach Vermählung Philipp's, Sohns Maximilian's, m. Johanna, Erbin der span. M o n a r c h i e , d a s H a u s Oestreich a u c h i n die s p a n . H ä n d e l w i d e r F r a n k r e i c h verflochten. S c h o n 1494 führt C h a r l e s V I I I seinen A n s p r u c h 35 auf Italien a u s , d u r c h d e n 1495 zwischen P a b s t , r ö m . K ö n i g , S p a n i e n u.

67

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

d e m H e r z o g v. M a i l a n d g e s c h l o ß n e n ersten grossen B u n d , Ligue du bien public, schnell g e n ö t h i g t N e a p e l u. Italy zu r ä u m e n . Louis XII verfolgt 1498 diesen A n s p r u c h in geheimer V e r b i n d u n g m. F e r d i n a n d C a t h o l i c u s , m . d e m e r n a c h E r o b r u n g N e a p e l s 1500 einen T h e i l u n g s t r a k t a t schloß, a b e r 1506 i h m seine R e c h t e a b t r a t , als seinen A n s p r u c h a u f M a y l a n d 5 w i d e r L u d o v i c u s m o r u s , d e n e r gefangen n a c h F r a n k r e i c h führte, u . die B e l e h n u n g v o m K a i s e r suchte, die i h m ertheilt 1505 n a c h d e n z u Blois 1501 u. 1504 u n t e r engl. G a r a n t i e g e s c h l o ß n e n F r i e d e n s v e r t r ä g e n gegen die d a r i n v e r a b r e d e t e D o p p e l h e i r a t h , γ) Ligue mit u. wider Vendig. Isa­ bella v. Castilien 1 1504. L o u i s X I I . widerruft die w e g e n V e r m ä h l u n g 10 ihres E n k e l s C a r l a n C l a u d i a m i t M a x g e s c h l o ß n e n Verträge u . b e w i r k t gegen M a x 1506 L i g u e m . P a b s t , a n d e r n italien. S t a a t e n u . bes. Venedig, die M a x e n s P l a n e z u r ü c k h ä l t , d e r sich an Venedig r ä c h t d u r c h die 1508 zu C a m b r a y b e w i r k t e Ligue, δ) Heilige Ligue; Friede zu Blois 1513. N a c h d e m fzs. Sieg v. Gierra d'Adda 1509 fiel d e r P a b s t v. d e r L i g a a b , v e r b a n d 15 sich m . F e r d i n a n d C a t h o l i c u s u . H e n r y V I I ( f 1509) u . a u c h d e r K a i s e r t r a t dieser L i g a s a n t a wider F r a n k r e i c h bei. 1509 f H e n r y V I I , u. Hen­ ri VIII geht v. dieser Ligue a b . L o u i s X I I , in seinen e i g n e n S t a a t e n selbst d u r c h die Schweitzer b e d r o h t , schließt 1513 m. F e r d i n a n d C a t h o l i c u s Frieden zu Blois, n a c h w e l c h e m C a r l v. Castilien R e n a t a v. F r a n k r e i c h 20 h e i r a t h e n u . G e n u a z u m H e i r a t h s g u t h a b e n sollte. K r a f t seines F r i e d e n s m . E n g l a n d h e i r a t h e t L o u i s die Schwester v . H e n r i V I I I . M i t d e n ü b r i g e n Alliirten Waffenstillstand.

b.)

Von

1515-1559.

(Frankreich: Franzi (1515-1547) H e n r y II -1559.) Spanien Carli 25 (1516-1556.) In Deutschland C a r l I (V) 1519-1558. England: Heinrich V I I I 1509-1547. E d u a r d VI - 1 5 5 3 . M a r i a . - 1 5 5 8 . Päbste: Leo[X] 1 5 1 2 - 2 1 . H a d r i a n V I - 1 5 2 3 . Clemens VII. 1525-1534. P a u l I I I . - 1 5 5 0 . Julius I I I . M a r c e l l u s I I . - 1 5 5 5 . Paul IV. - 1 5 5 9 . Franz I in Frankreich, Carl I in Spanien. F r a n z I e r o b e r t , t r o t z d e r 30 L i g u e des P a b s t u . der Schweitzer, n a c h ||59| d e m Treffen v . M a r i g n a n o (1515) M a y l a n d , z w a n g d e n P a b s t z u m Vertrag v . V i t e r b o (1515) der i h m M a i l a n d u . P a r m a g a r a n t i r t e u . N e a p e l hoffen ließ u . s c h l o ß seinen ewig e n F r i e d e n m . d e n Schweitzern 1516. N a c h d e m T o d F e r d i n a n d i C a t h o lici 1516 u n t e r englischer Vermittlung B u n d v. P a b s t , K a i s e r , S p a n i e n 35 gegen F r a n k r e i c h u . t r o t z d e r Verträge v . N o y o n s u . C a m b r a y (1516) n e u e s M a t e r i a l des Zwists zwischen F r a n z u . C a r l , seit C a r l 1519 K a i s e r k r o n e , F r a n z i n S p a n i e n die R e b e l l i o n u n t e r s t ü z t e u . C a r l i h n a u s Italien z u v e r d r ä n g e n suchte, w o r ü b e r

68

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte α) Italienische Kriege: Ver (1521-26): N a c h d e r S c h l a c h t bei Bicocco (22 April 1522) M a i l a n d v . K a r l e r o b e r t , F r a n z Sforza z u m H e r z o g e r h o ­ ben, n e u e Ligue m. H e n r i V I I I u. m e h r e n ital. S t a a t e n , Franz I bei P a v i a gefangen (1525), unterzeichnet zu Madrid gefangen Frieden 5 (14 J a n . 1526), w o r i n als Lösegeld B u r g u n d a b g e t r e t e n , A n s p r ü c h e n a u f Italien entsagt, 2 Mill. T h . zu z a h l e n v e r s p r o c h e n , 2 seiner P r i n z e n als Geissein. ier

t e

2 : 1526-29. F r a n z 22 M a i (1526) in 2 heilige L i g u e m. P a b s t , Venedig, G e n u a , F l o r e n z , M a i l a n d , E n g l a n d gen C a r l . 5 A u g u s t . (1529) F r i e 10 d e n v. C a m b r a y (paix des d a m e s ) , Franz b e h ä l t B u r g u n d , e n t s a g t der L e h n s h e r r l i c h k e i t a u f F l a n d e r n u. A r t o i s , z a h l t 2 Mill. T h . Lösegeld f . seine S ö h n e , l ä ß t M a y l a n d d e m H e r z o g F r a n z I I u . e r k e n n t G e n u a s Freiheit a n . ,er

15

3 : 1536-38. H e r z o g F r a n z II | u n b e e r b t . F r a n z v e r l a n g t M a i l a n d b e l e h n u n g f. seinen 2 S o h n H e i n r i c h , C a r l verweigert. F r a n z fängt 1536 K r i e g a n , m . T ü r k e n v e r b u n d e n , d e r 1538 u n t e r b r o c h e n u n t e r p ä b s t l i c h e r Vermittlung d u r c h 10jährigen Waffenstillstand, w ä h r e n d dessen F r a n k reich M e i s t e r v. S a v o y e n blieb u. G e n f sich in Freiheit sezte. 4' Krieg: 1541-1546. F r a n z I G e s a n d t e heimlich e r m o r d e t , zu P a v i a , erneuert dieser (1541) d e n K r i e g , v e r b ü n d e t m. T ü r k e n , D ä n e m a r k u . S c h w e d e n . Sieg des C o m t e d ' E n g h u i n bei Cerisolles 14 A p r i l 1544. D i v e r s i o n d u r c h H e n r i V I I I u . Verrätherei d e r d ' E t a m p e s . C a r l schlißt M a i 1544 F r i e d e n m. D ä n e m a r k , dann m. Frankreich zu Cr espy, 1 8 Sept. 1544 a u f d e n F u ß d e s F r i e d e n s z u C a m b r a y , s o d a ß d e r 2 ' S o h n v. F r a n z , C a r l , m. M a y l a n d b e l e h n t w e r d e n u. eine östreichische P r i n zessin h e i r a t h e n sollte. D o c h er | 1545, w a h r s c h e i n l i c h d u r c h Gift u. K a r l belehnte n u n seinen eignen S o h n P h i l i p p m . M a i l a n d . F r a n k r e i c h blieb v . Italien ausgeschlossen, d a s s p a n . - ö s t r . H a u s behielt die O b e r h a n d : der Krieg wider E n g l a n d e n d i g t m . d e m Verlust v . B o u l o g n e . M i t d e n T ü r k e n schlißt K a r l (1546) einen Waffenstillstand a u f 5 J a h r e . ß) Religionshändel in Deutschland. D u r c h d e n F r i e d e n zu C r e s p y K a r l freiré H a n d in D e u t s c h l a n d . pens f r a c c h i \ ¡542: L u t h e r t r o t z W o r m s e r E d i c t ν . 1521, bes. i n Sachsen, H e s s e n , B r a n d e n b u r g , D ä n e m a r k , S c h w e d e n , die w i d e r d e n R e i c h s s c h l u ß zu Speyer 1529 p r o t e s t i r e n d e n S t ä n d e 1530 zu Schmalkalden v e r b ü n d e t , m. F r a n k r e i c h , E n g l a n d , D ä n e m a r k u n t e r h a n d e l t . 1532 Religionsvergleich z u N ü r n b e r g u . 1534 F r i e d e z u C a d e n . N e u e r g r ö ß r e r Defensivbund der P r o t e s t a n t e n zu S c h m a l k a l d e n 1536. 1538 Heilige (kath.) B u n d z u N ü r n b e r g . 1542 b r i c h t d e r R e l i g i o n s k r i e g förmlich a u s m. E r o b r u n g v. Wolfenbüttel, K a i s e r n i m m t erst 1544 t h ä t i g e n A n t h e i l . l

er

20

25

30

0

35

40

s

69

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

tms

2 Religionskrieg bis 1552. K a r l , in geh. V e r b i n d u n g m. M o r i t z v. Sachsen, zerstreut n a c h der Schlacht bei Mühlberg (24 A p r i l 1547) d e n g a n z e n B u n d , m a c h t dessen H ä u p t e r , J o h a n n F r i e d r i c h , C h u r f ü r s t v . S a c h s e n u . L a n d g r a f P h i l i p p v . H e s s e n , j e n e n bei M ü h l b e r g , diesen bei H a l l z u G e f a n g n e n , b e r a u b t 1547 J o h a n n F r i e d r i c h der C h u r w ü r d e u . 5 ü b e r t r ä g t sie e i g e n m ä c h t i g a u f M o r i t z u . dessen N a c h k o m m e n . D a s a u f d e m R e i c h s t a g z u A u g s b u r g 1548 publicirte I n t e r i m mißfiel b e i d e n R e ligionstheilen. M o r i t z v . Sachsen u . a n d r e p r o t e s t a n t i s c h e S t ä n d e v e r b ü n d e n sich 1551 m. H e i n r i c h II v. F r a n k r e i c h w i d e r K a r l . J e n e fielen in Tyrol, dieser in L o t h r i n g e n ein, besezte M e t z , T o u l u. V e r d u n 1552, C a r l 10 e n t k ö m m t a u s I n s p r u c k , u n t e r z e i c h n e t m . j e n e m 1552 vorläufig Vertrag z u P a s s a u u . v e r s p r a c h einen R e i c h s t a g , k o n n t e M e t z d o c h n i c h t befreien. ,em

3 . Religionsfriede zu Augsburg. R e i c h s t a g zu A u g s b u r g 3 J. n a c h h e r . 25 Sept. 1555 v. K a i s e r u. R e i c h der Religionsfriede d a h i n geschlossen, d a ß 1) kein S t a n d eine der b e i d e n R e l i g i o n e n der R e l i g i o n w e g e n b e - 15 u n r u h i g t ; 2) die eingezognen m i t t e l b a r e n geistlichen G ü t e r eingezogen bleiben; 3) die geistliche G e r i c h t s b a r k e i t ü b e r die A. C. V. s u s p e n d i r t ; 4) die E m i g r a t i o n d e r Religion h a l b e r frei. A u c h d a s r e s e r v a t u m | |60| ecclesiasticum eingerückt. P a b s t p r o t e s t i r t gegen d e n F r i e d e n . Streitigkeiten ü b e r m e h r e b e r ü h r t e u. u n g e r ü h r t gebliebne P u n k t e . M i t 20 F r a n k r e i c h schlißt C a r l 1556 einen 5jährigen Waffenstillstand, w ä h r e n d dessen es im Besitz der 3 B i s t h ü m e r . γ.) Resignation Carls. 1556: seine n i e d e r l ä n d i s c h e n , s p a n . , italien. Besitzungen an P h i l i p p I I , die K a i s e r w ü r d e a b e r 1558 an seinen s c h o n 1531 z u m r ö m . K ö n i g e r w ä h l t e n B r u d e r Ferdinand, d e m er s c h o n 1522 seine 25 Ostreich. Staaten g a n z a b g e t r e t e n h a t t e . S p a n i e n s u. F r a n k r e i c h s A b s i c h t e n auf E n g l a n d scheiterten, als Philipps F r a u , Maria v. E n g l a n d , 1558 f u n b e e r b t , u. die E h e des S o h n s v. H e i n r i c h I I , F r a n z , m. M a r i a v. S c h o t t l a n d k i n d e r l o s , da F r a n z II f 1560. δ) Friede zu Cateau en Cambresis. E r s t e r K r i e g v. P h i l i p p II gegen 30 P a b s t P a u l IV u. dessen A l l ü r t e n Henri II. P a u l IV F r i e d e 1558. F r a n k reich h a r t zugesezt v . d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n a u s d u r c h S p a n i e n u . dessen Alliirte, die E n g l ä n d e r . Schlacht v. St Q u e n t i n . Elisabeth schlißt 12 März 1558 i h r e n Preliminar- u. 2 April 1559 i h r e n Definitivfrieden m i t F r a n k r e i c h , u. ließ Calais in seinen H ä n d e n . In d e m F r i e d e n v. C a t e a u en 35 C a m b r e s i s (3. April 1559) m. S p a n i e n , m u ß F r a n k r e i c h , um die e r o b e r t e n G r e n z p l ä t z e wieder zu b e k o m m e n , 195 P l ä t z e theils an S p a n i e n in d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n u . Italien, theils a n S a v o y e n z u r ü c k g e b e n . S p a n i e n Gipfelp u n k t seiner M a c h t . ( 1 3 - 2 3 )

70

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte

c)

1559-1598.

Frankreich. F r a n z II. 1559-1560. C a r l I X . - 1 5 7 4 . H e i n r i c h I I I . - 1 5 8 9 . Henri IV - 1 6 1 0 . Spanien: Philipp II ( 1 5 5 6 - 1 5 9 8 ) Deutschland. Ferd i n a n d ! (1558-1564) M a x i m i l i a n I I (-1576). R u d o l f I I . (-1612) Eng5 land: Elisabeth. (1558-1603.) Päbste: Pius IV 1559-1566. Pius V - 1 5 7 2 . G r e g o r i u s X I I I - 1 5 8 5 . Sixtus V - 1 5 9 0 . U r b a n V I I . G r e g o r X I V . I n n o cenz I X - 1 5 9 1 . C l e m e n s V I I I 1 5 9 2 - 1 6 0 5 . α.) Anfang der niederländischen Unruhen. 1564 H e r z o g v. A l b a . 1572 bricht die R e v o l u t i o n zuerst a u s i n d e n n ö r d l i c h e n P r o v i n z e n , w o W i l 10 h e i m v. O r a n i e n S t a t t h a l t e r v. H o l l a n d , Seeland u. U t r e c h t . Requesens N a c h f o l g e r v. A l b a . D i e G e n t i s c h e Pacification v. 8 N o v . 1576 m u ß d e r s p a n . S t a t t h a l t e r , Jouan de Austria, d u r c h d a s e d i c t u m p e r p e t u u m d e n 17 F e b r . 1577 s a n c t i o n i r e n . ß) Abfall der Niederländer v. Spanien. W e d e r D. J u a n hielten W o r t , 15 n o c h seine N a c h f o l g e r , d u c de P a r m a . U n t e r d e n P r o v i n z e n ä u s s e r t sich i m m e r m e h r die Verschiedenheit der I n t r e s s e n zwischen d e n n ö r d l i c h e n u. südlichen. 5 d e r erstren, a u f W i l h e l m s Betrieb, schlössen P a r t i c u l a r u n i o n zu U t r e c h t 1579, d e r sich in F o l g e n o c h 2 P r o v i n z e n , a u c h einige der südlichen S t ä d t e anschliessen. E i n J a h r l a n g z u K ö l n u n t e r kaiserli20 eher Vermittlung (1579) gepflognen U n t e r h a n d l u n g e n fruchtlos: P r i n z O r a n i e n v. P h i l i p p vogelfrei e r k l ä r t . 1581 k ü n d i g e n die S t a a t e n S p a n i e n d e n G e h o r s a m auf, w o r a u f der fast 70jährige Freiheitskrieg b e g a n n , eh n o c h P l a n , n e u e R e p u b l i k z u bilden, e n t s t a n d , γ.) Bildung der Republik der Vereinigten Niederlande. 1584 W i l h e l m v. 25 O r a n i e n g e t ö d t e t . W e d e r H e i n r i c h I I I v. F r a n k r e i c h , n o c h Elisabeth v . E n g l a n d n a h m e n die a n g e b o t n e S o u v e r a i n i t ä t a n . R e p u b l i k der Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e . U t r e c h t e r U n i o n blieb die H a u p t g r u n d l a g e dafür. δ) Spaniens Krieg gegen England. P h i l i p p ' s , d e r 1580 a u c h P o r t u g a l 30 überwältigt, Armada (1588) o h n e Seeschlacht zerstreut u. fast vernichtet, ε.) Spaniens Krieg gegen Frankreich. Seit 1584 in V e r b i n d u n g m. d e r Ligue s u c h t P h i l i p p Henri IV die Erbfolge zu entreissen, dieser ü b e r z i e h t ihn 1595 m. K r i e g , e n d e t d u r c h d e n F r i e d e n zu Vervins, 2 M a i 1598, ungünstig f. S p a n i e n . 35 ζ.) Fortgang des Kriegs gegen die Niederländer. A l s P h i l i p p II t 1598, setzen N i e d e r l a n d e u . E n g l a n d K r i e g g e n P h i l i p p I I I fort, n u n a u c h sich in fremde Welttheile e r s t r e c k e n d u. i m m e r m e h r H a n d e l s k r i e g . ( 2 4 - 2 7 )

71

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

2.) Nordische Händel bis 1600. Dänemark. C h r i s t i a n I I 1 5 1 3 - 2 3 . F r i e d r i c h I - 1 5 3 3 . C h r i s t i a n I I I . 1 5 3 4 1559. F r i e d r i c h II. - 1 5 8 8 . C h r i s t i a n I V . - 1 6 4 8 . Schweden: G u s t a v W a s a . 1524-60. ||61| E r i c h X I V . - 1 5 6 8 . J o h a n n I I I . - 1 5 9 2 . Sigismund. - 1 6 0 0 . Polen: Sigismund A u g u s t . 1548-72. H e i n r i c h v. A n j o u . 1 5 7 3 - 7 5 . S t e p h a n B a t o r i - 1 5 8 6 . Sigismund I I I . 1587-1632. Russland: I w a n Wasiljewitsch IV. 1533-1584. F e o d o r l . 1584-1598. Boris Ghodunow. 1598-1605. Preussen: Albrecht M a r k g r a f v. B r a n d e n b u r g , seit 1511, H o c h m e i s t e r seit 1525. H e r z o g in P r e u s s e n - 1 5 6 8 . A l b r e c h t F r i e d r i c h 1568. j 1618. ( I n t e r i m r e g e n t M a r k g r a f G e o r g F r i e d r i c h v. A n s p a c h 1577-1603.) a.) Der teutsche Orden, v e r b u n d e n m. d e m S c h w e r d t t r ä g e r o r d e n , im 13 Jhh. in Preussen, Liefland, Curland u. Semgallen ausgebreitet. Walter v. Plettenberg, H e e r m e i s t e r in Liefland, kauft sich 1513 v. d e u t s c h e n O r d e n los, u. erhielt v. C a r l V, als Wahlfürst v. Liefland, Sitz u. S t i m m e auf d e m d e u t s c h e n R e i c h s t a g . E r führte n e b s t d e m E r z b i s c h o f v . R i g a die R e f o r m a t i o n ein, als Albrecht, M a r k g r a f v. B r a n d e n b u r g , H o c h m e i s t e r des t e u t s c h e n O r d e n s , m . s . R i t t e r n lutherisch w a r d u . i m F r i e d e n m . P o l e n v. 9 April 1525 d e n Theil Preussens, der O r d e n s l a n d gewesen, als weltliches E r b h e r z o g t h u m v. Polen zu L e h n n a h m , i n d e ß d a s ü b r i g e , seit 1466, P o l e n u n m i t t e l b a r u n t e r w o r f e n , m . diesem vereinigt blieb. D e r O r d e n in D e u t s c h l a n d p r o t e s t i r t e gegen diesen Vertrag. D e r russische C z a r I w a n Wasiljewitsch I V fällt, n a c h E n d i g u n g eines fruchtlosen K r i e g s gegen S c h w e d e n 1557 in d a s uneinige Liefland, 1558, m a c h t E r o b r u n g e n ; G o t t h a r d Kettler findet w e d e r b e i m R e i c h n o c h in S c h w e d e n u . D ä n e m a r k Hülfe, zeichnet nebst d e m E r z b i s c h o f v . R i g a 1561 Vertrag zu W i l n a m. Polen u. Litauen, w o d u r c h er d i e s e m Liefland unterwarf, u . dagegen C u r l a n d u . Semgallen v . P o l e n z u L e h n n a h m . D i e Bisthümer Oesel u. Reval h a t t e F r i e d r i c h II v. D ä n e m a r k angeblich gekauft u. seinen B r u d e r M a g n u s d a m i t belehnt, a u c h 1560 ihn in d e r e n Besitz gesezt. D i e S t a d t Reval u. Esthland u n t e r w a r f e n sich 1561 an S c h w e d e n . So diese P r o v i n z e n ein Z a n k a p f e l zwischen R u ß l a n d , P o l e n , D ä n e m a r k , Schweden. b.) Krieg zwischen Dänemark u. Schweden. Seit 1523 T r e n n u n g der C a l m a r i s c h e n U n i o n . Oft Streitigkeiten bes. wegen d e r 3 R e i c h s k r o n e n , N o r wegen, u. der G r e n z p r o v i n z e n . Streit wegen R e v a l , wegen A r r e t i r u n g schwed. G e s a n d t e n u . G e w a l t t h ä t i g k e i t e n z u r See A u s b r u c h des K r i e g s 1563, 7 J. geführt zu See u. L a n d , 1568 F r i e d e n zu R o s c h i l d gezeichnet,

5

10

ten

72

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte

5

10

15

20

25

k o m m t erst zu S t a n d 1570 zu Stettin u n t e r des Kaisers, F r a n k r e i c h s , P o l e n s u. Sachsens Vermittlung. H i e r i n : 1) der Streit wegen der 3 R e i c h s k r o n e n a n Schiedsrichter verwiesen. 2 ) D ä n e m a r k e n t s a g t seinen A n s p r ü chen auf Schweden, u. S c h w e d e n seinen 1541 v o r b e h a l t n e n R e c h t e n a u f N o r w e g e n , S c h o n e n , H a i l a n d , Blekingen u. G o t h l a n d , g a b 3) J e m t e l a n d u. Herjedalen gen R ü c k g a b e v. Elfsburg z u r ü c k u. v e r s p r a c h 4) Oesel u. R e v a l d u r c h die H ä n d e kaiserl. G e s a n d t e r a n D ä n e m a r k gen B e z a h l u n g der E r o b r u n g s k o s t e n z u r ü c k z u g e b e n . Versprechen blieb unerfüllt wie die B e d i n g u n g . D i e L ü b e c k e r in diesen F r i e d e n einbegriffen. c.) Krieg zwischen Rußland u. Polen. Schlißt 1582 Iwan Wasiljewitsch IV, u n t e r V e r m i t t l u n g des N u n c i u s Possewin, m. P o l e n 10jährigen F r i e d e n , 1591 verlängert, alle seine Besitzungen in Liefland an P o l e n abgetreten. d.) Krieg zwischen Rußland u. Schweden. S c h w e d e n zerfiel m. Polen. M i t i h m schloß a b e r R u ß l a n d 1583 zu P l ü s a m u n d einen 1586 auf 4 J. verlängerten Waffenstillstand, n a c h dessen A b l a u f 1590 d e r K r i e g fortging bis u n t e r S i g i s m u n d d e r F r i e d e zu Teussin 1595 i h n so endet, d a ß Schweden seine Besitzungen in Liefland u. E s t h l a n d , bes. N a r v a , behielt. R u ß l a n d also a u s Liefland v e r d r ä n g t , in dessen Besitz P o l e n u. S c h w e d e n blieben. e.) Händel zwischen Schweden u. Polen theils ü b e r Liefland u. E s t h l a n d , theils ü b e r S c h w e d e n selbst, als d e r schwed. P r i n z Sigismund, 1587 z u m K ö n i g v . P o l e n gewählt, 1592 a u c h d e n schwedischen T h r o n bestiegen, 1600 a b e r des leztern f. verlustig e r k l ä r t u. C a r l IX an seiner Stelle e r n a n n t . (28-32) [

|62| //. Abschnitt. Von 1598-1660. Vittorio Siri M e m o r i e r e c o n d i t e d e l l ' a n n o 1601-1640. (t. I - V I I I . 4.) V o n demselben: Mercurio overo h i s t o r i a dei correnti t e m p i . 1644-1684. (t. I - X V . 4.) (M. de St Prez od. Prest des Yves): H i s t o i r e des traités de 30 paix et a u t r e s n e g o t i a t i o n s du 17 siècle depuis la paix de Vervins. (jusq u ' à la paix de N i m e g u e . à A m s t e r d a m et la H a y e . fol. T. I, I L ) Maubert histoire polit, du siècle. L o n d o n . 1757. 4°. e

73

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

a.) Zustand Europa's um das Jahr 1600. 1) Spanien. Seit 1580 a u c h Beherrscher v. P o r t u g a l , die gefürchtetste e u r o p . M a c h t , in u. ausser E u r o p a . A u c h in Italien seit K a r l V d a s U e b e r g e w i c h t . Hielt die g r ö ß r e n S t a a t e n - P a b s t , Venedig, F l o r e n z , - in F u r c h t ; die kleinren - Savoyen, P a r m a , M o d e n a , M a n t u a , G e n u a - fast in D e p e n d e n z . . . . K r i e g e u. F i n a n z n o t h seiner realen K r ä f t e s c h o n sehr geschwächt, als Philipp III, 1598 auf d e n T h r o n . E l e n d e V e r w a l t u n g des H e r z o g s v . Lerma ( M a r q u i s v . D e n i a , u r s p r . D . F r a n z G o m e z d e S a n d o val) u. seines G ü n s t l i n g s Calderona ( n a c h m a l s C o n d e de Oliva). S p a n i e n s e r n e u e r t e V e r b i n d u n g m. Oestreich seit 1617, h o b es eine Z e i t l a n g scheinbar. 2.) Deutschland; Oestreich. Seit Ferdinand I b e s a ß H a u s Oestreich a u s ser d e m K a i s e r t h r o n a u c h n o c h U n g a r n u . B ö h m e n . Seit d e m Religionsfriede v. 1555 Maximilian II R u h e erhalten. A b e r seit Rudolf II (1576 auf d e n T h r o n ) U n r u h n d r o h e n d i n Italien, D e u t s c h l a n d , u . d a s H a u s Oestreich a u c h v o n T ü r k e i her i n U n t h ä t i g k e i t gehalten. 3.) Frankreich. H e i n r i c h IV. Sully. S c h w ä c h u n g des s p a n . - ö s t r . H a u s e s G r u n d l a g e ihrer Politik. 4.) England. Elisabeth m. H e n r y IV e i n v e r s t a n d e n . A b e r 1603 J a k o b I. 5.) Vereinigten Niederlanden. E n d e des 1 6 ' J h h . ihrer Freiheit s c h o n sicher. E r o b r u n g e n meist auf K o s t e n des v. Spain u n t e r j o c h t e n P o r t u g a l . 6.) Eidgenossen. N o c h nicht förmlich v. d e m R e i c h a n e r k a n n t . D u r c h Religionsverschiedenheit in 2 ungleiche Theile gespalten. I h r e j u n g e M a n n s c h a f t c a p i t u l a t i o n s m ä s s i g in d e n Kriegsdienst fremder, oft entgegengesezter P a r t h e i e n . 7.) Nordische Mächte. Einzelne d a v o n sich u n t e r C a r l V n u r v o r ü b e r g e h e n d in die H ä n d e l des südlichen E u r o p a s gemischt. S e i t d e m Z e i t l a n g wieder N o r d e n v. d e m S ü d e n getrennt. U n t e r d e n 3 R e i c h e n , Dänemark, Schweden, Polen, keins dem andern sehr merklich überlegen. Rußland noch kaum den europ. Mächten beigesellt. Preussen noch schwach.

74

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte

b.) Händel der europ. Mächte von 1598-1660. 1.)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Von 1598 bis 1618.

In Frankreich H e i n r i c h IV - 1 6 1 0 , L u d w i g X I I I - 1 6 4 3 . In Spanien Phil i p p i i i . 1 5 9 8 - 1 6 2 1 . In Deutschland Rudolph II - 1 6 1 2 . M a t h i a s - 1 6 1 9 . In England: E l i s a b e t h - 1 6 0 3 . J a c o b I - 1 6 2 5 . In Dänemark: C h r i s t i a n IV 1588-1648. In Schweden: C a r l IX 1600 ( 1 6 0 4 ) - 1 6 1 1 . Gustav Adolph: 1611-1632. Päbste: C l e m e n s V I I I - 1 6 0 5 . L e o X I . P a u l V. 1 6 0 5 - 1 6 2 1 . «Lettres du Cardinal d'Ossat (1593-1603) P a r i s . 1612. fol. avec les n o t e s d ' A m e l o t de la H o u s s a y e . Paris 1698 T. I. II. 4 ° . A m s t . 1732. T. I - V . 8.» a . ) Fortgang des niederländ. Kriegs m. Spain bis 1609. N a c h d e m F r i e den zu Vervins setzen E n g l a n d N i e d e r l a n d e vereint d e n K r i e g öffentlich, F r a n k r e i c h u n t e r d e r H a n d gegen Spain fort. S p a i n e r o b e r t 1604 Ostende n a c h 3jähriger B e l a g e r u n g . 1604 J a c o b I (v. E n g l a n d ) s ö h n t sich m. S p a nien a u s . A u f Vorschlag F r a n k r e i c h s , l a n g e r Waffenstillstand zwischen Spain u. d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n , F r a n k r e i c h u. E n g l a n d G a r a n t i e auf 12 J., geschlossen 3 A p r i l 1609; d a r i n die Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e als freie Staaten b e h a n d e l t , d e r H a n d e l hergestellt, u . wegen des H a n d e l s n a c h Ostindien bes. U r k u n d e ausgestellt. ß) Eröffnung der Jülich u. Bergischen Succession. H e r z o g J o h a n n Wilhelm v. Jülich-Cleve f 1609; 25 M ä r z . Streit ü b e r die Erbfolge in seinen Staaten, die d a s C h u r h a u s B r a n d e n b u r g , d a s pfalzgräfliche H a u s N e u b u r g , die Albertinische Linie, die Ernestinische Linie v. Sachsen, z u m Theil a u c h Z w e i b r ü c k e n u . d e r M a r k g r a f v . B u r g a u i n A n s p r u c h n a h men. Z u n ä c h s t ergriffen 1609 B r a n d e n b u r g u. N e u b u r g , kraft des I n t e rims-Vergleichs zu D o r t m u n d , gemeinschaftlichen Besitz. K a i s e r belehnt C h u r s a c h s e n 1610 z u m Schein, u. besezt m. S p a n i e n s Hülfe einen T h e i l dieser L a n d e , d o c h die beabsichtigte S e q u e s t r a t i o n d u r c h H o l l a n d s u . F r a n k r e i c h s B e m ü h n vereitelt. | [33-38] | 2 3 | H e i n r i c h IV v e r b ü n d e t e sich m. der protest. U n i o n zu H a l l 1610, f 14 M a i 1610; d u r c h Vergleich zwischen dieser u. d e r ihr entgegengesetzten k a t h o l . Ligue n o c h Oct. 1610 z u m Vortheil der b e i d e n besitzenden F ü r s t e n , u. 21 M ä r z 1611 zwischen Sachsen, B r a n d e n b u r g u. P f a l z - N e u b u r g der Jüterbocksche Vergleich. A b e r 1613 der j u n g e Pfalzgraf u. der C h u r f ü r s t v. B r a n d e n b u r g p e r s ö n lieh entzweit, j e n e r die k a t h o l i s c h e , dieser die reformirte R e l i g i o n a n g e n o m m e n , f i n g j e n e r m . Hülfe Baierns u . S p a n i e n s , dieser m . Hülfe d e r H o l l ä n d e r einseitige B e s i t z n a h m e a n . 12 November 1614 Interimsvergleich

75

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

zu Xanten, d u r c h F r a n k r e i c h u. E n g l a n d vermittelt, w o n a c h Brandenburg Cleve, M a r k u. R a v e n s b e r g , Pfalz-Neuburg Jülich u. B e r g in A d m i n i s t r a t i o n n e h m e n , die fremden T r u p p e n a b e r a b z i e h n sollten. γ.) Annährung der beiden Zweige des Hauses Oestreich. R u d o l p h II f 1612. U n t e r K a i s e r M a t h i a s , in F o l g e eines geh. B ü n d n i ß zwischen 5 P h i l i p p I I I u. F e r d i n a n d v. S t e y e r m a r k , -6u. 15 Juni 1617 - die Erbfolge i n d e n g e s a m t e n Ostreich. S t a a t e n der S t e y e r m ä r k s c h e n Linie, mittelst Verzicht der B r ü d e r M a t h i a e u . a u c h P h i l i p p ' s I I I zugesichert. D a d u r c h G r u n d gelegt z u r e r n e u e r t e n engen V e r b i n d u n g zwischen O e s t r e i c h u. S p a n i e n , d e r e n F o l g e n sich in d e n n ä c h s t e n K r i e g e n entwickelten. 10

2.)

Von

1618-1648.

Frankreich. L u d w i g X I I I . (1610-1643.) (seit 1624 Richelieu.) L u d wig X I V . (1643-1715) (seit 1642 M a z a r i n ) Spain. P h i l i p p e I I I - 1 6 2 1 . P h i lippe IV. - 1 6 6 5 . Deutschland. M a t h i a s - 1 6 1 9 . F e r d i n a n d I I . - 1 6 3 7 . F e r d i n a n d I I I . - 1 6 5 7 . England: J a c o b I. - 1 6 2 5 . C a r l I. - 1 6 4 9 . Dänemark. 15 C h r i s t i a n IV. - 1 6 4 8 . Schweden. Gustav Adolph. 1611-1632. Christine 1632-1654. Päbste: P a u l V . - 1 6 2 1 . G r e g o r X V . - 1 6 2 3 . U r b a n V I I I . -1644. Innocenz X -1655. (« Guill. Hyacinte Bougeant de la C o . de Jesus: H i s t , des g u e r r e s et des n e g o t i a t i o n s q u i p r é c é d è r e n t le traité de W e s t p h a l i e c o m p o s é e sur les 20 m é m o i r e s d u C o m t e d ' A v a u x . Paris 1727. T . I . u . histoire d u traité. P a r i s . 1744. T. Π, I I I . 4.»)

[α]) V o n 1618-1624.

j

A n f a n g des 30jährigen K r i e g s . B e s c h w e r d e n der P r o t e s t a n t e n in B ö h m e n wegen Verletzung des Majestätsbriefs s c h o n in T h ä t l i c h k e i t e n , diese 1618 25 i n K r i e g a u s g e a r t e t , als n a c h M a t h i a s T o d die M i ß v e r g n ü g t e n , s t a t t K a i ser Ferdinand II als K ö n i g a n z u e r k e n n e n , Friedrich V, C h u r f ü r s t v. d e r Pfalz e r w ä h l t e n . B r a n d e n b u r g d u r c h F r a n k r e i c h s V e r m i t t l u n g 9 Juli. 1620 - vermittelt m. d e r k a t h o l i s c h . L i g u e zu U l m , sich in die b ö h m i s c h e n H ä n d e l nicht zu mischen. - Ferdinand II u n t e r s t ü z t v. P a b s t , 30 '

~;

S p a n i e n , P o l e n , M a x i m i l i a n v. B a i e r n , a u c h S a c h s e n f. sich g e w o n n e n g e w i n n t s c h o n 1620 Oestreich, Böhmen m. d e r Schlacht, die M a x i m i l i a n bei P r a g erfocht, Schlesien d u r c h Sachsens Hülfe. F r i e d r i c h V flüchtet nach Holland; mit J o h a n n Georg v. Brandenburg, Herzog v. Jägerndorff v. d e m K a i s e r e i g e n m ä c h t i g in die A c h t e r k l ä r t - 22 J a n . 1621. A u c h 35

^ j ΐ Í J

76

:

i 3 J

Aus Hansard's parliamentary d e b a t e s und Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 1. Seite 23

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte

5

10

15

20

25

30

Bethelen Gabor 1622 z u m F r i e d e n g e z w u n g e n , w o r i n er a u f U n g a r n Verzicht leistete, d o c h 7 G e s p a n n s c h a f t e n m. d e r W ü r d e eines d e u t s c h e n Reichsfürsten erhielt. | |24| (M. de Rusdorf M é m . et n é g o t . secrètes p a r servir à l'hist. de 30 a n s , rédigés p. E. G. C u h n . Leipzig. 1789. H. Comte de Bethune. A m b a s s a d e s d e M e s s , les D u c s d ' A n g o u l e m e , d u c o m t e d e B e t h u n e e t d e P r e a u x d e Chateauneuf, envoyés p a r l e roi L o u i s X I I I . v . l ' E m p . F e r din. II et les P o t e n t a t s d ' A l l e m a g n e en 1620 et 21 etc Paris 1667. T. I, II. F o l . - Lettres et negotiations du Marquis de Feuquirères. A m s t . 1753. t. I - I I I . ) Fortschritte v. Ferdinand II durch Spanien unterstüzt. Z u r Vollziehung der A c h t gegen F r i e d r i c h V s p a n . T r u p p e n a u s v. Jülich u n t e r S p i n o l a u. bairische die Pfalz ü b e r w ä l t i g t , F e r d i n a n d ü b e r t r u g die C h u r a u f Baiern 1623, zerstreute die p r o t e s t . U n i o n , verfuhr im S ü d e n v. D e u t s c h l a n d willkührlich m. B e d r ü c k u n g d e r P r o t e s t a n t e n . Tilly u. Wallenstein sollten n u n a u c h das n ö r d l i c h e D e u t s c h l a n d u n t e r w e r f e n , ü b e r a l l herstellen k a t h o l . Religion, u n u m s c h r ä n k t e H e r r s c h a f t des K a i s e r i n D e u t s c h l a n d , indeß Spanien b e m ü h t sich n a c h Italien h i n z u v e r g r ö s s e r n . Fortschritte Spaniens in Italien. S p a n i e n h a t t e 1) Savoyen f. d e n T r a c t a t v. Brusol 1610 h a r t gezüchtigt, es zu A b t r e t u n g M o n t f e r r a t s an M a n t u a d u r c h d e n Vertrag zu Asti 21 J u n i , 1615 g e z w u n g e n , 2) sich in die H ä n d e l Venedigs m. Oestreich gemischt, 3) d a s Valtelin 1620, u. t r o t z des M a d r i der Vertrags v. 1621, G r a u b ü n d e n 1622 besezt u. zu e i n e m nachtheiligen Vergleich genöthigt. (Mémoires de Bassompierre ... Linage de Vauciennes. M é m . sur l'origine des guerres q u i travaillent l ' E u r o p e d e p . 50 a n s . Col. 1678.) Verändrung des Staatssystems in Frankreich. F r a n k r e i c h s B ü n d n i ß m. Venedig u. S a v o y e n z w a n g S p a n i e n 1623, d a s Valtelin d e m P a b s t als Sequester e i n z u r ä u m e n (14 F e b r . 1623). Vorläufer d e r R ü c k k e h r zu H e n ri IV Staatssystem, seit Richelieu in d e n S t a a t s r a t h a. 1624. F o l g e n d a v o n sich schnell ä u s s e r n d theils in Italien, wo F r a n k r e i c h u. S a v o y e n - Spanien u. G e n u a bekriegen; F r a n k r e i c h s einseitiger Vertrag m. S p a n i e n 1626 zu M o n z ó n , d e r die G r a u b ü n d t n e r m e h r e n t h e i l s befreite; theils in Deutschland u. in d e n Niederlanden. [39-44]

79

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

ß) V o n 1625-1630.

Fortgang des 30jährigen Kriegs in Deutschland: Richelieu, die E n g l ä n d e r u n d H o l l ä n d e r v e r m o c h t e n 1624 C h r i s t i a n I V v . D ä n e m a r k , a n d e r Spitze d e r niedersächsischen K r e i s s t ä n d e d e m V o r d r i n g e n d e r Kaiserlic h e n zu w e h r e n , die s c h o n an der Weser s t a n d e n . In d e m 2 F e l d z u g siegt Wallenstein bei D e s s a u , Tilly bei L u t h e r am B a r e n b e r g e - 1626, 25 A p r i l u. 27 A u g . - d r i n g t Tilly u n g e h i n d e r t in H o l s t e i n , Schleswig u. J u t l a n d , Wallenstein in B r a n d e n b u r g , M e c k l e n b u r g u. P o m m e r n bis an die Ostsee v o r , wo die S c h w e d e n n u r n o c h S t r a l s u n d r e t t e t e n . Christian IV v. D ä n e m a r k m u ß t e d e n F r i e d e n zu L ü b e c k - 12 M a i 1629 - schliessen. M e c k l e n b u r g u . S c h w e d e n v . d e m F r i e d e n ausgeschlossen. Höchster Gipfel der span.-östr. Macht. F e r d i n a n d II e r l ä ß t d a s Relig i o n s e d i k t v. 1629, 6 M ä r z . - Philipp IV (v. S p a n . ) d r ä n g t die N i e d e r l ä n der h a r t m . H ü l f e kaiserlicher Völker, h a t t e i n Italien theils n a c h d e m A b s t e r b e n Vincent's II 1627, kraft des B ü n d n i s s e s v. S a v o y e n , 1628 ein Stück der erledigten M a n t u a n i s c h e n E r b s c h a f t a n sich z u ziehn gesucht, theils d a s Valtelin wieder besezt. N u n e n t s c h l o ß sich Frankreich zu u n m i t t e l b a r e r T h e i l n a h m e a m K r i e g i n Italy, b e f ö r d e r t e S c h w e d e n s B r u c h w i d e r d e n K a i s e r , u n t e r s t ü z t e die N i e d e r l ä n d e r 1630 m . Subsidien . . . F z s . A r m e e z w i n g t 10 M a i 1629, S a v o y e n zu e i n e m F r i e d e n , d e m S p a n i e n beitreten u. Montferrat r ä u m e n m u ß t e . In einem 2 Z u g durch Richelieu P i g n e r o l , d u r c h L u d e w i g X I I I 1630 fast g a n z S a v o y e n e r o b e r t ; d a g e g e n w u r d e n die Venetianer geschlagen, M a n t u a e r o b e r t , u . bes. C a s a l ν . d e n S p a n i e r n belagert. (Della I s t o r i a di P. G. Capriata libri 12. ne q u a l i si c o n t e n g o n o t u t t i i m o v i m e n t i d ' a r m e successi in I t a l i a d a l a. 1613-1634. B o l o g n a . 1639. Delle g u e r r e e successi d ' I t a l i a descritti d a l Cavai Luca Assarini. T o r i n o . 1665.) l

5

10

15

20

X

25

γ.) V o n 1630-1635. Unterhandlung Frankreichs m. dem Kaiser. Als seit J u n i 1630 d e r K a i s e r auf d e m C h u r f ü r s t e n t a g zu R e g e n s b u r g sich um d i e K a i s e r k r o n e f. seinen 30 P r i n z e n b e w a r b , n u t z t e Richelieu d a s M i ß v e r g n ü g e n d e r S t ä n d e u . d e n e b e n d a m a l s erfolgten Einfall G u s t a v A d o l p h ' s i n D e u t s c h l a n d , u m d u r c h die U n t e r h a n d l u n g e n des père (capucin) J o s e p h F e r d i n a n d I I i m O c t . 1630 zu e i n e m Vergleich w e g e n der italien. H ä n d e l zu verleiten, in dessen F o l g e u. kraft des T r a c t a t s zu C h i e r a s c o m. S a v o y e n u. S p a n i e n - 35

80

PS*""

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte

Oestreich, - 13 Oct., 1631 - ||25| d e r K a i s e r d e n H e r z o g v. N e v e r s m. M a n t u a u . M o n t f e r r a t belehnte, S a v o y e n m . e i n e m Strich L a n d e s a b g e funden, Valtelin a n G r a u b ü n d t e n z u r ü c k g e g e b e n , F r a n k r e i c h P i g n e r o l behielt, d e n n o c h a b e r die b e z w e c k t e r ö m . K ö n i g s w a h l d a m a l s vereitelt, 5 selbst B a i e r n - M a i 1631 - in geh. B ü n d n i ß m. F r a n k r e i c h gezogen, i n d e ß der K a i s e r Wallenstein u. einen Theil seiner T r u p p e n a b d a n k t e . [45-48] Kriegsschicksale Deutschlands 1630 bis Schlacht bei Leipzig Sept. 7, 1631. B. P h . v. Chemnitz K g l . Schwed. in D t s c h . geführten K r i e g s etc. 1 Theil Stettin. 1632. a u c h latein. S t o c k h o l m . S a m . Puffendorf: c o m m . de 10 rebus Suecicis libri 26. (1630-1654) U l t r a j . 1686 fol. Mauvillon hist, de G u s t a v e A d . A m s t . 1764. 25 Sept. 1629, schlißt G u s t a v A d o l p h u n t e r F r a n k r e i c h s V e r m i t t l u n g 6jährigen Waffenstillstand m. P o l e n , 24 Juni 1630 l a n d e t m. s. F l o t t e zu R ü g e n , besezt K r a f t eines e r z w u n g n e n Vergleichs m . Bogislaus X I V P o m 15 m e r n , befreit M e c k l e n b u r g , e r l a n g t v. F r a n k r e i c h n u r 13 J a n . 1631 geschloßnen S u b s i d i e n t r a k t a t . Sieg ü b e r Tilly 7Sept. 1631, bei L e i p z i g . . . Gustav Adolf n a c h Tilly's T o d (5 A p r i l 1632) M ü n c h e n e r o b e r t , B a i e r n besezt, n a c h Sachsen z u r ü c k gegen Wallenstein, Sieg bei L ü t z e n d e n 6 N o v . 1632, a b e r f. D i e K a i s e r l i c h e n a u s S a c h s e n verjagt, S c h w e d e n 20 rückten in D e u t s c h l a n d bis an dessen südliche G r e n z e n u. selbst im E l s a ß vor, v e r s t ä r k t d u r c h d e n 1633 z u H e i l b r o n n g e s c h l o ß n e n B u n d d e r o b e r n Kreise, der u n t e r O x e n s t i e r n ' s D i r e c t i o n a n Z a h l u . M a c h t täglich w u c h s . Unglückliche Schlacht, (durch Herzog Bernhard v. Weimar) bei Nördlingen 7 Sept. 1634, w a n d t Kriegsglück gegen die S c h w e d e n u. seine Alli25 irten; Sachsen u. a n d r e S t ä n d e fielen n u n schnell v. d e m B u n d e ab . . . Schon N o v . 1634 h a t t e , u n t e r D a r m s t a d t s Vermittlung, C h u r f ü r s t v . Sachsen m . d e n K a i s e r l i c h e n ein P r ä l i m i n a r v e r t r a g z u P i r n a gez. Dieser 3 0 M a i , 1635 a u f n o c h h ä r t e r e B e d i n g u n g e n z u P r a g i n F r i e d e n v e r w a n delt. N a c h t h e i l i g d e n P r o t e s t a n t e n . D o c h m u ß t e n die meisten p r o t e s t . 30 Stände beitreten.

δ) V o n 1635-1648. a) Frankreichs Kriege ausser Deutschland. F r a n k r e i c h , d e m S c h w e d e n u. die V e r b ü n d e t e n 1634 ihre E r o b r u n g e n im E l s a ß e i n g e r ä u m t , schickte diesen vorerst n u r eine H ü l f s a r m e e am R h e i n u. negotiirte f. S c h w e d e n 35 einen verlängerten Waffenstillstand m. P o l e n zu Stumsdorf; selbst n a c h einem B ü n d n i ß m . S c h w e d e n v o m A p r . 1635 u . Vertrag m . d e m H e r z o g Bernhard v. W e i m a r wollte es in D e u t s c h l a n d n i c h t m. Oestreich b r e c h e n .

81

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

R i c h t e t seine H a u p t a b s i c h t wider S p a n i e n , 8 F e b r . 1635 B ü n d n i ß m. d e n Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e n wegen F o r t s e t z u n g des K r i e g , d a n n K r i e g a n S p a n i e n a n g e k ü n d i g t , July 1635 v e r b a n d sich m . S a v o y e n , M a n t u a , P a r m a , u m S p a n i e n M a i l a n d z u entreißen. I n dieser A b s i c h t stellt F r a n k reich 5 A r m e e n ins F e l d , schickt 2 F l o t t e n in die N o r d s e e u. d a s mittel- 5 l ä n d i s c h e M e e r , u . zahlte o d . v e r s p r a c h grosse Subsidien. F ü h r t K r i e g : In den Niederlanden u. an den Span. Grenzen: A r r a s e r o b e r t 1640, d a r auf Losreissung u. E m p ö r u n g Portugals. Spaniens Seemacht vollends g e s c h w ä c h t n a c h Z e r s t ö r u n g der n a c h S c h w e d e n b e s t i m m t e n F l o t t e d u r c h den H o l l ä n d i s c h e n A d m i r a l T r o m p 1639. 10 In Italien: Abfall der G r a u b ü n d t e r 1637 u. des H e r z o g s v. P a r m a ; T o d des H e r z o g s V i c t o r A m a d e u s v. S a v o y e n 1637 v e r a n l a ß t e Streitigkeit, n a c h d e n Siegen v. 1638 u. 39 Turin e r o b e r t , d u r c h d e n T u r i n e r Vergleich v. 1642 ( J u n . 14 u. J u l . 1) die P r i n z e n v. S a v o y e n fzs. B u n d e s g e n o s s e n . So fällt S p a n i e n s A n s e h n in Italien. 15 ß.) Fortsetzung des Kriegs in Deutschland. Sieg B a n n e r s u. W r a n g e i s bei W i t t s t o c k Oct. 4, 1636. 1638 engre Offensiv- u. Defensiv-Allianz v. F r a n k r e i c h u . Schweden, der die m . H e s s e n folgte. B a n n e r b e h a u p t e t 1637 P o m m e r n gegen G a l l a s , verfolgt 1638 die K a i s e r l i c h e n bis in B ö h m e n , spielt 1639 d e n K r i e g selbst in die kaiserlichen E r b l a n d e . [48-53] | 20 |26| γ) Ende des Kriegs in Deutschland 1648. G u b r i a n t siegt m. H ü l f e des H e r z o g s v. B r a u n s c h w e i g u. des L a n d g r a f e n v. H e s s e n d e n 29 J u n . 1641 bei Wolfenbüttel u. d e n 17 J a n . 1642 bei K l o s t e r c a m p ; T o r s t e n s o n 23 Oct. 1642 bei Leipzig ü b e r P i c c o l o m i n i . . . F o r t s c h r i t t e 1645 v. Tors t e n s o n m. R a k o t z y v e r b u n d e n in d a s H e r z d e r östr. S t a a t e n u. Sieg T u r e n n e s bei N ö r d l i n g e n . Seit d e m 10 A p r i l 1645 zu M ü n s t e r u. O s n a b r ü c k eröffnete F r i e d e n s v e r h a n d l u n g e n : B a i e r n f. B r u c h derselben 1647, 1 4 M ä r z h a r t gezüchtigt, w o r a u f m . U e b e r r u m p l u n g der kleinen Seite v . Prag durch K ö n i g s m a r k der Krieg in Deutschland endigte. Jun. u. Jul. 1648. δ) Fortsetzung des Kriegs Frankreichs u. der Niederländer gegen Spanien. A u c h a n d e n s p a n . G r e n z e n u . i n d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n S p a n i e n s L a g e i m m e r mißlicher. 1642 v. F r a n k r e i c h R o u s s i l l o n e r o b e r t , 1643 Sieg bei R o c r o i d u r c h E n g h i e n u . C o n d é , Thionville e r o b e r t , N i e d e r l ä n d e r halfen d e n F r z s . d u r c h ihre S e e m a c h t die F l a n d r i s c h e n Seeplätze e r o b e r n ; n a c h der E i n n a h m e v . D ü n k i r c h e n 1646 k a n n S p a n i e n k e i n e weitre H ü l f e d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n schicken. ε) Frieden v. Münster. N a c h 5jährigen N e g o c i a t i o n e n u. v o r g ä n g i g e m R e i c h s a b s c h i e d e , z u H a m b u r g d e n 2 5 D e c . 1641 ein P r ä l i m i n a i r v e r g l e i c h w e g e n E r ö f f n u n g eines C o n g r e s s e s , d o c h erst den 23 M ä r z 1643 ratificirt d e r F r i e d e n s c o n g r e s s z u M ü n s t e r u . O s n a b r ü c k i m A p r i l 1645 eröffnet.

82

25

30

35

40

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte

D o r t sollte f. K a i s e r u. R e i c h m. F r a n k r e i c h u n t e r V e r m i t t l u n g des P a b s t s u . Venedigs, hier m . S c h w e d e n negotiirt w e r d e n . A u c h F r a n k r e i c h u . die Niederländer m. Spanien, Frankreich m. Lothringen, Spanien m. Portugal u . C a t a l o n i e n . Z a h l r e i c h e r bisher kein F r i e d e n s c o n g r e ß beschickt. 5 3jährige N e g o t i a t i o n e n . Z u e r s t zu S t a n d e Friede zwischen Spanien u. Republik der Vereinigten Niederlande zu M ü n s t e r . Am 30 J a n . 1648; die R a t i f i c a t i o n s 15 M a i a u s gewechselt. In diesem F r i e d e n : Art. 1 F r e i h e i t d e r R e p u b l i k d e r Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e a n e r k a n n t . Art. 3. In A n s e h u n g d e r B e s i t z u n g e n 10 in- u. a u s s e r h a l b E u r o p a s d a s uti possidetis z u r G r u n d l a g e . Art. V u. Vidas R e c h t des H a n d e l s in O s t - u. Westindien b e s t i m m t . Art. XIV. Scheide d e m Seehandel d e r S p a n . N i e d e r l a n d e geschlossen erklärt. Art. XVI. XVII. D e r R e p u b l i k der G e n u ß gleicher H a n d e l s r e c h t e m. d e n H a n s e a t e n in S p a n i e n gesichert. Art. LUI. N e u t r a l i t ä t , F r e u n d s c h a f t u. 15 N a c h b a r s c h a f t v. Seiten des K a i s e r s u. des R e i c h s zu b e w i r k e n v e r s p r o chen. Art. LXVII R e g u l i r u n g der G r e n z e n in F l a n d e r n ausgesezt. In einem S e p a r a t a r t i k e l a u c h wegen des n e u t r a l e n H a n d e l s A b r e d e getroffen. E i n eigner M a r i n e v e r t r a g erst 1650 geschlossen. A r t . L U I ν . d e m Kaiser zu Linz Juli 6 1648 u. v. d e m R e i c h im R e i c h s a b s c h i e d v. 1654 20 bestätigt. Mit Frankreich u. Schweden, Friedensinstrumente, zu M ü n s t e r u. O s n a b r ü c k , j e d e r in 17 A r t i k e l n am O c t . 24, 1648 u n t e r z e i c h n e t b e h a n d e l n die Reichsangelegenheiten, die Satisfactions- u. Compensationspunkte, die Vollziehung, die S i c h r u n g des F r i e d e n s u . Einschliessung a n d r e r M ä c h t e . 25 E n t h a l t e n im Bezug: I.) Die Reichsangelegenheiten. Allgemeine Amnestie, j e d e r S t a n d f. sich u. seine U n t e r t h a n e n in alle seit 1618 e i n g e b ü ß t e u n b e w e g l i c h e G ü t e r u. W ü r d e n einzusetzen, m. einigen A u s n a h m e n f. B a d e n u. C h u r p f a l z wegen der Oberpfalz u. der 5 C h u r s t e l l e , s o d a n n m. A u s s c h l u ß d e r U n t e r t h a n e n 30 der Ostreich. E r b l a n d e (Art. 2 - 4 O. 2 - 5 M . ) Religionsfrieden bestätigt (Art. 5 O. 6 M . ) , inbegriffen die R e f o r m i r t e n ( A r t . 7 O. 6 M . ) , Gleichheit der R e c h t e beider Religionstheile bewilligt, in A n s e h u n g der R e l i g i o n s ü b u n g d a s J. 1624, in A n s e h u n g des Besitzes geistl. G ü t e r d e r 1 J a n . 1624 zwischen C a t h o l i k e n u . P r o t e s t a n t e n z u r e n t s c h e i d e n d e n N o r m a n g e 35 n o m m e n , d o c h f. die Z u k u n f t d a s r e s e r v a t u m ecclesiasticum v o r b e h a l t e n . (Art. 5 O. 6 M . ) D i e weltlichen V o r r e c h t e d e r S t ä n d e , s o w o h l bei R e i c h s v e r s a m m l u n g e n als i n i h r e n L a n d e n , i n R e g i e r u n g u n d Justiz, i n n e r n u . auswärtigen A n g e l e g e n h e i t e n bestätigt u. erweitert ( A r t . 8 O. 9 M . ) U n abhängigkeit der Schweiz a n e r k a n n t . ( A r t . 6 O. 8 M . ) H a n d e l u. W a n d e l 40 so frei hergesteilt, wie er v o r 1618 gewesen. ( A r t . 9 O. 10. M . )

83

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 II.) Satisfaction u. Compensation: Für Schweden A b t r e t u n g v. Vorp o m m e r n nebst Insel R ü g e n , Theil v. H i n t e r p o r n m e r n , W i s m a r , E r z b i s t h u m B r e m e n u . B i s t h u m Verden, alles m . der R e i c h s s t a n d s c h a f t u . a n d r e n V o r r e c h t e n ( A r t . 1 0 . 0 . ) , a u s s e r d e m a u c h f. die Schwed. Miliz 5 Mill. T h a l e r . (Art. 16. O.) D a g e g e n e n t s c h ä d i g t f. diese Cessionen ChurBrandenburg d u r c h H a l b e r s t a d t , M i n d e n , C a m i n u. M a g d e b u r g ; Mecklenburg d u r c h Schwerin, R a t z e b u r g u. s. f.; Braunschweig-Lüneburg d u r c h d a s R e c h t der A b w e c h s l u n g auf O s n a b r ü c k u. einige K l ö s t e r ; HessenCassel d u r c h Hirschfeld, 4 A e m t e r u. 600 000 T h l r . (Art. 1 1 - 1 5 Ο.) | | 2 7 | Für Frankreich: Völlige H o h e i t ü b e r M e t z , Toul, Verdun, n e b s t d e n d a z u gehörigen D i s t r i k t e n , die L e h n s h o h e i t ü b e r P i g n e r o l u . Breisach, u. w a s Oestreich im E l s a ß an R e c h t e n u. Besitzungen g e h a b t , v. Oestreich u. d e m R e i c h m. völliger S o u v e r a i n e t ä t a b g e t r e t e n , die R e c h t e u. R e i c h s freiheit d e r ü b r i g e n i m E l s a ß possessionirten S t ä n d e a b e r z w a r i n d e m F r i e d e n s i n s t r u m e n t , d o c h nicht in der C e s s i o n s u r k u n d e gesichert; a u c h d a s Besatzungsrecht in P h i l i p p s b u r g , u. die B e s t ä t i g u n g des F r i e d e n s zu C h i e r a s k o z u m Besten v. Savoyen. (12, 12 M . ) III. A u s s e r d e m die Angelegenheiten einzelner R e i c h s s t ä n d e theils entschieden, wie die M a r b u r g s c h e Succession, theils wie die Jülich u. Bergische E r b s c h a f t , der Streit wegen D o n a u w e r t h etc, a u f künftige Vergleiche o d . E r k e n n t n i s s e ausgesezt. IV. Vollziehung des Friedens. Eigne B e s t i m m u n g e n A r t . 16, 17. O. M. D i e n o c h 1648 z u P r a g a n g e f a n g n e n u . z u N ü r n b e r g fortgesezten U n t e r h a n d l u n g e n u. 1649 u. 50 errichteten 2 E x e c u t i o n s - R e c e s s e k o n n t e n die völlige Erfüllung desselben nicht b e w i r k e n , so w e n i g wie die zu S i c h r u n g desselben v . b e i d e n K r o n e n u . d e n g e s a m m t e n Paciscenten ü b e r n o m m n e G a r a n t i e etc n a c h m a l i g e n Verletzungen v o r b e u g e n . S p a n i e n blieb m . Frankreich u. Portugal u. Catalonien, Frankreich auch m. Lothringen u n a u s g e s ö h n t . [53-63]

3.) 1648-1660.

5

10

15

20

25

30

In Frankreich L u d w i g X I V , Spanien P h i l i p p IV, Deutschland F e r d i n a n d I I I - 1 6 5 7 , L e o p o l d 1657-1705. England C a r l i - 1 6 4 9 , R e p u b l i k 1653-8, R i c h a r d C r o m w e l l - 1 6 5 9 , C a r l II 1660. Päbste: I n n o c e n z X . 1644-55. Alexander VII -1667. Krieg zwischen Spanien u. Frankreich fortgesezt. J e n e m z u r Seite H e r - 35 z o g v . L o t h r i n g e n u . u n t e r der H a n d der K a i s e r , diesem öffentlich Savoyen. Innre U n r u h e n in Frankreich Uebergang v. Turenne zu den S p a n i e r n lenken seit 1649 das Kriegsglück in Italien, N i e d e r l a n d e n

84

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte

5

10

15

20

25

30

u. G r e n z e n a u f s p a n . Seite, S p a n i e r b e d r o h e n 1650 P a r i s , 1652 e r o b e r n C a t a l o n i e n m e h r e n t h e i l s wieder, e r o b e r n m . H ü l f e des P r i n z e n C o n d é R o c r o y , i n d e ß a u c h i n Italien die F r a n z o s e n C a s a l r ä u m e n m u ß t e n . Seit 1653 die i n n e r n U n r u h n g e d ä m p f t , T u r e n n e f. F r a n k r e i c h wieder, C r o m well n a c h 1654 hergestelltem F r i e d e n m. H o l l a n d d u r c h M a z a r i n 1655 z u m B r u c h wider S p a n i e n i n E u r o p a u . A m e r i c a v e r m o c h t , F r a n k r e i c h 9 M a i 1657 m. C r o m w e l l v e r b ü n d e t , d u r c h dessen B e i s t a n d die wichtigsten e r o b e r t e n Plätze in d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n f. F r a n k r e i c h wieder g e w o n nen, S p a n i e n z u r See d u r c h E n g l a n d , i n Italien d u r c h Savoy e n b e u n r u higt, d u r c h fzs. I n t r i g u e mittelst des R h e i n s c h e n B u n d s v. 1658 selbst d e r H o f f n u n g teutscher H ü l f e b e r a u b t , m u ß t e e s F r i e d e n a u f B e d i n g u n g e n suchen, die es zu M ü n s t e r , u. n o c h 1656 verworfen. Pyrenäischer Frieden. 1659. 7 M a i P r ä l i m i n a r f r i e d e zu P a r i s geschlossen, a b e r erst d u r c h die 2 Staatsminister, M a z a r i n u. D. L o u i s de H a r o , den 7 N o v e m b e r a u f d e r F a s a n e n i n s e l in einen D e f i n i t i w e r t r a g in 124 Artikel verwandelt. D a r i n : Art. 26 E h e zwischen L u d w i g X I V u. M a ria Theresia, d e r ältsten T o c h t e r P h i l i p p ' s IV v e r a b r e d e t . Art. 35-40. 42 Frankreich n a h m beträchtliche Plätze in d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n , R o u s s i l l o n u. Conflans. Art. 60. F r a n k r e i c h verspricht P o r t u g a l n i c h t zu u n t e r s t ü t zen. Art. 61 K ö n i g v. S p a n i e n resignirt auf alle R e c h t e a u f die im M ü n stersçhen F r i e d e n v . Oestreich a n F r a n k r e i c h a b g e t r e t n e n L ä n d e r . Art. 62-78. L o t h r i n g e n sollte der H e r z o g bis a u f M o y e n w i c , B a r u. Clerm o n t wieder b e k o m m e n . Art. 82, 83. P r i n z v. C o n d é zu G n a d e n aufgen o m m e n . Art. 91. 92. 97 Wegen S a v o y e n u. M o d e n a d e r Z u s t a n d v o r d e m K r i e g hergestellt. Art. 108. F r i e d e v. Vervins a u c h w e g e n N a v a r r a bestätigt. Art. 2-25. a u s d r ü c k l i c h e B e s t i m m u n g e n ü b e r den H a n d e l , die Infantin entsagte 1660 eidlich allem E r b r e c h t a u f d e n s p a n . T h r o n u. beide K ö n i g e b e s c h w o r e n p e r s ö n l i c h d e n F r i e d e n a u f d e r Conferenzinsel. Zwischen E n g l a n d u. S p a n i e n 11 Sept. 1660 blos d e r F r i e d e v. 1630 hergestellt u. publicirt. [63-66] (

|35| c.) Nordische Staatshändel. 1598-1660. In Dänemark C h r i s t i a n IV 1588-1648. F r i e d r i c h I I I . 1648-1670. In Schweden: C a r l I X 1 6 0 4 - 1 1 , G u s t a v A d o l p h - 1 6 3 2 , C h r i s t i n a - 1 6 5 4 ; Carl G u s t a v - 1 6 6 0 . In Polen S i g i s m u n d 1587-1632, U l a d i s l a u s IV 35 1632-48, J o h a n n C a s i m i r 1648-1669. In Preussen: J o a c h i m F r i e d r i c h , Verweser, 1605-8, J o h a n n Sigismund - 1 6 2 0 , C h u r f ü r s t G e o r g W i l h e l m , regirender H e r z o g , - 1 6 4 0 . F r i e d r i c h W i l h e l m 1640-1688. In Rußland: Michael Feodorowitsch Romanow 1613-1645, Alexei 1645-1676.

85

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

a.)

Von 1598-1645.

In Rußland das Haus Romanow auf den Thron. I n n r e U n r u h e n n a c h d e m T o d v. F e o d o r I w a n o w i t s c h 1598, u. des Boris G u d e n o w 1605, b e s t i m m t e ein Theil d e r russischen N a t i o n 1610, U l a d i s l a u s , P r i n z e n S i g i s m u n d s v. P o l e n , ein a n d r e r C a r l Philipp v. Schweden z u m C z a r e n , a b e r da w e d e r 5 P o l e n n o c h S c h w e d e n , leztres n o c h i n e i n e m K r i e g gegen D ä n e m a r k begriffen, den erst G u s t a v A d o l p h 1613 e n d e t e , diese W a h l sofort n a c h d r ü c k l i c h u n t e r s t ü z t e n , sezten die R u s s e n d u r c h freie W a h l den Neffen F e o d o r ' s I w a n o w i t s c h , Prinz M i c h a e l F e o d o r o w i t s c h R o m a n o w , 1613 auf d e n T h r o n . 1614 beide m. e i n a n d e r entzweite K ö n i g e Waffenstill- 10 s t a n d , u m j e d e r u n g e s t ö r t auf R u ß l a n d loszugehn. M i c h a e l R o m a n o w m u ß m. Schweden 1617, 27 F e b r . Frieden zu Stolbowa eingehn, w o r i n er seine A n e r k e n n u n g erkauft d u r c h A b t r e t u n g der Besitzungen i n Ingerm a n l a n d u . Carelen, s o d a ß R u ß l a n d wieder alle u n m i t t e l b a r e C o m m u n i c a t i o n m. d e r Ostsee verlor. E r k a u f t a u c h v. P o l e n seine A n e r k e n n u n g 15 n u r in d e m zu Diwilina 1618 g e s c h l o ß n e n 14jährigen Waffenstillstand ( D e c . 11) gegen A u f o p f r u n g v. Smolensk, C z e r n i c h o v i e n u n d Severien. Als 1633 d e r K r i e g gen U l a d i s l a u s erneuert, in d e n ewigen F r i e d e n zu W i a z m a , 15 J u n . 1634, e b e n diese B e d i n g u n g e n in der H a u p t s a c h e erneuert. 20 Kriege Schwedens m i t Polen bis 1629 Waffenstillstand zu S t u m m f. 6 J., d a n n wieder 1635 zu S t u m s t o r f f. 26 J., d e r 20 J. b e s t a n d e n h a t . 1643 bricht S c h w e d e n r a s c h gegen D ä n e m a r k los, T o r s t e n s o n e r o b e r t die meisten d ä n i s c h e n Besitzungen auf d e m festen L a n d ; H o r n besezt S c h o n e n , H a l l a n d u. Bleckingen -; z u r See leistete der H o l l ä n d e r L u d . de 25 G e e r Beistand, D ä n e m a r k gezwungen in d e m zu Bremsebroe 13 Aug. 1645 u n t e r fzs. Vermittl. geschloßnen F r i e d e n , Art. I-XV d e n Schweden die gänzliche Befreiung v o m Sundzoll e i n z u r ä u m e n , Art. XXV. ihnen J e m p t e l a n d , Herjedahlen, G o t h l a n d u. Oesel a b z u t r e t e n , Art. XXVI u. XXVII H a l l a n d v o r e r s t a u f 30 J. als U n t e r p f a n d des F r i e d e n s in ihren 30 H ä n d e n z u lassen.

b.)

Von 1645-1660.

( M é m o i r e s du Chevalier de Terlon p a r r e n d r e c o m p t e de ses n e g o t i a t i o n s d e p u i s 1 6 5 6 - 6 1 . P a r i s . 1681. T. I. II.) Als 1655 Carl Gustav d e n K ö n i g J o h a n n C a s i m i r v. P o l e n z u r form- 35 liehen A n e r k e n n u n g m. d e n Waffen zwingen wollte, E r o b r u n g e n in Polen 86

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte g e m a c h t , u . d e m m . den S t ä n d e n des p o l n i s c h e n P r e u s s e n s v e r b ü n d e t e n Churfürsten v. B r a n d e n b u r g 1656 z u r A n e r k e n n u n g schwedischer L e h n s hoheit u. zu B ü n d n i s s e n genöthigt: Grosse Coalition wider Schweden: Holland schickt F l o t t e in die Ostsee, 5 die D ä n e m a r k v e r s t ä r k t , u. S c h w e d e n z u m Vertrag v. Elbingen 1656 zwingt. Rußland b r a c h n a c h 1656 g e s c h l o ß n e n Waffenstillstand m. P o l e n gegen S c h w e d e n los. Polen v e r b ü n d e t sich m. K a i s e r u n d D ä n e m a r k 1657 wider Schweden, w o r a u f Dänemark 1657 w i d e r S c h w e d e n l o s b r a c h , u. v. Schwedens einzigen 2 Alliirten, F ü r s t R a g o c z i u. C h u r f ü r s t v. B r a n 10 d e n b u r g , jener geschlagen, dieser a b e r sezte sich m. Polen d u r c h d e n Tractat zu Welau 1657, w o d u r c h er die S o u v e r a i n e t ä t Preussens e r l a n g t e , w o r a u f e r sich z u B y d g o s t m i t P o l e n , n a c h m a l s a u c h m . D ä n e m a r k u. Oestreich wider S c h w e d e n v e r b ü n d e t e . | [67-71]

87

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

|63| G. H. Francis. Opinions and Policy of etc Palmerston. (London 1852) l

Henry John Temple, 3 Viscount of Palmerston etc (his title f r o m t h e peerage o f Ireland.) H i s o w n i m m e d i a t e family n o t e n o b l e d until t h e y e a r 1722. G e b . 20 O c t o b . 1784. In t h e early p a r t of 1806, w h e n t h e f o r m a t i o n of t h e Grenville a d m i n i s t r a t i o n obliged L o r d H e n r y Petty, w h o h a d t a k e n office as C h a n c e l l o r of t h e E x c h e q u e r , to a p p e a l to his c o n s t i t u e n t s , L o r d P a l m e r s t o n , t h e n little m o r e t h a n 2 1 J., c o n t e s t e d m . i h m die representat i o n der University of C a m b r i d g e , did n o t t h e n succeed. Very s o o n afterw a r d s entered P a r l i a m e n t f. d e n b o r o u g h (rotten) of Bletchingley. 1807, o n t h e f o r m a t i o n o f t h e D u k e o f P o r t l a n d ' s a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , L o r d P a l m e r s t o n . . . L o r d of the A d m i r a l t y . On t h e 3 F e b r u a r y , 1808, (24 J.) he s p o k e briefly i n o p p o s i t i o n t o M r . P o n s o n b y ' s m o t i o n for t h e p r o d u c t i o n o f p a p e r s , t o s h o w the g r o u n d s o n w h i c h t h e t h e n A d m i n i s t r a t i o n h a d advised H . M . t o e m p l o y his n a v a l a n d military forces i n t h e expedition a g a i n s t C o p e n h a g e n . In 1809 wird Secretary at War, on t h e r e s i g n a t i o n of L o r d C a s t l e r e a g h of t h a t office. (26 J. alt) Blieb Secretary at W a r bis 1828. " H e h a d c o m m e n c e d fulfilling its functions u n d e r M r . Percival, a n d h e c o n t i n u e d t o d o s o d u r i n g t h e a d m i n i s t r a t i o n s o f the E a r l o f Liverpool, M. Canning, Lord Goderich a n d the D u k e of Wellington." (also consistently a m e m b e r of Tory a d m i n i s t r a t i o n s ) Er n e n n t C a n n i n g no friend of P a r l i a m e n t a r y R e f o r m . H i s g o o d t e m p e r a l m o s t p r o v e r b i a l in t h e H . o . C . I n M a y , u n t e r der Wellington A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , w e g e n A u s tritt des H u s k i s s o n m i t d e m D o w n f a l l d e r Wellington A d m i n i s t r a t i o n v . d e n W h i g s P a l m e r s t o n m a d e Secretary of S t a t e for F o r e i g n Affairs. Blieb es bis December 1851. (His j u n c t i o n m. d e n W h i g s in 1830) A l s o r e s p o n sible für die F o r e i g n Policy v o n the accession of G r e y in 1830 bis Sir R.

88

Aus George Henry Francis: Opinions and policy of Palmerston Peel in 1841 (mit exception des interval b e t w e e n N o v e m b e r 1834 u. April 1835). Between 1841 u. 46 P a l m e r s t o n in o p p o s i t i o n . . . . [VIII-XX] In this p a r t i c u l a r case, H. M . ' s ministers a r e p l e d g e d to secrecy; b u t I also object generally to making public the working of diplomacy, because it is 5 the t e n d e n c y of disclosures in t h a t d e p a r t m e n t to s h u t up future sources of i n f o r m a t i o n . W i t h respect to t h e p r e s e n t expedition, it is defensible on the g r o u n d t h a t t h e e n o r m o u s p o w e r o f F r a n c e e n a b l e s h e r t o coerce t h e weaker state t o b e c o m e a n e n e m y o f E n g l a n d . . . D a h e r w e h a v e n o t b e e n guilty of a violation of t h e law of n a t i o n s (1). It is a d m i t t e d by t h e 10 H o n . G e n t l e m a n a n d his s u p p o r t e r s , t h a t if D e n m a r k h a d evidenced a n y hostility t o w a r d s this c o u n t r y , t h e n we s h o u l d h a v e b e e n justified in measures of retaliation. H o w t h e n is the case altered, w h e n we find D e n m a r k acting u n d e r t h e c o e r c i o n of a p o w e r n o t o r i o u s l y hostile to us? (2.) E n g land, a c c o r d i n g to t h a t law of self-preservation w h i c h is a f u n d a m e n t a l 15 principle of the law of n a t i o n s , is justified in securing, a n d therefore enforcing, from D e n m a r k a n e u t r a l i t y w h i c h F r a n c e w o u l d b y c o m pulsion h a v e c o n v e r t e d i n t o active hostility. ( O n Ponsonby's motion on the Expedition to Copenhagen, Februar, 3, 1808) [3] Is there t h e n , a n y serious g r o u n d for a p p r e h e n s i o n for t h e liberties of 20 the c o u n t r y , w h e n we k n o w t h a t t h e n u m b e r of foreigners in our service is limited by law to the n u m b e r of 16,000, a n d t h a t of these the far larger p r o p o r t i o n are e m p l o y e d a b r o a d ? (Motion with respect to Foreigners in the Brit. Army, Marchio, 1812) Ebenso Dec. 10, 1812, bei Lord Folkestone's motion respecting the King's German Legion. [5] 25 A l t h o u g h I wish t h e C a t h o l i c claims to be considered, I never will admit t h o s e claims to s t a n d u p o n t h e g r o u n d [6] of r i g h t . . . the legislature of a c o u n t r y h a s t h e right to i m p o s e s u c h political disabilities u p o n a n y class of the c o m m u n i t y , as it m a y d e e m necessary for t h e safety a n d t h e welfare o f t h e w h o l e . . . D i e ß g e h ö r t z u d e n f u n d a m e n t a l principles o n 30 which a civilised g o v e r n m e n t is f o u n d e d . If I t h o u g h t t h e C a t h o l i c s w e r e asking for their rights, I, for o n e , w o u l d n o t go i n t o t h e c o m m i t t e e . (Mr. Grantham's Motion for a Committee on the Claims of the Roman Catholics, March 1, 1813) ||64| P u t t i n g this q u e s t i o n , h o w e v e r , entirely on the round of expediency, I c a n n o t c o n c u r w i t h t h o s e w h o t h i n k t h a t t h e y 35 have p r o v e d the expediency of c o n t i n u i n g t h e C a t h o l i c Disabilities n o w , by showing t h a t they were necessary in t h e times w h e n t h e y w e r e originally imposed. (1. c.) [7] Vertheidigt d e n large s t a n d i n g d e r Landarmee in E n g l a n d . . . In t h e very C o n s t i t u t i o n of o u r A r m y , t h e r e is a sufficient p r o t e c t i o n of t h e 40 Constitution . . . a large p r o p o r t i o n of t h e officers w h o c o m m a n d in it a r e identified by their p r o p e r t y , their c o n n e c t i o n s , a n d general interests, w i t h

89

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 the civil p r o s p e r i t y of the state. (Debate on the Army Estimates. March 8, 1816.) [12-14] I believe m u c h of o u r financial e m b a r r a s s m e n t to h a v e been c a u s e d by o u r f o r m e r low Peace establishments. (Lord G. Cavendish's motion for a reduction of the Public Expenditure April, 25, 1816) [14] " " I l a m e n t as deeply as t h e h o n . g e n t l e m a n t h e burdens of the country; b u t it s h o u l d be recollected t h a t they were t h e price w h i c h we agreed to p a y for o u r f r e e d o m a n d i n d e p e n d e n c e . (Colon. Davies' motion on the Military Expenditure of the Country. May 16, 1820.) [16] If t h e r e are a n y set of m e n w h o could drive a g o v e r n m e n t to military d e s p o t i s m it is t h o s e selfcalled, b u t misled reformers, w h o d e m a n d t h a t sort of r e f o r m in t h e c o u n t r y , which, a c c o r d i n g to every j u s t principle of gov., m u s t e n d , if it were acceded t o , in a military despotism. (Debate on the Mutiny bill. June 14, 1820.) [17] S o m e w o u l d h a v e h a d us use t h r e a t s in n é g o c i a t i o n , w i t h o u t being p r e p a r e d t o g o t o w a r i f négociation failed. T o h a v e t a l k e d o f w a r , a n d t o h a v e m e a n t neutrality: t o h a v e t h r e a t e n e d a n a r m y , a n d t o h a v e r e t r e a t e d b e h i n d a state p a p e r , to h a v e b r a n d i s h e d t h e s w o r d of defiance in t h e h o u r of deliberation, a n d to h a v e e n d e d in a penful of p r o t e s t s on t h e d a y of battle, w o u l d h a v e been the c o n d u c t of a c o w a r d l y bully, a n d w o u l d h a v e m a d e u s the object o f c o n t e m p t a n d the l a u g h i n g stock o f E u r o p e . (Debate on Mr. Macdonald's motion resp. the Negoc. relat. to Spain. April 30, 1823) [20] C u m p r i n c i p i a n e g a n t i n o n est d i s p u t a n d u m : — o f w h a t use i s i t t o dwell u p o n a b s t r a c t principles with t h o s e (Despotic Governments) w h o are accused of m e a s u r i n g r i g h t by p o w e r a n d of ruling their c o n d u c t by expediency, a n d n o t by justice? (I.e.) [21] Vertheidigt die nicht interference m. Spanien. (April 30, 1823. I.e.) "If S p a i n is divided, o u r interference is, on principle q u e s t i o n a b l e ; if she is u n i t e d , o u r interference is u n n e c e s s a r y . " (I.e.) We m i g h t h a v e c o v e r e d the o c e a n s with o u r ships; w e m i g h t h a v e b l o c k a d e d every p o r t i n E u r o p e ; b u t unless t h o s e ships h a d b e e n e m p l o y e d t o c a r r y a n a r m y t o Spain, a n d to feed t h a t a r m y w i t h supplies, we s h o u l d only h a v e i n c u r r e d a loss of m o n e y a n d of c h a r a c t e r , by m a k i n g a v a i n p a r a d e of assistance so i n a p plicable a n d i n a p p r o p r i a t e . (1. c.) [25, 26] Vertheidigt die Prügelstrafe in der A r m e e . (Debate on the Mutiny bill. March 5, 1824.) [28, 29] I regret to see t h e increasing n u m b e r of t h e D i s s e n t e r s . It is my wish t h a t the Established C h u r c h s h o u l d b e the p r e d o m i n a n t o n e i n this c o u n try. [29] (Debate on the building of new churches. April, 9, 1824). W i t h the C h u r c h of E n g l a n d it is the p o o r alone w h o feel t h e w a n t of C h u r c h

90

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus George Henry Francis: Opinions and policy of Palmerston a c c o m o d a t i o n . . . i t w o u l d b e p r e p o s t e r o u s t o say t h a t t h e p o o r o u g h t t o subscribe for c h u r c h e s o u t of their small e a r n i n g s . (1. c.) [30] C o r p o r a l P u n i s h m e n t . . . is absolutely indispensable. (Debate on the Mutiny bill. March 11, 1825.) [33] 5 A l t h o u g h s o m e collision (zu N a v a r i n o ) m i g h t h a v e b e e n expected a n d a p p r e h e n d e d as likely to arise, in s o m e w a y or o t h e r , between the fleets of the several p o w e r s , n o such c o m b i n a t i o n o f c i r c u m s t a n c e s a s t h a t w h i c h led to u l t i m a t e hostilities c o u l d h a v e b e e n foreseen. It w a s therefore a collision entirely u n e x p e c t e d b y G o v . . . . t r o t z d e m A d m i r a l gelobt. K e i n e 10 censure passed u p o n h i m etc. [37, 38] (Debate on the change of ministry Jan. 29, 1828) ( D e r A d m i r a l : Sir E d w a r d C o d r i n g t o n . ) t h e collision a r o s e o u t o f " u n t o w a r d " circumstances, a n d t e n d e d t o i n t e r r u p t the n é g o c i a tions. (I.e.) [40] N o w this battle, h o w e v e r m e r i t o r i o u s l y t h e gallant A d m i ral m a y h a v e c o n d u c t e d himself, d i d t a k e p l a c e (die Schlacht (battle) of 15 N a v a r i n ) , "it m u s t be a d m i t t e d , against a p o w e r w i t h w h i c h we a r e n o t at war". (Debate on the Address. Januar, 31, 1828). [41, 42] I am a w a r m a n d z e a l o u s friend to religious liberty . . . Es w ä r e unjust t o w a r d s t h e C a t h o l i c s as to r e m o v e f r o m o t h e r s , (nämlich den Dissenters) or mitigate, an i m a g i n a r y grievance, while real inflictions press u p o n 20 them. D a h e r er gegen Russells motion ||65| Repeal of Test and Corporations Acts. Voted against. (Russell's motion. Febr. 26, 1828) [54, 57] Vertheidigt F l o g g i n g in t h e A r m y . (Debate on Mutiny Bill. March 10, 1828) [57-59] Seine R e a s o n s for a p p r o v i n g Sale of Commissions, (in d e r engl. 25 A r m e e ) . . . t h e object for which m e n of f o r t u n e invest their capital in these annuities i s — t o o b t a i n p r o m o t i o n . A m a j o r w h o h a s a half-pay commission, sells it to a c a p t a i n on full-pay; t h e c a p t a i n t h e n b e c o m e s a major on half-pay u. d a n n l o o k s o u t i m m e d i a t e l y for a full-pay m a j o r desirous of retiring, w i t h w h o m he m a y effectuate an exchange. (Debate 30 on Army Promotions. March 12, 1828) [61] Resignirt E n d e M a i 1828. ( G r ü n d e seiner R e s i g n a t i o n . H u s k i s s o n June 2, 1828.) [64-69] We h e a r these p e r s o n s t a l k i n g of cleansing t h e A u g e a n stable? of expelling t r a i t o r s f r o m the c a m p ? (1. c.) [72] I am a n x i o u s to express my desire t h a t t h e franchise s h o u l d be extend35 ed to a g r e a t t o w n , n o t b e c a u s e I am a friend to reform in principle, but because I am its decided enemy ... A b e r p r a c t i c a l evil w h i c h results f r o m large m a n u f a c t u r i n g interests . . . being n o t r e p r e s e n t e d . . . (places as Birmingham, Leeds, or M a n c h e s t e r , w i t h a large p o p u l a t i o n , is u n r e p r e sented, while a green m o u n d of e a r t h sends 2 m e m b e r s to this h o u s e . I 40 admit, t h a t it is b e t t e r to s u b m i t to t h e inconsistency, t h a n to allow of the introduction of general reform. (June 27, 1828) [74, 75]

91

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 C a t h o l i c E m a n c i p a t i o n . . . a m e a s u r e of grace a n d f a v o u r . (February 10, 1829. Debate on Suppression of the Catholic Association.) M a c h t sich als Vertheidiger der k a t h o l . E m a n z i p a t i o n sehr m a u s i g w ä h r e n d d e r D e b a t t e n v . 1829. Sucht z u beweisen, d a ß " O t h e r remedies t h a n E m a n c i p a t i o n for Irish evils i m p o s s i b l e " u. "If a b s e n t e e i s m is an evil, C a t h o l i c E m a n c i p a t i o n is its only c u r e " . . . poorlaws w e r d e n sie n o c h i m p r o v i d e n t e r m a c h e n , r e d u n d a n t p o p u l a t i o n b e f ö r d e r n . (March 18, 1829.) [99, 100] Er " o p p o s e s disfranchisement of 40 shilling v o t e r s " , weil diese bill p r o p o s e d m e h r in the spirit of p u n i s h m e n t t h a n of p e a c e . (March 19, 1829) [104] Gegen Irish Poor Law: t h e effect of the p o o r l a w s is to t a k e f r o m a certain class of producers part of the p r o d u c e of their i n d u s t r y , a n d to a p p l y it against their will, to t h e s u p p o r t of o t h e r p e r s o n s . T h e c o n sequence of this is a d i m i n u t i o n of c a p i t a l . . . c h e c k t h e career of c o m mereiai i m p r o v e m e n t . . . T h e English system o f p o o r l a w s . . . p r o c e e d s o n t h e m i s t a k e n principle, t h a t y o u can m u l t i p l y c a p i t a l a c c o r d i n g t o the w a n t s o f t h o s e w h o are n o t e m p l o y e d i n l a b o u r . . . . I t i s t r u e , t h a t t h e p e a s a n t r y of I r e l a n d do n o t enjoy all the comforts w h i c h are enjoyed by t h e p e a s a n t r y of E n g l a n d . . . . Still, however, the Irish p e a s a n t h a s his c o m f o r t s — h e is well supplied w i t h fuel, a n d is seldom at a loss for food . . . cheerfulness of m i n d besizt er . . . It is said, t h a t t h e Irish l a n d l o r d insists on the highest possible rent that can be extorted. W h y , Sir, I believe t h a t is n o t a singular circumstance. A n d certainly in E n g l a n d t h e l a n d l o r d does the s a m e thing. ( M a y 7, 1829) [108-111]

5

10

15

20

25

Portugal, sagt er, d a ß (dieweil die G o v . d e n D o m M i g u e l u n t e r s t ü t z e , "this d e s t r o y e r of c o n s t i t u t i o n a l f r e e d o m " ) if t h e G o v . h a v e deserved t h e c e n s u r e of P a r l i a m e n t , t h a t censure m a y be a w a r d e d . (Sir J. Mackintosh's Motion on the affairs of Portugal, June 1, 1829) If by "interference", is m e a n t i n t e r m e d d l i n g , a n d i n t e r m e d d l i n g in every w a y , a n d to every 30 extent, s h o r t of a c t u a l military force; t h e n I m u s t affirm, t h a t t h e r e is n o t h i n g i n such interference, w h i c h t h e law o f n a t i o n s m a y n o t i n certain cases p e r m i t . (1. c.) [112-114] M a c h t sich sehr m a u s i g gegen D o m Miguel. (Angriff gegen die Wellington A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . Aberdeen) Greece. H a s there b e e n m u c h m o r e energy a n d p r o m p t i t u d e in fulfil- 35 ling o u r e n g a g e m e n t s to Greece? July, 1829, is c o m i n g fast u p o n us, a n d t r e a t y of July, 1827, is still u n e x e c u t e d . . . T h e M o r e a , indeed, h a s been cleared o f the T u r k s . . . B u t w h y were the a r m s o f F r a n c e c h e c k e d a t the I s t h m u s o f C o r i n t h ? . . . t h e n a r r o w policy o f E n g l a n d s t e p p e d in, a n d arrested h e r progress. . . . B u t w h y do n o t t h e allies deal w i t h t h e c o u n t r y 40 n o r t h o f t h e I s t h m u s , a s they h a v e d o n e w i t h t h a t t o t h e S o u t h , a n d

92

Aus George Henry Francis: Opinions and policy of Palmerston occupy at o n c e all ||66| t h a t w h i c h m u s t be assigned to G r e e c e ? . . . I should h a v e t h o u g h t t h a t t h e allies h a d e n o u g h o f n e g o c i a t i n g w i t h Turkey a b o u t G r e e c e . . . . I h o p e the c o n s t i t u t i o n (für r e g e n e r a t e d Greece) will b e o f L o n d o n a n d P a r i s m a n u f a c t u r e , a n d n o t t h e p r o d u c t i o n o f a n y 5 artist in a c a p i t a l n e a r e r to G r e e c e . ( H . o. C. June 1. 1829) [123-126] Angriff auf Austria by t h e n a r r o w n e s s of her views, the u n f o r t u n a t e p r e judices of h e r policy, a l m o s t r e d u c e d h e r s e l f . . . to t h e level of a secondrate p o w e r . . . . E n g l a n d d a s Gegentheil, a b e r jezt: " s h e is r e p r e s e n t e d as the key-stone of t h a t a r c h of which Miguel, a n d Spain, and Austria, and 10 Mahmoud, are t h e c o m p o n e n t p a r t s . T i m e w a s , a n d t h a t b u t lately, w h e n E n g l a n d w a s r e g a r d e d b y E u r o p e a s t h e friend o f liberty a n d civilisation. . . . it is t h u s t h a t they (people) see in t h e delay in executing t h e t r e a t y of July, n o t so m u c h fear of T u r k i s h resistance, as invincible r e p u g n a n c e to G r e c i a n f r e e d o m . " (June 11, 1829) [127-129] 15 I object to t h e policy of m a k i n g t h e integrity of t h e T u r k i s h d o m i n i o n s in E u r o p e an object essentially necessary to t h e interests of C h r i s t i a n a n d civilised E u r o p e . . . W a s t h e r e n o alternative b e t w e e n p u t t i n g R u s s i a i n t o possession of Turkey, a n d t h e cessation of t h e existence of T u r k e y as an E u r o p e a n p o w e r ? . . . G o v . s h o u l d h a v e used all m e a n s t o i n d u c e T u r k e y 20 to avoid a c o n t e s t w h i c h m u s t finally e n d in h e r h u m i l i a t i o n . (Debate on the Address, Febr. 5, 1830) T h e c h a r a c t e r of t h e G r e e k p o w e r s h o u l d be not merely sufficient to realise a revenue, b u t to p r o t e c t its territories from the r e a c t i o n of T u r k i s h hostility. (I.e.) [131-133] I t i s perfectly t r u e t h a t the w a r (between R u s s i a a n d Turkey) a r o s e o u t 25 of aggressions m a d e by T u r k e y on the c o m m e r c e a n d rights of R u s s i a , and violations o f treaties a l r e a d y a l l u d e d t o , a n d t h a t t h e s u b s e q u e n t H a t t i Scheriff w a s issued before t h e p r e s e n t G o v . c a m e i n t o P o w e r . . . . I , for one, shall n o t be satisfied w i t h [seeing] a n u m b e r of d e s p a t c h e s f r o m the G o v . o f E n g l a n d , w h i c h will n o d o u b t r e a d well a n d s m o o t h e n o u g h , 30 urging, in general t e r m s , t h e p r o p r i e t y of conciliating R u s s i a , b u t a c c o m panied, p e r h a p s , b y s t r o n g expressions o f t h e r e g a r d w h i c h E n g l a n d b o r e t o Turkey, which, w h e n r e a d b y a n interested p a r t y , m i g h t easily a p p e a r to m e a n m o r e t h a n w a s really i n t e n d e d . . . . I s h o u l d like to see, t h a t whilst E n g l a n d a d o p t e d a firm r e s o l u t i o n — a l m o s t the o n l y c o u r s e she 35 could a d o p t — u p o n no consideration, a n d in no event to t a k e p a r t w i t h Turkey i n t h a t w a r ; t h a t t h a t Decision w a s fairly a n d frankly c o m m u n i cated to t h e T u r k s . (Debate on the settlement of Greece. Febr. 16, 1830) [136,137] h a d she E n g l a n d t a k e n the h o n o u r a b l e a n d u p r i g h t c o u r s e , hostilities w o u l d n o t h a v e b e e n c o n t i n u e d in so recent a p e r i o d . (I.e.) 40 there are 3 merciless t h i n g s — t i m e , fire, a n d t h e S u l t a n . . . as we excited the w a r i n C a n d í a , w e are b o u n d t o p r o t e c t t h e C a n d i a n s . . . b y m a k i n g

93

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 t h e m a p a r t of the G r e e k state. (I.e.) My R i g h t H o n o u r a b l e friend (Sir R o b . Peel) h a s told the H o u s e that he does not know whose representative I am. (1. c.) G o v e r n m e n t s h o u l d either m a k e its s t a n d on a denial of a n y i n f o r m a t i o n w h a t e v e r , or they o u g h t to give it in its fullest s h a p e ; for to give imperfect i n f o r m a t i o n — t o m u t i l a t e e x t r a c t s — t o offer fragments of 5 c o r r e s p o n d e n c e from w h i c h the m o s t i m p o r t a n t p a r t s h a v e been left o u t , is to m a k e a m o c k e r y of P a r l i a m e n t , u n d e r p r e t e n c e of s u b m i t t i n g to its jurisdiction. (Motion on the affairs of Portugal. March 10, 1830) [138-144] T h e r e is n o t h i n g so m y s t e r i o u s or difficult in o u r foreign relations as 10 t h a t a n y m a n m i g h t n o t g r a p p l e with t h e m , w h o c a m e t o the c o n s i d e r a t i o n of t h e subject with an o r d i n a r y s h a r e of intelligence. T h e time is p a s t a w a y — i s g o n e by w h e n d i p l o m a c y w a s an occult science. (Palmerston's motion on the affairs of Portugal. March 10, 1830.) [147] T h e P o w e r s of E u r o p e a n d E n g l a n d especially, h a v e n o t o n l y a right 15 b u t a r e bound to see, t h a t by no s e p a r a t i o n b e t w e e n Belgium and Holland shall the ancient territory of Holland be prejudiced. (Febr. 18, 1831) the d u c h y of L u x e m b o u r g is claimed by Belgium. A b e r L u x e m b u r g g e h ö r t z u m D e u t s c h e n B u n d . D a h e r d a r f Belgium nicht enter. (I.e.) [157] Parliamentsreform. ( N u n dafür, Debate on Reform. H. o. C. March 3, 1831) 20 [160] t h e landed interest is t h e great f o u n d a t i o n u p o n w h i c h rest t h e fabric of society, a n d the institutions of the c o u n t r y . (1. c.) [172] D e m E i n w u r f Peel's " t h a t the R e f o r m bill will d e s t r o y t h e influence of the H. o. L . " , weil peers shall n o t interfere in election, P a l m e r s t o n a n t w o r t e t . . . we h a v e b e e n c h a r g e d with n o t being in e a r n e s t or sincere, in o u r desire to give to 25 the p e o p l e a real r e p r e s e n t a t i o n , it w a s said, we only p r o p o s e d to give a different k i n d o f influence t o t h e aristocracy a n d t h e l a n d e d interest. T h e o p p o n e n t s o f the Bill m u s t a b a n d o n o n e o r o t h e r o f t h o s e a r g u m e n t s . ( H . o. C. March 24, 1831) [177] | I [67] I D u r c h die bills t h e feelings of t h e m i d d l e classes will be c h a n g e d , 30 a n d their dissatisfaction will be c o n v e r t e d into t h e a t t a c h m e n t to the c o n s t i t u t i o n , w h i c h will give to it a vast increase of s t r e n g t h a n d solidity. (I.e.) [179] V o n P a l m e r s t o n gilt, w a s e r v . M r . C r o k e r sagte: " E v e r y b o d y k n o w s t h a t he is an exceedingly h a p p y j o k e r — h a p p y s o m e t i m e s in his self-sat- 35 i s f a c t i o n — a n d while he confines himself to the light a n d c o m i c strain, he m a k e s himself agreeable t o e v e r y b o d y ; b u t h e m u s t n o t a t t e m p t t o o m u c h versatility; he m a y be a g o o d s t a t e s m a n of all w o r k , b u t I assure h i m t h a t he is n o t a g o o d a c t o r of all w o r k , a n d in his a t t e m p t s at t h e heroic, he is apt to confound pathos with bathos, and to overleap the narrow bounds 40 between the sublime a n d t h e r i d i c u l o u s . " I r e c o m m e n d h i m "To leave h i g h t r a g e d y a n d stick to farce". (Aug. 12, 1831) [182] 94

Aus George Henry Francis: Opinions and policy of Palmerston If the H o u s e is to interfere with, a n d c o n t r o l t h o s e n e g o t i a t i o n s (relating of K r i e g u. F r i e d e n ) , it were, in fact a n d effect, t a k e t h e c a r e of t h e public interests entirely o u t o f t h e h a n d s o f t h e s e r v a n t s o f t h e C r o w n . (Aug. 18, 1831) [188] 5 I d e n y t h a t we h a v e s e p a r a t e d ourselves in a n y degree f r o m R u s s i a , b u t w e h a v e g o n e h a n d i n h a n d w i t h h e r t h r o u g h o u t t h e w h o l e o f these proceedings . . . A r e ministers n o w t o t u r n r o u n d u p o n R u s s i a , a n d exclaim " N o w . . . Belgium i s s e p a r a t e d f r o m H o l l a n d , y o u m u s t p a y u s b a c k t h a t m o n e y , which, i n the simplicity o f o u r h e a r t s , w a s p a i d y o u . " 10 (Debate on Russian-Dutch Loan, Jan. 26, 1832.) [191] M o r e f o r b e a r a n c e is d u e t h a n m i g h t be, were the forces of the 2 p o w e r s a p p r o a c h i n g n e a r e r t o a n equalitiy. D a h e r nicht grössere p o w e r a n g e w a n d t gegen Brazils f. die claims of o u r c o u n t r y m e n . (Debate on Mr. Dixon's motion on the Brazilian captures. April 16, 1832) the 15 Brazilian G o v . h a s been compelled to a d m i t t h e principle of i n d e m n i t y . (1. c.) Disfranchisement... is t h e chief and leading principle of the ( R e f o r m ) bill. Dies w e g e n U l t i m a t u m d e r M i n i s t e r n a c h i h r e m Verwerfen. (May 14,1832) [197-199] Poland, t h o u g h G r e a t Britain, as o n e of the c o n t r a c t i n g p a r t i e s , h a d an 20 u n d o u b t e d right to express an opinion on t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n a n d i n t e r p r e tation o f t h a t (Vienna) t r e a t y ; yet, o n t h e o t h e r h a n d , t h a t t r e a t y did n o t impose i m m e d i a t e a n d peculiar obligations on this c o u n t r y . (Mr. C. Fergusson's motion with respect to Poland, June 28, 1832) to e x t e r m i n a t e Poland, either m o r a l l y or p o l i t i c a l l y . . . it is so perfectly i m p r a c t i c a b l e 25 that I t h i n k there n e e d be no a p p r e h e n s i o n of its being a t t e m p t e d . (1. c.) [201,202] I t w o u l d b e t o practise a n i m p o s i t i o n o n t h e G o v . o f R u s s i a , i f w e sought, by a m e a n a n d p a l t r y q u i b b l e , to relieve ourselves from obligations which we are b o u n d to f u l f i l . . . if this H o u s e refuses to c o n s e n t to 30 the act necessary to the c o n t i n u a n c e of these p a y m e n t s , t h e h o n o u r a n d the g o o d n a m e of t h e c o u n t r y w o u l d be so tarnished, t h a t I s h o u l d despair of a n y useful or beneficial i n t e r c o u r s e ever t a k i n g place b e t w e e n Engl, a n d o t h e r states of E u r o p e . (Debate on the Russian-Dutch Loans. Juli 16, 1832) It is said, however, t h a t it is s t r a n g e , t h a t at o n e t i m e 35 Russia is p a i d for s u p p o r t i n g t h e u n i o n of B e l g i u m w i t h H o l l a n d , a n d that at a n o t h e r time she is p a i d for s u p p o r t i n g the s e p a r a t i o n of t h o s e c o u n t r i e s . . . the principle in each case being to preserve t h e b a l a n c e of power i n E u r o p e , a n d m a i n t a i n p e a c e a m o n g t h e n a t i o n s , especially w i t h this c o u n t r y . . . . W e h a v e o b t a i n e d f r o m R u s s i a the a s s u r a n c e , t h a t w h a t 40 ever m a y be her policy w i t h r e g a r d to Belgium, t h a t policy shall be c o n sistent with the interests of G r e a t Britain. (1. c.) [203-205]

95

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 I c o n s i d e r the c o n s t i t u t i o n a l states to be t h e n a t u r a l allies of this c o u n try. ( A u g . 2. 1832) [208] T h e h o n o u r a b l e a n d gallant m e m b e r (Colonel Evans) h a s r e p r e s e n t e d the c o n d u c t o f R u s s i a a s o n e o f u n v a r y i n g aggression u p o n o t h e r States f r o m 1815 to t h e p r e s e n t time. He a d v e r t e d , m o r e p a r t i c u l a r l y , to the w a r s of R u s s i a w i t h Persia a n d Turkey . . . R u s s i a w a s the aggressor in neither of them; a n d a l t h o u g h the result of t h e P e r s i a n w a r w a s an a g g r a n d i s e m e n t of h e r P o w e r , it w a s n o t a result of h e r o w n seeking. So strongly did t h e Brit. G o v . of the d a y feel this to be t h e case, ||68| t h a t a l t h o u g h we h a d a t r e a t y with Persia which b o u n d us to give h e r s u c c o u r in case of w a r with Russia, t h a t succour w a s n o t given, for we c o n t e n d e d we h a d a right to j u d g e of the causes of t h e w a r , a n d t h a t as Persia w a s t h e aggressor she h a d n o title t o o u r assistance. A g a i n i n t h e T u r k i s h w a r , R u s s i a w a s n o t t h e aggressor . . . I t w o u l d b e fatiguing t o t h e H o u s e t o detail all the p r o v o c a t i o n s T u r k e y offered to Russia: b u t I believe t h e r e c a n n o t be a d o u b t t h a t she expelled R u s s i a n subjects f r o m h e r territory, d e t a i n e d R u s s i a n ships, a n d violated all t h e p r o v i s i o n s of t h e t r e a t y of A k e r m a n ; a n d t h e n , u p o n c o m p l a i n t m a d e , d e n i e d redress; s o t h a t , i f ever t h e r e w a s a j u s t g r o u n d for going to w a r , R u s s i a h a d it for going to w a r w i t h Turkey. She did n o t , however, on t h a t occasion, a c q u i r e a n y increase of territory, at least in E u r o p e . I k n o w t h a t t h e r e w a s a c o n t i n u e d o c c u p a t i o n o f certain p o i n t s , a n d s o m e a d d i t i o n a l acquisitions o n t h e E u x i n e , i n Asia; b u t she h a d a n a g r e e m e n t with t h e o t h e r E u r o p e a n p o w e r s , t o t h e effect t h a t success i n t h a t w a r s h o u l d n o t l e a d t o a n y a g g r a n d i s e m e n t in E u r o p e . (216) (Debate on Russia and Poland, August 7,1832) H o w e v e r the q u e s t i o n of t h e right or the w r o n g of R u s sia, in h e r violation of t h e Polish c o n s t i t u t i o n m a y be decided, t h e first act of war p r o c e e d e d from t h e Poles, a n d n o t f r o m R u s s i a . (1. c.) (Quixotic interference) [215-218]

5

10

15

20

25

Greece, " t h e only choice w a s this, w h e t h e r we w o u l d assist to free 30 G r e e c e i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h R u s s i a o r F r a n c e , o r allow R u s s i a t o d o i t a l o n e " . I a s k w h e t h e r we o u g h t to h a v e left R u s s i a to settle this q u e s t i o n single-handed? If she, u n a i d e d , h a d rescued G r e e c e f r o m t h e d o m i n i o n of Turkey, w o u l d she n o t h a v e a c q u i r e d a p a r a m o u n t claim t o t h e eternal g r a t i t u d e of t h e G r e e k s ; a n d w o u l d she n o t t h u s h a v e established an 35 influence which w o u l d h a v e m a d e G r e e c e practically a R u s s i a n province? (Debate on second reading of Greek Convention bill. Aug. 8 1832) Reasons for choosing King Otto: U. A. " h e belongs to a c o u n t r y (Bavaria) w h e r e t h e r e exist free i n s t i t u t i o n s . " (I.e.) [219-221]

96

Aus John McNeill: Progress and present position of Russia

[John McNeill: Progress and present position of Russia in the East. London 1836.] 5

10

15

20

25

G r u n d des persischen K r i e g s , d a ß R u s s i a "seized an undisputed possession of Persia ( G o k c h e h ) " strip of land, w h i c h b o r d e r s on the l a k e of Sevan u. d e m a n d e d as t h e price of its e v a c u a t i o n , t h e a b a n d o n m e n t of Persia's claims (which w e r e p r o b a b l y j u s t ) , t o a n o t h e r p o r t i o n o f territory, (the lands o f K a p a n ) . . . [77-79] T h e t u r b u l e n t spirits i n the r a n k s o f t h e R u s sian a r m y , w h o h a d d i s p u t e d t h e streets of St. Petersburg!} w i t h t h e E m p e r o r , a n d w h o s e guilt i t w a s n o t possible o r c o n v e n i e n t t o a s c e r t a i n or to p u n i s h , t h e r e f o u n d a field on which to e x h a u s t their a r d o u r . ( P r o gress) U m die T ü r k e y anzugreifen "future success w a s r e n d e r e d m o r e certain b y h u m b l i n g b e f o r e h a n d t h e only asiatic w h o s e c o m m o n interests a n d c o m m o n d a n g e r s m i g h t h a v e led it to m a k e c o m m o n c a u s e w i t h Turkey, a n d the coffers o f the S h a h c o n t a i n e d e n o u g h t o defray t h e expense of the c o n t e s t " . (1. c.) [85, 86] R u s s i a . . . offered to aid t h e P o r t e in suppressing the rebellion w h i c h t h a t c a b i n e t a t t r i b u t e d exclusively t o h e r agency. T h e p r o p o s i t i o n w a s a t once rejected b y t h e S u l t a n , a n d t h e R u s s i a n a m b a s s a d o r at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e r e s o r t e d to every m e a n s to b r i n g a b o u t a r u p t u r e w i t h Turkey, because she persevered in h e r a t t e m p t s to suppress t h e rebellion which R u s s i a h a d offered h e r aid t o p u t d o w n . (I.e.) R u s s i a w a s n o t c o n t e n t w i t h inflicting o n the T u r k . G o v . t h e greatest indignities, a n d s u s p e n d i n g h e r d i p l o m a t i c relations with t h e P o r t e . Russian agents inflamed the p e t t y differences b e t w e e n Persia a n d Turkey, induced t h e P r i n c e R o y a l t o i n v a d e t h e O t t o m a n d o m i n i o n s . . . b u t t h e

97

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 C o n g r e s s o f V e r o n a formally a c k n o w l e d g e d t h e right o f t h e S u l t a n t o exclude all foreign i n t e r v e n t i o n between himself a n d his subjects, w h e t h e r C h r i s t i a n o r M a h o m m e d a n . . . T h i s decision o f t h e congress . . . w a s officially a n n o u n c e d t o the P o r t e b y t h e Brit, a m b a s s a d o r , a n d t h e q u e s t i o n a p p e a r e d t o b e decided. ... E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e invited N i c o l a s , w h o h a d recently m o u n t e d the t h r o n e , t o unite w i t h t h e m i n r e s t o r i n g t h e t r a n quillity of G r e e c e . P r o t o c o l signed at St. P e t e r s b u r g (1825?) r e s t r a i n e d t h e 3 p o w e r s to a friendly m e d i a t i o n between the S u l t a n a n d his rebellious subjects . . . S u l t a n declines . . . t h e 3 p o w e r s , f o u n d i n g their r i g h t to interfere on t h e i n t e r r u p t i o n to which the c o m m e r c e of the M e d i t e r r a n e a n w a s subjected by t h e piracies of the G r e e k s , c o n c l u d e d a t r e a t y at L o n d o n , July 6, 1827, by which they m u t u a l l y engaged to enforce, by hostilities if necessary, t h e a d j u s t m e n t o f the differences b e t w e e n t h e P o r t e a n d t h e G r e e k s , o n t e r m s t o b e prescribed t o b o t h parties. T h i s ||69| a r r a n g e m e n t still reserved to the S u l t a n the suzeraineté of G r e e c e , a n d a yearly t r i b u t e f r o m t h a t c o u n t r y . . . B u t R u s s i a h a d h e r o w n s e p a r a t e g r o u n d s o f discussion with Turkey, a n d d e m a n d e d the p e r f o r m a n c e o f certain stipulat i o n s of t h e Treaty of B u c h a r e s t , w i t h reference to the i n t e r n a l g o v e r n m e n t of t h e C h r i s t i a n provinces of T u r k e y in t h e n o r t h - e a s t ; while the P o r t e ... called u p o n the E m p e r o r to s u r r e n d e r t h e fortresses on t h e B l a c k Sea, w h i c h , b y t h e s a m e treaty, h e h a d e n g a g e d t o deliver u p , b u t which, for 14 J a h r e , h a d been retained in violation of these engagem e n t s . . . R u s s i a presents an u l t i m a t u m . . . Unexpectedly accepted. Plenipotentiaries m e t at Akerman, in Bessarabia, a n d a c o n v e n t i o n p r o p o s e d by R u s s i a was accepted by Turkey, on t h e express u n d e r s t a n d i n g t h a t R u s s i a s h o u l d r e n o u n c e all interference in t h e affairs of G r e e c e . To these c o n d i t i o n s R u s s i a acceded, only a few m o n t h s after she h a d signed the Treaty of L o n d o n , w h i c h b o u n d h e r to interfere in t h o s e affairs . . . [93-95] D i e a n d r e n G e s a n d t e n ( D e c e m b e r 1827) w i t h d r e w from C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . R u s s i a p r o p o s e d erst " t o o c c u p y M o l d a v i a u. Wallachia in t h e n a m e of t h e 3 p o w e r s " u. to m a r c h an a r m y i n t o Turkey, for t h e p u r p o s e of " d i c t a t i n g peace u n d e r the walls o f the seraglio". D i e a n d r e n P o w e r s w o l l e n nicht. N u n she declared t h a t "in t h e m a n n e r o f executing t h e Treaty of L o n d o n , she will consult only her o w n interests u. c o n v e n ience", a b e r this d e c l a r a t i o n she w a s obliged to r e t r a c t . . . schlißt 1827 ( a u t u m n of) peace m. d e m S h a h . ( T h e w a r h a d originated in a violation of t h e P e r s i a n t e r r i t o r y by the G o v e r n o r G e n . of G e o r g i a ) . . . Treaty of Turcomanchai, Febr. 1828 Persia, besides p a y i n g t h e w h o l e expenses of the war, w a s called u p o n t o cede t h e i m p o r t a n t a n d w e a l t h y p r o v i n c e s o f E r i v a n u. N u k h c h i v a n , including the fortresses of E r i v a n a n d A b b a s a b a d , b e c a u s e it w a s necessary, sagten die R u s s e n , to t h e future t r a n q u i l -

98

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus John McNeill: Progress and present position of Russia

5

10

15

20

25

lity of t h e 2 empires, t h a t their c o m m o n frontier s h o u l d be defined by t h e A r r a s . (Araxes) ( G a b a b e r nicht b a c k i h r e n claim a u f Talish u. Moghan, obgleich sie d a d u r c h violated the principle . . . of establishing t h e A r a s als die frontier line.) [97-99] "By t h e t r e a t y of T u r c o m a n c h a i , Persia a g a i n b o u n d to maintain no navy on the Caspian". ... Russia about 2 M i l l . £. St. from S h a h received . . . It w a s n e i t h e r a s y m p a t h y w i t h h e r co-religionists i n Greece, w h o m she h a d s o often excited t o revolt, a n d s o often a b a n d o n e d t o their f a t e . . . [101-103] B y the t r e a t y o f A d r i a n o p l e the Czar a c q u i r e d A n a p a a n d P o t y w i t h a c o n s i d e r a b l e extent o f c o a s t o n t h e Black Sea, a p o r t i o n of t h e P a s h a l i c of A k h i l s k a , with the 2 fortresses of A k h i l s k a u. A k h i l k i l l a k u. die islands formed by the mouths of the Danube; stipulated für die d e s t r u c t i o n of t h e T u r k , fortress of G e o r g i o v a , a n d t h e a b a n d o n m e n t b y T u r k e y o f the right b a n k o f t h e D a n u b e t o t h e distance of several miles f r o m t h e river; a t t e m p t e d a v i r t u a l s e p a r a t i o n of M o l davia a n d Wallachia f r o m T u r k e y by s a n i t a r y r e g u l a t i o n s . . . r e m o v e d partly b y force, a n d p a r t l y b y t h e influence o f t h e p r i e s t h o o d , m a n y 1000 families of t h e A r m e n i a n s f r o m t h e T u r k , p r o v i n c e s in A s i a to his o w n territories . . . H e established for his o w n subjects i n T u r k e y a n exemption f r o m all responsibility t o t h e n a t i o n a l a u t h o r i t i e s , a n d b u r thened t h e P o r t e w i t h a n i m m e n s e d e b t u n d e r t h e n a m e o f i n d e m n i t y for the expenses of t h e w a r a n d for c o m m e r c i a l losses, a n d finally retained M o l d a v i a , Wallachia u . Silistria i n pledge for t h e p a y m e n t . . . H a v i n g b y this treaty i m p o s e d u p o n T u r k e y the a c c e p t a n c e of the p r o t o c o l of M a r c h 22, which secured to h e r t h e suzeraineté of G r e e c e , a n d a yearly tribute from t h a t c o u n t r y ; R u s s i a used all h e r influence to p r o c u r e t h e independence of Greece .,. W u r d e erected i n t o an i n d e p e n d e n t state; of which C o u n t C a p o d'Istria, w h o h a d b e e n a R u s s i a n minister, w a s n a m e d president. [105-107] (Progress and pres. Posit, of Russia in the East. 1836)

99

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

[Francis: Opinions and policy (Fortsetzung)] Military Flogging. (Wieder dafür, Debate on Mil. Flog., April2, 1833.) [233] the claim o f R u s s i a t o the possession o f P o l a n d . . . b e a r s t h e d a t e o f the Treaty of V i e n n a , a n d is f o u n d e d on the s a n c t i o n of E u r o p e . T h e Brit. G o v . , therefore, feel t h a t , as o n e of the c o n t r a c t i n g p a r t i e s to t h a t t r e a t y , t h e y h a v e a right to entertain and express ||70| an opinion on a n y act which, in their o p i n i o n , t e n d s to a violation or d e p a r t u r e f r o m t h e stipu l a t i o n s i n t o w h i c h they entered with t h e o t h e r c o n t r a c t i n g parties . . . R u s s i a is b o u n d in g o o d faith to preserve to P o l a n d t h e c o n t i n u a n c e of t h a t Constitution ... the Poles h a d t a k e n the uncalled-for, a n d , in my o p i n i o n , unjustifiable step, of n o t merely asserting their rights . . . b u t d e c l a r i n g the dethronement of the Emperor... t h e c o n t r a c t i n g p a r t i e s to t h e Treaty of V i e n n a h a d a right to r e q u i r e t h a t t h e C o n s t i t . of P o l a n d s h o u l d n o t be t o u c h e d — a n d this w a s an o p i n i o n w h i c h I h a v e n o t c o n cealed from t h e R u s s i a n G o v . I c o m m u n i c a t e d it by anticipation to t h a t G o v . p r e v i o u s t o t h e t a k i n g o f W a r s a w , a n d before t h e result o f hostilities w a s k n o w n . D a n n wieder w h e n W a r s a w f e l l . . . T h e R u s s . G o v . , h o w e v e r , t o o k a different view of t h e question. (H. o. C. July 9,1833) a general w a r m u s t h a v e t a k e n place if E n g l a n d h a d interfered by a r m s (1. c.) I am p e r s u a d e d , ( E m p e r o r o f R u s s i a n o t absolute), t h a t w h e r e cases o f u n d u e severity o n t h e p a r t o f the R u s s . G o v . t o t h e Poles h a v e o c c u r r e d , w e m a y set t h e m d o w n a s p r o o f s t h a t t h e p o w e r o f the E m p e r o r o f R u s s i a i s practically limited; a n d we m a y t a k e it for g r a n t e d , t h a t the E m p e r o r h a s , in t h o s e instances, yielded to t h e influence of o t h e r s , r a t h e r t h a n follow the dictates of his o w n s p o n t a n e o u s feelings. (I.e.) [242-245]

5

10

15

20

25

Turkey " T h e integrity a n d i n d e p e n d e n c e of t h e O t t o m a n E m p i r e are necessary t o t h e m a i n t e n a n c e o f the tranquillity, t h e liberty a n d the b a l a n c e of P o w e r in the rest of E u r o p e . " W a s eine Partition der T u r k e y a n g e h t "I h a v e a d o u b l e s e c u r i t y , — i n t h e first place, in t h e good faith of 30

100

^Bundestag

¿

'·

M. 0 Ζ

Aus George Henry Francis: Opinions and policy of Palmerston (Fortsetzung) Russia; a n d , secondly, in t h e d o u b t I e n t e r t a i n , w h e t h e r it e n t e r s i n t o t h e policy of R u s s i a at present to a c c o m p l i s h this o b j e c t . " (July, 11, 1833.) W i t h o u t m i n d i n g t h e t a u n t s t h r o w n o u t a s t o o u r pacific policy, w e shall d o o u r u t m o s t t o preserve t h e p e a c e o f E u r o p e . . . . O n t h e o t h e r h a n d , I 5 utterly r e p u d i a t e t h e idea, t h a t this c o u n t r y t r e m b l e s at t h e p o w e r of R u s s i a . We certainly wish to be on friendly terms with Russia, n o t o n l y b e c a u s e we h a v e interests in c o m m o n , a n d b e c a u s e we h a v e every motive t o b e o n g o o d t e r m s w i t h t h a t p o w e r ; b u t also, b e c a u s e t h e c o n s e q u e n c e s of war m a y be nearly as disastrous to the conquering as to the unsuc10 cessful p o w e r . At t h e s a m e t i m e , we never will c o n s e n t to p u r c h a s e t h e friendship o f R u s s i a b y t h e sacrifice o f t h e least p o r t i o n o f t h e h o n o u r o f t h e c o u n t r y . (I.e.) [246-248] Cornlaws. If I am to u n d e r s t a n d this q u e s t i o n as l e a d i n g to t h e affir­ m a t i o n . . . of t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t of a perfectly free t r a d e in c o r n , w i t h o u t 15 a n y d u t y w h a t e v e r — t o s u c h a p r o p o s i t i o n I s h o u l d be decidedly o p p o s e d ... als " f r a u g h t w i t h injustice to t h e interests of a large a n d i m p o r t a n t class of t h e c o m m u n i t y " . (19 M a r c h , 1834) [253, 254] Political refugees. I t i s n o t c o n s i s t e n t w i t h m y d u t y t o h o l d o u t t o t h e H o u s e ... a n y e x p e c t a t i o n t h a t his M ' s G o v . will feel themselves a t liberty 2 0 t o p r o p o s e t o this H o u s e a n y g r a n t o f m o n e y i n aid o f t h o s e u n f o r t u n a t e p e r s o n s . ... ( M i t d e n French (v. d e r e r s t e n R e v o l u t i o n ) u. Span. E m i ­ g r a n t s w ä r e es a n d e r s gewesen.) ( M a r c h 25, 1834) [258] Spanien. G r e a t B r i t a i n . . . identified w i t h t h e c a u s e of t h e existing G o v . o f Spain . . . b y t h e a d d i t i o n a l articles t o t h e Q u a d r u p l e Treaty. 25 (June 24, 1835.) [281] Occupation of Cracow, t h e t r e a t y of V i e n n a stipulates t h a t foreign t r o o p s shall, o n n o a c c o u n t w h a t e v e r , e n t e r t h e S t a t e o f C r a c o w ; t h a t treaty c o n t a i n s also a n i n d i v i d u a l r e c i p r o c a l c o n d i t i o n o n t h e p a r t o f t h e State o f C r a c o w , t h a t o n n o a c c o u n t shall i t h a r b o u r such p e r s o n s a s a r e 30 described in t h a t t r e a t y , b u t shall, on d e m a n d , deliver up s u c h p e r s o n s to either of t h e 3 c o n t r a c t i n g p o w e r s w h o s e subjects they h a p p e n to be; a n d it is u p o n this article of t h e t r e a t y , t h a t t h e residents of t h e 3 p o w e r s , in their n o t e t o t h e S e n a t e o f C r a c o w , f o u n d their claims t o t h e e x p u l s i o n , within 8 d a y s , of t h e P o l i s h refugees f r o m t h a t t e r r i t o r y . . . a n u m b e r of 35 the natives of P o l a n d a s s e m b l e d at C r a c o w , a n d were in c o n s t a n t c o m munication with the Austrian and Russian Provinces of Poland ... the spirit o f t h e t r e a t y w a s s u c h a s t o forbid C r a c o w f r o m a l l o w i n g t h e residence of such p e r s o n s in their S t a t e . T h e y h a d e n t e r e d ¡711 i n t o an e n g a g e m e n t n o t t o h a r b o u r offenders a g a i n s t t h e laws, o r m e n w h o h a d 40 deserted f r o m t h e a r m y , or fled f r o m p r o s e c u t i o n . . . . I am b o u n d to say, t h a t no sufficient r e a s o n h a s yet b e e n given, either for t h e e n t r a n c e of t h e

101

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 t r o o p s , or t h e s h o r t n e s s of the interval w h i c h existed b e t w e e n t h e t i m e of t h e d e m a n d , a n d t h a t of the o c c u p a t i o n of C r a c o w . . . . I s h o u l d even say, t h a t i f n o t r e a t y h a d existed a t all, i f C r a c o w h a d only s t o o d o n t h e s a m e c o m m o n footing as all o t h e r n a t i o n s of E u r o p e , a n d a n e i g h b o u r i n g p o w e r p o i n t e d o u t to h e r t h e existence of c e r t a i n p e r s o n s w i t h i n h e r 5 territory, w h o were e m p l o y e d in exciting disturbances among the population of that power, t h e m e r e d u t y of g o o d n e i g h b o u r h o o d w o u l d r e q u i r e t h a t C r a c o w s h o u l d t a k e effective m e a s u r e s t o p r e v e n t h e r soil from I b e c o m i n g an a s y l u m for the disturbers. . . . I do n o t s t a n d up h e r e to I defend a m e a s u r e w h i c h , on the c o n t r a r y , I m u s t censure a n d c o n d e m n . I 10 h a v e merely s t a t e d those circumstances which, t h o u g h they do not excuse t h e forcible o c c u p a t i o n of C r a c o w , might yet afford a justification etc. for the demand of these p o w e r s , if it h a d been m a d e in a m o r e limited f o r m t h a n i t w a s . . . . D e m Vertrag v . W i e n g e m ä ß i t w a s their d u t y früher t o c o m m u n i c a t e to this G o v . . . . b u t at t h e s a m e time, in d e t e r m i n i n g to t a k e 15 a step which, to say the least of it, w a s o n e of u n n e c e s s a r y violence, w i t h o u t c o n s u l t i n g H. M. G o v e r n . , t h a t t h e y be justly said perhaps to have paid an involuntary h o m a g e to the justice and plain dealing of the Country ... da wir nicht gegeben h a b e n w ü r d e n u n s e r assent to such a p r o ceeding. (Sir Stratford Canning's m o t i o n . M a r c h 18, 1836.) [304-308] 20 I do n o t s t a n d here to e x p o u n d or explain the i n t e n t i o n s of R u s s i a . . . . It is n o t p r u d e n t or wise ...to anticipate wrongs. (Debate on Russia and Turkey, April 20, 1836) by t h e Treaty of V i e n n a , t h e n a v i g a t i o n of t h e D a n u b e is free to all n a t i o n s . . . W h e n R u s s i a a c q u i r e d a p o r t i o n of the D a n u b e by t h e Treaty of A d r i a n o p l e , t h a t p a r t of t h e river fell w i t h i n t h e scope of the Treaty of Vienna, (I.e.) as being a p a r t of R u s s i a . [312-314] Polish refugees. It is exceedingly painful to me to o p p o s e t h e g r a n t of a n y m o n e y t o t h o s e individuals, w h i c h the n a t u r a l a n d s p o n t a n e o u s feelings of every g e n e r o u s m a n w o u l d lead h i m to acquiesce in. ( H . o. C. M a r c h 2 5 , 1834) [259] Es w i r d i h m vorgeworfen, er h a b e in b e z u g auf P o l e n held o u t certain r e a s o n s t o induce t h e c o u n t r y t o e n t e r t a i n expect a t i o n s . . . n o t a f t e r w a r d s . . . realised. W e n n er gesagt h a b e früher, es sei n i c h t in der p o w e r of R u s s i a to e x t e r m i n a t e a k i n g d o m ( P o l a n d ) , so h a b e er gemeint, R u s s i a k ö n n e nicht n o m i n a l l y or physically e x t e r m i n a t e a nation . . . of so m a n y millions of m e n as t h e Polish k i n g d o m , in its divided state c o n t a i n e d . (April 20, 1836) [314, 315] Expulsion of refugees. It is u n d o u b t e d l y t r u e t h a t every i n d e p e n d e n t n a t i o n h a s a n i n d i s p u t a b l e right t o afford p r o t e c t i o n a n d t h e r i g h t s o f hospitality to a n y foreigners w h o m a y t a k e refuge there; b u t it is also a d u t y of every c o u n t r y to m a i n t a i n the relations of g o o d n e i g h b o u r h o o d w i t h the b o r d e r i n g States; a n d it is the interest of every p o w e r w h i c h

102

25

30

35

40

Aus George Henry Francis: Opinions and policy of Palmerston (Fortsetzung)

5

lo

15

20

25

30

35

40

exercises t h e rights of hospitality to t a k e care t h a t t h e p e r s o n s enjoying t h e m d o n o t a b u s e t h e m t o the p u r p o s e o f f o r m i n g a n d executing c o n spiracies to d i s t u r b the tranquillity of n e i g h b o u r i n g States. ( H . o. C. A u g . 9, 1836) [323] Quadruple Treaty ... P o r t u g a l m u s t be l o o k e d u p o n as o n e of the s u b stantive P o w e r s of E u r o p e . . . S p a i n h o l d s o u t to us a fair a n d legitimate h o p e t h a t she m a y yet b e c o m e w h a t she h a s b e e n in f o r m e r times, a flourishing a n d even a f o r m i d a b l e p o w e r a m o n g t h e E u r o p e a n k i n g d o m s . ( H . o. C. M a r c h 10, 1837) We h a v e b e e n accused of f a v o u r i n g i n n o v a tion, a n d e n c o u r a g i n g r e v o l u t i o n . (I.e.) [327, 332] Roebuck said: "I c a r e n o t for t h e b a l a n c e of p o w e r , I care only for the c o m m e r c e of E n g l a n d . I c a r e n o t if o n e p o w e r g a i n possession of t h e whole w o r l d , as l o n g as the c o m m e r c e of E n g l a n d is m a i n t a i n e d " . . . W h a t w o u l d be the p o s i t i o n ||72| of E n g l a n d , if h e r c o m m e r c e w i t h all t h e rest of the w o r l d h a p p e n e d to d e p e n d on o n e single will, by w h i c h t h e whole o f t h e rest o f t h e w o r l d w a s g o v e r n e d a n d directed? ( D e b . o n t h e seizure of the Vixen. M a r c h 17, 1837) [334, 335] Russia: ( G e g e n A t t w o o d alarmist) since t h e peace, R u s s i a h a s b e e n exhausting her m e a n s daily i n p o m p s a n d s h o w s , i n reviews i n the n o r t h a n d reviews in t h e s o u t h : she h a s e x p e n d e d a n y s u r p l u s r e v e n u e her v a s t territory m a y give her, a n d a l t h o u g h she h a s a large n u m b e r of m e n u n d e r a r m s , yet w h e n w e c o n s i d e r t h e little m e a n s she possesses t o m u s t e r t h e m from v a r i o u s d i s t a n t places, a n d t h e n t o t r a i n a n d b r i n g t h e m i n t o t h e s h a p e o f a n offensive a r m y , t h e h o n o u r a b l e m e m b e r m a y d e p e n d u p o n i t she i s n o t in a s i t u a t i o n to give r e a s o n a b l e c a u s e of a l a r m to a n y p o w e r r a n k e d a m o n g t h e principle States of E u r o p e . I say t h a t Russia gives the world quite as much security for t h e p r e s e r v a t i o n of peace as E n g l a n d . I assert t h a t Russia w o u l d find it m o r e difficult to u n d e r t a k e a w a r w h i c h h a d n o t for its object self-defence, t h a n E n g l a n d . ( D e c . 14, 1837) [357, 363] Vixen . . . He ( M r . Bell) entered i n t o a s p e c u l a t i o n for views a n d p u r poses of his o w n , w h i c h he w a s perfectly at liberty to do . . . If I were to find fault w i t h M r . Bell, it w o u l d be b e c a u s e his speculation w a s e n t e r e d u p o n , n o t with c o m m e r c i a l , b u t w i t h political m o t i v e s , a n d w i t h the intention of placing 2 g r e a t c o u n t r i e s [in a position] of w h i c h w a r m i g h t be the consequence, a n d herein he s h o w e d himself n o t a c t u a t e d by p r o p e r views. B u t did h e receive e n c o u r a g e m e n t from m e t o enter u p o n t h a t expedition? I r e p e a t my denial of that assertion. ... It is said t h a t M r . Bell, this i n n o c e n t M r . Bell, w a s led i n t o a t r a p by m e , by t h e a n s w e r s I g a v e him. I d e n y t h a t t h e r e is t h e slightest f o u n d a t i o n for a n y s u c h assertion . . . Er a n t w o r t e t e nicht a u f einen P u n k t v. Bell's Brief: " H e wished to k n o w what w a s t h e o p i n i o n of H e r M ' s G o v . w i t h r e g a r d to . . . t h e right of |

103

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 Russia to the sovereignty of Circassia, a n d w h e t h e r . . . she w a s entitled to establish t h o s e c u s t o m - h o u s e , a n d s a n a t o r y r e g u l a t i o n s she w a s enforcing by t h e p o w e r of h e r a r m s ? . . . no individual m e r c h a n t is entitled to a s k h e r M ' s G o v . t o give a n o p i n i o n o n q u e s t i o n s o f t h a t s o r t . " ( J u n e 2 1 , 1838. Sir Stratford Canning's motion) T h e t r a p , if t h e r e w a s one, w a s laid n o t for M r . Bell, b u t by M r . Bell. (I.e.) Bell schrieb i h m (in A n t w o r t ) " m y letter a s k e d b u t o n e q u e s t i o n , a n d t h a t was, w h e t h e r the G o v . recognise the R u s s i a n b l o c k a d e o n t h e C o a s t of t h e Black-Sea?" (1. c.) P a l m e r s t o n replied " t h a t , for i n f o r m a t i o n on t h a t p o i n t , I m u s t refer h i m to the Gazette; a n d t h e r e t h e c o r r e s p o n d enee e n d e d " . (I.e.) [392-395] Russia. My h o n o u r a b l e friend says, t h a t if R u s s i a h a d a p e r s o n exclusively d e v o t e d to her interests in t h e Brit, cabinet, he c o u l d n o t h a v e served h e r m o r e sincerely t h a n I h a v e u n c o n s c i o u s l y d o n e ; t h a t I h a v e b e e n l a b o u r i n g to destroy t h e Turkish e m p i r e , a n d p u t an end to its integrity, a n d subject such p o r t i o n of it as r e m a i n s u n d e r the nominal s w a y of the Sultan, entirely to the views of R u s s i a . . . It ¿y impossible for a n y Gov. to have acted with more honour and good faith in any matter than the Russ. Gov. has acted with the other powers in respect to Turkey ... We c a n o n l y j u d g e t h e i n t e n t i o n s of R u s s i a f r o m h e r c o n d u c t ; a n d I m u s t say, that it is not just to impute to that power that her present conduct has a n y t e n d e n c y w h a t e v e r inimical t o the integrity o f t h e T u r k i s h E m p i r e . (June I, 1840) [424,425] t h e protection of the Greek religion by t h e E m p e r o r of R u s s i a arises o u t of distinct treaties w i t h the P o r t e . (March 12, 1841) [429] "sham mediations" in the contest between D e n m a r k a n d G e r m a n y . (July 24, 1849) [489] The Treaty of Unkiar Skelessi... was no d o u b t to a certain degree forced u p o n T u r k e y by C o u n t Orloff, t h e R u s s i a n envoy, u n d e r circumstances w h i c h r e n d e r e d it difficult for T u r k e y to refuse a c c e d i n g to it. M e h e m e t Ali h a d i n v a d e d Syria, a n d h a d a d v a n c e d far i n t o A s i a m i n o r , a n d t h r e a t e n e d C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . T h e S u l t a n applied t o t h e Brit. G o v . for assistance; b u t the Brit. G o v e r n m e n t w a s n o t at t h a t t i m e in a c o n d i t i o n to r e n d e r t h a t assistance. We h a d n o t a n a v a l force at o u r disposal sufficient for t h a t p u r p o s e . It w a s k n o w n t h a t R u s s i a h a d offered assistance, a n d they sent it. T h e Brit. G o v . were, however, surprised to find t h a t w h e n the R u s s i a n t r o o p s q u i t t e d t h e B o s p h o r u s , t h e y c a r r i e d t h a t treaty a w a y w i t h t h e m — a t r e a t y for 8 years, of w h i c h t h e m o s t objectionable p o r t i o n was, t h a t it gave practically, to t h e R u s s . G o v . a power of interference and dictation in Turkey, not consistent with the i n d e p e n d e n c e of t h a t State. ( M a r c h 1, 1850)1 [492]

104

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant

[Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant. Pt. 1-3. London 1841] [Pt. 1] 5 1731 Treaty of London, July 15, 1840. (Gez. v. E n g l a n d , Oestreich, P r e u s sen, R u ß l a n d u . T ü r k e y . ) (Collective n o t e p r e s e n t e d t o t h e P o r t e b y t h e Representatives 27 July, 1839.) [691] ( T h e R i g h t H o n . H e n r y J o h n V i s c o u n t P a l m e r s t o n , B a r o n Temple, a Peer o f I r e l a n d , a M e m b e r o f H . M ' s M o s t H o n . P r i v y C o u n c i l , K n i g h t 10 G r a n d C r o s s of t h e M o s t H o n . O r d e r of the B a t h , a M e m b e r of P a r i . , a n d H e r P r i n c . Secret, of S t a t e for F o r . Affairs) Art IV. " A d m i t no foreign ship of w a r i n t o the straits of B o s p h o r u s a n d of t h e D a r d a n e l l e s ausser in diesem F a l l , only as a m e a s u r e of exception a d o p t e d at the express d e m a n d of the s u l t a n , a n d solely for his 15 defence in the single case a b o v e - m e n t i o n e d . " (If M e h e m e t Ali s h o u l d effect his l a n d or seaforces a g a i n s t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . ) [692] Separate Act annexed to this convention. (Gez.: P a l m e r s t o n , N e u m a n n , Bulow, B r u n n o w . ) § 1.) His H i g h n e s s (der Sultan) p r o m i s e s to M e h e m e t Ali, for himself 20 a n d for his d e s c e n d a n t s in t h e direct line, t h e a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of t h e P a c h a lic o f Ejypt; a n d H i s H i g h n e s s p r o m i s e s , m o r e o v e r , t o g r a n t t o M e h e m e t Ali, for his life, w i t h t h e title of P a c h a of A c r e , a n d w i t h t h e c o m m a n d of the fortress of St. J o h n d ' A c r e , t h e a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of the s o u t h e r n p a r t of Syria, t h e limits of w h i c h shall be d e t e r m i n e d by t h e following line of 25 d e m a r c a t i o n etc etc [696] § 4.) I t i s expressly u n d e r s t o o d , t h a t . . . M e h e m e t A l i . . . shall b e b o u n d t o deliver u p t h e T u r k i s h f l e e t , w i t h t h e w h o l e o f its crews a n d e q u i p ments, into the h a n d s o f the Turk. A g e n t w h o shall b e c h a r g e d t o receive

105

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 1 t h e s a m e . T h e C o m m a n d e r s o f the Allied S q u a d r o n s shall b e p r e s e n t a t such delivery. [697]

[Pt. 3] M r . Guizot sagt zu Earl Granville: "Is it w o r t h while for t h e s a k e of excluding the P a c h a of Ejypt from the G o v . of C a n d í a d u r i n g t h e few years o f life t h a t n o w r e m a i n t o h i m , t o risk the d a n g e r o u s c o n s e q u e n c e s t h a t m a y result t o all the w o r l d , f r o m F r a n c e n o t c o n c u r r i n g i n t h e sett l e m e n t of t h e p e a c e of the E a s t . " (Earl Granville to Vise. Palmerston. Paris. Nov. 6, 1840) [2] It is n o t at first sight evident w h a t t h e d a n g e r o u s c o n s e q u e n c e s are, w h i c h , M r . G u i z o t says, m a y result t o t h e w o r l d f r o m F r a n c e n o t c o n c u r r i n g in, t h a t is to say, n o t being a c o - o p e r a t i n g p a r t y t o , this settlem e n t . . . the anxiety o f H . M . ' s g o v e r n m e n t t o o b t a i n t h e c o - o p e r a t i o n o f F r a n c e a r o s e n o t f r o m a n y feeling t h a t such c o - o p e r a t i o n w a s indispensably necessary to give p e r m a n e n t stability to t h e a r r a n g e m e n t w h e n effected, b u t chiefly because such c o - o p e r a t i o n w o u l d h a v e e n s u r e d the p r o m p t s u b m i s s i o n of M e h e m e t Ali etc (Palmerston to Granville. Nov. 12, 1840) [4] ( M e t t e r n i c h l ä ß t besänftigende Briefe an G u i z o t k o m m e n . ) Y o u r L o r d s h i p . . . the chief p r o m o t e r a n d s u p p o r t e r o f t h e E x p e d i t i o n . (Mr. Wood to Palmerston Oct. 10, 1840) [7] C o u n t Nesselrode c o n t i n u e s in his o p i n i o n , t h a t it is impossible for t h e allies t o t a k e the initiative i n any o v e r t u r e t o F r a n c e ; a n d the d e s p a t c h e s since received from B a r o n B r u n n o w giving an a c c o u n t of the objections raised by y o u r L o r d s h i p to Prince M e t t e r n i c h ' s p r o p o s a l of a M e e t i n g at W i e s b a d e n , h a v e c o n f o r m e d C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e in t h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n of t h e R u s s i a n C a b i n e t t o await events. H i s Excellency r e a d m e these d e s p a t c h e s this m o r n i n g , a n d expressed his reliance in the firmness of t h e Brit. C a b i n e t t o c a r r y o u t t h e stipulations o f t h e C o n v e n t i o n o f July t o their full extent. {Bloomfield to Palmerston. Petersburgh, Nov. 11, 1840) [34] T h e P r u s s i a n Minister a n d A u s t r i a n C h a r g é d'Affaires h a v e u r g e d the necessity o f t h e Allies a d o p t i n g s o m e m e a s u r e w h i c h w o u l d a l l o w F r a n c e to b e c o m e a p a r t y to t h e final settlement of t h e T u r c o - E j y p t i a n q u e s t i o n . . . . C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e a p p e a r s n o t t o h a v e t h o u g h t i t necessary t o m e e t their wishes ... (Id. to id. Petersburgh Nov. 17, 1840) | [53, 54] 1741 It is difficult to see in w h a t w a y F r a n c e w o u l d n o w c o m e in as a p a r t y to t h e settlement of t h o s e a r r a n g e m e n t s . (Palmerston to Bloomfield, Dec. 2, 1840) [54] B o m b a r d e m e n t v. St. J e a n d ' A c r e b e g a n n 3 N o v . ( G e n e r a l C. F. Smith, C o l o n e l c o m m a n d i n g ) G e n o m m e n 4 N o v . [58] 106

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

I t h a s never entered i n t o H . H . ' s ( M e h e m e t Ali's) i n t e n t i o n s t o k e e p the fleet of H. Sovereign. . . . W h e n S a m i Bey w a s sent on a mission to the Sublime P o r t e , h e offered i n the n a m e o f H . H i g h n e s s , t h e r e s t i t u t i o n o f the fleet, which was on the point of putting to sea to return to Constantinople, w h e n the hostilities b e g u n in Syria p o s t p o n e d the execution of the o r d e r s of the Viceroy . . . (Boghoz Youssouf to Admiral Napier, A l e x a n d r i a , N o v . 2 3 , 1840) [75, 76] I n m y h a n d s Syria w a s a n element o f p o w e r w h i c h e n a b l e d m e t o give effectual assistance to the S u l t a n a n d to Turkey, in t h e h a n d s of t h e P o r t e . . . Syria w a s given over to a n a r c h y , to disorder, a n d to civil war. (Mehemet Ali to Louis Philippe, d. d. N o v e m b e r 11) [91-93] T h e h o n o u r s which t h e E m p e r o r h a s conferred u p o n the Brit, n a v a l officers e m p l o y e d in t h e recent o p e r a t i o n s in t h e L e v a n t , h a v e b e e n t h e source of e x t r e m e gratification to H e r G o v e r n m e n t . (Palmerston to Lord Clanricarde. J a n u a r y 11, 1841) [123] Aus dem Protocol of the Conference held at the House of the Minister of For. Affairs of the Sublime Porte, d. d. December 20, 1840 b e t w e e n the Minister o f F o r . Affairs, o n o n e p a r t , a n d t h e representatives o f A u s t r i a , Prussia, Engl., R u s s i a , [140] wir sehn, d a ß n a c h d e m Submissionsschreiben v. M e h e m e t Ali an die Sovereign P o r t e , der I n t e r n u n c i ( A u s t r i a n ) erklärt: " D a s french gov. sei entitled to their respect a n d their consideration . . . " m u ß t e n m a k e allowances for t h e difficulties by w h i c h it is surr o u n d e d . . . Syria h a s r e t u r n e d to t h e rule of H. H . , der t r e a t y of July 15 existiré n o c h f. sie, w e n n nicht f. die P o r t e , etc. E b e n s o d e r preussisçhe C h a r g é d'Affaires. [145] T h e Ambassador of Engl. "I declare t h a t , in my opinion, M e h e m e t Ali h a s n o w n o right; t h u s t h e S u l t a n i s m a s t e r t o t a k e the course w h i c h he shall c o n s i d e r fitting, a n d t h a t we c a n only afford him o u r a d v i c e . " . . . [147] ( P o n s o n b y ) . P r i n c e M e t t e r n i c h t h i n k s t h a t t h e Brit. G o v . h a s n o t e m p l o y e d t h e m e a n s i n its p o w e r t o i n d u c e t h e P o r t e to g r a n t h e r e d i t a r y t e n u r e in E g y p t e to M e h e m e t Ali. (Palmerston to Lord Beauvale, Jan. 26, 1841) [161] Palmerston sendet M a r c h 16, 1841 draft of a Conference between G r e a t Britain, A u s t r i a , F r a n c e , P r u s s i a u . R u s s i a , o n the o n e p a r t , u . die S u b lime P o r t e o n t h e o t h e r , a n V i s c o u n t P o n s o n b y . D a r i n heißt: " I t w o u l d be p r o p e r to r e c o r d t h e respect w h i c h is d u e to t h e a b o v e - m e n t i o n e d principle (viz. ships of w a r of F o r . P o w e r s p r o h i b i t e d to enter the straits of the D a r d a n e l l e s a n d of t h e B o s p h o r u s ) by m e a n s of an a r r a n g e m e n t in which F r a n c e s h o u l d be invited to c o n c u r . . . " [321, 322] Art. 1) " . . . so l o n g as the P o r t e is at p e a c e , H. H. will a d m i t no foreign ship of w a r i n t o t h e said s t r a i t s . " [324]

107

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 D i e türkische A r m e e fiel 1839 zuerst in Syrien ein. ( M a i 1839)

[Pt. 1] " t h e french m i n i s t e r s " . . . expressed a n a n x i o u s desire u n d e r these critical c i r c u m s t a n c e s , the m o s t cordial c o n c e r t s h o u l d exist b e t w e e n the F r e n c h a n d Brit. G o v e r n m e n t s . {May, 24, 1839. Paris. Granville to P a l m e r s t o n ) (the T u r k i s h A r m y h a d crossed the military line o f d e m a r c a t i o n between t h e Turk, a n d E g y p t i a n F o r c e s a n d established fortifications a t Bir, o n the E u p h r a t e s , I b r a h i m P a c h a was, i n c o n s e q u e n c e , c o n c e n t r a t i n g his t r o o p s a t A l e p p o ; b u t M e h e m e t ||75| Ali u n d e r t h e p e r s u a s i o n t h a t i t was t h e object of t h e Turkish G o v . to t h r o w t h e responsibility of aggression o n t h e E g y p t i a n s , h a d enjoined his son t o m a k e n o m o v e m e n t , until t h e t u r k . t r o o p s h a d a d v a n c e d s o far a s t o p u t t h a t q u e s t i o n o u t o f d o u b t . ) [19, 20] ("I reserve, bis a u f a m p l e r i n f o r m a t i o n the discussion of s o m e of t h e o p i n i o n s w h i c h L. P a l m e r s t o n . . . h a s expressed to y o u " ...) T h i s minister a p p e a r s to me to m a k e up his m i n d a little t o o readily to a s e c o n d R u s s i a n expedition t o C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , u p o n t h e faith o f g u a r a n t e e s , perh a p s illusory . . . he does n o t a p p r e c i a t e , in a m a n n e r sufficiently i m p a r tial, the respective positions o f the P o r t e a n d M e h e m e t Ali. A t V i e n n a they are very e q u i t a b l y disposed u p o n this s u b j e c t . . . M. de B a r a n t e will g u a r d his l a n g u a g e in a m a n n e r to a v o i d giving rise to t h e s u p p o s i t i o n t h a t we recognise even in the m o s t restricted sense, t h e validity of t h e t r e a t y (of U n k i a r Skelessi) against which we h a v e p r o t e s t e d in 1833; or . . . t h a t . . . w e w o u l d b e disposed t o tolerate either t h e s u b v e r s i o n o f t h e t h r o n e of t h e Sultan, or t h e d i s m e m b e r m e n t of t h e E m p i r e . (Duc de Dalmatie (Soult) to Baron de Bourqueney. Paris. May, 30. 1839) [25, 26] A E u r o p e a n C o n v e n t i o n s h o u l d t a k e the place of t h e stipulations of U n k i a r Skelessi. I am n o t i g n o r a n t of all t h e obstacles w h i c h w o u l d be raised to such a p l a n by t h e C a b i n e t of St. P e t e r s b u r g h , w h o s e policy h a s always been to k e e p its relations w i t h T u r k e y b e y o n d the pale of E u r o p e a n law. It is for the s a m e r e a s o n t h a t there are g r o u n d s for fearing t h a t t h a t C a b i n e t will n o t lend itself to n e g o t i a t i o n s carried on by m e a n s of p e r m a n e n t conferences. (Id. to id. J u n e 17, 1839) [81] In den Proposed Instructions to Sir Robert Stopford ( J u n e 19, 1839) heißts: In such an event (nämlich w e n n des S u l t a n ' s a r m y h a d suffered a great defeat) it is also possible t h a t a R u s s i a n force, either n a v a l or military, m i g h t enter t h e p o r t s a n d t e r r i t o r y of Turkey with t h e professed object of

108

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant p r o t e c t i n g the S u l t a n . . . After the A d m i r a l h a d o b t a i n e d f r o m t h e P a s h a the o r d e r for the r e t r e a t of his t r o o p s , a n d after he h a d received certain i n f o r m a t i o n t h a t such o r d e r h a d b e e n o b e y e d , i t w o u l d b e extremely desirable, t h a t the Brit, s q u a d r o n s h o u l d p r o c e e d t o C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , a n d 5 should r e m a i n there, or in the Black Sea, until t h e R u s s i a n forces h a d evacuated t h e T u r k i s h t e r r i t o r y . . . [85] Nesselrode to Count Pozzo di Borgo. (Communicated by M. de Kisseleff. St. Petersburg}} June 15, 1839. ) "If E n g l a n d c a m e to an a g r e e m e n t w i t h us to issue a d e c l a r a t i o n 10 couched in these t e r m s , the E m p e r o r w o u l d a u t h o r i s e his R e p r e s e n t a t i v e a t A l e x a n d r i a t o h o l d precisely the s a m e l a n g u a g e . T h e o t h e r Allied C o u r t s w o u l d d o u b t l e s s h a s t e n t o u n i t e their efforts t o those o f R u s s i a a n d E n g l a n d . " [100]

[Pt. 2] 15

20

25

M. Thiers to Guizot. Paris, October 3, 1840. " W h e n t h e P o r t e , ill-advised, renewed its hostilities w i t h t h e Viceroy, a n d lost at t h e s a m e time its a r m y a n d its fleet . . . d a n n d e a t h o f the S u l t a n M a h m o u d , w h a t w a s t h e a p p r e h e n s i o n o f E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e , b o t h t h e n perfectly united? . . . t h a t o f seeing I b r a h i m victorious, cross the T a u r u s , t h r e a t e n C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , a n d bring, at the s a m e i n s t a n t t h e R u s s i a n s i n t o t h e C a p i t a l of t h e O t t o m a n E m p i r e . . . . F r a n c e s t o p p e d t h e v i c t o r i o u s E g y p t i a n a r m y ... she conceived t h a t , before forcing the Dardanelles (wie der b r a v e P a l m e r s t o n vorgeschlagen) i t w o u l d b e right t o d e m a n d f r o m t h e P o r t e its c o n s e n t t o the entry of the 2 fleets in t h e event of a b o d y of R u s s i a n t r o o p s h a v i n g traversed the B o s p h o r u s . . . E n g l a n d acceded to these P r o p o s i t i o n s , a n d the 2 C a b i n e t s were perfectly agreed . . . | I[76]I O n the 2 5 o f M a y u . 2 0 o f J u n e . . . P a l m e r s t o n a c k n o w l e d g e d dem H e r r n B o u r q u e n e y , d a ß die A n s p r ü c h e M e h e m e t A l i ' s a consideration of s e c o n d a r y i m p o r t a n c e ; t h a t a higher c o n s i d e r a t i o n o u g h t to p r e d o m i n a t e over all o t h e r s , viz., the necessity of saving the O t t o m a n Empire from an exclusive p r o t e c t i o n (der R u s s i a n ) which s o o n e r or l a t e r would b e fatal t o it, i f F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d did n o t c o m e t o a n u n d e r standing . . . In diesen views d a s french C i r c u l a r , to all t h e c o u r t s d. d. 17 July 1839 u. N o t e of 27 July 1 8 3 9 — s h e o r i g i n a t e d the p r o p o s a l of uniting A u s t r i a , Prussia, a n d R u s s i a herself, in all t h e r e s o l u t i o n s relating to the T u r c o - E g y p t i a n Q u e s t i o n . ( F r a n c e wollte check t h e Viceroy, zweitens substitute for the exclusive p r o t e c t i o n of R u s s i a , t h a t of t h e 5 p r e p o n d e r a t i n g P o w e r s of E u r o p e . ) (1. c . ) . . . L o r d P a l m e r s t o n ... w a s less t h

30

35

109

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 d i s p o s e d t h a n F r a n c e to call for this general c o n c u r r e n c e of t h e 5 P o w ers . . . t h e English C a b i n e t t h e n believed t h a t i t c o u l d d e p e n d o n F r a n c e , b e y o n d all o t h e r s , for e n s u r i n g the safety o f t h e T u r k i s h E m p i r e . . . . N o o n e w a s t h e n disposed t o t h i n k t h a t t h e integrity o f t h e O t t o m a n E m p i r e d e p e n d e d on the b o u n d a r y which m i g h t s e p a r a t e t h e possessions of t h e S u l t a n a n d the Viceroy in Syria. All held t h a t it r e p o s e d on a 2 fold c o n d i t i o n : o n p r e v e n t i n g I b r a h i m from t h r e a t e n i n g t h e capital, a n d o n e x e m p t i n g the R u s s i a n s from c o m i n g t o its s u c c o u r . F r a n c e s h a r e d this belief with all t h e cabinets . . . A u s t r i a a n d P r u s s i a a d h e r e d to t h e views of F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d . T h e C o u r t of R u s s i a refused to j o i n in t h e C o n ferences, which were to be held at V i e n n a w i t h t h e view of m a k i n g this E u r o p e a n p r o t e c t o r a t e w i t h r e g a r d to the S u l t a n a m a t t e r of general c o n c e r n . . . M . d e N e s s e l r o d e said t o the A m b a s s a d o r o f F r a n c e , i n t h e b e g i n n i n g of A u g u s t , 1839 'for t h e rest, it is of small i m p o r t to us, w h e t h er a little m o r e , or a little less, be given to or t a k e n f r o m the P a s h a in Syria'. D a m a l s also n u r R u s s i a dissentirt, d a s nicht liebt the 'Western P o w e r s t o interfere i n t h e O r i e n t a l Q u e s t i o n ' . . . t h e d a n g e r w a s r e m o v e d after I b r a h i m h a d s u s p e n d e d his victorious m a r c h . T h e 2 belligerent p a r ties w e r e in presence; t h e P a s h a all powerful, t h e S u l t a n b e a t e n a n d w i t h o u t resources; yet b o t h m o t i o n l e s s , t h a n k s to the i n t e r v e n t i o n of F r a n c e . T h e Brit. C a b i n e t p r o p o s e d to wrest the Turk, fleet from the h a n d s of M e h e m e t Ali. This F r a n c e refused fearing to excite fresh h o s t i lities . . . So b e g a n n die difference of o p i n i o n . T h e ill will des Brit. C a b . für d e n Viceroy b r o k e o u t m i t great vivacy: F r a n c e s o u g h t t o m o d e r a t e it. U p o n t h e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s of F r a n c e , t h e Brit. C a b . r e n o u n c e d t h e idea of recovering t h e Turkish f l e e t b y forcible m e a n s . . . T h e Viceroy h a d c o n q u e r e d the S u l t a n at the Battle of Nesib, w i t h o u t h a v i n g b e e n t h e aggressor, h a d c o n s e n t e d to stay w h e n he m i g h t h a v e o v e r t u r n e d t h e S u l t a n ' s t h r o n e deserved m o r e c o n s i d e r a t i o n als P a l m e r s t o n wollte; dieser n ä m lich f. d e n h e r e d i t a r y possession of E g y p t i h m n e h m e n t h e H o l y Cities, t h e Island of C a n d í a , t h e district of A d a n a u. t h e w h o l e of Syria . . . F r a n c e wollte i h m lassen d e n h e r e d i t a r y possession o f Syria. D i e ß F r a n c e p r o p o s e d in Sept. 1839. R u s s i a sent M. de B r u n n o w in Sept. to m a k e h e r p r o p o s i t i o n s . R u s s i a w h o h a d lately repelled as little suitable t h e I d e a of an E u r o p e a n I n t e r v e n t i o n between the S u l t a n a n d t h e Viceroy, a n d a p p e a r e d to see no o t h e r resource b u t a direct a g r e e m e n t (zwischen P o r t e u. E g y p t ) , R u s s i a n o w a d h e r e d to all the territorial a r r a n g e m e n t s which E n g l a n d m i g h t please t o a d o p t , a n d d e m a n d e d , t h a t i n t h e event o f hostilities 1771 r e c o m m e n c i n g , she m i g h t be p e r m i t t e d , in t h e n a m e of the 5 C o u r t s , to cover C o n s t a n t i n o p l e w i t h an a r m y ; while t h e English a n d F r e n c h fleets s h o u l d b l o c k a d e Syria. T h e s e p r o p o s i t i o n s exactly realised

110

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

the c o m b i n a t i o n , w h i c h E n g l a n d h a d h i t h e r t o r e g a r d e d as the m o s t dangerous for the Ottoman Empire,—the p r o t e c t i o n of a R u s s i a n a r m y . . . these p r o p o s i t i o n s n o t accepted. M . d e B r u n n o w left L o n d o n u . r e t u r n e d to it in J a n u a r y 1840, w i t h n e w p r o p o s i t i o n s . . . they g r a n t e d F r a n c e u. E n g l a n d the p o w e r of i n t r o d u c i n g each 3 ships of t h e line i n t o a limited p a r t o f the Sea o f M a r m o r a , while t h e R u s s i a n t r o o p s s h o u l d o c c u p y C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . A t this p o i n t t h e n e g o t i a t i o n s r e m a i n e d s t a t i o n a r y from F e b r u a r y - J u l y , 1840 . . . F r a n c e never ceased l a b o u r i n g to effect a reconciliation b e t w e e n t h e S u l t a n a n d t h e Viceroy . . . E n g l a n d h a d t o choose between Russia, offering it to a b a n d o n the Viceroy on c o n d i t i o n t h a t M. de B r u n n o w ' s p r o p o s i t i o n s s h o u l d be a d o p t e d , i. e. t h a t the execution of the t r e a t y of U n k i a r Skelessi s h o u l d be acquiesced in by E u r o p e ; a n d F r a n c e , merely d e m a n d i n g a j u s t a n d t e m p o r a t e n e g o t i a t i o n between the S u l t a n a n d M e h e m e t A l i . . . I n 1839 L o r d P a l m e r s t o n b o t a n the h e r e d i t a r y Possession of E g y p t , a n d t h e P a s h a l i c of A c r e , w i t h o u t t h e fortress; in 1840 ... the Pashalic of A c r e , w i t h t h e fortress besides, b u t w i t h o u t t h e h e r e d i t a r y r i g h t in t h e m . . . Diese lezte p r o p o s i t i o n , so little w o r t h y of the title of a n e w p r o p o s i t i o n , h a d in no respect the c h a r a c t e r of an u l t i m a t u m . It w a s n o t at all r e p r e s e n t e d to us in t h a t light. So far were we f r o m viewing it as such t h a t on a h i n t from M. M. de B u l o w a n d d e N e u m a n n , w e conceived t h e h o p e o f p r o c u r i n g for (1819, X X I 289) the Viceroy the possession of all Syria, d u r i n g his life c o m b i n e d with the hereditary possession o f E g y p t . U p o n the affirmation o f M . M . d e B u l o w u . d e N e u m a n n t h a t this p r o p o s i t i o n , i f m a d e , w o u l d b e L o r d P a l m e r s t o n ' s last concession, we d e s p a t c h e d M. E u g è n e Perier to A l e xandria with a view to p r e d i s p o s e t h e Viceroy . . . F r a n c e h a d s o m e r i g h t to think, t h a t so l o n g a n e g o t i a t i o n w o u l d n o t e n d w i t h o u t a final explanation, t h a t . . . t h e alliance . . . for 10 J. m i t E n g l a n d w o u l d n o t be dissolved w i t h o u t a last effort t o w a r d s an a c c o m o d a t i o n , t h e obenangefiihrten hints v. N e u m a n n etc confirmed h e r in this e x p e c t a t i o n . All at o n c e , o n July 1 7 L o r d P a l m e r s t o n s u m m o n s the F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r t o t h e for. Office, a n d informs h i m t h a t a t r e a t y h a d b e e n signed 2 days before; he tells h i m this, w i t h o u t even i m p a r t i n g to h i m the text of the treaty in question . . . a r r a n g e m e n t n a h m place, w i t h o u t F r a n c e h a v i n g b e e n p r e viously apprised of t h e fact u. die F r e n c h alliance . . . so readily sacrificed. ... T h e offer of r e s t o r i n g t h e Turkish fleet, w h i c h t h e Viceroy m a d e in June to the S u l t a n , f r o m w h i c h , it w a s feared, a direct a r r a n g e m e n t , secretly p r o p o s e d by us, m i g h t arise; t h e possibility w h i c h at t h a t t i m e presented itself of raising Syria in revolt: vielleicht c a u s e d die s u d d e n resolution des Brit. C a b i n . E g y p t w a s never really u n d e r t h e | 1781 d o m i n i o n of the S u l t a n s . . . T h e 4 p o w e r s , in g r a n t i n g to the success-

ili

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 fui vassal w h o h a s b e e n able to g o v e r n E g y p t , h e r e d i t a r y r i g h t in t h a t p r o v i n c e , g r a n t h i m , besides t h e P a s h a l i c o f A c r e , b u t they refuse h i m t h e 3 o t h e r Pashalics of D a m a s c u s , A l e p p o , a n d Tripoli; a n d they call t h a t preserving the integrity o f the O t t o m a n E m p i r e . T h e integrity o f t h e O t t . E m p . is t h e n preserved, even if E g y p t a n d t h e P a s h a l i c of A c r e is det a c h e d f r o m it, b u t destroyed, if, in a d d i t i o n to these, Tripoli, D a m a s c u s , a n d A l e p p o a r e d e t a c h e d . We plainly assert t h a t such a p r o p o s i t i o n c a n n o t b e gravely m a i n t a i n e d i n the face o f E u r o p e . . . D e r P a s h a h a t nicht n u r E g y p t sich able gezeigt z u g o v e r n , s o n d e r n a u c h Syria, which t h e S u l t a n s c o u l d never g o v e r n . . . Er restores in t h e M a h o m m e d a n s l o n g h u m b l e d . . . t h e consciousness o f their s t r e n g t h . . . W h y w e a k e n this useful vassal, w h o , o n c e s e p a r a t e d from the States of his M a s t e r by a wellc h o s e n frontier, w o u l d b e c o m e for h i m t h e m o s t v a l u a b l e o f auxiliaries? H e a i d e d t h e S u l t a n i n his struggle against G r e e c e . . . W h e n C o n s t a n t i n o p l e shall be t h r e a t e n e d , A l e x a n d r i a will be in peril. M e h e m e t Ali k n o w s this w e l l . . . U n d d a s b o n d o f vassalage soil fortexistiren w a s n o t t h e alliance of F r a n c e of greater c o n s e q u e n c e as r e g a r d s t h e integrity of t h e O t t o m a n E m p i r e a n d t h e peace o f t h e w o r l d , t h a n this o r t h a t line o f d e m a r c a t i o n i n Syria? . . . T o expect t h a t w h e n w i t h o u t us, a n d i n spite o f us, 4 p o w e r s shall h a v e p u r s u e d t o g e t h e r an object b a d in itself,... a n d p u r s u e d it by an alliance t o o nearly r e s e m b l i n g t h o s e coalitions w h i c h w i t h i n t h e last 50 y e a r s h a v e covered E u r o p e with b l o o d , F r a n c e will after this be f o u n d w i t h o u t distrust, w i t h o u t r e s e n t m e n t for such an insult, is to f o r m a n o t i o n which she h a s never given occasion to the w o r l d to entertain of h e r n a t i o n a l p r i d e . " [285-292]

112

5

10

15

20

25

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

[Hansard's parliamentary debates. Third Series

(Fortsetzung)] [Vol. 54. London 1840.] 5

H. o. C. June 1. 1840.

Hume: " t h e collective n o t e of t h e 5 P o w e r s , delivered on July 27, 1839, h a d prevented t h e D i v a n from c o n c l u d i n g p e a c e w i t h o u t their c o n c u r rence" . . . we h a d j o i n e d in s u p p o r t i n g the policy of R u s s i a . . . i n s t e a d of forwarding, w e w e r e positively p r e v e n t i n g peace b e t w e e n T u r k e y a n d 10 E g y p t — w h i c h w a s essentially a R u s s i a n o b j e c t . . . F r a n c e w a s desirous that Syria, as well as E g y p t , s h o u l d be yielded up to M e h e m e t Ali, a n d t h a t for Syria h e s h o u l d p a y t r i b u t e , o w n his vassalage t o the P o r t e , a n d consent t o assist the S u l t a n , w h e n e v e r h e w a s r e q u i r e d t o d o s o . . . . H e m a i n t a i n e d t h a t , i n t h e y e a r 1833, t h e S u l t a n h a d given M e h e m e t Ali 15 Syria as a P a s h a l i c , a n d h a d afterwards given h i m A d a n a a n d o t h e r places as an a p p e n d a g e to it . . . it w a s in c o n s e q u e n c e of the S u l t a n ' s having a t t e m p t e d t o t a k e b a c k t h o s e p r o v i n c e s from M e h e m e t Ali, a n d o f his having l a n d e d t r o o p s in A s i a M i n o r to enforce his a t t e m p t , t h a t Mehemet Ali h a d been compelled t o p u t his o w n forces i n m o t i o n , a n d 20 that in t h e progress of events t h e T u r k i s h fleet h a d deserted to h i m f r o m the Sultan . . . W h e n M e h e m e t Ali h a d offered t o give b a c k t h e T u r k i s h fleet o n certain t e r m s , t o b e g u a r a n t e e d b y F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d , E n g l a n d had refused to g u a r a n t e e these t e r m s . . . W i t h i n the last 6 m o n t h s R e s c h i d Pasha h a d m a d e a p r o p o s i t i o n for p e a c e t o M e h e m e t Ali, w h i c h w o u l d 25 have been accepted, h a d n o t the Brit. G o v . interfered to p r e v e n t ||79j it. [781-784]

113

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

Palmerston. He w a s fully p e r s u a d e d t h a t t h e interests of this c o u n t r y r e q u i r e d the m a i n t e n a n c e o f t h e i n d e p e n d e n c e a n d integrity o f t h e O t t o m a n e m p i r e . . . t h e integrity o f t h e O t t o m a n e m p i r e w o u l d a t o n c e b e d e s t r o y e d by t h e d i s m e m b e r m e n t of s o m e of its m o s t fertile a n d rich p r o v i n c e s . . . [788]

5

[Vol.55. London 1840.] H. o. C. July 22. 1840. Viscount Sandon. ... sulphur question . . . l ì t h e n o b l e L o r d h a d exerted himself a s h e o u g h t t o h a v e d o n e , t h e d i s p u t e with N a p l e s relative t o this m a t t e r w o u l d never h a v e g o n e to t h e e x t e n t of c r e a t i n g a r u p t u r e w i t h t h e 10 N e a p o l i t a n G o v . , o r t o perilling t h e v a l u a b l e interests o f o u r t r a d e w i t h Sicily . . . M e x i c o h a d i m p o s e d a d u t y of nearly 200 % on s o m e articles of o u r e x p o r t s w i t h o u t t h e notice of 6 m o n t h s , r e q u i r e d by t r e a t y , h a v i n g b e e n given. T h e a t t e n t i o n o f t h e n o b l e L o r d h a s b e e n called t o this s u b j e c t early in F e b r u a r y , läßt 2 m o n t h s verstreichen (elapse), before a n y 15 i n s t r u c t i o n s h a d b e e n sent o u t . . . He w o u l d n e x t p a s s to Buenos Ayr es ... h o w long the blockade of that country was to be permitted? Palmerston, w h e n interrogated relative to this m a t t e r etc . . . e r k l ä r t e t h a t the b l o c k a d e w a s only of an occasional c h a r a c t e r . B u t for 2 years t h e t r a d e of this c o u n t r y h a d b e e n i n t e r r u p t e d by t h a t b l o c k a d e . . . Portugal ... 3 y e a r s 20 s i n c e — i m p o s e d a differential d u t y of 15 % on all Brit, g o o d s c a r r i e d to t h a t c o u n t r y f r o m E n g l a n d i n Brit, vessels . . . [882-884] Maclean. " I n t h e affair of t h e Vixen, it w a s a l w a y s extremely difficult t o ascertain t h e n o b l e L o r d ' s real o p i n i o n . " ( ü b e r die validity des t r e a t y v. U n k i a r - S k e l e s i ) As to t h e p r e s e n t time t h e o p i n i o n of t h e foreign office 25 r e m a i n e d i n o b s c u r i t y a s t o w h e t h e r R u s s i a o b t a i n e d possession o f t h e c o a s t o f Circassia b y t h e 6 t h article o f t h a t t r e a t y , a n d w h e t h e r w e were n o t excluded f r o m t h e w h o l e c o a s t o f A b a s i a . . . [895] Disraeli: F o r his o w n p a r t , h e t h o u g h t t h a t Brit, c o m m e r c e h a d been m o r e prejudiced d u r i n g t h e foreign a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of t h e n o b l e L o r d t h a n 30 in a n y o t h e r p e r i o d of t h e like extent in t h e h i s t o r y of t h e n a t i o n . [901 ]

H. 0. C. Aug. 6 1840.

Hume: " I n reply t o a n i n t i m a t i o n f r o m M e h e m e t Ali t h a t h e w o u l d d e c l a r e himself i n d e p e n d e n t of t h e P o r t e , C o l . Campbell said: Ί replied to h i m t h a t he s h o u l d r e m a i n c o n t e n t e d with t h e status quo, as settled at 35

114

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung) K i n t a y a h , a n d trust t o t h e g r e a t P o w e r s for a n y a r r a n g e m e n t for the f u t u r e ' . . . M e h e m e t Ali was the de facto G o v e r n o r of Syria . . . G o v e r n m e n t a p p e a r e d t o h i m t o b e p l a y i n g t h e p a r t o f R u s s i a " . . . [1366-1368] Palmerston. H i s h o n . friend h a d a s k e d w h a t h a d b e c o m e o f t h e t r e a t y 5 of U n k i a r Skelessi. He c o u l d tell his h o n . friend t h a t Russia had stated t h a t o t h e r p o w e r s h a d m i s t a k e n h e r i n t e n t i o n s w i t h respect t o t h a t treaty, a n d t h a t in signing it she h a d n o t been a c t u a t e d by a n y selfish or exclusive views, a n d she w o u l d c o n s e n t if the o t h e r p o w e r s of E u r o p e w o u l d join w i t h her, a n d t a k e the p o s i t i o n she held with reference t o this t r e a t y 10 between herself a n d Turkey, t h a t she w o u l d n o t r e n e w it, as she d i d n o t wish to h a v e a n y exclusive c o n t r o l in t h e m a t t e r . T h e r e f o r e t h e distinct policy of h e r M ' s G o v . a n d t h e o t h e r p o w e r s led to a clear u n d e r s t a n d i n g , t h a t the s e p a r a t e t r e a t y between R u s s i a a n d T u r k e y s h o u l d expire, a n d should n o t be r e n e w e d . . . he c o u l d assure the H o u s e , t h a t in t h e w h o l e | 15 1801 of o u r p r o c e e d i n g s , n o t h i n g h a d b e e n d o n e in a n y w a y inimical to t h e interests o f F r a n c e . H e w o u l d only a d d , t h a t a s the t r e a t y h a d n o t been ratified, it c o u l d n o t be p r o d u c e d . . . [1374,1375] A u f die F r a g e v. M r . Leader "it a p p e a r e d to be t h e general feeling in F r a n c e , t h a t there h a d been a w a n t of official courtesy t o w a r d s F r a n c e in 20 the m o d e in w h i c h these n e g o t i a t i o n s w e r e carried o n " , [1376] Palmerston " t h e r e w a s n o w a n t o f c o u r t e s y w h a t e v e r t o w a r d s F r a n c e i n the m a n n e r i n w h i c h these n e g o t i a t i o n s h a d b e e n carried on. D u r i n g the course of the last 10 m o n t h s , it w a s the desire of all the p o w e r s to act in concert to secure t h e i m p o r t a n t object with respect to w h i c h t h e y w e r e 25 all agreed, b u t it t u r n e d o u t , after a s h o r t t i m e , t h a t t h e r e w a s such a difference o f o p i n i o n b e t w e e n F r a n c e a n d t h e o t h e r p o w e r s a s t o t h e measures which s h o u l d be a d o p t e d to insure t h e result w h i c h all desired, that they c o u l d n o t act t o g e t h e r w i t h a n y p r o b a b i l i t y of arriving at a conclusion. On this b e i n g f o u n d to be the case a c o m m u n i c a t i o n w a s 30 m a d e to F r a n c e t h a t if this difficulty c o n t i n u e d , a n d the o t h e r 4 p o w e r s came t o a n u n d e r s t a n d i n g o n the subject, t h a t m u s t n o t b e a m a t t e r o f surprise to h e r . . . a p r o j e t w a s d r a w n up on o u r side w h i c h w a s p r e s e n t e d to F r a n c e , w h i c h w a s a n s w e r e d by a contre projet on h e r p a r t . We t h e n offered a m i d d l e c o u r s e to w h i c h F r a n c e stated, t h a t she c o u l d n o t agree. 35 Again, between 2 or 3 m o n t h s before the c o n v e n t i o n was signed, a c o m m u n i c a t i o n was m a d e t o h e r o n this subject, a n d i t w a s distinctly s t a t e d to be the extreme to w h i c h t h e o t h e r p o w e r s w e r e p r e p a r e d to g o . After 2 m o n t h s ' deliberation she gave p o i n t e d a n d conclusive r e a s o n s w h y she could n o t be a p a r t y to this a r r a n g e m e n t . T h e 4 p o w e r s t h e n d e t e r m i n e d , 40 in accordance with the regulation already made with France, t h a t t h e y would j o i n in c a r r y i n g the a r r a n g e m e n t into effect, a n d n o t i c e of t h e

115

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

s a m e w a s given to t h e F r e n c h M i n i s t e r 2 days after it was completed" [1377, 1378] (Prorogation of Parliament, Aug. 11 1840), aufgelöst d a s H. o. C. J u n e 22, 1841.) [1410]

[Vol. 56. London 1841.]

s

Η. o. Lords. Jan. 26, 1841. Lord Brougham. In 1839 we offered to t h e P a c h a himself E g y p t . . . in a b s o l u t e h e r e d i t a r y sovereignty ... I n O c t o b e r 1839, w e offered n o t o n l y E g y p t , b u t w e p r o p o s e d t o c u t o u t o f Syria, b y w a y o f a d d i t i o n o r a r r o n ­ dissement, for E g y p t , a large a n d i m p o r t a n t p o r t i o n . We offered in fact t h e p a c h a l i c o f A c r e , which, a s h a s b e e n said, m e a n t Syria . . . I n M a y , 1840, we h a d offered t h e P a c h a l i c for life, w i t h t h e fortress. . . . t h e dif­ ference b e t w e e n the h e r e d i t a r y offer a n d t h a t for life in t h e e a s t . . . so trivial a n d i n s i g n i f i c a n t . . . T h e r e f o r e , t h e i n d e p e n d e n c e a n d integrity o f t h e T u r k i s h e m p i r e , w h i c h w a s an object of s u c h p a r a m o u n t i m p o r t a n c e , t h a t for i t w e w e r e t o give u p t h e alliance w i t h F r a n c e , t o u n i t e ourselves w i t h t h e r e m a i n s o f t h e h o l y Alliance, w i t h R u s s i a , A u s t r i a , a n d P ru s s i a , i n preference t o F r a n c e , w a s o f s u c h weight w i t h u s i n M a y , 1840, t h a t w e offered to give up to its s u p p o s e d e n e m y , M e h e m e t Ali, t h e fortress of A c r e , w h i c h w a s t h e key t o t h e p a c h a l i c , t h e p a c h a l i c b e i n g t h e k e y t o Syria, Syria b e i n g t h e key t o t h e T a u r u s , t h e T a u r u s b e i n g t h e key t o t h e B o s p h o r u s , a n d t h e B o s p h o r u s t h e key t o C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ... W h a t a s t r a n g e t h i n g i t w a s t h a t o u r policy b e i n g entirely d i r e c t e d a g a i n s t o n e p a r t i c u l a r p o w e r , R u s s i a , w h o of all t h e w o r l d s h o u l d be f o u n d a c o n ­ senting p a r t y t o o u r policy, b u t t h a t very p o w e r ? N a y m o r e , t h e policy i n q u e s t i o n b e i n g directed a g a i n s t Russia, t h e very s a m e p o w e r w a s its | |[81]| g r e a t p a t r o n , if n o t its original p r o p o s e r . ... R u s s i a herself b e i n g t h e p r i n c i p a l p r o m o t e r , i f n o t t h e original a u t h o r o f t h e p l a n ... R u s s i a n o t only a party, but, u n d e r h a n d , a n d in some way or other, the contriver a n d suggester o f t h e w h o l e ... t h e alliance b e t w e e n E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e m a d e i t hopeless for R u s s i a t o t u r n h e r eyes t o w a r d s C o n s t a n t i n o p l e — t h i s i t w a s , t h a t , while i t e n d u r e d , m a d e t h e T u r k i s h e m p i r e , even i n its w e a k n e s s , secure. A n d i f t h e r e w a s o n e single object m o r e cherished, m o r e p u r s u e d t h a n a n o t h e r b y R u s s i a , i t w a s t h a t this alliance b e t w e e n E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e s h o u l d cease ... t o g a i n this object a t a n y price h a d l o n g b e e n t h e chief a i m o f R u s s i a . . . [19-24]

116

10

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

Η. o. C. Januar 26. 1841. Mr. Grote, ( ü b e r d a s a g r e e m e n t of J u l y 27, 1839) " I n so far as c o n c e r n s o u r Syrian expedition, i t surely r e q u i r e s n o very l o n g d r a w n d e d u c t i o n t o p r o v e t h a t w e h a v e a c q u i r e d t h e r e b y n o i n c r e a s e d securities a g a i n s t R u s 5 sian a m b i t i o n . W h y , R u s s i a is herself t h e g r a n d p r o j e c t o r of t h e enterprise . . . we (are said t o ) h a v e o v e r r e a c h e d R u s s i a by executing a R u s s i a n plan of c a m p a i g n . . . convention of Kutajah (in Bezug a u f P o r t e u. M e h e m e t Ali) v. 1833 . . . P a l m e r s t o n e r k l ä r t e selbst March 1 7 , 1 8 3 4 , ' t h a t t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s m a d e b y t h e Brit. G o v . t o t h e P a c h a o f E g y p t , a n d t o 10 Ibrahim Pacha, did materially contribute to bring a b o u t that arrangement between the Sultan a n d the P a c h a by which the war was termin a t e d ' . . . M e h e m e t Ali h a s n e v e r v i o l a t e d t h e settlement o f K u t a j a h ; t h e P a c h a held i n 1840 t h e s a m e t e r r i t o r y w h i c h t h a t c o n v e n t i o n allotted t o him, w i t h o u t a n y s u b s e q u e n t increase. T h e S u l t a n tried t o v i o l a t e t h e 15 c o n v e n t i o n in 1839, b u t w a s defeated at t h e b a t t l e of N e z i b . . . t h e n o b l e L o r d ( P a l m e r s t o n ) c h o s e t o b e c o m e himself t h e direct a g e n t i n s u b v e r t i n g the settlement of K u t a y a h . . . " [54, 56, 57] Hume. " S o early as t h e 27 M a r c h 1840 m o v e d für die p r o d u c t i o n of p a p e r s . . . t h e n o b l e L o r d m a n a g e d a d r o i t l y t o e v a d e t h e m o t i o n , 'it 20 w o u l d be injurious to t h e p u b l i c s e r v i c e ' . . . Am 24 July challenged t h e noble L o r d w i t h h a v i n g agreed to a t r e a t y 10 d a y s before, a n d a s k e d for i n f o r m a t i o n , etc. P a r t of t h e n o b l e L o r d ' s s t a t e m e n t w a s a denial of the existence of any such treaty a m e r e t e c h n i c a l e r r o r justified t h e n o b l e L o r d in such a s t a t e m e n t , b e c a u s e w h a t he h a d called a t r e a t y , w a s in 25 H. M ' s speech styled a convention . . . In t h a t d a y ' s Morning Post, n o t i c e was given t h a t such a t r e a t y h a d b e e n a g r e e d t o , b u t t h e n o b l e L o r d said t h a t he h a d n o t seen t h e Morning Post, a n d this w a s t h e w a y in w h i c h t h e H o u s e h a d b e e n t r e a t e d . All i n f o r m a t i o n w a s w i t h h e l d , a n d yet w i t h i n a m o n t h afterwards t h e y f o u n d t h a t s u c h a t r e a t y h a d b e e n c o n c l u d e d . . . I t 30 was well k n o w n that a majority of the cabinet w e r e o p p o s e d to h i m (Palmerston) ... [83-85] t h e d y i n g w o r d s of t h e S u l t a n M a h m o u d w e r e to enjoin t h a t p e a c e s h o u l d b e m a d e w i t h M e h e m e t A l i . . . M r . W o o d , t h e agent o f L o r d P o n s o n b y , h a d c a r r i e d m o n e y a n d a r m s t o Syria a n d h a d done its u t m o s t to p r o m o t e d i s o r d e r a n d r e v o l u t i o n ...In July 1838 on 35 the r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s of t h e Brit, a n d F r e n c h c o n s u l s , t h e P o r t e laid aside his i n t e n t i o n to t h r o w off t h e T u r k i s h allegiance . . . 50,000 s t a n d of arms h a v i n g b e e n p l a c e d i n t h e h a n d o f t h e D r u s e s , a n d o t h e r tribes o f Syria, s o d a ß n o m e n alive c o u l d say, w h e n a n d for h o w l o n g t h e o r d e r s o f

117

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 t h e S u l t a n w o u l d b e o b e y e d b y t h e m . . . t h e real secret w a s t h a t R u s s i a wished t o cripple a n d w e a k e n Turkey, a n d n o m e a n s m o r e effectual c o u l d b e f o u n d t h a n p r o m o t i n g civil w a r . . . A u f j e d e m a n d r e n Weg M e h e m e t Ali w o u l d h a v e b e e n left r e a d y a t a n y t i m e t o m a r c h 5 0 o r 60,000 m e n t o the defence of Turkey, s h o u l d etc be assailed by R u s s i a . . . [88-90] In seinem a m e n d m e n t schlug H u m e u . a . v o r ' t h a t w e r e g a r d w i t h distrust t h e C o n v e n t i o n f o r m e d b y H . M ' s Ministers w i t h t h e m i l i t a r y gov. o f Russia, Prussia, a n d A u s t r i a , u n d e r the p r e t e x t o f preserving t h e integrity o f t h e O t t . E m p i r e , w h i c h h a s been m o r e injured b y t h e e n c r o a c h m e n t s o f R u s s i a t h a n by a n y o t h e r p o w e r ' " . . . | [93] I[82]I Sir R. Peel ... G u i z o t selbst erklärt in der F r e n c h C h a m b e r of D e p u t i e s " t h e fact o f t h e t r e a t y h a v i n g been signed w a s n o t c o m m u n i cated to me until the 1 7 of July, 2 days after it t o o k p l a c e " " C o n s i d e r i n g t h e c h a r a c t e r of t h e m a n , a n d especially c o n s i d e r i n g t h e friendly feeling of M. G u i z o t t o w a r d s E n g l a n d , he c o u l d n o t b u t say, t h a t after t h e signing of the t r e a t y of July 15, between the p o w e r s w h o were severally parties to t h e treaties of 1814 a n d 1815, h a v i n g such a m a n as M r . G u i z o t resident a m o n g s t us, a n d leaving h i m i g n o r a n t o f t h e fact, h e w a s n o t surprised t h a t t h e r e s h o u l d b e s o m e g r o u n d for i n d i g n a t i o n . " . . . H e m u s t enter his p r o t e s t a g a i n s t P a r l i a m e n t h a v i n g been allowed to s e p a r a t e last y e a r w i t h o u t a k n o w l e d g e of t h e events t h e n in p r o g r e s s h a v i n g b e e n c o m m u n i c a t e d to i t . . . P a r l i a m e n t was sitting on t h e 15 of July, w h e n the n o b l e L o r d said, t h a t he still h o p e d for t h e c o r d i a l c o - o p e r a t i o n of F r a n c e . . . t h e general t e n o r o f t h e speech o f t h e n o b l e L o r d w a s , t h a t F r a n c e w a s f a v o u r a b l e to his views. T h e n o b l e L o r d h a d t h e n t h e letter of M. G u i z o t in his possession, c o n t a i n i n g a s t r o n g r e m o n s t r a n c e u p o n the subject of t h e treaty . . . If such c o n d u c t w e r e to be acted on as a precedent, it w o u l d u n d e r m i n e t h e a u t h o r i t y of P a r l i a m e n t . . . B u t the peculiar conduct of the n o b l e L o r d w i t h r e g a r d to the t r e a t y s h o u l d be r e m e m bered. So a n x i o u s was he for its immediate execution, that the parties to it consented that it should be put into operation without waiting for its ratification. T h e i r o r d e r s were given to their n a v a l a n d military c o m m a n d e r s to c o n v e y fire a n d s w o r d i n t o the h e a r t of Syria . . . [101, 103]

5

10

th

15

20

th

118

25

30

φ"

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

[Vol. 59. London 1841.] H. o. C. Sept. 20, 1841

5

10

15

20

Dr. Bowring: As l o n g a g o as 1836, L o r d P o n s o n b y h a d sent a s u b o r d i ­ n a t e official of t h e C o n s t a n t i n o p o l i t a n E m b a s s y , a L e v a n t i n e , to s o w t h e seeds of d i s c o n t e n t a n d i n s u r r e c t i o n ( d e r Syrians gegen M e h e m e d Ali) and he (Mr. Wood) h a d been rewarded by the consulship of D a m a s c u s . This g e n t l e m a n ( M r . W o o d ) r e t u r n e d a g a i n w h e n i t w a s decided b y t h e 4 P o w e r s t o eject M e h e m e t Ali f r o m Syria, a n d L o r d P o n s o n b y t h u s i n s t r u c t e d h i m o n A u g u s t 4 , 1840: " I direct y o u t o d e c l a r e i n m y n a m e loudly t o w h o e v e r c h o o s e s t o h e a r y o u , t h a t I a m a u t h o r i z e d t o a c q u a i n t the Syrians t h a t t h e Brit. G o v . , i n u n i o n w i t h t h e G o v . o f A u s t r i a , R u s ­ sia, a n d Prussia, will p r o t e c t t h e Syrians w h o shall r e t u r n t o t h e direct obedience of t h e S u l t a n . " . . . . D i e C o n s p i r a t i o n des W o o d in 1836 bewie­ sen d u r c h seine Briefe an d e n E m i r B e c h i r El S h e c k a b y on A u g . 13, 1840, an d e n E m i r El K a s i m , ( a n d e n M a r o n i t e P a t r i a r c h A u g u s t 15, 1840,) . . . This C h r i s t i a n ( W o o d ) , e n v o y o f a C h r i s t i a n G o v . called u p o n t h e M u s ­ s u l m a n s i n t h e n a m e o f t h e K o r a n , w h i c h h e entitled " t h e H o l y B o o k " " t h e Sacred L a w " , t o revolt ... H i s zeal, i n d e e d , seemed t o b e b o u n d l e s s ... [629, 630] D a s S c h e i ß m i n i s t e r i u m resignirte ( A u g u s t 30, 1841.) |

[Vol.55. London 1840.] I [83] I H. o. C. July 13, 1840. (Krakeel m . C h i n a , N a p l e s , B u e n o s A y r e s , Persia, Brasilien, W a s h i n g t o n etc) 25 Sir Stratford Canning. D i e o c c u p a t i o n of C r a c o w d a u e r t e v. 1838 ü b e r 1840 h i n a u s . D i e 3 residents u s u r p i r t e n alle P o w e r , d e s t r o y e d t h e t r a d e between C r a c o w a n d G r e a t B r i t a i n , w h i c h for a p e r i o d of 16 years a p peared so p r o m i s i n g ; t r a d e a n d i n d u s t r y of t h e c o u n t r y r u i n e d towards the close of 1839. D a s people of Cracow d r e w up a n d a d d r e s s e d a m e m o 30 r a n d u m to t h e G o v . of F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d . D a r i n h e i ß t es: " t h e m i s fortunes w h i c h o v e r w h e l m t h e free city of C r a c o w a n d its i n h a b i t a n t s a r e such t h a t t h e u n d e r s i g n e d see n o further h o p e for themselves a n d their fellow citizens t h a n in t h e powerful a n d e n l i g h t e n e d p r o t e c t i o n of t h e gov. of F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d . T h e s i t u a t i o n in t h e free city of C r a c o w 35 deprived of liberty for t h e exercise of i n d u s t r y in t h e limits i n d i s p e n s a b l e

119

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 to its d e v e l o p m e n t , a n d of a sufficient protection for p r i v a t e interests a g a i n s t a r b i t r a r y p o w e r , t h a t u p o n their n a r r o w frontiers their c o m m u nications i n t e r r u p t e d with t h e n e i g h b o u r i n g states; t h e university o f C r a c o w , w h i c h b y the resort o f y o u n g m e n from the n e i g h b o u r i n g c o u n t r i e s , c o n f o r m a b l y to t h e t r e a t y of V i e n n a , m i g h t h a v e secured to t h e c o u n t r y a c e r t a i n degree of welfare . . . is n o w w i t h o u t s t u d e n t s , in c o n s e q u e n c e of the p r o h i b i t i o n s t o allow t h e y o u t h o f the n e i g h b o u r i n g p r o v i n c e s t o p u r s u e their studies there. This m e a s u r e is m a i n t a i n e d a l t h o u g h t h e u n i versity h a s b e e n re-constituted a c c o r d i n g t o the i n t e n t i o n s o f t h e p r o t e c t i n g sovereigns, a n d t h a t the c o m p e t i t i o n for the p r o f e s s o r s h i p be s u b m i t t e d to t h e decision of universities, situate w i t h i n the states of the p r o t e c t i n g sovereigns.) a n d in which we f o u n d ourselves p l a c e d gives us the right t o i n v o k e the i n t e r v e n t i o n o f every p o w e r t h a t subscribed the t r e a t y of V i e n n a . " [674-676] M r . H. Gaily Knight. T h e r e is s o m e t h i n g curiously inconsistent in the p r o c e e d i n g s o f t h e n o b l e L o r d w h e n R u s s i a i s c o n c e r n e d , . . . will h e d o n o t h i n g for C r a c o w , t h a t h e m a y get a R u s s i a n a r m y t o d e s c e n d into A s i a m i n o r , a n d t h u s , eventually, give the D a r d a n e l l e s t o R u s s i a , a n d E g y p t t o F r a n c e ? . . . i s n o t the t i m e w h e n w e are e n t e r i n g i n t o n e w e n g a g e m e n t s with R u s s i a a fit o p p o r t u n i t y for asserting t h e rights of C r a c o w ? A c o n t r a c t implies t h a t e a c h p a r t y w a n t s s o m e t h i n g of the other, a n d therefore offers the m o m e n t w h e n c o n d i t i o n s m a y b e m a d e . . . At 1836 t h r e e of the 5 P o w e r s w h o were parties to t h e t r e a t y of V i e n n a , t o o k u p o n themselves w i t h o u t a n y reference to t h e 2 o t h e r c o n t e n d i n g p a r t i e s , to confer u p o n C r a c o w w h a t they called a n e w c o n stitution, a n d t o declare, t h a t f r o m t h a t t i m e t h e residents o f t h e 3 C o u r t s s h o u l d b e c o m e the gov. of this free c o u n t r y . . . At l e n g t h t h e c o m p l a i n t of C r a c o w reached this c o u n t r y , a n d a m o t i o n on its b e h a l f w a s m a d e i n this H o u s e — o n w h i c h occasion t h e n o b l e L o r d declared " t h a t he c o u l d n o t see a n y sufficient justification of t h e c o u r s e w h i c h the 3 p o w e r s h a d p u r s u e d " . . . the c o n s t i t u t i o n of C r a c o w is a n n u l l e d , the Senate overthrown, the independence of her tribunals destroyed, her c o m m e r c e is at a s t a n d , a n d even her ancient university to w h i c h the y o u t h o f P o l a n d used t o resort, h a s been p l u n d e r e d o f its e n d o w m e n t s , a n d is all b u t p u t d o w n . T h e very police of t h e p l a c e a r e foreigners ( A u s t r i a n s ) — n o t p r o t e c t o r s , b u t s p i e s — a n d p a i d b y the 3 p r o t e c t i n g p o w e r s — a r e e m p l o y e d t o w a t c h t h e t o r m e n t e d i n h a b i t a n t s , a n d ||36| inv e n t t h e conspiracies w h i c h they fail to create . . . C r a c o w , la citta d o l e n t e . W h a t C r a c o w desires is, t h a t a conference of the 5 p o w e r s s h o u l d be c o n v e n e d , a n d restore t h e c o n s t i t u t i o n to w h a t it w a s originally m a d e by the t r e a t y of Vienna, a n d t h a t for t h e future a British consul a n d a F r e n c h C o n s u l s h o u l d reside at C r a c o w . . . . T h e S e n a t e of

120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Hansard's parliamentary d e b a t e s . Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 1. Seite 83

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

F r a n c e h a v e a l r e a d y p r o c l a i m e d their s e n t i m e n t s o n this subject a n d t h e n e w M i n i s t e r (Thiers) of F r a n c e is t h e declared friend of C r a c o w . . . . [680, 683] O n these subjects (connected m i t P o l a n d ) t h e n o b l e L o r d h a s d i s a p p o i n t e d u s a g a i n a n d again. I r e m e m b e r w h e n t h e n o b l e L o r d w a s pressed to exert himself in f a v o u r of P o l a n d , t h a t he a d m i t t e d t h e justice of the cause, t h e justice of o u r c o m p l a i n t s , b u t he said only restrain yourselves a t present, t h e r e i s a n a m b a s s a d o r j u s t setting o u t o f k n o w n liberal s e n t i m e n t s , y o u m a y be sure he will do all t h a t is right, y o u will only e m b a r r a s s his n e g o t i a t i o n i f y o u incense t h e p o w e r w i t h w h o m h e h a s to deal, so, t a k e my advice, be quiet at present, a n d be assured t h a t a great deal will be effected. We t r u s t e d to t h o s e a s s u r a n c e s . T h e L i b e r a l a m b a s s a d o r w e n t , w h e t h e r h e ever a p p r o a c h e d t h e subject o r n o t w a s never k n o w n , b u t all w e got w a s t h e f i n e w o r d s o f t h e n o b l e L o r d , a n d n o results. A g a i n w h e n Sir St. C a n n i n g on a f o r m e r o c c a s i o n b r o u g h t forw a r d t h e subject of C r a c o w , we were p r o m i s e d t h a t an E n g l i s h c o n s u l s h o u l d be established at C r a c o w in a very s h o r t time. W h a t h a s b e e n d o n e ? the n o b l e L o r d t o l d u s , i n t h e early p a r t o f this session, t h a t h e d i d n o t h i n g for fear of giving u m b r a g e . [680] Sir St. Canning. T h e first o c c u p a t i o n of C r a c o w t o o k place u n d e r circ u m s t a n c e s . . . w h i c h t h r e w a softening s h a d o w over it, a n d afforded some excuse for the v i o l a t i o n of t h e treaty. It w a s i m m e d i a t e l y after t h e close of t h e Polish i n s u r r e c t i o n . . . the R u s s i a n t r o o p s s u d d e n l y e n t e r e d C r a c o w . . . the o c c u p a t i o n lasted only for 2 m o n t h s . [673] Lord Palmerston ... T h e g r o u n d s on w h i c h t h e 3 p o w e r s justified t h e step they h a d t a k e n , h o w e v e r valid they m i g h t in their o w n o p i n i o n d e e m t h e m , were n o t b o r n o u t b y the fact, a n d w e r e n o t sufficient t o b r i n g t h e o c c u p a t i o n o f C r a c o w within t h e t r e a t y o f V i e n n a . H . M . ' s M i n i s t e r s h a d informed t h e 3 p o w e r s t h a t they d e e m e d t h e o c c u p a t i o n of C r a c o w a violation o f the t r e a t y o f V i e n n a a n d h a d p r o t e s t e d a g a i n s t it; b u t i t w a s one t h i n g to express an o p i n i o n , a n d a n o t h e r t h i n g to t a k e hostile steps t o c o m p e l t h e 3 p o w e r s t o u n d o a n act w h i c h they h a d d o n e , a n d especially in a case w h e r e , f r o m local a n d g e o g r a p h i c a l c i r c u m s t a n c e s , there were no means of enforcing the opinions of England, s u p p o s e d t h a t this c o u n t r y w a s disposed t o d o s o b y a r m s , except b y declaring w a r , b e c a u s e C r a c o w w a s evidently a place w h e r e no English a c t i o n c o u l d by possibility t a k e place . . . It w a s o b v i o u s t h a t C r a c o w , if its commercial intercourse w i t h this c o u n t r y w e r e merely c o n s i d e r e d in reference to its o w n particular c o n s u m p t i o n , c o u l d n o t b e a n object o f very g r e a t i m p o r t a n c e . The p o p u l a t i o n o f the city o f C r a c o w did n o t a m o u n t t o m u c h m o r e t h a n 110,000 souls. As a p o i n t of c o n n e x i o n w i t h t h e rest of t h e c o n t i n e n t , it was u n d o u b t e d l y , in times p a s t of s o m e i m p o r t a n c e . . . ¡371 W i t h respect

123

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 to t h e o c c u p a t i o n of the city of C r a c o w , it s h o u l d be recollected t h a t t h o u g h that occupation was sanctioned and ordered by the 3 powers, it w a s practically executed chiefly by A u s t r i a . It w a s at present, a n d h a d b e e n for s o m e time g a r r i s o n e d b y A u s t r i a n t r o o p s . . . b e t w e e n A u s t r i a a n d t h e Brit. G o v . the q u e s t i o n (of the e v a c u a t i o n of C r a c o w by t h e A u s t r i a n G a r r i s o n ) remained only a question of time ... If he were n o w a s k e d to say when t h a t object (the release of C r a c o w f r o m military occupation) would be obtained, or what were the intentions of Ministers on t h e subject, he t h o u g h t t h a t his experience of t h e m a n n e r in w h i c h his unfortunate assertion of an intention to appoint a Brit. Consul at Cracow h a d b e e n t a k e n u p b y h o n . G e n t l e m e n o p p o s i t e , justified h i m i n positively refusing to give any answer to such a q u e s t i o n , w h i c h m i g h t expose h i m to similar . . . unjustifiable a t t a c k s . . . he certainly s h o u l d n o t r e c o m m e n d t h e H o u s e t o follow t h e e x a m p l e o f the F r e n c h C h a m b e r s . . . . [685-687, 689] Sir R. Peel ...he t h o u g h t t h a t t h e n o b l e L o r d h a d q u i t e failed to establish his p o s i t i o n , t h a t the t r a d e a n d c o m m e r c e o f this c o u n t r y h a d lost n o t h i n g i n c o n s e q u e n c e o f the o c c u p a t i o n o f C r a c o w . . . H o w did t h e n o b l e L o r d m a k e o u t his case? By s h o w i n g t h a t t h e a m o u n t of general exports to Germany h a d n o t fallen o f f . . . the q u e s t i o n , in fact, was h o w did t h e n o b l e L o r d s h o w t h a t o u r c o m m e r c e w i t h t h e w h o l e o f t h e n o r t h of t h e c o n t i n e n t w o u l d n o t h a v e s h o w n a g r e a t e r progressive increase if we h a d r e t a i n e d t h e t r a d e of C r a c o w ? . . . [691, 692] entwickelt zugleich " t h a t h a d m o r e active m e a s u r e s been t a k e n b y G o v . a t a n earlier p e r i o d , this u s u r p a t i o n w o u l d h a v e been p u t a s t o p t o " , u. d a ß w e n n P a l m e r s t o n , s t a t t 1836 i m P a r l a m e n t previously z u e r k l ä r e n , t h e i n t e n t i o n o f G r e a t Britain of sending o u t a consul, wirklich einen geschickt h ä t t e , he w o u l d h a v e succeeded. . . . [694, 695] Lord Eliot: W h e n the n o b l e L o r d told t h e m t h a t t h e allied P o w e r s i n t e n d e d to w i t h d r a w their garrisons he h a d n o t also t o l d t h e m t h a t they i n t e n d e d t o restore t h e i n d e p e n d e n c e o f C r a c o w , a c c o r d i n g t o the p r o visions of the treaty. A u f I n t e r p e l l a t i o n v. Sir Strat. C a n n i n g gesteht Palmerston t h a t he h a d received the a d d r e s s a n d m e m o r i a l sent b y t h e i n h a b i t a n t s o f C r a c o w t o the G o v . of Engl. u. F r a n c e . [695]

124

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

[Vol. 88. London 1846.] H. o. C. Aug. 17. 1846

Hume t r ä g t an " t h a t a h u m b l e A d d r e s s be laid before h e r Majesty, p r a y ing h e r to lay before t h e H o u s e a c o p y of t h e C o n v e n t i o n e n t e r e d i n t o by 5 the 4 G r e a t P o w e r s of E u r o p e . " [820] Palmerston u n i m p o r t a n t differences . . . u p o n this p a r t i c u l a r s u b j e c t — with F r a n c e . . . in these p r o c e e d i n g s no c o n c e a l m e n t h a d been p r a c t i s e d t o w a r d s F r a n c e . . . W h a t on e a r t h h a d t h e holy alliance to do w i t h this treaty w h i c h h a d b e e n entered i n t o for a specific p u r p o s e ? t h e treaty, 10 also, was n o t w i t h t h e s a m e parties t h a t c o n t r a c t e d the h o l y alliance, for England was no party to that alliance ... \

[Vol. 19. London 1833.] 1381 H. o. C. July 11. 1833. Henry L. Bulwer. By the treaty of Adrianople ... the Sublime P o r t e w a s 15 d e g r a d e d in t h e eyes of its subjects, a n d t h e prestige which formerly h u n g a r o u n d i t w a s g o n e . T h i s w a s all t h a t R u s s i a w a n t e d . . . t h e disgrace o f the P o r t e n a t u r a l l y o c c a s i o n e d a variety of i n s u r r e c t i o n s a m o n g s t its s u b jects; M e h e m e t Ali, o f t h o s e subjects a t f i r s t t h e m o s t powerful, a n d afterwards the m o s t f o r m i d a b l e . . . . I t w a s said, t h a t s o m e t i m e p r e 20 vious to t h e R u s s i a n expedition, or c o n s e n t of assistance, she (Russia) informed us, a n d the P o r t e specially i n f o r m e d us, t h a t events were t a k i n g place i n A s i a w h i c h w o u l d oblige t h e P o r t e t o h a v e recourse t o foreign interference, a n d t h a t we w e r e a s k e d by both p a r t i e s to p u t a s t o p to M e h e m e t ' s p r o g r e s s , w h i c h a n o t e from u s — a m e r e n o t e f r o m u s — w o u l d 2 5 have been able t o d o . T h a t this n o t e w e delayed writing, a n d t h a t t h u s Russia was forced to t a k e t h e p a r t she t o o k . . . s o m e p e r s o n s — s e e m e d rather t o f a v o u r t h e idea o f R u s s i a n d o m i n i o n i n t h e E a s t a s f a v o u r a b l e t o the general civilization a n d t o t h e h a p p i n e s s o f the p e o p l e o f t h a t p a r t of the world. He a c k n o w l e d g e d t h a t , of all ideas, this seemed to h i m t h e 30 most singular of a n y t h a t ever entered t h e b r a i n of a n y m a n a c q u a i n t e d with history ... H a l f a c e n t u r y a g o R u s s i a w a s n o t half E u r o p e a n , n o w E u r o p e w a s half R u s s i a n . . . T h e r e w a s h a r d l y a c o u r t in w h i c h she ( R u s sia) h a d n o t family alliances a n d secret a g e n t s . . . . C o n c l u d e d by m o v i n g for " a h u m b l e A d d r e s s t o H . Majesty for P a p e r s respecting t h e M e a s u r e s 35 pursued by R u s s i a , in h e r late interference w i t h t h e S t a t e of T u r k e y " . . . [571-575, 578] 125

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 Palmerston.—"If R u s s i a n c o n q u e s t s h o u l d lead to the Christianizing a n d civilizing t h e i n h a b i t a n t s o f t h a t c o u n t r y , such a d v a n t a g e s — a n d n o o n e c o u l d estime t h e m higher t h a n h e d i d — w o u l d b e c o u n t e r b a l a n c e d b y t h e c o n s e q u e n c e s w h i c h w o u l d result t o E u r o p e t o the d i s m e m b e r m e n t o f t h e T u r k i s h e m p i r e . . . he h a d great d o u b t s t h a t any i n t e n t i o n to p a r t i t i o n 5 t h a t e m p i r e at all entered i n t o the policy of t h e R u s s i a n g o v e r n m e n t . Besides, h e very m u c h d o u b t e d also w h e t h e r the R u s s i a n n a t i o n — p r o p erly so c a l l e d — w o u l d be p r e p a r e d to see t h a t transference of p o w e r , of residence, a n d a u t h o r i t y t o t h e s o u t h e r n p r o v i n c e s w h i c h w o u l d b e t h e necessary c o n s e q u e n c e of the c o n q u e s t by R u s s i a of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . . 10 H . M ' s G o v . h a d been t a u n t e d w i t h b e i n g afraid t o g o t o w a r , a n d h a d b e e n accused of truckling to o t h e r P o w e r s in c o n s e q u e n c e of this fear . . . I f the p r e s e n t relations established between this c o u n t r y a n d F r a n c e were p o i n t e d a t i n these sneers, h e w o u l d only say, t h a t h e s h o u l d l o o k b a c k with feelings of p r i d e a n d satisfaction at t h e p a r t he h a d acted in b r i n g i n g 15 a b o u t t h a t g o o d u n d e r s t a n d i n g . . . " | [579, 580] |39| Cutlar Fergusson. If she (Russia) n o w retired from Turkey, it w o u l d only b e for the p u r p o s e o f r e n d e r i n g her r e t u r n m o r e easy, a n d her p r e y m o r e sure. S u c h was her h o n e s t y ... [580]

[Vol.22. London 1834.]

20

H. 0. C. March. 17. 1834. Sheil. E v e n R u s s i a ( n a c h d e m V o r r ü c k e n v. M e h e m e t ) c o n c u r r e d rec o m m e n d i n g , t h a t succour s h o u l d be afforded. Russia calculated, of course, on the refusal. ... In M a y L o r d P o n s o n b y r e a c h e d C o n s t a n t i n o ple. C o u n t Orloff arrived as well as L o r d P o n s o n b y . . . . O n e of the arti- 25 cles of the t r e a t y of U n k i a r Skelessi c o n f o r m s all p r i o r treaties, in particular that of Adrianople . . . a t h i r d interdicts h e r from r e s o r t i n g to a n y o t h e r E u r o p e a n P o w e r (als R u s s i a ) for 10 years . . . [307-310] Incident.

[Vol. 20. London 1833.] H.

0.

30

C. Aug. 24. 1833.

Colonel Evans " h e desired to k n o w if it w e r e n o t t h e fact, t h a t a t r e a t y h a d b e e n agreed t o between R u s s i a a n d the Sultan himself, w i t h o u t the c o n c u r r e n c e o f a n y Minister, a n d w i t h o u t t h e k n o w l e d g e o f a n y d i p l o m a t i c agents at t h e P o r t e ? " [873] 35

126

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

Sir Robert Inglis.: " w h e t h e r t h e r e really h a d b e e n c o n c l u d e d a t r e a t y offensive a n d defensive b e t w e e n R u s s i a a n d Turkey? . . . C o r r e s p o n d e n c e in the Morning Herald (d. d. A u g u s t 21), a c c o r d i n g to which t h e t r e a t y geschlossen . . . p r e c l u d e d T u r k e y f r o m e n t e r i n g i n t o a n y n e w treaties w i t h o t h e r p o w e r s , except w i t h t h e c o n c u r r e n c e of R u s s i a ? . . . he t r u s t e d t h a t if the n o b l e L o r d c o u l d n o t n o w give the i n f o r m a t i o n required, h e w o u l d b e p r e p a r e d before the prorogation of Parliament to lay before the H o u s e , n o t merely t h e treaties t h a t h a d b e e n m a d e , b u t all c o m m u n i c a t i o n s c o n nected w i t h the f o r m a t i o n o f t h o s e treaties between T u r k e y a n d R u s s i a . " [873, 874] Palmerston. " H i s M ' s g o v e r n m e n t h a d b e e n i n f o r m e d , t h a t a t r e a t y h a d been recently signed between R u s s i a a n d t h e P o r t e ; b u t a s t h a t t r e a t y was n o t officially signed, a n d as he w a s n o t in possession of it, t h e H o u s e could n o t expect o f h i m t o give a n y i n f o r m a t i o n a s t o w h a t t h a t t r e a t y contained. W i t h respect to t h e i n f o r m a t i o n said to be received by m e a n s of the public j o u r n a l s , it c o u l d be no b l a m e to G o v . if, by the activity of their agents, they were sometimes b e f o r e h a n d w i t h the G o v e r n m e n t . . . W h e n they were sure t h a t such a t r e a t y as t h a t a l l u d e d to really d i d exist, a n d w h e n they w e r e in possession of t h a t treaty, it w o u l d be t h e n for t h e m to d e t e r m i n e w h a t w a s t h e c o u r s e of policy they o u g h t to p u r s u e " ... " a d e m a n d for assistance t o t h e gov. o f this c o u n t r y h a d b e e n m a d e i n the course of last August (1832) by t h e P o r t e , before it h a d applied to Russia for assistance. T h e a p p l i c a t i o n t h a t h a d b e e n m a d e t o the c o u n t r y o n t h e p a r t o f t h e P o r t e w a s for m a r i t i m e assistance, a n d H . M ' s G o v . , from the n a t u r e of c i r c u m s t a n c e s h a d n o t t h o u g h t fit to g r a n t t h e a p p l i c a t i o n . " [875]

H. o. C. Aug. 28. 1833 A u f die verschiedenen F r a g e n v. Th. Attwood (u. a. a u c h " a s C o u n t Orloff was soon afterwards (nach d e m t r e a t y of U n k i a r Skelessi) sent over 30 to E n g l a n d , w h a t reception he h a d m e t with at H i s Majesty's c o u r t ? " ) : [899] Palmerston: Er h a t t e sich selbst geirrt. D a s r e q u e s t der P o r t e f. n a v a l assistance h a d been m a d e i n the m o n t h o f O c t o b e r 1832 . . . h e w o u l d o n l y remind the ||40| H o u s e , t h a t w h e n w e w e r e e m b a r k i n g i n n a v a l o p e r a t i o n s 35 in the N o r t h Sea, a n d on t h e coast of H o l l a n d , a n d w e r e u n d e r t h e necessity of k e e p i n g up a n o t h e r n a v a l force on t h e c o a s t of P o r t u g a l , it would h a v e been impossible to h a v e sent to t h e M e d i t e r r a n e a n such a s q u a d r o n a s w o u l d h a v e served t h e p u r p o s e o f the P o r t e . . . i t w a s b u t

127

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 1 justice t h a t h e s h o u l d state, t h a t s o far from R u s s i a h a v i n g expressed a n y j e a l o u s y a s t o G o v . g r a n t i n g t h a t assistance, t h e R u s s i a n a m b a s s a d o r officially c o m m u n i c a t e d to h i m , while t h e r e q u e s t w a s still u n d e r conside r a t i o n , t h a t h e h a d learned t h a t such a n a p p l i c a t i o n h a d b e e n m a d e , a n d t h a t , from t h e interest t a k e n by R u s s i a in t h e m a i n t e n a n c e a n d p r è s - 5 e r v a t i o n of the T u r k i s h E m p i r e , it w o u l d afford satisfaction if M i n i s t e r s c o u l d f i n d themselves able t o c o m p l y with t h e r e q u e s t . . . . W i t h r e g a r d t o t h e r e h a v i n g b e e n a n y c o m m u n i c a t i o n with the P a c h a o f E g y p t , . . . a s i t w a s a w a r a g a i n s t a Souvereign by a subject, a n d t h a t sovereign w a s in alliance w i t h t h e K i n g of E n g l a n d , it w o u l d h a v e b e e n inconsistent with 10 g o o d faith t o h a v e h a d a n y c o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h t h e P a s h a . . . " C o u n t Orloff h a d n o t been in this c o u n t r y on a m i s s i o n — h e h a d b e e n sent to t h e H a g u e on one: b u t to this c o u n t r y he c a m e o n l y in t h e c h a r a c t e r of a distinguished traveller." [900, 901]

H. 0. Lords. Aug. 29. 1833

15

Prorogation of Parliament. In der T h r o n r e d e : " t h e hostilities which h a d d i s t u r b e d the peace o f T u r k e y h a v e b e e n t e r m i n a t e d ; a n d y o u m a y b e assured, t h a t my a t t e n t i o n will be carefully directed to a n y events w h i c h m a y affect the p r e s e n t state o r t h e future i n d e p e n d e n c e o f t h a t e m p i r e " . Schluß des Incident. [903]

20

[Vol.22. London 1834. House of Commons,

17. März 1834.]

Sheil: In October 1833 Monsieur la Grènee a d d r e s s e d t h e following N o t e to C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e : " T h e u n d e r s i g n e d C h a r g é d'Affaires o f H . M a j . t h e 2 5 K i n g o f the F r e n c h , h a s received o r d e r s t o express t o t h e C a b i n e t o f St. P e t e r s b u r g , t h e p r o f o u n d affliction felt by t h e F r e n c h G o v . , on learning the conclusion of the t r e a t y of July 8, 1833, between t h e E m p . of R u s s . , a n d the G r a n d Signior. I n t h e o p i n i o n o f t h e K i n g ' s gov., this Treaty assigns to the m u t u a l relations existing b e t w e e n t h e O t t o m a n 30 e m p i r e a n d R u s s i a a new c h a r a c t e r against w h i c h t h e p o w e r s of E u r o p e h a v e a right to p r o t e s t . " N e s s e l r o d e replied in an offensive u. c o n t u m e lious l a n g u a g e , a n o t e c o n c l u d i n g mit d e n w o r d s , d e r E m p e r . of R u s s . w ü r d e act " a s if the declaration contained in the note of Monsieur la Grè-

128

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

nee had no existence. St. Petersburg}}, Oct. 1833" ... If t h e F r e n c h gov. r e m o n s t r a t e d , i t w a s t o b e p r e s u m e d t h a t the n o b l e l o r d did n o t r e m a i n silent. W h e r e w a s his c o r r e s p o n d e n c e ? . . . M . T h i e r s . . . incidentally a c k n o w l e d g e d , t h a t it was a part of the treaty, that all vessels of powers at war with Russia, should be excluded from the passage of the Dardanelles ... O u r o w n P a r l i a m e n t d i d n o t meet until the 5 of F e b r u a r y (1834), b u t before it assembled, an incident o c c u r r e d w h i c h r e m a i n e d to be explained. T h e F r e n c h a n d English f l e e t s u n i t e d p r o c e e d e d t o t h e D a r d a n e l l e s , which R u s s i a h a d s p a r e d n o expense t o fortify, a n d h a v i n g displayed t h e tricoloured a n d " t h e n a t i o n a l flag of E n g l a n d " . . . b o t h ||41| fleets sailed away, a n d i n s t e a d of p r o c e e d i n g to S m y r n a , gave preference to a m o r e distant, b u t less c o m m o d i o u s h a r b o u r , w h e r e , however, R u s s i a n influence w a s n o t q u i t e s o p r e d o m i n a n t a s i n t h a t celebrated h a v e n . . . O n F e b r u a r y 24 (1834) t h e following p a r a g r a p h a p p e a r e d in the Globe... o r g a n of the F o r . Office . . . l a u t e n d : " A n o t h e r t r e a t y b e t w e e n R u s s i a a n d Turkey h a s been c o n c l u d e d at St. Petersburgh, which w a s signed by A c h met P a c h a , on t h e 2 9 of J a n u a r y . . . E n o u g h h a s t r a n s p i r e d to satisfy the most jealous t h a t its spirit is pacific, a n d , indeed, advantageous to the Turk. Empire. T h e P o r t e is relieved f r o m the pressure of the engagements imposed on h e r at A d r i a n o p l e : a n d we u n d e r s t a n d t h a t the Principalities, with the exception of Silistria, will shortly be e v a c u a t e d , a n d the sum exacted by t h e f o r m e r t r e a t y r e d u c e d '¡ . Such r e l a x a t i o n s of positive engagements are p r o o f s either of the moderation and good sense of Russia, or of the influence which the union of England and France, and the firm and concerted language of those 2 Powers have acquired in the Councils of St. Petersburgh" ... this treaty did not at all relate to that of July 8. (1833) N o t o n e w o r d w a s said o f the p a s s a g e o f t h e D a r d a n e l l e s . . . B y t h e t r e a t y of 1675, c o n c l u d e d by Sir J o h n F i n c h , the n a v i g a t i o n of all t h e T u r k . Seas was secured to E n g l a n d . In 1809, a little t i m e after o u r r u p t u r e w i t h t h e Porte p r o d u c e d by t h e a t t a c k on t h e D a r d a n e l l e s , a n e w t r e a t y w a s executed, by which the p a s s a g e of t h e D a r d a n e l l e s a n d the c a n a l of C o n stantinople w a s secured to E n g l a n d . A r t . 11 p r o v i d e d , t h a t , in time of peace, n o ship o f w a r s h o u l d p a s s , n o m a t t e r t o w h a t c o u n t r y i t m i g h t belong. In 1774, by t h e t r e a t y of K a i n a r d j i , t h e p a s s a g e of t h e D a r d a nelles was first secured to R u s s i a n m e r c h a n t vessels. In 1780 a q u a r r e l t o o k place respecting an a r m e d vessel. In 1783 a n e w t r e a t y w a s e n t e r e d into, a n d a n o t h e r in 1792 ( t h a t t r e a t y by w h i c h t h e C r i m e a , j u s t like Greece, w a s declared i n d e p e n d e n t , a n d t h e n a b s o r b e d i n R u s s i a n d o m i nation), a n d b y b o t h treaties t h e p a s s a g e w a s secured t o m e r c h a n t vessels only. In 1800, R u s s i a h a v i n g o b t a i n e d t h e p r o t e c t o r s h i p of the I o n i a n Islands, e n t e r e d i n t o a t r e a t y securing t h e p a s s a g e of the D a r d a n e l l e s to th

20

3

25

30

35

40

129

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 t h e merchant-vessels of t h o s e islands. In 1812, t h e Treaty of B u c h a r e s t was signed, b y w h i c h Bessarabia was given u p t o R u s s i a , a n d all f o r m e r treaties respecting t h e D a r d a n e l l e s were confirmed. In 1829 t h e Treaty of Adrianople: "7 Article the Sublime P o r t e declares t h e p a s s a g e of t h e C a n a l of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e completely free a n d o p e n to R u s s i a n m e r c h a n t - 5 vessels u n d e r m e r c h a n t f l a g s , from the Black sea t o t h e M e d i t e r r a n e a n , a n d f r o m the M e d i t e r r a n e a n t o the black Sea; u p o n t h e s a m e principle t h e p a s s a g e is declared free a n d o p e n to all merchant-vessels b e l o n g i n g to P o w e r s a t p e a c e with t h e P o r t e " . . . t h u s t h e s t i p u l a t i o n w a s , t h a t all n a t i o n s at p e a c e (not, be it observed, w i t h R u s s i a , b u t w i t h t h e P o r t e ) 10 s h o u l d enjoy t h e right of u n i m p e d e d passage . . . the consequence was precisely the same as if the Porte surrendered to Russia the possession of the Dardanelles, a n d the last of the sultans w a s t h e first s a t r a p of N i c h o l a s t h e G r e a t . . . T h e r e did n o t a p p e a r t o b e a n y s o u n d r e a s o n for w i t h h o l d i n g this treaty. . . . P o n d e r o u s folios of fruitless n e g o t i a t i o n s on t h e 15 affairs o f Belgium h a d b e e n given t o t h e w o r l d ; . . . N a c h d e m F a l l v . P o l e n w e did r e m o n s t r a t e , a n d d e s p a t c h e d L o r d D u r h a m t o St. P e t e r s b u r g h (why w a s n o t Sir Stratford C a n n i n g there?) a n d w h a t h a d b e e n t h e r e s u l t ? . . . [311-317] | th

|42| Henry Lytton Bulwer s e c o n d e d the m o t i o n . . . . he l o o k e d u p o n treaties r a t h e r a s d e c l a r a t i o n s b y the p o w e r s m a k i n g t h e m , o f w h a t they considered their respective interests for t h e t i m e being, t h a n a n y b i n d i n g obligation. W h a t h e w o u l d lay stress u p o n , a n d w h a t this c o u n t r y a t large, as well as o t h e r countries laid stress u p o n , were the alarming practical demonstrations made by Russia in her inroads into Turkey, a n d all h e r s u b s e q u e n t p r o c e e d i n g s . . . [318] Palmerston ... He fully a d m i t t e d , t h a t to resist the p r o d u c t i o n of p a p e r s u p o n a subject of this k i n d , w a s to a p p e a l , in a s t r o n g a n d p o i n t e d m a n n e r , to the confidence of t h e H o u s e ; but, upon the present occasion, he hoped that the House would refuse to accede to the Motion ... t h e t r a n s actions between M e h e m e t Ali a n d the S u l t a n c o m m e n c e d i n O c t o b e r 1831 . . . t h e decisive action between t h e t r o o p s a t K o n i a h did n o t t a k e place till D e c e m b e r , 1832. N o w , it w a s n o t u s u a l for this c o u n t r y to b e r e a d y t o interfere i n contests b e t w e e n sovereigns a n d their s u b j e c t s ; . . . t h e early p e r i o d at w h i c h t h e contest b e g a n , a n d the length of its d u r a t i o n , p r o v e d t h a t , till n e a r its conclusion, it did n o t a s s u m e a c h a r a c t e r so different from t h a t of the u s u a l contests b e t w e e n t h e g o v e r n o r s of the p r o v i n c e s a n d t h e Sultan, a s t o lead t o t h e s u p p o s i t i o n t h a t t h e result w o u l d b e very d i f f e r e n t . . . I t w o u l d h a v e r e q u i r e d s o m e s t r o n g r e a s o n t o h a v e i n d u c e d t h e G o v . of E n g l a n d to interfere, by force of a r m s , in t h e c o n t e s t b e t w e e n the S u l t a n a n d his rebellious subject, t h e P a c h a of E g y p t .

130

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

Assistance was at l e n g t h a s k e d by t h e P o r t e in November (erst sagt er August, d a n n O k t o b e r , jezt N o v e m b e r ) 1832, b u t t h e decisive b a t t l e o f K o n i a h t o o k p l a c e s o s o o n afterwards, n a m e l y i n D e c e m b e r following, t h a t , from want of time, no interference c o u l d h a v e b e e n exercised, on t h e 5 p a r t o f this c o u n t r y , early e n o u g h t o h a v e p r e v e n t e d t h a t c a t a s t r o p h e , (the w h o l e h i s t o r y of t h e T u r k i s h E m p i r e w a s full of successive revolts of powerful vassals a g a i n s t t h e S u l t a n , s o m e t i m e s w i t h success a t t h e f i r s t o n t h e o n e side, s o m e t i m e s o n t h e o t h e r ; b u t a l m o s t i n v a r i a b l y e n d i n g i n t h e re-assertion o f t h e a u t h o r i t y o f t h e S u l t a n . ) . . . M . M a u r o j e n i , t h e f i r s t 10 official b e a r e r of t h e a p p l i c a t i o n of t h e S u l t a n , d i d n o t arrive in London till Nov. 3, 1832 ... fleet w o u l d n o t h a v e a r r i v e d in t i m e to h a v e p r e v e n t e d t h e decisive b a t t l e i n K o n i a h . . . w e w e r e t h e n e n g a g e d i n o t h e r o p e r a ­ tions, w h i c h o c c u p i e d t h e w h o l e o f o u r n a v a l force . . . B u t , a l t h o u g h his M ' s G o v . d i d n o t c o m p l y w i t h t h a t d e m a n d o f t h e S u l t a n for n a v a l 15 assistance, yet t h e moral assistance of E n g l a n d w a s afforded; a n d t h e communications made by

the Brit.

Gov.

to t h e Pacha of Egypt,

a n d to

Ibrahim Pacha, c o m m a n d i n g in Asia minor, did materially contribute to bring a b o u t t h a t a r r a n g e m e n t b e t w e e n t h e S u l t a n a n d t h e P a c h a , b y which t h e w a r w a s t e r m i n a t e d . . . G r e a t B r i t a i n never c o m p l a i n e d o f R u s 2 0 sia g r a n t i n g t h a t assistance . . . b u t o n t h e c o n t r a r y , w a s g l a d t h a t T u r k e y h a d b e e n able t o o b t a i n effectual relief f r o m a n y q u a r t e r . . . t h e notifica­ tion, die i h n z u m G e s a n d t e n m a c h t e , r e a c h e d L o r d P o n s o n b y i n N o v e m ­ ber, a n d t h e only circumstances w h i c h p r e v e n t e d h i m g e t t i n g to C o n s t a n ­ tinople until t h e e n d o f M a y , were t h e difficulties e x p e r i e n c e d i n m a k i n g 25 the necessary a r r a n g e m e n t s for his c o n v e y a n c e , a n d t h e u n f a v o u r a b l e state o f w e a t h e r . . . t h e H o n o u r a b l e G e n t l e m a n h a d i n q u i r e d w h e t h e r t h e Brit. G o v . a p p r o v e d o f t h a t t r e a t y , o r l o o k e d u p o n i t w i t h satisfaction? Certainly 11[43]| it d i d neither; b e c a u s e t h a t treaty, even on the first glance, wore 30

the semblance of being intended to give Russia some advantages with

respect to Turkey, which she did not possess before, and which were not to be enjoyed by the other Powers of Europe.

But he was bound to say, t h a t t h e

e x p l a n a t i o n s w h i c h h a d b e e n since given of what were apparently t h e m o s t objectionable parts of that treaty, impression

which

the

had tended,

announcement

of that

in some degree, treaty

to alter the

necessarily produced upon

3 5 the G o v . . . . [319-324] I f t h e G o v . a c t e d " w i t h t e m p e r " , s h o w e d " n o u n n e c ­ essary d i s t r u s t " e t c . . . h e w a s inclined t o t h i n k , t h a t t h e case m i g h t n o t arise i n w h i c h t h a t t r e a t y w o u l d b e called i n t o o p e r a t i o n ; a n d t h a t t h e r e ­ fore it w o u l d , in p r a c t i c e , r e m a i n a d e a d letter . . . w i t h r e s p e c t to the lan­ guage of Russia, it was, on all occasions, 40 rather to

the acts

Ρower might hold on

of a foreign Power,

the duty of the Engl. than

to

Gov.

to look

the language which

any particular subject or occasion,

they

(England

that u.

131

|

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 F r a n c e ) h a d n o w c e m e n t e d a friendship, w h i c h h a d only g r o w n s t r o n g e r , a n d m o r e lasting i n p r o p o r t i o n a s t h e 2 gov. h a d b e c o m e b e t t e r a c q u a i n t ed w i t h each o t h e r . . . Communications were still carrying on with respect to these matters; the discussions, if he might so call them, were not yet completed; and it was contrary to the practice of Parliament to compel the Gov. to produce correspondence, pending a negotiation in which the interests of the country were materially involved. ... Peace ... could be preserved only by the House reposing confidence in the Gov. ... [325-329] Col. Evans. On t h e o n e h a n d , t h e P a c h a of Ejypt h a d c o n q u e r e d from t h e P o r t e a large t r a c t o f territory; a n d o n t h e o t h e r h a n d , R u s s i a , o n t h e i n v i t a t i o n o f the P o r t e , h a d occupied C o n s t a n t i n o p l e for t h e p r e s e r v a t i o n of Turkey. T h e s e 2 things were a m p l y sufficient of themselves, s u p p o s i n g no t r e a t y w h a t e v e r h a d followed to place T u r k e y in a very different position from t h a t w h i c h she h a d before occupied. . . . Before t h a t t r e a t y (of U n k i a r Skelessi), in case of a w a r w i t h R u s s i a , t h e D a r d a n e l l e s w e r e o p e n to a British fleet, b u t u n d e r t h a t treaty, the D a r d a n e l l e s were b a r r e d , a n d the R u s s i a n p o r t s in t h e Black Sea were secure a g a i n s t a British fleet. T h a t w a s a m o s t serious a n d injurious c h a n g e . B u t i f t h e F r e n c h M i n i s t e r was correct, it w a s a c h a n g e t h a t could n o t be p e r m i t t e d . A c c o r d i n g to t h e d e c l a r a t i o n of t h e M i n i s t e r of F r a n c e , the t r e a t y of July b e t w e e n R u s s i a a n d the P o r t e , was i n direct o p p o s i t i o n t o the laws o f E u r o p e . . . I n f o r m a t i o n o u g h t decidedly t o b e given o f t h a t p o i n t , i n o r d e r t h a t t h e H o u s e m i g h t j u d g e o f the a c t u a l p o s i t i o n i n w h i c h t h e q u e s t i o n s t o o d . . . . Sir R. Peel. In Bezug a u f P o r t u g a l t h e n o b l e L o r d h a d n o t felt it his d u t y t o w i t h h o l d a m p l e e x p l a n a t i o n s , verbal a n d d o c u m e n t a r y . . . T h e n o b l e L o r d said, f i r s t , t h a t o n m a t t e r s w h i c h were still p e n d i n g , i t w o u l d n o t be fair to M i n i s t e r s to call u p o n t h e m to p r o d u c e a c o p y of their last d e s p a t c h e s . . . . T h e second objection o f the n o b l e L o r d , t h a t s u c h inform a t i o n c o u l d n o t b e called for b y the H o u s e w i t h o u t casting b l a m e o n Ministers. . . . H i s t h i r d a r g u m e n t . . . w e n t far t o d e s t r o y t h e validity o f the 2 preceding. It was, that explanations h a d been already m a d e to the G o v . , w h i c h h a d a b a t e d t h e fears e n t e r t a i n e d a s t o t h e objects o f R u s s i a . . . . T h e n o b l e L o r d h a d declared, t h a t he, a s a M i n i s t e r o f t h e C r o w n , rejoiced t h a t R u s s i a h a d replied a s t h a t P o w e r h a d d o n e t o t h e application of the P o r t e for assistance . . . t h e o c c u p a t i o n of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e by R u s s i a n t r o o p s , even for a friendly ||44| object, sealed the fate of T u r k e y as an i n d e p e n d e n t P o w e r . . . A l t h o u g h t h e r e w a s a British m a n - o f - w a r in w a i t i n g yet such h a d b e e n the difficulties o r t h e d a n g e r s t o o v e r c o m e , t h a t the Engl. A m b a s s a d o r was 6 m o n t h s i n m a k i n g his w a y t o C o n s t a n tinople. . . . But, after all, the n o b l e L o r d h a d a t r i u m p h a n t a n s w e r to all objections. " T h e r e exists" says the n o b l e L o r d , " t h e closest alliance be-

132

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung) tween E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e . " H e c o u l d b u t r e m a r k , t h a t w h e n e v e r t h e noble L o r d w a s t h r o w n i n t o a n y difficulty a s t o a n y p a r t o f o u r foreign E u r o p e a n policy, he at o n c e f o u n d a r e a d y m e a n s of escape, by c o n g r a t ulating the H o u s e u p o n t h e close alliance b e t w e e n this c o u n t r y a n d 5 F r a n c e ... It w a s , p r o b a b l y , because t h a t alliance w a s so i n t i m a t e , t h a t F r e n c h e x a m p l e a n d F r e n c h policy h a v e c o n t r o l l e d o u r p r o c e e d i n g s with respect t o T u r k i s h i n d e p e n d e n c e . . . E n g l a n d c o m p e l l e d t o c o n n i v e , a t least, a t a n aggression u p o n Turkey, w h i c h F r a n c e h a d directly e n c o u r aged . . . c o u r s e w h i c h F r a n c e herself h a d t a k e n w i t h r e g a r d t o Algiers . . . 10 [334, 335, 337-340] Mr. Secretary Stanley: " h e boldly asserted t h a t w h a t s t o p p e d the p r o gress o f M e h e m e t Ali w a s t h e distinct d e c l a r a t i o n o f F r a n c e a n d E n g land, t h a t they w o u l d n o t p e r m i t t h e o c c u p a t i o n o f C o n s t a n t i n o p l e b y his t r o o p s . . . Before she c o n c l u d e d t h a t treaty, T u r k e y possessed t h e P o w e r 15 of closing the D a r d a n e l l e s to b o t h , or to either of 2 belligerents . . . "

[Vol. 21. London 1834.] H. o. Lords

20

25

30

35

February 4, 1834.

Duke of Wellington: He h a p p e n e d to k n o w , t h a t on a f o r m e r occasion, when M e h e m e t Ali, P a c h a o f Ejypt, w a s desired b y this G o v . n o t t o c a r r y into execution certain m e a s u r e s which he wished to effect, a n d w h e n he was positively t o l d t h a t h e m u s t n o t p r o c e e d , h e a t o n c e desisted. T h e fact was, t h a t i f this c o u n t r y wished t o p r e v e n t h i m f r o m c a r r y i n g o n w a r i n any p a r t of the L e v a n t , it h a d only, to e m p l o y a fleet to force h i m to act according to its direction. T h o s e directions w o u l d be as readily o b e y e d by him n o w as they were formerly. If, in t h e Session of 1832, or 1833, they h a d plainly told M e h e m e t Ali t h a t h e s h o u l d n o t c a r r y o n this c o n t e s t i n Syria a n d A s i a M i n o r , they w o u l d h a v e p u t a n e n d t o this w a r w i t h o u t the risk of allowing t h e E m p . of R u s s i a to send a fleet a n d an a r m y to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . But, i n s t e a d of d o i n g t h a t , i n s t e a d of t a k i n g a c o m m a n d i n g p o s i t i o n , o u r fleets w e r e in t h e D o u r o a n d t h e Tagus, p r o t e c t i n g civil war, a n d in the C h a n n e l , b l o c k a d i n g the fleets of o u r D u t c h allies. ... o u r 3 allies, H o l l a n d , P o r t u g a l , a n d Spain, a n d he m i g h t a d d a f o u r t h , our ally Turkey, were placed u n d e r t h e p r o t e c t i o n of the o t h e r p o w e r s . They were, i f h e m i g h t use t h e w o r d , s w a m p e d i n E u r o p e a t t h e p r e s e n t m o m e n t . [12,13] Earl Grey, he did n o t believe it to be t h e d u t y of t h e G o v . of this country to interfere directly in such a w a r (between t h e S u l t a n a n d his revolted vassal), o r t o e n t e r i n t o hostilities w i t h M e h e m e t Ali, f r o m

133

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 w h o m w e h a d received n o cause o f c o m p l a i n t , a n d w i t h w h o m w e h a d a t the m o m e n t extensive c o m m e r c i a l relations, w h i c h i t w o u l d n o t b e o u r interest t o d i s t u r b . . . A t t h e p e r i o d (des t r e a t y o f A d r i a n o p l e ) d e s p a t c h e s sent f r o m the Secretary of State's office in this c o u n t r y , strongly p r o t e s t ing a g a i n s t t h a t treaty, a n d declaring t h a t the i n d e p e n d e n c e of the P o r t e w o u l d b e sacrificed a n d t h e Peace o f E u r o p e e n d a n g e r e d , b y its b e i n g agreed t o . | [25]

5

[Vol. 32. London 1836.] |[45]| H. 0. C April 20, 1836. Patrick M. Stewart, t h e d e m a n d m a d e t h e o t h e r d a y to the a u t h o r i t i e s of C r a c o w t o deliver u p the individuals c o n c e r n e d i n t h e revolt (Polish) 5 years b e f o r e . . . [1263] In Bezug auf d a s c o u n t r y r o u n d t h e E u x i n e . . . R u s s i a h a d n o t t a k e n the m a n l y m e a n s o f invasion a n d c o n q u e s t , she h a d p r o c e e d e d w i t h h e r aggressions stealthily a n d secretly, a n d h a d exhibited t h e spectacle of the dissembling s t r o n g seizing every o p p o r t u n i t y of o b t a i n i n g unjust a d v a n t a g e over t h e helpless w e a k . . . [1266] Of 600 l o o m s for m u s l i n busily e m p l o y e d at S c u t a r i in 1812, o n l y 40 r e m a i n e d in 1831; a n d of 2,000 w e a v i n g establishments at T o u r n o v o in 1812, o n l y 200 rem a i n e d i n 1831. T h e Turkish m a n u f a c t u r e s g a v e w a y before t h e a b u n d a n c e a n d c h e a p n e s s of o u r o w n . . . . D u r c h d e n t r e a t y of A d r i a n o p l e , T u r k e y s a d d l e d with a d e b t of 4 millions. . . . It gave to R u s s i a 200 miles o f t h e Circassian coast a n d the D e l t a o f t h e D a n u b e , w i t h the a l a r m i n g p r o v i s i o n a n n e x e d , t h a t 6 miles of the o p p o s i t e coast s h o u l d r e m a i n u n i n h a b i t e d . . . t h e t r e a t y of St. P e t e r s b u r g h , of 1834 . . . R u s s i a w a s to remit t h e T u r k i s h debt, to e v a c u a t e the T u r k i s h provinces, to r e t a i n Silistria. . . . W h e n I b r a h i m P a c h a ' s a r m y w a s i n A s i a M i n o r , a R u s s i a n officer w a s d e s p a t c h e d t o t h e P a c h a s o f E r z e r o u m a n d Trebizond, t o inform t h e m t h a t i n the event o f I b r a h i m s a r m y m a r c h i n g t o w a r d s E r z e r o u m , b o t h t h a t p l a c e a n d T r e b i z o n d s h o u l d b e i m m e d i a t e l y p r o t e c t e d b y t h e presence of a R u s s i a n a r m y . . . . T h e Principalities of M o l d a v i a a n d Wallachia were objects of d e a d l y j e a l o u s y to R u s s i a . T h e y vie with h e r in h e r staple p r o d u c t i o n . . . Relying o n positions bristled w i t h fortifications, R u s s i a v e n t u r e d t o lay h a n d s o n British shipping, a n d t o arrest it, i n spite o f the treaties o f E u r o p e . . . M a n y ships h a d sailed, a n d o t h e r s w e r e g o i n g o u t , to w h o s e c a p t a i n s strict o r d e r s h a d b e e n given n o t to s u b m i t to t h e right of b o a r d i n g a n d search, which R u s s i a h a d lately c l a i m e d . . . t h e fate of t h o s e ships m u s t be inevitable, unless s o m e expression of o p i n i o n were m a d e o n the p a r t o f the H o u s e . . . Unless t h a t were d o n e , Brit, shipping,

134

10

15

20

25

30

35

ρν-'

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung) t o t h e a m o u n t o f n o t less t h a n 5,000 t o n s , w o u l d b e seized, a n d m a r c h e d off t o O d e s s a , u n t i l t h e i n s o l e n t c o m m a n d s o f R u s s i a w e r e c o m p l i e d with ... L o r d D u r h a m , a c t i n g u p o n i n s t r u c t i o n s received f r o m E n g l a n d , r e m o n s t r a t e d w i t h t h e R u s s i a n G o v . for t h e h i n d r a n c e w h i c h h a d b e e n 5 given t o Brit, t r a d e . H e h a d b e e n referred t o C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e , C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e referred t o t h e G o v e r n o r o f S o u t h R u s s i a a n d t h e G o v e r n o r o f S o u t h R u s s i a a g a i n referred t o t h e C o n s u l a t G a l a t z , w h o c o m m u n i ­ c a t e d w i t h t h e Brit, c o n s u l a t I b r a i l a , w h o w a s i n s t r u c t e d t o s e n d d o w n the c a p t a i n s f r o m w h o m toll h a d b e e n exacted, t o t h e m o u t h o f t h e 10 D a n u b e , t h e scene of their injuries, in o r d e r t h a t i n q u i r y m i g h t | [1271-1274,1276,1277] |32| b e m a d e i n t o t h e subject, i t b e i n g well k n o w n t h a t t h e c a p t a i n s t h u s referred t o , were t h e n i n E n g l a n d ... G r a d e d a m a l s Russia die insolence to fortify a s t r o n g p o s i t i o n g e g e n ü b e r S w e d e n , by which she w o u l d o b t a i n t h e c o m p l e t e c o m m a n d o f t h e Baltic. I n this n e w 15 work, t o o , she h a d t h e further insolence to e m p l o y t h e captive P o l e s . . . . Stewart m o v e d : " t o send a d i p l o m a t i c a g e n t f o r t h w i t h to t h e free a n d i n d e p e n d e n t state o f C r a c o w " a n d t o t a k e s u c h steps " b e s t a d a p t e d t o p r o t e c t a n d e x t e n d the commercial interests of G r e a t Britain in T u r k e y , a n d t h e E u x i n e " . [1277,1279] 20 Sir Edward Codrington (der A d m i r a l v. N a v a r i n o ) unterstützt die m o t i o n . . . I t w a s a n old a n d g o o d m a x i m o f Brit, policy t h a t w h e r e o u r trade was t h e r e s h o u l d b e o u r ships. T h e t r a d e w e c a r r i e d o n i n t h e Baltic was h a r d l y w o r t h o u r p r o t e c t i o n , while t h a t i n t h e Black Sea w a s h o u r l y increasing w i t h T u r k e y a n d t h e p r o v i n c e s b o r d e r i n g o n Persia . . . M e h e 25 met Ali h a d of old felt t h e s t r e n g t h of o u r r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s on t h e subject of t h e e v a c u a t i o n of t h e M o r e a . Er h a t t e received o r d e r s to resist all applications t o i n d u c e h i m t o e v a c u a t e i t a t t h e risk o f his h e a d , a n d h e did resist accordingly . . . b u t a t last p r u d e n t l y yielded t o necessity, a n d evacuated t h e M o r e a . . . i f w e p r e v e n t e d h i m f r o m d i s t u r b i n g T u r k e y , . . . 30 she w o u l d be able to defend herself a g a i n s t R u s s i a . . . . he l o o k e d on t h e fortifications which Russia was erecting in t h e island of Aland, close to t h e coast o f S w e d e n — a s evidences o f i n t e n t i o n — t o a g g r a n d i z e herself a t t h e expense o f h e r n e i g h b o u r s i n t h e n o r t h a s she h a d a l r e a d y d o n e i n t h e south. She h a d a n u m e r o u s flotilla a n c h o r e d beside the islands . . . 35 [1279, 1281,1282] Palmerston. If P a r l i a m e n t will p l a c e their confidence in u s , — i f they will leave it to us to m a n a g e t h e foreign r e l a t i o n s of t h e c o u n t r y . . . we shall be able to protect the interests, and to uphold the honour of the country, without being obliged to have recourse to war ... t h e q u e s t i o n is

135

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 n o t w h e t h e r the G o v . are alive t o t h o s e c o n s i d e r a t i o n s t o w h i c h t h e speech of my h o n . friend p o i n t s — b u t whether circumstances have occurred which show the existence of danger to which the Gov. are blind, and against w h i c h they are not likely to guard, unless driven thereto by the direct interference of this House.... My h o n . friend h a s s h o w n t h a t d u r i n g the last few years, t h e t r a d e with T u r k e y ||33| h a s risen f r o m n e x t to n o t h i n g t o a very considerable a m o u n t . A n d w h a t a r e t h e years d u r i n g w h i c h this c h a n g e h a s t a k e n place . . . years w h e n T u r k e y was involved in intestine w a r , w h e n every circumstance connected w i t h t h e internal and political condition of Turkey w a s u n f a v o u r a b l e , . . . D u r i n g t h a t p e r i o d . . . o u r t r a d e w i t h Turkey h a s increased i n a m o s t r a p i d a n d u n e x a m p l e d m a n n e r . T h e n w i t h r e g a r d t o Persia, the s a m e o b s e r v a t i o n applies . . . t h e i m p o r t at T r e b i z o n d d u r i n g t h e last 3 or 4 years h a s increased f r o m 450,000 £. to 800,000 £. B u t w h a t w a s the state of Persia at t h a t time? It h a d b e e n b u t recently involved in a q u e s t i o n of a d i s p u t e d succession, a n d in a state of civil w a r . . . . If my h o n . friend h a d b e e n a b l e to s h o w , t h a t w h e r e a s s o m e years a g o w e h a d h a d a large a n d i m p o r t a n t c o m m e r c e with T u r k e y a n d w i t h Persia, a n d t h a t t h a t c o m m e r c e h a d , b y t h e aggression of o t h e r countries, or by the neglect of t h e G o v . of this, d w i n d l e d d o w n t o a n inconsiderable t r a d e , t h e n t h e r e m i g h t h a v e b e e n g r o u n d t o call u p o n P a r l i a m e n t . . . A s t o t h e aggressions w h i c h h e c o n ceives R u s s i a m e d i t a t e s against u s . . . . I c a n assure the H o u s e t h e r e is no disposition o n the p a r t o f H . M ' s G o v . t o s u b m i t t o aggressions o n the p a r t o f a n y p o w e r , b e t h a t p o w e r w h a t i t m a y , a n d b e i t m o r e o r less s t r o n g . . . b u t . . . I confess t h a t I w a s n o t able to m a k e o u t f r o m his (Stewarts) s t a t e m e n t a n y specific fact w h i c h he alleged to h a v e t a k e n place. . . . T h e r e c a n b e n o d o u b t , I a p p r e h e n d , t h a t b y the t r e a t y o f V i e n n a , the n a v i g a t i o n of the D a n u b e is free to t h e c o m m e r c e of all n a t i o n s . . . citirt t h e articles . . . w h e n R u s s i a a c q u i r e d a p o r t i o n of t h e D a n u b e by t h e t r e a t y of A d r i a n o p l e , t h a t p a r t of t h e river fell w i t h i n t h e scope of the t r e a t y of Vienna, as being a p a r t of R u s s i a . . . my h o n . F r i e n d h a s (not) alleged any actual violation of t h a t t r e a t y . . . [1283, 1285-1289] {Stewart sagt t h a t a case of i n t e r r u p t i o n . . . actually occurred w i t h respect to s o m e ships r e t u r n i n g h o m e ) . . . [1289] I h a v e received no official information t h a t a n y t h i n g h a s o c c u r r e d w h i c h is n o t w a r r a n t e d by the treaty: . . . w h e n such a s t a t e m e n t shall b e m a d e t o m e b y t h e parties c o n c e r n e d , i t shall b e b r o u g h t u n d e r t h e a t t e n t i o n o f the G o v . , a n d shall b e dealt with b y t h e m i n such m a n n e r a s t h e law-advisers o f t h e C r o w n shall d e e m consistent w i t h the rights of the subjects of this c o u n t r y . . . we

136

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

5

lo

15

20

25

30

35

should submit to wrong from no Power w h a t e v e r — . . . but we should also cautiously a b s t a i n f r o m a n y t h i n g ||34| w h i c h m i g h t b e c o n s t r u e d b y other P o w e r s , a n d r e a s o n a b l y so, a s b e i n g a p r o v o c a t i o n o n o u r p a r t . . . [1289, 1292] Lord Mahon. t h e painful a n d p e r p l e x i n g state of E a s t e r n affairs is mainly o w i n g . . . t o t h e policy, o r r a t h e r let m e say, t h e w a n t o f policy o f the n o b l e L o r d . . . L o r d A b e r d e e n , i n a d e s p a t c h t o L o r d H e y t e s b u r y d. d. 31 October (1829), c o m m e n t s w i t h no small dissatisfaction on m a n y p a r t s of t h a t Treaty (of A d r i a n o p l e ) , a n d especially notices t h e stipulations respecting t h e I s l a n d s i n the D a n u b e . H e denies t h a t t h a t p e a c e h a s "respected the territorial rights o f sovereignty o f t h e P o r t e , a n d the c o n dition a n d t h e interests of all m a r i t i m e States in t h e M e d i t e r r a n e a n " . . . the cry o f the H o n . G e n t l e m e n o p p o s i t e w a s t h e n , t h a t t h e D u k e o f Wellington w a s far t o o friendly to Turkey, t h a t the Tories were a t t a c h e d to it, because it w a s a b a r b a r o u s State; t h a t its alliance a n d p o s i t i o n w e r e o f n o a d v a n t a g e t o u s , a n d t h a t R u s s i a w a s acting w i t h singular m o d eration a n d t o t a l absence of a m b i t i o u s views. . . . [1293-1295] As to a Syrische Scheiße. N o r w a s i t o n e o f t h o s e s u d d e n o r violent i n r o a d s defying by its rapidity, all r e a s o n a b l e calculation; Syria w a s i n v a d e d in the spring; in J u l y w a s f o u g h t t h e b a t t l e of H o r n s , deciding t h e fate of t h a t province, a n d i t w a s n o t till t h e 2 1 o f D e c e m b e r a f t e r w a r d s , t h a t t h e whole T u r k i s h a r m y w a s a n n i h i l a t e d a t t h e decisive b a t t l e o f C o n i a h . . . then the S u l t a n , c o m p e l l e d t o a p p l y t o t h e s u c c o u r o f s o m e o t h e r p o w e r . . . Schickt M a u r o j e n i (der S u l t a n ) , u . t h e n N a m i k P a s h a , t o entreat the assistance of a n a v a l s q u a d r o n , u n d e r t a k i n g to defray all t h e expenses of t h a t s q u a d r o n , a n d p r o m i s i n g in further r e q u i t a l of t h a t succour, the g r a n t o f n e w c o m m e r c i a l privileges a n d a d v a n t a g e s t o Brit, subjects i n T u r k e y . . . All t h e P o w e r s o f E u r o p e w e r e t h e n friendly t o o u r granting t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o f T u r k e y a n d even R u s s i a . . . E v e n a d m i t t i n g that the n o b l e L o r d , in t h e t r y i n g situation in w h i c h he w a s placed, w a s compelled to reject t h e solicitations of Turkey, I s h o u l d at least h a v e expected t h a t h e w o u l d h a v e t a k e n m o s t a n x i o u s p r e c a u t i o n s t o g u a r d against excessive influence o n t h e p a r t o f R u s s i a , a n d t o k e e p h e r interference confined t o n a r r o w b o u n d s . . . h e w o u l d h a v e p r o v i d e d , w i t h peculiar vigilance, for t h e d i p l o m a t i c d u t y to be p e r f o r m e d at C o n s t a n tinople . . . K e i n G e s a n d t e r d o r t o n t h e verge o f t h e decisive b a t t l e o f C o n i a h . . . I f a n active a n d able a m b a s s a d o r h a d b e e n p r e s e n t a t C o n stantinople t h r o u g h t h e w h o l e p e r i o d , t h e a s c e n d a n c y o f R u s s i a m i g h t have b e e n successfully s t e m m e d . . . . A secretary of e m b a s s y (wie M. M a n -

137

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 deville) c a n n o t possess o r speak with t h e t o n e o f a n A m b a s s a d o r . . . i f ever t h e r e w a s a c o u n t r y in w h i c h the weight a n d s t a t i o n of an A m b a s s a d o r w e r e u s e f u l — o r a p e r i o d in w h i c h t h a t weight a n d s t a t i o n m i g h t be a d v a n t a g e o u s l y e x e r t e d — t h a t c o u n t r y was Turkey, d u r i n g t h e 6 m o n t h s before t h e 8th of July . . . | [1297-1299]

138

5

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

[Hansard's parliamentary debates. Third S e r i e s (Fortsetzung a u s Heft XXIV der Londoner Hefte 1 8 5 0 - 1 8 5 3 ) Vol. 8 8 . London 1 8 4 6 . ] 5

| 1 6 | Cracow. (Η. o. C.

Aug. 17 1846)

Hume. I n t h e m o n t h o f A p r i l last, h e h a d a s k e d w h e t h e r t h e r e w a s a n y objection t o lay o n t h e T a b l e o f t h e H o u s e copies o f c o r r e s p o n d e n c e , o r w h e t h e r t h e r e w a s any, w i t h respect t o t h e u n f o r t u n a t e state o f C r a c o w . On t h e 22nd of February, 10

Prussia,

took possession

the army of Austria, of that place,

and afterwards of Russia and

and t h e

atrocities

t h a t followed in

Galicia were a p p a l l i n g t o a n y i n d i v i d u a l w h o r e a d t h e m etc. t h e G o v . h a d been, on a f o r m e r o c c a s i o n , called u p o n to send a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e to C r a ­ cow as c o n s u l , t h e r e b e i n g c o n s u l s t h e r e f r o m t h e o t h e r 3 States, A u s t r i a , Russia, a n d Prussia, t h e n o b l e L o r d n o w a t t h e h e a d o f t h e F o r e i g n 15 D e p a r t m e n t

(Palmerston)

was

then

(1836)

also

at

the

head

of t h a t

d e p a r t m e n t ; a n d his a n s w e r t h e n was, t h a t t h e G o v . were t a k i n g steps t o send o u t a c o n s u l to t a k e u p o n h i m t h e d u t i e s of t h a t office. . . . in 1837, when a s k e d w h y h e h a d n o t fulfilled his p l e d g e a n d sent o u t a c o n s u l , he said t h e G o v . h a d given up

the intention;

but never stated why or

20 wherefore. [815,816] 1 Art.

des treaty of Vienna.

" T h e P o l e s w h o a r e respective subjects of

Russia, A u s t r i a , a n d P r u s s i a shall o b t a i n a r e p r e s e n t a t i o n a n d n a t i o n ­ a l i n s t i t u t i o n s r e g u l a t e d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e degree o f political c o n s i d e r a t i o n that e a c h o f t h e G o v . t o w h i c h t h e y b e l o n g shall j u d g e e x p e d i e n t a n d 25 p r o p e r to g r a n t t h e m . " By t h e 6th Article des t r e a t y t h e t o w n of C r a c o w with its t e r r i t o r y is to be for ever a free, i n d e p e n d e n t , a n d strictly n e u t r a l city, u n d e r t h e p r o t e c t i o n of A u s t r i a , R u s s i a , a n d P r u s s i a . Art. 9. " T h e C o u r t s o f R u s s i a , A u s t r i a , a n d P r u s s i a e n g a g e t o respect a n d t o c a u s e t o

139

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 be always respected, the neutrality of t h e free t o w n of C r a c o w a n d its territory. No armed force shall be introduced upon any pretence whatever. " A u ß e r d e m an additional treaty relating to Cracow, signed by A u s t r i a , R u s s i a , a n d Prussia, d. d. 3 of M a y , 1815, in w h i c h it w a s expressly e n g a g e d t h a t t h e r e shall be no interference w i t h t h e i n d e p e n d e n c e of 5 C r a c o w . T h e 6 Article sagt: " T h e three C o u r t s e n g a g e t o respect, a n d t o cause to be respected at all times, the neutrality of the free city of C r a c o w a n d its territory, a n d n o a r m e d force shall enter i t u n d e r a n y p r e t e n c e w h a t s o e v e r . " . . . G r e a t Britain h a d never r e m o n s t r a t e d o n t h e subject. . . . 2 0 F e b r u a r y 1846 t h e r e arrived a force of A u s t r i a n t r o o p s at C r a c o w , to w h i c h t o o k possession o f the place w i t h o u t a n y r e m o n s t r a n c e o n t h e p a r t of this c o u n t r y . After a s h o r t time these t r o o p s w e r e r e m o v e d , a n d t o o k w i t h t h e m all t h e p u b l i c authorities. S o o n after t h e R u s s i a n s m a r c h e d t h e r e , a n d , after r e m a i n i n g s o m e time i n t h e place, d i s t u r b a n c e s b r o k e o u t n a t u r a l l y from such t r e a t m e n t as t h e p e o p l e w e r e e x p o s e d t o ; a n d this 15 h a d led to t h e m o s t l a m e n t a b l e results in t h a t city . . . the n a t i o n a l i t y of P o l a n d h a d been destroyed; a n d n o w t h e little s p o t w h i c h h a d b e e n p r e served h a d b e e n i n v a d e d a n d o v e r r u n b y a military force, m o v e d also d a ß ein " A d d r e s s t o b e p r e s e n t e d t o H e r Majesty d a m i t laid before this H o u s e copies or extracts of a n y c o r r e s p o n d e n c e between t h e gov. of h e r M a j e s t y 20 a n d t h e gov. o f C r a c o w , Russia, Prussia, o r A u s t r i a , relative t o the a p p o i n t m e n t of a Brit. C o n s u l a r A g e n t at C r a c o w , since t h e d e c l a r a t i o n m a d e b y the M i n i s t e r o f F o r e i g n Affairs i n t h e H . o . C , i n 1836, o f his i n t e n t i o n of sending a c o n s u l to reside at C r a c o w " . [817-820] r d

th

t h

M. Milnes. T h e q u e s t i o n of C r a c o w h a d on f o r m e r occasions b e e n b r o u g h t before the H o u s e i n 1836 a n d 1840, o n b o t h w h i c h occasions P a l m e r s t o n said t h a t h e r e g a r d e d the e n c r o a c h m e n t s o n t h a t p l a c e a s essentially unjust, a n d if he h a d abstained from remonstrance, it w a s on t h e g r o u n d t h a t it w a s difficult to give effect to o u r r e m o n s t r a n c e s . . . . It w a s because we did n o t effectually remonstrate, t h a t these things h a d g o n e o n . P a l m e r s t o n said, in 1836, t h a t it w a s n o t for the dignity of this c o u n t r y t h a t it s h o u l d a p p o i n t a c o n s u l w h e n it w a s p r o b a b l e t h a t his exequatur w o u l d be refused by the 3 P o w e r s . N o w , if E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e , u n d e r t h e t r e a t y o f Vienna, h a d a p p o i n t e d consuls, h e did n o t believe for a m o m e n t t h a t the 3 p o w e r s w o u l d h a v e refused t h e m ... ( C r a c o w n a c h der Insurrektion, veranlaßt d u r c h die russ.-östr. T r u p p e n ) , D u r c h Oestreich besezt. D a n n die Galizische Sauerei, (weil einige v. den refugees c a m e over i n t o Gallicia.) 26 February this o r d e r issued by the Prefect o f t h e p r o v i n c e : " I call u p o n t h e i n h a b i t a n t s o f T a r n o w t h a t they shall t a k e possession of the t u r b u l e n t spirits ( m e a n i n g t h e p r o p r i e t o r s ) . T o d o this they m a y a r m themselves w i t h their scythes a n d their h a t c h e s .

140

25

30

35

40

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung) T h e y shall deliver t h e m up to the G o v . ; a n d I am a u t h o r i s e d for this immediately to give to t h o s e p e r s o n s w h o shall so deliver t h e m up a sufficient r e c o m p e n s e in m o n e y . " m a s s a c r e of 1,478 of t h e p r o p r i e t o r s . Austrian proclamation d. d. March, 12: " F a i t h f u l Gallicians: y o u h a v e a r o u s e d 5 yourselves for the m a i n t e n a n c e of o r d e r a n d law; y o u h a v e f o u g h t for t h e law, a n d y o u h a v e d e s t r o y e d the enemies o f o r d e r " . . . I n t h e G o v . Gazette of the 28 of April, 1846, a s t a t e m e n t f r o m Prince F r e d e r i c k of S c h w a r t zenberg, in which the acts t h a t h a d t a k e n place were declared to h a v e b e e n a u t h o r i s e d b y t h e A u s t r i a n G o v e r n m e n t . . . [821-825] 10 Palmerston. "Sir, n o t h i n g c a n be m o r e painful to m e n of p r o p e r feeling t h a n discussions t u r n i n g o n t h e subject o f P o l a n d . . . t h e m o t i o n w h i c h my hon. Friend has made, is one that I cannot think it my duty to accede to. M y h o n . F r i e n d h a s m o v e d for the p r o d u c t i o n o f c o r r e s p o n d ence w h i c h t o o k place b e t w e e n the Brit. G o v . a n d t h e G o v . o f A u s t r i a , 15 R u s s i a a n d Prussia, n o w 10 years a g o , t u r n i n g on a state of things t h e n existing, a n d b e a r i n g o n i n t e n t i o n s w h i c h t h e Brit. G o v . a t t h a t t i m e e n t e r t a i n e d of sending a c o n s u l a r officer to C r a c o w . . . it w o u l d be v e r y injurious t o r a k e u p the differences t h a t existed a t t h a t p e r i o d , a n d w h i c h h a d n o t a n y b e a r i n g on this subject. I even t h i n k t h a t , with respect to t h e 20 interests w h i c h my h o n . F r i e n d h a s at h e a r t , t h e production of that correspondence would be injurious. ... W h e t h e r t h e t r e a t y of V i e n n a is or is n o t executed a n d fulfilled by the g r e a t P o w e r s of Europe, depends not on the presence of a consular officer at Cracow ... It was k n o w n to t h e G o v . o f A u s t r i a , R u s s i a , a n d Prussia, t h a t t h e r e w e r e g o i n g o n plots a n d c o n 25 spiracies . . . at a n y r a t e t h a t t h e r e were g o i n g on c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , t h e object o f which w a s t o p r o d u c e a n o u t b r e a k i n the Polish p r o v i n c e s o r dependencies of e a c h of t h o s e 3 P o w e r s . . . It w a s i m a g i n e d by t h e G o v . of C r a c o w t h a t schemes w e r e in p r o g r e s s , t h e t e n d e n c y of the a c c o m plishment o f w h i c h w o u l d h a v e b e e n t o d i s t u r b t h e tranquillity o f t h e 30 city; a n d a p p l i c a t i o n w a s m a d e by t h e G o v . of C r a c o w for t h e e n t r a n c e of foreign t r o o p s into their territory. . . . I t h i n k , t h a t in a j u s t i n t e r p r e tation of t h e Treaty, t h a t article of it w h i c h says t h a t foreign t r o o p s should n o t enter i n t o the t e r r i t o r y o f C r a c o w , m u s t m e a n t h a t t h e y should n o t enter w i t h o u t the assent of the G o v . of C r a c o w . . . I believe 35 the original e n t r a n c e of t h e A u s t r i a n t r o o p s i n t o the t e r r i t o r y of C r a c o w was i n c o n s e q u e n c e o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n from t h e G o v . B u t t h e n t h o s e Austrian t r o o p s retired. Why they retired h a s n e v e r yet been explained. With t h e m retired t h e G o v . a n d t h e a u t h o r i t i e s of C r a c o w ; t h e immediate, at least the early c o n s e q u e n c e of t h a t r e t i r e m e n t , w a s t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t of 40 a provisional G o v . in C r a c o w , a n d t h e i n r o a d of t r o o p s from C r a c o w into the A u s t r i a n territory. T h e y seized t h e salt m i n e s of Wieliczka, a n d

141

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 s o m e o f t h e t r e a s u r e there i n store. N o d o u b t t h e A u s t r i a n t r o o p s were justified in repelling t h a t i n r o a d . . . Well, Sir, therefore in r e g a r d to t h o s e recent events in C r a c o w , I w o u l d give the three P o w e r s credit for n o t h a v i n g intentionally d e p a r t e d f r o m the e n g a g e m e n t s of t h e Treaty of Vienna; but I maintain, undoubtedly, that when the emergency which 5 t h e y allege as the g r o u n d of their proceedings shall h a v e ceased, it will be the d u t y of the 3 P o w e r s to replace t h e republic of C r a c o w on t h e footing of c o m p l e t e i n d e p e n d e n c e , to w h i c h by the t r e a t y of V i e n n a it is entitled. N o w , I h o p e t h a t such is t h e i n t e n t i o n of t h e 3 P o w e r s : I h a v e no k n o w l edge to the c o n t r a r y ; b u t | 1 7 | I r a t h e r t h i n k t h a t t h e H o u s e will find 10 a m o n g s t t h e p a p e r s w h i c h I shall b e r e a d y t o p r o d u c e , a n a s s u r a n c e t h a t t h a t is t h e i n t e n t i o n of t h e 3 P o w e r s . I h a v e t o o high an opinion of t h e sense of justice and of right t h a t m u s t a n i m a t e the G o v . of A u s t r i a , of Prussia, a n d of R u s s i a , to believe t h a t they c a n feel a n y disposition or i n t e n t i o n to deal w i t h C r a c o w otherwise t h a n C r a c o w is entitled by t r e a t y 15 e n g a g e m e n t s to be dealt with . . . [826-830] as far as p r o p e r representat i o n s o n t h e p a r t o f t h e Brit. G o v . c a n go, everything shall b e d o n e t o e n s u r e a d u e respect being p a i d to the P r o v i s i o n s of t h e t r e a t y of V i e n n a . " M a c h t n a t ü r l i c h einige g e r ü h r t e P h r a s e n ü b e r die M o r d e i n Galizien, H u m e w i t h d r a w s his m o t i o n u. v. allen liberalen Seiten D a n k f. die 20 E n g l i s h feelings er a u s g e s p r o c h e n . [833]

[Vol. 89. London 1847.] H. o. C. Jan. 28.

1847.

A u f a b e r m a l i g e I n t e r p e l l a t i o n v. M. Milnes wegen d e r p r o d u c t i o n of p a p e r s relating to t h e n o n - a p p o i n t m e n t of a Brit, c o n s u l at C r a c o w . 25 Palmerston: t h a t a c o r r e s p o n d e n c e h a d t a k e n place on t h e subject b e tween t h e Brit. G o v . a n d the 3 P o w e r s , w h i c h h a d p r o d u c e d s o m e asperity . . . the subject h a d n o necessary c o n n e x i o n w i t h t h e discussion o n t h e i n c o r p o r a t i o n o f C r a c o w , a n d h e s a w n o a d v a n t a g e i n reviving a n a n g r y discussion on a subject w h i c h h a d only a p a s s i n g interest. [510] 30

[Vol.90. London 1847.] H. o. C. March 4. 1847. J. Hume. (In 1831, t h e r e w a s a p r e v i o u s o c c u p a t i o n a n d m i l i t a r y p o s session; a n d in 1836 t h e r e w a s a n o t h e r military o c c u p a t i o n , t o w a r d s the close of last session h a b e er seine r e a s o n s a u s g e s p r o c h e n zu zweifeln 35 t h e intention to cause A u s t r i a n - R u s s i a n t r o o p s to retire f r o m C r a c o w ; 142

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

b u t , o n t h a t occasion, t h e n o b l e l o r d a t t h e H e a d o f t h e F o r e i g n D e p a r t m e n t . . . begged o f t h e H o u s e n o t t o give credence t o t h e s t a t e m e n t s which h e ( M r . H u m e ) t h e n m a d e , a s t h e n o b l e l o r d ( P a l m e r s t o n ) w a s i n possession o f b e t t e r i n f o r m a t i o n , a n d h e was c o n v i n c e d t h a t t h e occup a t i o n of C r a c o w w a s only a t e m p o r a r y o c c u p a t i o n . . . he expressed his regret t h a t this c o u n t r y s h o u l d h a v e b e e n a p a r t y to a t r e a t y w h i c h she was n o t c a p a b l e of enforcing . . . ) In der speech der Königin, 19 January (1847), at the opening of t h e Session of P a r l i a m e n t : " T h e extinction of t h e free S t a t e of C r a c o w h a s a p p e a r e d to me so manifest a violation of t h e t r e a t y of Vienna, t h a t I h a v e c o m m a n d e d t h a t a p r o t e s t against t h a t act s h o u l d be delivered to t h e C o u r t s of V i e n n a , St. P e t e r s b u r g h , a n d Berlin, w h i c h w e r e parties to it. C o p i e s of these p a p e r s will be laid before y o u " . . . [862, 863] D u r c h P r o k l a m a t i o n v. November 11, 1846 Ostreich. P r o c l a m a t i o n , w o r i n es u. a. heißt: " T h e c o u r t s of A u s t r i a , R u s sia, a n d Prussia, . . . h a v e b e e n u n a n i m o u s l y of o p i n i o n t h a t the political b o d y c r e a t e d in 1815, a n d d e s t r o y e d by the r e v o l u t i o n itself, h a s b e e n p r o d u c t i v e o f results t o o fatal t o t h e m a i n t e n a n c e o f peace; t h a t i t h a s s h o w n itself t o o i n c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the c o n d i t i o n of t h e i n t e r n a l t r a n q u i l lity of their o w n states, a n d w i t h t h e m a i n t e n a n c e of principles of general peace, to r e n d e r it possible for t h e m to r e c o n s t r u c t it." . . . 3 p a r t i e s to t h e treaty to t a k e u p o n themselves, to a n n u l t h a t free S t a t e . . . [864, 865] t h e leading stipulations a b o u t C r a c o w w h i c h are c o n t a i n e d i n the s e p a r a t e treaty of M a y 3. (1815) c o n c l u d e d b e t w e e n t h e 3 P o w e r s , are inserted, w o r d for w o r d , in the general t r e a t y to w h i c h all t h e P o w e r s a r e parties ... a n d those stipulations c o n s t i t u t e d t h e Articles 6, 7, 8, 9, a n d 10 of t h a t general Treaty . . . [867] In der östr. E r k l ä r u n g v. Nov. 11, 1846: " W e accordingly, by these presents, t a k e possession of the city of C r a c o w a n d of its territory, s u c h as it h a s existed up to t h e p r e s e n t t i m e , u n i t e it to o u r C r o w n , a n d declare it to f o r m an integral p o r t i o n of o u r e m p i r e , in w h i c h we i n c o r p o r a t e it henceforth." ... [868] Hume: " H a v i n g it in o u r p o w e r , by a legislative e n a c t m e n t , to say whether we shall c o n t i n u e to p a y a sum of money in p u r s u a n c e of stipulations c o n t a i n e d i n t h e Treaty o f V i e n n a , w e o u g h t n o t t o allow o n e p o r t i o n of the b a r g a i n t o be b r o k e n , a n d k e e p the other." . . . It a p p e a r e d t o h i m t o b e q u i t e clear, t h a t i f Russia h a d n o t k e p t t o t h e b a r g a i n m a d e on her p a r t , we w e r e liberated from t h e payment of the money. Er p r o posed daher to s u b m i t to t h e H o u s e 4 resolutions. . . . I n Article 6 des additional treaty (zwischen Ostreich P r e u s s e n u. R u ß l a n d ) relative t o C r a cow, d . d . 21 April 1815 (by t h e 1 1 8 article of the t r e a t y of V i e n n a d e clared to h a v e t h e s a m e force a n d validity as if it h a d been asserted in t h e th

143

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 1 general treaty): " t h e 3 C o u r t s e n g a g e to respect, a n d to cause to be respected at all times, the neutrality of the free city of C r a c o w a n d its territory, a n d n o a r m e d force shall enter i t u n d e r a n y p r e t e n c e w h a t s o ever. O n t h e o t h e r h a n d , i t i s u n d e r s t o o d a n d expressly stipulated, t h a t the free city a n d territory of C r a c o w shall n o t afford a n y a s y l u m or p r o t e c t i o n t o r u n a w a y s , deserters, o r p e r s o n s u n d e r p e r s e c u t i o n , b e l o n g ing to t h e c o u n t r i e s of either of t h e 3 c o n t r a c t i n g P o w e r s , a n d t h a t , on t h e d e m a n d o f their s u r r e n d e r b y t h e c o m p e t e n t a u t h o r i t i e s , such individuals shall be arrested w i t h o u t delay, a n d delivered u p , u n d e r a p r o p e r escort, to t h e g u a r d a p p o i n t e d to receive t h e m at t h e frontier." . . . no such requisition w a s m a d e . . . d e r Senate o f C r a c o w h a t t e also a u c h nicht refused to deliver up s u c h p e r s o n s . . . [868, 870, 871] On the 2 5 of J u n e , Lord Aberdeen w r o t e a letter in which he said he w o u l d s u s p e n d his o p i n i o n a t p r e s e n t respecting the o c c u p a t i o n o f C r a c o w , a n d w o u l d a b s t a i n f r o m active interference on behalf of t h a t republic . . . L o r d P a l m e r s t o n , i n his letter o f A u g u s t 4 , said t h a t h e h o p e d n o t h i n g w o u l d b e d o n e i n r e g a r d t o t h e S t a t e o f C r a c o w which w a s a t v a r i a n c e with the stipulations of t h e t r e a t y of V i e n n a ... [864] In 1832, t h e constitution of P o l a n d w a s formally a b o l i s h e d . . . ( a p p r o p r i a t i o n d e r revenues d e r n a t i o n al polish c h u r c h to t h e p u r p o s e s of a n o t h e r creed; e b e n s o , auf Seiten R u ß l a n d s , a n u n r e l e n t i n g system o f p e r s e c u t i o n o n a c c o u n t o f religion.) . . . [872] I n Bezug a u f seine 4 R e s o l u t i o n , h e m u s t s h o w t h a t t h e m o n e y w e h a d s o l o n g p a i d t o R u s s i a , w e were n o t b o u n d l o n g e r t o p a y . B y the 4 article of the Treaty of Vienna, an a g r e e m e n t w a s e n t e r e d i n t o b e t w e e n England, Russia, and Holland, respecting t h e R u s s i a n - D u t c h l o a n , b o r r o w e d b y H o l l a n d f r o m Russia, a n d p a y a b l e u p o n 2 c o n d i t i o n s . S o long as B e l g i u m s h o u l d c o n t i n u e to r e m a i n a p o r t i o n of t h e N e t h e r l a n d s , we b o u n d ourselves to p a y in a certain p r o p o r t i o n u p o n t h e capital of t h e l o a n , until t h e w h o l e s h o u l d h a v e b e e n cleared off . . . t h e m o n e y regularly p a i d until 1831. He {da die revolution Belgien v. Holland t r e n n t e ) h a d t h e n objected t o the c o n t i n u a n c e o f t h a t p a y m e n t . D a n n s p ä t e r n e u e c o n v e n t i o n g e m a c h t (nämlich 1 6 N o v . 1831) b e t w e e n R u s s i a a n d E n g l a n d . It stated t h a t its object was to r e n d e r t h e spirit of t h e C o n v e n t i o n of 1815 m o r e c o n s o n a n t t h a n i t h a d c o m e t o b e t o the t h e n existing state o f things, u. ferner " t o secure to R u s s i a the p a y m e n t of a p o r t i o n of h e r old D u t c h debt, in c o n s i d e r a t i o n of t h e general a r r a n g e m e n t s of t h e congress o f V i e n n a . . . a r r a n g e m e n t s w h i c h r e m a i n i n full force". . . . T h e R u s s i a n D u t c h l o a n h a d been regularly p a i d from 1 8 1 6 - 4 6 , d u r i n g t h a t p e r i o d t h e s u m t o t a l o f o u r d i s b u r s e m e n t s a m o u n t e d t o n o less t h a n 3,374,000 £ . — will r e q u i r e further a n n u a l p a y m e n t s from t h e brit. t r e a s u r y until t h e y e a r 1915, a m o u n t i n g to 3,917,187 £ St., Jedes J a h r 72,916 £ . — A l s o

5

10

t h

15

20

t e

th

144

25

30

35

40

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

t e

H u m e ' s 4 R e s o l u t i o n , d a ß d a R u s s i a seine [adhesion] t o the treaties o f V i e n n a w i t h d r a w s , a u c h diese Z a h l u n g a u f h ö r e n solle. [875-879] ||18| Viscount Sandon. ... t h e i n d e p e n d e n t existence of B e l g i u m w a s n o t c o n s i d ered a settled t h i n g , till all t h e 5 p o w e r s a g r e e d to it . . . t h e w o r d s in t h e 5 c o n v e n t i o n of 1831, relating to t h e t r e a t y of V i e n n a , i n t r o d u c e d at t h e instance o f t h e M i n i s t e r s o f R u s s i a themselves, ( e r k l ä r t L o r d Russell schon) [883, 885]

Η. o.

C.

March 11,1847.

Bickham Escott wished t o ask L o r d P a l m e r s t o n ... t h a t , d a d a s p a y m e n t 10 of the m o n e y of der Russian-Dutch L o a n depended u p o n the provisions of an act of P a r l i a m e n t , he w o u l d a s k w h e t h e r , since t h e r e h a d b e e n a manifest v i o l a t i o n o f t h e s t i p u l a t i o n s o f t h e t r e a t y o f Vienna, i t w a s t h e intention of t h e n o b l e lord to introduce a Bill to enforce t h e future p a y ­ m e n t s o f this m o n e y ? 15

20

25

30

35

Palmerston. ... t h e p a y m e n t of t h e interest on this l o a n w a s a u t h o r i z e d b y t h e A c t o f P a r l i a m e n t , t o c a r r y i n t o effect t h e C o n v e n t i o n o f 1815; i n c o n s e q u e n c e of t h e events of 1830 a n d 1831, it b e c a m e necessary to e n t e r i n t o a n e w c o n v e n t i o n , a n d a n e w A c t of P a r l i a m e n t w a s necessary, to a u t h o r i z e t h e E x c h e q u e r t o act u p o n t h a t c o n v e n t i o n . N o n e w c o n v e n tion was n o w required, a n d h e a p p r e h e n d e d t h a t n o n e w A c t o f P a r i , w a s necessary . . . [1157] Sir W. Molesworth. We e n g a g e d to p a y t h e interest of a p o r t i o n of t h e Russo-Dutch loan as a p a r t of the purchase-money of the colonies of G o o d H o p e , D e m e r a r a , E s s e q u i b o a n d Berbice; a n d . . . i f w e refuse t o c o n t i n u e t h o s e p a y m e n t s , w e a r e b o u n d i n h o n o u r t o r e s t o r e t h o s e col­ onies ... D a f ü r (f. die C o l o n i e n ) we a g r e e d to b e a r e q u a l l y m i t H o l l a n d certain o t h e r c h a r g e s , t o b e agreed u p o n b y t h e Allied Sovereigns, for t h e f i n a l a n d satisfactory settlement o f t h e u n i o n o f t h e L o w C o u n t r i e s m i t H o l l a n d . . . D a f ü r C o n v e n t i o n zwischen u n s , R u ß l a n d u . N i e d e r l a n d e n v. 19 M a y 1815. Im p r e a m b l e s t a t e d d a ß der k i n g d e r N e t h e r l a n d s desirous to make a suitable return to the Allied Powers for having delivered his territories from t h e F r e n c h , d a ß die Allied P o w e r s w a i v e d i h r e p r e t e n sions i n f a v o u r o f R u s s i a , d a h e r K i n g o f t h e N e t h e r l a n d s h a d resolved t o execute with R u s s i a c o n v e n t i o n , w o z u E n g l a n d p a r t y i n p u r s u a n c e s seiner e n g a g e m e n t s m. H o l l a n d d u r c h C o n v e n t i o n of A u g . 13, 1814 . . . ; on behalf o f t h e N e t h e r l a n d s t o p a y a c e r t a i n s u m t o , o r r a t h e r for R u s s i a , namely, t h a t w e s h o u l d t a k e u p o n ourselves a p o r t i o n o f t h e d e b t d u e by R u s s i a on a c c o u n t of a l o a n raised by t h e H o u s e of H o p e etc. of Amsterdam.

145

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 " t h e colonies i n question originally b e l o n g e d t o H o l l a n d . . . w e t o o k possession of t h e m in the last war, n o t because we were at w a r with H o l land, b u t t o save t h e m from F r a n c e , w h e n F r a n c e t o o k possession o f H o l l a n d . I n 1814 H o l l a n d w a s liberated from t h e d o m i n i o n o f F r a n c e , a n d in c o n s e q u e n c e it w a s held t h a t we were b o u n d to r e s t o r e to H o l l a n d 5 h e r colonies. A c o n v e n t i o n to t h a t effect was signed in L o n d o n , Aug. 13 1814. In t h e first article all colonies restored on t h e C a p e of G o o d H o p e , a n d t h e settlements o f D e m e r a r a , E s s e q u i b o , a n d Berbice: these w e reserved to be disposed of by a s u p p l e m e n t a r y c o n v e n t i o n . . . diese c o n tained in t h e a d d i t i o n a l articles der c o n v e n t i o n . . . w o n a c h H o l l a n d diese io S a c h e n abtritt, i n c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f certain p a y m e n t s t o b e m a d e b y E n g land ... As we h a d engaged to make those payments in such a m a n n e r t h a t the u n i o n o f H o l l a n d a n d t h e L o w C o u n t r i e s s h o u l d b e f i n a l l y settled, it w a s expressly stipulated w i t h R u s s i a on t h e 5 A p r i l , t h a t t h e payments should cease if the union were broken prior to the liquidation of 15 the debt. ... the c o n v e n t i o n of the 1 6 N o v . 1831 w a s executed in conseq u e n c e o f t h e s e p a r a t i o n o f H o l l a n d a n d Belgium. T h a t s e p a r a t i o n verbally released us f r o m the o b l i g a t i o n of p a y i n g the interest of the R u s s o D u t c h d e b t . " [1180-1182] th

t h

th

[Vol. 91. London 1847.]

20

H. o. C. March 16, 1847. Stuart Worthy. It w a s (1814) well k n o w n a n d plainly u n d e r s t o o d , t h a t at t h a t t i m e R u s s i a , m u c h m o r e t h a n a n y o t h e r o f the Allies, s t o o d i n n e e d o f p e c u n i a r y assistance . . . A u s t r i a , Prussia, a n d E n g l a n d , waived their rights in favour of R u s s i a . . . W h a t w a s o b t a i n e d by t h a t c o n v e n t i o n ? 25 2 parties, Russia o n e — E n g l a n d and the Netherlands were jointly the o t h e r . But E n g l a n d was n o t security for H o l l a n d , n o r H o l l a n d for E n g land, the d e b t w a s d u e t o subjects o f the k i n g o f the N e t h e r l a n d s b y t h e C r o w n of R u s s i a . . . (the a m o u n t w a s 25,000,000 florins) . . . In einer note des Russian plenipotentiary zu d e m engl.-holl.-russ. Vertrage heißt es: " I n 30 c o n s i d e r a t i o n of t h e facilities w h i c h R u s s i a afforded to these a r r a n g e m e n t s , h e r allies ceded t o h e r all t h e p e c u n i a r y p r e t e n s i o n s t o w h i c h t h e deliverance of the Belgian provinces h a d given rise." Diese facilities bestanden exactement in den Bestimmungen über Polen. " L o r d Castler e a g h c o n t e n d e d , s u p p o r t e d by F r a n c e , for an i n d e p e n d e n t k i n g d o m of 35 P o l a n d ; R u s s i a c o n t e n d e d for the w h o l e d u c h y o f W a r s a w , a n d for giving t h e k i n g d o m o f S a x o n y t o Prussia. A u s t r i a . . . f i r s t d i s p o s e d t o s u p p o r t E n g l a n d , . . . c o n t e n d e d t h e n for a final p a r t i t i o n of P o l a n d between R u s sia, Prussia, a n d A u s t r i a . It w a s at last, in c o n s e q u e n c e of t h e letters of 146

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

L o r d C a s t l e r e a g h , t h a t R u s s i a m a d e t h a t p r o p o s i t i o n i n t h e presence o f L o r d C a s t l e r e a g h , in D e c . 1814, in the C o m m i t t e e of the C o n g r e s s of Vienna, by w h i c h C r a c o w w a s established as a free s t a t e . " [39-44] . . . Colonel d u P l a t schreibt a n A b e r d e e n : " C r a c o w , since its elevation t o a n i n d e p e n d e n t state, h a s always b e e n t h e d e p o t of very c o n s i d e r a b l e q u a n tities of English m e r c h a n d i s e , sent t h i t h e r by t h e Black Sea, M o l d a v i a , a n d Gallicia, a n d even via Trieste; a n d w h i c h afterwards f i n d their w a y t o the s u r r o u n d i n g c o u n t r i e s . D a n n i m L a u f des J a h r s a u c h z u k o m m e n i n railway c o m m u n i c a t i o n m. d e n g r e a t lines of P r u s s i a n Silesia, B o h e m i a , A u s t r i a . . . A l s o c e n t r a l p o i n t of t h e i m p o r t a n t line of railway c o m m u nication b e t w e e n the A d r i a t i c a n d the Baltic. E a r l y i n t h e e n s u i n g year, also, it will be in direct c o m m u n i c a t i o n of the s a m e description w i t h Warsaw. . . . L o o k i n g , therefore, to the a l m o s t certainty of a very great p a r t o f t h e t r a d e o f the L e v a n t , a n d even o f I n d i a a n d C h i n a , f i n d i n g its way up t h e A d r i a t i c , it c a n n o t be d e n i e d t h a t it m u s t be of the greatest commercial i m p o r t a n c e , even to E n g l a n d ; to h a v e such a s t a t i o n as C r a cow in t h e centre of t h e great net of railways c o n n e c t i n g the w e s t e r n a n d eastern c o n t i n e n t . " . . . [47, 48] Smith O'Brien. H e h a d n o t h e a r d , b u t h e h o p e d they s h o u l d h e a r . . . s o m e r e a s o n assigned by P a l m e r s t o n for his n o t h a v i n g fulfilled t h e p r o m ise which was given in 1836, t h a t t h e r e s h o u l d be a d i p l o m a t i c a g e n t sent from E n g l a n d to C r a c o w . . . if a d i p l o m a t i c a g e n t h a d been sent f r o m E n g l a n d t o C r a c o w , these t r a n s a c t i o n s w o u l d n o t h a v e occurred. B u t when these s t r a n g e c i r c u m s t a n c e s did c o m e to p a s s , surely it w a s the d u t y of the Brit. G o v . to h a v e c o n c u r r e d w i t h F r a n c e p r o t e s t i n g a g a i n s t t h e threatened p r o c e e d i n g s of t h e 3 p o w e r s , w h i c h w o u l d at least h a v e h a d the effect of causing s o m e delay . . . B u t , u n f o r t u n a t e l y , at t h a t very t i m e the n o b l e L o r d t h o u g h t it his d u t y to e n g a g e this c o u n t r y in a q u a r r e l with F r a n c e — v e r y n e a r bringing t h e 2 c o u n t r i e s i n t o collision . . . [57] [Bickham Escott:] a p a y m e n t of an unjust d e m a n d to a foreign P o w e r from a servile fear . . . The Duke of Wellington said this Treaty of Vienna \ |19| was a masterstroke of Diplomacy on the part of Lord Castlereagh, for Russia h a d b e e n tied d o w n to t h e o b s e r v a n c e of t h a t t r e a t y by a pecuniary obligation. But it a p p e a r e d t h a t , t h o u g h the t r e a t y w a s violated, the obligation was to be valid . . . [62] Smythe. On t h e 17 of A p r i l (1846) a d e s p a t c h f r o m P r i n c e M e t t e r n i c h to C o u n t Dietrichstein w a s c o m m u n i c a t e d t o L o r d A b e r d e e n , which, while full o f a l a r m s a b o u t the Polish e m i g r a t i o n , gave n o a l a r m w i t h r e g a r d t o Cracow. F r o m A p r i l 1 7 - N o v . 6 t h e 3 P o w e r s gave no sign. On N o v . 6, C o u n t Dietrichstein c o m m u n i c a t e d the intentions of the 3 P o w e r s to L o r d Palmerston, a n d on N o v . 16, C r a c o w h a d ceased to exist. [65]

147

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 Disraeli. T h e E m p e r o r A l e x a n d e r was in military o c c u p a t i o n of Wars a w (the ancient d u c h y of), a n d h e n a t u r a l l y wished t o k e e p i t . . . A u s t r i a h a d o n c e possessed C r a c o w , a n d she wished t o h a v e i t a g a i n ; whilst R u s s i a w a n t e d to preserve it. In the end, it h a p p e n e d w i t h C r a c o w . . . it e n d e d in a mezzo termine. R u s s i a at first p r o p o s e d t h a t C r a c o w s h o u l d be a p r o t e c t e d t o w n . . . Prince M e t t e r n i c h w a r n e d R u s s i a t h a t C r a c o w w o u l d be a d i s t u r b i n g focus in t h a t C o u n t r y ; b u t t h e E m p e r o r of R u s s i a d i s r e g a r d e d t h e w a r n i n g , because h e did n o t wish C r a c o w t o b e l o n g t o A u s t r i a ; a n d , n o t being able to o b t a i n it for himself, he preferred the m i d d l e c o u r s e . . . w a s also C r a c o w instituted as a n o r m a l f a r m of political liberty a n d c o n s t i t u t i o n a l g o v e r n m e n t ? [84] I r r i g sehr servile R e d e , (ebenso Bentinck) Lord Palmerston. G e g e n Disraeli: t h e extinction of t h e S t a t e a n d city of C r a c o w w a s a violation of t h e t r e a t y of V i e n n a . . . S o n s t i n d e p e n d e n t l y of the 118* Article, y o u m u s t get rid of the 6, 7, 8, a n d 9' articles, which a r e p a r t o f the general t r e a t y t o w h i c h all t h e P o w e r s w e r e c o n t r a c t i n g parties. . . . Well, t h e n , it m a y be asked, if t h a t is o u r o p i n i o n , w h y is t h e r e a n y h e s i t a t i o n i n acceding t o t h e p r o p o s i t i o n o f t h e h o n . m e m b e r for M o n t r o s e , a n d to r e c o r d i n g o u r o p i n i o n as a r e s o l u t i o n of this H o u s e ? . . . it is n o t consistent . . . with t h e h o n o u r , t h e dignity a n d t h e c h a r a c t e r of this H o u s e , a n d o f t h e c o u n t r y , t h a t t h e H . o . C . s h o u l d p a s s s t r o n g r e s o l u t i o n s against the c o n d u c t of foreign P o w e r s , in respect to treaties to w h i c h this c o u n t r y is a p a r t y ; a n d t h e n h a v i n g declared t h a t a t r e a t y h a s been violated, t o sit d o w n quietly, a n d n o t follow u p the r e s o l u t i o n b y a n y further p r o c e e d i n g . . . D a f ü r his protest a g a i n s t t h e a n n e x a t i o n of C r a c o w . . . c o m m u n i c a t e d t o the Parties . . . d a n n die E r w ä h n u n g des P r o t e s t s in der Speech of t h e t h r o n e . . . D e ß w e g e n gegen die m o t i o n v. H u m e N. I. Was 2 geht it is my i n t e n t i o n to meet t h e s e c o n d w i t h the negative. . . . D o e s t h a t violation, release this c o u n t r y f r o m its o b l i g a t i o n u n d e r the c o n v e n t i o n in reference to the R u s s i a n - D u t c h l o a n ? My o p i n i o n decidedly is t h a t it does n o t . [93,95-97]

5

10

15

20

25

30

[Vol.96. London 1848.] H. o. C. Febr. 8. 1848. ( A n s t e y fragt an beim H o u s e for copies of t h e w h o l e of t h e d o c u m e n t s relating to t h o s e b y g o n e t r a n s a c t i o n s ) 35 Anstey. the extent of territory at p r e s e n t b e l o n g i n g to R u s s i a , is d o u b l e t h a t w h i c h it was in t h e y e a r 1772 . . . F r o m the t i m e of t h e i n f a m o u s M a r q u e s s of Carmaerthen, Secretary of state to William I I I — a n d w h o m ,

148

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

d u r i n g the visit to his c o u r t , t h e Czar Peter f o u n d m e a n s to c o r r u p t to his interests w i t h t h e g o l d o f British m e r c h a n t s , — R u s s i a h a s never b e e n w i t h o u t a n a g e n t t o represent her i n s o m e o f t h e C a b i n e t s o f E u r o p e — t h e Richelieu a n d L a F e r r o n a y s , M i n i s t e r s o f t h e R e s t o r a t i o n , M o l e , M i n ister of L o u i s Philippe . . . [297,298] professions of P a l m e r s t o n ' s a t t a c h m e n t t o t h e cause o f P o l a n d . . . . T h e D u k e o f Wellington, o n g o i n g o u t o f office, h a d left b e h i n d h i m a P r o t e s t a g a i n s t t h e Treaty of A d r i a n o p l e . . . E b e n s o A b e r d e e n . . . (vor J u n e 1829?) . . . V o n 1815-30 t h e r e a r e n o n e o f those p a p e r b l o c k a d e s , a r m e d i n t e r v e n t i o n s , a n d m i l i t a r y n e g o t i a t i o n s , with which the n o b l e L o r d h a s m a d e t h e w o r l d so familiar . . . D e r t r e a t y of A d r i a n o p l e in violation of the L o n d o n t r e a t y of 1826. . . . ( P a l m e r s t o n c a m e in N o v . 1826). . . . In 1833, T u r k e y f o u n d herself e n g a g e d in w a r with h e r vassal, t h e P a c h a o f Ejypt, p u s h e d o n b y R u s s i a . . . . I n 1833, M e h e m e t Ali's forces, u n d e r t h e c o m m a n d o f I b r a h i m P a c h a , his son, m a r c h e d against C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . D a m a l s k o n n t e die P o r t e n i c h t resist o h n e t o call i n aid o f t h o s e P o w e r s w h o h a d g u a r a n t e e d the integrity o f his e m p i r e — a g u a r a n t e e on the faith of w h i c h the P o r t e , in 1829, h a d agreed to accept their interference. Accordingly, a n d on the security of treaties, a p p l i c a t i o n w a s m a d e b y the P o r t e t o t h e n o b l e L o r d t o p r o t e c t Turkey against the P a c h a of Ejypt. T h e n o b l e L o r d refused his p r o t e c tion. R u s s i a t h e n offered h e r assistance; h e r offer was refused . . . r e n e w e d application t o E n g l a n d for s u p p o r t ; a n d this t i m e R u s s i a affected t o lend her c o u n t e n a n c e to t h e request. It was a g a i n refused . . . at a s u b s e q u e n t period it a p p e a r e d t h a t the slightest i n t i m a t i o n of t h e n o b l e L o r d ' s wishes w o u l d h a v e sufficed to c h e c k I b r a h i m ' s m a r c h . . . a m e r e consular agent at Alexandria of himself sufficed to check it. T h e S u l t a n d a h e r g e z w u n g e n to accept a t r e a t y w h i c h c a m e to h i m r e a d y d r a w n f r o m St. P e t e r s b u r g , a n d which p l a c e d his p e r s o n a n d capital i n t h e h a n d s o f t h e R u s s i a n t r o o p s . C o u n t Orloff w a s sent w i t h this t r e a t y f r o m St. P e t e r s b u r g ; a n d he p r o c u r e d its a c c e p t a n c e by t h e P o r t e . It w a s signed at U n k i a r Skelessi, shortly after his arrival; (der v o l u m e of p a p e r s w h i c h t h e n o b l e L o r d in 1840 p r e s e n t e d to the H o u s e , in e x p l a n a t i o n of the t r e a t y of July, 1840, commences only w i t h F e b r u a r y 15, 1839.) b u t n o t till the P o r t e h a d m a d e a n o t h e r ineffectual a t t e m p t t o m o v e the n o b l e L o r d t o justice. N o s o o n e r h a d the P o r t e received it, t h a n the t r e a t y w a s c o m m u n i c a t e d by t h e m to the Brit. E m b a s s y , w i t h a p r a y e r for o u r p r o t e c t i o n a g a i n s t I b r a h i m Pacha, a n d also a g a i n s t N i c h o l a s . . . a p p l i c a t i o n rejected. B u t t h a t w a s not all. W i t h a n a t r o c i o u s perfidiousness, t h e fact w a s m a d e k n o w n t o the R u s s i a n minister! N e x t d a y the very c o p y of t h e treaty w h i c h t h e Porte h a d l o d g e d with the Brit. E m b a s s y was r e t u r n e d to the P o r t e by the Russian A m b a s s a d o r , w h o ironically advised t h e P o r t e " t o c h o o s e b e t t e r

149

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 a n o t h e r time its confidantes". ... No s o o n e r w a s t h e t r e a t y signed, t h a n s h a k i n g off his i n a c t i o n , the n o b l e L o r d gave t h e necessary o r d e r s , a n d a n Engl, s q u a d r o n a c c o m p a n i e d b y a F r e n c h s q u a d r o n — f o r t h e F r e n c h G o v . w e r e t h e n m o s t d i s p o s e d t o c o - o p e r a t e implicitly w i t h E n g l a n d i n t h e affairs of t h e E a s t — m a d e a hostile d e m o n s t r a t i o n , n o t a g a i n s t R u s s . 5 p o r t s i n t h e Baltic o r Black Sea, b u t against t h e D a r d a n e l l e s a n d o t h e r p a r t s of t h e d o m i n i o n s of o u r ally t h e S u l t a n ! Yet the alleged necessity of this d e m o n s t r a t i o n w a s g r o u n d e d u p o n t h e P o r t e h a v i n g a c c e p t e d t h e Treaty of U n k i a r Skelessi at t h e dictation of the c a b i n e t of St. P e t e r s b u r g . [305-311] (Ministers w e n d e n alle m e a n s an to c o u n t t h e H o u s e o u t at this 10 occasion.) (So b r i c h t die R e d e v. A n s t e y a b r u p t ab.) ( G o v . r e s o r t e d to a P a r l i a m e n t a r y trick for the p u r p o s e of getting [rid] of a c h a r g e involving t h e c h a r a c t e r o f the n o b l e L o r d . )

[H. o.J C, Febr. 14, 1848. [Lord Dudley Stuart] a c h a r g e against t h e c o n d u c t of a M i n i s t e r of t h e 15 C r o w n o u g h t n o t t o b e e n d e a v o u r e d t o b e g o t rid o f b y a n y u n d u e m e a n s , s u c h [as those] t h a t were resorted to on T u e s d a y n i g h t last. | [626]

|20| H. 0. C, Febr. 23, 1848. Anstey. T h e Poles h a d b e e n i n a r m s for a m o n t h o r t h e r e a b o u t s , before t h e n o b l e L o r d c a m e i n t o office . . . In Bezug h i e r a u f (Polen) " N o t o n e p a p e r as yet h a s b e e n laid before t h e H o u s e ! the H o u s e i s u n d e r a n official i g n o r a n c e o f t h e c o u r s e p u r s u e d b y t h e n o b l e L o r d . " . . . T h e H o u s e d o e s n o t even k n o w w h e t h e r any c o m m u n i c a t i o n w h a t e v e r t o o k place . . . w h e n i t w a s p r o p o s e d t o E n g l a n d b y F r a n c e a t a n early p e r i o d o f the i n s u r r e c t i o n t o interfere by r e m o n s t r a n c e , a n d afterwards in a m o r e effectual m a n n e r b e t w e e n R u s s i a a n d t h e Poles, the n o b l e L o r d distinctly refused the a p plication. T h e n o b l e L o r d used a r g u m e n t s w h i c h led the C o u r t o f t h e Tuilleries to believe t h a t if F r a n c e v e n t u r e d on s u c h a c o u r s e w i t h o u t t h e c o n c u r r e n c e of E n g l a n d , the g o o d u n d e r s t a n d i n g b e t w e e n t h e 2 c o u n t r i e s m i g h t be e n d a n g e r e d . Sweden w a s t h e n a r m i n g h e r fleet for t h e p u r p o s e of m a k i n g a diversion in favour of P o l a n d , a n d of regaining to herself the provinces in the Baltic which h a d b e e n so unjustly wrested from h e r i n t h e last w a r . T h e n o b l e L o r d instructed o u r A m b a s s a d o r a t t h e C o u r t o f S t o c k h o l m i n the s a m e sense, a n d Sweden d i s c o n t i n u e d h e r a r m a m e n t . T h e P e r s i a n C o u r t . . . h a d , w i t h a similar p u r p o s e , d e s p a t c h e d an a r m y

150

20

25

30

35

PR

4

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

3 days on its m a r c h t o w a r d s t h e R u s s i a n frontier, u n d e r the c o m m a n d of the P e r s i a n C r o w n - P r i n c e , A b b a s M e e r z a , t h e f a t h e r o f t h e p r e s e n t S h a h . U n d e r t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s o f the n o b l e L o r d , t h e Secretary o f L e g a t i o n a t the C o u r t o f T e h e r a n , Sir J o h n M a c N e i l , followed t h e Prince, a n d a t t h e distance of 3 d a y s ' m a r c h f r o m his h e a d q u a r t e r s o v e r t o o k h i m , a n d t h e r e u n d e r i n s t r u c t i o n s from the n o b l e lord, a n d i n t h e n a m e o f E n g l a n d , t h r e a t e n e d Persia with w a r i f t h e P r i n c e a d v a n c e d a n o t h e r step t o w a r d s the R u s s i a n frontier. Similar i n d u c e m e n t s w e r e u s e d b y t h e n o b l e L o r d t o prevent T u r k e y f r o m renewing the w a r o n h e r side . . . A t t h a t p e r i o d . . . n e g o t i a t i o n g o i n g on b e t w e e n L o r d P a l m e r s t o n a n d t h e M e m b e r s of the Belgian congress t o i n d u c e the latter t o accept the m e d i a t i o n o f E n g l a n d between the revolted provinces o f Belgium a n d t h e C o u r t o f t h e N e t h e r lands. A Pole, Walewski, w i t h t h e s a n c t i o n of the n o b l e L o r d , left L o n d o n a n d w e n t to Brussels, w h e r e t h e r e w a s , at t h a t time, a firm determ i n a t i o n to resist the m e d i a t i o n of E n g l a n d , a n d the p r o t o c o l s at t h e Congress o r Conference o f L o n d o n . D a s office dieses P o l e n w a r t o represent t o M . d e M e r o d e , w h o c o m m a n d e d a m a j o r i t y o f t h a t C o n gress, t h a t it m a i n l y d e p e n d e d u p o n t h e pacific settlement of t h e Belgian question w h e t h e r o r n o t a n y t h i n g w a s t o b e d o n e b y E n g l a n d o n behalf of the Poles. M. de M e r o d e u. his p a r t y n a h m e n sofort (acquiesced) t h e m e d i a t i o n o f E n g l a n d , a n d agreed t o a d o p t t h e Treaty o f the 2 4 articles on the fait of t h e n o b l e L o r d ' s a s s u r a n c e . P r i n c e Talleyrand, also, t h e n representing F r a n c e a t the C o u r t o f L o n d o n , o n receiving notice o f this transaction, a n d relying fully o n the n o b l e L o r d ' s sincerity, a g a i n a d d r e s s ed to h i m a n o t e in the sense of this Polish agent, fully expecting t h a t . . . the result w o u l d be a c o m b i n e d a c t i o n on Polish affairs on t h e p a r t of E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e ; b u t t h e acquiescence o f Belgium h a v i n g b e e n n o w obtained, the e n d o f t h e n o b l e L o r d w a s a c c o m p l i s h e d , n o t e r e t u r n e d . . . to the a s t o n i s h m e n t of Prince Talleyrand, a distinct refusal. T h a t n o t e h a s never been laid before P a r l i a m e n t . . . . D a r i n heißts: " t h a t an a m i c a b l e i n t e r m e d i a t i o n o n t h e Polish q u e s t i o n w o u l d b e declined b y R u s s i a — t h a t the P o w e r s h a d j u s t declined a similar offer on t h e p a r t of F r a n c e — t h a t the intervention of t h e 2 C o u r t s , F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d , c o u l d o n l y be by force in case of a refusal on the p a r t of R u s s i a — a n d t h a t the a m i c a b l e and satisfactory relations between the C a b i n e t of St. J a m e s a n d t h e C a b i net of St. P e t e r s b u r g , w o u l d n o t allow his Brit. M a j e s t y to u n d e r t a k e such an interference. T h e time w a s n o t yet c o m e to u n d e r t a k e s u c h a p l a n with success against t h e will of a Sovereign w h o s e rights were indisputable." . . . " B u t in the m e a n t i m e his Brit. M a j e s t y h a s instructed his M i n i s ter at St. P e t e r s b u r g h to insist u p o n t h e n a t i o n a l existence of P o l a n d according t o t h e Treaty o f V i e n n a , a n d the m a i n t e n a n c e o f her n a t i o n a l

151

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 i n s t i t u t i o n s . " . . . t h e cost of h e r ( P o l a n d ) fall . . . was defrayed, in a great p a r t , o u t of the new loan which the n o b l e L o r d h a d i n d u c e d P a r l i a m e n t to g r a n t u n d e r the pretext of p a y i n g off t h e d e b t c o n t r a c t e d in 1815. . . . In seiner D e s p a t c h , d. d. 12 A u g u s t , 1847 schreibt er an L o r d P o n s o n b y , in r e g a r d t o " t h e integrity d e r R o m a n states", d a m a l s b e d r o h t d u r c h 5 A u s t r i a " t h a t H . M ' s G o v . w a s o f o p i n i o n , t h a t t h e stipulations a n d e n g a g e m e n t s of the Treaty of Vienna o u g h t to be a d h e r e d to in Italy as well a s i n all o t h e r p a r t s o f E u r o p e t o w h i c h t h e y a p p l i e d " . . . . I n einer s p ä t e r e n d e s p a t c h a n denselben " t h a t t h e integrity o f t h e R o m a n state m a y be considered as an essential element of t h e political i n d e p e n d e n c e 10 o f t h e I t a l i a n Peninsula, a n d t h a t n o invasion o f t h e t e r r i t o r y o f t h a t S t a t e c o u l d t a k e place, w i t h o u t leading t o c o n s e q u e n c e s o f g r e a t gravity a n d i m p o r t a n c e " . . . . N u n d e r P a b s t refused t o b e a p a r t y t o t h e Treaty o f V i e n n a . . . A u s t r i a selbst, in 1831, was ready a n d willing to h a v e acted w i t h E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e , n o t only in enforcing t h e s t i p u l a t i o n s of t h e 15 Treaty of V i e n n a , b u t in g o i n g far b e y o n d it. She w a s p r e p a r e d to assent to the establish in P o l a n d of an i n d e p e n d e n t k i n g d o m , u n d e r a prince n o t of t h e R u s s i a n n a t i o n . . . . On April 18,1832, t h e late M r . C u t l a r F e r g u s o n before the H o u s e P a l m e r s t o n o n t h a t o c c a s i o n defeated the M o t i o n of F e r g u s o n , by t h e simple process of being a b s e n t . On 20 June 28, 1832 derselbe F e r g u s o n a g a i n m o v e d for t h e p r o d u c t i o n of the o r g a n i c s t a t u t e b y w h i c h R u s s i a h a d forever a b o l i s h e d the C o n s t i t u t i o n o f P o l a n d . T h i s w a s a n occasion for t h e n o b l e L o r d . . . barely assenting t o the M o t i o n , w i t h o u t saying a n y t h i n g o n t h e m a i n q u e s t i o n . T h e o r g a nic s t a t u t e was, therefore, presented to P a r l i a m e n t in c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 25 this M o t i o n . N o t h i n g m o r e being d o n e in t h e m a t t e r , the effect was to establish a n d to recognize in a s o l e m n m a n n e r t h e fact of t h e d e s t r u c t i o n o f t h e k i n g d o m o f P o l a n d . . . F o r s o m e time n u n nichts a n d r e s i n the w a y o f p r i v a t e c o m m u n i c a t i o n . T h e answers, h o w e v e r , w h i c h they privately received from t h e n o b l e lord, were invariably f a v o u r a b l e . H e , from t i m e 30 t o time, c o n t i n u e d t o assure t h e m t h a t everything w a s going o n well [ 1 1 3 8 - 1 1 4 7 ] — E r k l ä r u n g des P a l m e r s t o n o n July 17, 1840 ü b e r C r a c o w ...2 days before, the noble L o r d h a d signed w i t h t h e B a r o n B r u n o w t h a t f a m o u s t r e a t y o f July, which b o u n d E n g l a n d t o t h e R u s s i a n alliance, a n d r u p t u r e d o u r e n g a g e m e n t s with F r a n c e . . . A l m o s t P a l m e r s t o n ' s first act 35 on c o m i n g i n t o office w a s to accept t h e Treaty of A d r i a n o p l e . . . He c o n t r i v e d this in the following m a n n e r . A m o n g s t t h e clauses in t h e Treaty o f A d r i a n o p l e e x t o r t e d b y R u s s i a f r o m Turkey, t h e r e w a s o n e which g a v e to R u s s i a d o m i n i o n over a great extent of coast in t h e b l a c k Sea, limited by certain b o u n d a r i e s . N o w Circassia w a s n o t specifically 40 m e n t i o n e d i n t h a t clause . . . Circassia f o r m e d n o p a r t o f t h e Turkish territory. Circassia did n o t belong t o T u r k e y t o give, n o r t o R u s s i a

152

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

to receive. H o w e v e r , by the treaty, a g e o g r a p h i c a l line w a s so d r a w n as in fact t o include Circassia w i t h i n the ceded territory; a n d , o n the a u t h o r i t y of t h a t p r e t e n d e d cession . . . R u s s i a h a d g r o u n d e d a p r e t e n d e d title to d o m i n i o n over Circassia. In t h e exercise of t h a t p r e t e n s i o n , R u s s i a , in 1832, notified, t h r o u g h h e r A m b a s s a d o r at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e to t h e n o b l e L o r d , t h r o u g h [his] ||21j t h e n representative a n d a g e n t t h e r e , M r . M a n d e ville . . . the e s t a b l i s h m e n t of a q u a r a n t a i n e a n d c u s t o m h o u s e — w i t h regulations o f a s a n a t o r y a n d f i s c a l n a t u r e a t A n a p a , a n d elsewhere, o n the coast of Circassia . . . M r . M a n d e v i l l e t o o k u p o n himself, with the approbation of the noble Lord, to p u b l i s h at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e to t h e C o n s u l G e n . o f E n g l a n d , a n d the Brit, m e r c h a n t s t h e r e , t h o s e r e g u l a t i o n s a n d ordinances p r o m u l g a t e d b y R u s s i a for t h e s a n a t o r y a n d f i s c a l g o v . o f t h e tribes a n d coasts o f Circassia . . . B y this act, t h e Brit. G o v . w a s m a d e t o recognise 2 u s u r p a t i o n s 1) the illegal Treaty of A d r i a n o p l e , a n d 2) the p r e t e n d e d cession of Circassia . . . Circassia w a s a b a n d o n e d to R u s s i a ; and, with Circassia, t h e freedom a n d privileges o f c o m m e r c e , i m m e m o r i ally enjoyed by Brit, m e r c h a n t s on her c o a s t s , b u t w h i c h the R u s s i a n tariff refused . . . P a l m e r s t o n t o o k u p o n himself t o erect M e h e m e t Ali i n t o an i n d e p e n d e n t p o w e r . W i t h o u t t h e c o n s e n t of t h e P o r t e , h e , in 1832, accredited C o n s u l s a n d d i p l o m a t i c a g e n t s t o t h a t a m b i t i o u s P a c h a . H e entered i n t o treaties w i t h h i m , altering existing r e g u l a t i o n s a n d a r r a n g e ments t o u c h i n g m a t t e r s o f t r a d e a n d revenue, a n d establishing o t h e r s i n their r o o m . T h e c o n s e n t o f t h e P o r t e w a s n o t even a s k e d b e f o r e h a n d , n o r its a p p r o b a t i o n afterwards received. M e h e m e t Ali t h u s e n c o u r a g e d by the noble L o r d to consider himself i n d e p e n d e n t of t h e P o r t e . . . to c o n firm h i m in t h a t i n d e p e n d e n c e , I b r a h i m P a c h a , his son, at the h e a d of t h e Ejyptian a r m y m a r c h e d a g a i n s t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . P a l m e r s t o n s a n d t e nicht even instructions to the Consul at Alexandria to use his influence t h e r e with M e h e m e t A l i . . . A t t h e m o m e n t o f t h e n o b l e L o r d ' s second refusal of assistance, a R u s s i a n s q u a d r o n on b o a r d s u d d e n l y sailed from Sevastopol in the Black Sea t o w a r d s C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , a n d d i s e m b a r k e d a large force of R u s s i a n t r o o p s u p o n the shores of t h e B o s p h o r u s , a n d laid siege to the capital. T h e S u l t a n w a s i n t i m i d a t e d i n t o a secret c o m m u n i c a t i o n u n k n o w n t o the P o r t e . C o u n t Orloff k ö m m t especially f r o m St. Petersburg. T h e only c o n d i t i o n on which the R u s s . d i p l o m a t i s t w o u l d c o n s e n t to w i t h d r a w 1) his t r o o p s , a n d 2) assist T u r k e y in checking the a d v a n c e of the P a c h a of Ejypt, t h e i m m e d i a t e a c c e p t a n c e of t h e Treaty of Unkiar Skelessi ... (as it t u r n e d o u t afterwards, the r e m o n s t r a n c e of a simple Consul a t A l e x a n d r i a w a s f o u n d q u i t e sufficient t o check t h e P a c h a ' s progress.) . . . T h e m o m e n t the P o r t e h a d signed t h a t treaty, t h e n o b l e L o r d — w h o w o u l d n o t g r a n t help, n o r even use m e d i a t i o n w i t h t h e P a s h a

153

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 t o check his a m b i t i o u s designs against the P o r t e , sent a n English s q u a d r o n , w i t h w h i c h w a s c o m b i n e d a F r e n c h s q u a d r o n , t o t h r e a t e n the T u r k i s h coasts a n d capital. T h e pretext w a s . . . t h e t r e a t y o f U n k i a r Skelessi . . . Er h a t t e even refused to interfere to t h e extent of a simple r e m o n s t r a n c e t h r o u g h his representatives, with t h e R u s s i a n A m b a s s a d o r , gegen diesen t r e a t y . . . sends a fleet to t h r e a t e n t h e c o a s t s , n o t of R u s s i a t h e assailant, b u t o f T u r k e y t h e assailed . . . A t t h e very t i m e t h a t this d e m o n s t r a t i o n w a s being m a d e , a n a s s u r a n c e was given b y t h e n o b l e L o r d t o t h e R u s s i a n A m b a s s a d o r a t this C o u r t , t h a t this c o m b i n e d m o v e m e n t o f the s q u a d r o n s was not intended in any sense hostile to Russia, n o r to be t a k e n as a hostile d e m o n s t r a t i o n against her; b u t , t h a t in fact, it m e a n t n o t h i n g at all. I say this on the authority of Lord Ponsonby, the n o b l e L o r d ' s o w n colleague, t h e n A m b a s s a d o r a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . t h e result w a s , t h a t Turkey, forced i n t o further concessions, signed t h e shameful Convention of St. Petersburgh, and then the British fleet was withdrawn; the noble Lord at the same time expressing his satisfaction with the moderation of the terms so imposed by Russia! ... T h e convention of St. Petersburgh w a s a ratification of the Treaty of Adrianople. N o w , in the s a m e c o m m u n i c a t i o n i n w h i c h t h e n o b l e L o r d a n n o u n c e d t o R u s s i a a n d Turkey his pacific i n t e n t i o n s a n d the w i t h d r a w a l of the E n g l i s h s q u a d r o n , he assured the R u s s . G o v . , t h a t the Brit. G o v . w e r e perfectly satisfied with the a m i c a b l e i n t e n t i o n s of the C a b i n e t of St. P e t e r s b u r g h in r e g a r d to Turkey, a n d its l a u d a b l e disinterestedness, as evinced in t h a t c o n v e n t i o n , a n d t h a t u p o n t h o s e g r o u n d s t h e c o m b i n e d s q u a d r o n s h a d been withd r a w n . T h u s , did h e , for the second time, accept a n d ratify t h e Treaty of A d r i a n o p l e . . . these were the beginnings of t h a t c o u r s e of successful u s u r p a t i o n w h i c h the P a s h a o f Ejypt w a s i n d u c e d b y R u s s i a t o p r o s e c u t e , a n d which afterwards p r o d u c e d a new w a r w i t h t h e P o r t e , a n d t h e treaty of July, 1840. Upon these early events ... the noble Lord has taken very good care to lay no information whatever before it... W i l l i a m I V . (at the p e r i o d of the t r e a t y of U n k i a r S k e l e s s i ) . . . w a s powerfully impressed with the necessity of m a i n t a i n i n g a n d s u p p o r t i n g Turkey, a n d of p r e v e n t i n g the p r o g r e s s o f R u s s i a n e n c r o a c h m e n t i n t h a t q u a r t e r . H e forced the q u e s t i o n u p o n t h e a t t e n t i o n o f the n o b l e L o r d . . . I c a n p r o v e , t h a t the n o b l e L o r d w a s obliged to t a k e his directions in this m a t t e r f r o m the late K i n g ' s P r i v a t e Secretary, a n d t h a t his existence in office d e p e n d e d u p o n his c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e wishes o f the M o n a r c h . . . the n o b l e L o r d did o n o n e or 2 occasions, as far as he d a r e d , resist; b u t . . . his resistance w a s vain, a n d . . . invariably followed by abject expressions of c o n t r i t i o n a n d c o m p l i a n c e . I will n o t t a k e u p o n myself to assert t h a t on o n e occasion the n o b l e L o r d w a s actually o u t of office for a d a y or t w o ; b u t I am able to

154

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung) say, t h a t t h e n o b l e L o r d w a s at least in d a n g e r of a m o s t u n c e r e m o n i o u s expulsion from office, on t h a t occasion. I refer, Sir, to t h e discovery which the late K i n g h a d m a d e , t h a t the n o b l e L o r d c o n s u l t e d t h e feelings o f the R u s s . G o v . a s t o t h e choice o f a n E n g l i s h A m b a s s a d o r a t the 5 C o u r t of St. P e t e r s b u r g h ; a n d t h a t Sir S t r a t f o r d C a n n i n g originally destined for t h e E m b a s s y , w a s set aside t o m a k e r o o m for t h e late E a r l o f D u r h a m — a n A m b a s s a d o r m o r e agreeable t o t h e C z a r . . . T h e n o b l e L o r d c o n t r a d i c t s m e . Sir, I a s k h i m to p r o d u c e t h e p a p e r s which relate to the n o m i n a t i o n of Sir S t r a t f o r d C a n n i n g , . . . his s u b s e q u e n t rejection, 10 a n d t h e c o n s e q u e n t election of the E a r l of D u r h a m as the representative a t St. P e t e r s b u r g h . . . H i s Majesty w a s also a w a r e t h a t t h e m e a n s t a k e n b y R u s s i a t o p r o s t r a t e the s t r e n g t h o f T u r k e y w e r e c o m m e r c i a l m e a n s . I n fact, a fiscal system, of t h e m o s t a b s u r d a n d m i s c h i e v o u s c h a r a c t e r , h a d been b r o u g h t i n b y R u s s i a n [influence, a n d engrafted o n t h e old simplicity 15 of the T u r k i s h financial a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . . . t h e r e were treaties existing between E n g l a n d [and Turjkey . . . c o m m e r c i a l t r e a t i e s — b y w h i c h every article w a s i m p o r t e d free, a n d every article of e x p o r t e x p o r t e d at 3 % . | I [22] IA similar favour h a d b e e n g r a n t e d to R u s s i a by the Treaty of A d r i a nople . . . She h a d n o t at t h a t time a single m e r c h a n t at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . 20 No s o o n e r the t r e a t y [was signed] t h a n h e r emissaries a m o n g s t t h e G r e e k subjects o f the P o r t e p e r s u a d e d t h e m t o declare themselves R u s s i a n s . . . S o great n u m b e r o f G r e e k r a y a h s u n d u l y o b t a i n e d a n entire e x e m p t i o n o f taxation . . . universal d i s c o n t e n t a m o n g s t t h e f a r m e r s o f taxes, w h o f o u n d their gains destroyed; . . . very great e m b a r r a s s m e n t t o t h e G o v . , b e c a u s e 25 of the loss of revenue which w a s the n a t u r a l result. In o r d e r to o b v i a t e the d i s a d v a n t a g e t h e P o r t e i n t r o d u c e d — o r r a t h e r e x t e n d e d — t h e baneful system of m o n o p o l i e s , by w h i c h t h e sale of c e r t a i n articles w a s g r a n t e d only t o t h o s e w h o h a d p a i d t o licenses f r o m t h e G o v . R u s s i a d i d n o t rem o n s t r a t e a g a i n s t these m o n o p o l i e s , a l t h o u g h g r a n t e d in evident infrac30 tion of o n e clause of t h e Treaty of A d r i a n o p l e ; a n d this for very p r o f o u n d reasons of policy . . . R u s s i a , in q u e s t i o n s of c o m m e r c e , h a s never an eye t o commercial a d v a n t a g e , b u t always t o territorial a g g r a n d i z e m e n t . . . Sie wollte p r o c u r e i n t e r n a l disaffection a n d d i s c o n t e n t . . . D i e g r e a t R u s s i a n m e r c h a n t s c o m p l a i n e d , a b e r r e p r i m a n d e d b y t h e R u s s . A m b a s s y . . . Hielt 35 sich a u ß e r d e m gern p r e t e x t v o r , weil o n e clause of t h e t r e a t y of A d r i a nople e m p o w e r s her, in the event of a n y v i o l a t i o n w h a t e v e r of a n y clause of t h a t treaty, to exercise as t h o u g h w i t h t h e p r e v i o u s a n d entire s a n c t i o n and recognition o f t h e P o r t e , t h e i m m e d i a t e right o f reprisal. A n o t h e r clause . . . t h a t , until all p e c u n i a r y d e m a n d s arising o u t of t h a t t r e a t y 40 should h a v e been liquidated, the T u r k i s h fortress of Silistria, a n d o t h e r places possessed by R u s s i a , were n o t to be given up . . . T u r k e y bios v.

155

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 R u ß l a n d z u free . . . w h e n her f i n a n c e s h a d b e e n b r o u g h t i n t o a m o r e p r o s p e r o u s c o n d i t i o n . William I V d e t e r m i n e d d a h e r t o n e g o t i a t e with T u r k e y a t r e a t y of c o m m e r c e ; e m p l o y e d dafür d e n U r q u h a r t . . . des W i l liam IV p r i v a t e secretary Sir H e r b e r t Taylor . . . P a l m e r s t o n so g e z w u n g e n t o e m p o w e r den U r q u h a r t t o d r a w u p a n d p r o c u r e t h e a c c e p t a n c e o f t h e 5 articles of a t r e a t y of c o m m e r c e . . . . T h e general t e r m s of this t r e a t y were to this effect: t h a t all m o n o p o l i e s s h o u l d be abolished, so far as respected Brit, m e r c h a n t s a n d their a g e n t s — t h a t all taxes i m p o s e d u p o n Brit, m e r c h a n t s o r their agents, o r duties except t h o s e p r o v i d e d b y t h e treaty, w h e t h e r they w e r e duties of e x p o r t , or i m p o r t , or of t r a n s i t , s h o u l d be 10 repealed; t h a t t h e r e s h o u l d b e c o m m i s s i o n e r s a p p o i n t e d b e t w e e n the 2 S t a t e s — E n g l , a n d Turk, c o m m i s s i o n e r s — t o i n q u i r e i n t o t h e v a l u e of all articles, usually e x p o r t e d from Turkey a n d w h i c h s h o u l d find a sale in E n g l a n d ; t h a t t h o s e c o m m i s s i o n e r s s h o u l d revise their r e p o r t s o n c e in every 5 years; t h a t t h o s e c o m m i s s i o n e r s s h o u l d set ad v a l o r e m duties 15 u p o n t h e different articles of c o m m e r c e in this m a n n e r , n a m e l y , t h a t if a n y o n e article of c o m m e r c e w a s so exclusively t h e p r o d u c t i o n of T u r k e y as to insure it a r e a d y sale, at the prices usually received u n d e r t h e m o n o p oly in foreign p o r t s , t h e n the e x p o r t d u t y to be assessed m i g h t be a high o n e , so as to be r e m u n e r a t i v e a n d p r o d u c t i v e of r e v e n u e , b u t t h a t , in the 20 case o f c o m m o d i t i e s p r o d u c e d elsewhere t h a n i n T u r k e y , a n d n o t b e i n g o f sufficient value in foreign p o r t s to b e a r a h i g h d u t y , a lower d u t y s h o u l d be assessed; a n d , lastly, t h a t this tariff s h o u l d be revised every 5 y e a r s . . . . T h e r e w a s o n e clause of t h e u t m o s t i m p o r t a n c e . . . for r e p e a l i n g a p r o h i b i t i o n which h a d b e e n i m p o s e d by t h e T u r k . G o v . u p o n certain 25 exports—a prohibition first obtained in that treaty by means of... Russian influence . . . R u s s i a h a d o b t a i n e d f r o m t h e P o r t e t h e a b s o l u t e p r o h i b i t i o n of the e x p o r t a t i o n of all articles w h a t e v e r , c a p a b l e of being p r o d u c e d i n the c o u n t r i e s o f t h e n o r t h . W h a t were t h o s e articles? T h e y form a l m o s t the only b r a n c h of o u r t r a d e w i t h R u s s i a . E x p o r t a t i o n w a s a b s o - 30 lutely p r o h i b i t e d in t h e case of c o r n , h e m p , t i m b e r ; p e r m i t t e d only in the case o f dyes, g u m s etc. articles which R u s s i a d i d n o t p r o d u c e . E b e n s o p r o h i b i t e d t h e e x p o r t a t i o n of oil. T h e effect of t h e a d m i s s i o n of Turkish oil i n t o the English m a r k e t , w o u l d h a v e b e e n entirely t o exclude R u s s i a n tallow . . . the w h o l e of t h e contest between P a l m e r s t o n einerseits, u. d e m 35 K i n g u . U r q u h a r t andrerseits, was directed t o t h e t r e a t y o f c o m m e r c e , (wie d a s H o u s e will find, if the p a p e r s are g r a n t e d . ) E v e r y a r t w a s used, every f r a u d w a s e m p l o y e d t o c i r c u m v e n t M r . U r q u h a r t , a n d t o destroy the negotiation. The attempt was m a d e to corrupt him by the promise of e m p l o y m e n t elsewhere. T h e a t t e m p t failed. T h e r e w a s no cause left b u t to 40 d e s t r o y h i m . . . . (Er h a b e hier die passages of the c o r r e s p o n d e n c e with Sir

156

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung) H e r b e r t Taylor, w h i c h relate t o this m a t t e r . . . i f a n y o n e o f m y statem e n t s is denied or d o u b t e d , I am quite p r e p a r e d to r e a d t h e m ...) P a l m erston a t t e m p t e d erst to o v e r t h r o w the project, by d e n o u n c i n g it as a R u s s i a n project . . . his colleague, L o r d S y d e n h a m , t h e n M r . P o u l e t t 5 T h o m p s o n , a R u s s i a n m e r c h a n t , w h o h a d g r e a t interests in t h e Baltic (obgleich a nominal r e t i r e m e n t on his p a r t f r o m t h e g r e a t firm w h i c h h a d the t r a d i n g m o n o p o l y in the Baltic p r o v i n c e s of R u s s i a ) . . . a R u s s i a n m e r c h a n t , a n d a R u s s i a n a g e n t in t h e Brit. C a b i n e t — d e n o u n c e d t h e very same t r e a t y a t t h e very s a m e t i m e a s a n " a n t i - R u s s i a n project". . . . t h e 10 d e t e r m i n a t i o n of the K i n g prevailed . . . i n s t r u c t i o n sent to L o r d P o n sonby, b y the n o b l e L o r d , a t the d i c t a t i o n o f the K i n g , t o p r o p o s e this treaty, w i t h o u t a l t e r a t i o n in t h e smallest p a r t i c u l a r , for a c c e p t a n c e by t h e Sublime P o r t e . . . this treaty, f o u n d e d u p o n U r q u h a r t ' s r e p o r t s settled a n d a d o p t e d in t h e F o r e i g n Office . . . settled u. a d o p t e d in the B o a r d of 15 Trade, a n d accepted in its t e r m s by the n o b l e L o r d a n d by M r . P o u l e t t T h o m p s o n , before it w a s sent to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , I h a v e n o w to i n f o r m the H o u s e , t h a t t h a t t r e a t y h a s never t o this h o u r b e e n signed . . . t h a t i t has never t o this h o u r b e e n s o m u c h a s p r e s e n t e d t o t h e P o r t e . . . T h e noble L o r d w a s directed by t h e K i n g in t h e y e a r 1835, u. lange v o r 1833 20 to m a k e inquiries on t h e s p o t t o u c h i n g t h e i n d e p e n d e n t rights of C i r c a s sia. D a f ü r d a s sailing of t h e Vixen u. die a p p l i c a t i o n of his o w n e r , M r . Bell, t o the n o b l e L o r d etc. . . . I n t h e m i d s t o f t h o s e o c c u p a t i o n s King William . . . h e a r d with a n i n d i g n a n t surprise . . . t h a t , i n t h e c o u r s e of a visit w h i c h t h e C z a r N i c h o l a s h a d recently p a i d to W a r s a w , t h a t 25 p o t e n t a t e h a d a d d r e s s e d a speech to t h e m u n i c i p a l a u t h o r i t i e s of t h a t city, w o e r declared, t h a t P o l a n d w a s n o m o r e , t h a t the a r r a n g e m e n t o f the Congress o f V i e n n a w a s a t end. t h a t h e r t e r r i t o r y h a d m e r g e d i n t o Russia; a n d t h a t i t w a s n o longer a s Poles, b u t a s R u s s i a n s , t h a t t h e Polish people were t h e n c e f o r t h to b e l o n g to h i m . S o m e 2 or 3 y e a r s 30 before t h a t p e r i o d , the Poles, w h o h a d s o u g h t refuge h e r e a n d in F r a n c e , had b r o u g h t f i r s t t o F r a n c e a n d t h e n t o E n g l a n d t h e archives w h i c h t h e Russian Viceroys h a d left a t W a r s a w ; c o n t a i n i n g S t a t e p a p e r s . . . f r o m t h e beginning of this c e n t u r y d o w n to 1830, w h e n the archives fell i n t o t h e hands of the victorious i n s u r g e n t s . T h o s e p a p e r s placed in the h a n d s of 35 Palmerston by C o u n t Z a m o y s k i , t h e n e p h e w of P r i n c e C z a r t o r i s k i . P a l m erston h a d these d e s p a t c h e s for 2 years, a n d did n o t h i n g w i t h t h e m . W i l liam IV, at t h e p e r i o d of t h e speech at W a r s a w , o r d e r e d these p a p e r s to b e given u p b y the n o b l e L o r d . T h e y were given u p a n d e x a m i n e d a t t h e time a t W i n d s o r Castle, a n d i t w a s f o u n d desirable t o p r i n t a n d p u b l i s h 40 them ... In spite of g r e a t o p p o s i t i o n of P a l m e r s t o n , t h e K i n g c o m p e l l e d him to lend the a u t h o r i t y of t h e F o r . Off. to their p u b l i c a t i o n , so d a ß d e r

157

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 1

f t ' '

editor, w h o t o o k the c h a r g e o f revising t h e m for t h e press, p u b l i s h e d n o t a single d o c u m e n t w h i c h h a d n o t t h e n o b l e L o r d ' s initial o r s i g n a t u r e a t t a c h e d . I myself h a v e seen t h e n o b l e L o r d ' s initial a t t a c h e d to o n e of these d o c u m e n t s . . . obgleich the n o b l e l o r d h a s d e n i e d these facts. P a l m e r s t o n was compelled to place these d o c u m e n t s in t h e h a n d s of M r . U r - 5 q u h a r t for p u b l i c a t i o n . U r q u h a r t w a s a p p o i n t e d Secretary o f L e g a t i o n a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e Sept. 1 8 3 5 — d e r real editor des ||23| [Portfolio,] d a s erschien v. Ñ o v e m b . 1 8 3 5 - J u n e 1837 . . . It ceased shortly before the d e a t h of the K i n g , d u r i n g his last illness . . . U r q u h a r t , instead of forcing the n o b l e L o r d , by pressure of the law, to p a y t h e expenses of t h e " P o r t - 10 folio" o u t of the funds of t h e F o r . Office . . . in 1838, p a i d t h e m h i m s e l f . . . Strangways (lebt) u. t h e late M r . B a c k h o u s e . . . t h e 2 U n d e r s e c r e t a r i e s of S t a t e . . . I wish I c o u l d raise from the grave M r . B a c k h o u s e ; a n d a s k h i m u n d e r w h a t circumstances i t w a s t h a t h e w a s i n d u c e d b y t h e n o b l e L o r d to set his n a m e to those d e p l o r a b l e " d e n i a l s " of t h e c o n n e x i o n of the 15 Portfolio w i t h the F o r e i g n Office, w h i c h h a v e a p p e a r e d in p r i n t . . . t h a t u n f o r t u n a t e g e n t l e m a n , i n his last m o m e n t s , a n d w i t h bitterness o f t o n e , declared t h a t t h e n o b l e lord h a d b r o u g h t h i m to his grave . . . 3 Oct. 1835 erhielt U r q u h a r t his c o m m i s s i o n as Secretary of L e g a t i o n at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . given h i m for the o n e p u r p o s e of securing t h e a d o p t i o n t h e r e of 20 t h e T u r k i s h c o m m e r c i a l t r e a t y . . . U r q u h a r t blieb t r o t z dessen bis J u n e o d . July 1836. P a l m e r s t o n pressed h i m to go: the a p p l i c a t i o n s to him urging his d e p a r t u r e w e r e n u m e r o u s ; b u t his a n s w e r i n v a r i a b l y was: "I will n o t g o , until I h a v e this c o m m e r c i a l t r e a t y settled with the B o a r d of T r a d e a n d the F o r . Office; a n d then I will a c c o m p a n y it a n d p r o c u r e 25 its a c c e p t a n c e a t the P o r t e . " . . . Schließlich g a b P a l m e r s t o n his a p p r o b a t i o n t o the treaty, der t r e a t y f o r w a r d e d t o P o n s o n b y , d a n n U r q u h a r t p r o c e e d e d to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . Sir Herbert Taylor, shortly before his d e a t h , gave direction for the d e s t r u c t i o n of all his p a p e r s , with one r e m a r k a b l e exception . . . e m b r a c i n g all t h e p a p e r s c o n n e c t e d with this 30 case. T h o s e p a p e r s h e o r d e r e d t o b e given u p t o M r . U r q u h a r t . . . (placed by h i m in my h a n d s ) ; for the p u r p o s e , as Sir H e r b e r t Taylor expressed it, o f vindicating, u p o n t h e fitting o p p o r t u n i t y , t h e m e m o r y o f William I V . . . E h e U r q u h a r t abreist n a c h C o n s t a n t i n o p e l erhielt er Briefe v. Ponsonby (der G e s a n d t e r zu C o n s t a n t i n o p e l ) D a r u n t e r E i n e r d. d. 35 23 March, 1836: " I t is only lately . . . t h a t I h a v e k n o w n t h e facts of the t o t a l f r e e d o m of t h a t c o u n t r y (Circassia) from every legitimate subjection, or tie to t h e Sultan, a n d , therefore, t h e t o t a l illegality of a n y title a s s u m e d to it by N i c h o l a s . If we h a d a n y m a n in E n g l a n d w o r t h a straw, we s h o u l d s o o n settle these m a t t e r s ; b u t o u r s t a t e s m e n , h i g h a n d low, are 40| p e d l a r s . . . " the n o b l e L o r d s u b o r n e d L o r d P o n s o n b y t o m a k e those c o m -

158

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung) plaints (später z u C o n s t a n t i n o p e l angeblich o n the a u t h o r i t y o f several m e r c h a n t s a n d o t h e r residents a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ) , i n o r d e r t o p r o c u r e t h e r e m o v a l o f M r . U r q u h a r t f r o m his p o s t . . . . U r q u h a r t h a s never b e e n dismissed. A m e r e congé w a s given h i m . . . In the m e a n time, a t t e m p t s 5 h a d been m a d e b y the n o b l e L o r d t o discredit M r . U r q u h a r t ' s c h a r a c t e r a t W i n d s o r castle a n d elsewhere. Before leaving C o n s t a n t i n o p l e M r . U r q u h a r t received letters f r o m Sir J o h n M ' N e i l l , o u r minister a t T e h e r a n , a n d from o t h e r p u b l i c servants in different p a r t s of the w o r l d , all referring t o c o m m u n i c a t i o n s t o his prejudice m a d e t o t h e m f r o m t h e F o r e i g n 10 office, circulated by t h e S e r v a n t of t h e F o r e i g n office all over t h e w o r l d . ... Gleich n a c h der r e m o v a l o f M r . U r q u h a r t v . C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . i m m e diately the treaty was thrown aside . . . 2 J. später n a h m P a l m e r s t o n ihn auf, gab im P a r l a m e n t f. (seinen v e r r ü c k t e n ) t r e a t y U r q u h a r t t h e c o m pliment of being t h e a u t h o r of it, disclaiming for himself all m e r i t in its 15 regard. A b e r der n o b l e L o r d h a d d e s t r o y e d the treaty, falsified it in every p a r t , c o n v e r t e d i t t o t h e ruin o f c o m m e r c e . A s d r a w n b y M r . U r q u h a r t , it h a d been a t r e a t y w h i c h placed t h e subjects of G r e a t Britain, in T u r k e y , u p o n the footing o f t h e m o s t f a v o u r e d n a t i o n . A s altered b y P a l m e r s t o n , it placed the subjects of G r e a t Britain u p o n t h e footing of the t a x e d a n d 20 oppressed subjects of t h a t P o w e r . Sein U r q u h a r t s t i p u l a t e d for the r e m o v al of all transit duties, m o n o p o l i e s , taxes, duties of w h a t e v e r c h a r a c t e r , other t h a n t h o s e s t i p u l a t e d by the t r e a t y itself. As falsified by P a l m e r s t o n , c o n t a i n e d a clause, declaring t h e perfect r i g h t of t h e S u b l i m e Porte t o i m p o s e w h a t e v e r r e g u l a t i o n s a n d restraints i t pleased w i t h 25 regard to c o m m e r c e . U r q u h a r t ' s t r e a t y left i m p o r t a t i o n free, or at least subject only t o the old d u t y o f 3 % ; der des n o b l e L o r d raised t h e d u t y v. 3 auf 5 % . U r q u h a r t s treaty stipulated for an ad valorem d u t y , to be assessed in t h e w a y . . . m e n t i o n e d . P a l m e r s t o n ' s [treaty] s t i p u l a t e d a fixed duty o f 1 2 % a d v a l o r e m u p o n every article, w h e t h e r i t w o u l d b e a r t h e 30 duty or n o t . D e r original t r e a t y e x t e n d e d t h e benefit of F r e e t r a d e to Turkish ships u . T u r k i s h p r o d u c e ; der s u b s t i t u t e d t r e a t y c o n t a i n e d n o stipulations w h a t e v e r o n t h e subject . . . (Russische subjects w a r e n n a t ü r lich d u r c h diese s t i p u l a t i o n nicht einbegriffen in der d u t y of 1 2 % of articles) . . . Sir, I c h a r g e these falsifications—I c h a r g e also the c o n c e a l 35 ment of t h e m — u p o n t h e n o b l e L o r d ; a n d further, I c h a r g e t h e n o b l e Lord with h a v i n g falsely s t a t e d t o the H o u s e t h a t this t r e a t y w a s t h a t which h a d b e e n a r r a n g e d by M r . U r q u h a r t . . . . M r . Bell, in compliance with the wishes of his Sovereign, equipped the Vixen at his o w n expense, for a commercial v o y a g e to t h e Circassian c o a s t . F o r the s a m e p u r p o s e 40 he put on b o a r d of h e r a c a r g o of salt, an article which is there in g r e a t demand. . . . A r r i v e d on the coast, M r . Bell t o o k h e r i n t o a h a r b o u r (of

159

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 I Circassia) n o t in the o c c u p a t i o n of R u s s i a . T h e r e w a s n o t h i n g w h a t e v e r f r o m w h i c h to give R u s s i a o c c u p a t i o n , or even the n a m e of it. T h e r e were no R u s s i a n ships of w a r in sight, n o r in the offing . . . a R u s s i a n vessel of w a r c a m e i n t o the h a r b o u r 3 6 h o u r s after t h e Vixen h a d cast a n c h o r , a n d at a m o m e n t w h e n the o w n e r a n d s o m e of t h e officers w e r e on t h e s h o r e e n g a g e d i n fixing t h e d u e s d e m a n d e d b y the Circassian a u t h o r i t i e s , a n d p a y a b l e o n the value o f the g o o d s . . . . D i e ß Kriegsschiff c a m e n o t c o a s t wise b u t f r o m t h e o p e n sea. they sent a b o a t a n d forcibly t o o k possession of t h e Vixen, u n t e r d e m false pretext, of h e r h a v i n g violated t h e intern a t i o n a l law of blockade. So d e r d e s p a t c h des R u s s i a n A d m i r a l . . . R u s sian C a b i n e t aber, t a k e s m e a s u r e , in concert with the noble L o r d , (as the D u k e proves); s o a s t o e n a b l e the R u s s . G o v . t o o b t a i n b o t h the confisc a t i o n itself, a n d t h e recognition of t h a t confiscation by t h e Engl. G o v . , a n d s o a t o n c e the f o r m a l a c k n o w l e d g e m e n t t h a t t h e t r e a t y o f A d r i a n o ple a n d entire extinction of Circassian i n d e p e n d e n c e . . . . In d e m d e s p a t c h d a h e r v. St. P e t e r s b u r g h , a n n o u n c i n g t h a t the confiscation of the ship h a d followed t h e seizure, t h a t confiscation w a s g r o u n d e d n o l o n g e r u p o n t h e inapplicable laws o f b l o c k a d e , b u t u p o n certain m u n i c i p a l regulations o f R u s s i a . . . stated t o h a v e b e e n m a d e i n 1831 o r 3 2 b y t h e R u s s . a u t h o r ities, for the p u r p o s e of establishing q u a r a n t i n e s a n d c u s t o m s - h o u s e s on the coast of Circassia. D e l a y s in P a l m e r s t o n ' s replies to R u s s i a . Versic h e r t i m m e r t h a t they a r e going on well u. verweist stets, u p o n being a s k e d for t h e p a p e r s i n c o n n e x i o n w i t h t h e m , t o d o so, giving also his r e a s o n s . . . If, the n o b l e L o r d says, they relate to a n y case t h a t is p e n d i n g , it m u s t be injurious to p r o d u c e t h e m , b u t if, on t h e c o n t r a r y , t h e y relate to a case t h a t is p a s t a n d g o n e , they c a n o b v i o u s l y be of no use to the G e n t l e m a n w h o ¡241 m o v e s for t h e m , o r t o t h e H o u s e . . . . W h e n m a t t e r s w e r e ripe for c o n c l u d i n g t h e case, L o r d D u r h a m falsely s t a t e d in a d e s p a t c h of 3 or 4 lines, n o t m o r e , at least, w a s laid before P a r l i a m e n t — t h a t t h e C a b i n e t of St. P e t e r s b u r g h w a s fully justified in seizing the Vixen, for the R u s s i a n s were in a c t u a l o c c u p a t i o n of the b a y , a n d t h e r e w a s even a R u s s i a n fort there. It was an most unfounded statement. T h e r e w a s n o t even a b l o c k a d i n g s q u a d r o n in t h e o f f i n g — m u c h less a R u s s i a n fort i n a n y p a r t o f t h e coasts o f t h e b a y . . . . W ä h r e n d P a l m e r s t o n a u f die erste russ. D e p e s c h e 73 d a y s m. seiner A n t w o r t gezögert, n u n — t h e K i n g b e i n g n o w i n i m m i n e n t d a n g e r o f t h a t d e a t h w h i c h s o o n followed — s c h i c k t a b sofort d e s p a t c h c o n t a i n i n g a n unqualified r e c o g n i t i o n o f t h e r i g h t o f R u s s i a t o d o w h a t she h a s d o n e . . . . A g e n t e n v . P a l m e r s t o n C o l o n e l D u Plat, M r . F o n b l a n q u e ; . . . d

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

In 1839 2 w a r was r a g i n g between M e h e m e t Ali u. d e m S u l t a n . R u s - 40 sia, u n d e r t h e t r e a t y of U n k i a r Skelessi, w h i c h gave h e r t h e right to the

160

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

o c c u p a t i o n of t h e D a r d a n e l l e s , to t h e exclusion of all o t h e r p o w e r s , i n t h e event o f w a r , w a s a b o u t t o enforce h e r rights u n d e r t h a t treaty. D e r S u l t a n applied t o t h e Brit. C r o w n for p r o t e c t i o n . T o m e r i t the p r o tection s o u g h t , t h e S u l t a n h a d o f f e r e d — t h e p r o o f i s h e r e — t o place t h e D a r d a n e l l e s in possession of an English a n d F r e n c h s q u a d r o n . This he first offered in 1836. W h a t w a s the a n s w e r of P a l m e r s t o n ? It w a s a censure u p o n t h e D i p l o m a t i c agent, w h e n t h e offer h a d b e e n m a d e . R e d s h i d P a s h a , t h e n T u r k i s h A m b a s s . a t t h e C o u r t o f F r a n c e , m a d e the p r o p o s a l . T h e c e n s u r e w a s a d d r e s s e d b y P a l m e r s t o n t o his o w n Secretary o f E m b a s s y , M r . U r q u h a r t . . . I h a v e here t h e n o b l e L o r d ' s letter of censure u p o n M r . U r q u h a r t ; a n d the g r o u n d is, his h a v i n g even listened t o t h e p r o p o s a l o f R e d s h i d P a s h a t o place t h e D a r d a n e l l e s i n t h e p o w e r o f a n English a n d F r e n c h s q u a d r o n — i n s t e a d o f a R u s s i a n s q u a d r o n — i n t h e event o f M e h e m e t Ali m a r c h i n g against C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . I n 1839, c o m m u n i c a t i o n s u p o n t h e s a m e subject r e n e w e d b e t w e e n the C o u r t s of C o n stantinople, Paris, a n d L o n d o n . T h e n o b l e L o r d w a s applied t o b y t h e C o u r t of t h e Tuilleries, w h o solicited Brit, c o - o p e r a t i o n in c o m p e l l i n g Russia t o a b s t a i n from possessing herself o f the D a r d a n e l l e s . T h a t w a s the point de départ as M. Thiers t e r m e d it; t h e exclusion of R u s s i a . It w a s n o t M e h e m e t Ali t h a t h a d to be excluded, b u t t h e C z a r . Palmerston's Antwort h a s c o m e to light only by t h e p u b l i c a t i o n , in 1840, in F r a n c e , of despatches in the archives of the Tuillieries, w h i c h M. Passy, o n e of t h e Ministry o f t h e 2 2 M a y , t h o u g h t i t his d u t y t o m a k e public. P a l m e r s t o n m a c h t e die c o u n t e r p r o p o s i t i o n , t h a t a F r e n c h a n d English fleet s h o u l d indeed be sent to the D a r d a n e l l e s , to c o m p e l t h e R u s s i a n s to q u i t C o n stantinople; b u t only if t h e R u s s i a n s c o n t i n u e d to r e t a i n the places after the d a n g e r of t h e E j y p t i a n invasion s h o u l d h a v e ceased; d . h . wie die french gov. in their next d e s p a t c h : " t h e n o b l e L o r d in t h e m e a n t i m e resigned himself w i t h g r e a t facility to t h e c o n t i n g e n c y of a R u s s i a n o c cupation of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . " . . . It w a s only after the R u s s i a n s w e r e there, t h a t , a c c o r d i n g t o the n o b l e L o r d ' s p r o p o s a l , t h e Engl, a n d F r e n c h intervention w a s to c o m m e n c e . E v e n t h e n , Sir, it w a s still further limited; the 2 fleets were n o t to enter t h e D a r d a n e l l e s even in t h a t case, b u t u p o n i n v i t a t i o n — i n v i t a t i o n f r o m the Sultan, a p r i s o n e r t o the C z a r ! . . . M a c h t new p r o p o s a l , t h a t t h e 2 fleets s h o u l d e n t e r t h e D a r d a n e l l e s w h e n s o e v e r invited. J u d g i n g of this p r o p o s a l by reference to its subject m a t t e r , t h e French Gov. understood it to mean that an application was n o w to be m a d e t o t h e P o r t e , for p e r m i s s i o n t o b e a t o n c e g r a n t e d t o the English and F r e n c h f l e e t s , a u t h o r i s i n g t h e m t o e n t e r t h e D a r d a n e l l e s a s s o o n a s a R u s s i a n force s h o u l d enter t h e B o s p h o r u s . U n d e r this impression, t h e F r e n c h sent c o r r e s p o n d i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s t o A d m i r a l L a l a n d e , a t C o n s t a n n d

25

30

35

40

161

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

t i n o p l e . P a l m e r s t o n sent t o t h e Brit. A d m i r a l these i n s t r u c t i o n s i n quite a n o t h e r sense. E r s t i n s t r u i r t e e r A d m i r a l S t o p f o r d t o e n t e r the D a r d a nelles only w h e n t h e i n v i t a t i o n o f t h e P o r t e s h o u l d c o m e t h r o u g h t h e A m b a s s a d o r s of France and England u. nur during the course of the a c t u a l d i s p u t e s m. M e h e m e t Ali. Definitive i n s t r u c t i o n s des L o r d P a l m e r s t o n d . d . 13 July, 1839: He says, t h a t if "in t h e c o u r s e of t h e d i s p u t e with M e h e m e t Ali, t h e P o r t e f i n d s itself" obliged t o a s k o r accept assistance from a n y o t h e r P o w e r , " t h e Brit. G o v . i s c o n f i d e n t t h a t t h e P o r t e will a t t h e s a m e time a d d r e s s itself t o G r e a t B r i t a i n for the s a m e object". If t h e P o r t e d o e s so, L o r d S t o p f o r d h a s o r d e r s " t o p r o c e e d w i t h his s q u a d r o n t o w a r d s C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , o n receiving f r o m t h e P o r t e , t h r o u g h t h e m e d i u m o f t h e A m b a s s a d o r , a n i n v i t a t i o n t o t h a t effect". T h e v a r i a t i o n i n t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s were r e m a r k a b l e ; die F r e n c h G o v . p r o tested a g a i n s t it as s o o n as it w a s discovered. Er ä n d e r t e a b e r nichts in t h o s e i n s t r u c t i o n s . . . die french M i n i s t e r s i n f o r m e d t h e n o b l e L o r d t h a t t h e y w e r e d e t e r m i n e d at w h a t e v e r cost to p r e v e n t a R u s s i a n o c c u p a t i o n o f C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ; a n d t h a t t h e y w o u l d prefer t o a c t w i t h E n g l a n d ; b u t t h a t t h e y w e r e p r e p a r e d t o act w i t h o u t her i f t h e y j u d g e d f i t . J u s t a t this p e r i o d S u l t a n M a h m o u d died . . . O n t h e accession o f A b d o u l M e d j i d a n e w m i n i s t r y a p p o i n t e d ; a t r a i t o r , Khosrou Pasha, c a m e i n t o office. H i r e d a g e n t o f R u s s i a . E r recalled t h e T u r k . A m b a s s a d o r s f r o m F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d . On several occasions he b e t r a y e d the signs of a secret a n d t r e a s o n a b l e collusion with t h e e n e m y of b o t h . U n d e r t h e influence of a c o n viction t h a t the m a c h i n a t i o n s o f K h o s r o u m a d e t h a t s t e p necessary, i n o r d e r to save his life, A c h m e t P a s h a , t h e A d m i r a l , w e n t over to A l e x a n d r i a w i t h the T u r k i s h fleet; a n d there delivered it up i n t o the h a n d s of M e h e m e t Ali. N o s o o n e r h a d this t a k e n p l a c e , t h a n , s o far f r o m d o i n g a n y t h i n g t o quiet t h e j u s t a p p r e h e n s i o n s o f t h e late S u l t a n ' s faithful serva n t s , t h e occasion w a s seized b y t h e n o b l e L o r d t o issue a n i m m e d i a t e order to Admiral Stopford, to a b a n d o n the Dardanelles altogether, and to proceed to Alexandria. T h a t was the determination taken by the noble L o r d . . . a b a n d o n e d w e g e n d e r i n t i m a t i o n der F r e n c h G o v . , t h a t A d m i r a l L a l a n d e s h o u l d n o t c o - o p e r a t e i n such a n e n t e r p r i s e , b u t r e m a i n w h e r e he w a s , a n d e n t e r t h e D a r d a n e l l e s if necessary; i. e. in t h e event of a R u s s i a n force e n t e r i n g t h e B o s p h o r u s . . . July 15, 1840 P a l m e r s t o n stated t h e F r e n c h h a d a b d u c e d h i m u . refused t o c o - o p e r a t e with E n g l a n d i n the c a u s e of t h e S u l t a n . . . A b e r die c h a r g e falsch, as a p p e a r s from documents produced before the French Chamber, a n d w i t h h o l d e n f r o m this H o u s e by t h e n o b l e L o r d . T h e F o r . M i n i s t e r o f F r a n c e n e v e r refused t o act m i t E n g l a n d . . . F ü r alle g e h a n d e l t sich um die e m a n c i p a t i o n d e r T u r k e y ν. R u s s i a u . h e r t r e a t y o f U n k i a r S k e l e s s i . . . U . a . schlug d e r edle L o r d d e m

162

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

fzs. G e s a n d t e n v o r : " t o h a v e a s q u a d r o n of E n g l i s h a n d F r e n c h ships in readiness to act, at the m o m e n t t h a t a R u s s i a n force entered the B o s p h o r u s , a n d w a s i n possession o f C o n s t a n t i n o p l e " . E r p r o p o s e d t h a t these s h o u l d t h e n be sent to m a n œ u v r e on t h e coast of Syria ||25| at 6 w e e k s ' sail distance f r o m t h o s e S t r a i t s , — a n d t h a t t h e r e t h e y s h o u l d m a k e a d e m o n s t r a t i o n against M e h e m e t Ali a n d his Ejyptian forces; a n d t h a t , w h e n b y these m e a n s , they h a d i n d u c e d M e h e m e t Ali a n d t h e E j y p tians t o retire f r o m Syria, they s h o u l d t h e n , a n d n o t before, p r e s e n t themselves before t h e D a r d a n e l l e s , — f o r t i f i e d a s t h e y t h e n w o u l d be, b y R u s s i a n engineers, a n d g a r r i s o n e d by R u s s i a n t r o o p s ; a n d s h o u l d t h e n , after c o m m u n i c a t i o n h a d w i t h L o r d P o n s o n b y a n d t h e F r e n c h M i n i s t e r , a t t e m p t to force the i m p r e g n a b l e D a r d a n e l l e s ; — i . e., a d d e d t h e n o b l e L o r d , i f they t h e n t h o u g h t themselves s t r o n g e n o u g h ! T h e p r o p o s a l w a s ridiculed b y the F r e n c h minister u . i m m e d i a t e l y the n o b l e L o r d receded from it. . . . T h e confidential p r o p o s a l w h i c h t h e F r e n c h M i n i s t e r h a d m a d e t o t h e n o b l e L o r d i n F e b r . , 1839, w a s b y the n o b l e L o r d c o m m u nicated t o M . Kisseleff, t h e R u s s i a n minister, i n A u g u s t . W h e n t h e a n n o u n c e m e n t of this a t r o c i o u s perfidy w a s m a d e in the French Chamber, there w a s o n e universal s h o u t of execration. . . . D e r p o i n t , w o r u m es sich h a n d e l t e , was t h e exclusion of R u s s i a f r o m the D a r d a n e l l e s , die destruction der R u s s i a n a s c e n d a n c y a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . A u f einmal, t o the a s t o n i s h m e n t o f F r a n c e , o f E u r o p e , a n d t h e w o r l d , the R u s s . B a r o n , de B r u n o w , arrived in L o n d o n , on a p r i v a t e a n d special mission f r o m t h e E m p e r o r N i c h o l a s . H e was a d m i t t e d t o a n interview w i t h the n o b l e L o r d . On b o t h sides, "desire w a s e x p r e s s e d " to p u t an e n d to t h a t state of m u t u a l distrust w h i c h h a d existed ever since 1829. B r u n o w p r o p o s e d t h a t E n g l a n d s h o u l d b r e a k w i t h F r a n c e , a b a n d o n t h o s e m e a s u r e s for t h e p r e s ervation o f t h e integrity o f T u r k e y which E n g l a n d h a d t a k e n w i t h F r a n c e , allows R u s s i a t o o c c u p y C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . D a n n R u s s i a w o u l d t a k e c a r e that E n g l a n d s h o u l d h a v e all t h o s e a d v a n t a g e s secured to her in T u r k e y which she h a d h o p e d from t h e F r e n c h alliance. P a l m e r s t o n i n f o r m e d d e n B r u n o w t h a t "his C o l l e a g u e s " d i d t h i n k this o u t o f q u e s t i o n . E r m a c h t e dagegen a c o u n t r e p r o p o s a l (zu s. G l ü c k L o r d H o l l a n d , effecting t h e removal of the last obstacle in the w a y to o b t a i n i n g the c o n c u r r e n c e of his colleagues) u. z w a r in t h e name of the Cabinet: t h a t a R u s s i a n n a v a l and military force s h o u l d be a d m i t t e d to o c c u p y C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ; t h a t , in return, the R u s s . G o v . s h o u l d allow 3 line-of-battle ships to enter t h e Dardanelles . . . B r u n o w rejected this offer . . . R u s s i a n C a b i n e t at length gave way . . . on an a s s u r a n c e , t h a t t h e o t h e r P o w e r s , if they were called in at all, s h o u l d only be allowed to c o - o p e r a t e in d e m o n s t r a t i o n s on t h e coast of Syria, or a n y w h e r e else, except at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ; a n d t h a t to

163

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 R u s s i a a l o n e s h o u l d b e confided the trust o f g a r r i s o n i n g C o n s t a n t i n o p l e a n d o c c u p y i n g t h e D a r d a n e l l e s , whilst E n g l a n d s h o u l d h a v e , a t t h e u t m o s t , the p e r m i s s i o n a c c o r d e d to her, of sending 3 line-of-battle ships t h i t h e r t o d o h o n o u r t o the R u s s i a n a r m a m e n t . . . a s t i p u l a t i o n inserted, t h a t t h e 3 E n g l i s h ships s h o u l d be k e p t at the e x t r e m e c o r n e r of the Sea o f M a r m o r a ; p r o v i d e d only t h a t the R u s s i a n ships w o u l d k e e p a t t h e p a r t o f t h e Sea o f M a r m o r a nearest t h e B o s p h o r u s . A s i f t h e o c c u p a t i o n o f t h e B o s p h o r u s a n d the D a r d a n e l l e s s t o o d u p o n t h e s a m e footing. S u c h w e r e t h e t e r m s on which the t r e a t y of July 15, 1840, signed b e t w e e n E n g l a n d a n d R u s s i a , this t r e a t y w a s signed w i t h o u t c o m m u n i c a t i o n m i t F r a n c e . W h y ? Weil there w a s s o m e difference o f o p i n i o n b e t w e e n E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e u p o n the question, w h e t h e r o r n o t Syria s h o u l d r e m a i n a n h e r e d i t a r y f i e f u n d e r t h e Ejyptian sceptre ( M e h e m e t Ali h a t t e Syria e r h a l t e n d u r c h P a l m e r s t o n s intervention u., for t h e p u r p o s e s of R u s s i a , in 1833 a n d 34. U p o n t h e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s of L o r d P o n s o n b y a l o n e , w e r e A d a n a u . its t e r r i t o r y a d d e d t o the Ejyptian P a s h a l i c . . . ) F r o m t h a t m o m e n t , R u s s i a b e c a m e s u p r e m e . . . W h e n d e r t r e a t y o f J u l y 1840 w a s signed, Sir S t r a t f o r d C a n n i n g fragt P a l m e r s t o n as to t h e existence of s u c h a treaty, a n d its p u r p o r t u . o b h e h a d a n y objection t o p r o d u c e t h e t r e a t y to t h e H o u s e . Er declined u. declared t h a t he c o u l d n o t p r o d u c e it, because it was not yet ratified. He did n o t tell the H o u s e t h a t , by a special clause in t h a t t r e a t y . . . it w a s stipulated t h a t t h e e x e c u t i o n or fulfilment of t h e t r e a t y s h o u l d precede its ratification . . . t h e hostile m e a s u r e s , t a k e n for the p u r p o s e of giving effect to t h a t treaty, p r o s e c u t e d ; at t h e very t i m e w h e n he w a s h i d i n g the existence of t h e t r e a t y f r o m this H o u s e . . . t h e Ministers of F r a n c e fell into the s n a r e . . . laid for t h e m by the n o b l e L o r d . . . results were frenzy in F r a n c e , disgust h e r e , e x a s p e r a t i o n in G e r m a n y , the enfeeblement of all for the profit of R u s s i a . T h i s w a s in 1840. In 1841, by the desire of renewing t h e Engl alliance, they a g r e e d to t h e h a t e d t r e a t y of U n k i a r Skelessi u. d e m Treaty of 15 July, 1840. A l m o s t t h e very last act of P a l m e r s t o n , before quitting office in 1841, w a s to receive t h e s i g n a t u r e of F r a n c e to t h e t r e a t y of J u n e , 1841, w o d u r c h der Treaty v. U n k i a r Skelessi (v. 1833, a u f 8 J.) t h e n to expire, w a s r e n e w e d a n d m a d e p e r p e t u a l . D a z u der A u s s c h l u ß fremder Kriegsschiffe . . . t h e s t r e n g t h o f t h e B o s p h o r u s is n o t h i n g for the p u r p o s e of repelling an invasion on the side of t h e Black Sea; a b e r die s t r e n g t h der D a r d a n e l l e s , in resisting an invasion from the M e d i t e r r a n e a n is everything . . . t h e t r e a t y of A d r i a n o p l e h e a d o p t e d , the t r e a t y o f U n k i a r Skelessi h e a d h e r e d t o , t h e treaties of 1840 a n d 1841 he m a d e . . . e n t e n t e cordiale g o n e for ever since the events of July, 1840 . . . s t a t e m e n t of Mr. Porter ( B o a r d of t r a d e ) m a d e in 1841. . . . In July 1841, a few d a y s after the t r e a t y was signed, T i v e r t o n

164

5

io

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

speech des P a l m e r s t o n gegen die F r e n c h m e n . . . t h a t , Sir, w a s t h e legacy which he left to his successors in office. . . . t h e only q u e s t i o n p e n d i n g , w h e n P a l m e r s t o n 1846 wieder in office, die unsettled q u e s t i o n o f t h e S p a n , m a r r i a g e s . E n g a g e m e n t m a d e b e t w e e n G u i z o t u. A b e r d e e n t h a t , if the o n e c o u n t r y did n o t s t a r t a C o b o u r g prince, as a c a n d i d a t e for t h e h a n d of the Q u e e n of Spain, t h e o t h e r should n o t start a F r e n c h Prince. S o b a l d P a l m e r s t o n in office, a s k e d by G u i z o t , w h e t h e r h e acceded t o t h a t a r r a n g e m e n t ? P a l m e r s t o n w a r t e t a whole m o n t h , o h n e z u a n t w o r t e n . I n t h e m e a n t i m e , i n the d i p l o m a t i c c o r r e s p o n d e n c e of P a l m e r s t o n f a v o u r a b l y r e p r e s e n t e d t h e h y p o t h e t i c a l case o f s o m e C o b o u r g Prince being p u t f o r w a r d . . . G u i z o t , fearing a n o t h er deception, b e w i r k t die 2 H e i r a t h e n in S p a n i e n . S o b a l d Differenz b e tween F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d . . . C r a c o w t o A u s t r i a a n n e x e d . . . t h e F r e n c h G o v . w e n d e t sich an die Engl, [for] c o - o p e r a t i o n in a j o i n t p r o t e s t gegen die I n c o r p o r a t i o n . L o r d N o r m a n b y a n t w o r t e t , die o u t r a g e , of ||[26]| which A u s t r i a h a d b e e n guilty i n a n n e x i n g C r a c o w , n o t g r e a t e r t h a n t h a t of which F r a n c e , in effecting a m a r r i a g e b e t w e e n t h e [ D u c de] M o n t p e n sier a n d the Spanish I n f a n t a . D e r eine act v i o l a t i o n des t r e a t y of V i e n n a , der a n d r e des t r e a t y of U t r e c h t . (1205) In justification of their c o u r s e , P a l m e r s t o n u. N o r m a n b y t h e r e w a s no o b l i g a t i o n u p o n t h e 2 P o w e r s to protest conjointly, they m i g h t satisfy t h e o b l i g a t i o n w h i c h t h e r e w a s u p o n t h e m t o p r o t e s t b y p r o t e s t i n g separately . . . i n 1836 h e stated p r e cisely the c o n t r a r y . . . G r e a t Brit, sei called u p o n to p r o t e s t , a b e r n i c h t separately, n o c h at all, except conjointly with F r a n c e . . . Sein s o g e n a n n t e r Protest v. 1846 w a s no p r o t e s t — I invite h i m to s h o w me in w h a t respect it answers to the definition of t h a t t e r m . . . the t r e a t y of U t r e c h t r e n e w e d for the last t i m e in 1782; a g a i n a b r o g a t e d by the b r e a k i n g o u t of t h e revolutionary w a r i n 1792; i t w a s n o t r e n e w e d a t C a m p o F o r m i o , L u n é ville, n o r A m i e n s ; i t w a s n o t r e n e w e d b y the t r e a t y o f P a r i s a n d V i e n n a ; has also ever since 1792 ceased to exist . . . Er selbst ( P a l m e r s t o n ) sagt 19 M a r c h , 1839 im H. o. C. bei Gelegenheit d e r b l o c k a d e s of M e x i c o u. Buenos A y r e s : " t h e p r o v i s i o n s o f the t r e a t y o f U t r e c h t h a v e l o n g lapsed in the v a r i a t i o n s of w a r " . . . . he specifies only o n e exception, t h a t relating t o the b o u n d a r i e s o f Brazilian a n d F r e n c h G u i a n a , because t h e n o b l e L o r d says, a n d says truly, t h a t t h a t clause h a d b e e n by express w o r d s i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e T r e a t y o f V i e n n a . . . i n t h e case o f t h e F r e n c h a n d Spanish m a r r i a g e s — h i s object w a s to establish a g r o u n d of discord w i t h F r a n c e . . . . In t h e case of Persia a n d A f g h a n i s t a n . . . false s t a t e m e n t s m a d e in P a r l i a m e n t , a n d g a r b l e d versions of S t a t e p a p e r s laid before it, calculated a n d i n t e n d e d to mislead the H o u s e . . . C o l l u s i o n p r a c t i s e d in the case of Persia u n i n t e r r u p t e d l y from t h e y e a r 1 8 3 4 - 3 8 , between t h e

165

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 servants o f H e r M a j e s t y a n d the servants o f t h e C z a r o f R u s s i a , for t h e p u r p o s e of d e s t r o y i n g t h a t . . . a s c e n d a n c y w h i c h the t r e a t y signed by Sir H a r f o r d J o n e s Brydges in 1811 secured to us, a n d for t h e further p u r p o s e o f placing t h e C o u r t o f T e h e r a n u n d e r t h e exclusive c o n t r o l o f t h e R u s sian envoy; t h a t similar m e a s u r e s a c c o m p a n i e d by o t h e r s of a m o r e a g g r a v a t e d description, h a d b e e n p u t in practice in A f f g h a n i s t a n . . . forgeries were c o m m i t t e d for the p u r p o s e of m i s l e a d i n g P a r l i a m e n t as to t h e i n t e n t i o n s a n d dispositions o f the princes a n d p e o p l e o f Affghanistan. . . . Bes. so v e r s t ü m m e l t , verfälscht, d u r c h s u p p r e s s i o n of w h o l e p a r a g r a p h s , p a r t s of sentences, w o r d s here a n d t h e r e selected w i t h g r e a t care die d e s p a t c h e s des late Sir Alexander Burnes wie A n s t e y n u n beweist. . . . I am in c o n d i t i o n to p r o v e it by reference to the original drafts of his desp a t c h e s . D e r Vater des late B u r n e s schreibt n ä m l i c h an A n s t e y : " S h o u l d a C o m m i t t e e of t h e H o u s e be g r a n t e d , I shall be m o s t r e a d y to lay such of t h e following d o c u m e n t s as are in my possession before it. J. Burnes.'" ... Sir A l e x a n d e r B u r n e s himself, writes to his b r o t h e r in law, M a j o r H o l l a n d , d. d. A u g . 25, 1839, on this subject: " T h e e x p o s i t i o n of t h e G o v e r n o r G e n e r a l ' s views in the P a r l i a m e n t a r y P a p e r s is pure trickery, a n d I h a v e said so in every c o m p a n y since I h a v e r e a d t h e m " . . . n o t by accident . . . frauds like these .. c o m m i t t e d . . . the E n v o y s w h o , at the C o u r t of T e h e r a n , represented E n g l a n d , were i n s t r u c t e d upon all occasions to c o n c u r w i t h the Envoys of Russia in their m e a s u r e s — t h o s e m e a s ures h a v i n g for their object the a s c e n d a n c y of R u s s i a in t h a t c o u n t r y , a n d the d e s t r u c t i o n of English influence. . . . In C e n t r a l Asia it is said to this d a y , t h a t R u s s i a a n d E n g l a n d are u n i t e d on t h e t e r m s of Sovereignty a n d vassalage. It is t h e C z a r of R u s s i a t h a t is said to be t h e Suzerain. It is the Q u e e n o f G r e a t Britain t h a t i s said t o b e t h e vassal . . . u n t i l L o r d A b e r deen, by his f a m o u s letter of M a y 20, 1842, to his Colleagues in the A d m i r a l t y , a n d o n t h e cited a u t h o r i t y o f t h e law officers o f t h e C r o w n , a n n u l l e d the instructions which t h e n o b l e L o r d h a d left b e h i n d h i m on g o i n g o u t of office d. d. 6 April, 1 u. 17 J u n e u. 28 July 1 8 4 1 — t h e right of search a n d d e t e n t i o n over F r e n c h vessels on the west c o a s t of Africa h a d b e e n t o t h e n o b l e L o r d a n effectual i n s t r u m e n t for increasing a n d s t i m u l a t i n g t h a t irritation a n d frenzy o f t h e F r e n c h m i n d a g a i n s t E n g l a n d , which his w h o l e policy h a d p r o v o k e d . . . [1141-1224] Urquhart. T h e n o b l e L o r d h a s been c h a r g e d . . . w i t h a w h o l e clear a n d c o n n e c t e d system o f guilt . . . t r u c k l i n g t o t h e powerful a n d overreaching of t h e w e a k . . . t h e M o t i o n is n o t for a C o m m i t t e e of I n q u i r y , b u t only for p a p e r s . . .

166

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

[Vol. 98. London 1848.] H. o. C. May 16 1848.

5

10

15

20

25

Urquhart. citirt die histoire des dix ans. " T h e C o n s u l of A u s t r i a h a d n o t quitted W a r s a w . . . A u s t r i a n o t disinclined t o assist i n t h e re-establishm e n t of Polish n a t i o n a l i t y . . . b u t u p o n 2 c o n d i t i o n s : the first, t h a t P o l a n d w o u l d accept for K i n g an A u s t r i a n Prince; t h e second, t h a t this p r o p o sition s h o u l d b e m a d e conjointly m i t F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d . Walewski n a c h P a r i s . A n t w o r t : 'it w a s r e a d y t o j o i n E n g l a n d , i f E n g l a n d w o u l d consent t o the project.' M r . Walewski t h e n p r o c e e d e d t o L o n d o n . L o r d P a l m e r s t o n a v o w e d ' w i t h o u t reserve', t h a t F r a n c e a n d ' n o o t h e r P o w e r ' was the object of the 'distrust a n d fears of E n g l a n d ' , t h a t ' H i s B r i t a n n i c Majesty e n t e r t a i n e d m o s t friendly relations w h i c h he w a s in nowise inclined t o d i s t u r b , w i t h St. P e t e r s b u r g h ' , t h a t h e ' w o u l d n o t c o n s e n t ' t o unite his efforts w i t h t h o s e of the K i n g of F r a n c e , 'in an object hostile or disagreeable to R u s s i a ' . " (Louis Blanc) K u r z n a c h h e r overtures m a d e by the F r e n c h G o v . t o the n o b l e L o r d . (1831) u . e r a n t w o r t e t e : " t h a t a n a m i cable i n t e r m e d i a t i o n o n the Polish q u e s t i o n w o u l d b e declined b y R u s s i a — t h a t t h e P o w e r s h a d j u s t declined a similar offer o n t h e p a r t o f F r a n c e — t h a t t h e i n t e r m e d i a t i o n of the 2 c o u r t s , F r . a n d Engl., c o u l d o n l y be by force in case of a refusal on t h e p a r t of R u s s i a — a n d t h a t t h e a m i c a b l e and satisfactory relations between the C a b . o f St. J a m e s a n d the C a b i n e t of St. P e t e r s b u r g h , w o u l d n o t allow his Brit. M a j . to u n d e r t a k e such an interference. T h e time w a s n o t yet c o m e to u n d e r t a k e such a p l a n w i t h success against t h e will of a Sovereign, w h o s e rights were i n d i s p u t a b l e . " ... [1121,1122]

[Vol. 5. London 1831.] H. o. C. Aug. 8, 1831 Poland. Hunt. " P e t i t i o n f r o m the W e s t m i n s t e r U n i o n , in f a v o u r of t h e Poles . . . c o n c l u d i n g b y p r a y i n g the H o u s e t o a d d r e s s H . M a j . t o dismiss 30 Lord P a l m e r s t o n f r o m his councils. Hume he c o n c l u d e d from t h e silence o f the G o v . , t h a t they i n t e n d e d t o d o n o t h i n g for t h e Poles, b u t a l l o w them t o r e m a i n a t t h e m e r c y o f R u s s i a . " N a c h d e m e r v o r h e r d e n Palmerston u m s o n s t gefragt " w h e t h e r a n y t h i n g w a s t o b e d o n e for u n h a p p y P o l a n d ? " Palmerston: " w h a t e v e r obligations existing treaties 35 imposed, w o u l d at all times receive t h e a t t e n t i o n of t h e G o v . "

167

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1

[Vol. 6. London 1831.] H. o. C. Aug. 16, 1831. ( A r t . 1 des W i e n e r Treaty: " T h e D u c h y of W a r s a w etc. shall be irrevocably b o u n d to the R u s s . e m p i r e by its c o n s t i t u t i o n . " ) Palmerston widersezt sich d e m A n t r a g v. E v a n s f. P r o d u c t i o n of P a p e r s in B e z u g auf die n e u trality . . . " o b s e r v e d o r violated i n the p r e s e n t w a r b y t h e States b o r d e r i n g on P o l a n d , particularly P r u s s i a " , sagt u. a.: t h e M i n i s t e r s of this c o u n t r y could n o t h a v e witnessed t h a t contest w i t h o u t the deepest regret, a n d i t w o u l d be m o s t satisfactory to t h e m to see it t e r m i n a t e d . [103, 107,108]

[Vol. 9. London 1832.]

5

io

H. o. C. Jan. 26, 1832. Herries " t h e r e w a s n o t t h e smallest i o t a of claim on t h e p a r t of R u s s i a for t h e c o n t i n u a n c e o f t h e d e b t b y E n g l a n d . . . H o l l a n d refused t o p a y h e r p o r t i o n , o n t h e g r o u n d t h a t the l o a n w a s c o n t r a c t e d t o c o n t i n u e her i n u n d i v i d e d possession of t h e Belgic provinces, a n d t h a t she no l o n g e r h a d t h e sovereignty o f t h a t c o u n t r y ; a n d i t w a s impossible, w h e n t h e principal w a s e x o n e r a t e d t h a t the s u b o r d i n a t e p a r t y s h o u l d ||[27]| [be held] b o u n d by his e n g a g e m e n t . . . [910, 911] Sir Edward Sugden t h e r e w a s n o t a single d e b a t e a b l e p o i n t i n t h e p r e s e n t q u e s t i o n . . . the G o v . h a d n o p o w e r w h a t ever to p a y a shilling of t h e m o n e y , u n d e r the c i r c u m s t a n c e s t h a t a separ a t i o n h a d d e facto t a k e n place between Belgium a n d H o l l a n d . [947] Palmerston. " e n o r m o u s sacrifices of R u s s i a to m a i n t a i n t h e integrity of all existing m o n a r c h i e s against the military s w a y of N a p o l e o n " " t h e sole r e c o m p e n s e , she d e m a n d e d w a s t h e p r e s e n t l o a n " , " a r d e n t desire of R u s s i a to c o - o p e r a t e with E n g l a n d " " W a s this g r a t u i t o u s generosity o n t h e p a r t o f R u s s i a t o b e n o w t u r n e d against herself?" " W e h a d h i t h e r t o acted in c o n c e r t with R u s s i a a n d t h e o t h e r P o w e r s . " "affairs in general w e r e p r o c e e d i n g in a satisfactory t r a i n . " [964-966] Er b e h a u p t e t s o g a r [Hemes:] " t h a t because t h e K i n g of H o l l a n d h a d n o t given his c o n s e n t to t h e s e p a r a t i o n of H o l l a n d a n d Belgium, therefore t h e separ a t i o n h a d n o t t a k e n p l a c e . " Diese separation in des K i n g ' s speech selbst e r w ä h n t . . . every p a y m e n t . . . m a d e since t h e K i n g ' s speech w a s a direct v i o l a t i o n of the treaty. [967, 968]

168

15

20

25

30

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

[Vol. 13. London 1832.] H. o. C. June 28. 1832 L o r d E b r i n g t o n rose to p r e s e n t a p e t i t i o n c o m i n g f r o m Polish refugees resident in L o n d o n . . . for Brit, interference in t h e affairs of P o l a n d . 5 [1115] Cullar Fergusson lenkt wieder die a t t e n t i o n des H o u s e a u f d e n state of P o l a n d . Verlangt c o p y des Manifests des e m p e r o r of R u s s i a d. d. F e b r u a r y , 2 6 a n d o f the " O r g a n i c S t a t u t e " t o w h i c h i t referred . . . [1115,1130] Palmerston no person c o u l d regret m o r e t h a n he did the expressions w h i c h h a d b e e n u t t e r e d , ( n ä h m l i c h d a ß d e r E m p e r o r o f R u s 10 sia a miscreant c o n q u e r o r ) [1143] Wyse: "this w a s n o t t h e first t i m e t h a t h e h a d h e a r d great t e n d e r n e s s r e c o m m e n d e d t o w a r d s t h e E m p e r o r of R u s s i a " . [1144]

[Vol. 14. London 1832.] H. o. C. July, 12. 1832. 15 Peel 2 F r a g e n v. P a l m e r s t o n " s t u d i o u s l y c o n f o u n d e d " ( R u s s i a n - D u t c h L o a n ) , the one, w h e t h e r this c o u n t r y w a s u n d e r a n o b l i g a t i o n , o f h o n o u r a n d g o o d faith, t o c o n t i n u e these p a y m e n t s t o R u s s i a ; t h e o t h e r , w h e t h e r H . M ' s G o v . w e r e w a r r a n t e d , b y law, i n a d v a n c i n g t h e m o n e y i n J a n u a r y last? [330]

20

H. o. C. Aug. 7, 1832

Colonel E v a n s giebt f o r w a r d t h e M o t i o n . . . o n the subject o f t h e infraction, by Russia, of the Treaty of V i e n n a , with respect to P o l a n d . . . [1209] Palmerston: " W i t h respect to Poland, he c o u l d also say, w i t h o u t at all touching o n t h e q u e s t i o n o f R u s s i a h a v i n g b r o k e n h e r faith t o the Poles 25 on the subject of a C o n s t i t u t i o n , t h a t , in t h e late w a r , t h e Poles, n o t t h e Russians, were t h e aggressors, for t h e y commenced t h e contest." [1215]

169

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 1

[House

of Commons] Aug.

8.

[1832]

( G r e e k L o a n C o n v e n t i o n . ) Palmerston. It h a d b e e n said, t h a t we w e r e u n d e r t a k i n g this g u a r a n t e e wholly t o please R u s s i a , a n d t h a t , i n t h e G r e e k a r r a n g e m e n t , w e were following blindly t h e policy, a n d d o i n g t h e w o r k , of the H o l y Alliance. [1273]

[Vol. 19. London 1833.] H. o. C. July 9. 1833. Cutlar Fergusson m o t i o n t h a t " H i s M a j . will be pleased n o t to recognize, or in a n y w a y give t h e sanction of his G o v . , to t h e p r e s e n t political state a n d c o n d i t i o n o f P o l a n d , the s a m e h a v i n g b e e n b r o u g h t a b o u t i n violat i o n of the Treaty of V i e n n a to which G r e a t Brit, w a s a p a r t y " . . . . [416] Lord Palmerston: no v o t e of this H o u s e w o u l d h a v e t h e slightest effecting in reversing t h e decision of Russia, " t h e Brit. G o v . were p r e v e n t e d f r o m interfering, k n o w i n g a s they did, t h a t their i n t e r p o s i t i o n w o u l d h a v e b e e n t o o late t o save t h e Poles from d e s t r u c t i o n " . . . . " t h e p r e s e n t e m p e r o r of R u s s i a w a s a m a n of high a n d g e n e r o u s feelings". . . . [435-437]

H. o. C. July 11. 1833. P. L. Bulwer verlangt die P a p i e r e über die türk.-syrische G e s c h i c h t e . Admiral Poussin arrived at C o n s t a n t i n o p e l , a n d e n g a g e d for t h e r e t r e a t o f t h e P a s h a o n certain t e r m s , which i n c l u d e d t h e refusal o f R u s s i a n assistance. To this R u s s i a refused her c o n s e n t — " y o u h a v e a s k e d for m e , a n d y o u shall h a v e m e " ; h e r t r o o p s m a r c h e d accordingly o n C o n s t a n t i n o p e l . . . N o longer a g o t h a n last C h r i s t m a s . . . C o u n t A p p o n y , t h e A u s t r i a n A m b a s s a d o r at Paris, stated, in s p e a k i n g of the Affairs of t h e East, t h a t this C o u r t h a d a greater a p p r e h e n s i o n o f F r e n c h Principles t h a n R u s s i a n a m b i t i o n . . . [571, 576] Palmerston o p p o s e s t h e M o t i o n , because t h e t r a n s a c t i o n s to w h i c h t h e p a p e r s called for referred, were i n c o m p l e t e , a n d t h e c h a r a c t e r o f the w h o l e t r a n s a c t i o n w o u l d d e p e n d u p o n its t e r m i n a t i o n . . . a s the results were n o t yet k n o w n . . . t h e M o t i o n . . . p r e m a t u r e . . . T h e h o n . G e n t l e m a n h a d u r g e d i t a s a n a c c u s a t i o n a g a i n s t ministers t h a t they h a d n o t interfered t o defend t h e S u l t a n against M e h e m e t Ali a n d p r e v e n t the a d v a n c e o f his a r m y . H e w a s n o t p r e p a r e d t o d e n y , t h a t , the latter p a r t o f last year a n a p p l i c a t i o n w a s m a d e o n t h e p a r t o f the

170

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung) Sultan t o this c o u n t r y for assistance, b u t the G o v . was a t t h a t time n o t p r e p a r e d to afford it; Ministers, in s h o r t , did n o t t h i n k it fit to afford assistance t o the P o r t e a t t h a t p a r t i c u l a r j u n c t u r e . N o d o u b t i f E n g l a n d h a d t h o u g h t f i t t o interfere, the p r o g r e s s o f t h e i n v a d i n g a r m y w o u l d 5 h a v e b e e n s t o p p e d , a n d the R u s s i a n t r o o p s w o u l d n o t h a v e b e e n called in ... T h e R u s s i a n G o v . , i n g r a n t i n g his aid t o t h e S u l t a n , h a d p l e d g e d its h o n o u r , a n d in t h a t pledge he reposed the most implicit confidence, to limit its assistance to t h e defence alone of the S u l t a n , a n d . . . to w i t h d r a w w h a t e v e r force m i g h t be p l a c e d at the disposal of t h a t sovereign, for the 10 p u r p o s e of securing his defence, as s o o n as p e a c e w a s established b e t w e e n the P o r t e a n d T u r k e y . . . i f t h e y h a d quietly b e h e l d the t e m p o r a r y occup a t i o n of the T u r k i s h capital by t h e forces of R u s s i a , it w a s b e c a u s e t h e y h a d full confidence in the h o n o u r a n d g o o d faith of R u s s i a . [578, 579,581] Col. Evans, he c o u l d n o t h e l p expressing his surprise at t h e 15 confidence w h i c h t h e n o b l e V i s c o u n t seemed to place in t h e g o o d faith of Russia. [582]

[Vol.22. London 1834.] H. o. C. March 17. 1834.

20

25

30

Sheil. I n the a u t u m n o f 1831, I b r a h i m P a c h a m a r c h e d i n t o Syria, o n D e c e m b e r 3 A c r e besieged, fell in M a y 1832, t o o k D a m a s k u s on J u n e 14, das fate of Syria entschieden d u r c h die b a t t l e at H o r n s . It w a s easy to foresee these successes, a n d to a n t i c i p a t e t h e victory of Ejyptian discipline over T u r k i s h d i s o r g a n i s a t i o n . W a s i t n o t m o s t s t r a n g e t h a t a t this period w e h a d n o A m b a s s a d o r a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ? . . . T ü r k e n v e r l a n g ten v. u n s n a v a l aid, w ü r d e a b g e s c h r e c k t h a b e n I b r a h i m from a d v a n c i n g . H e m a r c h e d on, a n d forced the passes o f t h e T a u r u s . O n D e c . 2 1 , t h e battle o f K o n i a h . . . fought, a n d the last T u r k i s h a r m y w a s a n n i h i l a t e d . The m o m e n t for R u s s i a n interposition h a d arrived. T h e E m p e r o r N i c h o las, after E n g l a n d h a d refused h e r assistance, sent G e n . M a u r a v i e f f to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , m i t a letter, w r i t t e n in t h e l a n g u a g e of fraternal e n d e a r ment, t o t h e S u l t a n , offering fleets a n d t r o o p s . T h i s p r o p o s i t i o n w a s n o t at first acceded to ||28| b u t on F e b r . 2, 1833, he applied for this sinister aid. A s yet there w a s n o English o r F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r a t C o n s t a n t i nople. P o n s o n b y , e r n a n n t N o v e m b e r , a r r i v e d erst i n M a y . 1 7 F e b r u a r y Admiral R o u s s i n r e a c h e d C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , on the 1 9 r e m o n s t r a t e d (which E n g l a n d never did) o n t h e o c c u p a t i o n o f T u r k e y b y R u s s i a n troops ... o n t h e next d a y t h e R u s s i a n f l e e t arrived i n the B o s p h o r u s . Admiral R o u s s i n e m p l o y e d his best efforts to i n d u c e I b r a h i m to sign a th

35

th

171

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 treaty, b u t h e w a s c o u n t e r a c t e d b y Russia, d a e r a l o n e w a s . . . D i e E r k l ä r u n g P a l m e r s t o n s v o m l l . A m 8 der Treaty v o n U n k i a r Skelessi . . . dieser t r e a t y a n n o u n c e d A u g u s t 2 1 , i m M o r n i n g H e r a l d . . . while C o u n t Orloff w a s a p p a r e n t l y c o m p l y i n g mit d e n wishes o f F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d , he w a s p r e p a r i n g a s t r o k e which only b e c a m e k n o w n t h e d a y after his 5 d e p a r t u r e , which h a s since covered the A m b a s s a d o r s of t h o s e c o u n t r i e s w i t h confusion, a n d h a s placed Turkey i n t h e h u g o f the b e a r . . . D i e n a v i g a t i o n of all the T u r k i s h seas u. Passage d e r D a r d a n e l l e s den E n g l ä n d e r n gesichert d u r c h Vertrag v. 1675, d a n n 1809, . . . verlangt die "copies der treaties zwischen Turkey u. R u s s i a seit 1833, u. of a n y cor- 10 r e s p o n d e n c e between the English, R u s s i a n , Turkish G o v . , respecting t h o s e treaties, to be laid before the H o u s e . " [307-309, 315, 317] Palmerston: gegen die M o t i o n . . . . [319] In their confidence M i n i s t e r s w e r e n o t deceived; t h e R u s s i a n force did retire. . . . ( E r s t Sept. 1832, sagt er, v e r l ä ß t Sir S t r a t f o r d C a n n i n g C o n s t a n t i n o p e l w o h i n er in the begin- 15 n i n g of 1832 k a m ) . . . it w a s perfectly impossible t h a t the t r e a t y (der v. U n k i a r Skelessi) n o t to be ratified at Constantinople until the month of September, should be officially known to him in A u g u s t . . . the assurances and explanations which it ( the Brit. Gov.) had received from the contracting parties to that treaty greatly tended to remove its objections ... (gibt 20 d e m Sheil zu, d a ß in d e m t r e a t y v. 8' July T u r k e y b o u n d to assist R u s s i a , if E n g l a n d was at war with Russia, Turkey m u s t exclude o u r ships f r o m t h e D a r d a n e l l e s ) . . . h e did n o t m e a n t o say, t h a t u n d e r its p r o v i s i o n s merchant vessels, m i g h t n o t , in effect, be practically excluded from the Black sea . . . t h e H o n . G e n t l e m a n w o u l d , he w a s sure, excuse h i m for 25 n o t exactly stating w h y t h e Brit, fleet went to the Dardanelles, why ran thence to Smyrna, u. why it returned from Smyrna to Malta ... [322-328] Col. E v a n s . . . t h e speech o f t h e n o b l e L o r d a p p e a r e d t o h i m t h e m o s t unsatisfactory t h a t h e h a d ever h e a r d f r o m h i m . . . . [330] [Robert Peel:] Palmerston. "I t h i n k it very likely, t h a t t h e Treaty of July 30 m a y never c o m e i n t o o p e r a t i o n . " . . . Sir Robert Peel n e n n t P a l m e r s t o n "a very inconclusive r e a s o n e r " . . . . t h e fact of R u s s i a h a v i n g o c c u p i e d C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , even for the p u r p o s e of saving it w a s as decisive a b l o w to T u r k , i n d e p e n d e n c e , as if the flag of R u s s i a n o w w a v e d on t h e Seraglio. B u t , said t h e n o b l e L o r d , the G o v . could n o t t a k e a n y step for t h e près- 35 e r v a t i o n of Turkey; it did n o t receive a n y f o r m a l a p p l i c a t i o n from t h e P o r t e for assistance u n t i l August or September; a n d a great b a t t l e was w o n b y I b r a h i m P a s h a i n July. W h a t ? Were t h e n H . M ' s G o v . s o ignor a n t of w h a t w a s passing in t h e L e v a n t , t h a t they m u s t w a i t for a formal a p p l i c a t i o n f r o m the P o r t e , before t e n d e r i n g her either advice or as- 40 sistance? . . . Wo w a r die fleet occupied: In b l o c k a d i n g t h e T a g u s a n d Scheldt . . . [336-338] t e n

172

l

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

Η. o.

C.

March 25,1834.

Palmerston. " t h e m e r e fact of this c o u n t r y b e i n g a p a r t y to the Treaty of Vienna, w a s n o t a s s y n o n y m o u s w i t h o u r g u a r a n t e e i n g t h a t t h e r e w o u l d b e n o infraction o f t h a t t r e a t y b y R u s s i a " . O'Connell h a d h e a r d t h e 5 speech of t h e n o b l e l o r d m i t surprise u. regret. [656] Th. Attwood. No h o n e s t m a n , in t h e p r i v a t e t r a n s a c t i o n s of life w o u l d say so. [657]

[Vol. 31. London 1836.] [House

of

Commons]

March

1,1836.

Sir Stratford Canning interpellirt d a s P a r l i a m e n t ü b e r d a s E i n r ü c k e n 10 v. P r e u ß e n , R u s s e n , Ö s t r e i c h e r n , am 17 F e b r . in C r a c o w . Palmerston "I a m n o t n o w p r e p a r e d t o give a n o p i n i o n o n t h e subject." [1129, 1130]

[Vol. 32. London 1836.] [House

of

Commons]

March

18,1836.

Sir Stratford Canning I n t e r p e l l a t i o n ü b e r C r a c o w .

15

[House

of

Commons]

Palmerston.

[403-420]

April 20,1836.

Grote p r e s e n t s p e t i t i o n from 60 m e r c h a n t s of t h e city of L o n d o n m. B e zug auf die H a n d e l s r e g u l a t i o n e n der R u s s e n in B l a c k Sea. . . . Sir Stratford Cannings p e t i t i o n ü b e r d e n s e l b e n G e g e n s t a n d v. G l a s g o w . Patrick M. Stewart m o t i o n . . . e n a c t m e n t s u. restrictions i n t e n d e d to i n t e r r u p t 20 our c o m m e r c e on t h e D a n u b e . . . [1258-1260] Palmerston: g o v e r n m e n t do intend to send a c o n s u l a r a g e n t to C r a c o w . I s h o u l d t r u s t , therefore, t h a t m y h o n . friend s h o u l d c o n s e n t t o w i t h d r a w t h a t p a r t o f his m o t i o n . . . [1284] A s t o t h e n a v i g a t i o n o f t h e D a n u b e . . . n o g r o u n d h a s b e e n s h o w n u p o n which this H o u s e c o u l d b e called u p o n t o t a k e a n y s t e p w i t h r e g a r d 25 to t h a t p a r t of my H o n . friend's case a n d t h a t q u e s t i o n m a y fairly be left in the h a n d s of t h e G o v . . . . [1289] Lord Mahon. W h e n he ( P a l m e r s t o n ) had sent only 2 m e n - o f - w a r to A l e x a n d r i a , n u r signified seine d i s a p p r o bation t o the P a s h a o f Ejypt, t h a t aggression (1831) w o u l d h a v e b e e n arrested, a t its o u t s e t . . . D e r S u l t a n i m p l o r e d t h e aid o f E n g l a n d . H e sent 3 0 over t o this c o u n t r y f i r s t , M . M a u r o j e n i u . d a n n N a m i k P a c h a . . . t o t h e

173

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 refusal of the n o b l e L o r d m a y be m a i n l y ascribed t h e Treaty of t h e 8* of July. . . . Sir S t r a t f o r d C a n n i n g q u i t t e d C o n s t a n t i n o p l e on A u g . 9, 1832, L o r d P o n s o n b y a p p o i n t e d N o v . 29, k ö m m t erst d e n M a i 1 n a c h C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . [1297-1299]

[Vol. 37. London 1837.] [House of Commons] March 17,

5 1837

Vixen, Treaty of A d r i a n o p l e . Roebuck: m o v e d for p a p e r s elucidatory of this singular t r a n s a c t i o n . [628] Palmerston: I m u s t object to the p r o d u c t i o n of p a p e r s . If they b e a r u p o n a question n o w u n d e r c o n s i d e r a t i o n , their p r o d u c t i o n w o u l d be d a n g e r o u s : if they refer to q u e s t i o n s t h a t a r e 10 g o n e by, they c a n obviously be of no use. [636]

[House

of Commons] March 22,

1837

A u f S t u a r t s Interpellation, Palmerston: "he had altered his intention, and had not sent a Consular Agent to Cracow, and it was not, at present, his intention to do so". [702] 15

[Vol. 38. London 1837.] [House of Commons.

25. Mai

1837.]

June 16, 1837: May 25 1837 S t u a r t m o t i o n ü b e r C o n s u l a r a g e n t in C r a cow. ( P a l m e r s t o n nicht da, H o u s e c o u n t e d aus) [1086-1088]

[Vol.43. London 1838.] [House

of Commons] June 21,

20

1838.

Vixen (Sir S t r a t f o r d C a n n i n g für d a s a p p o i n t m e n t of a select C o m m i t t e e ) [903] Peel sagt: the n o b l e L o r d expressed his surprise t h a t C a n n i n g ' s m o t i o n s h o u l d be of so trifling a c h a r a c t e r . . . p r o t e c t i o n of the Brit. C o m m e r c e trifles? . . . T h e r e are 3 distinct p o i n t s in f a v o u r of M r . Bell: 25 1) the six years' concealment of blockade by the noble Lord; 2) his answer r e t u r n e d to M r . Bell; 3) d a s e n c o u r a g e m e n t given h i m a b r o a d , by L o r d P o n s o n b y u . M r . U r q u h a r t . [947, 952] ( M a j o r i t y gegen die M o t i o n n u r 16) (184 gegen 200) |

174

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung)

[Vol. 39. London 1838.] |29| H. o. C. Dec. 14, 1837. Thomas Attwood. t h e m o m e n t t h a t a n y c o u n t r y d e p e n d e d u p o n t h e friendship of a t y r a n t , t h a t m o m e n t the p e o p l e b e c a m e slaves. T h e 5 m o m e n t t h a t R u s s i a a c q u i r e d p o w e r t o injure us, t h a t m o m e n t she a c quired d o m i n i o n over u s . . . . H e m i g h t b e told t h a t w e h a d 6 ships o f t h e line at L i s b o n . T h e ostensible excuse for m a i n t a i n i n g so m a n y ships t h e r e was to p r o t e c t t h e life of the Q u e e n of P o r t u g a l ; b u t they did n o t care so m u c h a b o u t the life o f the Q u e e n ; the real object w a s t o p u t d o w n liberty, 10 to s u p p o r t d e s p o t i s m a n d fraud, a n d to d e s t r o y t h e c o n s t i t u t i o n which the Q u e e n o f P o r t u g a l h a d s w o r n t o defend a n d m a i n t a i n . . . the R u s s i a n w a r a g a i n s t Circassia. S o m e G e n t l e m e n t h o u g h t t h a t if the R u s s i a n s e s t a b lished their d o m i n i o n in Circassia, a n d , t h r o u g h it, in Persia a n d Turkey, o u r I n d i a n e m p i r e w o u l d b e i n d a n g e r . . . T h e n o b l e L o r d h a d decla15 red last y e a r t h a t R u s s i a h a d no r i g h t to b l o c k a d e t h e p o r t s of Circassia against English ships. W h y , t h e n , h a d n o t t h e n o b l e L o r d t a k e n m e a n s t o break up that blockade? ... the true question was ... whether it was our interest t h a t she s h o u l d o c c u p y t h a t c o a s t ? . . . T h e London Gazette w a s indeed the only q u a r t e r to w h i c h a Brit, m e r c h a n t s h o u l d refer for such 20 i n f o r m a t i o n , (als die Vixen w i t h r e g a r d to t h e b l o c k a d e of the c o a s t of Circassia), a n d n o t t h e U k a s e s o f t h e E m p e r o r o f R u s s i a . . . the press . . . the t o o l o f parties . . . M r . H u m e w a s sure t o b e o u t o f the w a y w h e n e v e r a n y t h i n g o f i m p o r t a n c e w a s going f o r w a r d . . . . R u s s i a exercises h e r e n c r o a c h m e n t s w i t h m e a s u r e d insolence . . . t h e b a s e a n d infernal press, 25 the m o s t infernal d e l u d e r . . . E n g l a n d w a s b o u n d in recognizances of 800 millions never t o g o t o w a r a g a i n (said a n H o n . M e m b e r i n t h a t H o u s e seven years since); a n d a n o t h e r H o n . m e m b e r said h e k n e w it, a n d he t h a n k e d G o d for it . . . his p o c k e t full of m o n e y , a n d his h e a r t of cowardice . . . the bitterest a n d m o s t remorseless enemies t h a t the i n d u s t r y 30 and h o n o u r of E n g l a n d h a d w e r e t h e Radicals in t h a t H o u s e , a l t h o u g h he was o n e o f t h e m ; b u t h e h o p e d h e w a s n o t q u i t e s o b a d . H e wished for real l i b e r t y — n o t t h e m e r e d e g r a d a t i o n o f the a r i s t o c r a c y . . . t h e liberty h e m e a n t w a s , t h e raising u p o f t h e lower classes . . . H e w o u l d c o m e n o w to the treaty of Unkiar Skelessi. T h i s t r e a t y w a s said to be o n e of reci35 p r o c i t y — t h e n o b l e L o r d h a d so d e s i g n a t e d it on a f o r m e r occasion; t h a t reciprocity being, t h a t if the D a r d a n e l l e s s h o u l d be closed a g a i n s t E n g land in the event of war, they s h o u l d be closed a g a i n s t R u s s i a also. T h i s certainly w a s Irish reciprocity, for it w a s all on o n e side. . . . A t t w o o d s

175

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 1 r e s o l u t i o n u. a. " t o lay before the H o u s e copies of all c o m m u n i c a t i o n s b e t w e e n t h e G o v . o f this c o u n t r y a n d R u s s i a w i t h r e g a r d t o t h e n a v a l a r m a m e n t of C r o n s t a d t , t h e w a r between Russia and Circassia, and the treaty of Unkiar Skelessi". [1095, 1097-1102] Sir E. Codrington s e c o n d e d the m o t i o n . . . . R u s s i a (in 1828-9) w a s 5 d r a w n i n t o the w a r w i t h Turkey b y the c o n d u c t o f h e r allies. S h o r t l y after t h e b a t t l e of N a v a r i n o it w o u l d be seen by a reference to certain G r e e k papers, that the Emperor of Russia m a d e a proposal that in consequence of t h e insults to t h e united flags of E n g l a n d , F r a n c e , a n d R u s s i a , if Turkey did n o t agree to the t r e a t y of L o n d o n , t h o s e 3 n a t i o n s w o u l d declare 10 w a r a g a i n s t her. B y t h a t p r o p o s a l Wallachia a n d M o l d a v i a w e r e t o c o n t i n u e i n the h a n d s o f R u s s i a ; a n d h e (Sir E . C o d r i n g t o n ) w a s t o h a v e the c o m m a n d of t h e fleet, a n d t a k e possession of t h e D a r d a n e l l e s . If this a g r e e m e n t h a d b e e n entered i n t o , the c o n s e q u e n c e w o u l d h a v e b e e n , i f they were driven to the necessity of d i c t a t i n g t e r m s at t h e steps of the 15 Seraglio, T u r k e y m u s t h a v e ultimately s u b m i t t e d ; a n d by a p r o v i s i o n of the treaty, after t h a t event occurred, each n a t i o n w a s to r e s u m e its original p o s i t i o n . I f R u s s i a h a d n o t retired from Wallachia a n d M o l d a v i a , she w o u l d h a v e been compelled t o d o s o b y t h e u n i t e d force o f E n g l a n d , F r a n c e , a n d T u r k e y . . . [1102,1103] 20 \

Palmerston. ... We do n o t m e a n to interfere in a w a r c a r r y i n g on \ between R u s s i a a n d Circassia . . . As to t h e Vixen . . . R u s s i a h a d given s u c h e x p l a n a t i o n s of her c o n d u c t as o u g h t to satisfy t h e G o v . of this \ c o u n t r y . . . t h a t ship w a s n o t t a k e n d u r i n g a b l o c k a d e . . . it w a s c a p t u r e d \ because t h o s e w h o h a d t h e m a n a g e m e n t of it contravened the municipal 25 I and custom-house regulations of Russia ... It is n o t t h e i n t e n t i o n of the G o v . t o h a v e recourse t o hostile m e a s u r e s t o c o m p e l R u s s i a a n d Turk e y — t w o independent p o w e r s — t o cancel t h e t r e a t y (of U n k i a r Skelessi) m a d e b e t w e e n t h e m . . . W i t h r e g a r d t o the affair o f t h e Vixen, t h e w h o l e m a t t e r is at an e n d . . . Now, Sir, with regard to the treaty of Unkiar 30 Skelessi, that, also, is a matter which has gone by; it is a t r e a t y which, at present, is n o t o n e of t h e a c k n o w l e d g e d treaties of E u r o p e , a n d , consequently, can f o r m n o g r o u n d w h a t e v e r for E n g l a n d t o declare w a r with R u s s i a . It was a t r e a t y entered i n t o for a limited p e r i o d , a n d to meet peculiar circumstances; a n d that period having expired, a n d those circum- 35 stances having disappeared, a n d the p r o b a b i l i t y also b e i n g t h a t the 2 p o w e r s parties to it will n o t find it necessary t h a t its e n g a g e m e n t s s h o u l d be renewed, I t h i n k I am justified in saying t h a t its i n t r o d u c t i o n by the h o n . M e m b e r u p o n t h e p r e s e n t occasion is wholly unnecessary and uncalled for ... R u s s i a he ( A t t w o o d ) seems so desirous to c o n v e r t i n t o a general 40 a l a r m - g i v e r . . . . Between the beginning of 1814 a n d the e n d of 1815 R u s s i a

176

Aus Hansard's parliamentary debates (Fortsetzung) received 7 millions by w a y of subsidies f r o m E n g l a n d , a n d 4 millions as p a r t of a w a r c o n t r i b u t i o n from F r a n c e , a n d it w a s these s a m e 11 millions which e n a b l e d h e r to b r i n g u n d e r a r m s t h o s e 160,000 m e n w h o m I myself saw in the plains of C h a m p a g n e . . . . T h e p a p e r s connected with that treaty 5 were laid before the House 3 years ago . . . [1105,1109-1111] Maclean. W h i l s t Circassia was in the possession of T u r k e y this c o u n t r y h a d the s a m e r i g h t to t r a d e there by p a y i n g t h e s a m e dues paid as to t r a d e t o any o t h e r Turkish p o r t , b u t u p o n t h a t coast she w a s n o w f o r b i d d e n t o land g o o d s of a n y description which w e r e n o t included in the R u s s i a n 10 tariff, a n d t h e c o m m e r c e of E n g l a n d w a s in this respect greatly i m p e d e d ... the t r a d e of T r e b i z o n d a l o n e w a s w o r t h a million a-year. | [1112]

[Vol. 55. London 1840.] 130 [ H. o. C. July 6, 1840. (Austrian Treaty of Commerce.) [Palmerston:] " W i t h respect to the o b 15 jection, t h a t fully to realize t h e a d v a n t a g e s c o n t e m p l a t e d by this c o n nexion, a s u b s e q u e n t t r e a t y with T u r k e y w o u l d be necessary in o r d e r to prevent t h a t p o w e r from excluding u s a l t o g e t h e r f r o m t h e D a n u b e , h e would only r e m a r k , t h a t by virtue of existing treaties, English ships h a d a right o f t r a d i n g i n a n y T u r k i s h p o r t s , a n d t h a t s o all p a r t s o f t h e D a n u b e 20 c o m p r e h e n d e d w i t h i n t h e T u r k i s h t e r r i t o r y whilst t h e f r e e d o m of the remainder w a s g u a r a n t e e d by the t r e a t y with A u s t r i a . " | [487]

177

(Heft 2) Exzerpte aus britischen Zeitungen

[Notizen] |[2. Umschlagseite]| C h o l e r a strike at dear dully-deadly D u d l e y 5

arms,

varnished 10

Burnley

skilful 15

entrenchment,

savage.

decide upon forces enraged against him August 12 brave words b r a v e deeds elegant tissue of generalities ironical Jesuitism glories of the c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system |

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 2

Ml [Exzerpte aus britischen Zeitungen] 1 October. Strike of the Hop-pickers. A general strike h a s t a k e n p l a c e t h r o u g h o u t t h e h o p - g r o w i n g districts. (Morning Advertiser) L o r d P a l m e r s t o n . . . a p o p u l a r favourite. (Tallis) 5 A u t h e n t i c a c c o u n t s h a v e b e e n received t h a t the E n t i r e E n g l i s h a n d F r e n c h f l e e t s h a v e entered the D a r d a n e l l e s a n d a r r i v e d a t C o n s t a n t i n o ple. (I.e.) S t a t e d as certain t h a t Persia h a d placed at the disposal of the S u l t a n a c o r p s of 6,000 of h e r best t r o o p s . (I. c.) 10 Bucharest Sept. 14. T h e quantities of c o r n a c c u m u l a t i n g at Braila a n d G a l a t z are so large t h a t the w a n t of w a r e h o u s e r o o m s is severely felt. T r a d e is in a state of u t t e r s t a g n a t i o n , a n d t h e l a b o u r i n g classes suffer accordingly. (I.e.) At P r e s t o n 13 mills are closed, a n d at t h e e x p i r a t i o n of a fortnight 15 every mill in the t o w n is to be s h u t ||2| up by the m a s t e r s . T h e weavers h a v e this week a d d r e s s e d a m e m o r i a l to the e m p l o y e r s , soliciting an interview, or offering to refer the m a t t e r s in d i s p u t e to a r b i t r a t i o n , b u t t h e m a s t e r s h a v e declined this r e q u e s t . . . t h e r u p t u r e b e t w e e n the o p e r atives a n d e m p l o y e r s on all h a n d s seems to be increasing. (1. c.) 20

Bank of England returns for the week e n d i n g t h e 24 Sept: Depositors h a v e increased their w i t h d r a w a l s to t h e extent of £.214,788. Demand for discount h a s increased by £.400,000 decrease of active circulation to t h e extent of 486,475 £. (nearly 500,000 I.) D e c r e a s e of bullion: 25 £.181,615 b r i n g n o w £. 15,680,783. |

180

Exzerpte aus britischen Zeitungen | 3 | Notes issued: Public deposits: Private deposits: 5

10

29,065,880. £. 6,712,265 £. 10,839,185 £.17,551,450 Active circulation: £.21,935,445 Notes in reserve: £. 7,130,435 (increase £. 153,280, p r o d u c e d b y the sale o f stocks t o t h a t a m o u n t ) Governmental securities: £. 12,339,083 Private securities: £. 17,143,223 29,482,306 |

|4| T h e Siècle, w h i c h is s u p p o s e d to h a v e its i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m t h e Turkish E m b a s s y , declares t h a t the a p p l i c a t i o n t o t h e P o r t e t o send for ships from Besika B a y w a s m a d e o n t h e p r e t e x t t h a t d a n g e r w a s a p p r e h e n d e d d u r i n g t h e fêtes of the B a i r a m for t h e C h r i s t i a n s ; b u t t h e P o r t e 15 refused, o b s e r v i n g t h a t t h e r e w a s no d a n g e r , a n d t h a t if t h e r e w a s it w o u l d p r o t e c t t h e C h r i s t i a n s w i t h o u t foreign aid, a n d i t w o u l d n o t degrade itself by calling for it. It w o u l d n o t , it said, a p p l y for ships until after the fêtes, a n d t h e n in s u p p o r t for its r i g h t s — a n d a c c o r d i n g l y rußische Schiffe. (Sunday Times) unscrupulous \

20

| 5 | Monday October 3

Yesterday t h e r e w a s a g r e a t a n t i - R u s s i a n m e e t i n g at Henley. In t h e course of t h e week t h e r e will be similar expressions of p u b l i c feeling at W o l v e r h a m p t o n , Leicester, M a n c h e s t e r , B i r m i n g h a m . O n , F r i d a y . . . a m e t r o p o l i t a n d e m o n s t r a t i o n in f a v o u r of Turkey. (Morning Advertiser) 25 (London Tavern) The Turks have caused troops to advance from Trebisond and Erzer o o m t o w a r d s t h e T u r k o - R u s s i a n frontier. O r d e r s h a v e b e e n sent for the Minister of w a r at St. P e t e r s b u r g h to d e s p a t c h large b o d i e s of t r o o p s in a great h a s t e from S e b a s t o p o l to re-inforce t h e ||6| g a r r i s o n s of t h e p o r t s of 30 Anaklia, P o t i u. Nicolaief. (I.e.) Jassy Sept. 19. P r i n c e G o r t s c h a k o f f h a s j u s t c o m m u n i c a t e d to the c o m m a n d i n g officers of the different c o r p s of t h e i n v a d i n g force the instructions sent from St. P e t e r s b u r g h by t h e M i n i s t e r of W a r for t a k i n g the steps necessary to establish the w i n t e r q u a r t e r s of t h e R u s s . a r m y in 35 Wallachia u. M o l d a v i a . (Daily News) T h e K i n g o f P r u s s i a q u i t t e d Berlin o n S u n d a y evening for W a r s a w . (Sun) I

181

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 2 | 7 | Let w a r c o m e o r n o t , a n d b e its result w h a t i t m a y , w e t u r n w i t h a b h o r r e n c e from t h a t policy which, instead o f r e s t r a i n i n g the i n v a d e r b y a n a r m e d a n d resolute a t t i t u d e , has d o n e its best t o e n g a g e i n conflict 2 m i g h t y armies, inflamed by h e r e d i t a r y h a t e , a n d the fanaticism of hostile creeds, u n d e r the false pretence of preserving t h e p e a c e of E u r o p e . (Press) I

5

| 8 | Wednesday. October, 5. W e h a v e n o w 2 dispatches from V i e n n a — t h e o n e a n n o u n c i n g t h a t L o r d W e s t m o r e l a n d h a d declared a t O l m u t z t h a t E n g l a n d w o u l d n o t s u p p o r t the T u r k s , if R u s s i a agreed n o t to consider the p a s s a g e of t h e D a r d a n e l l e s by o u r ships of w a r as an infringement of t h e t r e a t y of 1841; t h e o t h e r , t h a t t h e D i v a n h a d t a k e n the initiative, a n d d e c l a r e d w a r a g a i n s t t h e n o r t h e r n C o l o s s u s . (Morning Herald) Am 2 7 Sept. hielt der S u l t a n d e n grossen R a t h . (Globe) P o t é À n a k l i a a n d P o r t St. N i k o l a i a r e to be placed in a c o n d i t i o n of defence while her forces are a d v a n c i n g in t h e n e i g h b o u r h o o d of ||9| the A r a x e s a n d of E r z e r o u m . (M. H.) T h e S u l t a n h a d o n the 2 7 c o n v o k e d a G r a n d C o u n c i l , consisting o f 120 o f t h e principal ministers, councillors, p a c h a s a n d o t h e r s — t h e q u e s tion o f p e a c e a n d w a r w a s s u b m i t t e d t o t h e m b y h i m , a n d t h e y decided i n f a v o u r of t h e latter alternative. ( G l o b e ) Times. Oct. 3 (Paris Corresp. die Nachricht über Westmoreland) On the 2 6 a G r a n d Council, convoked by the Sultan, and numbering 122 civil a n d religious dignitaries, from a m o n g s t t h e m o s t experienced a n d distinguished of his subjects, m e t to c o n s i d e r t h e rejection of t h e m o d ifications o f t h e V i e n n a N o t e b y t h e E m p e r o r o f R u s s i a a n d t h e c o u r s e t o be p u r s u e d consequent on t h a t rejection. It w a s resolved by the C o u n c i l t h a t , it w o u l d be c o n t r a r y to the dignity a n d subversive of t h e sovereign a u t h o r i t y of t h e |] 10| Sultan to sign the V i e n n a n o t e w i t h o u t t h e modificat i o n s suggested b y t h e D i v a n ; a n d t h a t i n a s m u c h a s t h e C z a r declared t h o s e m o d i f i c a t i o n s to be totally inadmissible, a n d refused to a b a n d o n his d e m a n d for an e n g a g e m e n t destructive of t h e i n d e p e n d e n c e of the O t t o m a n empire; it only r e m a i n e d for t h e C o u n c i l to advise the S u l t a n to p r o c e e d at o n c e to a d o p t the m e a s u r e s necessary for t h e p r e s e r v a t i o n of his e m p i r e , a n d to free his d o m i n i o n s from t h e presence of their i n v a d e r . (Morning Post) G r a v e as t h e p r o s p e c t of w a r m u s t be c o n s i d e r e d , a feeling is gaining g r o u n d t h a t a collision b e t w e e n the R u s s i a n s a n d T u r k s c a n n o t n o w b e well avoided; b u t t h a t a message of a r m s b e t w e e n the forces w h o h a v e

10

s t e n

15

t h

20

th

182

25

30

35

Exzerpte aus britischen Zeitungen been || 111 w a t c h i n g e a c h o t h e r for t h e last 6 weeks on either side of t h e D a n u b e , i s necessary for the h o n o u r o f b o t h parties. O n c e t h a t a n exchange of s h o t s h a s t a k e n place, it is h o p e d t h a t n e g o t i a t i o n s m a y be opened on a b r o a d e r a n d surer footing for t h e m a i n t e n a n c e of p e a c e . 5 (Guardian) |

|12| Thursday. October 6.

10

15

20

25

30

T h e Ottoman Porte h a s p r o n o u n c e d , by t h e decision of its I m p e r i a l Council, for o p e n w a r . . . . O n the o t h e r side, t h e E m p e r o r o f R u s s i a h a s declared for peace ... we c a n state u p o n u n d o u b t e d a u t h o r i t y , t h a t t h e interests of t h e "Czar", as expressed at O l m ü t z by his o w n lips, are n o t only in f a v o u r of a pacific settlement, b u t a r e reconcilable to a g r e a t extent with the c o n d i t i o n s p r o p o s e d b y ourselves. H e r e p r e s e n t e d t h a t , a s he h a d accepted t h e V i e n n a n o t e at t h e h a n d s of t h e conference in full satisfaction o f E u r o p e a n d e m a n d s , a n d o n t h e t e r m s f r a m e d b y his o p ponents, he c o u l d n o t w i t h a n y r e g a r d to his o w n dignity, be n o w referred to any second p r o p o s a l . He offered, h o w e v e r , to accept || 131 a d e c l a r a t i o n o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n which seems t o d e p r i v e the original V i e n n a n o t e o f t h e objectionable features since discovered in it, a n d stated distinctly t h a t , although h e could n o t swerve from t h e c o n d i t i o n s f i r s t i m p o s e d u p o n him, he was r e a d y to a d m i t at o n c e such an e x p l a n a t i o n of t h o s e c o n ditions as w a s c o n f o r m a b l e to t h e views of the F r e n c h a n d British G o v e r n m e n t s , p r o v i d e d only t h a t his a c k n o w l e d g e d rights w e r e still maintained. (Times) It c a n surely never be w o r t h while to p l u n g e E u r o p e into w a r for the sake of such a difference as this. T h e r e is no l o n g e r a n y dispute a b o u t t h e substance of t e r m s of p e a c e . (I.e.) " c o u p l e of savage chiefs in the interior of Africa. (1. c.) After all, w h a t d o e s t h e w o r l d c a r e for the E m p e r o r of R u s s i a , t h a t it s h o u l d go to w a r o u t of deference to his political mistakes? (I.e.) |]14| If, as we b e g a n by asserting, t h e h y p o thetical w a r i m p e n d i n g is to be an H o m e r i c W a r of K i n g s , w h i c h of all these R o y a l p e r s o n a g e s will find himself on t h e t h r o n e w h e n it is at e n d ! " (I.e.) News from B u c h a r e s t d. d. 2 4 Sept., h a s b e e n received here (... Paris). It contains sad r e p o r t s of t h e c o n d i t i o n of t h e R u s s i a n t r o o p s in t h e Principalities. N e a r l y \ of t h e m are in t h e h o s p i t a l or r a t h e r on t h e sick list, for there is b u t very small h o s p i t a l a c c o m m o d a t i o n , a n d w r e t c h e d medical a t t e n d a n c e . T y p h u s h a s b r o k e n o u t a m o n g s t t h e soldiery, a n d cholera, t o o , h a s m a d e its a p p e a r a n c e . T h e i r f o o d i s scanty a n d u n w h o l e some, the c o m m i s s a r i a t being totally inefficient. (Morning Post) | t h

X

A

35

183

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 2 | 1 5 | T o - m o r r o w afternoon t h e r e will be a m e e t i n g in D o w n i n g s t r e e t of t h e C a b i n e t m i n i s t e r s . (Globe) bedquiltmakers w o r k i n g m e n t h r e w the lot, w h e t h e r t h e y s h o u l d c o m m e n c e i n striking, a n d t h e n t h e m a s t e r s closed u n a n i m o u s l y their s h o p s . Bolton. M a s t e r s , in t h e v a r i o u s places, strafen sich wechselseitig m i t 5000 ( M a n c h e s t e r ) , 2000 (Bolton), 3000 (Preston) weiches zuerst n a c h g i b t . Fabrikanten in Bury

|[16]|

Ger

st.

Broadstr.

|[17]|

gegenüber

Arzt

in

Freiburg

|

10

Friday. October 7.

T h e only result w o u l d be a d o c u m e n t b e a r i n g t w o conflicting i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s , e a c h of w h i c h m i g h t be m a d e available in t u r n . (Times) T h e weste r n p o w e r s , therefore, require t h a t the V i e n n a n o t e s h o u l d b e p u t entirely aside, as d e s t r o y e d by t h e C z a r ' s o w n exposition of its p u r p o r t , a n d t h a t a new i n s t r u m e n t s h o u l d be framed to o b v i a t e a n y future m i s u n d e r s t a n d ing. T h i s is t h e q u e s t i o n n o w at issue b e t w e e n R u s s i a a n d E u r o p e . (1. c.) It is a q u e s t i o n , as the r e a d e r will see, of forms exclusively. (1. c.) t h e B a n k o f F r a n c e h a s raised its r a t e o f d i s c o u n t t o 4 % , t h a t o f Berlin a t 5 % , a t t h a t of St. P e t e r s b u r g h at 6% (1. c.) | I [18] I T h e e n c r o a c h m e n t s of a P o w e r so m e n a c i n g as R u s s i a m u s t u n d o u b t e d l y be e n c o u n t e r e d , if necessary, by t h e a r m e d resistance of E u r o p e , b u t a t p r e s e n t n o e n c r o a c h m e n t s are t h r e a t e n e d . R u s s i a i s willing to accept the c o n d i t i o n s we p r o p o s e ; a n d , if we fight, we shall be fighting n o t for t e r m s , b u t for t h e forms in w h i c h t h o s e t e r m s shall be framed (I.e.) Bombay. M a s t e r Spinners a n d M a n u f a c t u r e r s a n n o u n c e R u s s i a gains everything, if she c a n k e e p t h e Passage, a n d a v o i d a w a r . A n d , for t h e p u r p o s e s procrastination is everything. (Morning Herald) \ I [19] I T h e F r e n c h G o v . h a s resolved to t a k e t h e bull by the h o r n s — 3 0 , 0 0 0 m e n are u n d e r o r d e r s to be r e a d y at a m o m e n t ' s notice, to be s h i p p e d o n b o a r d the O c e a n s q u a d r o n , w h i c h will waft t h e m t o S t a m b o u l — T h e c o m m a n d of the c o r p s d ' a r m é e will in all p r o b a b i l i t y be bestowed u p o n G e n e r a l C a n r o b e r t . . . t h e p l a n a r r a n g e d a t p r e s e n t is, t h a t E n g l a n d will send 10,000 m e n , a n d t h a t F r a n c e will t a k e 20,000 f r o m the late Hilfort C a m p , a n d ||[20]| 10,000 m o r e from Algiers. T h e y will p r o c e e d a t o n c e t h r o u g h the Sea o f M a r m o r a a n d the B o s p h o r u s i n t o the Black

184

5

15

20

25

30

35

BP

Exzerpte aus britischen Zeitungen Sea, a n d b e d i s e m b a r k e d a t V a r n a , s o a s t o t a k e t h e R u s s i a n s i n t h e rear. A p l a n is also f o r m e d to p r e v e n t t h e R u s s i a n s f r o m crossing t h e D a n u b e , or traversing the ||[21]| defiles of the B a l k a n . . . T h e Patrie a n n o u n c e s , in a c o m m u n i c a t e d n o t e , t h a t t h e telegram re5 ceived this evening from t h e E a s t d o e s n o t c o n f i r m t h e d e c l a r a t i o n of w a r by the S u l t a n , r e p o r t e d by t h e M o r n i n g C h r o n i c l e . (1. c.) |

I [23] I Schiffe nach America. Southampton, 10 Liverpool

O c t o b e r 12, Wednesday Hermann. O c t o b e r 26, Franklin. N o v e m b e r 9, Washington. November 23, Humboldt. O c t o b e r 19, Arctic. N o v e m b e r 7, Baltic. |

I [24] I Colonel Maberley. 15 " T h e E m p e r o r of R u s s i a h a s declared for P e a c e . " | I [25] I t h e o p e r a t o r s h a v e inscribed on their b a n n e r s " 1 0 % , a n d no surr e n d e r s " . (Tottis)

Monday. October 10. T h e miserable c o n d i t i o n of R u s s i a n t r o o p s in t h e Principalities. (M. P.) 20 T h e o r a t o r s of the L o n d o n T a v e r n s h o w e d their g o o d ruse, in t h e general expression o f their belief t h a t L o r d P a l m e r s t o n w a s the M i n i s t e r best fitted to vindicate English interests. (I.e.) 4 0 articles, w e h a v e n o d o u b t , c o n d e m n a t o r y o f R u s s i a h a v e a p p e a r e d in the Times. B u t w h e n a n y practical m e a s u r e is suggested which m i g h t , 25 in any degree, rein or c o n t r o l this R u s s i a n a r r o g a n c e , t h e n forth c o m e s the Times to d e p r e c a t e a n y t h i n g w h i c h m i g h t lead to w a r , a n d to insist u p o n the c o n t i n u a n c e of endless a n d p u r p o s e l e s s n e g o t i a t i o n s . (M. H.) G o v e r n m e n t h a s b e e n forced t o raise the interest o n Exchequerbills from 1 d. to 2 d . p. c. per diem. (D. N.) w a r e n ||[26]| gefallen m e h r als 30 1 0 % discount. (I.e.) t h e u n f o r t u n a t e financier. (I.e.) We do n o t assert that t r a d e m a y n o t a l r e a d y h a v e b o r r o w e d t o o m u c h . (I.e.) " H o w will he ( G l a d s t o n e ) p r o v i d e for t h e p a y m e n t of t h e dissentions f r o m his c o n -

185

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 2 version scheme, which will require, first a n d last, a b o u t 8,000,000?" (1. c.) Shameful will it be in the G o v . s h o u l d t h e difficulties w h i c h t r a d e m a y h a v e t o e n c o u n t e r t h r o u g h t o o m u c h eagerness a n d m i s c a l c u l a t i o n — t h o u g h w e h o p e t h e y will n o t b e g r e a t — b e a u g m e n t e d b y G o v e r n , c o m i n g i n t o the m a r k e t for a loan to supply deficiencies occasioned by 5 financial m i s c a l c u l a t i o n s , all the elements of w h i c h were at the c o m m a n d of t h e F i n a n c i e r . (1. c.) | I [27] I T h e C a b i n e t C o u n c i l season h a s b e g u n . T h e first w a s held on F r i d a y , t h e s e c o n d on S a t u r d a y , a n d a t h i r d w a s a n n o u n c e d for this d a y . (1. c ) . T h e S u l t a n a n d his Ministers are u n d e r s t o o d to h a v e i n t i m a t e d t h a t 10 if the e v a c u a t i o n of t h e D a n u b i a n principalities is n o t in p r o g r e s s in the c o u r s e of 9 weeks, w a r will be declared. (1. c.) " T h e O t t o m a n P o r t e h a s a n n o u n c e d a c o n d i t i o n t o the d e c l a r a t i o n o f w a r , t h a t hostilities against the C z a r w o u l d only t a k e p l a c e i n t h e event of t h e R u s s i a n t r o o p s n o t e v a c u a t i n g M o l d a v i a a n d W a l l a c h i a within 15 9 weeks." The harvest in most parts of Germany and in Russia appears to have given nearly as unsatisfactory a result as in this c o u n t r y ; indeed, as r e g a r d s quality, ||[28]| t h e c o m p l a i n t s from the N o r t h o f E u r o p e are m o r e general t h a n we r e m e m b e r for several years p a s t . Letters f r o m D a n z i g 20 i n f o r m us t h a t only a very small p r o p o r t i o n of n e w w h e a t w h i c h h a s b e e n b r o u g h t f o r w a r d h a d p r o v e d o f suitable q u a l i t y for s h i p m e n t . . . . F r o m K ö n i g s b e r g we h a v e similar r e p o r t s in respect to the result of t h e harvest; a n d the failure of the P o t a t o c r o p is said to be g r e a t e r in t h a t n e i g h b o u r h o o d t h a n in a n y y e a r since 1847 . . . At R o t t e r d a m , on M o n d a y , w h e a t 25 w a s 5 s. p. qr. tighter t h a n on t h a t d a y week. . . . | I [29] I F r o m t h e M e d i t e r r a n e a n we learn t h a t , n o t w i t h s t a n d i n g the e x p e c t a t i o n of large supplies from t h e Black Sea, t h e value of w h e a t h a d c o n t i n u e d t o m o v e u p w a r d s . . . . Letters from G a l a t z , o f t h e 2 2 ult., state t h a t g o o d qualities of w h e a t m i g h t h a v e been b o u g h t there at 24 sh., a n d 30 t h e best descriptions a t 2 7 sh. p . qr. free o n b o a r d . F r e i g h t t o E n g l a n d w a s , however, so high as to h a v e p u t a s t o p to s h i p m e n t ; t h e r a t e s asked were, for the U n i t e d K i n g d o m 24 s. 6 d., a n d for Marseilles 21 s. 6 d. p . qr. L a r g e stocks w e r e held there, a n d G r a n a r y r o o m h a d b e c o m e | I[30]I scarce. (Mark Lane Express). 35 T h e r e h a v e b e e n riots a g a i n i n t h e C h a m p a g n e , the L o r r a i n e a n d the Alsace (Leader u. Nation.) In P a r i s t h e r e h a v e been s o m e slight d i s t u r b a n c e s a b o u t daily (I.e.) t o u j o u r s à p r o p o s des grains, et a u x cris d ' à b a s N a p o l é o n . (I.e.) A very general i m p r e s s i o n prevailed in the a r o u n d t h a t this régime w o u l d get 40 t h r o u g h the c o m i n g winter with difficulty, a n d t h a t w h e n t h e p o p u l a t i o n d

186

Exzerpte aus britischen Zeitungen o f Paris crossed b y h u n g e r a n d b y t h e w a n t o f w o r k , s h o u l d b e stirred u p to one of t h o s e terrible fits of p a s s i o n w h i c h s o m e t i m e s seize a p e o p l e , it w o u l d rise like o n e m a n , a n d sweep B o n a p a r t i s m f r o m its p a t h . Alrea]|[31]|dy a d e e p d i s c o n t e n t is setting a m o n g the w o r k i n g m e n . T h e y 5 are flocking in f r o m t h e provinces, l u r e d by t h e c h e a p e r b r e a d , a n d are c o m p e t i n g w i t h their fellow w o r k m e n for subsistence. Wages a r e beginning to fall. M o r e o v e r , the r u n of w o r k is slackening sensibly, c o n s u m p tion is falling off. T h e p r o s p e c t of a crisis m a k e s t h e w o r k c a u t i o u s a n d the stops early. W o r k s h o p s are closing h e r e a n d there. (Leader) 10 Bacup. Burnley masters combination. At Burnley t h e y h a v e b o u n d themselves u n d e r a p e n a l t y of 2,000 I. to be b o u n d to each o t h e r , a n d at B a c u p they have entered i n t o a similar b o n d , with a p e n a l t y of £. 5,000. (1. c.) |

I[32]I

15 October. Talus. Saturday

15 " G a o l I n q u i r i e s " are n o w a c o n s t a n t feature in t h e r e p o r t s of t h e press. F r o m w h a t h a s b e e n disclosed till n o w , i t a p p e a r s t h a t P r i s o n discipline in B i r m i n g h a m consists of collars a n d m u r a l t o r t u r e ; in Leicestershire of cranks, a n d i n H a m p s h i r e o f t h e less artificial m e t h o d o f s t a r v a t i o n . A n d you call this a free c o u n t r y ! (Tallis modified) 20 As stated in a f o r m e r letter t h a t t h e socalled p e a c e c o n c l u d e d w i t h B u r m a h w a s b u t a c o m m e n c e of w a r , a n d t h a t the n e w acquisition to | I [33] I t h e I n d o - B r i t i s h e m p i r e w o u l d p r o v e t h e s a m e s o u r c e of p e r m a n e n t troubles. F r o m t h e last O v e r l a n d m a i l w e are i n f o r m e d o f t h e B u r m a h war p a r t y increasing in strength, of t h e n e w p r o v i n c e s being literally 25 possessed by large b a n d s of r o b b e r s , instigated by the G o v . of A v a a n d requiring a c o n s i d e r a b l e increase of military force at P r o m e ; a n d of " t h e British t r o o p s being sickly a n d disgusted, h e a l t h y sites for b a r r a c k s having n o t yet b e e n d i s c o v e r e d " . — ( I . e . ) . In the P a t n a district t h e shameful neglect of all m e a n s of irrigation on 30 the p a r t of t h e British rulers is a g a i n p r o d u c i n g , at this m o m e n t , its regular c o n t i n g e n t o f c h o l e r a a n d famine, c o n s e q u e n t o n the l o n g - c o n tinued d r o u g h t . (I.e.)

t h

I [34] I It is s h o w n by a r e t u r n j u s t issued t h a t the y e a r e n d e d t h e 5 of 35 J a n u a r y last the d u t y on t o b a c c o a n d snuff a m o u n t e d to £.4,542,572. F r o m a n o t h e r official d o c u m e n t i t a p p e a r s t h a t i n the m o n t h e n d e d t h e 5 u l t , t h e r e w e r e 9,838 cwt. of p o t a t o e s i m p o r t e d , a g a i n s t 1,896 cwt. at th

187

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 2 t h e s a m e year. A t h i r d p a r l i a m e n t a r y p a p e r i n f o r m s us of t h e q u a n t i t y of o p i u m i m p o r t e d i n t h e m o n t h e n d i n g the 5 ult. b e i n g 10,832 lbs, a g a i n s t 23,991 lbs. in the s a m e m o n t h in t h e p r e c e d i n g year. (I.e.) A f o u r t h r e p o r t j u s t issued gives the following statistics of wrecks of British a n d foreign vessels on t h e coast of ||[35]| t h e U n i t e d K i n g d o m . t h

total wrecks.

Sunk by leaks or collisions.

1850 277 84 total: t o t a l lives lost: 784. 1851 353 lives lost: 750 [total:] 1852

stranded and damaged so as to require to discharge cargo. 304 681

5

10

348 701. 1100

15

lives lost: a b o u t 900 I

|[36]|

Monday October 17. th

T h e c o m b i n e d fleets were still in Besika B a y on t h e 6 . T h e manifesto o f P o r t e h a d b e e n f o r w a r d e d t o t h e v a r i o u s P o w e r s . It is said t h a t 6 F r e n c h f r i g a t e s — t h e V a u b a n , t h e D e s c a r t e s , t h e A s m o - 20 dèe, t h e C a c i q u e , t h e M o n t e z u m a , a n d t h e P a n a m a — a r e t o b e f i t t e d o u t to j o i n the allied fleets. (Morning Post) \ I [37] I At all times the British d i p l o m a t i s t s try to a t t a i n t h e object of the g o v e r n i n g classes w i t h o u t offending the prejudices a n d the feelings of the g o v e r n e d classes. (Leader) 25 I n n o single y e a r from 1846-1852 h a v e t h e supplies f r o m R u s s i a ( w h e a t u. flour) b e e n e q u a l to 2 0 % . (Economist.) I t i s asserted i n P a r i s yesterday ( S u n d a y ) t h a t a n i m p o r t a n t dispatch h a d been received f r o m St. P e t e r s b u r g h . T h e C z a r , w h o h a d p r o m i s e d t o accept a n y p r o p o s a l s the m e d i a t i n g P o w e r s m i g h t m a k e , h a s , on receiving 30 the n e w s of t h e T u r k i s h d e c l a r a t i o n of w a r , declared, t h a t he retracts all his concessions. H e a d d e d t h a t n o t h i n g r e m a i n e d n o w b u t w a r t o the knife, (guerre à l ' o u t r a n c e ) . Sun. \ I [38] I T h e C o n s t i t u t i o n a l affirms, t h a t o r d e r s h a v e b e e n sent to T o u l o n to get sufficient ships ready to convey t r o o p s to t h e D a r d a n e l l e s . 35 (Standard)

188

Exzerpte aus britischen Zeitungen T h e t e r m w h i c h the T u r k i s h m a n i f e s t o f i x e s for t h e e v a c u a t i o n o f t h e Principalities expires on t h e 2 5 i n s t . (Morning Chronicle) T h e E m p e r o r N i c h o l a s h a d j u s t sent a c o u r i e r i n all h a s t e t o V i e n n a t o declare t h a t h e accepted freely a n d completely t h e w h o l e o f t h e c o n d i 5 tions p r o p o s e d by the m e d i a t i n g P o w e r s , w h e n he received t h e declaration of w a r on t h e side of t h e P o r t e . (Times). \ I [39] I On t h e 9 Prince G o r t c h a k o f f received t h e T u r k i s h U l t i m a t u m , ü b e r b r a c h t ihm dieß eigens d u r c h R e d s c h i d s s o n . (intimated by Omar Pasha to Prince Gortchakoff) tb

t h

•10

Manifesto

of the

Sublime

Porte.

T h e S u l t a n ' s c o n d u c t h a s given n o m o t i v e for q u a r r e l — h e h a s a c t e d w i t h a r e m a r k a b l e spirit of m o d e r a t i o n a n d conciliation. . . . T h e q u e s t i o n of the H o l y Shrines h a d b e e n settled to t h e satisfaction of all p a r t i e s . . . Russia h a s infringed all t h e treaties w i t h Turkey. . . . T h e V i e n n a n o t e i n 15 its p u r e a n d simple f o r m h a s n o t b e e n a d o p t e d by t h e P o r t e , b e c a u s e as a whole i t w a s n o t different from t h a t o f P r i n c e M e n ç h i k o f f . . . T h e I n t e r pretation o f the g r e a t p o w e r s z u s t i m m e n d , s u c h t e n ihre g o o d i n t e n t i o n s . It m u s t be r e m a r k e d , h o w e v e r , ||[40]| t h a t while we h a v e still before o u r eyes a strife of religious privileges raised by R u s s i a , w h i c h seeks to b a s e 20 its claims on a p a r a g r a p h so clear a n d so precise in the t r e a t y of K a i n a r d j i . . . w a s w e r d e auf die G e f a h r h i n t h e risk o f placing i n the h a n d s o f Russia v a g u e a n d o b s c u r e p a r a g r a p h s . . . w h i c h w o u l d offer to R u s s i a a solid pretext for h e r p r e t e n t i o n s to a religious surveillance a n d p r o t e c torate . . . the very l a n g u a g e i h r e r eigenen e m p l o y é s . . . is a p a t e n t p r o o f of 25 the justice of the o p i n i o n of t h e O t t o m a n g o v e r n m e n t — t h e refusal of Russia t o a c c o r d t h e m o d i f i c a t i o n s r e q u i r e d b y t h e S u b l i m e P o r t e w a s grounded on its desire n o t to allow explicit t e r m s to ||[41]| replace v a g u e expressions, w h i c h m i g h t at s o m e future p e r i o d furnish it w i t h a p r e t e x t for i n t e r m e d d l i n g . . . t h e O t t o m a n C a b i n e t w a s o n t h e p o i n t o f e n t e r i n g 30 into n e g o t i a t i o n s w i t h t h e representatives of t h e P o w e r s on the basis of a draft n o t e d r a u g h t up by itself in c o n f o r m i t y w i t h their suggestions (welche occupying a m i d d l e place b e t w e e n t h e n o t e of t h e Sublime P o r t e a n d that o f Prince Mençhikoff). I t w a s a t this m o m e n t t h a t n e w s o f t h e p a s sage of the P r u t h by the R u s s i a n s arrived, a fact w h i c h c h a n g e d t h e 35 whole face of t h e q u e s t i o n . O m e r P a s h a to commence hostilities if after a delay of 15 d a y s f r o m t h e arrival of his d e s p a t c h at t h e R u s s . h e a d q u a r ters an answer in the negative shall be r e t u r n e d . . . S h o u l d the reply of Prince G o r ç h a k o f f b e negative, t h e R u s s i a n agents are t o q u i t t h e O t t o -

189

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 2 m a n states, a n d t h a t the c o m m e r c i a l relations of t h e respective subjects of t h e 2 gov. shall be b r o k e n off. At the s a m e time the S u b l i m e P o r t e will n o t consider i t j u s t t o lay a n e m b a r g o u p o n R u s s i a n m e r c h a n t vessels, D a s h a s b e e n the practice. C o n s e q u e n t l y they will ||[42]| be w a r n e d to resort either to the Black Sea or to the M e d i t e r r a n e a n , as t h e y shall think fit, w i t h i n a t e r m t h a t shall hereafter be fixed . . . T h e S u b l i m e P o r t e will leave t h e straits o p e n to the mercantile m a r i n e of friendly p o w e r s . | I [43] I Le I o c t o b r e , les r e p r é s e n t a n t s des p u i s s a n c e s o n t reçu la c o m m u n i c a t i o n de la lettre de s o m m a t i o n adressée au p r i n c e G o r ç h a k o f f et du manifeste a n n o n ç a n t à l ' E u r o p e les r é s o l u t i o n s de la P o r t e . (Press) L ' é t a t de guerre e n t r e la Turquie et la R u s s i e restera l o n g t e m p s p u r e m e n t n o m i n a l , d e m o i n s d a n s les limites des d e u x e m p i r e s e n E u r o p e , et d a n s les d e u x lignes d ' o p é r a t i o n s d a n s les p r o v i n c e s i m p r a c t i c a b l e s sur la rive g a u c h e et sur la rive droite du D a n u b e inférieur. La g u e r r e est impossible d a n s la ||[44]| saison actuelle, et j u s q u ' a u p r i n t e m p s . (I.e.) Le 9 c o u r a n t sa majesté l ' e m p e r e u r a o r d o n n é u n e r é d u c t i o n i m p o r t a n t e de l ' a r m é e . 1st blos congé für u n g e f ä h r 100.000, les c a d r e s r e s t a n t les m ê m e s . (I.e.) Les a m b a s s a d e u r s turcs à P a r i s et à L o n d r e s et les c o n sulats turcs en S a r d a i g n e , o n t été a u t o r i s é p a r la P o r t e O t t o m a n e à e n r ô ler des turcs p o u r le service du sultan et à leur a n n o n c e r les frais de r o u t e . . . . Ces j o u r s derniers M. de Bruck a fait des o b s e r v a t i o n s à la P o r t e sur l'in||[45]|tention q u ' o n lui p r ê t e de faire un appel a u x réfugiés politiques p o u r former u n e légion é t r a n g è r e . R e s c h i d P a s h a a r é p o n d u à l'intern o n c e d ' A u t r i c h e q u e , m a l g r é les p r o p o s i t i o n s q u ' o n n e cessait d e faire a u g o u v e r n e m e n t à cet égard, il n ' a v a i t e n c o r e rien décidé, m a i s q u e si la Turquie était a b a n d o n n é e p a r ses alliés, elle se croirait p a r f a i t e m e n t en d r o i t d ' u s e r de t o u s les m o y e n s p o u r sa p r o p r e défense, et q u e si d a n s ce cas elle e m p l o y a i t les services des réfugiés politiques disséminés d a n s divers p a y s de l ' E u r o p e , p e r s o n n e n ' a u r a i t á y t r o u v e r á redire. |

5

e r

10

15

20

25

1 [46] J N o u s a v o n s lieu de croire q u e la d e m a n d e officielle du c o n c o u r s 30 de la F r a n c e et de l'Angleterre, de la p a r t de la P o r t e O t t o m a n e , est en ce m o m e n t arrivée à P a r i s et à L o n d r e s . (Constitutionnel) Wien Sonntag 16 October (Teleg. d e s p a t c h ) F ü r s t G o r t s c h a k o f f b e a n t w o r t e t e O m e r P a s h a ' s Schreiben negativ; ü b e r die R ä u m u n g der F ü r s t e n t h ü m e r k ö n n e er nicht verfügen. | 35

190

Exzerpte aus britischen Zeitungen

j [47] I 19 October Mittwoch. Verfassungsentwurf

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

f.

das

Herzogthum

Schleswig.

Titel 1. § 1. U n s e r H e r z o g t h u m Schleswig ist ein u n z e r t r e n n l i c h e s Z u b e h ö r u n s e r e r d ä n i s c h e n K r o n e . Hinsichtlich d e r Erbfolge in derselben dient das Thronfolgegesetz v. 2 1 . Juli 1853 z u r R i c h t s c h n u r . §2 Hinsichtlich derjenigen A n g e l e g e n h e i t e n die n a c h B e k a n n t m a c h u n g v o m 28. J a n u a r 1852 z u d e m a m t l i c h e n W i r k u n g s k r e i s unseres M i n i s t e r i u m s f. die a u s w ä r t i g e n A n g e l e g e n h e i t e n , K r i e g s m i n i s t e r i u m s , F i n a n z m i n i s t e r i u m s u . M a r i n e m i n i s t e r i u m s g e h ö r e n , h a t Schleswig m i t den ||[48]| ü b r i g e n Bestandtheilen der M o n a r c h i e g e m e i n s a m e Gesetzgebung u. V e r w a l t u n g . . . 1 7 % des Defizits v. d e n besondren E i n n a h m e n des H e r z o g t h u m s bestritten. R e i c h e n die E i n n a h m e n des H e r z o g t h u m s zur Bestreitung der Q u o t e nicht hin, s o w i r d der L a n d t a g nicht ü b e r d e n Betrag, s o n d e r n ü b e r die A r t des A u f b r i n g e n s Beschluß fassen. § 9 entzieht d e n G e r i c h t e n d a s Befugnisrecht eine obrigkeitliche Verfügung als u n r e c h t m ä s s i g zu bestreiten. Titel 2. § 11 E i n b e r u f u n g der S t ä n d e in j e d e m 3 J a h r . § 20 W a h l r e c h t (actives u. passives) auf d e n W a h l d i s t r i k t b e s c h r ä n k t . | I [49] I Un n o u v e a u conflict semble e m i n e n t à C o p e n h a g u e , e n t r e le g o u vernement et la c h a m b r e des d é p u t é s . A p r o p o s de la prise en c o n s i d é r a tion d u projet d e nouvelle loi f o n d a m e n t a l e p o u r l e r o y a u m e d e D a n e m a r k p r o p r e m e n t dit, la p l u p a r t des o r a t e u r s se sont p r o n o n c é s avec énergie c o n t r e l ' a b o l i t i o n d e C o n s t i t u t i o n existante, aussi l o n g t e m p s q u e le g o u v e r n e m e n t n ' a u r a p a s s o u m i s au F o l k e t h i n g le projet de la C o n stitution p o u r la m o n a r c h i e t o u t entière. Le g o u v . s'est m o n t r é très réservé en présence de cette p r é t e n t i o n et résolu à ne p a s céder et à ne p a s présenter d e n o u v e a u projet. A p r è s u n e c o u r t e discussion l'assemblée, sous la présidence de M. Tschaning, a décidé, d a n s la séance du 14 o c t o b r e , d ' é c a r t e r le projet du gouv. ||[50]| et de p r e n d r e p o u r b a s e des délibérations la loi f o n d a m e n t a l e d a n o i s e de 1849, en s u p p r i m a n t les articles qui a p p a r t i e n n e n t à la c o n s t i t u t i o n c o m m u n e à la m o n a r c h i e t o u t entière. P o u r être électeur d a n s le H o l s t e i n il faut p o s s é d e r en b i e n f o n d s une valeur de 800 rixdalers, inscrite à la caisse d ' a s s u r a n c e de l'état 300 rixdalers suffisent d a n s le Schleswig. Les a u t r e s dispositions sont, restées les m ê m e s à p e u près; l'assemblée des états H o l s t e i n o i s a u r a 49 m e m b r e s ; celle du Schleswig 4 3 . P o u r être électeur il faut être agi de 25 ans d a n s le H o l s t e i n , de 30 d a n s le Schleswig. Les d é p u t é s ||[51]| ne peuvent être élus q u e d a n s le district qui'ils h a b i t e n t . Le d r o i t électoral est enlevé à t o u s les individus c o m p r o m i s d a n s la r é v o l u t i o n et amnistiés. (Indépendance)

191

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 2 Il est positif q u ' o n a d e m a n d é à A b d e l K a d e r si en cas de g u e r r e c o n t r e la Russie, il p r e n d r a i t un c o m m a n d e m e n t . Les n é g o c i a t i o n s a u r a i e n t été c o n d u i t e s p a r le Scheick-ul-Islam, et les Turcs a s s u r e n t q u e l'émir s'est m o n t r é disposé à entrer au service de la Turquie, m a i s qu'il a u r a i t exigé q u ' o n prit l'avis de B o n a p a r t e . Le c o m m a n d e m e n t q u ' o n lui destine 5 serait celui de l ' a r m é e d'Asie. (Wiener Presse) | I [52] j We q u i t e u n d e r s t a n d the p o p u l a r i t y of a w a r w i t h R u s s i a on behalf of t h e Poles or t h e H u n g a r i a n s , even if t h e r e w e r e no g r o u n d for o u r interference, except political s y m p a t h y , a n d o u r interest in c o n s t i t u t i o n a l freedom. (Times. October 12) 10 T h e first collision between British a n d R u s s i a n a r m i e s w o u l d be a sign a l o f r e v o l u t i o n all over the c o n t i n e n t , a n d w e t h i n k i t b y n o m e a n s unlikely, n o r , indeed, a l t o g e t h e r objectionable, t h a t such a c o n s i d e r a t i o n m a y h a v e occasionally passed t h r o u g h t h e m i n d s of o u r aristocratic, | I[53]I p l u t o c r a t i c , timocratic, despotic, a n d a n y t h i n g b u t d e m o c r a t i c rul- 15 ers. (Times. October 19) We are deliberately to go to w a r with R u s s i a in defence of t h e Turkish nominal sovereignty over certain really i n d e p e n d e n t P r o v i n c e s , because by so d o i n g we shall p r o v o k e a rebellion in t h e A u s t r i a n e m p i r e . (I.e.) 20 T h e Siècle of this d a y gives an a c c o u n t of the arrest of M. G o u d c h a u x , t h e b a n k e r a n d exminister o f F i n a n c e . T h e c h a r g e a g a i n s t h i m i n the w a r r a n t w a s t h a t of being possessed of a r m s a n d of b e i n g affiliated with secret societies. T h e r e w a s a great ||[54]| n u m b e r of receipts for m o n e y given to t h e necessitous families of political exiles, a n d these were all k e p t 25 by the police; b u t M. G o u d c h a u x , after a d e t e n t i o n of few h o u r s , w a s set at liberty. At N a n t e s M. M a n g i n , sen., the p r o p r i e t o r of a p a p e r , a n d his son, h a v e been arrested. (Globe) W i t h reference t o the proceedings o f the E m p e r o r o f R u s s i a d u r i n g his late visits to O l m ü t z a n d Berlin, the C z a r ' s chief object w a s to m a k e a 30 n e w alliance between t h e N o r t h e r n P o w e r s . " T o o v e r c o m e t h e resistance of Prussia he used every ||[55]| a r g u m e n t — I m a y say every bribe; for he offered, in the event of his a d v a n c i n g into a n d h o l d i n g T u r k i s h territory, t o yield t h e o c c u p a t i o n o f W a r s a w a n d t h e military d o m i n i o n o f P o l a n d to P r u s s i a . " (Morning Post Paris C o r r e s p o n d e n t ) 35 A r r e s t a t i o n le 17 O c t o b r e à Paris. (Presse) | |[56]| On O c t o b e r 7 t h e S u l t a n ' s manifesto w a s r e a d to be in all the mosques.

192

Exzerpte aus britischen Zeitungen

October 21. Friday. the F r a n k f u r t J o u r n a l . A letter from V i e n n a , d. the 1 4 inst., a n n o u n c e s t h a t no a r r a n g e m e n t s are yet b e i n g m a d e for c a r r y i n g i n t o execution the I m p e r i a l decree re5 lative to the r e d u c t i o n of t h e a r m y , a n d t h a t , on the c o n t r a r y , t h e generals w h o c o m m a n d i n L o m b a r d y , H u n g a r y a n d C r o a t i a h a v e all d e m a n d ed reinforcements on a c c o u n t of the state of t h e p u b l i c m i n d in those countries. ( M o r n i n g P o s t ) Peasant-leagues | I[57]I A c c o r d i n g to a telegraphic d e s p a t c h d. d. Trieste, Oct. 19 " t h e Sullo tan h a d d e m a n d e d the e n t r y of the English a n d F r e n c h fleets i n t o t h e Dardanelles, a n d t h e A m b a s s a d o r s h a d p r o m i s e d t o give t h e m o r d e r s t o c o m e . " ( M o r n i n g Chronicle) As to t h e r e p o r t e d successes of the R u s s i a n s over S c h a m y l , letters h a v e arrived which s h o w t h e m t o b e utterly false. N o e n g a g e m e n t o f a n y 15 description h a s been fought in the C a u c a s u s since the m o n t h of M a y , and w e all r e m e m b e r the victory t h e n g a i n e d b y S c h a m y l , a t M e n d o h , and I [58] I t h e r e t r e a t of the R u s s i a n s , w h o w e r e driven b a c k f r o m their attempted e n c r o a c h m e n t s u p o n M a l k a . (Morning Post) \ th

193

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 2

[Notizen] |[3. Umschlagseite]| September 1 (Palmerston) 1848 July 21, 1849 (idem) (totally ignores t h e R u s s i a n interference.) C l o v e n foot exhibited. Bigland. Hist, of Spain. 229 S. Sheffield. Stafford, Leicester. |

194

5

(Heft 3) Exzerpte aus Werken von Georg Friedrich von Martens und Franz Schuselka sowie aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant und aus The Portfolio

| i | Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant. Presented to both Houses of Parliament. 1841. 5

'

[Pt. 1]

C o u n t M o l e , in t h e course of a c o n v e r s a t i o n I h a d w i t h h i m 3 d a y s a g o , on the affairs o f the E a s t o f E u r o p e , t o o k o c c a s i o n t o r e m i n d m e o f the a p p r o a c h o f t h e p e r i o d o f M e h e m e t Ali's r e t u r n f r o m his expedition t o t h e mines o f S e n n a a r , a n d t o express his wish t h a t b y p r e v i o u s c o m m u n i 10 cation, the F r e n c h a n d E n g l . G o v e r n , s h o u l d be p r e p a r e d to act in entire concert, w h e n t h e P a s h a a g a i n b r o u g h t f o r w a r d t h e q u e s t i o n o f his independence o f t h e P o r t e , w h i c h h e w o u l d n o t fail t o d o s o o n after his arrival at A l e x a n d r i a . (Earl Granville to Viscount Palmerston. P a r i s . Febr. 15, 1839 received F e b . 18.) " n o t h i n g " , sagt M o l e " w o u l d t e n d m o r e 15 to the a t t a i n m e n t of t h a t object, t h a n to i n d u l g e the P a s h a in t h e expectation o f the g o o d offices o f F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d b e i n g e m p l o y e d a t C o n stantinople to secure to his son the succession to the G o v . of Ejypt, on t h e same c o n d i t i o n on w h i c h it is n o w held by M e h e m e t A l i . " (I.e.) [1, 2]

20

Hafiz P a s h a h a s lately s h o w n a disposition to i n d u c e t h e S u l t a n to act offensively a g a i n s t M e h e m e t Ali. (Lord Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston Therapia. J a n u a r y 27, 1839) (received M a r c h 3)

195

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 I h a d endeavoured to prevent the a d o p t i o n of any warlike measures a g a i n s t Ejypt. (Lord Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston Therapia Feb. 6, 1839. Received M a r c h 1.) [2] I b r a h i m P a s h a says h e will b e c a u t i o u s n o t t o b e a n aggressor, b u t t h a t i f a t t a c k e d b y t h e T u r k i s h A r m y , h e h a s n o d o u b t o f entirely defeating it, a n d t h a t h e shall i n t h a t case m a r c h u p o n C o n s t a n t i n o p l e i m m e d i a t e l y . (Granville to Lord Palmerston (receiv. March 14) Paris March 11, 1839.) [3]

s

S o m e t i m e a g o t h e S u l t a n sent a H a t t i - S h e r i f t o t h e G r e a t C o u n c i l t o t h e following p u r p o r t . " H a f i z P a s h a i n f o r m s m e t h a t m y A r m y i s able t o 1 0 defeat t h e E j y p t i a n A r m y i n Syria. T h e C a p u d a n P a s h a tells m e t h a t m y F l e e t is s t r o n g e n o u g h to defeat a n d d e s t r o y t h e E j y p t i a n fleet." (Lord, Ponsonby to Viscount Pafmerston C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . March 4, 1839, Ree. Aprilo.)'[Λ] " H i s ( P r i n c e Metternich's) p r i n c i p a l object in s e n d i n g for me . . . was to 15 beg m e t o call t h e e a r n e s t a t t e n t i o n o f H . M ' s G o v . t o t h e necessity o f a t o n c e p u t t i n g a s t o p t o these warlike ebullitions, b y t h e u n i t e d r e m o n ­ s t r a n c e s o f all t h e G r e a t P o w e r s ; a n d h e said t h a t h e w a s a b o u t t o dis­ p a t c h a m e s s e n g e r t o C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , w i t h i n s t r u c t i o n s t o B a r o n Stürm e r , to state to the S u l t a n a n d his ministers, in t h e m o s t positive t e r m s , 20 t h a t A u s t r i a w o u l d n o t quietly allow events in t h e E a s t to a s s u m e a c h a r a c t e r b y w h i c h t h e p e a c e o f E u r o p e itself m i g h t b e c o m p r o m i s e d . T h a t i f t h e P a s h a o f Ejypt w a s t h e aggressor . . . t h e S u l t a n m i g h t c o u n t u p o n t h e assistance o f t h e o t h e r P o w e r s i n repelling a n y a t t a c k . B u t , t h a t if t h e a p p r o a c h of t h e Turkish A r m y to t h e S y r i a n frontier led to a 25 v i o l a t i o n o f t h e established status q u o , t h e T u r k . G o v . m u s t n o t b e surprised i f t h o s e P o w e r s w i t h d r e w their c o u n t e n a n c e f r o m t h e S u l t a n , a n d a b a n d o n e d t h e E m p i r e t o its fate. P r i n c e M e t t e r n i c h t h e n a d d e d , t h a t a s he conceived this to be a case which a d m i t t e d of no delay, he t r u s t e d t h a t y o u r L o r d s h i p w o u l d n o t lose a m o m e n t in i n s t r u c t i n g L o r d P o n s o n b y 30 t o c o n c e r t w i t h his colleagues t h e m e a n s o f w a r d i n g off t h e mischiefs w h i c h t h e p r e s e n t c o n d u c t o f t h e S u l t a n w a s calculated t o p r o d u c e . " (M. Milbanke to Viscount Pafmerston (receiv. Aprilo) Vienna, March28, 1839) [5] M. de Bouténeff ( R u s s i a n a m b a s s a d o r at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ) h a d declared 35 ί t h a t t h e assistance t o t h e T u r k . G o v . s t i p u l a t e d i n t h e T r e a t y o f U n k i a r Skelessi, c o u l d n o t be claimed, if t h e T u r k s w e r e t h e a g g r e s s o r s in a w a r a g a i n s t M e h e m e t Ali ... d e r S u l t a n h a b e d e n n o c h n o t r e n o u n c e d his 196

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 3. Seite 1

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) warlike i n t e n t i o n s . Ree. April 11.) [5]

(Granville to

Hafiz P a s h a a n d his officers the P o r t e t o m a r c h against 5 again be so f a v o u r a b l e an (Lord Ponsonby to Viscount April 14.) [ 8 ] " '

Viscount Palmerston Paris April 8, 1839.

are incessant in their d e m a n d s a n d cries on t h e Ejyptians, alleging t h a t t h e r e will never o p p o r t u n i t y for driving t h e m o u t of Syria. Palmerston Therapia, March 19, 1839. Ree.

C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e tells me he is confident t h e S u l t a n will m a i n t a i n peace, and resign t h e hostile i n t e n t i o n s h e cherishes a g a i n s t M e h e m e t Ali, p r o i o vided the R u s s . a n d Brit. A m b a s s a d o r s a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , h o l d t o t h e Divan t h e s a m e l a n g u a g e on t h a t subject. (Marquess of Clanricarde to Viscount Palmerston (Receiv. April 15). St. Petersburgh April 1, 1839) | [8] |2| T h e P a s h a declares t h a t h e will n o t b e t h e aggressor, b u t t h a t i f t h e Sultan does a t t a c k h i m , h e will follow h i m u p , a n d t a k e entire possession 15 of Orfa a n d D i a r b e k i r , a n d w h i c h n o t h i n g will t h e n oblige h i m to relinquish . . . T h e P a s h a a d d e d , t h a t h e h o p e d t h e S u l t a n w o u l d n o t b e s o impolitic as to a t t a c k h i m . I a m , h o w e v e r , of o p i n i o n t h a t the P a s h a w a s not sincere in his h o p e , a n d t h a t he d o e s desire a w a r with t h e P o r t e , provided t h e S u l t a n were the aggressor. (Col. Campbell to Viscount Palm20 erston. (Ree. May 9) Cairo, Aprili, 1839) [12] (Minute of a treaty to be concluded entre la Sublime Porte u. Great Britain, contre les projets insensés d'indépendance du Pasha d'Egypte, v. P a l m e r ston d e m R e d s h i d P a s h a z u L o n d o n vorgeschlagen i n d e n ersten W o c h e n of May) 25 H a u p t s a c h e d a r i n , d a ß f. d e n F a l l M e h e m e t sich i n d e p e n d e n t m a c h t , od. wenn, in c o n s e q u e n c e of the d e a t h of t h e P a s h a , s o m e o n e of his sons, o r some m e m b e r o f t h e P a s h a ' s family, o r s o m e o t h e r individual, m a y render himself guilty of disobedience to t h e r e s o l u t i o n a n d t h e will of H. H.: art. 1 t h e English fleet to d e t a i n t h e ships of w a r a n d m e r c h a n t 30 vessels of the P a s h a , a r t . 2.) t h e O t t o m a n a n d E n g l i s h fleets shall u n i t e to act in concert on the coasts of Ejypt a n d Syria. [13-15] Count N e s s e l r o d e expresses g r e a t confidence in t h e c o n t i n u a n c e of peace between the S u l t a n a n d t h e P a s h a o f Ejypt. ( " H i s Excellency h a s s h o w n m e the instructions h e h a s sent t o C o u n t M e d e m , t h e R u s s . C o n s u l 35 general in Ejypt, to p e r s u a d e M e h e m e t Ali to w i t h d r a w his forces in Syria from their p r e s e n t a d v a n c e d p o s i t i o n . " ) (St. Petersburgh May 14, 1839, ree. May 27, Marquess of Clanricarde to Viscount Palmerston) [16] 199

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 B y letter f r o m M r . Werry this m o r n i n g f r o m D a m a s c u s (April 27) t h e S u l t a n ' s forces h a v e crossed t h e E u p h r a t e s at Bir. (Col. Campbell to Viscount Palmerston Alexandria May 4,1839. received M a y 27.) w h e r e t h e y h a v e erected s o m e fortifications . . . I t a p p e a r s t o m e t h a t the p r e s e n t m o v e m e n t of the S u l t a n ' s a r m y m u s t h a v e b e e n f o r m e d s o m e t i m e since, a n d t h e necessary p r e p a r a t i o n s m a d e , a s b y crossing t h e E u p h r a t e s a t Bir, they a v o i d all t h e fortified defiles of t h e T a u r u s , a n d will completely c o m e in t h e r e a r of t h e m . (id. to id. Alexandria, May 5, 1839, ree. M a y 27) [16,17]

5

H i s H i g h n e s s , t h e Viceroy, h a v i n g t h o u g h t t h a t this c o n d u c t o n the p a r t i o o f t h e P o r t e m u s t h a v e h a d for its object t o t h r o w t h e b l a m e u p o n u s , h a s w r i t t e n t o H . H i g h , t h e G e n e r a l i s s i m o t o m a k e n o m o v e m e n t before h e w a s sure of t h e a d v a n c e m e n t of the t r o o p s of the S u l t a n . (Artin Bey, first Secretary Interpreter to Mehemet Ali to Boghos Bey. 1 M a y 1839) (ree. M a y 27) [17,18] " "" 15 th

C o u n t M e d e m r e a d t o m e , yesterday, a d e s p a t c h o f 1 2 April, from C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e . C o u n t M e d e m i s directed t o i n t i m a t e t o M e h e m e t Ali, t o recall I b r a h i m P a s h a from Syria, a n d t o retire t h e E j y p t i a n t r o o p s t o w a r d s D a m a s c u s , w i t h o u t delay. T h a t as it is clear f r o m t h e r e p o r t s received by t h e E m p e r o r from C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , a n d f r o m t h e P r u s s . offi- 20 cers in the service of t h e Sultan, t h a t t h e offensive m o v e m e n t s of the E j y p t i a n a r m y h a v e b e e n the sole cause o f t h e a d v a n c e o f the S u l t a n ' s forces, M e h e m e t Ali m u s t b e the f i r s t t o retire his t r o o p s , a n d t h e n t h e E m p e r o r will prevail o n t h e S u l t a n t o cause his a r m y t o w i t h d r a w from t h e Syrian frontier. C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e a d d s , t h a t a c o p y of t h e d e s p a t c h 25 will b e sent t o t h e different C o u r t s o f E u r o p e . . . C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e a p p e a r s t o h a v e g r o u n d e d his d e s p a t c h o n very false d a t a , i n a s s u m i n g t h a t M e h e m e t Ali w a s the aggressor. So far from M e h e m e t Ali being the aggressor, it is a fact t h a t for s o m e m o n t h s p a s t , t h e letters of L o r d P o n s o n b y to m e , a n d the despatches f r o m B a r o n S t ü r m e r a n d from 30 A d m i r a l R o u s s i n t o their C o n s u l s G e n e r a l h e r e , m e n t i o n t h e hostile p r e p a r a t i o n s o f the Sultan, a n d his i n t e n t i o n s t o a t t a c k Syria, a n d t h e efforts o f the different A m b a s s a d o r s t o prevail o n t h e S u l t a n n o t t o t a k e s o rash a step; . . . As to M e h e m e t Ali I assert confidently, t h a t it never was his i n t e n t i o n to be the active aggressor, n o r to p a s s t h e frontiers of Syria, n o r 35 t o a t t a c k the S u l t a n ' s forces . . . Wollte e r retire his t r o o p s , h e c o u l d n o t h a v e a n y security, t h a t after their w i t h d r a w a l , t h e S u l t a n ' s a r m y w o u l d n o t enter Syria, a n d p e r h a p s d e s t r o y all t h e w o r k s erected b y I b r a h i m P a s h a in t h e T a u r u s frontier; a n d if c i r c u m s t a n c e s p r o v e d favourable,

200

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) they m i g h t a d v a n c e still further. (Col. Campbell to Alexandria May 7, 1839 ree. M a y 27) [18,19]

Viscount Palmerston

W h a t e v e r m a y b e suggested b y H . M ' s gov. a s m o s t e x p e d i e n t t o b e d o n e in the p r e s e n t a l a r m i n g state of affairs in t h e East, will be m o s t favourably a t t e n d e d t o b y t h e F r e n c h G o v . ( G r a n v i l l e t o V i s c o u n t P a l m e r s t o n Paris 24 M a y 1839, ree. M a y 27) [20]. | | 3 | M a r s h a l Soult a n d his colleagues, w i t h m o s t o f w h o m I h a v e h a d the o p p o r t u n i t y of c o n v e r s i n g u p o n this subject, express t h e strongest desire t h a t the Brit, a n d F r e n c h gov. m a y act entirely in concert, (id. to id. May 27 1839, ree. M a y 30) [20,21] Pforte ( S u l t a n ) e r k l ä r t d e m Ostreich. I n t e r n u n c i u s : " I a m led t o suspect ... t h a t t h e w a r m t h a n d vivacity w h i c h c h a r a c t e r i s e the l a n g u a g e o f Prince M e t t e r n i c h , are the effect of t h e t o n e w h i c h h a s b e e n u s e d in writing t o h i m , either f r o m hence o r f r o m o t h e r places. T h e I n t e r n u n c i o has s p o k e n to N o u r i Effendi a b o u t a m i d d l e c o u r s e for the s o l u t i o n of this q u e s t i o n , w i t h o u t h a v i n g r e c o u r s e t o a r m s ; . . . this . . . c a n n o t b e realized, unless M e h e m e t Ali restores A d a n a , D a m a s c u s , A l e p p o , Seyda, Jerusalem, a n d N a p l o u s , a n d reduces his p r e s e n t forces t o s u c h a m o u n t as w o u l d a l o n e be c o m p a t i b l e w i t h his c o n d i t i o n as a subject." (Reply of the Sultan to the Communication made to him, communicated by Mousteshar Nouri to etc Ponsonby, April 28, 1839) (Receiv. May 30) [22, 23] The M a r s h a l w o u l d b e r e a d y t o give i n s t r u c t i o n s t o t h e F r e n c h A d m i r a l , in conformity w i t h t h o s e a d d r e s s e d to the Brit. A d m i r a l . H i s Exc. informed m e , t h a t he h a d d i s p a t c h e d 2 officers, the o n e to p r o c e e d to C o n stanstantinople, the o t h e r t o A l e x a n d r i a , w i t h directions, after h a v i n g c o m m u n i c a t e d w i t h t h e F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r a n d M . Cochelet, t o r e p a i r to the h e a d - q u a r t e r s of t h e 2 armies, a n d to e n d e a v o u r by p e r s o n a l r e p resentations t o t h e respective c o m m a n d e r s , t o p r e v e n t the b r e a k i n g o u t of hostilities, a n d to r e p o r t the exact s t a t e of affairs. H i s E x c . a d d e d , that s u p p o s i n g t h e t h r e a t e n e d collision s h o u l d this t i m e be averted, he considered it w o u l d be necessary t h a t t h e 5 P o w e r s s h o u l d c o n c e r t t o gether as to the m e a n s of definitely settling t h e future r e l a t i o n s b e t w e e n the Sultan a n d t h e Viceroy. (Granville to V i s c o u n t P a l m e r s t o n (Received Jun. 2) M a y 3 1 , 1839) [24] to p. 75 kleines Heft) I h a v e p a r t i c u l a r l y r e c o m m e n d e d to M. de Barante to e n d e a v o u r to ascertain if t h e R u s s . G o v . c o n t e m p l a t e s ex-

201

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 t e n d i n g the o p e r a t i o n of the treaty of U n k i a r Skelessi to a s t a t e of things to which it evidently d o e s n o t apply, since its stipulations are formally conceived in t h e a n t i c i p a t i o n of an a t t a c k directed a g a i n s t t h e P o r t e , a n d n o t of a struggle in w h i c h the P o r t e itself s h o u l d t a k e the initiative. (Paris, M a y 30, 1839. Soult to B o u r q u e n e y . M a y 30 1839) [26]

5

Extract of despatch from M. Cochelet to Marshal Soult. T h e Viceroy h a s declared t o M . Cochelet, C o n s u l - G e n e r a l o f F r a n c e , t h a t h e engages, i n case the t r o o p s of t h e S u l t a n w h i c h h a v e passed t h e E u p h r a t e s n e a r Bir shall retire to the o t h e r side of the river, to m a k e a r e t r o g r a d e m o v e m e n t of his a r m y , a n d to recall his son I b r a h i m P a s h a to D a m a s c u s ; t h a t in 10 case this pacific d e m o n s t r a t i o n shall in its t u r n be followed by a r e t r o g r a d e m o v e m e n t o f t h e a r m y o f Hafiz P a s h a b e y o n d M a l a t i a , H . H . will recall t h e G e n e r a l i s s i m o i n t o Ejypt. M o r e o v e r , H . H . t h e Viceroy h a s a d d e d of his o w n a c c o r d , t h a t if t h e 4 G r e a t P o w e r s s h o u l d c o n s e n t to g u a r a n t e e peace, a n d to interest themselves to o b t a i n for h i m t h e succès- 15 sion of his family, he w o u l d w i t h d r a w a p a r t of his t r o o p s f r o m Syria, a n d w o u l d b e r e a d y t o c o m e t o a definitive a r r a n g e m e n t p r o p e r t o g u a r a n t e e t h e security, a n d a d a p t e d to the w a n t s of t h e c o u n t r y . (Inclosed in Granville's to Viscount Palmerston (ree. June 7) Paris d. d. June 5, 1839) [27] T h e M a r s h a l expressed his regret, t h a t I h a d n o t as yet b e e n able to m a k e 20 a n y official c o m m u n i c a t i o n t o h i m from y o u r L o r d s h i p , i n r e g a r d t o the i n s t r u c t i o n s to be given to the A d m i r a l of t h e c o m b i n e d fleet on the L e v a n t station. (Granville to Viscount Palmerston (receiv. June 9) Paris, J u n e 7, 1839) [28] N o b o d y here d o u b t s of w a r , a n d the general o p i n i o n is, t h a t the A r m y of 25 t h e S u l t a n will be defeated. (Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. June 9) Therapia, May 20, 1839.) " T h e G r e a t P o w e r s h a v e established, as the criterion of right or w r o n g , the abstinence f r o m aggression, declaring the culpable t o b e the S u l t a n o r the P a s h a , a s the o n e o r the o t h e r m i g h t be t h e first to c o m m e n c e hostilities. Judgment has been given by 30 Russia, w h o assumed to s p e a k in the n a m e of all; a n d the Pasha has been declared the aggressor. T h e c h a r g e of aggression, m a d e a g a i n s t h i m by R u s s i a , is confined to late acts d o n e by the P a s h a ; b u t f r o m t h e beginn i n g , d u r i n g t h e w h o l e period, as well as in this ||3| latter h o u r , t h e Pasha h a s always b e e n t h e aggressor. . . . R u s s i a h a s declared a t r u t h — a limited 35 t r u t h ; the G r e a t P o w e r s c a n n o t d e n y it; their r e p e a t e d d e c l a r a t i o n s e n g a g e t h e m to o p p o s e t h e a g g r e s s o r . " (I.e.) [28,29]

202

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) M e t t e r n i c h schlägt v o r die succession d e m I b r a h i m P a s h a z u sichern . . . I w o u l d r e m a r k , t h a t s u c h an a r r a n g e m e n t , if it w e r e p r a c t i c a b l e , w o u l d offer the best c h a n c e of preserving o r d e r in Ejypt after M e h e m e t Ali's death, which will otherwise be e x p o s e d to m a n y c h a n c e s . . . if w a r be5 tween the S u l t a n a n d the P a s h a is to be averted, a firm a n d early d e m o n stration on t h e p a r t of t h e 4 p o w e r s , m a y , p e r h a p s , be best calculated to p r o d u c e t h a t effect. (Lord Beauvale to Viscount Palmerston (receiv. June 9) Vienna, June 1, 1839) [29, 30] M e t t e r n i c h e r k l ä r t e es bedürfe des joint m o r a l weight of the 4 P o w e r s , (id. to id.) 10 Col. Vincke ( P r e u ß zu C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ) h a d d r a w n up a m e m o r a n d u m , in which he strategically p r o v e d to t h e T u r k s , t h a t t h e c o m m e n c e m e n t of hostilities m u s t e n d by their defeat. (Lord William Russell to Viscount Palmerston (ree. June 10.) Berlin June 5, 1839) [30] I told the M a r s h a l t h a t t h o u g h I h a d no official i n s t r u c t i o n u p o n the 15 Turco-Ejyption question, I h a d received private letters f r o m y o u r L o r d ship ... of the c o n c u r r e n c e of H M ' s G o v . in the view t a k e n by the A u s trian a n d F r e n c h G o v . , a s t o t h e best a n d m o s t p r a c t i c a b l e settlement o f the question, n a m e l y : t h a t Ejypt s h o u l d b e c o m e h e r e d i t a r y in t h e family o f M e h e m e t Ali u n d e r t h e sovereignty o f the S u l t a n , a n d t h a t t h e E j y p 20 tian t r o o p s s h o u l d e v a c u a t e Syria. M a r s h a l Soult said, t h a t in the despatches of C o u n t St. A u l a i r e from V i e n n a , of the 18 a n d 22 of last m o n t h , a n d on the 4* inst., all r e p o r t i n g the c o n v e r s a t i o n s he h a d held with Prince M e t t e r n i c h of the affairs of Turkey, it d i d n o t a p p e a r t h a t t h e Austrian M i n i s t e r h a d suggested t h e evacuation of Syria by t h e E j y p t i a n s , 25 as forming p a r t of t h e p r o p o s e d a r r a n g e m e n t . I replied . . . t h a t y o u r Lordship w a s under the impression t h a t this w a s the view b o t h of the Aust. a n d F r e n c h G o v . . . . M a r s h a l Soult: o n all these m a t t e r s , his m o s t anxious desire w a s , t h a t o u r 2 G o v . s h o u l d c o m e to a perfect u n d e r s t a n d ing; a n d t h a t if a conference of t h e 4 P o w e r s (or t h e 5, includ. Prussia) 30 should t a k e place on t h e affairs of t h e E a s t , the i n s t r u c t i o n s of t h e Representatives o f F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d a t such conference s h o u l d b e identical, (ree. June 16, Granville to Viscount Palmerston Paris June 14, 1839) [31] I was informed on the 2 inst. of a m o v e m e n t a c r o s s the E u p h r a t e s of t h e 35 Turkish A r m y , by a letter from M r . Yeames. I m e t C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e the following day; a n d as s o o n as I m e n t i o n e d t h e subject, he said he believed t h a t there was not a word of truth in t h e r e p o r t : t h a t his a c c o u n t s from C o n s t a n t i n o p l e were t h e m o s t recent possible, a n d they led h i m

203

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 entirely t o disbelieve t h e intelligence w h i c h h a d b e e n c o m m u n i c a t e d t o m e , a n d w h i c h h a d a p p e a r e d i n t h e G e r m a n p a p e r s . I saw C o u n t Nesselr o d e again, last evening, a n d although it is impossible a n y l o n g e r to d o u b t t h a t the i n f o r m a t i o n w h i c h h a s been received f r o m every q u a r t e r is wellf o u n d e d , the R u s s i a n minister will n o t a d m i t t h a t it is accurately t r u e ; a n d they m a i n t a i n the a c c o u n t s to be exaggerated. (Marquess of Clanricarde to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. June 17) St. Petersburgh, June 8, 1839) [32]

5

l

U n d e r the 2 3 u l t , advices, r e a c h e d this G o v . b y spies, t h a t the S u l t a n ' s a u t h o r i t i e s h a d b e g u n to cross t r o o p s at Bir, w h i c h were s t a t e d to consist of 3 r e g i m e n t s of I n f a n t r y . . . . T h e s u b s e q u e n t advices which r e a c h e d this G o v . the following d a y (24) a r e , t h a t 3,000 I r r e g u l a r s h a d crossed the E u p h r a t e s u n d e r K o o r d M a h o m e d P a s h a . . . t h e t r o o p s t h a t h a v e crossed a t Bir, c o m p o s e p a r t of o n e of t h e c o l u m n s of the Turkish a r m y , which is a d v a n c i n g on the frontier in t h a t q u a r t e r , a n d w h i c h , it is said, will be j o i n e d by Ali P a s h a of B a g d a d , w h o , it is stated, h a s a l r e a d y arrived at D i a r b e k i r w i t h a b o u t 25,000 o r 30,000 m e n . A n o t h e r c o l u m n , u n d e r the Seraskier Hafiz Ali P a s h a , of, it is said, 60,000 s t r o n g , is a d v a n c i n g from M a l a t i a , o n R o u m K a l e ; a n d the t h i r d c o l u m n o f 40,000 m e n , u n d e r Halil P a s h a a n d S o l y m a n P a s h a , are a d v a n c i n g on the M a r a s h line . . . N a c h advices f r o m D a m a s c u s , the H a o u r a n i n s u r r e c t i o n still c o n t i n u e d , a n d h a d a s s u m e d a m o r e ||4| d e t e r m i n e d c h a r a c t e r . T h i s m a y arise from s o m e u n d e r s t a n d i n g . . . b e t w e e n t h e m a n d t h e S u l t a n ' s Seraskier, t o act i n u n i s o n w i t h Hafiz P a s h a ' s b r o t h e r a n d Suffook Bey, i n a n y o p e r a t i o n s w h i c h t h e y m a y u n d e r t a k e to the S o u t h a n d on t h e D e s e r t line, to cut off H . Exc. I b r a h i m P a s h a a n d his forces t o t h e S o u t h , f r o m his o p e r a t i o n s o n this n o r t h e r n frontier . . . His ( I b r a h i m P a s h a ' s ) [instructions] a r e t o act on t h e defensive, a n d on his o w n t e r r i t o r y to resist 2 a t t a c k s of t h e Sult a n ' s forces; b u t o n the 3 ' h e gives h i m p e r m i s s i o n t o a d v a n c e . . . T h e A n n a d i s or B e d o u i n Cavalry, sind his only t r o o p s on t h e frontiers: they a r e s t a t i o n e d a t the Sedjour, w a t c h i n g t h e m o v e m e n t s o n t h e o t h e r side. ( M r . Acting Consul Werry to Viscount Palmerston (Received June 17) (darin eingeschlossen das Citât Aleppo 4 May, 1839)) [35, 36]

10

15

20

25

30

a c c o u n t s h a v e b e e n received at this place, of the p a s s a g e of the E u p h r a t e s by the S u l t a n ' s t r o o p s at Bir, a n d t h a t forces u n d e r Hafiz P a s h a are also 35 a d v a n c i n g o n the n o r t h e r n frontier . . . t h e Ejyptian t r o o p s h a v e been s u m m o n e d t o A l e p p o b y I b r a h i m P a s h a , f r o m all p a r t s o f Syria, a n d h e h a s e n c a m p e d his forces in t h e i m m e d i a t e n e i g h b o u r h o o d of t h a t city ... T h e E m i r Bechir h a s received o r d e r s to send a force to D a m a s c u s a n d Tripoli; a n d a b o u t 1,000 C h r i s t i a n t r o o p s will m a r c h to e a c h of t h e a b o v e 40 204

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) places, u n d e r the c o m m a n d o f the son a n d g r a n d s o n o f t h e E m i r . T h i s i s a m e a s u r e of p r e c a u t i o n , as at neither of the a b o v e cities is t h e M a h o m e d a n p o p u l a t i o n believed t o b e well affected t o t h e existing G o v . Indeed a n y success on t h e p a r t of t h e S u l t a n ' s t r o o p s , it is believed, 5 would be t h e signal for revolt n o t only at t h o s e places, b u t t h r o u g h o u t Syria. A n exception . . . t h e C h r i s t i a n t r o o p s o f L e b a n o n , w h o certainly entertain fears t h a t s h o u l d the S u l t a n repossess himself of Syria, t h e M a h o m e d a n s w o u l d regain t h e a s c e n d a n c y , a n d o n c e m o r e exhibit their naturally i n t o l e r a n t a n d fanatical c h a r a c t e r t o w a r d s o t h e r sects. (Consul 10 Moore to

Viscount Palmerston

(Ree.

J u n e 17) Beyrout,

May 9, 1839.)

[38, 39] By the latest advices, it w o u l d a p p e a r t h a t the S u l t a n ' s a r m y w o u l d h a v e its h e a d - q u a r t e r s , a n d f o r m t h e pivot o f its o p e r a t i o n s a t R o u m K a l e , its left extending on t h e h i g h r o a d from Bir to A l e p p o , with its e x t r e m e left 15 to be s u p p o r t e d by the A r a b tribes u n d e r Suffook Bey, o p e r a t i n g by crossing t h e E u p h r a t e s b e t w e e n Bir, a n d b e l o w D a i r . Its e x t r e m e r i g h t resting o n M a r a s h , t o c o - o p e r a t e with t h e m a l c o n t e n t s o f the r a n g e s o f the Taurus: B y w a y o f R o u m K a l e a n d Bir, a g a i n s t t h e centre a n d m a i n body o f the E j y p t i a n a r m y , the c o l u m n s o f t h e f o r m e r t u r n i n g t h e E g y p 20 tian positions at A i n t a b ; by w a y of M a r a s h , to c o - o p e r a t e with the m a l contents o f the r a n g e s o f t h e T a u r u s , e x t e n d i n g t o Byass, Beylan, a n d Alexandretta, a n d t h r e a t e n i n g the left w i n g a n d r e a r o f the E j y p t i a n army: the A r a b s u n d e r Suffook Bey a c t i n g o n t h e right o f the E j y p t i a n army, a n d a t t a c k i n g t h e flank of Syria, u n i t i n g w i t h t h e i n s u r g e n t s of t h e 25 H a o u r a n , a n d intercepting t h e desert line f r o m s o u t h to n o r t h , c u t t i n g off the o p e r a t i o n s o f I b r a h i m P a s h a t h e r e w i t h , a n d a t t a c k i n g h i m i n the r e a r a t A l e p p o . Besides crossing the E u p h r a t e s u n o p p o s e d , a n d a d v a n c i n g into the E g y p t i a n territories, a n d a t t a c k i n g I b r a h i m P a s h a ' s a r m y , t h e Sultan's Seraskier h a s also t h e a d v a n t a g e of h a v i n g the p o p u l a t i o n in his 30 favour. ... It d o e s n o t a p p e a r by the p r o g r e s s m a d e by t h e E g y p t i a n G o v . in forming d e p o t s of p r o v i s i o n s , w h i c h generally a r e at a c o n s i d e r a b l e distance i n t h e r e a r o f A l e p p o , a n d o n t h e desert line, a n d b y t h e h a r d y operation executing b y I b r a h i m P a s h a , o f c o n c e n t r a t i n g t h e a r m y o n t h e Aleppo frontier, t h a t H . H . h a d previously p l a n n e d t o t h r o w his o p e r a 35 tions across the E u p h r a t e s , a n d m a k e M e s o p o t a m i a the t h e a t r e of his campaign, w h e t h e r t o p r o s e c u t e t h e s a m e t o w a r d s B a g d a d , o r t o t h e north. In fact, they w o u l d a p p e a r to h a v e b e e n p l a n n e d for defence r a t h e r than for aggression. (Consul Werry to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. June 17) Damascus, May 10, 1839) [40,41] In t h e event of I b r a h i m P a s h a 40 meeting with a repulse, a rise w o u l d ensue here ( A l e p p o ) a n d t h r o u g h o u t the t o w n s of Syria, (gen die Christen.) (eingeschlossen in O b i g e m . ) | [49] 205

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 | 5 | " I t i s u n d e r these circumstances t h a t M . d e M e d e m c o m m u n i c a t e d t o M e h e m e t Ali the d e s p a t c h o f C o u n t Nesselrode, w h i c h directs h i m t o o b t a i n a r e t r o g r a d e m o v e m e n t of the E g y p t i a n a r m y . . . M e h e m e t Ali, in replying, s h o w e d g r e a t p r u d e n c e , a n d m u c h m o d e r a t i o n . H e said, t h a t all t h a t h a d p a s s e d in T u r k e y since his d e p a r t u r e for S o u d a n , sufficiently 5 testified t h e hostile i n t e n t i o n s of t h e Sultan w i t h respect to h i m . . . if the Turks repassed t h e E u p h r a t e s , he w o u l d w i t h d r a w his t r o o p s as far as A l e p p o ; i f they t o o k u p their p o s i t i o n a g a i n a t M a l a t i a , h e w o u l d enjoin I b r a h i m P a s h a t o w i t h d r a w t o D a m a s c u s ; a n d t h a t , lastly, i f Hafiz P a s h a s h o u l d w i t h d r a w w i t h his a r m y b e y o n d M a l a t i a , he w o u l d recall I b r a h i m 10 P a s h a i n t o E j y p t . . . t h e Viceroy h a s a d d e d , o f his o w n a c c o r d , t h a t i f the 4 G r e a t P o w e r s c o n s e n t to g u a r a n t e e peace, a n d to interest themselves to o b t a i n for h i m the succession of his family, he w o u l d w i t h d r a w a p a r t of his t r o o p s from Syria, a n d w o u l d b e ready t o c o m e t o a n u n d e r s t a n d i n g as to a definitive a r r a n g e m e n t etc. (Despatch from the Consul General of 15 France in Egypt. ( C o m m u n j ç a t e d by B a r o n de B o u r q u e n e y ) Alexandria May 15 u. 16, 1839) [54] T h e P o r t e is divided: against t h e w a r are r e c k o n e d Réouf, Khosreff, N a z i f P a s h a , N o u r i Effendi, S a r i m Bey, a n d 3 C o u n c i l l o r s : in favour of w a r , Said P a s h a , Seraskier, son-in-law of the S u l t a n , A c h m e t C a p u d a n 20 P a s h a ; a n d , f i n a l l y , Hafiz P a s h a , G e n e r a l i s s i m o , w h o h a s never c o n d u c t ed a w a r as G e n e r a l Officer. T h i s p a r t y is s t r e n g t h e n e d by t h e p a r t i z a n s of t h e M a b e i m , a n d by a g r e a t n u m b e r of R i d s a l s , . . . a n d also by t h o s e still m o r e n u m e r o u s , w h o , enemies o f the present o r d e r o f things, w o u l d o v e r t u r n it at a n y risk, even at t h a t of a revolution. All t h e U l e m a s are of 25 this p a r t y : t h e total loss of their influence, w h i c h t h e y h o p e to recover, is their m o t i v e . " (Baron Roussin to the Duc de Dalmatie. Therapia. 16 Mai 1839) [57] O n M a y 7 , C o u n t M e d e m sent t o B o g h o s Bey a c o p y o f t h e d e s p a t c h from C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e . . . sent h i m a u c h d e n original d e s p a t c h of M. de 30 Bouténeff; a n d as B o g h o s Bey gave those 2 d o c u m e n t s into my h a n d s , I a m enabled t o send copies o f t h e m t o y o u r L o r d s h i p . . . I n c o n s e q u e n c e of a letter f r o m B o g h o s Bey, the P a s h a arrived h e r e on t h e m o r n i n g o f the 1 2 inst., a n d C o u n t M e d e m a n d M . d e L a u r i n h a d s o m e interviews w i t h h i m on t h e 12, 13, a n d 14 inst., at the last of w h i c h he agreed to a 35 d e c l a r a t i o n i n t h e t e r m s agreed on, a n d which the P a s h a said h e w o u l d send to t h e C o n s u l - G e n e r a l s of the 4 G r e a t P o w e r s . . . . I h a v e n o w the h o n o u r t o t r a n s m i t etc. a c o p y o f t h a t d e c l a r a t i o n . . . M y latest a c c o u n t s from A l e p p o are o f M a y 6 , a t w h i c h d a t e I b r a h i m P a s h a w a s a t A l e p p o

206

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) with the m a i n b o d y o f his a r m y ; a n d A l e p p o , Killis, a n d H a m a h , h a d been reinforced b y t r o o p s f r o m the s o u t h , b u t only after t h e arrival o f t h e a r m y of t h e S u l t a n at Bir; after w h i c h , also, the g r e a t e r p a r t of t h e horses o f the C a v a l r y a n d Artillery h a d b e e n b r o u g h t i n f r o m grass. I t c a n n o t , 5 therefore, b e said t h a t I b r a h i m P a s h a w a s t h e f i r s t t o c o m m e n c e o p e r a tions indicative o f hostilities, a s even n o w h e h a s n o t reinforced A i n t a b , which is the n e a r e s t of his p o s t s to the T u r k i s h frontier, from w h i c h it is distant a b o u t 7 h o u r s . . . . I b r a h i m P a s h a h a s s o m e B e d o u i n C a v a l r y n e a r the Sedjour, to observe t h e m o v e m e n t s of t h e S u l t a n ' s a r m y . . . . I t r u s t 10 t h a t the r e m o n s t r a n c e s of L o r d P o n s o n b y a n d of t h e o t h e r A m b a s s a d o r s , will yet prevail on the P o r t e to retire t h e T u r k i s h A r m y before a n y a c t i o n takes place . . . in the ineffective state of a T u r k i s h c o m m i s s a r i a t , a n y Turk, a r m y c a n n o t l o n g h a v e m e a n s o f subsistence; a n d i t m u s t , therefore, either retire or a d v a n c e , a n d in this last case an e n g a g e m e n t will be 15 inevitable ... die M u s s u l m a n p o p u l a t i o n in Syria d e m M e h e m e t Ali q u i t e alienated by their sufferings from c o n s c r i p t i o n s . (Col. Campbell to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. June 17) Alexandria May 19 1839.) [58,59] D a r i n eingeschlossen: 1) Count Nesselrode to Count Medem. Petersburgh March 29, 1839. 20 " T h u s t h e 2 A r m i e s a r e at this m o m e n t in presence of e a c h o t h e r . T h e t r o o p s o f M e h e m e t Ali were t h e f i r s t t o a p p r o a c h t h e frontier. T h o s e o f the S u l t a n only followed t h a t m o v e m e n t , in o r d e r n o t to be t a k e n by surprise, a n d to be able ||6| to repel force by force, in case the E g y p t i a n a r m y should c o m m i t a n y act of hostility . . . In attentively c o n s i d e r i n g the re25 spective p o s i t i o n of the 2 armies, o u r a u g u s t m a s t e r h a s satisfied himself t h a t it is the a r m y of M e h e m e t Ali w h i c h first m a d e a m o v e m e n t , which, w i t h o u t b e i n g o n e of aggression, yet b e a r s t h e c h a r a c t e r of a t h r e a t e n i n g d e m o n s t r a t i o n , w h i c h n o t h i n g c a n justify . . . the P o w e r s o f E u r o p e h a v e u n a n i m o u s l y resolved t o m a i n t a i n t h e p e a c e o f t h e E a s t . . . t h e d e t e r m i n a 30 tion which the E m p e r o r h a s a d o p t e d in t h a t r e s p e c t . . . is irrevocable. It is shared by all the C a b i n e t s of E u r o p e , for they all h a v e equally at h e a r t the preservation of the Ottoman Empire from the dangers of a new complication ... t h e c i r c u m s t a n c e s of t h e m o m e n t a r e t o o serious for explan a t i o n s a l o n e to be sufficient for u s . W h e n a r m i e s are in presence of e a c h 35 other, the m o s t pacific l a n g u a g e does n o t r e m o v e t h e d a n g e r of a conflict which t h e smallest incident m a y p r o v o k e a t a n y m o m e n t . T o r e m o v e this d a n g e r t h e r e is b u t o n e way; it is to re-establish afresh the distance w h i c h hitherto s e p a r a t e d t h e 2 armies. T h u s , as t h e A r m y of the P a s h a of E g y p t is the nearest to the frontier, it is t h a t a r m y w h i c h s h o u l d be t h e first to 40 retreat. Therefore, t h e fresh t r o o p s a n d the d e p o t s of w a r l i k e stores which h a v e been b r o u g h t t o A i n t a b a n d A l e p p o , m u s t f o r t h w i t h r e t u r n

207

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 t o w a r d s D a m a s c u s , t o replace m a t t e r s i n the state i n w h i c h t h e y formerly were. T h e n , w h e n t h a t A r m y shall h a v e r e s u m e d its f o r m e r p o s i t i o n s , the C a b i n e t s , friends of t h e P o r t e , will be able, on their side, to a p p e a l to t h e pacific inclinations of the Sultan, to engage t h a t Sovereign to give to Hafiz P a s h a t h e o r d e r to r e t u r n i n t o the c a n t o n m e n t s w h i c h he h a s lately left, a n d to p u t a stop to the defensive measures which t h e m e n a c i n g a t t i t u d e o f t h e E g y p t i a n a r m y h a s r e n d e r e d necessary. Oestr. d e L a u r i n : A u f t r a g v . d e m I n t e r n u n c i o a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e die R u s s e n bei M e h e m e t Ali z u u n t e r s t ü t z e n . . . . t h e G r e a t C a b i n e t s u n i t e d t o us in i n t e n t i o n s a n d principle, will w a t c h over t h e m a i n t e n a n c e of peace in t h e L e v a n t . . . " [61, 62] 2) M. de Bouténeff to Count Medem. Pera. April 24. 1839. " t h e p r e s e n t is a f a v o u r a b l e m o m e n t for M e h e m e t Ali to p r o v e to his Sovereign, in a m a n n e r which c a n n o t be m i s t a k e n , the sincerity of his pacific i n t e n t i o n s , t h e a s s u r a n c e of w h i c h y o u received from t h e P a s h a ' s o w n lips, by recalling his son I b r a h i m P a s h a , a n d by w i t h d r a w i n g a p a r t of his A r m y from Syria, which m e a s u r e w o u l d , in t h e p r e s e n t state of t h e finances of E g y p t , m a t e r i a l l y lighten the P a s h a ' s e x p e n s e s . " [64, 65] 3) Declaration made by Mehemet Ali to Col. Campbell. T h e Viceroy h a s declared to Col. C a m p b e l l , H. Brit. M a j . A g e n t a n d C o n s u l - G e n e r a l , t h a t he engages, in case the t r o o p s of t h e Sultan, etc. (Sieh d e n Brief v. C a m p bell S. 5) [65] 4) M. de Laurin to Baron de Stürmer. Alexandria, May 16, 1839. M e h e m e t sei a n g e l a n g t d e n 12'. H a b e i h m gesagt " t h a t h e h a d been shamefully c a l u m n i a t e d (alluding to t h e n o t e of C o u n t Nesselrode), . . . t h a t the t r o o p s o f the S u l t a n h a d established themselves i n D i a r b e k i r a n d i n Asia m i n o r , u n d e r p r e t e n c e o f c o m b a t i n g the K o o r d s , l o n g before t h e E g y p t i a n s h a d a d v a n c e d ; t h a t the p r o v o c a t i o n s a n d t h e cries o f w a r w h i c h h a d c a u s e d the revolt o f t h e H a o u r a n , h a d u n i f o r m l y h a d their origin i n t h e O s m a n l i c a m p s ; t h a t it w a s t r u e t h a t t h e incursions of the T u r c o m a n s i n t o t h e p r o v i n c e s o f A d a n a a n d Tarsus, h a d obliged h i m t o send t r o o p s t h i t h e r i n o r d e r t o c o n t r o l t h e m , b u t t h a t they h a d always been sent b a c k t o their c a n t o n m e n t s a s s o o n a s t h a t object h a d been a c c o m p l i s h e d ; t h a t even t h e w e a k garrisons o f G u l e k a n d o f t h e Beilans h a d n o o t h e r object t h a n t h a t of affording s u p p o r t to the m o v e a b l e c o l u m n s e m p l o y e d in t h e p u r s u i t of the a b o v e n a m e d w a n d e r i n g tribes; t h a t it w a s only a b o u t at the e n d o f J a n u a r y , t h a t s o m e re-inforcements, consisting o f Ejyptian recruits, h a d been sent t o Syria; a n d t h a t a t t h a t p e r i o d the a r m y o f Hafiz P a s h a w a s a l r e a d y organized . . . If I am a t t a c k e d , I shall t h r o w myself on O r f a a n d D i a r b e k i r , a n d shall n o t give t h e m up a g a i n except on the condition that hereditary tenure be granted to m e . " ... "They speak of

208

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

Peace (sagt ||7| M e h e m e t ) while p a s s i n g the E u p h r a t e s ; I m u s t defend myself. T h e s u m m o n s o f t h e E m p e r o r o f R u s s i a t o cause t h e t r o o p s t o return to their p e a c e c a n t o n m e n t s is very u n t i m e l y ; I s h o u l d n o t be able to c o m p l y with it without ruining my cause in Syria . . . " . . . N a c h seinen U n t e r r e d u n g e n m . M e d e m , e r k l ä r t d e L a u r i n : " h e w o u l d solemnly, a n d in writing, declare to t h e C o n s u l s - G e n e r a l of the 4 G r e a t P o w e r s , t h a t he never h a d e n t e r t a i n e d t h e i n t e n t i o n o f d i s t u r b i n g t h e peace; b u t t h a t , being a c q u a i n t e d w i t h t h e views of a p o r t i o n of the D i v a n at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , h e h a d wished t o b e p r e p a r e d t o repel aggression; a n d t h a t he w o u l d even cause p a r t of his a r m y to r e t u r n f r o m Syria to E g y p t , a n d w o u l d recall from thence his son a n d his family, so s o o n as t h e E u r o p e a n P o w e r s w o u l d pledge themselves t o g u a r a n t e e t o h i m peace . . . " L a u r i n e r k l ä r t i h m : " a s he h a d resolved to m a i n t a i n a p u r e l y defensive position, his c o n d u c t w o u l d p r o b a b l y be j u d g e d c o r r e c t . . . I gave my opinion to C o u n t M e d e m , t h a t he s h o u l d accept this d e c l a r a t i o n , alt h o u g h only a c o n d i t i o n a l o n e . 1) because I t h o u g h t the d e s p a t c h from the C o u r t of St. P e t e r s b u r g h to be f o u n d e d on a very different state of things from t h a t in w h i c h M e h e m e t Ali w a s actually p l a c e d w i t h respect to the P o r t e ; t h a t i n s t e a d of being, as is therein s u p p o s e d , the aggressor, he is himself, in fact, m e n a c e d by the t r o o p s of t h e S u l t a n . 2) because it [is] r e a s o n a b l e to s u p p o s e t h a t the I m p e r i a l C o u r t , if it h a d b e e n a w a r e of the existing c o m p l i c a t i o n , w o u l d n o t h a v e t h o u g h t it its d u t y to oblige M e h e m e t Ali to recall his t r o o p s , in order not to deprive him of the means of defence, a n d n o t to e n c o u r a g e the O s m a n l i s to a d v a n c e i n t o Syria, a n d to disturb its repose; a n d finally 3) b e c a u s e t h e c o n d i t i o n stipulated by M e h e m e t Ali, o f c o m m e n c i n g b y obliging t h e t r o o p s o f the S u l t a n t o repass the E u p h r a t e s , is of little m o m e n t to t h e G r a n d S i g n o r . . . while it is of the highest i m p o r t a n c e for t h e tranquillity a n d the repose of S y r i a . " [68-70] Viscount Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston (Received June 17) Therapia May 22, 1839 ... N o u r i Effendi a d m i t t e d t h a t the S u b l i m e P o r t e resolved upon war. [71]

Id. to id. (Received J u n e 17) Therapia, May 26, 1839. C o u n t M e d e m h a s written to M. de Bouténeff, t h a t he is satisfied w i t h t h e e x p l a n a t i o n s 35 given by M e h e m e t Ali, t h a t t h e E g y p t i a n s are n o t the aggressors, as h a s been supposed b y C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e . . . W e ( P o n s o n b y u . B a r o n S t ü r m e r ) have b o t h exerted o u r best m e a n s t o p e r s u a d e the S u b l i m e P o r t e n o t t o risk a w a r . . . [72] D a r i n eingeschlossen: Baron Stürmer to Prince Metternich. Constantinople May 22, 1839. 40 Tahar P a s h a , w h o left this for M a l a t i a on the 5 of A p r i l last, arrived t h

209

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 th

i n this c a p i t a l o n t h e 1 9 . . . h e m u s t h a v e r e p r e s e n t e d t h e a r m y a s being i n t h e m o s t a d v a n t a g e o u s p o s i t i o n for the c o m m e n c e m e n t o f hostilities a n d for a g r e a t blow. A c c o r d i n g to the s a m e a c c o u n t s the d e t e r m i n a t i o n to m a k e w a r was t a k e n at a Council c o n v o k e d at t h e P o r t e , by o r d e r of t h e S u l t a n , on t h e 20 inst . . . As I foresaw, a n d as I h a d t h e h o n o u r of 5 r e p o r t - ing t o y o u r H . a t t h e time o f the d e p a r t u r e o f T a h a r P a s h a , t h a t officer's mission was evidently only u n d e r t a k e n w i t h a view to gain time, a n d to free the P o r t e d u r i n g 6 weeks from t h e d e m a n d s for e x p l a n a t i o n of the foreign M i s s i o n s , to which it stated, t h a t it w a s u n a b l e to give e x p l a n a t i o n s as to its i n t e n t i o n s , before t h a t G e n e r a l s h o u l d h a v e e x a m i n e d w i t h 10 his o w n eyes t h e state of affairs ... t h e p a r t i z a n s of M e h e m e t Ali are a n x i o u s to t h r o w t h e b l a m e of aggression on t h e P o r t e ; they say, t h a t a m i s t a k e h a s b e e n c o m m i t t e d i n E u r o p e , i n accusing the P a s h a o f E g y p t o f h a v i n g a d v a n c e d his t r o o p s to the extreme frontier of Syria, t h o s e t r o o p s h a v i n g always been from 9 - 1 5 leagues r e m o v e d f r o m t h a t frontier . . . 15 t h a t a l t h o u g h last year h e s p o k e o f w a r a n d i n d e p e n d e n c e , h e h a s since s h e a t h e d his s w o r d , p a i d t h e t r i b u t e w h i c h h e o w e d , a n d p u t himself i n r i g h t w i t h respect t o t h e P o r t e , w h i c h a p p e a r e d satisfied w i t h this a p p a r ent submission . . . I ... a d v e r t to the question of the aggression ... because the c o n d u c t of R u s s i a , in case the P o r t e s h o u l d see itself c o m p e l l e d to 20 d e m a n d the assistance of t h a t P o w e r , will d e p e n d on its solution. [74, 75] Viscount Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston Therapia May 26, 1839, inclosing: M. Frédéric Pisani (the Chief D r a g o m a n ) to ||8| Viscount Ponsonby, Pera, 26 Mai, 1839: Said Bey expressed H. H ' s desire t h a t E n g l a n d s h o u l d give h i m assistance to o v e r c o m e M e h e m e t Ali. I gave h i m clearly to 25 u n d e r s t a n d t h a t Y o u r Exc. k n o w s t h a t E n g l a n d will n o t aid t h e P o r t e t o d e s t r o y the status quo at present, b u t t h a t if the aggression c o m e s from t h e side of M e h e m e t Ali, E n g l a n d will assist t h e S u l t a n in repelling the a t t a c k . . . [76] Earl Granville to Viscount Palmerston ( R e e . J u n e 19) Paris, June 17, 30 1839. M a r s h a l Soult a g a i n expressed t o m e his d i s a p p o i n t m e n t t h a t I h a d n o official c o m m u n i c a t i o n s to m a k e to h i m relative to the i n s t r u c t i o n s to be given t o the Brit, a n d F r e n c h A d m i r a l s i n the L e v a n t ; a n d h e r e q u e s t e d me earnestly to press u p o n the a t t e n t i o n of H. M ' s G o v . , t h e necessity of 35 i m m e d i a t e l y c o n c e r t i n g t h e m . . . a l r e a d y 7 sail of F r e n c h ships of t h e line h a d arrived off S m y r n a , o n e w a s to sail y e s t e r d a y f r o m T o u l o n for the s a m e destination, 2 o t h e r s will speedily follow . . . a n d t h u s the F r e n c h fleet on the L e v a n t s t a t i o n will consist of 10 sail of t h e line, besides

210

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

frigates a n d sloops o f w a r . . . h e l o o k e d f o r w a r d w i t h g r e a t confidence t o the m o r a l effect of t h e u n i o n of t h e 2 fleets, a m o u n t i n g a l t o g e t h e r to 20 sail, o n t h e c o n d u c t o f t h e S u l t a n a n d o f M e h e m e t Ali, a s well a s t o t h e p o w e r they will h a v e of p r e v e n t i n g a collision b e t w e e n t h e T u r k i s h a n d E g y p t i a n s q u a d r o n , a n d of s u s p e n d i n g t h e military o p e r a t i o n s of t h e 2 armies, by c u t t i n g off their supplies by sea. In r e g a r d to a p e r m a n e n t settlement o f t h e differences b e t w e e n t h e S u l t a n a n d t h e P a s h a o f E g y p t , the M a r s h a l was of o p i n i o n t h a t it c o u l d only be effected by t h e c o n c u r rence of all the G r e a t P o w e r s of E u r o p e , a n d t h a t a conference of their R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s c o u l d a l o n e afford a n y h o p e of their agreeing u p o n t h e terms o f t h e a r r a n g e m e n t ; a n d t h a t V i e n n a a p p e a r e d t o b e t h e m o s t central a n d c o n v e n i e n t p l a c e for its assembling. [76, 77] Soult to the Baron de Bourqueney (Communicated by Baron de Bourqueney) Paris le 17 Juin, 1839. At St. P e t e r s b u r g h . . . M. de B a r a n t e s u p posed from i n d i c a t i o n s which I do not consider decisive, t h a t the Russ. G o v . w a s inclined to seize every h o n o u r a b l e p r e t e x t to a v o i d involving itself in the e m b a r r a s s m e n t s which t h e e x e c u t i o n of t h e t r e a t y o f U n k i a r Skelessi w o u l d e n t a i l . . . A t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , t h r o u g h the veil o f pacific p r o t e s t a t i o n s , the P o r t e m a n i f e s t e d its hostile i n t e n t i o n s in t h e eagerness w i t h w h i c h it s o u g h t grievances a g a i n s t M e h e m e t Ali, even in the m o s t trivial c i r c u m s t a n c e s a n d i n t h e m o s t i m p r o b a b l e r e p o r t s . . . ( I will n o w enable y o u t h e answers des L o r d P a l m e r s t o n a s t o t h e o p i n i o n der F r e n c h G o v . ) t h e Engl, a n d F r e n c h s q u a d r o n s , a s s u m i n g a sort of a r m e d m e d i a t i o n , s h o u l d c o n s t i t u t e themselves mistresses of the sea; should i m p o s e c o m p l e t e i n a c t i o n u p o n t h e n a v a l forces of E g y p t a n d of the P o r t e , a n d s h o u l d i n d u c e t h e m t o re-enter their h a r b o u r s i n the event of their h a v i n g left t h e m . . . the e m p l o y m e n t of such forces, by r e n d e r i n g war a l m o s t impossible, will deprive R u s s i a of every p r e t e x t for p u t t i n g i n m o v e m e n t h e r S e v a s t o p o l fleet o r h e r l a n d a r m y . I n o r d e r t h e better t o obtain the result w h i c h we h a v e in view, it m a y p e r h a p s be e x p e d i e n t that the A u s t r i a n flag s h o u l d a p p e a r a m o n g t h e c o m b i n e d F r e n c h a n d Engl, s q u a d r o n : o n e or 2 frigates . . . sufficient for t h e p u r p o s e . . . P r i n c e Metternich h a s a l r e a d y expressed this o p i n i o n . . . I f o u r d e c l a r a t i o n s a n d the a t t i t u d e of o u r s q u a d r o n s s h o u l d fail in p r e v e n t i n g t h e 2 parties from coming to hostilities, o d . zu cease t h e r e f r o m . . . R u s s i a wird n i c h t refrain wollen v. physical i n t e r v e n t i o n . . . a b e r d a n n a E u r o p e a n C o n v e n t i o n should t a k e t h e place of t h e stipulations of U n k i a r Skelessi . . . the n e cessity of c o n c e d i n g to M e h e m e t Ali t h e h e r e d i t a r y investiture of a p a r t at least of his a c t u a l possession, a p p e a r s to be a l m o s t generally a d m i t t e d ... dies f. Ali s c h o n n ö t h i g to place his family in security f r o m t h e vengeance of the P o r t e after his d e a t h . . . D a f ü r w ä r e der P o r t e eine c o m -

211

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 p e n s a t i o n z u m a c h e n . L o r d P a l m e r s t o n t h i n k s t h a t n o t h i n g less t h a n t h e r e s t i t u t i o n of the w h o l e of Syria w o u l d suffice . . . At Berlin . . . a p a r t only of this p r o v i n c e . . . Dieser p o i n t s h o u l d be referred to t h e Conference w h i c h , if o u r views prevail, will be established b e t w e e n the P o w e r s . . . We anxiously await the answer of Lord P a l m e r s t o n of t h e decision of the L o n d o n C a b i n e t u p o n the subject o f the c o m m o n d e l i b e r a t i o n s o f w h i c h we ||9| p r o p o s e to establish t h e seat at V i e n n a , (u. die I n s t r u k t i o n f. d e n A d m i r a l S t o p f o r d . ) [80-82]

5

Viscount Palmerston to Earl Granville. June 19, 1839. " T h e inclosed p a p e r c o n t a i n s the s u b s t a n c e of the i n s t r u c t i o n s w h i c h 10 H . M ' s G o v . p r o p o s e t o give Sir R o b e r t S t o p f o r d , t h e C o m m a n d e r - i n Chief o f H . M ' s N a v a l F o r c e s i n the M e d i t e r r a n e a n , a n d u p o n w h i c h they r e q u e s t t h e previous o p i n i o n o f the F r e n c h G o v . T h e p a r t o f these instructions which relates to the possibility of the Engl, a n d F r e n c h s q u a d r o n s going up to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e in t h e event of a R u s s i a n 15 force entering t h e T u r k , territory, m a y r e q u i r e s o m e c o n s i d e r a t i o n . . . s u c h a m e a s u r e w o u l d . . . be . . . the only w a y of effectually c o u n t e r a c t i n g t h e bad consequences which might result from the entrance of the Russians into Turkey; b u t if t h a t m o v e m e n t were to be effected a g a i n s t a v i g o r o u s resistance on t h e p a r t of the Turk, forts in t h e D a r d a n e l l e s , it w o u l d be 20 difficult to a c c o m p l i s h it, unless t h e fleet w e r e a c c o m p a n i e d by s o m e force w h i c h c o u l d be l a n d e d to c a r r y the forts by t h e r e a r . . . t h o s e forts a r e w e a k o n the l a n d side, a n d m i g h t b e t a k e n o n e after t h e o t h e r , b y a n y m o d e r a t e force w h i c h a t t a c k e d t h e m in the r e a r . " [82] Inclosure, Substance of proposed instructions to Sir Robert Stopford. 25 T h e A d m i r a l t o p r o c e e d w i t h the ships u n d e r his c o m m a n d t o the bay o f S c a n d e r o o n , o r t o a n y o t h e r n e i g h b o u r i n g p a r t o f the c o a s t o f Syria w h i c h m a y b e n e a r t o the places w h e r e t h e a r m i e s o f t h e S u l t a n a n d o f M e h e m e t Ali m a y h a p p e n t o b e . . . i t w o u l d n o t b e easy for t h e s q u a d r o n to force its w a y up to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . 30 XXX (kleines Heft) " T h e r e w o u l d be t i m e for t h e A d m i r a l to c o m m u n i c a t e o n this m a t t e r with H . M ' s A m b a s s a d o r a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , for t h e p u r p o s e o f a s c e r t a i n i n g i n w h a t m a n n e r this m e a s u r e c o u l d b e best executed; a n d h a v i n g stated t o the A d m i r a l their o p i n i o n o n this p o i n t , H. M ' s gov. m u s t leave it to his discretion, to d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r , in the 35 event of permission to pass n o t being g r a n t e d , the force u n d e r his c o m m a n d w o u l d b e s t r o n g e n o u g h t o force t h e p a s s a g e w i t h o u t sustaining s u c h a n a m o u n t o f loss i n m e n , a n d o f d a m a g e t o the ships, a s w o u l d cripple the s q u a d r o n a n d unfit it for a n y useful o p e r a t i o n after t h e p a s sage h a d been effected . . . " 40

212

τ·

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) ( w e n n W i d e r s p r u c h v. ejyptischer Seite erst p r e v e n t all f u r t h e r c o m ­ m u n i c a t i o n b y E j y p t i a n vessels, w h e t h e r o f c o m m e r c e o r w a r , b e t w e e n Syria a n d Ejypt . . . H e w o u l d t h e n leave o n t h e c o a s t o f Syria s u c h ships o f w a r a s h e m i g h t t h i n k necessary for t h i s p u r p o s e , a n d w o u l d p r o c e e d 5 with t h e rest of his force to A l e x a n d r i a . . . If M e h e m e t Ali (mit his o r d e r s t o s e n d n a c h Syria for s u s p e n d i n g hostilities) c o m p l i e d ... t h e A d m i r a l s h o u l d r e m a i n off A l e x a n d r i a w i t h his s q u a d r o n , till h e h a d l e a r n t t h a t the o r d e r h a d a c t u a l l y b e e n o b e y e d , a n d h e m i g h t then r e t u r n t o t h e c o a s t o f Syria . . . I f t h e P a s h a s h o u l d refuse t o give t h e o r d e r , t h e A d m i r a l 10 should t h e n e m p l o y s u c h m e a n s of p r e s s u r e , g r a d u a l l y i n c r e a s i n g in their stringency etc.) [83-85] Lord Beauvale

to

Viscount

Palmerston

(Ree.

June 24)

Vienna,

June 14,

1839. T h e P r i n c e ' s ( M e t t e r n i c h ! ) r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s seem t o h a v e m a d e little 1 5 effect u p o n t h e P o r t e , a n d t h a t t h e t o n e o f t h e T u r k i s h M i n i s t e r s w a s de­ cidedly warlike. T h e o n l y o v e r t u r e t o w h i c h t h e y seem t o h a v e listened, was o n e for o b t a i n i n g t h e immediate restitution of Syria to the Sultan, by means of the intervention of the 4 Powers. This overture was m a d e by B a r o n S t ü r m e r in his o w n n a m e , not in that of H. Gov. ... Since I saw h i m 20 ( M e t t e r n i c h ) , I h a v e l e a r n t t h a t F r a n c e h a s a l r e a d y p r o n o u n c e d herself u p o n s o m e o f t h e l e a d i n g p o i n t s o f t h e affair. K i n g L o u i s P h i l i p p e t h i n k s a conference i n d i s p e n s a b l e , a n d t h a t t h e place at w h i c h to assemble it is Vienna. He is willing to c o n c u r t h e succession in E g y p t to t h e family of M e h e m e t Ali, a n d t h e reversion o f Syria, t o t h e S u l t a n , after t h e P a s h a ' s 25 d e a t h . . . [87, 88] Telegr. Despatch from Marseilles d. d. June 22, 1839. " A t t h e d e p a r t u r e o f t h e ' D a n t e ' f r o m A l e x a n d r i a , n e w s h a d arrived, on J u n e 7, of t h e i n v a s i o n of the E g y p t i a n t e r r i t o r y by the T u r k s , w h o h a d possessed themselves of 15 villages, t h e i n h a b i t a n t s of w h i c h h a d 30 been a r m e d . ( Z u r R e v o l t gegen M e h e m e t Ali.) On this intelligence I b r a him P a s h a h a d m a r c h e d a division o f 25,000 m e n a g a i n s t t h e m ; t r a n s ports h a d left A l e x a n d r i a w i t h t r o o p s o n b o a r d . " [90] Earl Granville to Viscount Palmerston. (receiv. June 27) Paris, June 24, 1839: " M e h e m e t Ali on t h e receipt of this (viz. d e n d e s p a t c h o b e n er35 wähnt.) intelligence, h a d invited t h e C o n s u l s of t h e 5 E u r o p e a n P o w e r s to attend him, a n d h a d laid before t h e m t h e d e s p a t c h e s o f I b r a h i m P a s h a , and asked their advice a s t o t h e c o n d u c t h e s h o u l d p u r s u e . T h e y advised him t o act entirely o n t h e defensive; a n d u p o n their r e m o n s t r a t i n g a g a i n s t

213

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 the i n t e n t i o n h e h a d a v o w e d o f sending his f l e e t t o sea, h e gave u p t h a t i n t e n t i o n . " | [95] |10| Count Nesselrode to Count Pozzo di Borgo, (communicated by M. de Kisseleff June 27, 1839) St. Petersburgh June 15, 1839. " t h e m o v e m e n t of Hafiz P a s h a u p o n Bir, situated at t h e extremity of 5 t h e frontiers of Syria, a p p e a r s to indicate t h a t it e n t e r e d really i n t o t h e views of t h e S u l t a n , all the while declaring his pacific i n t e n t i o n s , to cause t h e a r m y of the T a u r u s to a d v a n c e to such a p o i n t as to r e n d e r a conflict inevitable, b y a t t r i b u t i n g i t t o s o m e c h a n c e c i r c u m s t a n c e , w i t h o u t the P o r t e a p p e a r i n g to h a v e given a n y p r o v o c a t i o n for i t . . . events m a y h a v e 10 n o w p r o c e e d e d with t o o great rapidity for the efforts of the Allied R e p resentatives to h a v e succeeded in arresting the e x e c u t i o n of a p l a n of aggression, w h i c h t h e P o r t e a p p e a r s to h a v e m e d i t a t e d for a l o n g time, a n d w h i c h it h a s c o n t r i v e d to veil in the m o s t p r o f o u n d m y s t e r y . . . t h e r e m o n s t r a n c e s w h i c h we m i g h t n o w a d d r e s s to the P o r t e w o u l d certainly 15 be s o m e w h a t late . . . T h e r e r e m a i n s b u t o n e t a s k for us to fulfil, i. e., to confine this struggle within the n a r r o w e s t possible b o u n d s , so t h a t it m a y n o t c o m p r o m i s e t h e m a i n t e n a n c e o f t h e general r e p o s e o f E u r o p e . . . T h e real d a n g e r for E u r o p e at large is n o t in a c o m b a t carried on in Syria b e t w e e n the t r o o p s of the Sultan a n d t h o s e of the P a s h a of Ejypt . . . 20 t h e d a n g e r w o u l d n o t begin t o b e c o m e serious until, i n t h e event o f the fate of a r m s declaring against the Sultan, t h e P a s h a of E g y p t s h o u l d profit by this a d v a n t a g e to place the safety of Constantinople a n d the existence o f the O t t o m a n E m p i r e i n peril . . . T h e r e w o u l d n o l o n g e r b e q u e s t i o n of a struggle between 2 M u s s u l m a n f o r c e s — , t h e r e w o u l d be 25 q u e s t i o n of a E u r o p e a n c o m p l i c a t i o n . . . To p r e v e n t things r e a c h i n g such a p o i n t , it is of c o n s e q u e n c e to t a k e m e a s u r e s in t i m e for confining the struggle b e t w e e n t h e S u l t a n a n d M e h e m e t Ali within certain limits. ... C o n s e q u e n t l y ... i n o r d e r . . . t o set d u e b o u n d s t o the a c t i o n o f the P a s h a of Ejypt . . . it w o u l d be necessary to declare to h i m in t h e m o s t formal 30 m a n n e r , ' T h a t as long as he shall confine himself to t h e defence of the territories w h i c h h a v e been assigned t o h i m b y t h e a r r a n g e m e n t o f K u t a y a ; a s long a s h e shall n o t extend his military o p e r a t i o n s b e y o n d the district of D i a r b e k i r a n d Orfa, as he h a s formally p r o m i s e d to the Allied C o n s u l s , so l o n g will G r e a t Britain, in c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h t h e o t h e r P o w e r s 35 of E u r o p e , r e m a i n a passive s p e c t a t o r of t h e struggle w h i c h is g o i n g on in Syria; b u t t h a t from the i n s t a n t he shall act on t h e offensive, from the m o m e n t t h a t he shall extend t h e t h e a t r e of t h e w a r b e y o n d t h e defiles of the T a u r u s in o r d e r to c a r r y it into the centre of A s i a M i n o r , from t h a t m o m e n t E n g l a n d w o u l d consider such act of hostility as if it were direct- 40

214

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) ed against herself . . . t h a t in t h e s a m e m a n n e r she w o u l d c o n s i d e r herself in a state of w a r w i t h h i m , if he a t t e m p t e d to send o u t his fleet to enter u p o n a n a v a l c o n t e s t with t h e Sultan If E n g l a n d etc. (Siehe vorige K o r r e s p o n d e n z ) . . . It (this frank e x p l a n a t i o n ) will p r o v e to the Brit. 5 Ministry t h a t , far from wishing to b r i n g a b o u t a c o m p l i c a t i o n in t h e Levant, w e a r e using all o u r care t o p r e v e n t o n e ; a n d t h a t , instead o f greedily availing ourselves of the s t i p u l a t i o n s of o u r Treaty of Alliance with t h e P o r t e , we are ourselves t h e first to desire to p r e v e n t t h e recurrence of a crisis w h i c h w o u l d c o m p e l us, in spite of ourselves, a g a i n to 10 take up a military a t t i t u d e on the shores of t h e B o s p h o r u s . . . H a v e t h e goodness, Sir, n o t to delay a m o m e n t in i n f o r m i n g us of t h e r e c e p t i o n it (this step) meets w i t h f r o m L o r d P a l m e r s t o n . The Emperor flatters himself, that this reception will fully answer our wishes, a n d t h a t t h e u n d e r s t a n d i n g w h i c h will b e established between the English C a b i n e t a n d o u r 15 own {l'entente q u i s'établira e n t r e le C a b i n e t A n g l a i s et le n ô t r e ) for t h e preservation of t h e P e a c e of the L e v a n t , will serve speedily to re-establish it, even if the short-sighted policy of t h e D i v a n s h o u l d h a v e a t t e m p t e d m o m e n t a r i l y to d i s t u r b it." [98-101]

Instructions to the French Admiral in the Levant, Paris June 26, 1839, ( Communicated by M. de Bourqueney, (June 29. ) Vorliegend I n s t r u c t i o n s an A d m i r a l S t o p f o r d , gleichzeitig an den French A d m i r a l v. Soult geschickt, w o r i n es heißt: t h e 2 a d m i r a l s s h o u l d reciprocally c o m m u n i c a t e t o e a c h o t h e r their i n s t r u c t i o n s , a n d s h o u l d act t o w a r d s each o t h e r with all t h e confidence a n d frankness requisite to in25 troduce i n t o their o p e r a t i o n s t h e s a m e u n a n i m i t y w h i c h subsists b e t w e e n the 2 G o v e r n m e n t s . W h e n e v e r c i r c u m s t a n c e s m a y r e q u i r e c o n c e r t a n d co-operation, the chief direction will b e l o n g to t h e officer of t h e highest rank or of t h e longest s t a n d i n g . . . [102] ( A d m i r a l w a s Lalande) Soult natürlich " o m i t t e d t h a t p a r t " der P a l m e r s t o n s c h e n i n s t r u c t i o n , w o e r i h m 30 change o d . m o d i f i c a t i o n v o r s c h l a g e n zu m ü s s e n g l a u b t e . | 20

]11| Earl Granville to 1839.

Viscount Palmerston

(Ree.

June 30)

Paris,

June 28,

" I learnt f r o m M a r s h a l Soult, t h a t h e h a d directed M . d e B o u r q u e n e y t o propose t o y o u r L o r d s h i p , t h a t the Brit, a n d F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r s a t 35 C o n s t a n t i n o p l e s h o u l d be i n s t r u c t e d to b r i n g u n d e r the c o n s i d e r a t i o n of the D i v a n , t h e e n t r a n c e o f the c o m b i n e d F r e n c h a n d Engl, f l e e t i n t o t h e Sea of M a r m a r a , in case a R u s s i a n n a v a l a n d military force shall h a v e entered t h e B o s p h o r u s . T h e M a r s h a l said, h e fully c o n c u r r e d i n y o u r

215

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 L o r d s h i p ' s view of its being desirable t h a t the Brit, a n d F r e n c h flags s h o u l d a p p e a r before C o n s t a n t i n o p l e a t the s a m e t i m e w i t h t h a t o f R u s sia; b u t he h a d d o u b t s ' a s ' to allowing so i m p o r t a n t a q u e s t i o n as t h a t of declaring w a r a g a i n s t T u r k e y a n d Russia, t o w h i c h the forcing o f t h e passage of t h e D a r d a n e l l e s w a s t a n t a m o u n t , to be left to t h e discretion of 5 t h e A d m i r a l s . T h a t q u e s t i o n h a d better, h e t h o u g h t , b e reserved for the c o n s i d e r a t i o n of t h e 2 G o v e r n . T h e passage of the fleet up to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , he observed, w o u l d be a d a n g e r o u s a n d difficult o p e r a t i o n , if really resisted by t h e T u r k s , unless a military force w e r e a t t a c h e d to it to t a k e possession of the forts by land, a n d no military force a d e q u a t e to 10 such a n u n d e r t a k i n g h a d been e m b a r k e d o n b o a r d either f l e e t . T h e fire o f t h e forts w a s n o t t h e only d a n g e r t o which, h e said, t h e f l e e t w o u l d b e exposed; it m i g h t h a v e to e n c o u n t e r in a d a m a g e d a n d crippled state the hostility o f t h e R u s s . f l e e t , c o m b i n e d w i t h t h a t o f Turkey, p r e p a r e d i n t h e B o s p h o r u s for c o m b a t , a n d aided by the R u s s i a n a r m y . " [104] 15 Col. Campbell to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. June 27) Alexandria, May 28, 1839. " I t h e n b r o u g h t the c o n v e r s a t i o n r o u n d t o t h e m o u n t a i n e e r s o f P y a s s , a n d a l o n g t h e c o n t i n u i t y o f t h a t r a n g e t o the T a u r u s , e x t e n d i n g t o M a r a s h . I b r a h i m P a s h a replied: 'All is quiet in t h a t p a r t . . . I m u s t h a v e M a r a s h . I r e q u i r e it for t h e keeping of these m o u n t a i n e e r s in o r d e r ; as it w a s evident; t h e o t h e r day they c o m m i t t e d all sorts of d e p r e d a t i o n s in G i a o u r D a g h , a n d t h a t r a n g e : I w e n t against t h e m ; w h a t followed? T h e y merely w e n t on t h e o t h e r side of t h e m o u n t a i n , saying, We are in the S u l t a n ' s t e r r i t o r y . . . M a r a s h I m u s t h a v e , as also a l o n g t h e line to Orfa; a n d t h e n all will be quiet a n d right in Syria. I shall n o t t h e n r e q u i r e to k e e p such a large force, to keep these m o u n t a i n s etc. in o r d e r , a n d I shall b e a b l e t o give m y a t t e n t i o n t o the interests o f t h e c o u n t r y , a n d t o further t h e c o m m e r c i a l interests of all, a n d particularly of t h e E n g l i s h . ' " . . . T h e C h r i s t i a n s in Syria are all in M e h e m e t Ali's favour, a n d t h e y d r e a d any success of the Sultan: the m o r e as t h e T u r k i s h p o p u l a t i o n in Syria h a s for s o m e time b a c k b e e n t h r e a t e n i n g t h e C h r i s t i a n s , t o w h o m they h a v e said t h a t their reign w a s nearly over . . . M e h e m e t Ali h a d i n t e n d e d a few days a g o to send o u t his fleet to cruise off A l e x a n d r i a , a n d the o r d e r h a d a l r e a d y b e e n given by h i m to t h a t effect, b u t t h e C o n s u l s - G e n e r a l of A u s t r i a , F r a n c e , a n d Russia, as well as myself, h a v i n g separately m e n tioned to him our opinions, ... that it would be ... perhaps conducive to t h e m a i n t e n a n c e o f peace, t h a t his f l e e t s h o u l d r e m a i n i n h a r b o u r , h e immediately acceded t o o u r desires, a n d t h e f l e e t n o w r e m a i n s here. [105-107]

216

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) id.

to id (Ree. June 27) Alexandria June 6, 1839 enthält die folgenden: Inclos. I.) Col. Campbell to Viscount Ponsonby. Alexandria, June 5, 1839. " Y o u r Excellency will perceive t h a t t h e P a s h a writes to his son t h a t we told h i m to ' r e p o u s s e r la force p a r la force', b u t as is seen by the 5 procès-verbal, we said so, in t h e event only t h a t t h e a r m y of I b r a h i m Pasha should be attacked in its positions in his territory." Am 4 J u n e verliest i h n e n M e h e m e t Ali (den 4 G e n e r a l c o n s u l n ) t h a t t h e t r o o p s of the Sultan h a d actually p a s s e d over i n t o the territory of Syria, a n d h a d o c c u p i e d the village of O u r o n t . . . O u r o n t , w h e r e t h e T u r k i s h C a v a l r y n o w is is a village of 10 the P r o v i n c e of A i n t a b . . . f r o m O u r o n t , schreibt I b r a h i m P a s h a an M e h e met Ali, a c c o r d i n g t o y o u r o r d e r s , o u r soldiers retired . . . [108-113] Inclosure II. id. to Viscount Ponsonby ... s o m e T u r k i s h C a v a l r y of H a f i z P a s h a h a d a t t a c k e d t h e E g y p t i a n C a v a l r y e n c a m p e d i n front o f A i n t a b , a n d h a v e excited the villages in t h e A i n t a b district to revolt; eleven 15 villages h a v i n g received a r m s a n d a m m u n i t i o n f r o m Hafiz P a s h a , are n o w i n revolt. O n receipt o f those news, I b r a h i m P a s h a h a d left A l e p p o o n the 2 9 M a y , a n d g o n e t o a small village b e t w e e n A l e p p o a n d A i n t a b , where he awaits the arrival of S o l y m a n P a s h a w i t h a b r i g a d e a n d w i t h some artillery, m o s t p r o b a b l y t o drive b a c k the a d v a n c e w h i c h h a d at20 tacked his C a v a l r y . . . t h e great causes of c o m p l a i n t on || 12| the p a r t of t h e Porte, d a t e from t h e p e a c e o f K u t a y a , a n d f r o m m u t u a l i r r i t a t i o n o n t h e p a r t of t h e P o r t e at the t r i u m p h of M e h e m e t Ali, as also from the semiindependent a n d a n o m a l o u s p o s i t i o n o f t h a t P a s h a . . . Inclos. III.) Id. to Viscount Ponsonby , Alexandria, June 6, 1839. 25 ... it is m o s t clearly evident t h a t t h e P o r t e h a s been the aggressor in t h e c o m m e n c e m e n t of active hostilities: as n o t only h a s Hafiz P a s h a incited the p o p u l a t i o n o f Syria t o revolt, a n d supplied t h e m w i t h a r m s , a m m u n i tion, a n d m o n e y , b u t he h a s also a t t a c k e d a c o r p s of the C a v a l r y of I b r a h i m P a s h a , at a p o i n t i n c o n t e s t a b l y within t h e Syrian territory . . . 30 it should be b o r n e in m i n d t h a t it is a certain fact t h a t M e h e m e t Ali h a s a powerful p a r t y a m o n g s t the g r e a t dignitaries of the P o r t e , a n d even in t h e Divan itself; a n d I a m a l m o s t certain t h a t h e c o u l d a t a n y m o m e n t raise up the Turkish p r o v i n c e s in E u r o p e (certainly A l b a n i a ) in rebellion against the S u l t a n . [114,115] 35 Subinclosure. " T h e 14 villages of the district of O u r o n t in t h e p r o v i n c e o f A i n t a b h a v e b e e n o c c u p i e d b y t h e t r o o p s o f Hafiz P a s h a . H e h a s distributed a r m s a n d a m m u n i t i o n t o t h e i n h a b i t a n t s o f these villages . . . C a n n o n were f i r e d a t N e z i b t o a n n o u n c e t h e arrival o f Hafiz P a s h a i n that t o w n . . . the P a s h a o f M a r a s h also i s stirring u p t h e p o p u l a t i o n o f 40 K o u r d D a k ; t h a t o n e of t h e s u p e r i o r officers of t h a t P a s h a ' s t r o o p s h a s been noticed a m o n g t h e tribe o f K o o r d s w h o p l u n d e r e d B o u l a n i c k . . . " [116,117] t h

217

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 Viscount Palmerston to Lord Beauvale. June 28, 1839. All t h r e e o f those G o v e r n m e n t s (the A u s t r i a n , F r e n c h , a n d R u s s i a n ) a p p e a r to be strongly impressed w i t h t h e necessity of p r e v e n t i n g , if p o s sible, the o u t b r e a k o f hostilities between the S u l t a n a n d M e h e m e t Ali, o r of p u t t i n g a speedy e n d to those hostilities, if they s h o u l d u n f o r t u n a t e l y h a v e a l r e a d y b r o k e n o u t . . . T h e R u s s i a n G o v . a b e r scheint z u m e i n e n t h a t the P o w e r s o f E u r o p e m i g h t b e c o n t e n t e d t o r e m a i n passive spect a t o r s of the c o n t i n u a n c e of those hostilities, so l o n g as t h e c o n t e n d i n g parties s h o u l d c a r r y on their conflict within t h e limits of Syria. B u t in this view H. M ' s G o v . c a n n o t agree; because it is n o t so m u c h t h e scene of action, as the possible result of t h e conflict, w h i c h m a y exercise a decisive influence on the great interests of E u r o p e , a n d a signal defeat a n d dispersion of t h e a r m y of the Sultan, w o u l d be scarcely less d i s a s t r o u s on o n e side o f the T a u r u s , o r t h e E u p h r a t e s , t h a n u p o n t h e o t h e r . . . H . M ' s G o v . are n o t willing to c o n s e n t t h a t M e h e m e t Ali s h o u l d c o n t i n u e to o c c u p y the districts of D i a r b e k i r a n d Orfa: — districts b e y o n d the p r o v i n c e of Syria, a n d c o n s i d e r a b l e i m p o r t a n c e in a military a n d political p o i n t of view, a n d which it h a s long been the desire of M e h e m e t Ali to a c q u i r e . . . A l t h o u g h R u s s i a h a s h i t h e r t o e n d e a v o u r e d t o r e t a i n with h e r o w n discretion e v e r y t h i n g belonging to her relations w i t h T u r k e y , yet t h e C a b i n e t of St. P e t e r s b u r g h m u s t clearly see t h a t t h e general interests of all the P o w e r s of E u r o p e are so directly interested in t h e fate of t h e T u r k . E m p i r e , t h a t n o o n e P o w e r c a n s e p a r a t e herself f r o m the rest i n h e r dealings with respect t o Turkey; b u t t h a t T u r k i s h affairs m u s t henceforw a r d be c o n s i d e r e d to be as m u c h a E u r o p e a n q u e s t i o n , as any o t h e r affairs w i t h w h i c h t h e C a b i n e t s o f E u r o p e h a v e b e e n occupied. T h e F r e n c h G o v . p r o p o s e d t h a t these m a t t e r s s h o u l d b e discussed i n a C o n ference of the 5 P o w e r s , to be held at V i e n n a . P r i n c e M e t t e r n i c h h a s s t a t e d r e a s o n s w h y , i n his o p i n i o n , these m a t t e r s c a n n o t p r o p e r l y b e s u b m i t t e d to a f o r m a l conference, b u t he h a s p r o p o s e d t h a t V i e n n a s h o u l d be the seat o f n e g o t i a t i o n o n those affairs. H . M ' s G o v . saw m a n y s t r o n g r e a s o n s i n f a v o u r o f t h e F r e n c h p r o p o s a l ; a n d s o m e o f m u c h weight a g a i n s t it; the p r o p o s a l of Prince M e t t e r n i c h is o p e n to fewer objections, a n d h o l d s o u t less a d v a n t a g e s . . . H . M ' s G o v . . . . a r e willing t o agree t o p r o p o s i t i o n of P r i n c e M e t t e r n i c h , p r o v i d e d it shall be acceded to by Russia a n d Prussia, as well as by G r e a t Britain a n d F r a n c e . . . . T h e general view which H. M ' s G o v . . . . e n t e r t a i n of the affair in q u e s t i o n . . . : t h a t t h e r e c a n b e n o e n d t o the d a n g e r with which these affairs m e n a c e the p e a c e of E u r o p e , u n t i l M e h e m e t Ali shall h a v e r e s t o r e d Syria to t h e direct a u t h o r i t y of t h e Sultan; shall h a v e retired i n t o E g y p t ; a n d shall h a v e i n t e r p o s e d t h e D e s e r t b e t w e e n his t r o o p s a n d a u t h o r i t i e s a n d the t r o o p s

218

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) a n d a u t h o r i t i e s o f the S u l t a n . B u t M e h e m e t Ali c o u l d n o t b e expected t o consent t o this, unless s o m e equivalent a d v a n t a g e were g r a n t e d t o h i m ; a n d this equivalent a d v a n t a g e m i g h t be h e r e d i t a r y succession in his family to the P a s h a l i c of E g y p t . . . [ [ 1 1 8 , 1 1 9 ] 5 1131 Viscount Palmerston to Earl Granville. June 29, 1839. I herewith transmit etc. a c o p y of a d e s p a t c h (der vorigen S. 12) w h i c h I h a v e a d dressed t o H . M ' s A m b a s s a d o r a t V i e n n a . . . I t seems t o H . M ' s G o v . , that the g r e a t interests of the P o w e r s , as r e g a r d s the affairs of Turkey, can never be considered as secure, until M e h e m e t Ali shall h a v e evacuici ated Syria, a n d shall h a v e w i t h d r a w n his forces i n t o E g y p t . . . [119, 120] D u r c h d e n alten Soult gezwungen, m u ß schreiben: Viscount Palmerston to Viscount Ponsonby. July 5, 1839. I h a v e to instruct y o u r E x c . to state to t h e P o r t e , t h a t if the c o u r s e of events s h o u l d lead the P o r t e t o a s k o r t o accept military o r n a v a l aid f r o m a n y E u r o 15 pean P o w e r , in the c o n t e s t with M e h e m e t Ali, H. M ' s gov. t r u s t t h a t the Porte will a t the s a m e t i m e a d d r e s s itself t o G r e a t Britain t o t h e s a m e effect: a n d y o u r E x c . will say, t h a t A d m i r a l Sir R o b e r t S t o p f o r d h a s orders to repair with his s q u a d r o n to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , for the p u r p o s e of affording t o t h e S u l t a n physical a n d m o r a l s u p p o r t , t h e m o m e n t Sir 20 R o b e r t S t o p f o r d shall receive from the P o r t e , t h r o u g h y o u r E x c , an invitation to t h a t effect. Similar i n s t r u c t i o n s will be given by t h e F r e n c h G o v . t o A d m i r a l R o u s s i n , a n d y o u will m a k e y o u r c o m m u n i c a t i o n o n this m a t t e r t o t h e P o r t e s i m u l t a n e o u s l y w i t h t h a t o f t h e F r e n c h A m b a s sador. [124,125] 25

Mr. Pro-Consul Werry to Viscount Palmerston (received July 5) Aleppo June 4, 1839, d a r i n aus d e n Inclosures: the S u l t a n ' s t r o o p s c o n t i n u e d advancing, a n d h a d crossed t h e river Sedjour; a n d h a d c o m e a s far a s Telbashir, 2 h o u r s on this side of the river, a n d 5 h o u r s to Tellisheir, where H . Exc. I b r a h i m P a s h a ' s c a m p i s . . . t h e S u l t a n ' s t r o o p s t h a t 30 have o c c u p i e d Telbashir, a r e principally all Koord Irregular Cavalry ... [127] Consul Werry to Viscount Palmerston. (Receiv. July 5) Damascus. June 7, 1839. it does n o t a p p e a r to me in t r u t h a n d justice, t h a t it c a n be e s t a b lished in the p r e s e n t a t t i t u d e of the rival a r m i e s , t h a t t h e status quo of 35 the Treaty of K u t a y a is o b s e r v e d by the S u l t a n ' s Seraskier on t h e n o r t h ern frontiers o f Syria . . . W h i l e t h e m a i n b o d y o f his a r m y , e n c a m p e d o n this side o f t h e E u p h r a t e s between R o u m K a l e a n d Bir, m a k e s a d v a n c e s

219

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 t o w a r d s a n d o n t h e E g y p t i a n territory, this m o v e m e n t i s g r a d u a l , a n d i n p r o p o r t i o n t o t h o s e o p e r a t e d b y his irregulars a n d t h e m a l c o n t e n t s o n b o t h wings o f the E g y p t i a n A r m y , a n d H . H . I b r a h i m P a s h a ' s p o s i t i o n a t A l e p p o . . . I b r a h i m P a s h a h a s quitted A l e p p o with all his forces, between t h e 2 9 a n d 3 1 ult., a n d f i x e d his h e a d q u a r t e r s , a n d c o n c e n t r a t e d his a r m y at Tellisheir; 10 h o u r s in a d v a n c e of A l e p p o . . . [136,137] t h

s t

5

Col. Campbell to Viscount Palmerston (Received July 5) Alexandria, June 14, 1839. M e h m e t Ali schreibt J u n e 10 an I b r a h i m P a s h a : Y o u inf o r m m e t h a t o u r adversaries c a r r y their aggression a n d invasion further a n d further; t h a t they h a v e a r m e d t h e i n h a b i t a n t s of all the villages sit- 10 u a t e d b e y o n d A i n t a b , a n d those of Kessil H i s s a r on this side of the villages of A i n t a b ; t h a t they have gained to their side the chief m e n of A i n t a b ; t h a t besides h a v i n g (p. 142) from first to last, c o r r u p t e d the territ o r y of Pyass, t h e m o u n t a i n Kourd Daghi a n d t h a t of Giaour Daghi, they h a v e incited the i n s u r g e n t s to a t t a c k A k h a r , a d e p e n d e n c y of Tripoli, a n d 15 t o assassinate a n d p l u n d e r t h e G o v e r n o r o f the place . . . I f w e h a v e p a t i e n c e a n y longer, w e shall b e u n a b l e t o s t o p t h e m , for b y degrees they will scatter d i s o r d e r everywhere . . . Id. to id. (ree. July 5) Alexandria, June 16, 1839. O n e of t h e P a s h a s of t h e S u l t a n , S o l y m a n P a s h a of M a r a s h , h a s entered i n t o , a n d t a k e n p o s - 20 sesión of A i n t a b , the chief t o w n of a district in Syria, a n d Hafiz P a s h a himself w a s w i t h the c o r p s . . . N o d o u b t c a n therefore r e m a i n i n r e g a r d t o t h e aggression o f Hafiz P a s h a o n Syria. . . . t h e m o d e r a t i o n o f M e h e m e t Ali h a s been clearly s h o w n in the orders he gave to I b r a h i m P a s h a to rem a i n at A l e p p o as long as possible, even at the risk of seeing the insur- 25 rection c a u s e d by Hafiz P a s h a , s p r e a d in Syria, a n d giving time to the T u r k s to c o n c e n t r a t e their forces a n d receive all their reinforcements . . . t h e S u l t a n ' s emissaries were using all their m e a n s to cause a revolt against h i m in every p a r t of Syria . . . D a r i n die Inclos. : Ibrahim schreibt an Mehemet: T h e regiments which w e r e at A i n t a b 30 h a v e been w i t h d r a w n by me, a n d I h a v e left only )|14| o n e b a t t a l i o n of I n f a n t r y in the fortress of t h a t t o w n . S o l y m a n P a s h a of M a r a s h h a s entered A i n t a b . . . [143,144] Letter of Ibrahim Pasha to His Exc. Hafiz Pasha (d. d. J u n e 8, 1839): " A c c o r d i n g to t h e despatches addressed by the G r e a t P o w e r s to their 35 C o n s u l s - G e n e r a l a t A l e x a n d r i a , I a m p e r s u a d e d t h a t they d o n o t a p p r o v e o f the w a r , a n d t h a t H . H . ... i s o f the same o p i n i o n . N e v e r t h e l e s s , — 1) S o l y m a n P a s h a of M a r a s h has sent a b o d y of C a v a l r y , a n d he h a s a t t a c k e d o u r Cavalry, which was at Boulanic. 2) Y o u h a v e sent a c o r p s of K o u r d Mistic Bey to P a y a s s , with the view of raising t h e p o p - 40

220

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) ulation. 3 ) H a d j i O m a r O g l o u h a s b e e n sent t o K o u r d - D a g h w i t h t h e same object. 4 ) Y o u h a v e a t t a c k e d o u r H a n a d i s i n o u r t e r r i t o r y w i t h regular a n d irregular C a v a l r y . 5 ) Y o u h a v e d i s t r i b u t e d a r m s a m o n g s t the i n h a b i t a n t s of the villages of t h e P r o v i n c e of A i n t a b , a n d S o l y m a n 5 P a s h a entered t h a t t o w n , a n d is still t h e r e . Y e s t e r d a y also y o u r E x c , with a C o r p s o f R e g u l a r C a v a l r y , m a d e a n i n c u r s i o n n e a r t o o u r c a m p , a n d discharged y o u r artillery u p o n o u r a d v a n c e d g u a r d o f H a n a d i s . . . If y o u r Exc. h a s o r d e r s to begin the w a r , wherefore these intrigues, these plots?" [145] 10

Col.

Campbell to Viscount Palmerston

(receiv. July 5)

Alexandria, June 16,

1839. T h e F r e n c h p a c k e t - s t e a m e r arrived h e r e late in t h e evening of the 13 inst. w i t h C a p t a i n Caillier, a n a i d e - d e - c a m p o f M a r s h a l Soult. Capt. Caillier w a s the b e a r e r of d e s p a t c h e s , d. d. M a y 28, f r o m t h e M a r shal to M. Cochelet, directing h i m to call on M e h e m e t Ali to cease all hostilities in the event of their h a v i n g t a k e n place, a n d to retire his army into Syria, if they h a d p a s s e d b e y o n d t h e limits of t h a t p r o v i n c e . The M a r s h a l says in his d e s p a t c h , t h a t t h e 5 G r e a t P o w e r s h a v e resolved t o maintain the integrity o f the O t t o m a n E m p i r e . . . t h a t M e h e m e t h a v i n g in these late affairs given p r o o f s of g o o d faith, a n d h a v i n g k e p t his w o r d , he h a d acquired fresh titles to t h e good-will of t h e E u r o p e a n p o w e r s — s o much the m o r e , a s the P o r t e , o n its p a r t , h a d evidently b e e n t h e aggressor; t h a t F r a n c e c o n s u l t s a t this m o m e n t w i t h E n g l a n d a n d w i t h the Allies, o n the m e a n s o f e m p l o y i n g t h e u n i t e d s q u a d r o n s o f E n g l a n d a n d France ... M. C o c h e l e t h a v i n g explained this to M e h e m e t Ali, the P a s h a , on the 15 inst., agreed to give a f o r m a l letter to C a p t . Caillier to be delivered b y h i m t o his s o n I b r a h i m P a s h a , i n w h i c h h e directs h i m n o t t o pursue the T u r k s b e y o n d his frontier, in case t h e T u r k s s h o u l d a l r e a d y have repassed it, a n d to h a l t wherever C a p t . Caillier m a y find h i m , in case the E g y p t i a n a r m y s h o u l d a l r e a d y h a v e e n t e r e d t h e S u l t a n ' s t e r r i t o r y and occupied any p a r t o f i t . . . M . C o c h e l e t w a s , I believe, s o glad t h a t h e has prevailed so far on t h e P a s h a w i t h o u t the aid of his Colleagues, t h a t h e hastened t o accept t h e P a s h a ' s offer, i n o r d e r t h a t h e m i g h t b e able t o say t h a t F r a n c e h a d d o n e everything a n d t h a t h e r voice w a s all-powerful. [145, 146] Inclosed: Mehmet an Ibrahim (d. d. 16 June 1839) M. d e m b e a r e r dieses letter, Aide-de-Camp des M a r s h a l Soult . . . a n o t h e r a i d e - d e - c a m p goes t o C o n stantinople, to p r o c e e d from t h e n c e to Hafiz P a s h a . . . . If, before the a r rival of M. Caillier, y o u h a v e n o t yet driven across t h e frontier t h e T u r k ish t r o o p s which h a d entered w i t h i n o u r b o u n d s , t h a t officer will c a u s e th

is

20

25

30

35

40

221

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 y o u t o r e m a i n w h e r e y o u are, a n d after h a v i n g b e e n t o Hafiz P a s h a , seen the Aide-de-camp despatched to him, and ascertained what he has done, he will r e t u r n to m a k e his r e p o r t to y o u t h e r e u p o n . If, on his r e t u r n , he tells y o u t h a t t h e O t t o m a n A r m y r e m a i n s s t a t i o n a r y , a n d t h a t the Turkish t r o o p s w h i c h h a d entered within o u r limits are a b o u t to be with- 5 d r a w n , y o u will n o t m a k e a n y m o v e m e n t o n y o u r o w n p a r t , a n d y o u will r e m a i n w h e r e y o u are. B u t if after the r e t u r n of M. Caillier with this a s s u r a n c e , Hafiz P a s h a d o e s n o t r e m a i n s t a t i o n a r y , i f h e c o n t i n u e s the s a m e m o v e m e n t s a s formerly, a n d d o e s n o t w i t h d r a w his t r o o p s from o u r frontier, y o u will m a r c h against h i m a n d e n g a g e h i m . Finally, in case 10 y o u s h o u l d , o n t h e arrival o f t h a t officer, h a v e a l r e a d y driven a w a y the Turk, t r o o p s which h a d entered within o u r b o u n d s , a n d i f y o u s h o u l d h a v e a d v a n c e d , y o u m u s t still r e m a i n w h e r e y o u m a y t h e n be, a n d wait until the a r r a n g e m e n t s which the G r e a t P o w e r s m a y m a k e , shall b e k n o w n , a n d shall h a v e been notified to y o u by m e . [147] 15 Col. Campbell to Viscount Palmerston (ree. July 5) Alexandria, June 18, 1839. t h e S u l t a n ' s v a n g u a r d h a s retired u p o n t h e m a i n b o d y , a n d t h u s e v a c u a t e d the t e r r i t o r y of M e h e m e t Ali . . . D a g e g e n die efforts of Hafiz P a s h a to cause revolt in the lower ranges ||15| of t h e T a u r u s , e x t e n d i n g to Beylan a n d P y a s s . A n d his p l a n , therefore, seems to be to a v o i d a b a t t l e , 20 a n d t o cause revolt, a n d t o m o v e o n i n the r e a r o f t h a t m o v e m e n t . . . [148] Col. Campbell to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. July 5) Alexandria, June 19, 1839. I b r a h i m P a s h a w a s (on the 1 0 J u n e ) w i t h his a r m y at Touzel, w h i c h is n o t far from A i n t a b , a n d Hafiz P a s h a w a s a b o u t 3 h o u r s ' distance at 25 N e z i b , n e a r the b a n k s of the Sedjour river, b u t in t h e t e r r i t o r y of the Sultan; a n d S o l y m a n P a s h a o f M a r a s h w a s still i n A i n t a b w i t h t r o o p s of t h e S u l t a n . . . [150] th

Viscount Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. July 7) Therapia, June 16, 1839 ... T h e F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r . . . r e a d to me a p a r t of a d e s p a t c h from 30 M a r s h a l S o u l t . . . I t c o n t a i n e d instructions t o apply i n the strongest m a n n e r t o the Sublime P o r t e t o p r e v e n t hostilities, i f they h a d n o t already c o m m e n c e d , a n d t o p u t a n i n s t a n t e n d t o t h e m i f they h a d ; a n d i t directe d H i s Exc. t o c o m m u n i c a t e with m e , a n d said t h a t the Brit. G o v . entirely c o n c u r r e d with t h e F r e n c h in everything relating to affairs in this 35," c o u n t r y . . . H i s E x c . a s k e d me w h a t I w o u l d d o . I replied, t h a t having no instructions, I c o u l d n o t t a k e a n y steps etc etc [152]

222

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) Earl Granville to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. July 8) Paris. July 5, 1839. T h e D e b a t e i n the C h a m b e r o f D e p u t i e s , o n the v o t e o f credit dem a n d e d by t h e gov. for t h e a u g m e n t a t i o n of t h e F r e n c h N a v a l [Force] in the L e v a n t . . . N o t a dissentient voice w a s h e a r d a g a i n s t t h e p r o p o s i t i o n 5 of the gov. . . . die speakers der different political p a r t i e s , c o n c u r r e d in the policy of m a i n t a i n i n g t h e i n d e p e n d e n c e a n d integrity of the Turk, empire; of rescuing t h e S u l t a n f r o m t h e p r o t e c t i o n of R u s s i a ; a n d of resisting, with d e t e r m i n a t i o n , the p r e t e n t i o n s of R u s s i a to t h e exclusive right of stationing h e r fleets in t h e B o s p h o r u s . t h e d e b a t e lasted 5 d a y s . . . t h e 10 vote will m u c h s t r e n g t h e n the h a n d s of t h e F r e n c h G o v . ; a n d t h e g r o u n d on which it w a s s u p p o r t e d by m o s t of t h e s p e a k e r s , c a n n o t fail to show, that F r a n c e is n o t less d e t e r m i n e d t h a n E n g l a n d to resist the principle of U n k i a r Skelessi [153,154] Earl Granville to Viscount Palmerston ( R e e . J u l y 4) Paris, July 2, 1839. ... 15 M a r s h a l Soult expressed his entire c o n c u r r e n c e in y o u r o p i n i o n , in r e g a r d to the impolicy of c o n t i n u i n g t h e p r e s e n t relative p o s i t i o n of t h e S u l t a n and of M e h e m e t Ali, a n d the necessity of settling on a p e r m a n e n t footing their relations t o e a c h o t h e r ; b u t h e w a s n o t p r e p a r e d t o assert t o y o u r L o r d s h i p ' s p r o p o s i t i o n t h a t n o settlement w o u l d b e satisfactory w h i c h 20 did n o t restore t h e w h o l e of Syria to t h e direct a u t h o r i t y of t h e Sultan. H e said, t h a t the C o u r t o f Berlin h a d suggested t h e p l a n o f the Pashalics of Tripoli a n d of A l e p p o b e i n g given up by I b r a h i m P a s h a , leaving to him the possession o f t h e P a s h a l i c o f A c r e a n d o f D a m a s c u s ; t h a t h e w a s not a w a r e of the view of the C o u r t of V i e n n a in r e g a r d to this m a t t e r , 25 and t h a t t h e F r e n c h gov. h a d n o t yet f o r m e d a n y o p i n i o n u p o n it. M a r shal Soult, however, gave me to u n d e r s t a n d , t h a t his h e s i t a t i o n to accede to y o u r L o r d s h i p ' s p r o p o s a l , a r o s e from his d o u b t of t h e possibility of obtaining M e h e m e t Ali's acquiescence in it, r a t h e r t h a n f r o m a n y objection to the a r r a n g e m e n t itself. [153] 30

Lord William Russell to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. July 8) Berlin, July 3, 1839. M. de R i b e a u p i e r r e r e a d to me a d e s p a t c h , a d d r e s s e d by C o u n t Nesselrode t o t h e R u s s i a n A m b a s s a d o r i n L o n d o n . . . M . d e R i b e a u pierre told m e , t h a t the K i n g o f P r u s s i a h a d s p o k e n t o h i m t h r e e t i m e s during his visit at P o t s d a m , on the subject of this d e s p a t c h , expressing 35 the pleasure he received from t h e m o d e r a t e a n d politic views of Russia, and his h o p e t h a t they w o u l d b e acceptable t o t h e Brit. C a b i n e t . B a r o n Werther h a s since expressed to me his satisfaction at t h e l a n g u a g e held by Russia; c o n c l u d i n g by saying, t h a t t h e q u e s t i o n w a s p l a c e d by all parties i n the h a n d s o f H . M ' s G o v . . . . F r e d e r i c k t h e G r e a t said i t w a s n o t t h e

223

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 P o w e r which s t r u c k t h e f i r s t b l o w t h a t w a s guilty o f aggression, b u t t h e P o w e r which by its a r m a m e n t s forced a n o t h e r P o w e r to strike a b l o w in its o w n defence. T h e a c c e p t a t i o n o f this definition w o u l d m a k e M e h e m e t Ali t h e aggressor. [155] Lord William Russell July 3, 1839, Berlin. " C o u n t B r e s s o n s h o w e d me 5 s o m e d e s p a t c h e s of C o u n t St. A u l a i r e ' s , relating his c o n v e r s a t i o n with P r i n c e M e t t e r n i c h . . . H . H i g h n . ( M e t t e r n i c h ) h a d suggested t h e expediency (in case t h e S u l t a n ' s a r m y s h o u l d be defeated) of allowing the R u s sian a r m y t o o c c u p y C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , whilst the English, F r e n c h , a n d A u s t r i a n fleets sailed up the D a r d a n e l l e s . " [155] 10 Viscount Palmerston to Lord William Russell. July 9, 1839 ... T h e R u s sian G o v . p r o p o s e s i n the event o f a n y m a r k e d success o n t h e p a r t of M e h e m e t Ali, to leave the E g y p t i a n s in t h e possession of O r f a a n d D i a r b e k i r ; b u t D i a r b e k i r is the c e n t r a l key of A s i a m i n o r ; a n d w h o e v e r is strongly in military possession of t h a t p o s t , will h a v e t h e c o m m a n d of the 15 w h o l e ||16| c o u n t r y . . . . w h e n R u s s i a a n d M e h e m e t Ali s h o u l d d e t e r m i n e to c o - o p e r a t e t o g e t h e r a g a i n s t t h e S u l t a n , a R u s s i a n force from G u m r i , u n i t e d w i t h t h e t r o o p s o f M e h e m e t Ali a t D i a r b e k i r , w o u l d sweep t h r o u g h t h e w h o l e extent o f A s i a m i n o r . . . [156] Viscount Palmerston to the Marquess of Clanricarde. July 9, 1839 ... 20 I h a v e t o instruct y o u r E x c , t o t h a n k t h e R u s s . G o v . for this c o m m u n i cation, (d. d. 15 J u n e ) H. M ' s G o v . fully a p p r e c i a t e the confidence thus evinced in the Brit. Gov. by the Cab. of St. Petersburgh, and are rejoiced to f i n d , t h a t t h e general t e n o u r o f t h e views w h i c h h a v e b e e n t a k e n o f the m a t t e r s in q u e s t i o n by the 2 C a b i n e t s , s h o u l d be so m u c h the s a m e . ... 25 T h e only a r r a n g e m e n t . . . w h i c h c o u l d a p p e a r t o H . M ' s G o v . t o b e calc u l a t e d to secure peace for t h e future, w o u l d be t h e e v a c u a t i o n of Syria b y M e h e m e t Ali . . . u n d m a k i n g t h e P a s h a l i c o f E g y p t h e r e d i t a r y i n his family . . . If t h e R u s s . G o v . s h o u l d c o n c u r in this general view, and s h o u l d instruct its A m b a s s . at V i e n n a accordingly, t h e r e c a n be no d o u b t , 30 t h a t s u c h an expression of the p a r t of R u s s i a , w o u l d c a r r y with it all the weight which n a t u r a l l y belongs to t h e s e n t i m e n t s of R u s s i a u p o n such a m a t t e r . . . [156,157] Lord Beauvale to Viscount Palmerston (ree. July 11) Vienna. July 1, 1839 Prince M e t t e r n i c h , . . . a t t a c h e s the greatest value to an i n v i t a t i o n from 35 the 2 P o w e r s to the E m p e r o r of R u s s i a to j o i n his s q u a d r o n to theirs in t h e M e d i t e r r a n e a n . . . r e a s o n . . . of this affair, b e i n g t h e j o i n t c o n c e r n of

224

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) all E u r o p e . ( K ü n d i g t i h m die K r a n k h e i t des S u l t a n s a n . ) t h e A u s t r i a n s q u a d r o n in the L e v a n t will be reinforced, a n d place itself u n d e r t h e orders of A d m i r a l S t o p f o r d . [159,160] Viscount Palmerston to Lord Beauvale. July 13, 1839. ... Was dies n u n 5 angeht t h a t E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e s h o u l d invite R u s s i a t o send h e r Black Sea s q u a d r o n i n t o t h e M e d i t e r r a n e a n , t o c o - o p e r a t e w i t h the c o m b i n e d Brit., F r e n c h , a n d A u s t r i a n f l e e t . . . H . M ' s G o v . a r e inclined t o d o u b t the expediency of such a m e a s u r e at p r e s e n t . . . für die suspension d e r hostilities i n t h e M e d i t e r r a n e a n , die c o m b i n e d f l e e t w o u l d b e s u f f i c i e n t . . . •io If, indeed, t h e 5 P o w e r s s h o u l d d e t e r m i n e to press u p o n the P o r t e a n d u p o n M e h e m e t Ali, t h e a r r a n g e m e n t b y w h i c h M e h e m e t Ali w o u l d h a v e to e v a c u a t e Syria, a n d if the Pasha should demur to accede to that arrangement, there might then be an o b v i o u s a d v a n t a g e in p r o v i n g to the P a s h a , by t h e c o - o p e r a t i o n of the R u s s i a n flag w i t h t h a t of A u s t r i a , 15 France, a n d E n g l a n d , t h a t the G r e a t P o w e r s a r e u n a n i m o u s in their decision. [160,161] Earl Granville to Viscount Palmerston (ree. July 11) Paris, July 8, 1839 M a r s h a l Soult h a s r e a d t o m e t h e N o t e w h i c h h e p r o p o s e s s h o u l d b e addressed b y the F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r t o t h e S u b l i m e P o r t e , r e q u e s t i n g 20 that a F r e n c h fleet m a y p a s s t h e D a r d a n e l l e s , in case an E g y p t i a n a r m y should a p p r o a c h C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , a n d foreign s u c c o u r b e r e q u i r e d for t h e defence o f the c a p i t a l . . . H e expressed his h o p e s t h a t H . M ' s G o v . w o u l d instruct L o r d P o n s o n b y to a d d r e s s to t h e T u r k . G o v . a similar n o t e , for the admission of the Brit, fleet within the D a r d a n e l l e s . . . [161, 162] 25

Viscount Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. July 13) Therapia, June24,1839 ... O n the 2 1 t h e F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r h a d a n interview with N o u r i Effendi, to receive a verbal reply f r o m t h e P o r t e to his E x c ' s note, d e m a n d i n g the recall of t h e t r o o p s f r o m the A l e p p o side of t h e Euphrates. T h e P o r t e w o u l d n o t give a w r i t t e n reply. T h e verbal o n e w a s , 30 "that the ministers h a d n o t c o m m u n i c a t e d to t h e S u l t a n the d e m a n d s made by the F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r " . [163] s

Viscount Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston (receiv. July 13) Therapia, June 24, 1839. r e p o r t . . . t h a t t h e F r e n c h fleet will o p p o s e by force t h e p r o gress o f the O t t o m a n f l e e t . . . T h e C a p u d a n P a s h a i n t e n d s t o sail o n S a t u r 35 day with all his fleet for R h o d e s . . . T h e P a s h a considers t h a t the F r e n c h have no right to h i n d e r h i m f r o m following t h e o r d e r s of his Sovereign: and h e says t h a t h e h a s positive o r d e r s t o e n g a g e t h e E g y p t i a n f l e e t . . .

225

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 if t h e F r e n c h w e r e alone in their present p r o c e e d i n g s , t h a t w o u l d n o t p r e v e n t h i m f r o m following his o w n p l a n s ; b u t if t h e English s h o u l d be agreed w i t h the F r e n c h , in t h a t case he s h o u l d feel himself c o n s t r a i n e d , m u c h against his inclination, to s u b m i t to their will. | [164, 165] |17| Viscount Palmerston to Viscount Ponsonby July 13, 1839. . . . if the 5 S u l t a n s h o u l d die, a n d if in consequence of his d e a t h , t h e presence of t h e Brit. S q u a d r o n at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e s h o u l d a p p e a r useful . . . offer the assistance o f the s q u a d r o n t o t h e T u r k . G o v . , i n c o n c e r t w i t h t h e F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r , w h o will h a v e instructions to m a k e a similar offer of the assistance of the F r e n c h fleet . . . A d m i r a l Sir R o b e r t S t o p f o r d to go up 10 t o C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , i f invited t o d o s o b y t h e T u r k . G o v . . . . d e r F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r will h a v e instructions to m a k e a similar offer of the assista n c e of t h e F r e n c h fleet . . . [166] Viscount Palmerston to the Lord Commissioners of the Admiralty. July 18. 1839 ... a c q u a i n t A d m i r a l . Sir R o b e r t S t o p f o r d , t h a t a further instruction 15 will b e sent t o H . M ' s A m b a s s a d o r a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , stating, t h a t i f the R u s s i a n fleet should, for any r e a s o n w h a t e v e r , enter the B o s p h o r u s , his E x c . will a p p l y for p e r m i s s i o n for the Brit, fleet to do t h e s a m e . . . D a s selbe schreibt Viscount Palmerston an P o n s o n b y , d. d. July 18, 1839. [167,168] 20 Marquess of Clanricarde to Viscount Palmerston. St. Petersburgh July 8, 1839. I h a v e every r e a s o n to believe t h a t t h e S u l t a n deceived M. de B o u téneff, a n d t h a t his c o m m e n c e m e n t of hostilities w a s as disagreeable to, as it w a s u n e x p e c t e d by H i s I m p . M a j . . . . [169] Earl of Granville to Viscount Palmerston (ree. July 17) Paris, July 15, 25 * 1839. ... Soult i n f o r m e d me t h a t B o u r q u e n e y h a d c o m m u n i c a t e d ... to y o u . . . the readiness of t h e F r e n c h G o v . to b e c o m e a p a r t y to a general g u a r a n t e e of t h e integrity of t h e T u r k , e m p i r e by t h e 5 G r e a t E u r o p . P o w e r s . . . [171] id. to id. (receiv. 17 July) inclosed despatch, d a ß S u l t a n M a h m o u d died 30 ; on the 30* of J u n e . His eldest son, declared of age by t h e D i v a n , was p r o c l a i m e d E m p e r o r . O n t h e 28' o r d e r s h a d b e e n sent t o Hafiz P a s h a t o s u s p e n d hostilities. [172] Baron Bourqueney to Viscount Pahnerston. July 19, 1839 communicated officiellen, dem Brief v.: 226

(receiv. July 21) London, Palmerston mitzutheilenden 35

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) Duke of Dalmatia (Soult) to the Baron of Bourqueney d . d . Paris, July 17, 1839 . . . all t h e C a b i n e t s wish for the integrity a n d i n d e p e n d e n c e o f the O t t o m a n M o n a r c h y u n d e r the d y n a s t y n o w reigning . . . a n d they w o u l d n o t hesitate t o declare themselves a g a i n s t a n y c o m b i n a t i o n 5 whatever, w h i c h m i g h t i m p a i r it . . . Palmerston d. d. July 22, 1839, a n t wortet i n denselben P h r a s e n a n B a r o n B o u r q u e n e y . [173-175] The Marquess of Clanricarde to Viscount Palmerston ( R e e . July 23) St. Petersburgh July 15, 1839. ... C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e said " A u s t r i a p r o poses, t h a t for the h e r e d i t a r y t e n u r e of t h e P a s h a l i c of E g y p t assured to 10 his family, M e h e m e t Ali s h o u l d relinquish Syria at his d e a t h . We do n o t object t o t h a t a r r a n g e m e n t . Y o u r G o v . say, t h a t Syria s h o u l d b e i m m e d i ately restored to t h e Sultan. We also think that better. B u t h a v e y o u a n y reason to s u p p o s e t h a t M e h e m e t Ali will accede to such a p r o p o s a l ? " [177] 15 Lord Beauvale to Viscount Palmerston (ree. July 23) Vienna, July 11, 1839 . . . the o r d e r s to t h e C o m m a n d e r s (den t u r k i s h ) , by sea a n d land, to suspend o p e r a t i o n s , were sent o n t h e 2 8 o r 2 9 . . . Id to id. (ree. July 23) Vienna, July 11, 1839. As to t h e p l a n of pacification, Prince M e t t e r n i c h fully a d o p t s y o u r L o r d s h i p ' s ideas; b u t t h e 20 Porte having itself d e s i g n a t e d the t e r m s u p o n which it is willing to confer Egypt u p o n t h e family of M e h e m e t Ali, he considers these, consisting of the restitution of Syria a n d C a n d í a , a n d t h e d i s a r m i n g , as a sine qua non; whereas t h e restitution of the e a s t e r n coast of the R e a d Sea, a n d t h e terms u p o n w h i c h E g y p t is to be held as a fief, are o p e n to n e g o t i a t i o n . 25 His p l a n for t h e c o n d u c t of this n e g o t i a t i o n is t h e following. It m u s t begin a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , a n d will b e c o m p l e t e w h e n t h e P o r t e shall h a v e agreed with t h e 5 P o w e r s u p o n the t e r m s to be g r a n t e d to the P a s h a : this agreement to be c o n s i g n e d to official n o t e s . W h e n this is d o n e , t h e 5 Powers will notify t o the P a s h a t h e t e r m s , a n d call u p o n h i m t o accept 30 them, s u p p o r t i n g their i n t i m a t i o n by s u c h pressure, in case of refusal, as may be sufficient to d e t e r m i n e his assent. T h i s assent b e i n g o b t a i n e d , t h e arrangement to be placed u n d e r the g u a r a n t e e of the 5 P o w e r s . T h e o u t line of t e r m s is a l r e a d y sketched, a n d m a y be c o n s i d e r e d as a d o p t e d b y England, A u s t r i a , Prussia, a n d R u s s i a . F r a n c e r e m a i n s ; a n d Prince 35 Metternich requests t h e Brit. G o v . to p e r s u a d e F r a n c e . . . it is p r o b able that the P o r t e || 181 will i n s i s t . . . u p o n a d i m i n u t i o n of M e h e m e t Ali's fleet, a n d this d i m i n u t i o n is precisely w h a t will be m o s t u n p l e a s a n t to France, w h o h a s always l o o k e d u p o n t h e n a v a l p o w e r of E g y p t as a re-inforcement to h e r o w n , a n d t h e r e b y a c o u n t e r p o i s e to o u r m a r i t i m e t h

t h

227

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie - Heft 3 superiority in the M e d i t e r r a n e a n . . . If t h e m o r a l w e i g h t of t h e 5 P o w e r s s h o u l d n o t d e t e r m i n e the submission of the P a s h a . . . t h e Russian p r o p osition to consider ourselves in a state of war m i g h t be f o u n d the o n l y o n e efficacious . . . t h e A d m i r a l s s h o u l d be furnished w i t h i n s t r u c t i o n s . . . I h a v e c o m p r i s e d in this d e s p a t c h the result of m a n y c o n v e r s a t i o n s w i t h P r i n c e M e t t e r n i c h . . . [178-180]

5

id. to id. (ree. 23 July) V i e n n a July 11, 1839 . . . Russia a l r e a d y a d o p t s the principle, t h a t everything i s t o b e d o n e i n c o m m o n . U p o n all t h e details P r i n c e M e t t e r n i c h agrees t o y o u r L o r d s h i p ' s ideas w i t h o u t reserve, a n d i s sure of their a d o p t i o n by R u s s i a : so t h a t , a c c o r d i n g to h i m , E n g l a n d , 10 A u s t r i a , a n d R u s s i a , are p l a c e d exactly u p o n t h e s a m e line, a n d there o n l y r e m a i n s to i n d u c e F r a n c e to relinquish h e r d e v i a t i o n s f r o m it. [180] id. to id. (Ree. July 23) d, d. Vienna July 11, 1839 M e t t e r n i c h . . . told me . . . t h a t its (der A u s t r i a n s q u a d r o n ) sailing w o u l d b e delayed until a n a n s w e r s h o u l d be received f r o m P a r i s to an a p p l i c a t i o n calling u p o n the 15 F r e n c h G o v . to confirm its instruction to its Admiral to that which had been given by England, the principle of p a r i t y b e t w e e n t h e S u l t a n a n d the P a s h a being o n e w h i c h A u s t r i a could n o t a d m i t , a n y m o r e t h a n she c o u l d its a p p l i c a t i o n to t h e e q u a l t r e a t m e n t of their vessels. Till this w a s d o n e P r i n c e M e t t e r n i c h said t h e A u s t r i a n s q u a d r o n c o u l d n o t j o i n t h e c o m - 20 b i n e d fleet, a s i t w o u l d n o t k n o w w i t h w h o m t o act. [180,181] id. to id. (received July 23) Vienna, July 14, 1839. ... a r r i v a l of an estafette f r o m C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . I inclose L o r d P o n s o n b y ' s d e s p a t c h e s received by this occasion; t h o s e of t h e I n t e r n u n c i o will be c o m m u n i c a t e d by Prince E s t e r h a z y . T h e r e are 2 differences between t h e m . T h e first is, t h a t B a r o n 25 S t ü r m e r m e n t i o n s i t t o b e i n t e n d e d b y the P o r t e t o a p p r i z e M e h e m e t Ali t h a t t h e S u l t a n m a y b e i n d u c e d t o a p p o i n t o n e o f his s o n s t o t h e Pashalic of o n e of t h e P r o v i n c e s he ( M e h e m e t Ali) at p r e s e n t h o l d s , w h i c h is virtually a r e l i n q u i s h m e n t of Syria to I b r a h i m P a s h a . T h e o t h e r , t h a t the I n t e r n u n c i o notifies t h e c o n s e n t of t h e R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of the 5 P o w e r s 30 h a v i n g been given t o s u p p o r t t h e p r o p o s i t i o n s o f t h e P o r t e , while L o r d P o n s o n b y only speaks of their h a v i n g agreed to notify the facts to the C o n s u l s . T h e r e is a further difference b e t w e e n this o v e r t u r e m a d e by N o u r i Effendi, a n d t h e o n e h e m a d e t o the I n t e r n u n c i o ; i n t h a t , the e v a c u a t i o n of t h e H o l y Cities w a s o m i t t e d , as in this, is t h e disarming. 35 [181]

228

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) Viscount Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. July 24) Therapia. July 3, 1839 In p u r s u a n c e of t h e desire of the Sublime P o r t e , the M i n isters of the 5 G r e a t P o w e r s assembled this d a y at the H o u s e of the O t t o m a n M i n i s t e r for F o r e i g n Affairs . . . N o u r i E f f e n d i . . . t h e S u l t a n (erklärt 5 N o u r i Effendi) . . . d e t e r m i n e d to send o n e of the e m i n e n t m e n of his C o u r t t o offer t h e E g y p t i a n P a s h a p a r d o n for the p a s t , a n d a s s u r a n c e o f favour for t h e future (of which t h e S u l t a n sent a d e c o r a t i o n as the m a r k a n d evidence), a n d t o p r o m i s e t h a t H . H . w o u l d confer u p o n the P a s h a a n d his family t h e h e r e d i t a r y G o v . o f E g y p t t o b e held b y the P a s h a a n d 10 his d e s c e n d a n t s as vassals, on the c o n d i t i o n t h a t Syria etc. s h o u l d be immediately r e s t o r e d to t h e Sultan. [183] Viscount Palmerston to Lord Beauvale. F o r . Office, J u l y 2 3 , 1839 (incloses him "Draft of Note to be presented to the Porte by Admiral Roussin", worin es u. a. heißt: F ü r d e n F a l l d e r G e f a h r : the S u b l i m e P o r t e w o u l d 15 doubtless u n d e r s t a n d t h a t t h e surest m e t h o d of reconciling a r e g a r d for its dignity, a n d even for its security, w i t h the grievous necessity to w h i c h it w o u l d find itself r e d u c e d , w o u l d be, to request, n o t f r o m o n e P o w e r in particular, b u t f r o m t h e w h o l e o f E u r o p e , the s u p p o r t w h i c h w o u l d b e indispensable for it. A g r e a t E m p i r e . . . is n o t d e g r a d e d by placing itself 20 under the p r o t e c t i o n of t h e great E u r o p e a n interests. It finds even in t h e diversity of those interests, w h e n they u n i t e in c o m i n g to its s u c c o u r , the sure g u a r a n t e e t h a t this p r o t e c t i o n c a n n o t be t r a n s f o r m e d into a s u p r e m acy d a n g e r o u s to its i n d e p e n d e n c e . This system of c o n d u c t . . . is, m o r e o ver, the o n l y o n e which is consistent w i t h the duties a n d the j u s t suscep25 tibilities of t h e policy of t h e G r e a t C o u r t s . . . H. [M's] (die french) G o v . therefore is p e r s u a d e d , t h a t it meets the i n t e n t i o n s of t h e Sublime P o r t e by requesting t h a t , in the event of the l a n d or sea forces of o n e or m o r e of the Allied P o w e r s b e i n g invited to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , o r d e r s m a y be given immediately to o p e n t h e p a s s a g e of t h e D a r d a n e l l e s to a F r e n c h 30 s q u a d r o n which w o u l d arrive for the p r o t e c t i o n of the ||19| t h r o n e of t h e sultan ... [185, 186] Earl Granville to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. July 25) Paris, July 22. 1839. ... complete r o u t e o f t h e Turk, a r m y u n d e r Hafiz P a s h a . . . b a t t l e o f June24 ... 35 Inclosure I. Alexandria July 6. T h e E g y p t i a n a r m y u n d e r t h e o r d e r s o f I b r a h i m P a s h a , h a v i n g a t t a c k e d the Turk. A r m y c o m m a n d e d b y t h e Seraskier Hafiz P a s h a , a t N e z i b , b e y o n d A l e p p o , the latter a b a n d o n e d the field of b a t t l e after an a c t i o n of 2 h o u r s . All the matériel, in g u n s , cannon, a n d a m m u n i t i o n , h a s fallen i n t o the p o w e r o f the E g y p t i a n s .

229

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 l

I b r a h i m w r o t e this intelligence the 2 5 of J u n e f r o m t h e tent of the Turkish General-in-Chief. H e h a d r e t u r n e d t o A i n t a b o n t h e 2 8 , b u t h a d o r d e r e d 3 r e g i m e n t s of I n f a n t r y a n d 3 r e g i m e n t s of C a v a l r y , to a d v a n c e u p o n Orfa a n d D i a r b e k i r . [187] th

Viscount Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston ( R e e . July 26) Therapia, July 8, 1839. "' . . . A h m e d P a s h a accused H o s r e w a n d Halil P a s h a o f h a v i n g m u r d e r e d S u l t a n M a h m o u d , a n d o f t h e intention t o give u p this c o u n t r y t o the R u s s i a n s . H e said h e h a d written o n July 2 t o Hafiz P a s h a , t o call u p o n h i m to m a r c h with his a r m y to d e p o s e the p r e s e n t M i n i s t e r by force. He w o u l d ask M e h e m e t Ali for his s u p p o r t i n t h e u n d e r t a k i n g a n d a n n o u n c e d his i n t e n t i o n t o t a k e the O t t o m a n fleet t o C a n d i a . . . [188] Inclos. I. Baron Roussin to Viscount Palmerston Therapia July 7, 1839. . . . t h e C a p u d a n P a s h a is in insurrection w i t h his fleet a g a i n s t t h e G o v . of H. H . , a n d h a s set o u t for R h o d e s , p r e t e n d i n g t h a t this G o v . is sold to R u s s i a . . . they ( o u r gov's) are the Allies of the S u l t a n A b d u l Medjid, a n d their wishes will be in his favour. I h a v e given this a s s u r a n c e to the G o v . of H. H. on the p a r t of my o w n . As I h a v e not the least doubt of the perfect understanding which exists between o u r s etc . . . [189] D a s g a n z e s t a t e m e n t erfuhr P o n s o n b y v. R o u s s i n , dieser wieder v o m fzs. A d m i r a l L a l a n d e , w h o w a s visited b y t h e s e c o n d i n c o m m a n d o f the O t t o m a n Fleet, O s m a n Bey, bearer of a m e s s a g e f r o m A h m e d P a s h a . . . Inclosure III. Viscount Ponsonby to Col. Campbell, Therapia, July 7, 1839. ... T h e F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r . . . advised the P o r t e to send couriers in all h a s t e to Hafiz P a s h a ; a n d I believe he h a s advised t h a t orders s h o u l d be given for t h e recall of the a r m y b a c k to this n e i g h b o u r h o o d . 1 shall give advice, t h a t t h e a r m y be left w h e r e it is, b e c a u s e t h a t p a r t of the E m p i r e o u g h t n o t t o b e exposed t o b e c o m e t h e p r e y o f M e h e m e t Ali . . . [190]

5

10

15

20

25

Viscount Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston (ree. July 26) Therapia, 30 Juli 8, 1839. Before these late events, a n d after t h e d e a t h of M a h m o u d , I told the G r a n d Visier t h a t I t h o u g h t it very possible t h e O t t o m a n a r m y w o u l d be defeated; a n d I advised him in t h a t case to avoid, with pertinacity, making any concessions to Mehemet Ali of territory, etc. before the advice o f t h e G r e a t P o w e r s s h o u l d b e given. H e a s s u r e d m e , t h a t h e 35' w o u l d n o t m a k e a n y concessions . . . I t i s n o t impossible t h a t H o s r e w k n e w , w h e n he a n s w e r e d m e , t h a t Hafiz h a d b e e n defeated. [191]

230

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) Lord Beauvale to Viscount Palmerston ( R e e . J u l y 26) Vienna, July 17, ¡839 . . . t h e first n e w s of t h e b a t t l e ... r e a c h e d t h e C o r p s D i p l o m a t i q u e a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . t h r o u g h C o u n t K ö n i g s m a r k , w h o received i t o n July 7 ... Prince M e t t e r n i c h is in possession of r e p o r t s w h i c h p r o v e to his 5 satisfaction, t h a t t h e defeat w a s k n o w n before t h e o v e r t u r e to M e h e m e t , and t h a t it decided t h a t m e a s u r e . . . It is called a b a t t l e , b u t in fact t h e r e was n o n e , the w h o l e Turk, a r m y h a v i n g r u n a w a y a s s o o n a s t h e c a n n o n ade grew h o t . . . t h e a t t a c k w a s m a d e b y I b r a h i m u p o n the receipt o f M e h e m e t All's o r d e r t o t h a t effect. C a p t a i n Caillier, w h o b o r e t h e c o u n t e r 10 order, will h a v e r e a c h e d the c a m p within 48 h o u r s after t h e defeat of t h e Turk, a r m y , s o t h a t w e m a y h o p e t h a t I b r a h i m will h a v e h a l t e d u p o n t h e E u p h r a t e s . . . the T u r k , a r m y is to be c o n s i d e r e d as totally d i s b a n d e d . . . [191,192] id. to id. (received J u l y 2 6 ) Vienna, July 19, 1839. . . . It a p p e a r s highly 15 p r o b a b l e t h a t the P o r t e a n d t h e P a s h a will c o m e to an a g r e e m e n t . The overture, of w h i c h Akiff Effendi is t h e b e a r e r , h a v i n g been sent w i t h the k n o w l e d g e of the defeat of t h e T u r k . A r m y , it is to be s u p p o s e d t h a t he is a u t h o r i z e d to s u b m i t to the P a s h a ' s c o n d i t i o n s , a n d M e h e m e t Ali will prefer closing at o n c e w i t h the S u l t a n in a m o m e n t of defeat, r a t h e r 20 than await t h e i n t e r p o s i t i o n of ||20| t h e 5 P o w e r s . . . P r i n c e M e t t e r n i c h . . . purposes sending a c o u r i e r in a few d a y s to L o n d o n , by w h o m he will enter into a full c o n s i d e r a t i o n of t h e a c t u a l p o s t u r e of affairs . . . da d e r death of the S u l t a n M a h m o u d , the accession of a successor, t h e d e s t r u c tion of the a r m y , the defection of t h e fleet, a n d t h e rivalry of t h e leading 25 persons of t h e e m p i r e , h a v e totally c h a n g e d t h e state of things . . . [192] Viscount Palmerston to Lord Beauvale F. O. July 26, 1839. . . . T h e s e Beauvale's) d e s p a t c h e s p r o v e t h a t t h e r e exists perfect identity b e t w e e n the views o f A u s t r i a a n d t h o s e E n g l a n d , u p o n t h e T u r c o - E g y p t i a n Affair: and that full reliance m a y be placed u p o n t h e c o m p l e t e c o - o p e r a t i o n of 30 Russia with t h e o t h e r P o w e r s etc [193] t h

id. to id. July 26, 1839 ... t h e result of the b a t t l e of t h e 2 4 c a n n o t entitle Mehemet Ali to a n y greater f a v o u r from t h e 5 P o w e r s , b u t r a t h e r t h e contrary; because t h e b a t t l e w a s f o u g h t in defiance of t h e r e m o n s t r a n c e s and warnings of the 5 P o w e r s , his a r m y b e i n g t h e assailant, a n d t h e field 35 of action h a v i n g b e e n b e y o n d the frontier of Syria. B u t n e i t h e r can the results of t h a t b a t t l e diminish the force of t h o s e political c o n s i d e r a t i o n s which h a v e led the P o w e r s to t h i n k t h a t t h e e v a c u a t i o n of Syria by Mehemet Ali is essential for t h e m a i n t e n a n c e of t h e Turk. E m p i r e , a n d consequently for t h e p r e s e r v a t i o n of the p e a c e of E u r o p e . [193,194]

231

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 Sir George Hamilton to Visçount Palmerston (Ree. July 30) Berlin, July 24, 1839. ... B a r o n W e r t h e r assured m e , t h a t t h e K i n g w o u l d derive m u c h satisfaction f r o m a k n o w l e d g e of y o u r L o r d s h i p ' s l a n g u a g e to R u s sia on the occasion . . . His Exc. ( B a r o n W e r t h e r ) c o n c u r r e d entirely in y o u r o p i n i o n as to t h e a t t i t u d e t h a t s h o u l d be a s s u m e d by G r e a t Britain a n d R u s s i a in t h e p r e s e n t state of things . . . P r u s s i a (sagt derselbe Werther) w o u l d entirely agree in the line of c o n d u c t w h i c h y o u r L o r d s h i p p r o p o s e d t o a d o p t , i n conjunction with t h e view o f t h e A u s t r i a n C a b i n e t . . . [202]

5

Col. Campbell to Visçount Palmerston (Ree. July 27) Alexandria, July 6, 10 1839. ... C a p t . Caillier will h a v e r e a c h e d t h e c a m p of I b r a h i m P a s h a on t h e 2 7 ult. . . . t h e S u l t a n refused t o allow t h e officer sent b y M a r s h . Soult t o C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , t o p r o c e e d with a n y mission t o Hafiz P a s h a t o susp e n d his o p e r a t i o n s ; a n d this is the m o r e to be l a m e n t e d , as t h e officer m i g h t possibly h a v e r e a c h e d in t i m e to p r e v e n t t h e late battle. [204] 15 Inclos. The Austrian Consul-Gen. at Aleppo, June 26, 1839, Evening ... N o t o n e o f t h e m (the Turks.) could h a v e r e a c h e d t h e E u p h r a t e s h a d I b r a h i m P a s h a wished seriously t o p r e v e n t i t . . . T o - m o r r o w o r n e x t d a y t h e E g y p t i a n a d v a n c e d g u a r d , c o m m a n d e d b y O s m a n P a s h a , will c o m m e n c e passing the E u p h r a t e s . E v e r y t h i n g indicates t h a t s u c h is t h e in- 20 t e n t i o n o f the E g y p t i a n Seraskier. l

Col. Campbell to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. July27), July6, 1839. ... 3 regiments of I n f a n t r y a n d 3 of C a v a l r y h a d b e e n sent by I b r a h i m P a s h a t o t a k e possession o f O r f a a n d D i a r b e k i r , a n d h e w a s g o i n g t o send o n t r o o p s to M a l a t i a . . . [205] 25 Visçount Palmerston to the Marquess of Clanricarde. F. O., July 30, 1839. t h o s e events ( v o n N e z i b etc.) . . . d o n o t a p p e a r t o H e r M ' s G o v . t o afford to t h e 5 P o w e r s a n y r e a s o n for altering in a n y degree the course w h i c h they h a d previously i n t e n d e d to p u r s u e . [206] Mr. Pro-Consul Werry to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. July 31, 1839) 30 Aleppo, July 1, 1839. ... T h i s m o r n i n g . . . I b r a h i m P a s h a h a s reached A i n t a b w i t h all the forces, from w h e n c e it is said he h a s s t a r t e d for M a r a s h , darin: Inclosure3 . . . On the 2 7 i n s t . , in the evening, M. Caillier, o n e of M a r s h . Soult's A i d e s - d e - C a m p , r e a c h e d this ( A l e p p o ) c o m i n g from Alex- 35, a n d r i a in 6 d a y s . . . he left this yesterday ( J u n e 28,) a f t e r n o o n , accomp a n i e d by his H i g h n e s s M e h e m e t Ali's i n t e r p r e t e r , r e p a i r i n g with th

232

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) all speed in q u e s t of his E x c . I b r a h i m P a s h a , w h o m ... I d a r e say he will find between A i n t a b a n d M a r a s h . . . [206, 209]

5

Col. Campbell to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. July 31) Alexandria, July 11, 1839. ... On the evening of the 8 inst. . . . positive intelligence of the d e a t h of the Sultan; a n d t h e P a s h a d e s p a t c h e d i m m e d i a t e o r d e r s to I b r a h i m P a s h a to s u s p e n d all hostilities ... On t h e 9' (evening) we h e a r d ... t h a t A c h m e t P a s h a w a s c o m i n g t o place his fleet a t the disposition o f M e h e met Ali ... O n t h e Í 0 , M e h e m e t Ali e r k l ä r t e : "If A c h m e t P a s h a wishes to deliver over to me the fleet of t h e S u l t a n , 11|211 will n o t accept it, a n d I will send it b a c k to t h e S u l t a n " ... At t h e r e c e p t i o n of H o s r e w P a s h a ' s letter (on the 10', im N a m e n des Sultans) M e h e m e t Ali c a u s e d an o r d e r t o b e p r e p a r e d for I b r a h i m P a s h a , b y w h i c h h e enjoins h i m t o w i t h d r a w his t r o o p s t o this side o f t h e E u p h r a t e s , a n d a s far a s M a r a s h , l o o k i n g o n the w a r a s n o w a t a n end. M e h e m e t Ali says h e wishes t o have possession of M a r a s h , w h i c h is o n l y about 3 hours beyond his present frontier, because it gives h i m t h e m e a n s of k e e p i n g in o r d e r the m o u n - taineers of G i a o u r D a g h , w h o h a v e always, a l t h o u g h i n his present territory, b e e n very t r o u b l e s o m e ; a n d t h a t he will p a y the S u l t a n for t h e accession of that territory twice t h e t r i b u t e w h i c h t h a t district p a y s a t present. T h e Pasha says, t h a t he is confident t h a t all differences will n o w be firmly settled w i t h o u t t h e i n t e r v e n t i o n of t h e G r e a t P o w e r s ... he professes g r e a t respect for, a n d submission t o , the y o u n g S u l t a n . . . he himself will p r o ceed t o C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , i n o r d e r t o p a y his p e r s o n a l h o m a g e t o his Sovereign ... n o t only h a s M e h e m e t Ali s t r o n g friends i n the D i v a n , b u t he is r e g a r d e d by all p a r t i e s as the only p e r s o n w h o c a n h e l p the S u l t a n to sustain the O t t o m a n E m p i r e ... [219, 220] t h

10

15

20

25

id. to id. (Ree. July 31) Alexandria , July 13, 1839. ... In t h e letter of the to V i s c o u n t P o n s o n b y , inclosed in des leztern despatch of M a y 1, t h e S u l t a n gives as a r e a s o n for his military p r e p 30 arations a n d fortifications, the levies of t r o o p s by M e h e m e t Ali, a n d t h e redoubts etc., erected b y h i m o n t h e frontier. B u t surely t h e S u l t a n m u s t have been a w a r e t h a t M e h e m e t Ali c o u l d n o t , a n d d a r e d n o t t o , a t t a c k the Sultan, as in such case he w o u l d h a v e h a d a r r a y e d a g a i n s t h i m t h e Great P o w e r s , T h e S u l t a n h a d c o n s e q u e n t l y n o t h i n g t o fear f r o m M e h e 35 met Ali, a n d it w a s his interest clearly to allow M e h e m e t Ali to e x h a u s t his resources ...It was, however, clearly the object of Russia to urge the Sultan to weaken himself by useless preparations and expences ... t h e Sultan played t h e g a m e of R u s s i a . " I n r e g a r d to t h e desire of t h e S u l t a n for M e h e m e t Ali t o give u p A d a n a , D a m a s c u s , A l e p p o , Seyda, J e r u s a lem, a n d N a p l o u s ... h e ( M e h e m e t Ali) w o u l d n o t h a v e c o n s e n t e d t o d o 40

233

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 so, a n d at p r e s e n t he will be still less disposed to listen to such a p r o p o s a l . " [221] Earl Granville to

Viscount Palmerston

(Ree.

July 31)

Paris,

July 29,

1839.

Viscount Palmerston to Lord Beauvale, F. 0., August I, 1839. All things considered, the d e a t h of t h e S u l t a n , a n d t h e defeat of t h e 5 T u r k . A r m y r a t h e r increase t h a n diminish t h e force o f t h e r e a s o n s w h i c h h a d previously led t h e F i v e P o w e r s t o t h i n k i t necessary t h a t Syria s h o u l d be r e s t o r e d to t h e direct rule of the Sultan . . . end is t h e m a i n t e n a n c e of t h e T u r k . E m p i r e ; t h e danger by which t h a t E m p i r e is t h r e a t e n e d is t h e u s u r p e d P o w e r of M e h e m e t Ali a n d if t h e possession of Syria was to t h o u g h t t o r e n d e r M e h e m e t Ali d a n g e r o u s l y s t r o n g w i t h r e l a t i o n t o the S u l t a n d u r i n g t h e life of M a h m o u d , a v i g o u r o u s a n d experienced Sovereign, still m o r e m u s t the possession of Syria r e n d e r M e h e m e t Ali t o o s t r o n g etc ... w h e n t h a t Sovereign is a m i n o r , a n d h a s b e e n enfeebled by the defeat a n d dispersion of his a r m y , a n d by the defection of his fleet... 15 The Five Powers therefore . . . s h o u l d l o o k to p e r m a n e n t interests a n d n o t t o t e m p o r a r y accidents; a n d a s they possess t h e m e a n s o f effectually s u p p o r t i n g Turkey, they ought to employ those means to accomplish t h a t p u r p o s e . . . [224] Id. to Id. F. 0. Dasselbe Datum. 20 T h e Five P o w e r s a p p e a r to be all equally of o p i n i o n , t h a t Syria, C a n d i a a n d A r a b i a , ought to be immediately restored to t h e direct rule of t h e S u l t a n ... b u t s o m e of the Five P o w e r s a p p e a r to doubt w h e t h e r t h e allia n c e w o u l d h a v e t h e m e a n s o f i n d u c i n g M e h e m e t Ali t o acquiesce i n such an a r r a n g e m e n t if he could strongly object to it. . . . such d o u b t s h a v e no 25 sufficient f o u n d a t i o n . . . Sezt n u n a u s e i n a n d e r die simple m e a n s of c o ercion the Five P o w e r s possess . . . [225] Visçount Palmerston to Viscount Ponsonby. F. O. Aug. 1, 1839. . . . I h a v e . . . t o instruct Y o u r Exc. t o c a r r y i n t o execution a n y m e a s u r e w h i c h y o u m a y be i n f o r m e d by L o r d Beauvale h a s been agreed to by h i m on behalf 30 of the Brit. G o v . , a n d has also been c o n c u r r e d in by the A u s t r i a n G o v . , a n d by the R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of t h e o t h e r 3 P o w e r s at V i e n n a . . . [226] Marshal Soult to the Consul-Gen. of France at Alexandria. ( Communicated Aug. 1) Paris, July27, 1839. ... Rüffelt b e d e u t e n d d e n M e h e m e t . . . fell h i m , t h a t if on this occasion, as on m a n y o t h e r s , F r a n c e is t h e first to 35 m a k e h i m h e a r counsels, w h i c h he m a y at first d e e m h a r s h , it is precisely

234

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) because t h e goodwill w h i c h we feel t o w a r d s h i m causes us to view w i t h deep regret these d a n g e r o u s courses u p o n w h i c h h e i s a b o u t t o enter . . . the p r o p o s i t i o n s for ||22| a c c o m o d a t i o n . . . c o n t a i n e d in t h e letter a d d r e s sed t o h i m b y t h e n e w G r a n d Vizier . . . a p p e a r t o m e perfectly a d a p t e d 5 for forming, at a n y r a t e , the basis of a serious n e g o t i a t i o n . [231] Viscount Palmerston to Baron de Bourqueney, Aug. 3, 1839. Inclosure I Sketch of proposed Instructions to the 2 Admirals in the Mediterranean, wie sie die Aejyptische F l o t t e abfassen sollen u. n a c h C o n s t a n t i n o p e l senden . . . t h e c a p t u r e o f the E g y p t i a n f l e e t o u g h t n o t h o w e v e r t o i n d u c e 10 the A d m i r a l s to desist from exacting f r o m t h e P a s h a t h e s u r r e n d e r of the Turk, ships; a n d they s h o u l d c o n t i n u e t o use m e a s u r e s o f c o e r c i o n t o p r o d u c e t h a t result, a n d w o u l d b e a u t h o r i z e d t o d e t a i n all m e r c h a n t ships sailing u n d e r t h e E g y p t i a n flag. Inclosure II. Supplementary Instruction to the Admirals. D i e ß h ö c h s t s o n d e r b a r e S u p p l e m e n t lautet: 15 "If, w h e n t h e A d m i r a l s receive these i n s t r u c t i o n s , c i r c u m s t a n c e s s h o u l d have arisen to r e n d e r t h e presence of the c o m b i n e d fleet i m m e d i a t e l y necessary at the D a r d a n e l l e s , in the Sea of M a r m o r a , or in the B o s p h o rus, the A d m i r a l s will of c o u r s e p o s t p o n e a c t i n g u p o n the o t h e r instruction of this day, until after the m o r e pressing service shall h a v e b e e n 20 accomplished; a n d if while they are c a r r y i n g t h e o t h e r i n s t r u c t i o n of this date i n t o execution, they s h o u l d find t h a t the occupation of Constantinople by a Russian force, or a n y o t h e r c i r c u m s t a n c e s , w o u l d r e n d e r it inexpedient to send to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e t h e E g y p t i a n or T u r k , ships which t h e y m a y o b t a i n possession o f a t A l e x a n d r i a , t h e A d m i r a l s i n s u c h 25 case s h o u l d be a u t h o r i z e d to send such ships to be held in safe d e p o s i t in any o t h e r T u r k . P o r t . " . . . [233, 234] The ConsuUGeneral an Soult, Alexandria, July 16 ... T h e Turk, fleet, under the c o m m a n d o f t h e C a p u d a n P a s h a , arrived o n t h e 14', i n o r d e r t o place itself a t the D i s p o s a l o f M e h e m e t Ali. T h e Viceroy h a s said t h a t h e 30 would n o t r e s t o r e it to t h e P o r t e , until the G r a n d Vizier H o s r e w P a s h a should be r e m o v e d from office, a n d t h e hereditary G o v . of the c o u n t r i e s which h e rules s h o u l d b e conferred o n h i m . T h e E g y p t . A r m y h a s received orders to retire b e h i n d the E u p h r a t e s . [234] Earl Granville to Viscount Palmerston (ree. Aug. 5) Paris, Aug. 2. 1839. 35 ... A d m i r a l D u p e r r é . . . d o u b t e d the p r u d e n c e (of a b l o c k a d e of the Egyptian coasts), unless assured t h a t t h e R u s s . fleet f r o m t h e Black Sea would n o t enter t h e B o s p h o r u s of t h e F r e n c h a n d Engl, fleet o c c u p y i n g a

235

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 p o s i t i o n s o d i s t a n t f r o m the D a r d a n e l l e s . H e w a s decidedly o f o p i n i o n , t h a t p r e c a u t i o n s s h o u l d b e t a k e n b y the A d m i r a l s t o p r e v e n t t h e E g y p tian fleet, o r t h e T u r k , f l e e t u n d e r the C a p u d a n P a s h a , f r o m e n t e r i n g the Straits o f t h e D a r d a n e l l e s , with intentions hostile t o t h e S u l t a n ' s G o v . a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . [235] Sir George Hamilton to Viscount Palmerston (ree. Aug. 5.) Berlin, July 31, 1839. ... t h e R u s s i a n M i n i s t e r called u p o n me this a f t e r n o o n . . . H i s Exc. (der R u s s ) said: "We u n d e r s t a n d t h a t t h e Engl, a n d F r e n c h G o v . i n t e n d to p r o p o s e t h a t t h e F i v e P o w e r s shall m a k e a d e c l a r a t i o n of their d e t e r m i n a t i o n t o m a i n t a i n the integrity a n d i n d e p e n d e n c e o f t h e O t t o m a n Empire under the present dynasty, and that n o n e of them would seek to profit by the present state of things, for t h e p u r p o s e of gaining a n y acquisition of territory. As far as t h e i n d e p e n d e n c e of the T u r k . E m p . i s c o n c e r n e d , a n d the latter p r o p o s i t i o n , t h a t R u s s i a , a m o n g t h e rest, s h o u l d n o t seek to profit by t h e p r e s e n t state of things, the E m p e r o r w o u l d instantly sign a n y i n s t r u m e n t w h i c h w o u l d r e c o r d such a d e t e r m i n a t i o n o n his p a r t ; b u t g u a r a n t e e i n g the integrity o f t h e e m p i r e w a s a n o t h e r thing; t h a t it p e r h a p s m i g h t fall u p o n R u s s i a at a m o m e n t m o s t i n c o n v e n i e n t t o herself t o b e called u p o n , a s t h e n e a r e s t n e i g h b o u r , to b r i n g b a c k a rebellious vassal u n d e r t h e d o m i n i o n of t h e Sultan, a n d t h e E m p e r o r m i g h t b e exposed t o n u m e r o u s inconveniences b y entering i n t o such a c o m p a c t . " [236, 237] Marquess of Clanricarde to Viscount Palmerston ( R e e . A u g . 5.) St. Petersburgh, July 27, 1839 ... R u s s i a w o u l d n o t refuse h e r assent to t h e Pashalic of Syria being conferred for his life u p o n I b r a h i m P a s h a , if t h e Sult a n s h o u l d c o n s e n t to such a d e m a n d . ||23| D i e vorhin an B o u r q u e n e y u . d u r c h i h n d e m Soult mitgetheilten I n s t r u c t i o n u . S u p p l e m e n t wörtlich n u n definitiv erstattet v o m F o r . Off. an die L o r d C o m m i s s i o n e r s of the A d m i r a l t y , d . d . A u g u s t 5, 1839 . . . (f. die U n i t e d F r e n c h u. Engl, s q u a d r o n s ) schickt sie denselben T a g an G r a n v i l l e , f. c o m m u n i c a t i o n an Soult. [238-240] Visçount Palmerston to Sir George Hamilton. F. O. A u g . 6, 1839 ... B a r o n W e r t h e r will, n o d o u b t , h a v e a l r e a d y b e e n i n f o r m e d t h a t the F r e n c h G o v . is of o p i n i o n t h a t the defeat of t h e T u r k . A r m y , t h e defection o f the fleet, a n d the timidity o f t h e D i v a n , o u g h t t o m a k e n o altera t i o n in t h e c o u r s e which the 5 P o w e r s h a d i n t e n d e d to p u r s u e before t h o s e events were k n o w n ; a n d y o u will s t a t e to B a r o n W e r t h e r , t h a t in t h a t o p i n i o n H . M ' s G o v . entirely c o n c u r . " T h o s e u n f o r t u n a t e events

236

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) c a n n o t i n a n y degree diminish t h e g r e a t interest w h i c h E u r o p e h a s i n m a i n t a i n i n g t h e O t t o m a n E m p i r e i n its integrity a n d i n d e p e n d e n c e a s a n essential element of t h e b a l a n c e of p o w e r . " [240] Col Campbell to Viscount Palmerston (ree. A u g . 6) A l e x a n d r i a , July 17, 5 1839, e n t h ä l t die folgenden inclosures: 1) Viscount Ponsonby to Col. Campbell T h e r a p i a , July 5, 1839. On the 3 inst., the R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of the 5 G r e a t P o w e r s were invited to m e e t the O t t o m a n M i n i s t e r for F o r . Affairs ( N o u r i Effendi.), a t his H o u s e o n the B o s p h o r u s . . . E r sagte der S u l t a n h a b e d e t e r m i n e d t o send o n e o f 10 the e m i n e n t m e n of his C o u r t to offer the E g y p t i a n P a s h a p a r d o n for t h e past, a n d a s s u r a n c e of f a v o u r for t h e future (of w h i c h t h e S u l t a n sent a decoration a s t h e m a r k a n d evidence), a n d t o p r o m i s e t h a t H . H . w o u l d confer u p o n the P a s h a a n d his family t h e h e r e d i t a r y G o v . o f E g y p t . . . o n the c o n d i t i o n t h a t Syria etc. s h o u l d b e i m m e d i a t e l y r e s t o r e d t o t h e S u l t a n 15 ...[241] 2) id. to id. Therapia, July 7,1839. ... T h e s t a t e m e n t c o m e s f r o m A d miral L a l a n d e , w h o w a s visited b y the s e c o n d i n c o m m a n d a t the O t t o m a n fleet, O s m a n Bey, b e a r e r of a m e s s a g e f r o m A h m e d P a s h a . . . A h m e d P a s h a asserts t h a t t h e S u l t a n w a s m u r d e r e d b y H o s r e w , n o w 20 G r a n d Vizier, a n d Halil P a s h a . T h a t t h o s e p e r s o n s i n t e n d to give up this C o u n t r y to R u s s i a ; t h a t it is necessary to oblige t h e S u l t a n to a p p o i n t another M i n i s t r y . [242] 4) Col. CampbeU to Viscount Ponsonby Alexandria. July 16, 1839. ... long c o n v e r s a t i o n with M e h e m e d Ali (der engl., russ., Ostreich. C o n s u l , 25 der französische ( C o c h e l e t k r a n k ) , t h e s u b s t a n c e of w h i c h is detailed in the R é s u m é inclosed, (den 14. k a m die T u r k , fleet an.) . . . On t h e 1 5 interview s ä m m t l i c h e r consuls m . M e h e m e t Ali . . . t h e e n m i t y b e t w e e n Mehemet Ali a n d H o s r e w P a s h a i s t o o bitter t o a d m i t o f any reconciliation; a n d . . . M e h e m e t a p p e a r s t o feel t h a t t h e r e c a n n o t b e a n y security 30 for him, or a n y g o o d u n d e r s t a n d i n g between t h e S u l t a n a n d h i m , so l o n g as H o s r e w P a s h a is in p o w e r . . . Capudan Pasha sagt z u m C a p t a i n of t h e Sultan's s t e a m e r w h i c h conveyed Akiff Effendi f r o m C o n s t a n t i n o p l e : "I did n o t c o m e h e r e as a rebel, b u t seeing t h a t the t r u e w a y to save t h e empire was to c o m e h e r e , I h a v e d o n e s o , as all t h e n a t i o n feels t h a t 35 the counsels of M e h e m e t Ali, a n d n o t t h o s e of H o s r e w P a s h a ; c a n restore the O t t o m a n E m p i r e . " [243, 244] Eingelegt in d e n Brief an P o n s o n b y : 2) Brief summary of 2 interviews which took place between the Pasha of ' Egypt, and the Consuls-Gen. of the 4 Great Powers r d

th

237

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 3 On the 14' of July, t o w a r d s 5 o'clock in t h e evening, t h e T u r k i s h fleet, with t h e C a p u d a n P a s h a o n b o a r d , a p p e a r e d i n sight o f A l e x a n d r i a . . . T h e C o n s u l - G e n . o f F r a n c e , being k e p t a t h o m e b y indisposition, h a d req u e s t e d his Colleagues t o s p e a k i n his n a m e . . . M e h e m e d Ali replied: " . . . A s to t h e concession m a d e by the S u l t a n , I do n o t c o n s i d e r it as 5 a m a r k of generosity on his p a r t , b u t as an act of necessity. As l o n g as H o s r e w P a s h a shall be at the h e a d of affairs I m u s t m i s t r u s t all his assertions . . . H o w c o u l d I p u t faith i n H o s r e w w h o i s m y m o r t a l foe? . . . " In time of w a r , it w a s p e r m i t t e d to receive deserters . . . In 2 d a y s Akiff Effendi will set o u t a g a i n for C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . He will be t h e b e a r e r of a 10 letter o f c o n g r a t u l a t i o n a n d o f submission from m e , t o t h e n e w S u l t a n , A b d u l Medjid. I shall also write a letter to H o s r e w P a s h a , in w h i c h I shall r e p r e s e n t t o h i m : 1 ) t h a t the late S u l t a n M a h m o u d m a d e t o m e a t one time, t h r o u g h the m e d i u m o f S a r i m Effendi, m u c h m o r e a d v a n t a g e o u s p r o p o s a l s t h e n t h o s e which H. H. h a s n o w a d d r e s s e d to m e , since he t h e n 15 p r o p o s e d t o m e t h e h e r e d i t a r y G o v . o f E g y p t , a s well a s t h a t o f the district of Seyda, a n d of the Sandjack of Tripoli. 2) t h a t u n d e r the p r e s e n t c i r c u m s t a n c e s , I ask for the h e r e d i t a r y G o v . of E g y p t , w i t h t h a t of Syria a n d C a n d í a , i. e. of all t h a t I n o w possess, as I h a d previously a n n o u n c e d . 3) t h a t on this c o n d i t i o n . . . I will defend h i m (the S u l t a n ) w h e n e v e r a n d 20 a g a i n s t w h o m s o e v e r he m a y wish ... I formally e n g a g e to r e s t o r e the f l e e t , the m o m e n t m y p r o p o s a l s shall h a v e b e e n accepted. . . . I f H o s r e w P a s h a r e m o v e d from the direction of t h e affairs, I shall n o t hesitate t o p r o c e e d t o C o n s t a n t i n o p l e presenting m y h o m a g e i n p e r s o n t o m y Sovereign . . . " F i n a l l y I declare to y o u , t h a t if my p r o p o s a l s a r e n o t 25 accepted (sagt er zu d e n C o n s u l s ) I will n o t m a k e w a r , b u t I will m a i n t a i n myself in my p r e s e n t p o s i t i o n , a n d I will w a i t . . . " In d e m 2' Interview, on t h e 15, sagt er wieder: H o s r e w P a s h a . . . is detested by the whole n a t i o n . . . I h a v e j u s t w r i t t e n a private letter to the G r a n d Vizier, in | |24| w h i c h I advise h i m to retire from affairs, a n d to t e n d e r his resigna- 30 t i o n . . . [246-249] Col. Campbell to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. Aug. 6) Alexandria, July 17, 1839. C a p t a i n Caillier, t h e a i d e - d e - c a m p o f M a r s h a l Soult, r e a c h e d I b r a h i m P a s h a on July 1, n e a r A i n t a b , a n d delivered to h i m t h e o r d e r from 35 M e h e m e t Ali t o s u s p e n d t h e a d v a n c e o f his a r m y . I b r a h i m P a s h a then r e p r e s e n t e d , t h a t his a c t u a l p o s i t i o n w a s n o t at all a m i l i t a r y o n e , a n d m o r e o v e r , t h a t h e c o u l d n o t t h e r e p r o c u r e forage for his h o r s e s , o n which C a p t a i n Caillier c o n s e n t e d to his t a k i n g a p o s i t i o n at M a r a s h . . . since t h e n I b r a h i m h a s received the o r d e r to e v a c u a t e t h e c o u n t r y to t h e east 40, of t h e E u p h r a t e s , a n d he h a s in c o n s e q u e n c e w i t h d r a w n all his t r o o p s f

238

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) from O r f a a n d Bir, a n d h a s n o t n o w a single soldier b e y o n d the E u p h r a tes ... [250] Inclosure. Ibrahim Pasha to Mehemet Ali (1 Juillet 1839) . . . (sezt seinem A l t e n a u s e i n a n d e r , w a r u m e r nicht s t e h n bleiben k o n n t e a n d e m P l a t z wo Caillier i h n traf.) [251, 252] 5

Col. Campbell to Visçount Palmerston (Ree. Aug. 6) Alexandria, July 17, 1S39. ... T h e only a r m y n o w in t h e T u r k . E m p i r e is t h a t of M e h e m e t Ali, a n d the P o r t e is also w i t h o u t a fleet... S u c h is t h e influence of M e h e m e t Ali i n the T u r k . E m p i r e , t h a t h e c o u l d raise u p i n his f a v o u r n o t only C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , b u t every p a r t of Turkey; a n d , if he desired it, he c o u l d , 10 by those m e a n s , o v e r t h r o w H o s r e w P a s h a at his will. [252] Inclosure 1). Viscount Ponsonby to Col. Campbell. July 5, 1839. . . . I never believed t h a t M e h e m e t Ali w o u l d act o t h e r w i s e t h a n h e h a s d o n e . H e m u s t a d v a n c e o r h e m u s t fall. T h e E u r o p . P o w e r s will b e t r a y their o w n interests if t h e y suffer h i m to a d v a n c e . T h e c o n c l u s i o n seems to me clear. 15 His p o w e r is a h o u s e of c a r d s , a n d a n y of the G o v ' s c a n d e s t r o y it w i t h a breath . . . inclosure 2) Col. Campbell to Visçount Ponsonby, Alexandria, July 16, 1839. ... t h e feeling of revenge t o w a r d s M e h e m e t Ali t h a t p r e d o m i n a t e d in all his (the late S u l t a n ' s ) actions, h a s , I fear, inflicted m o r e evils on the 20 Turkish E m p i r e t h a n m a n y years of wise g o v . can r e m e d y . It w a s scarcely to be expected t h a t a m a n of s t r o n g feelings like S u l t a n M a h m o u d , c o u l d b e b r o u g h t t o forget t h e h u m i l i a t i o n t o w h i c h h e h a d been e x p o s e d i n his former contest w i t h t h e P a s h a o f E g y p t . . . E r (der alte S u l t a n ) declared selbst " h e w o u l d s o o n e r b e c o m e a vassal of R u s s i a t h a n relinquish the 25 hope of r e v e n g e " . . . . A reconciliation w i t h M e h e m e t A l i . . . in my h u m b l e opinion, is a l m o s t all t h a t is r e q u i r e d for t h e r e g e n e r a t i o n of the O t t o m a n Empire. M e h e m e t Ali gave t h e f i r s t i m p u l s e t o r e f o r m i n Turkey. U n d e r his a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , r a p i d p r o g r e s s h a s been m a d e in civilisation, in e d u c a tion, a n d in the f o r m a t i o n of an efficient a r m y a n d n a v y . T h e recovery of 30 the H o l y Cities from the W a h a b e e s , a n d the heavy expense he h a s incurred t o k e e p A r a b i a i n subjection, all these c i r c u m s t a n c e s , w h i c h h a d rendered his n a m e c o n s p i c u o u s a m o n g M a h o m e d a n s , c o n t r i b u t e a claim to some c o n s i d e r a t i o n for himself a n d family . . . H i s a m b i t i o n h a s always been to r e s t o r e his n a t i o n to its f o r m e r p o w e r , a n d to place it in a situa35 tion to resist e n c r o a c h m e n t s . . . [253, 254] Col. Campbell to Viscount Palmerston (ree. Aug. 6), Alexandria, July 17, 1839. M e h m e t Ali sagt. " C a p u d a n P a s h a w o u l d h a v e b e e n a t r a i t o r if he had given u p his f l e e t t o R u s s i a , b u t t h a t i t w a s t o a v o i d t h a t , t h a t h e h a d

239

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 c o m e to A l e x a n d r i a , as a faithful subject of the S u l t a n , a n d to u n i t e with h i m for t h e service o f t h e Sultan, a n d for t h e g o o d o f t h e O t t o m a n E m p i r e . " [255] Viscount Palmerston to the Lord Commissioners of the Admiralty. A u g . 7, 1839. further i n s t r u c t i o n addressed t o A d m i r a l Sir R o b e r t S t o p f o r d . . . Sir R o b e r t Stopford will n o t only call u p o n M e h e m e t Ali t o deliver u p t h e T u r k i s h fleet, if it s h o u l d be in a n y w a y u n d e r his c o n t r o l , b u t also enter i n t o c o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h t h e officers of t h e T u r k i s h ships . . . Sir R o b e r t S t o p f o r d will n o t use force, unless he is so s u p e r i o r in s t r e n g t h as t o p u t resistance o u t o f t h e q u e s t i o n . . . n o t t o e m p l o y force a g a i n s t t h e T u r k i s h fleet, unless it s h o u l d p r o c e e d to acts of hostility a g a i n s t its sovereign . . . I f Sir R o b e r t S t o p f o r d s h o u l d u p o n arriving a t A l e x a n d r i a , f i n d the T u r k , ships outside the h a r b o u r , a n d a t t h e d i s p o s a l o f their o w n officers, a n d n o t d e p e n d e n t u p o n the will o f M e h e m e t A l i . . . t h e r e w o u l d b e n o valid r e a s o n w h y Sir R o b e r t S t o p f o r d s h o u l d c o m m i t a n y act o f hostility against the E g y p t i a n ships . . . ( s a n d t e diese Scheisse d e m G r a n ville z u r c o m m u n i c a t i o n an Soult.) | [255, 256] |25] Earl Granville to Viscount Palmerston (ree. Aug. 7) Paris, Aug. 5, 1839. ... I b r a h i m P a s h a h a d d e t e r m i n e d , after his victory over Hafiz P a s h a , t o send a p a r t o f his a r m y a s far a s K o n i a h , a n d t h a t h e h a d directed S o l y m a n Bey t o p r o c e e d with a n o t h e r c o r p s t o M a l a t i a . . . . C a p tain Caillier's r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s i n d u c e d h i m t o o r d e r t h e c o r p s w h i c h w a s t o h a v e m a r c h e d u p o n K o n i a h , n o t t o g o b e y o n d t h e district o f M a r a s h , a n d to recall S o l y m a n Bey, leaving only a small force in O r f a a n d in Bir . . . I t w a s evident f r o m t h e t o n e o f M a r s h a l S o u l t ' s c o n v e r s a t i o n , t h a t his first i m p r e s s i o n is n o t in f a v o u r of the a d o p t i o n of the (v. P a l m e r s t o n ) p r o p o s e d instructions. [257] Count Nesselrode to M. de Kisseleff ( c o m m u n i c a t e d A u g . 8 by M. de KisselefQ St. Petersburgh, 27 July, 1839. . . . T h r e e possible contingencies o c c u r to u s : 1) M e h e m e t Ali m a y wholly a n d simply accede to t h e offers t h a t h a v e b e e n m a d e to h i m : in t h a t case all difficulties will of themselves b e r e m o v e d . 2 ) M e h e m e t Ali m a y , w i t h o u t absolutely rejecting t h e terms o f t h e p r o p o s e d a r r a n g e m e n t , e n d e a v o u r t o o b t a i n m o r e f a v o u r a b l e conditions from the P o r t e . In this case, a n e g o t i a t i o n b e t w e e n t h e 2 parties will be o p e n e d at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ; a n d it will t h e n be for the R e p r e s e n t atives of t h e Allied C a b i n e t s to lend their g o o d offices w h e n e v e r the D i v a n shall see occasion for t h e m .

240

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) 3) M e h e m e t Ali m a y obstinately refuse all reconciliation with the Porte. If, c o n t r a r y to o u r expectation, this latter s u p p o s i t i o n s h o u l d t u r n out true, t h e D i v a n m a y consider itself justified in h a v i n g r e c o u r s e to the Allied R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s for s u p p o r t in o r d e r to o v e r c o m e t h e resistance of 5 the P a s h a ; in such case we s h o u l d t h i n k it right a n d necessary t h a t the Great P o w e r s s h o u l d u n i t e their efforts t o c o m p e l t h e P a s h a o f E g y p t t o agree t o a n equitable a r r a n g e m e n t , w h i c h shall h a v e o b t a i n e d a t o n c e t h e sanction of the P o r t e as well as the c o n c u r r e n c e of all t h e P o w e r s of E u r o p e . [261] 10 Lord Beauvale to Visçount Palmerston (ree. Aug. 9.) Vienna, July 30, 1839. ... M. de Bouténeff h a d received a fresh i n s t r u c t i o n for t r a n s m i s sion t o C o u n t M e d e m , directing h i m t o a d d r e s s himself a g a i n t o M e h e m e t Ali, a n d r e n e w t o h i m , i n t h e E m p e r o r ' s n a m e , t h e m e n a c e , that if he o v e r s t e p p e d the districts of O r f a a n d D i a b e k i r , a R u s s i a n A r m y 15 would enter A s i a m i n o r to o p p o s e h i m . . . Lord Beauvale to Visçount Palmerston (ree. August 9) Vienna, July 30, 1839. A letter of t h e 1 7 inst. f r o m L o r d P o n s o n b y , i n f o r m s me t h a t Nouri Effendi a n d his colleagues say, t h a t it is fit t h e P o r t e s h o u l d settle the affairs of their c o u n t r y like M u s s u l m a n s , a m o n g s t e a c h o t h e r , a n d 20 avoid the interference of t h e E u r o p e a n s , for w h i c h r e a s o n , t e r m s of a more agreeable n a t u r e s h o u l d be offered to M e h e m e t Ali. [262] th

Lord Beauvale schreibt an Visçount Palmerston (receiv. Aug. 9) d. d. July 30, 1839 er h a b e seine d e c l a r a t i o n d e m M e t t e r n i c h geschickt, w o r i n der Brit. G o v e r n o r seinen E n t s c h l u s s e r k l ä r t " t o m a i n t a i n t h e integrity 25 and i n d e p e n d e n c e of t h e T u r k . E m p i r e u n d e r t h e p r e s e n t d y n a s t y " , keine "acquisition" o d . "exclusive influence" g e w i n n e n zu wollen etc. B e a u v a l e schreibt: "There is but one word in my declaration which is not authorized by your L o r d s h i p ' s d e s p a t c h : it is t h a t of reciprocity of d e c l a r a t i o n s b e tween all t h e P o w e r s . Being in the french note, a n d highly v a l u a b l e in 30 itself, I did n o t hesitate to a d o p t it." Diese bezügliche Stelle heißt: " T h e Brit. G o v . confidently anticipates, t h a t this declaration will be reciprocated by t h e other E u r o p . C o u r t s e t c . " ( A n selbem 23 July stellt C o u n t St. Aulaire (fzs. G e s a n d t e r ) ähnliches S c h r e i b e n d e m M e t t e r n i c h zu. Soult an Aulaire, d. d. Paris July 17, 1839 ... t h e C a b i n e t s w o u l d effect 35 something i m p o r t a n t t o w a r d s t h e settlement of peace, by recording, in written d o c u m e n t s , t o b e reciprocally c o m m u n i c a t e d t o e a c h o t h e r , a n d which necessarily w o u l d n o t be l o n g before they a c q u i r e d a publicity more o r less c o m p l e t e , t h e d e c l a r a t i o n o f t h e i n t e n t i o n s j u s t m e n t i o n e d . . . [262-266]

241

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3

Lord Beauvale to Viscount Palmerston (ree. Aug. 9) Vienna, July 30, 1839. C o u n t St. A u l a i r e i n f o r m s m e , t h a t P r i n c e M e t t e r n i c h h a s declined t o m a k e c o m m o n cause with France under certain circumstances in her d e m a n d for t h e p a s s a g e o f t h e D a r d a n e l l e s saying, t h a t i t w o u l d d e s t r o y his position of t h e juste milieu, a n d c o n s e q u e n t l y his m e a n s of usefulness. 5 C o u n t St. A u l a i r e is a p p r e h e n s i v e , t h a t this will c r e a t e m u c h i r r i t a t i o n in t h e F r e n c h G o v . I t will b e desirable t o c a l m this a s m u c h a s possible. T h e d e m a n d , i f n o t m a d e i n c o n c e r t w i t h E n g l a n d , o u g h t n o t t o h a v e been m a d e at all; b u t they c o m m i t t e d the a d d i t i o n a l e r r o r of a n n o u n c i n g t h a t I s h o u l d be i n s t r u c t e d to c o n c u r in it; they obtained a sort of promise under 10 this expectation, and when it was falsified, it of c o u r s e t u r n e d a g a i n s t themselves . . . I n c o n s e q u e n c e o f this incident, t h e o r d e r s t o t h e A u s t r i a n s q u a d r o n t o place itself u n d e r t h e c o m m a n d o f Sir R o b e r t S t o p f o r d will be modified, a n d it will preserve an i n d e p e n d e n t p o s i t i o n , l e a n i n g in doubtful cases m o r e to t h e Brit. A d m i r a l t h a n t h e F r e n c h o n e . | 15 |26| (Inclos.: Queries a d d r e s s e d by C o u n t St. A u l a i r e to M e t t e r n i c h . . . d a r i n h e i ß t ' s u. a. Syria left for life to M e h e m e t d u r c h d a s a r r a n g e m e n t of K u t a y a h . . . ) I n d e r A n t w o r t v . M e t t e r n i c h a u f die A n f r a g e des St. A u laire, d. d. Vienna, July 24,1839: d a r i n nichts ν. Wichtigkeit. [266-270] Lord Beauvale to Viscount Palmerston (ree. Aug. 9) Vienna, Aug. 1, 1839 20 . . . d i s p o s i t i o n of t h e Turk. M i n i s t e r s to get rid of o u r assistance ... [271] Earl Granville to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. Aug. 10) Paris, Aug. 8, 1839. ... S o u l t sagt, d a hostilities ceased, E g y p t i a n t r o o p s w i t h d r a w n f r o m t h e left side o f t h e E u p h r a t e s etc ... " i t w o u l d b e r a s h a n d d a n g e r o u s t o have r e c o u r s e to t h e e x t r e m e m e a s u r e of firing u p o n t h e E g y p t i a n fleet to 25 o b t a i n t h e i m m e d i a t e r e s t o r a t i o n o f t h e T u r k , f l e e t . M e h e m e t Ali pressed e t c w ü r d e p u s h further his victories b y l a n d , a n d exciting i n s u r r e c t i o n i n A s i a M i n o r as well as in t h e E u r o p . d o m i n i o n s of t h e S u l t a n . . . This is t h e s u b s t a n c e o f t h e g r o u n d s o n w h i c h M a r s h a l S o u l t objected t o a d o p t t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s of H. M ' s G o v . p r o p o s e d to give to t h e A d m i r a l s in the 30 L e v a n t . . . t h e decision der french G o v . s t r e n g t h e n e d by t h e wellfounded a p p r e h e n s i o n , t h a t t h e d e s t r u c t i o n o f t h e E g y p t i a n f l e e t b y F r a n c e would raise a c l a m o u r in this c o u n t r y , fatal to the existence of a M i n i s t r y u n d e r w h o s e o r d e r s it h a d been effected." [272, 273] Id. to id. (ree. Aug. 12) Paris Aug. 9, 1839. . . . I h a v e since received from 35* t h e M a r s h a l a c o p y of a telegraphic d e s p a t c h f r o m M. de B o u r q u e n e y , « stating t h a t t h e E n g l . C a b i n e t w i t h d r a w s its first project of instructions, j a n d will c o n c e r t with t h e F r e n c h G o v . fresh i n s t r u c t i o n s t o b e d r a w n u p

242

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) within the limits t r a c e d i n M a r s h a l S o u l t ' s d e s p a t c h t o M . d e B o u r q u e n e y ... [273] Id. to id. (ree. Aug. 14) Paris, Aug. 12, 1839. ... Soult sagt: "if we insist u p o n t h e r e s t i t u t i o n o f m o r e t h a n M e h e m e t Ali will c o n c e d e , w e risk 5 accelerating t h e crisis w h i c h we a p p r e h e n d . " [274] The Marquess of Clanricarde to Visçount Palmerston (Ree. Aug. 12) St. Petersburgh, Aug. 3, 1839. On W e d n e s d a y d e r F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r called u p o n N e s s e l r o d e , t o c o m m u n i c a t e die d e s p a t c h o f Soult o n t h e affairs of Turkey; similar to t h a t of w h i c h y o u r L o r d s h i p received a c o p y 10 from M. de B o u r q u e n e y . M. de B a r a n t e h a d a l o n g c o n v e r s a t i o n m i t d e m Vicechancellor u p o n t h e subject o f the d e s p a t c h ; b u t h e d i d n o t g a t h e r any i n t i m a t i o n o f w h a t w o u l d b e the f o r m a l reply o f t h e R u s s . G o v . . . . M . d e B a r a n t e did n o t conceal f r o m the R u s s . minister, t h a t his G o v . h a d instructed t h e F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e t o m a k e a d e m a n d 15 for leave to pass t h e D a r d a n e l l e s , a n d an offer of t h e services of t h e French s q u a d r o n , t o the S u l t a n , i n case h . H . s h o u l d r e q u i r e t h e assistance of a n y E u r o p . P o w e r . [274, 275] Viscount Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. Aug. 12) July 22, 1839 Darin: 20 Inclos. M. Frederic Pisani to Viscount Ponsonby Pera, July 22, 1839. The P o r t e is disposed to t r e a t w i t h M e h e m e t Ali on t h e following bases, proposed, as it says, by Prince M e t t e r n i c h . . . 1) t h e G o v . of E g y p t given hereditary to M e h e m e t Ali 2) t h e G o v . of t h e w h o l e of Syria given to Ibrahim P a s h a . 3 ) A t the d e a t h o f M e h e m e t Ali, I b r a h i m P a s h a shall 25 have the G o v . of E g y p t , a n d Syria shall a g a i n c o m e u n d e r the i m m e d i a t e authority of the P o r t e , as w a s the case in f o r m e r times. [280] Soult to Bourqueney. ( c o m m u n i c a t e d by B o u r q u e n e y ) Paris, Aug. 6, 1839. ... Gegen die original i n s t r u c t i o n s des L o r d P a l m e r s t o n , i n L o n d o n t o o much stress seems to be laid on the a g g r a n d i s e m e n t of M e h e m e t Ali, in 30 consequence of always c h o o s i n g to view t h a t side of the q u e s t i o n in light in which it w o u l d be if a E u r o p e a n S t a t e w e r e c o n c e r n e d . . . ( M e h e m e t could excite in A s i a M i n o r , M a c e d o n i a , A l b a n i a , s o m e revolt of a n a t u r e to bring on again t h e q u e s t i o n of t h e Russian i n t e r v e n t i o n . . . sagt Soult vorher) . . . b u t w e m u s t n o t exaggerate the evil; the O t t o m a n e m p i r e 35 itself, divided administratively by s t i p u l a t i o n s to w h i c h t h e q u e s t i o n of succession, h o w e v e r precise it m i g h t be, c a n n o t give a c h a r a c t e r of real permanence; the O t t o m a n E m p i r e , united, n o t w i t h s t a n d i n g the m o r e o r

243

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 less d u r a b l e d i s t r i b u t i o n , by t h e powerful tie of m a n n e r s a n d religion, will c o n t i n u e nevertheless t o form, with r e g a r d t o t h e E u r o p e a n P o w e r s , t h a t g r e a t b o d y . . . o v e r t h r o w i n g the P a s h a o f E g y p t w o u l d effectually w o r k t h e d e s t r u c t i o n o f t h e O t t o m a n E m p i r e . . . ||27| . . . O u r policy a t t h e present time, as from t h e c o m m e n c e m e n t of this crisis, s h o u l d t a k e c a r e 5 a b o v e all things, t h a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e receives no foreign protection but with our common concurrence. Such are the objections to t h e p r o p o s i t i o n of t h e C a b i n e t of L o n d o n . (Palmerston s O r d r e du J o u r an S t o p f o r d ) o b gleich u m g e m o d e l t n a c h Soult d e r weiter nichts will als r e q u i r i n g afresh t h e restitution of the O t t o m a n fleet, a n d in case M e h e m e t Ali s h o u l d 10 refuse, i n declaring t o h i m t h a t h e m u s t t h e n c e f o r t h c o n s i d e r t h e allied s q u a d r o n s a s solely a n d specially c h a r g e d t o repel every a t t e m p t m a d e a g a i n s t t h e t e r r i t o r y or t h e a u t h o r i t y of t h e P o r t e . [285, 286] Soult to Baron Roussin ( C o m m u n i c a t e d by B a r o n de B o u r q u e n e y . ) Paris, Aug. 7, 1839. 15 . . . neither F r a n c e n o r t h e o t h e r p o w e r s c a n a p p r o v e o f s u c h exactions, (wie d e n v. M e h e m e t Ali an die Pforte jezt gestellten) . . . t h e a n s w e r of G r e a t Britain . . . u . A u s t r i a (to o u r d e c l a r a t i o n i n f a v o u r o f t h e i n d e p e n dence a n d integrity o f the O t t o m a n E m p i r e ) . . . equally satisfactory . . . T h e 3 C o u r t s a r e u n a n i m o u s in p r o c l a i m i n g t h e necessity of a European 20 concert for settling t h e affairs of the E a s t . Russia alone, w h o h a d at first a p p e a r e d to a d m i t t h e expediency of such a c o n c e r t , n o w endeavours, u p o n pretexts m o r e or less specious, to elude the consequences of a principle she d a r e n o t openly contest. A s t a t u s q u o , destitute of s a n c t i o n , a n d on t h a t a c c o u n t exposed to fresh a n d s u d d e n vicissitude, is incontestably 25 t h a t which best suits the p u r p o s e s of R u s s i a in the L e v a n t . It m i g h t therefore so h a p p e n , t h a t a direct a r r a n g e m e n t b e t w e e n t h e P o r t e and M e h e m e t Ali w o u l d b e i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h h e r views . . . N o u r i Effendi seems t o h a v e c o m e r o u n d t o the policy o f the C a b i n e t o f St. P e t e r s b u r g h . . . Do n o t for a m o m e n t lose sight of t h e m i l i t a r y a n d n a v a l a t t i t u d e of 30 R u s s i a in the Black Sea. In case of a n y m o v e m e n t s on their p a r t , a p p e a r ing t o y o u a s indicating a n i n t e n t i o n t o a d v a n c e u p o n C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , y o u will instantly c o m m u n i c a t e the intelligence t o A d m i r a l L a l a n d e , w h o will t a k e up a p o s i t i o n w i t h his s q u a d r o n at T e n e d o s , to be r e a d y to pass t h r o u g h t h e Straits of t h e D a r d a n e l l e s , s h o u l d t h e R u s s i a n s enter the 35 B o s p h o r u s . . . [287, 288] Soult to Admiral Duperré. ( C o m m u n i c a t e d by B a r o n de B o u r q u e n e y ) Paris, Aug. 13, 1839. . . . execution of the p l a n agreed u p o n b e t w e e n t h e 2 C o u r t s (Engl. u. F r . ) ... the principle which t h e A d m i r a l s s h o u l d never lose sight of is, 40 244

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) t h a t the object o f t h e Allied G o v . being t o r e s t o r e t h e O t t o m a n f l e e t t o the Sultan, a n d n o t t o d e s t r o y i t . . . I h a v e a l r e a d y s t a t e d t o y o u , M . l ' A d miral, t h a t the C o m m a n d e r s o f the s q u a d r o n s h o u l d c a u s e sufficient forces, for t h e successful execution of the service, to follow t h e m to the 5 coast of E g y p t . It a p p p e a r s to m e , indeed, evident, t h a t while they u n i t e in this p o i n t a n u m b e r of vessels a m p l y sufficient to p r o v i d e for every c o n tingency, they will be able to leave a sufficient n u m b e r of vessels on t h e coast o f A s i a m i n o r t o observe with p r o p e r efficiency w h a t m a y p a s s o n that coast, a n d to o b t a i n , in the case anticipated, i. e., if t h e Russians 10 should a p p e a r at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , or if t h e Allied s q u a d r o n s s h o u l d be s u m m o n e d by the S u l t a n , the free entrance into the Sea of Marmora. It m u s t n o t be f o r g o t t e n that this, after all, is the principal question, and t h a t , c o n s e q u e n t l y , watchfulness o n this p o i n t s h o u l d b e incessant. [289, 290] 15

Viscount Palmerston to Earl Granville. F. O. A u g . 16, 1839. . . . the c o n f i d e n t i a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n s . . . between t h e F r e n c h a n d Brit. C a b i n e t s , u p o n the subject of t h e o r d e r s to be given to t h e 2 s q u a d r o n s in t h e M e d iterranean, in c o n s e q u e n c e of the defection of the T u r k , fleet etc . . . by some m e a n s o r o t h e r , b e e n m a d e k n o w n t o t h e F r e n c h n e w s p a p e r s . . . t h e 20 c o m m u n i c a t i o n . . . c o n v e r t e d i n t o a h a n d l e . . . for hostile a n d u n f o u n d e d attacks against G r e a t Britain . . . serious inconveniences m u s t arise f r o m such breaches of official confidence, a n d . . . such p r e m a t u r e disclosures of negotiations b e t w e e n the 2 G o v . , m u s t t e n d to r e n d e r difficult a n y combined a n d c o n c e r t e d action between t h e m . [291] 25

Visçount Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston ( R e e . A u g . 17) Therapia, July 26, 1839. I expect t h a t , l o n g before this arrives in L o n d o n , the settlement between M e h e m e t Ali a n d t h e P o r t e will h a v e been m a d e . . . [292]

Id. to id. ( R e e . A u g . 17) Therapia, July 29,1839. I inclose c o p y of a C o l lective N o t e signed by t h e R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of A u s t r i a , F r a n c e , Prussia, 30 Russia, a n d myself, on t h e 2 7 . T h e N o t e w a s yesterday p r e s e n t e d by t h e D r a g o m a n s of t h e 5 P o w e r s to t h e S u b l i m e P o r t e , a n d cheerfully a n d gratefully received b y the G r a n d Vizier, o n the 2 8 . . . B a r o n S t ü r m e r receiv. Prince M e t t e r n i c h ' s i n s t r u c t i o n s on t h e m o r n i n g of the 27', a n d the N o t e , signed, was r e a d y in t h e evening . . . It w a s m o s t f o r t u n a t e l y 35 welltimed, for t h e O t t o m a n Ministers h a d actually resolved u p o n c o n cessions t o t h e E g y p t . P a s h a , which w o u l d h a v e been a t this m o m e n t o n their way to A l e x a n d r i a . . . D a r i n : th

t h

245

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 Inclosure I. Collective Note of the 5 Powers, d. d. Constantinople 27 July, 1839 ... " a g r e e m e n t a m o n g the F i v e G r e a t P o w e r s on the quest i o n of t h e E a s t is secured, a n d (die U n d e r s i g n e d ) . . . invite it (the P o r t e ) t o s u s p e n d a n y definitive resolution w i t h o u t their c o n c u r r e n c e , waiting for the effect of the interest which those P o w e r s feel for it." | 5 | 2 8 | Inclosure 3. Mehemet Ali to the Grand Vizier, July 16, 1839. [292-297] The Marquess of Clanricarde to Viscount Palmerston ( R e e . A u g . 19) St. Petersburgh, Aug. 10, 1839. ... . C o u n t Nesselrode expressed his surprise a n d regret t h a t A c h m e t P a s h a s h o u l d n o t h a v e 10 b e e n m e t , a n d s t o p p e d b y o u r A d m i r a l before h e r e a c h e d A l e x a n d r i a , a n d t h a t t h e F r e n c h A d m i r a l L a l a n d e h a d allowed h i m t o p a s s w i t h the T u r k , fleet u n o p p o s e d . . . H e expressed his regret t h a t the F r e n c h a n d English c o m b i n e d fleet h a d repaired to Tenedos instead of r e m a i n i n g off A l e x a n d r i a . . . the w h o l e of the T u r k i s h affairs w o u l d be settled quietly 15 a n d satisfactorily, provided the French fleet was kept out of the Dardanelles. He said t h e d e m a n d (viz. on t h e F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e to pass t h e D a r d a n e l l e s ) w a s illtimed a n d illadvised, a n d t h a t h e was s o r r y i t h a d been m a d e . . . . R e p e a t e d . . . t h a t t h e R u s s . G o v . . . . m o s t desirous of a v o i d i n g a n y military d e m o n s t r a t i o n , or any neces- 20 sity for c a r r y i n g i n t o execution t h e m a i n clause of the Treaty of U n k i a r Skelessi . . . [300] Earl Granville 1839.

to

Viscount

Palmerston

(Ree.

A u g . 18)

Paris,

Aug. 16,

Sir George Hamilton to Visçount Palmerston (Ree. Aug. 19) Berlin, 25 August 14, 1839. ... those w h o t a k e an interest in t h e affairs of the East, a n d w h o a r e a c q u a i n t e d with their p r e s e n t state, a s t o t h e cause fürchten die c o n s e q u e n c e s . . . für den p e a c e of E u r o p e , s h o u l d M e h e m e t Ali be driven t o d e s p e r a t i o n b y t h e a d o p t i o n o f coercive m e a s u r e s against him, before all m e a n s of conciliation h a d been resorted t o . It is considered 30 t h a t , as l o n g as he is on a m i c a b l e t e r m s w i t h t h e 5 P o w e r s , he is comparatively h a r m l e s s , a n d u n a b l e to light t h e flames of w a r ; b u t , if reduced to extremity, he h a s it instantly in his p o w e r , by a d v a n c i n g his t r o o p s on C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , to create a c o m p l i c a t i o n of evils t h r o u g h o u t E u r o p e , either by still further destroying the power of the Sultan and exciting a 3¾ revolution at Constantinople, or by bringing down the intervention of a Russian armed force. [302]

246

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) Earl Granville to Visçount Palmerston ( R e e . A u g . 21) Paris, Aug. 19, 1839- • • • A u s einer d e s p a t c h v. M. de B o u r q u e n e y . Soult sieht die p r o p o s i tion m a d e by P a l m e r s t o n . . . t h a t , in the event of M e h e m e t Ali's refusal to restore the Turk, fleet to the Sultan, the Brit, and French Consuls should 5 withdraw from Alexandria ... M a r s h . Soult decidedly objected; he said, that the d e p a r t u r e of t h e F r e n c h a n d Brit. C o n s u l s , while those of Austria and Russia remained, c o u l d n o t fail to inspire in the m i n d of M e h e m e t Ali the h o p e , t h a t Russia and Austria no longer acted in concert with Great Brit, and France, a n d m i g h t e n c o u r a g e t h e P a s h a to persevere in insisting 10 upon c o n d i t i o n s of peace w i t h his Sovereign, w h i c h the a p p e a r a n c e of a continued u n i o n b e t w e e n the G r e a t P o w e r s o f E u r o p e m i g h t i n d u c e h i m to give up . . . C o u n t M e d e m p u t this m o r n i n g i n t o the h a n d s of Soult a copy of a d e s p a t c h from N e s s e l r o d e , in w h i c h t h e R u s s i a n minister adverts t o the c o m m u n i c a t i o n m a d e t o h i m b y M . d e B a r a n t e , w i t h 15 respect to t h e e n t r a n c e of the c o m b i n e d F r e n c h a n d Engl. Fleet i n t o the Sea of M a r m o r a ; he answers t h a t c o m m u n i c a t i o n as if'the A m b a s s a d o r had a n n o u n c e d a s positive the i n t e n t i o n o f t h e c o m b i n e d f l e e t t o p a s s t h e Dardanelles, a n d n o t a s c o n t i n g e n t u p o n t h e R u s s . Fleet e n t e r i n g the B o s p h o r u s ; a n d p r o c e e d i n g u p o n this h y p o t h e s i s , C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e 20 dwells upon the necessity of the Russ. Gov. adopting measures for the independence of Turkey, a n d on t h e d a n g e r arising t h e r e f r o m to t h e p e a c e of Europe . . . Soult a n t w o r t e t d e m M e d e m . . . t h a t h e was perfectly willing that b o t h e n d s of t h e c a n a l of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e s h o u l d be closed a g a i n s t the entrance of for. ships of w a r . [303] 25 Count Nesselrode to Count Medem ( C o m m u n i c a t e d by M. de Kisseleff, • Aug. 19, 1839) St. Petersburgh Aug. 6, 1839. ... It is necessary t h a t all their (der cabinets of E u r o p e ) efforts s h o u l d be c o n c e n t r a t e d at A l e x a n d r i a . To direct their a c t i o n t o w a r d s C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , w o u l d be to direct their efforts to the side from which the danger d o e s n o t c o m e . T h e r e , n e i t h e r 30 diplomatic agitation is necessary, n o r t h e display of military force . . . If the a p p e a r a n c e of a foreign fleet in t h e Sea of M a r m o r a s h o u l d c o m e to aggravate t h e state of affairs at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . the E m p e r o r ' s minister would formally p r o t e s t a g a i n s t t h e flagrant v i o l a t i o n of the principle of the closing the D a r d a n e l l e s . . . rule . . . which it h a s engaged itself to us 35 invariably to m a i n t a i n ; he w o u l d declare t h a t he r e g a r d e d this violation as contrary t o the i n d e p e n d e n c e o f t h e P o r t e ; h e w o u l d i m m e d i a t e l y s u s p e n d his functions, a n d q u i t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . t h e E m p e r o r d a n n t a k e such measures as he might consider necessary to re-establish the Porte in its entire independence, a n d to enable it to fulfil its e n g a g e m e n t s t o w a r d s u s , 40 free from all foreign c o n s t r a i n t . . . w h e n a R u s s i a n s q u a d r o n a n c h o r e d

247

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 in t h e B o s p h o r u s in 1833, its presence c o u l d n e i t h e r be c o n s i d e r e d as a t h r e a t directed against t h e F r e n c h N a v y , n o r as a b l o w s t r u c k ||29| at the c o m m e r c i a l p r o s p e r i t y of Marseilles. B u t if, at t h e p r e s e n t m o m e n t , a F r e n c h s q u a d r o n s h o u l d m a k e its a p p e a r a n c e a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , its p r e s ence w o u l d r e a c t directly u p o n O d e s s a a n d S e v a s t o p o l . T h e F r e n c h 5 M i n i s t r y i s t o o enlightened a n d t o o j u s t n o t t o a c k n o w l e d g e t h e difference of p o s i t i o n . . . j u s t p o i n t e d o u t . In 1833 we p r o t e c t e d t h e P o r t e w i t h o u t offering a n y affront to the Western P o w e r s . In 1839, t h e foreign s q u a d r o n s , w i t h o u t p r o t e c t i n g the P o r t e , w o u l d c o m e t o insult R u s sia. [308] 10 Viscount Palmerston to Mr. Bulwer. Aug. 20, 1839. . . . As t h e 5 P o w e r s h a v e n o w , by the n o t e of the 2 7 u l t . , p l a c e d themselves collectively in t h e s i t u a t i o n of m e d i a t o r s b e t w e e n t h e S u l t a n a n d M e h e m e t Ali, it is the o p i n i o n o f H . M ' s G o v . , t h a t all further steps i n this m a t t e r o u g h t t o b e t a k e n , if possible, collectively by t h e Five; a n d t h a t t h e decision as to 15 s u c h steps s h o u l d e m a n a t e from Vienna ... the central point of the negotiation, i n s t e a d of f r o m L o n d o n or Paris . . . [309, 310] ( N u n seine I n s t r u c t i o n s an S t o p f o r d etc, w o r i n es heißt: T h e 5 P o w e r s h a v i n g a g r e e d to c o n c e r t t o g e t h e r u p o n t h e affairs o f the L e v a n t . . . V i e n n a being the place w h e r e t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s a n d n e g o t i a t i o n s on these affairs will centre 20 . . . u. w o d u r c h die ersten instructions etc. cancelled) [312, 313] Visçount Palmerston to the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. A u g . 24, 1839. . . . A d m i r a l Sir R o b e r t S t o p f o r d s h o u l d n o t b e precluded from executing a n y instructions given t o h i m b y L o r d B e a u v a l e , a n d arising o u t of the n e g o t i a t i o n s of V i e n n a , p r o v i d e d t h e m e a s u r e s to be 25 t a k e n shall b e such a s Sir R o b e r t S t o p f o r d m a y t h i n k himself t o h a v e a d e q u a t e m e a n s to execute, even though the French Admiral s h o u l d not receive c o r r e s p o n d i n g instructions f r o m his o w n G o v . , o r from the F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r at V i e n n a . [314] Viscount Palmerston to Lord Beauvale. A u g . 2 5 , 1839 . . . the F i v e P o w e r s 30 are b o u n d b y h o n o u r a n d g o o d faith t o w a r d s t h e S u l t a n , t o recover for h i m his fleet before a n y further n e g o t i a t i o n t a k e s p l a c e w i t h M e h e m e t Ali for a final a r r a n g e m e n t , because t h e possession of t h e T u r k , fleet gives to M e h e m e t Ali a n a d v a n t a g e i n a n y such n e g o t i a t i o n w h i c h h e o u g h t n o t to be p e r m i t t e d to r e t a i n . . . [315, 316] 35 id. to id. d. id. d. ... T h e Brit. G o v . is still of o p i n i o n , t h a t t h e r e c a n be no security for the peace of E u r o p e , as far as t h a t p e a c e d e p e n d s u p o n the

248

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung)

affairs of t h e L e v a n t , until Syria shall h a v e b e e n r e s t o r e d to t h e direct rule of t h e S u l t a n . . . [317] Bulwer to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. Aug. 29) Paris, Aug. 26, 1839. F r o m a c o n v e r s a t i o n I h a d this m o r n i n g w i t h M a r s h a l Soult, I am i n d u c e d to 5 a p p r e h e n d , t h a t t h e F r e n c h G o v . will n o w t h r o w obstacles in t h e w a y of t h e selection o f V i e n n a a s t h e p l a c e for settling a n d a g r e e i n g u p o n t h e affairs of t h e E a s t ; n o r will it allow its A m b a s s a d o r t h e p o w e r to give instructions t o t h e F r e n c h A d m i r a l i n t h e M e d i t e r r a n e a n . . . [321] Col. Campbell to Visçount Palmerston (ree. Aug. 29) Alexandria, 10 July 28, 1839 ... Ά c o r v e t t e of t h e Viceroy h a s b e e n sent to Salónica, w i t h 5 of M e h e m e t Ali's confidential officers, w h o a r e c h a r g e d w i t h t h o s e letters for t h e P a s h a s o f Salónica, R o u m e l i a , Silistria, A l b a n i a , M o n a s t i r , and o t h e r places . . . M e h e m e t Ali m u s t b e well a w a r e o f t h e c o - o p e r a t i o n of those P a s h a s in his views a n d feelings, w h e n he o p e n l y sends a c o r v e t t e 15 and confidential officers to t h e m . . . M e h e m e t Ali t o l d me 3 d a y s a g o . . . he h o p e d still to see T u r k e y sufficiently s t r o n g to s u p p o r t itself a g a i n s t any efforts o f R u s s i a . . . W i r d b e s t e h n a u f seiner d e m a n d for t h e r e m o v a l of H o s r e w P a s h a , n o r will he a c c e p t of less t h a n t h e h e r e d i t a r y succession in his family, of E g y p t , all Syria, a n d C a n d i a , for w h i c h he w o u l d p a y 20 tribute. . . . If t h e P o r t e w e r e n o w to o b t a i n p o s s e s s i o n of Syria, on t h e same footing as before its o c c u p a t i o n by M e h e m e t Ali, t h a t c o u n t r y , would for m a n y years b e t h e scene o f t h e direst a n a r c h y a n d misery, a n d all E u r o p e a n c o m m e r c e w o u l d b e d e s t r o y e d a n d r e n d e r e d impossible. . . . Darin: 25 Indos. I.) Mehemet Ali to Hosrew Pasha. . . . It is n o t M e h e m e t Ali o n l y who mistrusts y o u , b u t I m a y say t h e w h o l e n a t i o n . . . B y retiring f r o m office, c o n s e n t to free t h e h i g h e r classes, a n d t h e n a t i o n in general, f r o m a painful state of m i s t r u s t . . . [322-325] Inclos. II. Circulation addressed by Mehemet Ali to the chief Pashas of 30 the Porte. Mr. Consul Werry to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. Aug. 29) Damascus, August2, 1839 ... t h e m a l c o n t e n t s of t h e l o w e r r a n g e s of t h e T a u r u s , extending f r o m a n d a b o v e M a r a s h t o Byass, a n d n o r t h w a r d a l o n g t h e A d a n a province, a s well a s s o u t h t o Beylan a n d A l e x a n d r e t t a , never c a n 35 be kept in check w i t h o u t M a r a s h is p l a c e d in t h e h a n d s of w h a t e v e r Power is called on to g o v e r n t h e A l e p p o P a s h a l i c : a n d unless t h i s p o s t is put in the h a n d s of t h e E g y p t i a n G o v . , a w a r f a r e will a l w a y s exist on those m o u n t a i n s . Bir a n d Orfa, c o n s i d e r e d in t h e s a m e sense, a r e essential, t h o u g h n o t to a parallel e x t e n t as t h e o c c u p a t i o n of M a r a s h is, to

249

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 c o n t r o l t h e m o u n t a i n e e r s , ||30j t o c o n s t r a i n , c o n t r o l , a n d g o v e r n t h e A r a b tribes east o f t h e E u p h r a t e s , a n d prevent t h e m f r o m p a s s i n g t h a t river o n the line to D a i r ; the o c c u p a t i o n of the 2 f o r m e r places by t h e S u l t a n ' s t r o o p s r e n d e r e d t h e s o u t h e r n desert frontier of t h e A l e p p o Pashalic a c o n t i n u a l field for the incursions a n d d e p r e d a t i o n s of the A r a b tribes, 5 a n d p r e v e n t e d the E g y p t . G o v . , with all the i r r e g u l a r B e d o u i n C a v a l r y force e m p l o y e d on t h a t service, from p r o t e c t i n g it effectually. . . . M a r a s h i s i m m e d i a t e l y requisite t o the E g y p t i a n G o v . for t h e p r o p e r governing a n d p r o t e c t i o n o f the lower ranges o f the T a u r u s ; while allowed t o r e m a i n in t h e h a n d s of the Sultan, it offers the m e a n s of i m m e d i a t e aggression on 10 the E g y p t , territory, b o t h in a military a n d i n s u r r e c t i o n a r y p o i n t of view. . . . [337] Col. Campbell to V i s ç o u n t P a l m e r s t o n (Ree. A u g . 29) Alexandria, Aug. 7, 1839, D a r i n eingeschlossen: Inclosure 4.) (Minute of Interview of the Consuls-General with Mehemet 15 Ali... on A u g . 6 . . . to represent h i m the Collective n o t e a d d r e s s e d to the S u b l i m e P o r t e on July 27 by die R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s der 5 P o w e r s ) . . . M e h m e d sagt: I h a v e b u t 2 w o r d s to s a y — t h e hereditary gov. of Syria, a n d t h e removal of Hosrew Pasha. W i t h respect to t h e first, it h a d been a l r e a d y g r a n t e d to m e ; a n d Saib Effendi w a s on t h e p o i n t of b e i n g sent to 20 A l e x a n d r i a with this n e w s , w h e n t h e m e d i a t i o n o f t h e G r e a t P o w e r s c a u s e d his d e p a r t u r e to be s t o p p e d . It is H o s r e w P a s h a himself w h o gives me this intelligence, (inclos. 6 Briefe des H o s r e w P a s h a an M e h m e t ) and M o u f i d Bey h a s received a verbal a s s u r a n c e of it f r o m H i s H i g h n e s s in ; p e r s o n . . . [341-344] 25 id. to id.; Alexandria, Aug. 7, 1839 (ree. A u g . 29) . . . Were Syria to be yielded in h e r e d i t a r y succession to M e h e m e t Ali, t h e case w o u l d be very different f r o m t h a t of Wallachia, M o l d a v i a etc., as n o t only do the Princes of t h o s e provinces profess t h e G r e e k religion, b u t they are also, f r o m their g e o g r a p h i c a l position, exposed to t h e powerful a n d i m m e d i a t e 30 a c t i o n of R u s s i a ; . . . Syria . . . in quite a different p o s i t i o n in t h o s e respects . . . the cession of Syria, in succession to M e h e m e t Ali, w o u l d n o t only be m u c h t o t h e a d v a n t a g e o f Syria a n d o f E u r o p e a n c o m m e r c e , b u t would also t e n d to s t r e n g t h e n the O t t o m a n E m p i r e itself . . . [345] Inclosure. Col. Campbell to Viscount Ponsonby. A l e x a n d r i a , A u g . 6, 35' 1839. . . . T h e interference of the E u r o p e a n P o w e r s in the u l t i m a t e settlement , of E a s t e r n Affairs, w h i c h the P a s h a w a s t h e first to i n v o k e , will now ": furnish a satisfactory g u a r a n t e e against a n y views of a g g r a n d i z e m e n t he t w

250

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) may h a v e b e e n s u p p o s e d t o e n t e r t a i n ; a n d t h e a r m y h e possesses i s i n such a state of efficiency as to supply a sufficient force for the i m m e d i a t e protection o f the E m p i r e , a n d a m p l e m a t e r i a l s for the r e o r g a n i z a t i o n o f the Turkish a r m y on a m o r e i m p r o v e d system. B u t unless H o s r e w P a s h a 5 be removed, it will be in v a i n to l o o k for a n y i m p r o v e m e n t in t h e m a n agement of affairs at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . He h a s inherited all the i n v e t e r a t e enmity o f S u l t a n M a h m o u d a g a i n s t M e h e m e t Ali, w i t h o u t a n y o f his virtues, a n d w o u l d n o t hesitate t o p l u n g e the c o u n t r y i n t o all the h o r r o r s of civil w a r , in o r d e r to gratify his a m b i t i o n a n d revenge. On t h e o t h e r 10 hand, M e h e m e t Ali a n d his son I b r a h i m P a s h a are n o w l o o k e d up to by the n a t i o n as the only individuals possessing t h e m e a n s of r e g e n e r a t i n g the O t t o m a n E m p i r e . [346] Col. Campbell to Viscount Palmerston (Receiv. Aug. 29) Alexandria Aug. 8, 1839. Inclosed . . . a letter from M e h m e t Ali to H o s r e w P a s h a . . . . 15 This letter a p p e a r s to me of g r e a t i m p o r t a n c e , i n a s m u c h as it p r o v e s t h a t the Sultan h a d a l r e a d y a c c o r d e d t o M e h e m e t Ali all his d e m a n d s , w h e n the m e d i a t i o n of the G r e a t P o w e r s p u t a s t o p to a n y further p r o c e e d i n g s . | 13 X f Inclosure. Mehemet AH to Hosrew Pasha. ( A u g . 6, 1839) ... I entreated H i s H i g h n e s s . . . t h a t . . . he w o u l d of his generosity g r a n t 20 2 w i s h e s . . . . W h e n my C h a r g é d'affaires received directions to j o i n m e , he obtained t h e f a v o u r o f b e i n g a d m i t t e d t o kiss t h e feet o f H . H . , o u r M a g n a n i m o u s L o r d , w h o said t o h i m " M o u f i d Bey, m a k e m y c o m p l i ments to the P a s h a ; I g r a n t t h e p r a y e r w h i c h he h a s a d d r e s s e d to t h e throne, t h a t h e m a y o b t a i n the inheritance o f E g y p t w i t h its d e p e n d 25 encies, a n d I h a v e given o r d e r s t h a t this affair m a y be a r r a n g e d " . . . Afterwards, w h e n t h e Dignitaries of t h e S u b l i m e P o r t e w e r e a s s e m b l e d in council, they r e p e a t e d dasselbe to M o u f i d Bey . . . O n e of my t w o wishes is g r a n t e d . . . I h o p e . . . t h a t the second ( H o s r e w P a s h a ' s A b s e t zung) will also be g r a n t e d . . . In t h a t case I do n o t t h i n k t h a t it will be 30 necessary to h a v e r e c o u r s e to the m e d i a t i o n of the Five G r e a t P o w e r s . [347, 348] Visçount Ponsonby to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. Aug. 30) Therapia. Aug. 6. 1839 Schreibt m i t Bezug a u f den obigen Brief v. M e h e m e t Ali: " I t .,, would seem t h a t M e h e m e t Ali h a s so l o n g d u p e d a n d deceived p e o p l e , 35 that he h a s no a p p r e h e n s i o n of their discovering t h e grossest fallacies . . . To dictate t h e dismissal of t h e G r a n d Vizier is no g r e a t evidence of his submission to the S u l t a n . " [348] (Wie oft h a b e n die W h i g s dictirt the "Dismissal" des englischen " G r a n d Visier" Peel etc D e r b y etc)

251

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 3 Id. to id. ( R e e . A u g . 31) Therapia Aug. 8, 1839. T h e R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of t h e 5 P o w e r s were invited to meet his Excellency N o u r i Effendi this d a y at K a l e n d e r , w h e r e we all a t t e n d e d in c o n s e q u e n c e . T h e business w a s to c o m m u n i c a t e t o the representatives the letter f r o m M e h e m e t Ali t o the G r a n d Vizier, in w h i c h . . . calls for dessen r e t r e a t . . . f r o m his p o s t . . . 5 T h e representatives all expressed t h e h o p e t h a t t h e S u l t a n w o u l d t r e a t t h e d e m a n d w i t h c o n t e m p t ; they all s p o k e o f t h e G r a n d Vizier a s t h e m a n best fitted etc [352, 353] [Mr. Frederic Pisani to Visçount Ponsonby P e r a , July 3 1 , 1839 . . . It is the o p i n i o n of the P o r t e , t h a t as s o o n as the letters w h i c h it i n t e n d s to send to 10 A l e x a n d r i a shall h a v e arrived there, a n d M e h e m e t Ali shall h a v e seen the a n s w e r of the G r a n d Vizier, he will infallibly send o r d e r s to I b r a h i m to m a r c h u p o n C o n s t a n t i n o p l e to strike a g r e a t b l o w . T h e P o r t e is convinced t h a t neither letters, n o r l a n g u a g e , n o r even m e n a c e s are c a p a b l e o f arresting t h e i n t e n t i o n of M e h e m e t Ali. T h a t being t h e case, the P o r t e 15 t h i n k s p r o p e r to delay t h e d e p a r t u r e of t h e s t e a m b o a t ; for it is certain, it says, t h a t M e h e m e t Ali, greatly e n r a g e d at t h e a n s w e r w h i c h it is p r o p o s e d t o give t o h i m , w o u l d m a r c h his l a n d forces a g a i n s t C o n s t a n t i nople, a m e a s u r e of which t h e results are incalculable.) [351] Viscount Ponsonby to Admiral Sir Robert Stopford. T h e r a p i a , A u g . 7, : 1839 . . . I fear I b r a h i m will h a v e t h e a d v a n t a g e if he acts w i t h p r o m p t i t u d e . . . [354] Mr. Bulwer to Visçount Palmerston (Ree. Sept. 2) Paris, Aug. 30, 1839. ... If the F r e n c h G o v . d o e s n o t o p p o s e the (Vienna) C o n f e r e n c e , it will ... e n d e a v o u r so to limit its object as to strip it of all dignity . . . T h e french 25 ministry will say . . . " t h o u g h we ourselves do n o t say t h a t . . . ¡321 we will n o t i n t h e e n d a d o p t coercive m e a s u r e s , w e d o n o t p l e d g e ourselves t o d o so, n o r indeed can we do so, until the w h o l e q u e s t i o n , — t h a t p o r t i o n of it relative t o t h e D a r d a n e l l e s a n d R u s s i a , a s well a s t h a t p o r t i o n which relates to E g y p t a n d M e h e m e t A l i , — i s d e c i d e d " . . . I s h o u l d improperly 30. c o n v e y my m e a n i n g if I left it to be i m a g i n e d t h a t t h e r e is so powerful a disposition i n the F r e n c h Cabinet; t o t a k e p a r t w i t h M e h e m e t Ali, that n o t h i n g w o u l d be a t t e m p t e d to o b t a i n , even by p e a c e a b l e m e a n s , the ; restitution of the S u l t a n ' s vessels, a n d t h e a b a n d o n m e n t of a p o r t i o n of the Viceroy's d e m a n d s , m o r e especially t h a t p o r t i o n which relates to 3| H o s r e w P a s h a ' s dismissal. On the c o n t r a r y , I believe t h a t such concessions, as a m e a n s of a r r a n g i n g the r e m a i n i n g q u e s t i o n of Syria, w o u l d be willingly o b t a i n e d , a n d will be seriously a n d sincerely tried for by the F r e n c h C a b i n e t , t h r o u g h r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s t o M e h e m e t Ali; b u t through r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s only. [355, 356]

252

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) Viscount Palmerston to Viscount Ponsonby. F o r e i g n Office. Sept. 4, 1839. ... H . M ' s G o v . a p p r o v e the l a n g u a g e w h i c h y o u etc. held t o t h e T u r k . Minister at the 8 of A u g u s t , respecting t h e d e m a n d m a d e by M e h e m e t Ali t h a t t h e G r a n d Vizier shall be dismissed from his office. [357] 5

Visçount Ponsonby to Visçount Palmerston (ree. Sept. 5) Therapia, Aug. 13, 1839. L a s t n i g h t I h a d a m e s s a g e f r o m the G r a n d Vizier . . . desiring me to r e q u e s t t h e Brit. A d m i r a l to free Salónica f r o m a brig of war sent t h e r e by M e h e m e t Ali, a n d f r o m w h i c h 5 or 6 emissaries h a d been d i s e m b a r k e d , sent b y t h e P a s h a o f E g y p t t o excite t h e P e o p l e t o r e 10 volt against the O t t o m . G o v . . . . t h e 5 P o w e r s w e r e u n d e r o b l i g a t i o n t o protect the Subì. P o r t e against t h e P a s h a o f E g y p t , sagt P o n s o n b y t o Baron S t ü r m e r , n o w t h a t the G r e a t P o w e r s h a d , a s i t were, p r o h i b i t e d the P o r t e f r o m m a k i n g p e a c e w i t h M e h e m e t A l i . . . , a n d t h e r e b y h a d left the Sublime P o r t e e x p o s e d defenceless to t h e a t t e m p t s of the P a s h a ? 15 The I n t e r n u n c i o replied in the affirmative, a n d a g r e e d with my p r o p o s i tion t o r e c o m m e n d t o t h e C o m m a n d e r s o f t h e Brit, a n d F r e n c h N a v a l Forces to free Salónica f r o m t h e presence of t h e E g y p t i a n ship of w a r . . . . The F r e n c h A m b a s s a d o r . . . approved etc. a n d w o u l d write to A d m i r a l Lalande ... I w r o t e instantly a letter to t h e C o m m a n d e r of H. M ' s 20 squadron. . . . In my letter to the G r a n d Vizier, I r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t he should seize a n d confine t h e emissaries of M e h e m e t Ali at Salónica, b u t that h e s h o u l d n o t t a k e a n y severer m e a s u r e s . . . P. S. Aug. 14 I inclose a r e p o r t j u s t arrived f r o m H. M ' s C o n s u l at Salónica . . . 25 Inclosure 2 Baron Roussin to Viscount Ponsonby. Therapia, 13 Aug., 1839 ... 1 had a l r e a d y sent my letter to R e a r - A d m i r a l L a l a n d e , t h a t he may act exactly like A d m i r a l S t o p f o r d , i n o r d e r t o t u r n b a c k t h e E g y p tian vessel from its mission to A l b a n i a . . . | j331 Inclos. 5) Mr. Consul Blunt to Visçount Ponsonby Salónica, Aug. 9, 30 1839. ... Yesterday, a brig-of-war . . . e n t e r e d t h e G u l f . . . w a s E g y p t i a n , and sent b y M e h e m e t Ali . . . the b r i g f r o m E g y p t h a s o n b o a r d p e r s o n s from M e h e m e t Ali, for M u s t a p h a P a s h a , t h e R o u m e l i Valisi, A d r i a n o p l e , Scodra, a n d o t h e r places . . . [357-360] •·'• Col. Campbellto Visçount Palmerston. (Ree. Sept. 6) Alexandria, Aug. 15, 35 1839 M. Cochelet o b s e r v e d , t h a t it w a s m e n t i o n e d in his p r i v a t e letters received t h a t m o r n i n g f r o m P a r i s , t h a t official i n s t r u c t i o n s were to be sent to the Brit, a n d F r e n c h A d m i r a l s in t h e M e d i t e r r a n e a n , to p r o c e e d with their s q u a d r o n s t o A l e x a n d r i a , t o d e m a n d t h a t t h e T u r k , f l e e t b e sent back t o C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . M e h e m e t Ali replied, t h a t t h e m o m e n t t h a t

253

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 t h e 2 s q u a d r o n s s h o u l d a p p e a r in sight of this place, he w o u l d send i m m e d i a t e o r d e r s t o his son I b r a h i m P a s h a t o m o v e f o r w a r d w i t h his a r m y , a n d h e r e q u e s t e d M . Cochelet t o w r i t e t h a t s u c h w a s his determin a t i o n ; a n d t h e P a s h a , t h e n a d d r e s s i n g himself t o C a p t . Wakefield, r e q u e s t e d h i m to say the s a m e t h i n g to A d m i r a l Sir R o b e r t S t o p f o r d . T h e 5 P a s h a t h e n a d d e d , t h a t i f H o s r e w P a s h a w a s dismissed, h e w o u l d i m m e diately send the Turk, fleet to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , a n d t h a t he w o u l d send his s o n Said Bey in his corvette a l o n g w i t h t h e fleet. T h e P a s h a repeated w h a t h e h a d a l r e a d y said, a n d r e q u e s t e d u s t o consider i t a s his positive d e t e r m i n a t i o n . [360] 10 Col. CampbeU to Visçount Palmerston (Ree. Sept. 6) Alexandria, Aug. 16, 1839. ... T h e i n t e n t i o n expressed by M e h e m e t Ali to o c c u p y Orfa and D i a r b e k i r as a security against future aggression on t h e p a r t of t h e Sult a n , w a s c o m m u n i c a t e d to the C o n s u l s - G e n e r a l of all t h e 4 G r e a t Powers . . . b u t y o u r L o r d s h i p will h a v e learnt f r o m my s u b s e q u e n t r e p o r t s , that 15 after the death of Sultan M a h m o u d , M e h e m e t Ali no l o n g e r l o o k e d u p o n t h e o c c u p a t i o n of O r f a a n d D i a r b e k i r as a necessary g u a r a n t e e , a n d h a d instructed I b r a h i m P a s h a n o t t o send a n y t r o o p s i n t h a t direction. ... W i t h respect t o the event c o n t e m p l a t e d i n y o u r L o r d s h i p ' s d e s p a t c h o f the 9 of July, to L o r d W i l l i a m Russell, of a Coalition between Russia and 20^ Mehemet Ali a g a i n s t the Sultan, in w h i c h case a R u s s i a n force from ; G u m r i m i g h t u n i t e w i t h the t r o o p s of M e h e m e t Ali at D i a r b e k i r , and ; i n v a d e A s i a M i n o r , I feel myself justified in a s s u r i n g y o u r L o r d s h i p , from the k n o w l e d g e I h a v e a c q u i r e d of M e h e m e t Ali's c h a r a c t e r a n d views, t h a t such a c o m b i n a t i o n could never be a n t i c i p a t e d w i t h a n y degree of 25} satisfaction or tranquillity by a m a n w h o s e c o n s t a n t a m b i t i o n h a s been to relieve his c o u n t r y from the y o k e of R u s s i a , a n d w h o ||34| h a s too •< m u c h experience of the friendship of t h a t P o w e r , n o t to feel t h a t , by h a v i n g t h e R u s s i a n s , i n s t e a d o f the T u r k s , for n e i g h b o u r s , h e w o u l d have no security for t h e possession of Syria or even of E g y p t . . . M e h e m e t Ali 30 t h i n k s t h a t the deference he h a s s h o w n for t h e o p i n i o n of t h e Great ·* P o w e r s of E u r o p e , in a v o i d i n g a conflict w i t h S u l t a n M a h m o u d , as long t as his p e r s o n a l safety w o u l d allow h i m to do so, a n d the m o d e r a t i o n he h a s evinced in n o t t a k i n g a d v a n t a g e of t h e successes he h a s lately obtained etc. w o u l d entitle h i m to t h e f a v o u r a b l e c o n s i d e r a t i o n der Great 35 P o w e r s . . . no a r g u m e n t s will i n d u c e h i m to recede f r o m the assertion of • those claims etc. . . . [361] th

f

t

A u s d e n "Instructions given by the Sultan to Hafiz Pasha, found at the ¡ Turkish Head-Quarters after the battle of Nezib" geht h e r v o r , d a ß der . S u l t a n ihn nicht n u r aus Syrien u . A r a b i e n v e r t r e i b e n , s o n d e r n auch E g y p t e n e r o b e r n wollte. [364, 365] 254

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) yir. Bulwer to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. Sept. 9) P a r i s , Sept. 6, 1839. . . . c o m m u n i c a t i o n . . . C o u n t A p p o n y recently m a d e t o M a r s h a l Soult, expressive of the regret of the C a b i n e t of V i e n n a , at A d m i r a l R o u s s i n ' s having suggested t h e arrival of a c o m b i n e d s q u a d r o n at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , 5 and strongly d e p r e c a t i n g such a m e a s u r e . . . . Prince M e t t e r n i c h w o u l d see with great p l e a s u r e t h e w i t h d r a w a l o f t h e F r e n c h a n d English Fleets f r o m the entry of t h e D a r d a n e l l e s ... t h e A u s t r i a n C o m m a n d e r , at all events, would h a v e o r d e r s t o retire t o R h o d e s . M a r s h a l Soult . . . replied . . . t h a t h e was n o t a t this m o m e n t disposed t o c h a n g e t h e p r e s e n t p o s i t i o n o f t h e 10 French fleet, which o c c u p i e d t h a t p o s i t i o n with the view of b r i n g i n g France a s n e a r C o n s t a n t i n o p l e a s R u s s i a w a s a t S e v a s t o p o l ; t h e intentions o f t h e F r e n c h G o v . b e i n g t h o s e w h i c h h e h a d frankly stated a t St. P e t e r s b u r g h , viz., to enter t h e Sea of M a r m o r a on t h e o n e side, if t h e Russians entered t h e B o s p h o r u s o n the o t h e r . . . . let m e a s k C o u n t (sagt 15 Soult zu A p p o n y ) , w h a t y o u r G o v . w o u l d do in 2 cases etc: 1) If the Russians, o u r fleets b e i n g w i t h d r a w n as y o u desire, arrive at C o n s t a n t i nople, or if M e h e m e t Ali, a d v a n c i n g , t h r e a t e n s t h a t capital, h o w will your C a b i n e t view these t h i n g s , a n d w h a t c o u r s e w o u l d it t a k e respecting them? 2) If we enter i n t o coercive m e a s u r e s , as y o u seem to desire, 20 against the Viceroy of E g y p t , will t h e G o v . of A u s t r i a j o i n a n d b e a r a p r o p o r t i o n a t e p a r t i n s u c h m e a s u r e s ? C o u n t A p p o n y sagte h e w a s u n a b l e to answer, Soult fragt to apply to his G o v . respecting these q u e s t i o n s ; until they were a n s w e r e d . . . t h e C a b . o f F r a n c e c o u l d m a k e n o etc explanations. [365, 366] 25

Viscount Palmerston to Mr. Bulwer. F. Off. Sept. 10,1839. ... On t h e 4 i n s t . . . l o n g c o n v e r s a t i o n with C o u n t Sebastiani u p o n the Affairs of the Levant . . . A s C o u n t Sebastiani a n d I h a v e always s p o k e n a n d acted towards each o t h e r w i t h u n r e s e r v e d confidence, w e did n o t a t t e m p t t o disguise, in this c o n v e r s a t i o n , t h a t t h e feelings of t h e Brit, a n d F r e n c h 30 Gov's, with r e g a r d to t h e c o u r s e to be p u r s u e d by M e h e m e t Ali, a r e somewhat different, a n d t h a t the F r . G o v . leans m u c h m o r e t o w a r d s t h e Pasha t h a n t h e Brit. G o v . does; b u t C o u n t Sebastiani did n o t seem t o b e prepared for t h e s t a t e m e n t m a d e i n t h e last p a s s a g e o f m y d e s p a t c h t o Lord Beauvale, o f A u g . 2 5 , t h a t H . M ' s G o v . , a l t h o u g h m o s t a n x i o u s 35 to continue to act in these m a t t e r s in c o n c e r t w i t h t h e o t h e r 4 P o w e r s , is yet ready, if such u n a n i m i t y c a n n o t be o b t a i n e d , to act in c o n c e r t with a less n u m b e r t h a n the four, if a n y r e a s o n a b l e a n d effectual c o u r s e of proceeding s h o u l d be assented to by such a p r o p o r t i o n of t h e F i v e as may give to t h a t c o u r s e a d e q u a t e m o r a l weight, a n d sufficient physical 0 means. C o u n t Sebastiani o b s e r v e d t h a t this w a s a very i m p o r t a n t deci4

255

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3

sion, a n d implied a s e p a r a t i o n from F r a n c e , a n d a d i s s o l u t i o n of t h e alliance of t h e 5 P o w e r s . I said t h a t it did n o t a p p e a r to me to go to t h a t extent; t h a t t h e F i v e P o w e r s m i g h t c o n t i n u e a g r e e d a s t o their general policy a n d u l t i m a t e views, b u t m i g h t n o t b e all equally willing t o t a k e a n active part in each of t h e p a r t i c u l a r a n d successive m e a s u r e s by w h i c h the result was t o b e arrived at: . . . t h e unwillingness o f F r a n c e o u g h t n o t t o prevent the other Powers from moving on towards the attainment of an object deeply i m p o r t a n t to t h e general interests of E u r o p e ; a n d I said, t h a t a l t h o u g h E n g l a n d i s m o s t a n x i o u s t o c o n t i n u e t o a c t i n c o n c e r t with F r a n c e , yet E n g l a n d is by no m e a n s b o u n d to s t a n d still in c o n c e r t with F r a n c e , if F r a n c e s h o u l d ¡¡35[ decline to m o v e f o r w a r d , while o t h e r P o w e r s a r e willing t o a d v a n c e . . . t h e objects . . . t h e r e s t i t u t i o n o f the Turk, fleet, a n d t h e limitation o f t h e a u t h o r i t y o f M e h e m e t Ali t o the h e r e d i t a r y gov. o f E g y p t . . . C o u n t Sebastiani said t h a t t h e F r . G o v . entirely c o n c u r in t h i n k i n g these 2 objects desirable . . . a b e r w i t h respect to t h e f l e e t , t h e F r . G o v . w o u l d prefer s u s p e n d i n g t h e d e m a n d . . . a n d leaving it in t h e h a n d of M e h e m e t Ali, until t h e 5 P o w e r s s h o u l d h a v e c o m e to an agreement, both as to the nature of the final arrangement to be p r o p o s e d t o M e h e m e t Ali a n d a s t o t h e m e a n s o f o b t a i n i n g his assent t o t h a t a r r a n g e m e n t . . . he seemed to imply, t h a t F r a n c e is disinclined to be a p a r t y to a n y active m e a s u r e s of c o e r c i o n a g a i n s t M e h e m e t Ali . . . I s t a t e d . . . t h a t t h e 5 P o w e r s are b o u n d i n h o n o u r n o t t o delay, a n d t o o m i t n o effort t o restore t h a t f l e e t t o t h e S u l t a n . . . . W i t h r e g a r d t o the m e a n s o f c o e r c i o n w h i c h c o u l d b e e m p l o y e d t o o b t a i n r e s t i t u t i o n o f the fleet, I said it is t r u e t h a t we c o u l d only e m p l o y for t h a t p u r p o s e t h e same m e a n s w h i c h we m i g h t h a v e to e m p l o y a f t e r w a r d s for enforcing a final a r r a n g e m e n t ; b u t t h a t did n o t strike m e a s c o n s t i t u t i n g a n objection. . . . H . M ' s G o v . . . . o f o p i n i o n , t h a t t h e F i v e P o w e r s o u g h t t o d e m a n d the r e s t o r a t i o n of t h e fleet in t h e first instance, a n d w i t h o u t f u r t h e r delay, a n d n o t t o p o s t p o n e t h a t d e m a n d till t h e F i v e shall h a v e c o m e t o a n a g r e e m e n t a s t o t h e n a t u r e o f t h e f i n a l a r r a n g e m e n t ... t h e d e m a n d s h o u l d b e m a d e b y t h e C o n s u l s - G e n e r a l o f t h e 5 P o w e r s a t Alexandria, a n d b y a Collective N o t e ... I f " n o t " fully . . . a n d u n c o n d i t i o n a l l y com­ plied w i t h i n 24 or 48 h o u r s , ... t h e Five C o n . - G e n . o u g h t i m m e d i a t e l y to leave A l e x a n d r i a , a n d to e m b a r k on b o a r d t h e F l e e t ... d a n n a certain time, p e r h a p s 4 o r 5 d a y s . . . t o b e given t o t h e P a s h a ... t o m e d i t a t e u p o n t h e full i m p o r t of this first d e m o n s t r a t i o n of t h e d i s p l e a s u r e of t h e Five P o w e r s . ... W e n n dies o h n e Effect, t h e n t h e allied s q u a d r o n s h o u l d prev e n t a n y vessel u n d e r E g y p t i a n f l a g , either o f w a r o r o f c o m m e r c e , from e n t e r i n g or leaving a n y E g y p t i a n or S y r i a n p o r t . . . If it w a s t h o u g h t necessary to r e n d e r t h e p r e s s u r e of this m e a s u r e m o r e stringent, t h e allied

256

5

10

15

?| 201

251

3θ||

35jj

'I «¡3

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) s q u a d r o n m i g h t seize a n d d e t a i n all m e r c h a n t - s h i p s u n d e r the E g y p t i a n flag . . . If after a certain time, p e r h a p s a m o n t h or 6 weeks, this p r e s s u r e should p r o v e i n a d e q u a t e , t h e next step o f coercion m i g h t b e t h e occupation of t h e I s l a n d of C a n d i a by a Turkish force, p r o t e c t e d by the allied 5 s q u a d r o n . . . C o u n t Sebastiani did n o t seem t o t h i n k t h a t his G o v . w o u l d altogether like to j o i n in such a course; a n d he t r e a t e d t h e m e a s u r e s as being s o m e of t h e m insufficient, a n d o t h e r s as likely to o v e r s h o o t their mark . . . B u t C o u n t Sebastiani said, h e t h o u g h t , his G o v . w o u l d feel t h e most serious objections t o a n a t t e m p t u p o n C a n d i a , because a n y e n d e a v 10 our to o v e r t h r o w the P a s h a ' s a u t h o r i t y t h e r e , a n d to establish t h a t of t h e Sultan, w o u l d lead t o a n o u t b r e a k a m o n g t h e G r e e k p o p u l a t i o n o f the island, for the p u r p o s e of u n i t i n g themselves to the K i n g d o m of G r e e c e . For, he said, the G r e e k s f o r m a m a j o r i t y in C a n d i a , a n d t h e Turk, m i n o r ity are all for M e h e m e t Ali, so t h a t n o b o d y w o u l d be for the S u l t a n . . . 15 supposing, t h a t I b r a h i m s h o u l d m a k e a d a s h at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , a n d march at o n c e a n d r a p i d l y by K o n i a h u p o n B r o u s s a , a small d e t a c h m e n t of the allied s q u a d r o n p l a c e d in the B o s p h o r u s , w o u l d m a k e it impossible for him to cross over, a n d w o u l d probably, by its presence, m a i n t a i n tranquillity in C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . [366-370] 20 Viscount Ponsonby to V i s ç o u n t P a l m e r s t o n (Ree. Sept. 13) T h e r a p i a , Aug. 20. 1839. . . . M e h e m e t Ali is inclined to a d j o u r n his d e m a n d for the deposition of H o s r e w . It will a p p e a r . . . t h e r e is a s t r o n g desire to settle the question w i t h o u t t h e i n t e r v e n t i o n of the G r e a t P o w e r s . [371] Inclosure 2 Therapia. A u g . 2 1 , 1839. Viscount Ponsonby to Nouri Effendi 25 ... the Sublime P o r t e is b o u n d by positive e n g a g e m e n t to t h e F i v e G r e a t Powers, n o t t o enter i n t o n e g o t i a t i o n , n o r t o m a k e a n y a r r a n g e m e n t w i t h the P a s h a M e h e m e t Ali, w i t h o u t the k n o w l e d g e a n d c o n s e n t o f t h e G r e a t Powers. [372] The Marquess of Clanricarde to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. Sept. 13) 30 St. Petersburgh, Aug. 22, 1839. ... C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e told me yesterday, that he h a d t h a t m o r n i n g received a c o u r i e r from L o n d o n ; t h a t t h e Engl. G o v . t o o k t h e s a m e view of t h e affairs of T u r k e y as t h a t of R u s s i a ; that the F r e n c h G o v . , in reply to a p r o p o s i t i o n m a d e by y o u r L o r d s h i p , had refused to be a p a r t y to coerce M e h e m e t Ali . . . C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e 35 says, there is n o t h i n g to i m p e d e I b r a h i m P a s h a ' s victorious career, a n d n o reason w h y M e h e m e t Ali m i g h t n o t be, a t this m o m e n t , m a s t e r o f Constantinople . . .

257

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 Id. to id. ( R e e . Sept. 13) St. Petersburgh. Aug. 27, 1839. ... At C o u n t N e s s e l r ö d e n desire, I called u p o n his Excellency this m o r n i n g , when he i n f o r m e d me t h a t t h e E m p e r o r , h a v i n g reason to believe t h a t the Brit. G o v . w a s ||36| b e t t e r disposed t o w a r d s R u s s i a , a n d e n t e r t a i n e d a m o r e f a v o u r a b l e a n d j u s t o p i n i o n o f his views a n d policy t h a n heretofore, w a s desirous o f i m p r o v i n g this disposition t o the u t m o s t , a n d o f strengthening t h e g o o d u n d e r s t a n d i n g , which so h a p p i l y existed; a n d therefore, as the R u s s . A m b a s s a d o r was a b s e n t from L o n d o n , H i s I m p e r i a l Majesty h a d directed B a r o n B r u n n o w t o visit L o n d o n , p r e v i o u s l y t o r e p a i r i n g t o his p o s t a t S t u t g a r d t , t o c o m m u n i c a t e fully w i t h y o u r L o r d s h i p , a n d t o offer t h e m o s t u n r e s e r v e d e x p l a n a t i o n s of t h e views a n d policy of this c o u n t r y u p o n a n y p o i n t u p o n w h i c h y o u r L o r d s h i p m i g h t wish t o have t h e m , o r w h i c h y o u m i g h t desire t o discuss. C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e said, that unless h e were himself t o p r o c e e d t o L o n d o n , i t w o u l d n o t b e possible for t h e E m p e r o r t o send t h i t h e r a n y p e r s o n m o r e t h o r o u g h l y a c q u a i n t e d with the foreign affairs and policy of Russia than Baron Brunnow. [375] Id. to id (Ree. Sept. 13) St. Petersburgh, Aug. 28, 1839. ... C o u n t Nesselr o d e said, . . . " Y o u ( E n g l a n d ) m a y b e sure t h a t w e shall n o t desert y o u i n such a c a s e . " (nämlich gegen E g y p t . ) (Zeigt i h m C o u n t M e d e m ' s desp a t c h , d a ß Soult direct gegen a r m e d i n t e r v e n t i o n etc.) . . . At t h e whole, I f o u n d C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e yesterday m o r e a t his ease u p o n t h e state o f the T u r c o - E g y p t i a n Q u e s t i o n , t h a n he h a d b e e n , because, although it appeared more difficult than ever to settle without some act or demonstration of armed intervention, there a p p e a r e d a c h a n c e of R u s s i a a n d E n g l a n d a c t i n g in concert. C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e s h o w e d me M. de Kisseleff s report of y o u r L o r d s h i p ' s assent to changing from V i e n n a t h e seat of comm u n i c a t i o n s , a n d n e g o t i a t i o n s t h a t t h e T u r k , affairs m a y r e q u i r e . Darin Inclosure. Extract of a Despatch from the Count P. Medem to Count Nesselrode, reporting a conversation with Marshal Soult. ... T h e Marshal c o m m u n i c a t e d t o m e the p u r p o r t o f the i n s t r u c t i o n s w h i c h h e h a d just f o r w a r d e d to the C o n s u l - G e n e r a l of F r a n c e at A l e x a n d r i a . He is to begin , by declaring to M e h e m e t Ali, t h a t his d e m a n d respecting t h e dismissal o f H o s r e w c a n i n n o wise b e t a k e n i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n , a n d t h a t France advised h i m to a b a n d o n p r e t e n s i o n s of this sort, as well as to restore the , O t t o m a n Fleet . . . Soult: I do n o t hesitate to declare to y o u , t h a t we will ? never lend ourselves to such an act of aggression, for this reason that ' we are unwilling to r u n t h e risk of irritating t h e Viceroy to the degree, p e r h a p s , of driving h i m to r e n e w offensive o p e r a t i o n s a g a i n s t Turkey, w h i c h w o u l d b r i n g on c o m p l i c a t i o n s t o o serious for us n o t to wish to -

258

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) avoid every t h i n g of a n a t u r e to b r i n g t h e m a b o u t . M o r e o v e r , a b l o c k a d e would b e o f n o use, a n d w o u l d b e entirely t o the d i s a d v a n t a g e o f o u r commerce. In o r d e r to wrest Syria from t h e Viceroy, it w o u l d be necessary to send a c o n s i d e r a b l e a r m y thither, w h i c h it is n e i t h e r o u r i n t e n t i o n 5 nor in o u r p o w e r to d o . R u s s i a a l o n e w o u l d be in a s i t u a t i o n to u n d e r take such a n entreprise . . . A t t h e time w h e n C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e signed the despatches w h i c h y o u h a v e j u s t c o m m u n i c a t e d t o m e , . . . h e w a s still ignorant of t h e result of the b a t t l e of N e z i b , of t h e d e s t r u c t i o n of t h e O t t o m a n A r m y , a n d o f t h e defection o f t h e Fleet. N o d o u b t h e h a s since 10 modified his o p i n i o n s as to t h e extent of concessions to be m a d e to t h e Viceroy of E g y p t . . . [376-378] Lord Beauvale to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. Sept. 13) Vienna, Sept. 3, 1839. . . . differences b e t w e e n the t e r m s d e m a n d e d by the P o r t e in its official N o t e (addressed to the R e p r é s e n t a t i v e s of t h e 5 P o w e r s ) of t h e 15 2 2 of A u g u s t , a n d t h o s e dwelt u p o n in y o u r L o r d s h i p ' s d e s p a t c h of the 2 5 of A u g u s t . T h e Official N o t e makes no objection to granting Syria for life to M e h e m e t Ali, p r o v i d e d it is n o t given hereditarily. . . . [379] nd

th

Mr. Bulwer to Visçount Palmerston (Ree. Sept. 15) Paris, Sept. 13, 1839. ... Ì should c o n c l u d e , t h a t the F r e n c h G o v . were m o s t desirous to c o m e 20 to some a r r a n g e m e n t w i t h us in respect to the p o s i t i o n of the Viceroy of Egypt, to which t h a t p e r s o n a g e m i g h t be prevailed u p o n , t h r o u g h a representation t h a t it w a s for his o w n interests, to c o n s e n t . . . [381] Lord Beauvale to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. Sept. 16) Vienna, Sept. 8, 1839. ... O n e g r e a t difficulty of e n g a g i n g R u s s i a to m a k e c o m m o n cause 25 with us, arises, in his ( C o u n t F i c q u e l m o n t ' s ) o p i n i o n , from the aspect of menace t o w a r d s her a s s u m e d b y E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e ; a n d h e (Fiquelmont) went into l o n g r e a s o n i n g s to s h o w the expediency of r e m o v i n g the fleets from the m o u t h of t h e D a r d a n e l l e s , j [382]

259

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3

|37| Martens.

(Continuatio)

Roschilder Friede 1658. 26 Febr. zwingt S c h w e d e n D ä n e m a r k ab d u r c h plötzlichen Ueberfall, w o r i n dieses Art. IV i h m H a l l a n d , S c h o n e n , Bleckingen u . B o r n h o l m a b t r e t e n , u . A r t . X X I I der S o u v e r a i n e t ä t a u f den Gottorpischen Antheil v. Schleswig entsagen mußte. (Vergleich d e ß h a l b 5 zwischen D ä n e m a r k u . H o l s t e i n - G o t t o r p v . / M a i 1658.) . . . Carl G u s t a v b r i c h t A u g u s t 1658 aufs n e u e gegen D ä n e m a r k los, seine Plane a u f C o p e n h a g e n d u r c h die H o l l ä n d e r , auf Schleswig u . J u t l a n d d u r c h Oestreich u. B r a n d e n b u r g vereitelt, f 23 F e b r . 1660. Friede Schwedens 10 1) Mit Polen, dem Kaiser u. Brandenburg zu Oliva, 3. M a i 1660. ( K l o ster Oliva bei D a n z i g ) Art. IV. J o h a n n K a s i m i r leistet a u f S c h w e d e n Verzicht, tritt a u c h Liefland u. E s t h l a n d bis a u f d e n südlichen Theil Liefl a n d s an S c h w e d e n a b . Art. V. Schweden verzichtet a u f C u r l a n d , Semgallen u. Pilten. A r t . X X I , X X I I . P o l e n s Alliirte g e b e n d a s E r o b e r t e .15 z u r ü c k . Art. XXVI B r a n d e n b u r g s Verträge v. 1656 m. S c h w e d e n aufgeh o b e n (Art. X X V ) , a b e r die v o n W e l a u u . B y d g o s t m . P o l e n d u r c h einen Separatarticel bestätigt. Frankreich als Vermittler ü b e r n a h m die G a r a n t i e des F r i e d e n s . (Art. X X V I ) 2) M i t Dänemark: V e r h a n d l u n g e n a n g e f a n g e n 2 5 . M ä r z 1660 zu Copen- 201 hagen, u n t e r Vermittlung F r a n k r e i c h s , E n g l a n d s u. H o l l a n d s u. 2 7 [Mai] der F r i e d e n gez. Art. IV. R o s c h i l d e r F r i e d e n (bis auf d e n 3 A r t . ) bestätigt, s o d a ß S c h o n e n , Bleckingen, H a l l a n d u . H w e e n , a u c h B o h u s als L e h n an S c h w e d e n abgetreten. Art. XVII. S c h w e d e n D r o n t h e i m zurückg a b u. n a c h Sep. Artikel auf B o r n h o l m e n t s a g t e . D i e 3 Vermittler garan- 25 tiren d e n F r i e d e n , so wie F r a n k r e i c h u. E n g l a n d d e n d u r c h denselben .. bestätigten Vergleich zw. D ä n e m a r k u. H o l s t e i n - G o t t o r p v. 22 M a i 1658. f Eingeschlossen w u r d e n der Kaiser, P o l e n , B r a n d e n b u r g , O l d e n b u r g u. .·. die H a n s e s t ä d t e . 2

I 2

s t e n

l

260

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß einer diplomatischen Geschichte. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 3. Seite 37

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung) 3.) M i t Rußland zu Cordis 1 Juli 1661, in d e r H a u p t s a c h e a u f d e n F u ß des F r i e d e n s zu S t o l b o w a . Friede Rußlands m. Polen. D e r 1658 e r n e u e r t e K r i e g R u ß l a n d s wider Polen d a u e r t e fort: erst d u r c h d e n 13jährigen Waffenstillstand v. 1667 5 u n t e r b r o c h e n u . d u r c h d e n F r i e d e n z u M o s k a u 1686 z u m Vortheil R u ß lands beendigt. [72-75]

///. Abschnitt.

Von 1660-1700.

In Frankreich. L u d w i g X I V . Spanien. P h i l i p p I V . - 1 6 6 5 . C a r i l i . - 1 7 0 0 . Portugal. A l f o n s u s V I 1656-67. Peter I I . 1 6 6 8 - 1 7 0 5 . Deutschland. L e o l o p o l d l . 1 6 5 7 - 1 7 0 5 . Großbritannien. C a r i l i . 1 6 6 0 - 8 5 . J a c o b I I . - 1 6 8 8 . Wilhelm I I I . 1689-1702. Päbste. A l e x a n d e r V I I . - 1 6 6 7 . C l e m e n s I X . - 1 6 7 0 . C l e m e n s X - 1 6 7 6 . I n n o c e n z X I - 1 6 8 9 . A l e x a n d e r V I I I . - 1 6 9 1 . I n n o c e n z X I I - 1 7 0 0 . I n Dänemark F r i e d r i c h I I I - 1 6 7 0 . C h r i s t i a n V. - 1 6 9 9 . Schweden. C a r l XL 15 1660-1697. C a r l X I I - 1 7 1 8 . Polen: J o h . C a s i m i r . - 1 6 6 9 . M i c h a e l . - 1 6 7 3 . Joh. Sobiesky. 1674-96. A u g u s t . 1 6 9 7 - 1 7 3 3 . Rußland. Alexei. - 1 6 7 6 . F e o d o r l l l . - 1 6 8 2 . I w a n I I I u. P e t e r I. 1682-1689. Peter I. 1 6 8 9 - 1 7 2 5 . Preussen: C h u r f ü r s t F r i e d r i c h W i l h e l m 1640-1688. F r i e d r i c h (I) - 1 7 1 2 . Im Osmanischen Reich: M u h a m e d I V . 1 6 4 8 - 8 7 . S o l i m a n I I I . - 1 6 9 1 . A c h 20 m e t II. - 1 6 9 5 . M u s t a p h a I I . - 1 7 0 2 .

a)

Zustand Europas um das J.

1660:

Frankreichs Uebergewicht seit d e n westphälischen u. p y r e n ä i s c h e n F r i e densschlüssen. B ü n d n i s s e gen F r a n k r e i c h . Z u n a h m e seiner Schuldenlast. Spanien. G e s c h w ä c h t d u r c h die Opfer die es n a c h l a n g e n K r i e g e n 1648 25 u. 1659 g e b r a c h t , u. 1668 b r i n g e n m u ß t e . S c h w a c h e K ö n i g e . Ä u s s e r s t e F i n a n z z e r r ü t t u n g . L a n d m a c h t u. M a r i n e verfallen. Deutschland. Oestreich. Oestreich e i n g e b ü ß t d u r c h d e n westphälischen F r i e d e n a n M a c h t , Besitzungen, Einfluß i n D e u t s c h l a n d . K r i e g e m . d e n T ü r k e n (m. F r a n k r e i c h eng v e r b u n d e n . ) Schlechte F i n a n z v e r w a l t u n g . K e i n e grosse R o l l e spielt 30 unter L e o p o l d I. W i e d u r c h d e n W e s t p h ä l i s c h e n F r i e d e n A n s e h n des K a i sers in D e u t s c h l a n d geschwächt, M a c h t d e r g r ö ß r e n Reichsfürsten verm e h r t d u r c h A n w a c h s v . G e b i e t , s t e h e n d e A r m e e etc. D i e Verschiedenheit des Intresse der einzelnen S t ä n d e v. fremden M ä c h t e n b e n u z t , um sich eine P a r t h e i in D e u t s c h l a n d zu verschaffen, um d u r c h Allianzen 35 u. Subsidientractate sich ihrer T r u p p e n zu versichern.

263

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 Großbritannien. D i e R e v o l u t i o n v. 1688 m. W i l h e l m I I I stellt festeres System her. Vereinigte Niederlande: I h r h ö c h s t e r F l o r , seit sie ihrer ostindischen E r o b r u n g e n ü b e r P o r t u g a l gewiß. N u n G e g e n s t a n d d e r Eifers u c h t der M ä c h t e , bes. da sie Einfluß in die A n g e l e g e n h e i t e n 3' V ö l k e r zu g e w i n n e n suchten. In der 2' Hälfte des 17' J h h . A u f k o m m e n des H a n d e l s a n d r e r M ä c h t e . W i l h e l m I I I erhielt n o c h Zeitlang i h r e n Ruf, als schon die Stützen desselben zu w a n k e n anfingen. Eidgenossen: I h r e Religionss p a l t u n g etc. steht der E r r i c h t u n g einer festren allgemeinen B u n d e s v e r fassung entgegen, e r l a u b t k a u m 1668 die E r r i c h t u n g einer g e m e i n s a m e n Kriegsverfassung. F r e m d e Stütze d e n Schweizern u n e n t b e h r l i c h geword e n . Viele C a n t o n e s u c h e n seit 1663 diese m e h r bei F r a n k r e i c h als Spanien u. Oestreich. Italien. F u r c h t v o r F r a n k r e i c h an die v o r S p a n i e n u. Oestreich getreten. D u r c h g e s p a l t n e P r i v a t e intrests. Nordische Mächte: Seit d e m 30jährigen K r i e g blieben die n o r d i s c h e n M ä c h t e in d a s Interesse d e r südliehen u. westlichen d u r c h H a n d e l u. B ü n d n i s s e verflochten. Schweden v e r d a n k t d e n G e n e r a l e n aus G u s t a v ' s A d o l p h s Schule seine ehrenvolle R o l l e a u c h in der 2' Hälfte des 1 7 ' J h h . Polen verlor, w a s es S c h w e d e n , R u s s e n , T ü r k e n aufopfern m u ß t e , kraftlose A n a r c h i e . Dänemark D i t t o . Preussen u. Brandenburg erst d u r c h C h u r f ü r s t F r i e d r i c h W i l h e l m S t a a t s system. Z ä h l t z u A n f a n g d e r Periode k a u m n o c h u n t e r die n o r d i s c h e n M ä c h t e . Pforte. S o l i m a n II 1566 die R e i h e siegreicher S u l t a n e beschlossen. I n n r e R e v o l u t i o n e n i n der T ü r k e i . D e m A u s l a n d m i n d e r f u r c h t b a r g e w o r d e n . Seit 1648-1687 MuhamedYV, kriegerisch, U n g a r n , Venedig, Oestreich, P o l e n v. i h m zu leiden; d o c h zeigt sich R ü c k b l e i b e n in Taktik u. Seewesen d e r T ü r k e n relativ z u m ü b r i g e n E u r o p a . | | 3 8 | D a seit E n d e des 1 6 ' J h h . die Seekriege i n H a n d e l s k r i e g e ausgeartet, w u r d e n C a p e r r ü s t u n g e n häufiger u . d e m H a n d e l der N e u t r a l e n verderblicher. D i e s e n z u schützen, w u c h s , n a c h wenigen s c h o n v o r d e m westphälischen F r i e d e n v o r h a n d n e n Beispielen, die Z a h l der H a n d e l s vertrage, w o r i n , m . A b w e i c h u n g v o m C o n s o l a t o del m a r e , der G r u n d s a t z aufgestellt, d a ß freies Schiff freies G u t m a c h e . . . . V e r ä n d e r t e Kriegsverfassung m a c h t e d e n A b s t a n d d e r i m m e r z u m K a m p f bereiten M ä c h t e der 1' G r ö s s e v. d e n e n n o c h merklicher, die n u r als Alliirte einer g r o ß e n M a c h t o d . B u n d e s auftreten, o d . sich u n t e r d e m S c h u t z a n d r e r S t a a t e n passiv z u h a l t e n suchen m u ß t e n . . . . D a s vorzüglich i n d e m H a a g zahlreich v e r s a m m e l t e C o r p s d i p l o m a t i q u e bildete hier gleichsam einen perm a n e n t e n C o n g r e s s : ü b e r h a u p t m e h r t e n sich die s t ä n d i g e n G e s a n d t schaften a n j e d e m der grössren H ö f e . [76-85]

264

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

b.)

Von 1660-79.

Brieven van de Witt. A m s t . 1725. Le Comte d'Estrades, L e t t r e s , m é m o i res, et n e g o t i a t i o n s de, beste A u s g . L o n d r e s 1743. comte Henry Bennet d'Arlington lettres d u , ( U t r e c h t 1701, 1706); T h e w o r k s of Sir William 5 Temple. ( L o n d o n 1740) M. de Gain-Montagnac. M é m o i r e s de L o u i s X I V etc. Paris 1806. (t. I - I V ) Fortsetzung des Kriegs Spaniens gegen Portugal; m u ß m. P e t e r II F r i e den zu L i s s a b o n zeichnen, 1668, 13 F e b r . , w o r i n P o r t u g a l als freier S t a a t behandelt, alle E r o b r u n g e n bis auf C e u t a in Africa h e r a u s g e g e b e n . Por10 tugáis Friede m. den Niederländern erst 1669 völlig, so daß jeder im Besitz des Eroberten blieb. Krieg Englands wider Holland. C a r l II 1665 b r i c h t m. H o l l a n d , läßt sie a u c h [durch] d e n Bischof v. M ü n s t e r bekriegen. H o l l ä n d e r schliessen Frieden zu Breda 1667, 31 Juli auf F u ß des uti possidetis. H o l l a n d erlangte 15 einige Befreiung v. d e r N a v i g a t i o n s a k t e u. wichtige Vortheile hinsichtlich des n e u t r a l e n H a n d e l s , v e r s p r a c h aber, in d e n britt. G e w ä s s e r n v o r der britt. F l a g g e die Segel zu streichen. Frankreich s c h l o ß 31 Juli 1667 seinen b e s o n d e r n F r i e d e n , w o r i n i h m A c a d i e n z u r ü c k g e g e b e n . A u c h Dänemark v . selben D a t u m b e s o n d e r n F r i e d e n m . E n g l a n d . 20 Einfall Frankreichs in die s p a n . N i e d e r l a n d e , M a i 1667. 23 J a n . 1668 Triple-Allianz gen F r a n k r e i c h zwischen Großbritannien, Schweden u. Republik der Vereinigten Niederlande. D a d u r c h b e w i r k t Aachner Frieden v. 2' Mai 1668. F z s . Einfall in die Vereinigten Niederlande 1672, v. E n g land u n t e r s t ü z t u . v e r m o c h t e S c h w e d e n d u r c h einen T r a k t a t n e u t r a l 25 zu bleiben. R e i c h s k r i e g u. Allianz wider F r a n k r e i c h , d a n n a u c h wider Schweden. (Juni) . . . A u f d e m , u n t e r V e r m i t t l u n g des P a b s t s u . E n g l a n d s , seit 1676 zu N i m w e g e n v e r s a m m e l t e n zahlreichen C o n g r e ß , n u t z t e n die franz. G e s a n d t e n die Verschiedenheit d e r Z w e c k e der Mitglieder der grossen Allianz so schlau, d a ß sie den allgem. F r i e d e n h i n d e r t e n u. m i t 30 j e d e m F e i n d e bes. schlössen. Saint-Didier: hist, de la p a i x de N i m e g u e . 1676-9. P a r i s . 1680 . . . [86-92] Holland 1678 26 Juli zeichnet zu Nymwegen Separatfrieden m. F r a n k reich. G r o ß b r i t . ü b e r n a h m die G a r a n t i e ; 17 Sept. 1678 m. S p a n i e n , w o r i n die ganze F r a n c h e c o m t é , n e b s t verschiednen P l ä t z e n in d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n 35 an F r a n k r e i c h a b g e t r e t e n , m. K a i s e r u. R e i c h 1679, 5 F e b r . , w o d u r c h F r a n k r e i c h e n t s a g t auf P h i l i p p s b u r g u . b e h ä l t F r e i b u r g , verspricht d e m Herzog v. L o t h r i n g e n sein H e r z o g t h u m z u r ü c k z u g e b e n wie es v o r 1670 bestand, tritt a u c h die S t a d t Toul m . B a n n u . H o h e i t a b , sollte d a g e g e n N a n c y m . seinem B a n n u . einen K r e u z w e g d u r c h L o t h r i n g e n , \ Meile l

2

265

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 breit, m . voller S o u v e r a i n e t ä t erlangen; U e b r i g e n s d e r M ü n s t e r i s c h e F r i e d e bestätigt u. E n g l a n d als Vermittler m i t eingeschlossen. D i e b e d u n g n e G e n e h m i g u n g des F r i e d e n s d u r c h R e i c h s s c h l u ß erfolgte 23 M ä r z 1679. A b e r H e r z o g v. L o t h r i n g e n weigerte sich, die f. i h n v e r a b r e d e t e n h a r t e n B e d i n g u n g e n einzugehn, d a h e r F r a n k r e i c h n o c h v o r e r s t in d e m Besitz seines H e r z o g t h u m s blieb. Reichsfrieden mit Schweden zu Nymwegen 1679 5 F e b r . D e r O s n a b r ü c k sche F r i e d e zur G r u n d l a g e g e n o m m e n u . als G r u n d g e s e t z bestätigt. Beide Theile e n t s a g t e n allen diesem F r i e d e n entgegen laufenden B ü n d n i s s e n , u. K a i s e r u. R e i c h v e r s p r a c h e n den ü b r i g e n F e i n d e n S c h w e d e n s keinen Beistand z u leisten, a u c h dessen F o r t s e t z u n g des K r i e g s n i c h t z u h i n d e r n . D e m H e r z o g v. H o l s t e i n - G o t t o r p v e r s p r a c h d e r K a i s e r f. s. R e i c h s l a n d e die kaiserliche P r o t e c t i o n . S p a n i e n in diesen F r i e d e n m i t einbegriffen. Frankreichs u. Schwedens Friede m. Braunschweig-Celle u. Wolfenbüttel zu N y m w e g e n , 5 F e b . 1679: D i e H e r z o g e v. Celle u. Wolfenbüttel vers p r a c h e n d a s Bremische gleich n a c h g e s c h l o ß n e m Generalfrieden z u r ü c k z u g e b e n , bis d a h i n a b e r es zu schützen u. n e u t r a l zu bleiben. S c h w e d e n überließ a n B r a u n s c h w e i g - L ü n e b u r g die P r o b s t e i u . Vogtei D o r w e r n , d a s A m t T h e d i n g h a u s e n u. alle R e c h t e u. E i n k ü n f t e die e h e m a l s d e n Stiftern B r e m e n u. Verden in d e n B r a u n s c h w e i g - L ü n e b u r g i s c h e n L ä n d e r n zuges t a n d e n . F r a n k r e i c h v e r s p r a c h bei R ä u m u n g des B r e m i s c h e n d e n H e r z o gen R t h l r . 300,000 zu zahlen. O s n a b r ü c k u. alle S t ä n d e des N i e d e r s ä c h sischen Kreises in den F r i e d e n m. einbegriffen. Frankreichs Friede m. Münster zu Nymwegen 1679, 29 M ä r z . Bischof e n t s a g t allen V e r b i n d u n g e n gen F r a n k r e i c h u. S c h w e d e n , verspricht N e u tralität, dagegen v. F r a n k r e i c h 100,000 R t h l r . Schwedens Friede m. Münster ditto ditto Bischof giebt, w a s er im Brem i s c h e n besizt, an K ö n i g , s o b a l d verlangt, einstweilen schüzt es, dagegen v. Schweden 100,000 R t h l r . Frankreichs u. Schweden Friede m. Churbrandenburg zu St. Germain en Laye, 1679, 29 J u n i . Art. V C h u r b r a n d e n b u r g giebt a n S c h w e d e n alles i h m G e n o m m n e z u r ü c k , A r t . V I e n t s a g t allem f e r n e m Beistand a n D ä n e m a r k i n diesem K r i e g . A r t . V I I S c h w e d e n cedirt a n B r a n d e n b u r g d e n Theil v . S c h w e d i s c h - P o m m e r n jenseits d e r O d e r m . A u s n a h m e v . D a m m u . G o l n o w . A r t . X I I S c h w e d e n b e h ä l t die S o u v e r ä n e t ä t ü b e r die O d e r . A r t . IX Schweden e n t s a g t s. b e s e ß n e n h a l b e n A n t h e i l a n d e n Z ö l l e n z u C o l b e r g u . a n d r e n O r t e n des b r a n d e n b u r g s c h e n P o m merns. Friede Dänemarks m. Frankreich zu Fontainebleau 2 Sept. 1679. Art. V D ä n e m a r k soll alle v. Schweden e r o b e r t e n O r t e , bes. L a n d s k r o n , Heisingb u r g , M a r s t r a n d u. die Inseln R ü g e n u. G o t h l a n d z u r ü c k g e b e n ; d e m H e r z o g v. H o l s t e i n - G o t t o r p seine L ä n d e r u. S o u v e r ä n e t ä t herstellen. |

266

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

|39| Friede Dänemarks m. Schweden zu Landen. 1679. 26 Sept. Beide Theile g e b e n e i n a n d e r alle a b g e n o m m n e n O r t e z u r ü c k . Wegen Beschwerd e n ü b e r M i ß b r a u c h der Zollfreiheit im S u n d soll Vergleich geschlossen werden, (geschah u n t e r fzs. V e r m i t t l u n g 8 M a y 1680.) N a c h A r t . X V I I soll 5 zwischen b e i d e n g e n a u e Vereinigung geschlossen w e r d e n . An e b e n d e m Tag H e i r a t h s c o n t r a c t K ö n i g s C a r l X I m . d e r d ä n i s c h e n P r i n z e ß U l r i c a E l e a n o r a u n t e r z e i c h n e t , am 7 Oct. zu L u n d e n Defensivallianz zwischen den 2 K r o n e n . Friede Schwedens m. den Vereinigten Niederlanden zu Nymwegen 10 1679, 12 Oct. D i e vorigen B ü n d n i s s e v. 1 6 4 0 , 1 6 5 6 , 1667 b e s t ä t i g t , d o c h wegen des H a n d e l s b e s o n d r e P u n k t e verglichen. ( A r t . IV) E n g l a n d i n diesen T r a k t a t begriffen u . u m seine G a r a n t i e e r s u c h t . 1679 Aug. Z w i s c h e n S c h w e d e n u. S p a n i e n kein förmliches F r i e d e n s i n s t r u m e n t , s o n d e r n eine v. G r e a t B r i t a i n als Vermittler v o r g e s c h l a g n e 15 F r i e d e n s e r k l ä r u n g v. b e i d e n K r o n e n acceptirt, w o r ü b e r d e r Vermittler ein Certificat ausstellte. [93-100]

c.)

20

25

30

35

Von 1679-1697.

Comte d'Avaux: N e g o t i a t i o n s en H o l l a n d e d e p u i s 1679-1688. P a r i s . 1752. T. I - V I . Jo. Ch. Lunig sylloge p u b . n e g o t i o r u m . F r a n k f u r t 1694. (1674-93) Jo. Vine. Lucchesini h i s t o r i a r u m sui t e m p o r i s . R o m a e 1 7 2 5 - 3 8 . T. I - I I I . (1678-1700) Neuer Krieg Frankreichs wider Spanien u. das Reich. A u f W i l h e l m ' s I I I v . O r a n i e n Betrieb b a h n t e n m e h r e einzelne B ü n d n i s s e d e n Weg z u d e m grossen D e f e n s i v b ü n d n i s s e , d a s den 6 Februar 1683 zwischen d e m K a i s e r , Spanien, d e n Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e n u. S c h w e d e n im H a a g . - Veranlaßt d u r c h F r a n k r e i c h s U n t e r j o c h u n g d e r Reichsritterschaft u . R e i c h s städte i m E l s a ß , d u r c h (1680) A n l e g u n g v . R e u n i o n s k a m m e r n z u Breisach, M e t z , B e s a n ç o n , d u r c h (1681) m i t t e n i m F r i e d e n erfolgte U e b e r r u m p e l u n g v . S t r a ß b u r g u . d u r c h n e u e A n s p r ü c h e a u f angebliche D e p e n d e n z e n der i h m v. S p a n i e n a b g e t r e t n e n O r t e in F l a n d e r n , H e n n e gau u . N a m u r . - N a c h d e m F r a n k r e i c h L u x e m b u r g b o m b a r d i r t h a t t e , i h m 1 1 D e c e m b e r 1683 ν . S p a n i e n d e r K r i e g e r k l ä r t , i n d e ß n o c h a m R e i c h s t a g über die M a ß r e g e l n w i d e r F r a n k r e i c h deliberirt w a r d . F r a n k r e i c h zieht D ä n e m a r k zu sich ü b e r u. C h u r b r a n d e n b u r g . G r o ß b r i t a n n i e n n o c h f. es, Kaiser in U n g a r n u. 1683 w i d e r die T ü r k e n beschäftigt, S p a n i e n im K r i e g i n C a t a l o n i e n u . d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n u n g l ü c k l i c h , d a s m i t i h m alliirte G e n u a M a i 1684 b o m b a r d i r t , m u ß die R e p u b l i k d e r Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e sich m . F r a n k r e i c h ü b e r d e n P l a n eines 20j. Waffenstillstands vergleichen

267

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3

(1684, 29 J u n i ) , d e n R e i c h u. S p a n i e n a n n e h m e n am 15 August 1684. W ä h r e n d desselben, g a b R e i c h zu, sollte F r a n k r e i c h S t r a ß b u r g , K e h l , u . alles bis d e n l t A u g . 1681 R e u n i r t e b e h a l t e n , u . n u r keine w e i t r e n Ansprüche machen. Mit Spanien verabredet, d a ß Frankreich Luxemb u r g , B e a u m o n t , B o v i n e s , C h i m a y b e h a l t e n , d o c h w a s e s seit d e m 2 0 A u g u s t e i n g e n o m m e n , z u r ü c k z u g e b e n . Italien eingeschlossen, m . A u s n a h m e v. G e n u a , d a s 1685,12 Feb. h a r t e n F r i e d e n e i n g e h n u. sich d e m ü t h i g e n m u ß t e . . . . N a c h scharfer Z ü c h t i g u n g d u r c h L u d w i g X I V 1 6 8 2 - 5 , m ü s s e n die afrik. R a u b s t a a t e n F r i e d e n s c h l ü s s e m i t i h m m a c h e n . Neue Händel m. Frankreich. L u d w i g X I V verlezt b a l d d e n 20j. Waffenstillstand, u n t e r s t ü z t die H e r z o g i n v. O r l e a n s gegen P f a l z - N e u b u r g 1685, d u r c h W i d e r r u f des Edicts ν . N a n t e s (1685 2 2 O c t . ) die p r o t e s t a n ­ t i s c h e n M ä c h t e gegen ihn . . . a u f W i l h e l m ' s I I I B e t r i e b geschlossn e n B ü n d n i s s e H o l l a n d s m . B r a n d e n b u r g ( 2 3 , A u g . 1685), B r a n d e n b u r g s m. S c h w e d e n (10 F e b . 1686) u. m. Oestreich (7 M a i ) , grosse A s s o c i a t i o n der K r e i s e u. S t ä n d e zu A u g s b u r g (1686, 9 Juli). . . . L u d w i g X I V will d e m Erzstift K ö l n 1688 m . G e w a l t einen C h u r f ü r s t e n a u f d r i n g e n , L a n d u n g v. W i l h e l m I I I in E n g l a n d (1688, 6 N o v . ) - n e u e r K r i e g w i d e r F r a n k r e i c h , d e r sich ü b e r D e u t s c h l a n d , N i e d e r l a n d e , I r l a n d , S p a n i e n , Italien, a u c h a u s s e r h a l b E u r o p a ausbreitete, F r a n k r e i c h zugleich L a n d u. Seekrieg zu führen. Grosse Allianz wider Frankreich. Im Sept. 1688 b r i c h t L u d e w i g X I V gegen d a s R e i c h los, besezt m e h r e R e i c h s l a n d e , l ä ß t n a c h a m 2 5 Jan u a r 1689 erfolgter K r i e g s e r k l ä r u n g des R e i c h s die Pfalz u. d a s Trierische schrecklich verheeren; e r k l ä r t d e n K r i e g w i d e r die H o l l ä n d e r 26 N o v . 1688, w i d e r S p a n i e n 15 A p r i l 1689, w o r a u f E n g l a n d , im A p r i l , eng verbündet m. Holland, ihm den Krieg ankündigt. 12 M a y Bayern, C h u r s a c h s e n u . H o l l a n d m . Oestreich d u r c h eine grosse A l l i a n z v e r b ü n d e t (wobei sie im S e p a r a t a r t i k e l Oestreichs R e c h t e in H i n s i c h t d e r künftigen s p a n . Succession aufrecht z u e r h a l t e n v e r s p r a c h e n ) ; a m 2 3 O c t . tret e n G r o ß b r i t a n n i e n , S a v o y e n , S p a n i e n der grossen A l l i a n z bei ( d o c h n i c h t d e m S e p a r a t a r t i k e l ) . F r a n k r e i c h s u c h t v e r g e b e n s die n o r d i s c h e n M ä c h t e z u sich ü b e r z u z i e h n . Seekrieg. D i e 1689 in I r l a n d a n g e l a n d e t e n fzs. T r u p p e n m u ß t e n n a c h 2 Siegen W i l h e l m s 1690 capituliren. G r o s s e r Sieg der E n g l ä n d e r u. H o l l ä n d e r bei l a H o g u e 2 9 M a i 1692, entschied i h r e U e b e r m a c h t z u r See. F r a n k r e i c h b ü ß t a u c h ein i n O s t i n d i e n u . A m e r i k a . Landkrieg in Deutschland, den Niederlanden, Spanien. Seit d e r Bataille bei F l e u r u s (1690, 16 Juli) fast j e d e r F e l d z u g in d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n F r a n zosen siegen u n t e r L u x e m b o u r g (bis dieser 1695 | ) G e n S p a n i e n seit 1691 a n d e n G r e n z e n , u . 1694 d u r c h Noailles i n C a t a l o n i e n m e h r e Plätze e r o b e r t ; 1697 p l ü n d e r t F r a n k r e i c h (gegen S p a n . ) C a r t h a g e n a i n A m e r i k a :

268

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung) Krieg in Italien. C a t i n a i . Siege v. 1690^4. F r a n k r e i c h in Besitz v. fast ganz S a v o y e n . D e r geheime T r a c t a t wegen C a s a l 1695 eröffnet ||40| hier den Weg z u m Privatfrieden mit Savoyen, 1696, 29 A u g . zu Turin geschlossen, w o r i n H e r z o g alle s. L ä n d e r u. selbst P i g n e r o l zurückerhielt, 5 dafür in F r a n k r e i c h solle er N e u t r a l i t ä t f. Italien a u c h m. d e m K a i s e r u. Spanien verschaffen, die in d e m Traktat zu Vìgevano 1696, 29 A u g . zu Stande. Friedenscongress zu Ryswick. (Seit 1693 fruchtlose F r i e d e n s v e r s u c h e . ) u n t e r S c h w e d e n s Vermittlung 1697. K a i s e r bewilligt ihn n u r a u s F u r c h t 10 v o r d e m Abfall d e r S e e m ä c h t e . Congress 9 Mai 1697 eröffnet. M i t d e n S e e m ä c h t e n d a s meiste s c h o n insgeheim d u r c h P o r t l a n d u . Büfflers bei Hull i m H e n n e g a u verglichen. N a c h erfolgter Einwilligung S p a n i e n s , zeichnet F r a n k r e i c h 20 Sept. 1697 m. Holland, England, Spanien 3 bes. F r i e d e n s i n s t r u m e n t e . K a i s e r u . R e i c h m u ß t e n n u n u n t e r S c h w e d e n s Ver15 m i t t l u n g den F r i e d e n a u f die ihnen zulezt n o c h a n g e b o t n e n B e d i n g u n g e n a m 3 0 Oct. a n n e h m e n . . . D i e d e u t s c h e n R e i c h s s t ä n d e schickten z u m Congress eine R e i c h s d e p u t a t i o n v. 32 M i t g l i e d e r n a u s d e n 3 R e i c h s c o l legien ex p a r i t a t e religionis, die j e d o c h zu d e n C o n f e r e n z e n nicht u n m i t telbaren Z u g a n g erhielt. 20 Friede Frankreichs m. den Vereinigten Niederlanden. (1697, Sept. 20) U n t e r Schwedens G a r a n t i e . Alle alten u. n e u e n A n s p r ü c h e v. b e i d e n Seiten gegen e i n a n d e r a u f g e h o b e n . P o n d i c h e r y z u r ü c k g e g e b e n . Zugleich M a r i n e t r a c t a t , w o r i n einige H a n d e l s v o r t h e i l e f. die E n g l ä n d e r . Friede Frankreichs m. England. (1697, Sept. 20.) Art. IV. L u d w i g X I V 25 verspricht W i l h e l m I I I im Besitz seiner S t a a t e n nicht zu b e u n r u h i g e n , noch seinen F e i n d e n zu helfen. Art. XIII Alles A b g e n o m m n e , selbst O r a nien, z u r ü c k g e g e b e n . Art. VIII die Streitigkeiten an der H u d s o n b a y Comissarien z u ü b e r t r a g e n Schweden i n d e n F r i e d e n eingeschlossen. Friede Frankreichs m. Spanien. (1697, Sept. 20) G a r a n t i r t v. S c h w e d e n . 30 Spanien erhielt alles E r o b e r t e in C a t a l o n i e n z u r ü c k , u. gegen A b t r e t u n g einiger D e p e n d e n z e n v. T o u r n a y , C h a r l e m o n t u.s.f. a u c h alles seit 1681, i n den N i e d e r l a n d e n R e u n i r t e o d . E r o b e r t e m . C a s s a t i o n d e r R e u n i o n s urtheile. (Art. I V - X I V . ) Alle 3 M ä c h t e b e d i n g e n F r i e d e n s h e r s t e l l u n g F r a n k r e i c h s m. B r a n d e n 35 b u r g v. 1679, bestätigen Turiner F r i e d e n , kein Beistand an K a i s e r u. Reich, w e n n diese die fzs. F r i e d e n s v o r s c h l ä g e nicht a n n e h m e n . [101-109] Frieden Frankreichs m. Kaiser u. Reich. (30 Oct., 1697) F r a n k r e i c h , ausser Elsaß alles im R e i c h d u r c h K r i e g o d . R e u n i o n e n o c c u p i r t e z u r ü c k ; kraft der n a c h d e m 4 A r t i k e l e i n g e s c h o b n e n K l a u s e l sollte i n d e m 40 Z u r ü c k g e g e b n e n die k a t h o l i s c h e Religion in s t a t u q u o bleiben. Art. VIII A n s p r u c h des H e r z o g s v. O r l e a n s d u r c h Schiedsrichter entschieden, (ge1

269

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3

s c h a h 1702 d u r c h d e n P a b s t als O b m a n n ; C h u r f ü r s t gegen 300,000 Scudi v. allen A n s p r ü c h e n der H e r z o g i n v. O r l e a n s frei.) Art. XLIV. F ü r s t e n b e r g a u f C ö l n zu entsagen. Art. XVIII-XX. S t r a ß b ü r g a b g e t r e t e n an F r a n k r e i c h . Art. XVI d a g e g e n K e h l , F r e i b u r g , Breisach, P h i l i p p s b u r g dem Reich u. Ständen zurück, Rheinfluß beiden Theilen z u m G e b r a u c h 5 frei bleiben, dieser d u r c h keine n e u e n Zölle o d . sonst z u h e m m e n . Art. XXVIII, XXXII, XXXIII, XXXIV. H e r z o g v. L o t h r i n g e n in alle L ä n der, die sein Vetter 1670 besessen, m. V o r b e h a l t v. S a a r l o u i s , L o n g w i c , u. eines u n s c h ä d l i c h e n H e e r e s z u g wieder eingesezt. - W e g e n d e r Clausel des IV Articel weigerten die meisten p r o t e s t a n t i s c h e n Reichsfürsten die 10 Unterschrift; a u c h a m R e i c h s t a g erfolgte 1697, N o v . 26, R a t i f i c a t i o n der P r o t e s t a n t e n n u r m . Vorbehalt.

2.) Händel der Pforte mit den christlichen Mächten Europens. 1660-1700. (Ricaut histoire des 3 derniers e m p e r e u r s Turcs d e p u i s 1 6 2 3 - 1 6 7 7 , t r a d u i t p a r M. B r i o t . à la H a y . 1709. T. I - V I . ) a) Kriege wider Ungarn, Venedig u. Polen bis 1676. S u l t a n M u h a m e d I V fing 1661 K r i e g w i d e r U n g a r n u . G e o r g R a g o c z i , w i d e r P o l e n u. Venedig a n , in d e m 1664 g e s c h l o ß n e n 20j. Waffenstills t a n d m. Oestreich blieben G r o ß w a r d e i n u. N e u h ä u s e l in türkisehen H ä n d e n u . S i e b e n b ü r g e n d e p e n d e n t ν . d e r P f o r t e . M i t Venedig e n d i g t e d e r K r i e g d u r c h dessen Verlust v. C a n d i e n 1669, m. P o l e n 1676, d a s C a m i n i e c k , die U k r a i n e u . P o d o l i e n aufopferte. ß) Neue Kriege der Pforte seit 1683 (De la Croix g u e r r e des T u r k s avec la P o l o g n e , la M o s c o v i e et la H o n g r i e , la H a y . 1689. 8.) Bald n a c h d e m N i m w e g e r F r i e d e n verleitete F r a n k r e i c h die P f o r t e z u e i n e m n e u e n Krieg. Trotz des 1681 a u f 20 J. e r n e u e r t e n Waffenstillstand m . d e m Kaiser, v e r b a n d sie sich m . T ö c k e l y w i d e r U n g a r n . K r i e g bricht 1683 los: 2 Sept. Sobiesky v o r W i e n ; Venedig v e r b a n d sich 1684, Polen n a c h b e s t ä t i g t e m F r i e d e n m. R u ß l a n d 1686, n ä h e r m. Oestreich, 4 f. die P f o r t e h ö c h s t unglückliche C a m p a g n e n u . gehäufte i n n r e I n s u r r e c t i o n e n : n u n tritt a u c h P e t e r I 1690 als F e i n d der P f o r t e auf. P r i n z E u g e n K o m m a n d o der Ostreich. A r m e e u. bei Z e n t h a gesiegt (1697, 11 Sept.) a u c h v. Persien h a r t ||411 die P f o r t e b e d r o h t : V e r m i t t l u n g d e r S e e m ä c h t e u. Oestreichs A b s i c h t e n a u f S p a n i e n v e r m ö g e n d e n K a i s e r n a c h d e m R y s w i c k e r F r i e d e n , m . der P f o r t e Waffenstillstand. γ.) Carlowitzer Friedensschlüsse 1699.26 Jan. Zwischen Oestreich u . d e r P f o r t e a u f 2 5 J . a u f die B e d i n g u n g d a ß w ä h r e n d desselben der

270

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

Kaiser S i e b e n b ü r g e n , Slavonien, u. die L a n d s c h a f t B a t s c h k a , die P f o r t e aber T e m e s w a r b e h a l t e n solle. A n d e m s e l b e n T a g z u C a r l o w i t z F r i e d e n s schluß d e r P f o r t e m. Venedig u. P o l e n . Dieses erhielt C a m i n i e c k , P o d o l i e n u . die U k r a i n e z u r ü c k , j e n e s behielt d a s e r o b e r t e M o r e a , R u ß l a n d , 5 d a s schon 1698 (25 D e c . ) 2j. Waffenstillstand e i n g e g a n g e n , s c h l o ß 1700 (13 July) F r i e d e n a u f 30 J., kraft dessen es d a s e r o b e r t e A s o f b e h a l t e n sollte. " S t a t o M i l i t a r e dell I m p e r i o O t t o m a n o i n c r e m e n t o e d e c r e m e n t o del m e d e s i m o del Sgr. C o n t e de Marsigli in H a g a . 1732. fol." [111-113]

10

IV. Abschnitt. Von 1700-1740. m e

M. de Lamberty M é m o i r e s p o u r servir à l'histoire du 1 8 siècle c o n t e n a n t les n e g o t i a t i o n s etc. T. I-XTV. la H a y e . 1724. ( 1 7 0 0 - 1 7 1 8 ) Roussel: Recueil h i s t o r i q u e d ' a c t e s etc d e p u i s l a p a i x d ' U t r e c h t . A m s t e r d a m . 1728-52. (t. I - X X I . ) Mercure h i s t o r i q u e et politique de la Haye. (1686 15 A p r . - 1 7 8 2 ) D i e E u r o p ä i s c h e F a m a . ( 1 7 0 2 - 3 4 ) A. Faber. E u r o p . S t a a t s kanzlei. (1697-1760) [114]

Zustand Europa's um das J. 1700. Spanien: A u f d e n H u n d , bes. n a c h d e m e r s c h ö p f e n d e n K r i e g v . 1697. Frankreich: A b s i c h t a u f S p a n i e n . E d i c t ν. N a n t e s 1685. decline. Oest20 reich: Deutschland: O e s t r e i c h allein F r a n k r e i c h längst n i c h t m e h r gewachsen. H a n d e l t e sich bei d e m K a m p f u m d e n A n t r i t t d e r s p a n . M o n archie u m S p a n i e n , N i e d e r l a n d e , Italien, a u s s e r e u r o p . Besitzungen. D e u t sches R e i c h schlechter Alliirter. [116] Großbritannien: N u n H a u p t n e b e n buhler F r a n k r e i c h s . Vereinigte Niederlande: N u r n o c h 2 Stelle u n t e r d e n 25 Seemächten. B e h a u p t e t ihr e i n m a l e r w o r b n e s A n s e h n , s o l a n g in enger Vereinigung m i t G r o ß b r i t a n n i e n . Portugal: P e t e r II d u r c h seine V e r m ä h lung m. einer N e u b u r g s c h e n Prinzessin sich O e s t r e i c h g e n ä h e r t , k n ü p f t e m. diesem u. E n g l a n d 1703 V e r b i n d u n g e n a n , die P o r t u g a l v. F r a n k r e i c h immer m e h r entfernten. Italien. Savoyen: N u r S a v o y e n k o n n t e a u f d e n 30 Krieg in Italien E i n f l u ß . V i k t o r A m a d e u s antifranzösisch. Eidgenossen: Aufgehört i n d e n K r i e g e n d e r ü b e r g r o s s e n M ä c h t e R o l l e z u spielen. Bund d u r c h Religionsverschiedenheit fast in 2 Theile, so die polit. G e sinnungen. P r o t e s t . C a n t o n s h i n g e n m e h r a n Oestreich, die k a t h o l . a n F r a n k r e i c h . Nordischen Mächte: N i c h t in d e n Streit der südl. u. westl. 35 M ä c h t e ü b e r die s p a n . Erbfolge h i n e i n g e z o g e n . A b e r gleichzeitig d e r 1

271

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3

grosse n o r d i s c h e K r i e g , a n d e m s p ä t e r einige der westlichen M ä c h t e theiln a h m e n . (1697 C h u r f ü r s t Friedrich August v. Sachsen polnischer, C a r l X I I schwedischer, 1699 Friedrich IV dim. K ö n i g , Peter I seit 1689.) P r e u s s e n seit 1701 z u m K ö n i g r e i c h e r h o b e n , w i r d in beide K r i e g e d u r c h V e r g r ö ß r u n g s a b s i c h t e n verflochten. Türkei: U n t e r M u s t a p h a I I I alles 5 b e i m A l t e n . Vegetirend. Völkerrecht: Z a h l u. A b s t u f u n g e n d e r G e s a n d t schaften m e h r e n sich. F z s . S p r a c h e v e r d r ä n g t die latein. in d e n S t a a t s v e r h a n d l u n g e n u . Verträgen. L a n g j ä h r i g e Waffenstillstandsverträge f i n d e n n a c h 1684 sich n u r n o c h i m N o r d e n u . m . d e n T ü r k e n : i m S ü d e n u. Westen i m m e r ewige Friedensschlüsse. . . . S o r g e f. die E r h a l t u n g des 10 Gleichgewichts z u r Zeit w o die E r l ö s c h u n g des s p a n . - ö s t r . M a n n s s t a m m s b e v o r s t a n d . [115-122]

1.) Von 1700-1721. In Frankreich: L u d e w i g X I V - 1 7 1 5 . L u d w i g XV - 1 7 7 4 . Spanien. P h i l i p p V. 1700-1746, d o c h bis 1725 m. W i d e r s p r u c h C a r l s v. Oestreich. 15 Portugal: Peter I I . 1668-1706. J o h a n n V - 1 7 5 0 . Deutschland L e o p o l d - 1 7 0 5 . J o s e p h I. 1 7 0 5 - 1 7 1 1 . C a r l V I . 1711-1740. England: W i l h e l m I I I . - 1 7 0 2 . A n n a . - 1 7 1 4 . G e o r g i . - 1 7 2 7 . Dänemark. F r i e d r i c h I V . 1 7 0 0 1730. Schweden. C a r l X I I 1697-1718. U l r i k e E l e a n o r a . 1719: n a c h der Cession ihr Gemahl Friedriehl, 1720-1751. Rußland. P e t e r I . 20 1 6 8 9 - 1 7 2 5 . Polen. A u g u s t I. 1 6 9 7 - 1 7 3 3 . Preussen. F r i e d r i c h I. 1 7 0 1 - 1 7 1 3 . F r i e d r i c h W i l h e l m I - 1 7 4 0 . Päbste: C l e m e n s X I . 1 7 0 0 - 1 7 2 1 . Turks: M u s t a p h a II -1702. Achmet III. -1730.

a.)

Im Süden u.

Westen Streit über die spanische Erbfolge

bis zum Beitritt Spaniens zur Quadrupleallianz. 1720.

25

M. de la Torre M é m o i r e s et n e g o t i a t i o n s secrètes de F. B o n a v e n t , c o m t e de H a r r a c h . la H a y e . 1720. T. I. I I . Mémoires de Mr. de Torcy p o u r servir à l'Hist. des n é g o c . etc la H a y . 1756. Mémoires du Maréchal de Berwic etc P a r . 1778. (écrits p a r l u i - m ê m e ) ! |42| Prätendenten f. die span. Erbfolge. C a r l II ν. S p a n i e n k i n d e r l o s . M i t 30 i h m E r l ö s c h e n des M a n n s s t a m m s v . C a r l I . A n s p r ü c h e a u f die Erbfolge: 1) Louis XIV wegen seiner G e m a h l i n M a r i a Theresia, die ä l t r e Schwester C a r l ' s I I , f. seinen D a u p h i n . 2) d e r C h u r p r i n z v. B a y e r n , als E n k e l v. M a r g a r e t h a T h e r e s i a , die j ü n g r e Schwester v. C a r l I I . 3) K a i s e r L e o p o l d f. einen seiner P r i n z e n , theils als m ä n n l i c h e r A b k ö m m l i n g P h i l i p p ' s , theils 35 als A b k ö m m l i n g v. C a t h a r i n e , d e r Schwester v. P h i l i p p I V .

272

ì

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

Unterhandlungen zu Madrid. F r a n k r e i c h h a t t e sich s c h o n 1668 heimlich m. Oestr. wegen T h e i l u n g d e r s p a n . E r b s c h a f t verglichen; d o c h seit 1689 u. bes. seit 1697, wollte jedes v. b e i d e n allein e r b e n . Oestreich b e w i r k t e 1696 a u c h in M a d r i d die V e r n i c h t u n g des A n f a n g s v. C a r l II z u m Vor5 theil des b a i r i s ç h e n C h u r p r i n z e n e r r i c h t e t e n T e s t a m e n t s , v e r z ö g e r t e a b e r die geforderte U e b e r k u n f t des H e r z o g s K a r l . V u. 2' Partagetractat. A u f W i l h e l m ' s I I I B e t r i e b schlössen die b e i d e n Seemächte m. F r a n k r e i c h geheim am 11 Oct. 1698 einen ersten P a r t a g e tractat, w o n a c h der bairische C h u r p r i n z H a u p t e r b e , D a u p h i n N e a p e l 10 u. Sicilien, die T o s k a n i s c h e n Seehäfen, d a s M a r q u i s a t F i n a l e u. die P r o vinz G u i p u s c o a , d e r E r z h e r z o g C a r l a b e r M a i l a n d h a b e n sollte. D e r b a i r . C h u r p r i n z f 6 F e b r u a r 1699; n u n 1700 (3. 25 März) 2< P a r t a g e t r a c t a t , w o n a c h : 1 ) E r z h e r z o g C a r l , o d . w e n n e r v o r h e r s t ü r b e , ein a n d r e r ö s t r . Prinz, n u r m . A u s s c h l u ß J o s e p h s , als r ö m . K ö n i g s , allgem. E r b e sein. 15 2) D a u p h i n a u s s e r d e m v o r h i n B e d u n g n e n L o t h r i n g e n o d . S a v o y e n o d . N a v a r r a o d . L u x e m b u r g e r h a l t e n u . 3 ) i m ersten F a l l L o t h r i n g e n , i m 2 Savoyen M a i l a n d d a g e g e n e i n t a u s c h e n , sonst a b e r der C h u r f ü r s t v . Baiern M a i l a n d e r h a l t e n sollte. Testament Carl's II. C a r l II v e r w a r f a u c h diesen 2' Tractat, d e n a u c h 1

20 Oestreich ausschlug. Er - ( C a r l II) e r n a n n t e , a u f A n r a t h e n des C a r d i n a i s P o r t o c a r r e r o u . m . Z u s t i m m u n g des P a b s t s ( 2 O c t . 1700) i n e i n e m Testam e n t v. 2' Oct. u. Codicill v. 5' P h i l i p p v. A n j o u , 2' E n k e l ν. L u d e ­ wig XIV, z u m U n i v e r s a l e r b e n u. t 1 N o v . (1700) [122-126] Anerkennung Philipp's Vu. Bündnisse Frankreichs. 25 Ludewig X I V n a h m d a s T e s t a m e n t an (11 N o v . 1700) u. P h i l i p p ergriff zu M a d r i d Besitz v. d e r G e s a m m t e n M o n a r c h i e . (14 A p r i l , 1701) B a l d nachher s c h l o ß S p a n i e n (27 A u g . 1701) d e n A s s i e n t o t r a c t a t m . F r a n k reich a u f 10 J., d e n P o r t u g a l seit 1696 g e h a b t , u. dessen W i c h t i g k e i t w ä h rend des K r i e g s , n a c h m a l s die U e b e r t r a g u n g a u f E n g l a n d zur wesentl. 30 F r i e d e n s b e d i n g u n g m a c h t e . A n f a n g s d u r c h grosse V e r s p r e c h u n g e n a u c h gewonnen S a v o y e n , C h u r f ü r s t v . B a y e r n , ( S t a t t h a l t e r d e r s p a n . N i e d e r lande); die Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e e r k a n n t e d e n 2 2 F e b r . (1700) u . G r o ß britannien, die S t a a t e n Italiens, a u c h die Schweiz b a l d n a c h h e r P h i l i p p a n : sogar v e r b a n d e n sich 1701 K ö l n d e n l 3 F e b r . , M a n t u a d e n 24* F e b r . , 35 Bayern 9' M ä r z , selbst P o r t u g a l d e n 1 8 ' J u n i m. F r a n k r e i c h u. S p a n i e n , indeß F r a n k r e i c h d e m H a u s Oestreich s o w o h l i n U n g a r n d u r c h R a k o t z y , als in D e u t s c h l a n d beschwerliche H ä n d e l z u z o g . Grosse Allianz u. Ausbruch des Kriegs wider Frankreich u. Spanien. Ludewig X I V beleidigt die 2 S e e m ä c h t e . Oestreich, um M a i l a n d als er40 öffhetes Reichslehn, faßt d u r c h P r i n z E u g e n v. S a v o y e n festen F u ß in Italien (wobei H e r z o g v. M a n t u a in die R e i c h s a c h t g e t h a n 30 J u n i 1701), l

273

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 schlössen beide S e e m ä c h t e m. d e m Kaiser im H a a g 7 Sept. 1701 Offens i v b ü n d n i s , die Grosse Allianz g e n a n n t . N a c h d e m F r a n k r e i c h n a c h A b s t e r b e n v. J a c o b II (16 Sept. 1701) dessen angebl. S o h n als J a c o b I I I als K ö n i g v . G r o ß b r i t . a n e r k a n n t , a u c h n a c h A b s t e r b e n v . W i l h e l m I I I , 8 M ä r z (1702) im A p r i l (1702) den K r i e g wider H o l l a n d e r k l ä r t , k ü n d i g ten alle 3 M ä c h t e F r a n k r e i c h u. Spanien d e n K r i e g . (15 M a i 1702) P r e u s sen s c h o n 1700 d u r c h d e n K r o n t r a k t a t v. Oestreich g e w o n n e n u. die S e e m ä c h t e m . D ä n e m a r k d e n 2 0 J a n . u . 1 5 J u n i 1701, m . C h u r b r a n d e n b u r g d e n 30 D e c . 1701 u. d e n 20 J a n . 1702, s o d a n n m. Hessen-Cassel d e n 13 F e b r . 1702, m. C h u r b r a u n s c h w e i g - L ü n e b u r g d e n 21 J u n i u. 10 Juli 1702, S u b s i d i e n t r a c t a t e geschlossen, so t r a t e n a u c h die 5 associirten Kreise, verschiedne a n d r e R e i c h s s t ä n d e , u. d e n 28 Sept. 1702 d a s g a n z e R e i c h der grossen Allianz bei, n u r d a ß der C h u r f ü r s t v. Baiern u. der v. C ö l n , Bischof v. L ü t t i c h , fzs. P a r t h e i ergriffen, w o r a u f N o v e m b . 1702 die K r i e g s e r k l ä r u n g des Reichs wider F r a n k r e i c h erfolgte. 1703 (16 M a i ) t r a t a u c h P o r t u g a l z u r grossen Allianz ü b e r . D o c h m u ß t e n L e o p o l d u . J o s e p h , a u f Betrieb der Alliirten, ihren A n s p r u c h a u f d e n E r z h . K a r l ü b e r t r a g e n , d e r n u n als K ö n i g v . S p a n i e n z u W i e n p r o c l a m i r t . (12 Sept.) Feldzug v. 1702. In Italien anfangs v. E u g e n C a t i n a i bei C h i a r i geschlagen u. M a r s c h a l l Villeroi bei C r e m o n a gefangen. Seit V e n d o m e erscheint (1 F e b . ) w a n d t sich d a s G l ü c k auf fzs. Seite. In O b e r d e u t s c h l a n d a n f a n g s L a n d a u e r o b e r t v . d e m r ö m . K ö n i g J o s e p h i n Begleitung v . L u d wig v. B a d e n . V o n C h u r b a i e r n u n t e r s t ü z t d a n n die fzs. Waffen u n t e r Villars siegreich, am N i e d e r r h e i n erlangte selbst Tallard im Trierschen u . ||43| i m L o t h r i n g s c h e n Vortheile. N u r i n d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n , w o A n fangs H e r z o g v. B u r g u n d u. Boufleurs die engl. u. h o l l ä n d . A r m e e bis N i m w e g e n z u r ü c k g e d r ä n g t , die Alliirten b a l d die O b e r h a n d u n t e r M a r l b o r o u g h . A u c h z u r See r i c h t e t e die F l o t t e d e r S e e m ä c h t e ( O c t o b e r ) die s p a n . Silbergallionen u. die fzs. Bedeckungsflotte bei Vigos zu G r u n d e . In Deutschland u. Italien. 1703 u. 4: Bald K r i e g e n t s c h e i d e n d r e Wend u n g . F r a n k r e i c h s P l a n auf die kaiserlichen E r b l a n d e i n Italien m i ß l a n g : C h u r f ü r s t v. B a y e r n m u ß t e m. grossem Verlust Tyrol verlassen; Savoyen ging d u r c h d e n Tractat v. Oct. 25 (1703) z u r Ostreich. P a r t h e i über. 13 Aug. 1704 Sieg v. M a r l b o r o u g h u. E u g e n ü b e r F z s . u. Baiern bei Höchstädt, in dessen F o l g e g a n z O b e r d e u t s c h l a n d v. d e m F e i n d befreit, B a i e r n d e m K a i s e r g e r ä u m t , C h u r f ü r s t v. Baiern u. sein B r u d e r , der v. K ö l n , 1706 v. K a i s e r in die R e i c h s a c h t erklärt. D u r c h d e n Vertrag v. 25 Oct. 1703 t r a t Oestreich an Savoyen a b : a) D a s H e r z o g t h u m M o n t ferrat, so wie M a n t u a d a m i t b e l e h n t gewesen (Art. V.) b) Einige Stücke des M a i l ä n d i s c h e n : A l e s s a n d r i a , Valenza n e b s t d e m G e b i e t zwischen P o u. T a n a r o , L u m e l i n o u. Val di Sessia nebst Z u b e h ö r . 274

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

In Spanien, Italien u. den Niederlanden v. 1704-1706. 1704 C a r l ü b e r E n g l a n d , i n P o r t u g a l gelandet, w i d e r d a s n u n d e r K r i e g erklärt v. P h i l i p p V. G i b r a l t a r v. d e n Alliirten e r o b e r t , die fzs. F l o t t e bei M a l a g a geschlagen; s c h o n Oct. 1705 C a r l M e i s t e r v. B a r c e l l o n a , v. fast ganz C a t a l o n i e n u. Valencia. 1706: In Italien siegt E u g e n bei Turin, rettet Savoyen, zwingt M a i l a n d z u r H u l d i g u n g u . e n t r i ß a n d r e Plätze d e n F r a n zosen. In d e n Niederlanden 23 M a i (1706) siegt M a r l b o r o u g h bei R a m i l lies ü b e r Villeroi, trieb die F r a n z o s e n a u s B r a b a n d u. F l a n d e r n : in Spanien Barcellona m. g r o s s e m Verlust des fliehenden P h i l i p p entsezt, die ganze K ü s t e bis G i b r a l t a r , u. m. G a l l o w a y ' s H ü l f e , (26 J u n i 1706) M a d r i d f. K a r l e r o b e r t . Feldzüge v. 1707 u. 1708. In Italien (3 M ä r z 1707) m u ß t e n die F r a n zosen d u r c h C a p i t u l a t i o n m . d e m K a i s e r die g a n z e L o m b a r d e y r ä u m e n ; N e a p e l (Juli bis D e c e m b e r ) u n t e r D a u n d e n O e s t r e i c h e r n u n t e r w o r f e n . Villars in D e u t s c h l a n d u. Berwick in S p a n i e n glücklicher, wo n a c h d e r Schlacht bei A l m a n z a d e n 25 A p r i l Valenzia u. A r r a g o n i e n wieder f. P h i lipp bezwungen. D a g e g e n 11 Juli 1708 in d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n Sieg v. M a r l b o r o u g h u . E u g e n bei O u d e n a r d e , u . R y ß e l (22 O c t . ) , G e n t (30 D e c e m b e r ) u . Brügge w u r d e n e i n g e n o m m e n . L a n d u n g des P r ä t e n d e n t e n u n t e r F o r b i n in S c h o t t l a n d m i ß l a n g . H e r z o g v. S a v o y e n e r o b e r t e die A l p e n p ä s s e ( A u g . ) , E n g l a n d Sardinien (Aug.) u . M i n o r c a (Sept.) Selbst d e n P a b s t z w a n g d e r Kaiser K a r i n a n z u e r k e n n e n . Vergebliche Unterhandlungen zu Mordyk u. Gertruydenberg. (1709) u. 1710. D u r c h H u n g e r s n o t h z u H a u s , u . Verlust i m F e l d L u d e w i g X I V gebeugt; 1705, 6, 7 vergebens g e t h a n e , 1708 d u r c h C h a m i l l a r d abgewiesne Vorschläge 1709 R o u i l l é n a c h M o r d y c k ( M a i ) u. b a l d n a c h h e r sein S t a a t s sekretär Torcy n a c h d e m H a a g geschickt, u m F r i e d e n z u suchen. I n G e m ä ß h e i t d e r v. d e n 3 Alliirten v o r g e s c h r i e b n e n (28 M a i ) 40 P r ä l i m i narartikel e r b o t sich L u d e w i g X I V C a r l n als E r b e n d e r G e s a m m t e n s p a n . M o n a r c h i e a n z u e r k e n n e n , a u c h alle sonst g e m a c h t e n H a u p t b e d i n g u n g e n einzugehn. Verwarf die N e b e n b e d i n g u n g e n : 1) D i e Alliirten helfen seinen Enkel a u s S p a n i e n zu treiben: 2) s c h o n vorläufig einige F e s t u n g e n d e n N i e d e r l ä n d e r n z u r Sicherheit d e r N é g o c i a t i o n a b z u t r e t e n . U n t e r h a n d lung daher, zerschlagen. E u g e n u. M a r l b o r o u g h im S e p t e m b e r 1709 Tournai e r o b e r t , d e n Villars bei M a l p l a q u e t besiegt, M ö n s e r o b e r t e n , u . 1710 a u f a b e r m a l i g e s N a c h s u c h e n L u d e w i g s n e u e C o n f e r e n z e n (9 M ä r z 1710) zu M o r d y c k u. G e r t r u y d e n b e r g eröffneten, scheiterten auch diese a n d e r n o c h unleidlichren B e d i n g u n g , d a ß L u d w i g allein seinen E n k e l a u s S p a n i e n zu vertreiben.

275

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 Wendung des Kriegsglücks u. des britt. Staatssystems. N o c h n e u e F o r t s c h r i t t e d e r Alliirten i n d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n , v . C a r l i n Spanien, der n a c h g e h a l t n e m E i n z u g i n M a d r i d , n a c h Altcastilien v o r d r a n g u . P h i l i p p verfolgte. N u n V e n d o m e i n S p a n i e n . W e n d u n g . C a r l , v . d e n P o r tugiesen verlassen, m u ß n a c h C a t a l o n i e n flüchten. G e h e i m e U n t e r h a n d - 5 l u n g e n zwischen d e m H e r z o g v . Savoyen u . S p a n i e n . U n g n a d e der H e r zogin v. M a r l b o r o u g h bei Q u e e n A n n a , M a r l b o r o u g h verlirt s. Einfluß, sein F e i n d H a r l e y (19 A u g u s t ) wird an G o d o l p h i n ' s Stelle Schatzmeister, W h i g s v . d e n Torys a m H o f u . i m P a r l a m e n t v e r d r ä n g t ; K a i s e r J o s e p h ' s u n e r w a r t e t e r T o d (1711, A p r i l ) , der die E r h e b u n g C a r l s z u r K a i s e r w ü r d e 10 v o r a u s s e h n ließ, d a s n e u a n g e n o m m n e brit. System n o c h m e h r befestigt. Bereits im J a n . 1711 v. G r o ß b r i t . a n g e b o t n e U n t e r h a n d l u n g e n g e h e i m erst z u P a r i s , d a n n L o n d o n d u r c h G a u l t i e r , P r i o r u . M e n a g e r fortgesezt. 8 October 1711 zu L o n d o n zw. F r a n k r e i c h u. E n g l a n d 3 Präliminaracten gezeichnet, w o v o n die V die F r i e d e n s b e d i n g u n g e n f. E n g l a n d , die 2 die 15 G r u n d l a g e des allgem. F r i e d e n s , die 3 S a v o y e n betraf. E r ö f f n u n g des Friedenscongresses zu U t r e c h t , indeß d e r K r i e g f o r t d a u e r t . Mémoires secretes de My lord Bolingbroke sur les affaires d'Angleterre depuis 1710-16 etc Londres. 1754. e

t e

t e

Friedenscongress zu Utrecht. Eröffnet 29 Jan. 1712. A b e r zwischen F r a n k r e i c h u. E n g l a n d , d u r c h fortgesezte geh. V e r h a n d l u n g e n , die P u n k t e der Verzichtleistungen, des A s s i e n t o , der Vortheile f. S a v o y e n regulirt u . die H a u p t p u n k t e des allgem. F r i e d e n s | 4 4 | z u F o n t a i n e b l e a u i m A u g u s t n e b s t d e m Waffenstillstand m . E n g l a n d (19 A u g u s t ) festgesezt, verzögert F r a n k r e i c h die N é g o c i a t i o n , etc so d a ß die Alliirten u n t e r brittischer D i r e c t i o n ihren F r i e d e n , ein jeder einzeln, zu U t r e c h t m. F r a n k reich u. S p a n i e n schliessen m u ß t e . [127-135] 11 April 1713 Friedensbeschlüsse F r a n k r e i c h s m. G r o ß b r i t . , P o r t u g a l , S a v o y e n , Preussen, d e n Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e n : 13 Juli die G r o ß b r i t a n . u. S a v o y e n s m. Spanien: K a i s e r m u ß 14 März 1713 Evacuations- u. Neutralitätstractat; (Erstens E v a c u a t i o n ü b e r C a t a l o n i e n u. N e u t r a l i t ä t ü b e r Italien, zwischen d e m Kaiser, G r o ß b r i t . , S a v o y e n u . F r a n k r e i c h vera b r e d e t : 1) alle kaiserl. u. alliirte T r u p p e n so schleunig wie m ö g l i c h a u s C a t a l o n i e n , M a j o r k a u. Iviza abgeführt. A r t . I. II. 2) D i e U n t e r t h a n e n in C a t a l o n i e n sollen allgem. A m n e s t i e gemessen. (Art. V I I . ) 3.) Waffenstills t a n d in g a n z Italien u. allen Inseln des m i t t e l l ä n d i s c h e n M e e r s , a u c h in d e n S a v o y s c h e n u . d r a n g r e n z e n d e n fzs. L a n d e n bis z u m Generalfried e n s b e s c h l u ß . A r t . X . 4.) W ä h r e n d desselben der K a i s e r nicht ü b e r 20,000 M a n n i n Italien halten, a u c h daselbst w e d e r K r i e g s s t e u e r n n o c h E i n q u a r t i r u n g e n fordern soll. A r t . X.) v e r g e b e n s fortgesezte Feindseligkeiten am R h e i n , F r i e d e des K a i s e r s zu Rastatt (6 März 1714) der zu

276

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

B a d e n in Reichsfrieden v e r w a n d e l t . (7 Sept.) 26 J u n i 1714 die Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e z u U t r e c h t m . S p a n i e n F r i e d e ; a u c h P o r t u g a l daselbst (6 F e b . 1715). - A b e r die b e i d e n H a u p t p r ä t e n d e n t e n , C a r l VI u. P h i lipp V blieben u n v e r g l i c h e n . 5 Friede zwischen Frankreich u. Großbritannien. (11 April 1713): l ) K ö n i g v . F r a n k r e i c h e r k e n n t die p r o t e s t a n t i s c h e N a c h f o l g e i n G r o ß brit. a n , k e i n e n a n d r e n K ö n i g , versagt d e m P r ä t e n d e n t e n d e n Aufe n t h a l t i n seinem L a n d , n o c h i h m etc d u r c h R a t h o d . T h a t b e i z u s t e h n (Art. IV, V.). 2) S p a n i e n u. F r a n k r e i c h sollen a u f ewig g e t r e n n t bleiben, 10 u. die R e u n c i a t i o n e n der H ä u s e r A n j o u , Berry, O r l e a n s ν. d e n C o n t r a h e n t e n aufrecht e r h a l t e n w e r d e n . (Art. VI.) 3) F r a n k r e i c h nicht m e h r H a n d e l s v o r t h e i l e m . S p a n i e n u . d e m s p a n . Westindien als z u r Z e i t C a r l ' s I I o d . a n d r e n H a n d e l s v ö l k e r n gestattet. ( A r t . VI) 4.) Alle F e s t u n g s w e r k e , H a f e n , D ä m m e , Schleusen v . D ü n k i r c h e n a u f F r a n k 15 reichs K o s t e n geschleift, nie wieder aufgeführt. ( A r t . I X ) 5) F r a n k r e i c h tritt a b : a ) D i e B a y u . M e e r e n g e v . H u d s o n n e b s t allen d a r a n liegenden festen L a n d e n u . F o r t s . (Art. X ) b ) Seine H ä l f t e a n d e r Insel St. C h r i stoph, c) g a n z Neuschottland o d . Acadien n a c h seinen alten G r e n z e n , a u c h P o r t r o y a l m . allem Z u b e h ö r . D i e F r a n z o s e n sollen a n d e r K ü s t e v . 20 N e u s c h o t t l a n d gegen M o r g e n v. der Insel Sablé an bis 30 Meilen gegen Südwesten k e i n e Fischerei t r e i b e n ( A r t . X I I . ) d.) A u c h sein R e c h t a n Terreneuve n e b s t d e n a n l i e g e n d e n Inseln. D o c h sollen die F r a n z o s e n a n einem Theil der K ü s t e ihre F i s c h e t r o c k n e n k ö n n e n , u . C a p b r e t o n n e b s t den Inseln a m M u n d e u . d e r B a y des St. Lorenzflusses verbleibt F r a n k 25 reich. (Art. X I I I . ) 6 ) D e r heutige F r i e d e m . P o r t u g a l u . S a v o y e n i n d e m jetzigen eingeschlossen u . v . G r o ß b r i t t . g a r a n t i r t . ( A r t . X X I V , X X V . ) 7.) Schweden, F l o r e n z , G e n u a u. P a r m a in diesen F r i e d e n eingeschlossen, A r t . X X V I ; a u c h die 4 H a n s e s t ä d t e . ( A r t . X X V I . ) D e m F r i e d e n 30 w a r d ein Handelstraktat beigefügt, w o r i n Handelstarif v. 1664 hergestellt, m . V o r b e h a l t wichtiger A u s n a h m e n , ü b e r die i m M a i n o c h eine bes. C o n vention geschlossen, d o c h britt. Seits n i c h t ratificirt. Friede zwischen Frankreich u. Portugal 1713, 11 April: 1) M i t Vernicht u n g der C o n v e n t i o n v . 1700 tritt F r a n k r e i c h a b allen A n s p r u c h a n 35 die L ä n d e r des N o r d c a p zwischen d e m A m a z o n e n f l u ß u. d e m F l u ß Yapoc o d . V i n c e n t - P i n s o n , m . d e m R e c h t P o r t u g a l s , hier F e s t u n g e n z u b a u e n . ( A r t . V i l i , I X ) 2 ) F r a n k r e i c h e r k e n n t die S o u v e r a i n e t ä t P o r t u g a l s über d e n A m a z o n e n f l u ß u. dessen 2 Ufer. ( A r t . X . ) 3) K e i n Theil soll nach d e n S ü d a m e r i k . L ä n d e r n des a n d r e n h a n d e l n . ( A r t . X I I . ) 40 Friede zwischen Frankreich u. Preussen 11 Apr. 1713. 1) M i t V o l l m a c h t v . Spanien tritt F r a n k r e i c h d e m K ö n i g v . P r e u s s e n d a s O b e r q u a r t i e r G e l -

277

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 d e r n , s o viel e r d a v o n besizt, a b , n e b s t der L a n d s c h a f t Kessel u . d e m A m t K r i e c h e n b e r g . (Art. V I I , VIII.) 2) F r a n k r e i c h e r k e n n t P r . als S o u v e r a i n ν. N e u f c h a t e l u. Valengin. (Art. IX.) 3) P r e u s s e n ü b e r l ä ß t alle seine R e c h t e auf d a s F ü r s t t h . O r a n i e n u . die b u r g u n d i s c h e n G ü t e r a u s d e r O r a n i s c h e n E r b s c h a f t , ü b e r n i m m t die Befriedigung der E r b e n des v e r s t o r b n e n S t a t t 5 h a l t e r s ν. F r i e ß l a n d , b e h ä l t Titel u. W a p p e n v. O r a n i e n . (Art. X . ) 4) D i e E i d g e n o s s e n s c h a f t in diesen F r i e d e n eingeschlossen. ( A r t . X I I . ) In e i n e m S e p a r a t a r t . e r k e n n t F r a n k r e i c h f. sich u. im N a m e n S p a n i e n s d e n C h u r fürsten als K ö n i g v. P r e u s s e n u. legt i h m d e n Majestätstitel bei. S p a n i e n ratificirte in eignen U r k u n d e n d e n V I I , V I I I . u. S e p a r a t a r t i k e l dieses 10 Friedens. Friede zwisch. Frankreich u. Savoyen. 11 Apr. 1713.: 1) Z w i s c h e n beid e n S t a a t e n die Gipfel d e r A l p e n die G r e n z e n , die E b e n e n a u f selbigen z u theilen. F r a n k r e i c h tritt a n S a v o y e n a b d a s T h a l P r a g e l a s n e b s t d e n F o r t s Exilies u. Fenestrelles, die T h ä l e r O u x , Sezane, B a r d o n a c h e n e b s t C h a - 15 t e a u - D a u p h i n , e r l a n g t d a g e g e n d a s T h a l B a r c e l l o n e t t a m . seinen Z u b e h ö r u n g e n . ( A r t . IV) 2) S a v o y e n e r h ä l t die Insel u. d a s K ö n i g r e i c h Sicilien m . völliger S o u v e r a i n e t ä t . (Art. V ) 3 ) F r a n k r e i c h e r k e n n t dessen E r b r e c h t a u f S p a n i e n , falls P h i l i p p ' s V S t a m m a u s s t i r b t . ( A r t . VI) 4) G e n e h m i g t u. g a r a n t i r t die v. Oestreich an S a v o y e n k r a f t des T r a c t a t s 20 v. O c t . 25 1703 g e s c h e h n e n Cessionen. ( A r t . V I I ) 5) S a v o y e n d a r f in allen seinen L ä n d e r n n a c h G u t f i n d e n F e s t u n g e n anlegen. ( A r t . V I I I ) | | 4 5 | Friede zwischen Frankreich u. den Vereinigten Niederlanden. April 1713.: (Die v. F r a n k r e i c h u. S p a n i e n d e m C h u r f ü r s t e n v. B a i e r n d u r c h T r a c t a t v. 7 N o v . 1702 u. 2 J a n . 1712 v e r s p r o c h n e n s p a n . N i e d e r l a n d e sollten n u n an Oestreich a b g e t r e t e n w e r d e n . ) 1 ) F r a n k r e i c h r ä u m t d e n Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e n die g e s a m m t e n s p a n . N i e d e r l a n d e , m i t v e r s p r o c h n e r E n t s a g u n g des C h u r f ü r s t e n v . B a i e r n a u f seine A n s p r ü c h e (Art. I X ) a u c h M e n i n , T o u r n a i , F u r n e s . F o r t K n o c k e . L o o , D i x m u y d e n , Ypres, W a r n e t o n , C o m m i n e s u . W a r w i c k m . Z u b e h ö r ein, u m solche a n Oestreich z u überliefern, w e n n sie sich m i t diesem w e g e n einer Barriere verglichen. (Art. X I , X I I . ) 2) F r a n k r e i c h e r h ä l t alles i h m A b g e n o m m n e i n d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n z u r ü c k . ( A r t . X V ) 3.) S o n s t die m . E n g l a n d wegen A b s o n d r u n g der b e i d e n K r o n e n , des H a n d e l s m . S p a n i e n u . d e m s p a n . Westindien B e d i n g u n g e n w i e d e r h o l t . ( A r t . X X X I u . X X X I I ) . Die E i d g e n o s s e n u . die S t ä d t e B r e m e n u . E m b d e n i n diesen F r i e d e n eingeschlossen. D i e s e m F r i e d e n ein ausführlicher H a n d e l s t r a c t a t beigefügt, m. Vortheilen f. d e n L e v a n t i s c h e n u. H e r i n g s h a n d e l d e r H o l l ä n d e r . [136-142] 11

278

25

30

35

40

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

Friede zwischen Spanien u. Großbritannien. 7 November 1712 Renunciation P h i l i p p ' s u. seiner E r b e n a u f die Erbfolge in F r a n k r e i c h ausgefertigt. 29 März 1713 Assientovertrag, so d a ß : a) eine britt. C o m p a g n i e a u f 30 J. (v. 1 M a i 1713) die j ä h r l i c h e Liefrung v. 4800 N e g e r n n a c h d e m span. A m e r i c a , b.) D i e Assientisten j ä h r l i c h ein Schiff v. 500 T o n n e n m . W a r e n z u m Verkauf i n d a s s p a n . Westindien einführen, m . einigem Antheil des K ö n i g s v. S p a n i e n an d e m G e w i n n . - S p ä t e r C e s s i o n s a k t e wegen Sicilien, u . e r ö r t e r t e F o r d r u n g d e r Prinzessin U r s i n i n u n 13 Juli 1713 der Friede: 1) B e s t ä t i g u n g d e r R e n u n c i a t i o n (Art. II) u. des A s s i e n t o t r a c t a t s . (Art. X I I . ) 2) P h i l i p p e r k e n n t f. sich u. N a c h f o l ger die p r o t e s t a n t i s c h e Erbfolge in G r o ß b r i t . (Art. V), k e i n e m P r ä t e n d e n t beizustehn. (Art. VI.) 3) Schiffahrt n a c h d e m s p a n . Westindien bleibt m i t A u s s c h l u ß F r a n k r e i c h s u . a n d r e r N a t i o n e n : a u c h will Spanien kein S t ü c k seiner Besitzungen in A m e r i c a an F r a n k r e i c h od. a n d r e N a t i o n v e r k a u fen, a b t r e t e n , o d . sonst veräussern. (Art. V I I I . ) 4) D i e gegenseitigen U n t e r t h a n e n alle H a n d e l s v o r t h e i l e die F r a n k r e i c h o d . die a m meisten begünstigten N a t i o n e n geniessen o d . geniessen w e r d e n . 5.) S p a n i e n tritt G i b r a l t a r , d o c h o h n e öffentliche C o m m u n i c a t i o n l a n d w ä r t s , (Art. X ) , auch die ganze Insel M i n o r k a ab (Art. X I ) , d o c h beide m. d e m R e c h t des Vorkaufs. 6) G r o ß b r i t . g a r a n t i r t d e n künftigen F r i e d e n m. P o r t u g a l (Art. X X ) u . den heutigen m . S a v o y e n . (Art. X X I ) 7.) Schweden, F l o renz, P a r m a , Venice, G e n u a i n diesem F r i e d e n begriffen (Art. X X I I , X X I V , ) a u c h D a n z i g . (Art. X X V ) In einem S e p a r a t a r t i k e l v e r s p r a c h S p a n i e n v. d e n L ä n d e r n seiner M o n a r c h i e nichts weiter zu v e r ä u s s e r n u. G r o ß b r . sich solchen Z u m u t h u n g e n v . Seiten der k r i e g f ü h r e n d e n M ä c h t e z u widersetzen. I n einem 2 S e p a r a t a r t i k e l v e r a b r e d e t , d a ß die P r i n z e ß U r s i n i L i m b u r g o d . ein a n d r e s E t a b l i s s e m e n t h a b e n sollte. D e r in diesem F r i e d e n versprochne H a n d e l s t r a k t a t geschlossen 9 D e c . 1713, j e d o c h n u r m. A b ä n d r u n g m e h r e r A r t i k e l n a c h m a l s ratificirt: 14 D e c . 1715 folgte ein a n d r e r Handelsvertrag. Friede zwischen Spanien u. Savoyen: 13 Juli. 1713. 1) B e s t ä t i g u n g d e r R e n u n c i a t i o n des K ö n i g s v . S p a n i e n auf F r a n k r e i c h u . seiner a m 8 M a i 1713 in Gesetz v e r w a n d e l t e n D e c l a r a t i o n , d a ß in E r m a n g l u n g seiner N a c h k o m m e n s c h a f t die T h r o n f o l g e v. S p a n i e n u. I n d i e n a u f den H e r z o g v . S a v o y e n u . dessen m ä n n l i c h e N a c h k o m m e n fallen solle. (Art. III) 2.) S p a n , tritt Sicilien an S a v o y e n ab m. V o r b e h a l t des R ü c k falls n a c h e r l o s c h n e m M a n n s s t a m m . (Art. IV) 3) S p a n i e n g a r a n t i r t die 1 703 erfolgte kaiserl. Cession eines Stücks v. M a i l a n d u. M o n t f e r r a t an Savoyen. (Art. X I ) l

30

35

40

279

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 6 März 1714 h a t t e n Villars u. E u g e n d e n F r i e d e n zw. F r a n k r e i c h u. Kaiser, m. A u s s c h l u ß Spaniens, in 37 A r t i k e l n gezeichnet: n a c h d e m der K a i s e r v . R e i c h d u r c h R e i c h s g u t a c h t e n v o m 2 3 A p r i l V o l l m a c h t erhalten, dieser auf e i n e m am 10 J u n i zu Baden eröffneten C o n g r e s s , ohne Zulassung v. Gesandten andrer Mächte zu den Conferenzen, am 7 Sept. 1714 in einen Reichsfrieden, in 38 A r t i k e l n in latein. S p r a c h e verwandelt. Reichsfrieden zu Baden. 7 Sept. 1714: 1) M i t B e s t ä t i g u n g d e r Westphälischen, N y m w e g e r u . R y s w i c k e r Friedensbeschlüsse ( o h n e d e r C l a u sel des 4' A r t . des leztren zu e r w ä h n e n ) gibt F r a n k r e i c h alles d e m R e i c h A b g e n o m m n e z u r ü c k , schleift die auf d e m R e i c h s b o d e n e r b a u t e n F e s t u n gen u . F o r t s . (Art. I V - X I I . ) 2.) F r a n k r e i c h e r k e n n t die C h u r w ü r d e des H a u s e s B r a u n s c h w e i g - L ü n e b u r g . (Art. X I I I ) 3.) D i e C h u r f ü r s t e n v. Baiern u. K ö l n in alle W ü r d e n hergestellt. \\46\ E r s t r e r e r h ä l t die O b e r p f a l z wieder, a b e r w e d e r die N i e d e r l a n d e n o c h d a s v. F r a n k r e i c h f. i h n stipulirte Sardinien. 4.) F r a n k r e i c h willigt ein, d a ß d e r K a i s e r die s p a n . N i e d e r l a n d e n e b s t d e n fzs. Cessionen n a c h M a ß g a b e des U t r e c h t e r F r i e d e n s m . d e n Vereinigten Niederl. erhalte. (Art. X I X - X X I I ) 5 ) K a i s e r bleibt i m Besitz aller in Italien i n n e h a b e n d e n Plätze, w o g e g e n er d e n N e u t r a l i t ä t s t r a c t a t v o m 1 4 M ä r z 1713 b e o b a c h t e t . (Art. X X X ) S p a n i e n s a u c h i n diesem F r i e d e n n i c h t e r w ä h n t . Friede Spaniens m. den Vereinigten Niederlanden. 26 J u n i 1714.: 1) D e r M ü n s t e r i s c h e F r i e d e u. der M a r i n e t r a c t a t v. 1650 m e h r t h e i l s e r n e u e r t . 2) In H i n s i c h t d e r Handelsfreiheiten sollen beiderseits U n t e r t h a n e n der gentes amicissimae, i n A n s e h u n g der Zölle u . Auflagen, d e n U n t e r t h a n e n gleich gehalten w e r d e n . (Art. X I I - X I V . ) 3.) W e g e n d e r R e n u n c i a t i o n e n P h i l i p p ' s auf F r a n k r e i c h u . wegen B e s c h r ä n k u n g des H a n d e l s m . d e m s p a n . A m e r i c a , save the Assiento, die v. beiden K r o n e n an E n g l a n d ertheilten Versichrungen wiederholt. Verändertes Staatssystem in Großbritannien: 1714, 11 A u g . besteigt G e o r g I , C h u r f ü r s t v . B r a u n s c h w e i g - L ü n e b u r g d e n T h r o n . Walpole's F r i e d e n s p o l i t i k . Beförderte d e n F r i e d e n S p a n i e n s m . P o r t u g a l (1715, 6 F e b r . ) , verschaffte d e r R e g i e r u n g d e r Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e a n n e h m lichen B a r r i e r e t r a c t a t m. Oestreich, (15 N o v . ) , e r n e u e r t e die alte Allianz Brit. m. d e n Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e n (1716, 16 F e b . ) u. schloß neues D e f e n s i v b ü n d n i ß m . b e s t r e i c h (25 M a i . ) [142-148] Friede Spaniens m. Portugal. 1715, 6Feb.: In E u r o p a die G r e n z e n wie v o r h e r . I n A m e r i c a b e k a m P o r t u g a l S t S a c r a m e n t o wieder, (Art. V I ) , sonst der F r i e d e v. 1668 erneuert, a u c h die F o r d r u n g e n der p o r t u g . A s s i e n t o - C o m p a g n i e regulirt. (Art. X V , X V I ) G r o ß b r i t . ü b e r n a h m die G a r a n t i e dieses F r i e d e n s . (Art. X X I I , X X I I I . )

280

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Barrieretractat zw. der Republik der Vereinigten Niederlande, Oestreich u. Großbrit. D i e E r l a n g u n g einer Barriere wider F r a n k r e i c h w a r Beding u n g des Beitritts der R e p u b l i k z u r G r o s s e n Allianz v . 1702. D e m g e m ä ß v. ihr m. G r o ß b . 1709, 29 Oct. vortheilhafter B a r r i e r e t r a c t a t geschlossen; v e r ä n d e r t - nachtheilig - im T r a c t a t der b e i d e n S e e m ä c h t e v. 29 J a n . , 1713. N a c h diesem sollte C a r l VI d e r R e p u b l i k d a s Besatzungsrecht in gewissen F e s t u n g e n d e r i h m a b z u t r e t e n d e n s p a n . N i e d e r lande gestatten, G r o ß b r i t . diese Barriere, die R e p u b l i k d a g e g e n die p r o testantische T h r o n f o l g e i n G r o ß b . , beide erforderlichen Falls m . n a m h a f t e r Hülfsleistung g a r a n t i r e n . D i e s e m g e m ä ß , kraft der U t r e c h t e r Friedensbeschlüsse, d e n beiden S e e m ä c h t e n so lang der Besitz d e r N i e d e r l a n d e e i n g e r ä u m t , bis sie sich m. Oestr. w e g e n einer Barriere verglichen. N u n n a c h d e m B a d n e r F r i e d e n ein C o n g r e s s zwischen d e n 2 Seem ä c h t e n u. Oestr. zu Antwerpen eröffnet. (1714 O c t o b e r ) u. auf eifrigen Betrieb B r i t a n n i e n s , am 15'Nov. 1715, der Barrieretractat dahin geschlossen, d a ß : 1) die R e p u b l i k d e m K a i s e r die s p a n . N i e d e r l a n d e a b t r i t t (nebst d e n fzs. Cessionen) um sie so zu besitzen, wie sie C a r l II besessen (Art. I); kein S t ü c k d a v o n soll er je veräussern. 2) D i e R e p u b l i k soll in D e n d r e m o n d e eine gemeinschaftliche, in N a m u r , D o r n i k , M e n i n , F u r n e s , W a r n e ton, Y p e r n u . F o r t K n o c k e eine privative B e s a t z u n g u n v e r d ä c h t i g e r T r u p p e n h a l t e n k ö n n e n , (Art. IV, V), die d e m K a i s e r zugleich s c h w ö r e n sollen. (Art. VII.) 3) Wegen der zollfreien E i n f u h r ihrer Bedürfnisse, des U n t e r h a l t s d e r T r u p p e n mittelst kaiserl. Subsidien, R e p a r a t u r d e r F e s t u n g e n n u r u n v o l l k o m m n e B e s t i m m u n g e n , A r t . X, X I I I , X I V , getroffen. 4) D i e F l a n d r i s c h e n G r e n z e n , o h n e des T r a c t a t s v. 1664 zu e r w ä h nen, n e u regulirt, u . z u m Besten der H o l l ä n d e r erweitert. A r t . X V I I . X V I I I . 5.) D i e Zölle v. d e n G r o ß b r i t a n n i s c h e n u. h o l l ä n d i s c h e n W a a r e n sollten a u f d e m jetzigen F u ß , u . d e r H a n d e l zwischen O e s t r e i c h u . der Republik a u f d e m F u ß des M ü n s t r i s c h e n F r i e d e n s bleiben. (Art. X X V I . ) 6) G r o ß b r i t . als M i t c o n t r a h e n t bestätigt u. g a r a n t i r t diesen Tractat. (Art. X X V I I I ) N u n erfolgte die U e b e r g a b e d e r s p a n . N i e d e r l a n d e : d o c h wegen d e r f l a n d r i s c h e n G r e n z e n u . einiger a n d r e n P u n k t e b a l d n e u e H ä n del, selbst d u r c h die C o n v e n t i o n v. 1718 (22 D e c e m b e r ) nicht d a u e r h a f t beendigt. Verändertes Staatssystem in Frankreich. L u d e w i g X I V t 1 Sept. 1715. H e r z o g v. O r l e a n s R e g e n t . Dieser wider d e n s p a n . Hof. B ü n d n i s s e m. d e n 2 Seemächten. (4 J a n . 1717.) Neue Plane Spaniens auf Italien: P h i l i p p V geleitet v. seiner 2 F r a u , Elisabeth v. P a r m a , u. A l b e r o n i . Will wieder die v o r m a l s s p a n . Besitzungen in Italy. Griff 14 M ä r z 1713 Sardinien u n v e r m u t h e t a n , ließ a u c h l

40

281

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 d u r c h die am 19 Sept. 1716 zu H a m p t o n c o u r t e n t w o r f n e , u. 4 J a n . 1717 vollzogne Tripleallianz F r a n k r e i c h s u. der 2 S e e m ä c h t e sich n i c h t a b h a l ten, diese Insel d e m K a i s e r zu entreissen, ( A u g . 1717) u., n a c h v e r g e b n e m Versuch d e n H e r z o g v. S a v o y e n zu gewinnen, Sicilien anzufallen u. P a l e r m o zu e r o b e r n . (1718, 13 Juli.) | |47[ Friedensproject Frankreichs u. Englands. F r a n k r e i c h u . E n g l a n d als G a r a n t s der N e u t r a l i t ä t Italiens e n t w a r f e n n o c h i m S p ä t j a h r 1717 ein Project z u m F r i e d e n S p a n i e n s m . d e m K a i s e r u. Savoyen; n a c h diesem sollte: 1) D e r K a i s e r f. sich u. s. N a c h k o m m e n , z u m Vortheil des H a u s e s A n j o u , auf S p a n i e n verzichten: 2) die span. P r o v i n z e n in d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n u. Ital. b e h a l t e n : 3) Sicilien m. S a v o y e n gegen S a r d i n i e n a u s t a u s c h e n ; 4) P h i l i p p a u f die N i e d e r l a n d e u. Ital. S t a a t e n verzichten: 5) S a r d i n i e n n a c h A b g a n g des Savoyisçhen M a n n s s t a m m s a n S p a n i e n zurückfallen; 6) T o s c a n a , P a r m a , P i a c e n z a als R e i c h s m a n n l e h n a n e r k a n n t , u. P h i l i p p ' s ältestem S o h n 2 E h e , D. C a r l o s , f. sich u. s. M a n n s s t a m m , n a c h dessen A b g a n g seinen j ü n g r e n B r ü d e r n u . d e r e n M a n n s s t a m m v . K a i s e r m . G e n e h m i g u n g des Reichs die A n w a r t s c h a f t d a r a u f ertheilt, die L ä n d e r bis z u m Eröffnungsfall m . n e u t r a l e n T r u p p e n besezt, L i v o r n o F r e i h a f e n bleiben: keines dieser L ä n d e r a b e r je v o n einem rex v. S p a n i e n b e h e r r s c h t o d . verwaltet w e r d e n . 7 ) Z u m Vortheil S a v o y e n s sollte dessen Erbfolge i n S p a n i e n v o m K a i s e r a n e r k a n n t u . d e r Cessionst r a c t a t v. 1703 bestätigt w e r d e n . S p a n i e n schlug dieses, kraft der C o n v e n t i o n d e r 2 M ä c h t e v o m 18 Juli 1718, i h m mitgetheilte Project a u s , w o r a u f seine F l o t t e v. A d m i r a l Bing angegriffen u. bei P a s s a r o besiegt. (22 A u g . 1718) D e r K a i s e r , n a c h d e m e r u n t e r britt. Vermittlung s . F r i e d e n m . d e n T ü r k e n z u P a s s a r o w i t z gezeichnet (21 Jul. 1718), e n t s c h l o ß sich z u r A n n a h m e j e n e s F r i e d e n s projects, u. schloß d a r ü b e r am 2 A u g . m. d e n beiden M ä c h t e n eine Allianz, wegen des gehofften Beitritts d e r Vereinigten Niederl. g e n a n n t : Quadruple-Allianz. (2 A u g . 1718) 1) D e r K a i s e r n i m m t d a s obige F r i e d e n s p r o j e k t an. (Art. I.) 2) Die 3 M ä c h t e g a r a n t i r e n e i n a n d e r ihre Besitz u n g e n u . R e c h t e n a c h I n h a l t der U t r e c h t e r , B a d e n e r Friedensschlüsse u . des jetzigen Tractat. (Art. II-V) 3) Versprechen e i n a n d e r j e d e r eine Hülfe v. 12,000 M a n n , nöthigenfalls deren V e r m e h r u n g u. d i r e k t e n K r i e g gegen d e n Aggressor. (Art. VII) 4 ) W e n n S p a n i e n u . S a v o y e n d a s F r i e d e n s p r o j e k t nicht in 3 M o n a t e n a n n e h m e n , soll die v e r s p r o c h n e Hülfe d e m K a i s e r unverzüglich geleistet werden. (Art. sep. I I , I I I , VI). S a v o y e n die A b t r e t u n g e n aus d e m T r a c t a t v. 1703, S p a n i e n die A n w a r t s c h a f t auf P a r m a u. T o s c a n a verliren u. diese S t a a t e n e i n e m 3' F ü r s t e n ertheilt werden.

5

10

15

l

282

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

D e r K a i s e r stellte seine V e r z i c h t u r k u n d e a u f S p a n i e n a u s . (16 Sept., 1718) S a v o y e n t r a t d u r c h eine a c t e d ' a d h é s i o n d i e s e m F r i e d e n s p r o j e k t u. der Q u a d r u p l e a l l i a n z bei. (18 N o v . ) S p a n i e n verweigerte, sezt seine K r i e g s u n t e r n e h m u n g e n in Sicilien fort, e n t r ü s t e t d e n O r l e a n s d u r c h die 5 V e r s c h w ö r u n g des C e l l a m a r e , E n g l a n d d u r c h U n t e r s t ü t z u n g des P r ä t e n denten: gerieth, 1719, J a n . 6, in offnen K r i e g m. F r a n k r e i c h u. E n g l a n d . Philipps T r u p p e n in Italien geschlagen, a u s P a l e r m o wieder vertrieben, die beabsichtigte L a n d u n g des P r ä t e n d e n t e n m . s p a n . Hülfsflotte d u r c h W i n d u. Wetter vereitelt, in S p a n i e n grosse F o r t s c h r i t t e g e m a c h t d u r c h F r a n 10 zosen u. E n g l ä n d e r , H o l l a n d d r o h t m. Beitritt z u r Q u a d r u p l e a l l i a n z , P h i lipp verjagt C a r d i n a l A l b e r o n i , e r w i r k t d u r c h die H o l l ä n d e r n e u e F r i s t z u m Beitritt (18 N o v . , 1719); tritt a m 2 6 J a n . 1720 d e n i n der Q u a d r u pleallianz e n t h a l t n e n B e d i n g u n g e n z u M a d r i d bei, diese i m H a a g förmlich unterzeichnet (1720, F e b r . 17), u. die n o c h ü b r i g e n Streitigkeiten zwisch. 15 d e m K a i s e r u. S p a n i e n a u f d e n künftigen C o n g r e s s zu C a m b r a i ausgesezt. Savoyen w a r d s p a n . Seits i n dessen B e i t r i t t s u r k u n d e mit a u f g e n o m m e n . (1720, M ä r z 18.) P h i l i p p stellt V e r z i c h t u r k u n d e a u s a u f alle d e m K a i s e r kraft des U t r e c h t e r F r i e d e n s u . der Q u a d r u p l e a l l i a n z zugefallnen L ä n d e r ; (1720, 22 J a n . ) F r a n k r e i c h schlißt Defensivallianz m. S p a n i e n . ( 1 7 2 1 , 20 27 M ä r z ) : an d e m s e l b e n T a g Defensivallianz zw. F r a n k r e i c h , G r o ß b r . , Spanien. G r o ß b r i t t . s ö h n t e sich völlig m . S p a n i e n d u r c h d e n T r a c t a t z u M a d r i d a u s (13 J u n i 1721), d e r f. Theil d e r n e u e n Defensivallianz e r k l ä r t . [149-156]

b.)

Nordischer Krieg bis zum

Niestädter Frieden.

1721.

25 Nordbergs L e b e n C a r l X I I . H a m b . 1745. (deutsch v. M u r r a y . ) Hist. mil. de C h a r l e s X I I . p. Gustave Adlerfeld. A m s t . 1740. (IV ts) Bacmeister ( H . L . C . j T a g e b u c h P e t e r d. G r . : v. 1698 b. z. N y s t . F r i e d e n s s c h l u ß . R i g a . 1776. (3 Thle.), l ' a b b é de Parthenay. Hist, de P o l o g n e sous le regne d ' A u g u s t e II. la H a y e . 1733. IV ts. Lengnich: G e s c h i c h t e v. P o l e n . 30 GL.F. ν. Ζ. (Zschackwitz) Historische Nachricht ν. dem nordischen Krieg. (VI Thle) F r e y s t a d t . 1716-19. j | 4 8 | Ausbruch des nordischen Kriegs: Friede zu Travendahl. Bald n a c h d e m Vergleich, d e n ü b e r die Schleswigschen H ä n d e l C h r i stian V m. H e r z o g C h r i s t i a n A l b r e c h t v. H o l s t e i n , u n t e r des K a i s e r s , 35 C h u r s a c h s e n s u. B r a n d e n b u r g s Vermittlung, 1689 zu A l t o n a geschlossen, war es, seit 1694 H e r z o g F r i e d r i c h IV v. H o l s t e i n - G o t t o r p die R e g i e r u n g angetreten, zwischen b e i d e n Theilen z u n e u e n H ä n d e l n g e k o m m e n , z u deren Beilegung v. d e n Vermittlern jenes Vertrags 1696 ein C o n g r e s s

283

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3

z u H a m b u r g v e r a n l a ß t . F r i e d r i c h A u g u s t 1697 d e n p o l n . T h r o n bestiegen; F r i e d r i c h IV 1699 d e n d ä n i s c h e n ; F r i e d r i c h A u g u s t (11 N o v . 1699) sich insgeheim m. P e t e r I u. D ä n e m a r k w i d e r d e n 1697 a u f d e n T h r o n g e k o m m n e n C a r l X I I v . Schweden, d e n S c h w a g e r des H e r z o g s v . Holstein-Gottorp, in Erobrungsabsichten verbündet; K ö n i g Friedrich IV 5 ruft seinen G e s a n d t e n v . C o n g r e s s ν . H a m b u r g u . fällt i n d a s h e r z o g l i c h e Schleswig, u. M ä r z 1700 in d a s herzogliche H o l s t e i n ; i n d e ß A u g u s t v. P o l e n , v. P a t k u l geleitet, im F e b r . 1700 in Liefland e i n d r a n g u. R i g a b e r e n n e n ließ. D u r c h H ü l f e Schwedens u . der S e e m ä c h t e , D ä n e m a r k schnell zu F r i e d e n m. d e m H e r z o g v. H o l s t e i n g e z w u n g e n , der zu T r a v e n - 10 d a h l (28 A u g . 1700) a u f d e n F u ß des A l t o n a e r Vergleichs u . m . d e r Beding u n g geschlossen, d a ß D ä n e m a r k d e n F e i n d e n S c h w e d e n s k e i n e H ü l f e leisten sollte; dieser F r i e d e d u r c h die d ä n i s c h e A l l i a n z m . d e n S e e m ä c h t e n ( 1 7 0 1 , 2 0 J a n . ) , d u r c h die der S e e m ä c h t e m . d e m K a i s e r , u . d u r c h d e n n e u e n Vergleich m. H o l s t e i n - G o t t o r p zu H a m b u r g ( 1 7 0 1 , Juli 12) n o c h 15 befestigt. Allein A u g u s t sezte d e n a n g e f a n g n e n K r i e g fort, u. P e t e r I k ü n digte, gleich n a c h g e s c h l o ß n e m F r i e d e n m . der P f o r t e , S c h w e d e n a m 1 Sept. 1700, d e n K r i e g a n . Krieg Schwedens gegen Polen u. Rußland; Friede zu Altranstädt. (1706, Sept.) K a r l X I I i m N o v . 1700 d e n grossen Sieg bei N a r v a gegen die R u s s e n : vertrieb 1701 P o l e n u. Sachsen a u s Liefland, d r a n g in P o l e n ein, u. b e w i r k t e 3 F e b r . 1704, A u g u s t s A b s e t z u n g d u r c h die W a r s c h a u e r C o n f é d é r a t i o n , w i d e r die eine 2* zu S e n d o m i r sich u m s o n s t m. d e m C z a r v e r b a n d (1705), die vielmehr 1705 ebenfalls S t a n i s l a u s L e s c i n s k y als K ö n i g a n e r k e n n e n m u ß t e , d e r sich n u n m . S c h w e d e n v e r b a n d . (18 N o v . 1705) C a r l d r a n g 1706 n a c h d e r Schlacht bei F r a u s t a d t in S a c h s e n ein, besezte L e i p zig; n u n ließ A u g u s t , d u r c h I m h o f u . Pfingsten, die i h m v . C a r l v o r geschriebnen F r i e d e n s p u n k t e insgeheim z u A l t r a n s t ä d t u n t e r z e i c h n e n , kraft d e r e n A u g u s t 1) sich d e r p o l n . K r o n e begiebt, S t a n i s l a u s als K ö n i g a n e r k e n n t . ( A r t . III, IV.) 2) d e n gefangnen P r i n z S o b i e s k y in F r e i h e i t sezt. ( A r t . V I I I . ) 3 ) P a t k u l ausliefert. ( A r t . X I . ) 4 ) d a s B ü n d n i ß m . R u ß l a n d a u f h e b t ( A r t . X X . ) A u g u s t ratificirte diesen F r i e d e n u. ließ, selbst n a c h am 29 Oct. v. s. T r u p p e n m i t b e w i r k t e n Sieg bei K a i i s c h , (9 J a n . 1707) i h n zu D r e s d e n publiciren.

20

25

30

35

Schwedischer Krieg gegen Rußland bis zur Schlacht v. Poltawa. C a r l s . g a n z e M a c h t gegen R u ß l a n d , verfolgte P e t e r n a c h d e n G r e n z e n , schlug die a n g e t r a g n e n g u t e n B e d i n g u n g e n a u s . Seine A r m e e 8 Juli 1709 bei P o l t a w a gänzlich geschlagen. C a r l f l o h i n Begleitung M a z e p p a ' s z u d e n T ü r k e n n a c h Bender; a u c h L ö w e n h a u p t m u ß t e sich z u m Kriegsge- 4 0 f a n g n e n ergeben.

284

Pf"

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

Neuer Bruch August's u. Friedrich's IV A u g u s t sagt sich v o m A l t r a n städter F r i e d e n los, r ü c k t in P o l e n ein, d a s i h n b a l d wieder als K ö n i g a n e r k e n n t ; Peter I half i h m 1710 die S c h w e d e n vollends a u s P o l e n vertreiben, b e m ä c h t i g t e sich des g a n z e n Lieflands u. eines Theils v. F i n n land. 28 Oct. 1709 k ü n d i g t a u c h K ö n i g F r i e d r i c h IV d e n S c h w e d e n d e n K r i e g a n , wo a b e r v. S t e e n b o c k (1710, 28 F e b r . ) geschlagen. Haager Concert: geschlossen 31 M ä r z , 1710, v. K a i s e r , G r o ß b . , H o l land, wegen E r h a l t u n g d e r N e u t r a l i t ä t i n D e u t s c h l a n d , d e m d e r schwed. Senat, A u g u s t v. Polen, Czar, D ä n e m a r k , Preussen, B r a u n s c h w e i g - L ü n e b ü r g , viele a n d r e R e i c h s s t ä n d e u. (2. 26 A p r i l ) d a s R e i c h b e i t r a t e n , w o r auf es im A u g u s t in eine Allianz v e r w a n d e l t ; C a r l X I I , gestüzt auf die Hülfe der T ü r k e n u . T a r t a r e n , p r o t e s t i r t v . B e n d e r wider diese N e u t r a l i t ä t u. verwarf sie völlig. (30 N o v . ) Erobrung der schwedischen Reichslande F r i e d r i c h IV g e h t d a h e r a u f W i s m a r ; u. n e b s t A u g u s t , auf S c h w e d i s c h - P o m m e r n los, e r o b e r t 1712 Bremen u . Verden. S t e e n b o c k m u ß t e sich bei T ö n n i n g e n m . d e m g a n z e n Rest seines H e e r s z u Kriegsgefangnen e r k l ä r e n , ( 1 7 1 3 , 6 M a i ) , i n d e ß der K ö n i g v . D ä n e m a r k , u n t e r d e m V o r w a n d d e r v . H e r z o g v . H o l s t e i n G o t t o r p verlezten N e u t r a l i t ä t dessen L a n d e u . selbst L ü b e c k besezte. N u n schlössen d e r A d m i n i s t r a t o r v. H o l s t e i n - G o t t o r p u. der schwedische G o u v e r n e u r v. P o m m e r n , ¡491 G r a f v. Welling, u n t e r sich u. m. Preussen Vergleich wegen B e s e t z u n g v. Stettin u. W i s m a r m. n e u t r a l e n Truppen. (22 Juni) Als a b e r Stettin die P r e u s s e n nicht einließ, w a r d diese F e s t u n g v. P r e u s s e n , P o l e n u. R u s s e n belagert, den 29 Sept. g e n o m m e n , u. zwischen P r e u s s e n u. d e n 2 n o r d i s c h e n Alliirten Vergleich wegen Sequestration Stettins (6 Oct. 1713) u. a n d r e r s c h w e d i s ç h - p o m m e r s c h e r Plätze bis z u m F r i e d e n geschlossen. [157-163] Kriege der Türken wider Rußland zum Vortheil Carl's XII. T ü r k e n e r k l ä r e n R u s s e n d e n K r i e g N o v . 1710. F r i e d e n a m P r u t h . ( 1 7 1 1 , 22 Juli). 17 D e c . (1711) wieder K r i e g erklärt. A u f Vermittlung der Seem ä c h t e 5 A p r i l 1712 F r i e d e 31 M ä r z 1713 3 K r i e g s e r k l ä r u n g . 24 J u n i (1713) F r i e d e zu A d r i a n o p e l auf 25 J., w o r a u f sich a u c h K ö n i g A u g u s t m. den T ü r k e n verglich. (22 April 1714) Schwedens Conflict m. Preussen. 11 N o v . 1714 trifft C a r l X I I in Stralsund ein. Verlangt Stettin, inzwischen v. D ä n e m a r k besezt, v. P r e u s s e n zurück, d a ß v e r b ü n d e t sich m . D ä n e m a r k u . C h u r s a c h s e n gegen ihn (1715 Febr.), greifen ihn i n S t r a l s u n d a n , e r o b e r n R ü g e n ( N o v . 4), e r z u r F l u c h t nach S c h o n e n g e z w u n g e n (11 D e c ) , w o d a n n S t r a l s u n d capitulirt. (12 Dec.) D ä n e m a r k t r a t an rex G e o r g e I - als C h u r f ü r s t v. B r a u n schweig-Lüneburg - (1715 F e b . ) sein E r o b r u n g s r e c h t a u f B r e m e n u. Verden d u r c h d e n T r a c t a t v. W i s m a r f. 6 T o n n e n G o l d e s , u. (1715, 26 J u n i ) t e

35

40

285

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 m i t der B e d i n g u n g der direkten T h e i l n a h m e a m K r i e g wider Schweden, diese T h e i l n a h m e beförderte die E r o b r u n g W i s m a r s (8 A p r i l 1716) w o m i t S c h w e d e n v o m d e u t s c h e n B o d e n v e r d r ä n g t ; a u c h a u s s e r d e m alliirte sich G r o ß b r i t . (1715, 2 8 Oct.) n ä h e r m . R u ß l a n d : a u c h P r e u ß e n s c h l o ß n e u e n T r a k t a t m. R u ß l a n d . (1715, 30 Oct.) Verändrung des Staatssystems im Norden. N a c h vollendeter E r o b r u n g v. F i n n l a n d (1716) entwickeln sich des C z a ren E n t w ü r f e auf Ostsee u . E r w e r b u n g e n i n D e u t s c h l a n d . A u c h G r o ß b r i t a n n i e n i h m entgegen. Conferenzen auf Aaland. Tod Carl's XII, ( M a i bis A u g u s t . ) 1718 geh e i m e V e r h a n d l u n g e n a u f A a l a n d zwischen G e n e r a l B r u c e u . C a n z l e i r a t h O s t e r m a n n - russischen G e s a n d t e n - u. G r a f G y l l e n b o r g u. B a r o n G ö r z - schwed. G e s a n d t e n . N i c h t blos ü b e r die F r i e d e n s b e d i n g u n g e n beider M ä c h t e , s o n d e r n a u c h ü b e r A l l i a n z t r a c t a t gegen D ä n e m a r k , P o l e n , G r o ß b r i t t . , B r a u n s c h w e i g - L ü n e b u r g u n t e r h a n d e l t : beide Verträge der U n t e r z e i c h n u n g [nahe], als C a r l X I I in seiner v. d e m C z a r b e g ü n s t i g t e n E x p e d i t i o n gegen N o r w e g e n erschossen, v o r F r i e d r i c h s h a l l . 11 D e c . 1718. Verändertes Staatssystem Schwedens im Innern u. Äussern. 17'19 n e u e r w ä h l t e regina U l r i k a E l e a n o r e u . F r i e d r i e h l , ihr M a n n , d e m sie ihre R e c h t e a b t r a t , 1720, 2 M a i . N e u e , sehr b e s c h r ä n k t e R e g i e r u n g s form. G ö r z e n t h a u p t e t . U n t e r h a n d l u n g e n m . G r o ß b r i t . u n t e r fzs. Verm i t t l u n g (1719, Juli), die schon im Juli brittische O b s e r v a t i o n s f l o t t e im S u n d e z u r F o l g e , w o d u r c h S t o c k h o l m v o r d e n russ. K ü s t e n v e r h e e r u n g e n geschüzt, a u c h die Friedensschlüsse m . den einzelnen F e i n d e n , b e f ö r d e r t . [164-168] Friede Schwedens: a.) Mit Churbraunschweig-Lüneburg. (1719 9/20 N o v . ) S c h w e d e n tritt a n d a s C h u r b r a u n s c h w e i g - L ü n e b u r g H e r z o g t h ü m e r Verden u . B r e m e n ab, m. dem Pfandrecht auf das A m t Wildeshausen, den Rechten an dem D o m k a p i t e l zu H a m b u r g u. B r e m e n , u. m. allen L o h n g e r e c h t s a m e n in bezug a u f d a s R e i c h . (Art. III.) die frühern A l l i a n z e n S c h w e d e n s m . E n g l a n d u . B r a u n s c h w e i g - L ü n e b u r g erneuert. B r a u n s c h w e i g - L ü n e b u r g z a h l t an Schweden 1 Million T h l r . in D r i t t e l - S t ü c k e n . ( A r t . VIII.) b.) Mit Preussen zu Stockholm.

/ 1720, \

21 J a n . \ 1 Febr. /

5

10

15

20

25

30

(durch Frankreich

u. G r o ß b r i t . vermittelter F r i e d e n ) : S c h w e d e n tritt an P r e u s s e n ab Stettin 35 m . d e m g a n z e n D i s t r i k t zwischen d e r O d e r u . d e m P e e n e - S t r o m , Inseln Wollin, U s e d o m s a m m t d e n Ausflüssen der Swine u . D i e p e n a u , d e m frischen H a f u. der O d e r , bis wo sie in die P e e n e fließt. (Art. III) Peenes t r o m beiden gemein, kein Theil die Zölle v e r m e h r e n od. e r h ö h n .

286

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung) (Art. I I I . X I I . u. E r l ä u t e r u n g A r t . II.) P r e u s s e n z a h l t 2 Mill. R e i c h s t h . in 3 Terminen. (Art. X V I I I ) Schweden tritt jenseits d e r O d e r D a m m u. Geiln a u m . Z u b e h ö r a b ; w o g e g e n P r e u s s e n sich v e r w e n d e n will, S c h w e d e n billigen F r i e d e n v. s. jetzigen F e i n d e n zu verschaffen, (Art. X I X ) , bes. die 5 R ü c k g a b e dessen, w a s D ä n e m a r k in P o m m e r n besezt h a t , b e w i r k e n , u. W i s m a r r ä u m e n will. (Art. X X . ) | |50| c) Mit Dänemark zu Stockholm 3 Juni, Friedrichsburg 3 Juli 1720. F r a n k r e i c h u . G r o ß b r i t . g a r a n t i r e n D ä n e m a r k d e n Besitz v . Schleswig. D a n n F r i e d e : D ä n e m a r k giebt alles e r o b e r t e z u r ü c k , S t r a l s u n d , R ü g e n , 10 M a r s t r a n d . (Art. VII.) W i s m a r . (Art. VIII.) Leztres soll nie wieder befestigt w e r d e n . ( E l u c i d a t . - A c t e v o m 3 0 J u n i ) S c h w e d e n d e m H e r z o g v. Schleswig keine thätige Hülfe zu leisten. (Art. VI.) [171] S c h w e d e n entsagt seiner Zollfreiheit im S u n d u. d e n b e i d e n Belten. (Art. I X ) Z a h l t a n D ä n e m a r k 600,000 T h l r . n a c h d e m Leipziger F u ß . - D i e G r e n z e n 15 v. L a p p l a n d u. F i n n m a r k e n sollen d u r c h C o m m i s s a r i e n regulirt w e r d e n . (Dieß ist erst d u r c h d e n T r a c t a t zu S t r ö m s t a d t v o m 2 Oct. 1751 erfolgt.) d.) Mit Rußland zu Nystadt. A u f d e m zu N y s t a d t im M a i 1721

20

30 A u g . eröffneten C o n g r e s s . — 1721. M u ß t e n a c h d e m Willen des C z a r e n 1 0 Sept.

seinen F r i e d e n zeichnen. Schweden tritt a n R u ß l a n d a b : Liefland, E s t h l a n d , I n g e r m a n n l a n d u. Carelen, Theil v. W i b o r g l e h n , nebst d e n Inseln Oesel, D a g o e u. M o e n , u. allen a n d r e n Inseln v. d e r G r e n z e v. C u r l a n d bis W i b o r g . (Art. III.) 25 Czar gibt F i n n l a n d z u r ü c k u. z a h l t 2 Mill. T h l r . - S c h w e d e n soll freistehn, j ä h r l i c h in Liefland f. 50,000 R u b e l G e t r e i d e a u f z u k a u f e n u. zollfrei auszuführen ausser in schlechten J a h r e n - C z a r sich nicht in die v. den S t ä n d e n eingeführte R e g i e r u n g s f o r m einzumischen. ( A r t . V I I I . ) Wegen des Schiffsgrusses, ( A r t . X I X ) , w e g e n E i n s t e l l u n g d e r F r e i h a l t u n g 30 der G e s a n d t e n ( A r t . X X ) Wegen dieses F r i e d e n s ertheilten Senat u. Syn o d e P e t e r ' n I d e n Titel des G r o s s e n u., d e n Kaisertitel, d e n er am F r i e densfest a n n a h m . e.) Mit Polen. Im obigen ( N y s t ä d t e r ) F r i e d e n einbegriffen . . . d o c h erst 1729 die förmliche E r k l ä r u n g im gegenseitigen Schreiben beider M o n 35 archen, v. beiderseitigen R e i c h s s t ä n d e n zu S t o c k h o l m 1731, zu W a r s c h a u 1732 genehmigt. [169-174]

287

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3

C)

Händel m.

der Pforte.

Krieg der Pforte gegen Venedig u. Kaiser. 7 D e c . 1714 K r i e g gegen Venedig e r k l ä r t . N u n K a i s e r K a r l V I . m . d e n V e n e t i a n e r n v e r b ü n d e t . (13 A p r i l 1716) Congress zu Passarowitz. S e e m ä c h t e Vermittler. C o n g r e s s 1718 M a i . 5 A u f d e n F u ß des uti possidetis der F r i e d e m . d e m K a i s e r u . Venedig a m 21 Juli 1718. α) Friede der Pforte m. dem Kaiser zu Passarowitz auf 20 J.: Belgrad, grosser Theil v . Servien, B a n n a t , Theil d e r Wallachei i n O e s t r e i c h s H ä n d e n . D i e A l u t a , weiterhin die D o n a u , u. s o d a n n eine in d e m F r i e d e n 10 selbst gezeichnete Grenzlinie die G r e n z e d e r gegenseitigen Besitzungen ( A r t . I - V I ) u . d u r c h C o m m i s s a r i e n b e i d e r Theile vollzogen w e r d e n . ( A r t . VII.) H a n d e l gegenseitig offen, allen U n t e r t h a n e n des K a i s e r s frei i h n zu L a n d u. See in allen S t a a t e n des t ü r k . K a i s e r s zu treiben. ( A r t . X I I I ) (wenige Tage n a c h d e m F r i e d e n , 27 Juli, ausführlicher H a n - 15 d e l s t r a k t a t z u P a s s a r o w i t z unterzeichnet.) Wegen d e r R e l i g i o n w u r d e n A r t . X I , wegen der G e s a n d t s c h a f t e n A r t . X V I I , X V I I I , die D i s p o s i t i o n e n des C a r l o w i t z e r F r i e d e n s wiederholt. Dieser F r i e d e n soll 2 4 M o n d e n j a h r e d a u e r n u . k a n n d a n n v e r l ä n g e r t w e r d e n . (Art. X X ) ß) Mit Venedig zu Passarowitz ohne Zeitbestimmung. M o r e a in d e n 20 H ä n d e n der P f o r t e , o h n e e s i n d e m F r i e d e n z u b e n e n n e n ; d e n Venetian e r n a u s d r ü c k l i c h die v . i h n e n e r o b e r t e n P l ä t z e i n der H e r z e g o v i n a , D a l m a t i e n , A l b a n i e n gesichert. ( A r t . I , IV) G r e n z e n d u r c h C o m m i s s a r i e n z u regeln. ( A r t . V ) Wegen des Bailo u . der C o n s u l n A r t . X I V , wegen d e r K a u f l e u t e , H a n d e l , Schiffahrt, selbst n a c h A e j y p t e n u. Syrien, in A r t . XL 25 X I I I , X V - X X I , X X I I - V ausführliche B e s t i m m u n g e n . γ) Ewiger Frieden m. Rußland zu Constantinopel

1720.

Nov. u . a . das

Versprechen des C z a r e n , sich n i c h t s in P o l e n z u z u e i g n e n , u. n i c h t in dessen Verfassung zu m i s c h e n , a b e r a u c h die gegenseitige G a r a n t i e d e r R e c h t e , Privilegien u. I n t e g r i t ä t P o l e n s w i d e r alle Versuche dieses in 30 a b s o l u t e o d . erbliche M o n a r c h i e z u v e r w a n d e l n . ( A r t . X I I ) Dieser F r i e d e n v . R u ß l a n d n u r geschlossen u m sich v . Seite der Pforte in Verfolgung seiner P l ä n e wider S c h w e d e n sicher zu stellen. |

288

Aus Georg Friedrich von Marlens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

| 5 1 | 2) Von 1721-1740. In Frankreich L u d e w i g XV (seit 1723 volljährig.) In Spanien. P h i l i p p V (1700-1746, bis 1725 m. W i d e r s p r u c h C a r l ' s ν. O e s t r e i c h ) In Portugal. J o h a n n V. (1706-1750) Reich. C a r l VI (1711-1740). Preussen. F r i e d 5 rieh W i l h e l m I. (1713-1740) England. Georgi 1714-27. Georg II 1727-1760. Dänemark. F r i e d r i c h IV. (1700-1730) C h r i s t i a n V I . ( 1 7 3 0 - 4 6 ) Schweden. F r i e d r i c h I. 1720-50. Rußland. P e t e r I. 1 6 8 9 - 1 7 2 5 . C a m a r i n a I . - 1 7 2 7 . P e t e r II. - 1 7 3 0 . A n n a . - 1 7 4 0 . Polen. A u g u s t I I . 1 6 9 7 - 1 7 3 3 . A u g u s t i i i . 1 7 3 3 - 1 7 6 3 . Päbste: I n n o c e n z X I I I . ( 1 7 2 1 - 2 4 ) Benedict X I I I . 10 (1724-30) C l e m e n s X I I . ( 1 7 3 0 - 4 0 ) Sultane: A c h m e t I I I 1703-30. M a h o m e d V. 1730-54. [174-179]

a.)

Von

1721-1731.

Congress zu Cambrai. S c h o n 1720 belebt. 1722 eröffnet. R e g e l m ä s s i g e Conferenzen erst 1724, A p r i l , w o r a u f Oestreich, S p a n i e n , S a r d i n i e n , 15 u. P a r m a ihre F o r d r u n g e n ü b e r g a b e n . G i n g fruchtlos a u s e i n a n d e r , da Spanien d i r e k t m . Oestreich u . R e i c h c o n t r a h i r t , o h n e die Vermittler Frankreich u. England. Wiener Frieden, Allianz u. Handelstraktat zwischen Spanien u. Oestreich: (1725, 30 April.) D i e Q u a d r u p l e a l l i a n z z u r G r u n d l a g e g e n o m m e n . 20 (Art. II) V o n d e m K a i s e r die s p a n . S u c c e s s i o n s o r d n u n g , v. S p a n i e n die p r a g m a t i s c h e S a n c t i o n C a r l ' s V I g a r a n t i r t . ( A r t . X I I ) . I n d e r Defensivallianz verspricht der K a i s e r d e m S p a n i e r seine b o n a officia in W i e d e r erlangung v . G i b r a l t a r u . M i n o r k a ( A r t . II) S p a n i e n d e n kaiserl. U n t e r t h a n e n alle Handelsfreiheiten, d e r e n amicissimi p r a e s e n t e s geniessen. 25 (Art. III); beide T h e i l e e i n a n d e r n a c h d r ü c k l i c h e n S c h u t z z u r See ( A r t . I V ) , im Fall eines Angriffs d e m K a i s e r H ü l f e v. 20,000 M a n n u. 51 K r i e g s schiffen, d e m K ö n i g v. S p a n i e n Hülfe v. 30,000 M a n n v e r s p r o c h e n . (Art. V) D e r o s t e n d i s c h e n C o m p a g n i e allerlei Vortheile zugesagt. (Art. I I , X X X V I ) In d e m v. K a i s e r f. d a s R e i c h m. S p a n i e n zu W i e n g e s c h l o ß n e n 30 Frieden (1725, 7 J u n e ) w a r d die G e n e h m i g u n g der E x s p e c t a n z a u f T o s k a n a u . P a r m a b e d u n g e n . R a t i f i c a t i o n des g e s a m m t e n R e i c h s erfolgte 20 Juli. Hannoversche Allianz der Wiener entgegengesezt. Großbrit., Frankreich, P r e u s s e n . zu H e r r e n h a u s e n a u f 15 J. g e s c h l o ß n e Allianz. 35 (1725 2 Sept.)

289

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 6 A u g . 1726 t r a t K a t h a r i n a I der Ostreich.-span. Allianz bei; e b e n s o Trier, K ö l n , Baiern, Pfalz; Preussen v. der h a n n o v e r s c h e n Allianz a b g e z o g e n (10 A u g . ) , n o c h n ä h e r m . Oestreich v e r b u n d e n d u r c h d e n Vertrag v. W u s t e r h a u s e n (12 Oct.) w o r i n der K a i s e r d e m K ö n i g gegen G a r a n t i e der p r a g m a t i s c h e n S a n c t i o n v e r s p r a c h , i h m n a c h A b s t e r b e n des C h u r - 5 fürsten v. d e r Pfalz z u r Succession in Jülich u. Berg zu verhelfen. D a g e gen die h a n n o v e r s c h e n Alliirten v e r s t ä r k t d u r c h d e n Beitritt der Verein i g t e n N i e d e r l a n d e , Schwedens, D ä n e m a r k s . A u c h s c h l o ß G r o ß b r i t . S u b s i d i e n t r a c t a t e m. Hessen-Cassel (12 M ä r z 1726) u. m. Wolfenbüttel) (25 N o v e m b e r 1727) - A u s b r u c h des Kriegs. - Präliminarvergleich des 10 K a r l V I m . E n g l a n d , F r a n k r e i c h , H o l l a n d z u P a r i s (1727, 3 M a i ) , kraft dessen er w ä h r e n d eines 7jäh. Waffenstillstands die ostendische C o m p a g n i e zu s u s p e n d i r e n v e r s p r a c h , u. ü b r i g e n s alle S t r e i t p u n k t e auf e i n e m z u A a c h e n z u v e r s a m m e l n d e n Congresse a u s g e m a c h t sollten. S p a n i e n - d u r c h den T r a c t a t zu P a r d o m. G r o ß b . v o r e r s t d a h i n verglichen 1728, 15 6 M ä r z - d a ß E n g l a n d seine F l o t t e v. A m e r i c a u. d e n s p a n . K ü s t e n zurückruft, S p a n i e n die S p e r r u n g v. G i b r a l t a r a u f h e b t , u. der Südseec o m p a g n i e d a s in Veracruz aufgehaltne Permissionsschiff z u r ü c k g i e b t . 1729, 9 Nov. zu Sevilla T r a k t a t Spaniens m. F r a n k r e i c h u. G r o ß b . , o h n e Vorwissen C a r l ' s V I . D e m D o n C a r l o s die Erbfolge in T o s c a n a u. 20 P a r m a n o c h m a l s g a r a n t i r t u . Spanien gestattet z u ihrer S i c h r u n g 6000 M a n n d a h i n ü b e r z u f ü h r e n . D i e Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e t r a t e n bei, B e d i n g u n g bes., gänzliche A b s t e l l u n g d e r o s t e n d i s c h e n C o m p a g n i e etc . . . [179-186] I |52| März 16, 1731 zu Wien Traktat zw. G r o ß b . u. C a r l V I , u n t e r v o r - 25 ausgeseztem Beitritt der Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e : E r n e u r u n g e n d e r ä l t r e n Allianzen, u . G a r a n t i e der Besitzungen u. R e c h t e . (Art. I) G r o ß b r i t . u. die Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e g a r a n t i r e n die p r a g m a t i s c h e S a n c t i o n . (Art. II) K a i s e r willigt in S p a n i e n s Erbfolge in P a r m a , P i a c e n z a , a u c h das 6000 S p a n i e r in die F e s t u n g e n v. T o s c a n a 30 u. P a r m a e i n r ü c k e n . (Art. III) K a i s e r will for ever allen H a n d e l zwischen d e n Ostreich. N i e d e r l a n d e n u. O s t i n d i e n aufheben, so d a ß er w e d e r einzeln, n o c h in C o m p a g n i e soll betrieben w e r d e n . (Art. V) Wegen d e r Zölle in d e n N i e d e r l a n d e n soll ein neues T r a k t a t zwischen G r o ß b . u. d e n Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e n mit Oestreich geschlossen w e r d e n . (Art. V) 35 S p a n i e n schließt sich diesem T r a k t a t an (6 J u n i ) u. schlißt d e ß h a l b n o c h eignen Tractat m . K a i s e r u . G r o ß b . z u W i e n . (22 Juli) D a s R e i c h t r a t d e m W i e n e r T r a c t a t d u r c h den Reichsschluß v o m 14 Juli 1731, die Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e d u r c h die A c t e v. 20 F e b r . 1732 bei. - Familienvergleich zwischen S p a n i e n u. T o s k a n a (25 Juli 1731), D o n C a r l o s n i m m t Besitz 40 > v . P a r m a , s p a n . T r u p p e n i n L i v o r n o a u f g e n o m m e n , Oct. 1731, D o n C a r los n i m m t s. R e s i d e n z am tosk. Hof, F e b r u a r 1732.

290

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung) ß)

Von

1731-1740.

1.) Im N o r d e n , S ü d e n u. Westen bis 1739. Etat politique de l'Europe. A la H a y e . 1739-50. Mr. P. Massuet, H i s t o i r e de la guerre présente c o n t e n a n t t o u t ce qui s'est passé de plus i m p o r t a n t 5 en Italie, sur le R h i n , en P o l o g n e etc Amsterd. (1733-5) /. K. Fasi U e b e r den Krieg, welchen die polnische T h r o n f o l g e 1733 v e r a n l a ß t h a t . Rousset: Recueil de m é m o i r e s . T. V I - X I I I Polnische Königswahl u. daraus entstandner Krieg. A u g u s t II v. P o l e n | 1 F e b r . 1733. L u d w i g XV b e t r e i b t die W a h l seines 10 Schwiegervaters, Stanislaus Lescinsky; R u ß l a n d die des C h u r f ü r s t e n A u g u s t v. Sachsen, d e r (16 Juli) a u c h Oestreich d u r c h einen T r a k t a t gew a n n , w o r i n e r sich z u r G a r a n t i e d e r p r a g m a t i s c h e n S a n c t i o n v e r s t a n d . Krieg am Rhein 1733-5. F r a n z o s e n schon im O c t o b e r sich K e h l ' s b e m ä c h t i g t u . L o t h r i n g e n besezt. K r i e g i m N a m e n des R e i c h s a n F r a n k 15 reich erklärt, (1734, 26 F e b . ) . C o i n , Baiern, u. Pfalz p r o t e s t i r e n u. ergriffen N e u t r a l i t ä t F r a n k r e i c h e r o b e r t L o t h r i n g e n u . n i m m t P h i l i p p s b u r g (1734, 18 Juli.) Schicksale des Kriegs in Italien. 1733-5: H i e r H a u p t s i t z des K r i e g s . D e n Kaiserlichen blieb jenseits der A l p e n keine F e s t u n g , als d a s v. d e n 20 Feinden eingeschloßne M a n t u a . (1735 Sept.) Unterhandlungen u. Friedenspräliminarien zu Wien. ... U n v e r m u t h e t e U n t e r z e i c h n u n g v . F r i e d e n s p r ä l i m i n a r i e n zwischen F r a n k r e i c h u . O e s t reich, (3 Oct. 1735), u n t e r gehofftem Beitritt d e r ü b r i g e n Intressenten: Churfürst A u g u s t v. Sachsen als K ö n i g v. P o l e n a n e r k a n n t . Stanislaus 25 lebenslang d e n K ö n i g s t i t e l u. d e n Besitz v. L o t h r i n g e n u. Bar, n a c h sein e m A b s t e r b e n fallen diese L ä n d e r a n F r a n k r e i c h m . völliger S o u v e r ä nität. (Art. I.) H e r z o g F r a n z v. L o t h r i n g e n soll z u r S c h a d l o s h a l t u n g Toscana erben, B a r sofort gegen ein v o m K a i s e r zu z a h l e n d e s A e q u i v a l e n t f. die Einkünfte a n Stanislaus a b t r e t e n . ( A r t . II) D o n C a r l o s b e h ä l t N e a p e l 30 u. Sicilien, m. d e n Ostreich. P l ä t z e n an d e r t o s k a n i s c h e n K ü s t e , a u c h P o r t o l o n g o n e u. Insel Elva. (Art. III) S a r d i n i e n soll v. 3 L a n d s c h a f t e n , Novarese, Vigevanasco u. T o r t o n e s e , sich 2 w ä h l e n k ö n n e n ; ü b e r die Langhischen L e h n die L a n d e s h o h e i t , m . V o r b e h a l t der R e i c h s l e h n b a r keit, h a b e n : a u c h i h m die 4 H e r r s c h a f t e n S a n F e d e l e , T o r r e di F o r t i , 35 G r a v e d o u. C a m p o m a g g i o r e überlassen. (Art. I V ) D e r K a i s e r soll z u r Vergütung, ausser der Z u r ü c k g a b e der ü b r i g e n E r o b r u n g e n , die ü b e r i h n in Italien g e m a c h t , P a r m a u. P i a c e n z a e r l a n g e n . ( A r t . V) F r a n k r e i c h garantirt die p r a g m a t i s c h e S a n c t i o n . (Art. VI) In e i n e m S e p a r a t a r t i k e l ward festgesezt, d a ß b e i m künftigen F r i e d e n R u ß l a n d u . K ö n i g A u g u s t ,

291

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 i n d e m , w a s die polnischen H ä n d e l betrifft, als H a u p t c o n t r a h e n t e n a n gesehn w e r d e n sollen. | | 5 3 | Wiener Definitivfriede. 8 N o v . 1738 zu W i e n a u f den F u ß d e r P r ä liminarien. - A l t e r G r o ß h e r z o g v. Toscana, J o h a n n G a s t o f 9 Juli 1737. Beide Theile g a r a n t i r t e n e i n a n d e r d e n Besitz v. L o t h r i n g e n u. T o s c a n a . 5 K a i s e r ratifizirt denselben 31 D e c . f. sich u. Reich, F r a n k r e i c h 7 J a n . 1739, S a r d i n i e n 3 F e b r . , (39), Spanien u. Sicilien 21 A p r i l (39), R u ß l a n d u . K ö n i g A u g u s t 2 6 M a i (39.) d e r Beitritt des R e i c h s u n t e r b l i e b zufällig, als C a r l V I k u r z n a c h E r l a s s u n g des d a r a u f gerichteten C o m m i s i o n s decrets s t a r b . D i e S e e m ä c h t e h a t t e n so w e n i g an d e m Definitivfrieden 10 Theil als an den P r ä l i m i n a r i e n . [187-196]

2) H ä n d e l mit der Pforte. Comte de Schmettau: M é m o i r e s secrets de la g u e r r e de H o n g r i e d u r a n t les c a m p a g n e s de 1737-1739. etc F r a n c f o r t . 1771. Mr. de Keralio: Hist, de la guerre des R u s s e s et des I m p é r . c o n t r e les Turcs en 1736, 7, 8, et 39. etc P a r i s . 1780. Général de Manstein: M é m . histor., polit., et milit. sur la R u s s . d e p . 1727-^4. Leipzig. 1771. l'Abbé Laugier: Hist, de négoc. p o u r la p a i x conclue à B e l g r a d e le 18 Sept. 1739. P a r i s . 1778. Ausbruch des Kriegs der Pforte gegen Rußland und Oestreich: R u ß l a n d e r k l ä r t d e n K r i e g 1736, 1 M a i ; n a c h d e m es v o r h e r in die K r i m m eingeb r o c h e n u. A s o v belagert. 11 Juli 1737 e r k l ä r t Oestreich a u c h der Pforte d e n K r i e g . F e l d z u g v. 1737. 38 a u c h f. beide K a i s e r h ö f e unglücklich. F e l d z u g v. 1739 Belgrader Friedenscongress. 1) Präliminarfriede m. Oestreich; u n t e r zeichnet 1739, 1 Sept. zu Belgrad u n t e r fzs. Vermittlung u. G a r a n t i e , u. v o r erfolgter Ratification Waffenstillstand. 1739, 18 Sept. s o w o h l F r i e d e m. R u ß l a n d als Oestreich unterzeichnet. Definitivfrieden zwischen Oestreich u. der Pforte zu Belgrad auf 27 J. 1739, 18 Sept. Belgrad s a m m t den alten F e s t u n g s w e r k e n der P f o r t e z u r ü c k g e g e b e n . D i e neuen F e s t u n g s w e r k e sollen d e m o l i r t w e r d e n . (Art. I ) E b e n s o die F e s t u n g S a b a c z a u f d e m selben F u s s e der P f o r t e z u r ü c k g e g e b e n . (Art. II) D e r K a i s e r tritt Servien d e r P f o r t e a b . (Art. III) E b e n s o die östreichische Wallachei. (Art. IV) D i e F e s t u n g O r s o w a soll d e r Pforte, d a s Temeswarer B a n n a t d e m H a u s e Oestreich bis a n die Wallachei, m . A u s n a h m e d e r E b e n e O r s o w a g e g e n ü b e r zwischen d e r C z e r n a u . D o n a u g e h ö r e n . (Art. V ) D i e G r e n z e n sollen d u r c h C o m m i s s a r i e n berichtigt w e r d e n . (Art. X I I I . X V ) Wegen des H a n d e l s u. des Verbots der 292

15

20

25

30

35 3

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung) Capereien der B a r b a r e s k e n u . D u l c i g n o t t e n A r t . X I , X I I m e h r e s bestimmt, d o c h o h n e des P a s s a r o w i t z e r H a n d e l s t r a k t a t s z u e r w ä h n e n . D a u e r dieses Waffenstillstands 2 7 J . (Art. X X I I I ) ( D u r c h T r a c t a t v o m 25 M a i 1747 ist d e r Waffenstillstand in ewigen F r i e d e n v e r w a n d e l t . ) 5 Ewiger Friede zwischen Rußland u. der Pforte zu Belgrad. (1739, 18 September): D i e G r e n z e n sollen bleiben wie n a c h d e n vorigen Verträgen u. d u r c h eine eigne C o n v e n t i o n berichtigt w e r d e n . (Art. II) A s o v soll d e m o lirt u. das G e b i e t der F e s t u n g n a c h d e n 1700 festgesezten G r e n z e n w ü s t bleiben, u. z u r G r e n z e dienen. R u ß l a n d soll eine F e s t u n g in d e r N a c h 10 barschaft d e r Insel Circassien, als der alten G r e n z e R u ß l a n d s , die P f o r t e eine F e s t u n g a u f d e r G r e n z e des K u b a n , n a c h A s o v zu, b a u e n k ö n n e n , aber T a g a n r o k d e m o l i r t bleiben u . R u ß l a n d keine F l o t t e w e d e r auf d e m M e e r Z a b a c h e n o c h a u f d e m schwarzen M e e r h a l t e n . ( A r t . III) D i e beiden C a b a r d e n u. ihre E i n w o h n e r sollen frei v. d e r O b e r h e r r s c h a f t beider 15 Reiche bleiben. ( A r t . VI) D e r H a n d e l soll b e i d e n T h e i l e n frei sein, d o c h der russische a u f d e m schwarzen M e e r n u r a u f t ü r k i s c h e n Schiffen statth a b e n . (Art. I X ) [196-205]

V. Abschnitt. Von 1740-1784. Frankreich. L u d w i g X V . 1715-1774. L u d w i g X V I . Spanien. P h i l i p p V. 20 - 1 7 4 6 . F e r d i n a n d - 1 7 5 9 . C a r l I I I . - 1 7 8 8 . Portugal. J o h a n n V. 1705-50. Joseph E m a n u e l - 1 7 7 7 . M a r i a . Deutschland: C a r l V I I . 1 7 4 2 - 5 . | |54| F r a n z i . 1745-1764. J o s e p h I I . 1764-1790. Großbrit. G e o r g e II. 1727-1760. G e o r g e I I I . Dänemark: C h r i s t i a n VI. 1730-46. F r i e d r i c h V - 1 7 6 6 . C h r i s t i a n V I I . Schweden. F r i e d r i c h I. 1 7 2 0 - 5 1 . A d o l p h F r i e d r i c h 25 1 7 5 1 - 7 1 . Rußland. Iwan III. 1740. O c t . - D e c . Elisabeth. 1740-62. Peter III - 9 Juli. C a t h a r i n a I I - 1 7 9 6 . Preussen. F r i e d r i c h I I . 1740-1786. Polen. A u g u s t i i i . 1 7 3 3 - 6 3 . Stanislaus A u g u s t . 1 7 6 4 - 9 5 . Päbste: Benedikt X I V . 1 7 4 0 - 5 8 . C l e m e n s X I I I . 1758-69. C l e m e n s X I V . 1769-74. Pius VI. 1775-1799. Türk. Kaiser: M a h m u d I. 1730-54. O s m a n I I I . 30 - 1 7 5 7 . M u s t a p h a I I I . - 1 7 7 4 . A b d u l H a m i d . - 1 7 8 9 .

Zustand Europas um das J. 1740. Frankreich. W i e d e r Einflußreich. Spanien: V e r g r ö ß r u n g s p l ä n e , f. die seine Kräfte zu s c h w a c h . (Elisabeth v. P a r m a , f. i h r e n P r i n z K a r l S p a n i e n in Italien wieder F u ß zu verschaffen.) Portugal: U n t e r engl. S c h u t z , G r o ß 35 brit. zieht selbst v. seinem n e u e n t d e c k t e n brasilian. Schatz d e n H a u p t -

293

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 3 vortheil. Großbrit. Vereinigte Niederlande: Seit d e m U t r e c h t e r F r i e d e d e r Verfall der S t a a t s k r ä f t e u. des A n s e l m s d e r R e p u b l i k i m m e r merklicher. F r a n k r e i c h u n t e r h ä l t sorgfältig die S p a l t u n g zwischen d e r O r a n i s c h e n u . p a t r i o t i s c h e n P a r t e i , z u m a l i n H o l l a n d , v o n welcher P r o v i n z die ü b r i g e n bei d e r Z e r ü t t u n g d e r F i n a n z e n i m m e r a b h ä n g i g e r . S c h w a n k t kraftlos zwischen G r o ß b . u. F r a n k r e i c h . Deutschland: Oestreich: P r e u s s e n : N e u e r N e b e n b u h l e r Oestreichs. Italien: Savoyen. D a s U e b e r g e w i c h t , d a s seit 1713, 1718 Oestreich in Italien g e w o n n e n , m e r k l i c h geschwächt, seit ein s p a n . P r i n z in N e a p e l u. Sicilien herrschte, w e n n gleich d a g e g e n Oestreich P a r m a e r w o r b e n u. T o s c a n a d u r c h V e r m ä h l u n g seinen E r b s t a a t e n zugefügt: Victor A m a d e u s , K ö n i g v. Sardinien, neigt sich seit d e m W i e n e r F r i e d e n a u f Ostreich. Seite. Eidgenossen: F r a n k r e i c h z o g die p r o t e s t a n t i schen C a n t o n s i m m e r m e h r z u sich über; i n d e ß d e r Einfluß Oestreichs a u f die meisten derselben geschwächt. Dänemark. Seit 1720 friedliches System. S e e m a c h t sehr g e h o b e n . Schweden: b e s . r u i n i r t d u r c h die seit 1720 a n g e n o m m n e Verfassung. A u f d e m R e i c h s t a g die m i t f r e m d e m G e l d e r k a u f t e n P a r t e i e n ; die fzs. seit 1738 ein merkliches U e b e r g e w i c h t . Polen, Rußland: Seit Peter I d a s U e b e r g e w i c h t im N o r d e n - seit 1726 Allianz m. Oestreich. Türkei lange Friedensjahre, die d e r persische K r i e g n u r wenig u n t e r b r i c h t . Zerfallt m. R u ß l a n d erst 1768 auf F r a n k r e i c h s Betrieb. Völkerrecht. P r e u s s e n u. R u ß l a n d v e r m e h r t e Kraft; H o l l a n d u. S c h w e d e n m e r k l i c h h e r a b : P o r t u g a l , D ä n e m a r k , E i d g e n o s s e n , P o l e n m e r k l i c h im Verhältniß an G e w i c h t a b g e n o m m e n . D o c h schien n o c h um 1740, wo Oestreich u . Reich, R u ß l a n d u . Preussen ihre H e r r s c h e r verloren, E r h a l t u n g des Gleichgewichts v. der F r a g e a b h ä n g i g ( d e m Verhältnisse zwisehen F r a n k r e i c h u. Oestreich), wer n a c h d e m T o d e v. C a r l VI Erbe der Ostreich. Monarchie u. O b e r h a u p t des R e i c h s w e r d e . Oestreichische E r b frage wie der Streit ü b e r die s p a n . Succession. Um dieselbe Zeit Eröffn u n g d e r Jülich- u. Bergischen Succession. [207-218]

I.) Von 1740-1748.

5

10

15

20

25

so

J. C. Adelungs p r a g m a t . Staatsgeschichte E u r o p a s v. d e m A b l e b e n K a i ser C a r l ' s VI an bis a u f die gegenw. Zeit. B. 1-6, 1 7 6 2 - 5 . (Freiherr v. Spon) M é m o i r e s p o u r servir à l'histoire de l ' E u r o p e dépuis 1740-1748. A m s t . 1749. (t. I - I I I ) Richard Rolt an i m p a r t i a l r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of t h e c o n d u c t of t h e several 35 P o w e r s o f E u r o p e e n g a g e d i n t h e last general w a r — f r o m 1739 t o the c o n c l u s i o n of the treaty of A i x la C h a p e l l e . 1748. L o n d . 1754. t. I - I V . Haverkamp. S t a a t s g e h e i m e n v a n E u r o p a etc. A m s t e r d a m . ( 1 7 4 0 - 8 )

294

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

a)

Von 1740-2.

Ausbruch des Kriegs zwischen Großbritannien u. Spanien. Rousset: p r o c è s entre la G r a n d e Bret, et l ' E s p a g n e à la H a y e 1740. Samuel Boy se: An historical review o f t h e t r a n s a c t i o n s o f E u r o p e f r o m 1 7 3 9 - 4 5 . L o n d . 5 1756. Wegen des ||55| A s s i e n t o v e r t r a g s , d e m B e t r a g e n d e r s p a n . K ü s t e n b e w a h r e r , u . d e n G r e n z e n ν . F l o r i d a . E n g l a n d schickt 1738 F l o t t e ins mittelländische M e e r . 9 Sept. Vergleich zu L o n d o n , u. 1739, 14 J a n . zu P a r d o z u n e u e r C o n v e n t i o n wegen gütlicher A u s g l e i c h u n g der Beschwerd e n in 3 M o n a t e n . A l s dieser T e r m i n verstrich, b r a c h E n g l a n d die C o n i o ferenzen a b , ü b t i m Juli R e p r e s s a l i e n , S p a n i e n i m A u g u s t G e g e n r e p r e s salien, E n g l a n d e r k l ä r t 30 O c t . 1739 K r i e g , e r o b e r t (3 D e c . ) P o r t o b e l l o , C a r t h a g e n a i n A m e r i c a b o m b a r d i r t u . St. D o m i n g o (1740 M ä r z ) ; F r a n k reich, d a s insgeheim diesen K r i e g befördert, schickt O b s e r v a t i o n s f l o t t e n a c h A m e r i c a : gleich n a c h C a r l V I T o d e z u r ü c k g e r u f e n . . . 15 Streit über die östreichische Succession, J. D. v. Olenschlager. G e s c h i c h t e des I n t e r r e g n i n a c h A b l e b e n C a r l ' s V I . F r a n k f u r t . 1742. (4 Bd.) Mauvillon Hist, de la d e m . g u e r r e de la B o h è m e Frankfurt. 1745-7. C a r l VI f 20 O c t . 1740. M a r i a T h e r e s i a n i m m t Besitz v. d e n ö s t r . E r b 20 landen, kraft d e r p r a g m a t . S a n c t i o n , e r k l ä r t F r a n z S t e p h a n v. L o t h r i n gen, i h r e n G e m a h l z u m M i t r e g e n t e n ; v . d e n meisten M ä c h t e n , selbst F r a n k r e i c h a n e r k a n n t . Churfürst v. Baiern, n a h m , a u s d e m E h e p a k t e Alberts ν . Baiern m . A n n a , T o c h t e r F e r d i n a n d s I , ν . 1546 die g e s a m m t e Erbschaft in A n s p r u c h . Churfürst v. Sachsen, a u s seiner V e r m ä h l u n g m. 25 M a r i a J o s e p h a , der ältsten T o c h t e r J o s e p h ' s I, Spanien a u s d e r b e d i n g t e n R e n u n c i a t i o n P h i l i p p ' s I I I , dessen M u t t e r T o c h t e r M a x i m i l i a n ' s I I gewesen, die g a n z e Erbschaft; der König v. Sardinien, a u s d e n E h e p a k t e n seines U r - u r - g r o ß v a t e r s , M a i l a n d , Preussen a u s 2 v e r s c h i e d n e n G r ü n d e n , J ä g e r n d o r f u. die F ü r s t e n t h ü m e r Liegnitz, Brieg u. W o l a u in Schlesien. 30 [218-221]

α ) V o n 1740-2. Ausbruch des V schlesischen Kriegs. F r i e d r i c h I I . Sezt sich n a c h S t u r m v. G l o g a u (1741, 9 M ä r z ) , Sieg bei M o l l w i t z (10 A p r . ) , E r o b r u n g v. Brieg (4 M a i ) vollends in Schlesien fest. 35 Frankreichs Plan der Zertheilung der Ostreich. Monarchie u. Bündniß. G e h e i m e r Vertrag m . B a i e r n z u N y m p h e n b u r g , 1741, 1 8 M a i , a u c h Bündnisse m . C ö l n , Pfalz, S p a n i e n , Sicilien, P r e u s s e n , K u r s a c h s e n . G r o ß -

295

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 3 brit. d u r c h T r a c t i o n z u H a n n o v e r (1741, 2 4 J u n . ) v e r b a n d sich Oestreich z u r Hülfsleistung. Ausbruch des fzs.-bair. Kriegs. ( N o v . 1741) W a h l C a r l ' s V I I . d e r C h u r fürst v. Baiern. (1742, 24 J a n . ) Erste Wendung des Kriegsglücks f. Oestreich. 1741 D e c . 1742. J a n . F e b r . 5 W a l p o l e in E n g l a n d verabschiedet F e b r . 1742, C a r t e r e t an seine Stelle, M a ß r e g e l n f. Oestreich. Definitivfrieden zw. Oestreich u. Preussen zu Berlin 28 Juli 1742 u. im Sept. m . C h u r s a c h s e n . Präliminarfriede zw. Ungarn u. Preussen zu Breslau (11 J u n . ) ; Defini- io tivfriede zu Berlin (28 Juli 1742.) Beide Theile v e r s p r e c h e n sich in keine Allianz einzulassen, die diesem F r i e d e n entgegen. (Art. II) D i e K ö n i g i n ü b e r l ä ß t a n P r e u s s e n N i e d e r - u . Oberschlesien n e b s t Grafschaft G l a t z ; m . A u s n a h m e des F ü r s t e n t h u m s Teschen, der S t a d t T r o p p a u , u. dessen, w a s jenseits des O p p a u s t r o m s u. 15 in d e n h o h e n G e b i r g e n v. Oberschlesien gelegen ist, wie d e r H e r r s c h a f t H e n n e r s d o r f u . d e r ü b r i g e n i n Oberschlesien eingeschloßnen z u M ä h r e n g e h ö r i g e n D i s t r i k t e . P r e u s s e n e n t s a g t dafür allen alten u . n e u e n A n s p r ü c h e n an die K ö n i g i n . (Art. V) K a t h o l i s c h e Religion in Schlesien in s t a t u q u o , Vorbehalt u n u m s c h r ä n k t e r Gewissensfreiheit f. die P r o t e s t a n - 20 ten u . d e r d e m S o u v e r a i n des L a n d e s z u k o m m e n d e n G e r e c h t s a m e . (Art. V I ) P r e u s s e n ü b e r n i m m t d a s auf Schlesien h y p o t h e c i r t e D a r l e h n englischer K a u f l e u t e v. 1735 zu zahlen. (Art. V I I ) In diesen F r i e d e n eingeschlossen G e o r g I I , russische Kaiserin, d a s H a u s Wolfenbüttel, A u g u s t I I I als C h u r f ü r s t v. Sachsen. G r o ß b r i t t , d a s diesen F r i e d e n u. die 25 d a r i n e n t h a l t n e Cession g a r a n t i r t e , schloß bes. D e f e n s i v b ü n d n i s m . P r e u s s e n zu Westminster (18 N o v . ) , Kaiserin v. R u ß l a n d (11 D e c ) , Sachsen (20 D e c . 1743) sich m. Oestreich v e r b a n d . [221-227]

ß) V o n 1742-4. Fortgang des fzs. -bair. Kriegs. Krieg in Italien; Wormser Traktat. K ö n i g v. 30 N e a p e l , als Alliirter Spains, T r u p p e n gegen die L o m b a r d e y v o r r ü c k e n lassen (1741); Sardinien (1 F e b r . 1742) z u r östreich.-britt. P a r t h e i ü b e r gegangen. K ö n i g v . N e a p e l zur N e u t r a l i t ä t g e z w u n g e n d u r c h die engl. F l o t t e (19 A u g . 1742). K ö n i g v. Sardinien (13 Sept. 1743) s c h l o ß W o r m ser 1156| T r a c t a t m. E n g l a n d u. Oestreich, w o r i n er gegen v e r s p r o c h n e britt. 35 H ü l f e u. Subsidien, u. gegen A b t r e t u n g v. V i g e v a n a s c o , P a v e s a n o u. S t ü c k v. P a r m a u. Piacenza, u. d a s Versprechen d e r A b t r e t u n g v. F i n a l e , seinen

296

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

A n s p r ü c h e n a u f M a i l a n d e n t s a g t u . t h ä t i g e F o r t s e t z u n g des K r i e g s vers p r a c h , d e r sich n u n weiter in Italien a u s b r e i t e t e .

γ.) V o n 1744-5. Bruch Frankreichs m. England u. Oestr. 1744. (15 M ä r z gegen Γ u. 5 27 A p r i l gegen 2 t e s ), w o r a u f sich d e r K r i e g n u n a u c h in die N i e d e r ­ l a n d e zog. Ausbruch des 2' schlesisçhen Kriegs 1744. P r e u s s e n schlißt zu F r a n k f u r t M a i 1744 g e h e i m e U n i o n m . C a r l V I I , C h u r p f a l z , Hessen-Cassel, d e r F r a n k r e i c h b e i t r a t , u. fällt kraft der bes. B ü n d n i s s e v. 4 J u n i u. 24 Juli, im 10 A u g . 1744 wieder u n v e r m u t h e t in B ö h m e n ein, a n g e b l i c h als kaiserl. Alliirter.

15

20

25

30

35

Fortgang des fzs.-bair. Kriegs gen Oestreich u. dessen Alliirte. A u f G e o r g I I Betrieb der F r a n k f u r t e r U n i o n Q u a d r u p e l a l l i a n z (1745, 8 J a n . ) zw. G r o ß b r i t . , d e n G e n e r a l s t a a t e n , U n g a r n u . S a c h s e n z u W a r s c h a u entgegengesezt. C a r l V I I | 20 J a n . zu M ü n c h e n . [227-232] Friede m. Baiern ( C h u r f ü r s t M a x i m i l i a n J o s e p h ) m. Oestreich zu Füssen 1745 22 April Oestreich gibt alles E r o b e r t e z u r ü c k . ( A r t . II.) E n t s a g t aller A n f o r d r u n g einer S c h a d l o s h a l t u n g . ( A r t . I I I ) C h u r f ü r s t n i m m t die p r a g m a t i s c h e Sanction an u. e n t s a g t allen A n s p r ü c h e n a u f die östr. Erbfolge. (Art. IV, V ) E r k e n n t die b ö h m i s c h e W a h l s t i m m e d e r K ö n i g i n . ( A r t . V I ) Verspricht s. C h u r s t i m m e d e m G r o ß h e r z o g v. T o s c a n a . (Art. V I I ) Verspricht der v o r s e i e n d e n A s s o c i a t i o n der v o r d e m K r e i s e b e i z u t r e t e n . (Art. V I I I ) N u n e r k l ä r t e sich Hessen-Cassel n e u t r a l , u . die F z s . verliessen Baiern u. die v o r d e r ö s t r e i c h i s c h e n L a n d e . Fortsetzung u. Ende des 2' schlesisçhen Kriegs. (1745) Friedensschlüsse Preussens m. Sachsen u. Oestreich zu Dresden. 1745. 1) Friede zwischen Preussen u. ChurSachsen: C h u r s a c h s e n b e z a h l t an Preussen 1 Mill. R t h l r . ( A r t . I I I ) tritt der h a n n o v e r s c h e n C o n v e n t i o n ( v o m 26 A u g . ) bei; ( A r t . V) r e n u n c i r t f. sich u. E r b e n , als E v e n t u a l e r b e des östr. H a u s e s , a u f Schlesien. ( A r t . VI); t r i t t gegen ein a u s z u m i t t e l n d e s E q u i v a l e n t die S t a d t F ü r s t e n b e r g u . d a s D o r f Schildlo m . beiderseitigem Oderzoll a b , s o d a ß beide Ufer der O d e r a n P r e u s s e n g e h ö r e n . ( A r t . V I I ) D i e p r o t e s t a n t i s c h e R e l i g i o n i n b e i d e r Theile L a n d n a c h W e s t p h ä l i s c h e m F r i e d e n o h n e N e u r u n g z u e r h a l t e n . ( A r t . V I I I ) D e m K ö n i g v . P o l e n soll f. ihn, s. H o f u. F ü r s t e n g u t freie P a s s a g e d u r c h Schlesien z u s t e h n . (Art. X) 2) Friede zwisch. Preussen u. Oestr.: B r e s l a u e r F r i e d e u. G r e n z r e g r e s s v. 1742 e r n e u e r t . D i e K. K. tritt d e r h a n n ö v r i s c h e n C o n v e n t i o n bei.

297

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3

(Art. II) P r e u s s e n e r k e n n t F r a n z I als K a i s e r . ( A r t . V I I ) O e s t r e i c h u. P r e u s s e n g a r a n t i r e n sich wechselseitig ihre S t a a t e n . ( A r t . V I I I ) C h u r s a c h sen, C h u r b r a u n s c h w e i g - L ü n e b u r g , Hessen-Cassel u. C h u r p f a l z (diese erk l ä r t sich 3 J a n . 1746 z u m Beitritt bereit) in d e n F r i e d e n eingeschlossen.

δ) Von 1745-8.

5

Fortsetzung des Kriegs in Italien. G e g e n d a s W o r m s e r T r a c t a t geheimes Bündniß v. Frankreich, Spanien. Neapel, G e n u a zu Aranjuez I M a i 1745, in F o l g e dessen sie fast die g a n z e L o m b a r d e i u. die s a r d i n i s c h e n S t a a t e n e r o b e r t e n . P h i l i p p V f 9 J u l i 1746. F e r d i n a n d VI zieht s. T r u p p e n a u s der L o m b a r d e i . G e n u a v. d e n O e s t r e i c h e r n besezt, 10 5 Sept. 1746, befreit sich (Dec.) d u r c h V o l k s e m p ö r u n g , d a d u r c h der östr. Einfall in die P r o v e n c e vereitelt. N e u e B e l a g e r u n g v. G e n u a 1747, G e n e ral Belleisle ü b e r die A l p e n z u r ü c k 19 Juli 1747. Seekrieg: E n g l ä n d e r seit d e m Treffen v. T o u l o n (gegen die vereinigte fzs. u. s p a n . F l o t t e 1744, 24 F e b r . ) M e i s t e r des m i t t e l l ä n d i s c h e n M e e r s gegen S p a n i e n u. 15 F r a n k r e i c h . I n A m e r i c a fügte A n s o n d e n S p a n i e r n , i n W e s t i n d i e n u . a n d e r K ü s t e d e r S ü d s e e 1741 grossen S c h a d e n zu. d e n F r a n z o s e n 1744 verschiedne C o l o n i e n verwüstet. 1745 C a p B r e t o n entrissen. I n O s t i n d i e n e r o b e r t e n die F r a n z o s e n M a d r a s 1746, k o n n t e n a b e r , n a c h m i ß l u n g n e m Angriff auf B o m b a y (1747) sich k a u m bis z u m F r i e d e n in O s t i n d i e n 20 e r h a l t e n . N o c h glücklicher die E n g l ä n d e r i n offner See, A n s o n s E r o b r u n g d e r M a n i l a - G a l l i o n u . V e r n i c h t u n g einer s p a n . E s c a d r e ; H a w k e ' s E r o b r u n g d e r fzs. Westindienflotte 1747, u. Z e r n i c h t u n g fast der g a n z e n fzs. S e e m a c h t . N u r eine L a n d u n g in B r e t a g n e m i ß l a n g im O c t . 1747. | ]57| Fortsetzung u. Ende des Kriegs in den Niederlanden. A u c h in d e n 25 N i e d e r l a n d e n d e r K r i e g 1745 eifrig fortgesezt. Maréchal de Saxe, 1745, II M a i Sieg bei F o n t e n o i u. 1746, d e n 11 O c t . g l ä n z e n d e Siege. Griff A p r i l ( F r a n k r e i c h ) 1747 H o l l a n d an; hier n u n R e v o l u t i o n , w o d u r c h Wilhelm IV v. O r a n i e n , S t a t t h a l t e r v. 3 P r o v i n z e n , z u m S t a t t h a l t e r erst in d e n ü b r i g e n einzelnen P r o v i n z e n , d a n n z u m G e n e r a l - C a p i t a i n u . A d m i r a l 3 0 d e r g e s a m m t e n U n i o n f. sich, u. b a l d a u c h f. seine E r b e n , e r n a n n t . Sieg d e r F z s . bei Lawfeld (2 Juli 1747), e r o b e r n Bergen op Z o o m , (16 Sept.) - b e l a g e r n M a s t r i c h t . 1748, 16 A p r i l . Rußland Friede m. Schweden 1743 ( A u f F r a n k r e i c h s B e t r i e b K r i e g gegen S c h w e d e n u. R u ß l a n d a u s g e b r o c h e n am 4 A u g . 1741) u. später 35 Theilnahme am Ostreich. Erbfolgekrieg: P r ä l i m i n a r f r i e d e zw. S c h w e d e n u. R u ß l a n d . 27 J u n i 1743.

298

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

D e r F r i e d e Schwedens 1 7 A u g . 1743: S c h w e d e n w ä h l t n a c h d e m Willen Elisabeths d e n holsteinschen P r i n z e n A d o l p h F r i e d r i c h z u m T h r o n f o l g e r i n Schweden. (Art. Präl. II) Tritt i n F i n n l a n d K y m e n e g o r o d u . N y s l o t a n R u ß l a n d a b . (Art. Def. V) E n t s a g t allen e n t g e g e n s t e h e n d e n B ü n d n i s s e n . (Art. Def. I) Sonst die Cessionen des N y s t ä d t e r F r i e d e n s etc bestätigt. . . . I n G e m ä ß h e i t eines m . G r o ß b r i t t . u . Oestr. a m 3 0 N o v . 1747 g e s c h l o ß n e n B u n d e s v o r E n d e des J a h r e s ein C o r p s v . 37,000 R u s s e n i n M a r s c h gesezt, dessen A n n ä h e r u n g die Schliessung d e r P r ä l i m i n a r i e n , sowie s. V o r r ü c k e n in F r a n k e n die Abschliessung des Deflnitivfriedens beschleunigten. Aachner Friedensunterhandlungen: D i e m e h r s t e n G e s a n d t e n trafen ein M ä r z 1748. E r s t e feierliche Conferenz 24 A p r i l . F r a n k r e i c h u. die 2 Seem ä c h t e schlössen u n t e r sich 30 A p r i l insgeheim P r ä l i m i n a i r - F r i e d e n s t r a c tat. Oestreich p r o t e s t i r t 4 M a i , n i m m t a n 2 5 M a i , S a r d i n i e n u . M o d e n a den 31 M a i , S p a n i e n u. G e n u a d e n 28 J u n i . . . Deflnitivfrieden am 18 O c t o b e r a u f d e n F u ß der P r ä l i m i n a r i e n zu A a c h e n , u. v. d e n 3 H a u p t c o n t r a h e n t e n d e r leztren u n t e r s c h r i e b e n . Definitivfriede zu Aachen vom 18 Oct. 1748: Z u r E n d i g u n g des K r i e g s zwischen L u d w i g X V v . F r a n k r e i c h auf d e r einen u . G e o r g I I als K ö n i g u. Churfürst, u. d e r K. K. M a r i a T h e r e s i a auf der a n d r e n ; zwischen P h i lipp V , d a n n F e r d i n a n d V I v . S p a n i e n auf der einen, u . d e m K ö n i g G e o r g II, d e r K . K ö n i g i n , u . C a r l E m a n u e l , K ö n i g v . Sardinien, auf d e r a n d r e n , u. w o r a n die Vereinigten N i e d e r l a n d e als Hülfsleister des K ö n i g s v . G r o ß b r i t . u . d e r M a r i a Theresia, M o d e n a u . G e n u a als Hülfsleister Spaniens. T h e i l g e n o m m e n , b e s t i m m t : E r n e u r u n g u . B e s t ä t i g u n g der westphälischen Friedensschlüsse, des M a d r i t e r v. 1667 u. 1670 zwischen S p a n i e n u. E n g l a n d , d e r N i m w e g e r v. 1678 u. 79, R y s w i c k e r v. 1697, U t r e c h t e r v. 1713, B a d e n e r v. 1714, Tripleallianz v. 1717, Q u a d r u p l e a l l i a n z v. 1718 u. W i e n e r F r i e d e n v. 1738, als G r u n d l a g e n des jetzigen T r a k t a t s . (Pr. A r t . I. Def. A r t . III) Gegenseitige Z u r ü c k g a b e aller seit d e m A n f a n g e des Kriegs o d . seit d e n P r ä l i m i n a r i e n g e m a c h t e n E r o b r u n g e n i n E u r o p a , Ost- u . Westindien. (Präl. A r t . II, Def. A r t . V ) A n D o n P h i l i p p P a r m a , P i a c e n z a u . G u a s t a l l a f. ihn v. M a r i a T h e r e s i a u. d e m K ö n i g v. S a r d i n i e n a b g e t r e t e n , d o c h behält sich S a r d i n i e n d e n R ü c k f a l l v. P i a c e n z a u. d a n n P i a z e n t i n o , Oestreich d e n Rückfall des ü b r i g e n L a n d e s auf d e n F a l l v o r , d a ß M a n n s s t a m m Philipp's erloschen o d . er o d . s. N a c h k o m m e n d e n sicilianisçhen od. span. T h r o n bestiegen; welches S a r d i n i e n a u c h a u f d e n F a l l erstreckt, wenn der K ö n i g beider Sicilien d e n s p a n . T h r o n besteigen sollte. (Präl. A r t . IV. Def. A r t . VII.) D e r K ö n i g v. S a r d i n i e n b e h ä l t s. alten u. n e u e n Besitzungen, bes. a u c h die i h m 1743 a b g e t r e t n e n S t ü c k e . (Präl. A r t . V I I .

299

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 Def. A r t . X I I ) M o d e n a u . G e n u a w e r d e n völlig restituirt. (Präl. A r t . V I . Def. A r t . X I I , X I I I ) Alle 8 C o n t r a h e n t e n setzen fest, d a ß zu E r h a l t u n g des F r i e d e n s u. R u h e in Italien alles daselbst in d e n S t a n d , w o r i n v o r d e m K r i e g . ( A r t . X V ) D e r A s s i e n t o v e r t r a g v. 1713 f. die 4 J., b i n n e n welcher der G e n u ß desselben d u r c h d e n K r i e g u n t e r b r o c h e n , bestätigt. 5 (Art. X V I ) D ü n k i r c h e n soll v. der L a n d s e i t e befestigt bleiben ( A r t . X V I I ) Z u A u s g l e i c h u n g einiger n o c h unerledigter F r a g e n sollen C o m m i s s a r i e n e r n a n n t w e r d e n . (Art. X V I I I ) A r t . V der Q u a d r u p l e a l l i a n z w e g e n G a r a n tie der brit. T h r o n f o l g e u. des P r ä t e n d e n t e n n a m e n t l i c h bestätigt. (Art. X I X ) K ö n i g v. G r o ß b . , als C h u r f ü r s t , in diesen F r i e d e n einge- 10 schlössen u . dessen deutsche S t a a t e n d u r c h d e n s e l b e n g a r a n t i r t . (Art. X X ) Alle M ä c h t e , die a n diesem F r i e d e n t e i l n e h m e n , e r n e u e r n ihre G a r a n t i e der p r a g m a t i s c h e n S a n c t i o n . (Art. X X I . ) G a r a n t i r e n P r e u s s e n Schlesien u . die Grafschaft G l a t z . (Art. X X I I ) G a r a n t i r e n e i n a n d e r gegenseitig die Vollziehung dieses F r i e d e n s . (Art. X X I I I ) D e r K ö n i g bei- 15 d e r Sicilien t r a t a u c h d e m Definitivfrieden nicht bei. | [233-245]

300

Aus The Portfolio

|58| Portfolio. Vol. II. N. 5. London 1843. Times. Jan. 30 1839. " I t is n o t for us to u n d e r s t a n d h o w L o r d P a l m e r ­ ston m a y feel, b u t we a r e sure t h e r e is no m i s a p p r e h e n d i n g h o w any other 5 Person in t h e S t a t i o n of a G e n t l e m a n , a n d in t h e P o s i t i o n of a M i n i s t e r , would feel, after t h e N o t o r i e t y given to t h e c o r r e s p o n d e n c e b e t w e e n M r . U r q u h a r t , w h o m L o r d P a l m e r s t o n dismissed f r o m Office, a n d M r . B a c k h o u s e , w h o m t h e N o b l e Viscount h a s r e t a i n e d i n Office, b y The Times of Yesterday. T h e r e never w a s a fact a p p a r e n t l y b e t t e r estab­ lo lished t h r o u g h this C o r r e s p o n d e n c e t h a n t h a t t h e Series of Official D o c u ­ m e n t s c o n t a i n e d i n t h e w e l l k n o w n P u b l i c a t i o n called t h e P o r t f o l i o were p r i n t e d a n d circulated b y L o r d P a l m e r s t o n ' s a u t h o r i t y , a n d t h a t H i s L o r d s h i p is responsible for t h e P u b l i c a t i o n of t h e m , b o t h as a S t a t e s m a n t o t h e political W o r l d h e r e a n d a b r o a d , a n d a s a n E m p l o y e r , t o t h e 15 Printers a n d Publishers, for t h e p e c u n i a r y C h a r g e a t t e n d i n g i t . " [167]

Ν . VI. 1844. Interview of a Deputation from Glasgow with Sir Robert Peel, A p r i l 2 5 , 1840 (v. K a u f l e u t e n ) d i r e k t d e n P a l m e r s t o n der collusion m. R u ß l a n d a n k l a g e n d , (p. 198, sqq.) ( N e n n e n es d i r e k t treason, a u s d e e p A n x i e t y 20 f. o u r C o m m e r c i a l P o s i t i o n ) Memorial of the Operatives of Glasgow for the Dismissal of Ministers. (Ebenfalls A p r i l , 1840) (this P e t i t i o n p r e s e n t e d in t h e C o m m o n s by Sir William Follett, a n d i n t h e L o r d s b y L o r d L y n d h u r s t . [206, 211]

301

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3

Ν. VIII. March 1, 1844. On May 13, 1837, t h e following D e s p a t c h w a s p e n n e d in t h e Brit. E m ­ b a s s y o f St. P e t e r s b u r g h , a n d p r e s e n t e d t o t h e H . o . C o m m o n s a s t h e C a s e o f t h e G o v . , w h e n i t allowed t h e R u s s . G o v . t o confiscate t h a t Brit, vessel: " M y L o r d , W i t h respect to t h e military de facto o c c u p a t i o n of S o u d j o u k - K a l e , I h a v e to state to y o u r L o r d s h i p t h a t t h e r e is a fortress in t h e Bay w h i c h b e a r s t h e n a m e o f t h e E m p r e s s ( A l e x a n d r i n s k y , ) a n d t h a t it h a s been always o c c u p i e d by a R u s s i a n g a r r i s o n . I h a v e etc. Durham. " ( T o V i s c o u n t P a l m e r s t o n ) T h e S t a t e m e n t c o n t a i n e d i n this D e s p a t c h w a s a F a l s e h o o d adjusted b e t w e e n t h e Writer of it a n d t h e R u s s i a n G o v . on t h e o n e h a n d , a n d t h e F o r . Secretary o n t h e o t h e r . (531) t h e r e w a s t h e Offer of t h e distinct T e s t i m o n y , of t h e C r e w of 2 Brit. Vessels w h o h a d visited t h e Bay. ( — t h e o n e i n Sept. 1834, t h e o t h e r , t h a t o f t h e " V i x e n " i t s e l f — c o n f i r m e d s u b s e q u e n t l y by t h e p u b l i s h e d S t a t e m e n t s of 2 Brit, travellers, w h o visited t h e H a r b o u r i n 1837-8) t h a t t h e r e w a s n o R u s s i a n O c c u p a t i o n w h a t e v e r ... I n der " A u g s b u r g e r Z e i t u n g " Briefe ü b e r d e n C a u c a s u s , schreibt ein M a n n der 1843 S e v a s t o p o l s a h : " A f t e r all t h e R u s s i a n ships of t h e line w h i c h I visited no vessel excited my curiosity m o r e t h a n t h e Soudjouk-Kaleh, formerly t h e Vixen . . . U n d e r R u s s i a n c o l o u r s , she h a s n o w quite c h a n g e d h e r a p p e a r a n c e . . . this little vessel is n o w t h e best sailer in t h e R u s s i a n fleet, a n d is generally e m p l o y e d as a t r a n s p o r t b e t w e e n S e v a s t o p o l a n d t h e C o a s t o f Circassia . . . W a r with E n g l a n d , a s l o n g a s their great w o r k s a t S e v a s t o p o l w e r e unfinished, w o u l d h a v e been a n u n w e l c o m e visitor. . . . T h e C i r c a s s i a n p e o p l e , w h o s e dwellings extend f r o m t h e K u b a n t o t h e R i v e r B u g , n o t far f r o m G a g r a , c o m p r i s e , w i t h t h e tribes o f t h e C a b o o d s , a n d o f t h e A b a s a k s , w h o s p e a k a dialect of t h e A d i g h e , f r o m 400,000 to 500,000 souls. T h i s is t h e v a l u a t i o n o f t h e R u s s i a n s . . . " L o n g w o r t h schäzt die Tcherkesses t o o n e million. If t h e Circassians were, like t h e Tschetschenkes, u n i t e d u n d e r o n e h e a d , it w o u l d n o t be difficult for t h e m to collect 10 or 20,000 w a r r i o r s o n o n e p o i n t , a n d c a r r y s o m e ||59| dreadful e x c u r s i o n s i n t o execution. N o p a r t of the Tschernomorski country of the Cossacks, from T a m a n to U r s t r e b i n s k a , w o u l d be s t r o n g e n o u g h to resist such a b o d y ; a n d even t h e town of Ikaderinodar, which at present is n o t garrisoned by more than 800 C o s s a c k s , a n d 200 I n f a n t r y , w o u l d find it difficult to escape the a t t a c k s of these M o u n t a i n e e r s . Kupffer, w h o p r e s i d e d over a scientific c o m m i s s i o n , w h i c h , in 1829, a c c o m p a n i e d t h e e x p e d i t i o n of G e n e r a l E m m a n u e l t o the E l b r u s , s a y s , — " T h e t h o u g h t o f t h e dreadful conse-

302

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Aus The Portfolio quences w h i c h a n u n i o n o f t h e hostile Circassians u n d e r o n e h e a d w o u l d p r o d u c e i n t h e S o u t h o f R u s s i a , f i l l s o n e w i t h t e r r o r . " — t h e Tschetschenges from Scheik M a n s u r to S c h a m y l , h a v e a l w a y s felt t h e necessity, in their military i n c u r s i o n s a g a i n s t R u s s i a , t o assemble u n d e r the s t a n d a r d 5 of o n e chief. . . . T h e r e a r e n o w 3 Circassian Princes, called Pschis: Psthim a f Bey, Prince of T a m e z ; Selim Bey, P r i n c e of W a n a ; a n d Sefir Bey, w h o , for years p a s t h a s been living in Turkey . . . the real p o w e r is in t h e h a n d s of t h e Wooks (the R u s s i a n s a n d T u r k s called t h e m Usden) or N o bles . . . the Tschetschenses, in D a g e s t a n , u n d e r t h e l e a d e r Schamyl, a r e 10 decidedly the tribe t h a t a r e the m o s t f o r m i d a b l e to the R u s s i a n a r m y . . . the b o l d a n d graceful w a r r i o r s o f t h e C a u c a s u s , m i x e d u p w i t h t h e c o a r s e a n d h e a v y C o s s a c k s . . . [532-540]

303

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3

[Franz Schuselka: Die Orientalische, das ist Russische Frage. Hamburg 1843] D e r heilige Bonifatius n e n n t in einem seiner Briefe die Slaven „foedissim u m a t q u e d e t e r r i m u m g e n u s h o m i n u m " u . d e r N a m e Russia soll d a h e r e n t s t a n d e n sein, d a ß der A p o s t e l A n d r e a s bei der schwierigen B e l e h r u n g u. B e k e h r u n g d e r R u s s e n sehr häufig ausgerufen h a t : ϊδρωσα\ ( d . h . ich schwitze); d a h e r Rossia, Russia. (Die Orientalische Frage, das ist Rus­ sische Frage. Hamburg, 1843, p. 50.)

304

5

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung)

[Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant. (Fortsetzung)] Earl Granville to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. Jul. 27) Paris Jul. 25, 1839. ... A d m i r a l R o u s s i n writes, t h a t a p p r e h e s i o n s are felt of i n s u r r e c t i o n a l 5 m o v e m e n t s in Thessaly, as well as in A l b a n i a . . . M e h e m e t Ali, a c c o r d i n g to M. Cochelets r e p o r t s , is in a state of g r e a t e x u l t a t i o n at the success of I b r a h i m P a s h a , a n d t a l k s o f t h e necessity o f t h e S u l t a n yielding t o h i m the h e r e d i t a r y right, n o t o n l y t o t h e G o v . o f E g y p t , b u t also t o t h a t o f all the Pashalics o f A r a b i a , a n d the w h o l e o f Syria; a n d t r e a t s c o n t e m p lo tuously all idea of a R u s s i a n a r m y b e i n g able to t h w a r t his views . . . 6,000 soldiers of t h e Turk, a r m y h a d enlisted in t h e service of t h e P a s h a ... (enthält zugleich A n s i c h t e n Soults, die d e n Brief P a l m e r s t o n ' s d. d. July 30 veranlassen) [194,195] Id. to id (Ree. July 29) Paris Jul. 26, 1839. 15 Ind. I. Telegraph. Despatch from Marseilles, July25. ... Akiff Effendi arrived a t A l e x a n d r i a o n 1 0 , sent b y t h e y o u n g S u l t a n t o a n n o u n c e t o M e h e m e t Ali t h e d e a t h o f his father, t o c o n f i r m h i m i n t h e G o v . o f E g y p t a n d of Syria, w i t h h e r e d i t a r y succession in his family; a n d to p r o p o s e h i m t o forget the p a s t , n o m i n a t e h i m G e n e r a l i s s i m o a n d s u p p o r t o f t h e 20 Turk. E m p . , a n d inviting h i m to p r o c e e d to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e to preside over the r e o r g a n i z a t i o n of t h e a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . Inclosure II. Tel. D., vom selben Datum Marseilles. ... T h e d e a t h of t h e Sultan w a s k n o w n a t A l e x a n d r i a o n 8 . O n the 9 a T u r k i s h C o r v e t t e arrived a t A l e x a n d r i a , h a v i n g o n b o a r d N e g i b Bey, K i a j a o f the C a p u d a n 2 5 Pasha, h a v i n g o r d e r s t o i n f o r m t h e Viceroy, t h a t t h e C a p u d a n P a s h a was a t S t a n k i o , o n his w a y t o R h o d e s , a n d t o p r o p o s e t o h i m t o place t h e Turk, fleet u n d e r his p r o t e c t i o n , to secure it a g a i n s t t h e t r o u b l e s w h i c h it is feared m a y follow t h e d e a t h of t h e S u l t a n . [196,197] th

th

t h

305

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie • Heft 3 Visçount Palmerston to Earl Granville. F. O. July 30,1839. H. M ' s G o v . sincerely rejoice at the c o m p l e t e identity of o p i n i o n on these m o s t i m p o r t a n t m a t t e r s b e t w e e n F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d . . . this perfect u n i o n o f E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e will confirm A u s t r i a i n t h e c o u r s e w h i c h she w a s herself o n e of t h e first to chalk o u t . W i t h A u s t r i a , P r u s s i a will go; a n d it 5 is impossible t h a t R u s s i a c a n be unwilling to c o n c u r in the s a m e c o u r s e . | [197] 1601 The Duke of Dalmatie to Baron de Bourqueney. ( c o m m u n . J u l y 29) Paris, July 26, 1839. . . . T h e principal, t h e t r u e object of this c o n c e r t (der C a b i n e t t e ) , for E n g l a n d as well as for F r a n c e , as also for A u s t r i a , a l t h o u g h she d o e s n o t so o p e n l y p r o c l a i m it, i s t o k e e p R u s s i a within b o u n d s , a n d t o a c c u s t o m h e r to treat in c o m m o n on t h e affairs of t h e E a s t . It is e n o u g h to say, t h a t , at the p r e s e n t c o n j u n c t u r e there is m o r e r e a s o n t h a n ever to strive to restrain her . . . the P o w e r s , at the s a m e time t h a t they express entire a p p r o b a t i o n of t h e conciliatory disposition manifested by the P o r t e , s h o u l d u r g e i t n o t t o precipitate m a t t e r s , a n d only t o t r e a t w i t h t h e Viceroy t h r o u g h t h e m e d i u m a n d with the c o n c u r r e n c e o f t h e Allies. . . . A t Alexa n d r i a these s a m e P o w e r s s h o u l d h o l d to the Viceroy a l a n g u a g e calc u l a t e d to m a k e h i m feel t h a t . . . if he a t t e m p t e d , u n d e r w h a t e v e r f o r m or p r e t e n c e i t m i g h t b e , t o extort from t h e S u l t a n t e r m s i n c o m p a t i b l e w i t h his dignity a n d w i t h the security of his t h r o n e , the w h o l e of E u r o p e w o u l d interfere t o o p p o s e i t . . . t h e C o n s u l s o u g h t t o b e e n a b l e d t o use i t (diese l a n g u a g e ) s i m u l t a n e o u s l y a n d in such t e r m s as w o u l d p r o v e their perfect u n i o n . . . t h e firmness . . . der counsels a b e r modified by a t o n e of m o d e r a t i o n a n d goodwill, which, at the s a m e t i m e t h a t it gives a w a r n i n g t o t h e p r u d e n c e o f M e h e m e t Ali, s h o u l d n o t w o u n d his p r i d e a n d a m b i tion t o o deeply. T h e r e w o u l d certainly be an affectation in a p p e a r i n g to t h i n k t h a t , after t h e successes which he h a s g a i n e d t h r o u g h the foolish c o n d u c t of t h e P o r t e , he is to expect nothing more t h a n he w a s previously entitled t o ask. T h i s w o u l d b e t o m i s a p p r e h e n d the p o w e r o f circumstances, t h e necessity of t h e situation. If t h e Viceroy w e r e to a c q u i r e the conviction t h a t h e h a d n o t h i n g t o h o p e f r o m the justice o f the P o w e r s , h e w o u l d revolt a g a i n s t their i m p e r i o u s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s . [199, 200]

10

15

20

25

30

Visçount P a l m e r s t o n to Earl Granville. F. O. July 30, 1839. 35 t h e r e is a m a t e r i a l difference between the c o n t e n t s of t h a t d e s p a t c h (Soult's v . July 26) a n d t h e l a n g u a g e h e l d t o y o u r E x c . b y M a r s h a l Soult, as r e p o r t e d in y o u r d e s p a t c h of July 26; because while M a r s h a l Soult, in t h a t c o n v e r s a t i o n declared his o p i n i o n , t h a t recent events in t h e L e v a n t

306

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) ought t o m a k e n o c h a n g e i n t h e m e a s u r e s o f t h e Allies etc. n u n o p i n i o n t h a t recent events o u g h t t o m a k e a c h a n g e etc. H e r M ' s G o v . . . . d o n o t agree w i t h t h e o p i n i o n s , implied, it is t r u e , r a t h e r t h a n distinctly expressed, in the d e s p a t c h . M e h e m e t Ali c a n n o t h a v e a c q u i r e d a n y fresh claim 5 u p o n the favour of t h e 5 P o w e r s by the results of a b a t t l e f o u g h t by his generals i n o p e n defiance o f the r e p e a t e d r e m o n s t r a n c e s a n d positive declarations of t h o s e P o w e r s . T h e i m p o r t a n c e w h i c h t h e 5 P o w e r s a t t a c h to the m a i n t e n a n c e of the integrity a n d i n d e p e n d e n c e of t h e Turk. E m p i r e c a n n o t in t h e slightest degree be affected by t h e late events; while, on t h e 10 other h a n d , those events d e m o n s t r a t e still m o r e strongly, h o w i n d i s p e n s a bly a n d urgently necessary it is, t h a t t h e 5 P o w e r s s h o u l d i n t e r p o s e , in order to m a i n t a i n t h e T u r k . E m p i r e against t h e d a n g e r s w i t h w h i c h it is threatened; a n d , lastly, w h a t e v e r increase of force t h e victory of N e z i b a n d the defection of t h e T u r k i s h fleet m a y h a v e given to M e h e m e t Ali in 15 a contest to be w a g e d by h i m single-handed a g a i n s t t h e S u l t a n , t h o s e events give h i m no a d d i t i o n a l m e a n s of resisting t h e will of the 5 P o w e r s . [200, 201] Marquess of Clanricarde to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. July 30) St. Petersburg}}, July 18, 1839. 20 1 waited u p o n C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e this m o r n i n g , to c o m m u n i c a t e to h i m your L o r d s h i p ' s d e s p a t c h of July 9 ... W h e n I h a d r e a d it, C o u n t Nesselrode said " T h a t which L o r d P a l m e r s t o n desires is a l r e a d y d o n e , I h a v e directed o u r C h a r g é d'Affaires a t V i e n n a t o s t a t e t o t h e A u s t r i a n G o v . , that w e prefer the suggestion o f y o u r G o v . t o t h a t w h i c h e m a n a t e d f r o m 25 Prince M e t t e r n i c h ; a n d t h a t the E m p e r o r will s u p p o r t that proposition, which is most beneficial to the Porte. " . . . he did n o t disguise from me t h a t he h a d g r e a t d o u b t s t h a t we c o u l d prevail u p o n M e h e m e t Ali to resign Syria immediately; a n d he a s k e d m e , w h e t h e r F r a n c e w o u l d press, or even p r o p o s e to the P a s h a , to m a k e s u c h a sacrifice . . . C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e 30 expressed t h e satisfaction w h i c h t h e I m p e r i a l C a b i n e t felt, t h a t their o p i n ion, a n d t h a t o f H e r M ' s G o v . , a s t o w h a t w a s f i t t i n g t o b e d o n e i n t h e emergency t h a t h a d arisen, h a d been identical. " Y o u " , said his E x c , " c o m m e n c e d the i n t e r v e n t i o n w h i c h w e desired, before o u r r e c o m m e n d a tion could r e a c h y o u r G o v . " (Siehe p. 20) ( C o n t i n . ) | 35 |61| Lord Beauvale to Visçount P a l m e r s t o n (Ree. Sept. 16) Vienna, Sept. 8, 1839. ... the first p l a n t r a c e d by A u s t r i a d i d n o t c o n t e m p l a t e t h e immediate restitution of Syria to t h e S u l t a n . . . [382] Id. to id. (Ree. Sept. 16) Vienna, Sept. 8, 1839. ... Y o u r d e s p a t c h precedes upon the idea t h a t t h e 5 P o w e r s a r e acting t o g e t h e r . . . . [383] 307

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 Id. to id. ( R e e . Sept. 16) Vienna, Sept. 9, 1839. I last n i g h t received an in­ v i t a t i o n f r o m C o u n t F i c q u e l m o n t (schickt a b e r s t a t t seiner M r . C r a m p t o n ) , d e r e m p f a n g e n d e s p a t c h e s ν . St. P e t e r s b u r g h . . . A c c o r d i n g t o this d o c u m e n t , t h e c o n d i t i o n s o n w h i c h R u s s i a offers h e r assent a r e t h r e e : 1) T h e five P o w e r s m u s t agree. 2) t h e c o n d i t i o n s m u s t be fixed by t h e P o r t e itself. 3) If t h e y a r e s u c h as w o u l d r e q u i r e c o e r c i o n t o w a r d M e h e m e t Ali, t h e m e a n s o f exerting i t m u s t b e u n d e n i a b l e . . . . Inclosure. Report of communication made by Count Mr. Crampton. Vienna, 9 Sept., 1839. ... [384,385] Mr. Bulwer to

Viscount Palmerston (Ree.

Ficquelmont

Sept. 19) Paris, Sept. 16, 1839.

5

to

10

Darin: Inclosure I. Count Nesselrode to Count Medem. St. Petersburgh, Aug. 16, 1839. ... T h e Allied R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s h a v i n g o n c e s p o n t a n e o u s l y offered t h e i r i n t e r v e n t i o n t o t h e P o r t e , a n d t h e l a t t e r h a v i n g o n c e accept­ ed it, it w o u l d be i m p o s s i b l e to deny, t h a t t h e C a b i n e t s of E u r o p e h a v e 15 m o r a l l y b o u n d themselves t o t h e S u l t a n , t o i n s u r e t o t h a t Sovereign m o r e advantageous conditions than he would have been able to obtain, if he h a d c o n c l u d e d a direct e n g a g e m e n t with t h e P a s h a , a s w a s f i r s t c o n ­ templated by the Divan; a course which the P o r t e would long ago have a l r e a d y c a r r i e d i n t o execution, h a d n o t t h e Allied R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s , in 20 offering their i n t e r v e n t i o n , p r e v e n t e d it. ... Inclosure II. Count Nesselrode to M. de Bouténeff (russ. G e s a n d t e r zu C o n s t a n t i n o p e l ) . . . If y o u r colleagues s h o u l d be in a p o s i t i o n to t a k e s o m e fresh steps w i t h respect to t h e P a s h a of E g y p t , to w h i c h t h e presence at Alexandria of t h e Engl, a n d F r e n c h s q u a d r o n s s h o u l d give a decisive 25 a n d p e r e m p t o r y c h a r a c t e r , t h e E m p e r o r fully a u t h o r i z e s y o u t o give, i n t h e n a m e o f R u s s i a , y o u r m o s t frank a n d c o r d i a l s a n c t i o n t h e r e t o . [389-392] Mr. Bulwer to Visçount Palmerston (Ree. Sept. 19) Paris, Sept. 16, 1839. ... the Marshal confessed that the Pasha of Egypt should neither be allowed 30 to retain the districts of Adana and Marash, nor the island of Candía. "But", said he, "to obtain Syria from him is, I believe, out of the question. " [392] Visçount Palmerston to the Marquess of Clanricarde. F o r . Off., Sept. 19, 1839. ... B a r o n B r u n n o w will be received w i t h t h e greatest cordiality, n o t 35 only f r o m t h e high c h a r a c t e r w h i c h h e b e a r s , b u t f r o m t h e k n o w l e d g e w h i c h H. M ' s G o v . possesses t h a t t h e B a r o n enjoys t h e full confidence of C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e . [393]

308

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) Lord WUliam Russell to Viscount Palmerston ( R e e . Sept. 23) Berlin, Sept. 18, 1839 ... B a r o n W e r t h e r h a v i n g frequently a s k e d m e , w i t h a p p a r e n t mortification, w h y t h e Brit, fleet a p p e a r e d m o r e d i s p o s e d t o enter the D a r d a n e l l e s t h a n t o assist i n coercing M e h e m e t Ali t o c o m p l y w i t h 5 the wishes o f t h e F i v e P o w e r s . . . H e w a s certain t h e F r e n c h G o v . w o u l d n o t act w i t h u s . In t h a t case, I said, we m u s t act w i t h t h e P o w e r s , w h i c h agree w i t h us; a n d w e h a v e t h e m e a n s o f forcing M e h e m e t Ali t o accede t o o u r t e r m s . " U n d o u b t e d l y w e h a v e , " h e replied, "if y o u will cease t o b e s o very distrustful o f R u s s i a . . . " I t o l d h i m y o u r L o r d s h i p h a d n o distrust 10 of R u s s i a . . . [395]

15

20

25

30

Viscount Palmerston to Mr. Bulwer. F. Off., Sept. 23, 1839. In a c o n v e r sation w h i c h I h a d w i t h C o u n t Sebastiani a w e e k a g o , C o u n t Sebastiani e n d e a v o u r e d t o p e r s u a d e m e t o consent, o n t h e p a r t o f H . M ' s G o v . , t o p r o p o s e t o t h e S u l t a n a n d M e h e m e t Ali a n a r r a n g e m e n t , b y w h i c h M e h e m e t Ali s h o u l d b e c o m e h e r e d i t a r y G o v e r n o r of E g y p t a n d of S o u t h ern Syria, as far n o r t h as a line d r a w n f r o m D a m a s c u s to B e y r o u t , leaving, as I u n d e r s t o o d h i m , t h e former city to t h e S u l t a n , a n d giving t h e latter place t o t h e P a s h a ; while, o n the o t h e r h a n d , M e h e m e t s h o u l d evacuate all the ||62| o t h e r territories n o w h e l d b y him; a n d t h e C o u n t stated t h a t F r a n c e w o u l d be willing to c o n c u r in C o e r c i v e m e a s u r e s to enforce the execution of such an a r r a n g e m e n t . . . all the objections (to this I ( P a l m e r s t o n ) replied) w h i c h a p p l y to t h e p r e s e n t state of things, as established by t h e a r r a n g e m e n t of K u t a y a h , w o u l d a p p l y in a p r o p o r tionate degree t o t h e a r r a n g e m e n t t h u s suggested b y C o u n t S e b a s t i a n i . . . C o u n t Sebastiani said, t h e decision of the F r e n c h G o v . t u r n e d very m u c h u p o n d o m e s t i c c o n s i d e r a t i o n s ; a n d t h a t his G o v . m i g h t b e able t o justify, t o w a r d s the C h a m b e r s a n d t h e public, t h e e m p l o y m e n t o f coercive m e a s ures against the P a s h a , i f i t c o u l d b e s h o w n t h a t t h e P a s h a h a d n o t b e e n driven absolutely t o despair, a n d t h a t F r a n c e h a d m a d e for h i m the best a r r a n g e m e n t w h i c h c o u l d be o b t a i n e d . . . . If, sagt P a l m e r s t o n zu Sebastiani, the o t h e r T h r e e P o w e r s s h o u l d agree w i t h us ( E n g l a n d ) , w h i c h I thought p r o b a b l e , it w o u l d surely be b e t t e r for F r a n c e to face all t h e internal difficulties w h i c h k e e p b a c k its G o v . , a n d t o j o i n frankly a n d freely t h e o t h e r 4 P o w e r s . . . [395, 396]

35 Mr. Bulwer to Viscount Palmerston ( R e e . Sept. 23.) Paris Sept. 20, 1839 Count M e d e m . . . pressed the M a r s h a l strongly . . . a t last, h e l e a r n t t h a t the views of the F r e n c h G o v . . . . were: t h e a b a n d o n m e n t of all p r e t e n sions over H o s r e w P a s h a ' s e m p l o y m e n t ; t h e r e s t o r a t i o n o f the O t t o m a n fleet; the resignation of Adana, Marash and the Island of Candia, on t h e

309

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 p a r t of the Viceroy, t o g e t h e r w i t h s o m e a r r a n g e m e n t in respect to Syria, which w o u l d divide t h a t c o u n t r y into Pashalics, o f w h i c h the sons o f M e h e m e t s h o u l d h a v e the s e p a r a t e G o v e r n m e n t s entailed u p o n their m a l e offspring respectively, with the c o n d i t i o n , t h a t these Pashalics, o n failure of direct m a l e issue, s h o u l d fall b a c k , as e a c h such case s h o u l d occur, to the P o r t e . . . [397]

5

Mr. Bulwer to Viscount Palmerston (Ree. Sept. 29) Paris, Sept. 27, 1839. ...I o b s e r v e d t o the M a r s h a l , t h a t I considered, a n d t h o u g h t t h a t H . M ' s G o v . m i g h t consider, t h a t t h e r e w a s a g o o d d e a l of difference, b e t w e e n w h a t R u s s i a m i g h t do by herself [handelt sich n ä m l i c h um S e n d u n g einer 10 R u s s i a n force for t h e p r o t e c t i o n of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . ] a n d for herself, a n d w h a t she m i g h t d o w i t h t h e c o n s e n t a n d a s the a g e n t o f the o t h e r G r e a t P o w e r s ; a n d t h a t , i n fact, b y accepting a n y s u c h mission, she t o o k n o exclusive p a r t i n E a s t e r n Affairs. T h e M a r s h a l d i d n o t c o n c u r i n these o b s e r v a t i o n s ; b u t considered, on t h e c o n t r a r y , t h a t t h o u g h the f o r m 15 u n d e r w h i c h R u s s i a w o u l d o b t a i n h e r object m i g h t i n this n e w c o n v e n tion be c h a n g e d , t h a t t h e a t t a i n m e n t of t h a t object w o u l d still be its result; t h a t she w o u l d t h u s a c q u i r e t h e p o s i t i o n t o w h i c h she aspired, o f a p p e a r i n g a s alone c a p a b l e o f p r o t e c t i n g C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ; t h a t c o n s e q u e n t l y t h e P o r t e w o u l d sink into t h a t state of d e p e n d e n c e u p o n t h e 20 R u s s i a n e m p i r e f r o m w h i c h i t h a d b e e n the object o f F r a n c e t o deliver her: while he, the M a r s h a l , h a d always c o n s i d e r e d t h e q u e s t i o n o f t h e E a s t a s o n e w h i c h w a s t o b e settled, a n d c o n s i d e r e d r a t h e r w i t h t h e view o f limiting t h e P o w e r o f R u s s i a t h a n t h a t o f t h e P a s h a o f E g y p t , the s e c o n d seeming to h i m an inferior object to t h e first T h e c o m m u - 25 n i c a t i o n of M. de B r u n n o w . . . h a v e c r e a t e d s u c h a s e n s a t i o n here, a n d seem to h a v e c o n f o u n d e d all previous speculations. . . . (Herr P a l m e r s t o n n a t ü r l i c h geneigt to assign to R u s s i a die p r o t e c t i o n of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e als ihr Theil of execution in d e n G e w a l t s m a ß r e g e l n gegen Aegypten.) [400] Visçount Palmerston to Col. Campbell. For. Office. Sept. 26, 1839 ... the 30 o p i n i o n w h i c h . . . y o u h a v e f o r m e d o f t h e p o w e r a n d influence o f M e h e m e t Ali . . . i s believed b y H . M ' s G o v . t o b e incorrect a n d exaggerated. Visçount Palmerston to Col. Hodges. For. Off. Sept. 27, 1839. ... the Q u e e n pleased . . . to a p p o i n t y o u H. M ' s A g e n t a n d C o n s u l - G e n e r a l in 35 E g y p t , in t h e place of Col. C a m p b e l l , w h o retires from t h e service on a c c o u n t of his health. . . . [401] Dieser H o d g e s d a m a l s C o n s u l - G e n e r a l in Servia.

310

Aus Correspondence relative to the affairs of the Levant (Fortsetzung) Visçount Palmerston to Mr. Bulwer. F. O. Sept. 28, 1839. ... a n o t h e r c o n versation with C o u n t Sebastiani . . . [404] Count Sebastiani to Visçount Palmerston London, 28 Sept. 1839. Y o u will find a n n e x e d a d e s p a t c h which I h a v e j u s t received, a n d w h i c h I am 5 directed to c o m m u n i c a t e to y o u , it is t h e a n s w e r to t h a t w h i c h I w r o t e to m a k e k n o w n t o m y G o v . t h e p r o p o s i t i o n s o f R u s s i a , (nämlich d e s B r u n now.) I [406]

311

Karl Marx: Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3

|64| Martens, (continuado von S. 58) 2.) Von 1749-1763. C. de Hertzberg. Recueil. John Campbell: T h e p r e s e n t state of E u r o p e etc 2 ed. L o n d . 1754. M. G. Lloyd: the h i s t o r y of the late w a r in G e r m a n y etc L o n d . 1766. Bourcet: M é m . historiques sur la g u e r r e q u e les F r a n ç a i s o n t s o u t e n u en A l l e m a g n e . 1757. P a r i s . 1782. 8. Veränderung des polit. Systems nach dem Aachner Frieden: M a r i a T h e resia H a ß gegen P r e u s s e n u . E n g l a n d : F r e u n d s c h a f t m . R u ß l a n d d a h e r d u r c h K a u n i t z Allianz m . F r a n k r e i c h . Amerik. Händel zw. Frankreich u. England: Bald n a c h d e m A a c h n e r F r i e d e n über: 1) die G r e n z e n v. N e u s c h o t t l a n d o d . A k a d i e n , 2) die G r e n zen C a n a d a ' s u . die i m R ü c k e n der britt. C o l o n i e n angelegten fzs. F o r t s am O h i o u. s. f. 3) ü b e r die fzs. Besetzung v. 4 - 5 C a r a i b i s c h e n Inseln, die n a c h d e m U t r e c h t e r F r i e d e n n e u t r a l bleiben sollten. I m Juli 1754 T h ä t lichkeiten am O h i o , w o b e i die E n g l ä n d e r verloren. E n g l a n d ertheilte im A p r i l 1755 allgem. Repressalienbriefe, w o r a u f am 8 J u n i 2 fzs. Kriegs- u. b a l d eine M e n g e Handelsschiffe a u f g e b r a c h t , Juli 1755 die G e s a n d t e n z u r ü c k b e r u f e n , förmliche K r i e g s e r k l ä r u n g v. E n g l a n d d e n 18 M a i , v. F r a n k r e i c h d e n 9 J u n i 1756. Bündnisse Großbritt. m. Preussen; Frankreichs m. Oest. u. Rußland: G e o r g I I z u r D e c k u n g seiner d e u t s c h e n S t a a t e n B ü n d n i ß m . R u ß l a n d 1755, 30 Sept. ... P r e u s s e n v e r b a n d sich m. d e m H o f v. Westminster (1756, 16 J a n . ) ; d a b e i a u c h Hessencassel. (18 J u n i 1755) d a d u r c h R u ß l a n d , u n t e r B e s t u s c h e f f s Leitung, v. G r o ß b . a b w e n d i g ; u. als Oestreich m. F r a n k r e i c h am 1 M a i 1756 N e u t r a l i t ä t s - , F r e u n d s c h a f t s - u. Allianzt r a c t a t z u S t a n d e g e b r a c h t , t r a t diesem leztren R u ß l a n d a m 3 1 D e e . bei; b a l d n a c h h e r Schweden, kraft eines m. F r a n k r e i c h am 22 Sept. 1757 ges c h l o ß n e n S u b s i d i e n t r a c t a t s , in diesen B u n d gezogen.

312

5

10

15

20

25.

:

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung) Ausbruch des Kriegs in Deutschland. F r i e d r i c h II fallt A u g . 1756 in Sachsen u. im Sept. in B ö h m e n ein, Sieg ü b e r die Oestreicher bei L o w o sitz, 15 Oct. streckt d a s bei P i r n a eingeschloßne sächsische H e e r d a s G e w e h r d u r c h C a p i t u l a t i o n bei Lilienstein. 17 J a n . 1757 a u f Oestreichs 5 Betrieb Reichsexecutionskrieg gen P r e u s s e n a u f d e m R e i c h s t a g beschlossen. F r a n k r e i c h u. Oestreich v e r b a n d e n sich n o c h n ä h e r d u r c h die Verträge v o m 25 F e b r . u. 1 M a i 1757, u. schlössen d e n 21 M ä r z u. 22 Sept. mit Schweden, wegen G a r a n t i e des westphälischen F r i e d e n s , Verträge, denen s p ä t e r a u c h R u ß l a n d b e i t r a t . A u c h m . Pfalz e r n e u e r t e F r a n k r e i c h 10 am 28 M ä r z 1757 s. G a r a n t i e v. 1729. Feldzug v. 1757. C o n v e n t i o n zu K l o s t e r - Z e v e n 7 Sept. 1757, zw. H e r zog v. C u m b e r l a n d u. Richelieu, wegen A u f h e b u n g d e r Feindseligkeiten i n den H a n n o v e r s c h e n L a n d e n bis z u m gehofften F r i e d e u . R ü c k s e n d u n g der H ü l f s t r u p p e n . W ä h r e n d F r a n z o s e n v o r r ü c k e n , a u c h die R u s s e n , sie15 gen bei G r o ß j ä g e r n d o r f (30 A u g . ) ; a u c h die S c h w e d e n Theil des preussisçhen P o m m e r n u . d e r U k e r m a r k besezt, Oestreicher Berlin gebrandschazt, Schweidnitz belagert, Breslau b e d r o h t . Schlacht bei R o ß b a c h 5 N o v . 1757, R e i c h s a r m e e u. F r a n z o s e n geschlagen . . . Sieg bei L e u t h e n . 5 D e c . 1757. 20 Feldzüge v. 1758 u. 59. Seekrieg bis 1759: E n g l ä n d e r 1756 M i n o r k a verloren, a u c h i n C a n a d a e i n g e b ü ß t , d o c h 1757 i n O s t i n d i e n grosse F o r t schritte, 1758 in Africa die fzs. Besitzungen am Senegal e r o b e r t ; (26 Juli 1758) C a p B r e t o n w e g g e n o m m e n u . die E t a b l i s s e m e n t s a m O h i o , Sept. 1759 Q u e b e c k , 1 M a i in Westindien G u a d a l o u p e . 25 1760 K r i e g zu See u. L a n d . Im Seekrieg E n g l a n d m. E r o b r u n g v. M o n t r e a l (8 Sept. 1760) M e i s t e r v. g a n z C a n a d a ; G e o r g e II | 25 Oct. 1760; M ä r z 1761 F r a n k r e i c h t r ä g t f. sich u. s. Alliirten auf F r i e d e n s u n t e r h a n d l u n g e n bei d e m L o n d o n e r H o f a n , s o d a ß z u m B e h u f des allgem. F r i e d e n s ein C o n g r e s s zu A u g s b u r g gehalten, inzwischen vorläufig 30 über die britt.-fzs. A n g e l e g e n h e i t e n u n t e r h a n d e l t w e r d e n sollte. Diese U n t e r h a n d l u n g e n zerschlagen 2 0 Sept. 1761. S p a n i e n d u r c h d e n ||65| F a milienpakt m i t F r a n k r e i c h (15 A u g . ) a u c h i n d e n K r i e g gezogen, d e r ihm am 2 J a n . 1762 e r k l ä r t , w o r a u f P o r t u g a l z u m K r i e g gegen E n g l a n d u. Frankreich genöthigt. 35 L a n d k r i e g 1761; T o d Elisabeths; F r i e d e m. R u ß l a n d u. S c h w e d e n 1762. Elisabeth f 5 J a n . 1762. L a n d k r i e g 1762. Seekrieg 1761. P o n d i c h e r y u. M a h é e r o b e r t , ( J a n . 61), F z s . vollends aus Ostindien vertrieben. In Westindien verloren sie M a r t i n i q u e , D o m i lo nique, G r e n a d a , St Vincent, St Lucie u. T a b a g o . D e n S p a n i e r n entrissen die E n g l ä n d e r H a v a n n a am 14 A u g . 1762 u. M a n i l a .

313

Karl Marx: Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 F r a n k r e i c h u . S p a n i e n suchen F r i e d e n m . E n g l a n d . P r ä l i m i n a r f r i e d e zwischen E n g l a n d , F r a n k r e i c h , Spanien gezeichnet am 3 N o v . 1762, d e m P o r t u g a l am 22 N o v . beitrat. Definitivfriede gez. 10 F e b r . 1763 zu P a r i s ; a m 1 5 F e b r . z u H u b e r t s b u r g F r i e d e Preussens m . Oestreich u . Sachsen. [245-259] Definitivfriede zw. Frankreich u. Spanien m. Großbrit. u. Portugal zu Paris, 10 Febr. 1763. Bedingungen zw. Frankreich u. Großbritannien: In America e n t s a g t F r a n k r e i c h allen A n s p r ü c h e n a u f A k a d i e n u. D e p e n d e n z e n , tritt g a n z C a n a d a u. D e p e n d e n z e n a b , C a p B r e t o n n e b s t allen a n d r e n Inseln u . K ü s t e n i n d e m M e e r b u s e n u . Flusse St. L o r e n z . (Art. IV) F r a n k r e i c h b e h ä l t d a s R e c h t der Fischerei auf einem Theil d e r K ü s t e n v . Terreneuve, g e m ä ß A r t . X I I I des U t r e c h t e r F r i e d e n s . G r o ß b . tritt a n F r a n k r e i c h die Inseln St. Pierre u . M i q u e l o n a b z u m B e h u f der Fischerei, d o c h o h n e R e c h t F e s t u n g s w e r k e d o r t a n z u l e g e n u. Kriegsm a c h t zu u n t e r h a l t e n . (Art. V. VI.) Mississippi G r e n z e der Besitzungen beider M ä c h t e a u f d e m festen L a n d ; seine Schiffahrt b e i d e n Theilen frei. (Art. VII) G r o ß b . gibt G u a d e l o u p e , M a r i e g a l a n t e , D e s i r a d e , M a r t i n i q u e in Westindien, u. Belleisle in E u r o p a an F r a n k r e i c h z u r ü c k . (Art. V I I I ) F r a n k r e i c h tritt an G r o ß b . G r e n a d a u. die G r e n a d i n e n a b , u. die s o g e n a n n t e n n e u t r a l e n Inseln s o getheilt, d a ß St. Vincent, D o m i n i q u e u . T a b a g o a n G r o ß b . , S t Lucie a n F r a n k r e i c h z u r ü c k g e g e b e n . (Art. I X ) In Africa: G r o ß b . gibt G o r e e an F r a n k r e i c h z u r ü c k , d a s i h m a b e r d e n Senegal u. alle s. Besitzungen an demselben a b t r i t t . (Art. X) In Ostindien: G r o ß b . gibt an F r a n k r e i c h a u f d e n K ü s t e n v. C o r o m a n del, O r i x a u. M a l a b a r alles z u r ü c k , was dieses d o r t zu A n f a n g 1749 besessen, F r a n k r e i c h e n t s a g t allen d o r t s p ä t e r g e m a c h t e n E r o b r u n g e n . (Art. X I ) F r a n k r e i c h giebt M i n o r k a nebst F o r t St. P h i l i p p a n G r o ß b . z u r ü c k . (Art. X I I ) D ü n k i r c h e n wieder i n den d e m A a c h n e r F r i e d e n ents p r e c h e n d e n S t a n d zu setzen, die F e s t u n g s w e r k e a u c h an d e r Seeseite zu schleifen. (Art. X I I I ) F r a n k r e i c h giebt alle h a n n o v e r s c h e n , hessischen, b r a u n s c h w e i g . , lippischen L a n d e h e r a u s , i m v o r i g e n Z u s t a n d , u . m . E r s a t z f. die fortgeschleppte Artillerie. (Art. X I V ) die fzs. T r u p p e n sollen die p r e u s s . u . beider M ä c h t e T r u p p e n die R e i c h s l a n d e b a l d m ö g l i c h s t r ä u m e n u. beide M ä c h t e ihren Alliirten keine weitre Hülfe leisten. (Art. X V ) Zwischen Spanien u. Großb. D i e E n t s c h e i d u n g ü b e r die v o r A u s b r u c h des Kriegs g e m a c h t e n Prisen soll in d e n T r i b u n a l e n des S t a a t s , der sie g e m a c h t h a t , n a c h d e m V ö l k e r r e c h t gefallt w e r d e n . (Art. X V I ) D i e britt. U n t e r t h a n e n sollen a n d e m F ä l l e n u . F o r t f ü h r e n des C a m p e c h e holzes in d e r H o n d u r a s b a y , u. a n d r e n O r t e n des s p a n . G e b i e t s nicht g e h i n d e r t w e r d e n , d o c h will G r o ß b . alle v. i h m daselbst er||661richteten

314

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

1

IP"" Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung) F e s t u n g s w e r k e niederreissen. ( A r t . X V I I ) S p a n i e n e n t s a g t allen w e g e n G u i p u s c o a a n Terreneuve g e m a c h t e n A n s p r ü c h e n . (Art. X V I I I ) G r o ß b . giebt seine E r o b r u n g e n auf C u b a n e b s t der H a v a n n a z u r ü c k . ( A r t . X I X ) G a n z F l o r i d a v . S p a n i e n a n G r o ß b . a b g e t r e t e n u . g a r a n t i r t . (Art. X X ) 5 Für Portugal: F r a n k r e i c h u. S p a n i e n geben alle in E u r o p a ü b e r P o r tugal g e m a c h t e E r o b r u n g e n z u r ü c k , a u c h in d e n C o l o n i e n soll alles a u f d e m F u ß der vorigen Verträge bleiben o d . wieder gesezt w e r d e n . (Art. X X I ) P o r t u g a l unterzeichnet z w a r das F r i e d e n s i n s t r u m e n t nicht, aber a u s d r ü c k l i c h als H a u p t c o n t r a h e n t a n e r k a n n t . (Art. Sep. I I I ) , u. ferio tigt an e b e n d e m Tage s. B e i t r i t t s u r k u n d e a u s . Ueberhaupt: K ö n i g v. G r o ß b . a u c h als C h u r f ü r s t in diesen F r i e d e n b e griffen u. s. d e u t s c h e n S t a a t e n g a r a n t i r t (Art. X X V ) Alle 4 M ä c h t e g a r a n tiren e i n a n d e r gegenseitig alle B e d i n g u n g e n dieses F r i e d e n s . (Art. X X V I ) F r a n k r e i c h t r a t an S p a n i e n L o u i s i a n a , w a h r s c h e i n l i c h f. eine G e l d s u m m e 15 a b , d o c h bei d e m W i d e r s t r e b e n d e r U n t e r t h a n e n der Vertrag erst 1769 in Erfüllung gesezt. Wegen d e r Schulden die F r a n k r e i c h an die C a n a d i e r f. Lieferungen zu zahlen, eigne d e c l a r a t i o n d e m F r i e d e n beigefügt, u. n o c h am 29 M ä r z u. 24 J u n i 1766 die S a c h e d u r c h eigne Verträge beigelegt. 20 Congress zu Hubertsburg am 31 Dec. 1762 eröffnet. 15 F e b r . Definitivfriedensbeschlüsse Preussens m. Oestreich u. Sachsen. [259-265] Frieden zw. Preussen u. Oestreich zu Hubertsburg den 15 Febr. 1763. Oestreich e n t s a g t allen A n s p r ü c h e n a u f die S t a a t e n , die es an P r e u s s e n 1742 u. 1745 a b g e t r e t e n . (Art. III) G i e b t S t a d t u. G r a f s c h a f t G l a t z , wie 25 auch Wesel u. G e l d e r n , an P r e u s s e n z u r ü c k . ( A r t . V) B e s t ä t i g u n g u. E r n e u r u n g d e r Friedensschlüsse zu Breslau u. Berlin 1742, zu D r e s d e n 1745. (Art. X I I ) Beide Theile v e r s p r e c h e n d e n H a n d e l ihrer gegenseitigen U n t e r t h a n e n zu begünstigen, u. wollen s o b a l d als m ö g l i c h H a n d e l s t r a k tat schliessen. (Art. X I I I ) D i e K. K ö n i g i n g a r a n t i r t P r e u s s e n alle s. S t a a 30 ten, dieses ihr ihre Besitzungen in D e u t s c h l a n d . (Art. X V I ) P r e u s s e n verspricht seinen m. d e m C h u r f ü r s t e n v. der Pfalz wegen d e r Jülich u. Bergischen Erbschaft v. 1741 g e s c h l o ß n e n Vertrag zu e r n e u e r n . (Art. X V I I I ) Westphälische F r i e d e u. alle R e i c h s g r u n d g e s e t z e e r n e u e r t . (Art. X I X ) In geheimen S e p a r a t a r t i k e l n v e r s p r a c h : 1) K ö n i g v. P r e u s s e n d e m E r z h e r z o g 35 Josef seine C h u r s t i m m e z u r r ö m i s c h e n K ö n i g s w a h l (die d e n 27 M ä r z 1764 vollzogen.) 2) D i e f. d a s H a u s Oestreich n a c h z u s u c h e n d e E x p e c t a n z auf M o d e n a m. seiner S t i m m e zu b e f ö r d e r n ; (die 1771 ertheilt w o r d e n . ) Friede zw. Preussen u. Chursachsen zu Hubertsburg 15 Febr. 1763: E r n e u r u n g u . Bestätigung des D r e s d n e r F r i e d e n s . (Art. V ) D e r gegen40 seitige H a n d e l soll d u r c h C o m m i s s a r i e n regulirt w e r d e n . (Art. VI) Alle preuss. Besitzer sächsischer Steuerscheine sollen a u f d e n v. Sachsen zu

315

Karl Marx: Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 3 r e g u l i r e n d e n F u ß a n Z i n s e n u . C a p i t a l i e n z u voll befriedigt w e r d e n . (Art. V I I . A r t . sep. II) S t a d t F ü r s t e n b e r g soll bei S a c h s e n bleiben, die H o h e i t ü b e r b e i d e Ufer der O d e r n a c h der M a r k z u a n P r e u s s e n g e h ö r e n . (Art. V I I I ) F r e i e r D u r c h z u g des C h u r f ü r s t e n d u r c h Schlesien n a c h P o l e n , kraft des A r t . X des D r e s d n e r F r i e d e n s . (Art. I X ) | 5 |67| Einfluß des 7jährigen Kriegs auf das polit. System v. Europa. Z u r See E n g l a n d entschiednes U e b e r g e w i c h t ü b e r F r a n k r e i c h u . S p a n i e n gew o n n e n , erste S e e m a c h t i n E u r o p a g e w o r d e n . Schliessung der Defensivallianz Preussens m. R u ß l a n d v o m 11 April 1764. U e b e r g e w i c h t R u ß l a n d s ü b e r D ä n e m a r k u. Schweden, d a s dessen m i t D ä n e m a r k seit 1765 10 g e s c h l o ß n e n B ü n d n i s s e n o c h v e r m e h r t e n . [265-270]

Polnische Händel u.

Theilung:

Türkenkrieg bis

1774.

Joubert: Histoire des revolutions de Pologne (1763-75) Varsovie. 1.1, II. 8. A u g u s t i i i f 5 Oct. 1763. Stanislaus P o n i a t o w s k y (1764) z u m K ö n i g befördert d u r c h R u ß l a n d , im E i n v e r s t ä n d n i ß m. P r e u s s e n . U n t e r diesem 15 b a l d H ä n d e l zwischen d e n K a t h o l i k e n u. den seit 1717 i m m e r m e h r in ihren R e c h t e n g e k r ä n k t e n Dissidenten. Leztrer n a h m e n sich R u ß l a n d , a u c h d u r c h Intercessionen Preussen, G r o ß b r i t . , S c h w e d e n , u . D ä n e m a r k a n . Als a b e r R u ß l a n d d u r c h s . eingerückten T r u p p e n a u f d e m R e i c h s t a g v. 1767 wider die H ä u p t e r der G e g e n p a r t h e i G e w a l t g e b r a u c h t u. am 20 24 F e b r . 1768 P o l e n zu einem Vertrag genöthigt, in dessen beiden u m ständlichen S e p a r a t a c t e n die Religions- u. die S t a a t s s a c h e n n a c h d e m Willen der K a i s e r i n m . B e i s t i m m u n g der ü b r i g e n H ö f e regulirt w u r d e n , s u c h t e n die H ä u p t e r d e r d e n dissidentischen C o n f ö d e r a t i o n e n z u T h o r n u. Schluck entgegengesezten n e u e n C a t h o l i s c h e n C o n f ö d e r a t i o n zu B a r 25 wider die sie z e r s t r e u e n d e n russischen T r u p p e n Hülfe bei d e r Pforte; u. diese, v. d e m fzs. G e s a n d t e n Vergennes b e s t i m m t , e r k l ä r t Oct. 1768 den K r i e g wider R u ß l a n d , dessen G e s a n d t e r O b r e s k o w in die 7 T h ü r m e gesperrt. Feldzüge v. 1769-1771. Russische gegen T u r k e y . R u ß l a n d in der M o l - 30 d a u u. Wallachei etc. \ Preussen u. Oestreich zogen S i c h e r h e i t s - C o r d o n s an den G r e n z e n j v. P o l e n , die 1771 v e r s t ä r k t . Oestreich m a c h t in U n g a r n grosse Kriegsr ü s t u n g e n (1771, 6 Juli), unterzeichnete a u c h Allianz m. d e r Pforte, als | der K ö n i g v. Preussen, zu E n t f e r n u n g eines K r i e g s R u ß l a n d s , als s. AI- 35 liirten, wider Oestreich, d a s P r o j e k t auf die B a h n b r a c h t e , d a ß R u ß l a n d , ·; statt in der Wallachei u. M o l d a u , sich in P o l e n e n t s c h ä d i g e n , u. j e d e der 3 M ä c h t e , z u r E r h a l t u n g eines Gleichgewichts, m. e i n e m S t ü c k v. Polen { u

316

Aus Georg Friedrich von Martens: Grundriß ... (Fortsetzung) sich vergrössern sollten: verglich sich deßfalls am 17 F e b r . 1772 m. R u ß land, am 4 M ä r z m. Oestreich; n u n zwischen Oestreich u. R u ß l a n d , wie zwischen R u ß l a n d u. P r e u ß e n , am 5 A u g . der Theilungsvergleich eingegangen, w o r a u f R u ß l a n d , n a c h g e s c h l o ß n e m Waffenstillstand m . d e r 5 Pforte, in d e n C o n g r e s s zu F o c s a n i , u n t e r V e r m i t t l u n g P r e u s s e n s u n d Oestreichs, willigte, i n d e ß die 3 c o u r s c o p a r t a g e a n t e s im Sept. d u r c h T r u p p e n u. M a n i f e s t e sich in Besitz d e r a n g e s p r o c h n e n Theile v. P o l e n sezten. Cessionsverträge Polens m. Oestreich, Rußland, u. Preussen. 3 Cesio sionsverträge, am 18 Sept. 1773 zu W a r s c h a u unterzeichnet. D u r c h diese erhielt: Oestreich beträchtliche S t ü c k e v. P o l e n u n t e r d e r B e n e n n u n g d e r Königreiche Galizien u. L o d o m e r i e n . Rußland alles L a n d zwischen D w i n a , D n i e p e r u. D r u t s c h , folglich d a s p o l n i s c h e Liefland u. einige Palatinate. Preussen g a n z polnisch- o d . Westpreussen ausser D a n z i g u. 15 T h o r n , nebst einem D i s t r i k t v. G r o ß p o l e n bis an die N e t z e ; a u c h e n t s a g t e Polen den B e d i n g u n g e n des Velauer T r a c t a t s w e g e n des Rückfalls v. Preussen, u . allen A n s p r ü c h e n a u f L a u e n b u r g u . B ü t o w . U e b r i g e n s garantiren alle 3 M ä c h t e e i n a n d e r gegenseitig diese Verträge u. an P o l e n s. ihm ü b r i g gelaßnen Be||68JSitzungen. 20 Fruchtlose Congresse zwischen Rußland u. der Pforte zu Focsani u. Bucharest. (21 Sept. 1772 u. M ä r z 73) In Schweden R e v o l u t i o n v. 19 A u g . 1772 zu G u n s t e n d e r kgl. G e w a l t , v . F r a n k r e i c h befördert. R u ß l a n d m . D ä n e m a r k 1767 provisorisch u . 1773 definitiv, m. W i d e r s p r u c h Schwedens, zu S t a n d g e b r a c h t e r A u s 25 tausch seines holsteinischen A n t h e i l s gegen O l d e n b u r g u. D e l m e n h o r s t , damit in V e r b i n d u n g gesezte C o n v e n t i o n v. 1769 u. ewige geh. Allianz v o m 1 A u g . 1773. (Hier im F a l l eines K r i e g s zw. R u ß l a n d u. seinen N a c h b a r n , eine d i r e k t e T h e i l n a h m e D ä n e m a r k s v e r s p r o c h e n ) Feldzug in der Türkei v. 1773. 74. Friede zu Kutschuk Kainardge 30 den 22 Juli 1774 (in russischer, t ü r k i s c h e r u. italienischer Sprache.) | [270-280]

317

(Heft 4) Exzerpte aus Werken von David Urquhart, William Cargill, César Famin, Jules de Bréval und William Barnes sowie aus Reasons for demanding investigation into the charges against Lord Palmerston und aus The Portfolio

[Literaturliste] |[1. Umschlagseite]| Leber: De la f o r t u n e privée au m o y e n âge. | |[2. Umschlagseite]| Transactions in Central Asia. (1839). Sultan Mahmoud and Mehmet Ali Pasha. (1835) (Paris 1839 2 ed.). E x p o s i t i o n of t h e B o u n 5 dary differences in N o r t h A m e r i c a . (1839). C a s e of M e L e o d . (1841).

319

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4

[Philologische Notizen aus David Urquhart: An appeal against faction. London 1 8 4 3 . ]

" p a t c h e d u p w i t h " — ; — t h e question h a s b e e n shifted f r o m . . . t o — ; 5 b e a t i n g r o u n d the b u s h ; — s t r i k e a t t h e very r o o t ; — d e a l t h e b l o w , — " c a s t a s i d e " ; — " t h e case h a d been dropped"—;—we h a v e slipped o u t i n t o ; — t h e H o u s e is discharged from its f u n c t i o n s ; — h e starts away to a n o t h e r p o i n t — h a v i n g furnished t h e m e a n s of executing a crime t u r n a g a i n s t its p e r p e t r a t o r s . — p u t t h e case in a striking s h a p e . — s e t t i n g at 10 n o u g h t ; — t h e H o u s e h a d recovered its w o n t e d c o m p l a c e n c y — ; screen the d e l i n q u e n t s . . . ; — m a t t e r o f a c c o m m o d a t i o n b e t w e e n successive C a b i n e t s . — h e presumes m u c h upon my f o r b e a r a n c e ; — i n the luxury of Sarcasm;—rate at their j u s t w o r t h ; — s w a l l o w e d up ...; w a r d off f r o m ; — |

320

Aus Reasons for demanding investigation into the charges against Lord Palmerston

| i | 1) Reasons for demanding Investigation into the Charges against Lord Palmerston. Glasgow. 1840. 5

(Letter von Robert Monteith to William Brown.)

Papers h a v e b e e n m u t i l a t e d , a n d t h a t w i t h sinister intent, ingeniously m i s a r r a n g e d , a n d to all practical p u r p o s e s falsely d a t e d . N o n - e x i s t e n t despatches q u o t e d , a n d f r a u d u l e n t M o n e y - A c c o u n t s presented. (6) t h e guise of negligence a n d b l u n d e r . (7) T h e M a i n e B o u n d a r y , t h e P e r s i a n 10 and Affghan P a p e r s , a n d m a n y m o r e , s h o w an anxiety of p r e c a u t i o n , a length of foresight, a quiet r e s o l u t i o n , an a c c u r a t e k n o w l e d g e of t h e force of w o r d s a n d t h e impulses of action, a n d in s h o r t an earnestness in t h e w o r k of t r e a c h e r y , a n d a dexterity of f r a u d a w a k e n i n g at o n c e w o n d e r and a b h o r r e n c e , (p. 7 ) T h i s the b o n d , t h e m a s k , t h e disgrace o f R u s s i a n 15 alliance, w h i c h is r u i n o u s to British P o w e r a n d i n f l u e n c e , — n o t , as yet at least, her o p e n hostility, (p. 13)

321

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4

2) William Cargill, Esq.: Address to the South Shields Chamber of Commerce, May 4, 1840, on the Foreign Policy of England.

5

London, 1840. Until within the last 2 years y o u r s h i p p i n g h a d a c o n s t a n t a n d very eligible e m p l o y m e n t , i n c a r r y i n g s u l p h u r between this p o r t a n d Sicily — t h a t t r a d e h a s b e e n s u d d e n l y arrested ... this i n t e r r u p t i o n h a s been effected by a m o n o p o l y of t h e w h o l e p r o d u c e of t h e s u l p h u r m i n e s in Sicily h a v i n g been g r a n t e d by t h e K i n g of N a p l e s to a certain firm of p r i v a t e individu a l s , n a m e d Taix, A y c a r d , et C o . T h i s w a s a fiscal m e a s u r e i m p o s e d by the K i n g of N a p l e s for t h e p u r p o s e of raising a certain r e v e n u e by t a x i n g the e x p o r t of S u l p h u r . It h a d the effect of restricting t h e q u a n t i t y of s u l p h u r p r o d u c e d in Sicily, a n d raising t h e price of the article in E n g l a n d from 5 £. 5 s. p. t o n to 12 £. 10 sh. p. t o n . (7) F o r m a n y m o n t h s we h e a r o f n o steps being t a k e n b y o u r G o v e r n m e n t . . . A t length . . . M r . M G r e g o r . . . sent o u t t o N a p l e s t o negocíate a b o u t t h e m o n o p o l y . . . A l t h o u g h we h a d an a m b a s s a d o r , M r . Temple ( P a l m e r s t o n ' s B r u d e r ) , a secretary of e m b a s s y , a n d o t h e r a t t a c h é s c o n n e c t e d w i t h the e m b a s s y , all residing at N a p l e s . . . F o r 1 8 m o n t h s w e h e a r n o t h i n g o f M r . M G r e g o r . . . A t the beginning of J a n u a r y 1840 t h e son of t h e c o n s u l at Marseilles, M r . Richa r d s o n , h a p p e n e d to be in N e w c a s t l e on business, a n d o n e m o r n i n g c a m e to i n f o r m me t h a t he h a d j u s t received a letter f r o m his father, to say t h a t h e (the consul) h a s seen M r . M G r e g o r , w h o w a s p a s s i n g t h r o u g h M a r seilies o n his way h o m e — t h a t M r . M G r e g o r h a d i n f o r m e d h i m t h a t h e

10

15

c

c

c

c

322

20 | J | | 251 J

Aus William Cargill: Address to the South Shields Chamber of Commerce h a d in his p o c k e t a t r e a t y duly signed, by w h i c h the K i n g of N a p l e s consented to t h e a b o l i t i o n of the M o n o p o l y after J a n u a r y 1, as well as containing i m p o r t a n t stipulations for o u r c o m m e r c e i n o t h e r r e s p e c t s — t h a t the m o n o p o l y w a s therefore at an end. (7, 8) 5 T h e m e r c h a n t s a n d m a n u f a c t u r e r s w e r e in daily e x p e c t a t i o n of a fall in the price of s u l p h u r in c o n s e q u e n c e of the certainty w h i c h m o s t of t h e m felt t h a t M r . M G r e g o r ' s t r e a t y h a d p u t a n e n d t o t h e m o n o p o l y , a n d t h e replies w h i c h w e r e received b y m a n y o f t h e m t o their a p p l i c a t i o n s a t the office o f the b o a r d o f t r a d e , n o t d i s a v o w i n g t h e treaty, b u t referring 10 to the foreign office on t h e subject, w h e r e it lay, w e r e of such a n a t u r e as actually to cause a d i m i n u t i o n in t h e price f r o m t h e confidence w h i c h they inspired as to t h e existence of this t r e a t y . . . t h e t r e a t y w a s never a n n o u n c e d as w a s expected. Petitions were sent in f r o m t h e m a n u f a c t u r ers, a n d on M a r c h 2 (1840), L o r d L y n d h u r s t h a v i n g p r e s e n t e d s o m e of 15 them, s p o k e severely a g a i n s t t h e ministers for p e r m i t t i n g w h a t he called a direct infraction of t h e t r e a t y of 1816, in this s u l p h u r m o n o p o l y . . . desired t o k n o w w h y M G r e g o r s ' treaty, a b o l i s h i n g the m o n o p o l y , w a s not ratified, a n d i n o p e r a t i o n . . . . L o r d M e l b o u r n e : " b e c a u s e h e h a d m a d e t h a t a m a t t e r of t r e a t y w h i c h o u g h t n o t to be a m a t t e r of treaty, as 20 it was a v i o l a t i o n of t h e t r e a t y of 1816." (10, 11) L o r d M e l b o u r n e also stated t h a t M r . M G r e g o r h a d exceeded his i n s t r u c t i o n s i n p r o c u r i n g t h e abolition o f t h e m o n o p o l y — t h a t h e w a s sent o u t o n l y for t h e p u r p o s e o f renewing t h e t r e a t y of 1816, a n d entering i n t o fresh stipulations on the subject of t h e d u t i e s — t o effect a m o d i f i c a t i o n of the tariff. (12) D e r 25 Phillimore u. Sir F r e d e r i c k P o l l o c k " e m i n e n t l a w y e r s " e r k l ä r e n , t h a t t h e sulphur m o n o p o l y c a n n o t be c o n s t r u e d into a violation of t h e t r e a t y of 1816 . . . H e r e , t h e n , we h a v e t h e F o r e i g n M i n i s t e r rejecting t h e t r e a t y granted by the K i n g of N a p l e s , u p o n a plea w h i c h is false, viz, t h a t t h e m o n o p o l y is a v i o l a t i o n of t h e t r e a t y of 1816, a n d , therefore, n o t a fit 30 subject to be n e g o c i a t e d u p o n , while in the s a m e b r e a t h we h a v e h i m declaring t h a t a n E n v o y i s sent o u t t o n e g o c í a t e a b o u t t h e d u t i e s — a p a r t of the Treaty of 1816, w h i c h h a s been long, openly, a n d flagrantly violated by t h e K i n g of N a p l e s . . . . P a l m e r s t o n sends o u t a p e r e m p t o r y m e s sage t o t h e M i n i s t e r a t N a p l e s , instructing h i m t o d e m a n d a n i n s t a n t 35 dissolution of t h a t m o n o p o l y w h i c h he rejects t h e a c c e p t a n c e ||2| of w h e n offered b y treaty, a n d claims a n e n o r m o u s s u m a s i n d e m n i t y t o b e p a i d to England for t h e effects w h i c h she h a s suffered f r o m t h e h i g h price of s u l p h u r ! — t h e a m b a s s a d o r is instructed to enforce c o m p l i a n c e , in case of refusal, by a t h r e a t of hostilities. . . . T h e K i n g of N a p l e s i n d i g n a n t l y 40 rejects the insulting message; refuses c o m p l i a n c e , on a m e n a c e , w i t h terms which he offered by n é g o c i a t i o n . . . universal voice of t h e F r e n c h c

c

c

323

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 p e o p l e d e n o u n c i n g t h e injustice, a n d resolving t o resist t h e aggression . . . m e d i a t i o n o f F r a n c e offered a n d a c c e p t e d — b u t n o t till p r o p e r p r e c a u t i o n h a s b e e n t a k e n b y L o r d P a l m e r s t o n t h a t hostilities h a d b e e n actually c o m m e n c e d — t h a t o u t r a g e a n d injustice s h o u l d b e actually c o m m i t t e d b y the British fleet on N e a p o l i t a n ships . . . L o r d P a l m e r s t o n e m p l o y e d this 5 s u l p h u r q u e s t i o n as a m e a n s of p r o c u r i n g the hostility of N a p l e s a n d of F r a n c e , for t h e f u r t h e r a n c e o f t h e designs o f t h e R u s s i a n G o v . a g a i n s t G r e a t Britain . . . a n d accepted the m e d i a t i o n o f F r a n c e , only for the p u r p o s e of s u p e r i n d u c i n g c o m p l i c a t i o n s of a yet m o r e serious description . . . t h e chief object i n t e n d e d . . . w a s to excite t h e a l a r m , a n d b r i n g to 10 subserviency, the C a b i n e t of V i e n n a , by t h e fear to be inspired of a r e v o l u t i o n a r y m o v e m e n t i n h e r Italian p r o v i n c e s . (Sieh N o t e . p . 1 4 ) . . . (12-14) blockade of Mexico and Buenos Ayres ... the outrage on the part of F r a n c e w a s a m e a s u r e of hostility to y o u , established by L o r d P a l m e r - 15 s t o r i — c o n c e r t e d between h i m a n d t h e F r e n c h G o v . (p. 1 5 sqq.) M a i n e B o u n d a r y Q u e s t i o n . (18) d i s p u t e between Belgium a n d H o l l a n d . (21) Q u a d r u p l e alliance. ( 2 1 , 22) G r e e c e (1832) (p. 22, sqq.) Persisch—Affg h a n Affair. ( D o s t M a h o m m e d , the Chief o f C a b o o l . ) (p. 25) (Sieh p . 26, N o t e ) d o e s p e a c e signify t h a t every b o d y is at liberty to m a k e w a r on 20 y o u ? (27)

324

Aus David Urquhart: La crise

D. Urquhart. La Crise. (Paris 1840) La F r a n c e a r m e , et se p r é p a r e à la g u e r r e avec u n e h â t e et sur u n e échelle 5 d o n t son histoire n'offre p a s d ' e x e m p l e ; m a i s elle ne dit rien au sujet du traité c o n t r e lequel elle p r é p a r e ses a r m e m e n t s . . . elle n ' e n a p a s exigé d'abord l ' a n n u l a t i o n . . . N e p a s résister a u traité c o m m e a t t e n t a t o i r e e n lui-même à ses d r o i t s , et ne p a s en r e q u é r i r l ' a b r o g a t i o n , c'est a b a n d o n ner la p o s i t i o n de défense légitime, c'est d o n n e r à ses a r m e m e n t s le c a r a c 10 tère d'agression. (2) la F r a n c e ne p r o t e s t e p a s c o n t r e le traité; p a r là m ê m e elle s'y s o u m e t . (3) C o m m e le t r a i t é de U n k i a r Skelessi n ' a v a i t été fait q u e p o u r u n certain n o m b r e d ' a n n é e s , les P u i s s a n c e s e u r o p é e n n e s s'imaginèrent q u ' à l ' e x p i r a t i o n du t e r m e assigné à sa d u r é e le d a n g e r cesserait, q u ' a l o r s la T u r q u i e p o u r r a i t r e p r e n d r e avec les a u t r e s E t a t s ses 15 relations libres et i n d é p e n d a n t e s , et q u e les d r o i t s et l'influence qu'il a v a i t donnés à la R u s s i e expireraient ainsi d ' e u x - m ê m e s . . . N o u s a p p r o c h i o n s du terme, l o r s q u e t o u t à c o u p il est remis en v i g u e u r p a r le t r a i t é signé à Londres le 15 Juillet 1840. (4, 5) |

325

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4

|5| D. Urquhart. An Appeal against Faction. London 1843. 1 March 1843. H. o. C: d a s Select C o m m i t t e e , d e m a n d e d to investigate t h e case, (von R o e b u c k m o v e d . Affghan war.) (3) T h e M i n i s t e r of t h e 5 C r o w n (Peel) resisted this m o t i o n . (1. c.) . . . R o e b u c k t h e m o v e r . . . (Affg h a n Z u g u n t e r n o m m e n 1839) ( P a l m e r s t o n s ' K r a k e h l m . P e r s i a n 1838, seized u p o n Insel K a r r a c k i m Persian golf w i t h o u t a n y d e c l a r a t i o n o f war.) t h e p o w e r of t h e H o u s e is used by Ministers to o v e r t h r o w t h e p r e - 10 rogative of the C r o w n , a n d then the p r e r o g a t i v e of the C r o w n is used by t h e m t o exclude k n o w l e d g e from the H o u s e . (13) Sir R . Peel requires the services o f his o p p o n e n t s for h o m e m e a s u r e s , a n d this service h e r e t u r n s by shielding t h e m f r o m inquiry i n t o foreign crimes. (14) t h e g r a v a m e n of t h e c h a r g e against the late G o v . w a s t h e f r a u d u l e n t m u t i l a t i o n of 15 d o c u m e n t s . (15) 9 März sagt Sir Robert Peel: " I t o l d t h e N o b l e L o r d t o t a k e care. I tell t h e N o b l e L o r d t o t a k e care. If t h e n o b l e L o r d c o m p l a i n s of the injustice of b e i n g subjected to suspicion w i t h o u t h a v i n g the o p p o r t u n i t y of v i n d i c a t i n g himself, I tell the 20 n o b l e L o r d t h a t I will retire from t h e H o u s e , having already rendered him assistance, m o r e powerful t h a n even t h a t afforded h i m by his friend S h a h S o o j a h . I tell the n o b l e L o r d t h a t if he is so p e r e m p t o r y in challenging i n q u i r y , he shall n o t subject me to t h e i m p u t a t i o n of h a v i n g compelled him to s u b m i t to an unjust i m p u t a t i o n . " (20) On J u n e 2 3 , 1842 m o t i o n 2 relative to the Affghan war; dafür 9, d a g e g e n 7 5 . 1 M a r c h 1843 für das Select C o m m i t e e of I n q u i r y 75, dagegen 1 8 9 . — O n M a r c h 10, Sir R. Peel

326

Aus David Urquhart: An appeal against faction

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

defended himself a g a i n s t t h e i m p u t a t i o n o f c o m p r o m i s e w i t h t h e a u t h o r s o f the w a r , a n d t h r e a t e n e d t h e m w i t h w i t h d r a w i n g from t h e m his p r o tection. (22) P a l m e r s t o n ' s " c o n s p i r a c y even n o w at w o r k a n d working with increased security, because apparently dispossessed of power a n d p r e p a r i n g s o o n again to g r a s p it, u s i n g m e a n t i m e its a n t a g o n i s t s for its e n d s . " (24) He (Peel) h a s h a d t h e f o r t u n e a n d the faculty t o use t h e s t r e n g t h o f t h e Conservative p a r t y t o deprive t h e W h i g s o f p o w e r , while using t h o s e very antagonists to deprive t h e Conservatives of will. (1. c.) O n e M i n i s t r y is n o t to lend t h e influence of its p o s i t i o n to i n q u i r e i n t o m a l - a d m i n i s t r a t i o n by the preceding M i n i s t r y . B u t guilt n o t r e p u d i a t e d i s accepted, a n d t h u s , by a c h a n g e of m e n t h e c o n t i n u a n c e of t h e m e a s u r e s w h i c h h a d driven t h e m f r o m office is secured. (19) So m a c h t e sich Peel "the slave of a traitor". (24) W a s P a l m e r s t o n n u n vorlegen wollte " M o t i o n for t h e papers originally o r d e r i n g the w a r , for w h i c h the directors h a v e twice m a d e a d e m a n d u p o n t h e G o v . " (I.e.) the equivocal acts, w h e t h e r of R u s s i a or h e r agents (in d e m Persischen Zug gegen H e r a t etc), h a d b e e n i n p r o g r e s s for m o n t h s a n d years, n o step is then t a k e n — i t is (war) t a k e n after every alleged cause h a s d i s a p p e a r e d u. nicht gegen R u ß l a n d , s o n d e r n gegen A f f g h a n i s t a n . . . (28, 29) " W h i l e the acts are in p r o g r e s s , t h o s e e x p l a n a t i o n s , t h a t d i s a v o w a l a n d recall of her agents, w h i c h she is r e p r e s e n t e d to h a v e b e e n so r e a d y to give, are n o t r e q u i r e d — t h e y a r e r e q u i r e d only after they h a v e failed. T h e p l a y i n g u p o n a distinction b e t w e e n the intentions of R u s s i a , a n d t h e acts of h e r agents, a n d the t a k i n g her a s s u r a n c e s as a g r o u n d of r e m a i n i n g friendly with her, while a s s u m i n g h e r acts even after failures as a g r o u n d for m a k i n g w a r u p o n a n o t h e r p e o p l e , m u s t surely b e sufficient for t h e c o m prehension of a n y r e a s o n i n g being, a n d available only for the wilfully blind." (29) L o r d P a l m e r s t o n , following Sir R. Peel, h a s asserted t h a t assurances of a satisfactory n a t u r e w e r e given to E n g l a n d by R u s s i a , in her n o t e of t h e 20 Oct. 1838, t h a t R u s s i a d i s a v o w e d her acts, a n d recalled her agents . . . Vielmehr: R u s s i a , in dieser N o t e , called E n g l a n d to a c c o u n t for her c o n d u c t a n d t h r e a t e n e d h e r if she c o n t i n u e d to persevere in it. Russia's n o t e calling E n g l a n d t o a c c o u n t , w a s the d o c u m e n t q u o t e d b y Lord P a l m e r s t o n as R u s s i a ' s reply, (to t h e English n o t e for e x p l a n a t i o n . ) This he r e p r e s e n t e d to the Brit, n a t i o n as a reply—as a satisfactory one. (30)

" W h e r e in the w o r l d of r o m a n c e a n d fable, did the m a c h i n a t o r of s u c h a crime, so perfectly u n d e r s t a n d t h e imbecility of his miserable victims, 40 or so a u d a c i o u s l y p r e s u m e u p o n i t ? " (30) By t h e collusive a r r a n g e m e n t of these 2 d e s p a t c h e s , t h e R u s s i a n o f t h e 2 0 a n d t h e English o f t h e 2 6 t h

t h

327

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 of O c t o b e r , these c o n t r a d i c t o r y results w e r e o b t a i n e d ; an appearance of disagreement to serve as a pretext for t h e invasion of C a b u l , a n d a pretext of adjustment to c l o a k t h e c o n t i n u a t i o n of h a r m o n y b e t w e e n t h e t w o G o v s all t h e while. (I.e.) W a s er sich sichert: the a d v a n t a g e of the a p p e a r a n c e of hostility to R u s s i a . (1. c.) t h o s e acts of duplicity, which we h a v e a l r e a d y s h o w n to be t h e result of a collision between L o r d P a l m e r s t o n a n d R u s s i a , are n o w m a d e u s e o f b y R u s s i a a s the m e a n s o f m e e t i n g t h e c h a r g e s w h i c h L o r d P a l m e r s t o n h a s b r o u g h t a g a i n s t Russia, t o c l o a k his p r e v i o u s d e c e p t i o n , a n d to further their c o m m o n e n d s . (47) 1

328

Aus The Portfolio (Fortsetzung)

Portfolio. Sec. Series. London 1843.

[(Fortsetzung)] [Vol. 1.]

s

Ν . I. Aug. 1. Ν. I. Aug. 1. " Y o u r Excellency will h a v e r e m a r k e d t h a t t h e M i n i s t r y h a s n o t d a r e d t o a n s w e r . . . t o t h e speech i n w h i c h L o r d P a l m e r s t o n , w h o s e name is henceforward associated with those of the first o r a t o r s of the 10 P a r l i a m e n t of E n g l a n d h a s insisted on t h e p r e s e r v a t i o n of t h e g e n e r a l peace, it."

a n d proved that an Austro-Turkish policy would only serve to disturb

(Despatch from

Count Nesselrode,

Prince London,

Lieven,

and

13 Juny 1829.)

Count

Matussevitch,

addressed

to

"The cry of Peace h a s r e s o u n d ­

ed in the Lower House, and has been unanimously repeated there by the 15 Tories as well as by t h e W h i g s . " (I.e.) [24]| | 6 | D i e feuds o f p a r t i e s , a n d intestine p o l e m i c s i n G r e a t B r i t a i n . . . I t was this, w h i c h , in 1835, e n a b l e d a few I r i s h m e m b e r s to d i c t a t e , to t h e Sovereign, t h e Selection of a n e w C a b i n e t . . . It w a s this, w h i c h for u p ­ w a r d s o f 6 years, e n a b l e d t h e s a m e m e n t o m a i n t a i n t h a t C a b i n e t , a g a i n s t 20 t h e often-declared will of t h e British (35, 3 6 ) — C o m p a c t of Lichfield House (1834) zwischen O ' C o n n e l l u . d e n W h i g s . . . . F r o m 1834-6, t h e same m a j o r i t y i n t h e L o w e r H o u s e e n a b l e d L o r d P a l m e r s t o n t o c o n c e r t , with t h e C z a r , secret m e a s u r e s for r e g u l a t i n g — o r d i s t u r b i n g — t h e affairs o f Persia. T h e s e m e a s u r e s t o o k p l a c e w i t h o u t t h e S h a h ' s c o n c u r r e n c e o r

329

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 c o n s e n t — W i t h t h e c o n n i v a n c e o f L o r d P a l m e r s t o n , R u s s i a obliged Persia t o a t t a c k H e r a t ; a n d t h e r e u p o n (1838) E n g l a n d , t h r o u g h L o r d P a l m e r s t o n , declared herself n o longer b o u n d b y h e r treaties t o p r o t e c t Persia f r o m R u s s i a , — s e i z e d u p o n Karrak w i t h o u t a n y d e c l a r a t i o n o f w a r — a n d then, as s u d d e n l y a b a n d o n e d the felonious acquisition. P a r l i a m e n t w a s a p p e a l e d t o . B u t t h e m e m b e r s for I r e l a n d s a n c t i o n e d t h e crime, a n d screened t h e guilty minister. A b o u t t h e s a m e t i m e , A d e n w a s piratically seized f r o m t h e A r a b s . — t h e Irish m e m b e r s gave a s u p p o r t t o c r i m e . . . . I n 1839, an armed force invaded the territories of our Affghan allies, u n d e r secret o r d e r s f r o m t h e F o r e i g n Office. It w a s piracy. To c o n c e a l a n d to m i s r e p r e s e n t t h e facts o f t h e case, t h e m o s t b a r e f a c e d a n d u n b l u s h i n g forgeries of S t a t e P a p e r s were p e r p e t r a t e d in the F o r e i g n Office . . . H e c o m m a n d e d a majority i n the L o w e r H o u s e , s o l o n g a s t h e C o m p a c t o f Lichfield H o u s e w a s k e p t . . . I n 1839, a q u a r r e l , w h i c h L o r d P a l m e r s t o n h a d for 6 years been p r e p a r i n g , w a s at length b r o u g h t a b o u t with China, a pretext a v o w e d l y unjust, was p u t f o r w a r d as t h e cause. 2 a r m e d invasions t o o k place . . . O n e e n d e a v o u r w a s m a d e , i n the L o w e r H o u s e , t o arrest t h e C h i n e s e c r i m e a t the very m o m e n t o f i n c e p t i o n . . . A p p e a l rejected by a b a r e majority of 10: all t h e Irish Liberals v o t i n g for the w a r . . . I n 1840, hostile d e m o n s t r a t i o n s were m a d e u p o n t h e C o a s t o f N a p l e s . . . A b o u t t h e s a m e time, L o r d P a l m e r s t o n recognised the independence of Texas... In 1840, E n g l a n d w a s m a d e to c o n t r a c t a treaty, stipulating military o p e r a t i o n s against Syria,—a p o r t i o n of t h e O t t o m a n d o m i n i o n s , w i t h w h i c h she w a s n o t a t w a r . . . i n defiance o f t h e C o n stitution, the p e r f o r m a n c e of t h e treaty was stipulated, before its ratificat i o n . M o r e o v e r , t h e i m m e d i a t e effect of the t r e a t y , — a s it w a s t h e chief e n d o f its a u t h o r , — w a s t o estrange F r a n c e , o u r n a t u r a l ally, a n d t o a t t a c h o u r fortunes t o the detestable policy o f R u s s i a . . . t h e s u p p o r t o f t h e Irish m e m b e r s w a s m o r e powerful t h a n the law . . . I n f a m o u s treaty of July 13, 1841. By it, t h e c o n d i t i o n s of U n k i a r S k e l e s s i . . . w e r e received a n d established . . . [38-41] I n r e t u r n for N a t i o n a l B o a r d , P o o r - L a w , a n d p a t r o n a g e i n magisterial a n d o t h e r a p p o i n t m e n t s , I r e l a n d h a d u n d e r t a k e n t o a l l o w free scope t o his policy a b r o a d . . . P a l m e r s t o n ' s s t r e n g t h w a s in Lichfield H o u s e , his safety in the d e a t h - s t r u g g l e of F a c t i o n . . . the d i s a g r e e m e n t of t h o s e factions w a s less hurtful to t h e S t a t e t h a n their alliance . . . the E m p i r e b e c a m e a p r i v a t e i n h e r i t a n c e . . . 1843 declared O ' C o n n e l l t h a t the t r a n s a c t i o n b e t w e e n h i m a n d t h e W h i g s i s e n d e d . . . I t w a s I r e l a n d t h a t m a i n t a i n e d L o r d P a l m e r s t o n i n the F o r e i g n Office ... i m p u n i t y , w h i c h a p a t h y , faction, a n d c o m p r o m i s e , c o m b i n e d t o afford t h a t m a n . . . F a c t i o n f i l l s the h a n d s a n d t h e leisure o f t h e n a t i o n , a n d deprives it alike of t h e m e a n s a n d inclination to k n o w its o w n affairs.

330

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus The Portfolio (Fortsetzung) While l o n g d e b a t e s are t o b e h a d o n speculative q u e s t i o n s , — o r even o n practical o n e s of a s u b o r d i n a t e i m p o r t a n c e , — t h e n a t i o n a l affairs are a b a n d o n e d to t h e unfettered m a n a g e m e n t of a Secretary. T h e s e a s s u m e the n a m e of F o r e i g n Affairs, a n d a c q u i r e , by degrees, a foreign c h a r a c t e r . 5 T h e details of intestine faction a n d i n t r i g u e , — a l w a y s n u m e r o u s a n d perp l e x e d , — s p e e d i l y engross the public m i n d a n d t h e p u b l i c a t t e n t i o n , a n d attain t o dignity a n d i m p o r t a n c e , a s the H o m e Affairs o f t h e w h o l e c o m m u n i t y . . . (The Roman Catholic Church and the Crimes of England.) [43-48] 10 A n f a n g 1843 M i c h a e l O b r e n o w i t z v. Serbien fortgejagt. A l e x a n d e r K a r a g e o r g e w i t z elected i n his stead. T h e O t t o m a n Sovereign w a s c o n t e n t with the act of t h e S e r b i a n p e o p l e , a n d s a n c t i o n e d t h e election of his n e w vassal. T h i s election ( A l e x a n d e r G e o r g o w i t c h ) by R u s s i a was t r e a t e d as an infraction of treaties. She r e q u i r e d from t h e S u l t a n himself t h e a n n u l lo ment of t h e act. M i t E n g l a n d s U n t e r s t ü t z u n g she c o m p e l l e d t h e P o r t e to submission, forced it to r e q u i r e f r o m t h e S e r b i a n s t h e a n n u l m e n t of t h e election, a n d f r o m the Prince his resignation: she c o m p e l l e d t h e P o r t e to a p p o i n t in his r o o m a p r o v i s i o n a l gov. to be n a m e d by agents of her own. A b e r die " s e m i b a r b a r i a n s " elected P r i n c e A l e x a n d e r a g a i n — t h e 20 2 R u s s i a n C o m m i s s i o n e r s a r e p r e s e n t to r e c o r d t h e legality they c o u l d n o t d e s t r o y . . . (Defeat of Russian diplomacy in Servia.) [62, 63] Projet de Memoire of the Serbian Government, d. d. M a r c h 1843, in E n g l a n d addressirt. Verlangt die m o r a l s u p p o r t des A m b a s s a d o r a t C o n stantinople, w h e n occasion r e q u i r e s , u . n a c h l a b o u r " t h e presence i n Ser25 bia of a political (Engl.) a g e n t " , (p. 76) Alexander Georgevitz son of Czerni George, w h o first, in 1804, raised in Serbia a n a t i o n a l flag, w h o s e brilliant successes g a v e c o m p l e t e t r i u m p h to his c o u n t r y . . . In S e p t e m b e r 1842, Alex. G e o r g e v i t z a simple Servian officer ... u n t e r d e n aides d e c a m p des Prince M i c h a e l . . . T h e P r i n c e d o m 30 having b e c o m e v a c a n t by t h e flight of t h e t h e n reigning Prince, A l e x a n der b e c a m e t h e object of u n a n i m o u s choice. . . . Seine election v. R u ß l a n d etc. später als "illegal" t r a k t i r t . . . By a law of the N a t i o n a l assembly of Servia p a s s e d in 1827, a n d confirmed in 1830, by t h e Sultan, t h e dignity of Prince was r e n d e r e d h e r e d i t a r y to t h e family of the O b r e n o v i t z . . . 35 this law twice applied . . . P r i n c e Milan h a d succeeded to his father, w h e n he abdicated, a n d P r i n c e M i l a n d y i n g w i t h o u t issue his b r o t h e r Prince Michael h a d been called to t h e t h r o n e , a l t h o u g h he w a s a m i n o r o u t of the c o u n t r y , a n d they accepted h i m , a l t h o u g h a c c o m p a n i e d b y his m o t h er, k n o w n for h e r energy, a n d t h e r e s t o r a t i o n o f h e r h u s b a n d b y the 40 exclusion of her son. In 1842 Prince M i c h a e l r e n d e r e d the P r i n c e d o m vacant by flying f r o m Serbia. T h e senate elected A l e x a n d e r , t h e son of

331

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 their first prince a n d M i l o s h ' s predecessor, Czerni G e o r g e . . . [77, 78] the law p r o s c r i b e d election . . . t w o elections h a d t a k e n place i n Serbia, since t h e Serbians h a d a c q u i r e d a practical e x i s t e n c e — t h a t of C z e r n i G e o r g e a n d t h a t of M i l o s h . B o t h of these o c c u r r e d in full i n s u r r e c t i o n a g a i n s t t h e P o r t e . . . t h e p r e s e n t election w a s m a d e in c o n c u r r e n c e w i t h t h e P o r t e , a n d received its s a n c t i o n . . . T h e S u l t a n s u m m o n e d b y R u s s i a t o o r d e r t h e Serbians t o a n n u l t h e election, resisted, a n d declared a t o n c e t h a t R u s s i a h a d n o right t o d i c t a t e s u c h a n act t o h i m , a n d t h a t , o n his p a r t , i t w o u l d b e c o n t r a r y t o t h e rights o f t h e Serbians. B u t this last m o t i v e was p r e cisely t h a t w h i c h r e n d e r e d t h e t h i n g precious for R u s s i a . . . He resisted so l o n g as E u r o p e h a d n o t all c o n c u r r e d to counsel h i m to submission ... It w a s t h e English Gov. t h a t first p r o p o s e d as a m e z z o t e r m i n e t h a t "a legal election s h o u l d be p r o c e e d e d t o " . . . . [79-81] it w a s the belief t h a t R u s s i a w o u l d t r i u m p h , t h a t induced t h e m t o lend t o h e r their s t r e n g t h t o urge the P o r t e to a m o r e speedy submission, ||[7]| a n d t h e r e b y to diminish the s u m o f its sacrifices . . . ( L o r d A b e r d e e n ' s speech, 3 o f M a y 1 8 4 2 ) . . . R u s s i a possessed t h e faculty of intervening in Serbia only in so far as she s h o u l d be called in by t h e Serbians, a n d t h a t o n l y for t h e p u r p o s e of resisting illegal acts on the parts of the Porte. A b e r t h e t h r o n e b e c o m i n g v a c a n t , (in Serbia) t h e P a s h a of Belgrad r e p o r t e d to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e t h a t w h i c h h a d h a p p e n e d , the S u l t a n o r d e r e d a n election, w h i c h b e i n g m a d e , he s a n c t i o n e d it, a n d g r a n t e d to the P r i n c e a d i p l o m a of investiture, this w a s in c o n f o r m i t y with the b e r a t of t h e S u l t a n d. d. 2 2 n d N o v e m ber, 1830, the b e r a t in q u e s t i o n w a s accepted by R u s s i a as the fulfilment of t h e t r e a t y of A d r i a n o p l e . [83-85] A n o t h e r firman of t h e y e a r 1830. " T h e a u t h o r i t i e s of my Sublime P o r t e will n o t interfere in a n y m a n n e r in t h e I n t e r n a l A d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f t h e C o u n t r y . " A u c h dieser f i r m a n b e c a m e a n integral p o r t i o n o f t h e treaty o f A d r i a n o p l e . N o w R u s s i a p r e t e n d s t o exercise over Serbia rights of internal gov. w h i c h she c a u s e d t h e P o r t e to r e n o u n c e , a n d she p r e t e n d s to coerce t h e P o r t e i n t o t h e violent a n d injurious exercice o f t h a t a u t h o r i t y . T h e A u s t r i a n g o v . k n e w the R u s s i a n intrigues ... t h e secret c o n n i v a n c e of Prince M i c h a e l in t h e B u l g a r i a n insurrection of t h e preceding year; an i n s u r r e c t i o n of w h i c h t h e centre w a s t h e R u s s i a n c o n s u l a t e a t B u c h a r e s t . . . ( G e n e r a l D u h a m e l sieh N o t e p. 87) a n d w h i c h w a s t e r m i n a t e d by the b l o o d y r e a c t i o n on the p a r t of t h e T u r k s . . . [86, 87] R u s s i a alone a n n o u n c e d at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , a n d in all the c o u r t s o f E u r o p e , h e r i n d i g n a t i o n a g a i n s t t h e Serbians, a n d a g a i n s t t h e P o r t e . . . Verlangt erst v o m S u l t a n , er solle die Schritte z u r ü c k t h u n — t u r n e d t h e n t o w a r d s A u s t r i a . . . she r u n g i n the ears o f P r i n c e M e t t e r n i c h the d o u b l e fear of a R u s s i a n a r m y a p p e a r i n g before Belgrad, a n d t h e w a v e r i n g dispositions o f t h e subjects o f A u s t r i a , c o n -

5

10

15

r d

332

20

25

30

35

40

Aus The Portfolio (Fortsetzung) fining u p o n t h e S e r b i a n s , a n d themselves S e r b i a n s or Slaavs . . . It was felt in A u s t r i a t h a t t h e p r o x i m i t y of a R u s s i a n a r m y m i g h t s u d d e n l y develop these latent d a n g e r s . . . " A u s t r i a " , said a s t a t e s m a n of V i e n n a , " c a n n o t expose herself t o a l l o w a n o t h e r C a u c a s u s t o b e c r e a t e d o n h e r frontier." 5 These w o r d s explain h o w A u s t r i a resigned herself to assist R u s s i a d i p l o matically t o t a k e a w a y t h e pretext for the t h r e a t e n e d o c c u p a t i o n , f r a u g h t with d a r k peril t o herself . . . T h e old Prince M i l o s h , w h o h a d b e e n o b liged to a b d i c a t e in 1839, h a d s u b s e q u e n t l y fixed his residence at V i e n n a . . . h a d for nearly 13 years g o v e r n e d w i t h success . . . s h e w n himself d e a f 10 to the suggestions a n d s e d u c t i o n s of R u s s i a , w h e n she u r g e d h i m to p u t t o profit for his o w n a g g r a n d i z e m e n t , t h e e m b a r r a s s m e n t c a u s e d t o t h e P o r t e b y t h e i n s u r r e c t i o n s o f t h e G r e e k s , a n d t h e R u s s i a n w a r o f 1828-9. T h o s e refusals h a d d r a w n u p o n h i m t h e w r a t h o f R u s s i a , w h o h a d avenged herself in f o m e n t i n g a g a i n s t h i m t h o s e d i s c o n t e n t s of his subjects 15 which led to his e x p u l s i o n . . . t h e r e g i m e n t s c o l o n i s e d by A u s t r i a on h e r Turkish frontier, are n e i t h e r G e r m a n s n o r H u n g a r i a n s , b u t are entirely c o m p o s e d of Slaavs. 50,000 p e r m a n e n t Serbian soldiers were for her, formerly, a n a d m i r a b l e defence a g a i n s t t h e T u r k s ; b u t a g a i n s t t h e Serbians, they are no defence; a n d a q u e s t i o n arising of aggression against 20 Serbia these w o u l d b e c o m e a source of t h e greatest d a n g e r to t h e A u s t r i a n e m p i r e . . . [86-91] T h e C a b i n e t of V i e n n a resigned itself simply t o e n d u r e t h e will o f t h e R u s s . cabinet, a n d o n l y s o u g h t t o m i t i g a t e t h e consequences b y l a b o u r i n g t o p r e v e n t resistance t h a t s h o u l d a u g m e n t t h e t r i u m p h , w h i c h it d e e m e d inevitable. It applied itself from t h a t m o m e n t , 25 b o t h at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e a n d in L o n d o n , to i m p r e s s its views u p o n these 2 Cabinets. Verbarg seine wirklichen M o t i v e . H a d r e c o u r s e to the o l d theme o f r e v o l u t i o n a r y p r o p a g a n d i s m , a n a r c h i c a l tendencies e t c . . . M r . G u i z o t vainly r e p r e s e n t e d ( d e m engl. C a b i n e t ) , t h a t , in default even of being able to p r e v e n t R u s s i a a n d A u s t r i a from exercising violence 30 against t h e O t t o m a n E m p i r e , it w o u l d be preferable " t o a b s t a i n simply from all acts, a n d f r o m all m a n i f e s t a t i o n , which, u n d e r t h e p r e t e x t of m a i n t a i n i n g a Concert b e t w e e n t h o s e p o w e r s w h o w e r e c o n c e r t e d w i t h the avowed object of p r o t e c t i n g t h a t E m p i r e in its integrity a n d i n d e p e n d ence, w o u l d convert t h a t c o n c e r t i n t o a common attempt to do violence to 35 that i n d e p e n d e n c e , a n d to c o m p r o m i s e t h a t i n t e g r i t y . " T h e F r e n c h G o v . , cowed by t h e events of July 1840, did n o t d a r e to act a l o n e , a n d being unable to d e t e r m i n e E n g l a n d to act for herself, she t o o yielded h e r c o n currence to t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s of R u s s i a . . . . To assail in their forests a n d in their m o u n t a i n s m o r e t h a n a 100,000 Serbians, a c c u s t o m e d to c a r r y a r m s 40 and s u p p o r t e d by t h e s y m p a t h i e s of the B u l g a r i a n s a n d t h e B o s n i a c k s , it was n o t a small e x p e d i t i o n t h a t w o u l d be r e q u i r e d b u t a powerful a r m y .

333

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 ( M i l o s h h a d d i s t r i b u t e d 140,000 m u s k e t s t o t h e p e o p l e , o n e for e a c h h o u s e , a n d e a c h h o u s e is obliged to furnish o n e soldier. T h e Serbians r e c k o n t h a t for the defence of their c o u n t r y t h e y c a n p u t in m o t i o n 200,000 m e n , of which 15,000 a r e cavalry. T h e y h a v e 25 pieces of artillery i n g o o d s t a t e . ) . . . [92-94] All E u r o p e a n C a b i n e t s c o m e t o t h e decision t o a d o p t t h e p r o p o s i t i o n o f the English C a b i n e t — t o limit R u s s i a — t o r e q u i r e t h a t t h e P o r t e s h o u l d o r d e r t h e Prince t h a t she herself h a s given to Serbia, to displace himself, a n d the Serbian p e o p l e to p r o c e e d to a n e w e l e c t i o n — , a c c o r d i n g t o legal f o r m s . . . equally insisted, b e f o r e h a n d , u p o n t h e expulsion from t h e c o u n t r y of t h e t w o ministers (Voutitch a n d P e t r o n i e v i t c h ) . . . P o r t e gezwungen d e r e n A u s w e i s u n g z u v e r o r d n e n . . . [96] S e n a t schrieb a n M o h a m e d , Hafiz P a s h a , I m p e r i a l M u s h e e r , a n d M u h a f i z of Belgrad, die decrees sollten b e k a n n t g e m a c h t w e r d e n in a general assembly of the p e o p l e u. d a n n v e r s u c h t to c o m p l y in t h e best w a y m i t i h n e n , so t h a t t h e privileges of t h e p e o p l e m a y be preserved i n t a c t etc . . . R u s s i a h a d r e q u i r e d t h a t the P o r t e s h o u l d p u b l i s h a f o r m a l act of d é c h é a n c e of P r i n c e A l e x a n d e r ; in lieu of this, this prince, in c o n cert w i t h the P o r t e , sent to the S u l t a n his abdication, c o n t a i n i n g the disc h a r g e of t h e functions of gov. . . . T h e 2 M i n i s t e r s w e r e r e q u i r e d to repair to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . T h e y offered to the P r i n c e to do so. T h e Prince a n d the S e n a t e a d j o u r n e d their d e p a r t u r e . . . Sie called o u t their militia, a r m e d themselves . . . applied themselves to p e t i t i o n en masse the Sultan t o leave t o t h e m the Prince . . . T h e P o r t e recalled K i a m i l P a s h a from Belgrade, a t t h e requisition o f R u s s i a , b u t i m m e d i a t e l y n a m e d i n his place Hafiz Pasha, a Circassian ... S a r i m Effendi h a d been succeeded in his p o s t of Reis Effendi, by R i z a P a s h a , w h e n the P o r t e resolved to yield to E u r o p e . . . [96-100] T h e P o r t e likewise a r m e d — a s s e m b l e d powerful c a m p s — a n d placed t h e m s o a s t o cover S e r b i a . . . E x t r a o r d i n a r y assembly o f t h e p e o p l e c o n v o k e d . . . Vergebliche I n t r i g u e n d e r russ. A g e n t e n , u m U n r u h e n h e r v o r z u b r i n g e n e t c . . . In the m o n t h of A p r i l seizure of 17 R u s s i a n a g e n t s in different p a r t s of t h e c o u n t r y , by the very p e r s o n s to w h o m t h e y h a d a d d r e s s e d themselves a s k n o w n p a r t i s a n s , a n d b y w h o m they were n o t d e n o u n c e d , b u t seized a n d delivered over t o t h e a u t h o r i ties of the G o v . . . . the p o p u l a r m o v e m e n t of 1842 w a s directed only against M i c h a e l s ministers, because they h a d openly sold themselves t o R u s s i a . . . T h e P o r t e a g a i n a d d r e s s e d t o t h e P o w e r s o f E u r o p e the m o s t u r g e n t r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s to o b t a i n their c o n s e n t to t h e re-election of Prince Alexander. N u n A b e r d e e n allowed himself || [8] | to be to R u s s i a the c h a n n e l of t h e desires of t h e P o r t e . R u s s i a , of c o u r s e , yielded an assent to his pressing s o l i c i t a t i o n . . . [103] t h e e x t r a o r d i n a r y n a t i o n a l assembly h a d been c o n v e n e d for t h e 1 5 J u n e . . . A l e x a n d e r arrived a t Belgrade o n th

334

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40*

Aus The Portfolio (Fortsetzung) th

th

the 1 1 - O n t h e 1 6 , t h e f i n n a n o f t h e P o r t e w a s r e a d t o the assembly. O n e universal cry w a s raised against t h e i n s t i t u t i o n of t h e p r o v i s i o n a l G o v . o f C a i m a c a n s , d e p u t a t i o n v o n m e h r als 100 m e m b e r s z u H a f i z P a s h a für die m a i n t e n a n c e of the p r e s e n t o r d e r of things. Pressed, er sagt: 5 " G o t o the R u s s i a n c o n s u l , p e r h a p s h e will tell y o u t h e m a t t e r . " N u n z u diesem. M e h r t h a n 130, b e a r i n g a r m s . T h e y f o u n d t h e r e M . W a s t e n k o , the C o n s u l , a n d B a r o n Lieven, a few d a y s before arrived from C o n s t a n t i nople w i t h t h e title of C o m m i s s i o n e r , to assist at t h e election. D r o h e n . T h e conference closed by his assuring t h e m , t h a t since t h e tranquillity of 10 the c o u n t r y d e p e n d e d u p o n M e s s r s . Voutitch a n d P e t r o n i e v i t c h , he t o o k u p o n himself n o t longer t o insist u p o n their being sent t o C o n s t a n t i nople, a n d t h a t h e w o u l d b e satisfied i f they w i t h d r e w f r o m Belgrade. Lieven gave himself t h e air of d o u b t i n g , if t h e Cabinets of Europe w o u l d subscribe t o this m o d i f i c a t i o n o f t h e u l t i m a t u m . . . I n der A s s e m b l y v o m 15 2 7 J u n e Prince A l e x a n d e r u n a n i m o u s l y re-elected, a n d this c e r e m o n y accomplished in presence of Hafiz P a s h a as C o m m i s s i o n e r of t h e P o r te, a n d o f M . W a s t e n k o a n d B a r o n Lieven, a s C o m m i s s i o n e r s o f R u s s i a . . . [104-107] P e t r o n i e v i t c h a n d Voutitch h a v e b e e n able t o s p r e a d t h r o u g h o u t the w h o l e p e o p l e of Serbia, a desire to escape from t h e influ20 enee of R u s s i a — t o rely u p o n t h e P o r t e etc . . . (Narrative of events in Serbia.) [110] (Report of the East India Committee of the Colonial Society on the Causes and Consequences of the Military Operations in China. 1843.) All the o p i u m within the Chinese seas was, by the laws of C h i n a , g o o d 25 prize to the c a p t o r s , a n d all p e r s o n s e n g a g e d in the traffic, w h e t h e r n a t i ves or foreigners, were liable to c a p i t a l p u n i s h m e n t . T h e r e w a s no seizure m a d e b y the Chinese o f a n y articles t h a t w e r e n o t c o n t r a b a n d . N o s u b jects o f G r e a t Britain were i m p r i s o n e d , b u t t h o s e c h a r g e d w i t h the C r i m e . . . C a p t . Elliot possessed n o r e p r e s e n t a t i v e c h a r a c t e r , a n d t h e 30 trading c o m m u n i t y to which he b e l o n g e d w a s , w i t h scarcely an exception, implicated in guilt, a n d the w h o l e of it liable to suspicion . . . t h e immediate q u e s t i o n here was o n e o f smuggling. T h e o w n e r s o f t h e c o n t r a b a n d articles were Brit, subjects. T h e greater p a r t of it w a s in fact grown b y o u r A n g l o - I n d i a n G o v e r n m e n t . . . s o m u c h smuggled p r o p e r t y 35 was seized . . . Warlike m e a s u r e s w e r e , s u d d e n l y a n d in t h e first i n s t a n c e , u n d e r t a k e n . . . R e p r i s a l s , t h e m e a n s of r e p a r a t i o n s , a r e neglected .. blockade ... likewise neglected . . . E x p e d i t i o n a r y m o v e m e n t s , a t t a c k s u p o n cities a n d h a r b o u r s are c o m m e n c e d . . . A d v a n t a g e s , g a i n e d b y the t r o o p s , are surrendered, in c o n s e q u e n c e of i n s t r u c t i o n s sent to d i p l o m a t i c 40 agents . . . W h e n P a l m e r s t o n is displaced . . . steps are first t a k e n to b r i n g the warfare to a close . . . Peel (obgleich G l a d s t o n e u. G r a h a m h a d p r o th

335

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 tested against P a l m e r s t o n ' s w a r ) e x t o r t e d n u n a t r e a t y f r o m t h e Chinese u . p a y m e n t o f m o n e y t o E n g l a n d , i n the n a m e o f c o m p e n s a t i o n . . . . W h a t m e a n s r e p r o b a t i n g a n act, a n d n o t arresting the a c t o r ? . . . I n t h e Affghan crime . . . o f t h e official d o c u m e n t s , s o m e w e r e w i t h h e l d , — i n o t h e r s p a s sages were s u p p r e s s e d , — i n others i m p o r t a n t a l t e r a t i o n s were effected . . . (113 s q q . [-121] Military operations in China.)

5

N . I I . Sept. I. 1843. Copy of a Despatch from Count Pozzo di Borgo, d. d. Paris 22nd Dec. 1826. (Geschichte des t r e a t y 6 July 1827) ( p r o t o c o l of t h e 2 2 n d M a r c h 1826.) [127-141] Irish Catholic Hierarchy and the Empire. since 1829, o u r p a r t i a l r e s t o r a t i o n to the rights of citizenship p e r m i t t e d u s o n c e m o r e t o t a k e o u r p a r t i n public affairs . . . w e h a d a t length retrieved the losses of 150 years, a n d wrested f r o m t h e h a n d s of F a c t i o n t h e a d v a n t a g e s she h a d so unjustly held since the d a y s of C h a r l e s I I . . . We h a d b e e n t h e p r e y of all factions alike . . . It w a s said to be for o u r interest t h a t w e s h o u l d a t t a c h ourselves t o t h e m o s t p o w e r f u l faction o f t h e d a y . . . t h a t faction (Whigs) h a p p e n e d also t o b e t h e s a m e w h i c h for s o m e years m a d e C a t h o l i c E m a n c i p a t i o n its w a r cry . . . I n t h e L o w e r H o u s e , t h e votes of C a t h o l i c I r e l a n d in 1831, t u r n e d t h e scale in f a v o u r of R e f o r m . . . . In 1835, t h e Irish b r o u g h t the Sovereign himself i n t o a conformity of views with their liberal confederates, a n d c o m p e l l e d h i m to r e s t o r e his M e l b o u r n e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . . . from t h e G e n e r a l election of 1837, d o w n to t h a t of 1841, while t h e r e w a s a Brit, m a j o r i t y in t h e L o w e r H o u s e , o p p o s e d to t h a t a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , t h e v o t e s of C a t h o l i c I r e l a n d were a g a i n s t r o n g e n o u g h to t u r n the scale, a n d k e e p it in office. . . . D r o v e , i n 1834, from the C a b i n e t Sir J a m e s G r a h a m , a c c o m p a n i e d b y t h a t o f L o r d Stanley. . . . T h e s t r e n g t h w h i c h p l a c e d D o w n i n g - s t r e e t a t their m e r c y ... I r e l a n d w h i c h created a n d k e p t i n place t h o s e t h a t were t h e M i n i s t e r s to h e r m i n d , h a d m e a n s to k e e p t h e m h o n e s t . . . . She r u s h e d i n t o t h e a r m s of a faction she despised . . . (154 sqq. [-161])

10

15

20

25

30

Serbia and Spain, " t h e t r i u m p h of the S e r b i a n s w a s o b t a i n e d with t h e quasi s a n c t i o n , b o t h o f F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d . . . N o w t h e t w o M i n i s t e r s a r e to be recalled, otherwise the E m p e r o r refuses to a c k n o w l e d g e the legality of t h e p r o c e e d i n g s . . . In t h e m o n t h of S e p t e m b e r , 1842, P r i n c e 35 A l e x a n d e r w a s elected by the S e r b i a n p e o p l e . . . R e d e v. Peel 15 A u g . 1842 gegen Serbia. R e d e D i s r a e l i ' s d a g e g e n . F a l s c h e r Bericht des englischen C o n s u l s a t Belgrad ( A p p o i n t e d b y P a l m e r s t o n ) . . .

336

Aus The Portfolio (Fortsetzung) [181-186] Disraeli: ' T u r k e y s t a b b e d in the b a c k t h r o u g h d i p l o m a t i c action in 1828' . . . the q u e s t i o n is n o w the e x p u l s i o n of the 2 Ministers of Serbia. L o r d P a l m e r s t o n , k n o w i n g the q u e s t i o n t h o r o u g h l y , d o e s n o t w a r n the G o v . o f this d a n g e r . . . h e p r e p a r e s t h e m for s u r r e n d e r while 5 a p p e a r i n g to d e n o u n c e t h e m for subserviency, a n d c o n t e m p t u o u s l y speaks o f 'Voutich a n d another w h o h a d b e e n i n s t r u m e n t a l i n t h e p r o ceeding of t h a t violent election'. H e r e is E n g l a n d p l a c e d b e t w e e n a villany, in the leader of o n e p a r t y , t h a t is a b o v e its intelligence, a n d in t h e other, a baseness t h a t is b e n e a t h its c o m p r e h e n s i o n . . . [190-192] Lord 10 Sondons speech ... L o r d S a n d o n v o t e d on t h e ||[9]| o c c a s i o n of t h e Polish Debates for L o r d P a l m e r s t o n , a l t h o u g h h e s p o k e a g a i n s t h i m . H i s r e a s o n being, n o t t h a t his v o t e a g a i n s t his speech w o u l d d a m a g e his o w n leaders, but because it w o u l d h a v e d a m a g e d his a n t a g o n i s t s — h i s own party not thinking fit to come into office ... D e r v. P a l m e r s t o n e r n a n n t e C o n s u l of 15 England, is acting in u n i s o n w i t h t h e c o n s u l of R u s s i a to f o m e n t dissensions in S e r b i a . . . " [192, 193]

III.) October I. 1843. On the relations of Eastern and Western Churches. "We received C a n a d a by the t r e a t y of Versailles of 1763. By t h a t t r e a t y 20 we b o u n d ourselves to respect t h e institutions of t h e R o m a n C a t h o l i c C h u r c h a n d its possessions . . . " T h e R o m a n C a t h o l i c s i n t h e R u s s i a n states are of 2 k i n d s — t h o s e of the direct c o m m u n i o n of R o m e , a n d t h o s e o f the A n c i e n t E a s t e r n C h u r c h , w h o u n d e r t h e C o u n c i l o f F l o r e n c e united themselves to t h e See of R o m e , retaining their n a t i o n a l liturgy a n d 25 some o t h e r h a b i t s . . . t h e p a r t i t i o n of P o l a n d followed u p o n an i n t e r v e n tion of E n g l a n d in its affairs. E n g l a n d ' s p r e t e n c e w a s the m a i n t e n a n c e of the rights of t h e P r o t e s t a n t s . T h i s interference (at the suggestion of R u s sia) was p r o t e s t e d against b y t h e very p a r t y i n P o l a n d o n w h o s e b e h o o f we interfered. T h a t interference, in w h i c h we w e r e s u p p o r t e d by t h e P r o t 30 estant States, w a s the d e a t h - b l o w to P o l a n d ' s i n d e p e n d e n c e (in 1 7 6 8 ) . . . [230-232] It is n o t 800,000 b a y o n e t s t h a t a r e to be c o p e d w i t h — b u t s o m e 4 0 o r 5 0 m e n ! A n d these n o t b e l o n g i n g t o her, b u t sought, selected a n d p u r c h a s e d from a m o n g s t us . . . T h e P o p e (in his Exposition of the Grievances etc R o m e 2 2 n d July 1842) a v o w s t h a t he h a s assisted 35 the E m p e r o r of R u s s i a in t h e s u b j u g a t i o n of P o l a n d . . . Auszüge aus dem päbstlichen Circular: " H i s Holiness k n e w t h a t d i s t u r b i n g a g a i n t h e w h o l e hierarchy o f t h e U n i t e d G r e e k s , the U k a s e o f t h e 2 2 n d A p r i l , 1828, s u p pressed t h e Bishopric of this rite, erected anciently at L u c k , c a p i t a l of

337

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 V o l h y n i a . . . every effort e m p l o y e d to s e p a r a t e t h e U n i t e d G r e e k s of t h e C a t h o l i c U n i t y , a n d t o i n c o r p o r a t e t h e m i n the R u s s o - G r e e k c o m m u n i o n . . . a n c i e n t a n d s o l e m n e n g a g e m e n t s t a k e n f r o m t h e y e a r 1773, by t h e R u s s . G o v . , to preserve the statu quo of t h e C a t h o l i c religion in the provinces ceded to R u s s i a . . . T h e H o l y F a t h e r deferring at the s a m e time t o a r e q u e s t t h a t w a s m a d e t o h i m i n the n a m e o f t h e a u g u s t E m p e r o r a n d K i n g , b y his M i n i s t e r P l e n i p o t e n t i a r y P r i n c e G a r g a r i n , t h o u g h t f i t t o r e n e w these t e n d e r a n d wise w a r n i n g t o the b i s h o p s o f t h e k i n g d o m , (of P o l a n d ) w i t h the view o f c o - o p e r a t i n g b y their m e a n s t o w a r d s t h e perpetuity a n d c o n s o l i d a t i o n of political o r d e r in P o l a n d , a n d to b r i n g b a c k in p a r t i c u l a r i n t o t h e r o a d of d u t y , t h e m e m b e r s of t h e clergy t h a t , blinded by m i s f o r t u n e , h a d strayed from it . . . [243-250] t h e u k a s e of the 20 August 1832, confirmed and explained by that o f the 2 6 A u g u s t , 1833, subjected P o l a n d to the laws in v i g o u r in t h e R u s s i a n E m p i r e , which r e q u i r e for m i x e d m a r r i a g e s , as an a b s o l u t e c o n d i t i o n , the formal p r o m i s e t o b r i n g u p all t h e children i n the G r e e k religion . . . a n o t h er u k a s e of 1833 enacts . . . t h a t there will be h e n c e f o r w a r d a C h u r c h a n d a Priest only where t h e C a t h o l i c s will f o r m an a g g r e g a t e p o p u l a t i o n of 400 i n h a b i t a n t s . . . u k a s e of t h e 2 8 M a r c h , 1836, by w h i c h it is f o r b i d d e n to t h e L a t i n priests either to listen to the s a c r a m e n t a l confessions of t h o s e p e r s o n s t h a t are n o t particularly k n o w n t o t h e m , o r t o a d m i t such pers o n s t o the c o m m u n i o n o f t h e E u c h a r i s t . . . [256, 257] f o r m a l p r o h i b i t i o n p r o m u l g a t e d o n t h e 2 0 J a n u a r y , 1840, never t o p r o n o u n c e a g a i n the word 'United Greek Church' ... An Imperial Ukase, dated on Christmas d a y last (1841), c o n s u m m a t e d t h e spoliation so l o n g a g o u n d e r t a k e n of the Ecclesiastical properties, o r d a i n i n g t h a t 'all l a n d e d p r o p e r t y , i n h a b ited b y p e a s a n t s a t t a c h e d t o it, a p p e r t a i n i n g u p t o t h e p r e s e n t t i m e t o the clergy of a religion stranger to the occidental p r o v i n c e s , shall p a s s u n d e r the m a n a g e m e n t of the minister of t h e n a t i o n a l d o m a i n s , excepting solely t h o s e p r o p e r t i e s w h i c h , n o t c o n s t i t u t i n g a p o r t i o n of t h e possessions of the high h i e r a r c h y , n o r furnishing funds or capitals for f o u n d a t i o n s , are solely in t h e possession of t h e clergy a d m i n i s t e r i n g t h e p a r i s h e s . ' . . . the J u l i a n C a l e n d a r is s u b s t i t u t e d in P o l a n d for t h e G r e g o r i a n C a l e n d e r . " ... [266-269]

5

10

t h

th

15

t h

20

th

25

30

Effect of words on the Character of Men, and the Fate of Nations. 35 " . . . A n e w h a b i t h a s been i n t r o d u c e d a m o n g s t t h e n a t i o n s o f m o d e r n E u r o p e , t h a t of c o n v e r t i n g i n t o a p h a n t o m w h a t e v e r t h e y see, a n d this they call 'accounting' for things . . . As s o o n as a c c o u n t e d for it is disc a r d e d as w o r t h l e s s . T h i s is d o n e by the simple process of u t t e r i n g a general p r o p o s i t i o n . . . W h e n the h a b i t of u t t e r i n g general p r o p o s i t i o n s , 40. including in t h e m the n a m e s of fanciful beings, h a s t a k e n possession of a

338

Aus The Portfolio (Fortsetzung) m a n , his t h o u g h t s b e c o m e t h e m e r e d o m a i n o f C h a n c e , his c o n c l u s i o n s necessarily e r r o n e o u s , a n d his b r a i n is left at t h e m e r c y of the accidental m o v e m e n t s of h i s lips . . . By such v a i n w o r d s (wie civilisation a n d b a r barism) are facts d e s t r o y e d , a n d all living agency effaced in h u m a n 5 events, a n d m e n a n d n a t i o n s , a c c u s t o m e d t h u s t o use their t o n g u e s , l o o k on their o w n acts as c h a n g e s of the seasons, fixed by laws a b o v e their c o n t r o l . . . endeavour to clamber by words out of the sphere of words ... mist raised b y t h e b r e a t h w h i c h a b u s e s t h e m i n d o f its s i g h t . . . A t e a c h period the t e r m s in use a r e accepted by the child t h a t l e a r n s to s p e a k 10 before a c o n s c i o u s m e n t a l o p e r a t i o n is p e r f o r m e d , a n d after t e r m s h a v e become h a b i t u a l in h i m , no further m e n t a l o p e r a t i o n is in his p o w e r , except as flowing f r o m a n d d e p e n d e n t u p o n such t e r m s . . . It is speech that constitutes a n a t i o n — i t is the fabric of its c o r p o r a t e e x i s t e n c e — i t is the s t r e a m of its existence, a n d links t o g e t h e r in its c h a n g e the first a n d 15 latter d a y s of a race, itself effecting t h a t c h a n g e , l e a d i n g t h e m to greatness, o r bringing t h e m t o d e a t h . . . I n t h e age o f activity a n d p r o g r e s s , when the causes of their greatness were chiefly in o p e r a t i o n , did a n y o n e of these p e o p l e explain w h a t he w a s or e n d e a v o u r to i n t e r p r e t t h e causes of his a d v a n c e m e n t ? N o — w o r d s a r e only used after t h e t h i n g has ex20 p i r e d — a f t e r the spirit h a s itself declined. T h e classical age ||[10]| is the age preceding decay, w h e n w o r d s c o m e i n — t h e s y m p t o m a n d the a g g r a v a tion o f the disease. M e n c a n k n o w only w h a t H e Is, a n d h e observes w h a t he is only by c o m p a r i s i o n w i t h dissimilar things. T h e c h a r a c t e r of a nation is universal, otherwise it w o u l d n o t be t h a t of t h e n a t i o n , a n d 25 being universal it c a n n o t be o b s e r v e d . . . A n a t i o n c a n recover only by removing the cause o f d e c a y — G e n e r a l P r o p o s i t i o n . . . i n the f i c t i t i o u s representation o f a c o m m u n i t y y o u h a v e lost m a n . . . T h e G r e e k o r t h e R o m a n c o u l d personify a s well a s the E n g l i s h m a n : b u t h e did n o t s u b stitute t h e s h a d o w for t h e reality. H i s i m a g e w a s for t h e i m a g i n a t i o n only 30 ... It was n o t an artificial being let loose on his fancy, a n d p o u r e d forth in his language, w h i c h he invested w i t h the p o w e r of a c t i n g on h i m a n d for him ... the p h a n t o m State . . . ' l a m a s h a d o w ; I a m a b s o r b e d . I b e l o n g t o a non-entity, to a principle. I am a whig, or a t o r y , or a liberal, or a conservative.' He d o e s n o t say I see or I d o — b u t I am—something else 35 than s e l f — t h a t s o m e t h i n g being a manner of seeing, t h i n k i n g , acting . . . " | [281-302]

339

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4

César Famin: Histoire de la Rivalité et du Protectorat |[12]|

r

des Eglises Chrétiennes en Orient. Paris. 1853. Chap. I. Nature des rapports de la chrétienté avec la Porte Ottomane.

5

L a loi d e M a h o m e t , c o d e politique a u t a n t q u e religieux n e r e c o n n a î t d a n s le m o n d e entier q u e deux nations: la nation des fidèles et la nation des infidèles... sujets infidèles de la P o r t e ou giaours - s o n t appelés raias. t o u s les sujets de la P o r t e qui confessent u n e religion é t r a n g è r e . . . 10 T o u t infidèle est harby, ce qui veut dire e n n e m i . . . A u c h n u r deux pays, celui des fidèles et celui des infidèles . . . L ' i s l a m i s m e a p r o s c r i t la n a t i o n des infidèles, et constitué un état p e r m a n e n t d'hostilité e n t r e leur p a y s et celui des fidèles. . . . La soumission à la n a t i o n des fidèles a p o u r objet d ' o b t e n i r , n o n la paix, m a i s u n e simple trêve: La p a i x n u r possible à la 15 c o n d i t i o n d ' a p o s t a s i e r et d ' e m b r a s s e r l'islamisme . . . la trêve a u x peuples qui veulent conserver leurs c r o y a n c e s et se b o r n e n t à capituler, à faire des traités et à p a y e r le t r i b u t (kharatch), a u c h u n t e r d e r m i l d e r n F o r m v. présents d'usage, cadeaux d'étiquette, offrandes de bonne amitié ... D i e Schiffe der régences b a r b a r e s q u e s w a r e n die vaisseaux d ' u n e puis- 20 sance obéissant a u x principe f o n d a m e n t a l de sa religion. . . . Ces m o t s de paix perpétuelle a p p a r t i e n n e n t à la l a n g u e p o l i t i q u e de l ' E u r o p e et sont vides de sens p o u r les sectateurs du P r o p h è t e . . . la trêve est r o m p u e c h a q u e fois q u ' u n g i a o u r c o m m e t , en terre m a h o m é t a n e , u n e de ces mille infractions à la loi, inventées p a r l ' i g n o r a n c e et le f a n a t i s m e . . . [7-11] 25;

340

Aus César Famin: Histoire de la rivalité et du protectorat N a c h der législation m u s u l m a n e « S i u n e ville se r e n d p a r capitulation et ses h a b i t a n t s c o n s e n t e n t à devenir raias (sujet du p r i n c e m a h o m é t a n , mais professant u n e religion étrangère), il n ' e s t p a s p e r m i s de leur rien p r e n d r e d e leur p a y s e t d e leurs terres, n o n plus q u e d ' e n v a h i r leurs 5 maisons . . . D a n s ce cas, les anciennes églises font p a r t i e de leurs p r o priétés» m i t der p e r m i s s i o n d'y célébrer leur culte. A b e r sie d ü r f e n keine union b a u e n . Ist eine S t a d t g e w a l t s a m g e n o m m e n , il faut laisser a u x h a b i t a n t s leurs a n c i e n n e s églises, m a i s seulement c o m m e lieux d ' h a b i t a tion et sans qu'ils puissent y célébrer leur culte. 10 Omar p r i t J é r u s a l e m en 636, w a n n le catholicisme r o m a i n était d a n s l'empire d ' O r i e n t la seule religion de l ' E t a t . C a p i t u l i r t e . H i e l t e n d a h e r leurs anciennes églises et leur culte, c.-à.-d. les églises r o m a i n e s et le culte romain. 1187 n i m m t Salaeddin d e n croisés J e r u s a l e m wieder; a b e r wieder capilo tulation. . . . La possession des lieux saints, d i s p u t é e e n t r e les L a t i n s , les Grecs et les A r m é n i e n s , n ' i m p l i q u e p a s le d r o i t de propriété, m a i s seulem e n t celui d'usufruit. La loi m u s u l m a n e s ' o p p o s e à ce q u e les infidèles possèdent d a n s le p a y s des fidèles . . . elle leur a c c o r d e l ' a u t o r i s a t i o n d'entretenir les anciennes églises c.-à.-d. de les r é p a r e r et de relever les parties 20 tombées, sans p o u v o i r y ajouter de nouvelles c o n s t r u c t i o n s . À des é p o ques déterminées, les c o m m i s s a i r e s délégués p a r les g o u v e r n e m e n t s de provinces v o n t visiter les sanctuaires et les églises des C h r é t i e n s p o u r s'assurer qu'il n ' y a rien été ajouté, s o u s p r é t e x t e de r e s t a u r a t i o n . . . [12-15] Cette défense n'est applicable q u ' a u x villes, (in d e r a c c e p t a t i o n 25 religieuse de l'islamisme, t o u t e n d r o i t h a b i t é p a r des m u s u l m a n s et où on peut observer les p r a t i q u e s extérieures de la religion de M a h o m e t ) , et n o n aux villages - lieux occupés p a r les g i a o u r s , les r a i a s , où les m u s u l m a n s n ' h a b i t e n t p a s , et où ils n ' o n t élevé a u c u n e m o s q u é e . . . . la loi du prince, plus sévère q u e la loi de l'islamisme, s ' o p p o s e à ce q u e les infidèles fassent 30 construire sans son a u t o r i s a t i o n spéciale, m ê m e d a n s les lieux r é p u t é s v i l l a g e s . . . Il est vrai q u ' u n e église nouvelle du rite grec a été c o n s t r u i t e à Pera d a n s le siècle dernier; m a i s la R u s s i e l'avait exigé (traité de K a i nardji) (art. X I V ) la P o r t e a cédé à la force . . . La possession des lieux saints d a h e r n i c h t d r o i t de propriété, m a i s seulement d'usufruit g a r a n t i 35 par les traités. D a n s les usages de l ' O r i e n t et de la terre sainte, la possession exclusive d ' u n e église, s a n c t u a i r e s , autel, quel qu'il soit p a r u n e c o m m u n i o n chrétienne, n ' e x c l u t p a s les a u t r e s c o m m u n i o n s d e l a faculté d'y célébrer; m a i s les possesseurs o n t seuls le d r o i t d ' e n g a r d e r les clefs, d'y r é p a r e r des édifices et de les e n t r e t e n i r à leurs frais, d ' y a l l u m e r des 40 lampes et d'y é t e n d r e les tapis, signe extérieur du d r o i t de possession . . . [17,18] N a c h d e n G r i e c h e n stiftete St. H e l e n e , M u t t e r des C o n s t a n t i n die

341

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 K i r c h e n z u J e r u s a l e m . Als E r b e seiner M u t t e r C o n s t a n t i n E i g e n t h ü m e r . A b e r Reise d e r H e l e n e 326 n. C h . f 328 b e v o r C o n s t a n t i n éleva C o n s t a n t i n o p l e sur les ruines de Byzance. H e l e n e u. C o n s t a n t i n a p p a r t e n a i e n t à l a religion d e R o m e ; d a m a l s n u r E i n e K i r c h e . R o m h a t H e l e n e canonisirt. Griechische Kirche d a t i r t v o m schisme of P h o t i u s w h i c h arriv5 e d i n the 9 century; the s e p a r a t i o n o f t h e t w o c h u r c h e s n o t c o n s u m m a t e d till the 1 1 century, t h a t is 7 centuries after C o n s t a n t i n ' s d e a t h . It i s therefore t o the L a t i n C h u r c h t h a t H e l e n e h a s b e q u e a t h e d h e r found a t i o n s a n d n o t t o t h e G r e e k C h u r c h , o f w h o s e future existence she c o u l d n o t be a w a r e . . . B u t it is said t h a t they gave t h e m to h e r s o n a n d his 10 descended, w h o h a d t r a n s m i t t e d i t a s their p r o p e r t y t o t h e G r e e k e m p i r e a n d its legitimate successors. H e l e n e by f o u n d i n g c h u r c h e s at t h e holy places a n d erecting the C h a p e l o f the H o l y Sépulcre o n the g r o u n d w h e r e she h a d discovered t h e t r u e cross (croisé heißt croise), p a i d the costs in o r d e r to d e v o t e t h e m to G o d a n d the C h u r c h . . . T h e Armenian Church 15 existed a l r e a d y a t t h e e p o c h o f O m a r , h a v i n g s p r u n g u p i n t h e m i d d l e o f t h e V century; b u t the A r m e n i a n rite h a s never b e e n t h e S t a t e religion, a n d this q u e s t i o n of interference c a n n o t c o n c e r n it at all. [20-22] | t h

t h

t h

|[13]| C h . II.

Origine et nature des capitulations.

20

W i t h the M a h o m m e d a n s , a F o r e i g n e r is a foe, et n o b o d y will d a r e to p r e sent himself in a hostile c o u n t r y w i t h o u t a safe-conduct, (sauf-conduit). T h i s i s t h e r e a s o n w h y t h e first E u r o p e a n m e r c h a n t s w h o p r o p o s e d t o try t h e c h a n c e s of c o m m e r c e in countries subjected to t h e I s l a m i s m e felt o b liged to cause an exceptional t r e a t m e n t a n d privileges, originally p e r s o n a l 25 b u t extended afterwards t o t h e w h o l e n a t i o n t o b e g r a n t e d t o t h e m . Hence the origin of the capitulations. C a p i t u l a t i o n s a r e i m p e r i a l D i p l o m a s , letters o f privileges, o c t r o y e d b y the O t t o m a n P o r t e t o different E u r o p e a n n a t i o n s , for a u t h o r i z i n g their subjects to freely e n t e r m a h o m e t a n c o u n t r i e s , a n d to tranquilly apply themselves t h e r e to their affairs a n d t h e practices 30 (usages) of their w o r s h i p . T h e y differ f r o m treaties in this essential p o i n t t h a t they are n o reciprocal acts, c o n t r a d i c t i n g l y d e b a t e d b e t w e e n t h e cont r a c t i n g parties, a n d accepted b y t h e m , o n t h e c o n d i t i o n o f m u t u a l a d v a n tages a n d concessions. T h e c a p i t u l a t i o n s , o n t h e c o n t r a r y , are o n e sided concessions on t h e p a r t of the G o v e r n m e n t w h i c h g r a n t s t h e m ; hence they 35 m a y b e recalled a t its pleasure. T h e P o r t e , therefore, h a s s o m e t i m e s n u l lified the privileges g r a n t e d t o o n e n a t i o n b y e x t e n d i n g t h e m t o o t h e r s , o r it h a s r e v o k e d (repealed) t h e m a l t o g e t h e r by refusing to c o n t i n u e their

342

Aus César Famin: Histoire de la rivalité et du protectorat Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 4. Seite 12*

Aus César Famin: Histoire de la rivalité et du protectorat application . . . T h i s p r e c a r i o u s c h a r a c t e r o f t h e c a p i t u l a t i o n s m a d e t h e m a n eternal s o u r c e o f c o m p l a i n t s a n d d i s p u t e s , o f c o m p l a i n t s o n t h e p a r t s of ambassadors and of that prodigious exchange of contradictory notes a n d firmans received at t h e e p o c h of every n e w reign. T h i s state of things 5 lasted w i t h respect to F r a n c e d u r i n g 3 centuries, f r o m 1507, t h e d a t e of her f i r s t k n o w n c a p i t u l a t i o n , t o 1802, w h e n N a p o l e o n t h o u g h t f i t t o m a k e the existence a n d t h e m a i n t a i n a n c e o f t h e c a p i t u l a t i o n s t h e object of an article of t r e a t y , a n d t h u s to give t h e m t h e c h a r a c t e r of o b l i g a t o r y clauses. R u s s i a , a l t h o u g h only entering several centuries after F r a n c e i n t o 10 international relations w i t h t h e P o r t e , p r e c e d e d her, nevertheless in p r o curing this essential g u a r a n t e e to t h e c a p i t u l a t i o n s of w h i c h she h a d o b t a i n e d t h e benefit by the right of assimilation: t h e c a p i t u l a t i o n s , to the profit of R u s s i a n Subjects, being i n d e e d m e n t i o n e d in the t r e a t y of K a i nardji of 1774. ( A r t . X I ) [23-25] 15 After t h e p e a c e of Belgrad (1739) t h e m a r q u i s of Villeneuve, french a m b a s s a d o r a t C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , c a u s e d t h e old c a p i t u l a t i o n s o b t a i n e d b y the F r e n c h K i n g s t o b e renewed a n d confirmed. T h i s c o m p i l a t i o n o f t h e capitulations of 1535, 1604 a n d 1673, a u g m e n t e d by n e w concessions, is ordinarily b u t i m p r o p e r l y called the t r e a t y of 1740. T h e c a p i t u l a t i o n s 20 granted to F o r e i g n P o w e r s n o t being a c c o m p a n i e d by a t r a n s l a t i o n , t h e comte of Vergennes, A m b a s s a d o r at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , succeeded in c a u s ing a n official t r a n s l a t i o n t o b e m a d e entitled: " A n c i e n t a n d recent C a p i tulations o r treaties b e t w e e n t h e c o u r t o f F r a n c e a n d the O t t o m a n P o r t e , renewed a n d a u g m e n t e d in t h e y e a r 1740 of J. C. a n d 1153 of t h e H e g i r a : 25 translated at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e by M r . D e v a l , secretary i n t e r p r è t e of t h e King a n d his f i r s t d r a g o m a n a t t h e O t t o m a n c o u r t , 1 7 6 1 . " [26] C a p i t u l a t i o n s of 1535 ( S o l i m a n the G r e a t a n d F r a n c i s I); 1604 ( A h m e d I a n d H e n r y IV); 1673 ( M o u s t a p h a I I a n d L o u i s X I V ) : . . . a l t o gether 85 articles of w h i c h 10 relate to t h e H o l y Places a n d t h e P r o t e c 30 torate of F r a n c e , (art. 29, 3 2 - 3 6 , 8 2 - 4 ) Art. 1 G r a n t s to the F r e n c h full liberty to visit J e r u s a l e m a n d p r o m i s e s not t o t r o u b l e t h e m o n k s i n t h e c h u r c h o f t h e H o l y Sepulchre, called Kamama. Art. 29 e x t e n d s to t h e F r e n c h t h e benefit of t h e c a p i t u l a t i o n s g r a n t e d 35 to the Venetians. Art. 32 allowes F o r e i g n e r s w h o h a v e no embassies at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e to c o m e a n d go freely, to t r a d e , a n d to visit the H o l y places, if they do so u n d e r t h e flag of t h e " F r e n c h E m p e r o r " . Art. 35 relates to the F r e n c h Jesuit at S m y r n a , Seyde, A l e x a n d r i a etc., 40 a n d to t h e c a p u c i n s established at G a l a t a .

345

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 Art. 82 allows t h e m o n k s w h o d e p e n d on F r a n c e to r e p a i r the sanctuaries which they possess and enjoy; the p a c h a s , cadis, a n d o t h e r officers, are t o m a k e t h e m b u t o n e visit i n the year, t o ascertain w h e t h e r n o secret r e p a r a t i o n s h a v e b e e n effected. T h e b i s h o p s a n d m o n k s d e p e n d e n t o n the E m p e r o r of F r a n c e will be p r o t e c t e d , a n d n o b o d y shall p r e v e n t t h e m 5 f r o m exercising their practices of their worship at the churches they possess, as well as at t h e o t h e r places they live in. (inhabit.) Art. 83 As t h e friendship of the C o u r t of F r a n c e w i t h t h e O t t o m a n P o r t e is older than that with other courts, we c o m m a n d , in o r d e r t h a t it be t r e a t e d in t h e m o s t digne ( w o r t h y ) m a n n e r , t h a t t h e privileges a n d h o n - 10 o u r s p r a c t i s e d t o w a r d s the o t h e r franc n a t i o n s ; a r e also t o t a k e p l a c e with respect to t h e subjects of the F r e n c h E m p e r o r . Art. 84 E v e n if t h e r e w a s p r o d u c e d s o m e c o m m a n d m e n t of an a n t e r i o r or p o s t e r i o r d a t e , c o n t r a d i c t o r y with the h o n o u r of t h o s e articles; it shall n o t be executed b u t suppressed a n d cancelled, in c o n f o r m i t y . [27-30] 15 By allowing t h e subjects of hostile n a t i o n s ( h a r b y s ) , to c o m e a n d to go freely a n d t o visit t h e h o l y places, p r o v i d e d t h a t this b e d o n e u n d e r the f l a g o f t h e F r e n c h E m p e r o r " t h e C a p i t u l a t i o n s c o n s e c r a t e t h e right o f t h a t G o v . t o p r o t e c t t h e subjects o f friendly a n d allied n a t i o n s w h o b o r r o w these c o l o u r s w h e n visiting t h e holy places. N o w , the latin m o n k s 20 w h o serve t h e s a n c t u a r i e s , i f they b e n o t F r e n c h m e n , are S p a n i a r d s o r I t a l i a n s w h o p r a y for the Emperor of France a n d p l a c e themselves u n d e r his b a n n e r — a n y obstacle p u t to the free exercise of their w o r s h i p at the places they dwell in a n d t h e sanctuaries t h e y k e e p , a n y act of violence p e r p e t r a t e d to their prejudice, a r e as m a n y infractions of t h e P r o t e c t o r a t 25 of t h e banner of France ( b a n n i è r e de la F r a n c e ) , a c k n o w l e d g e s in art. 32 o f t h e c a p i t u l a t i o n s o f 1740: ' T h e m o n k s w h o profess t h e f r a n k religion, t o w h a t e v e r n a t i o n they m a y belong, shall n o t b e t r o u b l e d i n t h e exercise of their functions in the places of o u r e m p i r e w h e r e they are l o n g time s i n c e . ' " . . . This c o n s t i t u t e s the right of F r a n c e to a P r o t e c t o r a t e of the 30 french 1 0 m o n k s (religieux) . . . art. 3 3 r e p r o d u c e s t h e c a p i t u l a t i o n o b t a i n e d i n 1673 b y M . d e N o i n t e l . T h e french m o n k s are m a i n t a i n e d i n the possession of the C h u r c h of the H o l y S e p u l c h r e a n d t h e places of visit a t i o n they i n h a b i t , within a n d w i t h o u t t h e t o w n o f J e r u s a l e m , ||[14]| and these sanctuaries will r e m a i n in their h a n d s as formerly, (in former 35 times.) B y these w o r d s : " w i t h o u t the t o w n " are t o b e u n d e r s t o o d G e t h s e m a n i , B e t h l é e m a n d the o t h e r sanctuaries possessed since time i m m e m o r i a l by t h e catholic m o n k s . . . These articles i n t e n d p r e v e n t i n g t h e croisement of t h o s e c o n t r a d i c t o r y finnans which t h e P o r t e h a s a l w a y s a b u s e d in the m o s t d e p l o r a b l e m a n n e r , n o w in f a v o u r of t h e catholics, then in 40 favour o f t h e G r e e k s , a n d a n o t h e r while i n t h a t o f t h e A r m e n i a n s , accor-

346

Aus César Famin: Histoire de la rivalité et du protectorat ding t o t h e P a t r i a r c h s giving t o t h e Visiers a n d P a s h a s m o r e o r less g r e a t sums of m o n e y , or as the political c i r c u m s t a n c e s m a d e prevail t h e influence of this or t h a t sovereign . . . T h e c a p i t u l a t i o n s of 1740, t h e n , c o n t a i n the right of P r o t e c t o r a t e , on the p a r t of F r a n c e , of t h e subjects of catholic 5 nations visiting t h e h o l y places a n d the m o n k s t h e r e established, to w h a t ever n a t i o n they m a y belong, they c o n t a i n besides t h e c o n s e c r a t i o n of the right o f t h e L a t i n s t o conserve, u n d e r the p r o t e c t i o n o f F r a n c e , t h e s a n c tuaries situated w i t h i n a n d w i t h o u t t h e t o w n of J e r u s a l e m , "which are long time since in their hands". W h e n R u s s i a m a d e h e r treaty of 1774, 10 F r a n c e possessed a l r e a d y by article 83 t h e right to enjoy t h e t r e a t m e n t of the m o s t f a v o u r e d n a t i o n . . . As to a right of P r o t e c t o r a t e over the Catholic subjects of the Porte, F r a n c e h a s never p r e t e n d e d to i t . . . by art. 7 of the t r e a t y of K a i n a r d j i R u s s i a stipulates " t h a t the O t t o m a n G o v . should protect the Christian religion and its churches". At t h a t t i m e 15 Russia r e s t o r e d to t h e P o r t e s o m e C h r i s t i a n P r o v i n c e s she h a d t a k e n from it d u r i n g t h e last war, such as Bessarabia, M o l d a v i a , Wallachia; it was, then, n a t u r a l t h a t she stipulated a c o n d i t i o n of g o o d t r e a t m e n t to the i n h a b i t a n t s o f t h o s e provinces c o m p r o m i s e d b y their s u b m i s s i o n t o the R u s s . g o v . . . . At all instances, if t h e o t t . gov. h a s engaged itself 20 to p r o t e c t its christian subjects a n d their c h u r c h e s , it has s t i p u l a t e d t h a t it would p r o t e c t t h e m itself, a n d h a s n o t alienated its right of sovereignty to the profit of a F o r e i g n P o w e r . . . As to the right of m a k i n g representations it is, in t h e s a m e article, only g r a n t e d to R u s s i a in f a v o u r of the new c h u r c h at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e a n d its desservants. [30-35] 25 Besides these capitulations, the Mussulmans have connected themselves with the Europ. powers by synallagmatic treaties. F r a n c e is t h e m o s t ancient ally of T u r k e y . . . [35, 36]

Ch. III. The Holy places and Jerusalem. To complete the c a p i t u l a t i o n s of 1740, it w a s yet necessary to m a k e m o r e 30 precise the dispositions of A r t . 33 (ancient c a p i t u l a t i o n of 1673), by indicating the sanctuaries possessed by t h e catholics. S u c h w a s the object of the firman o b t a i n e d in 1757 by the C o m t e of Vergennes. T h i s d a t e is m o s t i m p o r t a n t , a s F r a n c e h a s c o n s t a n t l y , since t h a t e p o c h , a s k e d for the p o s session being replaced into t h e state w h e r e they h a d been after t h e c a p i 35 tulations of 1740 a n d t h e firman explicatif of 1757 . . . E n u m e r a t i o n of t h e principal sanctuaries possessed by the L a t i n s in 1757 (p. 40, 4 1 , 42) E n u meration o f the places possessed a t t h a t time b y t h e G r e e k s , A r m e n i a n s , Abyssinians, Syrians, K o p t e s . . . all t h e c h a n g e s effected in t h a t

347

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 state o f things since 1757, c o n s t i t u t e s o m a n y e n c r o a c h m e n t s a n d u s u r p a t i o n s w h i c h F r a n c e insists u p o n being redressed . . . T h i s p o i n t o f d e p a r t , in t h e eyes of the L a t i n s , is the year 1757 . . . [43] T h e c h u r c h e s , chapels, s a n c t u a r i e s erected a t t h e places t o w h i c h t r a d i t i o n calls m o r e particularly t h e v e n e r a t i o n of the C h r e t i e n s , b e c o m e objects of c o v e t o u s n e s s for the 5 dissentent sects, every c o m m u n i o n vindicating t h e right of t h e i r possession, m a i n t a i n a n c e , repairs, a n d o f k e e p i n g t h e keys. T h e u s u r p a t i o n s , t h e e n c r o a c h m e n t s , t h e s c a n d a l o u s disputes h a v e led to d e p l o r a b l e rixes b e t w e e n the L a t i n s a n d G r e e k s . O t h e r p r é t e n d a n t s h a v e c o m e in, a n d confiscated to their profit, s o m e débris (ruins, w r e c k s , r u b b i s h ) w h i c h 10 h a d escaped the c o m b a t o f the great c o m m u n i o n s : these a r e t h e A r m e n i a n s , K o p t e s , Syrians, a n d Abyssinians. T h e sovereigns o f E u r o p e , interfering i n t h e q u a r r e l , h a d pressed themselves t o t h e m a s t e r s o f t h e g r o u n d (soil), t o fanatic a n d greedy P a c h a s w h o a b u s e d their p o s i t i o n ; the O t t o m a n P o r t e a n d its agents, a d o p t i n g t h e m o s t t r o u b l e s o m e (saddest) 15 système de bascule, h a v e given j u d g e m e n t , o n e after a n o t h e r , (by t u r n s ) in f a v o u r o f t h e L a t i n s , G r e e k s , o r A r m e n i a n s , a s k i n g a n d receiving gold f r o m all h a n d s , a n d l a u g h i n g indistinctly a t all o f t h e m w h o m t h e y were r a n s o m i n g . . . . H a r d l y h a d the T u r k s g r a n t e d a firman a c k n o w l e d g i n g t h e rights of the L a t i n s to the possession of a c o n t e s t e d place, w h e n the 20 A r m e n i a n s p r e s e n t e d themselves with a p u r s e in their h a n d s , heavier t h a n t h a t o f t h e L a t i n s , a n d instantly o b t a i n e d a c o n t r a d i c t o r y f i r m a n . T h e s a m e tactics w a s followed with respect to t h e G r e e k s w h o , besides, as officially r e c o r d e d in different firmans of t h e P o r t e , a n d houdjets (judgm e n t s ) of its agents, k n e w h o w to p r o c u r e false a n d a p o c r y p h e titles. ... 25 In o t h e r occasions, the decisions of t h e S u l t a n ' s g o v e r n m e n t were stift off a n d frustrated by t h e cupidity a n d ill will (malevolence) of t h e P a s h a s of Syria a n d their s u b a l t e r n agents. T h e n i t w a s necessary t o r e s u m e n e g o tiations, t o a p p a i n t commissaries, a n d m a k e n e w sacrifices. A t last, w h a t t h e P o r t e , in o t h e r times, h a d the w r o n g to g r a n t in e x c h a n g e for a 30 p e c u n i a r y r e n u m e r a t i o n , it h a s d o n e in o u r d a y s , from fear, in o r d e r to secure s o m e p r o t e c t i o n a n d favour. H a v i n g d o n e justice t o t h e r e c l a m a tions o f F r a n c e a n d t h e L a t i n s , i t h a s t e n e d t o m a k e c o n t r a d i c t o r i l y the s a m e c o n d i t i o n s t o R u s s i a a n d the G r e e k s c o n t i n u i n g t h u s t o escape, b e t w e e n t w o waters, the s t o r m it felt n o t t h e p o w e r of e n c o u n t e r i n g ... 35 T h e r e i s n o s a n c t u a r y , n o chapel, n o stone o f t h e c h u r c h o f the H o l y Sepulchre, t h a t h a d n o t b e e n the object o f q u a r r e l b e t w e e n t h e different christian c o m m u n i o n s , q u a r r e l s often of a b l o o d y c h a r a c t e r . . . t h e p r o t e c t o r a t e of the holy places is o n e of t h e p h a s e s of t h e / [ 1 5 ] / Oriental q u e s t i o n , incessantly r e p r o d u c e d , c o n s t a n t l y stifled, (assoupi) b u t never 40 solved, (regulated.) a p p e a r s ridiculous to t h e O c c i d e n t a l s , a n d all i m p o r -

348

Aus César Famin: Histoire de la rivalité et du protectorat tant t o t h e O r i e n t a l s . J e r u s a l e m a n d t h e H o l y places a r e i n h a b i t e d b y nations professing 8 religions: t h e L a t i n s , G r e e k s , A r m e n i a n s , K o p t e s , Abyssinians, Syrians, Jews, a n d M u s u l m a n s . [45-48] Since 1840 the p r o t estants m u s t b e a d d e d . . . All this r u b b i s h o f different n a t i o n s live a t 5 Jerusalem s e p a r a t e d from e a c h o t h e r , hostile a n d j e a l o u s . A n o m a d e p o p u l a t i o n incessantly r e n e w e d b y pilgrimages o r d e c i m a t e d b y t h e pest a n d oppressions. " A t t h e e n d of s o m e years, says a recent traveller, t h e E u r o p e a n dies or r e t u r n s to E u r o p e ; the p a c h a s a n d their gardes go to D a m a s c u s o r C o n s t a n t i n o p l e a n d t h e A r a b t o t h e desert. J e r u s s a l e m i s 10 but a p l a c e w h e r e e v e r y o n e arrives to erect his tent; b u t the t o w n of D a v i d h a s n o p e o p l e o f its o w n . " T h e s e d e n t a r y p o p u l a t i o n o f J e r u s a l e m n u m b e r s a b o u t 15,500 souls: •Jews,... 8,000; Musulmans, . . . 4,000; Christians, 3,490. Total: 15,490. T h e p a r t i c u l a r e n u m e r a t i o n of the C h r i s t i a n s gives the following 15 chiffres: Greeks, 2,000; Latins, 1,000; Armenians, 350; Koptes, 100; Syrians, 20; Abyssinians, 20; Total: 3,490. (Schultz, J e r u s a l e m ) . [49] T h e M u s s u l m a n s , f o r m i n g a b o u t ( a q u a r t e r ) the f o r t h p a r t o f the inhabitants of J e r u s a l e m , are h e r e t h e m a s t e r s in every r e s p e c t — p o p u l a t i o n 20 c o m p o s e d of Turcs, A r a b s a n d M a u r e s . . . E v e r y b o d y in t h e h o l y city gets a life by his religion (lives u p o n his religion) a n d the 12, or 13,000 greek or a r m e n i a n pèlerins w h o visit J e r u s a l e m yearly, furnish the m a i n n o u r i s h ment (alimant) (element) of t h e c o m m e r c i a l t r a n s a c t i o n s of the s e d e n t a r y p o p u l a t i o n . T h e L a t i n s gain a living from t h e subsidies a n d a l m s of their 25 correligionists of F r a n c e a n d A u s t r i a . Ecclesiastic dignitaries resident at J e r u s a l e m etc. (p. 50, 51) Beside t h e m o n a s t e r i e s a n d s a n c t u a r i e s , the C h r i s t i a n n a t i o n s possess at Jerusalem little m o n a s t e r i e s or h a b i t a t i o n s a n n e x e d to the C h u r c h of the H o l y Sepulchre, for t h e m o n k s w h o h a v e t o w a t c h , b y d a y a n d night, 30 the holy sepulchre. At d e t e r m i n e d e p o c h s these m o n k s a r e relieved f r o m their g u a r d . T h e s e little m o n a s t e r i e s h a v e b u t o n e p o r t e ( d o o r ) w h i c h opens into the interior: b u t t h e m o n k s ' g u a r d i a n s receive their food from without, t h r o u g h t h e i n s t r u m e n t a l i t y of a w i c k e t ( c u p b o a r d , guichet.) The d o o r (porte) of t h e C h u r c h is closed a n d g u a r d e d by the T u r k s , 35 who d o n ' t o p e n it b u t at t h e price of m o n e y , a n d close it a c c o r d i n g to their caprice or cupidity; b u t of all t h e F o r e i g n n a t i o n s w h o visit t h e holy places there i s n o n e m o r e w r o n g e d a n d r a n s o m e d t h a n t h e Jews. "The Jews form a l m o s t t h e half [of] the p o p u l a t i o n of t h e H o l y city . . . they i n h a b i t the m o s t f i l t h y q u a r t e r " ( q u a r t i e r ) , called H a r ê t h - e l - Y a h o u d , 40 between t h e Sion a n d t h e M o r i a h , w h e r e their s y n a g o g u e s a r e situated . . . N o t h i n g equals (comes u p t o ; i s t o [be] c o m p a r e d with) t h e misery a n d

349

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4

t h e sufferings of t h e Jews of J e r u s a l e m , f o r m i n g t h e incessant object of M u s u l m a n o p p r e s s i o n s a n d i n t o l e r a n c e , insulted b y t h e G r e e k s , i n hostility w i t h t h e L a t i n s , a n d getting a livelihood o n l y f r o m t h e p a r s i m o n i o u s a l m s t r a n s m i t t e d b y their E u r o p e a n b r o t h e r s . T h e j e w s h o w e v e r b e l o n g to different d i s t a n t c o u n t r i e s , a n d a r e only a t t r a c t e d to J e r u s a l e m by t h e 5 desire to c h o o s e their places in the valley of J o s a p h a t , a n d to die on t h e very places w h e r e t h e r e s u r r e c t i o n i s t o f i n d t h e m a g a i n (back.) W h i l e a t t e n d i n g their d e a t h , they suffer a n d p r a y ; they s h e d tears a b o u t t h e m i s f o r t u n e s o f Sion, their dispersion t h r o u g h o u t t h e w o r l d , their r e g a r d s t u r n e d to t h a t " m o u n t a i n of M o r i a h w h e r e o n c e r o s e t h e temple 10 o f S a l o m o n , a n d w h i c h they d a r e n o t t o a p p r o a c h " . ] [51-55]

|[16]|

Chap. IV. Schismes et Divisions des Églises chrétiennes.

Α. 320 heresy of Arius: C h r i s t u s w a s before M a r i a , b u t h a d h a d a c o m ­ m e n c e m e n t , a n d h a d , by t h e g o o d use m a d e of its his free arbiter, de- 15 served (merited) t o p a s s f r o m t h e state o f m e n i n t o t h a t o f G o d ' s son. I m m e d i a t e l y c o n d e m n e d by a council held at A l e x a n d r i a , b u t c o n t i n u e d to spread. Therefore: A. 325. Concile oecuménique of Nicea (assembled by C o n s t a n t i n the G r e a t . ) 300 évêques. C o n s t a n t i n Symbol of Nicea: " T h e r e a r e in Jesus 20 C h r i s t t w o natures, the divine and the human nature; b u t t h e r e is in h i m b u t one single person (individed), which is t h e p e r s o n of t h e s o n of G o d . " [58] A. 381. S e c o n d concile oecuménique à Constantinople. D i v i n i t y of the H o l y G h o s t , p r o c l a i m e d to p r o c e e d f r o m t h e Son as well as from the father. 25 A. 428. Nestorius, b i s h o p at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , duality of persons in Jesus. Nestorianism. C o n d e m n e d by t h e t h i r d concile oecuménique at E p h e s e . O n e of his m o s t a r d e n t a n t a g o n i s t s , Eutyches, p r o c l a i m s A. 448 t h e unity of natures. Dioscorus, p a t r i a r c h of A l e x a n d r i a , m a i n t a i n s t h e s a m e d o c t r i n e , s p r e a d s it t h r o u g h t h e E g y p t i a n C h u r c h , a n d thus 30 t h e Koptes did receive it. Monophysites ou Eutychéen. E u t y c h e s a n d D i o s core c o n d e m n e d A. 451 by t h e 4 o e c u m e n i c council, that of Chalcédoine. G r e e k C h u r c h verwirft d a ß Spiritus p r o c e d i t a p a t r e Filioque; h e n c e t h e s e p a r a t i o n . ; A m o n g s t the m i n o r cases of division: t h e w o r s h i p of i m a g e s (pictures), 351 t h e ecclesiastic s u p r e m a c y , t h e n a t i o n a l diversity of t h e liturgy, t h e lang u a g e , a n d t h e g a r m e n t s of t h e priest, his celibacy or legitimate u n i o n w i t h a wife, t h e m a n n e r of a d m i n i s t e r i n g t h e e u c h a r i s t y , etc. T h e Greek t h

350

Aus César Famin: Histoire de la rivalité et du protectorat and Russo Greek Church reject the "fílioque", refusent to believe in t h e p u r g a t o r y , a n d d o n o t p r o c l a i m i n a n a b s o l u t e m a n n e r the eternity o f p u n i s h m e n t s . [59-62] T h e Armenian Church believes only in one nature in Christ, b u t c o n 5 demns, nevertheless, E u t y c h e s . T h e A b y s s i n i a n s , t h e C h u r c h o f A l e x a n d r i a , t h e Syrians, a n d J a c o bites, are all of t h e m m o n o p h y s i t e s . . . [62] T h e Latin C h u r c h h a s f o u n d its a d h e r e n t s within the latin a n d g e r m a n races; t h e latin elements prevail. 10 T h e Greek C h u r c h h a s f o u n d its a d h e r e n t s w i t h t h e slave, turco-slave, and hellénic races; the m a i n element is t h e slave o n e . T h e Protestants h a v e f o u n d their a d h e r e n t s with t h e G e r m a n , A n g l o Saxon, a n d Scandinavian races; t h e German element p r e d o m i n a t e s . T h e o t h e r C h u r c h e s b e l o n g t o asiatic a n d african races. 15 F o u r groups on t h e h o l y places. (Sieh u n t e n ) . Nestorians or Chaldeens do not f i g u r e a m o n g s t t h e m , their p a t r i a r c h residing a t M o s s o u l . T h e r e a r e also Nestorians-Catholiques, t h e b i s h o p of w h o m resides at B a g d a d . [66]

1)

Latins,

United Greeks,

Maronites.

t h

Latins. U n t i l the 1 1 c e n t u r y latin Church a n d Greek Church, or O r i e n t a l 20 and Occidental C h u r c h , were d e n o m i n a t i o n s n o t expressing a schisme, but only a distinction of g e o g r a p h y a n d of t h e 2 m a i n l a n g u a g e s used in Christian society . . . [67] I n the O t t o m a n E m p i r e m o r e t h a n 1 3 millions o f G r e e k s a n d h a r d l y one million o f L a t i n s . . . T h e greeks m o r e n u m e r o u s i n R u m e l y t h a n 25 Anatoli, while for the L a t i n s the p r o p o r t i o n is inverse . . . t h e F r e n c h language, o n c e s p o k e n a t J e r u s a l e m a s a t P a r i s , i s n o w h a r d l y k n o w n i n the m o n a s t e r y o f t h e L a t i n fathers ( R o m a n s , S a r d i n i a n s , N e a p o l i t a n s , Austrians, S p a n i a r d s , G e r m a n s ) . . . a l m o s t all o f t h e m a r e j e a l o u s o f t h e French p r o t e c t o r a t e a n d w o u l d like to s u b s t i t u t e t h a t of A u s t r i a , or Sar30 dinia, or N a p l e s , the t w o latter a s s u m i n g b o t h the title of K i n g of J e r u salem . . . stealing of stones from a g r o t t e of Bethléem, a tapestry, or keys of a s a n c t u a r y ... F r e n c h c o n s u l at J e r u s a l e m . . . a chair, a c u s h i o n , (pillow), any ridiculous p r e c e d e n c y . . . the L a t i n s h a v e e a c h y e a r only to oppose 6 0 - 8 0 F o r e i g n visitors t o 10-12,000 G r e e k s . . . [68-71] 35 United Greeks. D e s c e n d a n t s f r o m t h e C h r i s t i a n s of t h e B a s - E m p i r e , Syria, a n d t h e provinces o f t h e L e v a n t , w h o , refusing t o accept t h e heresies of N e s t o r i a n s a n d E u t y c h e s , subjected themselves to t h e council of Chalcedoine a n d t h e edict of t h e E m p e r o r M a r c i a n u s . [72] A c k n o w l e d g e

351

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4

t h e spiritual j u r i s d i c t i o n o f R o m e . . . T h e c o m m u n i o n o f t h e U n i t e d G r e e k s m a s t e r s a t p r e s e n t h a r d l y m o r e t h a n 4 millions, w h o t o t h e greate r p a r t h a v e t a k e n refuge t o the A u s t r i a n d o m i n i o n s (Gallicia a n d t h e military frontiers). In P o l a n d there r e m a i n h a r d l y 240,000. [77] Maronites. At all times p r o t e c t e d by F r a n c e ; p o p u l a t i o n of J40,000 souls i n t h e L i b a n o n , a n d principally i n K e s r o u a n , p a s h a l i c o f Tripoli. S y r i a n C h r i s t i a n s , w h o f l e d before their enemies t o these wild m o u n t a i n s . I n h a b i t e d t h e L i b a n o n at t h e times of t h e 1 c r u s a d e . (1095). | [78,79]

5

st

I [17] I 2. Greeks,

Gréco-Russes, Hellènes.

891 i Photius. [83-86] 10 T h e Greeks, (subjects of T u r k e y - R a i a s ) . (Moldo-Wallqchia, Austria.), acknowledging the supremacy of the patriarch of Constantinople. T h e Greco-Russians, w h o s e chief spiritual a u t h o r i t y is t h e C s a r . [94] the Hellenes, of w h o m t h e k i n g a n d t h e s y n o d e of G r e e c e a r e the chief a u t h o r i t i e s . [95] 15 a) Greco-Russian Church b) Church of Constantinople: Empire Ottoman Danubian provinces Austria c) Church of Athens: Total:

49,000,000 13,730,000 3,500,000 3,160,000 900,000 70,290,000

i > 20,390,000 j [101]

Population of the Ottom. Empire, ( a b s t r a c t i o n faite de Γ E g y p t e , Tunis, et des P r o v i n c e s D a n u b i e n n e s . ) Religions

In

Europe.

Mussulman Greek Armenian Latin Jew

3,800,000 11,370,000 400,000 260,000 70,000 15,900,000

In

Asia.

12,950,000 2,360,000 2,000,000 640,000 100,000 18,050,000

Totals. 16,750,000 13,730,000 2,400,000 900,000 900,000 33,950,000 [120]

a) Church of Constantinople. T h e P a t r i a r c h of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e is the political r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of his n a t i o n s a n d his chief justice. A n y w h e r e , i n t h e O t t o m a n e m p i r e , w h e r e t h e r e i s a n a g g l o m e r a t i o n o f greek sub­ jects, t h e A r c h i b i s h o p s a n d b i s h o p s a r e b y l a w m e m b e r s o f t h e m u n i c i p a l

352

20^

j 25 : {

30 J

Aus César Famin: Histoire de la rivalité et du protectorat councils, a n d preside, u n d e r t h e direction o f t h e p a t r i a r c h s , t o t h e r e p a r tition o f t h e taxes raised u p o n t h e G r e e k s . T h e P a t r i a r c h i s responsible t o the P o r t e of the c o n d u c t of his correligionists. Invested of the right of judging t h e R a i a s o f his C h u r c h , h e delegates this right t o the m e t r o p o l itans a n d b i s h o p s over t h e faithful of their dioceses; t h e cadis a n d officers o f the P o r t e are b o u n d t o cause their sentences t o b e executed. T h e p u n i s h m e n t s they h a v e t h e r i g h t o f p r o n o u n c i n g are f i n e s , i m p r i s o n m e n t , the b a s t o n n a d e , a n d t h e exil. T h e C h u r c h gives t h e m , besides, t h e right o f e x c o m m u n i c a t i o n . I n d e p e n d e n t of the p r o d u c e of t h e fines t h e y raise a varying right in the civil a n d c o m m e r c i a l law-suits. E v e r y h i e r a r c h i c place, a m o n g s t this clergy, h a s its m o n i e d price, is sold at t h e price of money. T h e P a t r i a r c h p a y s t h e D i v a n a h e a v y t r i b u t e i n o r d e r t o o b t a i n his investiture; b u t himself sells the archevêchés et les b i s h o p r i c s to t h e clergy of his cult. T h e s e , on their p a r t , indemnify themselves on the sale o f subaltern dignities a n d t h e t r i b u t e i m p o s e d u p o n the p o p e s . Finally, the latter sell in retail t h e p o w e r s they h a v e b o u g h t f r o m their s u p e r i o r s , and traffick (trade) in all acts of their ministry, such as b a p t i s m , m a r riage, divorces a n d t e s t a m e n t s . A t J e r u s a l e m t h e G r e e k pilgrims are pitilessly r a n s o m e d by their clergy. Beside t h e P a t r i a r c h of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e there exist 3 at J e r u s a l e m , A n t i o c h a , a n d A l e x a n d r i a . . . [98-100]

3.

Armenians,

Koptes,

Abyssinians,

Syrians,

and Jacobites.

a) A r m e n i a n s . En Russie G r e g o r i a n A r m e n i a n s 1,000,000 In Turkey G r e g o r i a n A r m e n i a n s 2,325,000 Latin Armenians 75,000 2,400,000 Total. 3,400,0001 [1091 I [18] I b) Koptes or Kophtes, E g y p t i a n s , d e p e n d i n g u p o n the C h u r c h of Alexandria, a b o u t 165,000, from w h o m 12,000 dwell in K a i r e . In E g y p t 5-6,000 U n i t e d K o p t e s (Latins). [115,116] c) Abyssinians. T h e p o o r n a t i o n of t h e A b y s s i n i a n s h u m b l y vegetates at Jerusalem u n d e r t h e p r o t e c t i o n a n d a t t h e costs o f the A r m e n i a n s , t h e doctrines of w h o m they confess by c a l c u l a t i o n a n d necessity. 3 millions the christians of Abyssinia, (their religion a m i x t u r e of O r t h o d o x y a n d Judaism, d e p e n d o n the C h u r c h o f A l e x a n d r i a , [117,118] M o n o p h y s i t e s ) . (altar, l a m p s , shrines, etc possessed by t h e different n a t i o n s , besides t h e chapels a n d sanctuaries). e) Syrians, livelihood d e p e n d e n t on t h e A r m e n i a n s , w h o s e d o c t r i n e s t h e y confess u p o n t h e w h o l e . [120] f) Jacobites. 353

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 4.

The Protestants.

I n 1840, P r u s s i a a n d E n g l a n d d e s p a t c h e d a n anglican b i s h o p t o J e r u s a l e m . . . T h e a v o w e d object of their mission the conversion of t h e j e w s . . . their first b i s h o p , Alexander, a c o n v e r t e d j e w . . . s e c o n d M. Gobat, ancient mission a r y in t h e O r i e n t ... (from t h e C a n t o n of Basel), french his m a t e r n a l l a n g u a g e . . . anglican . . . fanatic principal against t h e L a t i n s . . . P r o t e s t a n t ism detested by all, Jews, Christians, T u r k s . . . [121-124]

S o m u c h m u s t b e evident, t h a t privileges o f t h e G r e e k t h e o c r a t i c a n d the ... I

|[19]|

Liv. II. Rivalty and protectorate of the Churches.

Ch. I. Christianity at Jerusalem and the firman of Omar. C h r i s t i a n i s m m a d e its f i r s t c o n q u e s t s a t A n t i o c h a a m o n g t h e J e w P o p u lation, a n d it w a s there t h a t the believers b e g a n to call themselves C h r i s t i a n s . . . A t t h e time o f C o n s t a n t i n the G r e a t t h e f i r s t C h r i s t i a n m o n asteries w e r e established in Syria; Helene, his m o t h e r , u n d e r t o o k the pilgrimage t o t h e H o l y places, a n d f o u n d e d there t h e C h a p e l o f t h e H o l y Sepulchre, different c h u r c h e s a n d o t h e r holy e s t a b l i s h m e n t s . . . A t t h e beginning o f t h e V century, E u d o x i e , the wife o f the E m p e r o r T h e o d o sius the y o u n g e r , visited t h e holy places. T h e n u m b e r o f t h e pilgrims w e n t o n r a p i d l y a u g m e n t i n g from y e a r t o year till the V I c e n t u a r y . I n 614, 614) C h o s r o e s or K o s r o u II, K i n g of Persia, t h e n in a state of w a r with t h e R o m a n E m p i r e , i n v a d e d Palestine a t t h e h e a d o f a powerful a r m y w h i c h 26,000 jews h a d j o i n e d . J e r u s a l e m w a s t a k e n a n d s a c k e d (614), 90,000 C h r i s t i a n s slaughtered, the C h u r c h o f the H o l y S e p u l c h r e a n d the o t h e r C h r i s t i a n sanctuaries beset, a n d the city o f S a l o m o n o n c e m o r e d e s t r o y e d . A p a l a c e r e v o l u t i o n cost the life to C h o s r o e s , t h e P e r s i a n s , b e a t e n i n different e n c o u n t e r s b y t h e t r o o p s o f H e r a c l i u s , t h e then E m p e r o r o f C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , retired f r o m Jerusalem, a n d Siróes, their n e w king, accepted a little h o n o u r a b l e peace a n d restituted t h e w h o l e C r o s s . [143-146] t h

t h

354

Aus César Famin: Histoire de la rivalité et du protectorat

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

622. In 622 M a h o n i m e d f o u n d e d his n e w religion a n d in 632 he died w i t h o u t h a v i n g designed ( a p p o i n t e d ) his successor. M a h o m m e d w a s followed b y A b o u - B e k r . (khalif) 634 A b o u - B e k r ; followed by Omar, w h o in 636 c o n q u e r e d J e r u s a l e m , a n d w h o s e reign is celebrated by his c o n quests in E g y p t a n d Syria. T h e yearly c a r a v a n s of pilgrims, f r o m all the countries of Christianity, c o n t i n u e d , e n c o u r a g e d by the t o l e r a n c e o f the M u s s u l m a n s , w h i c h w a s d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e a l l u r e m e n t s o f the t r i b ute raised u p o n the F o r e i g n e r s . . . (from F r a n c e , G e r m a n y , E n g l a n d , Sweden, Spain a n d I t a l y ) . . . J e r u s a l e m h a d s u r r e n d e r e d t o M u s s u l m a n t r o o p s b y c a p i t u l a t i o n a n d were t r e a t e d w i t h t h e u t m o s t m o d e r a t i o n b y the victor. T h e P a t r i a r c h o f J e r u s a l e m directly t r e a t e d w i t h the khalif, a n d o b t a i n ed, for the C h r i s t i a n s , t h e p e r m i s s i o n , of freely exercising their w o r s h i p in the interior of t h e c h u r c h e s , a n d b r i n g i n g up their children in the religion of Christ; b u t t h e r e exists besides a socalled firman of Omar, still in the h a n d s o f the G r e e k m o n k s a t t h e H o l y Sepulchre, p r e s e n t i n g i t a s their most precious title, w h i c h d o c u m e n t h a s b e e n judicially p r o v e d t o b e forged a n d a p o c r y p h e . . . Ramane is called the c h u r c h of t h e H o l y Sepulchre . . . T h i s firman p r e t e n d s to be a c o m p a c t w i t h Z e p h i r i n u s , t h e p a t r i a r c h of J e r u s a l e m , on t h e Olive m o u n t a i n . T h i s c o n v e n t i o n c o m p r i s e s the subjects, clergy, m o n k s a n d n u n s ; a n d g r a n t s t h e m security a t t h e places w h e r e they dwell in. All security to be equally g r a n t e d to their churches a n d t h e places they visit, within a n d w i t h o u t , viz., C h u r c h Kamane (Holy Sepulchre), t h e g r o t t e of the nativity at Bethlehem, t h e great c h u r c h at t h e c a v e r n (den) w i t h its 3 p o r t s at t h e s o u t h , t h e n o r t h , a n d the occident. T h e s a m e p r o t e c t i o n i s a c c o r d e d t o t h e o t h e r C h r i s tians,—Georgians, Abyssinians, Nestorians, Jacobites, and other ones . . . . the m a s t e r s of the soil b e l o n g e d to t h e r o m a n o - s y r i a n race, h a v i n g n o t h i n g i n c o m m o n w i t h the G r e e k s o f the L o w e r E m p i r e . . . P h o t i u s , w h o m the G r e e k C h u r c h considers as its first f o u n d e r c a m e i n t o t h e w o r l d only 2 centuries later. If, therefore, t h e s e d e n t a r y p o p u l a t i o n of J e r u s a l e m , a t the t i m e o f its c o n q u e s t b y O m a r , was c o m p o s e d b y G r e e k s , o n e p a r t o f t h e m were such b y b i r t h , t h e o t h e r s b y subjects, b u t n o n e b y religion. There n o t yet existed a G r e e k C h u r c h in c o n t r a d i s t i n c t i o n to the L a t i n o n e . . . the C h a r a c t e r s themselves in w h i c h t h e p r e t e n d e d f i r m a n is w r i t t e n prove i t t o b e a p o c r y p h e a n d t o b e l o n g t o a m u c h later p e r i o d t h a n t h a t o f O m a r . In 1630, t h e P o r t e sent a c o m m i s s a r y to J e r u s a l e m to i n q u i r e i n t o the authenticity o f t h e d o c u m e n t . T h i s c o m m i s s a r y , called H a s s a n - A g a m a d e , on this occasion, a l o n g r e p o r t conserved in all t h e archives of t h e monasteries of J e r u s a l e m a n d the E u r o p e a n legations at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , where it is declared t h a t t h e firman a t t r i b u t e d to O m a r is b u t an odious

355

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 falsification. T w o o t h e r inquiries successively m a d e a r r i v e d at t h e s a m e conclusion, a n d finally a j u d g e m e n t was given by t h e imperial d i v a n , t h e 2 0 aprii 1690, declaring, for the forth t i m e a n d definitely, t h a t this piece w a s false, vain, a n d c o n s t i t u t e d the crime of i m p o s t u r e . [146-155] t h

Ch. II. The crusades. 810 Charlemagne issued a r e g u l a t i o n as to t h e a l m s to be sent to J e r u salem, p r o p t e r ecclesias D e i r e s t a u r a n d a s . [157] 1010 the Khalife Al-Hakem, of the F a t i m i t e d y n a s t y , c a u s e d the C h u r c h o f t h e H o l y Sepulchre t o b e destroyed f r o m t o p t o b o t t o m a n d s t r u c k the c a r a v a n s of C h r i s t i a n pilgrims by t h e m o s t cruel a n d implicable persecution, (he is still a d o r e d by the D r u z e s as an i n c a r n a t i o n of God). 1048 the C h u r c h of the H o l y Sepulchre w a s rebuilt u n d e r t h e K h a l i f a t o f A l - M o s t a n s e r - B i l l a h . C a t h o l i c m o n k s established themselves, s o m e y e a r s after A l - H a k e m ' s persecution, in t h e s a n c t u a r i e s . . . . W i t h respect to t h e m exist firmans, d. d. 1023 a n d 1059 p r o v i n g t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t of Frank m o n k s at J e r u s a l e m before the times of the c r u s a d e s . . . . [159] 1045 t r o o p s of 700 m e n led by t h e A b b o t of St. Victor; 1050 a still m o r e n u m e r o u s r e u n i o n , c o m m a n d e d by L i e t h b e r t , b i s h o p of C a m b r a y ; a n d in 1064 the army of the Seignior, 7,000 pilgrims, u n d e r t h e O r d e r s of Sigfried, A r c h i b i s h o p o f M a y n z , a n d o f t h r e e b i s h o p s p r o t e c t e d b y t h e b a r o n s a n d cavaliers o f F r a n c e a n d G e r m a n y . T h e p o p u l a t i o n s ||[20]| o f P a n n o n i e a n d the D a n u b i a n Provinces, t h e d e g e n e r a t e d G r e e k s , the greedy Sarrassins b e g a n t o r a n s a c k a n d w r o n g these n u m e r o u s t r o o p , w h o n o longer s h o w e d themselves, a s formerly, u n d e r t h e aspects o f p o o r a n d d e v o t e d pilgrims, b u t professed such a n a r r o g a n c e a n d luxury, t h a t t h e priest w o r e clothes e m b r o i d e r e d in gold a n d t h e laics c o a t s glistering f r o m silver. At the staple places, the ill t r e a t m e n t d e c i m a t e d these c a r a v a n s ; in Syria a n d Palestina b l o o d y c o m b a t s t o o k place t e r m i n a t i n g of c o u r s e w i t h the d e s t r u c t i o n o f the C h r i s t i a n s . . . . O t h e r c a r a v a n s , s t o p p e d a n d r o b b e d , were dispersed o n t h e r o a d , a n d s o m e few pilgrims only r e a c h e d Jerusalem. O n their r e t u r n t o E u r o p e , these w r e t c h e d p e o p l e , covered w i t h rags, b e a r i n g in their h a n d s t h e staff (le b o u r d o n ) a n d la gourde, w e n t from t o w n to t o w n , soliciting t h e p u b l i c charity, while, at t h e s a m e time, they excited c o m p a s s i o n by the recital of their suffrances . . . Cries o f vengeance s o o n called t o a r m s t o p e o p l e s o f t h e O c c i d e n t . . . [162,163]

356

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

•PS-

Aus César Famin: Histoire de la rivalité et du protectorat

5

10

1093 s e p a r a t i o n of t h e G r e e k from t h e L a t i n C h u r c h c o n s u m m a t e d : the p a t r i a r c h of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e calls himself t h e u n i v e r s a l b i s h o p , h u r l s (flings) (lancer) a n a t h e m a s a g a i n s t the H o l y siège, a n d f r o m h e n c e f o r t h the G r e e k C h u r c h follows its o w n destinies, f i r s t u n d e r t h e d o m i n a t i o n o f the G r e e k E m p e r o r s , a n d t h e n u n d e r t h e p r o t e c t i o n (tutelage) of t h e chief o f the M u s s u l m a n . . . the c r u s a d e s c o n t r i b u t e d t o f o u n d t h e p r o t e c t o r a t e o f F r a n c e i n t h e Orient. T h e y m a d e t h e F r e n c h n a m e g r e a t a n d h o n o u r e d i n t h e eyes o f the M u s s u l m a n p e o p l e s . . . to t r e a t w i t h the Emperor of France, w a s in the eyes of Islamismi to t r e a t w i t h t h e w h o l e C h r i s t i a n i t y . . . [164] the Crusaders who founded the kingdom of Jerusalem were almost exclusively F r e n c h m e n . . . 1099, 15 July J e r u s a l e m t a k e n by force f r o m t h e M u s s u l m a n s by latin princes: G o d f r i e d d e Bouillon, B a u d o u i n , R a y m o n d , R o b e r t a n d T a n kred, a n d to t h e latin clergy G o d e f r o y c o m m i t t e d (trusted) t h e P a t r i a r chat a n d t h e sanctuaries o f J e r u s a l e m . G é r a r d d e P r o v e n c e f o u n d e d i n the holy city t h e illustrious o r d e r of t h e Hospitaliers de St. Jean de Jérusalem, which, afterward, successively a c c e p t e d the d e n o m i n a t i o n of t h e order o f R h o d e s a n d t h a t o f M a l t a . . . . O n e o f t h e m o s t n o t o r i o u s o r d e r s founded by the L a t i n s at J e r u s a l e m is t h a t of t h e militia of Salomon, afterwards k n o w n as t h e Templiers ( t e m p l a r s , k n i g h t - t e m p l a r s ) . . . t h e k n i g h t - t e m p l a r h a d the mission o f defending t h e sanctuaries a g a i n s t t h e M u s s u l m a n . . . . In 1114 w a s established t h e order of St. Jerusalem by A r n o u l d , P a t r i a r c h latin of Jerusalem, a n d t h a t of the German cavaliers (knights), instituted for t h o s e G e r m a n k n i g h t s w h o h a d c o m b a t t e d at Palestina. . . . [165, 166] 1147 2d crusade u n d e r Louis le Jeune, at t h e i n s t i g a t i o n of B e r n a r d , a n d the G e r m a n e m p e r o r C o n r a d I I I . U n f o r t u n a t e . T h e r e m a i n d e r s o f the t w o o r d e r s r e t u r n e d to E u r o p e in 1149. M e a n w h i l e t h e C h r i s t i a n principalities established at Palestine h a d fallen into d e g r a d a t i o n a n d misery. . . . [167] 1187 S a l a e d d i n lays siege to J e r u s a l e m . C o n q u e r s it. at this e p o c h t h e Greeks a n d their m o n k s r e m a i n e d entirely s t r a n g e r s t o t h e events t h a t arrived at Palestine, as well as to t h e possession of t h e H o l y places a n d the g u a r d i a n s h i p of t h e sanctuaries. . . . As J e r u s a l e m h a d c a p i t u l a t e d , Salaeddin allows t h o s e o f t h e i n h a b i t a n t s w h o c h o o s e t o accept t h e c o n dition of R a j a h s to conserve their a n c i e n t c h u r c h e s a n d to exercise their worship therein. Besides, he gives t h e k n i g h t s of St. J e a n de J e r u s a l e m t h e a u t h o r i s a t i o n t o c o n t i n u e their s o j o u r n i n t h e t o w n i n o r d e r t o t a k e c a r e of (attend) t h e sick . . . [168, 169] th

15

20

25

30

35

40

357

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 d

1189 I I I c r u s a d e directed against Salaeddin. Only result t h e c a p t u r e of P t o l e m a i s . ( P h i l i p p e - A u g u s t e , R i c h a r d c o e u r d e lion, F r e d e r i c B a r b a rossa.) 1209 t S a l a e d d i n . . . S o m e years a g o the latin c r u s a d e r s h a d m a d e themselves m a s t e r s of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , a n d f o u n d e d a latin e m p i r e in the 5 Orient. B a u d o u i n , c o m t e d e F l a n d r e , w a s elected E m p e r o r o f the G r e e k s in 1204 . . . this e m p i r e e n d e d in the year 1261. At this e p o c h t h e Franciscains established themselves on t h e holy g r o u n d . . . [170] 1227. Frederic II ( e m p e r o r ) w a s voluntarily a p p e a l e d to t h e t h r o n e of 10 Jerusalem by the soudan of Egypt, M a l e k - K h a m e l . . . Excommunicated by Gregorius IX ... In 1229 F r e d e r i c II c o n c l u d e d a p e a c e of 10 years w i t h t h e M u s s u l m a n p r i n c e . H e let s u r r e n d e r t o himself Bethléem a n d J e r u s a l e m , a n d entered B e t h l e h e m . . . [171, 172] 15 2 expeditions v o n L o u i s IX ... f 1270 (zu Tunis) H i s successor Philippe le Hardi imposes to the king a t r e a t y in 1270, w h i c h p e r m i t t e d t o the c r u s a d e r s t o r e t u r n from Africa . . . c o n t a i n s c o n d i t i o n s o f m u t u a l security for m e r c h a n t s in the states of the 2 sovereigns, a n d a u t h o r i s e s C h r i s t i a n m o n k s a n d priests to r e m a i n in the states of t h e emir, w h o shall 20 give t h e m places for erecting c h u r c h e s a n d b u r i a l g r o u n d a n d allow t h e m publicly to exercise their w o r s h i p . . . d u r a t i o n of this t r e a t y limited to 15 years . . . t h e treaty of Philippe le H a r d i c o n c l u d e s t h e e p o c h of the c r u s a d e s . . . . [173-176]|

|[21]|

Ch. III. The Sanctuaries and the firmans.

25

1212. Franciscains h a d o b t a i n e d t h e a u t h o r i s a t i o n to k e e p t h e places p o s sessed by t h e m from ancient times. 1213 to r e p a i r the C h u r c h of Bethléem. [177] 1277 a. d o c u m e n t a u t h e n t i c , carefully p r e s e r v e d by t h e latin fathers of t h e H o l y places, states t h a t t h e sultan A k m e d - A c h e r e f declares a n d ac- 30 k n o w l e d g e s the H o l y Sepulchre a n d its m o n a s t e r i e s , half t h e C a l v a r y , the m o n a s t e r y o f the m o u n t Sion, t h e c h u r c h o f B e t h l e h e m a n d t h e g r o t t o o f t h e nativity a r e the p r o p e r t y o f the frank m o n k s . . . 1342 R o b e r t le Sage, of t h e H o u s e of A n j o u , k i n g of N a p l e s , o b t a i n s from t h e S u l t a n of Syria t h a t the F r a n c i s c a i n s a r e to r e m a i n continually 35 at t h e C h u r c h of the H o l y Sepulchre etc. etc. (p. 178). 1453. C o n s t a n t i n o p l e falls i n t o t h e H a n d s of the O s m a n s . . .

358

Aus César Famin: Histoire de la rivalité et du protectorat T h i s e p o c h m a d e f a m o u s b y t h e discovery o f t h e n e w w o r l d a n d the cape o f g o o d h o p e . T h u s t h e ancient r o a d s o f c o m m e r c e d e p l a c e d . . . T h e Venetians p r o c e e d e d t o C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , w h o s e n e w m a s t e r s w e r e k n o w n to t h e m (they were familar with) l o n g time since; h e r e t h e y o b t a i n e d im5 perial d i p l o m a s i m p o r t i n g concessions a n d privileges in their favour, a n d a t t e m p t e d t o b r i n g b a c k t h e c o m m e r c e o f t h e O c c i d e n t w i t h A s i a into its ancient c h a n n e l s of the M e d i t e r r a n i a n a n d Syria. S u c h is t h e origin of t h e first c a p i t u l a t i o n w h i c h the O t t o m a n p o r t e c o n c e d e d to a E u r o p e a n n a t i o n . As l o n g as lasted t h e republic of Venice, it is m i x e d up w i t h t h e 10 affairs of t h e O r i e n t . . . t h e i n h e r i t a n c e of Venice h a s p a s s e d over to t h e Austrians . . . the c z a r Boris establishes a n i n d e p e n d e n t p a t r i a r c h a t a t Kiew, t h u s laying the f i r s t f o u n d a t i o n s o f the R u s s o - G r e e k c h u r c h . . . T h e greek clergy enters t h e sanctuaries, a n d o b t a i n s , f r o m t h e t o l e r a n t piety o f t h e L a t i n m o n k s , t h e p e r m i s s i o n t o celebrate their w o r s h i p a t 15 certain d a y s a n d h o u r s . " T h e christian n a t i o n s " , says a firman d. d. 1033, " h a v e , all of t h e m , in the c h u r c h of the sepulchre of t h e Vierge, s a n c t u a r i e s , w h i c h h a v e b e e n assigned t o t h e m b y the i n t e r p o s i t i o n a n d p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e F r a n k monks" ... 20 H a r d l y t h e p e r m i s s i o n of celebrating in t h e holy places is o b t a i n e d , when c o m m e n c e t h e series of e n c r o a c h m e n t s a n d spoliatoring; at first it is a nail w h i c h it is necessary to fit, t h e n a p i c t u r e is s u s p e n d e d at it, afterwards a c a r p e t is p u t , l a m p s are kindled a n d t h e s a n c t u a r y is swept with a b r o o m , w h i c h is the s y m b o l of p r o p e r t y . T h e n the act of o c c u p a t i o n 25 is c o n s u m m a t e d ; t h e n efforts are m a d e of no l o n g e r t o l e r a t i n g t h e c o m munity of t h e L a t i n m o n k s ; t h e n is s h o w e d up t h e zeal of t h e pilgrims of the greek rite, o f fanatic a n d i g n o r a n t A r a b s , a n d t h e a n c i e n t p o s s e s s o r s o f the u s u r p e d t e r r a i n a r e driven o u t with stones a n d s o m e t i m e s w i t h knifes. T h e n arrived t h e r e c l a m a t i o n s : b u t t h e business i s t o b e d o n e w i t h 30 a greedy a n d i g n o r a n t P a s h a , w o n over by m o n e y a n d easily c a u g h t by the p r e s e n t a t i o n of t h e p r e t e n d e d firman of O m a r , or an o t h e r piece of the same v a l o u r . I f t h e c h a r a c t e r o f t h a t d o c u m e n t b e f o u n d o u t a n d verifyed, the G r e e k s w i t h d r a w it a n d bide their time; a n e w p a c h a will at last be p e r s u a d e d to accept it. S u c h a r e t h e tactics. C o n s t a n t l y p u r s u e d 35 and this system of e n c r o a c h m e n t s w o u l d l o n g a g o h a v e t e r m i n a t e d w i t h the expulsion of t h e last L a t i n m o n k s , if F r a n c e h a d n o t o p p o s e d it in the interest of h e r religion a n d h e r politics. 1515. W h e n Selim I m a d e t h e c o n q u e s t of Palestina, t h e n possessed by the s o u d a n of E g y p t , he f o u n d t h e L a t i a n m o n k s in possession of t h e 40 Holy Sepulchre a n d the H o l y places, b u t t r o u b l e d by the G r e e k m o n k s who a t t e m p t e d t o dispossess t h e m , m a k i n g use, b y t u r n s , o f tricks a n d menaces. Selim p r o n o u n c e d himself in f a v o u r of the L a t i n s w h o a p p e a l e d to the c o n t r a c t of K i n g R o b e r t of N a p l e s etc. etc. [184-188] 359

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4 Selim subjected t h e w h o l e of E g y p t , w h e r e , in 1517 h e b e c a m e a c q u a i n t e d w i t h F r e n c h e s t a b l i s h m e n t s , a n d g r a n t e d t o t h e F r e n c h C o n s u l s a t A l e x a n d r i a the f i r s t capitulation r e c o r d e d b y t h e F r e n c h a n n a l s . F r a n c i s I gave his relations w i t h t h e M u s s u l m a n s t h a t c h a r a c t e r of alliance they h a d n o t possessed formerly. [189] T h e r e l a t i o n s between F r a n c i s I a n d S o l i m a n t h e G r e a t ( 1 5 2 0 - 6 6 ) . . . führen 1535 to the capitulations w h i c h b e c a m e t h e b a s e of t h e r e l a t i o n s n o w existing b e t w e e n t h e P o r t e a n d t h e C h r i s t i a n P o w e r s . . . . I n o r d e r t o conjure t h e d a n g e r o f F r a n c e being a b s o r b e d i n K a r l V universal m o n archy, F r a n c i s , from his p r i s o n a t M a d r i d , e n t e r e d direct a n d c o n s t a n t relations w i t h Suleiman. T h e alliance o f F r a n c e w i t h t h e P o r t e , b y creat i n g a p e r m a n e n t d a n g e r to the h o u s e of A u s t r i a in all p o i n t s w h e r e t h e i m p e r i a l e m p i r e w a s v u l n a r a b l e , p r e p a r e d , a l o n g while since, t h a t fract i o n m e n t of nationalities which w a s to c o n s t i t u t e o n e d a y t h e system of e u r o p e a n equilibre u n d e r the powerful action o f d i p l o m a c y . . . . S o l i m a n , t h e g l o r i o u s victor a t Belgrad a n d P e t e r w a r d e i n , after h a v i n g swept t h e H u n g a r i a n s o n the b a n k s o f t h e D a n u b e , seemed t o m e n a c e Italy, | I [22] I the c r u m b l i n g principalities of w h i c h w e r e p r e p a r e d to b o w u n d e r t h e y o k e of C h a r l e s V; he p e n e t r a t e d i n t o t h e h e a r t of A u s t r i a , a n d p r è s e n t e d himself u n d e r t h e walls of Vienna. It was this p o w e r f u l diversion t h a t saved F r a n c e . . . T h e E n v o y s o f F e r d i n a n d , k i n g o f H u n g a r y , h a v i n g p r e s e n t e d themselves a t the P o r t e , S o l i m a n declared t h a t , h a v i n g only u n d e r t a k e n this c a m p a i g n a t t h e solicitations o f t h e k i n g o f F r a n c e , h e w o u l d n o t give a g a i n b a c k (restore) his c o n q u e s t s till after F e r d i n a n d h a d r e n o u n c e d the c r o w n of H u n g a r y , a n d C h a r l e s V retired from G e r m a n y i n t o t h e P e n i n s u l a . . . | [190-192] t h

360

5

10

15

20

25

Aus Jules de Bréval: Mazzini jugé par lui même et par les siens

Jules de Bréval: Mazzini Jugé par lui même et par les siens. Insu

Paris 1853. 5

Autoritäten: l ' a b b é Gioberti ( O p e r e t t e politiche) Guerazzi d i c t a t e u r de la Toscane r é v o l u t i o n n a i r e (Apologia) (ex-incendiaire e s s a y a n t de se faire populaire.) Massimo d'Azeglio, r é c e m m e n t e n c o r e ministre en P i é m o n t , n u n v e r b a n n t (Scritti Politici) Geschichtschreiber. F. Gualterio (gli ultimi rivolgimenti italiani) u. Farini ( L o S t a t o R o m a n o ) . Bianchi-Giovmi direc10 teur de l'Opinione (Mazzini e le sue utopie) Dandolo, un des chefs de l'insurrection de M i l a n en 1848 u. des c o m b a t t a n t s du siège de R o m e . « Quest' u o m o g u a s t a t u t t o ciò che t o c c a . » (Garibaldi) [ 1 0 - 1 4 ] . . . ribombo des genre M a z z i n i . . . U n M a s a n i e l l o d e r h é t o r i q u e . . . Gioberti (Rinnovamento) [21,22] P l a g i a t v. M a h o m e t : « D i o è D i o e 15 l ' h u m a n i t à è suo p r o f e t a . » /[58]

361

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4

[The Austro-Turkish Treaty (Draft)] I [23] I T h e T u r k s h a v e as little the right to s u r r e n d e r t h e principalities to A u s t r i a n o c c u p a t i o n , a s they c o u l d declare t h e m R u s s i a n p r o v i n c e s . T h e only claims of t h e P o r t e to the sovereignty of M o l d o - W a l l a c h i a originates from t h e treaties c o n c l u d e d in 1393, in 1460, a n d in 1513. 5 T h e f i r s t t r e a t y , c o n c l u d e d i n 1393, between Wallachia a n d Turkey, states: T h e s e c o n d t r e a t y c o n c l u d e d in 1460, b e t w e e n V l a d V, P r i n c e of Wallachia a n d M a h o m e t II, a s i t h a s neither b e e n c h a n g e d n o r replaced b y a n y s u b s e q u e n t treaty, is still in v i g o u r b e t w e e n t h e T u r k s a n d Wallachians, a n d t h e P o r t e w o u l d d i s a v o w it, it will forfeit h e r suzeraineté over t h a t C o u n t r y . N o w it will be seen from A r t . 7 of t h e t r e a t y of 1460 t h a t t h e P o r t e i s b o u n d t o " p r o t e c t Wallachia a n d t o defend i t a g a i n s t every e n e m y " a n d t h a t a c c o r d i n g to A r t . 2 t h e T u r k s themselves, so far f r o m being entitled to cede Wallachia to foreign o c c u p a t i o n , a r e n o t " a l l o w e d t o c o m e i n t o Wallachia w i t h o u t a n ostensible m o t i v e " . I t i s k n o w n , t h a t i t w a s t h e c o n s t a n t policy o f R u s s i a t o e n c o u r a g e , a n d even oblige, t h e Turks to violate the rights of t h e W a l l a c h i a n s , so as to p r o d u c e hostilities between t h e m , a n d create to herself a p r e t e x t for intervent i o n . . . . T h e t h i r d treaty is t h a t of 1513, in w h i c h M o l d a v i a a c k n o w l e d g e s t h e sovereignty o f the P o r t e b u t even o n better c o n d i t i o n s t h a n t h o s e o f Wallachia. T h e treaties b e t w e e n R u s s i a a n d the T u r k e y c o u l d invalidate the treaties w h i c h t h e Wallachians themselves c o n c l u d e d w i t h the P o r t e , as they h a v e never t r e a t e d with the R u s s i a n s , a n d never g a v e t h e P o r t e a m a n d a t e to t r e a t for t h e m . B u t it m a y be stated t h a t R u s s i a herself recognizes the a b o v e - m e n t i o n e d c a p i t u l a t i o n s , a s t h e t r e a t y o f A d r i a n o p l e expressly states: A r t . 5.: " t h e principalities of Wallachia a n d M o l d a v i a , h a v i n g placed themselves by a c a p i t u l a t i o n u n d e r the suzeraineté of the

362

io

15

20

r 25

The Austro-Turkish treaty (Draft) Sublime P o r t e , a n d R u s s i a h a v i n g w a r r a n t e d their p r o s p e r i t y , it is u n d e r stood t h a t they c o n t i n u e t o enjoy all those privileges a n d i m m u n i t i e s which h a v e b e e n g r a n t e d to t h e m in virtue of their c a p i t u l a t i o n . " It follows t h a t T u r k e y in c o n s e q u e n c e of its t r e a t y w i t h A u s t r i a h a s 5 forfeited its suzeraineté over the principalities, a n d , on the o t h e r h a n d , that Russia, b y virtue o f the t r e a t y o f K a i n a r d j i a n d A d r i a n o p l e . . . m i g h t b e a p p e a l e d t o p r o t e c t t h e m f r o m t h e A u s t r i a n i n t e r v e n t i o n . S o radically the situations c h a n g e d in c o n s e q u e n c e of the . . . |

363

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4

[William Barnes: A philological grammar, grounded upon English, and formed from a comparison of more than sixty languages.

5

London 1854.] I [24] I Division I. Lip Division. Class I. Weak

Lip settings. nosebreathed

breathing.

Class II. Weak

Lip-teeth

settings. Strong

breathing.

Classili

Lipsettings,

B. P .

nosebreathed.

V. F . M P. (as in p u m p )

M. Division II.

Class IV.

breathing.

F.

V.

15

M . M P.

Tongue Division.

Tongue Palate close settings.

D . (English)

T.

(Engl.)

δ.

( b r o a d Irish)

τ

( b r o a d Irish)

j.

(English.)

eh. (Engl.)

364

10

P.

B.

H. (RUSS.)

20-

Aus William Barnes: A philological grammar

365

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie · Heft 4

n

[xxx] = ~ ~ ^ — ~ · D a h e r die 8 classes v. clippings c a n m e e t in 8 - — - — — = 28 p a i r s of clippings of different classes. [xxx]get a Synopsis of t h e C o m m u t a t i o n s a n d o m i s s i o n s of clippings, a n d [The L a t i n Ρ h a s b e c o m e ] Β i n s o m e o f t h e R o m a n dialects. " O p e r a " "super"I

5

I[26]I Combinations of Class II IX.

(f. v.f ...

(2. 2.)

sch u.

die andren.)

(v.f.)

(2. 2. f.v.) In Icelandic: f at t h e e n d of w o r d s v. D a s Lat. f w i r d an a s p i r a t e in Spain.: fabuiart, Aablar,/erire,

/zerir.

divus, clavis, ovum, vesper, video δΐος. κλέος. ώ ο ν . έσπερος, είδέω.

10

Χ . ) (2. 3) (v.f. u. m ) (2. 2.) In Icelandic m a n c h m a l f v o r η wird m. In s o m e Welsh adjectives m in d e r m a s c u l i n e f o r m b e c a m e s f in t h e feminie, as mwll, foil.] XI)

[xxx]

It. [xxx] [14,15, 31,34]

366

15

Aus William Barnes: A philological grammar. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 4. Seite 24

Aus William Barnes: A philological grammar. Exzerpte zur Geschichte der Diplomatie. Heft 4. Seite 25 und 26

Karl Marx Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens (Heft 1-5)

(Heft 1) Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens

( C a m p o m a n e s . Jovellanos)

London. 1854. May. June. July.

[Inhaltsverzeichnis] 1) Parish. ( H . H . ) D i p l o m a t i e H i s t o r y of the M o n a r c h y of G r e e c e . L o n d o n . 1838. 2) Thierry. (A.) Essai sur l'histoire de la f o r m a t i o n et du p r o g r è s du Tiers E t a t . 2 ed. 2 vol. Paris 1853. 3) Una Plumada sobre la índole y Tendencia de la Revolución en España. Madrid. 1846. 10 4) Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique. 1820-36. Paris. 1836. 5) The Crisis of Spain. 2d edit. London. 1823. 6) Revelations of Spain in 1845. 2 vol. London. 1845. 7) Señor de Marliani. H i s t o r i a Politica de la E s p a ñ a M o d e r n a . B a r c e lona. 1849. 15 8) Principe. Espartero, Su Pasado etc. M a d r i d . 1848. | 5

n d

371

Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens. Heft 1. Inhaltsverzeichnis

Aus Henry Headley Parish: The diplomatic history of the monarchy of Greece. Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens. H e f t l . Seite 1

Aus Henry Headley Parish: The diplomatic history of the monarchy of Greece

| i | Henry Headley Parish Late Secretary of Legation to Greece: The Diplomatic History of the Monarchy of Greece from the year 1830. 5

London. 1838. Introduction:

F r o m the h o u r t h e G r e e k s b e c a m e a n a t i o n , all s y m p a t h y ceased b e t w e e n them a n d R u s s i a ; all influence o n t h e p a r t o f R u s s i a over t h e m w a s a t a n end; the c o m m a n d i n g p o s i t i o n she h a s r e g a i n e d i n t h a t c o u n t r y , h a s b e e n 10 achieved t h r o u g h E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e , w h o h a v e b e e n m a d e . . . t h e dupes of h e r policy a n d the i n s t r u m e n t s of h e r a g g r a n d i z e m e n t . (3) Frederic Thiersch: L ' é t a t actuel de la G r è c e etc. 2 vols. Leipzig. 1833. Georg Ludwig v. Maurer: D a s griechische Volk etc Heidelberg. 1835. there exists a n u n b r o k e n c h a i n o f h i s t o r y i n state p a p e r s a n d p u b l i c 15 records. (10) Blue B o o k s laid before P a r l i a m e n t in 1832 a n d 1836. (11) the statute h i s t o r y of G r e e c e is in d i a m e t r i c a l o p p o s i t i o n to t h e d i p l o matic history d r a w n u p i n D o w n i n g Street. (14) t h e n é g o c i a t i o n s respecting the affairs of G r e e c e c o m m e n c e d at V e r o n a ; t h e y were r e d u c e d to positive s t i p u l a t i o n at St. P e t e r s b u r g , a n d to a f o r m a l a n d o b l i g a t o r y 20 treaty on t h e 6 of July, 1827, in L o n d o n . (15) " A l m o s t a t t h e very c o m m e n c e m e n t o f t h e m e a s u r e s a d o p t e d i n execution o f t h e Treaty o f L o n d o n , a n unforeseen a n d u n e x p e c t e d collision occasioned t h e d e s t r u c t i o n of the T u r k i s h fleet; s u b s e q u e n t l y the p o r t s of the M o r e a h a v e b e e n strictly b l o c k a d e d , a n d still m o r e recently, t h a t t h

375

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 p r o v i n c e h a s b e e n o c c u p i e d by a F r e n c h force. All this h a s b e e n d o n e w i t h the a s s u r a n c e o f neutrality, a n d i n the e x e c u t i o n o f the t r e a t y h a v i n g for its object the pacification of Greece. T h e s e m e a s u r e s h a v e been a c c o m p a n i e d b y r e p e a t e d professions o f friendship t o w a r d s t h e P o r t e : a n d a l t h o u g h i t m a y n o t b e easy for t h e T u r k . G o v e r n m e n t t o a p p r e c i a t e j u s t l y t h e c o n d u c t of t h e Allies, which, it m u s t be confessed, h o w e v e r necessary, carried w i t h it t h e a p p e a r a n c e of hostility; t h e r e c a n be no h o p e , u n d e r such circumstances, of m e e t i n g w i t h a n y degree of credit, if o t h e r p r o m i s e s a n d declarations, m a d e a n d r e p e a t e d , b e n o t religiously o b s e r v e d . " Lord Aberdeen to Prince Lieven, Sept. 30"', 1828. T h e object of t h e P r o t o c o l o f t h e 4 o f A p r i l a n d o f t h e Treaty o f July w a s a t t a i n e d b y t h e d e c l a r a t i o n of t h e Sublime P o r t e of Sept. t h e 9 1829: " t h e Sublime P o r t e declares t h a t , h a v i n g already a d h e r e d to t h e Treaty of L o n d o n , it n o w further p r o m i s e s a n d pledges itself to t h e R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of the P o w e r s w h o signed the said treaty, to subscribe entirely to all t h e decisions which t h e Conference of L o n d o n shall a d o p t with respect to its e x e c u t i o n . " . . . Five d a y s afterwards R u s s i a forced u p o n T u r k e y the t r e a t y of A d r i a n o p l e of t h e 1 5 of Sept. by w h i c h she claimed " a n augm e n t a t i o n o f territory, a n exclusive influence, a n d c o m m e r c i a l a d v a n t a g e s . " [33,34]

5

10

t h

t h

15

th

20

Chapter I. A u s d e m Sauveur ( G r e e k j o u r n a l ) , p u b l i s h e d at N a u p l i a , in 1834, u n d e r t h e eyes of the R o y a l Regency: " t h e m u n i c i p a l rights of Greece h a v e existed f r o m t h e r e m o t e s t period . . . t r a n s m i t t e d f r o m age to age, modified by e a c h successive conquest, 25 w a s a c k n o w l e d g e d a n d respected by the T u r k s . . . 1) t h e Peloponnesus 2) t h e islands, a n d 3) continental Greece, lived u n d e r different m u n i c i p a l systems. T h e principle w a s everywhere t h e s a m e , t h e f o r m s varied infinitely . . . [37-39] 1) The Municipal System of the Peloponnesus: E a c h t o w n , b u r g h , or 30 village, n a m e d , b y t h e m a j o r i t y o f votes, t h e D e m o g e r o n t e s ( M a y o r s ) , w h o , b y o r d e r o f the Voyvode, r e p a i r e d t o t h e residence o f t h e Cadi. E a c h p r o v i n c e h a d a p a r t i c u l a r j u d g e , before w h o m were b r o u g h t all the civil or c o m m e r c i a l causes, b u t he c o u l d n o t t a k e c o g n i z a n c e of criminal causes until he h a d been expressly a u t h o r i s e d to do so by t h e P a s h a . 35 T h e deputies, u n i t e d in t h e capital of the p r o v i n c e w h e r e t h e C a d i resided, p r o c e e d e d , in presence of t h e j u d g e , of t h e V o y v o d e , etc, to the n o m i n a t i o n of a Codja Bachi ( G r e e k P r i m a t e ) , of an A y a n (Turkish Pri-

376

Aus Henry Headley Parish: The diplomatic history of the monarchy of Greece mate), a n d of a treasurer. On the t e r m i n a t i o n of the election, the j u d g e notified i n writing their n o m i n a t i o n t o t h e d e p u t i e s w h o h a d b e e n elected, a n d e x h o r t e d t h e m a s representatives o f t h e p e o p l e t o defend t h e i r interests etc. . . . T h e newly elected officers i m m e d i a t e l y c o m m e n c e d their func5 tions, w h i c h lasted a year, a n d o p e n e d t h e provincial council. T h e m e m bers o f t h a t council, all of t h e m elected in a p o p u l a r assembly, f o r m e d t h e a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f t h e P r o v i n c e . T h e V o y v o d e a l o n e w a s directly n a m e d b y the P a s h a . The Codja Bachi a n d t h e t r e a s u r e r resided always n e a r t h e Voyvode. T h e y deliberated w i t h h i m o n t h e m e a s u r e s t o b e t a k e n i n o r d e r 10 to execute t h e o r d e r s of t h e P a s h a , to secure t h e | 2 | p u b l i c tranquillity, the levying of t h e taxes, etc, in a w o r d , they discussed in council all t h e affairs c o n c e r n i n g the a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f t h e p r o v i n c e . W h e n grave q u e s tions p r o d u c e d a difference of o p i n i o n b e t w e e n t h e V o y v o d e a n d the Codja Bachi, the latter h a d t h e p o w e r of s u m m o n i n g to a general assem15 bly the D e m o g e r o n t e s of t h e t o w n s , the b u r g h s , a n d the villages. He laid before t h e m the differences w h i c h h a d arisen b e t w e e n t h e V o y v o d e a n d himself. If t h e assembly did n o t succeed in c o n v i n c i n g t h e V o y v o d e , it appealed t o the P a s h a t h r o u g h the c h a n n e l o f t h e C a d i . I f wellfounded complaints a r o s e a g a i n s t the exactions c o m m i t t e d b y the V o y v o d e (Turk. 20 Gov.), the C o d j a Bachi, in c o n c e r t w i t h t h e C a d i , s u s p e n d e d h i m from his functions, a n d a p p e a l e d t o the c o m p e t e n t a u t h o r i t y . E a c h p r o v i n c e h a d a Buluc Bachi, or chief of t h e g e n s d a r m e r i e u n d e r t h e o r d e r s of t h e Voyvode a n d the provincial council. T h e council m i g h t displace h i m w h e n ever i t t h o u g h t p r o p e r w i t h o u t referring t o the T u r k i s h a u t h o r i t y . N o tax, 25 of any kind, w h i c h w a s called for by t h e w a n t s of t h e G o v . , or of the country, c o u l d be levied w i t h o u t t h e express c o n s e n t of the provincial council, as well as t h a t of t h e m a y o r s of t h e t o w n s , b u r g h s , a n d villages. The m a y o r s assessed this t a x p r o p o r t i o n a l l y a m o n g s t the families. A t t h e end of e a c h year, the t r e a s u r e r - g e n e r a l p r e s e n t e d his a c c o u n t s to t h e 30 provincial council. A c o m m i s s i o n was n a m e d in o r d e r to verify t h e m , and, when the verification w a s f i n i s h e d , these a c c o u n t s w e r e s u b m i t t e d t o the e x a m i n a t i o n of the m a y o r s of the p r o v i n c e , c o n v o k e d in a general assembly. If the t r e a s u r e r w a s convicted of m a l v e r s a t i o n , t h e A s s e m b l y addressed a p e t i t i o n to the C a d i , a n d , on t h e r e p o r t of t h e latter, t h e 35 Pasha p u n i s h e d the guilty. E v e r y criminal process instituted a g a i n s t a Greek was d r a w n u p before t h e C a d i a n d the P r i m a t e . I f the process w a s grave, the P r i m a t e , t h e Voyvode, a n d the A y a n , w e r e b o u n d t o b e p r e s ent. T h e b i s h o p t o o k no p a r t in civil m a t t e r s ; b u t all religious affairs subjected t o his c o n t r o l . . . h a d even the right t o k n o w t h e differences 40 which a r o s e a m o n g s t the G r e e k s . . . He filled t h e functions of a justice of the peace ( w i t h o u t being able t o j u d g e d e f i n i t i v e l y ) . . . T h e b i s h o p w a s t h e

377

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 i n t e r m e d i a r y a u t h o r i t y b e t w e e n the p e o p l e a n d t h e V o y v o d e , b e t w e e n the p e o p l e a n d the provincial council . . . A t t h e e n d o f e a c h year, the m e m bers of t h e p r o v i n c i a l council gave an a c c o u n t of their acts to their constituents; if their c o n d u c t w a s a p p r o v e d of, t h e P a s h a m i g h t confirm t h e m in their e m p l o y m e n t for a n o t h e r year. . . . T h e Pasha h a d associated 5 with h i m a G r e e k assessor n a m e d by the T u r k , gov., on t h e p r o p o s a l of the f i r s t D r a g o m a n o f the Sublime P o r t e . This assessor was b o u n d t o b e t h e n a t u r a l p r o t e c t o r o f his c o u n t r y m e n . I t was h e w h o p r e s e n t e d all the business t o t h e P a s h a . E a c h province sent t o t h e residence o f t h e P a s h a , as deputies, o n e or t w o p r i m a t e s , w h o , w i t h the T u r k i s h A y a n s , formed 10 his council. T h e s e p r i m a t e s , u n i t e d in assembly w i t h t h e assessor, examin e d all affairs, deliberated o n the m e a s u r e s t o b e t a k e n , a n d o n t h e p r o p o r t i o n a l assessment o f t h e taxes d e m a n d e d b y the P a s h a . T h e P e l o p o n nesus sent to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e 2 or 3 p r i m a t e s to represent there the general interests of t h e Peninsula; the c o n n e x i o n s f o r m e d by these dep- 15 uties w i t h t h e i m p o r t a n t p e r s o n a g e s of t h e C o u r t gave t h e m a great influence in all the affairs relating to t h e a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of their country. T h e i r residence in t h e c a p i t a l set limits to t h e o p p r e s s i o n a n d cupidity of t h e P a s h a s , m a n y o f w h o m h a d been recalled o n t h e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f t h e M o r e o t e representatives. Maina w a s g o v e r n e d by a c o m m u n a l system 20 peculiar to itself . . . [39-42] 2) Communal system of continental Greece: t h e t o w n s , b u r g h s , and villages, elected representatives, w h o n a m e d t h e provincial p r i m a t e s by a majority of votes. T h e p r i m a t e s c o m p o s e d the assembly, or provincial council, a n d their functions were either for life, or h e r e d i t a r y , or t e m p o - 25 rary, a c c o r d i n g t o the provinces. N o a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o r judicial authority, either T u r k i s h or G r e e k , could interfere in the election of these primates. T h e provincial council c o u l d alone a u t h o r i z e t h e levying of taxes. Ali P a s h a deprived c o n t i n e n t a l G r e e c e of all these p r e r o g a t i v e s , which she enjoyed before his time . . . C o n t i n e n t a l G r e e c e h a d n o t , like the Morea, 30 its representatives at C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , to s u p p o r t its interest. [42, 43] 3) Communal system of the islands: still m o r e extensive privileges perh a p s t h a n the P e l o p o n n e s u s . . . n o t i n general subjected t o p e r m a n e n t P a s h a s . . . At the c o m m e n c e m e n t of each year, t h e p r i m a t e s of the islands assembled at a fixed spot, a n d n a m e d , by a m a j o r i t y of votes, their D e m o g e r o n t e s , w h o b o r e the title of A r c h o n t e s : their functions were a n n u a l . A s s o o n a s t h e n e w A r c h o n s c o m m e n c e d their functions, they w e r e obliged, before all things, to d e m a n d of their predecessors the a c c o u n t of t h e expenses of the preceding year, a n d to m a k e a b u d g e t of the s u m s necessary for the service of t h e c u r r e n t year. At t h e conclusion 4p of this w o r k , they sent to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e c o m m i s s i o n e r s to convey the

;

378

Aus Henry Headley Parish: The diplomatic history of the monarchy of Greece regular t r i b u t e t o t h e S u l t a n . O n their r e t u r n , t h e b u d g e t o f the year w a s settled, a n d t h e taxes assessed b y the A r c h o n s p r o p o r t i o n a l l y a m o n g s t the families. If t h e o r d i n a r y taxes were insufficient, the A r c h o n s fixed e x t r a o r d i n a r y taxes t o m a k e u p t h e deficit. T h e revenues o f t h e islands were the t e n t h s a n d t h e c u s t o m s ' duties, w h i c h t h e C o m m u n e s raised o n their o w n a c c o u n t . . . n o t a d m i n i s t e r e d b y t h e T u r k s . . . only p a i d t r i b u t e . . . i n t i m e o f w a r they furnished t h e C a p i t a n P a s h a w i t h sailors a n d transports . . . T h e T u r k s never sent a g o v e r n o r to t h e m excepting at their express request. T h i s G o v e r n o r , n o m i n a l l y d e s i g n a t e d by t h e islands, named b y the C a p i t a n P a s h a , s h a r e d his judicial a u t h o r i t y with the A r c h o n s a n d c o n f o r m e d i n every t h i n g t o t h e usages a n d c u s t o m s o f t h e country. I n the islands t h e r e w a s n o Turk, g o v e r n o r , the A r c h o n s w e r e the civil a n d criminal j u d g e s . Still an a p p e a l m i g h t be m a d e a g a i n s t their sentence before t h e interpreter of the islands a t t a c h e d to the C a p i t a n Pasha." (Sauveur.) S u c h the system of a d m i n i s t r a t i o n t h e G r e e k s enjoyed until 1820 . . . U n d e r the Venetian rule, t h e p o p u l a t i o n ||3| of t h e M o r e a w a s 190,653; u n d e r t h e T u r k s , in 1820, it w a s 458,000. In 1820, their m e r c h a n t vessels covered t h e M e d i t e r r a n e a n . W h e n t h e r e v o l u t i o n broke o u t , the m e r c h a n t n a v y of G r e e c e consisted of 600 vessels, m o u n t ing, in all, 6000 g u n s . T h e cities of H y d r a , Spezia, I p s a r a , Scio, a n d others, w e r e rapidly rising to t h e f a m e of t h e H a n s e a t i c , Venetian a n d Genoese republics, w h e n it suited the p u r p o s e of t h e c a b i n e t of St. P e tersburgh for the t h i r d time to revolutionize G r e e c e . (44, 45) It w a s only a year after the b a t t l e of N a v a r i n o , w h e n the a m b a s s a d o r s w e r e o r d e r e d to inquire i n t o the state of t h e c o u n t r y , t h a t Sir S t r a t f o r d C a n n i n g first spoke of municipal institutions as c o n n e c t e d w i t h G r e e c e , a n d — w a s marked to the conference of L o n d o n as a v i s i o n a r y a n d a revolutionist! (48) T h e E m p r e s s C a t h e r i n e h a d called G r e e c e a n d E g y p t t h e t w o h o r n s of the Turkish crescent. (I.e.) T h e first g r o u n d alleged for t h e interference of E n g l a n d in the G r e e k struggle w a s the i n t e n t i o n of I b r a h i m P a s h a to convert G r e e c e i n t o a B a r b a r y state, a n d t o t r a n s p o r t t h e C h r i s t i a n p o p u lation of the M o r e a as slaves i n t o E g y p t . T h e R u s s i a n a m b a s s a d o r in L o n d o n c o m m u n i c a t e d t h e p l a n o f I b r a h i m t o E n g l a n d , a n d t h u s succeeded in incensing E n g l a n d against Turkey. (49) T h e w h o l e struggle of Russia for p o w e r , internal a n d external, h a s b e e n a g a i n s t t h e m u n i c i p a l system; from the o v e r t h r o w of t h e c o m m e r c i a l m u n i c i p a l i t y of N o v o g o rod t o the a n n i h i l a t i o n o f t h e military municipalities o f the D o n . T h r o u g h out the w h o l e of her e m p i r e still exists the m o u l d of t h a t a n c i e n t system, which it was the g r e a t c o n q u e s t of Peter to o v e r t h r o w , a n d the d e s t r u c tion of which h a s laid t h e f o u n d a t i o n of the centralizing d e s p o t i s m of Russia, the c o n q u e s t s of h e r a r m s , t h e s p l e n d o u r of h e r p o w e r , a n d the

379

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

d e g r a d a t i o n o f h e r p e o p l e . (1. c.) Scarcely h a d t h e F r e n c h w a r ceased, a n d t h e pacific l a b o u r s o f t h e C o n g r e s s o f V i e n n a c o m m e n c e d , w h e n . . . R u s ­ sia . . . f o r m e d t h e secret society of t h e Hetaeria, for t h e p u r p o s e of insti­ g a t i n g t h e G r e e k s t o s h a k e off their T u r k , rulers. Several c r o w n e d h e a d s . . . e n t e r e d i n t o t h e association. T h e G r e e k m e r c h a n t s a n d literati, a n d all

5

t h o s e G r e e k s w h o , h a v i n g b e e n incited t o acts o f t r e a s o n a g a i n s t the S u l t a n , either a t C o n s t . , i n t h e principalities, o r i n t h e M o r e a , h a d f l e d t o different p a r t s o f E u r o p e , b e c a m e m e m b e r s o f it; a n d , w h e n t h e fitting h o u r h a d arrived, t h e explosion t o o k p l a c e s i m u l t a n e o u s l y a t b o t h extrem­ ities of the T u r k , e m p i r e . C o u n t C a p o d i s t r i a s h a d f a n n e d t h e revolution- 10 ary flame a m o n g s t t h e I o n i a n G r e e k s u n d e r t h e p r o t e c t i o n o f E n g l a n d , i n a n a d d r e s s d r a w n u p a t C o r f u i n 1819; a n d i n 1820, Ypsilanti invaded M o l d a v i a from t h e R u s s i a n frontier.

(52) T h e spiritual chief o f the

G r e e k s , t h e P a t r i a r c h o f C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , w h o w a s a n s w e r a b l e for the g o o d c o n d u c t of his flock, was c o m p r o m i s e d by t h e R u s s i a n e m b a s s y at 15 C o n s t , i n t h e t r e a s o n o f his c o u n t r y m e n , b e t r a y e d b y t h e m t o t h e D i v a n , a n d executed. T h u s were t h e G r e e k s e x a s p e r a t e d a g a i n s t t h e S u l t a n for t h e a p p a r e n t p e r s e c u t i o n o f their faith,

a n d t a u g h t t o l o o k t o the

E m p e r o r n o t only a s their t e m p o r a l p r o t e c t o r , b u t a s t h e h e a d o f their religion. (I.e.) T h e r e v o l u t i o n b r e a k s o u t . T h e E m p e r o r d e n o u n c e s it to 20 E u r o p e , a n d offers t o t h e S u l t a n t o s u p p r e s s i t . . . G r e e k r e v o l u t i o n discountenanced by England, u n d e r the administration of L o r d London-

ι

derry, a n d hostility o f t h e g o v e r n m e n t o f t h e I o n i a n I s l a n d s t o the i n s u r g e n t s . . . (53) " T h e c o m m e n c e m e n t " , says M r . G o r d o n , " o f the y e a r 1822, the 2 n d of t h e war, was m a r k e d in G r e e c e by t h e acts of the 25 national assembly of Piada, w h i c h p r o m u l g a t e d a d e c l a r a t i o n of independ­ ence, a n d s a n c t i o n e d t h e outlines of a c o n s t i t u t i o n , entitled t h e Organic Law

of Epidaurus.

Anxious

to

overthrow

Ypsilanti

and

the

Russian

p a r t y , t h e P e l o p o n n e s i a n p r i m a t e s lent all t h e i r weight t o M a v r o c o r d a t o , elected h i m p r e s i d e n t of t h e congress, a n d readily a c c e p t e d t h e n e w con- 30.· s t i t u t i o n p r e s e n t e d u n d e r his auspices. E v e r y G r e e k , w i t h o u t distinction of b i r t h or f o r t u n e , w a s declared eligible to all e m p l o y m e n t s , slavery abolished, a n d its existence p r o s c r i b e d on t h e H e l l e n i c soil; a n d it was moreover

decreed,

that no

citizen

should

remain

in

prison

above

24 h o u r s w i t h o u t b e i n g i n f o r m e d of t h e causes of his arrest, n o r m o r e •3( t h a n 3 d a y s w i t h o u t b e i n g b r o u g h t to trial. worship

was pronounced

the

national

established

While the Byzantine form of church,

the

constitution

held forth full toleration to every sect. S o m e p r e l i m i n a r y d i s p o s i t i o n s were laid d o w n for i n s t i t u t i n g c o u r t s of justice, a n d d r a w i n g up a n e w c o d e of laws; for t h e p r e s e n t , t h o s e of the E m p e r o r Basil w e r e d e c l a r e d to be in 4( force, except in c o m m e r c i a l disputes, w h i c h w e r e to be decided according

380

Aus Henry Headley Parish: The diplomatic history of the monarchy of Greece t o the F r e n c h C o d e . . . assembly manifested its i n c l i n a t i o n t o d e p r e c i a t e the H e t a e r i s t s ; i n s t e a d o f black, w h i c h they h a d i n t r o d u c e d , light b l u e a n d white were fixed u p o n a s n a t i o n a l c o l o u r s a n d the e m b l e m o f the phoenix (the R u s s i a n e m b l e m , n o w m a d e c u r r e n t in G r e e c e by t h e very 5 designation of t h e coin) replaced by t h e Athenian owl." R u s s i a . . . d a h e r — d r a w s up a m e m o i r , exciting the a l a r m s of the c a b i n e t s of E u r o p e , a n d a n i m a t i n g h e r allies t o aid h e r i n c r u s h i n g t h e n a t i o n a l representatives of G r e e c e as revolutionists a n d a n a r c h i s t s . T h e memoir of Mai 1824, d r a w n up by Count Nesselrode, states: 10 " A c c o r d i n g to t h e d e c l a r a t i o n of the E m p e r o r , a n d of t h e P r o t o c o l s of Verona, t h e affairs of G r e e c e c o n c e r n all t h e m e m b e r s of t h e alliance, a n d it has been agreed t h a t they s h o u l d collectively interfere in t h e m . T h e i r ministers, a n d t h a t o f his I m p e r i a l Majesty, w o u l d , therefore, f i n d t h e m selves in the s a m e position. All the p o w e r s r e g a r d it as a sacred d u t y to 15 concur in preserving t h e general peace; n o w , as l o n g as t h e m i s u n d e r standing b e t w e e n t h e P o r t e a n d the M o r e a , a n d the islands o f t h e A r c h i pelago, exists, s o l o n g a s r e v o l u t i o n a n d a n a r c h y prevail there, t h a t peace, t h e object of so j u s t an anxiety, is n e i t h e r real n o r c o m p l e t e : it is not so materially, for the struggle of w h i c h we s p e a k seems far f r o m being 20 terminated. It is n o t so morally, for this s a m e struggle keeps u p , in t h e minds of all E u r o p e , a restlessness, the existence of w h i c h creates a real danger . . . Shall we see t h e m (the allied c o u r t s ) t o - d a y reject o n e of t h e natural c o n s e q u e n c e s of their system ...? T h e well-intentioned w o u l d be struck with this c h a n g e . . . On t h e o t h e r h a n d , t h e revolutionists, driven 25 from the c o u n t r i e s w h e r e they h a v e only k n o w n h o w to u n i t e w e a k n e s s to treason, w o u l d b r i n g b a c k , m o r e t h a n ever, i n t o t h e h e a r t o f G r e e c e , all their fatal activity. T h e y w o u l d fortify t h e ties w h i c h ||4| they m a y h a v e already f o r m e d in those c o u n t r i e s ; they w o u l d m a k e their subversive doctrines t r i u m p h there; they m i g h t even succeed in m i s l e a d i n g t h e w o r l d , by 30 accusing t h e alliance of only seeking to replace G r e e c e u n d e r an anarchical a n d barbarous p o w e r , a n d of r a n g i n g in the s a m e line M a h o m e t a n i s m and the C h r i s t i a n religion." Letter o f t h e G r e e k gov. . . . t o C a n n i n g . . . a g a i n s t the R u s s i a n p l a n . 1. Dec. 1824 reply of M. C a n n i n g " t o t h e Secretary of t h e P r o v i s i o n a l 35 Government of G r e e c e " , t h u s recognising t h e de facto G o v . , a n d t h e bel: Hgerent rights of Greece. In F e b r u a r y 1825 t h e G r e e k n a t i o n f o r m e d a contract w i t h Brit, capitalists, for a l o a n of £. 2,800,000, as a security for which they p l e d g e d t h e w h o l e of the n a t i o n a l p r o p e r t y of G r e e c e . . . Dann die griech. N a t i o n a l V e r s a m m l u n g — " t h e clergy, t h e r e p r e s e n t to atives, a n d t h e n a v a l a n d military chiefs of the G r e e k n a t i o n . . . . e n a c t e d : Art. 1 In virtue of t h e p r e s e n t act, the G r e e k n a t i o n places t h e sacred

381

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 deposit of its liberty, i n d e p e n d e n c e , a n d political existence, u n d e r the a b s o l u t e p r o t e c t i o n of G r e a t Britain. Art. 2 T h i s act shall be a c c o m p a nied w i t h t w o copies of a m e m o r i a l addressed to t h e revered g o v . of his B r i t a n n i c Majesty D a t e d Nauplia ^ " ^ O (1825)."

At

the

same

time,

G r e e c e solicited t h e n o m i n a t i o n of a prince c o n n e c t e d with the royal family o f E n g l a n d . . . t h e G r e e k s ' a p p e a l t o E n g l a n d w a s t h e origin o f t h e m e d i a t i o n in their favour: first, of E n g l a n d alone; t h e n of E n g l a n d a n d R u s s i a etc. I n t h e p r e a m b l e t o t h e t r e a t y o f July, 1827, E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e are stated as h a v i n g been invited by t h e G r e e k s to offer their m e d i a t i o n to the P o r t e , b u t R u s s i a is o m i t t e d in this i n v i t a t i o n . . . T h e liberal policy of E n g l a n d , in interposing b e t w e e n the H o l y Alliance a n d the infant republics o f S o u t h A m e r i c a — h a d m a d e the G r e e k s a l m o s t forget t h e n a m e o f Hellenes i n their a t t a c h m e n t t o E n g l a n d . . . After struggling for m o r e t h a n 6 years single h a n d e d , a g a i n s t t h e legions of A l b a n i a , A s i a m i n o r , a n d E g y p t , a n d a g a i n s t the s q u a d r o n s of the Sult a n , M a h o m e t Ali, a n d the B a r b a r y states, their h o p e s were raised b y the arrival o f Sir R i c h a r d C h u r c h a n d L o r d C o c h r a n e . . . t h e n a t i o n a l assemblies of A s t r o s a n d Troezene h a d given a further d e v e l o p m e n t to the principles laid d o w n at t h e congress of E p i d a u r u s . . . w h e n the executive gov. d e p o s e d its a u t h o r i t y in April, 1827, it b e c a m e necessary to elect a n e w p r e s i d e n t . . . O n this occasion C o u n t J o h n C a p o d i s t r i a s p r o p o s e d b y t h e R u s s i a n p a r t y c o m p o s e d o f the C a p i t a n i , w h o h a d j u s t conferred the highest military c o m m a n d o n Sir R i c h a r d C h u r c h , viz., C o l o c o t r o n i , N i k e t a s , C o l i o p u l o , a n d t h e M e t a x a s . . . C a p o d i s t r i a s ' n a m e received b y t h e M o r e o t e p r i m a t e s w i t h dismay, m a n y of t h e island p r i m a t e s even left t h e assembly, w h e n Lord Cochrane and Sir Richard Church insisted on the nomination of Capodistrias, declaring t h a t to be t h e sole c o n d i t i o n on w h i c h they w o u l d c o n n e c t themselves with t h e c a u s e of t h e destinies of Greece! I n this m a n n e r t h e G r e e k s were i n d u c e d t o resign their better j u d g m e n t . . . N o t w i t h s t a n d i n g the s u p p o r t of C a p o d i s t r i a s by t h e Engl. Philhellenes, t h e representatives of G r e e c e did n o t assent to his election w i t h o u t stipulating t h a t h e s h o u l d b e required t o s w e a r t o m a i n t a i n the c o n s t i t u t i o n . . . o a t h d r a w n u p b y the assembly o f Troezene . . . d u r i n g t h e 8 m o n t h s w h i c h elapsed b e t w e e n t h e n o m i n a t i o n of C a p o d i s t r i a s a n d his arrival in G r e e c e , he enjoyed every o p p o r t u n i t y of enlisting E u r o p e a n o p i n i o n . . . f r o m his retirement i n Switzerland, w h e r e h e h a d b e c o m e f a v o u r a b l y k n o w n t o the liberals a s the associate o f E y n a r d , t h e e n t h u siastic a d v o c a t e of G r e e c e , he p r o c e e d e d to St. P e t e r s b u r g h , w h e r e he was formally absolved f r o m the service o f the C z a r . T h e n c e r e p a i r e d t o L o n -

382

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Henry Headley Parish: The diplomatic history of the monarchy of Greece d o n a n d Paris, a n d finally e m b a r k e d in an English line-of-battle ship at A n c o n a , for the shores o f G r e e c e . . . T h e fate o f t h e c o u n t r y h a d b e e n decided b y the b a t t l e o f N a v a r i n . . . T h e G r e e k s , from the d e v o t i o n a l gratitude t o the allied p o w e r s , t o w h o m they o w e d their salvation, led t o 5 receive h i m with confidence a n d respect, t h e m a n w h o , a l t h o u g h elected b y themselves, a p p e a r e d a m o n g s t t h e m a s t h e representative, the o r g a n , a n d the gift, of their p r o t e c t o r s . . . d e p a r t u r e of t h e a m b a s s a d o r s f r o m C o n s t a n t i n o p l e . . . n e w p h a s i s i n t h e affairs o f G r e e c e . . . R u s s i a n o w a p p e a r e d before the C o n f e r e n c e of L o n d o n as t h e c h a m p i o n of "conser10 votive" principles, a n d u r g e d their a p p l i c a t i o n to t h e i n t e r n a l affairs of Greece. A t the C o n f e r e n c e held a t t h e F o r e i g n Office, o n t h e 1 2 o f M a r c h , 1828, P r i n c e Lieven annexes to t h e P r o t o c o l a d e s p a t c h of C o u n t Nesselrode; u. a.: " T h e s e o b s e r v a t i o n s lead us n a t u r a l l y to the m e a s u r e s which the p r e s e n t s i t u a t i o n of affairs requires, with r e g a r d to Greece. 15 Here is it that we shall find our adversaries, both secret and open. H e r e it will be i m p o r t a n t for the allies to p r o v e t h a t the t r e a t y is a benefit. Here it is that they have both shameful excesses to restrain and legal order to establish. H e r e also, p e r h a p s , will their t a s k be the m o s t delicate. W i t h o u t d o u b t , the choice of Count Capodistrias to preside over the executive g o v . 20 in t h a t c o u n t r y offers to t h e allies r e a s o n a b l e e x p e c t a t i o n s . B u t C o u n t C a p o d i s t r i a s will n o t be able to fulfil, without them, the g r e a t t a s k to which h e s u b m i t s w i t h n o b l e d e v o t i o n . N o w t h a t t h e r u p t u r e o f all relation between the 3 c o u r t s a n d the P o r t e dissipates the scruples arising from the n e u t r a l i t y which they persisted in o b s e r v i n g between t h e bel25 ligerent p a r t i e s , the first necessity, a n d we will say almost the first duty, of the triple alliance, is the foundation of a regular order of things in Greece. T h a t o r d e r o f things will n o t b e o r g a n i s e d w i t h o u t p e c u n i a r y assistance; it is therefore u r g e n t : 1) t h a t the allies s h o u l d c o n s i d e r of t h e m e a n s , either o f furnishing subsidies t o the G r e e k G o v . , o r o f f a v o u r i n g a n d 30 hastening t h e c o n c l u s i o n of t h e l o a n of 2 mill, st., w h i c h Count Capodistrias proposed in his m e m o r a n d u m of t h e m o n t h of S e p t e m b e r . We a r e p r e p a r e d to g u a r a n t e e the t h i r d p a r t of it; and with respect to immediate subsidies, we have already placed them in the hands of Count Heyden." ... those w h o were p a r t i c u l a r l y friendly to E n g l a n d , were precisely t h o s e 35 who d r e a d e d Russia. . . . T h e n a t i o n a l assembly at E p i d a u r u s h a d a p p r e ciated R u s s i a in 1822. T h e congress of Verona, in 1822, \\5\ stigmatizes the Greeks a s revolutionists a n d a n a r c h s . . . T h e p r o t o c o l o f J a n u a r y , 1828, denounces the G r e e k s as the enemies of E n g l a n d . . . . Bei der geringsten Opposition h a t t e der R u s s i a n p l e n i p o t e n t i a r y e r k l ä r t t h a t a l o n e she 40 would settle the affairs of G r e e c e , "selon ses intérêts et ses c o n v e n a n c e s " . O n one occasion, n é g o c i a t i o n s b e t w e e n E n g l a n d a n d R u s s i a w e r e b r o k e n th

383

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 off in c o n s e q u e n c e of t h e a b o v e - q u o t e d expression falling from t h e lips of t h e R u s s i a n p l e n i p o t e n t i a r y , in reply to a very t i m i d r e m o n s t r a n c e . (See d e s p a t c h of L o r d D u d l e y . ) . . . R u s s i a ( n u n , wo f. die G r e e k s der w a r a t a n end) h a d even c o m m e n c e d o n this line, a n d h a d given subsidies before o b t a i n i n g t h e c o n s e n t of her allies. T h e a d v a n c e of m o n e y 5 w a s , therefore, in strict a c c o r d a n c e with her views. . . . We find, in the d e s p a t c h of C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e to Prince Lieven, d. d. A p r i l 29: "finally, t h a t order of things will not be organized, unless t h e Greek Gov. be surrounded by the 3 powers with agents who represent them, u n d e r w h a t e v e r d e n o m i n a t i o n , w h o s e p e r s o n a l c o n s i d e r a t i o n , talents, and accordance 10 among themselves, may assure to it useful assistance. It is therefore i m p o r t a n t 3) t h a t the allies s h o u l d accredit in G r e e c e t h e c o n s u l s m e n t i o n e d i n t h e acts a n n e x e d t o t h e treaty. B u t the m o s t efficacious m e a s u r e m i g h t p e r h a p s b e t o send immediately i n t o the A r c h i p e l a g o the 3 plenipotentiaries w h o carried on t h e n e g o t i a t i o n s w i t h t h e T u r k s , a n d 15 t o r e m o v e thither the conference o f C o n s t a n t i n o p l e " . . . T h e TurcoE g y p t i a n forces compelled t o e v a c u a t e the M o r e a , a n d t h e conferences o f L o n d o n p l a c e d t h a t p r o v i n c e u n d e r t h e p r o v i s i o n a l g u a r a n t e e o f the alliance. In t h e m e a n time, the a m b a s s a d o r s of t h e 3 P o w e r s , in their conferences at P o r o s , h a d d r a w n up a r e p o r t on the i n s t i t u t i o n s which 20 a p p e a r e d t o t h e m suited t o the G r e e k s ; this r e p o r t r e a c h e d E n g l a n d i n the b e g i n n i n g of 1829; their o p i n i o n t h a t , "in the e s t a b l i s h m e n t of an h e r e d i t a r y G o v . i n G r e e c e , i t w o u l d b e b o t h unjust a n d d a n g e r o u s t o deprive the G r e e k s of the R e p r e s e n t a t i v e principle, for even u n d e r the T u r k , rule they elected their m u n i c i p a l m a g i s t r a t e s , a n d their Notables 25 were generally invested with the right of a p p o r t i o n i n g t h e taxes i m p o s e d by the Porte." With regard to any financial arrangement ... stated to be o b l i g a t o r y on t h e alliance " t o r e g a r d as a p r i m a r y c o n s i d e r a t i o n the imprescriptible rights o f the capitalists w h o h a d t a k e n p a r t i n the L o a n s m a d e in E n g l a n d by the G r e e k s . " . . . C a p o d i s t r i a s a n d the R u s s i a n Resi- 30 d e n t in G r e e c e immediately d e s p a t c h e d a M e m o i r to St. P e t e r s b u r g h w h i c h w a s f o r t h w i t h sent t o L o n d o n , a n d a p p e n d e d t o a n e w P r o t o c o l . After stating " t h a t the internal o r g a n i z a t i o n of G r e e c e w a s a vital question for the Emperor," C o u n t N e s s e l r o d e c o n t i n u e s : " W i t h respect to this last p o i n t , the E m p e r o r h a s himself expressed w i t h o u t reserve his wishes 35 a n d o p i n i o n s t o L o r d H e y t e s b u r y . H e conceives himself imperatively b o u n d n o t to give to G r e e c e a g o v e r n m e n t t o o feeble to d e s t r o y t h e secret societies which h a v e been t h e r e formed, a n d t h e seeds of revolution which are there to be f o u n d at every step. T h e 3 c o u r t s will n o t only be far from a c c o m p l i s h i n g the object of the t r e a t y of t h e 6 of July, if they 40 leave G r e e c e u n d e r t h e y o k e of a r u i n o u s a n a r c h y ; b u t they w o u l d fail in th

384

Aus Henry Headley Parish: The diplomatic history of the monarchy of Greece their d u t y t o w a r d s themselves a n d t o w a r d s E u r o p e ; for t h e y w o u l d s a n c tion the t r i u m p h o f the m o s t fatal a n d the m o s t c o n t a g i o u s d o c t r i n e s . . . . A c c o r d i n g t o o u r o p i n i o n , the only w a y o f securing G r e e c e from the dangers of m i s f o r t u n e s , the r e a c t i o n of w h i c h w o u l d u n d o u b t e d l y be felt 5 beyond its limits, is to a d o p t o n e of t h e p l a n s w h i c h A u s t r i a h a s p o i n t e d out i n h e r M e m o i r o f M a r c h ; t h a t is, t o place t h a t state u n d e r t h e gov. o f a Chief, invested with a power which would be more beneficial in the same degree in which it shoidd be more extended, and should more nearly approach to the monarchical power. W i t h respect to the p e r s o n of the 10 future Chief, H. M. leaves his n o m i n a t i o n a n d title to his Allies, w i t h t h e sole reservation t h a t their choice shall n o t fall on a R u s s i a n p r i n c e . " . . . T h e following ist e x t r a c t f r o m t h e memoir of Count Boulgari: " G r e e c e , such as t h r e e ages of slavery a n d b l o o d y r e v o l u t i o n h a v e left h e r , d o e s n o t c o n t a i n , in general, a m o n g the m o s t influential class, either the vir15 tues or t h e k n o w l e d g e u p o n w h i c h well o r g a n i z e d political societies generally d e p e n d . . . the P r i m a t e s , w h o were i n h a b i t u a l c o n t a c t with t h e M u s s u l m a n s . . . w h o , i n a r r o g a t i n g t o themselves the right o f o p p r e s s i o n a n d of exaction, served as willing i n s t r u m e n t s to the m o s t savage t y r a n n y etc ... f o r m a list, a caste, of m e n , w h o m no advice, or b e n e v o l e n t effort, 20 will be able to recall i n t o the p a t h s of o r d e r , a n d to w h o m every regular G o v . b e c o m e s a m o t i v e for exciting t r o u b l e a n d a n a r c h y . . . a c c u s t o m e d , u n d e r the rule o f the M u s s u l m a n s , t o c h a n g e P a s h a s a s often a s t h e pecuniary sacrifices offered by t h e p r o v i n c e s to t h e P o r t e were large e n o u g h to p r o c u r e this result; the Primates of Greece only see a principle 25 of o p p r e s s i o n in t h e w i s d o m of a G o v e r n m e n t etc . . . p r e t e n d e d t h e o r i s t s to be found in these countries, a n d w h o h a v e by t u r n s manifested their incapacity or their b a d faith by t h e 3 d e m o c r a t i c a l C o n s t i t u t i o n s w h i c h have weighed d o w n this c o u n t r y , a n d h a d r e n d e r e d t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n o f i t impossible, until the arrival of the President in Greece. As these 3 C o n 30 stitutional C h a r t e r s limited a n d confined t h e a c t i o n of t h e E x e c u t i v e Power so far as to r e n d e r it ridiculous, a n d as this c i r c u m s t a n c e . . . favoured t h e p o w e r a n d r a p a c i t y o f the P r i m a t e s ; t h e result . . . t h a t the latter, looking at liberal principles as a means of perpetuating their influence, have thrown themselves into the constitutional ranks, a n d h a v e offer35 ed their s u p p o r t to t h e n a t i o n a l theorists, as to t h e agents of confusion, who are c o m e from all p a r t s o f E u r o p e for t h e p u r p o s e o f f o m e n t i n g a n d turning to their profit t h e r e v o l u t i o n in G r e e c e . . . If we n o w consider t h e difficulties inherent in every elective Government, ( R u s s i a c o m p e l l e d a d h e sion to t h e elective principle in P o l a n d ) . . . disorders the result ||6| of i t . . . 40 the Allied C o u r t s w o u l d d e s t r o y w i t h o n e h a n d t h e w o r k w h i c h they would h a v e f o u n d e d with t h e other, if t h e y s h o u l d c o n s e n t to establish in

385

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 G r e e c e a n o r d e r o f t h i n g s , the d a n g e r a n d a b s u r d i t y o f w h i c h a r e sufficiently demonstrated by seven years of anarchy ... It w o u l d be a s t r a n g e delusion t o believe i n t h e possibility o f o r g a n i z i n g a n y g o v e r n m e n t w h a t ever in G r e e c e , on purely constitutional principles. ... If, n o t w i t h s t a n d i n g . . . t h e t h r e e Allied C o u r t s s h o u l d not think themselves authorized to inter5 fere in the organization of this country, or s h o u l d t h i n k it their d u t y to establish it upon purely constitutional principles a n d f o r m s , it w o u l d be easy t o p o i n t o u t from t h e present t i m e t h e n e w disasters w i t h w h i c h G r e e c e w o u l d b e visited. T h e sacrifices w h i c h t h e P o w e r s h a v e already m a d e , a n d t h o s e w h i c h t h e y c o n t i n u e to m a k e , for G r e e c e , give t h e m 10 i n c o n t e s t a b l y the r i g h t to interfere in an active manner in the form of its Gov., a n d to exclude from it all the principles w h i c h s h o u l d be t h o u g h t i n c o m p a t i b l e a t t h e s a m e time w i t h the real social t e n d e n c y o f t h e G r e e k p e o p l e , a n d w i t h t h e r e p o s e of E u r o p e . The President, w h o s e o p i n i o n is of a p r e p o n d e r a t i n g weight in this i m p o r t a n t affair, goes even further, for 15 he recognizes in the 3 Allied P o w e r s the right, n o t o n l y to r e q u i r e from G r e e c e g u a r a n t e e s of o r d e r a n d stability, b u t also t h a t of f o u n d i n g a m o n a r c h i c a l g o v e r n m e n t . . . the a b s t r a c t principles a n d t h e d o g m a s o f the p r e t e n d e d sovereignty of t h e P e o p l e , which have latterly cost Greece a debt of 70 millions of fcs, civil war, misery, and anarchy. It b e h o v e s the 20 3 Allied P o w e r s , to come to an understanding as to the form of Gov., and to the mode of organizing it which they may think fit to establish in that country. All the other questions, w i t h o u t excepting t h o s e respecting the delimitation of G r e e c e , t h e tribute, t h e relation of Suzeraineté, or other relations to be established between her a n d the O t t o m a n P o r t e , c a n only 25 be considered as merely of secondary importance, and essentially subordinate to that question which relates to the form of Gov. which it may be possible and fit to establish in Greece. ... It is in this manner that the Powers would strike at the heart of the demagogues of all countries, in proving to them that there is no revolution which is not necessarily put an 30 end to by the union of the Allied Sovereigns; and that, even when revolts are encouraged and feasible, they find in the combined action of the Crowns an insurmountable barrier, and an inclination always ready to destroy them, or to turn them to the advantage of social order." ... T h i s m e m o i r w a s intended to c o n f o u n d t h e causes of G r e e c e w i t h t h a t of S p a i n a n d Italy . . . there 35 is a wide difference b e t w e e n the primates a n d the Capitanis. T h e latter were the chiefs of a local militia, n o t of the P e l o p o n n e s u s , b u t of contin e n t a l Greece, w h i c h w e r e s p r e a d from U p p e r M a c e d o n i a d o w n t o the I s t h m u s o f C o r i n t h ; they were t e r m e d A r m a t o l i s . T h e C a p i t a n i comm a n d i n g these Armatolis, or Palikars, h a d a seat in t h e m u n i c i p a l council, 40 a n d a p p e a r formerly to h a v e b e e n of a very pacific disposition; b u t the

386

Aus Henry Headley Parish: The diplomatic history of the monarchy of Greece revolts of Greece, f r o m 1770, h a d struck at t h e r o o t of t h e system, rendered the A r m a t o l i s objects o f suspicion, a n d their c h a r a c t e r m u s t necessarily h a v e s u n k w i t h t h e a n a r c h y o f the times. U n d e r c i r c u m s t a n c e s s o u n f a v o u r a b l e , t h e C a p i t a n i often t o o k t o the m o u n t a i n s , m a i n t a i n e d a n 5 a r m e d neutrality, or levied black m a i l from t h e s u r r o u n d i n g c o u n t r y . T h u s they were alternately the preservers o f o r d e r a n d the p a t r o n s o f a n a r c h y ; a n d R u s s i a , from this singular c o n t r a d i c t i o n in their c h a r a c t e r , found the m e a n s o f d e l u d i n g E u r o p e b y r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e m a s t h e friends o f g o o d g o v e r n m e n t , whilst she m a d e use o f t h e m t o t r a m p l e o n t h e 10 peaceful p r i m a t e s , m e n w h o h a d no p r e r o g a t i v e of caste, a n d no a u t h o r ity save a representative c h a r a c t e r . T h e m e m o i r of C o u n t B o u l g a r i w a s annexed to a n e w P r o t o c o l of the 2 2 of M a r c h , 1829, in w h i c h it w a s determined that the ambassadors of England and France to the O t t o m a n Porte should return to Constantinople, to reopen négociations on the 15 basis t h a t G r e e c e s h o u l d enjoy, u n d e r the Suzeraineté of t h e S u l t a n , " a n a d m i n i s t r a t i o n a s m u c h a s possible a p p r o a c h i n g t o m o n a r c h i c a l f o r m s , a n d s h o u l d be confided to a C h r i s t i a n Chief or prince, w h o s e a u t h o r i t y should b e h e r e d i t a r y , b y o r d e r o f p r i m o g e n i t u r e . " T h e w h o l e o f the exertions o f C a p o d i s t r i a s w e r e n o w directed t o t h e d e s t r u c t i o n o f t h e m u n i c 20 ipal, representative, financial a n d judicial i n d e p e n d e n c e of G r e e c e . . . . On arriving in G r e e c e , o n e of his first acts h a d b e e n to a b o l i s h t h e legislative b o d y , a n d to institute a c o n s u l t a t i v e C o u n c i l , u n d e r the scholastic epithet of the Panhellenium, consisting of 27 m e m b e r s , w h o were to s h a r e w i t h himself t h e l a b o u r s a n d t h e responsibility o f the g o v e r n m e n t , until the 25 meeting of a n a t i o n a l assembly, which he p r o m i s e d to c o n v o k e within two m o n t h s . D u r i n g m o r e t h a n a y e a r h e c o n t r i v e d u n d e r v a r i o u s p r e texts t o p o s t p o n e this m e a s u r e , a n d i n the interval h e a p p o i n t e d his o w n partizans a s prefects a n d e x t r a o r d i n a r y c o m m i s s i o n e r s over t h e p r o v inces. T h e m u n i c i p a l o r g a n i z a t i o n which the G r e e k s enjoyed u n d e r t h e 30 M u s s u l m a n a d m i n i s t r a t i o n h a d u n d e r g o n e o n l y a slight m o d i f i c a t i o n | |7| since t h e expulsion of t h e T u r k s . In 1821 t h e a s s e m b l y of E p i d a u r u s h a d r e m o v e d b y A r t . X I I the distinctions w h i c h h a d been i n t r o d u c e d between the p r i m a t e s a n d the o t h e r m e m b e r s o f t h e c o m m u n e . Every citizen of 35 years of age m i g h t be elected. . . . D e m o g e r o n t e s . . . invested 35 with the c h a r a c t e r a n d duties of a justice of t h e p e a c e : they k e p t t h e registers o f t h e receipts a n d expenses o f the c o m m u n e s , a n d every m o n t h they gave an a c c o u n t of their a d m i n i s t r a t i o n to the Epistates. T h e y w e r e personally responsible for the m a n a g e m e n t of t h e funds w h i c h they received. Besides the D e m o g e r o n t e s , t h e i n h a b i t a n t s n a m e d , by a m a j o r i t y 40 of votes, t w o Epistates, to levy t h e p u b l i c taxes, o n e of w h o m b o r e the title of Epistates of the expenses, the o t h e r , t h a t of E p i s t a t e s of the receipts. n d

387

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 T h e law w a s confirmed by the assembly of A s t r o s in 1823. By its p r o visions, t h e state w a s divided i n t o t w o d e p a r t m e n t s ; t h e d e p a r t m e n t s i n t o provinces; t h e provinces i n t o c o m m u n e s . E a c h p r o v i n c e h a d a central or provincial d e m o g e r o n t i e , c o m p o s e d of 3 or 5 m e m b e r s . Besides this general D e m o g e r o n t i e , the t o w n s , b u r g h s , a n d villages, h a d also their 5 p a r t i c u l a r D e m o g e r o n t i e s , t h e n u m b e r o f which w a s i n p r o p o r t i o n t o the p o p u l a t i o n ; — o n e d e m o g e r o n t o o n e 100 families. C a p o d i s t r i a s h a d p r e s erved this o r g a n i z a t i o n , a n d t h e elections a s t h e y h a d b e e n regulated by the law . . . b u t , by a decree of t h e 16 of A p r i l , 1828, he o r d e r e d t h a t the electoral colleges s h o u l d be presided over by the E x t r a o r d i n a r y C o m - 10 missioners or Prefects, or by persons designated for that purpose by the government. A few days afterwards, he issued general i n s t r u c t i o n s to t h e D e m o g e r o n t i e s , i n t i m a t i n g t h a t they could only administer the affairs of their communes according to the decisions of the authority. T h e action of these bodies being t h u s paralized, he p r o c e e d e d to m o d i f y their con- 15 stitution. A list was n o w to be d r a w n up of t h e electors, a n d a n o t h e r of t h o s e w h o were eligible. I f objections w e r e m a d e , t h e E x t r a o r d i n a r y C o m m i s s i o n e r j u d g e d of their validity. His decisions were without appeal. T h u s t h e executive interfered, for the first time, in t h o s e village rights a n d duties, from all a n t i q u i t y held inviolable in every p o r t i o n of t h e East; 20 a n d t h u s C a p o d i s t r i a s h a v i n g been r e n d e r e d b y foreign subsidies indep e n d e n t of t h e financial c o n t r o l which the p e o p l e formerly exercised over their rulers, wholly vitiated the c o n s t i t u t i o n of t h e m u n i c i p a l i t i e s — t h e basis of the institutions of Greece. . . . C a p o d i s t r i a s received early intim a t i o n of t h e a p p r o a c h i n g P r o t o c o l of t h e 2 2 n d of M a r c h , placing 25 G r e e c e u n d e r t h e G o v . of a C h r i s t i a n prince. To p a r r y this blow, he h a d recourse f i n a l l y t o t h e l o n g - p r o m i s e d N a t i o n a l assembly. I n the beginn i n g o f J a n u a r y , 1829, h e c o m m u n i c a t e d w i t h t h e P a n h e l l e n i u m ; respect i n g the elections. T h e P a n h e l l e n i u m d r e w up a detailed m e m o i r e ... w h e r e i n t h e following p r o p o s i t i o n s , equally u n p a l a t a b l e to t h e Presi- 30 d e n t : — t h a t those w h o h a d q u i t t e d t h e G r e e k state since t h e c o m m e n c e m e n t o f the w a r s h o u l d b e ineligible, a n d t h a t t h e electoral colleges s h o u l d c h o o s e their o w n president a n d secretary. C a p o d i s t r i a s . . . t o o k u m b r a g e . . . T h e P a n h e l l e n i u m m e t n o m o r e . T h e p r i m a t e s n o sooner h e a r d of the P r o t o c o l , t h a n they freely expressed their j o y at the p r o s p e c t 35 h e l d o u t to t h e m of a Christ, prince, a n d a m o r e N a t i o n a l f o r m of gov. ... a letter of a G r e e k P a t r i o t . . . P h a r m a k i d e s , expressive of t h o s e sentim e n t s , fell i n t o the h a n d s of C a p o d i s t r i a s . T h e writer t h r o w n i n t o prison . . . t h e w h o l e p r i v a t e c o r r e s p o n d e n c e o f G r e e c e p l a c e d u n d e r t h e surveillance of a newly-created police. Letters o p e n e d in all p a r t s of t h e c o u n - 40 try, a n d especially t h o s e w h i c h arrived f r o m E n g l a n d a n d F r a n c e . The th

388

Aus Henry Headley Parish: The diplomatic history of the monarchy of Greece c o u n t r y n o w s w a r m e d w i t h spies, t o w h o m w e r e o p e n t h e suspicious ears of the strangers, to w h o s e h a n d s all p o w e r w a s c o n f i d e d ; — 9 5 % of the gov. agents were I o n i a n s , a n d a d v e n t u r e r s f r o m t h e v a r i o u s p a r t s o f the L e v a n t . . . t o s u c h a n extent this system carried, t h a t t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n 5 a n d views of every E u r o p . traveller p a s s i n g t h r o u g h t h e M o r e a w e r e n o t e d d o w n a n d t r a n s m i t t e d t o t h e secret police . . . C a p o d i s t r i a s u n d e r t o o k a j o u r n e y i n t o t h e M o r e a , whilst his b r o t h e r , C o u n t A u g u s t i n , t r a v ersed c o n t i n e n t a l G r e e c e . . . i n h a b i t a n t s . . . c h a r m e d b y the caresses, promises, a n d largesses o f t h e P r e s i d e n t . . . h e conceived his g a m e sure, 10 a n d the elections c o m m e n c e d . As t h e c o n d i t i o n s of the qualification for elector h a d been left undefined, all t h o s e b e c a m e electors to w h o m t h e governors a n d their agents t h o u g h t p r o p e r t o g r a n t t h e p e r m i s s i o n o f voting, a n d the c o n s e q u e n c e w a s , t h a t , i n several o f t h e p r o v i n c e s , t h e electors n a m e d as their representative the P r e s i d e n t himself. . . . t h e 15 returns of the elections . . . by no m e a n s u n a n i m o u s : C a p o d . , t h e m o m e n t he ascertained this fact, w a s obliged generously to refuse the p o w e r c o n ferred u p o n h i m b y s o m e o f t h e provinces. T h i s h e did b y t h e circular o f the 2 8 o f M a y . . . (dieß g e s c h a h a m o n t h after t h e e v e n t ) . . . A b e r früher im Circular d. d. 3 May, to the Prefects of Arcadia, Argolis, and Lower 20 Messenia d a n k t er f. die " c o n f i d e n c e " u. a u t h o r i z e s t h e m " t o m a k e k n o w n to t h e signers of this a c t " (der i h m full p o w e r s g a b f. t h e 4 n a t i o n a l congress), " t h a t w e shall n o t delay a n s w e r i n g i t a s s o o n as, by the deliberations of t h e o t h e r provinces of t h e state, we shall be e n a bled t o f o r m a r e s o l u t i o n e t c " . . . O n the 2 o f J u n e 1829, t h e E l e c t o r s (of 25 the p r o v i n c e of C a r y t e n a ) (at C o r i n t h ) m a d e a " D e c l a r a t i o n " , w o r i n sie ihren 4 D e p u t i e s auflegen " l ) t o confine themselves strictly to all things t h a t m a y c o n t r i b u t e essentially t o the a d v a n t a g e o f t h e c o u n t r y , c o n formably to t h e wishes of etc C a p o d . ; 2) a r e p r o h i b i t e d f r o m ever t a k i n g part, directly or indirectly, in factions or enmities, a n d f r o m s h o c k i n g or 30 t h w a r t i n g in the last t h i n g the sentiments a n d t h e sacred a n d s a l u t a r y intentions of his Exc. 3) If t h e said representatives h a p p e n to deviate in any degree w h a t s o e v e r ]]8| from the c o n d i t i o n s a b o v e set forth, w i t h o u t any exception, from t h a t m o m e n t t h e m i s s i o n w h i c h w e e n t r u s t t o t h e m for the 4 N a t . C o n g r e s s w o u l d b e null a n d v o i d " . . . t h e g o v e r n m e n t 35 gazette p u b l i s h e d the d o c u m e n t . . . In e i n e m Circular, E g y n a , 9-21 J u n e 1829 of " t h e G e n e r a l Chancellerie to all t h e o r d i n a r y a g e n t s and provincial G o v e r n o r s of the S t a t e ; " stellt sich d e r R e g e n t a m a z e d at the m a n d a t e o f t h e electors o f C o r i n t h , w h i c h i t h a d veranstaltet, fragt o b auch i n d e n a n d e r e n P r o v i n z e n " w r i t t e n r e g u l a t i o n s a s t o the m a n n e r i n 40 which the d e p u t i e s o u g h t to fulfil t h e duties of their m i s s i o n " u. sollten die B e a m t e n alle d e m P r ä s i d e n t e n schicken " a n a u t h e n t i c c o p y of t h e t h

/

th

n d

t h

389

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 s a m e rules, w h e t h e r a l r e a d y directly given to t h e d e p u t i e s , or to be s u b sequently i m p o s e d u p o n t h e m . " T h u s all the regulations w h i c h restricted t h e functions of the deputies, w h i c h issued f r o m the c a b i n e t of t h e Presid e n t himself, were n o w p r e s e n t e d to t h e electors as the p r o d u c t i o n of their o w n free will, to a k n o w l e d g e of w h i c h t h e gov. c o u l d n o t , h o w e v e r , 5 r e m a i n a stranger. By this circular it is suggested to the c o m m u n i t i e s to i m i t a t e the e x a m p l e of C o r i n t h , while t h e agents of gov. are furnished w i t h an o p p o r t u n i t y of interfering in the r e s o l u t i o n s of the electors. W i t h the exception of s o m e few places, where the p r i n c i p a l R e s i d e n t s , w h o m it w a s impossible for the a u t h o r i t y to refuse as electors, d e t e r m i n e d to exer- 10 eise freely the right of voting, all the individuals indicated by t h e gov. were r e t u r n e d . D a s gov. designated t h e m als " g o o d C h r i s t i a n s " ; the p e o p l e , w h o , u p o n the whole, t o o k b u t little p a r t i n t h e affair, n a n n t e sie "serviles", a n a m e which stuck to t h e m . At M i s s o l o n g h i , t h e gov. agents, u n a b l e to p r e v e n t the r e t u r n of i n d e p e n d e n t m e m b e r s , o b t a i n e d the fol- 15 lowing m a n d a t e from t h e electors: " t h e deputies are n o t allowed t o require, f r o m his E x c , o u r a u g u s t President, a n y a c c o u n t either o f t h a t w h i c h h e h a s t a k e n , o r t h a t w h i c h h e h a s spent. T h e y are expressly forbidden t o m a k e t h e slightest p r o p o s a l w i t h o u t t h e advice a n d c o n s e n t of his Exc. t h e President, t h e s a v i o u r of o u r c o u n t r y . T h e deputies will never accept, in a n y case w h a t s o e v e r , a n y o t h e r chief for G r e e c e t h a n its well beloved P r e s . J o h n C a p o d i s t r i a s . The deputies will swear to oppose every thing that might lead them to change their religion." ... On every p a r t of the c o n t i n e n t of G r e e c e , the agents of t h e gov. r e p r e s e n t e d to t h e p e o p l e t h a t a c h a n g e in t h e p e r s o n of t h e chief of t h e state w o u l d lead to a c h a n g e of t h e n a t i o n a l religion . . . All these m e a n s p r o v i n g insufficient t o o b t a i n a n assembly d e v o t e d t o the Pres., a n e x t r a o r d i n a r y expedient w a s t h e n r e s o r t e d t o ; n e a r l y 5 0 deputies were a d d e d to t h e assembly as representing p r o v i n c e s b e l o n g i n g to Turkey including Scio, C a n d í a , Thessaly, E p i r u s etc. N o r w a s this sufficient. T h e assembly, c h o s e n w i t h so m u c h care, h a d to u n d e r g o a n e w purific a t i o n . A c o m m i s s i o n of 3 m e m b e r s w a s n a m e d to e x a m i n e t h e r e t u r n of e a c h d e p u t y , a n d t o decide, w i t h o u t a p p e a l , o n its v a l i d i t y . . . . " T h e L o y a l D e p u t i e s . " . . . " R e v o l u t i o n i s t s a n d d i s t u r b e r s o f t h e existing h a r m o n y . " (53-99)

Ch. II. Proceedings of the Assembly of Argos. W h i l e the assembly lasted, the u n f o r t u n a t e i n h a b i t a n t s o f A r g o s (driven f r o m their h o m e s ) slept in the streets, w i t h o u t receiving t h e smallest c o m -

390

20

25

30

35

Aus Henry Headley Parish: The diplomatic history of the monarchy of Greece p e n s a t i o n . . . T h e p o s i t i o n s were sketched a n d the p a r t s d i s t r i b u t e d , as if u n d e r histrionic s u p e r i n t e n d e n c e , a n d this g r a n d political c o m e d y w a s actually r e p r e s e n t e d in t h e ancient t h e a t r e of A r g o s . . . . C o u n t Viaro, charged with the secret police, was accurately informed, from h o u r to 5 h o u r , of every t h i n g t h a t w a s said in t h e p r i v a t e h o u s e s a n d at the different m e e t i n g s . Colocotroni a n d the C o m r a d e s , w h o m his o w n influence and gov. m o n e y h a d collected a r o u n d h i m , w e r e c h a r g e d t o s u p p o r t b y cheers, a n d , if necessary, by force t h e r e s o l u t i o n s to be p r o p o s e d a n d to quell the o p p o s i t i o n t h a t m i g h t b e m a d e . . . A g r e e d t h a t C o l o c o t r o n i , i n 10 order to m e r i t t h e 50,000 piastres, t h e t r e a s u r y h a d p a i d h i m , s h o u l d m o v e the resolutions, a n d t o b e s u p p o r t e d principally b y P e r o u c a , Civeri, R i g a g n o , Tazzi, M a u g h i n a , Legli, E n i a n , Spiliades, P o n i r o p o u l o , C r i s o gelos, C o n s t a n t i n e M e t a x a , all of t h e m m o r e or less powerful by a n u m ber of clients, a n d c o m p r i s i n g t o g e t h e r a l m o s t t h e w h o l e of t h e assembly 15 . . . these c h a m p i o n s d e t e r m i n e d on passing all the r e s o l u t i o n s by acclam a t i o n , a n d o f n o t allowing t h e m t o b e p u t t o t h e v o t e . . . 11-23 July. Opening of the Assembly. C o u n t C a p o d i s t r i a s ( o n t h e 11), in full c o s t u m e , d e c o r a t e d w i t h all his R u s s . o r d e r s , a c c o m p a n i e d by C o l o c o t r o n i , M i a u l i s , a n d all the d e p u t i e s , e s c o r t e d by a s q u a d r o n of 20 cavalry a n d 2 b a t t a l i o n s of infantry, r e p a i r e d to the C h u r c h of t h e Virgin a t A r g o s etc . . . D a n n z u d e m T h e a t e r , w o die sittings. C a p o d i s t r i a s m a c h t i m kleinen d e n C ä s a r m . d e r a n g e b o t n e n u . a b g e s c h l a g n e n K r o n e nach. 7 2 - 2 4 July. T h i s the d a y on w h i c h to p r o c e e d to the n o m i n a t i o n of 25 the president of t h e assembly. Sessini P r ä s . e r n a n n t , C r i s o g h e l o s u. J a c o vaki R i z o secretaries. A d e p u t y h a v i n g a s k e d w h o s h o u l d be elected vice-president, C o l o c o t r o n i hastily replied, w i t h o u t reflecting, " O h , w i t h regard to h i m , I received no i n s t r u c t i o n s . T a k e , therefore, a n y y o u please". M a v r o r n a t i w a s n a m e d . D a n k a d r e s s e w i t h o u t restriction t o 30 C a p o d i s t r i a s supplicated n o t to d e p r i v e t h e d e p u t i e s of his p a t e r n a l c o u n sels. (All t h e l a b o u r s o f t h e assembly h a d been t r a c e d o u t b e f o r e h a n d , a n d the o r d e r of the d a y of e a c h sitting c a m e f r o m t h e closet of the President.) 16-28 July Monarchidi: "If we are to investigate the p r i v a t e c o n d u c t of 35 each of us, it w o u l d be exceedingly difficult to find a single m a n w h o is free from r e p r o a c h . " T h e minister Perouca, t o o well k n o w n from his acts a t A n c o n a , a n d for t h e wealth h e a c q u i r e d d u r i n g his stay a t C e r i g o , b y furnishing supplies t o t h e T u r k i s h fortresses o f C o r o n , M o d o n , a n d N a v a r i n , d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d w h e n t h e y were b l o c k a d e d b y the G r e e k s . . . 40 A m o n g s t the 200 deputies, a n d m o r e t h a n t h a t n u m b e r , w h o c o m p o s e d the assembly, scarcely 20 possessed t h e first n o t i o n s necessary for u n d e r -

391

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griecheniands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 s t a n d i n g even a p a r t of the q u e s t i o n s s u b m i t t e d to t h e m . T h e rest of t h e assembly was c o m p o s e d o f f i s h e r m e n , m e c h a n i c s , a n d s h e p h e r d s , s u c h a s the P r e s i d e n t h a d desired t h e m t o [be], t o d o his w o r k m o r e speedily a n d certainly . . . All t h e decrees, all t h e r e p o r t s of the C o m m i s s i o n s , all the acts of the 5 assembly, were d r a w n u p b e f o r e h a n d i n t h e closet, a n d b y t h e h a n d , even, of t h e P r e s i d e n t . . . C a p o d i s t r i a s , w h o c o u l d n o t w r i t e a w o r d of G r e e k , p r e p a r e d t h e d o c u m e n t s i n F r e n c h , a n d J a c o v a k i R i z o , t h e Secret a r y o f the C o n g r e s s , t r a n s l a t e d t h e m i n t o G r e e k . . . All t h e d o c u m e n t s e m a n a t i n g f r o m the assembly, which the P r e s i d e n t officially p u b l i s h e d in 10 t h e Courrier d'Orient, a n d which h a v e equally a p p e a r e d in t h e S m y r n a G a z e t t e , . . . were evidently the first m a n u f a c t u r e , whilst the s t a m p of a l a b o u r e d a n d imperfect t r a n s l a t i o n is impressed on e a c h of t h e sentences of t h e G r e e k |]9| d o c u m e n t s . . . 17-29 July: C o u n t C a p o d i s t r i a s , in a letter w h i c h he a d d r e s s e d to the 15 C o n g r e s s , p r o p o s e d to the n a t i o n to get rid of the Engl debt by means of a loan of 62 millions of roubles, to be raised in Russia. He endeavoured to prove, at the same time, t h a t in 42 years G r e e c e , w i t h its revenues,would be delivered from all its d e b t s . 26 July - 7 August. T h e c o m m i s s i o n of Seven s u b m i t t e d to t h e A s s e m - 20 bly t h e p r o p o s a l of a p r o v i s i o n a l G o v . of G r e e c e , c o m p o s e d of t h e P r e s ident a n d of a C o u n c i l of 27 m e m b e r s , w h i c h s h o u l d t a k e t h e n a m e of G e r u s i a . (Senate.) In o r d e r to f o r m this b o d y , t h e A s s e m b l y will present t o the P r e s i d e n t the n a m e s o f 6 1 individuals, a m o n g s t w h o m H i s Excell. will c h o o s e 2 1 ; the n o m i n a t i o n of t h e 6 o t h e r s will be entirely at his 25 disposal. T h e a t t r i b u t e s of t h e Senate will be in a few w o r d s , to decide on n o t h i n g w i t h o u t t h e p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e President. 27 July - 8 Aug. A b o v e - n a m e d project hastily a d o p t e d , a n d i m m e diately t r a n s c r i b e d o n t h e register. 3-15 August. A m e m b e r p r o p o s e d to allow p a y to the d e m o g e r o n t e s , 30 or m u n i c i p a l councillors, of the different districts. It w a s left to H i s Exc. t o decide o n this p o i n t . 5-7 7 August. T h e A s s e m b l y decided t h a t s t r a n g e r s s h o u l d n o t be excluded from foreign e m p l o y m e n t s in G r e e c e , a n d t h a t counsel s h o u l d be allowed in t h e tribunals; . . . this sitting closed t h e session, or, as 35 C a p o d i s t r i a s , "it w a s a d j o u r n e d t o t h e p e r i o d w h e n t h e n é g o c i a t i o n s with the p o w e r s s h o u l d r e q u i r e a n e w m e e t i n g of t h e representatives of the people." ... 6-18 Aug. Festival of St. S a v i o u r . . . T h e assembly h a d e n t r u s t e d t h e P r e s i d e n t w i t h full P o w e r s to negocíate 40 w i t h t h e Allied C o u r t s ; o n t h e c o n d i t i o n , h o w e v e r , o f s u b s e q u e n t ratifi-

392

Aus Henry Headley Parish: The diplomatic history of the monarchy of Greece cation of the assembly. T h e judicial system p r o v i s i o n a l l y established in Greece, w a s to be m a i n t a i n e d , w i t h the reserve of the m o d i f i c a t i o n s which the P r e s i d e n t m i g h t desire t o i n t r o d u c e . All t h e o t h e r b r a n c h e s o f the a d m i n i s t r a t i o n were to r e m a i n as before, b u t such m o d i f i c a t i o n s 5 m i g h t be m a d e as experience (the President) shall r e q u i r e . T h e assembly sanctioned t h e i n s t i t u t i o n of a b a n k , t h e fixing of t h e n a t i o n a l d o m a i n s , a n d their being m o r t g a g e d t o the b a n k . T h e n a t i o n w a s m a d e r e s p o n s i b l e for the d e b t s of the municipalities . . . o n e of these insidious processes of d i s o r g a n i z a t i o n effected t h r o u g h f i n a n c i a l m e a n s . . . b y transferring t o 10 the G o v . the d e b t s of t h e C o m m u n e s , i. e., by m a k i n g the G o v . t h e d e b tor o f the creditors, a n d itself the c r e d i t o r o f t h e C o m m u n e s , t h e M u n i c ipal c o m p a c t was b r o k e n . . . its h o n o u r wiped a w a y , its credit v a n i s h e d . . . H a v i n g b e e n also deprived of t h e basis of their rights, t h e initiative, as r e g a r d e d their o w n c o n c e r n s , a n d h a v i n g b e e n forced t o s u b m i t t o this 15 act of o u t r a g e , the municipalities were w o r s e t h a n a n n i h i l a t e d . T h e y w e r e converted i n t o t h e passive agents o f P o w e r . T h e President, s u p p o r t e d b y foreign m o n e y , a c c o m p l i s h e d t h a t w h i c h n o P a c h a h a d ever d r e a m t of a t t e m p t i n g ; b e c a u s e t h e P a c h a , being obliged to remit a t r i b u t e , w a s u n d e r t h e necessity o f conciliating p o p u l a r s u p p o r t . C a p o d i s t r i a s secured, 20 t h r o u g h this p a c k e d assembly, a no less a b s o l u t e p o w e r over t h e t r i b u n a l s t h a n t h a t w h i c h h e o b t a i n e d over t h e municipalities. B y t h e 1 2 decree, the N a t i o n a l A s s e m b l y o r d a i n e d t h a t all causes b e t w e e n natives, relative to acts qualified as crimes or m i s d e m e a n o r s c o m m i t t e d b e t w e e n 1821 a n d 1828, s h o u l d be j u d g e d w i t h o u t a p p e a l by a b o a r d of c o m m i s s i o n e r s 25 c o m p o s e d of 3 m e m b e r s . A c c o r d i n g to Art. 2, e a c h of t h e p a r t i e s w a s to n a m e o n e j u d g e , a n d the t h i r d m e m b e r w a s t o b e n a m e d directly b y t h e gov. Art. 3. If t h e plaintiff d o e s n o t p r e s e n t his a r b i t r a t o r , the gov. will havet he right to n a m e h i m . Art. 5 T h e o r d i n a r y p r o c e s s will be followed in all t h e a b o v e - m e n t i o n e d affairs, w i t h t h e reserve of t h e m o d i f i c a t i o n s 30 which t h e G o v . m a y a d o p t for all in general, or for e a c h s e p a r a t e case. Art. 6. this t r i b u n a l will h a v e t h e p o w e r of p r o n o u n c i n g definitively on all the cases w i t h r e g a r d t o d a m a g e s a n d t h e interest t o w h i c h the injured p a r t y m a y h a v e p r o v e d his claim; b u t all t h a t relates t o t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o f the p u n i s h m e n t i s referred t o t h e g o v . — I n this m a n n e r , C a p o d i s t r i a s 35 gained a p o w e r of investigating all t h e crimes, dissensions, w r o n g s , claims, a n d d i s p u t e s , w h i c h h a d arisen d u r i n g t h e r e v o l u t i o n , a n d a c q u i red the m e a n s of p e r s e c u t i n g by judicial c h i c a n e a n y single citizen . . . t h e sanction given b y t h e assembly t o C a p o d i s t r i a s t o c o n t i n u e his négociations with t h e Allied C o u r t s to o b t a i n their g u a r a n t e e to a l o a n of 40 60 mill, fcs, by w h i c h all these u s u r p a t i o n s w e r e to be c o n s o l i d a t e d , a n d the G o v . m a i n t a i n e d , i n defiance o f p u b l i c o p i n i o n a n d o n t h e r u i n s o f n a t i o n a l institutions. (100-134) th

393

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

Ch. III. " T h e Conference w a s e n t r e a t e d t o lend the aid o f foreign a r m s t o the President, t o p u n i s h t h e signers o f t h e addresses, w h o , o n h e a r i n g o f t h e perfidy o f the S e n a t e a n d t h e C o u r t , i n o p p o s i n g i n s u r m o u n t a b l e difficulties to the a c c e p t a n c e of the c r o w n by Prince L e o p o l d , w e r e only 5 p r e v e n t e d , b y t h e s u p p o r t given t o C a p o d i s t r i a s b y the Alliance, f r o m b r e a k i n g o u t i n t o o p e n revolt, whilst R u s s i a p e r s u a d e d h e r 2 allies in t h e Conference o f L o n d o n , n o t t h a t their t r o o p s w e r e t o b e e m p l o y e d i n o v e r t h r o w i n g the decisions of t h e Conference, as w a s really t h e case, b u t in s u p p o r t i n g C a p o d i s t r i a s in giving t h e m effect." (143) E n t i r e c o n c u r - 10 rence o f the R e s i d e n t s o f F r a n c e , G r e a t Britain, a n d R u s s i a , i n the system of the President. (144 sqq.) C a p o d i s t r i a s s u r r o u n d e d by his faction, t h e Senate, c o m p o s e d of m e n sullied by all t h e vices of the r e v o l u t i o n — p i r a t e s , forgers, o u t l a w s from Corfu, t h e m o s t r a p a c i o u s o f t h e K l e p h t s , a n d by t h e 3 R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s , c o n t r i v e d to p a r a l y z e t h e agri- 15 culture, c o m m e r c e , a n d n a v i g a t i o n of the w h o l e c o u n t r y , (p. 152) |

394

Notiz zu José Segundo Florez: Espartero. Historia de su vida militar y política

¡ 10 i ( D o n Rafael M a r o to)

Florez (D. José Segundo) Espartero. Historia de Su vida Militar y Política y de los grandes Sucesos contemporáneos etc

s ed

2 . (4 Bde, die 2 ersten 1844, die 2 lezten 1845. Madrid.) l

2 Band. Capí. V.

395

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte GReichenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

Notes of an attaché in Spain. In 1850. London 1851. Reiner Kohl über

396

Theater etc.

Aus Una plumada sobre la índole y tendencia de la revolución en España

Una Plumada sobre la índole y Tendencia de [la] Revolución en España. Madrid. 1846.

5 D e n u n c i a n t e n w i s c h gegen die Liberals. A b i e r t a s las C o r t e s en la Isla de L e o n el a ñ o de 1810. (3) resultó . . . la Const, del a ñ o 12. (I.e.) C i t i r t « El Huracán», n u m . 7 1 , 2 Sept. 1840, w o r i n es heißt: « E l P u e b l o d e b e d e c l a r a r disueltas las C o r t e s , c a d u c a d o el Sen a d o , d e c a í d a de la regencia del r e i n o á la R e i n a Cristina, c o n v o c a r 10 nuevas C o r t e s elegidas p o r el v o t o universal directo de t o d o s los españoles, y c o m p u e s t a s de u n a sola C á m a r a : a b o l i r p a r a siempre el T r o n o de esa r a z a d e p r a v a d a , q u e ni p o r la g r a t i t u d ni p o r la desgracia es c a p a z de reprimirse: constituirse en u n a d e m o c r a c i a federativa: j u z g a r á la R e i n a Cristina p o r el t i r á n i c o ejercicio de su p o d e r d e l e g a d o etc.» (4) la c o m 15 pleta destrucción del e s t a d o R e g u l a r fue un t r i u n f o g r a n d e p a r a el p a r tido: los frailes t e n í a n m u c h a influencia en el p u e b l o , y p r e d i c a b a n la obediencia y sumisión á los Reyes. (13, 14) In der C o n s t , v. 1837 desapareció de la C o n s t i t u c i ó n de 37 art. 12 de la C o n s t , de C á d i z , q u e decia: « L a religion de la n a c i ó n e s p a ñ o l a es y será p e r p e t u a m e n t e la católica, 20 apostólica, r o m a n a . La n a c i ó n la p r o t e g e p o r leyes sabias y j u s t a s , y prohibe el ejercicio de c u a l q u i e r a o t r a . » Se s u p r i m i e r o n t a m b i é n en ella los artículos 117, 173, 196 y 212, en q u e se exigía á los d i p u t a d o s , al R e y , c u a n d o e n t r a s e á g o b e r n a r el reino, á la R e g e n c i a y al P r í n c i p e de A s t u rias, el j u r a m e n t o de defender y c o n s e r v a r la religion católica, apostólica, 25 r o m a n a , sin p e r m i t i r o t r a a l g u n a en el r e i n o . (19) Se inscribieron en ella (la milicia n a c i o n a l ) t o d o s los agentes del p a r t i d o , m u c h o s de ellos c o n t r a

397

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

el t e n o r e x p r e s o de la ley de su o r g a n i z a c i ó n : de este m o d o a r m ó el p a r t i d o t o d a l a fuerza d e q u e p o d i a d i s p o n e r . (24) ¿ Q u é beneficios h a n r e p o r t a d o los l a b r a d o r e s c o n l a supresión del d i e z m o ? L o s c o l o n o s ning u n o p o r q u e se lo exigen los p r o p r i e t a r i o s : si p o r este r e g a l o q u e habéis h e c h o á los t e r r a t e n i e n t e s no h a n de p a g a r al e s t a d o m a s q u e lo q u e p a g a b a n a n t e r i o r m e n t e , ¿ q u é justicia es e s t a ? (32) el a s u n t o e r a e m p o b r e cer a l clero; u n clero p o b r e n o tiene a m i g o s . (32) S u p r i m i d o s los R e g u lares, e m p o b r e c i d o el clero Secular, y a n i q u i l a d a la G r a n d e z a , tenia ya m u c h o a d e l a n t a d o la revolución. (34) C r i s t i n a früher, selbst ν. d e n Libe­ rals g e n a n n t : « l a M a d r e de los e s p a ñ o l e s » . (36) A u c h (1837) « r e s t a u r a d o r a de la l i b e r t a d » . (43) ¿ Q u é pidió al p r i n c i p i o la o p i n i o n p ú b l i c a ? La s e p a r a c i ó n de Zea Bermudez. Z e a e r r a b a e n o r m e m e n t e según l a o p i n i o n p ú b l i c a . Z e a p e n s a b a q u e a n t e s d e d a r i n s t i t u c i o n e s constitucionales á su pais e r a necesario darle un g o b i e r n o , u n a h a c i e n d a , y u n a p o b l a c i ó n q u e p u d i e s e c o m p r e n d e r y a p r e c i a r la l i b e r t a d . La o p i n i o n p ú b l i c a lo exigía, y la R e i n a s e p a r ó á Z e a . Se p e d i a u n a C o n s t i t u c i ó n . Martinez de la Rosa ... d i o el E s t a t u t o R e a l . ¿ Q u é h i z o el v o t o n a c i o n a l ? En l u g a r de d a r al g o b i e r n o de la R e i n a lo q u e le faltaba, d i n e r o y s o l d a d o s . . . gritó «¡traición! traición!» P a r a a p l a c a r l e l a R e g e n t a n o d u d ó s e p a r a r á M a r t i n e z de la R o s a ; y Toreno se e n c a r g ó de c o n d u c i r él solo la o p i n i o n p ú b l i c a y satisfacerla. S a b i d o es q u e á p e s a r de h a b e r s u p r i m i d o las ó r d e n e s m o n á s t i c a s , el ministerio de T o r e n o se a b i s m ó bajo la i n s u r r e c c i ó n de las j u n t a s y en m e d i o de los a s e s i n a t o s de B a r c e l o n a , y del fuego, q u e se a u m e n t a b a de la g u e r r a civil. ¿Y q u é h i c i e r o n aquellas j u n t a s ? . . . A s e s i n a t o s y n a d a m a s . . . El p a r t i d o exigió en A g o s t o de 1836 q u e se p r o c l a m a s e la C o n s t , del a ñ o 12, y v i n o en ello la R e i n a G o b e r n a d o r a etc. ( 5 1 - 7 ) /

398

5

10

15

20

25

Aus Espartero. Su pasado, su presente, su porvenir

j 131 Principe. Espartero, Su Pasado, Su Presente, Su Porvenir etc Madrid. 2 ed. Madrid 1848. E s p a r t e r o . . . s u p a d r e fué u n h o n r a d o a r t e s a n o . (8) G e b . i n der M a n c h a , 5 in G r a n á t u l a . (1. c.) Tritt in die A r m e e gegen N a p o l e o n , als s o l d a d o r a s o , s e n t a n d o p l a z a en el b a t a l l ó n n o m i n a d o de C i u d a d R e a l . (9) En 1814 fué n o m b r a d o teniente del r e g i m i e n t o de infantería provincial de Soria. (10) N a c h B e e n d i g u n g d e s K r i e g s n a c h M a d r i d , c o n su r e g i m i e n t o . (1. c.) Alistado v o l u n t a r i a m e n t e en la espedicion d e s t i n a d a á pacificar las A m e r i c a s , 10 á las ó r d e n e s del general M o r i l l o , e m b a r c ó s e p a r a C o s t a - f i r m e á p r i n cipios de 1815. (11) K ä m p f t f. S p a n i e n in d e n p r o v i n c i a s de C h a r c a s , P r u n o , P a z , A r e q u i p a , P o t o s í u . C o c h a b a m b a . (I.e.) salido d e E s p a ñ a ais subteniente, w i r d b r i g a d i e r . (1. c.) S c h l a c h t bei A y a c u c h o (gegen Bolivar) esperanza d e r S p a n i e r d e s v a n e c i d o p a r a s i e m p r e . (I.e.) E s p a r t e r o n a h m 15 keinen Theil d a r a n ; d e n n o c h d e s i g n a d o ν. da c o m o gefe del ayaeuchismo. (I.e.) E r k e h r t e g r a d e v . S p a n i e n z u r ü c k , als s c h o n alles p e r d u ; d a e r enviado á la p e n í n s u l a p o r el virey L a s e r n a en o c t u b r e de 1824. m. Aufträgen an d e n rex. (12) 1825 n a c h S p a n i e n z u r ü c k . Schlecht bei H o f empfangen. 2 J a h r e in P a m p l o n a . (13) E s p a r t e r o fué j u g a d o r , t a n j u g a d o r 20 como b u e n g u e r r e r o . (I.e.) T e m e r a r i o n u e s t r o g u e r r e r o en las lides, fué también t e m e r a r i o en el j u e g o : . . . la f o r t u n a favoreció su g e n e r o s i d a d y su a u d a c i a , y E s p a r t e r o volvió á E s p a ñ a rico. H e i r a t h e t die T o c h t e r de un c o m e r c i a n t e , ( J a c i n t a ) in 1827. (I.e.) V o n P a m p l o n a ging er n a c h Logroño u. v. hier n a c h B a r c e l o n a , t r a s l a d á n d o s e de a q u i á Palma con el 25 regimiento infantería de Soria, c u y o m a n d o le fué c o n f e r i d o , siendo su coronel-brigadier c u a n d o l a m u e r t e d e F e r n a n d o V I L (14) Schifft sich nun n a c h Valencia ein, für Isabella, d e r r o t a n d o y p r e n d i e n d o á M a g r a n e r

399

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

e n las cercanías d e J á t i v a . A n f a n g 1834 e r n a n n t c o m a n d a n t e general d e Vizcaya, d a n n m a r i s c a l de c a m p o , d a n n gefe de la 5 division. Allerlei W a f f e n t h a t e n . (I.e.) 1836 general en gefe del ejército del N o r t e . 1837 « C o n d e de L u c h a n a » u. c a p i t a n general de ejército. (15) 1839 e n d e t deig u e r r a civil. (16) 1840 s u c h t C a b r e r a n o c h e i n m a l die S a c h e des P r ä t e n d e n t e n z u galvanisiren. W i r d n u n D u q u e d e l a V i c t o r i a y d e M o r e l l a . (I.e.) Sein A b s c h i e d . Insurrección. C r i s t i n a b r e n n t d u r c h , d a n k t a b . E s p . w i r d R e g e n t . (18) C o n s p i r a c y der H o f p a r t h e i u n t e r s t ü t z t d u r c h L o u i s P h i l i p p e . In der N a c h t v. 7. O c t o b e r 1841 die Milicia N a c i o n a l de M a d r i d salvó la l i b e r t a d y la R e i n a . E s p a r t e r o p a r t i ó p a r a las p r o v i n c i a s V a s c o n g a d a s c o n el fin de a p a g a r en ellas la l l a m a de la i n s u r r e c c i ó n , no sin p e r d o n a r g e n e r o s o á los c o n s p i r a d o r e s s e c u n d a r i o s . (20) D i e moderados - los falsarios de la Libertad - v e r b i n d e n sich m. s. F e i n d e n . (21) Ab E s p a r t e r o . 4 J. E m i g r a c i ó n , el m o v i m i e n t o de 1843 d e s p o j ó á E s p a r t e r o de la regencia. (23) la I n g l a t e r r a fué p a r a él o t r o p a i s n a t a l . (1. c.) E m b a r cirt sich i n d e n M a l a b a r ν . S p a n i e n n a c h L i s b o n , ν . d a i m F o r m i d a b l e ( a u c h engl, n a v i o ) n a c h B a y o n n e , H a v r e , L o n d o n . (26) L ö w e v . L o n d o n . « E l c o n d e d e A b e r d e e n , c o m o m i n i s t r o d e relaciones e s t r a n g e r a s , escrib i ó a l r e g e n t e (Esp.) p a r a hacerle saber q u e S . M . l a r e i n a t e n d r í a gusto de recibirle en el p a l a c i o de W i n d s o r á las tres de la t a r d e del dia siguiente.» (30) B a n q u e t f. i h n ν. d e r m u n i c i p a l i d a d de L o n d r e s . (31) (im M a n s i o n H o u s e ) Ausser E m p f a n g e n v . H u l d i g u n g e n cultivirt e r B l u m e n i n L o n d o n . S a b i d a l a o r d i n a r i a o c u p a c i ó n del D u q u e , t o d a s sociedades de L o n d r e s q u e tenían relación c o n la b o t á n i c a y la a g r i c u l t u r a , se apres u r a r o n á inscribirle c o m o socio. (34) U n t e r s t ü z t en L o n d r e s sus c o m p a ñ e r o s d e e m i g r a c i ó n . (36) D e n k t n i c h t d a r a n z u r e c o n q u i s t a r s u p e r d i d a p o s i c i ó n . (1. c.) ( F r e u n d ν . P a l m e r s t o n ) I s a b e l I I n o e r a m a y o r d e e d a d I p o r la C o n s t i t u c i ó n h a s t a el d i a 10 de O c t o b r e de 1844. (37) Seine P r o c l a m a t i o n an die S p a n i e r v. L o n d o n . 10 O c t . 1844. (38^40) Will nach B o r d e a u x . N i c h t E r l a u b n i ß v. L o u i s Philippe. (42) E n g l . R e g . bietet ihm P e n s i o n a n ; schlägt d a s a b . (43) A m n e s t i e i n S p a n i e n . D é c r e t w o d u r c h E s p a r t e r o z u m S e n a t o r e r n a n n t . (I.e.) (3 Sept. 1847 dieß D é c r e t . ) A b e r d a s C a b i n e t ν. 31 A u g u s t (1847) fiel plötzlich, folgte eines v. N a r v a e z ... s p a n . G e s a n d t e r in L o n d o n zeigt d e m E s p a r t e r o an « q u e el g o b i e r n o le d a r í a u n a licencia p a r a p e r m a n e c e r e n e l e s t r a n g e r o » . (46) P o r c o n d u c t o del c o r o n e l W i l d e , ofreció á los d u q u e s la R e i n a V i c t o r i a a s i e n t o en su m e s a el d í a 27 de d i c i e m b r e de 1847, s i e n d o estensiva la invitación á p a s a r la n o c h e en su p a l a c i o de W i n d s o r . (47) 29 D e c . 1847 verließ er u. F r a u L o n d o n . (48) 30 Dee. Southampton. (I.e.) 4 Januar (1848) desemb a r k i r t in S a n S e b a s t i a n . (49) T r i u m p h a l m a r s c h n a c h Madrid; Seine F r i e d l i c h e « c e n t j o u r s » . (52) V o n S a n S e b a s t i a n , w o e r e n o r m empfan-

400

Aus Espartero. Su pasado, su presente, su porvenir gen, reist er in d e r N a c h t i n c o g n i t o n a c h Vitoria. (56) etc 8 Jan. (1848) zog er in Madrid ein. (I.e.) Um 6 U h r desselben A b e n d s empfing ihn die Königin, allein: «Llámeme V. M., la dijo, cuando necesite un brazo que la defienda, ó un corazón que la ame.» (58) Sie g a b ein p a a r Tage n a c h h e r 5 einen Ball, w o z u d e r D u q u e nicht eingeladen. Er blieb ]|14| 27 Tage in M a d r i d , sehr zahlreiche d e p u t a c i o n e s e t c (58) 12 U h r N a c h t s , 4 Febr. (1848) saliendo de M a d r i d , verzieht sich n a c h L o g r o ñ o . (62) Si se nos p r e g u n t a cuál es la significación política de E s p a r t e r o , d i r e m o s q u e Espartero significa la u n i d a d del g r a n p a r t i d o liberal. (72) E s p a r t e r o es 10 popular, p o r q u e ha salido de la clase del p u e b l o . (I.e.) su p o p u l a r i d a d lo es t o d o p a r a el p a r t i d o progresista. (75)

401

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

The Crisis of Spain. 2 ed. London. 1823 C o n g r e s s o f V e r o n a , a r m e d interference v . F o r e i g n N a t i o n s , t o b r i n g a b o u t , by force, an a l t e r a t i o n in its f o r m of g o v e r n m e n t . (1) hostile interference of F r a n c e in t h e affairs of Spain. (3) T h e F r e n c h g o v e r n m e n t 5 asserts t h a t military defection h a s set up in S p a i n a c o n s t i t u t i o n . . . n o t a c c e p t a b l e t o t h e m a j o r i t y des S p a n , p e o p l e , d a h e r Bürgerkrieg, d e m o cratical principles, d a n g e r o u s r e a c t i o n of a c o n t a g i o n , auf F r a n k r e i c h etc (4) F r a n c e seems d e t e r m i n e d to m a k e w a r , unless certain m o d i f i c a t i o n s of the Span, c o n s t i t u t i o n of 1812 be c o n c e d e d . (6) T h e p r o g r e s s of society in 10 Spain w a s r e t a r d e d by a succession of n u m e r o u s a n d l o n g acting causes. H e r a d v a n c e m e n t from t h e feudal i n s t i t u t i o n s . . . f i r s t i n t e r r u p t e d b y the invasion of t h e M o o r s : these nearly 700 y. held f o o t i n g in t h e Peninsula, effectually r e t a r d e d the progress of h e r political i m p r o v e m e n t : so t h a t w h e n t h e P e n i n s u l a w a s e m a n c i p a t e d from the African P o w e r , Spain, still 15 r e t a i n i n g the m a n n e r s a n d c u s t o m s o f the V a n d a l s a n d G o t h s , w a s m u c h i n t h e s a m e state a s a t the M o o r i s h c o n q u e s t . . . M a n y peculiarities f a v o u r a b l e t o liberty i n t h e laws a n d c o n s t i t u t i o n s o f t h e p r o v i n c e s e m a n c i p a t e d in succession from M o o r i s h d o m i n i o n , w e r e e n g e n d e r e d in these struggles. Small p a r t s of t h e p e n i n s u l a were recovered at a t i m e , a n d 20 f o r m e d i n t o k i n g d o m s ; a n d these c o n q u e s t s b e i n g principally effected by the nobles, r e n d e r e d their p o w e r extensive, the r o y a l p r e r o g a t i v e limited, a n d t h e i m m u n i t i e s of cities great ... Aragon, u n i t e d m. Castile u. G r a n a d a , u n d e r F e r d i n a n d u . Isabella, f o r m e d t h e basis o f the S p a n , m o n a r c h y . . . the C o r t e s t h e r e in their fullest s p l e n d o u r , Justiza (office con- 25 trolling the p o w e r of the C r o w n ) u. R i g h t of U n i o n , w h e n illegal acts w e r e a t t e m p t e d . . . these peculiarities did n o t prevail in Castile; yet the

402

Aus The crisis of Spain royal p o w e r w a s t h e r e also m o r e limited t h a n w a s c o m m o n t o t h e feudal institutions, b y t h e g r e a t c o n s i d e r a t i o n t o w h i c h cities a n d t o w n s h a d been raised f r o m t h e necessity p e o p l e f o u n d themselves u n d e r of residing together in places of strength, as a security a g a i n s t t h e c o n t i n u a l i r r u p 5 tions of the M o o r s f r o m t h e p r o v i n c e s they still possessed. F e r d i n a n d strebt n a c h extension o f (royal) p o w e r . E r s t e n s c u r b e d die n o b l e s . H e deprived t h e m o f vast g r a n t s o f l a n d w h i c h h a d b e e n m a d e i n p r e c e d i n g reigns. H e w i t h d r e w f r o m t h e m t h e exclusive c o n d u c t o f state affairs. H e annexed to the c r o w n , the m a s t e r s h i p of the 3 military o r d e r s ; a n d he 10 took a d v a n t a g e of a peculiar c i r c u m s t a n c e . . . to deprive the n o b l e s of the judicial p o w e r they h a d h i t h e r t o u s u r p e d , a n d w h i c h r e n d e r e d their castles m o r e like the c o u r t s of m o n a r c h s t h a n t h e residences of subjects; a n d which p o w e r c o n s t i t u t e d the chief cause of their i n d e p e n d e n c e . T h i s circ u m s t a n c e w a s t h e Holy Brotherhood or Inquisition, w h i c h w a s establis15 hed by t h e i n h a b i t a n t s of Castile to repress a n d p u n i s h irregularities a n d crimes, a b u n d a n t in a state of society w h i c h , for centuries, h a d b e e n engaged i n w a r a n d r a p i n e w i t h their infidel n e i g h b o u r s . . . E m p . Charles V f o m e n t e d animosities b e t w e e n t h e n o b l e s a n d t h e c o m m o n s , t o w o r k t h e d e s t r u c t i o n o f the political p o w e r o f b o t h . D a h e r e n c o u r a g i r 20 te er die H o l y B r o t h e r h o o d , die an e n c r o a c h m e n t der c o m m o n s on the rights claimed by the n o b l e s ; d a h e r dieser m o s t decided o p p o s i t i o n , led them t o assist the E m p . i n suppressing the i n s u r r e c t i o n o f the c o m m o n e r s for the recovery of their ancient liberties, w h o , t h u s deserted by t h e u p p e r class, a n d left w i t h o u t h e a d s to lead a n d direct t h e m , were s o o n defeated 25 a n d dispersed. C h a r l e s V n e x t o c c u p i e d in circumscribing u. a b o l i s h i n g privileges w h i c h f o r m e r m o r e d e p e n d e n t sovereigns d e n S t ä d t e n gegeben. Cities a n d t o w n s s o o n declined i n p o p u l a t i o n a n d i m p o r t a n c e ; c o m m e r c e decayed; a n d , w i t h these, t h e y s o o n lost their influence in t h e C o r t e s . Popular power thus curbed, royal prerogative extended. Charles then 30 turned u p o n t h e n o b l e s , w h o h a d assisted in p u t t i n g d o w n the liberties of the people, b u t w h o still r e t a i n e d c o n s i d e r a b l e political c o n s e q u e n c e . M u t i n y in his a r m y for w a n t of p a y obliged h i m , in 1539, to assemble a Cortes to o b t a i n a g r a n t of m o n e y . E n r a g e d at t h e m i s a p p l i c a t i o n of former subsidies to o p e r a t i o n s foreign to t h e interests of Spain, the C o r 35 tes refused all supplies, C h a r l e s e n t l ä ß t sie m. great i n d i g n a t i o n , u. die prelates u. nobles h a v i n g insisted on a privilege of n o t p a y i n g taxes, he . . . that t h o s e w h o claimed such a right could h a v e no p r e t e n s i o n s to seats in the Cortes, excluded t h e m f r o m t h a t assembly. T h u s t h e C o r t e s w a s s u b verted. T h u s liberty ||15| w a s s o o n c r u s h e d in Spain, f r o m p r e m a t u r e 40 rashness, m i s c o n d u c t , d i s u n i o n , a n d j e a l o u s y . . . f r o m t h a t fatal p e r i o d the nobles of Spain h a v e , in general, b e e n g r a d u a l l y sinking i n t o a state

403

Karl Marx - Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 of u t t e r d e g r a d a t i o n . T h e G r a n d e e s , forced to reside in t h e capital od. d e n principal t o w n s , their p r i d e still flattered by s o m e e m p t y privileges of their former g r a n d e u r , h a v e lost in luxury, idleness, u. i g n o r a n c e ihren früheren C h a r a c t e r . T h e discovery o f A m e r i c a , a n d the c u l t i v a t i o n o f u n r e a l sources of n a t i o n a l w e a l t h . . . A r t s l o o k e d u p o n as a disgrace, Slaves tilled t h e soil, Jews were t h e t r a d e r s — M o o r s t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s . T h e expulsion o f these p e o p l e d r o v e from Spain a l m o s t t h e only i n d u s t r y she possessed; a n d h a v i n g b u t little p r o d u c e o f her o w n t o e x c h a n g e for t h e gold o f h e r colonies, t h e precious m e t a l s d i s a p p e a r e d , t o p u r c h a s e w h a t she w a n t e d f r o m o t h e r n a t i o n s . T h u s . . . m i n e s of t h e n e w W o r l d . . . a s p u r to the i n d u s t r y of o t h e r people, while S p a i n s u n k i n t o sloth. I n t e r n a l c o m m e r c e w a s o b s t r u c t e d b y t h e p a y m e n t o f h e a v y duties a t c u s t o m h o u s e s erected o n the great r o a d s . . . these, c o n s e q u e n t l y , b e c a m e little frequented, fell into decay, a n d the i n h a b i t a n t s of t h e different p r o v i n c e s m i n g l e d b u t little w i t h e a c h o t h e r . T h e prejudices of p r o v i n c i a l i s m — f o r m e d f i r s t b y t h e d e t a c h e d m a n n e r i n w h i c h Spain w a s recovered from t h e M o o r s — w e r e t h u s confirmed; a n d t h e peculiarities o f t h e original n a t i o n a l c h a r a c t e r preserved. H e n c e t h a t resurrection o f t h e a n c i e n t spirit of Spain which recently r o u s e d t h e p e o p l e to o p p o s e a u s u r p a t i o n to w h i c h h e r u p p e r classes h a d s u b m i t t e d ; hence t h a t w a n t of u n i o n which w a s s o m e t i m e s hurtful, a n d sometimes beneficial in t h e w a r ; a n d hence a very diversified state of society to which it w a s extremely difficult to a d o p t a n y general system of new laws and mode of gov. — T h e I n q u i s i t i o n p r o v e d fatal to a r t s , sciences, a n d all useful k n o w l e d g e . . . . C h a r l e s V p r o t e c t e d P o p e r y gegen P r o t e s t a n t i s m u. K i r c h e n m a c h t befestigte dafür die Weltliche u. die m e a s u r e s t a k e n by C h a r l e s ' s d e s c e n d a n t s to " c o r r e c t heresies" c o n t r i b u t e d t o p e r p e t u a t e t h e h o r r i b l e d e s p o t i s m . . . 1808 B o n a p a r t e führt T r u p p e n ein, t h e real p u r p o s e b e i n g disguised, bis h e h a d g a i n e d military o c c u p a t i o n des k i n g d o m . H e r r B o u r b o n a b g e d a n k t , Ein B o n a p a r t e z u m K ö n i g . T h e statesmen, nobles, u. a u t h o r i t i e s t h r o u g h o u t Spain, m a d e neither r e m o n s t r a n c e n o r o p p o s i t i o n t o these a t r o c i o u s acts, a n d i g n o m i n i o u s c o n d i t i o n s . W h e n t h e M a s s a c r e o f M a d r i d t o o k place, o n t h e 2 o f M a y 1808, u n d e r the s a n g u i n a r y M u r a t , the insurrection b a l d b e c a m e general i n d e n provinces. I t b r o k e o u t f i r s t i n A s t u r i a s , o n t h e 25th, a n d s o o n afterwards s p r e a d t h r o u g h o u t t h e m o n a r c h y . H a t r e d of the F r e n c h , a n d a desire of vengeance for t h e m i l i t a r y m u r d e r s c o m m i t t e d a t M a d r i d , w e r e t h e i m m e d i a t e excitements w h i c h p r o d u c e d the i n s u r r e c t i o n . . . Sustained d u r c h influence d e r clergy, d u r c h b i g o t r y u. superstition . . . the objects des Span, p e o p l e in d e r o p p o s i t i o n to the F r e n c h , were all against revolution, a n d not for it ... In seaports u. great commercial cities etwas verschieden . . . bei der g r e a t b u l k des people

5

10

15

20

25

30

d

404

35

40

Aus The crisis of Spain nichts als p o p u l a r o p p o s i t i o n gegen u s u r p a t i o n , the only motives: independence des country, preservation ihrer religion, institutions u. monarchy ... Southey: History of the Peninsular War. ... J u n t a s w e r e e v e r y w h e r e formed as the i n s u r r e c t i o n p r o c e e d e d . In all of t h e m the priests h a d seats 5 ... I h r w a r - c r y (in i h r e n p r o c l a m a t i o n s ) " F o r o u r H o l y Religion, o u r King, and the Independence of our Country". The Central Junta of Seville a d o p t e d a n d c o n f i r m e d this t o n e , a n d in a p r o c l a m a t i o n to t h e people: " S p a n i a r d s , every c o n s i d e r a t i o n calls u p o n u s t o u n i t e a n d t o frustrate views so a t r o c i o u s . — N o revolution exists in Spain; o u r sole 10 object is to defend w h a t we h o l d m o s t sacred . . . o u r laws, o u r m o n a r c h , a n d o u r religion" . . . B i s h o p o f O r e n s e the m a i n i n s t r u m e n t i n p r o d u c i n g a n d directing t h e resistance o f the G a l i c i a n s , w u r d e a p p o i n t e d m e m b e r o f the R e g e n c y . . . T h e p r i e s t h o o d , well a c q u a i n t e d w i t h t h e fate of their order i n F r a n c e , h a d l o n g o p p o s e d t h e d i s s e m i n a t i o n o f F r e n c h principles 1 5 a n d p h i l o s o p h y a n d h a d f o m e n t e d t h e h a t r e d o f the p e o p l e t o w a r d s t h a t n a t i o n , u p o n the principle of selfpreservation, as well as p u r e religious zeal ... the m o r e enlightened classes des S p a n , p e o p l e t o o k a d v a n t a g e of t h e favorable m o m e n t dieser p e r i o d t o i m p r o v e their political c o n d i t i o n . . . the p r o v i s i o n a l gov. H a u p t z w e c k z u o r g a n i s e t h e m i l i t a r y resources des 20 c o u n t r y . . . t h e S p a n , p e o p l e were fast a w a k e n i n g f r o m their l e t h a r g y . . . E i n s t r ö m e n v. s t r a n g e r s , K e t z e r n , l o n g a b s e n c e des legitimate m o n a r c h , public d e b a t e s on political subjects etc . . . T h e " e x i s t i n g " const, of S p a i n was f o r m e d in 1811 u. 12, at C a d i z , w h e n t h a t city w a s in a state of siege, a n d at a time w h e n every p r o v i n c e of Spain, excepting Galicia, w a s occu25 pied by t h e e n e m y . (10-26) In dieser C o n s t i t . : "sovereignty resides essentially in t h e n a t i o n , to w h o m only, therefore, b e l o n g s exclusively the right of establishing f u n d a m e n t a l l a w s " . "1 d e p u t y f. every 70,000 s o u l s . " " T h e C o r t e s consists of one h o u s e , or estate, viz. the c o m m o n s , t h e basis of t h e election of t h e 30 deputies b e i n g universal suffrage." D i e "elective franchise is enjoyed by | |16| all S p a n i a r d s w h o h a v e a n y e m p l o y m e n t , calling, office, o r k n o w n m o d e of existence; w i t h t h e exceptions of m e n i a l servants, b a n k r u p t s u. Verbrechern. After t h e y e a r 1830, no citizen can enjoy this right w h o c a n n o t r e a d a n d w r i t e . " A b e r gewählt: 1) in der P a r i s h . 2) der p a r t i d o . 35 3) der p r o v i n c e . D i e electors j e d e r p a r i s h n e n n e n 1 p a r o c h i a l elector f. je 200 i n h a b i t a n t s . Diese p e r s o n s a g a i n c h o o s e 11 c o m p r o m i s a r i o s u. by these the p a r o c h i a l elector, or representative, of the p a r i s h is n a m e d . Die representatives der p a r i s h e s in d e r p a r t i d o assemble in d e r chief t o w n des district u. these a p p o i n t the electors w h o a r e to m e e t in the capital of 40 the province to c h o o s e t h e d e p u t y to C o r t e s . " T h e r e is no defined q u a l ification w i t h respect to p r o p e r t y to m a k e a p e r s o n eligible for a d e p u t y . "

405

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 " A r t . 92 m e r e l y states, t h a t he s h o u l d h a v e a suitable a n n u a l i n c o m e p r o c e e d i n g from a c t u a l p r o p e r t y . " " C o r t e s m e e t j e d e s J . a m 1 M a r c h , o h n e receiving a n y p r o c l a m a t i o n of c o n v o c a t i o n , sit at least 3 m o n t h s consecutively, k ö n n e n 4 sitzen, if t h a t m e a s u r e be v o t e d by / of the d e p u t i e s present. Nor can the King either prorogue or dissolve the Cortes. A gen. election, or n e w C o r t e s , is f o r m e d every 2 year, a n d no d e p u t y c a n sit in 2 C o r t e s consecutively, d. h. n u r to be re-elected after an interv e n i n g C o r t e s o f 2 y e a r s . " " N o d e p u t y c a n a s k o r accept r e w a r d s , p e n sions, o r h o n o r s , from t h e K i n g . " " t h e a p p r o v a l o f t h e C o r t e s i s necessary for t h e ratification of all offensive alliances, subsidies, a n d principles o f c o m m e r c e . " " T h e C o r t e s decree t h e c r e a t i o n o r s u p p r e s s i o n o f all places in t h e t r i b u n a l s , a n d in all public offices." " T h e y f o r m a n d give r e g u l a t i o n s to t h e a r m y , navy, a n d militia; a n d (Art. 359) regulate all m a t t e r s relating t o the discipline, o r d e r o f a d v a n c e m e n t , p a y , a d m i n istration etc . . . " " p r o t e c t the liberty of t h e p r e s s . " " E s t a b l i s h the general system of p u b l i c e d u c a t i o n in all t h e m o n a r c h y . " " t h e i r a p p r o b a t i o n is r e q u i r e d to the p l a n of e d u c a t i o n for the P r i n c e of A s t u r i a s . " " T h e Secretaries of S t a t e a n d all o t h e r p u b l i c s e r v a n t s are m a d e effectively r e s p o n sible to t h e C o r t e s for their c o n d u c t in state affairs." " W h e n a bill is p r e s e n t e d to the K i n g he m u s t declare his p l e a s u r e u p o n it in 30 d a y s , sonst die o m i s s i o n c o n s t r u e d i n t o assent, u. die bill b e c o m e s law. If he refuse the bill, m u s t er state his reasons in writing, within 30 d a y s ; w e n n nicht, his silence gives existence to the bill as a law. W e n n in d e r 3* session d a s G e s e t z die C o r t e s ( z u m 3 also) passirt, i t b e c o m e s law w i t h o u t being s u b m i t t e d to t h e K i n g ' s pleasure. E b e n s o by t h e s a m e p r o c e s s , laws m a y be r e p e a l e d . " "Before the C o r t e s t e r m i n a t e a session, t h e y a p p o i n t a P e r m a n e n t d e p u t a t i o n of the C o r t e s , consisting of 7 of their m e m b e r s . . . 2 s u p e r n u m e r a r i e s a r e p r o v i d e d . . . dieses p e r m a n e n t c o m m i t t e e des p a r l i a m e n t h o l d s its sittings in the capital until the m e e t i n g d e r next C o r t e s ; is e n d o w e d m. d e n p o w e r s to w a t c h over t h e strict o b s e r v a n c e der C o n s t i t u t i o n u . administ. d e r laws; a n d r e p o r t s t o t h e next C o r t e s a n y infract i o n it m a y h a v e observed; k a n n c o n v o k e an extraordinary (d. h. extrao r d i n a r y sitting) Cortes in critical times, z. B. w e n n der k i n g d e e m e d unfit t o govern. D e s king's ministers n o seats i n den C o r t e s , m a y p r e s e n t bills, u. m. permission, s p e a k u p o n t h e m ; a b e r they c a n n o t be p r e s e n t at a division u p o n a n y q u e s t i o n s . . . D i e ministers r e s p o n s i b l e d e n C o r t e s f. all o r d e r s . . . u. no t r i b u n a l or p u b l i c s e r v a n t is to o b e y a n y b u t a written o r d e r c o u n t e r s i g n e d by a secretary of state . . . D e r einzige council des K ö n i g s der Consejo d e E s t a d o , i n w h i c h die ministers n o seat, d a r i n 4 ecclesiastics, w o v o n 2 m a y be bishops, 4 g r a n d e e s ; the rest f r o m a m o n g t h e m o s t distinguished p e r s o n s i n d e n p r i n c i p a l b r a n c h e s der public 2

3

5

n d

10

15

20

t m a I

406

25

30

35

40

Aus The crisis of Spain a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . Diese alle 40 gewählt v o m K i n g , v. a list of 120 n a m e s p r o p o s e d t o h i m b y the C o r t e s ; b u t n o a c t u a l d e p u t y can b e a counsellor; kein counsellor k a n n office, e m p l o y m e n t , o r h o n o u r , v . d e m k i n g a n n e h men, k i n g will folgen d e n ' d i c t a m e n ' dieses council (bezahlt v. den C o r 5 tes) bes. in giving or refusing his s a n c t i o n to bills p r e s e n t e d by C o r t e s , in declaring w a r , or m a k i n g treaties. In d e m political gov. der p r o v i n c e s , a Provincial d e p u t a t i o n is f o r m e d in each, by suffrage of t h e electors of p a r t i d o s , w h e n a s s e m b l e d for the gen. election of t h e m e m b e r s for a n e w Cortes. Diese provincial d e p u t a t i o n s b e s t e h n a u s 7 m e m b e r s , presided 10 over by t h e polit, chief der p r o v i n c e , u. assisted by a secretary dessen salary fixed by t h e C o r t e s . M ü s s e n at least 90 Tage im J. sitzen. F r o m t h e p o w e r s a n d duties assigned t o these d e p u t a t i o n s , a n d their c o n s t i t u t i o n , they m a y b e considered a s p e r m a n e n t c o m m i t t e e s o f C o r t e s . " " D i e C o n stit. v. 1812 n u r zu ä n d e r n n a c h 8 J., d a n n R e v i s i o n m ö g l i c h u n t e r 15 erschwerten B e d i n g u n g e n , z. B. a p p r o b a t i o n d e r electoral j u n t a s d e r p r o v inces e t c " N a c h diesem A r t . (383) "it a p p e a r s t h a t t h e K i n g ' s c o n s e n t is not necessary for the e n a c t m e n t of such n e w l a w s . " (26-37) Z u r Zeit dieser E x t r a o r d i n a r y C o r t e s nearly t h e w h o l e o f S p a i n occupied by the t r o o p s of N a p o l e o n ; few d e r m e m b e r s d u l y elected d u r c h die 20 provinces u. t o w n s of old S p a i n which t h e y w e r e s u p p o s e d to represent; still fewer of t h e m e m b e r s w h o t o o k their seats as d e p u t i e s f. die colonies, chosen b y t h e m ; b u t , a s a t t h a t p e r i o d t h e r e w e r e m a n y individuals w h o m the t r o u b l e s o f the w a r h a d driven from t h e p r o v i n c e s , u . also m a n y S o u t h A m e r i c a n m e r c h a n t s , natives a n d o t h e r s , w h o m t h e state o f affairs 25 h a d likewise a s s e m b l e d at C a d i z , there was no difficulty in finding persons ¡171 b e l o n g i n g , in s o m e w a y or o t h e r , to t h e different k i n g d o m s , cities, t o w n s , a n d provinces o f Spain, i n t h e O l d a n d N e w W o r l d , t o become their ostensible representatives. S o m e o f t h e m e m b e r s w h o t o o k their seats for provinces o c c u p i e d by t h e F r e n c h , were c h o s e n , however, 30 in a certain m a n n e r , by the p a t r i o t i c j u n t a s , w h i c h , t h r o u g h o u t the w a r , continued to exist in s o m e p a r t s of t h e c o u n t r y . U n m ö g l i c h dieß in t o w n s which t h e F r e n c h c o n s t a n t l y occupied. T h e i r p o w e r s , as a p r o v i s i o n a l gov., w o u l d never h a v e been q u e s t i o n e d . A b e r als Verfasser einer n e u e n Constituí, greatly resembling t h e F r e n c h C o n s t , o f 1791, erregte o p 35 position, dissatisfaction u. d i s u n i o n . O p p o s i t i o n 1) v. n o b l e s u. clergy. 2) v. " m o d e r a t e m e n " , the great limitation, or r a t h e r t h e c o m p l e t e a n nihilation of the r o y a l p r e r o g a t i v e , — t h e d e s t r u c t i o n of all feudal t e n u r e s , to the severe injury of t h e fortunes, rights of p r o p e r t y , a n d c o n s e q u e n c e of the nobles a n d s e n i o r s , — t h e destruction of the power of the prelates, 40 and in general of all ecclesiastical courts ... Royalists, nobles, and clergy, were everywhere vociferous against it ... D e r b i s h o p of O r e n s e w i t h d r e w

407

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1 f r o m the R e g e n c y w h e n h e c o u l d n o longer s t e m this t e n d e n c y t o d e m o c r a c y . . . pulpits condemned the acts of the government ... durch die constitution der king sei politically deposed etc . . . D i e ß a c c o u n t s for the fact, t h a t from 1811, t h e exertions d e r p e a s a n t r y were n e u t r a l i z e d u. die only d e s u l t o r y operations die took place die der Guerrillas (composed chiefly of the wrecks of the Span, armies) the greater number of which, and certainly the most active, were commanded by persons who were then, in fact, Liberales, (constitutionalists) as is now proved by the parts which the Empecinado, Mina, Porlier, El Pastor, etc, have since taken ... The merc h a n t s of C a d i z , a n d o t h e r p e r s o n s c o n n e c t e d m. S o u t h A m e r i c a , were the chief instruments in getting up the constitution ... One great object was to retain empire over their colonies ... d u r c h d a s u n i t e d system of legisl a t u r e , i n t r o d u c e d in the n e w c o d e . . . E q u i p i r t e n , 1811, s o g a r a large a r m a m e n t , consisting of several regiments, from Galicia, the only p r o v ince in Spain u n o c c u p i e d by the F r e n c h , um to c o m b i n e coercion m. ihrer policy . . . Bei d e r P r o c l a m a t i o n g u t a u f g e n o m m e n diese C o n s t , in der capital, sea-ports u. great commercial towns, wo betrachtet als conducive to retaining possession of the colonies; aber in a great number der cities, in all the villages, u. universally amongst the peasantry in dem interior des country, it was received m. dissatisfaction, disgust, u., in many places, m. abhorrence. A u s F u r c h t d a h e r s o m e o f the a u t h o r i t i e s , a c t i n g u n d e r t h e p r o visional gov., i n M a r c h 1812, p r e v e n t e d the a r m i n g d e r p e a s a n t r y v . G a licia, w h o h a d applied for a r m s t o defend their o w n c o u n t r y . S o g r o ß ihre a p p r e h e n s i o n s . C o n t r e r e v o l . addresses v. allen Seiten. " T h e y h a v e c u t in pieces laws, sovereignty, a n d religion; set o n e a g a i n s t a n o t h e r ; dried the zeal of the defenders of o u r rights; r u i n e d t h e c e m e n t of t h a t b u l w a r k , h i t h e r t o i m p r e g n a b l e b y the F r e n c h , w h i c h w a s f o u n d e d u p o n the u n i o n o f o u r s e n t i m e n t s ; — a n d they h a v e extinguished t h e o b l i g a t i o n t o persevere in the contest, by a b a n d o n i n g the objects w h i c h t h e p e o p l e swore to accomplish . . . It (die C o n s t . ) t h r e a t e n s to a b o l i s h o u r religion: t r e a s o n to t h e K i n g , because it d e p o s e s h i m , politically s p e a k i n g , f r o m his t h r o n e , a n d deprives h i m of all sovereign a u t h o r i t y . " . . . F o r fear of the religious prejudices des people, n o n e o f t h e reforms i n t e n d e d t o b e i n t r o d u c e d i n the c h u r c h e s t a b l i s h m e n t s , were noticed in the const, u. d e r only article u n t e r d e m h e a d " R e l i g i o n " , ist d e c l a r a t i o n , " t h a t t h e R o m a n C a t h o l i c F a i t h is the only n a t i o n a l religion, a n d t h a t the exercise of n o n e o t h e r will ever b e p e r m i t t e d " . . . t h e p r i e s t h o o d were n o t s o easily deceived . . . A n d s o o n after die constit. w a s p r o m u l g a t e d , t h e m e a s u r e s affecting the clergy w e r e t a k e n i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n . 16 June, 1812, was published an act for abolishing tithes throughout the monarchy . . . Pfaffen n a n n t e n dieß "a sacrilegious usurpation der rights der church, u. their rights of property" ...

408

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus The crisis of Spain those who supported die const, called liberales, die o p p o n i r t e n serviles. T h e I constit. d a t e d M a r c h t h e 1 9 , 1812; b u t its a c t u a l p r o m u l g a t i o n deferred until the expected successes d e r a p p r o a c h i n g c a m p a i g n s h o u l d recover territories in w h i c h to p r o c l a i m it . . . F r e n c h a r m y , defeated at Sala5 m a n c a , retired f r o m all t h a t p a r t of the c o u n t r y , siege of C a d i z raised, u. the S p a n . gov. c a u s e d t h e n e w c o n s t i t u t i o n to be p r o c l a i m e d in every city, town, a n d village, recovered from the possession of the e n e m y ; it w a s received m. g r e a t a p p a r e n t satisfaction in M a d r i d , in certain g r e a t cities, in all sea-ports u. c o m m e r c i a l t o w n s ; b u t n o t so elsewhere. E v i d e n t to t h e 10 whole a r m y , d u r i n g the m o v e m e n t of 1812, h o w l u k e w a r m t h e S p a n , people h a d b e c o m e . T h e S p a n i s h r e g u l a r a r m i e s w e r e n o t recruited by a single m a n in the p r o v i n c e s they occupied d u r i n g t h e c a m p a i g n ; all a t t e m p t s to o r g a n i z e a p o p u l a r force w e r e ineffectual; a p l a n w h i c h h a d been p r o p o s e d , of t r y i n g to i n c o r p o r a t e S p a n , recruits in t h e allied a r m y , 15 u n d e r Brit, officers, failed; t h e a d v a n c e of t h e a r m y i n t o the centre des country, u n d e r t a k e n t o e n c o u r a g e , a n d t o p r o d u c e , a s i t w a s expected, s u p p o r t i n g m o v e m e n t s a m o n g s t the people, h a d n o such results; a n d after a n a r d u o u s c a m p a i g n , t h e allied a r m y r e t u r n e d t o P o r t u g a l , w i t h o u t having a c c o m p l i s h e d m o r e b y t h e g l o r i o u s victory a t S a l a m a n c a , t h a n t h e 20 t e m p o r a r y o c c u p a t i o n of M a d r i d , a n d the e v a c u a t i o n of A n d a l u s i a . . . F e r d i n a n d , released from captivity, r e t u r n e d t o S p a i n . . . f o u n d t h e clergy disgusted, m a n y of the b i s h o p s in exile, ||18| t h e l a n d h o l d e r s , n o b l e s , a n d grandees, dissatisfied. . . . Er ging n a c h Valencia, w h e r e , c e r t a i n of t h e s u p p o r t o f the a r m y , h e d e t e r m i n e d n o t t o a c k n o w l e d g e t h e constit. 25 framed d u r i n g his c a p t i v i t y — D a s S p a n , p e o p l e , t h o u g h disliking t h e n e w constit., w e r e nearly as little inclined to see t h e old a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of t h e laws re-established. H a d lost all confidence in their f o r m e r s t a t e s m e n a n d i n m a n y o f their n o b l e s , for h a v i n g deserted a n d b e t r a y e d t h e m , a t t h e beginning o f t h e struggle. H a d also b e c o m e m o r e t o l e r a n t o f heresy. 30 F e r d i n a n d , while refusing to a c k n o w l e d g e the constit. v. 1812, p r o m i s e d to c o n v o k e a C o r t e s , a n d to p r o p o s e to t h e m t h e f o r m a t i o n of a m o d erate c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system . . . did n o t observe his p r o m i s e . . . i n t r o d u c e d the old gov. with all its vices; sent into b a n i s h m e n t m a n y enlightened statesmen; . . . t h e state of S p a i n still s h o w e d p o p u l a r aversion to the late 35 code; for s o m e t i m e g a r keine m o v e m e n t s of a n y c o n s e q u e n c e ; at a later period i n s u r r e c t i o n s in s o m e der g r e a t c o m m e r c i a l t o w n s : Porlier h e a d e d one ins. at C o r u n a , p u t d o w n , as s o o n as he w e n t forth in d a s interior des country, by the p e o p l e , lost his life. In C a t a l o n i e n m e h r insurrections nicht m o r e successful. O p p o s i t i o n w a s s o o n c r u s h e d . F ü r 6 years die con40 stitution was in abeyance ... C o n s i d e r a b l e c o r p s of t r o o p s assembled in u. near C a d i z f. die s ü d a m . Colonies. I n s u b o r d i n a t i o n in diesem c o r p s , th

409

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1 b e n u t z t by liberales, t h e a r m y of the Isla declared for t h e constit. of 1812. D a s e x a m p l e followed by t r o o p s elsewhere; t h e city of C a d i z , u. all t h e c o m m e r c i a l u . sea-port t o w n s , p r o c l a i m e d a d h e r e n c e t o the n e w c o d e . I n s o m e p a r t s i t w a s o p p o s e d . K i n g ' s a d h e r e n c e s o o n m a d e public. T r a n quillity a p p e a r e d to be r e s t o r e d . . . . Bald d a r a u f p a r t i a l i n s u r r e c t i o n s 5 gegen dieß n e w o r d e r o f things . . . I n p r o p o r t i o n a s the a n t i c o n s t i t u t i o n alists b e c a m e stronger, the C o r t e s increased their force; a n d to this effect t h e y f o u n d it necessary to r e s o r t to a conscription. T h e c o n v u l s i o n s p r o ceeded . . . a royalist a r m y w a s formed . . . S p a i n in a state of civil w a r . . . T h e p r e c e d e n t set by t h e S p a n , a r m y w a s s o o n followed in P o r t u g a l ; it 10 s p r e a d t o N a p l e s ; e x t e n d e d t o P i e d m o n t ; a n d i n all these c o u n t r i e s exhibited t h e d a n g e r o u s e x a m p l e of armies m e d d l i n g m. m e a s u r e s of reform, a n d by force of a r m s , d i c t a t i n g laws to their c o u n t r y . ( 3 7 - 5 9 ) I m m e d i ately after t h e i n s u r r e c t i o n t o o k place in P i e d m o n t , m o v e m e n t s were a t t e m p t e d in F r a n c e , at L y o n s a n d in o t h e r places, to t h e s a m e end. N o r 15 w e r e t h e r e w a n t i n g Q u i r o g a s a n d Riegos. B e r t o n ' s c o n s p i r a c y w a s u n d e r t a k e n for t h e p u r p o s e s t h e y h a d effected . . . R o c h e l l e c o n s p i r a t o r s , of w h o m a b o u t b e l o n g e d t o the 4 5 regiment o f the line. (60) F r a n c e actually received applications for s u p p o r t from a very n u m e r o u s p a r t y der R e a c t , in Spain. (61) In N a p l e s a n d P i e d m o n t , the r e v o l u t i o n i s t s a d o p t e d 20 p u r e l y t h e S p a n , constit., a n d t h e Span, m o d e o f setting i t u p b y military defection. (64) r e v o l u t i o n a r y Spain re-transfusing its elements of discord i n t o F r a n c e ; a (hideous!) a n d b o t h leaguing their d e m o c r a t i c a l factions a g a i n s t the m o n a r c h i c a l system. (70) | t h

410

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845

| 2 i | Revelations of Spain in 1845. By an Engl. Resident. 2 vol. London. 1845.

5

t. I. Ch. I. The fall of Espartero.

T h e early p a r t of 1843 spent, u n d e r t h e ministerial presidency of the M a r q u i s o f R o d i l , i n p a r l i a m e n t a r y struggles b e t w e e n the R e g e n t E s p a r tero a n d the m a j o r i t y of t h e D e p u t i e s in C o n g r e s s . T h e b u l k of his own Progresista party was gradually alienated from the Regent's side. 9 of 10 Mai (1843) the Lopez m i n i s t r y was formed. P r e s e n t e d sofort d e m regent a project of amnesty f. die Rückkehr der Moderados, b a n i s h e d for the daring attempt on the Palace, October 1841, n a c h Spain. E s p a r t e r o d a g e gen. I n t e n s e h a t r e d u. u n m e a s u r e d hostility d e r Exilierten, v. wegen d e r victims—Léon u. Montés de Oca, Borso u. Quiroga, Fulgosio u. Frias, 15 Boria u. G o b e r n a d o . E s p a r t e r o r e g a r d e d d a h e r d e n design for t h e M o d e r a d o s ' recall as a p e r s o n a l blow. A b e r die nation f amnesty, his popularity forfeited, selbst die army averse to further exclusion i h r e r c o m rades. E r s t u b b o r n resistance. T h e P r o g r e s i s t a leaders h a d n o friendly feelings for one who had excited amongst them dissensions and jealousies, 20 who governed with but slight references to their wishes, and excluded all but a few favourites from the practical management of affairs. A m n e s t y w u r d e daher z u r ministerial question g e m a c h t . E s p a r t e r o s p r i v a t e secretary employed to communicate m. d e m ministry, p r o n o u n c e d to be u n c o n s t i t u tional, gave d e e p offence to the Progresista leaders. T h e dismissal of 25 Linage, Zurbano, a n d o t h e r s , a sort of military Camarilla, w a s called for. Refused. Lopez ministry dismissed obgleich es large majority in der Chamth

411

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 ber of D e p u t i e s . D o n G o m e z Becerra, President des S e n a t e , called to the h e a d of a n e w a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . Sofort f o r m e d powerful coalition of Moderado u. Progresista interests, object the removal of Espartero from the Regency, called itself the P a r l i a m e n t a r y p a r t y . B a l d d a r a u f P r o n u n c i a m e n t o of Reus in C a t a l o n i a , w h i c h flew to Barcelona a n d Valencia, u. instantly followed by all the provinces in succession. Revolutionary juntas sprung up like mushrooms in a night. I n s t a n t a n e o u s l y t h e w h o l e P e n i n s u l a w a s in a blaze. L o p e z ministry p e r e m p t o r i l y d e m a n d e d . D e r o a t h v o r g e s c h r i e b e n d u r c h die C o n s t , v . 1837, t a k e n b y E s p a r t e r o in 1840 u. by Isabel in 1843 ( N o v e m b e r ) : "I s w e a r by G o d a n d by the holy evangelists t h a t I will k e e p a n d cause to be k e p t t h e constit. of t h e S p a n . M o n a r c h y , p r o m u l g a t e d i n M a d r i d o n t h e 1 8 o f J u n e , 1837, t h a t I will k e e p a n d cause to be k e p t the laws, a t t e n d i n g only in w h a t I shall do to the g o o d a n d profit of the n a t i o n . If, in w h a t I swear, or in a n y p a r t thereof, I shall do the c o n t r a r y , I am n o t to be o b e y e d , b u t t h a t wherein I so c o n t r a v e n e shall be null a n d of no effect." A n d r e r P a r a g r a p h in der C o n s t . : " E v e r y S p a n i a r d is b o u n d , at his c o u n t r y ' s call, to defend t h e C o n s t , w i t h a r m s in his h a n d s . " In dieser G e s c h i c h t e The Conspiracy (v. Louis Philippe) w a s a - f o o t — t h e gold w a s s e n t — t h e army was corrupted, but the people judged and acted for themselves. "The tyrant Espartero." (Sevilla) Narvaez u. Concha, Pezuela u. O'Donnei, lost no time, upon their arrival in the South-eastern ports from France, by conniva n c e of its g o v e r n m e n t , b u t at o n c e p r o c e e d e d m. extraordinary energy to carry into operation their preconcerted design. O n e p l a c e d himself at the h e a d of the r e v o l u t i o n in Castile, a n o t h e r p r o c e e d e d to raise Andalusia, a 3 r e p a i r e d to Navarre, while N a r v a e z himself, t h e m a s t e r - s p i r i t of t h e enterprise, set out with a handful of troops from Valencia, a n d raising the siege of Teruel, struck the first blow ... while t h e R e g e n t r e m a i n e d for weeks in unaccountable apathy at Albacete. E v e r y h o u r of u n w o r t h y delay w a s r e c o r d e d in p r o n u n c i a m e n t o s a n d d e s e r t i o n . F r e s h t r o o p s r e p a i r e d to N a r v a e z ' s s t a n d a r d ; he m a r c h e d i n t o Aragon ... the R e g e n t , b e n u m b ed a n d p a r a l y s e d , still lay at Albacete. N a r v a e z u n h e s i t a t i n g l y marched on Madrid, effected his j u n c t i o n m. A s p i r o z , e n c o u n t e r e d t h e u n i t e d t r o o p s of Seoane and Zurbano at Torrejon, fought the memorable but bloodless battle in which bullets were exchanged for dishonouring embraces, a n d entered the m e t r o p o l i s o f Spain. M e a n w h i l e S e r r a n o u . M a z a r e d o held possession o f B a r c e l o n a a n d the C a t a l o n territory; t h e R e g e n t , r o u s e d a t last i n t o a c t i o n , u n i t e d his t r o o p s t o t h o s e o f Van H a l e n , a n d p r o c e e d e d to lay siege to Sevilla. O h n e success. D i e N a c h r i c h t v. d e r c a p t u r e of M a d r i d r e a c h e d Z a r a g o z a , d a s n u n a u c h p r o n o u n c e d a g a i n s t the R e g e n t ; it reached Seville a n d struck h i m as w i t h palsy. He retired on

5

10

th

15

20

25

d

412

30

35

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845. Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens. Heft 1. Seite 21

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 Alcalá, p a s s e d t h r o u g h U t r e r a , f l e d t h r o u g h X e r e s , a t every step deserted by fresh sections of his t r o o p s ; he r e a c h e d P o r t St. M a r y ' s , h o t l y p u r s u e d by C o n c h a a n d his m e n , e m b a r k e d in a small fishing-boat, w a s t a k e n on b o a r d t h e S p a n , s t e a m e r Beiis, a n d c a r r i e d across the b a y t o H . Brit. M . ' s 5 ship Malabar, lying before C a d i z , w h i c h city (the last in S p a i n w h e r e he retained a p a r t y ) p r o n o u n c e d a g a i n s t h i m a s h e w a s t a k e n o n b o a r d . (2-12)

Ch. II. The Rise of Narvaez. E s p a r t e r o , d e r "wall-battering", the bombarder of cities: Barcelona and 10 Seville; will live in t h e m e m o r y of S p a n i a r d s , as l o n g as his defeat at Ayacucho in P e r u . . . . T h e sliding-scale of E s p a r t e r o ' s greatness, n o t t h e t r e m e n d o u s c r a s h of an i n s t a n t after a well-fought field, b u t the little a n d bit-by-bit descent, after no fighting at all, from Madrid to Ciudad R e a l , from C i u d a d R e a l to A l b a c e t e (here t h e r e w a s a p a u s e in t h e scale), f r o m 15 Albacete to C o r d o v a , f r o m C o r d o v a to Seville, from Seville to P o r t St.M a r y ' s , a n d t h e n c e t o t h e wide o c e a n . H e fell f r o m i d o l a t r y t o e n t h u s i asm, from e n t h u s i a s m t o a t t a c h m e n t , from a t t a c h m e n t t o respect, from respect t o indifference, f r o m indifference t o c o n t e m p t , f r o m c o n t e m p t t o hatred, a n d from h a t r e d h e fell i n t o t h e sea. E i n e r v . E s p a r t e r o ' s H a u p t 20 o p p o n e n t s d u r i n g his regency . . . M a r t i n e z de la R o s a . A halo has been thrown round Espartero in Brit, eyes (in consequence of his having been presumed to be the advocate of Brit, interests ) ... T h e S p a n i a r d s laughed at him even in the meridian of his p o w e r , as they l a u g h at their saints a n d gods ... very little respect for his p e r s o n . . . he w a s slightingly s p o k e n of 25 as a gambler a n d a roué; the n o t i o n of his military achievements was derided; he w a s regarded in no other light but as a lucky intriguer ... Christina d u r c h d a s m o v e m e n t v. Sept. 1840 ||22| gestürzt, 1) wegen des project for n o m i n a t i n g i n s t e a d of p o p u l a r l y electing t h e m u n i c i p a l Alcaldes, 2) a p o r t i o n of tithes f. die s u p p o r t des clergy was re-voted by t h e 30 Cortes. D i e ß d a s wichtigste, an a t t e m p t to r e s t o r e the (ecclesiastical) p r o p erty sold w o u l d be followed by a n o t h e r a n d a b l o o d i e r r e v o l u t i o n . . . E s p a r t e r o — t h e q u e s t i o n of a triple u. p a r l i a m . R e g e n c y , or o n e c o m posed of p a r l i a m e n t a r y nobilities, h a v i n g b e e n decided against the wishes of a very large section der Progresistas, u. E s p a r t e r o die s u p r e m e a u t h o r 35 i t y — e x c l u d e d all m e n of high p a r l i a m e n t a r y s t a n d i n g v. his p r i v a t e circle . . . ferner die i n t r u s i o n of his military secretary, L i n a g e , to a degree irreconcileable m . p a r l i a m . gov. . . . H i s f a v o u r e x t e n d e d t o M o d e r a d o s rather t h e n to old P r o g r e s i s t a friends, entire exclusion of a large section . . .

415

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 W a r d a s victim of his o w n m i s m a n a g e m e n t . M a r i a C h r i s t i n a u. her partisans in Paris materially conduced to this result. Her hôtel in d e r R u e de Courcelles was a rival Span, court, a n d h e r agents were more accredited at the Tuileries than the ambassadors of the lawful Regent . . . To w i n or c o r r u p t t h e S p a n , a r m y , N a r v a e z a n d his friends w e r e sent by sea, a n d 5 1 million of frs by land. A s e c o n d million of frs, sent likewise across t h e P y r e n e e s — f r o m F r a n c e — c o m p l e t e d his d e s t r u c t i o n . E s p a r t e r o s m u g gled i n t o the g r a n d m u n i c i p a l b a n q u e t o f L o n d o n t h e m u r d e r e r o f w o m e n , N o g u e r a s ( u n d e r a false n a m e . ) T h e failure of t h e triple p l o t to effect a re-entry i n t o Spain, in which I r i a r t e , L i n a g e a n d N o g u e r a s , ri- 10 vailed the incapacity of their master, c a u s e d the illusions of t h e Brit, p u b l i c t o melt a w a y i n indifference, a n d subside i n m u t e c o n t e m p t : t h e a t m o s p h e r e o f L o n d o n b e c a m e t o o cold, a n d the D u k e o f Victoria l a p s e d i n t o s u b u r b a n life . . . T h e m o m e n t N a r v a e z ' t r o o p s o b t a i n e d possession of M a d r i d , military 15 violence b e c a m e p r e d o m i n a n t . T h e c o n v e n t i o n , signed by Aspiros, by w h i c h the rights of the n a t i o n a l militia w e r e to be h e l d sacred, s h a m e fully violated; t h e i n s t a n t N a r y a e z h a d m a s t e r y o f t h e city t h e n a t i o n a l s w e r e d i s a r m e d . Senate dissolved, e b e n s o die provincial d e p u t a t i o n , id. t h e m u n i c i p a l i t y of M a d r i d . G o v . n o m i n e e s t h r u s t i n t o these offices. Soldiery 20 m u r r t e , for the r e g u l a r t r e a s u r y was e m p t y u . C h r i s t i n a z a h l t e n u n nicht m e h r . F o r d e m a n d i n g their licencia absoluta, or leave to q u i t the service o n t h e faith o f w h i c h they h a d been false t o E s p a r t e r o , a n d t o o t r u e t o N a r v a e z , this cruel a n d heartless a d v e n t u r e r h a d 8 of his soldiers shot. T h e n a t i o n a l s a n d p o p u l a c e were fired on w h e n a few g a t h e r e d t o g e t h e r 25 . . . E s p a r t e r o ' s generals u. ministers n a r r o w l y e s c a p e d m. their lives. (15-23)

Ch. III. The Provisional Government. State of Parties. 23 July (1843) installed at M a d r i d the p r o v i s . gov., p r e s i d e d over by S e ñ o r L o p e z . Er wollte c o m p r o m i s e b e t w e e n d e n P r o g r e s i s t a s u. M o - 30 d e r a d o s . T h e Progresistas established t h e constit. o f 1837, the M o d e r a d o s sternly resisted. T h e Progresistas secularized t h e relig. o r d e r s , t h e M o d e r a d o s dagegen. T h e Progresistas sold t h e bienes n a c i o n a l e s , o r confiscated (chiefly ecclesiastical) p r o p e r t i e s . T h e y a b o l i s h e d entails, seignories, titles. D i e M o d e r a d o s gegen alles d a s w ü t h e n d . L o p e z , to e m e r g e from : t h e difficulties of t h e case, e r k l ä r t e p r e m a t u r e l y , gegen die C o n s t . , the Q u e e n ' s majority. T h e S p a n , legislature i s c o m p o s e d o f M o d e r a d o s ( o u r C o n s e r v a t i v e ) , Progresistas ( o u r W h i g ) , u. R e p u b l i c a n s t h e e x t r e m e left, :

416

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 thus assimilating m. F r a n c e . T h e r e is a C e n t r e oscillating b e t w e e n the 2 first n a m e d , w h i c h w a s led by G o n z a l e z B r a v o , so called " Y o u n g Spain". W h e n a t M a d r i d , i n 1834, w a s f o r m e d t h e f i r s t E s t a m e n t o (the A r a g o n e s e s u b s t i t u t e for a States general) M o d e r a d o principles in 5 the a s c e n d a n t . . . 1835 a r e v o l u t i o n set on foot to o v e r t u r n t h e M o d e r a d o ministry; fell, t h e revol. successful. In 1836 a fresh r e v o l u t i o n , results: constituent C o r t e s u. die a c t u a l C o n s t , of 1837; 1840 (1 Sept.) fresh revol. Christine expelled, M o d e r a d o d o m i n i o n fell m. ihr; E s p a r t e r o u. m. ihm die Progresistas. M o d e r a d o s e r k e n n e n , die C o n s t , v. 1837 als fait 10 accompli, a b e r b e h a u p t e n d a ß d a s E s t a t u t o R e a l , in force bis 1836, all the g e r m s of liberty in sich enthielt, friedlich zu entwickeln . . . M a r t i n e z d e l a R o s a , Isturiz . . . D a s E s t a m e n t o o f 1835 w a r n o m o r e truly a constit. assembly t h a n the existing States G e n e r a l of H o l l a n d , of Prussia, o f B a v a r i a . . . T h e P r o g r e s i s t a p a r t y o f S p a i n h a s t h e s t r o n g 15 s u p p o r t of the m a s s e s , a n d w h e n e v e r its leaders lose their h o l d of p o w e r , they are invariably the victims of their o w n d i s u n i o n . . . W h e n e v e r j e a l ousies a n d i n t e r n a l dissensions in t h e P r o g r e s i s t a c a m p a t t a i n to a certain pitch, the M o d e r a d o s dispossess t h e m by a coup de main ... D i e m o n e y e d classes w a r e n f. die M o d e r a d o s , a b e r n u r u n t e r der B e d i n g u n g der 20 const, v. 1837 . . . T h e Carlist p a r t y in Spain . . . limited to t h e m o r e factious clergy a n d t o certain a n t e d i l u v i a n g r a n d e e s . . . N i c k n a m e s : d e r A d herents of E s p a r t e r o "Ayacuchos"; der Progresistas " E x a l t a d o s " ; d e r M o d e r a d o s " D e v o r i s t a s " , (eagerness for p l a c e a n d p l u n d e r ) . . . All t h e Ins are assailed by all t h e O u t s . . . W i t h i n 1 2 m o n t h s , v. M a y 1843 25 M a y 1844, 7 different a d m i n i s t r a t i o n s h a v e directed the affairs of S p a i n . " P o c a g a n a n c i a y m e n o s h o n r a p o r los p a r t i c u l a r e s q u e v e n í a n d e t o d a E s p a ñ a á servir al r e y . " (24-37)

Ch. IV. Central Junta. If one military dictator was got rid of, it was to be succeeded by another 30 more desperately reckless ... T h e revolut. J u n t a s , by w h i c h t h e m o v . w a s effected, lösten sich nicht auf, r e t a i n e d their irregular u. lawless existence, c o m m u n i c a t e d m. d e m Provis. G o v . u p o n a footing of equality, p r e t e n d ed to advise, dictate u. a l m o s t c o m m a n d . W h e n ihre suggestions nicht attended t o , die a p p o i n t m e n t s nicht m a d e in their f a v o u r o d . ihre services 35 nicht g e n u g r e w a r d e d , they p r o c e e d e d to r e - p r o n o u n c e against t h e Provis. G o v . a n d d e m a n d a "Central Junta" to c o n t r o l it. S o m e leading towns effected this new m o v . quietly, u. o t h e r s by force of a r m s . Schien o m i n o u s d e m c o u n t r y d a ß C r i s t i n a ' s c a m a r i l l a s h o u l d b e virtually

417

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 r e p r o d u c e d a t her d a u g h t e r ' s c o u r t u . der q u e e n - m o t h e r ' s especial c o n f i d a n t , die M a r q u e s a d e S a n t a C r u z , s h o u l d b e d e s p a t c h e d h o t - f o o t f r o m P a r i s t o preside over t h e palace a t M a d r i d . . . D e r cry o f " C e n t r a l J u n t a " is d e a r to the ears of S p a n i a r d s . It was t h e rallying cry of t h e m u n i c i p a l a n d p o p u l a r levies, which struggled so l o n g for liberty in the early p a r t of the reign o f C h a r l e s V ; e b e n s o d u r i n g the P e n i n s u l a r w a r z u Z a r a g o s s a gegen 4 0 assaults u . e n a b l e d Valencia t o repulse M a r s h . M o n c e y — . A c c o r d i n g t o t h e ||23| ancient usages o f t h e c o u n t r y , u p o n g r e a t emergencies e a c h p r o v i n c e n a m e s a s u p r e m e J u n t a , invested w i t h full p o w e r b o t h of internal a d m i n i s t r a t i o n a n d military defence. 2 m e m b e r s , d e p u t e d from each p r o v i n e . J u n t a , p r o c e e d t o t h e capital, a n d t h e r e sitting t o gether c o n s t i t u t e the C e n t r a l J u n t a o f the K i n g d . . . . B a r c e l o n a u . S a r a g o s sa die first u. boldest to defy N a r v a e z u. L o p e z , belagert lang, yielded n u r u p o n h o n o u r a b l e t e r m s . I n m a n y o t h e r t o w n s p a r t i a l a t t e m p t s a t insurrection, meist unsuccessful. So in Sevilla, G r a n a d a u. A l m e r i a severe conflicts b e t w e e n the citizens a n d military. Z u X e r e s n e h m e n die soldiers ihre officers p r i s o n e r s , j o i n e d in t h e citizens' cry for t h e C e n t r a l J u n t a , fraternised m . d e n N a t i o n a l s . T h e next d a y the t o w n " d i s p r o n o u n c e d " itself a t t h e p o i n t o f the b a y o n e t . M e a n s h a d b e e n c o n t r i v e d i n t h e interim to p a y up t h e soldiers' a r r e a r s . Die majority d e r Q u e e n p r o c l a m i r t at the m e e t i n g der C o r t e s , 15 N o v . (1843.) (37-49) (Isabella d a n n 13 J. alt)

5

10

15

20

Ch. V. The Ousting of Lopez, and the expulsion of Olózaga. 21 N o v . (1843) L o p e z o u t , 28 N o v . (43) O l ó z a g a o u t . (59)

Ch. VI. The Royal Conspiracy. 30 N o v . 1843 G o n z a l e z B r a v o n o m i n a t e d M i n i s t r o de E s t a d o u. premier, 25 u . t e m p o r a r i l y , G r a n d N o t a r y o f t h e K i n g d o m , for t h e p u r p o s e o f receiving t h e Q u e e n ' s d e c l a r a t i o n as to t h e o c c u r r e n c e s b e t w e e n h e r u. O l ó z a g a o n t h e night b u t o n e preceding. S u m m o n s e s w e r e issued t o m o s t o f t h e leading a n d influential p e r s o n s o f M a d r i d t o a t t e n d a t t h e palace early in t h e e n s u i n g evening; at n o o n on t h e 1st D e c . V e r s a m m l u n g dieser 30 N o t a b i l i t i e s v o r Q u e e n Isabel i n d e r R e a l C á m a r a , ( d a r u n t e r N a r v a e z ) ( D o n D o m i n g o D u l c e , G e n t l e m a n with r i g h t o f e n t r y a s G u a r d . ) Sie e r k l ä r t , i n d e r N a c h t v o m 2 8 N o v . h a b e O l ó z a g a sie ( d u r c h Verschliessen der T h ü r e , seized her dress, obliged her to sit d o w n , seized her h a n d , forced her to sign) gezwungen to sign t h e decree of dissolution of the 35 t h

418

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 Cortes. Dieses P r o t o c o l verfaßt v. B r a v o ( G o n z a l e z ) Vor 24 h o u r s diese Lüge (der Q u e e n ) enthüllt: " S c r a t c h t h e U l t r a M o d e r a d o , a n d y o u will find the r a n k old A b s o l u t i s t . " "El rey no cae", the k i n g falls n o t , declares a n old Spanish law. O l ó z a g a w a s t o b e " s a c k e d " " b u r k e d " " B o s p h o 5 rised". A b e r die P r o g r e s i s t a leaders defend h i m , p r o v e t h e f a l s e h o o d of the Q u e e n ' s s t a t e m e n t . . . . D i e M o d e r a d o s u . Progresistas coalition nur basirt a u f h a t r e d o f E s p a r t e r o . M . seinem fall d a s object i h r e r u n i o n attained. N u n d e r K r i e g zw. d e n 2 P a r t h e i e n wieder a u s . ( 6 0 - 9 )

Ch. VII. The seventeen days debate in the Cortes. 10 Bei d e n d e b a t e s ü b e r die c h a r g e a g a i n s t O l ó z a g a so g r o ß die A u f r e g u n g i n M a d r i d , wie L o n d o n c r o w d e d t o w a r d s W e s t m i n s t e r a t the p e r i o d o f Queen C a r o l i n e ' s trial etc . . . It w a s t h e trial of t h e youthful Q u e e n ' s veracity against t h a t o f h e r P r i m e M i n i s t e r — t o t h e case o f O l ó z a g a against the C a m a r i l l a . . . O n the 3 o f D e c e m b e r , a t the d o o r s o f t h e 15 Cortes, a m a n w a s c r u s h e d to d e a t h . . . In seiner 2' R e d e sagt O l ó z a g a : "If they c o m e t o tell u s t h a t the w o r d o f t h e Q u e e n i s t o b e believed without q u e s t i o n , I a n s w e r ' N o ! ' T h e r e is either a c h a r g e or t h e r e is n o n e . If there be, t h a t w o r d is a t e s t i m o n y like a n y o t h e r , a n d to t h a t t e s t i m o n y I o p p o s e m i n e . " 17 d a y s lasted die discussion in d e n C o r t e s . Schließlich 20 respectful m e s s a g e to the Q u e e n , a s s u r i n g h e r of the s y m p a t h y , distress, and loyalty of the C o n g r e s s . U l t e r i o r P r o c e e d i n g s against O l ó z a g a instantly a b a n d o n e d . C h a m b e r s closed. (70-80) U n t e r d e ß w a r O l ó z a g a fled from M a d r i d , d e n 19 D e c . in P o r t u g a l . d

Ch. VIII. The Royal Charge Confuted. 25 D u r c h eine List e n t g i n g O l ó z a g a d e m R u i n . Ein U n d e r Secretary of S t a t e went to his h o u s e i m m e d i a t e l y after his r e t u r n f r o m t h e P a l a c e , on t h e night o f t h e 2 9 , w h e n h e w a s i n f o r m e d t h a t h e w o u l d f i n d his dismissal at h o m e , a n d m a d e a f o r m a l d e m a n d of the decree w h i c h the Q u e e n w a s alleged to h a v e forcibly signed. O l ó z a g a hielt d a s d o c u m e n t bis d e m 30 following d a y , n a c h d e m er es at least 100 d e p u t i e s u. a n d e r n gezeigt, zum p r o v e d a ß die s i g n a t u r e im selben regular, u n s h a k e n , school-girl hand-writing. (82) D a s decree d e r C a m a r i l l a forged w i t h a b l o t t e d u. t r e m ulous s i g n a t u r e so f. die K a t z e . (83) T h e Q u e e n ' s r e p u t a t i o n , n o t Olózaga's, w a s d a m a g e d . (91) th

419

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

Ch. IX. The Force of Calumny. th

A t t e m p t t o assassinate den O l ó z a g a o n the 1 2 D e c . (98) S p a i n a n d P o r t u g a l are i n t h e precise relation t o w a r d s e a c h o t h e r o f F r a n c e a n d Belgium. (99) " S o n cosas de E s p a ñ a . " (100)

Ch. X. Queen Isabel. Ch. XI. Queen Cristina.

5

W e n n sie 4 0 ' a u s S p a n i e n f o r t m u ß t e , bes. sehr grossen G e l d s u m m e n , carried off nearly the w h o l e c r o w n jewels of Spain, even to s o m e of h e r royal d a u g h t e r ' s o r n a m e n t s . (113)

Ch. XII. Narvaez.

10

d a r i n g , energetic, o b s t i n a t e , a n d i r o n n e r v e d soldier. (120) N a r y a e z calls himself " E l N a p o l e o n de la p o s i c i ó n . " (122) H i s energy is physical, n o t at all intellectual, a n d he is merely a m a d soldier. (123) e x t r e m e violence o f N a r y a e z ' s c h a r a c t e r . (129) " e s m u y b r u t a l . " (130)

Ch. XIII. Olózaga.

15

( D o n S a l u s t i a n o de) " t h e B r o u g h a m o f S p a i n . " (132) S o n s t a b e r dieser Vergleich nicht. " H y p e r i o n to a s a t y r . " (I.e.) lawyer by profession, wie L o p e z . (133)

Ch. XIV-XVII. The Camarillas of Spain. I. great reigns of C a m a r i l l a s at t h e Castilian C o u r t s t h o s e of Alfonso XI, 20 a n d his son, Pedro the cruel, in the 1 4 c e n t u r y . D i e mistress des Alfonso, L e o n o r d e G u z m a n , w i t h her favourites, h a t t e n entire c o n t r o l ü b e r ihn. N a c h s . T o d Opfer seiner legitimen F r a u , M a r i a o f P o r t u g a l . Pedro's, the captive der Doña Maria de Padilla; h e i r a t h e t e sie heimlich; ratified öffentlich seine E h e m. Blanche v. F r a n c e . D o c h b e h e r r s c h t e ihn 25 die Padilla. H e r C a m a r i l l a o n e of the m o s t powerful ever seen in Spain. All h e r relations raised from c o m p a r a t i v e o b s c u r i t y t o p o s t s o f h o n o u r a n d confidence. ||24| H e r b r o t h e r s w e r e m a d e G r a n d M a s t e r s o f the th

420

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 orders o f St. J a m e s u . C a l a t r a v a . Q u e e n B l a n c h e t h r o w n i n t o p r i s o n , divorced, p o i s o n e d . E r d a n n m a r r i e d D o ñ a J u a n a d e H a r o , a u c h b a l d repudiated. D i e M a r i a Padilla involved t h e c o u n t r y i n t o civil w a r . Wegen des m u r d e r d e r B l a n c h e , invasion f r o m F r a n c e . I n einer 2 I n v a s i o n v . 5 F r a n c e , this N e r o of S p a i n w a s defeated, e n s n a r e d , p o n i a r d e d by his o w n half-brother, i n revenge for t h e m u r d e r o f his m o t h e r a n d b r o t h e r . Juan II, g o v e r n e d v. D o n A l v a r o de L u n a , G r a n d C o n s t a b l e des K i n g d o m . C a m a r i l l a gebildet d u r c h i h n verlezt den A d e l , R e b e l l i o n e n . Bei der 2' R e b e l l i o n , K i n g v. A r a g o n ergreift m. P a r t h e i gegen ihn, J u a n 10 gezwungen ihn to dismiss. D a n n errichtet an A r r a g o n e s e C a m a r i l l a . Zweite r e v o l u t i o n r e s t o r e d t h e old p o s i t i o n o f affairs, L u n a n o t yet recalled; der Prince of A s t u r i a s , successor to the t h r o n e , l ä ß t seinen favourite D o n J u a n P a c h e c o a n e w C a m a r i l l a bilden, fresh battles. L u n a recalled, wird G r a n d M a s t e r of t h e O r d e r of St. J a m e s . A b e r die Q u e e n a 15 rival C a m a r i l l a , of w h i c h D o n A l f o n s o de V i v a r o at t h e h e a d . L u n a tödtet ihn. W i r d selbst geköpft. Henry IV: D o n Juan de Pacheco c o n t i n u e d to g o v e r n b o t h h i m u. t h e kingdom; errichtet a C a m a r i l l a as o m n i p o t e n t as t h a t of L u n a h a d o n c e been; receives t h e title of M a r q u i s de Villena. D e r k i n g als i m p o t e n t 20 divorced f r o m B l a n c h e , a princess of N a v a r r a , h i e ß " T h e I m p o t e n t " . A b e r " J u a n a o f P o r t u g a l " h e i r a t h e t ihn n o t w i t h s t a n d i n g , a n d she m a n aged so well, u n d e r t h e p r o t e c t i n g m a n t l e of a C a m a r i l l a , as to give b i r t h to a d a u g h t e r 5 years after. Villena v e r r ä t h his r o y a l m a s t e r an F r a n c e u. m a c h t u. executes a p r i v a t e t r e a t y m. L o u i s X I , w o n a c h der K i n g of 25 Spain a b a n d o n e d C a t a l o n i a , u n g e f ä h r 500 J. n a c h g e m a c h t by t h e n o t less infamous G o d o y . N u n Villena exilirt v o m C o u r t formed a league of n o bles gegen d e n king, w a s j o i n e d d u r c h d e n k i n g o f N a v a r r e u . a g a i n received i n t o H e n r y ' s favour. T h e r e m a i n i n g leaders setzen H e n r y a b u . p r o k l a m i r e n seinen B r u d e r , D o n A l f o n s o , k i n g o f Castile u . L é o n . H e n r y 30 took up a r m s ; legt sie gleich wieder nieder a u f falschen R a t h des Villena. Die leaguers h a t t e n l of his k i n g d o m e r o b e r t ; forced i n t o the field, civil war t e r m i n a t e d d u r c h d e n T o d Alfonsos. H i s sister, die f a m o u s Isabelle ( F e r d i n a n d ' s F r a u später) recognised b y the K i n g a s heiress p r e s u m p t i v e , r e n o u n c i n g the p r e t e n s i o n s o f D o ñ a J u a n a u . h e r child. 35 Ferdinand I u. Isabelle. A u c h die C a m a r i l l a gegen C o l u m b u s . Charles V b r a c h t e m. sich a F l e m i s h C a m a r i l l a ; diese sold all t h e p u b l i c offices u., in 4 m o n t h s sent h o m e to the L o w C o u n t r i e s 1,100,000 c r o w n s in gold. H o l y L e a g u e of t h e Cities. Philip II h a t t e a theological C a m a r i l l a — t h e w o r s t of all. I n q u i s i t o r i a l 40 Camarilla m. ihren 20,000 p a i d spies. l

l

4

421

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens - Heft 1 Philip III: the D u k e of L e r m a ' s was the m o s t n u m e r o u s C a m a r i l l a ever seen at M a d r i d . L e r m a h a d m a d e a m a r q u i s a n d a minister of his footm a n , R o d r i g o d e C a l d e r o n e , der wieder h a t t e a C a m a r i l l a o f his o w n . — D a n n des D u k e ' s S o h n , der D u k e o f U z é d a . Philip IV dismissed U z é d a u p o n his accession, s t a t t seiner Duke of 5 Count-Olivares. AU the m o s t lucrative e m p l o y m e n t s a c c u m u l a t e d in his family, while Van T r o m p a n d his D u c h m e n destroyed t h e S p a n , f l e e t , a n d the forces of Philip were shamefully defeated in t h e L o w C o u n t r i e s a n d at Turin. R e v o l t v . Barcelona. V o n P o r t u g a l , the insolent a n d intolerable C a m a r i l l a of t h e D u c h e s s of M a n t u a , Vice-Queen of P o r t u g a l , lost t h a t 10 c o u n t r y t o Spain, while her i n f a m o u s favourite, Vasconcellos, w a s t o r n in pieces at L i s b o n as S a n C o l o m a w a s at B a r c e l o n a . — P h i l i p ' s n e x t C a m a r i l l a presided over b y L o u i s H a r o d e G u s m a n . . . C a u s e d t h e revolt of Naples under Massaniello ... Carlos II. Of an infantine character; L o n g m i n o r i t y : R e g e n t i n seine 15 M u t t e r , M a r i a A n n a , b e h e r r s c h t v . d e m d e u t s c h e n Jesuit E v e r a r d N i l a r d . E m e u t e v . D o n J u a n o f A u s t r i a 2" . Jesuit m u ß n a c h R o m . M a r i a ' s C a m a r i l l a still chiefly c o m p o s e d of c h u r c h m e n . Ferdinand de Valenzuela ersezt N i l a r d , a u c h a s t o the Nille. E r h a t t e m a r r i e d o n e o f t h e R e gent's b e d c h a m b e r - w o m e n . W u r d e m a d e M a r q u i s , M a s t e r of the H o r s e , 20 u . G r a n d e e o f Spain. S p ä t e r fortgejagt, s o b a l d C a r l o s I I m a j o r e n n , e b e n s o der Alte. Dieser wieder n a c h h e r z u r ü c k . Verschiedne C a m a r i l l a s . A t h i r d C a m a r i l l a f o r m e d d u r i n g this m i s e r a b l e reign. C a r l o s ' 2 Q u e e n was M a r i a A n n a , d a u g h t e r des Elector P a l a t i n e ; c o m p o s e d a C a m a r i l l a of the C o u n t e s s de Berufs u. den Counts Oropesa u. Melgar, who imposed 25 on all provisions entering t h e m e t r o p o l i s an oppressive octroi, w h i c h they s h a r e d a m o n g s t themselves. The people rose in insurrection, and marched straight to the palace. A courtier seeking to a p p e a s e t h e m , told t h e m t h a t the king w a s t a k i n g his repose. " H e h a s been t o o l o n g asleep. It is time t h a t he s h o u l d a w a k e a n d relieve his p e o p l e , " w a s t h e answer. C a r l o s 30 a p p e a r e d before t h e m pale a n d t r e m b l i n g , a n d s t a m m e r e d forth the n a m e s o f t h e C a m a r i l l a ; t h e p e o p l e r u s h e d t o t h e p a l a c e s o f C o u n t s Melg a r u. O r o p e s a , which they p l u n d e r e d as completely as if they w e r e rava g e d by fire. T h e C o u n t s escaped by a m i r a c l e from t h e p o p u l a r fury, exiled. D o n C a r l o s , the king, h a d m e a n w h i l e a m o n k i s h C a m a r i l l a of his 35 o w n , which first frightened h i m b y p e r s u a d i n g h i m t h a t h e w a s possessed, a n d going t h r o u g h the c e r e m o n y o f a n exorcism; a n d next h a s t e n e d his d e a t h still m o r e by o p e n i n g in his presence the coffins of his m o t h e r a n d his first wife, from the intercession of w h o s e ghosts they a s s u r e d h i m t h a t he m i g h t o b t a i n the p o s t p o n e m e n t of his d e a t h . T h e y likewise, being 40. m o v e d b y m u c h gold, told h i m t o s u b m i t t h e q u e s t i o n o f his successor d

n d

422

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 to the divine voice of his h o l y father the P o p e — d i e s e r entschied f. Louis X I V gegen Oesterreich. So d u r c h die c o m b i n e d influence of superstition u . m o r t a l t e r r o r , t h e H o u s e o f B o u r b o n w a s p l a n t e d o n t h e t h r o n e of Spain. I 5 |25| Philip V. A u s t r i a n C a m a r i l l a at the C o u r t of M a d r i d , of u n e x a m p l e d perfidy. C o u n t M e l g a r , ( a d m i r a l v. Castile) f a v o u r i t e v. Philip V u n t e r h i e l t secret c o r r e s p o n d e n c e m . d e m D u k e d e M o l e s , S p a n , a m b a s s a d o r a t Vienna, k e p t t h e E m p e r o r i n f o r m e d o f t h e d i s c o n t e n t d e r C a t a l a n s , u . urged h i m d u r c h force of a r m s s. R e c h t e in S p a i n geltend zu m a c h e n . L i e ß 10 sich als G e s a n d t e r n a c h Paris v. Philip V e r n e n n e n . H a v i n g p r e v i o u s l y gained over t h e C o u r t o f P o r t u g a l , h e p r o c e e d e d t o L i s b o n , i n s t e a d o f Paris, as his sovereign s u p p o s e d , m. 300 p a r t i s a n s u. 150 b a g g a g e - m u l e s u. horses. I n L i s b o n w a r f e r die M a s k e a b . E r k l ä r t C a r l o s I I T e s t a m e n t forged d u r c h C a r d i n a l P o r t o C a r r e r o , t o o k the o a t h of alliance f. d e n A u s t r i a n . 15 E b e n s o t h a t e n 2 o t h e r m e m b e r s des S p a n , d i p l o m a t i c c o r p s , der M a r q u i s d e C o r z a n a u . d e r D u k e d e M o l e s , a m b a s s a d o r a t the C o u r t o f V i e n n a . . . Die Q u e e n ( L o u i s a , T o c h t e r des D u k e o f Savoy) h a t t e a u c h ihre C a m a r i l l a — P r i n c e s s o f U r s i n s ( F r e n c h w o m a n ) u . d e r e n d e a r friend, C a r d i n . P o r t o C a r r e r o . . . . P r i m e M i n i s t e r , the D u k e o f M e d i n a Céli, t h r o w n i n t o p r i s o n , 20 wo er das folgende J. s t a r b , c o n d e m n e d to d e a t h u p o n C a m a r i l l a evidence ... T h e Q u e e n + A l b e r o n i (an I t a l i a n priest) ü b e r r e d e t , die U r s i n s solle d e n king p e r s u a d e t o m a r r y the d u k e o f P a r m a ' s d a u g h t e r , Isabella F a r n e z e , die " w e a k u. s i m p l e " sei u. die sie g a n z b e h e r r s c h e n werde. G e s c h a h . Die Princess of U r s i n s sofort v. Isabella exilirt; A l b e r o n i w a r d P r i m e 25 Minister. Bald gestürzt. Philip V d a n k t ab f. seinen S o h n . Louis I. C a m a r i l l a der Q u e e n c o m p o s e d of a n u m b e r of d e m i r e p s , whose m a n n e r s were f o r m e d i n the profligate c o u r t o f the R e g e n t D u k e of O r l e a n s u. Philip V re-ascended t h e t h r o n e . Sein n e u e r favourite a D u t c h m a n , Ripperda. Dieser ruled Spain m. a b s o l u t e p o w e r u. i n c a p a c 30 ity. Philip selbst g e z w u n g e n at last to o r d e r h i m to be arrested. R i p p e r d a took refuge i n the hotel o f t h e Brit. A m b . , f r o m w h e n c e h e w a s t o r n b y the people, a n d i m m u r e d i n the t o w e r o f Segovia. E r escaped f r o m a n i m p e n d i n g i m p e a c h m e n t n a c h d e r coast of Africa, t r a t in service des Sultan v. M a r o c c o . He left H o l l a n d a P r o t e s t a n t envoy, S p a i n a C a t h o l i c 35 and a g r a n d e e , died in Africa a M o h a m m e d a n a n d a P a s h a . Ferdinand VI. seine F r a u princess of P o r t u g a l , w h o s e chief of C a m a rilla the celebrated I t a l i a n singer, Farinelli; Carlos III—monkish C a m a r i l l a , t r o t z d e r e x t e r m i n a t i o n d e r Jesuits, which a p p e a r s to h a v e been a l m o s t entirely a m o n e y t r a n s a c t i o n . 40 Carlos IV. G o d o y , t h e Prince of Peace. T h e c o n s e q u e n c e of his policy the c o n q u e s t o f S p a i n . T h e i n d i g n a n t M a d r i l e ñ o s invested the p a l a c e o f

423

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 A r a n j u e z , a n d called for t h e t r a i t o r G o d o y . . . w a s f o u n d c o n c e a l e d in a garret, the p e o p l e b e a t h i m a l m o s t t o d e a t h , his life w a s s p a r e d . . . retired i n t o F r a n c e with t h e r o y a l family . . . W ä h r e n d 1 8 J a h r e Chief d e r C a m a rilla h e a p p r o p r i a t e d t o his o w n use the d o m a i n s o f t h e C r o w n , t h e treasures of p r i v a t e individuals, u. alienated forever to F r a n c e t h e islands 5 of Trinidad u. St. D o m i n g o . Ferdinand VII. k n o w n his i n f a m o u s C a m a r i l l a , m. d e r r e s t o r e d I n q u i sition u. C a l o m a r d e ' s police at its b i d d i n g . The actual Camarilla. N a r v a e z , M a r q u e s a s de St. C r u z u. de Valverde, D u k e of O s s u n a , J u a n D o n o s o C o r t é s , a n d a b u s t l i n g m e m b e r of t h e 10 senate, n a m e d C a l v e t — a l l faithful a d h e r e n t s o f C r i s t i n a . . . T h e n a m e C a m a r i l l a (closet, K ä m m e r l e i n , little C h a m b r e ) p o i n t s indirectly to the C a m a r e r a M a y o r , o r principal lady o f t h e p a l a c e . . . . I n Spain t h e r e are 2 g o v e r n m e n t s , o n e ostensible a n d responsible, t h e o t h e r h i d d e n u. irresponsible; o n e in front of the P a r l i a m e n t , t h e o t h e r b e h i n d t h e T h r o n e ; 15 o n e p r e p a r i n g laws, the o t h e r obstacles a n d i m p e d i m e n t s ; o n e s u b m i t ting m e a s u r e s , the o t h e r intriguing for its d o w n f a l l — t h e M i n i s t r y u. die Camarilla.

Ch. XVIII. Represent. Chambers. Party Leaders. C o n s t i t u t i o n v. 1837; n a m e u. institut, der C o r t e s abgeschafft; s o m e f o r m s b o r r o w e d v. d e n U. St. of A m e r i c a ; C h a m b e r of Peers called " S e n ate" u. the Chamber of Deputies "a Congress" aus Mißverstand daß in A m e r i c a C o n g r e s s " t h e u n i o n " o f b o t h , nicht either v . d e n C h a m b e r s . . . Elective principle applied t o b o t h C h a m b e r s . . . S p a n , c o n s t i t u t i o n — m o n g e r i n g , in the old a n d n e w w o r l d h a s been a l o n g series of "fantastic t r i c k s " . . . C o n s t , v. 12: " t h e r e is here a smell of b u r n t flesh" . . . In acts of great i m p o r t a n c e u . solemnity b o t h C h a m b e r s a m a l g a m a t e d , c o m b i n i n g in o n e g r e a t r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of the n a t i o n a l will, a n d deciding by a j o i n t v o t e of t h e m a j o r i t y der 2 H o u s e s . . . D e r S e n a t e c o m p o u n d e d of royal n o m i n a t i o n u. p o p u l a r election '/3 g o i n g o u t by r o t a t i o n , a n d being s u b ject to re-election, at every p e r i o d w h e n the C h a m b e r of D e p u t i e s is renewed ... impassioned, bombastic, fluent ... at periods of " p r o n o u n c e m e n t " every village a r r o g a t e s to itself u n l i m i t e d sovereign P o w e r ... Pidal, violent M o d e r a d o , President i n der V e r h a n d l u n g des C o n g r e s s m . O l ó z a g a . B r a v o M u r i l l o z u r selben P a r t h e i . C o r t i n a (Progresista leader) . . . Z a h l d e r deputies 2 4 1 , der S e n a t o r s 145 . . . t h e representatives p a i d . . . Don Joaquin Maria Lopez; ( H a u p t r e d n e r d e r K a m m e r , d e m o c r a t i c in all his o p i n i o n s , a b e r halbwiderwillig H a u p t i n s t r u m e n t des N a r v a e z i n der

424

20

25

30

35

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845

prov. R e g . n a c h E s p a r t e r o ' s F l u c h t . . . c h i v a l r o u s loyalty t o t h e c r o w n , the m o s t e m i n e n t m e m b e r o f t h e S p a n . F o r o , brillianter a d v o c a t e . Sein Styl original. Jezt wieder A d v o c a t . F . O l ó z a g a , d e n e r z u m g o v e r n o r d e r queen gegen die c a m a r i l l a g e m a c h t h a t t e . H a t obgleich 3 χ m i n i s t e r n i e 5 office f. sich gefischt o d . L a n d etc P r e f e r r e d a p r a c t i s i n g lawyer's i n d e ­ pendence.) Don Franzisco Martinez de la Rosa: ( p e r s o n i f i c a t i o n d e r M o d e r a d o P a r t y ; literary r e p u t a t i o n ; classical tragedies. C o r r e c t n e s s his e m i n e n t characteristic, in life, d e p o r t m e n t , speech. N a t i v e of G r a n a d a . ) Isturiz, n e x t in i m p o r t a n c e as a M o d e r a d o leader, n a t i v e of Cadiz. Don 10 Manuel Cortina, ( t h e p a r l i a m e n t a r y l e a d e r of t h e less " e x a l t e d " P r o g r e ­ sistas, extremely s t e a d y u. c o n s i s t e n t as a politician, n a t i v e v. S o u t h . ) Don Manuel Cantero ( a u c h l e a d e r d e r s e l b e n P a r t h e i ) Count de las Navas (aris­ t o c r a t i c r a d i c a l ) Señor Aiguals de Izco (leader der Republ. p a r t y im C o n gress, a l a r g e - b e a r d e d , wide-breechesed m a n , t o n e of voice sepulchral, 15 affected gravity, e d i t o r u. p r o p r i e t o r des j o u r n a l Guindilla.) (178-188)

Ch. XIX Gonzalez Bravo and His Ministry. D o n Luis G o n z a l e z B r a v o , a p e r s o n o f singular conceit a n d vanity; end e a v o u r s , b y his r a p i d t u r n s o f b o d y a n d r e m a r k a b l e gestures, t o i m p r e s s observers w i t h a n o t i o n of his i m m e n s e vivacity u. q u i c k n e s s . N a t i v e of 20 Jaen. 3 J. v o r h e r g a b er " E l G u i r i g a y " ( T h e Slang) h e r a u s . A r t v. M a d r i d M e p h i s t o p h e l e s , w o e r b e i t r u g z u r expulsion Cristinas. V o n E x a l t a d o Progresista in 3 J. c o n v e r t e d i n t o a decided M o d e r a d o . Satirical talents, c o m m a n d i r t 5 0 M a n n ||26| i n der K a m m e r , die sich n e n n t " J o v e n España". Equivocal character u. statesman. Mittelmässig. Supported by 25 the F r e n c h E m b a s s y , " b o i s t e r o u s " , " r a g e for office". " H e held his p o r t folio for t h e s q u a n d e r i n g of places to himself, his family, a n d p a r t y . " " T h e office h u n t e r s o f M a d r i d , e p i t o m i s e d i n h i m , t h a n k their G o d t h a t they h a v e a c o u n t r y to p l u n d e r , a n d c r a w l like v e r m i n o v e r t h e w a s t e d b o s o m of S p a i n . " D i e defence f. seine a p o s t a s y : " N o es ridiculo estar 30 p a r a siembre el m i s m o ? " a t o l e r a b l e s p o u t e r . N a r v a e z f a n d in i h m a pliant t o o l . D e r S p a n i a r d e r k l ä r t sein n e w M i n i s t r y e n t h a l t e " t o d o s los incapazes", er sei t h e " m a s p i c a r o y p i l l o " u. M a y a n s sei M i n i s t e r of dis-Grace a n d in-Justice, d e n lezten Tag (31 D e c . ) 1844 B r a v o , d e r seinen Vater wegen M a l v e r s a t i o n ν . u n t e r g e o r d n e t e m Office b e i m E x c h e q u e r 35 getrieben z u m U n d e r s t a a t s s e k r e t ä r in d e m s e l b e n D e p a r t m e n t m a c h t e u. his wife's b r o t h e r , a h a n g e r - o n a b o u t t h e P r i n c i p e t h e a t r e z u m p o s t of S t a a t e - g r o o m t o t h e Q u e e n etc . . . t h e C h a m b e r b e i n g closed b y his m a n date issued his decree giving force, w i t h o u t a l t e r a t i o n , to t h a t very l a w

425

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 for t h e restrictive o r g a n i z a t i o n d e r their r i g h t o f p e t i t i o n o n political B a r c e l o n a o n t h e 14' July 1840, a n d t h e S p a n , soil, a m i d s t t h e t h u n d e r s

M u n i c i p a l i t i e s , a n d for s u p p r e s s i n g q u e s t i o n s , w h i c h C r i s t i n a signed a t w h i c h c a u s e d h e r t o b e expelled f r o m of a R e v o l u t i o n . (190-8)

Ch. XX. Barcelona.—A Spanish Arms-Bill.—Figueras. C a p i t u l a t i o n o f B a r c e l o n a ( a n N a r v a e z ) signed u . ratified i n N o v e m b e r , alle edifices r i d d l e d m . c a n n o n - b a l l , walls s t r u c k d o w n b y t h e destructive explosion o f shells u . g r e n a d e s , i n d e n streets b a r r i c a d e s w e r e t h r o w n u p i n every d i r e c t i o n , n o t slight u . f l i m s y s t r u c t u r e s b u t s u b s t a n t i a l e r e c t i o n s , c o n s t r u c t e d of solid m a s o n r y in s t o n e a n d lime ... Before t h e final surr e n d e r , 8000 s h o t a n d shell were f i r e d i n t o t h e city ( f r o m t h e citadel), d t h e 3 b o m b a r d m e n t B a r c e l o n a ' s w i t h i n 1 2 m o n t h s , a n d i n this last a t t a c k by t h e merciful N a r v a e z , it s u s t a i n e d 8 χ t h e n u m b e r of projectiles die E s p a r t e r o d i s c h a r g e d i n t h e p r e v i o u s D e c e m b e r . A m 2 0 t h N o v . der C a p t . - G e n . of C a t a l o n i a (Sanz) e n t e r e d B a r c e l o n a at t h e h e a d of his t r o o p s . D i e ß ein t w o m o n t h s b o m b a r d m e n t . D i e P a t u l e a ( g a m i n s v . Barcelona) u . C u e r p o s francos leisten d e n H a u p t w i d e r s t a n d . . . D a s investm e n t des Castle o f F i g u e r a s b y P r i m , i n D e c e m b e r , m a r k e d d u r c h die m o s t s h o c k i n g b a r b a r i t i e s . W u t h ü b e r A m e t l e r ' s h o l d i n g o u t w i t h such r u g g e d d e t e r m i n a t i o n . . . Amener is a Gitano ... P r i m a p e r s o n of ridiculous v a n i t y , w h o s e h e a d h a s been t u r n e d b y f o r t u i t o u s success, a n d b y being m a d e a c o u n t a n d a lieutenant-general . . . A m e t l e r a perfect guerrillero, n o t i n t h e least i n d i s p o s e d t o m a k e allies o f r o b b e r s . . . I n J a n u a r y A m e t l e r m a c h t e h o n o u r a b l e c a p i t u l a t i o n , a b e r refugee n a c h P e r p i g n a n , a c c o m p a n i e d by M a r t e l l , Bellera etc (an 30), escorted to t h e F r e n c h frontier by a d e t a c h m e n t o f B a r o n d e M e e r ' s cavalry. D i e C a t a l a n e r d i s g u s t e d a t the r e - a p p o i n t m e n t des B a r o n d e M e e r t o t h e p o s t o f c a p t . - g e n . T h e y r e m e m b e r s. f r ü h e r e n t y r a n n i e s dieses n o t e d C r i s t i n o c o m m a n d e r . ( 2 0 0 - 2 1 2 )

5

10

15

20

25

Ch. XXI. Aspect of Madrid. The Puerta del Sol. M a d r i d h a s h a d her b o s o m t o r n by d o m e s t i c strife, a n d b e e n a seething 30 c a u l d r o n of political t u r m o i l , ever since t h e first u n s h e a t h i n g of s w o r d s in t h e c o n s u m i n g W a r o f Succession. " T h e Stone of the Constitution" in every t o w n plays a c o n s p i c u o u s p a r t . T h e s t o n e is p l a c e d in t h e principal s q u a r e , t h e n a m e of w h i c h h a s in all cases b e e n altered to t h a t of " P l a z a de la C o n s t i t u c i ó n " . Es stehn a u f diesem " C o n s t i t u t i o n a l S t o n e " 35

426

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 die W o r t e der C o n s t , v. 1837: " E v e r y S p a n i a r d is b o u n d at the call of his c o u n t r y t o defend the t h r o n e a n d c o n s t i t u t i o n w i t h a r m s i n his h a n d s " . . . (Lapida C o n s t i t u c i o n a l ) . . . S o r t o f Legislature t h a t h u m b l e a s s e m b l y which meets at t h e Puerta del Sol; t h e laziest l o u n g e r s in E u r o p e , b u t 5 p e r h a p s t h e m o s t active d e b a t e r s , t h e m o s t swayed by prejudice a n d impelled by r u m o u r s , b u t yet correct in t h e m a i n as to their estimates of character, a n d t h e c o n c l u s i o n s t o b e derived f r o m p a s s i n g events. Hier n o palatial convenances, n o r social c o n v e n t i o n a l i s m , n o r p a r l i a m e n t a r y forms of p h r a s e o l o g y . W i t h every Cigarillo a c h a r a c t e r is puffed a w a y , 10 a n d w i t h e a c h fresh d e m a n d for fuego n e w light is t h r o w n u p o n t h e w o r l d of politics. H e r e is a fellow in rags w h o wears his t a t t e r e d c l o a k with t h e dignity of a G r a n d e e , for every Castilian d e e m s himself n o b l e ; t h e r e is a m o r e youthful p i c a r o — a M a s s a n i e l l o . . . a n d a r o u n d a n d i n t h e m i d s t of every circle is the d u e p r o p o r t i o n of M a d r i d M a n o l a s , t h e v i r a g o s of 15 m e t r o p o l i t a n low life, discussing m o r e eagerly a n d far m o r e fluently t h a n the rest with flashing eyes a n d dilated nostrils, a n d e a c h w i t h a formidable knife s t r u c k b e t w e e n h e r right leg a n d stocking, b e n e a t h t h e garter; some, t o o , s m o k i n g their p a p e r cigars with a s m u c h n o n c h a l a n c e a s t h e men. In this centre of intelligence and focus of popular disturbance, y o u 20 will h e a r m o r e in o n e h o u r of the s c a n d a l o u s secrets of M a d r i d , a n d l e a r n more of its p a t r i o t i c or t r e a s o n a b l e designs, t h a n in the choicest reunions of its m o s t exalted d i p l o m a c y . (214-22)

Ch. XXII. The Swing of Despotism.—National Apathy. Gegen d a s régime v . B r a v o u . N a r v a e z A l i c a n t e u . C a r t a g e n a a r o s e , 25 but finally r e d u c e d to submission. A r r e s t w i t h o u t w a r r a n t , s h o o t i n g without trial, their o r d i n a r y m e a n s of gov. G e n . Roncali s h o t 31 prisoners in the b a c k at Alicante, u p o n the m e r e r e c o g n i t i o n of their identity, the sign-manual of t h e virgin Q u e e n of Spain w a s p u t to a nefarious d o c u m e n t w h i c h t h a n k e d h i m for his b u t c h e r i e s . I n d e n o t h e r p r o v i n c e s so wo isolated u. insignificant insurrection d e m o n s t r a t e d t h e n a t i o n a l feeling a b e r fell powerless t h r o u g h w a n t o f c o - o p e r a t i o n , o b s e q u i o u s c a p t general p u r s u e d t h e s a m e m u r d e r o u s policy. I n Galicia gleichzeitig gemordet. " N o n p o r s u c u l p a caja R i e g o : 35 Traición D ' u n vil B o r b o n ! " Cortina, Cantero, M a d o z thrown into dungeons. Lopez must hide himself, j o u r n a l s suppressed.

427

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1 4 m o n t h s ' s a t u r n a l i a of d e s p o t i s m . D a n n Constit. nominally restored, the rights of t h e p e o p l e w e r e curiously violated in every m i n u t e p a r t i c u lar, in t a x a t i o n , in t h e m u n i c i p a l franchise, in t h e r e t u r n of t h e provincial d e p u t a t i o n s , in t h e c o m p o s i t i o n of the n a t i o n a l militia, in t h e c o n d i t i o n s | |27| of military e n l i s t m e n t — d e p t h s of infamy. N a r v a e z j a g t e d a n n a u c h 5 " E l G u i r i g a y " ( B r a v o ) weg, hielt v . d e m b u l k o f his colleagues n u r D o n L o u i s M a y a n s , ( a m e r e d r a g o o n . ) N e v e r , p e r h a p s , i n t h e h i s t o r y o f Peninsular gov. w e r e a set of m o r e indecent a n d s c a n d a l o u s traffickers t h a n G o n z a l e z B r a v o a n d his colleagues dismissed f r o m office. U. a. sein F i n a n z m i n i s t e r , C a r r a s c o , u. sein M i n i s t e r of M a r i n e , P o r t i l l o , scan- 10 d a l o u s stockjobbers F r o m B r a v o t o his successor, N a r v a e z , d a s Volk: "tan buenos uno como otro, y picaronazos todos." the substantial and m o n e y e d classes o f Spain u . P o r t u g a l . . . a t t a c h e d i n politics t o M o d e r a d o o p i n i o n s . . . disgust e n g e n d e r e d by frequency of r e v o l u t i o n s , p a l p a b l e d i s a p p o i n t m e n t arising from successive p o p u l a r m o v e m e n t s . . . t h e posi- 15 t i o n seems t o b e generally t a k e n n o w , t h a t the i n s t i t u t i o n s o f the c o u n t r y are n o t w o r t h f i g h t i n g for . . . the Wealth i s M o d e r a d o , t h e N u m b e r s a r e decidedly progresista. (223-32)

Ch. XXIII. the Catalan and Valencian Guerrillas. A l t e r Viriatus w a s little m o r e t h a n a guerrillero; e b e n s o P e l a y o u. R a m i r o , der v . d e n A s t u r i a n hills w e n t f o r t h t o f i g h t a g a i n s t t h e M o o r s ; t h e a l m u g a v a r s , die predecessors i n d e n m i d d l e ages d e r m o d e r n S p a n i s h infantry e b e n s o . Mina personification of t h e n o b l e s t features of guerrilla warfare. Im Bürgerkrieg: A flag is hoisted, a b e r p r e t e n c e , t h e real p u r s u i t is p l u n d e r . Of late years c o m m o n saying in C a t a l o n i e n , Valencia u. p a r t s of A r a g o n : " l a guerrilla es el e s t a d o n o r m a l . " T h e Catalan u. Valencian guerrillero is a politician, but a sham one. Ist je n a c h B e d ü r f n i ß Carlist, Centralista, (f. C e n t r a l J u n t a ) , Progresista etc. D e r district of Maztrazgo (the n o r t h e r n l i m b o f Valencia, e x t e n d i n g b e t w e e n C a t a l o n i a u . A r a g o n ) is t h e political pulse of S p a i n — a refuge for all t h e o u t l a w s of Spain, a n d for years infested by 3 terrible faccioso leaders, G r o c , L a c o v a u. M a r s a l . ( 2 3 3 - 6 ) half b a n d i t , half military p a r t i s a n . (1. c.) T h e p r o v i n c e s of Spain a r e still extremely sensitive a n d t e n a c i o u s a b o u t their local rights, real or a s s u m e d ; . ..fueros i n t h e V a s c o n g a d a s a n d N a v a r r e . . . T h e wild a n d r u d e G a l i c i a n s of t h e s a m e c h a r a c t e r : w h e n a few y e a r s since S e ñ o r M e n d i z a b a l t h r e a t e n e d t o r e m o v e the capital o f t h a t p r o v i n c e f r o m C o r u n a t o V i g o , t h e r e w e r e 20 guerrilleros w i t h i n a week, for o n e t h a t t h e r e h a d b e e n previously, t h r o u g h o u t its m o u n t a i n districts. In 1821 the an-

428

20

25

30

35

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 n o u n c e m e n t of a similar m e a s u r e c a u s e d t h e f o r m a t i o n of facciones, or lawless a n d p r e d a t o r y b a n d s , i n C o t o b a d , C a l d e b e r g a n , M o n t e s , C o d e seda, a n d T a b r i c o s ; a n d the r e m a i n s o f t h o s e guerrilleros infest t h e p r o v ­ ince t o this h o u r . D u r i n g t h e W a r o f I n d e p e n d e n c e t h e guerrilla levies 5 f o r t h e m o s t p a r t p a t r i o t s , p l u n d e r n o t their object. U n d e r t h e rule o f N a r v a e z . . . acts o f r o b b e r y u . violence n o r m a l c o n d i t i o n t h r o u g h all t h e old b o u n d a r i e s o f t h e k i n g d o m o f A r a g o n . . . L a c o v a u . M a r s a l e n t e r e d the t o w n o f C h e r t a a t m i d - d a y , seized t h e m u n i c i p a l a u t h o r i t i e s , a n d d i d n o t release t h e m w i t h o u t r a n s o m . . . die r i o t o u s p o r t i o n o f t h e p o p u l a t i o n 10 in t h e small C a t a l a n t o w n s u. villages t o o often acts in c o n c e r t w i t h t h e guerrillas on the n e i g h b o u r i n g sierras. W h e n t h e rotos, or ragamuffins, endlich fatigue t h e quiet citizens . . . c a b e z a s de familia p r e s e n t themselves o f their o w n a c c o r d i n h u n d r e d s before t h e Alcaldes, a r m e d w i t h g u n s o r bayonets, o r b l u d g e o n s , r e a d y a t all risks t o clear t h e t o w n , a n d e a r n e s t l y 15 soliciting to be led o n , in t h e a b s e n c e of r e g u l a r t r o o p s , for t h a t p u r p o s e . Die " r o t o s " v e r s c h w i n d e n d a n n . . . rifling o f " d i l i g e n c i a s " i n t h e s e lawless districts, oft e s c o r t e d m. d e t a c h m e n t s of c a v a l r y die m a i l s b e t w e e n M a d r i d u . B a y o n n e . . . Lieblingswaffe dieser m o u n t a i n r o b b e r s d e r s h o r t trabuco, or b l u n d e r b u s s . . . alcaldes, i n n k e e p e r s , drivers, p o s t i l i o n s , 20 N a t i o n a l G u a r d s , in fact, t h e e n t i r e official p o p u l a t i o n , frequently in league m . d e n R o b b e r s . . . (237-43)

Ch. XXIV. The H u m a n Hunt. Lacova's Facciosos. Guerrilla f i g h t i n g — t h e p a s t i m e o f t h e C a t a l a n a n d Valencian p o p u l a t i o n ... I m W i n t e r 1844 die guerrillas o f L a c o v a u . G r o c (in C a t a l o n i e n ) c a m e 25 forth in t h e i r old guise of Carlists, v e r b u n d e n m. d e n " s t r a g g l e r s " of M a r s a l , w h o h a d likewise b e e n a l e a d e r of Carlist irregulars, r a v a g e d the w h o l e c o a s t v . P e n i s c o l a t o C a s t e l l a n d e l a P l a n a , u . d a s C o u n t r y inwardly a s far a s Caliz . . . r o b b e d i n t h e n a m e o f " C a r l o s V " a n d " R e l i ­ gion". N u n less als 200 m e n , well a r m e d m . Engl, m u s k e t s , schlagen sich 30 m. d e n r e g u l a r t r o o p s e t c . . . "latro-facciosos", i n d i c a t i n g die c o m b i n a t i o n V dieser " c h a r a c t e r s " o f a c t u a l b r i g a n d a g e a n d n o m i n a l a d h e s i o n t o t h e Λ s t a n d a r d o f s o m e political p a r t y , usually C a r l i s t . . . b e s o n d e r s diese w o r s t species of guerrillero tiefer r o o t e d in Valencia, b e s o n d e r s in d e m wild M a s t r a z g o , t h a n i n a n y o t h e r p a r t d e r P e n i n s u l a . . . N a c h G r o c d e r great35 est latro-factious leader of late years in t h e district: Lacova. Sein m a s t e r y in Valencia u. C a t a l o n i a zulezt so o u t r a g e o u s u. ungestraft, t h a t t h e C a r list facciosos of t h e Pyrenees, i n s p i r e d m. fresh confidence, c a m e flocking to his lawless s t a n d a r d . N a r v a e z w ü t h e n d . Rüffelt d e n G e n e r a l Villa-

429

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 l o n g a u. befiehlt i h m on p a i n of recall to pacify Valencia, sendet i h m a d d i t i o n a l t r o o p s . Villalonga v e r s a m m e l t his a r m y a t U l d e c o n a . V o n d a issued er s u m m o n s to t h e i n h a b i t a n c e of all the c o u n t r y r o u n d , for a distance o f several leagues. 4 0 different p u e b l o s d a r a u f a r o s e u . a r m e d themselves en masse. Villalonga schickt i h n e n Stabsofficiere als c o m - 5 m a n d e r s . Diese v o l u n t e e r levies der entire m a l e p o p u l a t i o n v. 16 to 50 J. Breitet dieses d a n n a u s . Bildet förmlich grossen K r e i s , wie b e i m Treibj a g e n . R a l l y i n g cry des p e o p l e . " M u e r a n los l o b o s facciosos." W h e n the circle w a s closed, an a l a r m w a s r u n g from t h e bells of every c h u r c h of the district. D a n n d e r circle m a d e closer u. closer, u. d e n 2' T a g t h e y c a m e on 10 the i m m e d i a t e t r a c k d e r facciosos. D i e b a n d i t t i h a d f i x e d themselves i n der castellated s t r o n g h o l d of M o r e l l a , wo C a b r e r a sich so lange gehalten, gegen E s p a r t e r o . L a c o v a fortified his p o s i t i o n artfully, a b e r U e b e r m a c h t u . H u n g e r — t h e i r s t r o n g h o l d carried a t last b y assault, indiscriminate slaughter. L a c o v a , El S e r r a d o r , u. 17 a n d r e sofort shot. D i e a n d r e n den 15 n e x t d a y . 136 fusilados. E b e n s o die smaller guerrilla of M a r s a l seized in a different direction. So M a s t r a z g o purified by this Warsaw-like m e a s u r e ; its r o a d s n u n sicher. A b e r s o b a l d wieder civil w a r diese wild sierras wieder in d e m lawless state. ( 2 4 4 - 5 0 )

Ch. XXV. The Pronunciamento, the Asonado, the Alboroto—freemasonry—republicans etc.

20

Recipe des Spanish Pronunciamento: B u y over 3 or 4 officers u. a 12 sergeants of a regiment. 20 dollars to each officer, a 4 d o l l a r piece to each of t h e sergeants, a peseta to a blind n e w s - h a w k e r , a n d a well-invented tale of political rascality of a n y kind; d i s t r i b u t e a score of r u s t y guns 25 u. pistols a m o n g as m a n y m a u v a i s sujets; a p p o i n t a p a r t i c u l a r h o u r for an explosion . . . dispose die m a u v a i s sujets by t w o s u. threes in d e n public places or squares; ||28| diese bilden nuclei of g r o u p s ; let y o u r b l a c k g u a r d s a n d ringleaders f i r e s o m e b l a n k cartridge i n t h e air, t h r o w i n t h e ringing of a church-bell or 2 u. d a s b r e a k i n g of a few o b n o x i o u s w i n d o w s . 30 D a s u n w o n t e d noise a r o u s e s t h e soldiers i n their b a r r a c k s , die sergeants speedily " i n s u r r e c t i o n i z e " their b a t t a l i o n s , die p r e - p a i d officers a r e on the s p o t t o s a n c t i o n . . . vivas u t t e r e d , the streets are p a r a d e d , t h e n e w system is e n t h r o n e d u. d a s P r o n u n c i a m e n t o a fait a c c o m p l i . . . T h e Asonada, or t u m u l t u o u s assemblage des people, chiefly to be d r e a d e d by t h e a u t h o r - 35 ities as the p r e l i m i n a r y to an émeute, or overt acts of violence, k n o w n as t h e Alboroto. In no p a r t s , even of t h e S o u t h of E u r o p e , are wilder gesticulations, m o r e r a p i d m o v e m e n t s , or a g r e a t e r vivacity of speech and

430

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 glances, m e t with t h a n in S p a i n . All t h e M o o r i s h b l o o d t h a t circles in their v e i n s — a n d t h e southern S p a n i a r d s a r e all still half M o o r s — t h e n in rapid m o t i o n . . . the wild "Algazara", or u p r o a r of h u m a n voices, which rose f r o m their a n c e s t o r s in w a r , is witnessed in perfection. . . . 5 There is a s t a n d i n g law at Sevilla, r e q u i r i n g all p r o p r i e t o r s of cafés u. drinking-houses to s h u t their d o o r s u. expel all their i n m a t e s w h e n an A s c o n a d a occurs in t h e streets, to p r e v e n t t h e f o r m a t i o n of a point d'appui ... the p e n i n s u l a r a l b o r o t a d o r or a g i t a t o r no despicable c o w a r d w h o m o u t h s his big defiance a n d shrinks from t h e a c t u a l c o n t e s t , o r sets 10 on a c r o w d of d u p e s to desert t h e m in need. Er t a k e s t h e field instantly, i n a r m s a t t h e f i r s t scent o f a n i m a g i n a r y G r i e v a n c e . D e r a l b o r o t a d o r , when c a u g h t , sofort shot; a n d if t h e r e be f a m e in being a leader here, there is likewise d a n g e r . . . O w i n g to t h e imperfect a n d p e r i l o u s i n l a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , b e s t ä n d i g e r e x c h a n g e between the different t o w n s u . 15 cities as b e t w e e n t h e v a r i o u s E u r o p e a n capitals u. p r e m i u m allowed u p o n p a y m e n t s in der o r d i n a r y silver currency. Z w i s c h e n Sevilla u. M a d r i d at short d a t e s u p o n silver p a y m e n t s d a s p r e m i u m 1%, u p o n gold viel h ö h e r . The further y o u h a v e t o g o b y l a n d t h e h i g h e r b e c o m e s the p r e m i u m , b y Wasser, weil sicher, r o u n d Spain, to B a r c e l o n a , n o t h i n g (par.) . . . In all 20 the cities of Spain, u. in M a d r i d to a r e m a r k a b l e extent, a leading occ u p a t i o n d e r blind i s t o h a w k a b o u t n e w s p a p e r s , a n d still c h e a p e r sheets a n n o u n c i n g the latest i n t e l l i g e n c e — h o j a s v o l a n t e s . . . Of the 20 or 30 slight émeutes u. unsuccessful p r o n u n c i a m i e n t o s , w h i c h intervened at Seville between t h e siege u. d e m m e e t i n g d e r C o r t e s , at least half were got 25 up by c o n c e r t m. diesen blind h a w k e r s . . . Freemasonry flourishes extensively in t h e Peninsula; bes. bewegt zu secret political m a c h i n a t i o n s , ( ü b e r h a u p t viele secret societies, da nicht p u b l i c m e e t i n g s , a u c h irreconcileable m. d e m h o t s o u t h e r n t e m p e r a m e n t ) . C h u r c h a g a i n s t it ... A singular peculiarity of high political circles h e r e , is, t h a t confidence is 30 wholly impossible. D i e m o s t r e c o n d i t e secrets of state remorselessly divulged, d a die necessity der h o u r override t h e m o s t c o g e n t dictates o f propriety . . . "Trust n o t , for y o u will b e b e t r a y e d " . . . T h e S p a n i a r d s a r e very capital fellows to c o u n t e r a c t e a c h o t h e r , a n d this is a p u r s u i t in which they t a k e t h e greatest delight. If he act, t h e y c o u n t e r a c t ; if he 35 intrigue, t h e y cross-intrigue . . . Every m a n h e r e m i n d s o t h e r p e o p l e ' s business, a n d neglects his o w n , d o e s n o t h i n g himself a n d will let o t h e r s succeed in n o t h i n g . . . Republican party gewachsen d u r c h die s c a n d a l s of infantine r o y a l t y . . . intensity of political feeling, a n d g r e a t length of b e a r d . . . D e r S o u t h of 40 Spain h a s b e e n a c o n s i d e r a b l e focus of R e p u b l i c a n i s m ever since t h e Constituent C o r t e s sat at C a d i z in 1812 . . . S o r g t f. F e d e r a t i v e R e p u b l i c

431

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 ( P o r t u g a l eingeschlossen) . . . D i e p u r e R e p u b l i c a n s f o r m a n inconsiderable m i n o r i t y . ... 2 o r d e r s of S p a n . R e p u b l i c a n s — t h e p r o b a t i o n a r y , u. der R e p u b l i c a n firmado. T h e f o r m e r novices, the latter h a v e solemnly signed their d e t e s t a t i o n of royalty, a n d all its accessories. F r e e m a s o n r y m i x e d up w i t h all these secret societies ...Of all t h e m a l c o n t e n t s u. agi- 5 t a t o r s in S p a i n der m o s t active u. f o r m i d a b l e der Cesante or Jubilado, an e m p l o y é o u t o f place. M a n y 1 0 0 o f these a r r a y e d a g a i n s t e a c h new ministry. (251-61) ds

Ch. XXVI. Café Life of Spain. Zaragoza. Sevilla, Cadiz.

10

D e r S p a n i a r d wenig d o m e s t i c life, so er d o e s all b u t p a s s t h e night in the Café; d a s café is, in fact, a club, a b e r o p e n to all t h e w o r l d . T h e café life of S p a i n causes an entire a d m i x t u r e of military a n d civilians in these e s t a b l i s h m e n t s . H e n c e , in excited times, political d i s p u t e s are incessant, a n d p e r s o n a l q u a r r e l s of a l m o s t daily o c c u r r e n c e . P r i v a t e f o r t u n e s are 15 exceedingly r a r e in the S p a n , a r m y , a n d the p a y is barely e q u a l to sust a i n i n g the a p p e a r a n c e of a g e n t l e m a n . T h e m i l i t a r y officer therefore on a level m. d e n m i d d l e classes, a n d mixes m u c h w i t h t h e m . . . Nevería (iceh o u s e ) , t h e m o s t fashionable description o f Café i n S o u t h e r n S p a i n ... C o m m o n saying: " M i e n t e s m a s q u e la G a c e t a " . . . t h e s o u n d e r p o r t i o n of 20 t h e h e a r t o f the c o m m u n i t y i s w o r m - e a t e n b y p o p u l a r s a r c a s m . T h e leaven of intrigue infects the m a s s . " C o n arte y c o n e n g a ñ o Se vive el m e d i o a ñ o ; C o n e n g a ñ o y c o n arte 25 Se viva la o t r a p a r t e . " ( 2 6 2 - 2 7 5 )

Ch. XXVII. The Contrabandists. Ebenso Ch. XXVIII. S p a i n is, of all E u r o p e a n countries, the m o s t helplessly e x p o s e d to cont r a b a n d i s t o p e r a t i o n s . W i t h a n ill-paid a n d , s o m e t i m e s , r a g g e d a r m y , and w i t h r e v e n u e officers directly e x p o s e d to t e m p t a t i o n by i n a d e q u a t e sala- 30 ries, she h a s 500 miles of P o r t u g u e s e frontier a n d n e a r 300 of Pyrenean; a n d w i t h a fleet c r u m b l e d i n t o ruins, a n d no l o n g e r of t h e slightest efficiency, she has 400 miles of C a n t a b r i a n a n d 700 of M e d i t e r r a n e a n coast. 400,000 smugglers are c o n s t a n t l y e n g a g e d in d e m o l i s h i n g h e r a b s u r d fiscal laws, a n d s o m e 1,600,000 p o u n d w e i g h t of c o t t o n g o o d s alone are 35

432

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 every y e a r illicitly i m p o r t e d , t h e tariff of c u s t o m - h o u s e c o r r u p t i o n a r ranged m . m e h r u n i f o r m regularity u . far m o r e perfectly u n d e r s t o o d , t h a n the tariff o f c u s t o m s ' d u t i e s — t h e c u s t o m s ' r e v e n u e s m a y n o t b e paid, b u t t h e c u s t o m s ' officers m u s t . Beständiges s m u g g l i n g v. G i b r a l t a r 5 to the n e i g h b o u r i n g shores of A n d a l u c í a , t h e c o n t r a b a n d i s t often b e comes a political c h a r a c t e r . Small P o r t u g u e s e vessels from t h e p o r t s of Tavira, V i l l a n o v a d e P o r t i m a o , a n d L a g o s , o n t h e n e i g h b o u r i n g c o a s t o f Algarve, contrive to secure to themselves a g o o d s h a r e of t h e s m u g g l i n g ... D i e ventures dieser small ships meist t o b a c c o . . . T h e C a r a b i n e r o c o r p s 10 are officered from t h e a r m y , yet they are n o t t h e less o p e n to c o r r u p t i o n . (276-286) S m u g g l i n g in Andalucía seems to h a v e a t t a i n e d systematic perfection. It e m b r a c e s all society. T h e anti-tariff interest is h e r e o m n i p o tent. Die first c o n s t i t u t i o n a l officers d e r m o s t municipalities l e a g u e d m. d e m system. Smugglers c o n s t i t u t e a s t a n d i n g a r m y a n d often m u s t e r 15 500 strong. G r a u s a m k e i t in ihren e n c o u n t e r s m. d e n c a r a b i n e e r s , e b e n s o in the C a t a l a n u. B a s q u e districts. In A n d a l u c í a : W h e n business is dull a p r o n u n c i a m i e n t o o f s o m e k i n d i s p r e t t y sure t o b e got u p , a n d i n t h e consequent series of d i s t u r b a n c e s an e n o r m o u s q u a n t i t y of g o o d s is g o t in ... T h e r e is ||29| no d o u b t w h a t e v e r , t h a t t h e m o v e m e n t a g a i n s t E s p a r 20 tero w a s greatly accelerated by t h e fact of his h a v i n g established s o m e sort o f a d m i n i s t r a t i o n i n the c o u n t r y , a n d checked r a t h e r m o r e t h a n his predecessors t h e lawless p r o c e e d i n g s o f t h e c o n t r a b a n d i s t s . . . A r o u n d t h e whole coast of Spain, it is the c o n t r a b a n d i s t a l o n e w h o keeps up t h e idea of a t r a d e . (287-299)

25

Ch. XXIX. The Spanish Army. Ch. XXX. id. Ch. XXXI. Military Life. Conscription.

The a r m y of Spain, at t h e close of 1843, a b o u t 50,000 m e n of all a r m s , one half of w h o m w a s c o n c e n t r a t e d at M a d r i d . So limited a force, c o m 30 pared m. d e m vast extent of Spain, clearly u n a b l e to c o m p e t e w i t h a well combined system o f s i m u l t a n e o u s i n s u r r e c t i o n a r y m o v e m e n t s , a r r a n g e d t h r o u g h o u t the v a r i o u s provinces . . . T h e N a t i o n a l Militia w a s d i s a r m e d b y N a r v a e z i n every i m p o r t a n t t o w n , a b e r d o c h n o c h gefährlich. N a r v a e z beschließt d a h e r die A r m é e u m 50,000 m e n z u v e r m e h r e n . Jezt (1844) die 35 Spanish a r m y ü b e r 100,000 m e n . F e r n e r sucht er d a s L e b e n der soldiers comfortable zu m a c h e n . To t h e p a r a m o u n t object of securing t h e allegiance der a r m y , all o t h e r c o n s i d e r a t i o n s a r e sacrificed . . . m o n e y m u s t be

433

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 f o u n d t o clothe a n d feed the a r m y . F o r this h a s S e ñ o r M o n b r o k e n faith with every c o n t r a c t . 13 July, 1819, the first g r a n d exhibition of t h e soldier in t h e u n w o r t h y c h a r a c t e r of a political p a r t i s a n ; w h e n 20,000 soldiers, destined to execute in S o u t h A m e r i c a t h e o r d e r s ihres sovereign, m u t i n i e d a n d deserted in a fatal h o u r . T h e system of p e r p e t u a l t a m p e r i n g w i t h the 5 a r m y h a s r e n d e r e d it necessary for successive g o v e r n m e n t s in S p a i n , to pet a n d c o a x it as if it w e r e c o m p o s e d of w o m e n a n d children. Cigars were their f i r s t requisition, g r a n t e d ; e x t r a r a t i o n s o f wine u p o n h o l i d a y s t h e next concession to C e r b e r u s . W h e n a r e g i m e n t w a s divided u. hesit a t i n g d u r i n g t h e p r o g r e s s of the m o v e m e n t a g a i n s t E s p a r t e r o , the p r o - 10 vincial j u n t a s p r o p o s e d a "gratification" to be c o n c e d e d to t h e officers u . t r o o p s i n the event o f their p r o n o u n c i n g ; a n d w h e n e v e r this w a s n o t effectual, their design w a s accomplished by the g u a r a n t e e of a + or perm a n e n t accession t o p a y . B r e n n u s t h r e w his s w o r d i n t o the scale t o win t h e m o n e y - b a g s , a n d they t h r e w the m o n e y b a g s i n t o the scale to win the 15 s w o r d . T h e secret d i s t r i b u t i o n d e r 5 francs pieces u. n a p o l e o n s , m. d e m offen t e n d e r der gratification a n d the plus, settled t h e soldiers' business. T h e offer of t h e b r i b e ( t e m p o r a r y gratification) u. p e r m a n e n t e x t r a - p a y , m a d e g o o d b y N a r v a e z , i n the m i d s t o f his general faithlessness. T h e military i n t e n d a n t - g e n e r a l w a s directed to c o m m u n i c a t e to the gen.-in- 20 chief o f the a r m y a n d capt.-gen. o f districts, t h a t for gratification a n d plus conjointly the officers were to receive 200 reals p e r m o n t h , a n d the soldiers t w o half reals a d a y . These p a y m e n t s w e r e m a d e g o o d , b u t created a n a p p e t i t e for m o r e . T h e very military a u t h o r i t i e s themselves d o their u t m o s t to c o r r u p t t h e soldier, a n d m a k e h i m a political p a r t i s a n . 25 Z. B. bei der Opening der Cortes O c t o b e r 1843, issued d e r C o m m a n d a n t v. C a d i z o r d e r of t h e d a y , w o r i n er dieß der G a r n i s o n anzeigt . . . the political soldier a m o d e r n c r e a t i o n . . . W e n n R e a c t i o n b e i m S p a n , soldier gegen die e p a u l e t t e d leaders, die sie b e t r a y e d : " M u e r a n los t r a i d o r e s q u e n o s v e n d e n " . . . T h e limited a n d t o o often s u p p o s i t i o u s p a y of the 30 Span, soldier m a k e s h i m always k e e n for p l u n d e r , a n d r e n d e r s even decent discipline impossible ... T o o often, lying before a besieged city, the general keeps his force t o g e t h e r by h o l d i n g forth the d i s t a n t p r o s p e c t of pillaging t h e t o w n . . . O n e o f the m o s t p e r n i c i o u s i n s t r u m e n t s i n keeping up t h e d e m o r a l i s a t i o n der Spanish A r m y is t h e evil of secret societies, in 35 which political c o m b i n a t i o n s , events a n d probabilities, are discussed as at m e e t i n g of D e p u t i e s . . . Dieses m a k i n g a politician of a soldier, crime of E s p a r t e r o (Sept. 1840) u. n o c h m e h r d a n n v. N a r v a e z . O u t r a g e s of milit a r y bullies, w e a r i n g epaulettes, i n D e c . last (44) a t M a d r i d , u p o n the e s t a b l i s h m e n t s of the Eco a n d Tarantula n e w s p a p e r s . . . . E b e n s o der 40 Defensor del Pueblo in C a d i z v. d e n Officieren v e r f o l g t . . . u n b r i d l e d mili-

434

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 tary d e s p o t i s m , of which S p a i n is n o w t h e victim . . . T h e s u m allotted for the m a i n t e n a n c e of t h e a r m y of Spain, in t h e estimates f. 1844, is 380,901,050 reals, or n e a r 4 millions I. s t . . . Seit d e r f o u n d a t i o n d e r S p a n ish m o n a r c h y , t h e singular peculiarity h a s b e e n r e t a i n e d of a s e p a r a t e 5 a r m y for e a c h of the leading provinces; a n d we h e a r to this d a y of the armies as well as t h e k i n g d o m s of Castile u. A r a g o n , of C a t a l o n i a u. E s t r e m a d u r a , o f L é o n , N a v a r r e u . G r a n a d a . . . the v a r i o u s r e g i m e n t s o f Spain displayed till y e s t e r d a y their s e p a r a t e b a n n e r s , r e t a i n e d from t h e early history d e r p r o v i n c e s w h o s e n a m e s t h e y b e a r , a n d from w h e n c e 10 they were originally d r a u g h t e d , a n d b u t few of the soldiers of S p a i n fought b e n e a t h h e r regal s t a n d a r d : ( T h e n a t i o n a l s t a n d a r d o f S p a i n since the j u n c t i o n of t h e c r o w n s of Castile u. L é o n o p p o s i t e c o m p a r t m e n t s of a pair of lions u. a p a i r of castles) An interesting relic of c h i v a l r o u s u. feudal ages, yet u n d e n i a b l y a n impolitic system. F o r m e d u n d e r t h e influ15 enee, a n d r e t a i n i n g t h e d e n o m i n a t i o n , of the v a r i o u s k i n g d o m s , p r o v i n c es, or pueblos, i n t o which S p a i n w a s anciently divided, e a c h c o r p s a d o p ted the c o l o u r s a n d e m b l a z o n m e n t of t h e locality f r o m w h e n c e it derived its n a m e . Narvaez accordingly i n t r o d u c e d a c h a n g e , by w h i c h all t h e b a n ners der v a r i o u s b r a n c h e s der a r m y , n a v y , n a t i o n a l militia h a v e b e e n 20 reduced to a strict c o n f o r m i t y m. d e m n a t i o n a l b a n n e r — t h e w a r s t a n d ard of S p a i n — t h e lions u. castles b e i n g collocated in the s a m e precise order. B a n n e r s in S p a n , service i n v a r i a b l y blessed by a b i s h o p u. their loyal c u s t o d y in every h a z a r d s w o r n by t h e P o r t a - e s t a n d a r t e s . N a r v a e z , f. die n e u e n F a h n e n , ließ d a s c e r e m o n i a l s i m u l t a n e o u s l y t h r o u g h o u t S p a i n 25 v o r n e h m e n , t h e o l d b a n n e r s w e r e d e p o s i t e d in t h e M u s e u m of Artillery ... T h e negligence displayed by m a n y S p a n , officers in their attire, a n d their frequent d e p a r t u r e in detail from t h e r e g u l a t i o n u n i f o r m , w i r k e n schädlich u p o n t h e m e n by e n c o u r a g i n g their excessive slovenliness, u. have repeatedly b e e n t h e subject of ineffective r o y a l o r d e r s . . . S o m e 30 a p p e a r on p a r a d e s without a sword at all, o t h e r s on g u a r d m. a n y t h i n g but the r e g u l a t i o n s w o r d , der infantry officer m. a cavalry s a b r e u. vice versa. B a r r a c k u . foraging c a p s c o m m o n l y w o r n b y t h e m , w h e n i n garrison service ... E v e n w h e n they are full dressed, the o r d e r of O c tober 1844 charges t h e m w i t h " d e v i a t i n g grossly f r o m the r e g u l a t i o n , a n d 35 permitting themselves to indulge in a r b i t r a r y u. ridiculous m o d i f i c a t i o n s of the r e g i m e n t a l u n i f o r m , w i t h a great b r e a c h of p r o p r i e t y . " W h o l e garrisons c o u l d n o t b e c o n t e m p o r a n e o u s l y p u n i s h e d e n m a s s e , t h e n u i sance r e m a i n s u n a b a t e d . M a n c h m a l [see] an officer of higher r a n k go a b o u t the streets m. a m a k i n t o s h or p a l e t o of thin white c l o t h t h r o w n 40 over his e p a u l e t t e d c o a t . U p o n the sleeves of this u p p e r g a r m e n t frequently s o m e a r a b e s q u e e m b r o i d e r y or m o r e c o m m o n l y a r e p r e s e n t a t i o n

435

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Prankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 d e r a r m s d e r p r o v i n c e t o which his regiment belongs . . . I n d e r O l ó z a g a affair " C i r c u l a r s w e r e f o r w a r d e d from t h e W a r Office to all t h e p r o v i n c i a l u . g a r r i s o n c o m m a n d e r s , inclosing the Q u e e n ' s d e c l a r a t i o n , a n d a n expression of their o p i n i o n w a s a l m o s t invited." D i e responses were a l m o s t u n i f o r m l y conceived i n the m o s t e x t r a v a g a n t t e r m s , O l ó z a g a d e n o u n c e d als t r a i t o r , villain etc . . . T h e a c c o m p l i s h m e n t of o r a t o r y is as m u c h r e q u i r e d by the military ||30| officers v. higher o r d e r als by a n y class in Spain. U p o n every emergency, it is a m a t t e r of c o u r s e t h a t t h e colonels o r generals s h o u l d h a r a n g u e their m e n , w h o s e loyalty, for the m o s t p a r t , needs this s t i m u l a n t . T h e c o m m a n d i n g officer u . die c a p t a i n s o f c o m p a nies m u s t b e p r e p a r e d t o a d d r e s s their m e n w h e n t h e y w a n t t h e m t o d o a n y t h i n g p a r t i c u l a r ; u p o n the force or feebleness d e r h a r a n g u e it freq u e n t l y d e p e n d s w h e t h e r the seduction of Serjeants u. die c o r r u p t i o n of secret emissaries will p r o v e t r i u m p h a n t . In Spain a l o n e in E u r o p e d e c o r a t i o n for military service of right o b t a i n a b l e , after w e a r i n g u n i f o r m for a certain length o f time. L o p e z u . N a r v a e z f ü h r t e n ein d a ß every miliciano n a c i o n a l w h o h a s c o m p l e t e d 10 years of g o o d service in t h e r a n k s , has the r i g h t to receive the condecoración of a cross. D i e ß w i t h a view to p r o p i tiate the ticklish nacionales; a n d with this special a d d i t i o n , t h a t those w h o h a d voluntarily " p r o n o u n c e d " against E s p a r t e r o w e r e t o b e entitled to w e a r a plaque or star, in a d d i t i o n to the cross, after c o m p l e t i n g 12 years of s e r v i c e — t h e object of this "artful d o d g e " being to k e e p t h e m faithful in the m e a n t i m e to the Provis. G o v . . . . T h e e p a u l e t t e s of the officers generally in t h e S p a n , a r m y are entirely of silver . . . In 1840 an a m b i g u o u s o r d e r w a s published for the r e g u l a t i o n o f m i l i t a r y u n i f o r m s , o f w h i c h a m b i g u i t y t h e brigadiers availed themselves t o m a k e t h e k n o b s in q u e s t i o n alternately of gold a n d silver (nämlich d e n k n o b at the e n d of e a c h twist in their epaulettes) T h e o t h e r officers a n n o y e d at t h e distinction, c o m p l a i n t s etc . . . E s p a r t e r o , since his elevation to the R e g e n c y , h a s b e e n frequently k n o w n t o s p e n d w h o l e d a y s a t c a r d s , t o t h e serious neglect of p u b l i c affairs a n d of the inveterate intrigues of his o p p o n e n t s ; sitting up in b e d , w h e n indisposed, w i t h 2 or 3 c u s h i o n s b e h i n d his b a c k , a n d p l a y i n g u n i n t e r m i t t e n t l y at écarté with a limited n u m b e r of friends seated by t h e side of his bed. E v e n while he lingered so fatally at A l b a cete, in the m i d s t of g r o w i n g t r e a s o n s u. fresh p r o n u n c i a m i e n t o s , he i n d u l g e d this d a n g e r o u s p a s s i o n to the a b s o r p t i o n of his i n a d e q u a t e energies; a n d , p e r h a p s , were he n o t a card-player, E s p a r t e r o m i g h t still be regent of Spain. Wenn v. P e r u z u r ü c k k o m m e n d , E s p a r t e r o u. his military c o m p a n i o n s " L o s A y a c u c h o s " v o w e d sich wechselseitig assistance. D i e ß nichts politisches. It w a s simply a c o n v e n t i o n f. m u t u a l aid t h r o u g h life. I n p u r s u a n c e o f the a b o v e c o m p a c t , the A y a c u c h o s were j u s t l y charge-

436

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 able with m a k i n g t h e a r m y t o o frequently a t o o l for their o w n political a d v a n c e m e n t . A b e r if t h e A y a c u c h o s t a m p e r e d , it w a s w i t h S p a n , feelings alone, a n d for S p a n , p u r p o s e s . D a g e g e n N a r v a e z etc C o i n t r o d u c e d t h e wholesale c o r r u p t i o n b y F r e n c h gold, t h e infamy o f foreign bribes, a n d 5 they d e s t r o y t h e discipline. . . . " E s p a r t e r o " signifies a m a k e r of m a t s or baskets. . . . T h e S p a n , soldier h a s l o n g b e e n h o v e r i n g o n the confines o f b r i g a n d a g e ; a n d in the Peninsula, c a m p a i g n i n g u. h i g h w a y r o b b e r y differ little b u t in n a m e . H e n c e t h e readiness u. a r d o u r w o m i t t h e guerrilla life so often e m b r a c e d , w h e n r e g i m e n t s are d i s b a n d e d . T h e vice is an old o n e 1 0 here. D u r i n g t h e m i n o r i t y o f C a r l o s II, his minister, the 2 D o n J u a n o f Austria, h a d a m e m o r i a l a d d r e s s e d t o h i m b y the C o r r e g i d o r o f M a d r i d , entreating h i m t o r e m o v e f r o m the m e t r o p o l i s the r e g i m e n t o f A y t o n a , which assisted t h e b a n d i t i every n i g h t i n p l u n d e r i n g t h e i n h a b i t a n t s . . . state of indiscipline prevails in t h e S p a n i s h a r m y . . . the a p p e a r a n c e of the 15 Span, t r o o p s is to the last degree unsoldierly. T h e sentry strolls to a n d fro like a c o r k s c r e w on his b e a t ; his s h a k o a l m o s t falling off the b a c k of his head, his g u n s l o u c h e d on his shoulder, singing o u t r i g h t a lively seguidilla with the m o s t sans-façon air i n the w o r l d . . . t h e soldier n o t u n f r e q u e n t l y destitute o f t h e p o r t i o n s o f his u n i f o r m , o r his r e g i m e n t a l c o a t a n d c o n 20 t i n u a t i o n s in s u c h hopeless rags, t h a t even in t h e sultry s u m m e r the slatec o l o u r e d g r e a t - c o a t is w o r n as a hide-all a n d slut-cover . . . shoes in 1 case out of 3 are b r o k e n in pieces, disclosing to view t h e n a k e d toes of t h e m e n — s u c h i n S p a i n a r e t h e glories o f the v i d a militar. T h e r a t i o n s c o n sist a l m o s t entirely of b e a n s , l a r d - s p r i n k l e d , a n d boiled in a h u g e 25 p u c h e r o , with b r e a d of the coarsest d e s c r i p t i o n . . . N a r v a e z left his soldiers in this m i s e r a b l e c o n d i t i o n . . . h o w e v e r , i n d e ß , dishonestly the m e a n s h a v e b e e n a c q u i r e d , t h e S p a n , soldier i s n o w b e g i n n i n g t o b e better clothed u. fed . . . a tailorless r e g i m e n t at M a t a r ó , t h e o t h e r d a y , availed itself of t h e d i s b a n d m e n t of a refractory b a t t a l i o n of n a t i o n a l 30 militia, a n d j u m p e d i n t o their c o a t s a n d breeches. . . . H e r o e s , like gifthorses, a m i d s t s u c h scenes, s h o u l d n o t b e l o o k e d t o o closely i n t h e m o u t h ... It is p r o b a b l y w i t h o u t parallel in t h e h i s t o r y of t h e w o r l d , t h a t in t h e m o n t h of O c t o b e r (44) a s u b s c r i p t i o n w a s set on foot at C a d i z for defraying t h e expenses o f supplying n e w u n i f o r m t o the R o y a l i n f a n t r y 35 regiment of A s t u r i a s , t h e n d o i n g d u t y in g a r r i s o n . . . . It is very l u d i c r o u s to expect the refinement of c h i v a l r o u s loyalty u. d e v o t i o n f r o m m e n like t h e s e — h a l f - s t a r v e d i n d i s r e p u t a b l e rags. . . . D e r r e w a r d o f the loyal soldiers, w h o at Algeziras u. Tarifa resisted t h e subtle d e m o r a l i s a t i o n of N o g u e r a s consisted i n folgendem: " E l b r i g a d i e r C ó r d o b a h a a b i e r t o u n a 40 suscricion, p o n i é n d o s e á la c a b e z a de ella, p a r a r e g a l a r un p a r de p a n talones de p a ñ o á los valientes s o l d a d o s de A s t u r i a s " . . . T h e Quinta, or n d

437

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 lottery c o n s c r i p t i o n for t h e a r m y , is m a n a g e d by the municipalities u n d e r the general s u p e r i n t e n d e n c e o f the provincial d e p u t a t i o n s . T h e C o r t e s h a v i n g v o t e d the n u m b e r o f t r o o p s which c o n s t i t u t e t h e a n n u a l levy, the war-office at M a d r i d a p p o r t i o n s the entire t h r o u g h t h e different cities u. p u e b l o s of Spain. A d a y is fixed, notice extensively given, u. die a u t h o r - 5 ities j e d e n districts invariably s u m m o n 4 times the n u m b e r of w h o m t h e r e t u r n is to be c o m p o s e d . By experience it is f o u n d t h a t the disqualific a t i o n s , e x e m p t i o n s u . outlawries t h r o u g h n o n - a t t e n d a n c e , a m o u n t t o a b o u t / of the entire. W h i l e the general system of enlistment is by lot for all the y o u n g m e n c a p a b l e of b e a r i n g a r m s , t h e r e is likewise a p r o v i s i o n 10 for enrolling with t h e rest all youthful v a g r a n t s w i t h o u t physical defects or infirmities . . . serve half-starved for 6 years . . . large s u m s a r e p a i d by those w h o can afford it, w h e n the c o n s c r i p t i o n falls u p o n t h e m , t o p r o vide a substitute, a n d t h e r e a r e even i n s u r a n c e c o m p a n i e s f o r m e d to a v e r t this evil from the h e a d s of their subscribers . . . E v e r y m a l e w h o h a s 15 c o m p l e t e d his 2 0 y e a r m a y b e called o n t o serve . . . I n its original f o r m every 5 m a n w a s m a d e t o serve, w h e n c e t h e n a m e , Q u i n t a . . . Viele S p a n i a r d s , nicht to serve in an a r m y so m i s e r a b l y p a i d u. p r o v i d e d as theirs, w e r d e n v o l u n t a r y o u t l a w s u . t a k e the r o a d a s b a n d i t s , o r j o i n t r o o p s of guérilleros . . . N a r v a e z a t t e m p t e d to p r e v e n t t h e finding of 20 substitutes u . m a k e every m a n serve u p o n w h o m the lot fell. K o n n t e dieß nicht durchsetzen, the m a n d a t e w a s ¡311 generally defied. ( 2 9 9 - 3 3 7 ) 3

4

t h

t h

Ch. XXXII The Church. The Exclaustrados. Ch. XXXIII. The Secular Clergy. Ecclesiastical Seminaries. Ch. XXIV. Religious processions etc.

25

D i e ancient u. e n o r m o u s ecclesiastical revenues of S p a i n h a v e s h r u n k d o w n to the d i m e n s i o n s of o n e single t a x irregularly p a i d , t h e "Contribución de Culto y Clero", leviable at t h e e n d of e a c h year, b u t is for the m o s t p a r t m o r e t h a n a year in a r r e a r . T h e r e is, strictly s p e a k i n g , no levy. 30 N o t i c e is given t h a t the r a t e - p a y e r s m u s t p r e s e n t themselves, within 15 d a y s , in the Oficina de Contribuciones, or tax-office der municipality, a n d d e p o s i t t h e a m o u n t s o p p o s i t e their n a m e s respectively. I f they w o n ' t pay, the alcaldes decline to h a v e recourse to e x e c u t i o n u. d i s t r a i n t . . . the p i o u s zeal of religious w o m e n d o e s m o r e for t h e service of t h e c h u r c h 35 t h a n legal taxes . . . T h e exclaustrados, o r q u o n d a m m o n k s a n d friars, c o n s i d e r a b l y less t h a n half-paid b y t h e state, u . m a n y o n t h e verge o f

438

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

starvation . . . t h e m e m b e r s o f the r e g u l a r religious o r d e r s w e r e uncloistered in 1835 by a M o d e r a d o G o v e r n m e n t , u n d e r t h e sway of Q u e e n Cristine, a n d the rule o f t h e E s t a t u t o R e a l . I m p e r i o u s necessity, a n d the e n o r m o u s expenses o f t h e civil w a r , forced this m e a s u r e . D a m a l s m o r e t h a n half t h e p r o p e r t y in the c o u n t r y w a s c o n v e n t u a l or ecclesiastical. N i c h t od. schlecht bezahlt, t h e e x c l a u s t r a d o m e m b e r of o n e of t h e closed religious h o u s e s , is the m o s t m e l a n c h o l y c h a r a c t e r in m o d e r n Spain, then p e n s i o n allotted by gov. i n a d e q u a t e l y small u. p a i d m. an irregularity which r e d u c e s it to t h e level of c a s u a l alms, t h e c o n v e n t s of n u n s have, in m a n y instances, b e e n left s t a n d i n g , b u t their i n m a t e s r e d u c e d , for the m o s t p a r t , to c o m p u l s o r y p o v e r t y . A m u l t i t u d e of small p r o p r i e tors h a v e been created, as in F r a n c e , by t h e confiscation a n d sale of t h e lands of the C h u r c h , a n d the extinction of entails a n d seignories: all since 1837. N u m b e r l e s s c o m f o r t a b l e , t h o u g h limited farmers m a y be seen in every p a r t of Spain, u p o n soils w h i c h , 6 y e a r s a g o , were lying w a s t e . . . a large p a r t y i n Spain, indeed der b u l k d e r M o d e r a d o p a r t y , well-disposed t o w a r d s a r e s t i t u t i o n to t h e clergy of their confiscated p r o p e r t y . D i e ß aber impossible o h n e a b l o o d y civil w a r , w h e r e t h e p r o p e r t y h a s a l r e a d y been sold: It is n o t m a n y y e a r s since t h e r e w a s a w e l l - k n o w n class in Spain, called " m o n j a t i c o s " , or m e n in love w i t h n u n s , — t e m p t e r s of these p o o r v o l u n t a r y o u t c a s t s . . . In C a d i z u. Seville die secularisirten religious houses beliefen sich zu vielen 100 . . . 1834 confiscirte P o r t u g a l die e n o r m ous possession der religious o r d e r s f. d e n state . . . R o m e r k l ä r t e P o r t u g a l u. Spain f. " s c h i s m a t i c a l " . . . P o p e u. College of C a r d i n a l s w o u l d a c k n o w l e d g e no lawful sovereigns b u t M i g u e l u. C a r l o s u. refused c o n firmation to t h e b i s h o p s lawfully n o m i n a t e d by the a c t u a l rulers. 9 J a h r e have sufficed to p r o v e the inflexibility of P e n i n s u l a r g o v e r n m e n t s ; t h e P o p e h a s a t last perforce a c k n o w l e d g e d t h e p o p u l a r sovereigns, t h e schism h a s e n d e d . . . A b e r u n t e r N a r v a e z " p r o h i b i t i o n o f t h e sales o f t h a t p o r t i o n of t h e ecclesiastical p r o p e r t y w h i c h r e m a i n e d u n d i s p o s e d of" . . . the p a r t r e m a i n i n g u n s o l d i s t h a t w h i c h b e l o n g e d t o the c a t h e d r a l s a n d secular clergy, the c o n v e n t p r o p e r t y h a v i n g l o n g since b e e n s u b m i t t e d t o the pitiless process of subhasta ... the i n t e n t i o n t h e n is to r e s t o r e t h e invested c a t h e d r a l u . p a r o c h i a l p r o p e r t y t o t h e p r e s e n t i n c u m b e n t s i n lieu of the C u l t o u. C l e r o tax, die nie o r d e n t l i c h gezahlt . . . t h e tribunal of the Rota, a b o l i s h e d u n d e r E s p a r t e r o , lately re-established at M a d r i d , (a p o n tifical c o u r t , presided over by p a p a l delegates, w h i c h t a k e s c o g n i z a n c e of all cases of m a r r i a g e d i s p e n s a t i o n s w h e r e t h e r e is an affinity b e t w e e n the p a r t i e s , p e r m i t t e d d i s p e n s a t i o n s from v o w s , canonicial i m p e d i m e n t s , irregularities u. cases specially reserved to t h e p a p a l jurisdiction) . . . the C o n s t i t u t i o n a l clergy are meist m e r e politicians u. p l a c e - h u n t e r s . . . .

439

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 A b e r v. der alten e c h t e n Schule, usually tinged w i t h Carlist views, to be f o u n d i n all t h e c o u n t r y p u e b l o s . . . S p a n i a r d s m o c k a n d scoff a t everything. It is difficult to k n o w w h e n they a r e sincere. M o s t sarcastic of peoples . . . t h e splendid celebration of divine w o r s h i p in S p a i n h a s always been, in a great m e a s u r e , in the h a n d s of the H e r m a n d a d s or Religious B r o t h e r h o o d . . . processiones, funciones, pilgrimages, u. r o s a r i o s , still witnessed every week t h r o u g h o u t S p a i n ... n o t ' / p a r t o f t h e m a l e p o p u lation, excepting t h e old m e n , care seriously for religious m a t t e r s , a b e r 1 full '/3 der female p o p u l a t i o n is sincerely d e v o u t in its c h u r c h g o i n g u. o t h e r religious o b s e r v a n c e s . . . the a n n u a l s u b s c r i p t i o n p a i d b y e a c h m e m b e r of the o r d i n a r y class of religious confraternities is a b o u t 4 or 5 l. st., a large s u m for S p a i n ... (338-377) 10

Ch. XXXV. The Bandits of Andalucía. D i e d e r M a n c h a die m o s t cruel u . savage, die v . A n d a l u c í a die m o s t cavalier-like. Im G a n z e n , these worthies of S p a i n in allen T h e i l e n gleich cruel, stupid, coarse u. c o w a r d l y . . . I n c o r p o r a t e d r o b b e r s are called guerrilleros, w h e n a c o n s i d e r a b l e n u m b e r of t h e m are military deserters, or h a v e formerly served in the a r m y . (379-388).

Ch. XXXVI. The Spanish Abdel Kader. ( N a v a r r o , A n d a l u c í a n ) . (his m a s k is so l o n g w o r n , t h a t I d o u b t n o t it h a s accidentally g r o w n to his face.) (In A n d a l u c í a great n u m b e r s of t h e agric u l t u r a l l a b o u r e r s a r e r e a d y to do a bit of " h i g h w a y b u s i n e s s " to m a k e g o o d the deficiency of wages, a n d t h e m u s k e t often reposes in the fields b y the side o f t h e h o e a n d sickle. R e c r u i t s m a y t h u s b e readily h a d a t t h e b a c k of every hedge.) [389-393]

Ch. XXXVII. The women of Spain. " M i s s i s " T h e S p a n i a r d s use the w o r d miz! miz! to call a cat. (410)

440

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845

Ch. XXXVIII. Native Dances. The Fan. Ch. XXXIX. The battle of the Petticoats. I |32|

t. II.

Ch. I. National Manners 5 p o s a d a ( E ß h a u s ) u . v e n t a (Weinhaus) g e t r e n n t m e i s t . . . E x c e p t t h e r e p r e sentative C h a m b e r s a n d Municipalities, a n d t h e J u n t a o f R e v o l u t . times, there a r e n o n e b u t secret political bodies in Spain. Intrigues u. plots congenial t o the S p a n , n a t u r e . M a s o n i c lodges u . political clubs . . . [1-8]

io

Ch. II. El Titiritero. Universality of Smoking, Mode of Living. The Applier of Leeches.

T h e A y u n t a m i e n t o s all s m o k e while t h e y a r e m e t i n their c o r p o r a t e c a p a city; a n d in t h e last y e a r ' s m u n i c i p a l a c c o u n t s of C a d i z , a p p e a r s an i t e m of 800 reals vellón, or 8 I. St., for cigars, for o n e m e m b e r o n l y of t h e Provincial D e p u t a t i o n d u r i n g a j o u r n e y t o M a d r i d . . . t h e c o n s u m p t i o n 15 of coffee a n d c h o c o l a t e in Spain is e n o r m o u s . . . [15-21]

Ch. III. Education. Spanish Names. l

the n a m e of " J o s é M a r i a " is so c o m m o n , t h a t a full j of t h e S p a n i s h male p o p u l a t i o n h a v e received t h o s e n a m e s in b a p t i s m . . . [33] 5

Ch. IV. The Roadside Venta. 20 there is no distinction of the classes, or nearly n o n e . . . t h e a r i s t o c r a t i c morgue h a s d i s a p p e a r e d a m i d the e a r t h q u a k e tossings of r e v o l u t i o n . [44, 45]

Ch. V. Bullfights. Of M o o r i s h origin. [46]

441

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

Ch. VI. The Navy of Spain. even after t h e defeat of their g r a n d a t t a c k on G i b r a l t a r in 1782, still c o m p r i s e d 70 sail of t h e line a n d frégates, a n d 40 vessels of smaller size, n o w r e d u c e d to 1 single ship of t h e line at sea, 2 m o r e , d i s m a n t l e d a n d n e e d i n g extensive r e p a i r s , 4 a r m e d frigates, 2 m o r e d i s a r m e d , 2 c o r v e t t e s , 9 brigs, 3 very m i d d l i n g w a r - s t e a m e r s , 3 of still slighter d i m e n s i o n s , 15 s c h o o n e r s , m a n y of t h e m d i s m a n t l e d , a n d 9 o t h e r vessels of smaller size. T h e entire of these small craft scarcely m e r i t t h e n a m e of ships of w a r , a n d are only useful as p a c k e t s , or in t h e p r e v e n t i v e service. T h e S p a n , colonies nicht c o n s i d e r a b l e , b e s c h ü z t by t h e jealousies of rival p o w e r s . N a c h d e m latest r e p o r t des M i n i s t e r o f M a r i n e even these few vessels all u n d e r m a n n e d , die seamen ill-clad, ill-paid, ill-disciplined, a n d , " g r o a n i n g u n d e r t h e weight o f m i s e r y " . D i e s e selbe a u t h o r i t y : " t h a t t h e matériel is in a very d e c a y e d c o n d i t i o n , a n d t h e forests of v a l u a b l e t i m b e r in t h e A s t u r i a s a n d elsewhere extremely ill m a n a g e d ; for 9 y e a r s p a s t no u n i f o r m s m a d e for t h e service, a n d t o every m e m b e r o f i t 8 6 m o n t h s ' p a y is d u e . " T h e m e r c h a n t - s e r v i c e h a s s u n k i n t o a h a n d f u l of generally infer i o r vessels, a n d a great p a r t of t h e p a s s e n g e r a n d c a r r y i n g t r a d e is t r a n s ferred t o t h e ships o f E n g l a n d a n d A m e r i c a . . . surprise o f E u r o p e , w e n n , gegen E s p a r t e r o , t h e S p a n i s h fleet e m u l a t e d t h e i m p r o p r i e t i e s of t h e a r m y , a n d h a d its o w n little P r o n u n c i a m e n t o . . . H a u p t g r u n d d e r d e m o ralisation: irregularity u . u t t e r failure o f p a y m e n t s . . . I n der b a l a n c e - s h e e t f. 1844 d a s e s t i m a t e f. " m a r i n e , c o m m e r c e , u. c o l o n i e s " 83 millions of reals, while t h a t for t h e a r m y 3 8 1 . Setting a p a r t t h e colonial e x p e n d i t u r e a n d t h a t w h i c h b e l o n g s to c o m m e r c e , as t h e l i g h t h o u s e s of t h e k i n g d o m a n d t h e h y d r o g r a p h i c a l d e p a r t m e n t , t h e i t e m for t h e s u p p o r t d e r n a v y c o m e s d o w n to a b o u t 40 millions of reals, or 4 0 0 , 0 0 0 1 . , w o v o n , die actual p a y m e n t s a m o u n t to little m o r e t h a n '/ιο of t h e s u m . E v e r y t h i n g is sacri­ ficed to t h e a r m y , t h e loyalty of w h o s e steel is i n d i s p e n s a b l e to m i n i s t e r i a l existence. D i e n a v y h a s fallen a m o n g s t thiefs. G o n z a l e s B r a v o ' s m i n i s t e r o f m a r i n e — P o r t i l l o ! ... W h e n t h e a r m y last s u m m e r h a d " p r o n o u n c e d " in every direction, t h e fleet was next invited to " p r o n o u n c e " ; . . . t h e j u n ­ t a s m a d e every m i d s h i p m a n a l i e u t e n a n t , a n d every l i e u t e n a n t a c a p ­ t a i n — t h e y , t h e rebel j u n t a s , t h e t i n k e r s a n d t a p e m e n , a n d snuffsellers, w h o c h o s e to c o n s t i t u t e themselves i n t o local s u p r e m e g o v e r n m e n t s . T h e guardia marina t h e y p r o m i s e d to m a k e an alférez, if he w o u l d p r o n o u n c e , t h e alférez a l i e u t , etc to t h e highest r a n k . T h e w o r t h i e s " p r o n o u n c e d " accordingly, b l o c k a d e d t h e coast, a n d c o m p l e t e d E s p a r t e r o ' s m o r a l disc o m f i t u r e . All these a b s u r d a p p o i n t m e n t s by t h e slopsellers of Algeciras

442

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 u . M a l a g a were s u b s e q u e n t l y recognised b y t h e G o v . o f L o p e z u . N a r vaez .. · T h e r e is still a p o r t a d m i r a l , w h o flourishes a g r a n d c o c k e d h a t , a fine p a i r o f epaulettes, a n d a n e n o r m o u s telescope . . . D o n J o s é M a r i a O r o z c o , K n i g h t C r o s s a n d Badge o f t h e illustrious o r d e r o f S a n H e r 5 menegildo, Brigadier o f the A r m a d a N a c i o n a l , C o m m a n d a n t o f M a r i n e o f the P l a z a a n d P r o v i n c e o f C a d i z , a n d J u d g e o f t h e p o r t - a r r i v a l s f r o m all the Indies! T h e p o m p o u s little m a n , sinks b e n e a t h such a weight of dignity . . . [59-65]

io

Ch. VII. Infante Don Francisco de Paula, Grandes u. Hidalgos. Chapt. VIII. id. Chapt. IX Universities. Los Salamanquinos. Ch. X. The Medical Professions. Quacks. Ch. XL English u. French in Spain.

15 T h e S p a n i s h nobility h a v e a l m o s t entirely lost g r o u n d in m o d e r n Spain. A l t h o u g h r e t a i n i n g the f o r m s of a m o n a r c h y , this c o u n t r y is p e r h a p s t h e most perfect realisation of a republic in E u r o p e . . . f r o m t h e e n l i g h t e n e d lawyers of S p a i n a l m o s t all h e r statesmen s p r i n g . . . H i d a l g o (Hijo d ' a l g o "the son of s o m e b o d y " ) in the recent a b o l i t i o n of entails in S p a i n h a s 20 d o n e m u c h to c o m p l e t e t h e r u i n of this class . . . formerly every m e m b e r der military o r d e r s received a stated a n n u a l p e n s i o n , a n d t h e C o m m a n d eries of t h e several o r d e r s h a d a t t a c h e d to t h e m s o m e of the richest d o m a i n s in Spain. These were confiscated by t h e C o n s t i t u t i o n a l i s t s . . . The G r a n d e s of Spain h a v e seen all the highest offices of t h e k i n g d o m 25 slip t h r o u g h their fingers, a n d t h e best of t h e m are n o w no m o r e t h a n hangers-on o n the P a l a c e . . . M a d r i d , the c e n t r e o f letters a n d civilisation ... [67-88] W h e n F e r d i n a n d V I I , t h e n P r i n c e o f A s t u r i a s , w a s i n a p pointed residence a t Valençay . . . h e r e p e a t e d l y w r o t e t h e m o s t servile letters t o F o u c h é , d u c d ' O t r a n t o , soliciting t h e high h o n o u r o f b e i n g 30 allowed to ally himself in m a r r i a g e with s o m e relation, h o w e v e r d i s t a n t , of the B o n a p a r t e family. T h i s lowly suit w a s refused . . . t h e lofty-minded F e r d i n a n d used t o kiss t h e p o l i c e m a n F o u c h é ' s h a n d w h e n e v e r h e c h a n c e d to see h i m ; a n d F o u c h é used to say, "I a l w a y s w a s h e d it after, for t h e m a n w a s très-sale!" . . . T h e Castiles a n d A n d a l u c í a , t h e B a s q u e s a n d 35 E s t r e m a d u r a , are as u n l i k e as distinct states in a n y p a r t of t h e c o n t i n e n t of E u r o p e . Valencia a n d t h e A s t u r i a s h a v e few p o i n t s of r e s e m b l a n c e ; C a t a l o n i a a n d Galicia are wholly dissimilar . . . A r r a g o n a n d C a t a l o n i a ,

443

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 n o t c o n t e n t with the exploits against the M o o r s , fitted o u t expeditions against t h e T u r k s , a n d gave powerful assistance t o A n d r o n i c u s P a l a e o l o g u s before B y z a n t i u m fell . . . [107-113]

Ch. XII. Revolutions. A leading cause of the frequency of R e v o l u t i o n s of Spain, is t h e frequent 5 dissolutions of t h e C o r t e s . . . It h a s been said t h a t for 40 L. St. a revolution m a y b e got u p i n a n y Span, t o w n . . . t h e m i n i n g o p e r a t i o n s o f A n d a lucía a l m o s t entirely carried o n b y Engl, capital a n d enterprise. T h e resid e n t engineers u. s u p e r i n t e n d e n t s of w o r k s are all English, a n d u n t i l late years t h e r e were e n a c t m e n t s , b o t h in Spain u. P o r t u g a l , m a k i n g it p e n a l 10 to d i s t u r b the entrails of the e a r t h . . . even n o w it is p o p u l a r l y held to be w o r k only f i t for heretics . . . the C h r i s t i a n e r a w a s n o t i n t r o d u c e d i n t o Spain until t h e latter e n d o f the X I V J h . T h e A u g u s t a n era prevailed v . der t i m e d e r R o m a n o c c u p a t i o n , except i n d e m k i n g d o m o f G r a n a d a , a n d in G i b r a l t a r , to w h i c h the M o o r s were t h e n confined, d o w n to the 15 y e a r 1383, w h e n by a decision of the C o r t e s c o n v o k e d at Segovia by J u a n I , the C h r i s t i a n era w a s a d o p t e d . . . the m o s t fatal t a i n t i n m o d e r n Spain: Empleomanía, or the rage for p l a c e — T o o lazy for c o m m e r c e , t o o p r o u d t o b e t r a d e s m a n , the b u l k o f t h e e d u c a t e d o r p a r t i a l l y - e d u c a t e d classes will sell their souls for places u n d e r t h e G o v e r n m e n t . . . ¡331 R e v o - 20 lutions h e r e h a v e rarely a n y o t h e r e n d b u t a seizure of all t h e offices of t h e state. A p a r t y of d e s p e r a t e g a m b l e r s s u r r o u n d a r o u l e t t e - t a b l e , a n d k e e p it in ceaseless revolution to see w h o will win. At w h a t e v e r p o i n t it m a y s t o p , n o t h i n g t u r n s u p for the p e o p l e . . . [119-124]

Ch. XIII. Rejoicings for Queen Isabel's Majority. Ch. XIV. The Campo of Gibraltar. Nogueras' Attempt.

25

t h e c a m p o o f G i b r a l t a r h a s b e e n p e r m a n e n t l y established i n its p r e s e n t form since 1782. D a s S p a n . gov. h a s always several r e g i m e n t s d i s t r i b u t e d t h r o u g h the C a m p o , which e m b r a c e s Tarifa, Algeciras, S a n R o q u e , the B a r r i o s , u. lines a l o n g the n e u t r a l g r o u n d . To this q u a r t e r E s p a r t e r o , a n d 30 his a d h e r e n t s i n L o n d o n , n a t u r a l l y l o o k e d , w h e n t h e y m a d e their u n s u c cessful a t t e m p t in N o v e m b e r (44) to recover their p o s i t i o n in Spain. N o g u e r a s (the m u r d e r e r o f C a b r e r a ' s m o t h e r ) w a s d e s p a t c h e d t o G i b r a l t a r , t o r e c o n n o i t r e t h e g r o u n d a n d p r e p a r e a r e v o l u t i o n a r y expedition. He w a s well supplied m. m o n e y u., it is said, a u c h m. a r m s . Scheiterte in 35

444

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 d e m Versuch t o revolutionise d e n C a m p o a n general C o r d o v a . A t Algesiras o n t h e evening o f the 3 1 O c t o b e r t h e c o n s p i r a c y e x p l o d e d . [130-145] s t

Ch. XV u. XVI. The slave traders. 5 Since the p o r t s of S p a i n were closed, h e r c o m m e r c i a l c a p i t a l is in g r e a t p a r t invested in t h e slave t r a d e , in t h e furnishing of slave vessels, a n d t h e p u r c h a s i n g a n d f o r w a r d i n g o f cargoes t o b e b a r t e r e d for h u m a n f l e s h . . . [155] C u b a a n d P u e r t o - R i c o u n d e r t h e p a t r o n a g e o f g o v e r n o r O ' D o n n e l , w h o belying the soldier's c h a r a c t e r , takes a r e v e n u e o u t of h u m a n misery 10 (for slaves c a n n o w be i m p o r t e d legally at t h e G o v e r n o r ' s fee of 25 d o l lars p e r h e a d ) h a v e n o t r e a s o n to c o m p l a i n t h a t el tráfico fails t h e m . T h e pro-slavery O ' D o n n e l . . . [172]

Ch. XVII. Aspect of Andalucía. Ch. XVIII u. XIX. Cadiz and its Bay. 15 the p e a s a n t r y of A n d a l u c í a to this d a y h a l f - M o o r i s h , half-Christian in their superstitions. . . . A f a r m e r of R o n d a t o l d m e , t h a t t h e c o u n t r y people n o w - a - d a y s respect a dollar m o r e t h a n they u s e d to do a C a p i t a n M a y o r . . . [173,174] t h e c o n t r a b a n d i s t s a n d t h e slave-traders a l o n e a r e men of business . . . I r r e g u l a r p u r s u i t s , great risks, g r e a t profits (or losses 20 u p o n occasion), all t h a t constitutes the g a m b l e r ' s e x c i t e m e n t — t h e s e a r e the c h a r m s of S p a n , speculation . . . [187]

Ch. XX u. XXI. Agriculture. the farmers, large a n d small, A r r e n d a d o r e s a n d L a b r a d o r e s , usually occupy their h o l d i n g s in enfiteusis, on a l o n g lease of n o t less t h a n 25 100 years, p a y i n g a m o d e r a t e rent, or t h e y are t e n a n t s from year to year. The enfiteusis nearly a m o u n t s to o u r freehold, t h e concession of a r e n e w al, w h e n the t e r m is expired, being a l m o s t a m a t t e r of c o u r s e . R e l a t i o n s between l a n d l o r d u . t e n a n t entirely p a t r i a r c h a l , the E r d i n v a r i a b l y held on easy t e r m s . Simple w r i t t e n a g r e e m e n t s — d a s l a n d , seit die C o n s t i t u 30 tion die tithes abgeschafft, the f a r m e r ' s p o s i t i o n , w h e r e he is possessed of the least energy, is u n v a r i a b l y c o m f o r t a b l e . T h e h i d a l g o class, or nobility and gentry, usually h o l d their possessions in capite f r o m t h e C r o w n , or,

445

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 in m o r e instances, f r o m t h e few g r e a t p r o p r i e t o r s ; a n d t h e a m o u n t of bienes vinculados, or entail, allotted for t h e s u s t a i n m e n t of t h e h e a d of the family was c o m p a r a t i v e l y small, a n d is n o w s u p p r e s s e d by law. D i e English h a v e m a n y of t h e wine estates in the n e i g h b o u r h o o d of X e r e s , P o r t St. M a r y ' s u . Sanlucar. K e i n e closed p a r k s . Y o u m a y r o a m here everywhere, f i s h everywhere, course a n d s h o o t everywhere, w i t h o u t question. All t h a t is required of y o u is, t h a t y o u shall n o t p l u c k y o u r neighb o u r ' s fruits, n o r d e s t r o y his s t a n d i n g c r o p s . Y o u m a y enter his huerta w i t h o u t a s k i n g p e r m i s s i o n , a n d enjoy i t . . . T h e r i g h t o f c o m m o n a g e , a n d of reclaiming w a s t e l a n d s , h a s c a u s e d s o m e f e r m e n t of late in v a r i o u s p a r t s o f Spain. T h e r e a r e pieces o f c o m m o n l a n d (Tierra Valdía) a n n e x e d t o m a n y o f t h e c o u n t r y t o w n s a n d villages, a s i n o t h e r c o u n t r i e s , w h e r e t h e p o o r m a n ' s ass or m u l e finds a scanty p a s t u r a g e : lawless p r o c e e d i n g s o f u n a u t h o r i s e d s q u a t t e r s , h a v e led i n 1844 t o m o r e t h a n o n e p i t c h e d b a t t l e , w i t h firearms, between the villagers. T h e G i t a n o s t o o k a p a r t i c u l a r interest in these contests, t h a t n o m a d race asserting a prescriptive right to t h a t use o f c o m m o n - l a n d s i n every c o u n t r y they h a v e visited. D a s w a s t e l a n d of A n d a l u c í a of i m m e n s e extent, the s a n d y soil being for the m o s t p a r t i m p r o d u c t i v e w i t h o u t c o n s t a n t irrigation. C e r t a i n dieser w a s t e l a n d s at v a r i o u s times ceded by the D i r e c c i o n - G e n e r a l of N a t i o n a l R o a d s to p r i v a t e individuals, for t h e p u r p o s e o f r e d u c i n g t h e m t o p r o d u c t i v e n e s s a s they please, u n d e r certain c o n d i t i o n s . H e n c e endless disputes, r e m o n strances, u. litigations; certain r u r a l municipalities b e t w e e n Seville u. G r a n a d a m u s t e r e d their small posses, a n d c a t c h i n g up their m u s k e t s , of w h i c h the use is familiar to every S p a n i a r d , forcibly levelled t h e gates a n d enclosures, a n d expelled the o c c u p y i n g t e n a n t s f r o m certain previously waste lands. R e b e c c a i s m was successful in A n d a l u c í a . Ministers gave w a y ; the funds derived from this source by the D i r e c t o r - G e n . of R o a d s , t o w a r d s the c o n s e r v a t i o n o f t h e r o a d s t h r o u g h o u t the k i n g d o m , are n o longer available. T h e s a m e result p e r v a d e d t h e rest of Spain. K e i n e dichte Bevölkerung, the p a u c i t y o f m o u t h s a c c o u n t s for t h e easy t e r m s o n which farmers u. l a b o u r e r s live. T h e r e is e n o u g h for all, a few h o u r s ' w o r k in t h e d a y suffices for t h e exigencies of life, a n d d a n c e a n d s o n g a n d careless r e l a x a t i o n m a k e u p t h e evening time. D a n e b e n allerdings c o n s i d e r a b l e insecurity of p r o p e r t y , a n d s o m e insecurity of life . . . T h e L a b r a d o r e s and p e a s a n t s b o r d e r i n g o n the u n a s c e r t a i n e d limits o f t h e c o m m o n land, claim for e a c h his p o r t i o n of t h e soil, a n d t h e s q u a t t e r s . . . occupiers u n d e r govern, still steadily c o n t e n d for their exclusive rights . . . fanega = / of an Engl, acre . . . N o t h w e n d i g e s a g r i c u l t u r a l i m p r o v e m e n t h e r e , is the practice of u n v a r i a b l e stall-feeding, i n s t e a d of grazing. P a s t u r e lands are of excessive rarity u. m o s t inferior d e s c r i p t i o n . . . villanous m e a t

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

2

5

446

40

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 a b o u n d s i n the S p a n i s h m a r k e t s . . . t h r o u g h e x t r a o r d i n a r y m i s m a n a g e ment, A n d a l u c í a d o e s n o t p r o d u c e e n o u g h for its o w n uses. T h e supplies of m o s t of t h e s o u t h e r n p o r t s in m e a t , p o u l t r y , eggs, u. variety of o t h e r articles, c o m e for t h e m o s t p a r t from t h e N o r t h o f Spain, P o r t u g a l u . 5 B a r b a r y . . . N u r i m W i n t e r die thinly scattered p a s t u r e l a n d s o f A n d a lucía t o a n y extent p r o d u c t i v e , i m S u m m e r like die S a h a r a . . . T h e f i r s t requisite of all a g r i c u l t u r a l l a b o u r here is w a t e r , a n d w i t h o u t o x e n it c a n n o t be raised . . . s c a n d a l o u s desert between C a d i z u. Tarifa . . . grazing, properly so called, a n d t h e ||34| r e a r i n g of fine w o o l s , applicable only to 10 E s t r e m a d u r a , N e w Castile, u. La M a n c h a . . . . In A n d a l u c í a , all t h a t is d e m a n d e d of t h e m is to sink a few wells, a n d set a few o x e n m o r e in m o t i o n ... T h e i n t e r m i n a b l e q u a r r e l s a b o u t t h e right o f u n a p p r o p r i a t e d lands led to s o m e efforts at r e g u l a t i o n by t h e Provincial D e p u t a t i o n s in 1841, a n d several d i s t r i b u t i o n s of waste l a n d s u. c o m m o n a g e w e r e t r a c e d 15 out. A b e r , da die s t r e n g t h der Progresistas im m o b , it is n o t to be w o n dered at, t h a t , in p a r t i t i o n i n g these l a n d s , t h e D e p u t a t i o n s u. A y u n t a mientos leaned t o w a r d s the class of small f a r m e r s u. l a b o u r e r s , a i m e d at realising u p o n a limited scale t h e policy w h i c h h a s t r a n s f e r r e d t h e b u l k of the soil of F r a n c e to t h e h a n d s of small p r o p r i e t o r s , a n d s o u g h t in p r a c 20 tice to establish an A g r a r i a n law . . . T h e question w a s n o t o n e of great landed accumulation, an evil w h i c h does n o t exist here, b u t of m o d e r a t e sized farms, or of very m i n u t e subdivisions. T h e y likewise a i m e d at breaking up extensive p a s t u r a g e s , a n d in effect d e s t r o y i n g the breed of h o r n e d cattle, w h i c h is here indispensable to all d e s c r i p t i o n s of agricultur25 al l a b o u r . . . All t h e p l o u g h i n g , all t h e h a r r o w i n g , all the c a r r i a g e in fields or on the r o a d s , all t h e raising of w a t e r , all the h e a v y transit to fair or m a r k e t , all the p r e p a r a t i o n s of t h e g r a i n — f o r t h e ox first d r a w s it to the area, or barn-floor, o p e n to the sky, t h e n t r e a d s o u t the grain, t h e n carries it to t h e mill a n d t h e n to t h e p u r c h a s e r — a l l is t h e w o r k of t h e 30 patient ox . . . If t h e race of the ox b e c a m e extinct here, t h e r e w o u l d p r o b a b l y be no tillage at all, for t h e horses a r e generally t o o w e a k f. t h e work, u. die p e a s a n t s t o o lazy to dig . . . D e r p l o u g h n o t suffered to a p p r o a c h within a r o o d of t h e h u m b l e s t fruit-tree, a n d t h e spaces a r o u n d them were c o n v e r t e d a g a i n i n t o deserts. Yet t h e r e d o e s seem to be a 35 reasonable m e d i u m between leaving a c o u p l e of 100 fanegas (the q u a n t i t y of g r o u n d requisite to s o w a bushel of c o r n ) in the vicinity of every k n o t of fruit-trees, a n d p l o u g h i n g up all t h e p a s t u r e - l a n d of a district . . . [206-222]

447

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1

Ch. XXII. Farming in Southern Spain. In this delicious climate, v e g e t a t i o n is never s u s p e n d e d , except by t h e excessive h e a t s o f s u m m e r . A m besten v . N o v e m b e r - M a y . D i e o n l y d r a w b a c k s in winter "excessive r a i n s " , der farmer h e r e p a y s lightly in the s h a p e of direct taxes, u. c o n s u m i n g little b u t his o w n p r o d u c e , is indirectly c h a r g e a b l e to b u t a trifling extent. His clothes are w o v e n from his o w n w o o l ; his h e m p e n shoes are g r o w n u p o n his o w n soil; his l e a t h e r n leggings are stripped from his o w n pig; his sheepskin j a c k e t (in winter) w a s the j a c k e t of his o w n c a r n e r o ; a n d in s u m m e r his j a c k e t is t h e clim a t e , for he w e a r s no o t h e r . He eats his o w n p r o v i s i o n s , d r i n k s his o w n w i n e , b u r n s his o w n oil, a n d refreshes h i m with his o w n fruits . . . It is u p o n the p r o p r i e t o r s o f estates t h a t p a y m e n t o f the b u l k o f t h e p r a e d i a l taxes falls. T h e F r u t o s Civiles a r e levied from all p r o p r i e t o r s or a d m i n i s t r a t o r s of t h e rents of rustic a n d u r b a n h o u s e s , mills, a n d factories of w h a t e v e r description, as well as from all receivers by c o n t r a c t or otherwise of n a t i o n a l or jurisdictional taxes, censos, u. o t h e r i m p o s t s on capital yielding a n n u a l i n c o m e . This tax always suffered to be a year in a r r e a r , a n d if t h e n left u n p a i d the g o o d s a r e liable to be seized in exec u t i o n . . . T h e a l m o s t t o t a l cessation o f t h e e x p o r t o f barilla t o E n g l a n d , in c o n s e q u e n c e of the discovery of a satisfactory c h e m i c a l substitute, has of late years a g o o d deal e m b i t t e r e d the feelings of t h e South-eastern S p a n , p o p u l a t i o n against u s . . . T h e small C a t a l a n m a n u f a c t u r e r hates o u r gigantic e s t a b l i s h m e n t s with a sufficient intensity, a n d h a s contrived to i m p a r t his feelings to a large class of his c o u n t r y m e n . . . t h e fruit of M a l a g a h a s an i m m e n s e r e p u t a t i o n t h r o u g h o u t S p a i n . . . [223-226]

5

10

15

20

25

Ch. XXIII. Mendicancy.—State of the Lower Classes. Distress a l m o s t n o n e . . . N o n e starves i n this c o u n t r y . . . nearly stationary t h e existing scantiness of p o p u l a t i o n . H e n c e a general sufficiency, a n d at s o m e p e r i o d s an excess of f o o d — t h e r e is no such t h i n g as a p a w n b r o k e r ' s s h o p to be seen here, a n d pledges are only t a k e n by private 30 u s u r e r s a n d (if they consist of p l a t e or jewellery) by b a n k e r s . . . . Principle hier d e r begging c o m m u n i t y u. d e r s t a t e s m e n : " D e j a la vergüenza, y t o d o m u n d o es s u y o " ... " S u olla, su misa, Y su D o n a L u i s a " . . . D e r S p a n . Bettler a s t u r d y petitioner. [231-240]

448

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845

Ch. XXIV. The National Militia.—The Gallegos. Die n a t i o n a l milicia i s i m i t a t e d f r o m the g u a r d e n a t i o n a l e o f F r a n c e — t h e various c o r p s of N a c i o n a l e s h a v e b e e n r a t h e r foci of t u r b u l e n c e t h a n a source o f s t r e n g t h t o t h e s t a t e — t h e recent acts u . manifest tendencies d e r 5 Span, t r o o p s , m a k e t h e p e r m a n e n c e of a n a t i o n a l militia a desirable check u. safeguard . . . the m o s t salient topic of c o n t e n t i o n between t h e M o d e r a d o s u. Progresistas is t h e f o r m i n t o w h i c h this militia is to be m o u l d e d ; t h e f o r m e r desire the a d m i x t u r e o f m o r e o f t h e principle o f R o y a l n o m i n a t i o n ; the latter insist t h a t it shall be the c r e a t u r e of a purely 10 p o p u l a r election . . . A M o d e r a d o gov. 10 years b a c k originated t h e institution of a N a t i o n a l militia, t h e n universally p o p u l a r , gegen die p r e t e n sions o f D o n C a r l o s . N a c h d e m fall des D o n C a r l o s d i s u n i o n seiner Gegner, die Milicianos werfen their weight as an a r m e d force in die scale; a n a t i o n a l defensive a r m w a s d e b a s e d i n t o a p a r t y w e a p o n , d i s o r g a n i 15 sation u. r e v o l u t i o n w e r e uses w i t h w h i c h it b e c a m e t o o familiar, u. d e r character d e r i n s t i t u t i o n seriously i m p a i r e d . O n t h e c o n s u m a t i o n d e r R e v o l u t i o n v. 1837 erhielt die n a t i o n a l militia a n e w u. m o r e d e m o c r a t i c development. Bisher die officers n o m i n a t e d b y the C r o w n . N u n e n t r u s t e d the alistamiento to t h e municipalities, a n d at first, u n d e r its n e w o r g a n i 20 sation, it m a i n t a i n e d p o p u l a r i t y u. prestige. G r a d u a l l y its c h a r a c t e r changed. Political dissensions i n t r o d u c e d i n t o the c o r p s ; E x a l t a d o o p i n ions. D a r i n i n t o l e r a n t v o r w i e g e n d , the M o d e r a d o s o n e after a n o t h e r departed from its r a n k s . Verfolgten a n d e r s gesinnte. D a b e i des M i l i c i a n o ' s uniform w a s a p r o t e c t i o n f. allerlei G e s i n d e l w h o w o u l d o t h e r w i s e h a v e 25 been t h r o w n into a p r i s o n , a n d e n a b l e d b a n d s of picarons to infringe t h e laws m. i m p u n i t y , by i n t r o d u c i n g c o n t r a b a n d , u. by v a r i o u s o t h e r offences; forced c o n t r i b u t i o n s s o m e t i m e s levied u n d e r false pretences; M o d e r a d o s u. t h e quieter class of citizens, preferred p a y i n g the m o n t h l y forfeit, to entering its r a n k s for active service. So die respectability der institution 30 still further i m p a i r e d . It w a s likewise c o n v e r t e d by m a n y i n t o a m e a n s of contingent subsistence. D a s p r o d u c e dieser f i n e s r e a c h e d nicht i m m e r its legal destination, p a r t i c u l a r allocations of t h e fund were m a d e , a n d p a y was given for certain services, while o t h e r s d r o v e a t r a d e by h i r i n g themselves to m o u n t g u a r d for t h o s e w h o preferred a peaceful h o m e . T h e 35 most active, noisy, u. influential class der militia, w a s c o m p o s e d precisely of the interested p a r t i e s . T h e y gave t h e law, a n d were the disposers u. arbiters of events. D e r a r t i s a n , l a b o u r e r , h u m b l e s h o p k e e p e r , b o r e all the weight des service, a b e r die intriguers u. p l a c e - h u n t e r s b o r e off its a d v a n tages. Alle c o n v o k e d t o t h e meetings des b o d y , a b e r t o o k little p a r t i n t h e

449

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 deliberations, c o n c u r r e d by a species of c o n s t r a i n t in t h e r e s o l u t i o n s a d o p t e d , b e c a m e the ||35| docile i n s t r u m e n t s of designing u. a m b i t i o u s m e n ; the o p i n i o n s of a p e r t i n a c i o u s m i n o r i t y for t h e m o s t p a r t prevailed. Diese militia k o s t e t e every p r o v i n c e in S p a i n f. die 3 last years conjointly, m i t d e n s u m s p a i d as m o n t h l y fines f. non-service, the hire of p e r s o n s to m o u n t g u a r d , u. die expenses of m o b i l i z a t i o n (or active service in exterior districts) v. 70,000-100,000 dollars . . . D a s principle of m o b i l i z a t i o n i n t r o d u c e d i n t o t h e N a t i o n a l Militia falls m . great w e i g h t o n t h e S p a n i s h citizen. It e x t e n d s t h r o u g h all society t h e inconveniences u. h a r d s h i p s d e r military c o n s c r i p t i o n . . . " I n d u s t r i o s a G a l i c i a " . A g r i c u l t u r a l p u r s u i t s , in the m i d s t of their r u d e hills, suffice generally for t h e w a n t s der fixed i n h a b i t a n t s ; die m i g r a t o r y p o r t i o n c o n t i n u e o h n e i n t e r m i s s i o n their l a b o rious t a s k s in the v a r i o u s cities u. t o w n s d e r P e n i n s u l a . j d e r Galician m a l e p o p u l a t i o n , u. '/3 of the n e i g h b o u r i n g A s t u r i a s , find e m p l o y m e n t yearly as water-carriers, p o r t e r s , f a r m - l a b o u r e r s , u. die lower description of h o u s e - s e r v a n t s , d u r c h Spain u. P o r t u g a l . A e h n l i c h k e i t dieser G a l l e g o s m . d e r Irish p e a s a n t r y i n a p p e a r a n c e , dress u . m a n n e r s . T h e E s p a r t e r i s t d e m o n s t r a t i o n in Galicia (Oct. 1844) was entirely confined to the M i licianos of Vigo u. P o n t e v e d r a , u. die C a r a b i n e r o s de la H a c i e n d a , over w h i c h G e n . Iriarte possessed m u c h influence, h a v i n g formerly b e e n c o m m a n d e r of the force. [241-248]

5

10

l

2

15

20

Ch. XXV. The Ayuntamientos or Municipal Chambers. 1521 H o l y L e a g u e der Cities, (their L e a d e r Padilla. Allgem. C o n v e n t i o n derselben zu Avila.) A b e r die old municipalities of Spain " m o s t aristocratic u. exclusive", "close m o n o p o l i e s " der A y u n t a m i e n t o s , v o r der 25 i n t r o d u c t i o n der c o n s t i t u t i o n a l Alcaldes, entirely c o m p o s e d of n o b l e families u. for t h e m o s t p a r t titulados " s a n g r e a z u l " . H i d a l g o s w e r e the least w h o c o u l d s h o w themselves there, f. d e n r o t u r i e r no c h a n c e . These ancestral a n d historical h o n o u r s explain t h e eagerness w i t h w h i c h the highest n o b l e s of m o d e r n Spain aspire to m u n i c i p a l office, t h o u g h they 30 c a n be no longer regidores ( a l d e r m e n ) by right of i n h e r i t a n c e , n o r sell their places w h e n they are tired of t h e m , like t h e veinte cuatro of Seville, w h o s e 24 places in the c o r p o r a t i o n were w o r t h 1500 I. a y e a r each. U n t e r d e m constit. system, each A y u n t a m i e n t o h a s its Alcaldes, R e g i d o r s , u. Syndics. T h e A y u n t a m i e n t o s a r e divided i n t o municipalities of the 35, 1 u. 2 o r d e r . T h o s e of the 1 h a v e 6 alcaldes, 24 r e g i d o r s u. 5 syndics; die v o n 2 order: 4 alcaldes, 12 regidors u. 3 syndics. T h e first alcalde answers t o o u r m a y o r , the o t h e r s t o o u r a l d e r m e n , t h e r e g i d o r s t o our st

n d

st

n d

450

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845

c o m m o n c o u n c i l m e n , t h e syndics t o o u r t r e a s u r e r s , t o w n clercs etc. T h e s e posts m o r e i m p o r t a n t t h a n w i t h u s , for n e a r l y all t h e p u b l i c taxes p a s s t h r o u g h their h a n d s , t h e nobility, i n t h e P e n i n s u l a , a l w a y s t a k e m u n i c i p a l office; t h e r e is scarcely an A y u n t a m i e n t o in S p a i n t h a t h a s n o t 1 or 2 b a r 5 ons, c o u n t s , or m a r q u i s e s , a m o n g s t its alcaldes or its r e g i d o r s . E v e r y p u e b l o or village c o n t a i n i n g 100 h o u s e h o l d e r s , elects, by h o u s e h o l d suffrage, its o w n A y u n t a m i e n t o , consisting of 4 alcaldes, besides r e g i d o r s u. syndics, w h o h a v e t h e collection of all t h e taxes, t h e m a n a g e m e n t of m o s t m a t t e r s of civil a n d c r i m i n a l j u r i s d i c t i o n , of t h e q u i n t a s or levies 10 of soldiers of t h e line, a n d of t h e e n r o l m e n t of n a t i o n a l militia, as well as volunteers. T h e y also a r r o g a t e t o themselves t h e right o f " p r o n u n c i a m e n t o " for o r a g a i n s t a n y g o v e r n m e n t o r d y n a s t y w h i c h m a y c h a n c e t o t u r n u p , d e c l a r i n g their d i s o b e d i e n c e t o a n y l a w w h i c h t h e C o r t e s m a y enact, a n d s h o u l d e r i n g their g u n s u p o n slight p r e t e n c e , w i t h t h e s o u n d i n g 15 war-cry of " G o d defend t h e Q u e e n a n d c o u n t r y " , t h e A l d e r m e n of t h e remote A y u n t a m i e n t o s in A n d a l u c í a ζ. Β. m e n of mark, u. as a 100 c o n ­ t r a b a n d i s t a n d b a n d i t exploits, i n w h i c h t h e y h a v e b e e n p a r t i c i p a t o r s attest, they a r e c a p i t a l m a r k s m e n a s well. U n d e r t h e régime o f N a r v a e z , most of t h e m u n i c i p a l p o w e r s a r e in a b e y a n c e . D i e wichtigste function 20 dieser A y u n t a m i e n t o s ist d a s enrolling t h e N a t i o n a l m i l i t i a — a business of such m o m e n t , t h a t u p o n it d e p e n d s in a g r e a t m e a s u r e t h e c h a r a c t e r of the gov. w h i c h will b e t o l e r a t e d a t M a d r i d . H e n c e die hostility d e r M o d e rados t o these p o p u l a r b o d i e s . D e r process o f indirect election w h i c h prevailed u n d e r t h e constit. of 1812 (the p e o p l e first electing by h o u s e 25 hold suffrage a limited n u m b e r of confidential electors, w h o a f t e r w a r d elected t h e m u n i c i p a l b o d y a s well a s o t h e r p u b l i c bodies) h a s b e e n r e t a i n e d with r e g a r d t o t h e A y u n t a m i e n t o s a l o n e . D u r c h t h e C o n s t , o f 1837 dieß System a u f g e h o b e n in Bezug a u f die W a h l des S e n a t e , t h e C h a m b e r of D e p u t i e s , u. d e r P r o v i n c i a l D e p u t a t i o n s . D i r e c t e W a h l , a b e r in differ30 ent qualifications derived f r o m t h e p a y m e n t of taxes . . . T h e division of powers, a s s i g n m e n t o f political b o u n d a r y - l i n e s hier n i c h t begriffen. A t every fresh political o c c u r r e n c e die A y u n t a m i e n t o s s e n d e n ein i h r e addresses t o t h e Sovereign a n d C o r t e s . Z . B . " T h e m u n i c i p a l b o d y o f t h e city of P e q u e ñ í s i m o ( r e c k o n i n g s o m e 120 souls) c o n g r a t u l a t e s t h e N a t . 35 Congress u p o n t h e d e c l a r a t i o n w h i c h it h a s wisely m a d e of t h e Q u e e n ' s majority." l a n g u a g e o f p e t i t i o n s w h o l l y u n k n o w n h e r e u . even m e m o r i a l s superseded by addresses as b e t w e e n e q u a l s . 101 householders entitle to a municipality. W e n n Sevilla o d . C a d i z ζ. Β. d a s Beispiel geben, gefolgt v. den i n h a b i t a n t s of t h e m e a n e s t little g a t h e r i n g of h u t s in t h e r e m o t e s t 40 wilds of A n d a l u c í a , m e e t i n g in s o l e m n c o n c l a v e u p o n t h o s e affairs of t h e nation with which, except t h r o u g h t h e p a r l i a m . elections, t h e y h a v e n o

451

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 legitímate c o n c e r n . D o w n t o the const, era, t h e r e w e r e s e p a r a t e Alcaldes for a l m o s t every possible variety of magisterial a n d m u n i c i p a l functions. M a n y o f t h e highest j u d g e s b o r e the n a m e ; the n o b l e s h a d their A l c a l d e t o decide q u e s t i o n s a p p e r t a i n i n g t o their privileges, a n d h i g h w a y r o b b e r s h a d their Alcalde to c o n d e m n t h e m . U n d e r t h e const, régime the 4 Alcal- 5 des divide t h e m u n i c i p a l , taxing, u. political functions. W h i l e die Alcaldes die t a x g a t h e r e r — a t no p e r i o d h a v e t h e taxes been regularly levied in Spain. T h e slightest suspicion of severity in assessing or collecting the revenue w o u l d b e fatal t o the election o f a n y A l c a l d e o r R e g i d o r . W h e n t h e P r o n u n c i a m i e n t o s t o o k place in J u n e (1844) t h e m u n i c i p a l A y u n - 10 t a m i é n t o s were unhesitatingly dissolved w o ihr love o f s m u g g l i n g d i d n o t override their political o p i n i o n s u . ersezt d u r c h n o m i n e e s o f " t h e J u n t a o f G o v . " o d . b y t h e revolted military chief o f the district. V o n d e n m e m b e r s der r u r a l municipalities of A n d a l u c í a viele sign w i t h t h e C r u z (their cross or m a r k ) . N a c h s i c h t i g gegen die r o b b e r s , so l o n g t h e y n o t a p p r o a c h their 15 o w n m a n o r s . | [249-256]

|36| Ch. XXVI. Composition der Ayuntamientos u. Cortes. t h e franchise is invariably a n n e x e d to a b o n a fide h o u s e h o l d qualificat i o n , a b s o l u t e residence i s required, a n d n o m a n v o t e s o u t o f m o r e t h a n o n e h o l d i n g . T h e C o n s t i t u e n c y are called Vecinos " n e i g h b o u r s " or " b u r - 20 gesses", alle w h o h a v e a " c a s a a b i e r t a " (an o p e n h o u s e ) or a "casa p u e s t a " (fixed residence.) T h e i r residence m u s t h a v e b e e n for a y e a r a n d 1 d a y before t h e v o t i n g lists are m a d e o u t . these v o t i n g lists die sole registry are m a d e u . p u b l i s h e d yearly a t t h e m u n i c i p a l i t y . Vor 1843 n u r 2 exceptions: t h o s e u n d e r trial for a n y criminal offence, or sentenced to 25 a n y i n f a m o u s p e n a l t y , a n d t h e " p o b r e s d e s o l e m n i d a d " w h o publicly subsist b y m e n d i c a n c y . D i e M o d e r a d o s s p e a k o f m a k i n g t h e m u n i c i p a l franchise c o n t i n g e n t o n the p a y m e n t o f taxes . . . D a s G r o u n d w o r k des p a r l i a m e n t a r y franchise ist h o u s e h o l d , p a y m e n t o f t h e " m a y o r e s c u o t a s " (chief taxes levied by the state); these m u s t be p a i d regularly, or t h e vote 30 is disfranchised, e b e n s o w e n n der v o t e r a defaulter to the c o m m o n pueblo fund, or t a x a t i o n for local p u r p o s e s . A b e r n u r die p r o p r i e t o r s of palaces p a y c o n s i d e r a b l e taxes. A u ß e r d e m m ü s s e n sie 25 J. alt sein. A u ß e r d e m sind, n a c h a y e a r s residence, entitled to v o t e : die m e m b e r s der Span, a c a d e m i e s of H i s t o r y a n d t h e " n o b l e s a r t e s " . D o c t o r s u. Licentiates in 35 the 3 faculties of Divinity, L a w u. M e d i c i n e . M e m b e r s of ecclesiastical c h a p t e r s , p a r o c h i a l c u r a t e s (rectors) u. their assistant clergy. M a g i s t r a t e s , u. a d v o c a t e s of 2 years' s t a n d i n g . Officers of t h e a r m y of a certain stand-

452

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 ing, w h e t h e r on service or retired. Physicians, s u r g e o n s u. a p o t h e c a r i e s of 2 years s t a n d i n g . A r c h i t e c t s , p a i n t e r s , sculptors m. d e m title of A c a d e micians in a n y A c a d e m y of t h e " a r t e s n o b l e s " . Professors, u. m a s t e r s , in any e d u c a t i o n a l e s t a b l i s h m e n t s u p p o r t e d b y the p u b l i c funds. Z u d e n 5 disqualifications a u c h n o c h b a n k r u p t c y , s u s p e n d e d p a y m e n t s , a judicial interdict a n n e x e d to m o r a l or physical incapacity, u. surveillance u n d e r sentence b y the a u t h o r i t i e s . . . T h e m u n i c i p a l i t y obliged b y law t o m a k e out a c o m p l e t e list of v o t e r s at stated p e r i o d s u., w e n n t h e list is c o m pleted, t o p o s t i t a t t h e A y u n t a m i e n t o s , a n d t h e o t h e r m o s t p u b l i c places 10 der t o w n u. districts. T h u s it r e m a i n s e x p o s e d for s o m e 20 d a y s , in o r d e r that r e c l a m a t i o n s m a y b e m a d e for t h e p u r p o s e o f rectifying m i s t a k e s u . o m i s s i o n s . . . . T h e m u n i c i p a l elections are c o n d u c t e d u p o n the principle o f almost universal suffrage . . . Oft bei h o t l y c o n t e s t e d elections die electoral urn b u r n t u . die v o t i n g p a p e r s . W h e n a n election i s k n o w n t o b e g o i n g 15 against a p a r t i c u l a r p a r t y , die m o s t a b a n d o n e d ruffians in t h e t o w n employed for a few pesetas u. clear all before t h e m with b l u d g e o n s . L a t terly it is the military t h a t a r e for the m o s t p a r t e m p l o y e d , a little m o n e y being distributed a m o n g s t t h e sergeants a n d c a b o s , o r c o r p o r a l s . I n d e n temples, p a r i s h c h u r c h e s , wo die Election f. die C o r t e s , oft b l o o d s h e d u. 20 m u r d e r o u s s h o t s fired within the s a n c t u a r y . [260-266]

Ch. XXVII. Parliamentary elections. Wenn a closely c o n t e s t e d election a n t i c i p a t e d , t h e engines of coercion p u t in m o t i o n of the m o s t f o r m i d a b l e description. T h e half million of G o v . E m p l e a d o s diffused over t h e w h o l e face of t h e c o u n t r y die tools, their 25 votes or s t a r v a t i o n b e i n g t h e alternative. D i e E m p l e a d o s m ü s s e n besides allen ihren Einfluß aufbieten, the powerful p a t r o n a g e w h i c h t h e y a d m i n ister, their e m p l o y m e n t of t r a d e s m e n in the p u b l i c service etc . . . Die communities a t large b e d r o h t , t h a t unless the r e t u r n s a r e f a v o u r a b l e , special b u r t h e n s will b e i m p o s e d u p o n t h e district, taxes m o r e r i g o r o u s l y 30 enforced, military levies, triple d e t a c h m e n t of t r o o p s p e r m a n e n t l y billeted on the i n h a b i t a n t s , t h a t every useful p u b l i c i n s t i t u t i o n s will be removed t o M a d r i d , etc etc. T h e a p p l i c a t i o n d e r G o v e r n m e n t screw t o t h e election f. die C o r t e s t a k e s place t h r o u g h the A g e n c y der Political Chiefs in Provincial D e p u t a t i o n s , the electoral law a c c o r d s to t h e m a w i d e m a r 35 gin, c o n t a i n i n g s o m e 50 articles . . . political intrigue u. t u r p i t u d e e x t e n d here everywhere, a n d c o n t a m i n a t e every i n s t i t u t i o n . . . A R o m a n E m p e r o r o n c e m a d e a c o n s u l of his h o r s e , b u t a successful S p a n . G e n e r a l might t o - d a y m a k e his d o g a d e p u t y . [268-274]

453

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

Ch. XXVIII. The Political Chiefs. The Provincial Deputations. The Judicial Bench. Der Gefe Politico ähnlich d e m F r e n c h préfet of a D e p a r t m e n t . Is the i n s t r u m e n t u. c h a n n e l of centralization, e r h ä l t d i r e k t e i n s t r u c t i o n s v. M a d r i d in reference to t h e m i n u t e s t p a r t i c u l a r s . Zeigt d e m Volk die wich- 5 tigsten n e w s a n , d u r c h p r i n t e d b a n d o s p o s t e d o n t h e walls, o r b y official a n n o u n c e m e n t in s o m e c h o s e n n e w s p a p e r . H a s , if needful, the entire c o n t r o l u . disposition o f the military. W i r k e n d u r c h die municipalities, w e n n sie Progresistas sind, o d . d u r c h die P r o v i n c i a l D e p u t a t i o n , w e n n sie M o d e r a d o s . A u c h d u r c h die c u r a - p a r r o c o s , or p a r i s h clergy. In a semi- 10 a n a r c h i c a l c o u n t r y , it is o b v i o u s t h a t the p o w e r of this f u n c t i o n a r y is despotic, wide, i m m e n s e ; he is never a m a n of p r o p e r t y , b u t o n e d e p e n d ing on success for his avenir, a n d d e t e r m i n e d to please the G o v e r n m e n t . . . T h e Gefe exercises a direct u. powerful influence over t h e f o r m a t i o n d e r electoral lists u. j u r y lists. . . . N u r ein c o u n t e r p o i s e to these intelligent 15 gentlemen. The Provincial Deputation, chosen by a p r o c e s s of election n e a r l y similar t o t h a t w h i c h r e t u r n s t h e D e p u t i e s t o t h e C o r t e s , t h e franchise being a n n e x e d to the p a y m e n t of a tolerably large a m o u n t of taxes. M a y be liken e d to o u r shire g r a n d j u r i e s . I h n e n e n t r u s t e d t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n aller funds 20 f. die f o r m a t i o n u. c o n s e r v a t i o n of r o a d s , f. b e t t e r i n g u. e x t e n d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n , u. die general supervision of m a t e r i a l i m p r o v e m e n t . A u c h in direct c o m m u n i c a t i o n m . d e m G o v . a s t o t h e levy o f t r o o p s u . their d i s t r i b u t i o n i n d e r p r o v i n c e ; u . a b o v e all, they h a v e t h e m a n a g e m e n t der elections f. die cortes, a d e p a r t m e n t incessantly s t a i n e d by t h e m o s t tre- 25 m e n d o u s a b u s e , obgleich sie, for t h e m o s t p a r t " s u b s t a n t i a l u. respectable m e n " . T h o s e districts w h i c h send in a p r e p o n d e r a n c e of v o t e s hostile to t h e prevailing o p i n i o n der Provincial D e p u t a t i o n are p r e t t y sure t o b e disfranchised for t h e occasion, u p o n s o m e frivolous plea of irregularity, while the m o s t a u d a c i o u s l y irregular votes in its f a v o u r a r e sure to be 30 a c k n o w l e d g e d . T h e scrutiny is all carried on m. closed doors. Obgleich d a s office to the highest degree honorary, t h e spirit of j o b b i n g a p p e a r s universally, bescheissen alle, wie die L o n d o n e r a l d e r m e n . . . . E v e r y p r o v ince h a s its captain-general a n d its gefe politico, the h e a d of t h e military u. civil e s t a b l i s h m e n t s . . . . 35 The existing judicature of Spain c o p i e d from F r a n c e . T h e m a g i s t r a c y is all p a i d on a scale t o o small for m u c h integrity. J u e z de p r i m e r a instancia, J u e z de s e g u n d a instancia; die Alcaldes likewise magisterial functions . . . I n d e n s u p e r i o r C o u r t s a t M a d r i d etc C o r r u p t i o n . . . . D a n e b e n F a c t i o n

454

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 extends even to t h e judicial b e n c h , w e n n nicht ministerial dismissed; (bully b r o w b e a t ) ; intellectual superiority d e r a d v o c a t e s v. M a d r i d . | [275-284]

s

|37| Ch. XXIX. The Newspaper Press, Ch. XXX. Actual State of Spanish Literature and Art. Ch. XXXI. The Drama, The Language.

The P e n i n s u l a the p a r a d i s e o f n e w s p a p e r writers . . . t h e y a r e l o a d e d w i t h decorations u . h i g h political functions . . . T h e l o w s t a n d a r d o f p r e v a l e n t intelligence u. die o b s t i n a t e inactivity des p e o p l e , cause t h e function of 10 thinking for t h e m vicariously, to be far m o r e i m p o r t a n t u. m o r e highly regarded h e r e t h a n i n o t h e r m o r e a d v a n c e d c o u n t r i e s . . . their b r a i n s ' carriers. . . . T h e r e is scarcely a leading politician in M a d r i d w h o h a s n o t been a n e d i t o r o r p r o p r i e t o r o f s o m e o n e der p r i n c i p a l j o u r n a l s . . . . Lopez, G o n z a l e z B r a v o , C a b a l l e r o , M a r t i n e z d e l a R o s a , A y l l o n , F u e n t e 15 A n d r e s , I z n a r d i , P a z G a r c i a etc. . . . Eco del Comercio ... t h e Posdata, t h e Castellano, Fray Gerundio, die Tarantula; ... [287-294] E x a g g e r a t i o n in all things is t h e leading vice of Spain . . . [311] style of m i n g l e d buffoonery and b o m b a s t . . . [315] excrescence o f a n e x u b e r a n t g r o w t h . . . G r a n d i l o quence . . . r e d u n d a n c e . . . [319, 320]

20

Ch. XXXII. Familiarity with Bloodshed. Ch. XXXIII u. XXXIV. Wine Commerce of Spain.

The largest source o f A n d a l u c i a n w e a l t h , a n d t h e m o s t i m p o r t a n t b r a n c h of t r a d e in S o u t h e r n Spain, is the g e n e r o u s w i n e of this extensive district: M a l a g a , X e r e s , S a n l u c a r . Englisch. C o n s u m d e r s p a n , wines i n 1840: 25 2,500,760 gallons, in 1842: 2,261,786 gallons. In 1810 d e r E x p o r t v. Sherry n a c h Brit. I s l a n d s w a s merely in its infancy, u. d a s g r e a t increase has o c c u r r e d since 1830. t h e t r u e cause of the existing d e p r e s s i o n amongst t h e A n d a l u c i a n wine labradores ist o v e r p r o d u c t i o n . . . t h e wines a n d b r a n d i e s , t h e silk a n d t h e fruits, (green u. dry) of M a l a g a , Valencia 30 u. M u r c i a ; t h e olives of Seville, J a e n , u. C o r d o v a ; t h e w o o l s of Estrem a d u r a u . Castile, t h e p r o d u c t s o f the rich a n d v a r i o u s A n d a l u c i a n mines; t h e b a r k s , dye-stuffs, preserved fruits, spices, a n d o t h e r p r o d u c t s of the fertile soil of S p a i n . . . . S p a i n ' s deficit is of 5,000,0001, yearly . . . Spain loses, by smuggling, an entire c u s t o m s r e v e n u e . . . [336-345]

455

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1

Ch. XXXV. Finance and Financiers. F i n a n c i e r i n g h a s l o n g b e e n the m o s t profitable business i n M a d r i d . . . the special k n o w l e d g e which c o n s t i t u t e d the qualification, w a s t o o often a c q u i r e d i n g a m b l i n g a n d d i s r e p u t a b l e s p e c u l a t i o n i n the L o n d o n Stock E x c h a n g e u. in B o u r s e of P a r i s to a qualified for their p o r t f o l i o s by 5 b a n k r u p t c y , z. B. D o n J u a n J ó s e G a r c i a C a r r a s c o . . . in the last 9 J a h r e n Bienes N a c i o n a l e s sold to t h e extent of 3000 millions of reals, or 30 millions sterling . . . Cristina assisted very materially in relieving t h e p r e s s u r e at the n a t i o n a l t r e a s u r y . . . . T h e fact is p a t e n t — t h a t after d i s m a n t l i n g the richest c h u r c h in E u r o p e , abolishing feudal privileges, confiscating c o m - 10 m a n d e r i e s , a n d selling 30 millions' w o r t h sterling of n a t i o n a l p r o p e r t y , there is n o w to be p r o v i d e d for a deficit of 40 millions of reals per m o n t h , or close u p o n 5 mill. st. p. a n n u m . Allerdings n o c h r e m a i n i n g Bienes N a c i o n a l e s . A m o u n t of public debt of Spain at t h e c o m m e n c e m e n t of 1843: 10,945,850,000 reals, about 110,000,000 L. St. D a v o n , 15 5,821,954,000 b e l o n g s t o the c o n s o l i d a t e d , u . d e r residue t o t h e n o n c o n s o l i d a t e d debt. A n n u a l interest on this d e b t 300,954,982 reals, or m o r e t h a n 3 mill. L. St. Z u r selben E p o c h e available f. die r e d u c t i o n dieser d e b t : t h e u n s o l d r e m a i n d e r der bienes n a c i o n a l e s , consisting of c h u r c h a n d c o n v e n t p r o p e r t y , or p r o p e r t y of the clergy, r e g u l a r u. secular. N a c h 20 S e ñ o r C a l a t r a v a ' s estimate, d a s p r o p e r t y des r e g u l a r clergy a t t h e s a m e e p o c h w o u l d realise 1,049,826,000 reals, u. t h a t des secular clergy a b o u t 1,500,000,000 of reals; in all 2,549,826,000 o d . m e h r als 25 millions L. St. N a c h A b z u g wollte die p u b l i c d e b t n o c h sein: 8,000,000,000 of reals ... " c o r t e de c u e n t a s " (so n e n n e n sie die b a n k r u p t c y ) . . . N a c h a n d e r e n das 25 j ä h r l i c h e Deficit 7 mil. liv. St., or, the e s t i m a t e d p r e s e n t yearly expendit u r e being 1,425,596,520 reals, half t h e entire o b l i g a t i o n s of t h e state ... t h e official career of a finance minister in S p a i n precisely resembles the a n c i e n t military service des c o u n t r y by mochila, or l e n g t h of k n a p s a c k ... Span, finance ministers a l m o s t invariably d a b b l e in t h e funds, a n d in the 30 n u m e r o u s c o n t r a c t s for m o n i e d l o a n s u . o t h e r s p e c u l a t i o n s , w h i c h are for ever a-foot. This baseness places t h e m in t h e p o w e r of their o w n clercs, u. i n c a p a c i t a t e s t h e m for v i g o r o u s r e f o r m s . . . . S p a i n is at p r e s e n t the m o s t lightly t a x e d c o u n t r y in E u r o p e . H e r e s t i m a t e d i n c o m e f. 1844: 861,000,000 of reals, u. an E u r o p e a n p o p u l a t i o n of 14,000,000. H e r 35 colon, possessions very p r o d u c t i v e . N a c h S e ñ o r C a r r a s c o ' s e s t i m a t e die nett receipts from H a v a n n a in 1845 a r e 50,000,000 of reals, v. d e n Filippines 12,000,000, v. P u e r t o R i c o , 3,000,000; a d d i n g to w h i c h t h e receipts v. d e n C a n a r i e s u. d e n small African possessions, she h a s a clear colonial revenue of nearly 1 mil. st. T h e quicksilver m i n e s of A l m a d e n u. h e r o t h e r 40

456

Aus Terence McMahon Hughes: Revelations of Spain in 1845 1

sources of m i n e r a l w e a l t h yield j mill. st. [more] p. a. . . . T o b a c c o is t h e milch-cow o f m o s t E u r o p e a n treasuries, b e s o n d e r s i n Spain, w o die c o n s u m p t i o n s o e n o r m o u s , t h a t the duties lately sold for m o r e t h a n 1 mil. /. St. p. a. S e ñ o r C a r r a s c o set a p a r t t h e p r o c e e d s of this c o n t r a c t 5 f. das p a y m e n t des interest der 3% b o n d s ; C a l a t r a v a t h a t dasselbe p r e viously m . d e m quicksilver c o n t r a c t ; A b e r M e n d i z a b a l u . A y l l o n , w h e n they succeeded to office, applied diese p r o c e e d s f. m o r e pressing financial exigencies. . . . C a r r a s c o ' s successor, M o n , h a n d e l t e e b e n s o . T h e f i n a n c e s of Spain, even w h e n she w a s mistress of half the w o r l d , always in t h e 10 m o s t detestably e m b a r a s s e d c o n d i t i o n . H e r greatest efforts h a v e b e e n m a d e , n o t t h r o u g h a r e g u l a r revenue b u t t h r o u g h a t r i b u t e of k i n d , so f. die "invincible" A r m a d a m a d e up of s e p a r a t e c o n t i n g e n t s , supplied by all the p r o v i n c e s of the E m p i r e . . . T h e r e are several capitalists, of p r o fessedly n e u t r a l politics, a n d w h o find their a c c o u n t in this n e u t r a l i t y by | 15 ( 38 J entering i n t o e n o r m o u s u. lucrative o p e r a t i o n s with successive g o v e r n m e n t s . ( U n t e r diesen: Señores S a l a m a n c a , C a r r i q u i r i , O ' S h e a , C a m p a n a , Alvarez, B a r c e n a s , u . M a t t e o . ) . . . T h e provincial i n t e n d e n t e s a r e still worse t h a n the M a d r i d e m p l e a d o s ; a n d t h e r e a r e a t this m o m e n t 100 millions of reals, or a million St., of Bienes N a c i o n a l e s sold a n d 20 passed i n t o the H a n d s of the p u r c h a s e r s , t h o u g h , b e c a u s e they were t h e intendente's favourites, the m o n e y h a s n o t yet r e a c h e d the t r e a s u r y . . . the sub-letting of revenue c o n t r a c t s , w h i c h still prevails in Spain, is u n h a p pily destructive of u n i t y u. v i g o u r . . . [359-375] 2

25

Ch. XXXVI u. [XXX] VII. The Colonies of Spain. Ch. XXXVIII. Colonial Slavery. The Conspiracy of Matanzas in 1844.

The i m m e n s e colonial e m p i r e o f Spain h a s dwindled t o the C a n a r y Islands, 2 of the Antillas ( P u e r t o R i c o u. C u b a ) , t h e Filippines, t h e M a r i a n a s , u. a speck or 2 on the n o r t h e r n coast of Africa . . . it is t h e 30 remittances from H a v a n a which, for y e a r s p a s t , h a v e m a i n l y e n a b l e d successive g o v e r n m e n t s t o p a y t h e half-yearly d i v i d e n d s t o t h e E n g l , b o n d h o l d e r . . . C u b a c o n t r i b u t e s 5 0 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 r e a l s , o r 500,000 / . s t . o f clear a n n u a l revenue t o the S p a n i s h c r o w n . . . [379-383] T h e a r c h i p e l a g o of the Filippines w a s discovered in 1521 by F e r n a n d o de M a g e l l a n e s , 35 u. is n o w divided into 31 p r o v i n c e s , c o n t a i n i n g 635 p u e b l o s u. 3,285,848 s o u l s . . . . [385] A n der Spitze der M a t a n z a s i n s u r r e c t i o n i n C u b a Placido, ein M u l a t t e . [406] " L o s dias de la esclavitud son c o n t a d o s . " (Placido) [413]

457

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

Ch. XXXIX. Party and faction. General Deductions. /

458

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique

/ 1 0 / Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique. 1820-1836. Paris. 1836. Die s p a n . R e v o l . v. 1820 nicht b l o s u n e c o n s p i r a t i o n militaire; l'esprit 5 public en E s p a g n e fut en 1820 p o r t é au c h a n g e m e n t . W ä r e sonst die Constit. v. 1812, p r e s q u e sans o p p o s i t i o n a n g e n o m m e n ? . . . L ' E s p a g n e de 1814 reçut avec e n t h o u s i a s m e son roi qui revenait de captivité . . . Le roi ne v o u l u t p o i n t r e c o n n a î t r e la c o n s t i t u t i o n , et d é c l a r a n u l t o u t ce q u e avaient fait les C o r t e s . Le p e u p l e a p p l a u d i t la r é s o l u t i o n du roi .. C e p e n 10 dant on vit avec peine l ' e m p r i s o n n e m e n t des d é p u t é s qui s'étaient le p l u s distingués d a n s les discussions sur la constit. . . . ils eussent été les plus fermes défenseurs de l ' i n d é p e n d a n c e u. f. d e n roi F e r d i n a n d V I I . . . Un g r a n d n o m b r e d'individus a c c o u r u t à C a d i x à cette é p o q u e ; m a i s ils étaient rares ceux q u e n ' y c o n d u i s a i t p o i n t le désir d ' o b t e n i r un emploi 15 qui les e x e m p t â t de servir a c t i v e m e n t la p a t r i e . C a d i x ne fut p e n d a n t les années 1810, 11 u. 12, q u ' u n e vaste a n t i c h a m b r e ministérielle, où se sollicitaient, où se d i s t r i b u a i e n t t o u s les emplois de la m o n a r c h i e . . . t r o u p e a u de faux bien méritants, aussi insatiables d a n s leurs exigences qu'injustes d a n s leurs p r é t e n t i o n s à la r e c o n n a i s s a n c e royale et n a t i o n a l e . 20 Ces v a m p i r e s c o n t r i b u è r e n t le p l u s p a r l'insolence de leur l a n g u a g e à aliéner l'esprit des E s p a g n o l s . . . le p e u p l e p o u r résister a u x F r a n ç a i s avait créé lui-même des a u t o r i t é s q u i se t r o u v è r e n t s o u v e n t en o p p o s i t i o n les unes avec les a u t r e s , et q u i au milieu de la confusion et du d é s o r d r e de la Péninsule s ' a c c o u t u m è r e n t à n ' o b é i r q u ' a u p l u s fort; il en était résulté 25 une espèce d ' a n a r c h i e . C h a q u e || 111 p r o v i n c e n o m m a u n e j u n t e c o m p o s é e d'individus choisis p a r les différents états: la noblesse, le clergé séculier et régulier, le c o m m e r c e , les p r o p r i é t a i r e s , de façon q u e c h a q u e j u n t e p r é -

459

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 sentait u n e i m a g e en m i n i a t u r e des a n t i q u e s c o r t é s p e r estamentos ... Les p a r t i s q u i divisaient les cortes s o u t e n u s et p r o p a g é s p a r les j o u r n a u x , les d o c t r i n e s semées p a r les F r a n ç a i s , a v a i e n t p r o d u i t u n e g r a n d e division d a n s les esprits. L ' E s p a g n e de 1814 n ' é t a i t p o i n t l ' E s p a g n e de 1808 ... D e r M i n i s t r e , der signa d a s D é c r e t v. 4 Mai 1814, w o d u r c h alles nul 5 erklärt, w a s die C o r t e s g e t h a n , Don Pedro Macanaz, b a l d schimpflich fortgejagt, weil er bei sich eine espèce de g o u v e r n a n t e die trafic m. der D i s t r i b u t i o n des e m p l o i s m a c h t e . . . Beständiger Ministerwechsel v. 1814—20 . . . D e n ministres, besides, die H ä n d e g e b u n d e n d u r c h die camarilla. Sie verfügte ü b e r die Plätze, w o r i n sie ihre F r e u n d e placirte. 10 dictirte nicht décrets, règlements, p l a n s d ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n etc, s o n d e r n son a m b i t i o n se c o n t e n t a i t de disposer des emplois, d'y m a i n t e n i r ses amis, ses c r é a t u r e s et d ' e n chasser les h o m m e s de m é r i t e . . . On avait p r o c l a m é q u e t o u t devait redevenir c o m m e en 1808, a b e r d a s g o u v . selbst bald r e n o v i r t e in allen b r a n c h e s de l ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . On a n n u l l a le décret des 15 cortes sur les d r o i t s seigneuriaux, m a i s le roi i n c o r p o r a à la c o u r o n n e les d r o i t s des seigneurs justiciers. On établit u n e c o n t r i b u t i o n directe, à laquelle furent s o u m i s les biens de la noblesse et du clergé. Un a u t r e décret abolit le privilège de la noblesse de ne p o i n t c o n t r i b u e r au recrut e m e n t de l ' a r m é e . Ces m e s u r e s p r o d u i s i r e n t la désaffection des classes 20 supérieures sans c o n t e n t e r le peuple, weil die K g l . R i c h t e r n i c h t besser als die seigneuriaux, die c o n t r i b u t i o n directe sich vertheilte m. einer m o n s t r u e u s e inégalité, weil m a n a u c u n e d o n n é e statistique h a t t e , e t p o u r s'en p r o c u r e r on c o u v r i t les c a m p a g n e s de c o m m i s s a i r e s , q u i faisaient p a y e r fort c h è r e m e n t a u x localités leurs t r a v a u x lents et p r e s q u e t o u j o u r s 25 inutiles; endlich weil die soumission de noblesse au tirage de la q u i n t a arrivait p o u r l e p e u p l e e n m ê m e t e m p s q u e l'obligation d e fournir u n c o n t i n g e n t a n n u e l de r e c r u t e m e n t , tandis q u ' a v a n t 1808 le r e c r u t e m e n t de l ' a r m é e s'opérait à de g r a n d s intervalles . . . K e i n System. C o n t r i b u t i o n s unzulässig eingezogen; services schlecht gezahlt u. m. c h o q u i r e n d e n iné- 30 galités. D i e e m p l o y é s des f i n a n c e s s c h w a m m e n i m U e b e r f l u ß , die der A d m i n i s t r a t i o n i m m e r 2 - 3 M o n a t e nicht bezahlt, die veuves u . retraités m o u r a i e n t d e faim, die a r m é e h a t t e u n arriéré c o n s i d é r a b l e , a b e r a u c h m . c h o q u i r e n d e r Ungleichheit as to t h e s i t u a t i o n der different c o r p s , ... p é n u r i e des ressources u. extrême injustice d a n s la d i s t r i b u t i o n du p e u des 35 ressources existantes . . . D a n s b e a u c o u p de p r o v i n c e s les particuliers et les c o r p s militaires e u x - m ê m e s faisaient p u b l i q u e m e n t le trafic des créances s u r le g o u v e r n e m e n t , cédées s o u v e n t au r a b a i s à ceux m ê m e qui devaient les p a y e r intégralement. P e n d a n t plusieurs a n n é e s on était sûr de faire a c q u i t t e r les créances p r o v e n a n t de la solde en faisant le sacrifice de 8% 40, à certains e m p l o y é s usuriers de la trésorerie . . . So g r a n d n o m b r e de

460

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique mécontents geschaffen . . . Les c o n s p i r a t i o n s se succédaient les u n e s a u x autres, a y a n t t o u t e s p o u r m o t i f o u p o u r prétexte l e r é t a b l i s s e m e n t d e l a const, de 1812 . . . La c o n s p i r a t i o n de P o r l i e r (er u. L a c y exécutés) éclata Ende 1815; die C o n s t i t . v. 1812 w u r d e publiée zu C o r o n a , die principales 5 autorités arretirt, Porlier d a n n a r r e t i r t seinerseits avec plusieurs officiers dans leur m a r c h e sur S a n t i a g o ; wenige Tage n a c h h e r geköpft; d e r P r o c è s seiner M i t s c h u l d i g e n d a u e r t e bis E n d e 1819. D i e sich so en j u g e m e n t befunden excitaient la c o m p a s s i o n générale. P l u s i e u r s des officiers c o m plices de Porlier j o u i s s a i e n t de leur liberté, bien q u e la p r o c é d u r e c o n io statât leur présence d a n s les p r i s o n s ou d a n s les c h â t e a u x forts; m a i s les officiers c h a r g é s de leur g a r d e leur p e r m e t t a i e n t u n e libre sortie, et celui qui leur refusait cette liberté était fort m a l vu de ses c a m a r a d e s . D i e ß dauerte des a n n é e s entières. G o v . t h a t nichts . . . D i e s p a n , a r m é e t r o p forte à la fin de la guerre; il c o n v e n a i t de la r é d u i r e , m a i s n o n p a s à 15 presque rien. (Die s p a n . A r m e e , eingerechnet die t r o u p e s d e r g r a n d e expédition destinée à B u e n o s A y r e s , se c o m p o s a i t au c o m m e n c e m e n t de 1820 de 39,652 h o m m e s infanterie, 2,859 de cavalerie, 6,114 c h e v a u x , d o n t 2,975 de trait 5,459 h o m m e s d'artillerie, 736 s a p e u r s . La g a r d e r o y ale m o n t a i t à 5,472 h o m m e s . ) Au c o m p l e t en officiers des c o r p s se réunit 20 le g r a n d n o m b r e des p r i s o n n i e r s en F r a n c e q u i r e n t r a i e n t en E s p a g n e à la paix générale. D e n e n die es v e r l a n g t e n e r l a u b t de p a s s e r d a n s la milice avec la demi-solde. Diese m e s u r e loin de p r o d u i r e la r é d u c t i o n nécessaire. C e p e n d a n t les réformes se succédaient; on s u p p r i m a i t des régiments; ceux d'infanterie ne c o n s e r v a i e n t q u e 2 b a t a i l l o n s , et les 5 officiers des c o m 25 pagnies furent réduits à 3. So blieben / des officiers en excédant; sie m u ß t e n rester d a n s les c o r p s sous le n o m d'agrégés u. de s u r n u m é r a i r e s , nur f. m o n t e r la g a r d e . On vit a l o r s d a n s les r é g i m e n t s p r e s q u e a u t a n t d'officiers q u e d e soldats. S o i n j e d e m c o r p s L e u t e o h n e A u s s i c h t a u f avancement, meist o h n e p a y z u e r h a l t e n , müssig, pépinière d ' h o m m e s 30 prêts à se j e t e r d a n s le p r e m i e r p a r t i q u i leur offrirait de l ' a v a n t a g e . Q u a n t a u x expéditions d ' A m é r i q u e , l e gouv. fournit a u x t r o u p e s q u i devaient en faire p a r t i e le p r e m i e r sujet de m é c o n t e n t e m e n t en offrant un grade de p l u s à t o u s les officiers envoyés o u t r e - m e r . D a h e r t r o t z der misère q u i régnait d a n s l ' a r m é e , m a l g r é la nullité des espérances d ' a v a n 35 cernent, un bien p e t i t n o m b r e d'officiers p r e n a i t v o l o n t a i r e m e n t le p a r t i d'aller en A m é r i q u e . In diesem état de choses le g o u v . p r é p a r e u n e expédition c o n s i d é r a b l e , c o m m e n c e p a r réunir à l ' a v a n c e les t r o u p e s à C a d i x et aux environs, s a n s q u e les b â t i m e n t s de t r a n s p o r t soient prêts, sans q u e les corps soient é q u i p é s , organisés; q u e l q u e s - u n s restèrent des a n n é e s en40 tières sur la côte. Etait-il bien difficile d ' o r g a n i s e r l'expédition d a n s p l u sieurs p o r t s , en é v i t a n t ainsi la r é u n i o n d ' u n si g r a n d n o m b r e de m é c o n 3

4

461

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 tents? S c h o n der soin de la santé du soldat u. d e r h a b i t a n t s erheischte dieß. . . . E r s t e s y m p t ô m e s a p p a r e n t s d e rébellion i n d e r a r m é e expéditionn a i r e M i t t e 1819. R e g i e r u n g d a r a u f arretirt einige chefs, n i m m t dem général d a s c o m m a n d e m e n t , der I n f a n t D o n C a r l o s ( s p ä t e r d e r Prétend e n t ) z u m généralissime g e m a c h t . Weiter keine m e s u r e s prises p a r le 5 g o u v . . . . D i e fièvre j a u n e se d é c l a r a à C a d i z , H e r b s t 1819 . . . les t r o u p e s furent c a n t o n n é e s à quelques lieues de la place . . . N i c h t atteintes de la c o n t a g i o n . . . in q u e l q u e s - u n s dieser c a n t o n n e m e n t s die C o n s t , v o n 1812 p r o c l a m i r t , 1 J a n u a r 1820 . . . L e plus g r a n d n o m b r e resta f i d è l e a u r o i . . . Plusieurs g é n é r a u x a y a n t refusé le c o m m a n d e m e n t , les révoltés se trou- 10 v è r e n t d a n s la nécessité de choisir p o u r chef un officier p e u élevé en g r a d e , q u i n ' a v a i t p o i n t d a n s l ' a r m é e u n e r é p u t a t i o n très a v a n t a g e u s e , l e colonel Q u i r o g a . E r m a r c h i r t sofort d a n s l'île d e L é o n u m sich a u c h C a d i x ' z u b e m ä c h t i g e n . C e projet é c h o u a . L a g a r n i s o n d e C a d i x u . die flotte p r i r e n t u n e a t t i t u d e i m p o s a n t e c o n t r e les rebelles, q u i furent forcés 15 de s'enfermer d a n s l'île. I h r e Z a h l nicht 5,000 h o m m e s , w o r u n t e r viele recrues u . die m é c o n t e n t s . E n d e J a n u a r k a m h e r a n , sie erhielten n o secours, ||12| tentative faite à C a d i x d e n 24 p o u r leur o u v r i r les p o r t e s i m m é d i a t e m e n t r é p r i m é e p a r la g a r n i s o n . . . D e n 27 J a n u a r Riégo sortit de l'île de L é o n m. 1,500 h o m m e s des meilleures t r o u p e s , se dirigea sur 20 Algésiras en se m e t t a n t en c o m m u n i c a t i o n m i t G i b r a l t a r , d ' o ù il tira q u e l q u e s secours. D e n g a n z e n M o n a t , w o die R e v o l t i r t e n i n der Isle d e St. L é o n , dieser p o i n t n i c h t b l o q u é , obgleich ausser der beträchtlichen Z a h l der t r o u p e s d e l'expédition, die nicht Theil a n d e r R e v o l t e g e n o m m e n , viele r é g i m e n t s de ligne u. de milice en A n d a l o u s i e , et q u ' i l arrivât 25 de nouvelles t r o u p e s des a u t r e s p r o v i n c e s . R i é g o bleibt in Algésiras bis 7 février (1820); à son r e t o u r il a p p r i t , le 8 à Bejer, q u e le b l o c u s de l'île était c o m m e n c é . N a c h einigen Tagen d'indécision il se dirige sur M a l a g a . D o n J o s é O ' D o n n e l l , frère d u c o m t e del A b i s b a i , dessen c o l o n n e p o u r suivait R i é g o , q u o i q u e très supérieure en forces, ne l ' a t t a q u a q u e le 30 17 février sans q u e cette r e n c o n t r e l ' e m p ê c h â t de c o n t i n u e r sa m a r c h e sur M a l a g a . R i é g o seinerseits se c o n t e n t a d'éviter les r e n c o n t r e s , w ä h r e n d ses adversaires m a n o e u v r a i e n t avec tiédeur, u. diese c o n d u i t e des 2 côtés d a u e r t e bis le n o m b r e des révoltés r é d u i t d u r c h fatigue u. désertion, n'offraient plus q u ' u n t r i o m p h e facile au p r e m i e r qui p a r v i e n d r a i t à les at- 35 teindre. E n d e février R i é g o flüchtet sans p l a n , p r o j e t u . sans q u e l a p o p u l a t i o n prît les a r m e s p o u r se j o i n d r e à sa petite t r o u p e ; on se c o n t e n t a i t de n'exercer c o n t r e elle a u c u n e hostilité: le 7 M a r s , R i é g o , his force reduced t o 300 m e n , m é c o n t e n t s u . d é c o u r a g é s , e n t r a d a n s C o r d o v a e n t r a v e r s a n t le p o n t de G u a d a l q u i v i r ; blieb in dieser S t a d t j u s q u ' a u j o u r suivant. 40 D a m a l s i n C o r d o v a u n r é g i m e n t d e Cavalerie, m e h r e d é t a c h e m e n t s d'in-

462

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique

fanterie, u. eine B e v ö l k e r u n g v. m e h r als 30,000. C e p e n d a n t N i e m a n d b e u n r u h i g t e die R e b e l l e n , q u i p a s s è r e n t la n u i t d a n s le c o u v e n t de St. P a u l , r e ç u r e n t t o u s les secours d o n t ils a v a i e n t b e s o i n , u. c o n t i n u è r e n t t r a n q u i l l e m e n t leur m a r c h e le l e n d e m a i n . La ville était de p l u s t o u t en5 tourée d e t r o u p e s royalistes. D a r a u s k a n n m a n j u g e r l'esprit p u b l i c e n Espagne à cette é p o q u e . . . D i e a u f der Insel L e o n E i n g e s c h l o ß n e n n o c h mehr d e c o u r a g i r t . La c r a i n t e du supplice les s o u t e n a i t e n c o r e ; les chefs, les officiers é t a i e n t s a n s cesse d a n s les r a n g s p o u r e m p ê c h e r la d é s e r t i o n des soldats. A t t a q u e p a r m e r u . t e r r e h ä t t e nulle résistance gefunden . . . 2

10 Der ganze j a n v i e r u. / v. F e b r u a r 1820 s o , o h n e d a ß c o n s p i r a c y é c l a t â t dans a u c u n e a u t r e p a r t i e d e l a m o n a r c h i e . G o u v e r n e m e n t d a h e r accumulait aile seine forces in der direction v. A n d a l u c í a , laissant des p r o v i n ces entières t o t a l e m e n t dégarnies. P a s u n e seule m e s u r e v i g o u r e u s e , o u seulement p r u d e n t e , prise p a r l e g o u v . a p a t h i q u e . D e r d u c d e S a n F e r 15 n a n d o d a m a i s m i n i s t r e des affaires é t r a n g è r e s u. p r é s i d e n t du c a b i n e t . . . . C e p e n d a n t l a p o p u l a t i o n u . die t r o u p e s s e familiarisaient m . d e m soulèvement der île de L é o n . . . . D i e r é v o l u t i o n n a i r e s c h a r g é s de soulever les provinces travaillaient p r e s q u e o u v e r t e m e n t ; die a u t o r i t é s é t a i e n t a v e u g les et s o u r d e s , on a u r a i t dit qu'elles favorisaient t o u s les m o y e n s de ren20 verser l ' o r d r e de choses e x i s t a n t . . . . 21 f e b r u a r la c o n s t i t u t i o n p r o c l a m é e à Corona ... les efforts des c o n s p i r a t e u r s p o u r faire u n e diversion en faveur de ceux de l'île de L é o n é t a i e n t n o t o i r e s p a r t o u t , l'évidence en était v o r allem i n der capital d e l a Galice, o ù p e r s o n n e p o u r ainsi d i r e n e d o u t a i t de ce qui d e v a i t arriver. In dieser S t a d t h a t t e éclatirt die C o m m o t i o n v. 25 1815 ( D o n J u a n D i a z Porlier.) D e r s e l b e c a p t . - g e n . u. g o u v e r n e u r in office, der Porlier s c h o n gefangen g e n o m m e n h a t t e . N u r sehr petit n o m bre d'officiers et de s o l d a t s prit p a r t à la r é v o l u t . de C o r o n a ; constit. proclamirt; capt.-gen., g o u v e r n e u r , plus a u t r e s chefs arretirt; d e r l i e u t gen. d e r sich gerettet, s t a t t M a ß r e g e l zu ergreifen, p r i t le lâche p a r t i de se 3

30 présenter a u x rebelles p o u r se faire a r r ê t e r . D i e nouvelle d e r r é v o l u t i o n v. C o r o n a Signal; i n F e r r o l 2 3 F e b r . constit. p r o c l a m i r t ; kein W i d e r s t a n d der B e h ö r d e n , g o u v e r n e u r l ä ß t sich in s. H a u s a r r e t i r e n ; e b e n s o in Vigo. Der C o m m a n d a n t ν . S a n t i a g o , d e r c o m t e d e S a n R o m a n , lieut.-gén., s e déclara f. d a s g o u v e r n e m e n t , p r i t le c o m m a n d e m e n t de la Galice, fit 35 mettre sous les a r m e s les r é g i m e n t s de milice et r é u n i t q u e l q u e s vieilles troupes. A b e r obgleich die I n s u r g e n t s n i c h t fähig 500 M a n n gegen S a n tiago zu schicken, d a n s les p r e m i e r s m o m e n t s le n o u v e a u capt.-gén. se retira à O r e n s e , 25 s p a n . M e i l e n v. C o r o n a . E r h ö h t so in d e r M e i n u n g der S o l d a t e n u . E i n w o h n e r die M e i n u n g v . d e r M a c h t d e r i n s u r r e c t i o n , 40 en v o y a n t q u ' o n lui a b a n d o n n a i t la ville la p l u s riche et la p l u s p o p u l e u s e de la Galice . . . D i e insurgés a r r i v è r e n t à S a n t i a g o ; blieben hier plusieurs

463

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

j o u r s ; d e r n e u e c a p t . - g e n . réunissait z u O r e n s e divers d é t a c h e m e n t s d e t r o u p e s de ligne u. 5 régiments de milices; 2 a u t r e s r é g i m e n t s , 1 b a t a i l l o n d'infanterie u. q u e l q u e s e s c a d r o n s étaient p r ê t s . D i e forces des capt.-gen. i m p o s a n t . F a s t alle seine officiers u. s o l d a t s a v a i e n t fait la g u e r r e de l ' i n d é p e n d a n c e . D i e R e b e l l e n nicht 800 M a n n , meist recrues. D e n n o c h 5 m a r s c h i e r e n die c o n s p i r a t e u r s s u r O r e n s e . D e r c a p t . - g é n . i n f a m o s e r Position. D i e I n s u r g é s m u ß t e n ü b e r d e n M i n h o setzen, a l o r s très enflé, il n'offrait a u c u n g u é , le p o n t le p l u s voisin se t r o u v a i t à 10 lieues. Trotzd e m giebt der capt.-gen. s. p o s i t i o n auf, se r e t i r a en Castille, s'établit à B e n a v e n t e , 40 lieues v. O r e n s e . So flieht eine 5 χ s t ä r k e r e M a c h t v o r den 10 Rebellen. So t o u t le r o y a u m e de Galice, qui é q u i v a u t à j de l ' E s p a g n e , se s o u m i t à ses o r d r e s . D i e p o p u l a t i o n blieb g a n z passiv, ne p r i t a u c u n e p a r t à la querelle. Solcher scandal w ä r e u n m ö g l i c h gewesen si le désir du c h a n g e m e n t n ' e û t été r é p a n d u d a n s t o u t e s les classes. G r o s s e r E i n d r u c k der é v é n e m e n t s v. G a l i c e a u f M a d r i d . Le g o u v . c o m m e n c e à t r a n s i g e r m. 15 , der r é v o l u t i o n en offrant de r é u n i r les cortes p a r estamentos: (représent, n a t i o n a l e de l ' a n c i e n n e m o n a r c h i e esp. c o m p o s e d v. d é p u t é s des clergé, noblesse, der villes, a b e r z u s a m m e n i n u n e seule c h a m b r e . ) D i e ß D é c r e t mißfiel allen; d e n C o n s p i r a t e u r s , weil dieses die C o n s t , v. 1812; u. die défenseurs der a n t i q u e m o n a r c h i e hielten f. i n o p p o r t u n e u. insignifiante 20 die p r o m e s s e d e r c o r t e s p a r e s t a m e n t o s , le décret du 4 M a i 1814, w o d u r c h die C o n s t i t . abolie, c o n t e n a n t aussi l a p r o m e s s e d u r o i d e c o n v o q u e r les c o r t e s , was nicht geschehn w a r . D i e R e v o l u t i o n ä r e ν . M a d r i d excités p a r l a faiblesse d u g o u v . arbeiten offen a n i h r e m b u t . D e n 7 M a r s l e r o i p r o m i t q u ' i l j u r e r a i t l a c o n s t i t u t . P a r u n c o n c o u r s d e c i r c o n s t a n c e s 25. assez curieux, derselbe général m a n d é à M a d r i d d u r c h d e n r o i p o u r sauver l a m o n a r c h i e , D o n F r a n c i s c o Ballesteros, sagt d e m r o i e r müsse s c h w ö r e n , s c h w ö r t (le roi) le 9 m a r s , q u a n d les rebelles de l'île de L é o n étaient a u x derniers a b o i s ; q u a n d la c o l o n n e de R i é g o , r é d u i t e à peine à q u e l q u e s h o m m e s , forcée de se d i s s o u d r e le 11 m a r s , q u a n d la g a r n i s o n 3oy de C a d i x s ' o p p o s a i t d ' u n e m a n i è r e o u v e r t e , s a n g l a n t e m ê m e , à la p r o c l a m a t i o n d e l a c o n s t i t u t i o n d a n s cette ville. . . . D a m a l s b e d e u t e n d e T r u p p e n i n M a d r i d . Royalistisch grösstentheils. G e s c h a h a b e r nichts. N u r die | / 3 8 / Chefs d e c o r p s v e r s a m m e l t u m d a s m i n i s t è r e , g a b e n i h m e n général de m a u v a i s renseignements, r o i soll bes. b e s t i m m t w o r d e n sein 35 d u r c h die p r é s e n t a t i o n d ' u n e liste d'officiers des g a r d e s qui faisaient p a r tie der c o n s p i r a t i o n . Diese liste bien loin d ' ê t r e a u t h e n t i q u e . . . Le fait est q u e les soldats des g a r d e s et ceux de la g a r n i s o n se t r o u v è r e n t aussi é t o n n é s de la nouvelle q u e le roi avait j u r é la constit. q u e les gens m ê m e a t t a c h é s au palais . . . la p l u s petite d é m o n s t r a t i o n de v i g u e u r de la p a r t 40. des a u t o r i t é s e û t d é c o n c e r t é le petit n o m b r e de c o n s p i r a t e u r s qui se trou- · v a i e n t à M a d r i d . (17-51) l

7

464

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique

Premier Ministère Constitutionnel. D e m Beispiel des roi folgen die t r o u p e s restées fidèles u. die p o p u l a t i o n s . Schwören d e r C o n s t . Joie universelle ressentie à la nouvelle du p a r t i pris par l e roi. D i e Wenigsten k a n n t e n die C o n s t . A b e r d e s t r u c t i o n d ' u n g o u v . 5 faible, i m p u i s s a n t ; c'était o u v r i r la carrière à l'esprit de c h a n g e m e n t q u i agitait les m a s s e s . A u s s e r d e m seit J a n u a r 1820 b e s t ä n d i g e c o n s p i r a c i e s , alarms, h ö r t e a u f m. d e r c o n d e s c e n d a n c e du r o i . 3 K l a s s e n v. m é c o n t e n t s : 1) die die F e h l e r d e r C o n s t i t . k a n n t e n u. d e m G o u v . a u c h n i c h t g l a u b t e n qu'elle serait observée; 2) die gegen jedes c h a n g e m e n t a u s F u r c h t v. d a n 10 gers f. ihre intérêts; 3) d e r T h e i l d e r R e v o l u t i o n ä r e , die die alte M o n a r chie détruite s a h e n , o h n e d a ß sie eussent o b t e n u des l a m b e a u x de ses dépouilles . . . sie r e g r e t t a i e n t les a v a n t a g e s q u e leur p r o m e t t a i t la g u e r r e civile allumée p a r l e refus d u r o i d e p r ê t e r s e r m o n . . . M i n i s t e r w u r d e n nun die h o m m e s les p l u s p o u r s u i v i s in 1814 f. leurs o p i n i o n s : D o n E v a 15 riste Perez y C a s t r o ( F o r e i g n Office); D o n M a n u e l G a r c i a H e r r e r o s (Grâce e t Justice); D o n J o s é C a n g a Arguelles ( F i n a n c e s ) ; D o n A u g u s t i n Arguelles (Intérieur); L e M a r q u i s d e L a s A m a r i l l a s (guerre); D o n J u a n J a b a t ( M a r i n e ) ; D o n A n t o n i o Porcel ( O u t r e - m e r . ) . . . Q u e l q u e s - u n s p a s sèrent du p r é s i d e au m i n i s t è r e . . . 4 m o i s d e p u i s le s e r m e n t du r o i bis z u r 20 installation des c o r t e s . . . W ä h r e n d dieser Zeit plusieurs p r o v i n c e s g o u vernées p a r des j u n t e s ; il s'en établit m ê m e u n e d a n s la capitale sous le n o m de junte provisoire; le g o u v . la c o n s u l t a i t sur t o u t e s les affaires i m p o r t a n t e s . D i e a u t o r i t é s u s p e n d u e de fait, die a n a r c h i s t e s se m u l t i p l i è rent à l'infini. C ' e s t à cette é p o q u e q u e p a r u r e n t les sociétés p a t r i o t i q u e s ; 25 attirèrent les oisifs de t o u t e s les p o p u l a t i o n s ; D i s k u s s i o n s w u t h , violence etc. V o m A l l g e m e i n e n k a m m a n b a l d z u m gov., ν . d a a u f die k l e i n s t e n employés, d a n s lesquels o n t r o u v a i t des motifs d e r é p r o b a t i o n p a r c e q u ' o n v o u l a i t les destituer p o u r d o n n e r leurs places a u x d é c l a m a t e u r s o u à leurs amis. On vit a l o r s la d e p u t a t i o n de l ' u n e de ces sociétés se p o r t e r 30 au palais du r o i p o u r d e m a n d e r la d e s t i t u t i o n d ' u n d i g n e ministre, le marquis d e L a s A m a r i l l a s ; o n vit des é m e u t e s . . . ainsi s ' a n n u l a i t d e p l u s en plus le g o u v . D i e C o r t e s v e r s a m m e l t endlich. G r o s s e n t h e i l s c o m p o s é e s v. den m e m b r e s d e r c o r t e s e x t r a o r d i n a i r e s v. C a d i x et de q u e l q u e s a u t r e s h o m m e s m o d é r é s . C o r t e s u . M i n i s t e r i u m entschlossen d e s o u t e n i r l a c o n 35 stitution telle qu'elle était sortie des cortes e x t r a o r d i n a i r e s . D i e c o r t e s bald discrédités a u p r è s de t o u s les p a r t i s . D e n E x a l t i r t e n , weil on n ' a c h e vait pas de faire d i s p a r a î t r e t o u t ce q u i restait de l'ancien régime . . . D a m a l s b e g a n n die D i s t i n c t i o n zwischen d e n l i b é r a u x v. 1812 u. d e n libéraux de 1820. D i e ersten die a u t e u r s der C o n s t i t u t i o n , verfolgt 1814; 40 die 2ten die c o n s p i r i r t h a t t e n um sie zu rétablir; die lezteren (ν. 1820)

465

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

g a b e n sich f. die einzig L i b e r a l e n a u s , die v. 1812 seien befriedigt m. der p o s s e s s i o n des ministère u. der d e p u t a t i o n a u x c o r t e s , seien d e v e n u s m o d é r é s , ne faisaient p l u s m a r c h e r la r é v o l u t i o n . D i e v. 1812 ( C o r t e s u. Minister) a u s F u r c h t v o r der R e a c t i o n s c h o n t e n die l i b é r a u x ν . 1820. Dieser p a r t i se grossit d ' u n e m a n i è r e e x t r a o r d i n a i r e de t o u t e s les p r é t e n t i o n s m a l h e u r e u s e s , d e t o u s les h o m m e s t u r b u l e n t s , b a l d kein m é n a g e m e n t m e h r ; ses j o u r n a u x , ses t r i b u n s d e clubs a t t a q u è r e n t , insultèrent ministres, c o r t e s , r o i . . . D i e chefs des s o u l è v e m e n t d e r isle d e L é o n n o m m é s g é n é r a u x a v a i e n t f o r m é seit d e m s e r m e n t des roi, u n c o r p s d ' a r m é e c o m p o s é de ceux qui les avaient suivis u. q u e l q u e s a u t r e s b a t a i l l o n s die k e i n e n Theil a n d e r révolte. D i e ß c o r p s bes. b e g ü n s t i g t . W i r d b a l d gefährlich f. d a s g o u v . , le p o i n t d ' a p p u i des exaltés. N o t h w e n d i g es aufzulösen u. in d e r A r m e e zu vertheilen . . . r é p r é s e n t a t i o n s , difficultés, p r é textes d a g e g e n e r h o b e n . D a s G o u v . bleibt bei der o r d r e d e r dissolution dieser a r m é e . D i e chefs der île de L é o n s e n d e n n a c h M a d r i d R i é g o , qui c o m m a n d a i t e n chef e n l'absence d e Q u i r o g a , d é p u t é a u x C o r t e s . O v a t i o n , die er in M a d r i d erhielt. Tritt h ö c h s t i n s o l e n t a u f gegen r o i u. ministres. W e n n n i c h t der b o n sens der g a r n i s o n u . milice n a t i o n a l e , R i é g o détruisait dès l o r s cette m ê m e constit. p r o c l a m é e q u e l q u e s m o i s a u p a r a v a n t . R i é g o , né à O v i e d o , famille n o b l e , e n t r a im c o r p s r o y a l des g a r d e s - d u - c o r p s , blieb d o r t bis E n d e 1808, w o e s aufgelöst infolge der i n v a s i o n française; R i é g o , wie alle s. c a m a r a d e s , p r e s e n t i r t sich bei der n ä c h s t e n P r o v i n z i a l j u n t a , verlangt service in d e r I n s u r r e k t i o n s a r m é c , m a n n e n n t i h n l i e u t e n a n t eines I n f a n t e r i e r e g i m e n t s , tapfer, G e f a n g n e r n a c h F r a n k r e i c h geführt, wo er blieb bis z u m p a i x . D o r t liest er Politisches etc. Z u r ü c k , i n c o r p o r i r t d e m r é g i m e n t ||39| des A s t u r i e s , wo er es bis z u m c a p t a i n b r i n g t ; p u i s , da s. R e g i m e n t b e s t i m m t f. die a m e r i k . E x p e d i t i o n , erhielt e r d e n g r a d e supérieur. W a r also c o m m a n d a n t des 2* b a t a i l l o n des A s t u r i e s als die c o n s p i r a c y d e r île de L é o n ou de las C a b e z a s éclata. Er h a t t e sie nicht c o n c e r t é e . W a r d g e w ä h l t v. s. c a m a r a d s f. d a s schwierigste u. gefährlichste - de m a r c h e r m. s. b a t a i l l o n u. d a n n v. Seville sur A r c o s de la F r o n t e r a p o u r s u r p r e n d r e le q u a r t i e r - g é n é r a l , a r r ê t e r le gén. en chef et t o u t l'état-majeur. Erfüllt diese m i s s i o n m. success. R i é g o s p ä t e r o s a risquer l ' a t t a q u e de la célèbre c o u p u r e de C a d i x , q u ' i l ne p u t enlever et où il reçut u n e forte c o n t u s i o n de la c h u t e d ' u n e m u r a i l l e . K a u m rétabli stellt e r sich a n die tête einer c o l o n n e m o b i l e p o u r c h e r c h e r des vivres u . soulever die p r o v i n c e s voisines. L e n o m d e R i é g o obscurcit i m m é d i a t e m e n t ceux d e Q u i r o g a , d e L o p e z B a ñ o s , d ' A r c o d ' A g u e r o etc, t o u s ses égaux o d . s. s u p é r i e u r s in d e r h i é r a r c h i e militaire. G o u v . siegte j e d o c h nicht o h n e evidente P r o b e n der F u r c h t v o r s. e n n e m i s . D i e a r m é e de l'île fut dissoute, die résidence des R i é g o fixirt in den

466

5

10

15

20

25

30

35;

4p;

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique

Asturies. C l u b s schreien ü b e r sein Exil, g r o u p e s n o m b r e u x d u r c h l a u f e n die Strassen etc. g o u v . ruft n u r j e d e n i n s t a n t die g a r n i s o n u n t e r Waffen, aber sans o r d r e de faire é v a c u e r les r u e s , de disperser les g r o u p e s . D i e criards so se familiarisèrent m. der t r o u p e , diese g e w ö h n e n sich a u x cris 5 séditieux . . . Seit d e r arrivée des R i é g o zu M a d r i d die a g i t a t i o n c o n t i n u e . Turbulenter C h a r a c t e r d e r séances der C o r t e s . D i e d é p u t é s , v o u l a n t p r é cipiter die r é v o l u t i o n , a v a i e n t j e t é l e m a s q u e . M i n i s t e r i u m é c a r t e A m a rillas, d e n Kriegsminister, u m s . P o p u l a r i t ä t z u h a l t e n . A u f I n t e r p e l l a tion, S e p t e m b e r 1820, die M i n i s t e r versichern R u h e in M a d r i d , alle 10 mesures seien getroffen, b e s t a n d e n n u r à fatiguer i n u t i l e m e n t la t r o u p e en la faisant tenir p r e s q u e t o u t e s les n u i t s sous les a r m e s . D i e i n s u r r e c t i o n ouvertement p r ê c h é e i n d e n sociétés p o p u l a i r e s . M a n d u l d e t e , q u e l ' o n outrageât le chef p o l i t i q u e de M a d r i d , p o u r s u i v i , sein H a u s assailli. Regierung nicht e x p o s a i t diese d é s o r d r e s d e n C o r t e s . A b e r die ministres 15 fürchteten die exaltés nicht so sehr wie die a b s o l u t i s t e s . D a h e r ihr c o n duite a p a t h i q u e u. incertaine, m é c o n t e n t e m e n t de t o u s les p r o p r i é t a i r e s der capitale u. villes p o p u l e u s e s , v i v a n t d a n s u n e a g i t a t i o n continuelle, in der crainte des é m e u t e s , pillage, t o u t e s sortes d ' h o r r e u r s . . . D i e cortes s'occupaient de l'extinction des moines u. d e r réforme der ordres mendico ants (monjes) (moines) sind p r o p r i é t a i r e s , wie die C h a r t r e u x , B e r n a r d i n s , Bénédictins etc; die mendiantes q u i vivent ou s o n t censés vivre d e s a u m ô nes volontaires des fidèles.) U n t e r s t ü z t v. d e n ministres diese m e s u r e . Diskussion in d e n cortes. Session d e r cortes geschlossen N o v e m b e r 1820. König, qui h a b i t a i t l'Escurial, se d é c i d a à refuser sa s a n c t i o n à la loi sur 25 les ordres religieux. . . . N o m i n a t i o n des général Carvajal c o m m e c a p t gén. der N o u v e l l e Castille, sans la s i g n a t u r e du m i n i s t r e de la g u e r r e . . . die ministres se c r u r e n t p e r d u s , se lièrent m. d e n directeurs d e r clubs, émeutes w i e d e r h o l t o h n e d u r c h die S o l d a t e n r e p r i m i r t die sie s a h e n s o u tenues p a r l ' a u t o r i t é . A l o r s d a s a y u n t a m i e n t o ν . M a d r i d , i m i t a n t die com­ ió muñe v. P a r i s , p r é t e n d i t g o u v e r n e r l'état; m a c h t e r e p r é s e n t a t i o n s a u d a cieuses d a m i t der roi v o n E s c u r i a l n a c h der S t a d t z u r ü c k u . ministres empfingen sie m. e n t h o u s i a s m ; die t r i b u n e s d e r clubs, die c a r r e f o u r s éclataient en m e n a c e s c o n t r e le roi; r é u n i o n s n o m b r e u s e s c o m p o s é e s de vrais anarchistes u . curieux. . . . D i e d e p u t a t i o n p e r m a n e n t e d e r C o r t e s , e n t o u 35 rèe de m u t i n s , s'adresse a u c h an d e n r o i p o u r le faire revenir à M a d r i d ; die anarchistes m e n a c e n t d'aller c h e r c h e r à l'Escurial; die g a r n i s o n reste tranquille spectatrice de scènes scandaleuses, der r o i r é v o q u e die n o m i nation des c a p t . - g é n . C a r v a j a l ; il r e t o u r n e à M a d r i d . E r w a r t e t an d e n Thoren v. d e n é m e u t i e r s ; le roi; la reine, die infants furent t o u s insultés 40 par u n e m u l t i t u d e effrénée, r o i b e t r a c h t e t sich in s. palais als G e f a n g n e r : die C o n s t i t u t i o n als é p o u v a n t a i l w o r u n t e r die ministres e n s o n n o m

467

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 c o n t r e son expresse v o l o n t é regieren, roi g e z w u n g e n einen confesseur zu entlassen, d e r antiministeriell. D e r Club im café de la Croix de Malte, solange er gegen d e n roi ulkt, ungenirt; s o b a l d (royalistisch) gen die Minister, l'appareil de la force a r m é e déployé, d a s café fermé à l ' h e u r e où se réunissait die société. Als die ministres d e n a p p u i d e r a n a r c h i s t e s 5 gesucht, h a t t e n diese p r é s e n t é leurs griefs u. d e m a n d é des r é p a r a t i o n s , q u e le ministère se h â t a de leur d o n n e r . R i é g o e r n a n n t z u m c a p t . - g é n . v. A r a g o n . O n c o n t i n u a i t d'insulter l e roi. N a c h r i c h t , eines A b e n d s d a ß der roi sorti p o u r la p r o m e n a d e , s. W a g e n sei a r r e t i r t u. q u ' o n a t t e n t a i t à sa p e r s o n n e . D e r chef der im q u a r t i e r d e r g a r d e s - d u - c o r p s l ä ß t die 10 e s c a d r o n s zu cheval steigen p o u r aller d a n s la direction suivie d u r c h den roi, q u i était r e v e n u au palais p a r un a u t r e c h e m i n . L e s g a r d e s le s u r e n t à peine qu'ils r e n t r è r e n t d a n s leur q u a r t i e r . N i e m a n d klagt sie an d ' a v o i r insulté p e r s o n n e d a n s cette course. D e r einzige prétexte q u e q u e l q u e s g a r d e s h o r s de service a u r a i e n t m a l t r a i t é un n a t i o n a l d a n s les e n v i r o n s du 15 palais, et p o u s s é q u e l q u e s cris séditieux. Dieses n ' a j a m a i s été p r o u v é . C e l a suffît p o u r faire u n e é m e u t e , m e t t r e la g a r n i s o n sous les a r m e s , assiéger le q u a r t i e r , d i s s o u d r e le c o r p s . ( D e c e m b e r 1820) D i e s e effervescence d u r a 3 j o u r s , w ä h r e n d dieser Zeit d a s q u a r t i e r der g a r d e s - d u - c o r p s assiégé . . . Le g o u v e r n e m e n t o r d o n n a q u e les g a r d e s fussent envoyés à 20 Alcalá, m a i s ni la g a r n i s o n , ni l ' a y u n t a m i e n t o , ne s'étant c o n f o r m é s à cet o r d r e , il se résolut à détruire le corps, et décida q u e les g a r d e s , laissant d a n s leurs q u a r t i e r s leurs c h e v a u x et leurs a r m e s , iraient o c c u p e r d ' a u t r e s casernes, où ils seraient d é t e n u s prisonniers. D i e ß der g a r d e , d e r e n colonel der roi w a r . D i e C o r t e s r e p r i r e n t leurs séances le 1 m a r s 1821, roi 25 b e k l a g t sich bitter in der Eröffnungsrede, sagt u. a. ( d e n u n c i r e n d s. ministry): « C e s insultes ne se seraient p o i n t renouvelées si le p o u v o i r exécutif avait eu l'énergie, la vigueur q u e la constit. exige, et q u e les c o r t e s désirent. » N a c h dieser m a n i f e s t a t i o n d e r roi r e n v o y a die ministres p a r décret du l e n d e m a i n 2 m a r s , et d e m a n d a a u x cortes de lui i n d i q u e r les p e r s o n n e s 30 q u i d e v a i e n t les r e m p l a c e r . On vit à cette o c c a s i o n die force des p a r t i den die ministres i n d e n cortes. Elles n e m a n q u è r e n t p a s d ' a s s u r e r u n revenu de 15,000 fcs à t o u s les ministres, ce q u i valait bien, s u r t o u t p o u r eux, u n e d é c l a r a t i o n d ' a v o i r bien m é r i t é de la p a t r i e et d ' e m p o r t e r ses regrets ... die c o r t e s r é p o n d i r e n t enfin d e m roi sie h a l t e n nicht c o n v e n a b l e zu désig- 35 n e r die M i n i s t e r - C a n d i d a t e n ; le roi fit les n o m i n a t i o n s , le 4 m a r s , sur l'avis de s o n conseil d'état. D e m a g o g i e w i r d n o c h toller. A n d r e r s e i t s die n e u e r w ä h l t e n M i n i s t e r o h n e Einfluß a u f die C o r t e s . (52-84) er

468

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique

Second Ministère Constitutionnel. Bardaji. (Affaires É t r a n g . ) M o r e n o y D a v i z . ( G u e r r e ) V a l d e m o r o . (Intér i e u r ) Feliu. ( O u t r e - m e r ) B a r a t a . ( F i n a n c e s ) E s c u d e r o . ( M a r i n e ) C a n o M a n u e l (Justice). - N i c h t p o p u l ä r . U n t e r diesen a u c h m e h r e alte L i b e 5 rale, früher verfolgt. I h r Zweck: R é p r e s s i o n de l ' a n a r c h i e . Zugleich zu étouffer die c o n s p i r a t i o n s d e r s. g. royalistes q u i c o m m e n ç a i e n t à se m o n t r e r sur divers p o i n t s e n petites b a n d e s . . . E x a l t a d o s h a t t e n sehr vermehrt. H a t t e n A n h ä n g e r i n d e n C o r t e s ; m e h r e h o h e B e a m t e ; C l u b s . On a p p r i t à cette é p o q u e l'entrée des A u t r i c h i e n s à ||40| N a p l e s . D i e ß 10 événement v e r m e h r t e die a u d a c e d e r e x a l t a d o s in S p a i n . Ils m a r c h è r e n t de front à la d e s t r u c t i o n du g o u v e r n e m e n t . D u r c h E m e u t e s die a u t o r i t é s v. Barcelona g e z w u n g e n à chasser de la p r o v i n c e des h o m m e s distingués; in Galizia, der gefe politico, José M a r i a P u e n t e , g a n z a u x o r d r e s des exaltés, ließ m e h r als 100 b e k a n n t e p e r s o n n e s arrêter, sie geführt n a c h 15 C o r o n a , wo d a s Volk excité sie zu assassiner, 40 d a v o n e m b a r q u é s , déportés a u x C a n a r i e s . P r o z e ß d e n D é p o r t é s wie d e n R ü c k b l e i b e n d e n gemacht; acquittés alle, weil nicht c o n t r e eux u n e seule c h a r g e . - S k a n d a l zu M a d r i d . Un C h a p e l a i n d ' h o n n e u r des roi - D o n M a t h i a s V i n u e s a angeklagt c o n t r e r e v o l u t i o n ä r e r c o n s p i r a t i o n , Verbreitung v. p r o c l a m a t i 20 ons séditieuses. P r o z e ß . D e r F j u g e le c o n d a m n a à 10 a n s de présides. Exaltados v e r s a m m e l n sich an e i n e m der b e s u c h t e s t e n e n d r o i t s , l'aprèsmidi, 4 mai 1821, m a r c h e n t à la p r i s o n , forcent la p o r t e , assassinent m. barbarie d e n accusé, et p a r c o u r e n t ensuite les rues en c é l é b r a n t leur trio m p h e . D a s g o u v e r n e m e n t mißbilligt h a u t e m e n t die d é p o r t a t i o n s u . 25 t r a n s p o r t a t i o n s in Galizia u. C a t a l o n i a u. l ä ß t die p r i s o n n i e r s m e t t r e en liberté; sezt a b d e n gefe polit, v . C o r o n a , ersezt ihn d u r c h D o n M a n u e l Latre ( m o d e r a d o ) e r n e n n e n z u m capt.-gen. v o n Madrid Morillo ( c o m t e de C a r t h a g è n e ) u. z u m gefe polit, d e n b r i g a d i e r D o n J o s é Martinez San Martin ... D i e d e m a g o g i s c h e n r é u n i o n s a p p a r t e n a i e n t aile à la seule 30 société secrète existante alors en E s p a g n e - la m a ç o n n e r i e . Seit 1820 u n d bes. seit d e m g r a n d d é b a t zw. R e g i e r u n g u. d e n chefs d e r l'île de L e o n völlige d é s u n i o n d a n s les loges: die m o d é r é s , in d e r M e h r z a h l , a b a n d o n nèrent die loges; m a i s elles ne d e m e u r è r e n t p o i n t désertes; les exaltés, les ambitieux s'en e m p a r è r e n t aussitôt. K e i n e r e t e n u e m e h r i n der Z u l a s s u n g 35 von affiliés. U e b e r a u recrutirt, gens c o m p r o m i s , m a ç o n n e r i e in allen Orten v. einiger i m p o r t a n c e verbreitet; die société beschäftigt sich n u r noch m. Politik, an d e r Spitze die E x a l t a d o s , K r i e g gegen gouv. u. ministres, j u s q u ' à ce qu'elle p a r v î n t à g o u v e r n e r la n a t i o n . D u r c h sie formée une fausse o p i n i o n p u b l i q u e , u. die directeurs p a r v e n a i e n t à leur but; die

469

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 société avait d a n s les ministères, b u r e a u x des a d m i n i s t r a t i o n s , les p o s t e s , p a r t o u t ihre agents q u i l'informaient de t o u t ce q u i se passait; s o u v e n t les loges r e ç u r e n t l ' o r d r e d e p r é p a r e r l ' o p i n i o n c o n t r e u n décret o u c o n t r e u n e m e s u r e q u i n ' é t a i t p a s e n c o r e publiée. . . . A n f a n g 1821 q u e l q u e s m a ç o n s des plus exaltés t r e n n t e n sich v. d e r société u. o r é è r e n t die cornu- 5 neria, a u c h K r i e g gen die m a ç o n s ihr Z w e c k , w e ß h a l b viele h o m m e s de b o n n e foi e n t r è r e n t d a n s les c o m u n e r o s ; a b e r die division zwischen d e n 2 Gesellschaften nicht lange, die m a ç o n s z o g e n die c o m u n e r o s à leurs intérêts, d a z u der c o m m o n h a t r e d a g a i n s t the ministers ihr p o i n t d e r é u n i o n . Zugleich R e p r é s e n t a t i o n s gegen die ministres, é m e u t e s , insurrec- 10 tion, W e r k d e r geheimen sociétés, q u i faisaient c h a q u e j o u r u n p a s d e plus d a n s la carrière de la d é s o r g a n i s a t i o n de l'état. J o u r n a l e in ihrer H a n d . A n d r e polit, sectes infestèrent den sol e s p a g n o l , a b e r o h n e p r o g r è s , m u ß ten sich r é u n i r a u x m a ç o n s o d . d e n c o m u n e r o s ; die m a ç o n s p a r v i n r e n t à s ' e m p a r e r du gouv. in F o l g e des événement v. 7 Juli 1822. K u r z n a c h h e r , 15 die c o m u n e r o s se déclarèrent leurs e n n e m i s , u. die 2 sectes se c o m b a t t i r e n t m u t u e l l e m e n t j u s q u ' a u x derniers m o m e n t s d u régime constit. . . . loges der M a ç o n s . Tours n a n n t e n die C o m u n e r o s die lieux de r é u n i o n . . . Diese sociétés die foyers v o n A n a r c h i e , é m e u t e s , i n s u r r e c t i o n s . D i e j e u n e s gens e n t r a i e n t meist de b o n n e foi d a n s ces t o r t u e u s e s et criminelles 20 m e n é e s . . . D i e Zeit k a m h e r a n f. die n o m i n a t i o n d e r d é p u t é s a u x c o r t e s f. die législature de 1822 u. 1823. D e r M i n i s t e r des I n n e r n e r l ä ß t confidentielles Circular, as to t h e elections, an die gefes políticos. A b e r der p r é décesseur des gefe politico M a r t i n e z San M a r t i n liest's in e i n e m café. L ä r m der C l u b s , J o u r n a l e etc gegen d a s Circular. Verlangen i m p e a c h - 25 m e n t der ministres des I n n e r n . D a s C i r c u l a r w a r a b g e f a ß t i m «constitutionellen» Sinn; a b e r gegen die «exagérés». A r t . 4) des Circulaire: «il faut q u e les élus soient a u t a n t q u e possible p r o p r i é t a i r e s , o u d u n o m b r e d e ceux q u i p a r leur position, leurs relations d a n s la société, d o i v e n t résister à des i n n o v a t i o n s d a n g e r e u s e s et c o n t r a i r e s à la constit. elle-même». D a s 30 C i r c u l a r d . d . M a d r i d . 2 7 J u l i . 1821. D e r « r e s p e c t a b l e » gefe politico v . A s t u r i e n , a y a n t fait u n e p r o c l a m a t i o n d a n s le m ê m e sens, elle fut d é n o n cée à l'alcade d ' O v i e d o , et le j u r y la d é c l a r a séditieuse, t a n t la c o n t a g i o n était générale . . . G o u v . z u M a d r i d gibt nicht n a c h , u n t e r d r ü c k t die m o u v e m e n t s d e r a g i t a t e u r s à leur naissances . . . L ä c h e r l i c h e r Z u g m. d e m 35 p o r t r a i t de R i é g o , in M a d r i d ; p r ä s e n t i r t e n sich in verschiednen casernes, wo sie fraternisirten m. den s o l d a t s u. officiers; m a r s c h i r e n auf d a s l'hôtel de l ' A y u n t a m i e n t o u. le palais, a b e r der gefe politico zerstreut sie m. einer C o m p a g n i e v. grenadiers u. milice n a t i o n a l e . . . so qu'ils laissèrent le p o r t r a i t de R i é g o d a n s la rue . . . Gleichzeitig events zu S a r r a g o s s a . Riégo, 40. sieh o b e n , capt.-gen. v. A r a g o n . H a t t e sich dès s o n arrivée u m g e b e n

470

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique m. den Exaltirtesten; d a r u n t e r un aventurier, Montarlot, q u i lui p r o p o s a de se présenter avec u n e c o l o n n e de t r o u p e sur la frontière de F r a n c e et d'y déployer le d r a p e a u tricolore. R i é g o c o n t r e b a l a n c i r t d u r c h d e n brigadier Don Francisco Aboreda, gefe politico v. A r a g o n . Dieser c o n s t i t u i r t 5 Anstalten zu S a r a g o s s a p o u r exécuter les p r o j e t s de transfuge français. A b o r e d a , folgend alle p a s des c o n s p i r a t e u r s , berichtet t o u t d e m M a d r i d gouv. D a s M i n i s t e r i u m befiehlt sogleich d e m b r i g a d i e r A b o r e d a d e r é u n i r en sa p e r s o n n e d e n p o u v o i r civil u. militaire u. de prescrire à R i é g o d'aller fixer sa résidence à L é r i d a . R i é g o g r a d e a u f d e r R u n d r e i s e d u r c h 10 A r a g o n , g e h t n a c h L é r i d a , da er erfahrt d a ß i h m nicht günstige effervescence in S a r a g o s s a . W u t h d e r E x a l t a d o s . On p r i t le p a r t i d'exciter des émeutes d a n s b e a u c o u p d e chefs-lieux d e p r o v i n c e , e t d e s ' a r r a n g e r d e manière q u e les a u t o r i t é s se réunissent p o u r faire r e p r é s e n t a t i o n s au r o i contre le ministère, et p o u r le m e n a c e r de voir ses o r d r e s m é c o n n u s s'il ne 15 le changeait. Solche A r t R e p r e s e n t a t i o n s d u r c h die E x a l t é s h e r v o r g e r u f e n in C o r o n a , Sevilla, C a d i x , B a d a j o z etc - r é s u l t a t d ' u n e m ê m e intrigue . . . Insurrection zu Sevilla u. C a d i x , die v. roi g e s a n d t e n envoyés n i c h t admis, e r n e n n e n ihre eignen B e a m t e n , e r k l ä r e n zu persister bis d a s ministère renouvelé, w ü t h e n d e adresses au r o i , a u x cortés, circulent d e r t o u t e s 20 parts, c o n s t i t u t i o n i n v o q u é e en foulant a u x p i e d s les a t t r i b u t i o n s qu'elle d o n n e au p o u v o i r exécutif. So in C a d i x «résolution de ne recevoir a u c u n c o m m a n d a n t gén. n o m m é p a r le roi, j u s q u ' à ce qu'il e û t c h a n g é le ministère». (Zweck hier, in C a d i x , d a s c o m m a n d e m e n t militaire u. p o l i t i q u e dem D o n M a n u e l F r a n c i s c o J a u r e g u i z u lassen, d e m chef der insurrec25 tion, der insolenten Brief an d e n roi schreibt. P o u r régulariser la résistance d a n s le cas où le g o u v e r n . v o u d r a i t se faire obéir p a r la force, les Gadétains se confédérèrent avec les p a t r i o t e s de Seville. . . . In C o r o n a dieselben Szenen. D a s M i n i s t è r e sezt ab M i n a , d e n capt.-gen. v. Galice u. centre de la r é u n i o n des d é m a g o g u e s . E r n a n n t an s. Stelle der brigadier 30 D o n M a n u e l de L a t r e , der a u c h gefe politico d e r p r o v i n c e . E m e u t e , dirigirt d u r c h M i n a selbst u. ses a m i s , w o r i n e n t r a u n e p a r t i e de la g a r n i s o n u. der milice n a t i o n a l e . L a t r e fut insulté, m a l t r a i t é u. M i n a reprit la charge de capt.-gén. D i e A n a r c h i s t e s , t r i u m p h i r e n d in Galizien, A n d a lusien etc, d r o h t e n n a c h M a d r i d z u m a r s c h i r e n etc L a t r e floh v . C o r o n a , 35 se retira à L u g o u n d befielt allen a u t o r i t é s der P r o v i n z de lui obéir comme chef politique u n d capt.-gen. p a r interim. M i n a resta seul à C o r o n a . S c h o n Zeichen der C o n t r e r e v o l u t i o n i n der P r o v i n z . A b e r die exaltés die s t ä r k s t e n in d e n S t ä d t e n , d i s p o s a i e n t ü b e r die T r u p p e n . L a t r e siegt d u r c h schlaue M ä s s i g u n g . M i n a q u i t t a la Galice. G r â c e à la c o n 40 stante activité u. énergie des c o m t e de C a r t h a g è n e u. J o s e M a r t i n e z M a r t i n les anarchistes de la capitale n ' o s a i e n t rien e n t r e p r e n d r e u. restaient sim-

471

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 pies s p e c t a t e u r s des d é s o r d r e s des provinces. Gift der Presse. C o r t e s h a t ten J u r y f. P r e ß v e r g e h n eingeführt, die j u r é s gewählt p a r les a y u n t a m i e n t o s die fast alle d e m p a r t i d é s o r g a n i s a t e u r a n g e h ö r t e n . D i e c o r t e s d a m a l s réunies in session e x t r a o r d i n a i r e ; messages v. F e r n a n d o (25 n o v e m b . 1821) sie berufen um den d é s o r d r e s zu steuern, (bes. m. R ü c k s i c h t auf 5 C a d i x ) . D i e C o r t e s theilten ihre r é p o n s e à ce m e s s a g e in 2 Theile. In d e m l b l a m i r t die c o n d u i t e der agitateurs v. C a d i x u. Sevilla, dieß remis aux m a i n s d u roi b e v o r der 2 ' T h e i l der r e s p o n s e discuttirt. E x a l t é s s c h o n heisse P a r t i s a n s in d e n C o r t e s , w e n n nicht u n e m a j o r i t é ; Angriffe, a u f die Minister; in d e m 2 Theil die r e s p o n s e an d e n roi « q u ' i l c o n v e n a i t de faire 10 resigner leur e m p l o i p a r les ministres, parce qu'ils avaient perdus la force morale. ( D e r r é d a c t e u r dieses r a p p o r t u. dieser i n c u l p a t i o n le d é p u t é D o n Jose M a r i a C a l a t r a v a ) » . D i e rebelles persistaient i n A n d a l u s i e n , gestüzt a u f den a p p u i in d e n cortés qui e x a m i n è r e n t les nouvelles r e p r é s e n t a t i o n s de C a d i x et de Seville, et décrétèrent la mise en j u g e m e n t des a u t o r i t é s de 15 cette ville. R e g i e r u n g schlug Repressivgesetz ü b e r die liberté der presse vor. D i e a n a r c h i s t e s t e n t è r e n t d'assassiner le c o m t e de ¡411 T o r e n o u. M a r t i n e z d e l a R o s a . . . Gleichzeitig h a t t e die R e g i e r u n g z u k ä m p f e n gegen die R o y a l i s t e s . A n ihrer Spitze a u c u n h o m m e d e m a r q u e , a u c u n militaire de mérite. C o m m a n d é s p a r des h o m m e s o b s c u r s . Bildeten peti- 20 tes b a n d e s de divers côtés. Liefen überall a u s e i n a n d e r , wo sie m i t constit. T r u p p e n z u s a m m e n t r e f f e n u. irren à travers les c h a m p s ou d a n s les m o n tagnes. W a h r e calamité f. den p a y s d e n sie t r a v e r s e n t ; die villages m ü ß t e n subvenir à t o u s leurs besoins, pillage s o w o h l v. i h n e n selbst, als d e n Sold a t e n die sie verfolgten; oft diese villages zu d u l d e n die e x a c t i o n s der 25 chefs d e l'un e t d e l ' a u t r e p a r t i . G a b e n a r m e terrible den a n a r c h i s t e s , qui accusaient die noblesse, clergé, m o d é r é s , famille royale u. d e n roi, d'être les a u t e u r s ou les complices de ces c o n s p i r a t i o n s . M i t t e n in dieser C o n fusion, wo n u r n o c h m e n a c e s d ' u n c ô t é u. craintes de l ' a u t r e , se firent les élections p o u r la législature de 1822 u. 1823. D i e E x a g é r é s v o r h e r r s c h e n d 30 u n t e r d e n G e w ä h l t e n . On vit des d é p u t é s élus p a r des p r o v i n c e s où ils n ' a v a i e n t ni domicile, ni biens, ni r é p u t a t i o n , ni c o n n a i s s a n c e s m ê m e ; d ' a u t r e s q u ' o n avait t o u j o u r s vu figurer à la tête des é m e u t e s ; quelquesu n s étaient e n j u g e m e n t p o u r causes criminelles; u n g r a n d n o m b r e n ' a v a i e n t de p r o p r i é t é d ' a u c u n e espèce, d ' o ù l ' o n p o u v a i t c o n c l u r e qu'ils 35 n ' a v a i e n t rien à p e r d r e . Projet d e r factieux w a r zu d é t r u i r e die M o n a r chie. G e s a g t in i h r e n Schriften, C l u b s etc. D e r d é p u t é Romero Alpuente p r o c l a m a d a n s le club de L o r e n z i n i q u e «la g u e r r e civile était un d o n du ciel». D e r refus du roi de s a n c t i o n n e r d a s décret sur les droits seigneuriaux c o n t r i b u a b e a u c o u p à retenir le t o r r e n t r é v o l u t i o n n a i r e . In den 4 0 . | circonstances actuelles il équivalait à d o n n e r a u x fermiers l ' a u t o r i s a t i o n l

1

472

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique

de ne payer aucune rente u. hätte allumé u n e guerre d'extermination entre les p r o p r i é t a i r e s u. d e n fermiers . . . r o i hielt die M i n i s t e r , t r o t z d e r E r k l ä r u n g d e r c o r t e s , bis E n d e février 1822. N a n n t e n e u e s ministère; ν . den 7 n e u e n ministres 5 q u i t t a i e n t les b a n c s d e r c o r t e s d e r d e r n i è r e légis5 lature. D i e Seele des g e s t ü r z t e n I I ministry w a r F e l i u , m i n i s t r e d ' o u t r e mer, puis de l'intérieur. (82-116) n d

III. Ministère constitutionnel. Martinez de la Rosa. ( F o r . Office) Moscoso (Intérieur.) Don Manuel de la Bodega. ( O u t r e - M e r . ) Sierra Pambley: ( F i n a n c e s ) Balanzat. ( G u e r r e ) 10 Romarate ( M a r i n e ) Gar eli (Justice.) B e g a n n ( E n d e F e b . 1822) u n t e r c i r c o n s t a n c e s effrayantes. A u f der einen Seite die D e m a g o g e n , b a n d e s royalistes in C a t a l o g n e . E r ö f f n u n g der cortes 1 m a r s 1822. Gleich in d e n ersten S i t z u n g e n zeigt sich decidirte Tendenz z u d e n m e s u r e s e x t r e m e s . P r ä s i d e n t d e r C o r t e s u n t e r b r i c h t d e n 15 Minister, der ü b e r die G e f a h r d e r E x t r e m e spricht, er selbst sei à la tête des h o m m e s q u ' o n a p p e l a i t exagérés. L e m i n i s t r e cita les p r é r o g a t i v e s d u roi, le p r é s i d e n t l'invita à se servir d ' a u t r e s e x p r e s s i o n s , le r o i n ' a y a n t p a s des p r é r o g a t i v e s m a i s des d e v o i r s . H a i n e sans b o r n e c o n t r e le n o u v e a u ministère. M i n i s t e r s berufen i n d e r N a c h t des 9 M a r s p o u r r e n d r e c o m p t e 20 aux cortes de l'état der n a t i o n . T r i o m p h e des m i n i s t è r e , a c c u s a t e u r s c o n fondus. V o n diesem M o m e n t a s c e n d a n t d e r M i n i s t e r i n d e n cortes. I h r e Partei v e r m e h r t . D i e D e m a g o g u e s discrédités. C o r t e s bestätigen wieder das loi sur les d r o i t s seigneuriaux, ν. n e u e m v o m r o i verworfen. Beschäftigten sich a u c h m i t R e g u l i r u n g des g o v e r n m e n t der p r o v i n c e s , u. in allen 25 opérations s u c h t e n sie zu d i m i n u e r l'influence des gov.; à p r i v e r ses agents des m o y e n s de s o u t e n i r l ' o r d r e et faire exécuter les lois. C o r t e s wollten e n v a h i r die g a n z e a d m i n i s t r a t i o n p u b l i q u e , beschäftigten sich selbst m . d e r Polizei ν . M a d r i d j u s q u ' à n o m m e r u n e c o m m i s s i o n p o u r examiner si des gens suspects se réunissaient d a n s un f a u b o u r g , m i s c h t e n 30 sich in querelles de c a b a r e t . D a z w i s c h e n p r o t e s t a t i o n s de fermeté u. c o u rage faites l o r s q u ' o n savait q u ' i l n ' y avait rien à c r a i n d r e . M a c h t e n sich so lächerlich au d e r n i e r p o i n t . . . E i n e d e r ersten d i s p o s i t i o n s der ministres zu rétablir le décret d e r cortes a n t é r i e u r e s , qui divisait l ' E s p a g n e u. die îles adjacentes en 52 p r o v i n c e s . An die Spitze j e d e r P r o v i n z gestellt Poli35 tische u. milit. A u t o r i t é s choisies d a n s le p a r t i m o d é r é . . . F o r t s c h r i t t e d e r royalistes i n C a t a l o n i e n ; g u e r r e a c h a r n é e e n t r e les h a b i t a n t s d e r m o n tagne u. ceux des côtes. Zu A r a n j u e z d é s o r d r e s im palais u n d cris séditieux; zu Valentia b e m ä c h t i g t e n sich einige artilleurs der citadelle . . . :

473

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

« M o r t à la c o n s t i t u t i o n » . Beide B e w e g u n g e n sofort u n t e r d r ü c k t . . . Seit l a n g e m die g a r d e r o y a l e d a s objet des d é c l a m a t i o n s des clubs. D i e conduites d e r c o m p a g n i e s d e s g a r d e s im P a l a i s v. A r a n j u e z 30 m a i , die nicht energisch d e m d é s o r d r e des Tags sich widersezt, d o n n a d e nouvelles a r m e s a u x exaltés. A u c h quelques querelies zwischen d e n s o l d a t s der 5 g a r d e u . d e n miliciens d e M a d r i d i m M o n a t J u i n . D i e c o r t é s p r i r e n t p r é c i s é m e n t c e m o m e n t p o u r s'occuper d e l a r é f o r m e d e r g a r d e royale. S c h o n d e n 30 Juni, als die t r o u p e s défilaient n a c h d e m d e r roi sich retiré v o m p a l a i s der c o r t e s , die diesen Tag ihre session o r d i n a i r e b e e n d i g t die t a m b o u r s d ' u n b a t a i l l o n des g a r d e s m. c o u p s de s a b r e a n g e b l i c h e n Insul- 10 ten g e a n t w o r t e t u . q u e l q u e s s o l d a t s sortirent des r a n g s p o u r p r e n d r e p a r t à la querelle. A b e r beigelegt. A b e r in der N a c h t 4 b a t a i l l o n s des gardes p r e n n e n t les a r m e s u. s o r t e n t de M a d r i d ; les 2 a u t r e s b a t a i l l o n s étaient au palais. C a p t . - g é n . i h n e n sofort n a c h ; findet sie en bataille à u n e petite distance; wollten nicht r e n t r e r d a n s les q u a r t i e r s ; cris c o n t r e la constitu- 15 tion; se r e n d i r e n t dieselbe N a c h t au P a r d o , 2 lieues de M a d r i d , t e r r e u r à M a d r i d . G a r n i s o n v o n M a d r i d n u r 2 b a t a i l l o n s d'infanterie u. 2 régim e n t s de cavalerie très faibles. A u c h die 2 b a t a i l l o n s im P a l a i s p e n s a i e n t c o m m e leurs c a m a r a d e s . Im Palais n o c h 1 e s c a d r o n de cavalerie u. 1 des r é g i m e n t s d e r g a r n i s o n , s'était r é u n i a u x g a r d e s . P r o v i n c e s voisines fast 20 dégarnies v . t r o u p e s , g r ö ß t e r Theil dirigé a u f C a t a l o n i e n u . N a v a r r a gegen die d o r t i g e sédition. Wenige j o u r s v o r h e r die c a r a b i n i e r s r o y a u x u. d a s r é g i m e n t provincial d e C o r d o b a a v a i e n t p o u s s é des cris d e c o n t r e r é v o l u t i o n en A n d a l o u s i e u. fast z u r selben Zeit, le r é g i m e n t provincial de Siguenza se soulevait avec t o u t e la p r o v i n c e , n u r 12 lieues v. 25 M a d r i d . G o v . u n t e r h a n d e l t m . d e n révoltés. B e k l a g e n sich b l o s ü b e r die insultes, lassen a b e r die pierre de la C o n s t i t u t i o n s u r la place du P a r d o wie er w a r sur celle de M a d r i d . Bei der sortie ν. M a d r i d die p l u s g r a n d e p a r t i e des officiers u. m e h r e sous-officiers h a t t e n sie verlassen; Indiscip­ line c r o i s s a n t e n t r e eux; ... u n t e r d e ß d é r o u t e des c a r a b i n i e r s u. ihrer par- 30 tisans in A n d a l u s i e n , m u ß t e n fuir v. da p o u r venir r e n d r e les a r m e s dans l a M a n c h e . . . W ä h r e n d deliberi i m M a d r i d p a l a i s ü b e r die g a r d e s , das M a d r i d a y u n t a m i e n t o p r o n o n ç a qu'il fallait a t t a q u e r die g a r d e s m . den a n d e r n t r o u p e s der capital u . d e n miliciens n a t i o n a u x . Insistirt m e h r m a l s darauf, gov. résiste, (es fürchtet, d a ß die D é m a g o g u e s d e n capt.-gen. u. 35 die t r o u p e s a u s M a d r i d schicken wollen, um investir le p a l a i s , s ' e m p a r e r d u r o i etc.) M e h r e j o u r s v o r d e m 2 juillet, u n des p r i n c i p a u x m e n e u r s des clubs u . des a y u n t a m i e n t o b e g a n n o r d r e s z u d o n n e r a u p a r c d'artillerie p o u r q u ' o n l a n ç â t des o b u s sur le palais. 6 Juli... indiscipline d e r soldats der 2 b a t a i l l o n s des g a r d e s n o c h im palais w a c h s e n d ; G e l d u n t e r ihnen 40 vertheilt; Wein; die s o l d a t s h i n d e r t e n die sortie du p a l a i s des ministres,

474

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique

des gefe politico, a n d r e r p e r s o n n a g e s de distinction, die d o r t die n u i t zubringen m u ß t e n . U n t e r d e ß m a r s c h i e r e n die 4 b a t a i l l o n s des g a r d e s vom P a r d o a u f M a d r i d , a r r i v a n t v o r d e m p o i n t du j o u r ; le 7 juillet; g e h n ein o h n e résistance, m ê m e sans être a p e r ç u s ; k o n n t e n s o i h r e a t t a q u e 5 combiniren, F e i n d ü b e r r a s c h e n ; a b e r w ä h r e n d die c o l o n n e p r i n c i p a l e repoussée ν . d e r g r a n d e p l a c e d u r c h u n e p o i g n é e d e miliciens n a t i o n a u x , die autres d é t a c h e m e n t s , die a u f d e m s e l b e n p o i n t a r r i v e r sollten, arrêtés u. dispersés p a r de simples patrouilles. D i e g a r d e s fugitives se r é u n i r e n t à la colonne an der P u e r t a del Sol, zu flüchten sich in d a s P a l a i s . ||42| L e s 10 coups de fusil l e h r t e n g r a n d e p a r t i e der g a r n i s o n u. die h a b i t a n t s v. M a d r i d d a ß die g a r d e s entrés h o s t i l e m e n t in die capitale. J e d e r c o u r u t à son p o s t e . D u r c h die B e m ü h u n g e n des capt.-gén. die g a r d e s n i c h t a t t a qués, der P a l a s t n i c h t a t t a q u é , le r o i sauvé. O r d r e s f. die 4 b a t a i l l o n s die Waffen niederzulegen, zu b e g e b e n in q u a r t i e r s i h n e n a n z u w e i s e n . D i e 15 2 bataillons die im palais geblieben m a r c h e r o n t a r m é s p o u r se r e n d r e l ' u n à Leganes, l ' a u t r e à V i c a l b a r o , villages des e n v i r o n s de M a d r i d . A b e r die gardes des P a r d o fliehn v o m p a l a i s , Weg n a c h E s t r e m a d u r a , verfolgt v. d é t a c h e m e n t s d'infanterie u n d cavalerie m. q u e l q u e s pièces d'artillerie; désordre in ihren r a n g s , reissen n a c h allen Seiten a u s , Theil périsse, d e r 20 größte Theil se r e n d p r i s o n n i è r e , b i e n p e u p a r v i e n n e n t à se s a u v e r . . . die gardes des P a r d o h a t t e n erst offen c o n t r e r e v o l u t i o n . W u n s c h a u s g e s p r o chen d e n 7 Juli. D i e 2 Officiere, ( D o n L u i s M o n u. F o r t u n a t o F l o r e s ) , die sie angeblich z u m t r a i t e r m. d e m ministres schickten, « e u r e n t avec le r o i une conférence secrète». D i e g a r d e s a t t e n d a i e n t w ä h r e n d 6 j o u r s die 25 direction q u e devait leur d o n n e r la c o u r , u. w ä h r e n d dieser Zeit d a u e r t e n wahrscheinlich die conférences im palais fort. V o n d e n confidents des r o i • wollten die einen er sich a b s o l u erkläre; die a n d r e n M o d i f i c a t i o n d e r Constitut.; in d e r N a c h t v. 30 j u i n h ä t t e n die S o l d a t e n alles a u s f ü h r e n können; d e n 7 ' J u l y w a r e s z u s p ä t . . . L o r s q u e l e c a p t . - g é n . p a r l a a u x 30 gardes qui se retiraient ceux-ci r é p o n d i r e n t qu'ils allaient se rallier au r o i , qui était é g a l e m e n t sorti d e M a d r i d . . . W e n n ü b r i g e n s a u c h die g a r d e s gesiegt d e n 7 juillet, l'entreprise n ' é c h o u e r a i t p a s m o i n s , les c o n s t i t u t i o n nels avaient en général l ' a p p u i des t r o u p e s , u. m a î t r e s des places fortes u. der principales villes . . . le roi b e v o r d e n ( t r o t z ihres r o y a l . Eifers) m i n i s t r e s 35 die plus g r a n d e réserve d a n s les é v é n e m e n t s de juillet u. ließ sie retenir im palais N a c h t v o m 6 - 7 juillet. Nach d e m 7 Juli k o n n t e sich d a s m i n i s t è r e nicht halten, exagéré m u ß t e folgen. A b e r die exagérés n o c h n i c h t einig unter sich. Bis Anfang August (1822) d a s n o u v e a u m i n i s t è r e n i c h t o r g a nisirt. m a ç o n s u. c o m u n e r o s h a l t e n sich a u s défense m u t u e l l e in i n a c t i o n 40 apparente; erstere siegten u. so geschickt, d a ß d a s n e u e ministère m. d e m consentement der C o m u n e r o s g a n z c o m p o s é a u s m a ç o n s . ( 1 1 7 - 1 4 4 )

475

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

IV ministère constitutionnel. ( A u g . 1822) Don Evaristo San Miguel. ( F o r . Office) Don Miguel Lopez Baños. ( G u e r r e ) Don Gaseo (Intérieur) Don Felipe Benicio Navarro (Justice.) Don Badillo ( o u t r e - m e r ) . Don Mariano Egea. ( F i n a n c e s . ) Don Dyonisio Capaz. ( M a r i n e . ) . . . L o p e z B a ñ o s einer d e r chefs d e r île de 5 L é o n , n o m m é m i n i s t r e d e r guerre, c h a r g é d e n o m m e r ses collègues, w o r u n t e r d e r h a u p t s ä c h l i c h s t e d e r r é d a c t e u r des Spectateur w a r , a n a r c h i s c h e s Blatt. Erstes Geschäft dieses ministère in die wichtigen p o s t e s die h o m m e s ihrer Sekte z u setzen, die a m meisten die o r d r e u . die ministères a n t é r i e u r s b e k ä m p f t h a t t e n . A b e r b a l d exposés a u x invectives d e r cornu- 10 ñ e r o s ; diese g l a u b t e n , u . m . R e c h t n a c h d e n J o u r n a l e n d e r m a ç o n s , e s w ü r d e n u n d u r c h d e n t e r r e u r geherrscht w e r d e n . A b e r die m a ç o n s wollt e n n u r j o u i r e n p a i x d u fruit d e leurs t r a v a u x . K r i e g b r i c h t d a h e r zwischen d e n 2 sectes a u s . D i e c o m u n e r o s b e m ä c h t i g t e n sich des procès i n t e n t é sur les affaires du 7 juillet, um zu p o u r s u i v r e t o u s les m o d é r é s u. 15 griffen d e n F o r . M i n . , San M i g u e l a n , der avait instruit le p r e m i e r cette affaire u. d e m sie des omissions criminelles v o r w a r f e n . In F o l g e dieses p r o c è s v e r o r d n e t die a r r e s t a t i o n der ministres v. 7 Juli; c o m t e de C a r t h a g è n e u n d gefe politico S a n M a r t i n c o n d u i t s e n p r i s o n , e b e n s o d e r d u c d ' I n f a n t a d o u. m e h r e a u t r e s ; g r a n d n o m b r e v. p e r s o n n e s distinguées Aie- 20 h e n . I n d e n Gefängnissen sollten diese g e m o r d e t w e r d e n . A b e r u n e fois a u p o u v o i r wollten die m a ç o n s i h r e m g o u v . Schein v . m o d é r a t i o n geben. Bes. a b e r w ü t h e n d weil m a n d e n ministre S a n M i g u e l i n d e n p r o c è s verwickeln wollte, a l s o d e m ministère d e n K r i e g m a c h e n . N u n ils n e gard è r e n t p l u s de m é n a g e m e n t , la c a u s e fut a r r a c h é e des m a i n s du j u g e de la 25 m a n i è r e l a p l u s illégale e t l a p l u s d e s p o t i q u e , r e m i s a u x m a i n s d ' u n a u t r e , q u i fît relâcher die p r i n c i p a u x officiers u n d se b o r n a u n i q u e m e n t à p r o c é d e r c o n t r e les officiers des g a r d e s . . . G u e r r e civile s'étendait m. acharn e m e n t i n d e n F r a n k r e i c h b e n a c h b a r t e n P r o v i n z e n ; b e g ü n s t i g t ν . den Tuilerien, b a r o n d ' E r o l e s n a h m d a s C o m m a n d o d e r royalistes, u. régence 30 etablirte sich in U r g e l . M i n i s t e r schickten viele S o l d a t e n sur cette frontière, Chefs v. ihrer Sekte, a b e r ungeschickt. D i e R o y a l i s t e s a n i m i r t zu nouvelles entreprises, g u e r r e d ' e x t e r m i n a t i o n ; p r i s o n n i e r s , b e s . die distingués, oft assassinés. A u c h die p r o v i n c e s des intérieur infestées v. partis p l u s ou m o i n s n o m b r e u x , q u i i n t e r c e p t a i e n t les c o u r r i e r s , a t t a q u a i e n t les 35 petits d é t a c h e m e n t s des soldats et r a u b t e n in d e n p r o v i n c e s , erschweren sehr die c o m m u n i c a t i o n s . Vols, assassinats. G o u v . d é s o b é i a u x portes m ê m e d e M a d r i d , w o s e f o r m a i e n t d e nouvelles b a n d e s . . . D i e t r o u p e s constit. siegen in C a t a l o n i e n , u. n a c h d e r prise v. Castelfollit et de Bala;

476

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique

guer, die division r o y a l , des b a r o n d ' E r o l e s forcée de se retirer en F r a n c e . Aber der g u e r r e d a u e r t fort i m I n n e r n v o n C a t a l o n i e n , b e s . a n d e r Grenze v. Valencia. E s p r i t s exaspérés, furor a u f b e i d e n Seiten. A u c h d a s gouv. respire l ' e x t e r m i n a t i o n , le fer et la flamme. E b e n s o in N a v a r r a u. 5 A r a g o n . D i e gén. en chef d e r a r m é e s p u b l i è r e n t à l'envi des b a n s s a n guinaires, des p r o c l a m a t i o n s a t r o c e s i m p o s a n t avec l a p l u s g r a n d e légèreté la peine de m o r t , la confiscation des biens o d . die d é p o r t a t i o n . D i e villages wo feu g e m a c h t a u f die c o n s t i t u t i o n n e l s d e v a i e n t être b r û l é s u. saccagés s a n s pitié, w e n n selbst die c o u p a b l e s n i c h t a n g e h ö r i g d e r locato lité, à m o i n s q u ' o n ne les livrât. E b e n s o die villes, wo ein p a t r i o t e était tué; peine de m o r t f. die q u i d o n n e r a i e n t des nouvelles favorables a u x royalistes. Diese décrets der fureur et d ' e x t e r m i n a t i o n étaient exécutés. Mina d a m a l s wie 1835 e r n a n n t z u m c a p t . gen. v. C a t a l o n i e n gegen die Royalistes u. denselben N e r o . Ließ n a c h der prise Castelfollit schleifen u. 15 auf d e m e n d r o i t le p l u s visible de l ' u n des p a n s de m u r q u i restent d e b o u t schreiben: «Ici fut Castelfollit; p e u p l e s , p r e n e z exemple! ne d o n n e z p o i n t asile a u x e n n e m i s d e l a p a t r i e » . A e h n l i c h e o r d r e s k a m e n d i r e k t v . M a d r i d an . . . 7 O c t o b r e 1822 v e r s a m m e l t die cortés e x t r a o r d i n a i r e s . 12 O c t o b . V stattete d a s ministère r a p p o r t ab ü b e r d e n é t a t des c h o s e s . Schieben die Λ 20 Schuld a u f H o f l n t r i g u e n , a u s w ä r t i g e I n t r i g u e n , I g n o r a n z des p e u p l e s , Pfaffen, etc Schlugen (die ministres) als Heilmittel v o r : «1) zu fixer le s o r t du clergé; 2) d a ß d a s gov. i n d i q u â t les s o m m e s à p a y e r a u x p r é l a t s h o r s du r o y a u m e . 3) gov. a u t o r i s i r t zu éloigner v. i h r e n diocèses die p r é l a t s , curés, ecclésiastiques q u i lui i n s p i r a i e n t de la méfiance. 4) p o u v o i r f. d a s 25 gov. d ' e n v o y e r d ' u n e p r o v i n c e d a n s l ' a u t r e les e m p l o y é s q u i t t a n t leurs fonctions. 5) wo die e m p l o y é s n i c h t de front a u x factieux w i d e r s t e h e n , Verlust ν. 2/3 ihres G e h a l t ; 6) S t a d t od. village, a t t a k i r t d u r c h n o m b r e de factieux égal ou inférieur au tiers de ses h a b i t a n t s , q u i ne se d é f e n d r a i t pas, obligé à p a y e r la force militaire destinée à les o c c u p e r ; 7) die a u t o 30 rites locales, die n i c h t d e r a u t o r i t é supérieure avis g a b e n v. d e r p r é s e n c e der factieux in ihrer voisinage p u n i e s d ' a m e n d e s d u r c h die chefs militaires, s u i v a n t q u e ceux-ci le j u g e r a i e n t c o n v e n a b l e ; 8) d a s gov. bevollmächtigt z u s u s p e n d r e die a y u n t a m i e n t o s o n t h e p r o p o s i t i o n der gefes polítocos; 9) f. die factieux < s u s p e n d u e s les formalités prescrites p a r la 35 constit. p o u r l ' a r r e s t a t i o n des accusés); 10) d a ß in d e n p r o c è s de c o n spiration die c o u p a b l e s p a y a s s e n t s o l i d a i r e m e n t aile pertes u . d o m m a g e s occasionnés à des tiers; 11) d a s g o u v . a u t o r i s i r t zu r e n v o y e r au conseil d'état die p r é s e n t a t i o n s d ' e m p l o y é s n i c h t g a n z d é v o u é s à la constit.; 12) gouv. a u t o r i s é , p o u r un t e r m e fixé, à é c a r t e r u. r e m p l a c e r en titre u. 40 personellement die chefs militaires; 13) g o u v . p o u v o i r de r e m p l a c e r die magistrats die nicht feraient leur devoir; 14) t o u t f o n c t i o n n a i r e p u b l i c ,

477

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

e m p l o y é civil u. militaire, d e r nicht die i h m v o m g o u v . auferlegte destin a t i o n a n n i m m t , privé d e s o n e m p l o i , déclaré i n c a p a b l e d ' e n o b t e n i r a u c u n et, w e n n militaire, retirés ses brevets; 15) créées sociétés p a t r i o t i q u e s , réglementées p o u r f o m e n t e r l'esprit p u b l i c ; 16) T h e a t e r s t ü c k e öffentlich z u m selben Z w e c k ; 17) Oeffentliches t é m o i g n a g e ν. D a n k f. die 5 die am 7 Juli f. die p a t r i e g e k ä m p f t . 18) q u e s u i v a n t le désir du g o u v . les cortés a d o p t a s s e n t t o u t e s les m e s u r e s q u e leur s u g g é r e r a i t leur zèle p a r ticulier, l e u r a m o u r d u bien p u b l i c . » D i e cortes a c c o r d è r e n t d e m g o u v . fast alle s. d e m a n d e s , ¡¡43 ¡ u. décrétèrent d a b e i q u e l ' o n ne d o n n e r a i t rien a u x p r é l a t s sortis du r o y a u m e . Sie s u p p r i m è r e n t die c o u v e n t s isolés in 10 d e n places frontières u. allen e n d r o i t s de m o i n s de 450 feux. D i e A g e n t s des gov. endlich b e v o l l m ä c h t i g t o h n e f o r m e de p r o c è s u. f. 30 Tage alle a r r e t i r e n z u lassen qu'ils r e g a r d e r a i e n t c o m m e c o n s p i r a t e u r s . . . die galeries n a h m e n l ä r m e n d e n p a r t à ces discussions . . . D a s m i n i s t è r e w o l l t e die leztere m e s u r e n i c h t billigen. W i d e r s p r e c h e n d e E r k l ä r u n g e n desselben. 15 Congress zu Verona. - « N o t e de la France. A' Monsieur le comte de L a g a r d e . P a r i s . 2 5 D é c e m b r e . 1822». D i e s p a n . R e g . l ä ß t sich grosse dikt a t o r i s c h e V o l l m a c h t e n v. d e n cortes geben, a b e r «faisait à p e i n e usage de ces p o u v o i r s » . Selbst in d e n p r o v i n c e s am freisten v. royalistes die c o n t r i b u t i o n s n u r gezahlt m. arriéré c o n s i d é r a b l e ; il restait dû au trésor 20 des s o m m e s é n o r m e s . D a s c o n t i n g e n t d é c r é t é d u r c h die cortes f. r e m p l a c e m e n t u . a u g m e n t a t i o n der a r m é e s ' i n c o r p o r a i t d a n s les d é p ô t s m . der g r ö ß t e n l e n t e u r u. die recrues, sans h a b i t s , m o u r a n t de faim, d a n s la p l u s d é p l o r a b l e oisiveté, - m a n g a b i h n e n selbst n i c h t die p l u s légère i n s t r u c t i o n - m o n t r a i e n t t o u t e l ' i n a c t i o n du g o u v e r n e m e n t . L i e ß sie des 25 m o i s entiers d a n s leurs m a i s o n s s a n s leur assigner des c o r p s . Milice active, sollte n a c h d e m D é c r e t der C o r t e s ν . J a n u a r 1822 a u f fast 80,000 h o m m e s , n o c h n i c h t 24,000, dieselben q u i existaient en 1820. E n d ­ lich dieß gov. i n e p t e u. débile a n t w o r t e t e die n o t e s des g r a n d e s puissances en défiant l ' E u r o p e entière. A n t w o r t des Evariste San Miguel ( F o r . M i n . ) 30 an d e n frz. G e s a n d t e n zu M a d r i d , d. d. 9 J a n u a r . 1823. . . . S a n M i g u e l et ses collègues épuisaient des ressources q u i a u r a i e n t suffi p o u r sauver 20 m o n a r c h i e s c o m m e celle d ' E s p a g n e , « l ' e x p é r i e n c e a d é m o n t r é q u e l'existence du c o r d o n a p p e l é sanitaire, q u i d e p u i s a pris le n o m d'armée d'observation, a l i m e n t e les folles espérances des f a n a t i q u e s illuminés q u i se 35 b e r c e n t d e l'idée d ' u n e p r o c h a i n e i n v a s i o n d e n o t r e t e r r i t o i r e » . . . A l b e r n e A p a t h i e d e r M i n i s t e r w ä h r e n d dieser V e r o n a u . d i p l o m a t i s c h e n V e r h a n d l u n g e n . - D i e c h a r g é s d'affaires v. St. P é t e r s b o u r g , W i e n , Berlin, h a t t e n k a u m S a n M i g u e l s A n s w e r a u f ihre n o t e s e r h a l t e n , qu'ils d e m a n d è r e n t leurs p a s s e p o r t s u n d s o r t i r e n t d ' E s p a g n e ; le m i n i s t r e p l é n i p o t e n t i a i r e de 40 F r a n c e en fit a u t a n t p e u de j o u r s a p r è s . Jezt erst die n o t e s d e r alliés u. die

478

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique réponse des S a n M i g u e l (alten r é d a c t e u r des Spectateur) présentées a u x cortes. D i e cortés b e n u z t e n die séances v. 9 - 1 1 j a n v i e r 1823 zu d é c l a m e r contre die sainte alliance, à exagérer le p a t r i o t i s m e des E s p a g n o l s en r a p pelant la guerre de l ' i n d é p e n d a n c e , p r o t e s t a t i o n s de m o u r i r libres etc . . . 5 die cortés m e n d i è r e n t les a p p l a u d i s s e m e n t s des t u r b u l e n t e s galeries, u. wurden p o r t é s en t r i o m p h e à côté des a p ô t r e s de l ' a n a r c h i e . . . A u c h h o m m e s de bien liessen sich in diesen Sitzungen hinreissen, wie Arguelles, chef der p a r t i d e r m o d e r a d o s . . . h ä t t e n , statt d e c l a m i r e n , ü b e r die W i d e r standsmittel c o n s u l t i r e n sollen . . . f a n f a r o n n a d e s des ministres, i m p r é v o y io ance . . . p e u de j o u r s a p r è s m e n a c é s d a n s la capitale m ê m e . . . Un gros v. Royalistes h a t t e sich réuni sur les b o r d s de l ' E b r e vers les frontières de l'Aragon, C a t a l o g n e , Valence, u n t e r a certain Bessières (wenige m o i s vorher zu B a r c e l o n a z u m T o d verurtheilt w e g e n a n a r c h i s t i s c h e n republiçanisçhen m o v e s ) . D i e ß c o r p s a v a n c i r t n a c h S a r r a g o s s a , k o m m t 15 bis an die f a u b o u r g s , schlägt d a n n d e n Weg n a c h M a d r i d ein. In A r a g o n nicht v. d e m c o m . - g é n . v e r h i n d e r t , obgleich er un des h o m m e s de confiance des ministère u. m e h r als forces suffisantes p o u r d é t r u i r e 3-^1,000 factieux. Sie g e h n n a c h Neucastilien. A r r i v e n t in die environs v. G u a d a l a x a r a , n u r 8 miles v. M a d r i d entfernt; ihr m o u v e m e n t lent, d e n 20 noch fähig de s ' a p p r o c h e r der H a u p t s t a d t à cette distance sans t r o u v e r la m o i n d r e résistance. G o v . schickt gegen sie d e n C o m m a n d a n t d e r P r o v i n ces, O d a l i , 1 der 5 chefs d e r île de L e o n ; trifft die schlechtesten dispositions; bei B r i h u e g a die c o l o n n e c o n s t i t u t . m i s e en d é r o u t e c o m p l è t e , perdit son artillerie, g r a n d n o m b r e de p r i s o n n i e r s , t o t a l e m e n t dispersée. 25 1 bataillon v. M a d r i d d a s viel « R i e g o » gesungen, se mit i g n o m i n i e u s e ment en fuite a u x p r e m i e r s c o u p s de fusil. D i e ß der p a t r i o t i s m e sur lequel c o m p t a i e n t les cortes u. d a s gov. p o u r faire face à la sainte alliance. Ebenso denselben Tag à 9 heures du soir D é r o u t e s. U n t e r k o m m a n d a n ten E m p e c i n a d o v o r Brihuega. . . . Diese d é r o u t e 2 4 J a n u a r 1823; bringt 30 confusion in M a d r i d h e r v o r ; ministres g a b e n o r d r e s f. fortification v. M a d r i d , c o m m a n d e m e n t der capitale d e m gén. Ballesteros u . d a s d e r troupes d e m C o m t e del Abisbal, discrédité p a r t o u s les p a r t i s u. m é s e s t i m é par ceux-mêmes q u i l'employaient. D i e R o y a l i s t e s arrivèrent à G u a d a laxara u., sans a v a n c e r d a v a n t a g e vers M a d r i d , p a s s è r e n t le Tage p r e s 35 q u ' à la vue des A b i s b a l , d e r seit d e m 27 j a n v i e r s'était dirigé c o n t r e eux. Entrèrent den 30 à H u è t e , où ils firent m i n e de se fortifier. (3,500 Infant, u. 200 chevaux.) A b i s b a l p r e s e n t i r t sich 31 v o r H u e t e u., obgleich die royalistes bis z u m 10 février in der S t a d t , w a g t e er nichts gegen sie zu unternehmen. D e n 24 J a n u a r hatte Abisbal das c o m m a n d o ü b e r n o m 40 men; le g o u v . g a b i h m alle m o y e n s w o r ü b e r es disposer k o n n t e , u. d e r comte in s. r a p p o r t ν. 8 février dit d a ß s. forces n u r 2900 Infanterie, u. st

479

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

380 c h e v a u x , n o n c o m p r i s le r é g i m e n t de C a l a t r a v a qu'il a v a i t d é t a c h é à C u e n c a , et qui se r é u n i t à lui le 10. D i e ß die m o y e n s u. die a u t o r i t é des g o u v e r n e m e n t . D e n n o c h dieß ministère - «die 7 p a t r i o t e s p. excellence», d a s I d o l der C o r t e s u. d e r Presse . . . D e n 10 fév. verlassen die R o y a l i s t e n H u e t e u. à m a r c h e s o r d i n a i r e s , r e p a s s è r e n t s a n s obstacle le Tage; theilen sich en 2 b a n d e s , dirigirt die 1 vers l ' A r a g o n , die a n d r e gen Valencia, sans q u e les t r o u p e s constit. p u s s e n t o b t e n i r sur e u x q u e d e très petits a v a n tages. Diese E x p e d i t i o n d a u e r t e bis A n f a n g M ä r z . . . G e n . M i n a d a m a l s v. d e n P a t r i o t e n gefeiert, v. d e n C o r t e s , g r a n d ' c r o i x de S a n F e r n a n d o , f. die o c c u p a t i o n d e r forts de la Seu d ' U r g e l ; ist nichts als d a ß , n a c h der retraite ν. E r ó l e s en F r a n c e , é v a c u a t i o n v o l o n t a i r e des forts d u r c h die assiégés weil o h n e vivres, s a n s en être e m p ê c h é s p a r les assiégeants. V o n derselben G r ö s s e M i n a ' s prouesses in C a t a l o n i e n . D e n 5 février 1823 d a s ministère v e r l a n g t v. d e n cortes die levée v. 30,000 M a n n à m e t t r e l ' a r m é e sur le pied de la guerre; verlangt verschiedne a u t o r i s a t i o n s f. sich, die d e p u t a t i o n s provinciales, die c o m . - g é n . des a r r o n d i s s e m e n t s militaires. C o m m i s s i o n e r s t a t t e t den a n d r e n Tag Bericht d a r ü b e r , bewilligt, billigt . . . E n d l i c h p r e s e n t i r t d a s ministère d e m é t a t des m o y e n s die i h m u r g e n t s scheinen p o u r c o u v r i r les nouvelles dépenses. S a g t e n w e d e r wie g r o ß die dépenses, n o c h die ressources, die sie d e m a n d a i e n t , n o c h ob déficit in den s c h o n decretirten c o n t r i b u t i o n s . . . 3 Articles ν. d e n C o r t e s verworfen; a b e r die m o y e n s bewilligt, obgleich die m i n i s t r e s n e s u r e n t c o m p t e n i des c o n t r i b u t i o n s , ni des p r o v i n c e s q u i d e v a i e n t le p l u s , ni des s o m m e s nécessaires, n i d e celles q u e devaient p r o d u i r e les m o y e n s p r o p o s é s . D e n 12 fév. (1823) d a s g o u v . m a c h t E x p o s i t . in Bezug a u f die n o t e s d e r g r a n des puissances, u. d e n discours des fzs. r o i à l ' o u v e r t u r e d e r c h a m b r e s , verlangt die cortes devaient p r e n d r e les m e s u r e s die sie hielten c o n v e n a bles. Diese e r n e n n e n c o m m i s s i o n , diese schlägt v o r nichts als: 1) Regier u n g k a n n d e n Sitz v. M a d r i d w e g verlegen - w ä h r e n d d e r Zeit zwischen d e r Auflös. d e r a u s s e r o r d . C o r t e s u. der B e r u f u n g d e r o r d i n a i r e s . 2) In diesem F a l l wird d a s gouv. ü b e r d e n lieu c o n v e n a b l e f. s. t r a n s l a t i o n c o n s u l t i r e n u . j u n t e d e militaires c o n n u s etc. A l s o alle M a ß n a h m e n b e s c h r ä n k t a u f « a b o n d a n der c a p i t a l e » . W ä h r e n d diese p r o p o s i t i o n s der c o m m i s s i o n d e b a t t i r t assistiren die ministres n i c h t d e n c o r t e s , (wenigstens h ö r t m a n n i c h t s v . ihnen) N u n die f a n f a r o n s ν . C o r t e s A n g s t , g e s t e h n que rien n ' a v a i t été p r é p a r é , qu'il était impossible de résister à l'invasion, que les F r a n ç a i s p o u v a i e n t arriver à M a d r i d avec u n e seule division de 8-10,000 h o m m e s etc . . . Á voir d a s e m p r e s s e m e n t w o m i t die c o r t e s a u t o risaient le g o u v . à sortir de M a d r i d in d e n 12 T a g e n q u i d e v a i e n t s'écouler bis z u r r é u n i o n d e r session o r d i n a i r e , sollte m a n g l a u b e n d a ß M a d r i d sehr n a h an der G r e n z e v. F r a n k r e i c h u. die F e i n d e sie s c h o n ||44| franchie

480

10

15 ,

20

25

30 i

m 35-"

M 40;«

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique

hätten. A b e r die F r a n ç a i s t a r d è r e n t n o c h fast 2 m o i s à p a s s e r la B i d a s s o a u. M a d r i d 100 s p a n , lieues v. diesem rivière . . . Q u a n t a u x m i n i s t r e s e s p a gnols, au p a r t i q u i d o m i n a i t les c o r t e s , ils n ' e u r e n t é g a r d à rien, ils ne songèrent q u ' à se m e t t r e à t e m p s en sûreté a p r è s a v o i r c o m p r o m i s la 5 nation . . . I h r e militärisch. M a ß r e g e l n schlecht. D e c r e t i r e n 2 O p e r a t i o n s u. 2 R e s e r v e a r m e e n . I Operafionsarm.ee, G e n . M i n a , t r o u p e s ν . C a t a l o n i e n . 2' O p e r a t i o n s a r m e e a u s d e n t r o u p e s q u i se t r o u v a i e n t à S a n t a n d e r , u. einem Theil v. Altcastilien, d e n B a s q u e s , N a v a r r a , A r r a g o n , Valence; gen. Ballesteros. 1' R e s e r v e a r m e e sollte sich o r g a n i s e r zu M a d r i d u n t e r 1

l

10 comte del A b i s b a l , 2 in Galicien, u n t e r chef, d e m c o m t e de C a r t h a g è n e ... Die F r a n z o s e n f a n d e n n i c h t d e n geringsten W i d e r s t a n d w e d e r a u p a s sage der B i d a s s o a , n o c h in d e n gorges étroites der c h e m i n s q u ' i l s suivirent j u s q u ' à V i t t o r i a , n i a u p a s s a g e d e l ' E b r e . Selbst w e n n d a s Volk gewollt, m u ß t e passif bleiben, a p r è s l ' a b a n d o n a b s o l u w o r i n le laissaient 15 les t r o u p e s p a r suite des d i s p o s i t i o n s du g o u v . . . . A u s s e r o r d e n t l . Sitzung der C o r t e s geschloss. am 19 Feb. 1823. M a n k o n n t e sie n i c h t weiter verlängern, l a session o r d i n a i r e d e v a n t s'ouvrir l e 1 m a r s . D e n s e l b e n 19 Febr. le r o i renvoie die ministres, confiant i h r e portefeuilles a u x p r e miers e m p l o y é s d e r ministères bis z u r n o m i n a t i o n der n o u v e a u x m i n i s 20 tres. In derselben Nacht v. 19 Feb. 1823 m a r s c h i r e n a b o u t 200 Verschwoerer sur le palais; u n t e r cris furieux, m e n a c e s etc, p é n é t r a n t j u s q u e d a n s son h a b i t a t i o n , zwingen i h n à r e p r e n d r e le ministère. R o i äusserst outragé, seine vie ausgesezt. W ä h r e n d diese é m e u t i e r s i m p l a c e d u p a l a i s , andre g r o u p e s v e r l a n g e n à g r a n d s cris à la d e p u t a t i o n p e r m a n e n t e d e r 25 cortes q u e l ' o n n o m m â t u n e régence. D i e cris «la régence et m e u r e le r o i » retentissaient d e t o u t e s p a r t s , u . i n d e n e n d r o i t s les p l u s p u b l i c s v . M a d r i d on plaça des tables p o u r faire signer des p é t i t i o n s d e m a n d a n t la déchéance d u r o i . D i e ß d a u e r t e l a n g fort, n a c h d e m die directeurs der é m e u t e s schon befriedigt, i h r b u t erreicht, die r e n t r é e d e r ministres. D e r r o i 30 brauchte in d e m décret de réinstallation die W o r t e : « p o u r le m o m e n t » . Die P r o v i n z i a l d e p u t a t i o n ν . M a d r i d , ν . M u r c i a , a n d r e c o r p o r a t i o n s m a h ­ nen i h n i n d ' a u d a c i e u s e s adresses d i e ß « p o u r l e m o m e n t » w e g z u s t r e i c h e n u. qu'il déclarât les ministres en titre. Ueberau Lärm der Sekte, dieselben cris ... stellten den salut der patrie nur «à soutenir les ministres à leur 35 poste» obgleich i h r e i n c a p a c i t é u. négligence n o t o r i s c h . D i e c o r t e s eröffnet ihre session ordinaire 1 mars 1823. D e n 2 theilt r o i mit, d a ß er c o n venable gefunden die ministres zu r e n v o y e r , en d é s i g n a n t ceux q u i devaient les r e m p l a c e r , ajoutait, q u e p o u r e m p ê c h e r les affaires p u b l i q u e s de rester en souffrance die ministres d é m i s d e v a i e n t c o n t i n u e r à r e m p l i r 40 leurs emplois bis sie eussent r e n d u c o m p t e a u x cortes de l'état de la nation. P o u r éluder die v o l o n t é des roi die c o r t e s o r d o n n è r e n t d a ß d i e e r

481

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1 ministres s u s p e n d r a i e n t leurs r a p p o r t s bis à nouvelle r é s o l u t i o n ; dieß z w a n g d e n R ü l p s die ministres détestés z u conserver. ( D i e cortés t h a t e n dieß n ä m l i c h i n d e m sie h i n d e r t e n die p e r s o n n e s chargées p r o v i s o i r e m e n t de portefeuilles zu lire die r a p p o r t s p r é p a r é s d u r c h die alten ministres.) D e n 2 m a r s , (Beifall d e r galleries) - d é p u t é p r o p o s a de déclarer l'incap a c i t é d u roi . . . D i e s i t u a t i o n der famille r o y a l e w a r sehr kritisch. D i e C o r t e s insistaient auf die « v o y a g e » fatal, Sevilla b e s t i m m t f. d e n R ü c k z u g s p u n k t des gov. u. d e r V e r s a m m l u n g , roi schickt A t t e s t e v. 7 m é d e c i n s den C o r t e s , d a ß er nicht fort k a n n . Diese d e n 12 M ä r z den cortes v o r g e legt, C o m m i s s i o n ü b e r g e b e n , r a p p o r t i r t d e n 13, schließt d a m i t , D e p u t a tion z u m r o i z u schicken, d a ß die cortes hoffen, d a ß e r bis z u m 1 8 M ä r z z u r A b r e i s e r e a d y sein w e r d e , en fixant d'ici à ce t e r m e précis Tag, S t u n d e etc, die cortes in P e r m a n e n z bis z u r A n t w o r t . D i e s e r Vorschlag a n g e n o m m e n . . . R o i , obgleich im Bett, e r k l ä r t sich f. d e n 20* bereit. D i e s e r Aufs c h u b v. 2 Tagen bewilligt. M a n excita die v o l o n t a i r e s n a t i o n a u x de M a d r i d die Reise m i t z u m a c h e n . . . f. diese 6 r é a u x p. T a g u n e ressource c o n t r e la misère. 2 bataillons a u s i h n e n gebildet. D a s g o u v . v o r allem beschäftigt m. s. d é p a r t u. voyage n a c h Seville u. le p e u d ' a r g e n t disponible était r é u n i p o u r cet objet. D e r g r ö ß t e Theil d e r t r o u p e s , w o r ü b e r m a n verfügen k o n n t e , destiné d e n roi u . die cortes z u begleiten, e n a b a n d o n n a n t viele p o i n t s wo sie äusserst n ö t h i g . D i e ministres so a c c o u t u m é s à ne rien faire qu'il ne leur venait m ê m e p a s à l'esprit q u e leur i n a c t i o n p e n d a n t la m a r c h e laissât q u e l q u e vide d a n s les affaires. 23 mars die cortes s u s p e n d i r e n t leur session p o u r un m o i s . H a u p t s a c h e : v o y a g e r c o m m o d é m e n t , avec sécurité, u . h a l t e n die «sept p a t r i o t e s » a n i h r e n postes, roi q u i t t a M a d r i d 20 m a r s , escortés v o n d e n 2 n o u v e a u x b a t a i l l o n s de v o l o n t a i r e s u. d u r c h plusieurs c o r p s d ' a r m é e , d ' a u t r e s se t r o u v a n t se p o s t é s sur différents p o i n t s , p o u r p r o t é g e r l a m a r c h e . U n t e r d e ß die royalistes sehr ü b e r h a n d in Valencia, schlagen ein gros constit., die sie angegriffen. N e h m e n fast o h n e résistance d e n C h â t e a u d e M u r v i e d r o , (l'ant i q u e S a g o n t e ) S t a d t Valencia selbst b l o q u é e , h ä t t e n es g e n o m m e n wenn G e n . Ballesteros bei s. R ü c k z u g v. A r a g o n sie nicht forcer zu lever t o u t à fait le siège. A l o r s in P o r t u g a l die ersten s y m p t ô m e s de soulèvement. Silveyra, c o m t e d ' A m a r a n t h e , se leva gen die C o n s t i t . in d e r p r o v i n c e de T r a s - o s - M o n t e s , fut suivie des t r o u p e s d'infanterie, cavalerie, milices in der Province. G e n e r a l L o u i s de R é g o schlug i h n , Silveyra zieht sich n a c h S p a n i e n z u r ü c k i n die P r o v i n c e Z a m o r a , m i t a b o u t 4000 Infanterie, 50 c h e v a u x , 6 pièces d'artillerie u. g r a n d c o n v o i de voitures. D i e ß verm e h r t den e m b a r r a s der E s p a g n . , d a i h m keine t r o u p e s i n Altcastile entgegenzusetzen. C o m t e del A b i s b a i d a m a l s l ' h o m m e à la m o d e der ministres u . amis. M a n giebt i h m a u c h die a u t o r i t é politique v o n M a d r i d . (145-220.)

482

5 'i

10

15

20l

30-

35

J

40*

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique

Entrée des Français. Junte Provisoire. On n'avait rien d i s p o s é sur la frontière p o u r q u e les F r a n ç a i s é p r o u v a s sent de la résistance, et le ministère fuyait de M a d r i d laissant t o u t e s les branches d e l ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n d a n s l e plus g r a n d d é s o r d r e . D i e a r m é e 5 v. C a t a l o g n e ou l a r m é e d ' o p é r a t i o n s , a b o u t 24,000 h o m m e s , a b e r so disséminés d a ß die F r a n ç a i s n e t r o u v è r e n t p a s 4,000 réunis. D i e 2 a r m é e d ' o p é r a t i o n s bei d e m R ü c k z u g v . G e n . Ballesteros n a c h Valencia, k a u m 16,000 M a n n , obgleich er nichts in d e n P r o v i n z e n ließ als die g a r n i s o n s à quelques places fortes. ( D i e ß die A r m e e v. A r a g o n , Valence, N a v a r r a , 10 Theil v. Altcastilien, p r o v i n c e s b a s q u e s u. S a n t a n d e r . ) 3' a r m é e d ' o p é r a tions u n t e r C o m t e del A b i s b a l s'organisait à M a d r i d , b e s t a n d z u m Theil de corps n o u v e a u x f. d a s C o m m a n d o v. Castille-Nouvelle u. E s t r e m a d u r a , a b o u t 12,000 M a n n . 4 ' a r m é e d ' o p é r a t i o n s die t r o u p e s q u i garnissaient la Galice, die A s t u r i e s , u. Theil d e r Vieille-Castille: 2 b a t a i l l o n s 15 d'infanterie, 3 anciens der milice, 6 ou 7 de nouvelle c r é a t i o n , 2 r é g i m e n t s de cavalerie, 1 d'artillerie. C o m t e de C a r t h a g è n e ihr G e n . en chef. D i e Reservearmee sollte se f o r m e r en A n d a l o u s i e , b e s t a n d a u s d e n c o r p s q u i garnissaient cette p r o v i n c e u. des t r o u p e s q u i escortaient le r o i et les cortes. D i e places en général h a t t e n w e d e r die g a r n i s o n n o c h die a p p r o 20 visionnements ¡451 de g u e r r e nécessaires. So zu S a n t o ñ a , S a n S é b a s t i a n , P a m p e l u n e ... K e i n e dispositions getroffen p o u r a u g m e n t e r die m e a n s of defense u. r é u n i r die ressources, d o n t p é n u r i e e x t r ê m e on all sides. Die C o r t e s h a t t e n d e n P r o v i n z i a l d e p u t a t i o n e n grosse facultés verliehen, selbst, au m é p r i s d e r C o n s t i t u í . , à f r a p p e r des c o n t r i b u t i o n s . M a n d a c h t e 25 an die D i e n s t e der j u n t e s d ' a r m e m e n t et de défense v. 1808-1813. Aber die deputations provinciales v. 1823 b e s t a n d e n en général d ' h o m m e s modérés u. p r u d e n t s , weil sie nicht g a n z e r n e u e r t in 1821, u. die D é m a g o g u e s , c o n t e n t s d ' e n v o y e r a u x C o r t e s b e a u c o u p d e gens d e leur confiance, n ' a v a i e n t p o i n t c h e r c h e r à influer sur l'élection des d é p u t é s 30 provinciaux, car ceux-ci n'étant point payés, i h r e m p l o i schien m e h r charge als a v a n t a g e . D i e d é p u t é s p r o v i n c i a u x z u r selben Zeit u. d e n s e l b e n Wählern gewählt wie die d é p u t é s a u x cortes, a b e r diese alle 2 J. e r n e u e r t , jene 4 J. u. se renouvelaient p a r moitié t o u s les 2 a n s . D i e grosse m a j o r i t é des d é p u t é s p r o v i n c i a u x w a r d é g o û t é e de la m a r c h e des affaires; compo35 sée d'hommes riches ... W u ß t e n d a ß die p o p u l a t i o n nicht K r i e g wollte. Wollten selbst F r i e d e n , Freiheit v. der A n a r c h i e des factions q u i m e n a çaient de r u i n e r les p r o p r i é t é s de t o u t e espèce. A u s s e r d e m s a h n sie, d a ß die C o r t e s u. d a s g o v e r n m e n t , en leur a c c o r d a n t des a t t r i b u t i o n s q u i violaient la c o n s t i t u t i o n , avaient p o u r b u t de se d é c h a r g e r sur elles du è r e

t e

483

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

p o i d s de la g u e r r e , de l'odieux et des violences et des sacrifices qu'elle e n t r a î n e . Les c o r t e s et le g o u v . résolus à fuir le péril, c h e r c h a i e n t égalem e n t à fuir les difficultés qu'offrait l'état d a n s lequel ils a v a i e n t précipité les affaires. Ils v o u l a i e n t a c c o r d e r un vote de confiance à q u i v o u d r a i t s'en c h a r g e r . E b e n s o m i t d e n p o u v o i r s a c c o r d é s a u x g é n é r a u x en chef, qui, 5 d ' a c c o r d avec les d e p u t a t i o n s , p o u v a i e n t t o u t faire. D i e ß die m e s u r e s p o u r s o u t e n i r die fameuses r é p o n s e s a u x n o t e s der g r a n d e s p u i s s a n c e s . S o die F r a n z o s e n r ü c k e n ein o h n e Opposition. D i e 2 s p a n . A r m e e se retira a u f Valencia fast o h n e tirer u n c o u p d e fusil u . die l a r m é e s c h l o ß sich in d e n places fortes ein, n a c h einigen a c t i o n s w o r i n M i n a u. die gén. u n t e r 10 s. o r d r e s mis en d é r o u t e . So b e m ä c h t i g e n sich die F r e n c h des c o u r s e des E b r o . B l o q u è r e n t die places fortes e n arrière d e cette ligne, u . w ä h r e n d d a s 2 ' C o r p s u n t e r G e n . M o l i t o r o c c u p a i t l ' A r r a g o n u . sich m e t t a i t e n communication m. dem duc de Conégliano, c o m m a n d a n t in Catalonien, a v a n c i r t e n d a s 1* C o r p s u n d die g a r d e r o y a l e a u f M a d r i d p a r les r o u t e s de 15 G u a d a r r a m a u. S o m o s i e r r a . 1808 hielt eine s p a n , division bei S o m o s i e r r a N a p o l e o n selbst a u f u . M a d r i d e r g a b sich erst n a c h 4000 c o u p s d e c a n o n tirés d u r c h die français. U n d A n g o u l è m e h a t t e n i c h t '/2 d e r A r m é e ν . N a p o l e o n . P e u d e j o u r s v o r d e r arrivée d e r F r a n z o s e n e r l ä ß t A b i s b a i p u b l i e r un écrit w o r i n er disait d a ß es i n d i s p e n s a b l e de modifier la con- 201 s t i t u t i o n . A b i s b a i versteckt sich in M a d r i d bis d e r e n t r é e der F r e n c h , b e a u c o u p d'officiers r e s t è r e n t à M a d r i d , division, d i s c o r d e s ' i n t r o d u i sirent in die c o r p s u. die soldats d é s e r t è r e n t en g r a n d n o m b r e . D i e Français entrèrent à Madrid 24 Mai 1823 au milieu des acclamations des habitants. F r a n z o s e n , obgleich sie a u c u n e résistance f a n d e n , h a t t e n 47 j o u r s 25 g e b r a u c h t p o u r arriver à M a d r i d a p r è s leur e n t r é e e n E s p a g n e . D e r d u c d ' A n g o u l ê m e c r é a dès s o n entrée u n e junte provisoire, q u i se m i t à la tête des affaires u. s'installa d ' a b o r d à Oyarzun le 9 avril. D i e j u n t e c o m p o s é e d ' h o m m e s d é v o u é s a u r o i u . e n n e m i s irréconciliables d e t o u t c e q u i p o r t a i t le n o m de c o n s t i t u t i o n n e l . (Waren s p a n . E m i g r é s (royal.) n a c h 30 F r a n k r e i c h . ) W ü t h e n d e R e a c t i o n n ä r e . . . l e f a m e u x décret s u r les droits seigneuriaux n'allait à rien m o i n s q u ' à soulever les fermiers c o n t r e les p r o p r i é t a i r e s , so zu précipiter die r é v o l u t i o n q u e les classes inférieures y p r i r e n t p a r t . . . . F r a n z o s e n appelliren s o n u r a n die p a r t i e servile . . . dje g r a n d e s s e d ' E s p a g n e , r e p r é s e n t é e d u r c h 36 de ses m e m b r e s , richtet 35 A d d r e s s e an d e n A n g o u l è m e im constituí, m o d e r i r t e n Sinn. . . . (Vom 2 7 M a i diese addresse) . . . S t a t t l i b é r a u x u . serviles n u n n o i r s u . blancs. D é s o r d r e s u . insultes. M e u r e n t les n e g r o s . . . . W u r d e délit d e n geringsten m a n q u e d ' a p p r o b a t i o n der actes des g o u v . c o n s t , gegeben z u h a b e n , d ' a v o i r exercé un emploi public, c h a r g e m u n i c i p a l e , d ' a v o i r été v o l o n t a i r e 40 n a t i o n a l e , les p r i s o n s gefüllt. M o d é r é s e b e n s o j e z t v. der R e a c t i o n verl

è r e

£

484

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique

folgt wie v o r h e r v. d e r a n a r c h y . . . Tel était l'aspect des villes q u i a v a i e n t reconnu la j u n t e p r o v i s o i r e , d e r e n régime 1 ' / m o i s d a u e r t e . . . S o b a l d die F r a n z o s e n entrés in M a d r i d , régence é t a b l i r t d u r c h d e n conseiller d ' é t a t français de M a r t i g n a c ; er berief die conseils s u p r ê m e s de Castille et des 5 Indes d a m i t sie selbst die individus n a n n t e n , qui d e v a i e n t la c o m p o s e r . Diese e r k l ä r t e n sich n i c h t befugt zu e r n e n n e n , p r ä s e n t i r t e n a b e r eine Liste v. Individus die sie f. b r a u c h b a r hielten. A n g o u l ê m e se c o n f o r m e à la p r o p o s i t i o n der conseils, u. 26 M a i installée die R é g e n c e : Duc d'Infantado, président; d u c d e M o n t e m a r , b a r o n d ' E r o l e s (lieut.-gén.), é v ê q u e 2

1 0 d ' O s m a , D o n A n t o n i o G o m e z C a l d e r ó n ( p r o c u r e u r d u r o i a u conseil des Indes.) . . . D i e 3 s p a n , a r m é e , n a c h d e m sie left M a d r i d , p r i t d e n c h e m i n v . E s t r e m a d u r a u n t e r d e n o r d r e s des m a r q u i s d e C a s t e l d o s r i u s . F r a n z o sen schicken gegen sie ein c o r p s de t r o u p e s ; Arrière-garde-gefecht a v a n t d'arriver à Talaveira. D i e S p a n , in i h r e r r e t r a i t e r i c h t e n sich de l ' E s t r e 15 m a d u r e vers l ' A n d a l o u s i e , suivis du gén. B o u r m o n t . Un a u t r e c o r p s de troupes frç. m a r c h a sur l a M a n c h e u n t e r G e n . B o r d e s o u l l e , u . g e n Anfang J u n i u n e division c o m m a n d é e d u r c h c o m t e B o u r k s'établit d a n s le r o y a u m e de L é o n , p o u r p r é p a r e r l ' o c c u p a t i o n de la Galicie et des Asturies. C o m t e M o l i t o r gegen Valencia, G e n . Ballesteros m . a b a n d o n 20 nent s. artillerie zieht sich vers la M u r c i e a p r è s q u e l q u e résistance o p p o sée p a r s o n a r r i è r e - g a r d e au p a s s a g e du J u c a r à Alzira. In C a t a l o n i e n , d e r duc d e C o n e g l i a n o , z e r s t r e u t e d a s d é t a c h e m e n t v . 3 - 4 0 0 0 m e n c o m m a n ded d u r c h M i n a , zwingt ihn sich n a c h T a r r a g o n a z u r ü c k z u z i e h n , e m p o r t e quelques a v a n t a g e s sur la division de M i l a n s , u. se dispose à b l o q u e r 25 Barcelone. D e r C o m t e de C a r t h a g è n e verließ M a d r i d 7 A p r i l u. n a c h u n e petite halte d a n s la Vieille Castille, il se dirigea vers la G a l i c e p o u r o r g a niser les t r o u p e s . Viele t r o u p e s liefen ü b e r zu d e n F r a n z o s e n . D i e places ν . J a c a , T o r t o s a , C a r d o n e öffnen i h n e n leurs p o r t e s . A u c h kein W i d e r stand der B e v ö l k e r u n g . . . . U n t e r d e ß cortes u. gov. zu Sevilla s'obsti30 naient à p r o c l a m e r q u e la g u e r r e était n a t i o n a l e . C o r t é s r e p r i r e n t leurs séances in Sevilla d e n 23 avril. N e u e s ministère, les cortes donnèrent la dernière main à la loi sur les droits seigneuriaux, dont les ministères v. 21 u. 22 avaient refusé la sanction . . . M. C a l a t r a v a w a r an der Spitze des neuen ministère . . . D i e F r a n ç a i s s ' a v a n ç a i e n t vers l ' A n d a l o u s i e , w o die 35 armée de réserve f o r m é e sous les y e u x du g o u v . n'existait p a s . . . . N a c h richt k o m m t n a c h Sevilla, d a ß die F r a n ç a i s traversé die m o n t a g n e s . Panic. C o r t e s vereinigt 11 j u i n , beriefen die m i n i s t r e s sich zu e r k l ä r e n über l'état des choses; sie w ü ß t e n nichts ü b e r die m o v e s der F r e n c h u. der roi h a b e n o c h nichts beschlossen ü b e r die t r a n s l a t i o n des g o u v . q u i , 40 d'après l'avis du conseil d ' é t a t , devait se faire à Algesiras. On fait la proposition q u e : c o m m e il est à croire q u e les ministres n ' o n t p a s la 1

485

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

confiance d e S . M . , o n envoie u n m e s s a g e a u r o i p o u r lui m a n i f e s t e r l a nécessité de se t r a n s p o r t e r avec t o u t e la famille r o y a l e à C a d i x , en p a r t a n t de Seville dès le l e n d e m a i n à midi. ||46| D e p u t a t i o n der C o r t e s b r i n g t dieß d e m r o i . E r refusirt Sevilla z u verlassen. I n d e n C o r t e s d a r a u f schlägt der d é p u t é Galiano vor: «Beschlossen, d a ß der cas eingetroffen v. Article 187 der C o n s t i t u t i o n , d e considérer S . M . e n l'état d ' e m p ê c h e m e n t m o r a l , u . régence p r o v i s o i r e zu e r n e n n e n , die r é u n i r a die p o u v o i r s exécutifs p o u r le seul fait d e l a t r a n s l a t i o n . » E n t h u s . A p p l a u s d e r G a l e r i e s . D i e d é p u t é s , die sich o p p o s e r wollten, m e n a c é s de m o r t p a r les galeries u. d a n s la salle m ê m e des cortes. D i e s e acceptiren G a l i a n o s Vorschlag. E r n e n n e n die R é g e n c e : L i e u t . - G é n . Don Cayetano Valdès ( d é p u t é a u x C o r t e s ) présid e n t , u. die conseillers d ' é t a t Don Gaspard Vigodet (lieut.-gén.) u. D o n G a b r i e l Ciscar ( C h e f d'escadre). Séance t u r b u l e n t e . Selbst n i c h t v o t é individuellement . . . D i e C o r t e s beschlossen de se réfugier à C a d i x , d ' a m e n e r le r o i d a n s cette ville en le d é p o u i l l a n t a u p a r a v a n t de ses f o n c t i o n s , alors qu'elles n e p o u v a i e n t p l u s conserver l a m o i n d r e e s p é r a n c e d e faire triomp h e r leur c a u s e ; a l o r s q u e la c o n s t i t u t i o n disparaissait en P o r t u g a l u. der r o i y r e p r e n a i t s o n a n c i e n n e a u t o r i t é . D i e p o r t u g i e s . C o r t e s h a t t e n term i n é leurs affaires. In derselben séance v o m 12 (June?) die c o r t e s résol u r e n t q u e l ' o n exciterait le zèle des v o l o n t a i r e s n a t i o n a u x de Seville, et les a u t r e s villes p o u r suivre le g o u v . à C a d i x , en leur offrant les m ê m e s a v a n t a g e s wie d e n v o l o n t a i r e s v . M a d r i d . F a n d e n sich des gens . . . C o n t r e r é v o l u t i o n v o r b e r e i t e t i n Sevilla. Vermittelt d u r c h d e n A r r e s t ν . d e m A n g l a i s G é n . D o y l e , q u i dirigeait l'entreprise, et de divers officiers qui en faisaient p a r t i e . Le r o i sortit de Seville m. s. g a n z e n famille le 12 juin, 6 '/2 U h r a b e n d s , escorté p a r les b a t a i l l o n s des v o l o n t a i r e s n a t i o n a u x de M a d r i d u. Seville, 1 b a t a i l l o n de m a r i n s u. le r é g i m e n t de cavalerie d'Alm a n z a . Le r o i a r r i v a le 13, à 5 U h r du M a t i n , à U t r e r a ; il en r e p a r t i t à 2 h e u r e s a p r è s m i d i le m ê m e j o u r , r o i a r r i v a au p o r t e St. M a r i e le 15, 2 U h r du m a t i n ; 8 U h r il se r e m i t en r o u t e , et a r r i v a à 1 h e u r e après-midi à l'île de L é o n . D e n s e l b e n 15 j u i n D é c r e t d e r R é g e n c e , w o r i n sie ihre executive G e w a l t wieder i n die H ä n d e der C o r t e s z u r ü c k l e g t . D i e ministres also z u expédier les o r d r e s a u n o m d u r o i , s t a t t i n d e m d e r régence. M o r g e n s d e n 13 J u i n verließ d e r g r ö ß t e Theil d e r C o r t e s Sevilla, sur le b a t e a u à v a p e u r . D e n s e l b e n Tag il y e u t un m o v e m e n t p r e s q u e gén. de c o n t r e - r é v o l . d a n s la p r o v i n c e de Seville . . . avec les F r a n ç a i s w a r e n entrés en E s p a g n e la j u n t e p r o v i s o i r e u. die E s p a g n o l s réfugiés en F r a n c e , et les p a s s i o n s d o n t ils étaient possédés. . . . N a c h d e r F l u c h t d e r C o r t e s v . Sevilla, die F r e n c h o b t i n r e n t la r é u n i o n de b e a u c o u p de militaires espagnols, et les r a n g s des c o n s t i t u t i o n n e l s r e s t è r e n t p r e s q u e déserts. Der c o m t e de C a r t h a g è n e se refusa o u v e r t e m e n t à r e c o n n a î t r e la régence

486

10

15

20

25

30

•m 35 î

H

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Revolution d'Espagne. Examen critique n o m m é e p a r les c o r t é s . Er m é p r i s a également die 2 p a r t i s (die régence zu M a d r i d u. die zu C a d i x ) u. se d é t e r m i n a à s'unir a u x F r a n ç a i s avec les troupes à ses o r d r e s p o u r c o o p é r e r à la liberté du roi; il stipula d a ß niemand für s. o p i n i o n s v o n früher verfolgt, v e r l a n g t e sûretés f. die p e r 5 sonnes, u. die p r o p r i é t é s . . . Exposition faite par le comte de Carthagène a u d u c d ' A n g o u l ê m e cirkulirte i n copies. ( O h n e ihre a u t h e n t i c i t é z u garant., giebt d e r A u t o r sie.) . . . E s heißt d a r i n u . a . : « L e s c o r t é s e n dépouillant les p r o p r i é t a i r e s de leurs biens, en d i s t r i b u a n t ceux du clergé séculier et régulier, en p r ê c h a n t , en t o l é r a n t le d é s o r d r e , a u r a i e n t e n t r a î n é 10 la m u l t i t u d e , et v o t r e A. R. eût t r o u v é sur les Pyrénées de n o m b r e u s e s armées p a t r i o t e s , q u i se seraient formées, c o m m e cela e u t lieu en F r a n c e dans de semblables c i r c o n s t a n c e s » . . . s o u s le règne de C h a r l e s IV le p r e stige du clergé s'affaiblit tellement, p a r la d i m i n u t i o n de ses revenus, q u e il serait resté resserré in engen limites, a b e r die g u e r r e d ' i n d é p e n d a n c e 15 gab i h m n e u e n influence, d u r c h die D i e n s t e die er leistet, die s t u p i d e persécution der libéraux etc . . . Les d é m a g o g u e s r e c o n n u r e n t q u e l'époque n ' é t a i t p o i n t c o n v e n a b l e p o u r faire u n c h a n g e m e n t d e constitution; c a r il a u r a i t été d ' u n e i n c o n s é q u e n c e manifeste de c h a n g e r la forme d u gouv. l o r s q u e l'on p r ê c h a i t d e t o u t e s p a r t s qu'il n ' y avait rien 20 de plus parfait q u e la const, de 1812, et q u e p a r cette r a i s o n on ne p o u vait consentir à la modifier. Ils v o u l u r e n t d o n c conserver le roi, m ê m e au prix de l ' a b s u r d i t é de le déclarer le 11 j u i n en état d ' i n a p t i t u d e m o r a l e , et de le réhabiliter le 15 du m ê m e m o i s . . . (221-316)

Opérations militaires. Régence de Madrid. 25 Die fortifications de C a d i x nicht r é p a r é e s seit 1812, wo Soult leva le siège de cette place, die c a n o n s d é m o n t é s , keine fusils etc P o u r la défense d e r ville u. île de L é o n n u r 700 q u i n t a u x de p o u d r e ; on e u t r e c o u r s à la marine; sie lieferte 1000 q u i n t a u x . T r u p p e n b e s t a n d e n a u s 14 b a t . Infant, ou v o l o n t a i r e s n a t i o n a u x v. M a d r i d u. Sevilla. G e s a m t z a h l 7100 m e n , 30 200 sapeurs, 250 artilleurs u. 60 o d . 70 cavaliers des v o l o n t a i r e s de Madrid. D i e 6 b a t a i l l o n s de milice n a t i o n a l e de C a d i x a b o u t 3000 m e n . Keine ressources, (die fonds d u s p a r le g o u v . franc, p a r suite des i n d e m nités stipulées à la p a i x gén. S o u s t r a c t i o n de ces f o n d s p a r le c o n s . gén. M a c h a d o ; p r o c è s gegen i h n u . his friend M e n d i z a b a l . ) D i e F r a n z o s e n 35 23 vor der île de C a d i x , et c o m m e n c è r e n t à fortifier, à élever des b a t t e r i e s sans e n t r e p r e n d r e a u c u n e o p é r a t i o n . I h r e force: 12,000 m e n . 16 juillet u n e sortie der constit. p a r le c h e m i n royal u. le T r o c a d é r o ; m u ß t e sich retirer m. perte. D i e fzs. forces n a v a l e s s ' a u g m e n t a i e n t , k o n n t e n a b e r nicht

487

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

e m p ê c h e r die c o m m u n i c a t i o n s . . . 16 a o û t A n g o u l ê m e a r r i v a à P o r t - S t . M a r i e . . . D i e 3 * s p a n . A r m e e c o n t i n u a ihre r e t r a i t e a u f A n d a l u s i e n ; L o p e z B a ñ o s à sa tête. E n t r e Seville d e n 16 j u i n , n i c h t o h n e résistance der p o p u l a c e dieser ville; n i m m t d a n n d e n Weg n a c h H u e l v a . D i e F z s . die z u Sevilla d e n 18' J u n e arrivent, verfolgen i h n sofort, b e m e i s t e r n sich seiner 5 g a n z e n artillerie; die cavalerie se dirige n a c h E s t r e m a d u r a ; die Infanterie, ; a b o u t 1000 m e n , s ' e m b a r q u è r e n t à H u e l v a u. p a r v i n t à C a d i x m. d e m chef B a ñ o s . O n o r d o n n a s a mise e n j u g e m e n t p o u r a v o i r a b a n d o n n é les t r o u p e s s o u s ses o r d r e s . . . 4 A u g . c o n v e n t i o n des G e n e r a l Ballesteros m. G r a f M o l i t o r , s a n k t i o n i r t d u r c h A n g o u l ê m e . . . Die Régence in Madrid: 10 . d é c l a r a n u l s t o u s les décrets d e l ' é p o q u e constit.; n e j u g e a m ê m e p a s c o n v e n a b l e de rétablir les choses d a n s l'état où le r o i les a v a i t mises a v a n t le 7 m a r s 1820, et se p e r m i t des i n n o v a t i o n s de la p l u s g r a n d e i m p o r t a n c e ; so im système d'impôts, w o r i n sie abolissait die contribution directe; la ' ι p a r t i e la p l u s c o n s i d é r a b l e des r e v e n u s de l'état. F ü r die milices p r o v i n - 15 * \ ciales, s t a t t des r è g l e m e n t v. 1820, eines du milieu du X V I I I siècle qui ι p r o u v a i t la h o n t e u s e i g n o r a n c e de ses a u t e u r s ; b i l d e t e n p a r t o u t die volon^ k taires royalistes; - L e s C o r t e s en c r é a n t la milice n a t i o n a l e v o u l a i e n t i o p p o s e r u n e force à celle de l ' a r m é e p e r m a n e n t e qu'ils s u p p o s a i e n t devoir ' » être, en t e m p s o r d i n a i r e , à la d é v o t i o n du g o u v . D a m i t dieses keinen 20 . > Einfluß a u f die milice, die cortes wollten d a ß sie organisées d u r c h die Λ ι a y u n t a m i e n t o s u. d a ß die miliciens selbst i h r e officers u. chefs e r n a n n t e n , i so d a ß diese i n s t i t u t i o n g a n z p o p u l ä r . Da die milice n a t i o n a l e n o c h nicht ' a u f d e m Strumpf, einstweilen die v o l o n t a i r e s n a t . créés d u r c h die C o r t e s , i où furent a d m i s t o u s ceux q u i v o u l u r e n t u. n i c h t n o t é s w a r e n als e n n e m i s 25 d e r U 471 c o n s t i t u t i o n . - n o u s a v o n s vu d a n s la gazette de Madrid q u e t o u s les individus n o m m é s à des e m p l o i s de finance é t a i e n t désignés als c a p t , officiers, o d . simply s o l d a t s des v o l o n t a i r e s royalistes . . . ; l ' E s p a g n e d o i t à l a régence d e M a d r i d d a s f a m e u x système d e purification. D u r c h D e k r e t v. 27 J u n i alle e m p l o y é s civils n o m m é s seit d e m 7 m a r s 1820 cesseraient 301 i m m é d i a t e m e n t leurs fonctions etc. D i e e m p l o y é s n o m m é s p a r l e r o i vor d e m 7, a b e r n i c h t déplacés seit 1820, e b e n s o die seit der Zeit c h a n g é de p l a c e od. a v a n c e m e n t , restaient sujets à la purification, b e r u h e n d a u f den § r a p p o r t s secrets s u r leur c o n d u i t e p o l i t i q u e , diese r a p p o r t s d e v a n t être ~ pris v. 3 p e r s o n n e s royalistes etc etc . . . die e m p l o y é s s u p é r i e u r s devaient 35f être purifiés p a r u n e j u n t e c o m p o s é e de 5 i n d i v i d u s . On créait d a n s í c h a q u e p r o v i n c e u n e a u t r e j u n t e de 5 i n d i v i d u s p o u r la purification des e m p l o y é s s u b a l t e r n e s . . . C e u x q u i s o u s le n o m de royalistes se déclarèrent c o n t r e le g o u v . const, étaient, la p l u p a r t , d e s gens de b a s s e classe sans carrière, s a n s principes, sans i n s t r u c t i o n d ' a u c u n e espèce . . . . quelques 40| u n s a v a i e n t fait p a r t i e de b a n d e s de voleurs (El Rojo de Falderas, Jaime f 1

k

488

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique Alonso etc) . . . C e u x q u i suivaient de tels chefs w a r e n des j o u r n a l i e r s s a n s travail, j e u n e s gens die d a s r e c r u t e m e n t flohen, q u e l q u e s m a u v a i s sujets échappés des p r i s o n s et se p o s a n t défenseurs de l'autel et du t r ô n e . So diese bandes . . . die jeunesse de q u e l q u e e s p é r a n c e , attirée p a r l ' o r i p e a u du 5 système constit., r e g a r d a i t avec le plus p r o f o n d m é p r i s les serviles . . . In Folge d e r Ereignisse v. Sevilla v. 11 j u i n , P r o c l a m a t i o n d e r R é g e n c e v o m 19 Juin, in F o l g e w o v o n 100 incarcérés, d e m e u r é s d a n s les lieux s o u m i s à la régence s o u s la s a u v e g a r d e des c o n v e n t i o n s . . . um als o t a g e s f. d a s vie des roi zu dienen. . . . D é c r e t des A n g o u l è m e d ' A n d u j a r , 8 a o û t 1823, 10 w o d u r c h die c o m m a n d a n t s der t r o u p e s franc, devaient avoir c o n n a i s sance des a r r e s t a t i o n s p o u r motifs politiques et des causes de ces a r r e s tations. D i e R é g e n c e widersezt sich d e r A u s ü b u n g dieses D é c r e t s , heißt im A r t . II dieses D é c r e t s : « L e s c o m m a n d a n t s en chef de n o t r e armée m e t t r o n t e n liberté t o u s ceux arrêtés a r b i t r a i r e m e n t e t p o u r o p i n is ions politiques, p a r t i c u l i è r e m e n t les miliciens q u i se s o n t retirés d a n s leurs foyers» . . . l ' a m b a s s a d e u r de l'Angleterre résidait à C a d i x , p r è s des c o r t e s ... die m e m b r e s d e r régence wollten nie r e c o n n a î t r e la c o n vention du gén. Ballesteros. . . . Wollten e b e n s o C a r t h a g è n e absetzen v. s. c o m m a n d e r - g e n e r a l s h i p o f Galizia. . . . Presse wieder u n t e r C e n s u r . D i e 20 « G a z e t t e » u. « E l R e s t a u r a d o r » . ( R e d a k t e u r des lezteren infâme j o u r n a l war der p è r e F . M a n u e l M a r t i n e z , m o r t é v ê q u e d e M a l a g a . ) (317-362) te

Délivrance du Roi. Ankunft des A n g o u l è m e v o r C a d i x beschleunigt die p r é p a r a t i f s der attaque, die t r a v a u x c o m m e n c è r e n t sofort gegen T r o c a d e r o ; F z s . s t ü r m e n 25 sie N a c h t v. 30 a u f 31 a o û t , ü b e r r a s c h e n ceux q u i la défendaient, et s'en e m p a r è r e n t m. sehr p e u de p e r t e . G a r n i s o n v. T r o c a d é r o 18,000 : 800 nur r e t o u r n è r e n t à C a d i x , effarés u. sans a r m e s ; le s u r p l u s t u é ou p r i s . D e c o u r a g i r t les p l u s f o u g u e u x p a r t i s a n s des cortes; q u e l q u e s j o u r s après die ministres schicken gén. A l a v a p o u r voir le d u c d ' A n g o u l ê m e . 30 Le prince verlangt nur q u e le roi sortît de C a d i x et a r r a n g e â t les choses c o m m e il le j u g e r a i t c o n v e n a b l e . Diese r é p o n s e u n g e n ü g e n d p o u r ceux de Cadix; les cortes décrétèrent q u e l ' o n ne p a r l e r a i t j a m a i s de c a p i t u l a t i o n . Le 16 sept., les F r a n ç a i s b o m b a r d è r e n t C a d i x p e n d a n t 2 h e u r e s , et parvinrent à j e t e r d a n s la ville u n e q u a n t i t é c o n s i d é r a b l e de b o u l e t s et de 35 balles, qui firent assez de r a v a g e s d a n s les édifices. U n e b o m b a r d e fut coulée p a r le feu des batteries de C a d i x , dieser petit incident p r o d u i t d a n s cette ville u n e j o i e e x t r a o r d i n a i r e . Le 20 sept., l'escadre franc, p r o t é g é e par les batteries de t e r r e a t t a q u a le c h â t e a u de Santi-Petri, se r e n d i t a p r è s

489

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 4 heures de feu, n o n sans r e p r o c h e de lâcheté p o u r le c o m m a n d a n t , c a r le feu des F r a n c , était très incertain à cause de l'éloignement; la g a r n i s o n n ' a v a i t fait p r e s q u e a u c u n e perte, et les fortifications n ' é t a i e n t p o i n t end o m m a g é e s . C e c o u p fatal a u x C o r t e s p a r c e q u ' i l a s s u r a i t d e n F r . u n p o i n t fortifié d a n s l'île m ê m e de C a d i x , et qu'il leur d e v e n a i t très facile 5 d'empêcher les communications par mer. La situation des c o n s t i t u t i o n n e l s très critique depuis la p e r t e de T r o c a d é r o ; il y avait des b a t a i l l o n s a u x q u e l s on ne p o u v a i t confier de service sur la ligne p a r c e que leurs p o s t e s désertaient en entier avec les officiers. Les lettres de c h a n g e sur le fond d ' i n d e m n i t é a y a n t été protestées, il n ' y avait ni crédit, ni 10 ressource d e ' a u c u n e espèce. In L o n d o n 2 S o u s c r i p t i o n s f. die C o n s t i t u tionnels, l'une, p a r Sir R o b e r t W i l s o n , p r o d u i s i t seulement le d o n de 2 fusils; l ' a u t r e , présentée p a r H e n r i H u n t , d o n n a 1 /. st. offerte p a r u n e j e u n e p e r s o n n e . D i e C o r t e s h a t t e n C a d i x c o n t r i b u t i o n v. 10 mili, réaux p a r m o i s aufgelegt a b e r impossible de réaliser cette s o m m e . D a s gouv. 15 schickt wieder G e n . A l a v a z u m A n g o u l è m e : selbst r é p o n s e . . . 2 7 sept, d a s b a t a i l l o n de St. M a r i a i , le plus fort de ceux de C a d i x et de l'île, se t r o u v a n t d é t a c h é s u r la côte et à la b a t t e r i e de U r r u t i a , p o u s s a des cris c o n t r e la const, et a p p e l a les F r a n ç a i s . Diese k o m m e n nicht. A u f r u h r v. d e m const. G e n . u n t e r d r ü c k t . 8 g r e n a d i e r s den a n d r e n T a g fusillés. A u c u n 20 officier n e prit p a r t a n d e m m o u v e m e n t des b a t a i l l o n , . . . D i e ß é v é n e m e n t grossen Schrecken in C a d i x . Bericht des G e n . q u i c o m m a n d a i t d a n s l'île, a n d a s g o u v . L e g o u v . f i t r é u n i r u n e j u n t e d e g é n é r a u x , z u e x a m i n e r den r a p p o r t des c o m m a n d a n t d e r île, finden s. s i t u a t i o n e x t r ê m e m e n t critique. C o r t e s réunies d e n 29 Sept., beschlossen, n o n s a n s q u e l q u e o p p o s i t i o n , 25 q u e le roi p o u v a i t sortir de C a d i x p o u r v o i r le d u c d ' A n g o u l è m e . Le roi se résolut de se t r a n s p o r t e r le 1 O c t o b r e au p o r t de St. M a r i e , a b e r den 30 Sept. publicirte er ein D é c r e t d. d. C a d i x : « E s p a g n o l s , le p r e m i e r soin du roi é t a n t de faire le b o n h e u r de ses sujets . . . je me h â t e de c a l m e r les craintes . . . q u e p o u r r a i t p r o d u i r e l'idée de v o i r i n t r o n i s e r le d e s p o t i s m e et 30 d o m i n e r l a h a i n e d ' u n p a r t i . . . verspricht 1 ) u n g o u v e r n e m e n t g a r a n t i s a n t die sûreté personnelle, p r o p r i é t é , la liberté civile des E s p a g n o l s ; 2) oubli général, c o m p l e t et a b s o l u de t o u t le passé, s a n s a u c u n e exception. 3) anz u e r k e n n e n die dettes u . obligations c o n t r a c t é e s p a r l a n a t i o n e t p a r m o n gouv. s o u s le système actuel. 4) Allen constit. g é n é r a u x , chefs, officiers, 35 sergents, c a p o r a u x d e l ' a r m é e u . m a r i n e ihre G r a d e s , Solde etc gesichert. E b e n s o die e m p l o y é s civils . . . D i e miliciens v o l o n t a i r e s v. M a d r i d , Sevilla etc k ö n n t e n frei (v. Cadix) n a c h , c o m m e t o u s a u t r e s E s p a g n o l s réfugiés d a n s s o n enceinte, r e t o u r n e r sur le c h a m p et l i b r e m e n t chez eux, ou se r e n d r e sur le p o i n t du r o y a u m e q u i leur c o n v i e n d r a d a v a n t a g e . D i e fort- 40 g e h n wollen a u s s e r h a l b , e r h a l t e n p a s s p o r t s . » In diesem D é c r e t , ein Tag ν. er

490

Aus Sebastián de Minano: Révolution d'Espagne. Examen critique s. Abreise, sagt er ü b e r a l l d a ß er « l i b r e m e n t u. s p o n t a n é m e n t » h a n d e l t etc. Le roi sortit de C a d i x le 1 o c t o b r e ; le d u c d ' A n g o u l ê m e l ' a t t e n d a i t au p o r t St. M a r i e , e b e n s o d e r p r é s i d e n t d e r régence v. M a d r i d , et le ministre des affaires é t r a n g è r e s , q u i s'étaient h â t é s de sortir de la capitale 5 après le d u c d ' A n g o u l ê m e p o u r circonvenir le roi au m o m e n t où il recouvrerait la liberté. E b e n s o gén. Ballesteros a c c o u r u um zu féliciter le roi. N e u e s D é c r e t v. 1 O c t r o b r e , 1823, d. d. P o r t - S t . - M a r i e : « s c a n d a l e u x événements; la p l u s criminelle t r a h i s o n etc P h r a s e n . (< l'insolence la p l u s horrible envers m a p e r s o n n e royale, l a violence l a p l u s exigeante e t o ) . . . 10 le voeu gén. s'éleva de t o u t e s p a r t s c o n t r e la t y r a n n i q u e c o n s t i t u í . . . . désirant p o u r v o i r a u x besoins les plus p r e s s a n t s de m e s p e u p l e s et m a n i fester a u m o n d e m a véritable v o l o n t é a u premier m o m e n t o ù j ' a i r e c o u v r é ma liberté, j ' a i décrété ce qui suit: Art. 1 S o n t nuls et sans a u c u n e v a l e u r | |48| de q u e l q u e espèce qu'ils soient, t o u s les actes du g o u v e r n e m e n t appelé 15 constitut. q u i a régi m e s p e u p l e s depuis le 7 m a r s 1820 - a u j o u r d ' h u i , 1 O c t o b r e 1823. Art. 2 J ' a p p r o u v e t o u t ce q u i a été décrété et o r d o n n é par l a j u n t e p r o v i s o i r e d u g o u v e r n e m e n t e t p a r l a régence d u r o y a u m e , créées, la p r e m i è r e à O y a r z u n , le 7 avril, la s e c o n d e á M a d r i d le 26 m a i de la présente a n n é e » . Le roi s'était remis, à son r e t o u r de F r a n c e , e n t r e les 20 mains du m ê m e p a r t i q u i l ' e n t o u r a i t à son arrivée à P o r t - S t . - M a r i e . l'état avait été bouleversé p e n d a n t q u e les m ê m e s h o m m e s t e n a i e n t les rênes du gouv. P r e s q u e t o u s étaient e m p l o y é s l o r s q u e le roi j u r a la constit. en 1820; h a t t e n sich einst s o u m i s der r é v o l u t i o n . . . E r n e n n t d e n minist, des affaires é t r a n g è r e s der R é g e n c e - D o n V i c t o r Saez, c h a n o i n e de l'église 25 primatiale de Tolède - zu s. confesseur . . . N e u e s D é c r e t : «le roi désire que p e n d a n t son v o y a g e à la capitale il ne se r e n c o n t r e à 5 lieues de s o n passage a u c u n individu qui d u r a n t le système constit. ait été d é p u t é a u x cortés d a n s les 2 dernières législatures, ni les ministres, conseillers d ' é t a t , membres du t r i b u n a l s u p r ê m e de justice, c o m . gén., chefs p o l i t i q u e s , 30 employés de ministères, chefs et officiers de la milice n a t i o n a l e v o l o n t a i r e abolie; leur d é f e n d a n t pour toujours l'entrée de la capitale et des résidences royales, d o n t ils d e v r o n t se tenir à un r a y o n de 15 lieues. N i c h t eingeschlossen les individus qui, d e p u i s l'entrée de l ' a r m é e alliée, o n t o b t e n u de la j u n t e provis. ou de le régence leur n o m i n a t i o n à un n o u v e l emploi, 35 ou leur r e m p l a c e m e n t d a n s celui qu'ils a v a i e n t r e ç u de S. M. a v a n t le 7 m a r s 1820; m a i s les u n s et les a u t r e s avec la c o n d i t i o n de rigueur d'avoir été déjà purifiés.» ( D a m a l s h a t t e m a n purifié n u r très petit n o m bre d'employés civils v. M a d r i d ; on n ' a v a i t p a s e n c o r e établi le m o d e de purification des militaires; w a s d é p u t é s , cortes, conseillers d ' é t a t etc 40 anging, so sie n u r a d m i s zur Purification w e n n e m p l o y é s s c h o n v o r d e m 7 M a r s 1820.) . . . Ce q u i d é m o n s t r a i t le plus l ' a b s u r d i t é du décret c'était er

491

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 d'y c o m p r e n d r e les chefs et les officiers de la milice n a t i o n a l e volontaire, p a r c e q u e le n o m b r e s'élevait à plusieurs 1000 d ' i n d i v i d u s , les officiers a y a n t été renouvelés 2 ou 3 fois . . . D e r d u c d ' A n g o u l è m e , unzufrieden, r e t o u r n a i t sofort n a c h F r a n k r e i c h . . . d e r roi blieb zu Seville bis z u m 23 O c t o b r e , arrivirt zu M a d r i d 13 N o v . Un e n v o y é e x t r a o r d i n a i r e de 5 l'emper. de R u s s i e ( P o z z o di B o r g o ) l'y a t t e n d a i t p o u r le c o m p l i m e n t e r sur sa délivrance; d ' a p r è s l ' o p i n i o n p u b l i q u e il influa p u i s s a m e n t sur la n o m i n a t i o n d u n o u v e a u ministère. O n l e c o m p o s a e n général d ' h o m m e s plus m o d é r é s q u e le précédent, et le m i n . des aff. é t r a n g . de la régence, d o n Victor Saez, fut renvoyé et sortit de M a d r i d . (363-390) 10

492

Bibliographische Notizen

[Bibliographische Notizen] Toreno. ( C o n d e de) H i s t o r i a del L e v a n t a m i e n t o , G u e r r a y R e v o l u c i ó n de España. 5 v o l . M a d r i d . 1835. Custine. ( M a r q u i s de) L ' E s p a g n e sous F e r d i n a n d V I I . (IV torn.) Bruxelles. 5 1838. (Belletristisch ekelhaft.) M a r i a n a ( J u a n de) H i s t o r i a general de E s p a ñ a c o n la c o n t i n u a c i ó n de Miniana c o m p l e t a d o p o r E. Chao etc. Madrid. 1849-50 (In Progress) |

493

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

|56| Señor de Marliani. Historia Política de la España Moderna. etc. Barcelona. 1849.

(in Paris fzs. erschienen 1842)

5-

« . . . a s o m a n s o l d a d o s españoles j u r a n d o la c o n s t i t u c i ó n s o b r e el N e v a , y r e c o b r a n d o sus b a n d e r a s d e las m a n o s imperiales. E s t e h e c h o estraord i n a r i o y p o c o s a b i d o se r o d e ó del m o d o siguiente: N a p o l e o n , en su espedicion d e s c o m u n a l de R u s i a , se h a b í a llevado c o n s i g o p a r t e de los p r i s i o n e r o s españoles q u e se h a l l a b a n en F r a n c i a ; se les alistó en una lejion p a r t i c u l a r ; y con el d e s c a l a b r o del ejército francés, se p a s a r o n al c a m p a m e n t o r u s o . A l e j a n d r o agasajó y a u n g a l a n t e ó á los s o l d a d o s españoles, p u e s los a c u a r t e l ó en Peterhoff, sitio imperial, á d o n d e la emperatriz solia ir á visitarlos. El e m b a j a d o r de E s p a ñ a en R u s i a , D o n Euseb i o Bardají y A z a r a , q u i s o j u r a m e n t a r la t r o p a á la c o n s t i t u c i ó n , y 15 A l e j a n d r o d i s p u s o q u e fuese el a c t o s o l e m n í s i m o ; fué la f o r m a c i ó n sobre el N e v a h e l a d o y se a c l a m ó el j u r a m e n t o a n t e la c o r t e t o d a , t r e m o l a n d o las b a n d e r a s b o r d a d a s p o r m a n o de la m i s m a e m p e r a t r i z . Se apellidó el c u e r p o I m p e r i a l A l e j a n d r o ; c o s t e a n d o el e r a r i o su e q u i p o n u e v o , y e m b a r c á n d o l o en C r o n s t a d t p a r a E s p a ñ a . A q u e l c u e r p o , a t e n i d o á su 20 ? j u r a m e n t o sobre el N e v a , zanjó la cuestión á favor de la constitución m i s m a , a l z á n d o s e en O c a ñ a p a r a su r e s t a b l e c i m i e n t o en m a r z o de 1820.» (223, 4)

io !

494

Aus Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la España moderna

Capitulo I. 1810-14. 1814-20. Die A r a g o n e s e s z u i h r e n reyes: « N o s q u e c a d a u n o s o m o s t a n t o c o m o vos, é t o d o s j u n t o s v a l e m o s m a s q u e v o s » . . . N o m e d i a b a e n 1808 l a m e n o r desavenencia política e n t r e los E s p a ñ o l e s , p u e s la defensa del solar 5 patrio c o n t r a un estranjero e r a el c o n c e p t o d e s p e j a d o y t e r m i n a n t e q u e alcanzaron t o d o s , y u n á n i m e p o r t a n t o fué el í m p e t u de la n a c i ó n . Ya no h a sucedido l o m i s m o c o n e l c a m p o ideal d e u n a c o n s t i t u c i ó n . . . E l y e r r o clásico de c u a n t a s constituciones se h a n ido p l a n t e a n d o en E s p a ñ a se cifra en h a b e r s e e m p a p a d o en lejislaciones estranjeras, o r i l l a n d o las t r a 10 diciones y c o s t u m b r e s p o p u l a r e s . . . . Se e s t r e m ó de r e m a t e la a r b i t r a r i e dad c o n F e r n a n d o , así c o m o la vil t o r p e z a c o n el p r í n c i p e de la P a z . . . A c r e e d o r a se h a c e la c o n s t i t u c i ó n de 1812 al a g r a d e c i m i e n t o de t o d o s los liberales, a u n q u e n o sea m a s q u e p o r h a b e r i m p o s i b i l i t a d o e l ejercicio pacífico d e l a tiranía; p u e s p l a n t e ó u n a E s p a ñ a n u e v a . . . salvasteis l a 15 civilización en E s p a ñ a . . . Décret vom 4 Mai 1814, acto absolutamente vol- Il untaría de Ferdin. VII, y en que prometía convocar las cortes ... H a l l ó s e la II E s p a ñ a en 1808 en p l e n a p o s e s i ó n de sus d e r e c h o s y a r b i t r a de su d e s t i n o , pues n u n c a se realizó m a s s o l e m n e m e n t e la s o b e r a n í a n a c i o n a l . A r m ó s e la n a c i ó n e n t e r a . . . Fern. VII fué el p r i m e r d e m a n d a n t e de las cortes, al 20 verse p r e s o en Bayona. Al instalarse la j u n t a central, p r o m e t i ó solemnemente la r e u n i o n de cortes, y p o r el mes de Marzo de 1809, n o t i c i ó su convocación c e r c a n a . F u é c o n s u l t a n d o c o n las j u n t a s provinciales, los tribunales s u p r e m o s , los a y u n t a m i e n t o s , el clero superior, los c a b i l d o s , universidades y d e m á s c u e r p o s del reino, s o b r e la f o r m a de la r e u n i o n de 25 las cortes, sobre la p o r c i ó n de v o t o s q u e se h a b í a n de f r a n q u e a r á las provincias u l t r a m a r i n a s , y en fin s o b r e los p u n t o s principales q u e el g o b ierno debía sujetar al d i c t a m e n de las c o r t e s . . . V a r i a r o n solo accidentalmente los informes q u e fué r e c i b i e n d o la j u n t a ; cortes y c o n s t i t u c i ó n era el a n h e l o u n á n i m e . . . U n a c o m i s i ó n de la j u n t a c e n t r a l fué j u n t a n d o y 30 c o o r d i n a n d o estos informes, p r e p a r ó los m a t e r i a l e s de un c ó d i g o , y se dedicó á la revision de c ó d i g o s a n t e r i o r e s y á la r e f o r m a a d m i n i s t r a t i v a . L a j u n t a central p u b l i c ó , 2 8 O c t o b . 1809, u n manifiesto c o n v o c a n d o las cortes p a r a 1 m a r c h 1810: « L a s c o r t e s , decia, n o m b r e q u e servia de misterioso estudio á los e r u d i t o s y de z o z o b r a p a r a los estadistas, y q u e 35 h o r r o r i z a b a á los t i r a n o s . » « S e e s m e r a b a » , a n a d i a , « e n r e u n i r los r e p r e s entantes de la n a c i ó n , c o m o ú n i c o móvil p a r a a l e n t a r á los débiles, enfrenar á los a m b i c i o s o s , d o b l e g a r á los e n g r e í d o s y á los a s p i r a n t e s indiscretos, y sobre t o d o atajar á los i n s e n s a t o s a s o l a d o r e s del pais.» D i e ß der acto p o s t r e r o der j u n t a central. Sie resignirte u. schuf die l regencia: | t e

495

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

o b i s p o d e O r e n s e , D . F r a n c i s c o Javier d e C a s t a ñ o s , D . F r a n cisco S a a v e d r a , d o n A n t o n i o E s c a r i o y d o n M i g u e l d e L a r d i z a b a l , h o m b r e s t o d o s p o c o afectos al sistema de la l i b e r t a d . . . a u f s c h i e b e n d die c o n v o c a c i ó n der cortes . . . d u r c h p u b l i c endlich g e z w u n g e n v o r a n z u m a c h e n . J u n t á r o n s e las cortes el 2 4 S e p t . 1810 . . . R e g e n t s c h a f t legt ihr 5 A m t nieder. So d a ß die cortes, d e s d e el p r i n c i p i o de su existencia, se h a l l a r o n sin g o b i e r n o , en u n a c i u d a d sitiada, y en m e d i o de los estragos de la fiebre amarilla. . . . I h r l A k t D é c r e t v o m 25 Septembre (1810), q u e n i n g ú n d i p u t a d o p u d i e r a o b t e n e r n i solicitar p a r a s í n i p a r a o t r o e m p l e o ni gracia de n i n g u n a especie d u r a n t e la t e m p o r a d a de su ejercicio, 10 ni en un a ñ o d e s p u é s . 2 Dezember (1810): d e c r e t a r o n la r e b a j a de sus s i t u a d o s , p o r m a s c o m e d i d o s q u e fuesen. . . . P ú b l i c o s e r a n sus debates; R e d n e r : Arguelles, T o r e n o , C a l a t r a v a , M u ñ o z T o r r e r o , L u j a n , Porcel, A n t i l l o n , Z u m a l a c a r r e g u i , J i r a l d o etc . . . dividíanse las cortes de C á d i z en d o s p o r c i o n e s h a r t o desiguales. La u n a c o n s t a b a de eclesiásticos, de suje- 15 t o s de clase privilejiada y de e m p l e a d o s del g o b i e r n o ; esta e r a la m a y o r í a , s o s t e n e d o r a de los a b u s o s ; y la o t r a se c o m p o n í a de 45 i n d i v i d u o s , indep e n d i e n t e s t o d o s , y e n c a m i n a d o s d e n o d a d a m e n t e á la r e f o r m a de los desaciertos . . . U n t e r s c h e i d u n g ν . d a zwischen d e n «liberales» u . «servi­ les». ... D i e M a y o r í a (Majorité) servil, a b e r c o b a r d e , a r r o l l a d a p o r la 20 o p i n i o n j e n e r a l . . . en la v o t a c i ó n se a c o b a r d a b a la m a y o r í a . . . S i e m p r e se e s t u v o m o s t r a n d o el p a r t i d o servil m u y avenible en p u n t o á las p r e r o gativas d e l a c o r o n a , c o n tal q u e este a l l a n a m i e n t o suyo q u e d a s e c o m p e n s a d o c o n el de los liberales á la conservación de los abusos eclesiásticos y administrativos. Sucedió c o n esto q u e en la comisión nombrada 25 para estender el proyecto de constitución, conceptuada tan democrática, la mayoría era servil. U n o de ellos, el c a n ó n i g o C a ñ e d o , q u e p a r ó luego en o b i s p o de M á l a g a e a r z o b i s p o de B u r g o s , p r o p o n í a q u e se coartasen todavía mas las regalías, con tal que se consintiese en la representación separada, ya del clero, y ya de la nobleza. «Dejais demasiado prepotente al 30 rey», dijo à Muñoz Torrero, también canónigo, pero defensor de la libertad «y como clérigo, debierais abogar mas ||55| bien por la iglesia que por el í solio» ... Sobresale en t o d a s las discusiones s o b r e c o n s t i t u c i ó n el m i s m o afán de o p o s i c i ó n á la c o r o n a en el p a r t i d o anti-liberal, y el m i s m o tesón en el b a n d o o p u e s t o p a r a defender sus p r e r o g a t i v a s . . . B r i n d ó s e también 35 el p a r t i d o servil á ser i n s t r u m e n t o de las t r a m o y a s de la i n f a n t a d o ñ a C a r l o t a p a r a l o g r a r la rejencia. . . . En a q u e l l a p r o p e n s i o n al cercen de la ., a u t o r i d a d rejia, se está v i e n d o el e n c o n o i m p l a c a b l e de los a l u m n o s de T o r q u e m a d a . . . tras catorce dias de solemnísimos debates, quedó senten' ciada la abolición des tribunals der Inquisición ( S a n t o Oficio). . . . La 40 libertad de imprenta fué c o m o un s e n t i d o n u e v o d e s e m b o z a d o repenti- , s t e r

:

;

496

Aus Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la España moderna ñ á m e n t e e n los E s p a ñ o l e s . Z u e r s t m i ß b r a u c h t ν . d e n serviles. « E l p r o ­ c u r a d o r j e n e r a l d e l a n a c i ó n y del r e y » ; « l a G a z e t a d e l a M a n c h a » « l a A t a l a y a d e l a M a n c h a » . . . s p ä t e r l a rejencia e s t a b a c o s t e a n d o aquellos periódicos p a r a z a h e r i r á las cortes y á la c o n s t i t u c i ó n . . . el fraile M a n u e l 5 M a r t i n e z h a b i a antes c o m p a r a d o la c o n s t i t u c i ó n c o n las « T a b l a s de la Ley recibidas p o r los Israelitas en el M o n t e Sinai»; y este m i s m o p a r ó después en p r e d i c a d o r del rey y consejero de la I n q u i s i c i ó n . . . . La c o m i sión q u e r e d a c t ó el p r o y e c t o de c o n s t i t u c i ó n r e d o n d e ó sus t a r e a s july 1811. la m a y o r í a e r a del b a n d o servil; dividíanse los 15 i n d i v i d u o s 10 que c o m p o n í a n la c o m i s i ó n de esta m a n e r a : Mayoría (servil): 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 H u e r t a , Perez, Valiente, C a ñ e d o , B a r c e n a , R o s , J á u r e g u i , M e n d i o l a ; mino1 2 3 4 5 ría (liberal) M u ñ o z T o r r e r o , Arguelles, E s p i g a , Oliveros, P e r e z de C a s t r o , 15

6 7 Leyva, M o r a l e s D u a r e z ; e l ú l t i m o indeciso. . . . E n t a b l á r o n s e los d e b a t e s el 1 A u g u s t 1811, bajo la presidencia de J i r a l d o . . . Einige ν. d e r C o m m i s ­ sion s p r a c h e n gegen d a s P r o j e c t u. s t i m m t e n gegen alle seine Artikel, a p r o b a d o s y a p o r ellos m i s m o s e n l a c o m i s i ó n . . . P r o m u l g ó s e l a c o n 20 stitucion 19 m a r c h 1812 . . . F o r m ó s e n u e v a rejencia, c o m p o n i é n d o l a sujetos escojidos p o r el b a n d o liberal c o n t r a los del o p u e s t o , y p a r a m a y o r estrañeza estos m i s m o s liberales fueron e m p e ñ a d a m e n t e m o l e s t a d o s p o r los rejentes, el d u q u e del I n f a n t a d o , D o n J u a n de Villavicencio, el c o n d e del A b i s b a l , D o n J o a q u i n M o s q u e r a , D o n I g n a c i o M a r t í n e z d e R i v a s , 25 siendo t a n solo el p r i m e r o h e c h u r a de los serviles; y luego h a b i e n d o tenido q u e h a c e r d i m i s i ó n el c o n d e del A b i s b a l , lo r e e m p l a z ó Villamil, que terció en las h o s t i l i d a d e s c o n sus c o m p a ñ e r o s . E s t a rejencia fué la que a s a l a r i ó escritores p a r a z a h e r i r á las c o r t e s y á la c o n s t i t u c i ó n ; estremando su empeño hasta el p u n t o de estimular al cabildo de Cádiz p a r a 30 que desobedeciese un d e c r e t o de las cortes . . . 8 M ä r z 1813 wird die rejencia abgesezt v. d e n C o r t e s , n e u e g e w ä h l t , c o m p u e s t a de tres consejeros d e estado: e l c a r d e n a l d e B o r b o n , D o n G a b r i e l Ciscar u . D o n P e d r o A g a r ... D i e B e e n d i g u n g des K r i e g s F e r n a n d o V I I á E s p a ñ a , y r e c a r g ó la farsa con el p e s o de a q u e l p o d e r í o i m p o n d e r a b l e q u e le p r o p o r c i o n ó su mil35 agroso rescate en el r a p t o p r i m e r o de un j ú b i l o d e s a f o r a d o . . . die 2-jährige Existenz der C o n s t . , c e ñ i d a p o r el p r o n t o á C a d i z y a l g u n o s pueblos libres, a p e n a s s e h a b i a a s o m a d o p o r las p r o v i n c i a s , a l p a s o q u e las t r o p a s imperiales s e i b a n r e t i r a n d o . . . . U e b r i g e n s ü b e r 1 0 0 0 D o c u ments publics, w o r i n acte d ' a d h é s i o n an die C o n s t i t . v. d e n c u e r p o s en 40 jeneral, d e n consejos, t r i b u n a l e s s u p r e m o s , p r e l a d o s , c a b i l d o s , casi t o d a s las c o m u n i d a d e s relijiosas, los a y u n t a m i e n t o s , los e m p l e a d o s de t o d a s

497

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1 g r a d u a c i o n e s , un sin fin de p a r t i c u l a r e s , a u n residentes en el estranjero ... A u c h v . d e n a u s w ä r t i g e n M ä c h t e n a n e r k a n n t . R u ß l a n d , i n traité confirmé en Weleski-Luki, 20 Juli de 1812: «Art. 3. S. M. el e m p e r a d o r de t o d a s las R u s i a s r e c o n o c e p o r lejítimas las c o r t e s jenerales y e s t r a o r d i n a r i a s r e u n i d a s a c t u a l m e n t e en C á d i z , c o m o t a m b i é n la c o n s t i t u c i ó n que 5 h a n d e c r e t a d o y s a n c i o n a d o . » (en 1812 u. 1814 algo s u p o n í a la E s p a ñ a a r m a d a en la c o n t i e n d a con el I m p e r i o . ) Preussen, t r a c t a t m. S p a n i e n , en Basilea, 20 J a n u a r 1814: «Art. 2 S. M. el rey de P r u s i a r e c o n o c e á S. M. F e r n a n d o V I I c o m o ú n i c o rey lejítimo d e l a m o n a r q u í a e s p a ñ o l a e n a m b o s hemisferios, c o m o t a m b i é n á la rejencia del r e i n o q u e d u r a n t e su 10 ausencia y cautiverio lo está r e p r e s e n t a n d o , en v i r t u d de su elección lejít i m a p o r las cortes jenerales y e s t r a o r d i n a r i a s , y la c o n s t i t u c i ó n sancion a d a p o r estas y j u r a d a p o r la n a c i ó n . » Es t r e m ó s e m a s el canciller de R u s i a , c o n d e de Romanzoff, p u e s a c u s a n d o el recibo de un ejemplar de la c o n s t i t u c i ó n , e n v i a d o p o r la rejencia al e m p e r a d o r de R u s i a , escribió, 15 ? 25 n o v . 1812, al s e ñ o r Z e a B e r m u d e z : « H a r e c i b i d o S. M. este n u e v o 1 t e s t i m o n i o del afecto q u e m e r e c e al G o b i e r n o e s p a ñ o l , c o n t a n t a m a y o r M c o m p l a c e n c i a p o r c u a n t o esta a c t a s o l e m n e afianza la p r o s p e r i d a d de esa j n a c i ó n valiente y p u n d o n o r o s a á la cual profesa S. M. s u m o a p r e c i o » . . . 1 In den Cortes damals allein se había vinculado la vida intelectual de España 20 1 . . . En los 6 a ñ o s de g u e r r a , p o r n i n g ú n r u m b o a c e r t ó la a u t o r i d a d J s u p r e m a á c o o r d i n a r las o p e r a c i o n e s militares, y las c o r t e s se hicieron J c a r g o de la precision de c o n c e n t r a r el m a n d o en un solo caudillo, y Jf n o m b r a r o n al d u q u e de C i u d a d - R o d r i g o (Wellington) j e n e r a l í s i m o de las 1 t r o p a s e s p a ñ o l a s . Alle die rejencias nuiles, r e a c t i o n ä r , gegen die Cortes. 251 A u s z u n e h m e n die ú l t i m a rejencia. C a r d e n a l B o r b o n , G a b r i e l Ciscar, u. 1 P e d r o A g a r gut; d a h e r a u c h verfolgt n a c h h e r . D i e M i n i s t e r alle ó inser§ vibles ó perjudiciales en c a u s a t a n p r e e m i n e n t e . . . No h a b i a en 1812 un 1 E s p a ñ o l q u e dejase de a m a r c o n e n t u s i a s m o á F e r n a n d o V I I . . . al votar 1 la c o n s t i t u c i ó n , afectísimas y de t o d o c o r a z ó n e s t u v i e r o n las c o r t e s á la 30.-1 m o n a r q u í a ... D i e L i b e r a l e n wollten 2 K a m m e r n als m o d e r n e r ; die Ser| vilen Eine, a b e r m. el afán de p l a n t e a r los tres brazos ó e s t a m e n t o s , al | r e m e d o de las c o r t e s de N a v a r r a . Da die L i b e r a l e n die « i n n o v a c i ó n der | 2 c á m a r a s » nicht d u r c h s e t z e n k o n n t e n , a t e n i d o s á la t r a d i c i ó n de las 1 C o r t e s de Castilla, se c i ñ e r o n al establecimiento de u n a sola c á m a r a . Por 35,1 p u n t o j e n e r a l , los l u n a r e s m a s a p a r e n t e s d e a q u e l l a constit. s o n m a s bien o b r a d e los a m a ñ o s del p a r t i d o servil q u e d e u n a c a l o r a m i e n t o d e m o crático, q u e n u n c a h u b o . . . . A b r i e r o n las c o r t e s o r d i n a r i a s sus sesiones, el 1 Oct. 1813, en C á d i z . Wahlen: el p a r t i d o liberal fué ú n i c a m e n t e el m a l h a l l a d o . Meist servile, e r k l ä r t e F e i n d e der C o n s t i t u t i o n . 69 diputa- 403 d o s del b a n d o servil schickten 12 A p r i l 1814 Petición al rey p a r a que

498

Aus Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la España moderna anule el m i s m o c ó d i g o en c u y a v i r t u d se h a b í a n j u n t a d o . Se c o n s t i t u y e n delatores ihrer eignen C o m p a ñ e r o s (u. a. L a s a u c a ; I n g u a n z o ; R o s ; conde de B u e n a v i s t a ; Villagomez; C a b a l l e r o ; A z n a r e s ; L o p e z del P a n ; Tadeo S e g u n d o ; Gil; e l | 5 4 | o b i s p o d e P a m p l o n a ; G o m e z C a l d e r ó n ; F o n 5 cerrada; Perez; c o n d e de V i g o y G a r a t e . (Diese d i e r o n t o d o s su declaración p o r escrito.) D a s gov. n i m m t d i e ß n a t ü r l i c h f i d e l a n u . p l a n t e a u n sistema a c o s a d o r . . . . Z o z o b r a n las t r o p a s francesas en la P e n í n s u l a c o n las c a m p a ñ a s m e m o r a b l e s de 1812 u. 1813 en R u s i a y en A l e m a n i a . E s t á N a p o l e o n b a t a l l a n d o c o n la E u r o p a e n t e r a , tiene q u e l l a m a r á sus falan10 jes v e t e r a n a s de E s p a ñ a . . . . D e n 1 2 N o v . 1813, schreibt N a p . u n a c a r t a á F e r n a n d o n o t i c i á n d o l e c o m o «las circunstancias en q u e se h a l l a n su imperio y su política le inclinan á apetecer el d a r un c o r t e á los negocios de E s p a ñ a ; q u e la I n g l a t e r r a está allí f o m e n t a n d o la a n a r q u í a y el j a c o binismo, e m p e ñ a d í s i m a en a c a b a r c o n la m o n a r q u í a y e s t e r m i n a r la 15 nobleza; y c o m o no p u e d e m e n o s de a p e s a d u m b r a r s e c o n ese e s t e r m i n i o de n a c i ó n t a n vecina á sus e s t a d o s » . D e r p o r t a d o r de la c a r t a de N a p . an F e r d i n a n d , t o d a v í a p r e s o en Valençay, w a r d e r c o m t e de Laforest, soll zugleich t r a t a r c o n él s o b r e los negocios de E s p a ñ a . N a p o l . n e n n t ihn n u r « a l t e z a real», nicht Majesté. A n t w o r t F e r d . V I I v o m 20 21 N o v . (1813), c o n t e s t a F e r n , á la c a r t a c o n q u e S. M. I. y R. le «ha honrado». « V . M. me trajo á Valençay, y si g u s t a r e p o n e r m e en el solio de E s p a ñ a , p u e d e h a c e r l o etc.» 11 D e c . 1813 e r k e n n t N a p . seinen p r e s o als rey a n , Vertrag zwischen beiden zu Valençay, p o r sus respectivos p l e n i p o t e n c i a r i o s , el c o n d e de 25 Laforest y el d u q u e de San C a r l o s . S a n C a r l o s reist n a c h M a d r i d , Träger des Tractats u. eines Briefs des rey an die rejencia. D a r i n schrieb der roi: «que se ratificase a q u e l t r a t a d o t a n felizmente c o n c l u i d o en Valençay, donde S . M . h a b i a l o g r a d o u n espléndido h o s p e d a j e » . Zugleich a b e r geheime I n s t r u k t i o n e n , (finden sich en el folleto p u b l i c a d o d u r c h d e n 30 canónigo E s c o i q u i z en 1816) d e r e m b a j a d o r solle ausforschen ob die cortes u. rejencia «se h a l l a ó no i m b u i d o en deslealtad y en j a c o b i n i s m o , como tenia h a r t o s m o t i v o s p a r a t e m é r s e l o » . W e n n d a s erstere, soll e r verbergen die i n t e n t i o n s des roí « c o n t e n t á n d o s e c o n el e m p e ñ o ú n i c o de que la rejencia dé su ratificación». W e n n u m g e k e h r t d a ß F e r n a n d , die 35 ratification will « r e s e r v á n d o s e , v u e l t o á E s p a ñ a , d e c l a r a r nulle y f o r z a d o el t r a t a d o t o d o » . H a t t e d e m B o n a p a r t e in d e m Brief d. d. 21 n o v . 1813 geschrieben: «Si yo p r o m e t i e s e algo á V. M. y luego me viese p r e c i s a d o á practicar t o d o lo c o n t r a r i o , q u e c o n c e p t o m e r e c e r í a yo á V. M . ? . . . me d e s h o n r a r í a á la faz de la E u r o p a » . . . S a n C a r l o s k o m m t zu M a d r i d a n , 40 se divulga el t r a t a d o q u e t r a e , c o n m u e v e i n d i g n a m e n t e al p ú b l i c o . C o n testó la rejencia, el 8 j a n . 1814 . . . C o n t e n t ó s e p u e s c o n decir á S. M. « q u e

499

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 no p o d i a m e n o s de hacerle presente el d e c r e t o de las cortes del 1 J a n . 1814» . . . El t r a t a d o de Valençay o c a s i o n ó en las cortes el decreto v. 2 F e b r . 1814, c o n f i r m a n d o el del 1 J a n . del m i s m o a ñ o , y a ñ a d i e n d o q u e «el rey q u e d a r í a r e c o n o c i d o p o r libre, c u a n d o en el r e g a z o del congreso n a c i o n a l hubiese f o r m a l i z a d o el j u r a m e n t o prescrito p o r la con- 5 stitucion». . . . D e n s e l b e n Tag Manifest der C o r t e s a n die N a t i o n , d á n d o l e c u e n t a d e s u c o n d u c t a e n c u a n t o a l t r a t a d o d e Valençay. N a n n t e n diesen t r a t a d o « c o n t r a t o a j u s t a d o e n t r e la víctima y el v e r d u g o » . Billigte die rejencia, die d e m San C a r l o s Brief f. den rey gegeben « g u a r d a n d o un silencio d e c o r o s o acerca del t r a t a d o de la p a z » . D e r rey schickt Brief 10 d u r c h G e n e r a l Z a y a s an die rejencia, d. d. 1 M a r c h 1814, d a ß er partira de Valençay el 13, e n c a m i n á n d o s e p o r C a t a l u ñ a , y a c a b a c o n esta cláusula: « E n c u a n t o al restablecimiento de las C o r t e s , c o m o t o d o lo q u e se ha h e c h o en mi ausencia en p r o v e c h o del r e i n o , lo a p r o b a r é , c o m o q u e se c o n f o r m a c o n mis reales intenciones.» F e r d i n a n d enters in Spain 15 24 m a r c h 1814; j e n e r a l C o p o n s lo recibe en la r a y a de la C a t a l u ñ a , v. da n a c h A r a g o n , d a n n n a c h Valencia, (hier 19 April 1814) H i e r empfängt i h n d e r P r ä s i d e n t der rejencia ( B o r b o n ) , los m i n i s t r o s del d e s p a c h o con t o d a l a c o m i t i v a q u e debía a c o m p a ñ a r l e . S c h o n verdrießlich gen den C a r d i n a l . D i e b a n d o servil se a z o r a ob in seiner j u n t a h a t t e s c h o n impre- 20 s i o n a d o s u m a m e n t e al rey en Teruel. Valencia S c h a u p l a t z v. Verrath: P e r j ú r a n s e der d u q u e del I n f a n t a d o , j e n e r a l Elio, h a s t a e n t o n c e s f i e l constit., sigue su ejemplo el c o n d e del A b i s b a l , q u e está m a n d a n d o el ejército de reserva; llega en seguida el d i p u t a d o p o r Sevilla, D. B e r n a r d o M o z o R o s a l e s , p o r t a d o r de la r e p r e s e n t a c i ó n f a m o s a de 12 abril, firmada 25 d u r c h 69 d i p u t a d o s á cortes, p i d i e n d o la a b o l i c i ó n de la constitución. Die rejentes L a r d i z a b a l u. Villamil a u c h n a c h Valencia en d e m a n d a de su esterminio . . . D o n B e r n a r d o M o z o R o s a l e s s e a f a m ó luego u n t e r dem n o m d e m a r q u é s d e M a t a - F l o r i d a , M i n i s t e r v . F e r n a n d . V I I u . individuo de la rejencia de Urjel, en 1823 . . . A d e l a n t a Elio sin e s t r u e n d o algunas 30 t r o p a s s o b r e la c a p i t a l . . . die cortes schreiben 2 m a l d e m r o i q u e apresure su venida p a r a afianzar el sosiego p ú b l i c o . . . En a q u e l t r a n c e , c o m o en o t r o s m u c h í s i m o s , careció la E s p a ñ a de g o b i e r n o , p u e s la rejencia se m a n t u v o a b s o l u t a m e n t e pasiva, c o m o t a m b i é n los m i n i s t r o s , sin que n a d a p r o v i d e n c i a s e n t a m p o c o las cortes . . . R o y a l decree v. 4 M a y 1814 35 « c o n sus visos de t r a n s i t o r i o entre la constit. y el n u e v o réjimen q u e debe sucederle». . . . « A b o r r e z c o u. d e t e s t o » sagt F e r n a n d , im D é c r e t «el desp o t i s m o , q u e no tiene ya c a b i d a c o n las luces y la civilización de la E u r o p a . P a r a precaver a b u s o s , voy á t r a t a r c o n los d i p u t a d o s de E s p a ñ a y de I n d i a s en cortes, legalmente c o n v o c a d a s , c o m p u e s t a s de u n o s y de 40 o t r o s , t a n p r o n t o c o m o p u e d a j u n t a r l a s . » « l i b e r t a d racional»

500

Muk1133S:^27.11.07. Aus Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la ESpaña moderna «Preßfreiheit e t c » . P r o m u l g a n d o este d e c r e t o , d i s p o n e el rey su m a r c h a d e Valencia p a r a M a d r i d . A n t e s d e salir . . . d a o r d e n p a r a l a disolución d e las cortes y p a r a el a r r e s t o de rejentes, m i n i s t r o s , y d i p u t a d o s . N o m b r a por ejecutor de la o r d e n al j e n e r a l E g u i a , c a p i t a n general de Castilla la 5 N u e v a y g o b e r n a d o r de M a d r i d , y a n t e s d i p u t a d o servil; á D o n I g n a c i o M a r t i n e z d e Villela, D o n A n t o n i o A l c a l á G a l i a n o , D o n F r a n c , d e L e y v a , D o n J a i m e A l v a r e z d e M e n d i e t a , i n t i t u l á n d o s e jueces d e l a c o m i s i ó n d e policía. I n M a d r i d gefangen: « M a r t í n e z d e l a R o s a , C a p a z , C a n g a Arguelles, C e p e r o , G a r c í a H e r r e r o s , ( m i n i s t r o de gracia y justicia), 10 Arguelles, Z u m a l a c a r r e g u i , M u ñ o z T o r r e r o , Oliveros, Villanueva, C a l a trava, Z o r r a q u i n , L a r r a z a b a l , A r i s p e , Feliu, T e r a n , G a l l e g o , Golfín, Traver, D u e ñ a s , R i v e r o , D i p u t a d o s t o d o s de 1810 ó de 1814.» E n t w i s c h e n : Toreno, Caneja, D i a z del M o r a l u . Isturiz. I n d e r N a c h t v . 10-11 M a i arretirt: ( N i c h t C o r t e s ) : A l v a r e z G u e r r a , m i n i s t r o de la g o b e r n a c i ó n , los 15 jenerales O d o n o j ú y A g u i r r e , el p o e t a Q u i n t a n a , el c o n d e de N o b l e j a s (mariscal d e Castilla), s u h e r m a n o D o n R a m o n C h a v e s , e l c o m i s a r i o d e guerra R u b i o etc etc E n c a r g ó s e E g u i a de p r e n d e r p e r s o n a l m e n t e á ent r a m b o s rejentes y á los m i n i s t r o s , p r o c e d i e n d o sus 4 asesores al a r r e s t o de los d i p u t a d o s q u e h a b í a n asistido á la sesión en a q u e l m i s m o dia, m u y 20 ajenos de la disolución de las C o r t e s . E s t e fué el principio de la reacción que, desenfrenándose m a s y m a s á diestro y siniestro, t r o c ó en cárcel el ámbito de la P e n í n s u l a . Presos los sujetos s o b r e d i c h o s , en la m a d r u g a d a del 11 M a y o se p u b l i c a el d e c r e t o del IV M a i , w o r i n F e r d i n a n d «aborrece y detesta el d e s p o t i s m o » . 14 M a y , llega el rey á M a d r i d ; p a v o r 25 mortal n u b l a los c o r a z o n e s . Sofort errichtet u n a c o m i s i ó n de policía, royalist, c o m i t é de salut public. | |53| Ministerium: D u q u e d e S a n C a r l o s d e E s t a d o , der E x r e g e n t L a r dizabal de las c o l o n i a s , M a c a n a z de gracia y justicia, der E x d e p u t é general E g u i a d e g u e r r a , u . der e x d e p u t é G ó n g o r a d e h a c i e n d a . D u q u e 30 del I n f a n t a d o ist Presidente de Castilla . . . D i e Pfaffenblätter verlangen «Köpfe». Alle k a n z e l n royalist. M a r a t s . 3 verschiedne comisiones ernannt p a r a sentenciar á los reos . . . 3 M o n a t e die p r e s o s im G e f ä n g n i s ohne zu wissen w a r u m , 1 Juli d e r fiscal del C o n s e j o de Castilla, D o n A n t o n i o Segovia sein Bericht an die Polizeicommission, die reos h ä t t e n 35 apetecido u n a monarquía moderada, c o n t r a r e s t a n d o ú n i c a m e n t e la soberanía a b s o l u t a del rey. D u r c h die C o m m i s s i o n , die d a m i t nicht zufrieden, getrieben, p r ä s e n t i r t Segovia d e n 17 July einen A n k l a g e a k t (informe) capitulándolo c o n varios c a r g o s ideales . . . (Alle diese R e a c t i o n ä r e entweder den F r a n z o s e n als W e r k z e u g gedient, die meisten servile H u l d i g e r 40 der C o r t e s gewesen) . . . D i e Sache an eins d e r g e w ö h n l i c h e n G e r i c h t e gewiesen. F a n d n o c o r p u s delicti. I h m e n t z o g e n . A n f a n g S e p t e m b r e

501

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

e r n e n n t der K ö n i g eine J u n t a e x t r a o r d i n a r i a , N a m e n s « C o m i s i ó n d e E s t a d o » , z u s a m m e n g e s e z t v , C a p t . gen. v . M a d r i d , A r t e a g a ; d e n conseillers d e Castilla, C o n d e del P i n a r , L a s a u c a , E x r e g e n t M o s q u e r a , G a l i a n o . I n f o r m e v . D o n M a t e o Z e n d o q u i z . E r s t h o n o r í f i c o . Bezahlt, m a c h t gegentheiliges. ( D e r c o n d e del P i n a r z. B. einer der w ü t h e n d s t e n e n e m i gos des a l z a m i e n t o n a c i o n a l . E n v i a d o p o r M u r a t c o n e l célebre M e l e n d e z á A s t u r i a s , c o m o p r e d i c a d o r e s de t o d o r e n d i m i e n t o á las a r m a s franceses, a m b o s emisarios p r e s o s en O v i e d o u. á p u n t o de ser ajusticiados.) Trägt a u f T o d a n gegen c o n d e d e T o r e n o ( c o n t u m a z ) , G a r c í a H e r r e r o s , C a l a t r a v a , Arguelles u. M a r t i n e z de la R o s a . G e f a n g n e t r e t e n so forsch auf, d a ß alte C o m m i s s i o n E n t l a s s u n g giebt, n e u e eingesezt. D i e s e d e n G e f a n g n e n günstig. W i e d e r a n d e r e . D i e n e u e C o m m i s s i o n r ä t h d e m rey die reos z u verurtheilen e n v i r t u d d e s u s o b e r a n í a t o d o p o d e r o s a . W i r k lich i n d e r N a c h t v o m 17-18 D e c e m b e r 1815 s e p r e s e n t a u n i n d i v i d u o d e la c o m i s i ó n de e s t a d o , u. verliest j e d e m die ν. rey a u s g e s p r o c h n e S e n t e n z en los t é r m i n o s de un d e c r e t o del 15 D e c e m b e r , sin especificar el delito. 40 fortgeschleppt in der N a c h t , die einen e n v i a d o s á los presidios de Africa, c o m o Arguelles, C a l a t r a v a , M a r t í n e z d e l a R o s a , Z o r r a q u i n etc, die a n d e r a e n c e r r a d o s en fortalezas y c o n v e n t o s . R o y a l decree v. 10 J a n u a r 1816, d a ß n i e m a n d zugelassen die p r e s o s zu sehn. D a s H a u p t v o t e , w o f ü r diese D e p u t i r t e bestraft (Sehr viele die f. dieselben S a c h e n g e s t i m m t p r e m i a d o s p o r e l R e y , u n t e r d e n Verfolgern): G e h . S i t z u n g der C o r t e s v o m 2 N o v . 1812. ( A b s e t z u n g \ D e s t i e r r o des Bischof v. O r e n s e p o r h a b e r s e n e g a d o a l j u r a m e n t o . ) V o t u m v o m 1 J a n u a r 1812, d a ß keine p e r s o n a real terciase en la rejencia. R e s o l u c i ó n v o m 15 A u g . 1812 c o n t r a los q u e se n e g a r o n á j u r a r la c o n s t i t u c i ó n . Abolición de la Inquisición. (Session v o m 26 J a n . 1813) Articel 3 der C o n s t i t . d e c l a r a n d o la s o b e r a n í a del p u e b l o . (Sesión v. 29 A u g u s t , 1811) . . . R e a c c i ó n política y m o n á s t i c a . . . V o n 1808-1814, w ä h r e n d des Befreiungskriegs, fueron las C o r t e s u n a m á q u i n a d e s v i a d a de la p o t e s t a d ejecutiva y el p u e b l o . . . a q u e l l a alevosía p a u s a d a y t e n a z de la p o t e s t a d ejecutiva, d e s d e 1808 h a s t a 1814, en a l g u n o s de sus ajenies; las d a ñ a d a s m i r a s ó el desvío de a l g u n o s o t r o s , y l a i n c a p a c i d a d d e t o d o s , p r e p a r a r o n las d e s v e n t u r a s d e 1814 . . . F e n ó m e n o estrañísimo, ... que de la unanimidad de t o d a una nación por el triunfo de su i n d e p e n d e n c i a , no h a n v e n i d o á q u e d a r m a s q u e e s c o m b r o s y un p e n s a m i e n t o . . . H a s t a 3 veces se ha t r a b a d o ya la pelea p a r a realizarlo ... (43-62)

502

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la España moderna

Capitulo Segundo. 1814-1820. (Tentativas militares.) 1820-1823. (Martignac. La E s p a ñ a y sus R e v o l u c i o n e s . 1833.) «se restableció c u a n t o h a b i a seis a ñ o s antes, c o n los a b u s o s c o m p r o b a d o s p o r l a esperiencia 5 etc» ( M . ) « E n t r e las r e f o r m a s p l a n t e a d a s p o r el G o b i e r n o de J o s é , y t r a s él p o r el de las cortes, las h a b i a tales q u e un réjimen a d v e r t i d o se d e b í a d a r p o r m u y v e n t u r o s o en verlas ya corrientes etc.» (I.e.) « Y a llevaba el rey d o s a ñ o s de restablecimiento en el p l e n o ejercicio de su p o d e r í o , y seguían a u n a t e s t a d a s las m a z m o r r a s , y a u n i b a n a s o m a n d o l a r g u í s i m a s 10 listas de p r o s c r i t o s de c u a n d o en c u a n d o , c o m o p a r a t r a e r m a s y m a s a s u s t a d a s las familias». (I.e.) « E l foco d o n d e se m a q u i n a b a n t o d o s los golpes de e s t a d o , d o n d e se f r a g u a b a n las listas de p r o s c r i p c i ó n , y se e n s a l z a b a n ó d e r r i b a b a n m i n i s t r o s , era t o d o palaciego, a b r i g á n d o s e en el d o r m i t o r i o y en las a n t e s a l a s del rey. C o m p o n í a s e a q u e l consejo de clé15 rigos t r a m o y i s t a s y de la s e r v i d u m b r e ínfima, q u e v e n í a n á f o r m a r la f a m o s a c a m a r i l l a . . . e s t a d o de t r a s t o r n o , d e s a z ó n y d e s v a l i m i e n t o en q u e yacia t o d o . . . . O r i l l a d o q u e d a b a e l sistema d e h a c i e n d a p l a n t e a d o e n l a revolución, y el ú n i c o practicable y el i n t e n t o de restablecerlo h a b í a n c o s t a d o al m i n i s t r o G a r a y su d e p o s i c i ó n . . . H a b i a q u e r e c u r r i r á i m 20 p u e s t o s a r b i t r a r i o s , á d e r e c h o s e x h o r b i t a n t e s de a d u a n a q u e a c a b a b a n de echar al través el c o m e r c i o , y en fin á e m p r é s t i t o s sin c r é d i t o ni a m o r t i zación, sin c o n d i c i ó n a l g u n a q u e los hiciese llevaderos. N o s e p o d í a acudir á las p r i m e r a s urjencias del e s t a d o , d e s a m p a r a n d o ú d e s a t e n d i e n d o los servicios m a s principales. No se p a g a b a el ejército; la m a r i n a , d e s t r o 25 z a d a en el c o m b a t e de Trafalgar, no p o d i a rehacerse de su q u e b r a n t o . La a d m i n i s t r a c i ó n j e n e r a l , careciendo d e t o d o m e d i o p a r a o b r a r , n a d a h a c i a , y n a d a p o d i a e m p r e n d e r p a r a la m e j o r a i n t e r i o r del p a í s , ni a u n p a r a el m a n t e n i m i e n t o de lo q u e ya se h a l l a b a existente. De allí p r o c e d í a el desc o n t e n t o d e los p u e b l o s . » (I.e. M a r t i g n a c w a r c o m i s a r i o real (fzs.) j u n t o 30 al d u q u e de A n g o u l e m a . ) . . . g o b i e r n o de ira y c e g u e d a d . . . Sus d e m a s í a s iban a c a r r e a n d o n u e v o s a l z a m i e n t o s en el ejército . . . B r o t a n c o n la desesperación t r a m a s y m a q u i n a c i o n e s , q u e p a r a n en el c a d a l s o . I n t e n t a M i n a , e n 1814, a p o d e r a r s e d e P a m p l o n a ; p e r o e n m e d i o d e s u m a l o g r o , se p o n e en salvo de la suerte q u e le a g u a r d a b a . Q u i e r e el j e n e r a l Porlier 35 p r o c l a m a r en Galicia la constit. en 1815, y p a g a c o n su vida el m a l h a d a d o e m p e ñ o . R i c h a r d , e n 1816, deja i g u a l m e n t e e n M a d r i d s u c a b e z a e n el c a d a l s o . P a s a n p o r las a r m a s en 1817 al esforzado j e n e r a l L a c y en las islas Baleares, p o r h a b e r q u e r i d o restablecer la constit. El c o r o n e l Vidal y sus c o m p a ñ e r o s fenecen, 1818, e n Valencia, p o r h a b e r s o ñ a d o t a m b i é n

503

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 aquel mismo intento. Se entabla u n a nueva tentativa tras el mismo objeto, en 1819, p o r el ejército espedicionario de A m é r i c a . M o r g e n s 7 Juli C o n d e del A b i s b a l , q u e l o m a n d a b a , auxiliado p o r e l j e n e r a l Sarsfield, a r r e s t ó á diez or 12 p r o h o m b r e s en la t r a m a , m i e n t r a s e s t a b a n h a c i e n d o el ejercicio en el P a l m a r del P u e r t o de ||52| S a n t a M a r í a . T a n t o s e n s a y o s 5 s a n g r i e n t a m e n t e m a l o g r a d o s n o a l c a n z a r o n á e s c a r m e n t a r d e conjuraciones. ( 6 3 - 5 )

Introducción. N o careció E s p a ñ a d e instituciones políticas, n i a u n e n l o m a s r e m o t o , e n c a b e z a n d o s o b r e este p a r t i c u l a r á la E u r o p a t o d a , ya p o r el réjimen de 10 a y u n t a m i e n t o s y concejos bajo el i m p e r i o r o m a n o , y luego c o n los concilios en la m o n a r q u í a g o d a ; después c o n las c o r t e s e n t o n a d a s y pujantes en t o d a la t e m p o r a d a larguísima de la invasion a r á b i g a , a p o c a d a s bajo la d i n a s t í a a u s t r í a c a , y p o r f i n s o t e r r a d a s p o r l a c a s a d e B o r b o n . . . . Die Spanier carecieron en t o d o t i e m p o de un vínculo de c o m u n i d a d s o c i a l . . . 15 h a t t e nie u n g o b i e r n o . . . f i l o s o f í a , metafísica, o d . e c o n o m í a política ... D i e C o r t e s erscheinen i m X V J h h . wie i m X I I I , siempre e n f r e n a n d o y siempre c o n t e n i e n d o , m a s n u n c a a d e l a n t a n d o . S e d e s p l o m ó p o r n o acert a r á t r a s f o r m a r s e según las urjencias de la t e m p o r a d a en q u e vivía. ... D i e reyes streben n a c h i m m e r g r ö ß r e r G e w a l t , p e r o sin o t r a m i r a q u e la 20 de vivir á lo d é s p o t a , p u e s á n i n g u n o de ellos o c u r r i ó el i n t e n t o de plant e a r arreglos y de f o m e n t a r m e j o r a s políticas ó intelectuales. Ni a n t e s ni d e s p u é s d e l a u n i d a d m o n á r q u i c a , l a r e u n i o n d e las diversas provincias, a l c a n z ó á v a r i a r en la P e n í n s u l a ibérica su e s t a m p a peculiar, p u e s no p a r e c e a h o r a m i s m o sino q u e se a g o l p a r o n u n a s r e p ú b l i c a s e n c a b e z a d a s 25 p o r u n a s o b e r a n í a n o m i n a l , c o n leyes y u s o s diferentes, c o n m o n e d a s de c u ñ o respectivo, y un sistema de i m p u e s t o s p a r t i c u l a r , a b e r kein c e n t r o civilizador u . keine c o n c e p t o s t r a s c e n d e n t a l e s . E s t a d o social t a n r a r o h a v e n i d o á imposibilitar h a s t a el ejercicio de u n a p o t e s t a d a b s o l u t a despej a d a y sistemática . . . así el d e s p o t i s m o ha ido v a r i a n d o c o n las interpre- 30 t a c i o n e s a r b i t r a r i a s de virreyes ó g o b e r n a d o r e s , c o m o q u e en E s p a ñ a la a r b i t r a r i e d a d h a sido l a r e i n a n t e , m a s bien q u e e l a b s o l u t i s m o . . . . L o m a s a r r a i g a d o en las c o s t u m b r e s de la P e n í n s u l a es sin d i s p u t a el sistema m u n i c i p a l : c o n t r a r e s t ó los e m b a t e s d e l a p o t e s t a d a b s o l u t a , p o r c u a n t o c o n s t i t u y e la b a s e de la v i d a pública. . . . L o s a y u n t a m i e n t o s e s p a ñ o l e s son 35 h o y , h a s t a cierto p u n t o , las m u n i c i p a l i d a d e s r o m a n a s , c o n s e r v a n d o h a s t a estos ú l t i m o s t i e m p o s sus c o n d i c i o n e s m i x t a s de h e r e n c i a y de elección ... s o b r e p o n i é n d o s e á la c a i d a del i m p e r i o r o m a n o , c o n t r a r e s t a r o n intactos

504

Aus Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la España moderna

las invasiones d e G o d o s y d e A r a b e s . . . c o m o ú n i c a institución p o p u l a r vividora, d e b i e r o n servir de plantilla p a r a la f o r m a c i ó n de las c o n s t i t u ciones m o d e r n a s . . . Selbst C a r l V no a l c a n z ó sie zu a v a s a l l a r p o r e n t e r o H e r e d ó E s p a ñ a d e l a a n t i g u a R o m a s u réjimen m u n i c i p a l , y los G o d o s 5 le trajeron sus j u n t a s n a c i o n a l e s , l l a m a d a s p o r el p r o n t o concilios. E r a la m o n a r q u í a de estos electiva bajo la f ó r m u l a de: « R e x eris, si recta facias; s i n o n facias, n o n eris», ü b e r s e z t p o r los A r a g o n e s e s c o n s u «se n o , n o n » . Recien establecidos los G o d o s en la P e n í n s u l a , ejercitó el clero á s u s a n c h u r a s un influjo f u n d a d o é i n m e n s o en a q u e l l a s gavillas de s o l d a d e s c a 10 idiota, y los o b i s p o s elejidos p o r el p u e b l o f u e r o n sus v e r d a d e r o s r e p r e s entantes. Concilla. (Clerus d a r i n ) . . . Ventilábanse las leyes en a q u e l l o s concilios, c o m p u e s t o s de la g r a n d e z a y del clero s u p e r i o r . . . en s u m a se estaba p r e s e n c i a n d o u n a r e p r e s e n t a c i ó n n a c i o n a l en los concilios; y ellos fueron el oríjen de las cortes . . . A los 297 a ñ o s de existencia, fenece la 15 m o n a r q u í a g o d a c o n el rey R o d r i g o en la b a t a l l a de G u a d a l e t e , en 714, y la prole del desierto d o m i n a la E s p a ñ a . . . . Se e n t a b l a u n a lid q u e sigue por 774 a ñ o s , y tiene p o r p a r a d e r o la espulsion t o t a l de los i n v a s o r e s . . . En aquellas peleas diarias d o n d e j e n e r a c i o n e s e n t e r a s se v a n r e l e v a n d o incesantemente, c a d a p r o v i n c i a p l a n t e a sus leyes, establece c o s t u m b r e s d e 20 utilidad peculiar, c o n d u c e n t e s á r o b u s t e c e r la resistencia . . . A n f a n g s un p u ñ a d o v . C r i s t i a n o s refujiados e n A s t u r i a s r e t a a l p o d e r í o m u s u l m a n ; j ú n t a n s e concilios en L e o n ya d e s d e 904, y en A s t o r g a en 934 u. 937 . . . A u n m u c h o después d e l a m u e r t e d e R o d r i g o , siguen los concilios c o m poniéndose ú n i c a m e n t e d e p r e l a d o s , p u e s e r a n los c o n s e r v a d o r e s ú n i c o s 25 de la ciencia; m i e n t r a s n o b l e s y p l e b e y o s viven s o b r e las a r m a s . D e s d e aquella fecha ejerce el clero s u m o influjo en la suerte de E s p a ñ a , y fué siempre m u y á m a s en u n a g u e r r a de 7 siglos; lid n a c i o n a l al p a r q u e relijiosa, p u e s a d e m á s del p e r d ó n p r o p i o c o n t r a e l e s t r a ñ o , t r e m o l a b a l a b a n d e r a d e C r i s t o c o n t r a l a m e d i a l u n a d e M a h o m a . . . I n d e n concilios 30 nacionales abwechseln cuestiones políticas c o n las relijiosas . . . En breve estos objetos diversos se fueron s e p a r a n d o , y las j u n t a s , en vez de c o n cilios, se a p e l l i d a r o n cortes; y el p u e b l o , escluido h a s t a e n t o n c e s de las reuniones políticas, l o g r a r e p r e s e n t a n t e s c o n a s i e n t o j u n t o al clero y la nobleza. 1169 Alfonso VIII beruft zu d e n c o r t e s n a c h B u r g o s die « c i u 35 d a d a n o s y t o d o s los a y u n t a m i e n t o s de C a s t i l l a » . Fernando II, 1188, las cortes de C a r r i o n « t o d o s los concejos de C a s t i l l a » . Alfonso IX, 1202, cortes e n B e n a v e n t e , « d i p u t a d o s d e t o d a s las p o b l a c i o n e s del r e i n o » , u . 1208 n a c h L e o n , j u n t a n d o á « t o d o s y c a d a u n o de los p u e b l o s del r e i n o » . Die d i p u t a d o s de los p u e b l o s , d. h. el e l e m e n t o d e m o c r á t i c o , fängt an zu 40 herrschen in diesen j u n t a s . Clergé u. noblesse p r ä d o m i n i r e n n o c h in d e n reinados ν. F e r n a n d o I I I u. Alfonso X c o n crecida a u t o r i d a d , a b e r seit

505

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

S a n c h o IV, los i n d i v i d u o s de aquellos b r a z o s v i n i e r o n á p e r d e r t o d o influjo en los n e g o c i o s p ú b l i c o s . . . El p u e b l o se i b a ya e n s a l z a n d o c o m o p o t e s t a d política; los a y u n t a m i e n t o s , b r i o s a m e n t e c o n s t i t u i d o s , fueron f o m e n t a n d o esta fuerza p o p u l a r c o n e l m ó v i l d e u n a o r g a n i z a c i ó n p o d e r o s a . L a s c a b e z a s de familia f o r m a b a n la j u n t a ó a y u n t a m i e n t o , de 5 d o n d e se escluian así el clero c o m o la n o b l e z a , q u e no t e n í a n la m e n o r i n t e r v e n c i ó n en sus elecciones. L o s concejales, alcaldes y regidores, m a n e j a b a n el concejo, y luego los m e r i n o s ó j u r a d o s d e s e m p e ñ a b a n el c a r g o de jueces. H a b i a rejidores p e r p e t u o s ó vitalicios, c u y o ejercicio era p e r s o n a l . En a l g u n o s p u e b l o s no t e n í a n n ú m e r o fijo los concejales; pero 10 d e s p u é s A l f o n s o XI lo d e t e r m i n ó . N o m b r a b a el rey los correjidores, cuya a u t o r i d a d e r a a l m i s m o t i e m p o judicial y m u n i c i p a l . L a s j u n t a s d e cabezas de familia, ó concejos n o m b r a b a n al p r o n t o á los concejales, y luego les c u p o el elejir los d i p u t a d o s á cortes, quienes se a p e l l i d a r o n p r o c u r a d o r e s . A u s g e s c h l o s s e n bei d e n C o r t e s w a h l e n , ( a u c h als active W ä h l e r ) die 15 a s a l a r i a d o s p o r el rey, wie die cortes h a n i d o r e c o r d a n d o , die ν. B u r g o s 1430, Z a m o r a 1432, V a l l a d o h d 1442 u. 1447, T o l e d o 1457 u. 1462. L o s c o s t e a b a n los concejos, y desde 1468, se a c o r d ó en las c o r t e s de M e d i n a , a p r o n t á n d o l e s 140 m a r a v e d i s e s diarios, á espensas de sus r e p r e s e n t a d o s . D i e d i p u t a d o s v o m Tag ihrer p a r t i d a bis R ü c k k u n f t in ihren O r t (cortes 20 de M e d i n a 1318, de M a d r i d 1329) inviolables, sin q u e en a q u e l l a temp o r a d a se les pudiese d e m a n d a r en justicia. ( A c u e r d o d e r C o r t e s ν. Val­ l a d o h d 1350 u . v . Tordesillas 1401) N i n g u n a t r o p a p o d í a p a r a r , n i a u n acercarse al p a r a j e d o n d e se h a b í a n j u n t a d o las c o r t e s . . . Sie s c h w ö r e n c o n sus delegantes n u r f. d a s bien público zu a r b e i t e n . No d e b í a n admitir 25 e m p l e o s ni agasajos de sus s o b e r a n o s , ni p a r a sí, ni p a r a a m i g o s ó deudos, sopeña de padecer, c o m o perjuros, gravísimas penas. Cortes v. C o r u n a , 1520, p i d i e r o n p e n a de m u e r t e y confiscación d e r bienes c o n t r a t o d o d i p u t a d o q u e llegase á q u e b r a n t a r su j u r a m e n t o , ó a recibir la m e n o r fineza . . . ||51| No se j u n t a b a n las cortes á p l a z o s fijos ó periódicos. 30 C a s o s previstos, w o r i n sie z u s a m m e n z u b e r u f e n . E n s o b r e v i n i e n d o algún t r a n c e , se j u n t a b a n las cortes p o r sí y a n t e sí, y sin e s p e r a r la c o n v o c a c i ó n del s o b e r a n o . R e v e s t í a n los concejos á las cortes de p o d e r e s c o n c r e t o s y m u y ceñidos, d á n d o l e s instrucciones imprescindibles; c o n q u e así su cont e n i d o e r a p o r esencia i m p e r a t i v o . A u f Vorschläge d e r K r o n e , verwerfen 35 die D e p u t e s , gestüzt d a ß sie nicht d a z u e r m ä c h t i g t in ihren cahiers. Was v. d e n Cortes ν. Castilla, gilt m. leves diferencias, f. die d e m á s provincias. N u r i n A r a g o n v e r s a m m e l t der rey die c o r t e s j e n e r a l e s j ä h r l i c h i n Z a r a g o z a . (In A r a g o n 4 e s t a m e n t o s , in Castilla 3. N ä m l i c h im e r s t r e n ricos h o m b r e s , infanzones, clero, p r o c u r a d o r e s . In Castilla n o b l e z a , clero, p r o - 40 c u r a d o r e s . ) 1307 d e r rey D o n J a i m e b e v o l l m ä c h t i g t sie n u r v. 2 zu

506

Aus Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la España moderna 2 J a h r e n z u berufen. A b e r b e s t ä n d i g e r Z a n k d a r ü b e r . I n d e m A r a g o n seine C o n s t i t . die Justicia mayor, ν. d e r d e r rey K r o n e u. I n v e s t i t u r erhielt. D i e Justicia sagte: « N o s , q u e c a d a u n o s o m o s t a n t o c o m o vos, é todos j u n t o s v a l e m o s m a s q u e v o s , o s h a c e m o s rey d e A r a g o n , c o n tal 5 que juréis é g u a r d é i s n u e s t r o s fueros é previlejios; é se n o , n o n » . . . D i e ß die o r g a n i z a c i ó n política d e E s p a ñ a bis E n d e des J h h . X V , m o n a r q u í a t e m p l a d a c o n instituciones m u n i c i p a l e s y políticas. El p r i m e r p e r í o d o de nuestra h i s t o r i a es el de las libertades de E s p a ñ a . . . I n c o r p o r a t i o n ν. Castilla u. A r a g o n ; se c r e a la u n i d a d m o n á r q u i c a ; d e c a d e n c i a de las instilo tuciones p o p u l a r e s . Ferdinand u. Isabel f. s u c e s o r a u n a hija, Juana la Loca u. m. i h r fenece die d i n a s t í a castellana . . . La Inquisición, la A m é rica y C a r l o s V r e t r a e n á los E s p a ñ o l e s de establecer en la P e n í n s u l a la era b o n a n c i b l e q u e n o p o d i a m e n o s d e r a y a r t r a s u n a lid d e 800 J a h r e n por l a i n d e p e n d e n c i a n a c i o n a l . . . P r i n c i p a l m e n t e e n e l t r a n c e d e f o r m a r s e 15 la m o n a r q u í a en 1474, p o r el d e s p o s o r i o de I s a b e l de Castilla c o n F e r nando de Aragon, incorporando también la N a v a r r a , quitada á Juan de Albret, c a m p e a el p a v o r o s o a z o t e de la I n q u i s i c i ó n . . . . E r s t e s O p f e r die Judíos. B e i m p r i m e r a s o m o d e p e r s e c u c i ó n , s c h w ö r e n 100,000 j u d í o s ihrem G l a u b e n a b , n e n n e n sich C r i s t i a n o s n u e v o s . C o d i c i o s o F e r n a n 20 do V y fanático p o r especulación, m. Sixto IV v e r a b r e d e t die Verfolgung dieser n u e v o s C r i s t i a n o s . D a z u die I n q u i s i t i o n bes. f a m o s . 2 sept. 1477, los reyes católicos a u t o r i z a n el t r i b u n a l de la I n q u i s i c i ó n u., 1478 b e s t ä tigt d u r c h Brevet des P a b s t s , u. 2 J a n u a r 1481 p l a n t e a d o en Sevilla, n o m b r a n d o á T o r q u e m a d a i n q u i s i d o r j e n e r a l . In diesem J a h r e allein an 300 25 auf d e m Scheiterhaufen etc. b a l d t a u s e n d e . T o r q u e m a d a w i r d a u c h i n q u i sidor jeneral d e A r a g o n . F u n d a F e r n a n d o e l consejo real d e l a I n q u i s i ción, n o m b r a n d o p r e s i d e n t e el m i s m o e s p a n t o s o T o r q u e m a d a . . . Aufruhr i n A r a g o n , die C o r t e s schicken D e p u t i r t e z u m P a b s t , Volk e r m o r d e t a l p r i m e r inquisidor, P e d r o A r b u é s , e n l a c a t e d r a l d e Z a r a g o z a . . . G r a 30 n a d a fällt in die H a n d d e r reyes católicos, 2 J a n u a r 1492, d i a del aniversario de la plantificación del S a n t o Oficio. ( C o l u m b u s sets o u t 3 A u g u s t 1492) E x p u l s i o n d e r J u d e n v. Castilien, 31 M ä r z , 1492. A r r ó janse de E s p a ñ a h a s t a 8 0 0 , 0 0 0 I s r a e l i t a s . . . T o r q u e m a d a f 1498. F o l g t ihm der d o m i n i c o Deza; in d e n 8 J a h r e n seiner presidencia al St. Oficio 35 38,440 reos, w o v o n v e r b r a n n t 2580. E x p u l s i o n d e r m o r i s c o s de e n t r a m bos sexos de m a s de 14 J a h r e . So, J u d e n , M o r e n u. víctimas der I n q u i sition, B e v ö l k e r u n g um 2 millions v e r m i n d e r t . P a b s t f. G e l d e n t b i n d e t F e r n a n d o v o n . sus j u r a m e n t o s c o n t r a i d o s c o n las cortes d e A r a g o n . . . Diese i n n e r e Verfolgung etc l e n k t d a s öffentliche G e m ü t h a u f a c o n t e c i do mientes esteriores, en g u e r r a s y c o n q u i s t a s . [13-21]

507

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

Carlos

V.

Sein Erzieher A d r i a n o d e U t r e c h t , después i n q u i s i d o r j e n e r a l , u . d a n n p a p a . Sein erster M i n i s t e r der c a r d i n a l Jimenez d e C i s n e r o s , a u c h G e n e ralinquisitor, der verurtheilt 52,552 E s p a ñ o l e s , w o v o n 3564 z u m fuego. V e r s a m m l u n g d e r cortes z u Valladolid, u m d e m F l a m e n c o C a r l V die 5 i n v e s t i d u r a n a t i o n a l z u geben. E r will diese A u t o r i t ä t n i c h t a n e r k e n n e n , n e g á n d o s e á a c u d i r á las cortes, y e n v i a n d o e n c a r g a d o s q u e se present a r o n en su n o m b r e p a r a recibir el p l e i t o - h o m e n a j e de los d i p u t a d o s de la n a c i ó n ; diese (cortes) lassen die c o m i s i o n a d o s nicht zu; notificiren ihm d a ß w e n n er n i c h t p e r s ö n l i c h k o m m t á j u r a r su a c a t a m i e n t o á las leyes 10 del p a i s , n o s e l e r e c o n o c e r á p o r rey. E r k ö m m t u . s c h w ö r t . «Tened p r e s e n t e s , señor, dijeron i h m , q u e un rey es el a s a l a r i a d o de la n a c i ó n . » E n a r b o l a en 1517 Vasco N u ñ e z B a l b o a la b a n d e r a de Castilla en el D a rien; la t r e m o l a en Méjico H e r n á n C o r t é s en 1519, y en el P e r ú , P i z a r r o en 1524 . . . P e n e t r ó h a s t a el a l m a á C a r l V die h u m i l l a c i ó n forzosa ante 15 las cortes de V a l l a d o l i d . . . . A u f r ü h r e in S p a n i e n , die d i p u t a d o s perjuros v. L y n c h g e r i c h t geviertheilt. Segovia zuerst straft m . T o d u n d i p u t a d o traid o r ; a l b o r ó t a n s e o t r o s p u e b l o s , y se formaliza la s a n t a liga de Avila. C e l e b r a n los d i p u t a d o s c o m u n e r o s sus sesiones en Tordesillas, u. 20 Oct o b e r 1520, estienden u n a p r o t e s t a de a g r a v i o s , dedicirt d e m C a r l V . Er 20 les c o n t e s t a d e s a f o r a n d o á c u a n t o s d i p u t a d o s se h a l l a n r e u n i d o s en Tordesillas. Inevitable se h a c e ya la g u e r r a civil, y el p o r v e n i r de las libert a d e s d e E s p a ñ a está p e n d i e n t e d e l a suerte d e las a r m a s ; c a p i t a n e a P a d i l l a á los c o m u n e r o s , p e r o el desvío de las p r o v i n c i a s , la d e s h e r m a n d a d e n t r e las diversas p a r t e s de la n a c i ó n , deja sin resultas el vuelo de 25 a q u e l í m p e t u sublime; las j e r a r q u í a s privilejiadas se a r r i m a n al e m p e r a d o r , y el clero, m e n o s el o b i s p o de Z a m o r a , se a t i e n e á las disposiciones de la Inquisición. Se h a b í a a p o d e r a d o no o b s t a n t e Padilla de la fortaleza de Torrelobaton; pero no teniendo m a s que reclutas consigo, no puede c o n t r a r r e s t a r á los Imperiales: lo a l c a n z a n en las c a m p i ñ a s de Villalar, 30 23 avril 1521, y su h u e s t e q u e d a dispersa, c a y e n d o él m i s m o en m a n o s del e n e m i g o . A p o c o t i e m p o , Padilla, m á r t i r de la l i b e r t a d , fenece en el c a d a l s o , y c o n él se e n t i e r r a n las franquicias de Castilla. Dasselbe J a h r 1521 p r e s e n c i ó el fallecimiento de la l i b e r t a d en E s p a ñ a y su renac i m i e n t o en A l e m a n i a . . . 1517 tritt L u t h e r gen Tetzel auf; 1517 C a r l o s V 35 al t r o n o de E s p a ñ a . . . G a s t a b a n los reyes católicos 12,000 m a r a v e d i s e s al dia, y C a r l o s V llegó á e s p e n d e r h a s t a 150,000 . . . D i e c o n t r i b u c i o n e s o r d i n a r i a s reichten n i c h t hin, legt n e u e auf. W i d e r s t a n d d e r C o r t e s ν. C o r u n a : h e b t die ν. 1529 auf, q u e c o n t r a r e s t a b a n los n u e v o s i m p u e s t o s , y

508

Aus Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la España moderna

todavía t r o p e z ó c o n ellas en T o l e d o , l i d i a n d o m a s y m a s c o n t r a sus d e s a fueros. L o g r ó C a r l v o n P a b s t i m p u e s t o s s o b r e los bienes eclesiásticos . . . A c u d i ó al d o t e de su m u j e r p a r a los g a s t o s de la g u e r r a ; in 1527, su ejército, faltó de p a g a , se e n c a m i n a al p a p a en b u s c a del d i n e r o q u e les 5 debe el e m p e r a d o r ; y en 1529, i m p o s i b i l i t a d o de p a s a r á Italia p o r la m i s m a c a u s a , t r a s p a s a á los P o r t u g u e s e s p o r u n a c a n t i d a d crecida los derechos de Castilla s o b r e las M o l u c a s . Vende á C o s m e de M é d i c i s las fortalezas de F l o r e n c i a y de L i o r n a p o r 150 mil d u c a d o s ; y e s t u v o ya p a r a vender a l p a p a F a r n e s i o los e s t a d o s d e M i l a n y d e Siena. A p u r a d o s 10 todos aquellos a r b i t r i o s , a c u d e á e m p r é s t i t o s estranjeros, y la desconfianza en su crédito y la urjencia de los a p u r o s le p r e c i s a n á p a g a r intereses de 10, 20 y a u n 3 0 % . Tenia C a r l V en 1550 e m p e ñ a d o casi el t o t a l de sus rentas; las de Castilla en 800,000 d u c a d o s s o b r e los 910,000 q u e e s t a b a p a g a n d o ; las de Ñ a p ó l e s y de Sicilia en 700,000 s o b r e los 800,000 q u e 15 c o m p o n í a n su c o n j u n t o ; las de M i l a n de 400,000 e s t a b a n e m p e ñ a d a s p o r entero, c o m o t a m b i é n g r a n p a r t e d e las d e F l á n d e s , y t o d o e s t o p r e s cindiendo d e las r e m e s a s d e A m é r i c a . . . D i e F r e m d e n , ν . d e n e n e r ein­ p u m p t e , l o g r a b a n privilejios q u e a n o n a d a b a n el c o m e r c i o y ||50| la i n d u s ­ tria de los n a t u r a l e s ; y en los p r e s t a m i s t a s se v i n c u l a b a la saca de 20 renglones, c u y a e s t r a c c i o n e s t a b a p r o h i b i d a á los E s p a ñ o l e s , c a r g a n d o igualmente c o n el m o n o p o l i o de la i n t r o d u c c i ó n ; y así en m a n o s de a q u e l los q u e d a b a e s t a n c a d o casi t o d o el c o m e r c i o i n t e r i o r y esterior y el de las Indias. E n b a l d e fueron las r e c l a m a c i o n e s m a s e n c a r e c i d a s , p u e s c r e ciendo m a s y m a s las urjencias del príncipe, n i n g u n a c a b i d a t e n í a n en él 25 los l a m e n t o s j u s t í s i m o s del p u e b l o . [21-23] Felipe

II.

Constituirt sich i n q u i s i d o r s u m o . U e b e r a u seine spies. H a u p t m i n i s t e r unter ihm: E l d u q u e d e A l b a , R u y G o m e z d e Silva u . E s p i n o s a . U n t e r i h m beginnt «el g o b i e r n o , e m b e b i d o t o d o e n t r a m o y a s p a l a c i e g a s » . E l c a r g o 30 de d i p u t a d o wird un r a m o de granjeria. U n o de ellos lo c o m p r a en 14,000 d u c a d o s . . . cortes n u r n o c h i n s t r u m e n t o m a n e j a b l e según e l albedrío de u n a s o b e r a n í a d e s e n f r e n a d a , y sujeta p o r o t r a p a r t e al f a n a t i s m o relijioso. C o n s e r v a A r a g o n t a l cual i n d e p e n d e n c i a ; y se e s t á en a c e c h o de c o y u n t u r a p a r a d a r al través c o n a q u e l l a s c o r t e s , c u a n d o viene de suyo á 35 rodearse. P r e n d e n á A n t o n i o Perez, m i n i s t r o a p e a d o , en C a l a t a y u d ; se empeña la I n q u i s i c i ó n en a p o d e r a r s e del p r e s o , q u e el Justicia m a y o r y la diputación p e r m a n e n t e h a b í a n n e g a d o al rey; se a l b o r o t a el p u e b l o , a r r e bata á Perez de las g a r r a s de los i n q u i s i d o r e s , y favorece la h u i d a del r e o á Francia. En seguida envía Felipe sus t r o p a s ; a c a u d i l l a el Justicia al p u e b l o

509

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

c o n t r a el ejército real, q u e d a v e n c i d o , lo d e g o l l a r o n en la p l a z a l l a m a d a h o y d e l a Justicia, 1592. E s p i r a n las libertades d e A r a g o n c o n L a n u z a , c o m o las de Castilla c o n Padilla, y desde e n t o n c e s no s o n ya las cortes m a s q u e un r e m e d o lejano der frühern; y en l l e g a n d o á la d i n a s t í a francesa, v e r e m o s c ó m o ya no se c o n v o c a n sino p a r a su a v e n e n c i a servil á la c o r o n a c i ó n de un rey, ó al r e c o n o c i m i e n t o del h e r e d e r o p r e s u n t i v o del solio, p u e s t o d o se r e d u c e á un m e r o a c a t a m i e n t o al d e r e c h o d i v i n o , en c u y a v i r t u d s e v a t r a s p a s a n d o l a c o r o n a . . . A n u l a d a s las c o r t e s , t o d o a s o m o d e vida política d e s a p a r e c e y a e n E s p a ñ a . R e i n a l a I n q u i s i c i ó n . . . S u b l e v a c i ó n d e r M o r i s c o s e n las A l p u j a r r a s , v . G r a n a d a h e r a u s g e t r i e b e n 23 J u n i 1529 . . . D o n J u a n ν. A u s t r i a | 1 O c t o b e r 1578 ... blasse F i n a n z n o t h Phillips . . . [24-30] Felipe III. Felipe IV.

Carlos II.

Felipe III expulsirt die lezten M a u r e n v. Valencia, a u f R a t h des Erzbisch, d e Valencia, J u a n d e R i b e r a , q u e R o m a beatificò sin r u b o r , weil, sagt e r « p o r c u a n t o s u m a e s t r i a e n l a b r a n z a y artes d a b a m o t i v o s f u n d a d o s p a r a maliciarlos de t r a s t o r n a d o r e s del sosiego p ú b l i c o » , fixirt die E x p u l s i o n der M a u r e n f. 11 Sept. 1609 f. die v. der P r o v i n z Valencia, u. 10 J a n u a r 1610 p a r a t o d o lo r e s t a n t e del r e i n o . . . Felipe IV. a u f d e n T h r o n , 1621. Carlos II. E m p e z ó la d i n a s t í a c o n un d é s p o t a y a c a b ó c o n un i n s e n s a t o . « C a r l o s V fué j e n e r a l y rey, Felipe II s o l a m e n t e rey (pero ¡qué rey!); Felipe I I I y F e l i p e IV ni a u n reyes fueron, y C a r l o s II ni siquiera h o m b r e . » T r a s p a s a r o n las e n t r a ñ a s á la n a c i ó n , se i n t e r n a r o n h a s t a su esencia vital, t r a s c e n d i e n d o á su p o b l a c i ó n y sus p r o d u c t o s . . . . E n los siglos X V u . X V I , l a E s p a ñ a p a r e c e q u e s e vincula e n m a t a r á d i e s t r o y siniestro d o n d e q u i e r a q u e a s o m a el p e n d ó n de la I n q u i s i c i ó n y de la s o b e r a n í a . En Méjico, L i m a , C a r t a j e n a de I n d i a s , Sicilias, C e r d e ñ a , O r a n y M a l t a , la I n q u i s i c i ó n e n t a b l a su r u m b o y va d e g o l l a n d o víctimas i n n u m e r a b l e s . En M i l a n , en Ñ a p ó l e s y en F l a n d e s , países del s e ñ o r í o e s p a ñ o l , i n t e n t a p l a n t e a r s e la I n q u i s i c i ó n . . . F e l i p e II . . . el s e ñ o r de u n a m o n a r q u í a , en c u y o á m b i t o j a m á s se p o n e el sol, tiene q u e i r a l a r g a n d o i n d e c o r o s a m e n t e l a m a n o ; e s t á m e n d i g a n d o ... E x h a u s t o está de t o d o p u n t o el erario de Felipe IV, pues habiéndose p a c t a d o , e n e l d e s p o s o r i o d e l a i n f a n t a d o ñ a M a r í a Teresa c o n L u i s X I V , u n d o t e d e m e d i o millón d e e s c u d o s d e o r o , e s t u v o M . L i o n e m u y advert i d o en a p u n t a r , al estender el c o n t r a t o , q u e en virtud del pago de aquella c a n t i d a d se realizaría la r e n u n c i a de la i n f a n t a á sus d e r e c h o s p a r a la c o r o n a de E s p a ñ a . N u n c a Felipe IV a p r o n t ó el d o t e , y s u m i n i s t r ó así á Luis X I V un pretesto p a r a d a r por nula aquella renuncia y declarar una

510

Aus Manuel de Marliani: Historia política de la España moderna guerra d e d e v o l u c i ó n . . . . L a gloria militar (in der Zeit ν . K a r l V), q u e centelleó e s p l e n d o r o s a m e n t e en el t r a n c e de fenecer las libertades p ú b l i cas, embelesó i n s t a n t á n e a m e n t e á un p u e b l o de s u y o a r d o r o s o y recien salido d e u n a g u e r r a d e l a r g o s siglos e m p l e a d o s e n c o n q u i s t a r s u i n d e 5 pendencia n a c i o n a l . . . D e s p u é s a c á n o h u b o a r b i t r i o p a r a h e n c h i r e l vacio h e c h o en la p o b l a c i ó n p o r la s o b e r a n í a y p o r el t r i b u n a l i m p l a c a b l e d e l a Inquisición, s o t e r r a n d o c a s t a s e n t e r a s d e j e n t e e n sus l ó b r e g a s m a z m o r r a s , ó a b r a s á n d o l a s p o r millares en sus h o g u e r a s . A r r o j á r o n s e allá h o m b r e s sin c u e n t o , y s a b i d o es q u e la d e s p o b l a c i ó n es u n a de las p l a g a s 10 mortales de la E s p a ñ a d e s v e n t u r a d a . [30-33]

Felipe V.

Fernando VI.

Carlos III.

Carlos IV.

Dinastía francesa . . . B o r b o n e s . . . d e s a p a r e c e t o d a política n a c i o n a l . . . Wird satélite v. F r a n c i a . . . N u n s u c h t E n g l a n d stets d e n fzs. E i n f l u ß in M a d r i d z u p a r a l y s i r e n u . eignen z u gewinnen. D a h e r die oscilaciones del 15 gabinete de M a d r i d , e n t r e política inglesa ó francesa . . . M. d e m p a z de Utrecht, pacificada l a E s p a ñ a , die n e u e D y n a s t i e d u r c h E u r o p a a n e r k a n n t . Felipe .. en castigo de la resistencia de a l g u n a s p r o v i n c i a s q u e le tenían a i r a d o , les q u i t ó las reliquias de sus fueros y exenciones. U n t e r Felipe V 9992 Opfer d e r I n q u i s i t i o n , w o v o n 1032 v e r b r a n n t . N e u e a t r o 20 pellamientos c o n t r a los d e r e c h o s de la n a c i ó n . El p r i m e r d e s a f u e r o c o n sistió en el auto acordado de 1713, a b o l i e n d o la ley de sucesión, vijente en la m o n a r q u í a desde siglos, p a r a sustituirle la de los A g n a d o s . . . . E r a el t e s t a m e n t o d e C a r l o s I I u n a t r o p e l l a m i e n t o i n n e g a b l e d e las leyes u . c o s tumbres del p a i s . . . O t r o a c t o de F e l i p e V, su r e n u n c i a y su r e c o b r o de la 25 c o r o n a . . . ( M a c h t e r e n u n c i a c i ó n z u g u n s t e n seines S o h n s D o n Luis 10 J a n u a r 1724 (el rey Luis t 31 A u g u s t 1724). M a c h t e ein T e s t a m e n t , worin e r seinen Vater e r m ä c h t i g t z u t h u n w a s e r will m . d e m T h r o n . N a c h dem auto acordado v. 1713 h ä t t e d e m D o n Luis folgen m ü s s e n sein B r u der D o n F e r n a n d o ) . . . F o l g t d e m F e l i p e V Fernando VI in 1746. D i e 30 reina (Schwester des K ö n i g s v. P o r t u g a l ) , der d u q u e de A l b a u. d e r m i n i stro Wall h a l t e n offen d e n englischen Einfluß, f A u g u s t , 1 7 5 9 . . . . N u n sein Bruder. Carlos III. ( K ö n i g v. Sizilien d a m a l s ) D i e s e r l ä ß t gerichtlich testim o n i a r die i n c a p a c i d a d del p r í n c i p e real, schließt ihn a u s v o m s p a n . T h r o n , e r n e n n t seinen 2 S o h n C a r l o s z u m P r ä s u m p t i v e r b e n des s p a n . l

35 T h r o n s , u. seinen 3' S o h n z u m K ö n i g b e i d e r Sizilien. (Dieser leztere, unter d e m n o m b r e d e F e r n a n d o I V h a t g e h e r r s c h t i n Sizilien bis 1824) . . . CarlosIV. ... No a p a r e c e en la h i s t o r i a i n s u r r e c c i ó n m a s c a b a l l e r o s a q u e la de los E s p a ñ o l e s en 1808. . . . g o b i e r n o ( b o r b o n i s c h e s ) c a d a v é r i c o . . .

511

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

M i t t e n i m F r i e d e n ( u n t e r d e n B o r b o n e s , v o r 1808) h a t t e m a n gesehn gavillas de s a l t e a d o r e s c o m o r e j i m e n t a d a s y t r a t a n d o de p o t e s t a d á p o t e s t a d c o n un rey dueño de vida y hacienda ... I b a la E s p a ñ a feneciendo p a u s a d a m e n t e , y la tisis social se e s t r e m a b a h a s t a su p o s t r e r p e r í o d o , ais die agresión v. a u s s e n Signal z u r resurrección g i e b t . . . Guerillas, ajenas de t o d a c o m b i n a c i ó n militar. A q u e l l a ||49| v i d a e r r a n t e , a v e n t u r e r a y p r o v e c h o s a fué m u y h a l a g ü e ñ a p a r a un t r o p e l a v e z a d o á vivir á la intemperie, sin a c o r d a r s e j a m á s del d i a siguiente, y c u y a subsistencia tenían á su c a r g o la m e n d i g u e z y la c a r i d a d i n t e r e s a d a de los frailes . . . A l z a m i e n t o t a n j e n e r a l fué p o d e r o s í s i m o p a r a l a d e r r o t a del e s t r a n j e r o , p e r o r e d u n d ó en i n t r i n c a r a u n m a s la c a r r e r a á la E s p a ñ a victoriosa. R e s a b i a d o c o n sus d e m a s í a s , t o d o e l p u e b l o , c o m o p r e n d a d o d e s u s o b e r a n í a a b s o l u t a , iba desde luego á a b r i g a r su m e m o r i a y su afición p o r l a r g o t i e m p o . Aquella p l a g a d e p r o l e t a r i o s a h i t o s y a r m a d o s e r a y a u n a r i a d a d e t r a b a j o s o afán p a r a reverterla en su cauce. Un mero desarme venia á ser una sentencia de muerte por hambre, y el gobierno de aquella temporada, en vez de utilizar unos brazos cansados de peleas, concentró todo su ahinco en perseguir los injenios patrióticos que los habían acaudillado. Al ir e n c a r c e l a n d o á los c a p i t a n e s del sublime a l z a m i e n t o c o n t r a t o d o j é n e r o de s e r v i d u m b r e y d e s p o t i s m o , sumerjia al p u e b l o en el embeleso de la o c i o s i d a d . E n c a r g ó s e el e s t a d o de m a r t i r i z a r á los p r o h o m b r e s de la n a c i ó n , y los conventos de malear mas y mas á la ínfima hez del pueblo ... Así se ha i d o e n c o n a n d o u n a d e las llagas m a s h o n d a s d e E s p a ñ a . . . A l defender e l solio d e r r i b a d o de un m o n a r c a p r e s o , se fué a v e z a n d o la plebe, ajena de t o d o p o r v e n i r y c o n d e n a d a á la s e r v i d u m b r e del t e r r ó n , á ajenciarse á viva fuerza la subsistencia q u e la sociedad le niega p o r su t r a b a j o . Los nombres de los guérilleros encumbrados ά las graduaciones superiores del ejército han quedado en los ánimos como trofeos patentes. M a s en c u a n t o á los m e d i o s de m e d r a r , p o c o se escrupuliza en su elección, en h a l l á n d o s e la sociedad d e s g o b e r n a d a . Cada cual guerra entonces por su propia cuenta: y busc a n d o así el d e r e c h o p a r a sus violencias, se cohonestan luego con cualquier pretesto. Q u i e n carece de a m p a r o se lo p r o p o r c i o n a p o r sí m i s m o , y a t r o p e l l a n d o á los d e m á s , resulta u n a a n a r q u í a p a v o r o s a , cuyo paradero es una disolución social ... Vicisitudes sin p a r son las de E s p a ñ a , pues j a m á s a s o m ó o t r o g o b i e r n o t a n a f a n a d o e n d e s c o n c e p t u a r l a aristocracia, a t r e p e l l a r el v e c i n d a r i o h o n r a d o , d e s t e r r a r t o d o j é n e r o de t a l e n t o s y com' ' p l a c i é n d o s e en desenfrenar y e m b r u t e c e r la p l e b e y en e s t r e m a r su fer o c i d a d . En . . . La clase media, por decirlo así, era la única avasallada ... - ' El p u e b l o no g u s t a del g o b i e r n o r e p r e s e n t a t i v o y r e c h a z a u n a constitución q u e es la ley universal: y es p o r q u e , al p a r del s o b e r a n o , jamás alcanzó sino tropelías en beneficio propio ... ( 1 2 - 4 2 ) |

512

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État

|65| Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers Etat. d

2* edit. Paris. 1853. s

[Tome I.]

les préjugés r é p a n d u s p a r des systèmes q u i t e n d e n t à diviser en classes mutuellement hostiles l a m a s s e n a t i o n a l e a u j o u r d ' h u i u n e e t h o m o g è n e ... Bestreitet, d a ß der troisième o r d r e r é p o n d a i t alors à ce q u ' o n appelle m a i n t e n a n t la bourgeoisie: sucht d a s G e g e n t h e i l zu beweisen. Diese o p i n io ion, n a c h i h m , d o n n e des racines d a n s l'histoire à un a n t a g o n i s m e né d'hier et destructif de t o u t e sécurité p u b l i q u e . Citirt: « Q u e s t i che si chiam a n o li stati del r e g n o s o n o di tre o r d i n i di p e r s o n e , cioè del clero, della nobilita, e del r e s t a n t e di quelle p e r s o n e che, p e r voce c o m m u n e , si p u ò chiamare popolo.» (Relaz. venét.) [II, III] D e r «tiers é t a t » ist allerdings 15 nicht ausschlißlich die Bourgeoisie, n o c h weniger die als K l a s s e constituirte Bourgeoisie. Er ist insofern d a s p o p o l o , als die Bourgeoisie, im Gegensatz zu Adel u. cleros, dieses vertritt. D e r tiers é t a t e n t h ä l t die Elemente m e h r od. m i n d e r eingeschlossen, die sich n a c h seinem Siegen scheiden, a b e r alle u n t e r der L e i t u n g d e r Bourgeoisie. Was die « r a c i n e s 20 dans l'histoire a n g e h t à un a n t a g o n i s m e né d ' h i e r » , so wird sich d i e ß a u s Thierry's eigner D a r s t e l l u n g ergeben.

513

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

Ch. I. Extinction de l'esclavage antique, fusion des races, naissance de la bourgeoisie du moyen âge. V o n d e n F o r m e n , die die institutions civiles et p o l i t i q u e s de l'empire u n t e r C o n s t a n t i n e r h a l t e n , geht a u s , w a s d e r o m a i n d a n s n o s idées, n o s 5 m o e u r s , et n o s p r a t i q u e s légales. C e t t e ère de d é c a d e n c e et de r u i n e p o u r la société a n t i q u e fut le b e r c e a u de la p l u p a r t des principes ou des élém e n t s sociaux, q u i , s u b s i s t a n t sous l a d o m i n a t i o n des c o n q u é r a n t s germ a i n s , et se c o m b i n a n t avec leurs t r a d i t i o n s et leurs c o u t u m e s n a t i o n a l e s , créèrent la société du m o y e n âge, n ä m l i c h u. a.: K ö n i g t h u m v. G o t t e s 10 G n a d e n , l'esclavage m i n é etc d u r c h d a s C h r i s t e n t h u m , d a s r é g i m e m u n i cipal, t o u t oppressif qu'il était d e v e n u , s ' i m p r é g n a n t d ' u n e sorte d e d é m o c r a t i e p a r l'élection p o p u l a i r e d u D é f e n s e u r e t d e l'évêque. W a n n die B a r b a r e n n a c h G a l l i e n k a m e n , trois choses restèrent d e b o u t , les instit u t i o n s chrétiennes, le d r o i t r o m a i n à l'état d ' u s a g e , et l ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n 15 u r b a i n e . [1-4] IV et V siècles g r a n d e s luttes zwischen B a r b a r e n u. R ö m e r n u. zwischen d e n F r a n k e n u . a n d r e n B a r b a r e n . F r a n k e n bleiben m a î t r e s , société g a l l o - r o m a i n e a u f d e r einen Seite, sous la m ê m e loi, des c o n d i t i o n s trèsdiverses et très-inégales; société b a r b a r e a u f d e r a n d e r n i h r e e i g e n t h ü m - 20 liehen A b s t u f u n g e n u. lois u. n a t i o n a l i t é s distinctes. In der erstren des citoyens p l e i n e m e n t libres, des c o l o n s , o u c u l t i v a t e u r s a t t a c h é s aux d o m a i n e s d ' a u t r u i , et des esclaves d o m e s t i q u e s privés de t o u s les droits civils; in d e r 2\ p e u p l e des F r a n k s p a r t a g é en d e u x t r i b u s a y a n t c h a c u n e sa loi paticulière, Salische u. R i p u a r i s c h e F r a n k e n , B u r g u n d e r , G o t h e n 25 etc [5] Bei diesen allen w e n i g s t e n 3 distinkte sociale B e d i n g u n g e n : deux degrés de liberté et la servitude. D i e compensations f. Verbrecher etablirt d u r c h die H e r r s c h e n d e n F r a n k e n , g r ü n d e t u n e sorte d e h i é r a r c h i e , p o i n t de départ d'assimilation et de transformation graduelle. ErsterU) R a n g Franke, zweiter\2) die freien Barbaren vivant sous la loi originelle, dritter3\) 30 der Romain possesseur (l'indigène libre et p r o p r i é t a i r e , ) u., au m ê m e d e g r é der Lite o d . c o l o n g e r m a n i q u e ; 4) d e r R o m a i n t r i b u t a i r e (colon indigène); 5) l'esclave sans distinction d ' o r i g i n e . [6] Diese K l a s s e n verschieden d u r c h R a n g , différence des lois, m œ u r s u . l a n g u a g e s . Verschied e n vertheilt zwischen S t a d t u. L a n d . R ö m e r - G a l l i e r v. K l a s s e 3) (in der 35 G a l l o - R o m . société) leben i n d e n S t ä d t e n , e n t o u r é s d'esclaves d o m e s tiques. Von i h n e n n u r b e s t ä n d i g a u f d e m L a n d des c o l o n s demi-serfs u . die esclaves agricoles. Ή. lu. 2 d e r race g e r m a n i q u e a u f d e m L a n d e , jede

514

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et d e s progrès du Tiers État Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens Heft 1. Seite 65

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État family f. sich, u m g e b e n ν. i h r e n liti (lidi). D e u t s c h e in d e n S t ä d t e n n u r un petit n o m b r e des officiers r o y a u x et des gens s a n s famille et s a n s p a t r i moine. [7] D i e P r é é m i n e n c e sociale p a s s a des villes a u x c a m p a g n e s , weil A u f e n t h a l t der race c o n q u é r a n t e . D i e h a u t e classe indigène, m i t A u s 5 n ä h m e der Pfaffen, m a c h t n a c h , zieht aufs L a n d , n i m m t die b a r b a r i s c h e n Sitten a n . S t ä d t e verfallen; Pfaffen u. classes m o y e n n e u. inférieure e r h a l ten hier die débris de civilisation à recueillir et à conserver. B a r b a r i e i n v a h i r t t o u t e s les s o m m i t é s de l ' o r d r e social; la vie civile in den r a n g s i n t e r m é d i a i r e s , sinkt h e r a b z u r servitude personnelle; mouve10 ment d'amélioration a u f d e m L a n d , wo es s c h o n b e g o n n e n v o r d e r c h u t e des empire. [8] E i n f l u ß des C h r i s t e n t h u m s a u f M o d i f i c a t i o n d e r Sklaverei. Einfluß der g e r m a n i s c h e n Sitten. D e r reiche G e r m a n e b e d i e n t p a r des p e r s o n n e s libres, les fils de ses p r o c h e s , clients, a m i s ; im G e g e n s a t z zu den R ö m e r n der Sklave relegirt v . H a u s e , etablirt als l a b o u r e u r o d . a r t i 15 san, sur u n e p o r t i o n de terre à laquelle il se t r o u v a i t fixé, et d o n t il suivait le sort d a n s l'héritage et d a n s la vente. D i e ß n o c h g e m a c h t v. d e n n o b l e s gallo-romains. So viele Sklaven d o m e s t i q u e s de la ville p a s s e n t à la c a m pagne, et du service de la m a i s o n au travail des c h a m p s . So casés w i r d ihre L a g e a n a l o g , obgleich niedriger als der C o l o n e n . Sklave w i r d n u r 20 chose mobilière u. i m m e u b l e . D i e K l a s s e d e r serfs w ä c h s t a u f K o s t e n d e r coloni u. liti, die sich wieder v e r m e h r t d u r c h K a p u t g e h n , in diesen t r o u b les, eines Theils d e r h ö h e r s t e h e n d e n p r o p r i é t a i r e s etc. A m a l g a m a t i o n d e r K h a r a k t e r dieser b e i d e n K l a s s e n . D i e ß , n e b s t d e m r a p p r o c h e m e n t o p é r é dans les h a u t e s r é g i o n s sociales zwischen G a u l o i s u. G e r m a i n s , le p r e m i e r 25 pas vers la fusion des races, die bis z u m J h . X eine N a t i o n p r o d u c i r e n . Der K e r n der société b a r b a r e , die classe des petits p r o p r i é t a i r e s , g e h t unter in vassalage o d . p l u s ou m o i n s de la servitude réelle. U m g e k e h r t , die esclaves domiciliés sur q u e l q u e p o r t i o n du d o m a i n e et i n c o r p o r é s à l'immeuble, s'élèvent d u r c h die f i x i t é d e p o s i t i o n u . t o l é r a n c e z u e i n e m 30 Stand n a h e d e m d e r c o l o n i u. liti, u n t e r different d e n o m i n a t i o n s . Là se fit la r e n c o n t r e des h o m m e s libres d é c h u s vers la servitude; et des esclaves parvenus à u n e sorte de demi-liberté. So bildet sich in g a n z G a l l i e n u n e masse d ' a g r i c u l t e u r s et d ' a r t i s a n s r u r a u x , d e r e n destinée de p l u s en p l u s égale, sans être j a m a i s u n i f o r m e , w ä h r e n d die S t ä d t e s t a t i o n ä r o d . m e h r 35 u. m e h r verfallend. D a z u die g r a n d s défrichements du sol exécutés sur l'immense é t e n d u e des forêts et de t e r r a i n s v a g u e s q u i , du fisc i m p é r i a l , avaient passé d a n s l e d o m a i n e des rois f r a n k s , w o v o n grosser Theil d e r Kirche gegeben, d e r e n A n t h e i l b e d e u t e n d in diesem t r a v a i l de défrichement. Pfaffen d é p o s i t a i r e s d e r a n c i e n n e civilisation. | [9-11] 40 |66| So bilden sich, speziell u n t e r d e m P a t r i o n a g e d e r Pfaffen, n a c h u. nach n e u e villages, en d e h o r s der alten m u n i c i p e s , villes u. b o u r g s . [13]

517

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

D i e r é d u c t i o n der esclavage antique an die servage de la glèbe, sehr a v a n c i r t in I X , v o l l e n d e t sich im L a u f des X J h h . So v e r s c h w i n d e t die lezte K l a s s e der g a l l o f r a n k e société, die eigentl. esclaves, m e u b l e s . N u n der esclave a p p a r t i n t à la t e r r e p l u t ô t q u ' à l ' h o m m e : s o n service a r b i t r a i r e c h a n g é en redevances u. t r a v a u x réglés; u., p a r suite, un d r o i t de j o u i s - 5 sance sur le sol d o n t il d é p e n d a i t . Serf. D a m i t v e r s c h w i n d e n m e h r u. m e h r coloni u. liti, die im X J h h . s c h o n sehr selten u. g a n z v e r s c h w u n d e n . In diesem J h h . völliger Sieg der g e r m a n i s c h e n Sitten, u. seine F o l g e , d a s régime féodal, t o u s les p o u v o i r s publics t r a n s f o r m é s en privilèges d o m a n i a u x . Zugleich v e r s c h w i n d e t die distinction des races zwischen B a r b a r e s 10 u . R o m a i n s . D i e codes g e r m a , u . r o m . ersezt d u r c h c o u t u m e s . S o e n t s t e h t die société française. (Le d r o i t cesse d'être p e r s o n n e l et devient local; c'est le territoire et n o n la d e s c e n d a n c e , qui d i s t i n g u e les h a b i t a n t s du sol gaulois.) In dieser société f r a c t i o n n e m e n t indéfini sous le r a p p o r t polit i q u e , simplification sous le r a p p o r t social. V e r m e h r u n g d e r seigneuries: 15 beiderseits b e s t ä n d i g e r u. systemat. Versuch alle K l a s s e n auf 2 zu reduciren. A d e l u. serfs. « L e x h u m a n a d u a s indicit c o n d i t i o n e s . N o b i l i s e t servus simili n o n lege t e n e n t u r . » [14-15] (Adalberonis carmen ad Robertum regem) t y p e des régime der servitude d o m a n i a l e . D u m p f e r W i d e r s t a n d d a g e g e n in d e n 20 Städten. D a s F e u d a l r e g i m e v e r w a n d e l t , d a n s t o u t e s les choses de l ' o r d r e civil et p o l i t i q u e , l a j o u i s s a n c e précaire e n u s a g e p e r m a n e n t , l'usufruit e n p r o priété, le p o u v o i r délégué en privilège p e r s o n n e l , le d r o i t viager en d r o i t h é r é d i t a i r e . So m. h o n n e u r s , offices, possessions. G i l t n i c h t n u r f. die 25 t e n u r e n o b l e , s o n d e r n a u c h f. die t e n u r e servile, «le serf s o u t i e n t c o n t r e s o n m a î t r e la l u t t e s o u t e n u e p a r le vassal c o n t r e s o n seigneur, et p a r les seigneurs c o n t r e le r o i . » [16] I m V I I I siècle k a n n der serf willkührlich ν . e i n e m T h e i l des d o m a i n e a u f d e n a n d r e n t r a n s p o r t i r t w e r d e n ; im X casés p a r familles; leur c a b a n e 30 et le t e r r a i n qui l'avoisine s o n t d e v e n u s p o u r e u x un h é r i t a g e ; grevé de cens et de services, a b e r k a n n n i c h t w e r d e n légué o d . v e n d u , u. die famille serve a p o u r loi de ne s'allier p a r des m a r i a g e s q u ' a u x familles de m ê m e c o n d i t i o n a t t a c h é e s au m ê m e d o m a i n e . H e r r h a t das droit de mainmorte u. de formariage. [17] 35 .•' U n t e r d e m m a n o i r seigneurial b i l d e n sich bes. v o m I X z u m X J h h . des t r i b u s agricoles, D ö r f e r , K i r c h e n u . m i t i h n e n p a r o i s s e s , centres d e nouvelles circonscriptions à la fois religieuses et p o l i t i q u e s . Einfälle der N o r m a n n e n b e g ü n s t i g e n A u f k o m m e n einiger Schlösser, a b e r zugleich a c c r u r e n t b e a u c o u p le n o m b r e des b o u r g s fortifiés. D i e p o p u l a t i o n 40" l a b o r i e u s e et d é p e n d a n t e s ' a g g l o m é r a d a n s ces lieux de refuge . . . So c o m -

518

Aus Augustin Thierry. Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État mencements p l u s o u m o i n s grossiers d e l a vie u r b a i n e . D a s régime p u r e ment d o m a n i a l alterirt. F ü r Polizei u. kleine délits w ä h l e n die villageois unter sich d'aides et d'assesseurs à l ' i n t e n d a n t , a u s ihrer K l a s s e , sorte de magistrat m u n i c i p a l . Seit A n f a n g des XI J h h . S t r e b e n d e r villains (der 5 h a b i t a n t s des b o u r g a d e s u. b o u r g s ) sich zu e m a n c i p i r e n u. ihre terres. [18,19] N e b e n d e m A d e l u. serfs n o c h die libertas r o m a n a ; l'état civil des personnes in d e n anciennes villes municipales; titre v. citoyen; z w a r b e d r o h t d u r c h die F e u d a l e u . h e r u n t e r g e k o m m e n . V o n d o r t , p o u r les 10 villes de f o n d a t i o n récente, l'exemple de la c o m m u n a u t é u r b a i n e , de ses règles et p r a t i q u e s . [19, 20] Cités gallo-frankes im X Jhh. liberté civile: a d m i n i s t r a t i o n intérieure sehr v e r ä n d e r t depuis les t e m p s r o m a i n s . [20] Im fonds diesen sehr h e t e rogenen m o d i f i c a t i o n s g e m e i n s a m , d a ß d a s régime héréditaire et aristo15 cratique de lacurie progressiv t r a n s f o r m i r t in gouvernement électif u., à différents degrés, p o p u l a i r e . D i e Jurisdiction der officiers m u n i c i p a u x sehr gewachsen in m a t i è r e civile et criminelle. Z w i s c h e n d e m collège d e r magistrats u. d e m c o r p s entier des citoyens keine legale c o r p o r a t i o n intermédiaire m e h r ; alle p o u v o i r s administratifs p r o c é d a i e n t n u r v. d e r délé20 gation p u b l i q u e u. ihre D a u e r im D u r c h s c h n i t t 1 J a h r . D e r Défenseur, magistrat s u p r ê m e , t o m b é sous l a d é p e n d a n c e d e l'évêque; w u r d e s u b altern; v e r s c h w a n d d a n n ganz; E p i s c o p a t , P o p u l ä r , eignet sich seine F u n k t i o n a n . D u r c h die F e u d a l i t ä t der e p i s c o p u s t r a n s f o r m i r t i n d e n D o m i n u s . [21] A n d r e r s e i t s d a s g o u v e r n e m e n t des municipalités se m o d e l a 25 graduellement sur le régime des c o u r s et des c h â t e a u x . Les citoyens n o t a b les devenaient v a s s a u x héréditaires de l'église c a t h é d r a l e , et, à ce titre, ils o p p r i m a i e n t la m u n i c i p a l i t é ou en a b s o r b a i e n t t o u s les p o u v o i r s . Les c o r p o r a t i o n s d ' a r t s e t métiers, chargées p a r a b u s d e p r e s t a t i o n s e t d e corvées, t o m b a i e n t d a n s u n e d é p e n d a n c e p r e s q u e servile. [22] In einigen 30 cités die seigneurie des évêque sans p a r t a g e u. d o m i n a n t e ; in a n d r e n d e r pouvoir féodal d o u b l e , getheilt zwischen Pfaff u. d e m officier r o y a l , comte o u vicomte. I n d e n S t ä d t e n , w o diese R i v a l i t ä t a m heftigsten, unterstüzt e p i s c o p u s die m u n i c i p a l i t é libre, d e n principe électif etc. bereitet so vor die r é a c t i o n civile. 35 X u. XI J h h . m a r q u e n t , p o u r la p o p u l a t i o n u r b a i n e , le d e r n i e r t e r m e d'abaissement e t d ' o p p r e s s i o n . L i t t a m meisten v . d e m n e u e n Z u s t a n d . La ruine de ces institutions, q u i nulle p a r t ne fut c o m p l è t e , n ' e u t p o i n t lieu sans résistance, trace d ' u n e lutte b o u r g e o i s e c o n t r e les p o u v o i r s féodaux. W ä h r e n d dieser ère de t r o u b l e s et de r e t o u r à u n e s o r t e de b a r b a r i e , 40 s'opéra la fusion de la p o r t i o n indigène et de la p o r t i o n g e r m a n i q u e des habitants des villes gauloises; u. u n t e r i h n e n gebildet d r o i t c o m m u n ,

519

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 c o u t u m e s m u n i c i p a l e s , n a c h den Z o n e n verschieden gemischt v . t r a d i tions r o m a i n e s u . débris d e r alten codes b a r b a r e s . Dieselbe Crise in d e r société u r b a i n e in Italien, m. bessren c h a n c e n f. die ville. In d e r 2' Hälfte des 1 1 J h h . , in F o l g e des S c a n d a i zwischen P a b s t u. K a i s e r , éclata le m o u v e m e n t r é v o l u t i o n n a i r e , w i e d e r b e l e b e n d 5 u n t e r n e u e n F o r m e n u . n e u e r Energie d e n esprit m u n i c i p a l e r U n a b h ä n gigkeit. D i e cités v. T o s c a n a u. L o m b a r d e i . [23, 24] (Sieh Hüllmann.) I h r e chefs électifs n e n n e n sich C o n s u l s . S o u v e r a i n e S t ä d t e . U e b e r die A l p e n u. ü b e r d a s M e e r d r i n g t diese B e w e g u n g n a c h Gallien. C o n s u l a t i n d e n S t ä d t e n , die d u r c h H a n d e l m. Italien am meisten v e r b u n d e n etc. V o n d e n 10 grossen S t ä d t e n d e h n t sich die C o n s u l a r v e r f a s s u n g - soit de vive force, soit de b o n a c c o r d e n t r e les citoyens et les seigneurs - in d e n kleinen a u s . Diese p r o p a g a n d e u m f a ß t d e n tiers méridional der F r a n c e actuelle. A n d e r s im centre u. im N o r d e n . A l'extrémité du territoire, u n a b h ä n gig v. Italien, n e u e F o r m , die commune jurée. Sie n a q u i t s p o n t a n é m e n t 15 p a r l'application faite a u régime m u n i c i p a l d ' u n g e n r e d ' a s s o c i a t i o n d o n t la p r a t i q u e dérivait des m o e u r s germaines. Diese F o r m verbreitet sich v. N o r d n a c h Süd, w ä h r e n d die O r g a n i s a t i o n c o n s u l a i r e ν . S ü d n a c h N o r d . « C o m m u n e » désignait i m Mittelalter l a m u n i c i p a l i t é c o n s t i t u é e p a r association et p a r a s s u r a n c e m u t u e l l e sous la foi du s e r m e n t . - Beide F o r m e n | 20 |67| p o u r principe l'insurrection u. als Z w e c k égalité des d r o i t s u. réhabilitation d u travail. D a d u r c h w u r d e n die S t ä d t e p e r s o n n e s j u r i d i q u e s selon l'ancien d r o i t civil u. p e r s o n n e s j u r i d i q u e s selon le d r o i t féodal; d o c h sie h a t t e n nicht n u r die faculté de gérer les intérêts de voisinage, celle de p o s s é d e r et d'aliéner, s o n d e r n erhielten de droit, d a n s l'enceinte 25 de leurs murailles, la souveraineté q u e les seigneurs exerçaient sur leurs d o m a i n e s . [25-27] In der partie centrale de la G a u l e a u c h E m a n c i p a t i o n s v e r s u c h e v. d e m j o u g féodale, in anciens m u n i c i p e s u. villes c o n s i d é r a b l e s . Verschiedne F o r m e n , a b e r w e d e r die c o m m u n e j u r é e des N o r d e n s n o c h d a s consulat 30 des villes du M i d i . [27] l ' i n d é p e n d a n c e m u n i c i p a l e blieb hier sous b e a u c o u p de r a p p o r t s faible et indécise. D i e s e R e v o l u t i o n , die oft nicht e i n d r a n g in die alten villes municipales, in vielen n e u e n S t ä d t e n . Oft nicht in d e n alten cités, a b e r in d e n neuen, g r a n d b o u r g né s o u s ses m u r s . So nicht in P é r i g u e u x , a b e r in Puy-St.- 35 F r o n t . [28] Im G a n z e n die R e s u l t a t e , die degrés etc sehr verschieden. A n a l o g i e i n der série der révolutions m u n i c i p a l e s d u X I I J h h . m . der constitutionellen B e w e g u n g im 19'. L'imitation y j o u a un rôle considér a b l e . Diversité p r e s q u e infinie des c h a n g e m e n t s q u i s'accomplissent au X I I J h h . [29] 40 1

520

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État D u r c h die c h a r t e d e c o m m u n e s , les c h a r t e s d e c o u t u m e s u . die s t a t u t s m u n i c i p a u x , la loi écrite r é p r e n d s o n empire; l ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n r e n a î t d a n s les villes. D i e Bourgeoisie e r h e b t sich zwischen A d e l u. serfs. [30] Action der villes sur les campagnes im XII u. XIII Jhh. D i e liberté m u n i 5 cipale breitet sich v. d e n einen auf die a n d e r n . D i e b o u r g s p o p u l e u x aspirent a u x privilèges des villes fermées; die c o m m u n e j u r é e erscheint in simples villages, ou associations d ' h a b i t a n t s de plusieurs villages. Les principes des d r o i t s n a t u r e l s , les p a y s a n s v i n r e n t à d e m a n d e r leur affranchissement p a r seigneuries et p a r territoires, et à se liguer p o u r l'obtenir. 10 maîtres du sol m ü s s e n transigiren, p a r des traités d ' a r g e n t , sur leurs droits d e t o u t genre. A b e r diese concessions p r o d u c i r t e n kein c h a n g e m e n t complet o d . général. D a z u b r a u c h t e d a s L a n d 6 J h h . [31-33]

ch. II. Le Parlement au XIII siècle; les Etats généraux de 1302, 1355, et 1356. 15 D a s 12' J h h . ließ M u n i c i p e s r e s t a u r é s , villes de c o n s u l a t , villes de c o m munes, villes de simple bourgeoisie, b o u r g s et villages affranchis, u n e foule de petits é t a t s p l u s ou m o i n s c o m p l e t s , d'asiles o u v e r t s à la vie de travail sous la liberté p o l i t i q u e ou la seule liberté civile . . . Diese éléments de rénovation sociale h a t t e n nicht selbst die K r a f t sich u n t e r e i n a n d e r zu ver20 binden, ni de s o u m e t t r e a u t o u r d ' e u x ce q u i leur était c o n t r a i r e . Um die front der A r i s t o k r a t i e féodale anzugreifen das Königthum n ö t h i g . [34, 35] D i e r o y a u t é g e r m a i n e d'origine, m a i s f o r m é e e n G a u l e e t i m b u e des traditions impériales, v e r g a ß nie s o n principe r o m a i n , l'égalité d e v a n t elle et d e v a n t la loi. M e r o v i n g e r vergebliche A n s t r e n g u n g e n ; d a s P r i n c i p 25 besiegt au déclin de la s e c o n d e r a c e . In d e n e r n e u r t e n S t ä d t e n fand d a s K ö n i g t h u m sujétion effective, des subsides réguliers, des milices c a p a b l e s de disciplines. ( P a r t o u t les b o u r g e o i s étaient organisés en c o m p a g n i e s , armés régulièrement et exercés au tir de l'arc et de l'arbalète.) [35, 36] Im X I I J h h . défrichement, i n o u i j u s q u e - l à , de forêts et de terres in30 cultes, a g g r a n d ì s s e m e n t des anciennes villes, établissement des villes nouvelles, peuplées d e familles é c h a p p é e s a u servage, c o m m e n c e m e n t d u m o u v e m e n t de r e c o m p o s i t i o n territoriale. [36, 37] Im X I I I J h h . erschienen die réformes judiciaires et législatives e n t a m a n t le d r o i t féodal . . . n o u v e a u d r o i t civil, né d a n s les c h a r t e s des c o m 35 munes et les c o u t u m e s rédigées p o u r des villes ou des b o u r g a d e s passe dans la s p h è r e de l'état. Ce droit de la bourgeoisie, hostile à celui des classes nobiliaires . . . régla d ' a p r è s ses principes, l'état des p e r s o n n e s , la constitution de la famille et la t r a n s m i s s i o n des héritages. U établit le

521

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

p a r t a g e des biens p a t e r n e l s o u m a t e r n e l s , m e u b l e s o u i m m e u b l e s , entre t o u s les enfants, l'égalité des frères et des soeurs, et la c o m m u n a u t é , entre é p o u x , des choses acquises d u r a n t le m a r i a g e . . . [37] r e n a i s s a n c e de l ' é t u d e des lois r o m a i n e s . . . i m p u l s i o n d o n n é e p a r l'Italie . . . S t u d e n t e n g e h n n a c h B o l o g n e seit d e m 12 J h h . u. b a l d ce d r o i t professé c o n c u r r e - 5 m e n t avec le d r o i t c a n o n i q u e d a n s plusieurs villes du M i d i , et d a n s celles d ' A n g e r s et d ' O r l é a n s . W i r d raison écrite f. die territoires, wo die c o u t u m e s n u r wenig v o m r ö m i s c h e n R e c h t b e i b e h a l t e n u. droit écrit, wo d a s r ö m . R e c h t n o c h als G e w o h n h e i t s r e c h t existirte. [38] U n t e r diesem E i n fluß gebildet toute une classe de jurisconsultes et d'hommes politiques, la 10 tête et l'âme de la bourgeoisie. l

La c o u r du roi ou le Parlement, t r i b u n a l s u p r ê m e et conseil d ' é t a t , devint, p a r l ' a d m i s s i o n de ces h o m m e s n o u v e a u x , le foyer le p l u s actif de l'esprit d e r e n o u v e l l e m e n t . . . théorie d u p o u v o i r i m p é r i a l , d e l ' a u t o r i t é p u b l i q u e , u n e et a b s o l u e . . . I h r Einfluß im X I I I u. X I V J h h . . . . hielten f. 15 legitim n u r 2 choses, la r o y a u t é et l'état de b o u r g e o i s i e . . . [39] règnes de Louis IX u. de Philippe le Bel: U n t e r d e m ersten diese j u r i stischen R e f o r m e n gemässigt, u n t e r d e m 2 ' r e v o l u t i o n ä r . . . [40] Diese Légistes des X I V J h h . , f o n d a t e u r s et m i n i s t r e s de l ' a u t o c r a t i e r o y a l e , fallen oft als Opfer sous la r é a c t i o n der ν. i h n e n verlezten Interessen. 20 E n g u e r r a n d d e M a r i g n y , p e n d u à M o n t f a u c o n , sous l e règne d e L o u i s X ; Pierre de Latilly, chancelier de F r a n c e , et R a o u l de Presle, a v o c a t du roi au P a r l e m e n t , t o u s d e u x m i s à la t o r t u r e s o u s le m ê m e r è g n e ; G é r a r d de la G u e t t e , ministre de Philippe le L o n g , m o r t à la q u e s t i o n en 1322; Pierre F r é m y , m i n i s t r e de C h a r l e s le Bel, p e n d u en 1328. 25 Wächst die Zahl des h o m m e s libres à titre de b o u r g e o i s i e u. diese classe d ' h o m m e s stellt sich direct sous la g a r d e et la j u s t i c e du r o i . [42] Erst: keine C o m m u n e d a r f sich bilden o h n e c o n s e n t e m e n t d u roi; d a n n , der roi allein k a n n c o m m u n e s schaffen; d a n n d a ß t o u t e s les villes d e c o m m u n e ou de c o n s u l a t , é t a i e n t p a r le fait m ê m e , sous sa seigneurie i m m é d i a t e . 30 D a n n m a c h t e sich die r o y a u t é un ¡|68| de faire d e s b o u r g e o i s p a r t o u t le r o y a u m e , sur le d o m a i n e d ' a u t r u i c o m m e sur le sien. D u r c h legale fiction w i r d die b o u r g e o i s i e so s t a t t d r o i t réel, a t t a c h é au domicile et q u e l'hab i t a t i o n conférait, q u e l q u e chose d e p e r s o n n e l . M a n k o n n t e d é s a v o u e r s o n seigneur et s ' a v o u e r b o u r g e o i s du r o i . [43] ( S a n s q u i t t e r la glèbe 35 seigneuriale) So e n t s t a n d s o u r d e m e n t u n e n o u v e l l e classe de citoyens libres . . . D i e ß alles e t a b l i r t e sich nicht o h n e lutte u . o h n e p r o t e s t a t i o n . N i c h t so die institution fameuse des États généraux (d. h. Z u l a s s u n g der b o u r g e o i s zu ihnen.) Diese assemblées - of g e r m a n origin - z u s a m mengesezt u r s p r ü n g l i c h de d é p u t é s élus r e s p e c t i v e m e n t p a r la noblesse et 40 le clergé, f o r m a n t soit u n e seule r é u n i o n , soit d e u x c h a m b r e s distinctes.

522

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État Villes g e w o r d e n p a r t i e i n t é g r a n t e de la hiérarchie féodale, et la féodalité reconnaissait à t o u s ses m e m b r e s le d r o i t de c o n s e n t i r l i b r e m e n t les impôts et les subsides . . . [44, 45] E r s t selten u. b o r n é e à des cas spéciaux, hatte die c o n v o c a t i o n p a r le roi des r e p r é s e n t a n t s des b o n n e s villes lieu 5 d'une façon isolée, m a c h t e kein A u f s e h n , n i c h t b e m e r k t d u r c h die c o n t e m p o r a i n s . Surcroît de dépenses et de besoins p o u r la r o y a u t é qui firent naître les c r é a t i o n s a d m i n i s t r a t i v e s im X I V siècle, m a c h t e n n ö t h i g des appels p l u s n o m b r e u x et réguliers des b o u r g e o i s m a n d a t a i r e s des cités et des c o m m u n e s . [46] Streitigkeiten zwischen p a p e Boniface V I I I u. P h i lo lippe le Bel. P a b s t berief concile général, der r o i u n e assemblée générale des d é p u t é s des trois états, clergé, noblesse, et bourgeoisie des villes. Zu Paris, à N o t r e D a m e , 10 A p r i l 1302. D i e v o m N o r d e n schickten ihre échevins, die v o n S ü d e n i h r e consuls. Bourgeoisie e r k l ä r t sich gegen d e n Pabst, A b s o l u t h e i t v o m f r e m d e n Einfluß der K r o n e . [47] E r s t e a p p a r i t i o n 15 d'une pensée politique des classes r o t u r i è r e s . D e r N a m e tiers état ne c o m prend de fait q u e la p o p u l a t i o n des villes privilégiées. Bis M i t t e des 15' J h h . W a h l e n b e s c h r ä n k t a u f die b o n n e s villes; é t e n d u e s aux villes n o n murées e t a u x simples villages z u m E n d e des X V J h h . . . . n a t u r e t o u t e municipale der r e p r é s e n t a t i o n des 3 o r d r e . . . g l a u b t e sich c h a r g é e d e 20 plaider la cause de la m a s s e des n o n - n o b l e s . . . [48] D i e ß d r o i t d e r b o u r geoisie u r s p r ü n g l i c h nicht werthvoll, s o n d e r n suspect, weil t o u t e c o n v o cation des états a b o u t i s s a i t à de nouvelles d e m a n d e s du fisc . . . I h r e R o l l e subaltern in d e n états v. 1302 u. die s p ä t e r e u n t e r Philippe le Bel u. seinen successeurs, bis M i t t e des X I V J h h . , u . meist v e r a n l a ß t d u r c h guerres o d . 25 changements de règne. U n t e r J o h a n n b e d e u t e n d , w e g e n d e r p u b l i c disasters ... [49] è m e

états généraux de 1355: U n t e r ihren Beschlüssen: A u t o r i t é p a r t a g é e zwischen roi u. d e n états représentés p a r u n e c o m m i s s i o n de 9 m e m b r e s ; l'assemblée des états s ' a j o u r n a n t d'elle-même à t e r m e fixe; l ' i m p ô t r é p a r t i 30 sur toutes les classes de p e r s o n n e s et a t t e i g n a n t j u s q u ' a u roi; le d r o i t de percevoir les taxes et le c o n t r ô l e de l ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n financière d o n n é s aux états agissant p a r leurs délégués à P a r i s et d a n s les provinces; l'établissement d ' u n e milice n a t i o n a l e p a r l'injonction faite à c h a c u n de s'équiper d ' a r m e s selon son état; la défense de t r a d u i r e qui q u e ce soit 35 devant u n e a u t r e j u r i s d i c t i o n q u e la j u r i s d i c t i o n o r d i n a i r e , l ' a b o l i t i o n du droit de prise ou réquisition forcée p o u r le service royal, s u p p r e s s i o n des m o n o p o l e s exercés sous le n o m de tierces p e r s o n n e s p a r les officiers royaux o u seigneuriaux . . . Initiative d u tiers é t a t d o m i n a i t , délibérations scheinen c o m m u n e s u n t e r d e n 3 états gewesen zu sein . . . [51, 52] 40 états généraux v. 1356: Schlacht v. Poitiers, r o y gefangen, la p l u p a r t des nobles tués etc. s e n t i m e n t de d o u l e u r n a t i o n a l e in den classes r o t u -

523

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 rieres . . . m é p r i s p o u r l a noblesse qui avait lâché p i e d d e v a n t u n e a r m é e très inférieure en n o m b r e . . . D i e g e n t i l s h o m m e s r e v e n a n t de la bataille verfolgt u. m i ß h a n d e l t in d e n villes u. b o u r g s , d u r c h die sie passirten . . . P r i n z R e g e n t . R u f t die états g é n é r a u x z u s a m m e n . 800 D e p u t i r t e , 400 d a v o n B o u r g e o i s . . . [53] R e v o l u t i o n a i r . . . c o m i t é v. 80 m e m b r e s v. der V e r s a m m l u n g gewählt, beschlossen: a u t o r i t é des états déclarée souveraine en t o u t e m a t i è r e d ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n et de finance, mise en a c c u s a t i o n de t o u s les conseillers du roi, d e s t i t u t i o n en m a s s e des officiers de justice, c r é a t i o n d ' u n conseil de r é f o r m a t e u r s pris d a n s les 3 o r d r e s , défense de conclure a u c u n e trêve sans l'assentiment des 3 états, d r o i t p o u r ceux-ci de se réunir p a r leur seule v o l o n t é , sans c o n v o c a t i o n royale . . . [54] D e r l i e u t e n a n t du roi, C h a r l e s d u c d e N o r m a n d i e , m u ß t e i n allem n a c h g e b e n . . . n o b l e s gehn fort, d a i h n e n die p r é p o n d é r a n c e der b o u r g e o i s i n s u p p o r t a b l e . . . Schlißlich n o c h der clergé . . . So n u r n o c h die d é p u t é s des villes . . . U n t e r o r d n e t e sich der d e p u t a t i o n de Paris ... la q u e s t i o n de s u p r é m a t i e p o u r les états devint u n e q u e s t i o n parisienne, soumise a u x c h a n c e s d e l'émeute p o p u laire et à la tutelle du p o u v o i r m u n i c i p a l . . . E t i e n n e M a r c e l , p r é v ô t des m a r c h a n d s , c. à. d. de la m u n i c i p a l i t é de P a r i s . . . [55, 56] Befestigte Paris ... Jacquerie I h r chef b o t seine alliance an d e n S t ä d t e n , acceptirt v. Beauvais, Senlis, A m i e n s , Paris u. M e a u x soit c o m m e secours, soit c o m m e diversion . . . P r i n c i p a l e m e n t die classe p a u v r e d e r villes s y m p a t h i s a i t avec eux . . . La d e s t r u c t i o n des J a c q u e s fut suivie p r e s q u e aussitôt de la chute, d a n s P a r i s m ê m e , de la r é v o l u t i o n b o u r g e o i s e . . . P a r i s verlassen v. den a n d e r n S t ä d t e n . (1359) Charles V, n a c h d e m er sie besiegt, prit q u e l q u e chose v. d e n t e n d a n c e s politiques d e r bourgeoisie . . . A d e l i m m e r m e h r Sinn f. L u x u s , plaisirs, élégance . . . bourgeoisie, classe moyenne de la nation, haute classe du tiers état... Les cahiers des 3 états furent la source d ' o ù , à différentes reprises, d é c o u l è r e n t les g r a n d e s o r d o n n a n c e s et les g r a n d e s m e s u r e s d ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . . . [60-67]

Ch. III. Le Tiers État sous Charles V, Charles VI, Charles VII und Louis XI.

5

10

15

20

25

30

D e r tiers é t a t schöpfte seine force u n d esprit in d e n classes c o m m e r ç a n t e s u. der classe des officiers r o y a u x de justice et de finance, d o n t le n o m b r e e t l e p o u v o i r a u g m e n t a i e n t r a p i d e m e n t u . m . wenigen A u s n a h m e n sort a i e n t t o u s de la r o t u r e . . . [69-71] rôle particulier de la bourgeoisie p a r i - 35 sienne . . . C h a r l e s V etablirte, sous le nom d'aides ordinaires, permanence de l'impôt, v i o l a n t du m ê m e c o u p les franchises féodales u n d die franchises

524

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État m u n i c i p a l e s . . . [72] D i e r o y a u t é so for t h e first t i m e en o p p o s i t i o n avec la bourgeoisie . . . Charles VI, m i n e u r . . . Um zu c o n t i n u e r die levée der subsides généraux, v e r s u c h t e n die t u t e u r s d u j e u n e roi, des c o n v o c a t i o n s d e n o t a b l e s e t 5 des p o u r p a r l e r s avec l'échevinage de P a r i s , kein result ausser surcroît d'effervescence p o p u l a i r e et des m e n a c e s d ' é m e u t e . . . [73] D u r c h o r d o n nance v. 16 N o v . 1380, schaffen die t u t e u r s etc à p e r p é t u i t é les i m p ô t s établis, s o u s q u e l q u e n o m q u e ce fût, depuis le t e m p s de P h i l i p p e le Bel ... ||69| M u ß t e n d a h e r a d m i n i s t r e r m . d e n seuls p r o d u i t s d u d o m a i n e 10 royal à b o u t de ressources legen sie taxe a u f m a r c h a n d i s e s de t o u t e sorte. Insurrection i n P a r i s , d a n n i n d e n principales villes des p r o v i n c e s d u centre e t d u n o r d . . . A n g e f e u e r t d u r c h d a s Beispiel d e r ville d e G a n d , d e n Krieg m . d e m G r a f e n v . F l a n d e r n . . . C o r r e s p o n d a n c e zwischen d e n bourgeois de F r a n c e u. d e n F l a m a n d s insurgés . . . [74, 75] R o y a u t é u. 15 b a r o n n a g e v e r b i n d e n sich; un g r a n d c o u p fut frappé en F l a n d r e p a r l'intervention d ' u n e a r m é e française e t d e C h a r l e s V I e n p e r s o n n e ; cette c a m pagne victorieuse, Sieg der noblesse ü b e r die r o t u r e , R e a c t i o n bei ihrer R ü c k k e h r n a c h F r a n k , a r m é e r o y a l e r ü c k t i n P a r i s wie i n eine e r o b e r t e Stadt ein, 300 (élite de la Bourgeoisie) p e r s o n n e s , arretirt u n d d u r c h 20 O r d o n n a n c e v o m 27 j a n v i e r 1382 abgeschafft die libertés i m m é m o r i a l e s v. Paris, s. échevinage, jurisdiction, milice, die existence i n d é p e n d a n t e de ses corps d ' a r t s et métiers . . . D i e n o m b r e u s e s exécutions à m o r t . . . [76] Die h a u t e bourgeoisie Parisienne z u z a h l e n des a m e n d e s é q u i v a l a n t p r e s que à la confiscation des biens. A e h n l i c h in R o u e n , A m i e n s , Troyes, 25 Orléans, R e i m s , C h â l o n s u n d Sens . . . W ä h r e n d 29 J a h r e n d é s o r d r e s d'une a d m i n i s t r a t i o n sans règles, d i l a p i d a t i o n s de t o u t genre, folie du r o i , querelles des princes, g u e r r e civile et b i e n t ô t l'invasion é t r a n g è r e . . . D i e réaction v. 1383 h a t t e die h a u t e classe der bourgeoisie p a r i s i e n n e ruinirt, verarmt u n d ihres influence h é r é d i t a i r e b e r a u b t . . . D a s a b a i s s e m e n t dieso ser classe supérieure, c o m p o s é e du h a u t n é g o c e et du b a r r e a u des c o u r s souveraines. D a d u r c h stieg d ' u n degré die classe i n t e r m é d i a i r e , celle des plus riches parmi les hommes exerçant les professions manuelles, classe moins éclairée, plus grossière d e m o e u r s . . . D a d u r c h d e r K a r a k t e r v . démagogie als 1412 P a r i s seine franchises u. privilèges z u r ü c k e r h i e l t . 35 Dieß b e w i r k t d u r c h d e n d u c de B o u r g o g n e , der, p o u r accroître ses forces, s'était fait l'allié de la bourgeoisie et le défenseur des intérêts p o p u l a i r e s •.. [77, 78] D i e élections m u n i c i p a l e s g e b e n ein échevinage u. conseil de ville p r e s q u e e n t i è r e m e n t formés de gens de m é t i e r u. wo d o m i n a i e n t die maîtres b o u c h e r s de la g r a n d e b o u c h e r i e et de la b o u c h e r i e St. Geneviève. 40 Um diese h o m m e s eine clientèle h é r é d i t a i r e des valets q u ' o n n o m m a i t écorcheurs . . . Dieses g o u v e r n e m e n t eut l'affection d u m e n u p e u p l e u n d

525

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

d e v i n t objet d'effroi p o u r la b o u r g e o i s i e c o m m e r ç a n t e u. die R e s t e der alten S t a d t p a t r i c i e r . . . l ' a u t o r i t é , s e faisant s o u t e n i r p a r des émeutes, p a s s a b i e n t ô t du conseil de ville à la m u l t i t u d e , des m a î t r e s b o u c h e r s a u x é c o r c h e u r s . E i n e r d a v o n Simon Caboche . . . v. i h m die C a b o c h i e n s . . . [79] H i e r alliance p o l i t i q u e e n t r e la classe lettrée, les esprits spéculatifs, et la p o r t i o n i g n o r a n t e e t b r u t a l e m e n t p a s s i o n n é e d u tiers é t a t . I n der Pariser m u n i c i p a l i t é , en 1413, J e a n de Troyes, m é d e c i n r e n o m m é , s a ß n e b e n den b o u c h e r s S a i n t - Y o n u n d L e g o i x e n p a r f a i t e c o m m u n i o n d e sentiments avec eux. l'Université tritt f. die R e f o r m e n auf; l ä d t d a s P a r l a m e n t v. P a r i s a u c h d a z u ein, dieses refusirt. A b e r l'échevinage u n d die Université ne reculèrent p a s . . . [80, 81] furent a u t o r i s é s v o n H o f e zu p r é s e n t e r un p l a n d e r é f o r m e a d m i n i s t r a t i v e e t j u d i c i a i r e . . . aile a n c i e n n e s o r d o n n a n ces conservées d a n s les archives leur fussent livrées en e x a m e n . . . D a s Volk n i m m t die bastille St. A n t o i n e , cette citadelle de la r o y a u t é d a n s P a r i s . . . G e w a l t s a m e Szenen . . . D e n 25 Mai, 1413, die r é s o l u t i o n s des n o u v e a u x r é f o r m a t e u r s , rédigées, wie die v. 1356, s o u s la f o r m e d ' u n e o r d o n n a n c e royale, lues d e v a n t le roi en son lit de justice et déclarées obligatoires e t inviolables . . . b e s t e h t a u s 258 A r t i k e l n , c o d e c o m p l e t d ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . . . 2 H a u p t i d e e n : la c e n t r a l i s a t i o n de l ' o r d r e judiciaire et celle de l ' o r d r e financier; t o u t a b o u t i t d ' u n c ô t é à la c h a m b r e des c o m p t e s e t d e l ' a u t r e a u p a r l a m e n t . . . A u s s e r der élection p o u r les e m p l o i s judiciaires elle n ' i n s t i t u e rien d e n o u v e a u . . . [82-85] R e a c t i o n . . . die o r d o n n a n c e v o m M a i 1413 cassirt u. a n n u l é e d u r c h die v. 5 S e p t e m ber, 1413 . . . E n t h i e l t (die v. M a i ) a u c h M a ß r e g e l n für die p a y s a n s . . . Im X I I I u n d X I V J h h . M a s s e villages affranchis . . . C o m m u n a l Verfassung, a b e r : l a c o n d i t i o n des p a y s a n s , r é s u l t a t d e t r a n s a c t i o n s d e t o u t genre sur les d r o i t s réels ou p e r s o n n e l s , r e s t a inégale s u i v a n t les lieux et diversifiée à l'infini . . . C e t t e m a s s e d'affranchis e n c o r e a t t a c h é s a u d o m a i n e p a r quelq u e lien et t o u t au m o i n s s o u m i s à la j u r i s d i c t i o n seigneuriale . . . P a t r i o tisch . . . Schlacht v. A z i n c o u r t d u r c h t r a i t é v. Troie, 1420, an H e i n r i c h V v . E n g l a n d die K r o n e ν . F r a n k r e i c h a b g e t r e t e n . . . r o y a u m e c o n q u i s j u s q u ' à l a L o i r e . . . J e a n n e d ' A r c a u s der B a u e r n k l a s s e . . . [87-90]

5

10

15

20

25

30

Charles VII: p r i n c i p a u x conseillers furent des b o u r g e o i s . J a c q u e s C o e u r ( F i n a n c i e r ) J e a n B u r e a u , g r a n d m a î t r e d e l'artillerie . . . R e f o r m a torische o r d o n n a n c e s ü b e r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , F i n a n z e n , A r m e e , justice u. 35 police générale . . . P e r m a n e n t e S t e u e r n . . . p o u r l a p r e m i è r e fois stehendes H e e r . . . D i e milices des villes v i n r e n t s e f o n d r e d a n s u n e a r m é e r o y a l e ... d a s règne v . C h a r l e s V I I d a s des élan n a t i o n a l . . . [91-93] D i e R e s u l t a t e der g e m e i n s a m e n A n s t r e n g u n g e n consolidirt u n d systematisirt u n t e r Louis XI: K a m p f p o u r la c a u s e de l'unité de p o u v o i r et du nivellement 40 s o c i a l . . . affectait d'être r o t u r i e r p a r le t o n , l'habit, les m a n i è r e s . . . A r t v.

526

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État dictature d é m o c r a t i q u e . . . Wollte établir l'unité de c o u t u m e , de p o i d s et de mesures . . . Als Vorbild d a s régime civil des r é p u b l i q u e s italiennes . . . c o n v o q u a des n é g o c i a n t s à son g r a n d conseil. Wege, K a n ä l e , m a r i n e m a r chande etc V e r g r ö ß e r u n g des s t e h e n d e n H e e r s u m d a s 4fache . . . D r u c k 5 der Steuern, u n t e r i h m . . . s c h o n t e nichts als die privilèges m u n i c i p a u x . . . [94-97]

ch. IV. Les États généraux de 1484. Le tiers État sous Louis XII, François I und Henri II. 10 fatigue p r o d u i t e sur le p e u p l e français p a r le d e s p o t i s m e p r o l o n g é de Louis XL 5 J a n v i e r 1484 états g é n é r a u x réunis, (à Tours) t o u t e s les p r o vinces du r o y a u m e , l a n g u e d'Oïl et l a n g u e d ' O c . D i e élection f. die 3 ordres s'était faite au chef-lieu de c h a q u e bailliage, et les p a y s a n s e u x - m ê mes y avaient pris p a r t . I n d e n états délibération n o n p a r o r d r e s , m a i s p a r 15 têtes, d a n s 6 b u r e a u x c o r r e s p o n d a n t à a u t a n t de régions territoriales, vergebne R e a c t i o n hin n a c h d e m é t a t des choses z u r Zeit v . C h a r l e s V I I , l'impulsion vers la centralité a d m i n i s t r a t i v e u n e et a b s o l u e w a r zu s t a r k . [98, 99] R e p u b l i k . R e d e n s a r t e n in dieser V e r s a m m l u n g . D u r c h Sire de la Roche, d é p u t é de la noblesse de B o u r g o g n e . K e i n R e s u l t a t , (ses t r a d i t i 20 ons de caste r e n d u e s généreuses p a r u n e r a i s o n élevée et p a r q u e l q u e notion de l'hist. g r e c q u e et r o m a i n e . ) D e r tiers état ne se p a s s i o n n a q u e p o u r le r e d r e s s e m e n t de griefs m a t é riels et p o u r la q u e s t i o n de taxes p e r m a n e n t e s et a r b i t r a i r e s . C'est sur ce point seulement q u e fut s o u t e n u p a r les d é p u t é s de la r o t u r e le d r o i t des 25 états g é n é r a u x , q u e d ' a u t r e s p o s a i e n t c o m m e libres et s o u v e r a i n s en t o u t e matière. D i e m o u v e m e n t p o l i t i q u e v. 1357 avait eu p o u r p r i n c i p e l'esprit municipal à son p l u s h a u t degré d'énergie. N i c h t m e h r möglich. R ê v e des Etienne M a r c e l u n e c o n f é d é r a t i o n de villes souveraines a y a n t P a r i s à leur tête, et g o u v e r n a n t le p a y s p a r u n e diète s o u s la suzeraineté du roi. Dieser 30 Geist der d r o i t s l o c a u x et d ' i n d é p e n d a n c e personnelle ||70| v e r s c h w u n d e n vor désirs d ' o r d r e p u b l i c et de vie n a t i o n a l e . Tiers état s ' a t t a c h a jezt n u r aux choses p u r e m e n t p r a t i q u e s et d ' i n t é r ê t p r é s e n t . [101,102] H a u p t punkte der cahiers des 3 état: d i m i n u t i o n des i m p ô t s e t r é d u c t i o n des troupes soldées, reprise des p o r t i o n s aliénées du d o m a i n e royal, mise en 35 vigueur des actes g a r a n t i s s a n t les libertés de l'église gallicane, rédaction par écrit des coutumes - premier pas vers l'unité de loi. Die assemblée v. 1484 votirte Subside n u r u n t e r d e m titre d e d o n e t d ' o c t r o i . Verlangte u n d m e

527

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1

erhielt v e r s p r o c h e n zweijährige Berufung d e r é t a t s gén. A b e r n i c h t berufen in d e n 14 J. des C h a r l e s V I I I , S t e u e r n u n t e r i h m levées p a r o r d o n n a n c e et r é p a r t i e s s a n s c o n t r ô l e . R é g i m e a r b i t r a i r e . I n v a s i o n des sud de l'Italie, l'ère des g r a n d e s guerres s'ouvrit. [103-105] I m X I I J h h . M u n i c i p a l i t ä t v . Italien. I m X I I I . J h . r ö m . R e c h t ν . d e n 5 ital. Schulen. I m X V J h . die L i t e r a t u r i n F o l g e 50jähriger K r i e g e mit Italien. F r a n k r e i c h Italien z u m K a m p f p l a t z d e r e u r o p . M o n a r c h i e n g e m a c h t , seinen R u i n e eröffnet. Schöpfte d o r t d e n culte der chefsd ' œ u v r e a n t i q u e s . [105] R é v o l u t i o n intellectuelle. C o m m u n i o n de la pensée p o u r les h o m m e s d'élite ü b e r die s é p a r a t i o n der classes. Q u e l q u e 10 chose d ' u n i f o r m e infusée p a r l ' é d u c a t i o n littéraire. So bereitet sich eine p u b l i q u e o p i n i o n vor, u n f o n d s c o m m u n d'idées p u r e m e n t laïques, d'études sorties d ' u n e s o u r c e a u t r e q u e celle des écoles du m o y e n âge. É t a t s gén. blieben b l o s wie bisher un r e c o u r s s u p r ê m e d a n s les t e m p s de crise. [106] 15 Rôle du Parlement de Paris, dieser b o u r g e o i s légistes, seit d e m X V I J h h . I h r e M a c h t e n t s t e h t ν . d e m u s a g e d e p r o m u l g u e r les edits r o y a u x e n c o u r de p a r l e m e n t , et de les faire inscrire sur des registres q u e la c o u r avait sous sa g a r d e . Dieses r e g i s t r e m e n t lieu in F o l g e eines a r r ê t . Délib é r a t i o n p r é a l a b l e d a z u n ö t h i g . U n t e r Louis XII b e g i n n t d a s P a r l a m e n t 20 als p o u v o i r m é d i a t e u r e n t r e le t r ô n e et la n a t i o n , u. a u s vieux e n n e m i s de t o u t e résistance à l ' a u t o r i t é du prince, a v o c a t s de l ' o p i n i o n p u b l i q u e . U n t e r L . X I I signes d e p r o g r è s e t d e p r o s p é r i t é . Verbesserte Agricultur, n e u e Q u a r t i e r e i n d e n S t ä d t e n , b e q u e m e r e H ä u s e r g e b a u t . A i s a n c e der classe m o y e n n e in d e n h a b i t s , m e u b l e s u. divertissements c o û t e u x . G r o s s e 25 V e r m e h r u n g der m a r c h a n d s u . des c o m m e r c e l o i n t a i n . . . Steigen der Preisse . . . L e s terres r a p p o r t a i e n t d a v a n t a g e , r e n t r é e des i m p ô t s sans c o n t r a i n t e et à p e u de frais. [107-110] l ' o r d o n n a n c e v. 1499, principe de l'élection p o u r les offices de j u d i c a t u r e u. g a r a n t i e s c o n t r e l ' a b u s de la vénalité des c h a r g e s . Einzige assemblée p o l i t i q u e in diesem r è g n e blos. 30 D é p u t é s de villes u. des c o r p s judiciaire, législation fängt an zu herrschen ü b e r die c o u t u m e . T h a t viel z u r R e d a c t i o n der c o u t u m e s d e F r a n c e . V o n 1505-1515 20 c o u t u m e s des p a y s ou de villes i m p o r t a n t e s recueillies, examinées et publiées avec la s a n c t i o n définitive, tiers é t a t v o r h e r r s c h e n d bei dieser R e d a c t i o n u. R e f o r m des d r o i t c o u t u m i e r . Beispiel die chan- 35 g e m e n t s p o u r les m a n a g e s e n t r e n o b l e s i n d e m régime des biens conjug a u x . D a z u Einfluß des r ö m i s c h e n R e c h t s a u f d e n d r o i t n a t i o n a l ; ließ e s verlieren v. der t r a d i t i o n g e r m a n i q u e . [111-114] François! roi g e n t i l h o m m e . T r o t z d e m e n v a h i s s e m e n t des offices r o y a u x sur les seigneuries. A d e l geht in d e n S c h l a c h t e n c a p u t u n d formirt 40; sich in d e n a r m é e s régulières, d i l a p i d a t i o n s scandaleuses, m a l h e u r s

528

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État inouïs. Législation beschäftigt m. industrie, c o m m e r c e , agriculture, police des eaux u. forêts, e x p l o i t a t i o n des mines, n a v i g a t i o n lointaine, sécurité de toutes les t r a n s a c t i o n s civiles, à son a p o g é e la r é v o l u t i o n intellectuelle, die Renaissance. Alles e r n e u t , sciences, b e a u x - a r t s , p h i l o s o p h i e , literatur, 5 alliance de l'esprit français avec le génie de l ' a n t i q u i t é . [115-117] U n t e r Heinrich II lezter F o r t s c h r i t t goes o n , o h n e d a ß er e t w a s dafür thut. magnificence des nouvelles c o n s t r u c t i o n s en palais et en c h â t e a u x etc La noblesse, à l'exemple du r o i , p r o d i g u a i t l ' a r g e n t p o u r ce luxe de la civilisation, le m é r i t e de l ' œ u v r e à des artistes r o t u r i e r s ; die g r a n d s sei10 gneurs d e m g o û t du b e a u . So die A r i s t o k r a t i e , wie u n t e r L o u i s X I V d. h. appliquant die c o n v e r s a t i o n polie au j u g e m e n t des choses de l'esprit et des p r o d u c t i o n s littéraires, i h r e n A n t h e i l a n d e r m o d e r n e n E n t w i c k l u n g . Àdel liebte nicht die fonctions judiciaires ou a d m i n i s t r a t i v e s . Behielt sich nur die offices d'épée et charges de c o u r . D i e A n d r e n fielen d e m tiers é t a t 15 in die H a n d . F z s . A d e l nicht classe politique s o n d e r n militaire. In dieser Epoche die g a n z e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , bis z u d e m w a s später ministères genannt, in der H a n d des tiers état. [118-120] Im G e r i c h t v. chancelier garde des sceaux bis zu d e n présidiaux. In d e n F i n a n z e n e b e n s o die t r é s o riers, s u r i n t e n d a n t s , i n t e n d a n t s , c o n t r ô l e u r s , receveurs g é n é r a u x u. p a r 20 ticuliers. Ailes b o u r g e o i s lettrés . . . h o m m e s de l o n g u e r o b e . D i e j u r i s d i c tion der s é n é c h a u x , baillis, p r é v ô t s du roi meist n o c h in der H a n d v. gentilshommes, b r a u c h t e n a b e r bürgerliche l i e u t e n a n t s o u des assesseurs gradués. D e n B ü r g e r n n u r u n t e r s a g t d a s g o u v e r n e m e n t der p r o v i n c e s , des villes et des fortresses, die g r a d e s des a r m é e s de terre et de m e r , die 25 charges de la m a i s o n du roi, u. die a m b a s s a d e s , die d e m h a u t clergé o d . Adel zufielen. D e r s u p r ê m e p o u v o i r d é l i b é r a n t , d e r conseil d ' É t a t , bis zum X I V J h h . h a l b b a r o n s , h a l b gens d'église, a m E n d e des X V I i n m a j o rité des gens de r o b e . [121,122] D i e offices supérieurs de j u d i c a t u r e et de f i n a n c e p r o c u r a i e n t a u x titulaires ausser i h r e n a p p o i n t e m e n t s des privi30 léges c o n s t i t u a n t p o u r eux u n e s o r t e de noblesse n o n transmissible qui ne les enlevait p a s au tiers état. Ils étaient e x e m p t s de divers i m p ô t s ou péages, k o n n t e n a c q u é r i r des terres n o b l e s o h n e zu z a h l e n die d r o i t s exigés d a n s ce cas p o u r l ' a c h e t e u r r o t u r i e r . [123] S a m m e l t e n Vermögen, legten es an in possessions territoriales. D i e h é r i t a g e des g e n t i l h o m m e r u i n é 35 passait in die H ä n d e des officier r o y a l enrichi p a r son emploi. Zwei Wege zum A m t , mérite o d . faveur, u. vénalité passée en c o u t u m e . D i e riche bourgeoisie profitait de cette dernière voie. Sorge der p a r e n t s « o g n i padre d a h e r cerca d i m e t t e r q u a l c u n o d e suoi f i g l i allo s t u d i o p e r q u e s t o effetto.» D a h e r g r a n d n o m b r e des universités e n F r a n c e , zahlreicher 40 Besuch der U n i v e r s i t ä t in P a r i s . Viele A r m e hier, leben v. d e n f o n d a t i o n s faites d a n s les collèges. A s p i r a t i o n des classes inférieures vers les lettres.

529

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

A n d r e r s e i t s B o u r g e o i s bereichert d u r c h d e n p r o g r è s der r e l a t i o n s c o m merciales, d u r c h d e n crédit bildet sich i n der b o u r g e o i s i e m a r c h a n d e u n e classe nouvelle ( p o u r y p r e n d r e le p r e m i e r r a n g ) , g r a n d s K a p i t a l i s t e n (financiers d a m a l s g e n a n n t ) . D a s système des fermes générales, i m p o r t é d'Italie en F r a n c e , u. die o p é r a t i o n s du crédit. C h a r g é s de faire, soit 5 c o m m e fermiers soit c o m m e régisseurs, l e r e c o u v r e m e n t des i m p ô t s , b a n quiers du t r é s o r et d é p o s i t a i r e s des recettes opérées p a r les c o m p t a b l e s , a v a n ç a n t des f o n d s p o u r t o u t e s les entreprises d e g u e r r e o u d e p a i x , ils e u r e n t , d a n s les affaires d e l'état, u n e p a r t indirecte m a i s c o n s i d é r a b l e . F a v o r i s i r t b e i m H o f e etc Verheiratheten sich m. d e r h o h e n M a g i s t r a t u r . 10 Bringen d e m tiers é t a t die p u i s s a n c e q u e d o n n e l ' a r g e n t . « L i m e r c a n t i , p e r essere a questi t e m p i p a t r o n i dei d a n a r i , s o n o favoriti e accarezzati, ma n o n h a n n o n i u n a p r e e m i n e n z a di dignità. Relaz. Venet.» p r o g r è s ihres influence ν . M i t t e des X V I bis lezte Zeit des X V I I I J h h . , leur carrière semée de faveur et de h a i n e , de gains é n o r m e s et de cruelles avanies. 15 t o u j o u r s m a u d i t s et t o u j o u r s nécessaires. | [125-128]

|71| Ch. V. États généraux de 1560 et de 1576. Les p r o t e s t a n t s français n e f o r m è r e n t q u ' u n p a r t i c l a n d e s t i n e t j u s q u ' a u j o u r o ù l a faiblesse d e l ' a u t o r i t é r o y a l e exercée p a r m i n e u r d o n n a à ce p a r t i l ' a p p u i de la noblesse, et lui p e r m i t de rer, de se c o n s t i t u e r 10 et d'agir. (Mignet. L'établ. de la

persécuté, u n prince se m o n t - 20 Réf. Rei.)

[129, 130] R è g n e de François II n u r u n e m i n o r i t é . Charles IX. p a s s i o n s Religieuses h a t t e n u n t e r F r a n ç o i s II Zeit gehabt de faire alliance avec les p a s s i o n s p o l i t i q u e s . D e u x g r a n d e s factions a y a n t 25 des p r i n c e s à leur tête. A u f d e r einen m a j o r i t é des n o b l e s , a u f der a n d e r n m a j o r i t é d u p e u p l e u n i e a u clergé. D a n n p a r t i m o d é r é , w o l l t e n t r a n s a c tion, a b e r u n i t é de l'église als soutien des état, liberté de conscience aber n i c h t schisme, sérieuses réformes i n d e n m o e u r s d u clergé catholique. Diese p a r t i H a u p t w u r z e l in d e r b o u r g e o i s i e . D o m i n i r t e in d e n États 1560, 30 ' k a m e n zus. 13 D e c , erst zu M e a u x , d a n n zu O r l é a n s . 393 d é p u t é s , 98 f. d e n clergé, 76 f. die noblesse, 219 f. d e n tiers état. Wollten b e s . die droits de l'état en m a t i è r e d ' o r g a n i s a t i o n ecclésiastique. Im conseil des roi Michel d'Hôpital, chancelier de F r a n c e , b o u r g e o i s v. n a i s s a n c e , p o r t a d a n s le g o u v . les principes t r a d i t i o n n e l s du tiers état, m a i n t i e n de l'unité 35 française, libertés de l'église gallicane. U n e foi, u n e loi, un roi, a b e r tolér a n c e . M a c h t e d i e ß geltend bei d e n É t a t s . [130-132] C a h i e r d e r e m o n trances du tiers état, 354 articles, v e r l a n g t e n u. a.: l'élection a u x dignités ^

530

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État ecclésiastiques p o u r l e c o n c o u r s d u clergé e t d ' u n certain n o m b r e d e n o t a bles; l ' a t t r i b u t i o n d ' u n e p a r t des r e v e n u s ecclésiastiques à l'établissement de nouvelles chaires d a n s les universités et à l'érection, d a n s c h a q u e ville, d'un collège m u n i c i p a l ; l'interdiction a u x p r ê t r e s de recevoir des testa5 rnents; la r é d u c t i o n des j o u r s fériés a u x d i m a n c h e s et à un petit n o m b r e de fêtes; l'élection des officiers de m a g i s t r a t u r e p a r le c o n c o u r s de l ' o r d r e judiciaire, des m a g i s t r a t s m u n i c i p a u x et de la c o u r o n n e ; la révision des anciennes lois et o r d o n n a n c e s , et la r é u n i o n en un seul c o r p s de celles qui seraient m a i n t e n u e s ; la p o u r s u i t e d'office c o n t r e les crimes n o t o i r e s sans 10 qu'il fût besoin de p a r t i e civile; la s u p p r e s s i o n des d o u a n e s intérieures et l'adoption d ' u n seul p o i d s et d ' u n e seule m e s u r e d a n s t o u s les r o y a u m e s ; l'établissement des t r i b u n a u x électifs de c o m m e r c e et de police; des règ• lements prohibitifs sur la c o u p e des b o i s de h a u t e futaie; la restriction des justices seigneuriales au profit de la justice royale; la peine de d é c h é a n c e 15 des droits seigneuriaux p o u r t o u t n o b l e c o n v a i n c u d ' e x a c t i o n s envers les habitants de ses d o m a i n e s ; enfin, la t e n u e des états gén. u n e fois au m o i n s tous les 5 a n s , et le choix i m m é d i a t d ' u n j o u r et d ' u n lieu p o u r leur prochaine c o n v o c a t i o n . Ce c a h i e r est divisée en 5 sections: 1) de l'état ecclésiastique; 2) des universités; 3) de la noblesse, g e n d a r m e r i e et suite de 20 cour; 4) de la justice; 5) des tailles, i m p o s i t i o n s , subsides, m a r c h a n d i s e s et autres choses . . . [133,134] Aile 3 S t ä n d e wollten keine n e u e n S t e u e r n bewilligen, verlangten R ü c k s e n d u n g in ihre P r o v i n z e n , lezten J a n vier 1561 geschlossen. O r d o n n é d a ß die états p r o v i n c i a u x sich v e r s a m melten a m 2 0 M a r s 1561, n a c h vorheriger c o n s u l t a t i o n w ä h l e n sollten 25 3 D é p u t é s , un clerc, un n o b l e , et un b o u r g e o i s , d a r a u f j e d e s der 13 g o u vernements u. die 39 élus sich v e r s a m m e l n sollten 1 M a i in M e l u n . D i e o r d o n n a n c e , die z u m Theil den cahier a u f n a h m , erschien a m T a g des Schlusses d e r états gén. l ' H ô p i t a l arbeitete sie a u s « e n saige». [135] als zu den kirchlichen W ü r d e n vertheilt die W a h l zwischen 1) K r o n e u. 2) clergé 30 u. peuple. D i e d é p u t é s der 13 g o u v e r n e m e n t s v e r s a m m e l t e n sich, v. d e n 2 ordres laïques, im A u g u s t zu P o n t o i s e , die Pfaffen u n t e r d e m Titel «colloque» zu Poissy. E r s t r e 26 P e r s o n e n , 13 n o b l e s u. 13 b o u r g e o i s m i t aller Vollmacht, die états gén. [136] D i e ß m a l beide o r d r e s e i n m ü t h i g . p r é tentions au p a r t a g e de la s o u v e r a i n e t é wie in d e n E t a t s v. 1356 u. M a ß 35 regeln vorgeschlagen wie 1789. Schlagen v o r au profit du roi alle geistlichen G ü t e r z u verkaufen, clergé d u r c h p e n s i o n s z u e n t s c h ä d i g e n . V o n dieser vente P r o d u c t b e r e c h n e t a u f 120 millions de livres, w o v o n 48 f. die dotation nouvelle b e s t i m m t , 42 f. d a s a m o r t i s s e m e n t d e r d e t t e p u b l i q u e , 30 placés à l'intérêt in den villes u. p o r t s de m e r p o u r y a l i m e n t e r le 40 commerce, en m ê m e t e m p s qu'ils d o n n e r a i e n t un r e v e n u fixe au trésor. Plan fiel v o r d e m Vorschlag des clergé d ' é t e i n d r e a v a n t 10 a n s le 3 de la è m e

531

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 dette p o u r u n e c o t i s a t i o n i m p o s é e à t o u s les m e m b r e s de leur o r d r e . Die V e r s a m m l u n g v. P o n t o i s e verlangte f. die P r o t e s t a n t e n libre exercice de leur culte. E n t s p r o c h e n d u r c h Edict v o m 17 J a n u a r 1561. [137, 138] Aber a u x m o u v e m e n t s de la m a s s e p o p u l a i r e beigemischt a m b i t i o n s rivales de princes et de g r a n d s qui r e n o u v e l a i e n t sous un roi m i n e u r ce q u i , 1 '/2 siècles 5 a u p a r a v a n t , s'était fait sous un roi insensé. [139] O r d o n n a n c e des H ô p i t a l v. M o u l i n s 1566. A n f a ß t die v o m cahier des 3' S t a n d e s v e r l a n g t e n Reform e n im système judiciaire. Restreignit la c o m p é t e n c e des justices de privilège; n a h m a u c h d e n m a i r e s , échevins, c a p i t o u l s , c o n s u l s e t a u t r e s magistrats du m ê m e o r d r e la c o n n a i s s a n c e des causes civiles, ließ i h n e n n u r die 10 d e r Jurisdiction criminelle u n d der police. D i e vieux m u n i c i p e s antérieurs à t o u t e c h a r t e de c o m m u n e r é c l a m è r e n t avec succès d e v a n t le P a r l e m e n t u. die o r d o n n a n c e de M o u l i n s o h n e effect im Bezug a u f sie . . . [140,141] In d e n R e l i g i o n s k ä m p f e n z o g die o p i n i o n des m a s s e s p o p u l a i r e s alles n a c h sich, a u c h d a s K ö n i g t h u m , un m o m e n t i m p a r t i a l . Machiavellisti- 15 sehe Politik des H o f s . H ô p i t a l tritt a u s d e m ministère i m M a i 1568, f 13 m a r s 1573. [142] - Massacre de la Saint-Barthélémy 24 août 1572. la bourgeoisie parisienne complice d u p o u v o i r r o y a l a n diesem Tag. C o r p s m u n i c i p a l a c c e p t a die o r d r e s z u r A u s f ü h r u n g des g u e t - a p e n s . . . In diesen B ü r g e r k ä m p f e n wird die L i t e r a t u r ernsthafter, Waffe der P a r t h e i e n , ange- 20, w a n d t auf Geschichte, M o r a l , g o u v e r n e m e n t . B i l d u n g v . T h e o r i e n über die a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . Politische O e k o n o m i e - cette science b o u r g e o i s e des villes de l'Italie - i n t r o d u c i r t d u r c h un ministre italien c r é a t u r e de la reine m è r e , (René de Bir agues, g a r d e des sceaux en 1571 u. chancelier de F r a n c e seit H ô p i t a l t bis 1578) g a b m e h r rationelle D i r e k t i o n d e n règ- 25 l e m e n t s faits sur la police des métiers et sur le trafic des m a r c h a n d i s e s . V o n diesem d a t e d a s System der b a l a n c e d u c o m m e r c e u . die P r o t e c t i o n der industrie n a t i o n a l e d u r c h Verbot der A u s f u h r v. m a t i è r e s premières u. d e r E i n f u h r v. m a n u f a c t u r e s étrangères: «Afin q u e n o s d i t s sujets se puissent m i e u x a d o n n e r à la m a n u f a c t u r e et 30 o u v r a g e s des laines, lins, c h a n v r e s et fillaces q u i croissent et a b o n d e n t en n o s d i t s r o y a u m e et p a y s , et en faire et tirer le profit q u e fait l'estranger, lequel les y vient acheter c o m m u n é m e n t à petit prix, les t r a n s p o r t e et fait m e t t r e en œ u v r e , et a p r è s a p p o r t e les d r a p s et linges, qu'il v e n d à prix excessif; a v o n s o r d o n n é et o r d o n n o n s qu'il ne sera d o r e s n a v a n t loisible à 35 a u c u n de nosdits sujets et estrangers, souz q u e l q u e cause ou prétexte que ce soit, t r a n s p o r t e r h o r s n o s d i t s r o y a u m e et p a y s a u c u n e s laines, lins, c h a n v r e s et fillaces . . . D é f e n d o n s aussi très-expressément t o u t e entrée en cestuy n o s t r e d i t r o y a u m e de t o u s d r a p s , toilles, p a s s e m e n t s et canetilles d ' o r ou d ' a r g e n t , ensemble t o u s veloux, satins, d a m a s , taffetas, camelots, 40 toilles et t o u t e s sortes d'étoffes rayez ou y a y a n t or ou a r g e n t , et pareil5

532

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État lement de t o u s h a r n o i s de c h e v a u x , ceintures, espées et d a g u e s , estrieux et espérons dorez, argentez ou gravez, sur peine de confiscation desdites marchandises - D a v a n t a g e d é f e n d o n s l'entrée en n o s t r e d i t r o y a u m e et pays de t o u t e s sortes de tapisseries estrangères, de q u e l q u e étoffe et façon 5 qu'elles soient, s u r les m e s m e s peines q u e dessus.» (Édit de j a n v i e r 1572 sur le c o m m e r c e à l ' é t r a n g e r et sur la police du R o y a u m e . Cf. les É d i t s du 2 M a r s 1571 sur la f a b r i c a t i o n des d r a p s , de j u i n 1572 s u r la c r é a t i o n des courtiers de c o m m e r c e , et de la m ê m e d a t e sur le t a u x d'intérêt.) [143-145] Die Szenen v. P a r i s (24 A u g . 1572) w i e d e r h o l t e n sich zu M e a u x , 10 Orléans, B o u r g e s , R o u e n , A n g e r s , L y o n , T o u l o u s e u. vielen u n b e d e u t e n deren S t ä d t e n . 3 p a r t i a r m é , les politiques, s'unit a u x p r o t e s t a n t s in Sachen der Toleranz. V o n d e n K a t h o l i k e n g u e r r e c o n t r e le roi p r o c l a m é e c o m m e légitime. R e p u b l i k a n i s c h e d o c t r i n e s nées u n d se m ê l a i e n t des cris de haine et de v e n g e a n c e . Etienne de la Boëtie: « D i s c o u r s de la servitude 15 volontaire». François Hotman: ||72| F r a n c o - G a l l i a ; Hubert Languet.; Vindiciae c o n t r a t y r a n n o s , sive de principis in p o p u l u m p o p u l i q u e in p r i n cipem legitima p o t e s t a t e ; Apophthegmes ou d i s c o u r s n o t a b l e s recueillis de divers a u t e u r s c o n t r e la t y r a n n i e et les t y r a n s ; Discours des j u g e m e n t s de Dieu c o n t r e les t y r a n s , recueilli des histoires sacrées et p r o f a n e s ; Du droit 20 des m a g i s t r a t s s u r leurs sujets etc etc . . . Diese B ü c h e r fruits du désespoir des p r o t e s t a n t s et d ' u n sentiment public de colère et de désaffection . . . [145, 146] Henri III m u ß t e a n n e h m e n die B e d i n g u n g e n d e r c o n f é d é r a t i o n victorieuse der calvinistes u n d c a t h o l i q u e s associés . . . 5 édit d e r pacification 25 vom 14 m a i 1576. ( 1 v. 19 m a r s 1562, 2 v. 23 m a r s 1568, 3 v. A u gust 1570 u. 4 v. Juli 1573.) D e n n o c h exercise du n o u v e a u culte frei u. public d a n s t o u t le r o y a u m e sauf P a r i s et la c o u r . . . ü b e r h a u p t weiter als eins der v o r h e r g e h e n d e n . . . H e n r i I I I n a t ü r l i c h n i c h t ehrlich gemeint m . diesem E d i k t . . . H i n g a u c h nicht v. i h m ab . . . [146,147] D i e Ligue basirt 30 auf serment d'assistance m u t u e l l e et de d é v o u e m e n t j u s q u ' à la m o r t , régime de terreur, l'obéissance a b s o l u e à un chef s u p r ê m e q u ' o n devait élire ... [148] H o f rief die états généraux z u s . zu Blois 15 novembre 1576; die protestants u. die politiques en furent écartés p a r t o u s les m o y e n s de fraude et de violence. D i e meisten d é p u t é s h a t t e n als M a n d a t : u n e reli35 gion c a t h o l i q u e r o m a i n e . N o b l e s s e u. clergé gleich intolérant, tiers é t a t etwas m e h r m o d é r é . [149] K ö n i g e r k l ä r t sich C h e f der Ligue, die p e t i t n o m b r e d'élus calvinistes et de leurs élus z o g sich z u r r ü c k , p r o t e s t a n t d'avance gegen die Beschlüsse d e r assemblée. 2 ersten o r d r e s s t i m m t e n sans d é b a t f. a b r o g a t i o n des édit u. reprise d e r guerre civile. In tiers é t a t 40 Theilung. Theil u. d a r u n t e r die d e p u t a t i o n v. Paris f. d e n guerre; d e r andre wollte die R e s t a u r a t i o n der u n i t é c a t h o l i q u e d u r c h sanfte Mittel. è m e

è m e

e r

è r a e

e

e

533

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 Jean Bodin chef de l ' o p p o s i t i o n bourgeoise c o n t r e la ligue et c o n t r e la c o u r . [150] Bewirkte un refus p é r e m p t o i r e de t o u t subside. Diese états im ü b r i g e n constitutionelle Ideen. 3 Artikel im cahier des tiers état zeigen die résistance des privilèges m u n i c i p a u x à l ' e n v a h i s s e m e n t administratif: ils r e v e n d i q u e n t , au n o m des c o r p s de villes, la liberté des assemblées, la 5 liberté des élections, et la jurisdiction pleine et entière. D e r esprit j a l o u x d e r ancienne m a g i s t r a t u r e ( u r b a i n e u. p a r l e m e n t a i r e ) zeigt sich in der d e m a n d e d e s u p p r e s s i o n des t r i b u n a u x d u c o m m e r c e . A n t w o r t des roi a u f die cahiers des états im M a i 1579 d u r c h die o r d o n n a n c e de Blois. H ä l t aufrecht f. kirchliche n o m i n a t i o n s d e n d r o i t a b s o l u du roi selon le 10 c o n c o r d a t de 1516. F. die juristischen Stellen, s t a t t d e r p r é s e n t a t i o n de 3 p e r s o n n e s p a r les c o r p s de j u d i c a t u r e , W a h l d u r c h die K r o n e sur des listes d'éligibles dressées d a n s c h a q u e circonscription j u r i d i q u e et r e n o u velées t o u s les 3 a n s . . . H e n r i de B o u r b o n , roi de N a v a r r e , protestirt gegen die v o t e der états gén. p o u r la r é u n i o n à un seul culte . . . [151-156] 15 N e u e Vermittlung d u r c h t r a i t é de B e r g e r a c et l'édit de Poitiers, septemb r e 1577; d u r a i t e n c o r e en 1584 als der B r u d e r des K ö n i g s F r a n ç o i s , duc d ' A n j o u , stirbt; E r b s c h a f t s a n s p r ü c h e a u f d e n T h r o n n u n v . H e n r i v . B o u r b o n . D a h e r crise violente. G r o s s e p r o g r è s n u n d e r ligue; elle p é n é t r a cette fois d a n s les h a u t e s classes de la b o u r g e o i s i e qu'elle p a r u t embrasser 20 t o u t e entière. [158] Henri de Lorraine, duc de Guise, ( S o h n des F r a n ç o i s , e r m o r d e t 1563 d u r c h u n g e n t i l h o m m e h u g u e n o t . ) D i e D o c t r i n e s républicaines, e n t s t a n d e n u n t e r d e n H u g u e n o t t e n p a r l ' a t t e n t a t d e C h a r l e s I X , p a s s è r e n t d a n s les r a n g s o p p o s é s a u s V e r a c h t u n g gegen H e n ri I I I u. a p p r é h e n s i o n s q u ' i n s p i r a i t la r o y a u t é à venir, s o u v e r a i n e t é du 25 p e u p l e u. des d r o i t d'élection n a t i o n a l e angerufen, c o m m e s a u v e g a r d e s de la foi o r t h o d o x e , zèle p o u r l'ancien d o g m e s ' i m p r é g n a i t de passions d é m o c r a t i q u e s ... [159] H e n r i G u i s e verspricht r e s t a u r a t i o n , gegen die r o y a u t é , p o u r t o u s les privilèges, ceux d u clergé, d e r noblesse, d e r p r o vinces u. d e r villes. D i e villes de liberté m u n i c i p a l e ergriffen gierig diese 30 occasion gegen d a s n i v e a u der a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . Elles s'enrôlèrent à ferivi d a n s la Ligue, d o n t leurs milices c o m p o s è r e n t la p r i n c i p a l e force, et Paris fut à la tête de ce m o u v e m e n t . W i e zur Zeit des E t i e n n e M a r c e l associat i o n de c o r p s m u n i c i p a u x sous l'influence et la d i r e c t i o n de la d é m o c r a t i e parisienne . . . D a n s un esprit de secte et de division. Im F a l l des Siegs 35. R e s u l t a t u n e sorte d ' a s s u r a n c e m u t u e l l e e n t r e le clergé, la noblesse et les c o m m u n e s c o n t r e l'action du p o u v o i r r o y a l et le p r o g r è s vers l'unité, un régime d'intérêts spéciaux et de m o r c e l l e m e n t administratif, sous la haute p r o t e c t i o n de l ' E s p a g n e . [160,161]

534

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État

Ch. VI. États généraux de 1588; Le Tiers État sous le Règne de Henri IV. Henri III. E r s t e hostile d é m o n s t r a t i o n d e r ligue en 1585. A r m é e r a s s e m blée. R e v o l t m e h r e r P r o v i n z e n u . S t ä d t e (die C h a m p a g n e , P i c a r d i e , N o r 5 mandie, B r e t a g n e u. B o u r g o g n e , R h e i m s , C h â l o n s , Soissons, P é r o n n e , Amiens, Abbeville, Mézières, Toul, Verdun, R o u e n , C a e n , D i j o n , M â c o n , A u x o n n e , O r l é a n s , B o u r g e s , A n g e r s u . L y o n ) i m N a m e n des C a r d i n a l d e Bourbon, oncle d u r o i d e N a v a r r e , s e d i s a n t p r e m i e r p r i n c e d u s a n g p a r c e qu'il était p r i n c e c a t h o l i q u e , h i n t e r i h m d e r d u c d e G u i s e , der w a h r e chef 10 der révolte. H e n r i I I I . g e z w u n g e n , d u r c h édit v. 1585, widerruft alle edits d e pacification. U n t e r Todesstrafe n u r C u i t des C a t h o l i c i s m e r l a u b t . P r o testant. Priester in Zeit 1 M o n a t s u. a n d e r e P r o t e s t a n t e n in der Zeit v. 6 mois d a s r o y a u m e zu verlassen u n t e r Todesstr. D é c l a r a t i o n ν. 16 Oct. 1585 r e d u c i r t v. 6 M o n a t e n a u f 15 Tage d e n délai assigné a u x 15 religionnaires p o u r a b j u r e r ou q u i t t e r la F r a n c e . Aile biens des réfractaires u. ihrer d i r e k t e n u. i n d i r e k t e n Helfer zu confisciren, a n z u w e n d e n f. die frais de g u e r r e zu führen m i t d e r k ö n i g l . u. d e r M a c h t d e r ligue. Sixti V E x c o m m u n i c a t i o n s b u l l e d e s H e n r i v. N a v a r r a , w i r d d é c h u ν. d e r K r o n e e r k l ä r t etc [162-164] A m 1 8 July, 1585, w e n n H e n r i I I I p e r s ö n l i c h 20 ins P a r l a m e n t ging, p o u r y faire lire et p u b l i e r s o n p r e m i e r édit de p r o scription, die c o u r n'inscrivit l'acte sur ses registres q u ' a p r è s de vives remontrances. E b e n s o bei seinem E d i k t 3 M o n a t e s p ä t e r u. w e n n Henri I I I d a s r e g i s t r e m e n t d e r E x c o m m u n i c a t i o n s b u l l e v e r l a n g t e . [165] Henri v. N a v a r r e b e g i n n t K r i e g a u f seiner Seite. Bataille de C o u t r a s , 25 20 Oct. 1587. G u i s e zwingt d e n K ö n i g z u r c o n v o c a t i o n des é t a t s de 1588. N u r die F r a n c e c a t h o l i q u e . [169,170] M i s s i o n z u f o n d e r l a p r é d o m i n a n c e des états sur le p o u v o i r r o y a l . (12 M a i 1588 Journée des barricades, 31 M a i 1588 Z u s a m m e n b e r u f u n g der é t a t s gén.) D i e assemblée eröffnet den 16 o c t o b r e , 505 d é p u t é s : 134 du clergé, 180 de la noblesse, 191 du 30 tiers état. Z w e i E p o c h e n , die vor u. nach d e r E r m o r d u n g des d u c de Guise. In der Y die états, an d e r Spitze der tiers, k ä m p f e n gegen d e n r o i f. die souveraineté; n u r die édits m i t i h r e m c o n c o u r s sind lois f o n d a m e n tales. D r o h e n d e n r o i e n tutelle p e r m a n e n t e s o u s l a r e p r é s e n t a t i o n n a t i o nale zu stellen, u. de déléguer p o u r le p r é s e n t cette tutelle au chef de la 35 ligue. In d e r 2 E p o c h e s c h w a n k e n d zwischen F u r c h t u. colère, s e h n t sich jeder heim, um sich se r e n d r e sur un t e r r a i n p r o p i c e à la rébellion o u v e r t e •.. D e r tiers é t a t spielt die erste F l ö t e . Initiative n i m m t er d e n p r o p o s i tions hardies envers la r o y a u t é o d e r violentes c o n t r e les H u g u e n o t s . [171,172] K e i n e Steuern m e h r o h n e S t ä n d e etc D a n e b e n d e m a n d e s l

535

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1 renouvelées des cahiers de 1576 u. 1560. Meutre du duc de Guise. I n s u r r e k t i o n i n P a r i s . A n d r e S t ä d t e folgen. Bald ganze P r o v i n z e n . V o n Picardie à B r e t a g n e à P r o v e n c e fédération m u n i c i p a l e organisée c o n t r e la r o y a u t é . M a n w a n d t e die A u g e n n a c h den c a n t o n s suisses, o n p a r l a i t d e se constituer en r é p u b l i q u e à leur exemple. D é m o c r a t i e p a r i s i e n n e m a c h t sich m a î t r e s s e des p a r l e m e n t d u r c h einen c o u p d ' é t a t , u n t e r d r ü c k t d e n n o m d u roi i n d e n actes judiciaires, e r n e n n t d u c d e M a y e n n e z u m lieut e n a n t gén. de l'état royal et c o u r o n n e en F r a n c e . [173-175] H e n r i III m a c h t p a c t e d'alliance m . H e n r i v . N a v a r r e u . stellt sich u n t e r d e n S c h u t z d e r religionnaires. (Tours 26 avril 1589.) 4 M o n a t e n a c h der E r m o r d u n g des G u i s e Z u s a m m e n k u n f t v. H e n r i de Valois u. H e n r i de B o u r b o n zu Plessis-lez-Tours, w o scellé die u n i o n between p a r t i r o y a l u . p a r t i calviniste. I h r e A r m e e n vereint, m a r s c h i r t auf Paris, wo die ligue maîtresse. H e n r i v . F r a n c e c a m p e z u S a i n t - C l o u d , der v . N a v a r r a z u M e u d o n . D i e a p p r ê t s du siège étaient terminés à la fin de juillet u. der a s s a u t sollte stattfinden d e n 2 a o û t . [176] A b e r H e n r i I I I e r m o r d e t d u r c h J a c q u e s Clém e n t , D o m i n i k a n e r m ö n c h . 4 A u g . 1589 H e n r i v. B o u r b o n , n a c h d e m er g e s c h w o r e n de m a i n t e n i r sans altération la relig. c a t h o l i q u e , a n e r k a n n t als roi d u r c h die chefs de l ' a r m é e royale. [177] 22 m a r s 1594, n a c h d e m er k a t h o l i s c h g e w o r d e n , e n t r a m i l i t a i r e m e n t d a n s P a r i s n a c h 4 J. v. c o m b a t s etc. Bataille d ' A r q u é s , 13 Sept. 1589; bataille d'Ivry, 14 m a r s 1590; abjur a t i o n du roi à St. D e n i s , 25 juillet 1593. So n u r siegte die r o y a u t é gegen die association des principe de l ' o r t h o d o x i e m i t d e n d o c t r i n e s de la souveraineté du p e u p l e . Im M a ß e wie er siegte, zieht sich der Zèle f a n a t i q u e v. d e n classes m o y e n n e s in die classes inférieures z u r ü c k , die leztre, d u r c h un r é g i m e de c o m p r e s s i o n et de t e r r e u r zwingen P a r i s die 4 j ä h r i g e Belag e r u n g a u s z u h a l t e n ; sie a u c h e n aveugles livrés a u p r o t e c t o r a t d u roi d ' E s p a g n e . Lezter A c t der Ligue u n e c o n v o c a t i o n d ' é t a t s gén. faite sans m a n d e m e n t royal. R é u n i zu Paris 28 Janvier 1593. Wenige D e p u t i r t e . U n v e r s c h ä m t e F o r d e r u n g e n des roi d ' E s p a g n e . [178,179] D i e d é p u t é s ligueurs t h a t e n nichts, m a c h e n diese Vorschläge nicht a n d a s P a r l a m e n t v. P a r i s déclarèrent n u l « t o u t acte fait ou à faire p o u r l'établissement de p r i n c e ou princesse é t r a n g e r s » . |

5

10

15

20

25

30

| 7 3 | Henri IV. Principien des H ô p i t a l siegen u n t e r i h m . [180, 181] établissement définitif de la liberté de conscience et de l'état civil des dissi- 35 d e n t s ; r e s t a u r a t i o n u . p r o g r è s d e richesse p u b l i q u e ; c o n c e p t i o n d ' u n e p o l i t i q u e française, fondée sur le m a i n t i e n des n a t i o n a l i t é s et l'équilibre des puissances e u r o p é e n n e s . Edit de Nantes, 13 avril 1598. Maximilien de Bethune, marquis de Rosny, duc de Sully, créé s u r i n t e n d a n t des finances en 1596. [182-185] A g r i c u l t u r . S e i d e n m a n u f a c t u r . C o m m u n i c a t i o n s m i t - 40 tel, c a n a u x , p o n t s , r o u t e s , dessèchement des m a r a i s , défrichements des

536

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État

terrains v a g u e s . P o l i t i k gegen d a s H a u s Oestreich. (Économies royales de Sully.) [186, 187] E r m o r d u n g ν. H e n r i IV. U n t e r i h m n i m m t die r o y a u t é clairement seine f o r m e m o d e r n e a n , die der s o u v e r a i n e t é a d m i n i s t r a t i v e . Geregelt die d é p a r t e m e n t s ministériels. 3 U r s a c h e n s c h w ä c h e n f. die 5 h a u t e bourgeoisie d a s intervalle q u i la s é p a r a i t de la noblesse: l'exercice der f o n c t i o n s p u b l i q u e s u. bes. der f o n c t i o n s judiciaires, c o n t i n u é d a n s les m ê m e s familles, u. fast i h r p a t r i m o i n e g e w o r d e n ; die industrie des g r a n des m a n u f a c t u r e s et g r a n d e s entreprises qui créait d ' i m m e n s e s f o r t u n e s ; [189] endlich der p o u v o i r de la pensée f o n d é d u r c h die r e n a i s s a n c e des 10 lettres au profit des esprits actifs. A u s s e r d u r c h d e n B ü r g e r k r i e g die M a s s e d e r g a n z e n s t ä d t i s c h e n B e v ö l k e r u n g sehr r e m u é e ; u n t e r d e r s e l b e n P a r t h e i f a h n e h a t t e n sich h o m m e s d e t o u t r a n g u . profession r a p p r o c h é s . In der Ligue bes. pêle-mêle associé d a n s ses conseils der a r t i s a n u. m a g i s trat, petit m a r c h a n d u . g r a n d seigneur; n a c h d e m dieß a u f g e h ö r t blieb w a s 15 z u r ü c k v. s e n t i m e n t d e r force u. dignité p e r s o n n e l l e . D i e p o p u l a t i o n d e l a c a m p a g n e i m X V I J h h . i m Allg. befreit v . d e r r u d e u . h u m i l i a n t e c o n d i t i o n d e servage; i h r e o b l i g a t i o n s gen d e n p r o priétaire du sol fixées et m o d é r é e s de p l u s en p l u s dès la fin du XV siècle. V o n d a a n , bei j e d e r c o n v o c a t i o n des é t a t s , des assemblées p r i m a i r e s , 20 c o m p o s é e s des h a b i t a n t s de t o u t e s les p a r o i s s e s u. c o n c o u r a n t , p a r leurs délégués, à la f o r m a t i o n des cahiers et à l'élection des d é p u t é s du tiers état. [190] D i e délégués j e d e r p a r o i s s e dressaient le c a h i e r de ses d o l é a n c e s u. b r a c h t e n es z u m chef-lieu du bailliage c a n t o n a l : là, réunis a u x délégués du chef-lieu ils élisaient des p e r s o n n e s c h a r g é e s de f o n d r e en un seul 25 cahier les d o l é a n c e s des paroisses et de les p o r t e r à la ville siège du bailliage supérieur, où de n o u v e a u x délégués, élus de la m ê m e m a n i è r e et réunis a u x m a n d a t a i r e s d e l a ville, rédigeaient, p a r u n e n o u v e l l e c o m p i lation, le cahier p r o v i n c i a l de l ' o r d r e plébéien, et n o m m a i e n t ses r e p r é sentants a u x é t a t s gén. C e t t e i n n o v a t i o n d a t e d e l'assemblée d e 1484, f i t 30 d é s o r m a i s un seul c o r p s p o l i t i q u e de t o u t e s les classes du tiers état. Bis d a h i n tutelle officieuse exercée d u r c h die b o n n e s villes en faveur des gens du plat p a y s . V o n i h n e n direct k o m m e n die r e m o n t r a n c e s , die sie betreffen, in d e n cahiers v. 1484, 1560, 1576 u. 1588. [191] D i e bourgeoisie l e n o y a u d u tiers état. Seit d e m X I V J h h . c o n t r a i r e 35 m o v e s , eins de p r o g r è s d u r c h die emplois judiciaires et a d m i n i s t r a t i f s , c o m m e r c e , industrie, science, lettres, b e a u x - a r t s , professions libérales u. professions lucratives, w o d u r c h sie p o s i t i o n s i m p o r t a n t e s u n t e r alle formes. A n d r e r s e i t s , was u r s p r ü n g l i c h i h r force u. lustre, die liberté municipale déclinait r a p i d e m e n t . D i e G e s e t z g e b u n g des X V J h h . n a h m d e n 40 m a g i s t r a t s des villes die a u t o r i t é militaire, d i e des X V I J h h . die j u r i s diction civile, restreignit leur j u r i s d i c t i o n criminelle u. u n t e r w a r f

537

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 i m m e r strengerer c o n t r ô l e ihre a d m i n i s t r a t i o n f i n a n c i è r e . D a s privilège d e c o m m u n a u t é libre et q u a s i s o u v e r a i n e , w u r d e e b e n s o traité wie die privilèges féodaux u . p a s s a u n t e r d e m n i v e a u des p o u v o i r r o y a l . D i e pertes der noblesse w a r e n i r r é p a r a b l e s , die der b o u r g e o i s i e n u r a p p a r e n t e s . [191,192]

5

Ch. VII. États généraux v. 1614. Louis XIII. D u r c h F i n a n z v e r l u s t e H e n r i IV u. a. g e z w u n g e n die Paulette zu errichten - d r o i t a n n u e l mis sur t o u s les offices de j u d i c a t u r e et de finance. Mittels dieses i m p ô t ' s erhielten die m a g i s t r a t s des c o u r s souveraines u. die officiers r o y a u x de t o u t g r a d e la j o u i s s a n c e de leurs charges en p r o p r i é t é héréditaire. D a d u r c h stieg zu t a u x i n c o n n u s die v a l e u r vén a l e des offices. N e u e s degré de considération d a h e r f. die fonctionnaires civils, v. der hérédité. D e r h a u t prix des charges écartait die noblesse d a v o n , w o v o n ein Theil a r m , u. der a n d r e grevé de s u b s t i t u t i o n s u. dieß in e i n e m M o m e n t w o , plus éclairés, die n o b l e s d e n F e h l e r ihrer aïeux begriffen die offices d e m tiers état zu überlassen. D a h e r zwischen den 2 o r d r e s de nouvelles causes d ' o m b r a g e et de rivalité. Im X V I J h h . h a t t e d e r g r a n d e lutte religieuse d o m i n i r t u. a t t é n u é t o u t e s les rivalités sociales. [194,195] D a h e r H a r m o n i e a u f den ét. gén. v. 1576 u. 1588. D a g e g e n im p r e m i e r q u a r t des X V I I J h h . éclatirt die collision zwischen d e n 2 o r d r e s . So 1614, w e n n die ét. gén. z u s a m m e n g e r u f e n , à la m a j o r i t é de L o u i s X I I I , u m z u suchen r e m è d e gegen die d i l a p i d a t i o n u . A n a r c h i e p r o d u c i r t i n den 4 J. de régence écoulés seit H e i n r i c h IV t o d t . [196] 14 Oct. 1614 k o m m e n die ét. gén. z u s . zu P a r i s , in 3 c h a m b r e s distinctes au c o u v e n t des A u g u s t i n s . 464 d é p u t é s , 140 clercs, 132 nobles, u. 192 v o m tiers état. U n t e r den leztern h e r r s c h t e n d u r c h Z a h l u. Einfluß die m e m b r e s du c o r p s judiciaire u. die a u t r e s officiers r o y a u x . Bei der Eröffn u n g n a h m der 3 * S t a n d z u m e r s t e n m a l A n s t o ß a n d e n différences d u c é r é m o n i a l à son égard. M o r g u e a u f der Seite der n o b l e s , susceptibilité auf der der b o u r g e o i s . D e n A r b e i t s p l a n , e n t w o r f e n v. d e n clercs u. n o b les, ließ d e r 3 ' S t a n d durchfallen. D i e noblesse, u m die h a u t e bourgeoisie zu treffen, verlangt, u n t e r s t ü z t v o m clergé, v o m roi die surséance, et p a r suite la s u p p r e s s i o n du d r o i t a n n u e l d o n t le bail allait finir. Diese P r o p o s i t i o n der 2 o r d r e s adressirt an d e n tiers. D i e s e r s t i m m t bei der suppression des d r o i t a n n u e l , in Folgedessen die c h a r g e s erblich w a r e n , sezt h i n z u die a b o l i t i o n d e r vénalité, u. v e r l a n g t d a g e g e n v. d e n 2 a n d e r e n o r d r e s m. i h m zu solliciter die surséance des p e n s i o n s , d e r e n chiffre verd o p p e l t seit d e m T o d v. H e n r i IV, u. die r é d u c t i o n der tailles devenues

538

10

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État accablantes p o u r le p e u p l e , ( u m '/ ) [196-198] noblesse verlangt die p r o p o s i t i o n s disjointes u . v o r allem D i s k u s s i o n des d r o i t a n n u e l . E b e n s o der clergé. 3' S t a n d verwirft dieß, fit p o r t e r ce refus v. einem seiner m e m bres p r i n c i p a u x , J e a n S a v a r o n , l i e u t e n a n t général de la sénéchaussée 5 d ' A u v e r g n e . Dieser s p r a c h 2 m a l v o r d e m clergé. [199] V o r der noblesse sprach e r d ' u n t o n h a u t e t f i e r ; ironie e t m e n a c e s . N o b l e s s e a n t w o r t e t m . m u r m u r e s u. invectives. D e r clergé l o b t e sein message; refusirte a b e r s o n concours. Tiers beschlossen d e m roi s. p r o p o s i t i o n s zu p r é s e n t e r ; mémoire; schickt es z u m L o u v r e m i t 12 d é p u t é s ; S a v a r o n Sprecher: « Q u e 10 diriez-vous, Sire, si v o u s aviez vu d a n s vos p a y s de G u y e n n e et d ' A u vergne, les h o m m e s p a î t r e l ' h e r b e à la m a n i è r e des bêtes?» [201, 202] S a g t auch: « C e n ' e s t p a s le d r o i t a n n u e l qui a d o n n é sujet à la noblesse de se priver et r e t r a n c h e r des h o n n e u r s de la j u d i c a t u r e , m a i s l ' o p i n i o n en laquelle elle a été depuis l o n g u e s a n n é e s q u e la science et l'étude affoi15 blissoit le c o u r a g e , et r e n d o i t la générosité lâche et p o l t r o n n e . » [203] Pensions k o s t e t e n j ä h r l i c h 5,660,000 livres « p o u r acheter leur fidélité» (des nobles.) A d e l beschlißt sich zu p l a i n d r e au roi. Bittet d e n clergé sich anzuschliessen. Dieser a b e r m é d i a t e u r schickt ein m e m b r e z u m tiers, sollte der noblesse q u e l q u e satisfaction geben. [204] Tiers é t a t d e p u t i r t zu 20 diesem Z w e c k an die noblesse d e n l i e u t e n a n t civil de Mesmes. Er n e n n t die 3 o r d r e s 3 frères, «le tiers é t a t le c a d e t » , « q u ' i l se t r o u v a i t s o u v e n t dans les familles q u e les aînés r u i n a i e n t les m a i s o n s , et q u e les c a d e t s les relevaient». [205] A d e l n o c h w ü t h e n d e r . Beschlißt sogleich d'aller p o r t e r plainte au roi. Zugelassen die noblesse en c o r p s 2 Tage später. S p r e c h e r 25 baron de Senecey. N e n n t den tiers « o r d r e c o m p o s é du p e u p l e des villes et des c h a m p s : ces derniers q u a s y t o u s h o m m a g e r s et justiciables des 2 p r e miers ordres; ceux des villes, b o u r g e o i s , m a r c h a n d s , a r t i s a n s , et q u e l q u e s officiers». Beklagt sich ü b e r d a s Bild der 3 B r ü d e r . [206] « E n quelle misérable c o n d i t i o n s o m m e s - n o u s t o m b é s , si cette p a r o l e est véritable . . . Ils 30 s'attribuent la r e s t a u r a t i o n de l'État; à q u o i c o m m e la F r a n c e sait assez qu'ils n ' o n t a u c u n e m e n t p a r t i c i p é . » D i e n o b l e s , die dabei: « N o u s n e v o u lons pas q u e des fils de c o r d o n n i e r s et de savetiers n o u s a p p e l e n t frères; il y a, de n o u s à eux, a u t a n t de différence q u ' e n t r e le m a î t r e et le valet.» tiers beschlißt D a n k f. de M e s m e s u. sich an d e n travail des cahiers zu 35 setzen, o h n e sich weiter um diese D i s p u t e zu b e k ü m m e r n . . . [207] Clergé k ö m m t wieder als e n t r e m e t t e u r , ||74| v e r l a n g t n e u e a v a n c e s v o m tiers. Abgeschlagen, la brouillerie des 2 états tenait t o u t en suspens. O r d r e des roi d a ß der tiers d é m a r c h e gegen die noblesse n a h m ; m e h r e Tage d i e ß ordre nicht obéi. U n t e r d e ß k a m die m é m o i r e c o n t e n a n t les d e m a n d e s d u 40 tiers z u m e x a m e n du conseil. N o b l e s s e u. clergé aeceptiren es g a n z m. A u s n a h m e des article des objet der dissidence; K a n z l e r v e r s p r i c h t j ä h r 4

539

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

l

liehe R e d u c t i o n der p e n s i o n s u m \ u . U n t e r d r ü c k u n g der nutzlosesten, tiers l ä ß t sich bei d e n 2 a n d e r n o r d r e s b e d a n k e n f. ihre c o o p é r a t i o n ; ses envoyés a u p r è s d e l a noblesse n e d é s a v o u è r e n t q u e l ' i n t e n t i o n d'offense, r é p o n s e c o n v e n a b l e . S o der différend beigelegt. A n d r e r S t r e i t p u n k t survint; tiers gegen noblesse u. clergé: l ' i n d é p e n d a n c e de la c o u r o n n e vis-àvis de l'église. [208, 209] D e r tiers verlangt d a ß d i e ß j u r é u. signé « p a r t o u s les d é p u t é s des états, et d o r é n a v a n t p a r t o u s les bénéficiers u. officiers d u r o y a u m e . . . Tous p r é c e p t e u r s , régents, d o c t e u r s e t p r é d i c a t e u r s s e r o n t t e n u s de l'enseigner et p u b l i e r » . D i e ß l'affranchissement de la société civile. Clergé en a l a r m e . Bittet sich u. e r h ä l t M i t t h e i l u n g dieses article v o m tiers, u. a u c h d e r noblesse mitgetheilt. Diese schließt sich an d e r c h a m b r e ecclésiastique. D i e d é m a r c h e s collectives der 2 p r e m i e r s o r d res inutiles a u p r è s du tiers. [210] Es h a n d e l t sich hier um die q u e s t i o n p o s é e z u r Zeit der Ligue zwischen der r o y a u t é légitime p a r s o n p r o p r e d r o i t , u. der r o y a u t é légitime p a r l ' o r t h o d o x i e . D i e d é b a t dieser q u e s t i o n by A r t v. c o u p d ' é t a t enlevé à la discussion des o r d r e s , u. é v o q u é au conseil, ou p l u t ô t , à la p e r s o n n e du roi. [211] 3 j o u r s D e b a t t e des tiers ob er sich d e m o r d r e fügen sollte. Heftige D e b a t t e . On c o n v i n t q u e le texte de l'article ne serait p o i n t inséré d a n s le c a h i e r général, m a i s q u e sa place y resterait formellement réservée. (Erst 1682 in einer V e r s a m m l u n g v. Bischoffen dieser article des cahier v. 1615 fast wörtlich a n g e n o m m e n . ) noblesse u . clergé e r h a l t e n v . R o m des brefs d e felicitation . . . Tiers verl a n g t c o n v o c a t i o n des ét. gén. aller 10 J. [212-214] D e r c a h i e r ν. 1615 e n t h ä l t 695 articles, in 9 c h a p i t r e s : D e s lois f o n d a m e n t a l e s de l ' É t a t ; de l ' É t a t de l'Église; des h ô p i t a u x ; de l'université; de la noblesse; de la justice; des finances et d o m a i n e s ; des s u p p r e s s i o n s et r é v o c a t i o n s ; police et m a r c h a n d i s e s . [215] U. Α . : « q u e les c o m m u n a u t é s religieuses ne puissent a c q u é r i r d ' i m m e u b l e s , si ce n ' e s t p o u r accroître l'enclos de leurs m a i sons conventuelles», « q u e les crimes des ecclésiastiques soient j u g é s p a r des t r i b u n a u x o r d i n a i r e s » , « q u e t o u s les curés, s o u s p e i n e de saisie de leur t e m p o r e l , soient t e n u s d e p o r t e r , c h a q u e a n n é e , a u greffe des t r i b u n a u x , les registres des b a p t ê m e s , m a r i a g e s et décès, p a r a p h é s à c h a q u e p a g e , et c o t é s » . [216] « q u e défense soit faite à t o u s g e n t i l s h o m m e s ou a u t r e s de c o n t r a i n d r e p e r s o n n e d'aller m o u d r e à leurs m o u l i n s , cuire à leurs fours, ou p r e s s u r e r à leurs pressoirs, ni d ' u s e r d ' a u c u n a u t r e d r o i t de b a n a l i t é » . « q u e t o u s les seigneurs laïcs o u ecclésiastiques soient t e n u s , d a n s u n délai fixé, d'affranchir leurs m a i n m o r t a b l e s » . « q u e les professions soumises d e p u i s l ' a n n é e 1576 au régime des maîtrises et j u r a n d e s p u i s s e n t s'exercer l i b r e m e n t » . [217] « q u e t o u s les m o n o p o l e s c o m m e r c i a u x o u industriels c o n c é d é s à des particuliers soient abolis; q u e les d o u a n e s de p r o v i n c e à p r o v i n c e soient s u p p r i m é e s , et q u e t o u s les b u r e a u x de p e r c e p t i o n soient A

540

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État transférés a u x frontières». E b e n s o d e m a n d e s w e g e n d e r u n i t é judiciaire. Zugleich a b e r e r n e u e r t d e r tiers v. 1615 die p r o t e s t a t i o n s v. 1588 u. 1576 gegen die e n v a h i s s e m e n t p a r l ' É t a t des anciens d r o i t s m u n i c i p a u x : M a g i strate frei zu e r w ä h l e n o h n e E i n m i s c h u n g u. h o r s de la présence des 5 officiers r o y a u x ; d a ß i h n e n a p p a r t i e n n e die g a r d e des clefs des p o r t e s , d a ß alle municipalités i n gewissen G r e n z e n o h n e A u t o r i s a t i o n des g o u vernement sich selbst b e s t e u e r n k ö n n e n . [218] U n t e r d e n 2 o r d r e s laïques der a n t a g o n i s m e c o m p l e t . D e r cahier des tiers v. 1615 vaste p r o g r a m m e de réformes, w o v o n les u n e s exécutées d u r c h die g r a n d s ministres des 10 X V I I J h h . , die a n d r e 1789. C a h i e r der noblesse eine r e q u ê t e en faveur de tout ce q u i périssait ou était destiné à périr; In allem h a i n e j a l o u s e c o n t r e les officiers r o y a u x , et, en général, c o n t r e la classe supérieure du tiers état, «défense à t o u t e s p e r s o n n e s r o t u r i è r e s et n o n n o b l e s de p o r t e r h a r quebuses ni pistolets, ni avoir chiens à chasser, ni a u t r e s q u i n ' a y e n t les 15 jarrets c o u p é s . . . q u e p o u r régler le g r a n d d é s o r d r e q u i est a u j o u r d ' h u i p a r m i le tiers é t a t qui u s u r p e la qualité et les h a b i t s des damoiselles, Votre Majesté est très h u m b l e m e n t suppliée q u e d o r é n a v a n t il leur soit défendu d ' e n user ainsi, à peine de 1000 écus d ' a m e n d e . . . Prescrire à chacun état tel h a b i t q u e p a r l ' a c c o u t r e m e n t o n puisse faire distinction d e 20 la qualité des p e r s o n n e s , et q u e le v e l o u r s et satin soit défendu, si ce n ' e s t aux g e n t i l s h o m m e s . » Verlangen g e n t i l s h o m m e s nicht n u r in allen e m p l o i s de la guerre et de la c o u r , s o n d e r n in d e n p a r l e m e n t s , places réservées à tous les degrés de la h i é r a r c h i e civile, depuis les h a u t e s charges de l'État j u s q u ' a u x fonctions m u n i c i p a l e s . [219-221] E n d l i c h elle d e m a n d e d e p o u 25 voir faire le g r a n d trafic sans d é r o g e r . C'était d a n s les idées u n e sorte de progrès, m a i s le tiers état, p a r esprit de m o n o p o l e , réclame c o n t r e cette requête; il v e u t q u e le c o m m e r c e reste interdit a u x g e n t i l s h o m m e s , et le soit formellement à t o u s les privilégiés . . . D u r c h diese rivalité p a s s i o n n é e die ét. gén. v. 1614 i m p u i s s a n t s . D i e coalition der 2 ersten gegen d e n 30 3 état m a c h t e nulle l'action de l'assemblée sur la m a r c h e et l'esprit du g o u v e r n e m e n t . [222] L o u i s X I I I b r a u c h t die mésintelligence d e r états p o u r le m a i n t i e n des a b u s et la c o n t i n u a t i o n du d é s o r d r e . 23 février 1615, 4 mois n a c h E r ö f f n u n g der états, die cahiers d e r 3 o r d r e s présentés au r o i , en séance solennelle, d a n s la g r a n d e salle de l'hôtel de B o u r b o n . D e n 35 24 F e b r . b e g a b e n sich die d é p u t é s des tiers au c o u v e n t des A u g u s t i n s , fanden die salle d é m e u b l é e de b a n c s et de tapisseries, u. ihr p r é s i d e n t zeigt an d a ß der roi u. chancelier i h m v e r b o t e n künftig Sitzung zu h a l t e n . Bestürzung u. W u t h des tiers. Einige fragten sich: «Sommes-nous autres que ceux qui entrèrent hier dans la salle de Bourbon?» (Wörtlich, a u s d e r 40 Relat. de F l o r . R a p i n e , I I I p a r t i e ) 1 7 4 J . s p ä t e r d a s W o r t v. Sieyès q u i a m e n a le s e r m e n t du J e u de P a u m e : «Nous sommes aujourd'hui ce que

541

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

nous étions hier, délibérons. » D i e d é p u t é s , c h a q u e j o u r , allaient b a t t r e le p a v é d u cloître des A u g u s t i n e , p o u r s e voir e t a p p r e n d r e c e q u ' o n v o u lait faire d ' e u x . Ils se d e m a n d a i e n t l'un à l ' a u t r e des nouvelles de la c o u r etc [223-225] W a r t e t e n , d a ß d e r conseil entscheide sur les p o i n t s essentiels ihres cahier. Se r é u n i r e n t plusieurs fois en différents lieux. D e n 24 m a r s les présidents des 3 o r d r e s furent m a n d é s au L o u v r e : A r t i k e l zu viel f. d e n roi sie zu b e a n t w o r t e n , m a n n a h m ihre H a u p t d e m a n d e s a n , d ' a b o l i r la vénalité des c h a r g e s , de r é d u i r e les i m p ô t s , et d ' é t a b l i r u n e c h a m b r e de justice c o n t r e les m a l v e r s a t i o n s des financiers. Sie k ö n n t e n sich n u n schieben. [226] ( E b e n s o die s u p p r e s s i o n de la paulette.) Es heißt im c a h i e r de la noblesse de 1615: «l'expérience fait c o n n a î t r e c o m b i e n est pernicieux l'établissement du d r o i t a n n u e l a p p e l é paulette, qui rend t a n t de c h a r g e s de j u d i c a t u r e q u e t o u t e s a u t r e s h é r é d i t a i r e s , et ô t e à Votre Majesté le m o y e n de p o u v o i r choisir les officiers, et l'espérance a u x g e n t i l s h o m m e s d ' y p a r v e n i r j a m a i s . » [227] D i e p r o m e s s e s du roi j a m a i s tenues u. die r é p o n s e r o y a l e a u x cahiers erst n a c h 15 J a h r e n . Mit der assemblée v. 1615 fermée la série des g r a n d e s assemblées. L e u r r é u n i o n n ' a b o u t i t q u ' à u n a n t a g o n i s m e stérile. D i e b o u r g e o i s i e k ö m m t h e r e i n i n diese ét. gén. o h n e lutte d u r c h a r b i t r e r o y a l , A n f a n g s m . m e h r défiance als j o i e . Viele I d e e n ihrer cahiers p a s s a i e n t d a n s les o r d o n n a n c e s royales. Z u r a c t i o n wie bes. gesehn i n d e n e n ν . 1615. D e r o r d r e plébéien, f r a p p é d ' u n e telle expérience, m a c h t v. da p e u de cas de ses d r o i t s politiques. D i e o p i n i o n se d o n n a V¡ siècles s a n s réserve à la r o y a u t é . Elle e m b r a s s a l a m o n a r c h i e p u r e , s y m b o l e d ' u n i t é sociale . . . [228-230] Bourgeoisie lettrée.

5

10

15

20

2

25

Ch. VIII. Le Parlement sous Louis XIII. Ministère de Richelieu. La Fronde. Louis XIII. D i e vide gelassen d u r c h d a s V e r s c h w i n d e n der ét. gén. ausgefüllt d u r c h d a s P a r l a m e n t v. P a r i s m. s. tentatives d ' i n t e r v e n t i o n directe d a n s les affaires du r o y a u m e . [231] Seit d e m X V I J h h . b e n u z t e n sie die 30 F o r m a l i t ä t des e n r e g i s t r e m e n t zu b e h a u p t e n , sie r e p r ä s e n t i r t e n die états, h ä t t e n in ihrer absence dieselbe M a c h t ; recrutirt seit m e h r als 3 J h h . d a n s l'élite des classes roturières, placé au p r e m i e r r a n g des dignitaires du r o y a u m e , h a t t e n sie die s y m p a t h i e s u. confiance des tiers état. G e l i e b t weg e n ihres esprit de résistance gegen die favoris u. ministres, ihre hostilité 35 perpétuelle c o n t r e la noblesse, zèle f. die gallikanische K i r c h e etc. D i e hérédité d e s c h a r g e s g a b i h n e n i n d e n A u g e n der N a t i o n u n e force d e plus p o u r la défense des d r o i t s et des intérêts de t o u s . [232, 233] K a m e n h ö c h s t e n s

542

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État zu h a u t e s p a r o l e s . A b e r keine a c t i o n f. ihre r e m o n t r a n c e s , wollte es d a s , so m u ß t e es r e c o u r i r à des auxiliaires plus p u i s s a n t s q u e lui, a u x princes du sang, a u x factieux de la c o u r , à l'aristocratie m é c o n t e n t e . | [235] |75| 28 M a r s 1615, 4 Tage n a c h A u f l ö s u n g der é t a t s gén., berief d a s 5 Parlement, o h n e c o m m a n d e m e n t royal, les princes, d u c s , p a i r s et officiers de la c o u r o n n e , « a y a n t séance et voix deliberative à la c o u r » , à s'y r e n d r e p o u r aviser sur les choses q u i seraient p r o p o s é e s p o u r le service du roi, le bien de l'état et le s o u l a g e m e n t du p e u p l e . Conseil du roi cassirt ihr a r r ê t d u r c h ein c o n t r e - a r r ê t , w o r i n den P r i n z e n etc v e r b o t e n d e r invitation z u 10 folgen. P a r l a m e n t g e h o r c h t , a b e r um R e m o n t r a n c e s zu redigiren. E r h ä l t wieder Befehl de s'arrêter. G e h o r c h t d i e ß m a l nicht. Les r e m o n t r a n c e s prêtes, verlangt d a s P a r l e m e n t A u d i e n z v o m roi; die V e r h a n d l u n g e n d a r über d a u e r n 1 M o n a t ; 22 M a i zugelassen z u r A u d i e n z im L o u v r e u. liest d e m roi s. r e m o n t r a n c e s vor. [236, 237] D e n a n d e r n Tag, am 23 M a i , a r r ê t 15 du conseil zu biffer ces r e m o n t r a n c e s des registres du p a r l e m e n t u. verbietet der C o m p a g n i e o h n e kgl. E r l a u b n i ß sich in S t a a t s a n g e l e g e n h e i t e n einzumischen. P a r l a m e n t verlangt n e u e A u d i e n z . A b g e s c h l a g e n . O r d r e s réitérés à exécuter l'arrêt du conseil. [239] R é s i s t a w i e d e r u m als alle moyens dilatoires seine P r o c e d u r a n w e n d e t . D i e , die er zu s. d é l i b é r a t i o n s 20 eingeladen, q u i t t a i e n t P a r i s u. p r é p a r a i e n t t o u t p o u r u n e prise d ' a r m e s . Prinz v . C o n d é , d u c d e V e n d ô m e , d u c s d e Bouillon, M a y e n n e , L o n g u e ville u. a u t r e s g r a n d s seigneurs soulevèrent les provinces d o n t ils a v a i e n t le g o u v e r n e m e n t , p u b l i a i e n t un manifeste c o n t r e la c o u r , u. levèrent des soldats a u n o m d u j e u n e roi qu'ils disaient violenté p a r les ministres. 25 Benutzend die i n q u i é t u d e s causées d u r c h die c o m p l a i s a n c e s du g o u v . f. den r ö m i s c h e n H o f u. s. V e r b i n d u n g e n m i t Spanien, ils e n t r a î n è r e n t d a n s leur p a r t i les chefs des calvinistes. D i e Religion réformée c o m p r o m e t t i r t durch diese alliance a n die i n s u r r e c t i o n a r i s t o c r a t i q u e . U n t e r diesen p r o testants die ducs de R o h a n , de Soubise, de la Trémouille, u. selbst d e r d u c 30 de Sully. [240] D i e r e m o n t r a n c e s du p a r l e m e n t prétexte der g u e r r e civile, die blos in T r u p p e n m ä r s c h e n u. pillages c o m m i s p a r les t r o u p e s des p r i n ces révoltés b e s t a n d , traité de p a i x c o n c l u à L o u d u n , 6 M a i , 1614, u. publié sous la f o r m e d'édit. Aile stipulations d'intérêt p u b l i c restèrent en paroles, nichts exécuté als die clauses secrètes q u i a c c o r d a i e n t a u x chefs 35 de la révolte des places de sûreté, des h o n n e u r s et 6 millions à p a r t a g e r entre eux. «le t e m p s des rois passé, celui des g r a n d s v e n u . » Alles im M i ß s t a n d bis Richelieu. [241,242] sorte de d i c t a t e u r . N a c h Philippe le Bel r o y a u t é reculait d a n s sa t â c h e r é v o l u t i o n n a i r e et fléchi s o u s u n e r é a c t i o n de l'aris40 tocratie féodale; n a c h C h a r l e s V ebenfalls r e t o u r en arrière; l'œuvre v. Louis XI près de s'abîmer d a n s les t r o u b l e s du X V I siècle u. die v.

543

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 H e n r i IV c o m p r o m i s e d u r c h 15 J. de d é s o r d r e et de faiblesse. Richelieu verfolgt 3 H a u p t o b j e k t e : H o h e r A d e l définitivement zu zwingen à l'obéissance à la loi et au roi; A u f h ö r e n des p r o t e s t a n t i s m e als p a r t i a r m é im état; F r a n k r e i c h frei in s. a u s w ä r t i g e n V e r b i n d u n g e n . M i t sous ses pieds le respect des formes et des t r a d i t i o n s judiciaires, h o m m e de r é v o l u t i o n . [243-246] Im n o v e m b e r 1626 berief er 55 notables de son choix: 12 v o m clergé, 14 v. der noblesse, 27 v. d e n c o u r s souveraines, m. un trésorier de F r a n c e u . d e m p r é v ô t des m a r c h a n d s d e Paris. G a s t o n , B r u d e r des roi président, M a r s c h ä l l e d e l à F o r c e u . B a s s o m p i e r r e Vicepräsidenten; a b e r die n o b l e s qui y siégèrent, conseillers d ' É t a t p o u r la p l u p a r t , a p p a r i e n a i e n t à l ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n p l u t ô t q u ' à la c o u r ; il ne s'y t r o u v a ni un d u c ni un pair, ni un g o u v e r n e u r de Province. Séance geöffnet 2 D e c e m b e r , im g r a n d e salle der Tuileries. [247] L'initiative d e r p r o p o s i t i o n s v o m gouvern e m e n t , nicht v. der assemblée: die assiette de l ' i m p ô t d o i t être telle q u e les classes q u i p r o d u i s e n t et qui souffrent n ' e n soient p a s grevées; I n d u strie u . C o m m e r c e ressort principal d e r p r o s p é r i t é n a t i o n a l e ; a r m é e perm a n e n t e , grades accessibles à t o u t ; r é d u c t i o n des dépenses i m p r o d u c t i v e s au profit des dépenses p r o d u c t i v e s ; a u g m e n t a t i o n des forces m a r i t i m e s en v u e d u trafic lointain; établissement d e g r a n d e s c o m p a g n i e s d e c o m m e r c e et reprise à l'intérieur des g r a n d s projets de canalisation; [248] sévérité de la police u. régularité de la solde des t r o u p e s ; d é m o l i t i o n , d a n s toutes les provinces, des forteresses et c h â t e a u x inutiles à la défense du r o y a u m e . A s s e m b l é e des n o t a b l e s t r e n n t e sich 24 février 1627; sofort c o m m i s s i o n formée zu redigiren in ein selbes c o r p s de lois die r é f o r m e s n o u v e l l e m e n t p r o m i s e s u. die q u i devaient r é p o n d r e a u x cahiers des états de 1614. Gleichzeitig b e g a n n die démolition des forteresses - c a n t o n n e m e n t s de la noblesse factieuse et de la s o l d a t e s q u e des guerres civiles - de s'exécuter. A c h a q u e é p o q u e décisive du p r o g r è s vers l'unité n a t i o n a l e , ce genre de d e s t r u c t i o n avait eu lieu p a r l'autorité des rois; so u n t e r C h a r l e s V, L o u i s XI u. H e n r i IV. Richelieu ü b e r l i ß die m e s u r e s à p r e n d r e p o u r l'aplanissement politique du sol français d e r diligence d e r p r o v i n c e s u. municipalités, u. d ' u n b o u t à l ' a u t r e du r o y a u m e , les masses plébéiennes se levèrent p o u r a b a t t r e de leurs m a i n s les m u r s crénelés, [249] repaires de t y r a n n i e ou de b r i g a n d a g e , «les villes c o u r u r e n t a u x citadelles, les c a m p a g n e s a u x c h â t e a u x , c h a c u n à sa h a i n e » . On r a s a les forts, les b a s t i o n s .

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

R e s u l t a t d e r c o m m i s s i o n de r é f o r m e législative, s o u s la présidence du g a r d e des sceaux, Marillac, die o r d o n n a n c e v. Janvier, 1629. D i e s e r n o u v e a u c o d e h a t t e 461 articles, (die gens de R o b e n a n n t e n ihn code Michau v. V o r n a m e n Michel de Marillac.) Il t o u c h e à t o u t e s les parties de la législation. [250] U n t e r d e n dispositions prises des cahiers de 1615 die 40 meisten g e n o m m e n d a n s celui d u tiers état. D e c r e t i r t l'uniformité d u

544

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État régime m u n i c i p a l , aile c o r p s de ville sollen so viel wie möglich n a c h d e m modèle d e r v. P a r i s z u r e c h t g e s c h n i t t e n w e r d e n . R e l â c h e f. die noblesse die üens die sie exclusiv am W a f f e n h a n d w e r k hielten sous peine de déchéance. A d e l t d e n grossen S e e c o m m e r c e . [251-253] 1635 lettres p a t e n 5 tes p o u r l'établissement de l ' a c a d é m i e française. U n t e r d r ü c k t e É t a t s p a r ticuliers, c o n s t i t u t i o n s m u n i c i p a l e s etc P o l i t i q u e extérieure v. H e n r i I V . «le b u t de m o n ministère a été celui-ci: r é t a b l i r les limites naturelles de la Gaule, identifier la G a u l e avec la F r a n c e , et p a r t o u t où fut l ' a n c i e n n e Gaule constituer la n o u v e l l e . » Bereitet d e n W e s t p h ä l i s c h e n F r i e d e n v o r 10 ... N a c h s. T o d e réaction du tiers état contre la dictature ministérielle ... diese das principe u. l'aliment des guerres civiles de la Fronde. M. de St. Aulaire: H i s t o i r e de la F r o n d e . Bazin: H i s t o i r e de F r a n c e sous le ministère du c a r d i n a l M a z a r i n . [255-259] Louis XIV. Mazarin. F r o n d e 4 J a h r e . Im M o n a t J u n i 1648 ligirten sich 15 die 4 c o u r s souverains, d. h. das p a r l e m e n t , die c h a m b r e des c o m p t e s , d e r cour des aides u. der g r a n d conseil p o u r résister e n s e m b l e au M a z a r i n . (Louis X I V m i n e u r ) Diese coalition p o u r leur intérêt privé, le m a i n t i e n gratuit d u d r o i t a n n u e l . C e droit, c o n d i t i o n d e l'hérédité des charges, n u r établi f. 9 J . E x p i r i r t e in 1648; édit d e r es r e n o u v e l i r t e p o u r le t e r m e 20 ordinaire, i m p o s a a u x officiers des c o m p a g n i e s la r e t e n u e de 4 a n n é e s de leurs gages. Signal d ' o p p o s i t i o n d o n n é p a r l a h a u t e m a g i s t r a t u r e , ailes gruppirt sich um sie, w a s u n t e r Richelieus D i c t a t u r gelitten. [260] «Depuis la m o r t de L o u i s X I I I , q u o i q u e les princes, g r a n d s seigneurs et officiers, à cause des r e s s o u v e n a n c e s des é n o r m e s injustices et m a u x i n t o 25 lérables q u i leur o n t été faits et à t o u t le r o y a u m e , p a r ceux qui s'étaient emparés de la p u i s s a n c e a b s o l u e près du roi sous le nouveau nom de premier ministre d'État, eussent p r o t e s t é de ne plus souffrir q u ' u n p a r t i culier s'élevât ainsi sur les épaules des rois et à l ' o p p r e s s i o n du m o n d e , n é a n m o i n s , p a r le t r o p de b o n t é qu'ils o n t eu, il est a v e n u q u ' u n é t r a n g e r , 30 n o m m é Jules M a z a r i n , s'est installé d a n s ce s o u v e r a i n m i n i s t è r e . » (La Requête des 3 états présentée à MM. du parlement en 1648, Mémoires d'Orner Talon.) M a s s e aufrührerischer E l e m e n t e , débris du passé ou germes d'avenir. D i e E l e m e n t e , die der première Fronde - 1648 u. 1649 ihren C h a r a k t e r geben: griefs d u p e u p l e accablé d ' i m p ô t s , r a n c u n e d e l a 35 noblesse a m o i n d r i e d a n s ses privilèges, t r a d i t i o n s des ét. gén., die P r o vincial u. M u n i c i p a l libertés, einige klassische Ideen, Beispiel E n g l a n d s . [261] D u r c h ein a r r ê t discutirt v. 60 d é p u t é s d e r c o u r s s o u v e r a i n e s (30 Juin, 1648): In article 3 Todesstrafe a u s g e s p r o c h e n c o n t r e t o u t e p e r s o n n e employée à l'assiette ou au r e c o u v r e m e n t d ' i m p ô t s n o n vérifiés ès c o u r s 40 souveraines, avec liberté des ||76| suffrages. N a c h A r t . 6, d e n m a n n a n n t e «article de la sûreté publique» « a u c u n des sujets du roi, de q u e l q u e q u a -

545

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1

lité et c o n d i t i o n qu'il soit, ne p o u r r a être d é t e n u p r i s o n n i e r p a s s é 24 h e u res sans être i n t e r r o g é s u i v a n t les o r d o n n a n c e s , et r e n d u à son j u g e n a t u rel.» [262] N a c h A r t . 19: « Q u ' i l ne p o u r r a à l'avenir être fait a u c u n e c r é a t i o n d'offices, t a n t d e j u d i c a t u r e q u e d e f i n a n c e , q u e p a r édits vérifiez ès c o u r s souveraines, avec la liberté entière des suffrages, p o u r q u e l q u e 5 cause, occasion, et s o u s q u e l q u e p r é t e x t e q u e ce soit, et q u e l'établissem e n t ancien desdites c o m p a g n i e s s o u v e r a i n e s n e p o u r r a être c h a n g é n i altéré.» So p r o k l a m i r t e n sich die c o u r s «le p r e m i e r p o u v o i r de l ' É t a t » . In einigen p a m p h l e t s d e l ' é p o q u e instinct d e d é m o c r a t i e ; p e r c e m a n c h m a l i n d e n discours des o r a t e u r s du p a r l e m e n t . Sieh ζ. B. Orner Talon. ( M é m . ) 10 « L e s rois s o n t les é g a u x des a u t r e s h o m m e s selon le p r i n c i p e c o m m u n de la n a t u r e , l ' a u t o r i t é seule n o u s distingue. L ' a u t o r i t é q u e p o s s è d e n t les s o u v e r a i n s d é p e n d de la s o u m i s s i o n de leurs sujets etc.» [263] M o m e n t de crise k a m , w o der p o u v o i r m a c h t e des concessions i n c o m p l è t e s (édit w ä h r e n d Juli 1648). Public: t r o p t a r d . C o u p d ' é t a t de la cour, ( l ' a r r e s t a t i o n 15 du conseiller Broussel et des p r é s i d e n t s C h a r t o n et Blancmesnil). Journée des Barricades, «27 a o û t 1648: t o u t le m o n d e sans e x c e p t i o n p r i t les a r m e s . . . enfants etc U y eut d a n s Paris plus de 1200 b a r r i c a d e s en m o i n s de 2 h e u r e s , b o r d é e s de d r a p e a u x et de t o u t e s les a r m e s q u e la L i g u e avait laissées entières.» (Mém. du Card. Retz.) « t o u s les b o u r g e o i s d i s a n t h a u t e - 20 m e n t qu'ils étaient a u service d u p a r l e m e n t . . . les s o l d a t s disaient t o u t h a u t qu'ils n e c o m b a t t r a i e n t p o i n t c o n t r e les b o u r g e o i s , e t qu'ils m e t t r a i e n t les a r m e s b a s , t a n t était g r a n d l e m é p r i s d u g o u v e r n e m e n t . » ( M é m . d ' O r n e r Talon.) [264, 265] Z w e i t e r kritischer M o m e n t d e r F r o n d e d u r c h die d é c l a r a t i o n r o y a l e du 24 o c t o b . 1648, r é p o n d a n t à ce p o i n t où 25 p a r v i e n n e n t les r é v o l u t i o n s q u a n d le p o u v o i r accepte, m a i s sans résig n a t i o n et sans b o n n e foi, le p a c t e q u e la nécessité lui i m p o s e . Temps d ' a r r ê t plein de défiances et de tiraillements P é r i o d e e x t r ê m e du m o u v e ment révolutionnaire. Usurpation de toute l'autorité dans Paris par le p a r l e m e n t a y a n t p o u r auxiliaires les m a g i s t r a t s m u n i c i p a u x . [266] 30 « E n s u i t e la c o u r délibéra des m o y e n s de la c o n s e r v a t i o n p u b l i q u e , et p o u r y p a r v e n i r a r r ê t è r e n t de f o r m e r un million de livres. » (Mém. d'Orner Talon) A r r ê t du P a r l e m e n t qui déclare le c a r d i n a l M a z a r i n e n n e m i du roi et de l ' É t a t , et o r d o n n e u n e levée de gens de g u e r r e , 8 j a n v i e r 1649. I d e m faisant défense à t o u s c a p i t a i n e s et s o l d a t s d ' a p p r o c h e r à vingt 35 lieues de P a r i s , et e n j o i g n a n t a u x villes, b o u r g s et c o m m u n e s de leur c o u r i r sus, 10 j a n v i e r . - I d e m qui o r d o n n e l ' e x p r o p r i a t i o n nécessaire p o u r fortifier p a r des r e t r a n c h e m e n t s les f a u b o u r g s de P a r i s , 12 j a n v i e r . L e t t r e d u p a r l e m e n t d e Paris a u x a u t r e s p a r l e m e n t s d u r o y a u m e , 1 8 j a n vier. - L e t t r e s a u x baillis, s é n é c h a u x , m a i r e s , échevins et a u t r e s officiers 40 du royaume, même date. - Arrêt du Parlement de Paris qui o r d o n n e que

546

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État tous les deniers publics du ressort s e r o n t versés d a n s les coffres de l'hôtel de ville, 19 janvier. - A r r ê t s p a r lesquels il déclare sa j o n c t i o n avec les parlem. de P r o v e n c e et de N o r m a n d i e , 28 j a n v i e r et 5 février. - L'écueil des P a r l e m e n t s w a r die d u r c h force des choses n o t h w e n d i g e j o n c t i o n . . . 5 der h a u t e noblesse. [267] Il fit sa paix avec la cour, au lieu de pactiser avec l ' E s p a g n e 11 m a r s 1649. - Convocation des ét. gén. O r d o n n a n c e p a r le roi 23 janvier, 1649. N u r A d e l erschien. [268] tiers état w a r die ét. gén. satt. N u r élections i n c o m p l è t e s u. die r é u n i o n des états fut ajournée i n d é finiment. N a c h 2 J. wieder, sur les instances de la noblesse, z u s a m m e n 10 berufen f. d e n 8 S e p t e m b . 1651. W i e d e r die W a h l e n , bes. des tiers é t a t , n ' e u r e n t p o i n t lieu d a n s t o u t e la F r a n c e . - D i e c o r p s m u n i c i p a u x e r k a n n ten an die a u t o r i t é s u p r ê m e du p a r l e m e n t ; ( a d h é s i o n déclarée p a r les villes d e l a N o r m a n d i e , P r o v e n c e , P o i t o u , G u y e n n e , L a n g u e d o c , A m i e n s , Péronne, Mézières, le M a n s , R e n n e s , A n g e r s , T o u r s etc) celui de P a r i s , 15 avec son p r é v ô t des m a r c h a n d s , ses échevins, ses conseillers, ses syndics des c o r p o r a t i o n s industrielles, ses colonels et capitaines de milice, fut le pouvoir exécutif des lois faites p a r la c o m p a g n i e s o u v e r a i n e . D i e s e M u n i cipalität v. Paris s ' e m p a r a de la Bastille, et e u t q u e l q u e c h o s e des errements de la fameuse c o m m u n e de P a r i s . . . [269] Ce q u e la révolte avait de 20 sincère d a n s son esprit et de g r a v e d a n s ses allures d i s p a r u t q u a n d les courtisans factieux, leurs m o e u r s et leurs intérêts y e n t r è r e n t . . . La paix conclue à St. G e r m a i n , 30 m a r s 1649, e n t r e la c o u r et le p a r l e m e n t , termina la p é r i o d e logique de la F r o n d e , l'acte final de cette paix s a n c t i o n n a de n o u v e a u l'intervention du p a r l e m e n t de P a r i s d a n s les affaires géné25 raies, s u r t o u t d a n s les q u e s t i o n s d ' i m p ô t s . Il n ' e n résulta q u e l ' a n a r c h i e . 3 ans de g u e r r e civile p o u r de p u r e s q u e s t i o n s de p e r s o n n e s , un pêle-mêle de c o m p l o t s a r i s t o c r a t i q u e s et d ' é m e u t e s p o p u l a i r e s , de frénésie et de frivolité, les scandales d ' u n e galanterie s a n s p u d e u r j o i n t s à ceux de la révolte p a r égoïsme et d ' u n a p p e l fait à l ' é t r a n g e r ( T u r e n n e et le g r a n d 30 Condé), un m a s s a c r e (de l'hôtel de ville, 4 juillet 1652) c o m p l o t é c o n t r e la haute bourgeoisie p a r des d é m a g o g u e s à la solde des princes, d i e ß die scènes v. m o i s avril 1649 - S e p t e m b r e 1652. [270-272] D a s Principe der a b s o l u t e n M o n a r c h i e (Déclar. d u 2 1 Oct. 1652) p r o clamé, schließlich, p l u s r u d e m e n t q u e j a m a i s a u milieu d ' u n silence géné35 ral: « N o u s a v o n s fait et faisons très-expresses inhibitions et défenses a u x gens t e n a n t n o t r e dite c o u r d e p a r l e m e n t d e P a r i s d e p r e n d r e ci-après connaissance des affaires générales de n o t r e É t a t , et de la direction de n o s f i n a n c e s , n i d e rien o r d o n n e r , n i e n t r e p r e n d r e , p o u r r a i s o n d e ce, c o n t r e ceux à qui n o u s en a v o n s confié l ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , à peine de désobéis40 sance.» 9 m a r s 1661 e r k l ä r t L o u i s X I V en conseil « q u ' i l v o u l a i t g o u v e r ner p a r l u i - m ê m e » . [272]

547

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 I m v o r i g e n J h h . die renaissance des lettres w a r m o u v e m e n t d'idées c o m m u n à t o u t e l ' E u r o p e civilisée. La r é f o r m e de M a l h e r b e fut c o n t e m p o r a i n e des projets d e H e n r i IV. D e s c a r t e s , Corneille, P a s c a l , P o u s s i n u n t e r Richelieu u . M a z a r i n . P h i l o s o p h i e , L i t e r a t u r , K u n s t wird n a t i o n a l .. D i e h a u t e société polie wirft sich auf d e n esprit; les h o m m e s de lettres 5 sans n a i s s a n c e y e n t r è r e n t , n o n plus c o m m e d o m e s t i q u e s o u p r o t é g é s des princes et des g r a n d s , m a i s à titre p e r s o n n e l . N e b e n d e m p o u v o i r des livres d e r p o u v o i r des salons, (femmes) la bourgeoisie lettrée g a g n a d a n s le m o n d e du loisir l'influence d o n t elle jouissait déjà d a n s le m o n d e des affaires . . . elle e u t des postes avancés p a r t o u t . V o n ihr geht a u s im 10 X V I I J h h . l'agitation politique p a r l a F r o n d e , e t l ' a g i t a t i o n religieuse p a r le j a n s é n i s m e , un des ressorts m o r a u x de la révolte des c o r p s judiciaires c o n t r e le p o u v o i r a b s o l u . Cette d o c t r i n e liée a u x efforts successifs de l ' o p p o s i t i o n p a r l e m e n t a i r e servit d ' a l i m e n t à l'esprit de discussion bis milieu des 18 siècle. - [273-275] 15

ch. IX. Louis XIV u. Colbert. Louis XIV. M i n i s t è r e de Richelieu h a t t e g e d a u e r t 18 J. v. 1 6 2 4 - 1 6 4 2 , d a s des M a z a r i n 19 J. v. 1 6 4 2 - 1 6 6 1 . «le métier de r o i . » l'exercice du p o u v o i r , qui, depuis l a m o r t d e H e n r i I V , n ' a v a i t e u lieu q u e p a r délégation, s e t r o u v a réuni à son principe, et la r o y a u t é , r é d u i t e d u r a n t un demi-siècle à 20 l'état d e p u r e idée, redevint p o u r ainsi dire u n e p e r s o n n e . [276-279] Jean-Baptiste Colbert, S o h n eines m a r c h a n d de d r a p à R e i m s . Er selbst m a c h t e den a p p r e n t i s s a g e des c o m m e r c e z u P a r i s ; verließ d a n n d a s c o m p toir, successivement clerc d e n o t a i r e , clerc chez u n p r o c u r e u r a u Châtelet, c o m m i s au b u r e a u de recette financière q u ' o n n o m m a i t des p a r t i e s 25 casuelles, secrétaire particulier du c a r d i n a l M a z a r i n , et enfin i n t e n d a n t de sa m a i s o n . M a z a r i n , à son lit de m o r t , le r e c o m m a n d a v i v e m e n t au roi. M i n i s t r e v. 1 6 6 1 - 1 6 8 3 . fidèle o b s e r v a t e u r des m a x i m e s de Richelieu. Colb e r t fit e b e n s o G r o s s e s wie Richelieu, a b e r nicht wenigeres d a n s sa pleine liberté d ' a c t i o n , s o n d e r n sous la d é p e n d a n c e la p l u s étroite, t o n et m a n i é - 30 res d ' u n b o u r g e o i s : [282-284] « r e n d r e difficiles toutes les conditions des hommes qui tendent à se soustraire du travail q u i va au bien général de t o u t l'état; ces c o n d i t i o n s s o n t le t r o p g r a n d n o m b r e d'officiers de justice, le t r o p g r a n d n o m b r e de prêtres, de m o i n e s et religieuses. Et ces deux derniers, n o n - s e u l e m e n t se s o u l a g e n t du travail q u i irait au bien c o m m u n , 35 m a i s m ê m e privent le public de t o u s les enfants qu'ils p o u r r a i e n t p r o d u i r e p o u r servir a u x fonctions nécessaires et utiles . . . rendre honorables et avantageuses ... toutes les conditions des hommes qui t e n d e n t au bien

548

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État public, c'est-à-dire les soldats, les m a r c h a n d s , les l a b o u r e u r s et gens de j o u r n é e . » (Projet d'une révision gén. des ordonnances, d i s c o u r s p r o n o n c é p a r Colbert d a n s le conseil du 10 O c t o b r e 1665.) Il réduisait le n o m b r e et la valeur des offices, afin q u e la bourgeoisie, m o i n s e m p r e s s é e à leur 5 poursuite, t o u r n â t son a m b i t i o n et ses c a p i t a u x vers le c o m m e r c e . E r k l ä r t den c o m m e r c e de m e r ne p a s d é r o g e r à la noblesse. Project zu r e m a n i e r die ganze législation u. in un seul c o d e zusammenzufl 771fassen [287, 288] ... O r d o n n a n c e civile t o u c h a n t la r é f o r m a t i o n de la justice (avril 1667); o r d o n n a n c e p o u r la r é f o r m a t i o n de la justice; ( a o û t 1669) édit p o r t a n t 10 règlement général p o u r les e a u x et forêts; ( a o û t 1669) o r d o n n a n c e criminelle, ( a o û t 1670) o r d o n n a n c e d u c o m m e r c e , ( m a r s 1673) o r d o n n a n c e de la m a r i n e , ( a o û t 1681) . . . [289] U n t e r s. créations l ' A c a d é m i e des sciences, l ' A c a d é m i e des inscriptions et belles-lettres, les a c a d é m i e s de peinture, de sculpture et d ' a r c h i t e c t u r e , l'école de F r a n c e à R o m e , l'école 15 des langues orientales, l ' O b s e r v a t o i r e , l'enseignement du d r o i t à Paris . . . routes, c a n a u x , b â t i m e n t s civils et militaires, a r s e n a u x , m a r i n e m a r c h a n d e et m a r i n e de l ' É t a t . - Pierre Clément: histoire de la vie et de l'administ. de C o l b e r t . Dareste de la Chavanne: l'Histoire de l ' a d m i n i s tration en F r a n c e etc . . . [290, 291] D u r c h ihn F r a n k r e i c h p u i s s a n c e m a r i 20 time et c o m m e r c i a l e . . . E d i t de m a r s 1673, p o r t a n t q u e ceux q u i font profession d u c o m m e r c e , denrées o u a r t s , qui n e s o n t d ' a u c u n e c o m m u n a u t é , s e r o n t établis en c o r p s , c o m m u n a u t é s et j u r a n d e s , et qu'il leur sera accordé des s t a t u t s . . . Il ne vit d a n s la F r a n c e industrielle q u ' u n e v a s t e école à f o r m e r sous la discipline de l ' É t a t . . . «les a r t s étaient n o u v e a u x 25 ou p r e s q u e t o t a l e m e n t oubliés p a r l ' i n t e r r u p t i o n du c o m m e r c e . N o u s ignorions les g o û t s d u c o n s o m m a t e u r étranger; n o s m a n u f a c t u r i e r s , pauvres, écrasés sous les taxes et la h o n t e de leur état, n ' a v a i e n t ni les moyens ni le c o u r a g e d'aller puiser au loin les lumières; il s'agissait d'imiter et n o n d'inventer. Le ministre d o n n a a u x o u v r i e r s des i n s t r u c t i o n s , et 30 la p l u p a r t furent b o n n e s , parcequ'elles étaient rédigées p a r des n é g o c i a n t s ou des p e r s o n n e s expérimentées soit d a n s l'art, soit d a n s le c o m m e r c e étranger.» (Forbonnais) [292,293] A u s der règne v. L o u i s X I V s o r t a i t la F r a n c e avec ses frontières fixées au n o r d et, en g r a n d e p a r t i e à l'est. Lorraine r é u n i e u n t e r L o u i s X V . [296] 35 Cette fatale guerre de H o l l a n d e , q u i c o m m e n ç a le n a u f r a g e de la politique d e Richelieu, frappa d u m ê m e c o u p l e système f i n a n c i e r d e C o l b e r t et faussa t o u t e s ses m e s u r e s . De 1672-78 t o u t fut a r r ê t é ou recula en fait d'améliorations é c o n o m i q u e s . L o u v o i s v e r d r ä n g t e d e n C o l b e r t a u s d e r G u n s t des roi. C o l b e r t f 6 sept. 1683, le c o e u r brisé. A u f d e m T o d t e n b e t t : 40 «Si j ' a v a i s fait p o u r D i e u ce q u e j ' a i fait p o u r cet h o m m e - l à , je serais sauvé d e u x fois, et je ne sais ce q u e je vais devenir.» U n e lettre de

549

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 L o u i s X I V , alors m a l a d e , lui a y a n t été a p p o r t é e avec des p a r o l e s d ' a m i tié, il resta silencieux c o m m e s'il d o r m a i t . Invité p a r les siens à faire un m o t d e r é p o n s e , i l dit: « J e n e veux plus e n t e n d r e p a r l e r d u roi, q u ' a u m o i n s à p r é s e n t il me laisse tranquille; c'est au R o i des rois q u e je s o n g e à r é p o n d r e . » W a r i m p o p u l a i r e j u s q u ' à la h a i n e . Son c o n v o i d e v a n t passer 5 p r è s des halles ne sortit q u ' à la nuit et s o u s escorte, de p e u r de q u e l q u e insulte d u peuple. D a s p e u p l e u . bes. d a s v . P a r i s h a ß t e i h n w e g e n d e r taxes onéreuses établies d e p u i s la guerre de H o l l a n d e . - R é v o c a t i o n de l'édit de N a n t e s . C o l b e r t p r o t e c t e u r des p r o t e s t a n t s . D i e Révocation 17 Octobre 1685. [297-304] 10

Tome II. 1853. Ch. X. Charactère social du règne de Louis XIV, son action sur les Progrès du tiers État. D i e A r b e i t der fzs. Gesellschaft seit d e m X I I J h h . a b o u t i r t in der m o n a r chie a b s o l u e , son second point de départ. [1-3] 1690 erschienen im A u s l a n d 15 m é m o i r e s : «Les soupirs de la France esclave qui aspire après la liberté.» ... D i e d r o i t s anciens . . . les anciens privilèges, leur r e s t a u r a t i o n en m a s s e sous le n o m de liberté ne p o u v a i t être l'objet de désirs sérieux q u e p o u r les d e u x p r e m i e r s o r d r e s . . . D e r tiers o r d r e h a t t e nichts verloren als die alten libertés m u n i c i p a l e s , die i h m gleichgültig g e w o r d e n . Er d e r foyer der n e u e n Ideen. . . . Essai de réaction p o l i t i q u e gegen die m o n a r c h i e absolue. F é n e l o n . d u c d e B o u r g o g n e . St. S i m o n . D u c d e C h e v r e u s e . D u c d e Beauvilliers. S e n t i m e n t a l . Volksb e g l ü c k e n d . Realiter: D e c e n t r a l i s a t i o n , F r i e d r i c h W i l h e l m IV, hiérarchie d e privilèges, m o n a r c h i e féodale, s é p a r a t i o n des o r d r e s r e n d u e p l u s p r o fonde et de nouvelles distinctions de classe; d a b e i A r t v. p h i l a n t r o p i e sociale. [4-10] Abschaffung aller eigentlichen A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . U n t e r L o u i s X I V zuerst a d m i n i s t r a t i o n c o m p l è t e , «il fixa les bases de la constitution a d m i n i s t r a t i v e du p o u v o i r . » V o n diesem âge d a t i r e n die t e m p s m o d e r n e s p o u r l'action régulière de l ' E ' t a t , la sociabilité, les m o e u r s , la l a n g u e et le g o û t n a t i o n a l . . . [14] Il a c h e v a p a c i f i q u e m e n t la r u i n e de l ' i n d é p e n d a n c e nobiliaire, astreignit, sans c o n t r a i n t e a p p a r e n t e , les g r a n d s seigneurs à la vie de c o u r et au service régulier d a n s l ' a r m é e , et p a r t o u t , m ê m e à la cour, fit prévaloir, p o u r les h o n n e u r s , la f o n c t i o n sur la naissance. [15] D u c de St. S i m o n n e n n t die règne L o u i s X I V un «règne

550

15

20

25

30

35

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

de vile bourgeoisie». S o u s L o u i s X I V p r e s q u e t o u s les ministres s o r t a i e n t d e l a bourgeoisie; i n d e r A r m é e F a b e r t u . C a t i n a t , D u q u e s n e u . D u g u a y Trouin. I n d e r L i t e r a t u r m . A u s n a h m e v . St. S i m o n , F é n e l o n , L a r o c h e foucauld u . m a d a m e d e Sévigné alle g r a n d s n o m s plébéiens: Corneille, Pascal, Molière, R a c i n e , La F o n t a i n e , Boileau, Bossuet, B o u r d a l o u e , Fléchier, Massillon, L a Bruyère, A r n a u d , N i c o l e , D o m a t ; e b e n s o die artistes: L e Poussin, L e Sueur, L e L o r r a i n , Philippe d e C h a m p a g n e , L e b r u n , Pujet. Er sezte die A c a d é m i e française au r a n g des g r a n d s c o r p s d ' É t a t . Bildete sich u n e société m i x t e , m o d e l é e sur un m ê m e t y p e de politesse et de b o n g o û t . [17-20] D i e P r o v i n z e n m o d e l t e n sich n a c h P a r i s . D e r g u e r r e d'Allemagne, v. 1688-1697 u n t e r den expédients financiers der c r é a t i o n d'offices v é n a u x u. B e m ä c h t i g u n g der m a g i s t r a t u r e s u r b a i n e s et de t o u s les emplois à la n o m i n a t i o n des villes, ihre E r r i c h t u n g in offices héréditaires, u. de les v e n d r e au plus cher possible, soit a u x particuliers, soit a u x villes elles-mêmes. Un m a i r e p e r p é t u e l et des assesseurs c a n d i d a t s - nés p o u r les fonctions d'échevins, consuls, capitouls, j u r a t s , syndics, furent imposés à t o u t e s les municipalités du r o y a u m e q u i cessaient d ' ê t r e électives, à m o i n s qu'elles n ' e u s s e n t acquis de leurs deniers les n o u v e a u x offices, p o u r les éteindre, o u , c o m m e o n disait, p o u r les r é u n i r a u c o r p s de ville. Diese offices, mis à l'enchère u. p a r é s du titre des conseillers du roi. [23, 24] Cette audacieuse confiscation du régime municipal. K e i n soulèvement s t a t t p o u r s a défense. G r o s s e A n a r c h i e a m E n d e L o u i s X I V , j e n a c h d e m die S t ä d t e ihre franchises r ü c k g e k a u f t h a t t e n o d . nicht. [25, 26] D e r Régent beschließt 1716 (juin) d a ß alle villes du r o y a u m e r e n treraient d a n s la p l é n i t u d e de leurs d r o i t s . [26] 1722 wieder, in einer crise fiscale, t o u s les offices m u n i c i p a u x , créés et m i s en vente p a r L o u i s X I V , le furent de n o u v e a u p a r le régent. S e c o n d e confiscation des libertés c o m munales. V o n n u n ein j e u p o u r l e g o u v e r n e m e n t d e v e n d r e , d e retirer e t de v e n d r e e n c o r e ses titres de m a i r e s , l i e u t e n a n t s de m a i r e s , assesseurs, échevins, consuls, c a p i t o u l s , j u r a t s , syndics p e r p é t u e l s , et de p r e s s u r e r les villes p a r la m e n a c e renouvelée d ' u n e i n t r u s i o n d'officiers héréditaires. Von 1722-1789 f. d a s régime m u n i c i p a l n u r 16 J. de liberté sans r a n ç o n . D a n s cet espace de t e m p s , sauf d e u x intervalles, v. 1724-1733, u. v. 1764-1771, a u c u n e élection de m a g i s t r a t s d a n s les c o m m u n e s ne p u t se faire q u ' e n vertu des brevets d'offices acquis p a r elles. D a s régime m u n i cipal w a r n o c h f. viele S t ä d t e un objet d ' o r g u e i l et d ' a t t a c h e m e n t p a r les souvenirs, a b e r es h a t t e complètement cessé d'être une force pour les classes progressives de la nation. [27-29] D a s parlement plia u n t e r L o u i s X I V , a b e r redressirte sich gleich n a c h s. Tode. W o h l zu m e r k e n d a ß nicht n u r die édits r o y a u x s o n d e r n die päbstlichen Bullen revêtues de l ' a u t o r i s a t i o n r o y a l e u. die traités c o n c l u s

551

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 m . d e n puissances étrangères devaient être enregistrés. S o d a s p a r l e m e n t intervenait d a n s t o u t e s les g r a n d e s affaires extérieures ou intérieures de l ' É t a t . Il cassa le t e s t a m e n t de L o u i s X I V . P r o v o c i r t die dernière conv o c a t i o n des Ét. gén. u. geht d a n n selbst im gouffre r é v o l u t i o n n a i r e unter. | 5

| 7 8 | Thierry. T. II. (1853.) Premier Fragment. Tableau de l'ancienne France municipale. M. Leber v. « H i s t o i r e critique du p o u v o i r m u n i c i p a l » . 1828. l division a) la z o n e du régime consulaire, (im S ü d e n ) ; b) la z o n e du 10 régime c o m m u n a l ; (im N o r d e n ) ; c) la z o n e des m u n i c i p e s n o n réformés et des villes de simple bourgeoisie, zwischen d e n b e i d e n . 2 division: la r é g i o n du n o r d ; du m i d i ; du centre; de l'ouest; de l'est; du sud-est. [38-42] 1.) Région du nord, terre classique des communes jurées: Picardie, l'Ar- 15 tois, la F l a n d r e , la L o r r a i n e , la C h a m p a g n e , la N o r m a n d i e , l'Ile-deF r a n c e . In d e r Picardie die meisten u. entwickeltsten des c h a r t e s m u n i c i p a l e s des villes hier appliquées à de simples villages; a u c h conféd é r a t i o n s d e plusieurs villages o u h a m e a u x réunis e n municipalités sous u n e c h a r t e et u n e m a g i s t r a t u r e collectives. [42] V o n d e r C h a r t e v. A m i e n s 20 p r o c è d e n t die v. Abbeville, D o u l l e n s u. plusieurs villes du P o n t h i e u . Die c h a r t e v. Soissons r e p r o d u i t e ou imitée in d e n e n v. C r e s p y en Valois, C o m p i è g n e , Senlis, M e a u x , Fismes, Sens, D i j o n . D i e C h a r t e v . L a o n p o r t é e à R e i m s u. r é p a n d u e d a n s t o u t le L a o n n a i s . D i e v. St. Q u e n t i n servait de m o d è l e s a u x c h a r t e s de C o r b i e , de R o y e , et de C h a u n y . D a s 25 Flandre française u. l'Artois, d é m e m b r e m e n t de la F l a n d r e belge, h a b e n m . ihr t y p e c o m m u n d ' o r g a n i s a t i o n m u n i c i p a l e ; n e b e n d e r c o m m u n e j u r é e die Institution de la paix, débris de la trêve de D i e u , m a i n t e n u c o m m e établissement d e police u r b a i n e s o u s l ' a u t o r i t é d e m a g i s t r a t s spéciaux, (heissen apaiseurs.) In d e r Lorraine die 3 alten Bischofsstädte, bes. 30 M e t z , b e s o n d e r e i n d é p e n d a n c e m u n i c i p a l e ; ces 3 villes sujettes de l ' E m pire d ' A l l e m a g n e . D i e A n d e r e n (Champagne etc) erhielten fast alle die C h a r t e od., c o m m e on disait, la loi v. B e a u m o n t - e n - A r g o n n e , petite ville d e C h a m p a g n e fondée vers l a f i n d u X I I siècle. R h e i m s i n dieser P r o v i n z d e r einzige vieux m u n i c i p e , Sens u. M e a u x a u s g e n o m m e n , die organisa- 35 è r e

n d

552

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État tion u r b a i n e p e u forte u. b o r n é e à la g a r a n t i e de d r o i t s p u r e m e n t civils. In der N o r m a n d i e , h a b e n R o u e n u . die a n d r e n grossen S t ä d t e 1 m a i r e , 12 échevins, 12 conseillers et 75 p a i r s , i. e. 100 m e m b r e s f. d a s c o r p s municipal. Diese C o n s t i t u t i o n t r a n s p o r t é e v. hier au m i d i sur les terres de 5 la d o m i n a t i o n anglaise. In d e r I l e - d e - F r a n c e wieder der t y p e c o n s t i t u tionnel der C o m m u n e s de la Picardie m é r i d i o n a l e . (1 m a i r e et 12 pairs.) Paris A u s n a h m e , t r a d i t i o n r o m a i n e u n t e r mittelaltrigen f o r m e ; liberté complète q u a n t a u d r o i t civil, p e u d e c h o s e q u a n t a u d r o i t politique. 2.) Region du Midi. Régime consulaire v. Italien. P r o v e n c e , le C o m t a t 10 Venaissin, le L a n g u e d o c , l ' A u v e r g n e , le L i m o u s i n et la M a r c h e , la G u i e n n e et le P é r i g o r d , la G a s c o g n e , le B é a r n , la B a s s e - N a v a r r e , le c o m t é de F o i x et R o u s s i l l o n . ( N i c h t d a z u g e h ö r i g le L y o n n a i s , la Bresse et le D a u p h i n é . ) F . d e n m i d i « C o n s u l » w a r «échevin» i m N o r d e n , a b e r grösser der p o u v o i r , bei d e n meisten S t ä d t e n s o r t e de s o u v e r a i n e t é p a r t a g é e , bei 15 einigen p l é n i t u d e de l'état républicain. M u n i c i p a l r é g i m erhielt sich seit den R ö m e r n . D i e Provence u. die Comtât- Venaissin im X I I u. X I I I J h h . foyer de la t r a d i t i o n italienne. N a c h d e m établissement d e r m u n i c i p a l i t é consulaire hier d e r Podestat in Marseille, Arles u. A v i g n o n . F a s t in allen Städten hier das c o n s u l a t f o r m e plus é n e r g i q u e d o n n é e à des libertés 20 immémoriales. C o n s t i t u t i o n scheint l'œuvre c o m m u n e d e r noblesse u. bourgeoisie. F a s t ü b e r a l l die m a g i s t r a t u r e u r b a i n e getheilt zwischen d e n 2 classes, die sie de b o n a c c o r d a u s ü b t e n ; ( A u s n a h m e T a r a s c ó n , wo 1238 lutte a r m é e wegen dieser p a r t a g e des c o n s u l a t e n t r e n o b l e s et b o u r g e o i s u. Brignolles, wo die m u n i c i p a l i t é g a n z in d e n H ä n d e n des A d e l s u. sie 25 allein consuls. 1222 v e r k a u f t e n sie d a s c o n s u l a t d e m c o m t e de P r o v e n c e ; depuis lors des r o t u r i e r s a d m i s d a n s le conseil m u n i c i p a l . ) H i e r weniger distance zwischen i h n e n als in d e n a n d r e n S t ä d t e n . In d e n S t ä d t e n d e r Provence u. des C o m t a t d e r collège des consuls assisté v. 2 conseils, w o v o n der zahlreichre der conseil général. Bei a u s s e r o r d e n t l i c h e n affairs 30 bes. u n t e r d e m N a m e n parlement t o u s les chefs de famille in d e n églises od. ou plein air v e r s a m m e l t . D a s c o n s u l a t établi en Arles en 1131, zeigt sich in Béziers in d e m s e l b e n J a h r ; zu M o n t p e l l i e r 1141; zu N î m e s , 1145; zu N a r b o n n e , 1148; zu T o u l o u s e , 1188. In Languedoc kleine S t ä d t e , villages u. selbst b o u r g s g a n z o r g a n i s i r t wie die g r o s s e n villes. P r e s q u e p a r 35 tout le c o n s u l a t r é p o n d a i t p a r ses a t t r i b u t i o n s à l'idée de g o u v e r n e m e n t complet. In L a n g u e d o c , wie in d e r P r o v e n c e u n t e r s c h i e d sich die h a u t e bourgeoisie k a u m v. der noblesse, b o u r g e o i s seit time i m m é m o r i a l k o n n t e n besitzen des terres n o b l e s . Z u M o n t p e l l i e r d a s régime c o n s u l a i r e etablirt d u r c h insurrection gegen d e n seigneur i m m é d i a t (1141), d a u e r t e 40 nur 2 J., erscheint 63 J. n a c h h e r wieder, bleibt d a n n . [48,49] D i e Auvergne, le Limousin u. la Marche bilden die n ö r d l i c h e G r ä n z e des

553

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

R é g i m e c o n s u l a i r e . In d e n S t ä d t e n der Auvergne, die p o u v o i r s restreints, zu C l e r m o n t d u r c h die officiers de l'évêque, zu A u r i l l a c d u r c h die des a b b é , z u R i o m d u r c h die des c o m t e od. des roi. I n der Marche m e h r b o u r g a d e s als villes, d a s c o n s u l a t n a c h d e m X I I I J h h . errichtet, u n n o m hier p r e s q u e s a n s valeur. Im Limousin h a t d a s régime wieder s. énergie 5 m é r i d i o n a l e ; erscheint i n L i m o g e s i m X I I , h ä l t sich bis z u d e m X I I I J h h . D a n n i m K a m p f m . d e m v i c o m t e m u ß die S t a d t trêve d e p a i x m a c h e n , w o r i n ihre M u n i c i p a l a u t o r i t ä t zerstückelt w i r d . D i e c o n s u l s v . L i m o g e s h a t t e n v o r h e r die p o u v o i r s administratif, législatif, j u d i c i a i r e , et militaire. [50, 51] In Périgord: In s. H a u p t s t a d t Périgueux i n d é p e n d a n c e m u n i c i p a l e 10 a b s o l u e . U r s p r ü n g l i c h 2 S t ä d t e , die b o u r g entwickelt früher die n e u e F o r m als die ville originaire. D e ß w e g e n luttes a r m é e s zwischen d e n 2 villes; schliessen 1240 d u r c h die victoire des p r i n c i p e r é f o r m a t e u r u. der r é u n i o n en u n e seule c o m m u n a u t é démocratique s o u s le r é g i m e du c o n sulat. Un m a i r e d e r 12 consuls vorgesezt. P é r i g u e u x besizt diese c o m p l è t e 15 s o u v e r a i n e t é m u n i c i p a l e bis 1789. [52] zu Bordeaux m a i r e eingeführt E n d e des X I I J h h . , b e s t a n d e n hier v o r h e r Jurats, Titel d e r häufig ν . d e r G i r o n d e j u s q u ' a u milieu de la c h a î n e des P y r é n é e s . 1244 die c o r p s de ville 1 m a i r e a n n u e l , 50 j u r a t s , 30 conseillers, 300 citoyens élus p a r le peuple sous le n o m de défenseurs; Z a h l der j u r a t s d a n n r é d u i t a u f 24 u. der 20 défenseurs a u f 100. Dieselben S t ä d t e des B o r d e l a i s m o d e l è r e n t , à différentes é p o q u e s , ihre C o n s t i t u t i o n n a c h d e r ν . B o r d e a u x , die m e i s t e n n a n n t e n sich: «alliées et filleules de B o r d e a u x » . (Blaye, L i b o u r n e , St. É m i l i o n , P o d e n s a c , B o u r g , Castillon, C a d i l l a c , R i o n s , S a i n t - M a c a i r e . ) D i e i m i t a t i o n desselben t y p e c o n s t i t u t i o n n e l s'étendit vers le s u d d a n s la 25 G a s c o g n e occidentale; ( R é o l e , M o n t - d e - M a r s a n , St. Sever, D a x . ) I h r c a r a c t è r e c o m m u n : l'association de la m a i r i e à la j u r a d e . In d e m R e s t der G a s c o g n e d a s c o n s u l a t m . p o u v o i r s restreints u . j u r i s d i c t i o n p a r t a g é e . [52-54] In d e r Guienne orientale: Cahors, m u n i c i p e r é f o r m é p a r la p r o p a g a n d e c o n s u l a i r e k ä m p f t a u s d a u e r n d dafür; Agen ville n o n r é f o r m é e , 30 d u r c h Zufall der G e s a m m t t i t e l s. M a g i s t r a t e « c o n s e i l » in c o n s u l s verw a n d e l t ; zu Rodez ville u. b o u r g g e t r e n n t bis M i t t e des 18' J h h . Le Beam u. la basse Navarre: c o m m u n a u t é s u n i f o r m é m e n t régies p a r des fors, stat u t s m u n i c i p . a n a l o g u e s a u x fueros. D i e villes, g r a n d e s u . petites, h a b e n hier j u r a t s ( 4 - 6 ) u. diese exercent die justice civile u. criminelle; die h a u t e 35 j u r i s d i c t i o n d u fors d e M o r l a a s , q u i était p o u r t o u t e l a p r o v i n c e u n e sorte d e c o u r s o u v e r a i n e . Bayonne A u s n a h m e ; n i m m t i m A n f a n g des X I I I J h h . die c o n s t i t u t i o n des c o m m u n e s n o r m a n d e s a n ; d o p p e l t e r G r u n d : die suzeraineté des rois d ' A n g l e t e r r e é t e n d u e v. N o r m a n d i e zu d e n Pyrénées u. der S e e h a n d e l , der die c o m m u n e j u r é e hier v o m N o r d e n herbeiruft. 40 [54, 55] Comté de la Foix: d a s c o n s u l a t r e p a r a î t , P a m i e r s ; in d e r N ä h e v.

554

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État

Partners (in d e n Pyrénées) die curieuse f é d é r a t i o n r é p u b l i c a i n e d e r 6 c o m m u n a u t é s des V a l - d ' A n d o r r e . Roussillon: c o n s u l a t ( 2 - 5 ) ; h a t t e n l a n g e v o r der r é f o r m e définitive le d r o i t de guerre, Privilegium manus armatae (cout u m e s d e P e r p i g n a n ) , z u r ä c h e n die U n b i l l e n b e g a n g e n a n der S t a d t o d . 5 selbst e i n g e b o r n e n h a b i t a n t s derselben. In allen S t ä d t e n dieser P r o v i n z der p r e m i e r c o n s u l c o m m a n d a n t - n é de la milice u r b a i n e u. h a t t e , à ce titre, d r o i t d e vie e t d e m o r t sur t o u s les citoyens. Z u P e r p i g n a n régime consulaire établi in 1196, d é m o c r a t i q u e , c o m p l e t . 3 classes v. E i n w o h nern, alle h a t t e n polit. R e c h t e , oft K a m p f u n t e r i h n e n , Messen mains. 10 (main m a j e u r e , m a i n m o y e n n e , m a i n m i n e u r e . ) [56, 57] 3.) Région du Centre. U m f a ß t d e n O r l é a n a i s u. G â t i n a i s , la M a i n e , Anjou, T o u r a i n e , Berri, N i v e r n a i s , B o u r b o n n a i s , l a B o u r g o g n e . D i e c o m m u n e j u r é e hier selten, Titel C o n s u l s n u r 2 m a l im 12' J h h . in d e r B o u r gogne u . i m X I I I i m B o u r b o n n a i s . Ä l t e r e C o n s t i t u t i o n s ; c e r t a i n e s o m m e 15 de droits administratifs, m a i s s a n s g a r a n t i e s politiques. F a s t alle villes hier é c h a p p è r e n t der R e v o l u t i o n des X I I J h h . vieux m u n i c i p e s die M o d i ficationen u n t e r g e h n . | [57-60] |79| Orléanais: Chartres: 10 p r u d ' h o m m e s a d m i n i s t r a t e u r s des affaires c o m m u n e s d e l a ville. E r i n n e r t a n die d e c e m p r i m i , d e c a p r o t i d e r r ö m i 20 sehen C u r i e . J u r i s d i c t i o n u. Polizei g a n z in d e n H ä n d e n des p r é v ô t , erst seigneurial, d a n n royal; E n d e des X V J h h . s t a t t die p r u d ' h o m m e s 12 échevins, im X V I J h h . erhielten sie d a s d r o i t de police. Orléans: ä h n lich; will 1137 c o m m u n e j u r é e w e r d e n , gezüchtigt v o m roi. Étampes erhielt ν . P h i l i p p e A u g u s t sich i n c o m m u n e j u r é e z u v e r w a n d e l n ; revocirt 25 in 1196, à la r e q u ê t e des églises et des n o b l e s d o n t elle affranchissait les serfs. In d e n ü b r i g e n S t ä d t e n v. O r l é a n a i s n u r é b a u c h e s v. m u n i c i p a l i t é , faibles, u. meist p e u a n c i e n n e s . [60, 61] Gâtinais: Lorris (petite ville) p l u s g r a n d e s o m m e de d r o i t s civils s a n s anciens d r o i t s p o l i t i q u e s , o h n e j u r i s d i c t i o n u . o h n e a t t r i b u t i o n s a d m i n i 30 stratives. C h a r t e v. A n f a n g des X I I J h h . franchises p o u r des p e r s o n n e s u. biens, a b e r ne f o r m a i t de c o r p s u. h a t t e keine eigne police. Viele S t ä d t e verlangten s. C o n s t i t u t i o n , ν. d e n rois o d . seigneurs. Seine P o p u l a r i t é wuchs u. s. régime d e h n t e sich a u s im M a ß v o n d e n m u n i c i p a l i t é s à privilèges politiques déclinèrent. Wegen i h r e r n a t u r e exclusivement civile 35 w u r d e sie v. loi u r b a i n e z u r c o u t u m e territoriale u. schließlich d e r d r o i t roturier d e t o u t e u n e p r o v i n c e . C h a r l e s V I I I f i t p u b l i e r les c o u t u m e s d e Lorris e n 1493. I m X V I J h h . hiessen sie: « P l u s a n c i e n n e s , fameuses e t r e n o m m é e s c o u t u m e s q u ' a u c u n e s a u t r e s e n F r a n c e » . L o u i s X I I I reformirt sie 1631; sie w a r e n a l o r s c o m m u n e s f. a b o u t 300 villes, b o u r g s ou 40 villages des G â t i n a i s , O r l é a n a i s , P a y s - C h a r t r a i n , du Blaisois, Berry, Tourraine, N i v e r n a i s , C h a m p a g n e u. B o u r g o g n e . [61, 62]

555

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

Marne: Mans v o r d e m X I I J h h . , m. d e m ersten Beispiel d e r révolte c o m m u n a l e ; s a c o m m u n e j u r é e e n 1072 gegen d e n c o m t e u . d ' a c c o r d m . d e m évêque, d a u e r t e n u r 1 J a h r . « F a c t a igitur conspiratione q u a m communionem v o c a b a n t , sese o m n e s p a r i t e r s a c r a m e n t i s a s t r i n g u n t . » U n t e r lag u n t e r G u i l l a u m e le C o n q u é r a n t , der ν. E n g l a n d k a m s. P r ä t e n t i o n e n 5 a u f die G r a f s c h a f t M a i n e geltend z u m a c h e n . (Von d e n c o m m u n e s v o r d e m 12 J h h . : Cambray 1076, Beauvais, 1099.) V o n da an M a n s m u n i c i p e a b â t a r d i , o h n e j u r i s d i c t i o n p r o p r e , bis u n t e r L o u i s X I , w o errichtet i n C o m m u n a u t é u n t e r 1 m a i r e , 6 p a i r s u. 6 conseillers, a y a n t d r o i t de police u. des d r o i t s de j u s t i c e très-étendus. In dieser P r o v i n z fast alle m u n i c i - 10 palités i n c o m p l è t e s . Type: Ferté-Bernard: un syndic électif c h a r g é de la recette et de l'emploi des deniers c o m m u n s . [62,63] l'Anjou: N o c h s c h w ä c h e r . G e n E n d e des X I I J h h . scheint A n g e r s u n e milice organisée g e h a b t zu h a b e n ; sezt n u r conseil de ville d é p e n d a n t des officiers du c o m t e , d é p o u r v u de j u r i s d i c t i o n , et s a n s titre de f o n c t i o n 15 spéciale p o u r a u c u n d e ses m e m b r e s . U n t e r L o u i s X I l ' A n j o u definitiv r é u n i à la c o u r o n n e ; L o u i s XI o c t r o y i r t n e u e C h a r t e , 1 m a i r e , 1 sousm a i r e , 18 échevins u. 36 Conseillers m i t allen d r o i t s d e r c o m m u n e de la R o c h e l l e . [63] La Touraine: T o u r s im X I I J h h . u. früher 2 S t ä d t e distincte die cité u. die b o u r g St. M a r t i n , g e n a n n t C h â t e a u n e u f . F . die cité u r a l t e C o n s t i t u t i o n , fast alle p o u v o i r s 4 p r u d ' h o m m e s j ä h r l i c h g e w ä h l t d u r c h d a s c o r p s entier der B ü r g e r . C h â t e a u n e u f revoltirt 1125 gegen die seigneurie des c h a p i t r e v. St. M a r t i n , giebt sich eine O r g a n i s a t i o n c o m m u n a l e , d u r c h c a p i t u l a t i o n s , u. der m é d i a t i o n r o y a l e lange r e d u c i r t a u f 10 P r u d ' h o m m e s s a n s c o m p é t e n c e judiciaire. I m X I I I J h h . beide villes i n E i n e vereinigt, die Constitution d e r cité wird c o m m u n e ; n u r die 4 P r u d ' h o m m e s , j u g e s u. a d m i n i s t r a t e u r s , v e r m e h r t d u r c h 2, g e w ä h l t v. C h â t e a u n e u f . Bei j e d e r a s s e m b l é e du conseil m u n i c i p a l sassen n e b e n d e n 6 élus 1 R e p r é s e n t a n t des a r c h e v ê q u e , des délégués du c h a p i t r e de T o u r s u. de a b b a y e de St. M a r t i n , d e r j u g e d e T o u r a i n e u . plusieurs b o u r g e o i s n o t a b l e s . Ersezt 1461 d u r c h die C o n s t i t u t i o n v. La R o c h e l l e , 1 m a i r e , 24 échevins u. 75 p a i r s a y a n t pleine j u r i s d i c t i o n au civil et au criminel. F ü r die a n d r e n S t ä d t e der T o u r a i n e die älteste F o r m : 2 élus m. a d m i n i s t r a t i o n financière m i t o d . o h n e d r o i t de police. [64, 65]

20

25

30

35

Beni: Bourges cité episcopale, Z e i c h e n d ' u n e r é v o l u t i o n d é m o c r a t i q u e v o r d e r B e w e g u n g d ' o ù sortirent la C o m m u n e et le C o n s u l a t ; diese révol u t i o n h a t t e zugleich Bischof u . c o m t e h o r s d u g o u v e r n e m e n t m u n i c i p a l gesezt. Im X I I J h h . de t o u t e ancienneté die S t a d t régie v. 4 P r u d ' h o m m e s élus c h a q u e a n n é e ; d r o i t de justice d a n s t o u t e s les causes, a d m i n i s t r a n t 40 aile affaires c o m m u n e s bis zu einer gewissen S u m m e allein, u. d a r ü b e r

556

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État

h i n a u s m . d e m c o n c o u r s obligé d e l'assemblée générale des h a b i t a n t s . Diese C o n s t i t u t i o n d é t r u i t e d u r c h L o u i s X I n a c h einer é m e u t e gegen die officiers r o y a u x , c o n t r a i n t s d e t r a i t e r p o u r l'assiette d ' u n i m p ô t m . d e r assemblée générale u . injuriés u . m e n a c é s d e m o r t p a r l e p e u p l e . L o u i s X I 5 gab i h n e n die C o n s t i t u t i o n v. La R o c h e l l e , 1 m a i r e , 12 échevins, 32 c o n seillers e r n a n n t p a r t o u s les citoyens et n o m m a n t les a u t r e s m a g i s t r a t s . A u f r é c l a m a t i o n die alte c h a r t e r e s t a u r i r t d u r c h C h a r l e s V I I I , wieder d a s G o u v e r n e m e n t d e s Q u a t r e etc A b e r s t a t t P r u d ' h o m m e s heissen sie n u n Echevins; 1491 1 m a i r e als p r é s i d e n t d e m échevinage hinzugefügt. C o n io stitution v. B o u r g e s Type n i c h t n u r f. die S t ä d t e v. Berri, s o n d e r n a u c h f. m a n c h e a u s s e r h a l b dieser P r o v i n z . U n c e n t r e d e p r o p a g a n d e , u n objet d'imitation e t d ' é m u l a t i o n a u t o u r d'elle. Vollständig d i e ß erreicht i n Nevers. [65-68] Nivernais: N e v e r s ; 1231 traité m. d e m seigneur, w o n a c h wie in B o u r 15 ges. L o u i s X I I u n t e r d r ü c k t die élection directe d u r c h en assemblée générale, sezt 32 conseillers ein, 8 f. 8 gezählt d u r c h j e d e s d e r q u a r t i e r s deiville u. c h a r g é s d'élire les q u a t r e échevins. D i e s e c o n s t i t u t i o n in Moulins, a c c o m p a g n é e de franchises p u r e m e n t civiles u. einer c o m p é t e n c e a d m i nistrative w o z u Polizei i n 1518 zugefügt d u r c h A n n e d e F r a n c e , d u c h e s s e 20 de B o u r b o n n a i s . 4 f. die officiers m u n i c i p a u x , w h a t e v e r their p o w e r , règle générale in d e n villes g r a n d e s u. petites du Berri, N i v e r n a i s u. B o u r b o n nais. I n V i e r z o n u . I s s o u d u n les Q u a t r e heissen « g o u v e r n e u r s » , i n L a C h â t r e « P r u d ' h o m m e s » , sagt « é l u s » . D i e s e Z a h l 4 Bezug a u f die 4 q u a r tiers der S t ä d t e , alte E i n t h e i l u n g , scheint der des r ö m . « C a s t r u m » zu 25 entsprechen. [68, 69] Bourgogne: p l u s de variété. D u r c h r é v o l u t i o n a c c o m p l i e es scheint im X I I J h h . , d ' a c c o r d zwischen d e m d u c der B o u r g o g n e u . d e n h a b i t a n t s ν . Autun, d e r office seigneurial du Viguier o d . Vierg (vicarius, viarius, vigerius, viers, vyer, vierg in d e n c h a r t e s françaises) w u r d e m u n i c i p a l u. électif 30 gemacht. D e r vierg d ' A u t u n n u n d u r c h d a s c o r p s entier der citoyens jährlich gewählt, alle R e c h t e des e h e m a l i g e n R e p r é s e n t a n t des d u c d e Bourgogne; j u r i s d i c t i o n h a u t e , m o y e n n e u . basse u . c o m m a n d e m e n t s o u verain der milice u r b a i n e . A u t u n , n a c h d e m i h m die j u r i s d i c t i o n civile u . criminelle erst bestritten, d a n n entrissen d u r c h die officiers r o y a u x , b e s a ß 35 noch im X V I u. X V I I J h h . die a u t o r i t é militaire des Vierg. [69-71] Dijon s u c h t e 1183 i h r M u s t e r in d e r P i c a r d i e . W ä h l t e n die c o m m u n e v. Soissons; a c c o r d i r t d u r c h ihren d u c H u g u e s I I I , u n t e r G a r a n t i e des roi d e F r a n c e , 1187. Verlangten u . erhielten v . d e r ville d e Soissons u n m e m o r a n d u m de ses d r o i t s et usages c o n s t i t u t i o n n e l s , w u r d e i h n e n v. d o r t 40 expédié in f o r m e de c h a r t e sous le sceau de la c o m m u n e . [71] W u c h s in Dijon i n liberté u . p o u v o i r . Seit d e m X I V J h h . n a h m der m a i r e d e n Titel

557

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1 V i c o m t e - M a y e u r , à cause de la v i c o m t e de D i j o n , d r o i t de seigneurie sur certaines rues de la ville q u e le d u c de B o u r g o g n e a v a i t acquis et cédé ensuite à l a c o m m u n e . I m X V I I J h h . t r u g der M a i r e bei d e n p u b . C e r e m . n o c h Theil des mittelaltrigen c o s t u m e . [72, 73] Bearne c o n s t i t u i r t 1203 n a c h D i j o n , m. A u s n a h m e d e r exécutions capitales u. des profit v. certaines a m e n d e s . 1231 dieselben R e c h t e o h n e R e s e r v e M o n t b a r , u. 1276 Semur-en-Auxois, nur daß der duc de Bourgogne den maire ernennt u. alle a m e n d e s i h m g e h ö r e n : « C o m m u n i a n t e t l i b e r t a t e m h a b e n d a m i n perp e t u u m , ad f o r m a m c o m m u n i a e et libertatis divionensis (d. h. v. D i j o n ) » (Chartes der 2 lezten S t ä d t e ) - . [73] Auxerre wollte c o m m u n e j u r é e 15 J. v o r D i j o n u n t e r s t ü z t v. s. c o m t e , widersezt v. Bischof, der es bei L o u i s le J e u n e d a v o n t r ä g t . D i e S t a d t b r a u c h t e e s n u n nicht m e h r ü b e r ihr régime t r a d i t i o n n e l , 12 élus, h a t t e n kein m a i s o n c o m m u n e , v e r s a m m e l t e n sich in d e n églises. K e i n e Jurisdiction, w ä h l t e n u n t e r sich 3 G o u v e r n e u r s p o u r l'expédition des affaires. Châlon sur S a ô n e treibt die M a c h t s. P r u d ' h o m m e s z u m d r o i t de justice à t o u s les degrés, n u r en p a r t a g e m. d e m c h â t e lain des d u c de B o u r g o g n e . Mâcon v o r M i t t e des X I V J h h . keine forme définie, d e n n s. 6 P r u d ' h o m m e s o h n e j u r i s d i c t i o n stets ¡611 a b h ä n g i g v o m bailli d u c a l ou royal, (lettres de Philippe de Valois, février 1346) [73, 74] Zu Tonnerre 6 élus (Échevins) o h n e c o m p é t e n c e j u d i c i a i r e , E n d e des X V I J h h . i h n e n 1 m a i r e zugefügt, a y a n t j u r i d i c t i o n de police. Châtillonsur-Seine 2 parties m u n i c i p a l e m e n t distinctes, 4 m a g i s t r a t s , in d e m einen Theil m . , in d e m a n d r e n o h n e juridiction; vereinigt im X V I I J h h . - W i r h a b e n hier also g r a d a t i o n e n v o m régime e n t i è r e m e n t libre de B o u r g e s et de N e v e r s bis z u m régime de simple police u r b a i n e ou die p u r e gestion pécuniaire der intérêts c o m m u n s . D i e Z a h l 4 scheint T r a d i t i o n d e r r ö m . municipalité; die curies h a t t e n 2 o d . 4 m a g i s t r a t s j ä h r l i c h gewählt, d u u m v i r i , q u a t u o r v i r i j u r i d i c u n d o . [74, 75]

5

10

15

20

25

4.) région de l'ouest. B r e t a g n e , P o i t o u , l ' A n g o u m o i s , l ' A u n i s u. la Saint o n g e . 2 particularités: der type original et u n i f o r m e d e r municipalités der 30 B r e t a g n e u . das établissement der c o n s t i t u t i o n c o m m u n a l e d e R o u e n e t de F a l a i s e in 4 der provinces annexées im 12' J h h . z u r d o m i n a t i o n anglon o r m a n d e . O h n e diese A d o p t i o n die c o m m u n e j u r é e n a c h d e m type der grossen S t ä d t e d e r N o r m a n d i e , w ü r d e n P o i t o u u . die i h m b e n a c h b a r t e n P r o v i n z e n im S ü d e n d a s C o n s u l a t a d o p t i r t h a b e n . 35 D i e t r a d i t i o n s des d r o i t r o m a i n u . des g o u v e r n e m e n t m u n i c i p a l , conservées d a n s toutes les provinces de la G a u l e , ne subsistèrent p o i n t dans l ' A r m o r i q u e . Erhielt n o u v e l esprit u. formes sociales v. d e r émigration d ' o u t r e - m e r , w o h e r d e r N a m e B r e t a g n e . [76] Bretagne: N a n t e s u. R e n n e s vielleicht allein e t w a s v. d e r municipalité 40 g a l l o - r o m a i n e . F ü r die a n d e r n , bes. die simples b o u r g s , w a r die

558

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État municipalité t r a d i t i o n n e l l e un régime à la fois ecclésiastique u. civil, wo die église paroissiale d a s centre d e r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n u. wo der conseil de fabrique remplissait l'office de conseil c o m m u n . U e b r i g e n s keine j u r i s diction j o i n t e in d e r B r e t a g n e à l ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n u r b a i n e ; in d e n S t ä d t e n 5 die justice in allen G r a d e n d e m d u c o d . é v ê q u e u. in d e n villages d e m seigneur du Heu. A u s n a h m e Guingamp, wo justice m u n i c i p a l e , c o n c e d i r t den b o u r g e o i s d u r c h die d u c s d e B r e t a g n e , p r o b a b l e m e n t i m X V J h h . I n der B r e t a g n e kein K a m p f der b o u r g e o i s i e u m die M u n i c i p a l r e c h t e z u erobern, keine traces der r é v o l u t i o n c o m m u n a l e ; d e r N a m e c o m m u n e 10 erscheint hier erst n a c h ihrer R é u n i o n m. der K r o n e . D e p u i s lors d r i n g e n hier u. da in die B r e t a g n e ein die formes u. titres d'offices d e r m u n i c i palités françaises u. ersetzen od. modifient d e n type o r d i n a i r e d e r m u n i cipalité indigène: 6 Conseillers de ville, 1 Syndic, 1 M i s e u r (mise = dépense. Officier c h a r g é de la recette et de l'emploi des c o n t r i b u t i o n s . ) u. 15 1 contrôleur des deniers c o m m u n s . Diese c h a r g e s m u n i c i p a l e s remplies indistinctement d u r c h d e n clergé, noblesse, bourgeoisie. In plusieurs villes, z. B. M o r l a i x , w a r e n die emplois des M i s e u r u. C o n t r ô l e u r exercés durch g e n t i l s h o m m e s d ' a n c i e n n e famille. 1560 g a b N a n t e s d i e ß alte régime auf, sollicirte u. o b t i n t v. F r a n ç o i s II die const, m u n i c i p a l e d ' A n 20 gers m. allen i h r e n privilèges, a b e r m a g i s t r a t u r e m o i n s n o m b r e u s e , 1 M a i r e u. 10 É c h e v i n s . A n a l o g e R e f o r m e n , o h n e so directe i m i t a t i o n , zu Rennes, u n t e r H e n r i II 1548, 26 m a r s . 13 m a g i s t r a t s , s p ä t e r reducirt a u f 7:6 Échevins u. 1 P r o c u r e u r Syndic. (1592.) Quimper, im X V I I J h h . , 1634, erhielt échevinage gleich N a n t e s u. R e n n e s , blieb a b e r u n t e r d e r j u r i d i c 25 tion temporelle de son évêque. Diese jurisdiction existirte in S t . - M a l o bis ins X V I I I J h h . , e b e n s o z u Vannes u. St.-Brieuc. [76-79] Poitou: C o m m u n e j u r é e , in der freisten u. entwickeltsten F o r m . V o n der N o r m a n d i e , im X I I J h h . n a h m e n Poitiers u. Niort, u n t e r w o r f e n d e r c o u r o n n e a n g l o - n o r m a n d e d a s Beispiel i h r e r const, c o m m u n . A h m t e n 30 R o u e n u. Falaise n a c h . L a s s e n sich bestätigen v. P h i l i p p e - A u g u s t e , a p r è s sa c o n q u ê t e judiciaire de la N o r m a n d i e , de l'Anjou, du P o i t o u et de la Saintonge. 2 c h a r t e s dieses r o i in 1204. Sie folgten wörtlich d e m règlement v . R o u e n u . Falaise. N a c h u . n a c h g e h n sie weiter. W ä h r e n d d o r t der maire n o m m é p a r le roi sur u n e liste de 3 c a n d i d a t s u. die j u r i s d i c t i o n 35 urbaine Limitée p a r des réserves, in Poitiers u. N i o r t die j u r i s d i c t i o n absolue u. d e r m a i r e élu directement. Es g a b in diesen S t ä d t e n S o r t e n v. assemblées m u n i c i p a l e s : c o n v o q u é e w ö c h e n t l i c h , d e r m a i r e , der 1 échevin u. die 12 conseillers; 1 m o n a t l i c h , wo a u s s e r d e m die 75 p a i r s «assemblée des m o i s e t des c e n t » . D e r m a i r e , j ä h r l i c h gewählt d u r c h die 40 100 m e m b r e s des collège u. p a r m i eux, w a r c a p i t a i n e gén. de la ville u. juge, m. d e n échevins, d a n s t o u t e cause civile et criminelle. D a s collège,

559

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 sorte de patriciat b o u r g e o i s , e r n a n n t e alle m a g i s t r a t s u. e r g ä n z t e sich selbst d u r c h élection. Zu N i o r t h a t t e d a s ensemble dieser privileges wie zu P é r i g u e u x f o r m e de seigneurie sous le vasselage i m m é d i a t de la c o u r o n n e . - Châtellerault, L o u d u n , M o n t m o r i l l o n lange nicht diese franchises, ihre municipalités c o m p a r a t i v e l y n e u , ne m é r i e n t a u c u n e m e n t i o n . [79-82] 5 La Saintonge u. VAuras n o r m a n n i s c h e C o n s t i t u t i o n wie zu N i o r t u. Poitiers m . A u s n a h m e d e r j u r i d i c t i o n sans réserve u . d e r W a h l des m a i r e d u r c h d a s collège m u n i c i p a l . D i e c h a r t e v. P h i l i p p e - A u g u s t e f. die b o u r geois St. J e a n d ' A n g e l y p o r t e qu'elle sera g o u v e r n é e selon la f o r m e de celle de R o u e n . [82] - La Rochelle, a u c h n a c h n o r m a n n i s c h e m t y p e w u r d e 10 type d e r liberté m u n i c i p a l e f. die villes du centre de la F r a n c e . D a h e r die Projecte v. Rochelle, infolge seiner existence p r e s q u e républicaine, im X V I u. X V I I J h h . Verlor 1628 sa c o n s t i t u t i o n et ses privilèges m u n i c i p a u x . E b e n s o St. J e a n d'Angely. Zu Saintes d e r n o r m a n n i s c h e Type modifié p a r u n e o r g a n i s a t i o n antérieure à l'établissement de la C o m - 15 m u n e . S t a t t 1 m a i r e 2 J u r é s investis c o n j o i n t e m e n t de la principale a u t o rité. G e g e n E n d e des XV J h h . die M a i r i e définitivement établie. [83, 84] l'Angoumois: Angoulême h a t t e d r o i t de justice v o r d e m établissement der M o n a r c h i e . I m X I I I J h h . Freiheit entwickelt n a c h d e m m o d è l e v . l a R o c h e l l e . In der lezten Hälfte des X I V g a n z e r n e u e r t n a c h d e m v. 20 St. J e a n d'Angely. Bis in's 18* J h h . sein ganzes régime m u n i c i p a l , m. deljurisdiction, sauf f. d a s crime de lèse-majesté. Cognac h a t t e m a i r i e , échevinage u. die justice m o y e n n e u. basse. [84, 85] 5) V . Région de l'Est. l'Alsace, Franche Comté, le Lyonnais, la Bresse u. le Dauphiné. G e h ö r t e n alle d e m E m p i r e A l l e m a n d . [85] Im U n t e r s c h i e d 25 der rois de F r a n c e u. d e r c o m t e s de F l a n d r e s die d e u t s c h e n K a i s e r system a t i s c h F e i n d e der municipalités créées d u r c h i n s u r r e c t i o n u . a s s u r a n c e m u t u e l l e sous l a foi d u serment. « C o n v e n t í c u l a s q u o q u e o m n e s e t conj u r a t i o n e s in civitatibus et extra, e t i a m o c c a s i o n e p a r e n t e l e et inter civit a t e m et civitatem et inter p e r s o n a m et p e r s o n a m seu inter civitatem et 30 p e r s o n a m , o m n i b u s m o d i s f i e r i p r o h i b e m u s . » ( C o n s t i t u t i o pacis F r e d e riçi I ) « Q u o d nulla civitas, n u l l u m o p p i d u m , c o m m u n i o n e s , constitutiones, colligationes, confederationes, vel c o n j u r a t i o n e s a l i q u a s , q u o c u m q u e n o m i n e c e n s e a n t u r , faceré possent; et q u o d n o s , sine d o m i n i sui assensu, civitatibus seu oppidis in r e g n o n o s t r o constitutis a u c t o r i t a t e m faciendi 35 c o m m u n i o n e s , constitutiones, colligationes vel c o n j u r a t i o n e s aliquas, q u a e c u m q u e n o m i n a i m p o n a n t u r eisdem, n o n p o t e r a m u s n e c d e b e b a m u s impertiri.» Henrici regis sententia c o n t r a c o m m u n i o n e s civitatum) | |62| Diese d e u t s c h e n L u m p e n : Sur leurs terres d u N o r d o n t c o m b a t t u e t interdit la C o m m u n e j u r é e , et, sur leurs terres du m i d i , t o u t e ligue p o p u - 40 .. laire t e n d a n t soit à l'érection, soit au d é v e l o p p e m e n t n o r m a l du C o n s u e

560

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État

lat. [86] In d e n p r o v i n c e s éloignées du c e n t r e de l ' E m p i r e u. nichtdeutsch, b e g ü n s t i g t e n sie p a r t o u s les m o y e n s possibles die seigneurs ecclésiastiques, gegen die laïques, d e n e n sie m i ß t r a u t e n , u. die a u t o c r a t i e municipale des évêques c o n t r e t o u t e r é v o l u t i o n m ê m e c o n s e n t i e p a r les 5 comtes s o u v e r a i n e s du p a y s . C h a r t e v. F r e d e r i c I I , en 1226, w o d u r c h er nuls u. n o n a v e n u s e r k l ä r t t o u s les c o n s u l a t s u. a u t r e s g o u v e r n e m e n t s libres des villes d e P r o v e n c e : « P e r v e n i t n u p e r a d n o t i t i a m n o s t r a m q u o d q u a r u m d a m c i v i t a t u m , v i l l a r u m e t a l i o r u m l o c o r u m universitates i n comitatibus ipsis degentes p r o p r i o m o t u e t v o l ú n t a t e c o n s t i t u e r u n t j u r i s 10 dictiones, p o t e s t a t e s , c o n s u l a t u s , r e g i m i n a et alia q u a e d a m s t a t u t a , q u a e a d suae a r b i t r i u m v o l u n t a t i s exercent; e t c u m j a m a p u d q u a s d a m . . . i n a b u s u m e t p r a v a m c o n s u e t u d i n e m i n o l e v e r u n t . . . n o s e x imperiali a u c toritate tarn j u r i d i c t i o n e s , c o n s u l a t u s , r e g i m i n a , p o t e s t a t e s et s t a t u t a caetera per universitates c i v i t a t u m i n v e n t a , a t q u e concessiones s u p e r his, p e r 15 comités P r o v i n c i a e et F o r c a l q u e r i i ab eis o b t e n í a s , ex certa sciencia r e v o camus, et i n a n i a esse c e n s e m u s . » (Papon, H i s t o i r e de P r o v e n c e . ) D i e wachsende S c h w ä c h e der B a n d e des vasselage z u m E m p i r e e r l a u b t e d e r Provence i h r e C o n s u l a t e frei zu entwickeln. N i c h t so d a s D a u p h i n é , weil sa sujétion à l ' E m p i r e reeller, u. die carrière de r é n o v a t i o n m u n i c i p a l e 20 aufgehalten d u r c h d e n a p p u i effectif d e n die Bischöfe d e r villes principales gegen die bourgeoisie erhielten. Wo hier d a s C o n s u l a t , n u r als n e u e r Titel, nicht als p o u v o i r n o u v e a u , r é d u i t à q u e l q u e c h o s e de m é d i o c r e et de s u b a l t e r n e , d é p o u r v u de j u r i s d i c t i o n . E i n Theil der f. d a s D a u p h i n é gemachten B e m e r k u n g e n gilt f. d a s L y o n n a i s u. la Bresse. [87, 88] 25 Elsaß: D a s m o u v e m e n t der r é v o l u t i o n c o m m u n a l e , née au n o r d de la F r a n c e u. p r o p a g i r t v. da auf die terres de l ' E m p i r e , étouffé à Trêves, 1161, d u r c h K a i s e r F r i e d r i c h I . ( C o m m u n i o q u o q u e civium trevirensium, q u a e e t c o n j u r a t i o dicitur, q u a m n o s i n civitate d e s t r u x i m u s . . . quae et p o s t e a , sicut a u d i v i m u s , r e i t e r a t a est, c a s s e t u r et in i r r i t u m r e v o 30 cetur, s t a t u e n t e s ne deinceps, s t u d i o a r c h i e p i s c o p i vel i n d u s t r i a comitis palatini reiteretur. H o n t h e i m . H i s t , trevir. d i p l o m a t . 1.1, p . 594.) R i e n n e prouve qu'il ait p é n é t r é d a n s les villes de Γ Alsace. D i e m e i s t e n dieser Städte d a t i r e n nicht ü b e r d a s X I I J h h . E r h i e l t e n i h r e c o n s t i t u t i o n libre, pièce à pièce, d u r c h die concessions du s o u v e r a i n . E r h i e l t e n i h r e i n d é p e n 35 dance quasi-républicaine n i c h t d u r c h élan des esprit de r é n o v a t i o n , d u r c h lutte violente gegen die p o u v o i r seigneurial, s o n d e r n d u r c h die e x e m p t i o n légalement o b t e n u e d e t o u t e j u r i s d i c t i o n a u t r e q u e celle d ' u n délégué d e l'Empereur, et le c h a n g e m e n t g r a d u e l des offices i m p é r i a u x en m a g i s t r a tures municipales. So w e r d e n souveraine S t ä d t e : H a g u e n a u , C o l m a r , M ü l 40 hausen, Scheiestadt, W i s s e m b o u r g , Seltz u. a n d r e v. m o i n d r e i m p o r t a n c e . Sogar d a s R e c h t alliances a u s s e r h a l b d e s e m p i r e z u schliessen. D a b e i

561

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens - Heft 1

a b e r diese R e c h t e a c c o r d i r t u n t e r présence c o n t i n u e d ' u n r e p r é s e n t a n t d u s o u v e r a i n s o u s les titres de C o m t e , P r é t e u r , P r é v ô t , Vogt, a s s o c i a t i o n é t r a n g e q u ' o n n e r e n c o n t r e q u e l à e t qui p r o v e n a i t d e l a n a t u r e t o u t e federative d e l ' e m p i r e g e r m a n i q u e . A n d r e p a r t i c u l a r i t é des régime m u n i cipal d ' A l s a c e d a ß , u n t e r d e n m a g i s t r a t u r e s u r b a i n e s , m e h r e des fiefs 5 h é r é d i t a i r e s u. die bourgeoisie der villes c o m p o s é e v. n o b l e s u. n i c h t n o b les, w o r u n t e r die a d m i n i s t r a t i o n ziemlich gleich getheilt bis M i t t e des X I V J h h . ; s p ä t e r die classes plébéiennes p r é p o n d é r a n t e s u . die d é m o c r a t i e r è g n e . D i e ß c h a n g e m e n t bei d e n S t ä n d e n des E l s a ß m . A u s n a h m e v . S t r a ß b u r g l ' u n i q u e fait r é v o l u t i o n n a i r e - [88-90] Strasbourg, die älteste 10 Γ dieser S t ä d t e , die einzige v. d e n R ö m e r z e i t e n her, h a t t e u n e m u n i c i p a l i t é i m m é m o r i a l e , d a v o n éléments a b s o r b i r t i n d e r seigneurie t e m p o r e l l e des évêque. Bis E n d e des X I I J h h . d a s c o r p s d e ville b o r n é a u f officiers u . v a s s a u x n o b l e s d e r m a i s o n episcopale, qui f o r m a i e n t u n e classe d e p a t r i ciens u. un sénat héréditaire. Im X I I I J h h . eine erste R e v o l u t i o n ; die 15 m u n i c i p a l i t é erhielt u n e o r g a n i s a t i o n distincte, s i n o n e n t i è r e m e n t indép e n d a n t e de la c o u r seigneuriale; g a b un s é n a t a n n u e l et électif, se r e n o u v e l a n t l u i - m ê m e , u. choisissant, selon des p r o p o r t i o n s q u i v a r i è r e n t , en p a r t i e p a r m i les v a s s a u x n o b l e s d e l'évêque u . e n p a r t i e d a n s l a p l u s h a u t e classe des b o u r g e o i s p r o p r e m e n t dits. N a c h 1 ¡ J h h . a b o u t , diese m u n i - 20 cipalité a r i s t o c r a t i q u e renversée d u r c h u n s o u l è v e m e n t d e r classes m o y e n n e u. inférieure d e r bourgeoisie; eine 2* R e v o l u t i o n h a t t e Statt; n e u e C o n s t i t u t i o n fondée sur l'existence p o l i t i q u e der Z ü n f t e (Tribus), d e r e n Z a h l , d ' a b o r d v a r i a b l e , a u f 2 0 f i x i r t d u r c h d a s s t a t u t définitif. F ü r die exercise des d r o i t de cité n u r die 2 K l a s s e n d e r n o b l e s u. der artisans 25 légalement r e c o n n u e s ; die b o u r g e o i s K a u f l e u t e u. professions libérales m u ß t e n sich f o n d r e in der leztern, en se faisant agréger einer Z u n f t . D e r S e n a t o d . G r a n d Conseil gebildet v. 31 m e m b r e s , 10 n o b l e s , 20 Plebejer f. die 20 t r i b u s , u. un chef de gouv., Ammeister q u i devait t o u j o u r s être plébéien. 3 collèges inférieurs, a y a n t des a t t r i b u t i o n s spéciales u. n o m - 30 . m e s : c h a m b r e s des 13, des 15, des 2 1 , z u s a m m e n g e s e z t '/3 n o b l e s u. / plébéiens, (die 3 geheimen S t u b e n ) U e b e r allen diesen p o u v o i r s h e r r s c h t e , c o m m e investi de la s o u v e r a i n e t é m u n i c i p a l e , der conseil der 300 échevins (Schöffen), r é s u l t a n t de l'élection de 15 seiner m e m b r e s d u r c h j e d e n der 2 0 t r i b u s . Basis dieser C o n s t i t u t i o n gelegt 1334, lezte 35F o r m e r h a l t e n 1482, existirte n o c h 1789. [90-92] 1

2

t

2

3

Franche-Comté. Besançon ville de l ' E m p i r e en d e h o r s d e s p a y s de langue a l l e m a n d e . E m p e r e u r s folgten d e n É t a t s des rois d e B o u r g o g n e par d o n a t i o n d e R o d o l p h e III, e n faveur d e C o n r a d l e Salique, m a r i d e s a nièce Gisèle. G a b e n die g r a n d e s villes du p a y s en fief a u x évêques, 40"' d e v e n u s p a r là princes de l ' E m p i r e , investis des d r o i t s régaliens et de

562

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État l'autocratie m u n i c i p a l e d a n s c h a q u e cité. So in B e s a n ç o n bis zu d e n lezten J- des 12 J h h . plaintes des b o u r g e o i s c o n t r e les a b u s de ce p o u v o i r : Henri V I , l ' e m p e r e u r , a u t o r i s a l'institution d ' u n e sorte d e j u r y a u p r è s d e la justice seigneuriale; et la c r é a t i o n d ' u n e m u n i c i p a l i t é élective a y a n t la 5 police et la g a r d e de la ville. Bourgeoisie f a h r t fort d ' a t t a q u e r ce q u i restait d e l ' a n c i e n n e a u t o c r a t i e d e l ' a r c h e v ê q u e ; s ' a t t r i b u a p a r e m p i é t e ments successifs, la j u r i s d i c t i o n civile et criminelle, le g o u v e r n e m e n t p o l i tique à l'intérieur et le d r o i t de guerre et de p a i x en d e h o r s . T o u t le X I I I J h h . a n g e w a n d t zu dieser R e v o l u t i o n , viele soulèvements, alliances 10 défensives m. l'un ou l ' a u t r e des g r a n d s seigneurs du p a y s . In diesen confédérations s a h e n die e m p e r e u r s d e n Einfluß des roi de F r a n c e , édits m e n a ç a n t s für m a i n t i e n der p o u v o i r des a r c h e v ê q u e : «Sicut ad culminis nostri pervenit n o t i t i a m , rex F r a n c i a e , f e r m e n t o p e r s u a s i o n i s suae, sinceritatem fidei vestrae m o l i t u r c o r r u m p e r e , vos a fídei n o s t r a e et imperii 1S debito a v e r t e n d o , et servitium sui secularis d o m i m i a c c r e s c e n d o . » ( R o d o l p h e I, lettre an die cives v. B e s a n ç o n , 1277) S t a d t stellt sich u n t e r die garde des c o m t e s de B o u r g o g n e , soutient un siège c o n t r e le s o u v e r a i n qui refusait de l ' a d m e t t r e c o m m e ville libre et i m m é d i a t e , (en 1288.) N u n die politique des e m p e r e u r s c h a n g e a , ils laissèrent les d r o i t s seigneuriaux 20 passer de prélat au c o r p s de ville. ( A d o l p h e , r o i des R o m a i n s , en 1296; Maximilian, e n 1503.) V o n d e m X I V - M i t t e des X V I I J h h . a r c h e v ê q u e de Besançon blieb n o m i n a l e m e n t prince de l ' E m p i r e , a b e r die cité exerça tous les p o u v o i r s a t t a c h é s p r i m i t i v e m e n t à ce titre. In B e s a n ç o n , w ä h r e n d 5 Jhh., kein c h a n g e m e n t d a n s l ' o r g a n i s a t i o n du p o u v o i r ||63| m u n i c i p a l . 25 Die C o n s t i t u t i o n établie p a r concession v. K a i s e r H e i n r i c h VI blieb bis zur E r o b e r u n g d u r c h L o u i s X I V . In d e n 7 q u a r t i e r s d e r S t a d t - B a n n i è r e s - wählten die citoyens j ä h r l i c h 28 n o t a b l e s , diese 14 p e r s o n n e s , d e u x p a r bannière, p o u r f o r m e r la m a g i s t r a t u r e de l'année. D i e s e 14 hiessen erst P r u d ' h o m m e s , d a n n R e c t e u r s , schlißlich G o u v e r n e u r s . Bildeten d e n c o n 30 seil ordinaire, ecerçant la police et la justice m u n i c i p a l e ; p r ä s i d i r t e n à tour de rôle. Diese 14 m a g i s t r a t s , die 14 n o u v e l l e m e n t sortis de c h a r g e , u. die 28 notables bildeten d e n Conseil d ' É t a t - s o u v e r a i n e a u t o r i t é . N u r bei ausserordentlichen Gelegenheiten k a m e n sie zus., ihre r é u n i o n s m e h r e Tage v o r h e r öffentlich angezeigt, avec les choses qui y devaient être dis35 cutées. D u r c h die A n n e x i o n an F r a n k r e i c h verlor B e s a n ç o n alle ses p r i vilèges politiques, la h a u t e j u r i s d i c t i o n m u n i c i p a l e t r a n s p o r t é e au P a r l e ment. [92-97] Poligny: c h a r t e des X I I I J h h . g a r a n t i r t des d r o i t s de franchise et de c o m m u n a u t é , gegeben 1288 d u r c h O t h o n V , C o m t e d e B o u r g o g n e . E r s t 0 4 P r u d ' h o m m e s , simple police. Im XV J h h . d a z u 12 Conseillers, u. justice moyenne u. basse. En 1525 t o u t e justice lui fut accordée, c o r p s de ville 4

563

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 m i t 2 conseils, an der Spitze m a i r e , n a n n t e sich V i c o m t e . A e h n l i c h e r Verlauf zu Dôle u. Salins. Zu Montbelliard Conseil c o m m u n a u s 9 M a î t r e s b o u r g e o i s u. un m a î t r e - b o u r g e o i s en chef, élu p o u r le présider. D e r M a i r e officier du C o m t e , n u r voix consultative im conseil. Pontarlier: c o m m u n a u t é i m m é m o r i a l e ; seit Alters u n i e in E i n c o r p s p o l i t i q u e m. 20 villages 5 in d e r U m g e g e n d ; die villages p a r t i c i p a i e n t an der élection d e r m a g i s t r a t s u. d e n charges f. die a d m i n i s t r a t i o n c o m m u n e ; alle w a r e n b o u r g e o i s de P o n t a r l i e r , n a n n t e n sich B a r o n s u . ihre c o m m u n a u t é B a r o i c h a g e . ( b a r o i s f. b a r o n s ) D i e u n i o n dissoute en 1537, die villages refusèrent de p a y e r leur q u o t e - p a r t des dépenses de la ville, p l ä d i r t e n v o r d e m p a r l e m e n t v. 10 D ô l e ihre s é p a r a t i o n . D é b r i s des institutions m é r o v i n g i e n n e s , die C e n t a i n e m. ses h o m m e s libres. A e h n l i c h im Belg. F l a n d e r n , le F r a n c de Bruges. - Im général, in d e n S t ä d t e n 2* R a n g s u. d e n b o u r g s d e r F r a n c h e C o m t é les c h a r t e s d e privilèges n e r e m o n t e n t p a s a u delà der 2 m o i t i é des X I I I J h h . ; der titre Échevins erschien s p ä t , d e r v. M a i r e n o c h später, 15 p o u v o i r m u n i c i p a l nicht ü b e r die G r e n z e n der lois r o m a i n e s ; 4 magistrats. [97-100] n d

Zu Lyonnais u. Dauphiné h a t die m o u v e m e n t révolut. des X I I u. X I I I J h h . n u r v o r ü b e r g e h e n d e A e n d e r u n g e n p r o d u c i r t , nicht c h a n g é les bases de la c o n s t i t u t i o n établie, n o c h n e u e p o u v o i r s établi, n o c h n e u e 20 libertés politiques. N a c h d e r P e r i o d e d e litige u . l u t t e a r m é e zwischen b o u r g e o i s u . seigneurs d e r s t a t u s q u o a n t e , n u r j e z t g a r a n t i r t d u r c h p a c t e m u t u e l u. c o n v e n t i o n s écrites. [100] Le Lyonnais: Lyon: d r o i t m u n i c i p a l r o m a i n n i c h t i n t e r r o m p u e ; d r o i t italique; voile franchise f. p e r s o n n e s u. biens, exception de t o u t i m p ô t 25 direct ausser den charges m u n i c i p a l e s , d r o i t de f o r m e r un c o r p s q u i se t a x e l u i - m ê m e e t a d m i n i s t r e ses deniers c o m m u n s d u r c h m a n d a t a i r e s élus, veille à sa p r o p r e sûreté d u r c h milice u r b a i n e , exerce la police des rues et la surveillance des métiers, m a i s sans a u c u n e j u r i s d i c t i o n criminelle ou civile. D i e ß verteidigt c o n t r e le p o u v o i r t e m p o r e l des arche- 30 vêques. 1208 in e i n e m traité d e r citoyens m. d e m Bischoffe: « J u r a v e r u n t cives n u l l a m c o n s p i r a t i o n e m vel j u r a m e n t u m c o m m u n i t a t i s vel consulat u s ullo u n q u a m t e m p o r e s e f a c t u r o s . » p l u s d ' u n siècle K a m p f m . d e m évêque. A m S c h l u ß nichts stipulirt als d a s A l t e . (1320) D a s r e v e n u seigneurial des a r c h e v ê q u e b e s t a n d in den péages, d r o i t s de m u t a t i o n , frais 35 de justice u. a m e n d e s . Siegten so weit blos d u r c h V e r b i n d u n g m. d e n rois d e F r a n c e , sie w u r d e n freiwillig p a r t i e d u r o y a u m e : « N o s , supplication i b u s civium L u g d u n i civitatis de r e g n o n o s t r o existentes favorabiliter a n n u e n t e s , e o s d e m cives et e o r u m singulos s u b n o s t r a speciali g a r d i a et p r o t e c t i o n e suscipimus.» ( C h a r t e de P h i l i p p e le Bel 1292.) N u n die juris- 40 diction des a r c h e v ê q u e soumise d e m a p p e l a u roi. I n dieser C o n s t i t u t i o n

564

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État nichts neues ausser d e r a t t r i b u t i o n d u d r o i t électoral a u x c o r p s d ' a r t s e t métiers. E n d e des X V I J h h . folgte die C o n s t i t u t i o n v . P a r i s i m p o s é e p a r lettres p a t e n t e s v. H e n r i I V . (1594) D i e milice u r b a i n e , gebildet, sous le n o m de p e n n o n a g e , des c o m p a g n i e s a p p a r t e n a n t c h a c u n e à l'un des 5 quartiers de la ville u. j e d e m. d e m é t e n d a r d des q u a r t i e r , d a u e r t e bis 1789. D i e C o n s t i t u t i o n v. L y o n n a c h g e a h m t v. d e n meisten S t ä d t e n u. b o u r g s des L y o n n a i s , F o r e z u. de la Bresse. I h r e C h a r t e s de franchises obtenues d u r c h concession g r a t u i t e od. à prix d ' a r g e n t , im X I I I u. X I V J h h . L e n o m b r e d e 4 , die f o n c t i o n s annuelles u . die élection directe 10 p a r le c o r p s entier des b o u r g e o i s . N a m e n der m a g i s t r a t s successivement: Syndics, P r o c u r e u r s , Conseillers, C o n s u l s , É c h e v i n s . Z . B . M o n t b r i s o n , B o u r g en Bresse. [100-107] La Bresse: (départ, de l'Ain.) sorte de filiation q u i r e m o n t e à 2 ou 3 modèles r e p r o d u i t s d e p r o c h e e n p r o c h e , m . o d . o h n e v a r i a n t e s . R e d a c 15 tion viel besser als im N o r d e n , f. diese b o u r g s , formules du d r o i t r o m a i n . [107, 108] Dauphiné: Vienne: c o n s t i t u t i o n g a l l o - r o m a i n e , basse justice a p p a r t i e n t aux m a g i s t r a t s de la ville, la h a u t e justice d e r officiers i m p é r i a u x ; t r a n s formirt sich sous l'influence du privilège de s o u v e r a i n e t é o b t e n u p a r les 20 archevêques. D i e c h a r t e , d e m Bischof a b g e r u n g e n , n u r die r e c o n n a i s sance formelle de libertés i m m é m o r i a l e s ; diese r e c o n n a i s s a n c e o h n e allen guerre civile, (zwischen 1221 u. 1266) N a m e n d e r M a g i s t r a t s erst Syndics u. P r o c u r e u r s , n a n n t e n sich C o n s u l s im X I V J h h . - Valence: sehr agité im X I I J h h . Seit M i t t e des X I I J h h . des associations j u r é e s a g a i n s t t h e t e m 25 poral p o w e r des évêque. D u r c h K a i s e r F r i e d r i c h I 1178 u. K a i s e r Philippe II 1204 dissoutes. 1199 révolte der Bürger gegen das g o u v e r n e m e n t a u t o c r a t i q u e des évêque. C o m p r o m i ß . I n m o i n s d e 2 0 J . wieder I n s u r r e k tion, zwingt den Bischof ( G u i l l a u m e de Savoie) de sortir de la ville; g o u vernement r é v o l u t i o n n a i r e ; t r a i t é de paix m. d e m Bischof in 1229; wieder 30 die a u t o c r a t i e des é v ê q u e t e m p é r é e d u r c h die franchises traditionelles. Im X I V J h h . r é d a c t i o n écrite, franchises p u r e m e n t civiles. Dieselben wie zu Vienne. Ist kein p o u v o i r m u n i c i p a l . U n t e r d e r p r o t e c t i o n des roi d e F r a n c e d e v e n u d a u p h i n du Viennois in 1425 e r h a l t e n sie des d r o i t s m o d é rés; durften r e b â t i r leur m a i s o n c o m m u n e , 80 P e r s o n e n sich v e r s a m m e l n 35 ohne E r l a u b n i ß des Bischofs u. présence de ses officiers, la g a r d e des clefs wenn der évêque a b w e s e n d , dieser u. sein N a c h f o l g e r à leur a v è n e m e n t u. tous ses officiers à leur entrée en c h a r g e , m u ß t e n s c h w ö r e n a u f die é v a n giles de g a r d e r et faire g a r d e r «les franchises, libertés, usages et c o u t u m e s de la cité, du b o u r g et des f a u b o u r g s » . C o r p s m u n i c i p a l , p e u n o m b r e u x 40 et sans a u c u n e jurisdiction, a u s Syndics u. Conseillers, c o m m u n é m e n t appelés C o n s u l s , 1 secrétaire u. 1 M a n d e u r , officier c h a r g é de faire les

565

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1 c o m m a n d e m e n t s de service p o u r la g a r d e u r b a i n e , et d'avertir les m a g i strats du j o u r où ils a u r a i e n t à tenir conseil. [108-113] Die: libertés i m m é m o r i a l e s in d e n S t ä d t e n des D a u p h i n é v. d o u b l e source, m u n i c i p a l i t é g a l l o - r o m a i n e u. m u n i c i p a l i t é gallo-franke de la 2 race. D i e ancien m u n i c i p e et seigneurie episcopale, j u r i s d i c t i o n f. die 5 N i c h t z a h l u n g d e r c o n t r i b u t i o n s m u n i c i p a l e s u . refus o u négligence d e service d a n s la g a r d e u r b a i n e , a u c h f. t o u t crime u. délit c o m m i s p a r un citoyen de g a r d e p e n d a n t ses h e u r e s de service, sauf l ' h o m i c i d e et l'adultère . . . [114] l'usage de b â t i r d a n s les villes des m a i s o n s flanquées de t o u r s était venu d'Italie avec la c o n s t i t u t i o n c o n s u l a i r e . . . l c h a r t e w o r i n die 10 libertés i m m é m o r i a l e s gesichert, d u r c h c o m p r o m i s m . d e m é v ê q u e , v . 1218; 1246 r é d a c t i o n générale der libertés u. privilèges der ville de D i e dressée u m als loi z u dienen; d a r i n d a s R e c h t v o r b e h a l t e n dieß S t a t u t z u ä n d e r n ; so d a s c o r p s de ville, fast o h n e j u r i s d i c t i o n , g e n u z t p o u v o i r législatif z u s a m m e n m. d e m évêque; fait bizarre, öfter in den m u n i c i p a l i t é s des 15 m o y e n âge. V o m E n d e des X I I I J h h . nouvelle g u e r r e civile, nouvel a c c o r d , festere B e s t ä t i g u n g der alten privileges. (1298). In Gap, placée | |64| a n c i e n n e m e n t u n t e r dasselbe d r o i t m u n i c i p a l wie D i e , Valence u. Vienne, e r w a r b sich d a s c o n s u l a t i n d e m ersten 4 des X I I I J h h . d u r c h die g r a n d m o u v e m e n t r é v o l u t i o n n a i r e . B e n u z t e n z u r R e v o l t e gegen den 20 Bischof den K r a k e h l v . F r i e d r i c h I I (Kaiser) m . d e m Saint-Siège. [117-119] (1240) I h r e ville érigée en ville [libre] i m m é d i a t e selon le d r o i t g e r m a n i q u e . 1257 schließt der v. s. seigneurie t e m p o r e l l e so abgesezte évêque B u n d m . d e m d a u p h i n , c o m t e d e V i e n n e u . d ' A l b o n , w o r i n sie sich p a r t a g è r e n t d ' a v a n c e t o u s les d r o i t s du c o n s u l a t u. die d o m a i n e supé- 25 r i e u r d e l a ville. D i e exécution s u s p e n d u e u n t e r d e m D a u p h i n G u i gues X I I . U n t e r s. N a c h f o l g e r n verzichtet die S t a d t auf t o u s les d r o i t s du r é g i m e consulaire, ü b e r t r a g e n sie der veuve d u d a u p h i n , c o m m e tutrice de ses enfants m i n e u r s . 11 D e c . 1271. Hofften so en fait die H a u p t s a c h e zu h ü t e n . Es w u r d e a u c h nichts g e ä n d e r t , n u r n o m i n e l l u n t e r d e r H e r r - 30 Schaft des d a u p h i n . D e r évêque E u d e s II en 1274 t r a i t é m. der ville, Z a h l d e r consuls v. 4 auf 5 e r h ö h t , u. jedes J a h r 1 d a v o n e r w ä h l t p a r m i les m e m b r e s d u c h a p i t r e d e l a c a t h é d r a l e . Bischof d a n n r e c o u r s a u c o m t e d e P r o v e n c e u. F o r c a l q u i e r , u n t e r d e m Versprechen i h m h o m m a g e f. die seigneurie temporelle zu m a c h e n . D e r sénéchal de p r o v e n c e acceptirte 35 d i e ß i m N a m e n des c o m t e C h a r l e s d ' A n j o u ; c e p a c t e d o r m i t bis 1281; querelle plus violente zw. d e m évêque u. d e r ville de G a p , er ins prison gesezt, reclamirt bei d e m A n j o u , d e v e n u roi des Deux-Siciles. M a c h t mit i h m traité de p a r t a g e . Prince v. Salerne, S o h n des A n j o u , m a c h t sich m. s. T r u p p e n m a î t r e v. G a p in 1282. p o u v o i r m u n i c i p a l r é d u i t a u x plus 40 strictes limites de l ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n u r b a i n e . N a c h seiner A b r e i s e wird der è m e

è r e

tel

566

Aus Augustin Thierry. Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État traité de p a r t a g e lettre m o r t e , der é v ê q u e b e m ä c h t i g t sich der g a n z e n pouvoir; l o n g u e querelle d a r ü b e r m . d e m c o m t e d e P r o v e n c e , P a b s t intervenirt sans p o u v o i r la t e r m i n e r , u. d a z u K r a k e h l m. d e r famille des c o m tes d e Vienne. E n d e des X I I I J h h . cède d e r é v ê q u e u . schließt m . d e m 5 Sohn des d a u p h i n H u m b e r t I (v. Vienne) n o u v e a u traité de p a r t a g e du d o m a i n e supérieur de la ville. T o u s les d r o i t s de p é a g e et de m a r c h é , perçus autrefois p a r les consuls, la j u r i s d i c t i o n à t o u s ses degrés sur u n e partie de la banlieue, et, au d e d a n s des m u r s , u n e moitié der j u r i s d i c t i o n civile, d o n n é s au c o m t e ; d e m é v ê q u e die h a u t e justice criminelle, le d r o i t 10 d ' o r d o n n a n c e et de p r o c l a m a t i o n , la g a r d e des clefs et t o u t e la police de la ville. D e m Capitel eine i n d e m n i t é f. s. einen consul. J e d e getheilte seigneurie c o n c e n t r i r t e sich in d e n H ä n d e n des A n w e s e n d e n d e r 2 seigneurs u. w u r d e n o m i n e l l f. d e n a n d r e n . D i e ß c h a n g e m e n t in G a p statt in j J h h . F a n d sich so wieder auf d e r seule d o m i n a t i o n des évêque. S t a d t 15 verlangte n u n wenigstens ihr uraltes d r o i t m u n i c i p a l . N e u e t r o u b l e s . Arbitres d a z w i s c h e n , 1378, z w a n g e n i h n die alten c o u t u m e s schriftlich abzufassen u. als loi f. sich u. successeurs a n z u e r k e n n e n . (1378); a b e r die élections faites p a r la ville b e d ü r f e n der B e s t ä t i g u n g des j u g e episcopal u. das c o m m a n d e m e n t de service f. die g a r d e u r b a i n e d e n officiers de l'évê20 que. [122-129] Embrun: d a s régime c o n s u l a i r e v o l l s t ä n d i g A n f a n g des X I I I J h h . Verlor es wieder in d e n guerres m a l h e u r e u s e s c o n t r e die 2 seigneurs, d a u p h i n u . archevêque; (1257 d a s c o n s u l a t aboli.) n u n n u r n o c h c o r p s d e ville ohne j u r i d i c t i o n u. s o u m i s d a n s t o u s ses actes a u x officiers seigneuriaux. 25 Indeß die v a n i t é m u n i c i p a l e genügte d e n N a m e n c o n s u l a t zu i n t r o d u i r e , selbst da wo es nicht reell einen Tag existirte. les b o u r g s de la P r o v e n c e et du L a n g u e d o c t e n a i e n t à h o n n e u r d'être autorisés légalement à c h a n g e r le n o m de leurs Syndics en celui de C o n s u l s ; des d e m a n d e s à cet effet bis ins X V I I I J h h . So in Grenoble die ville la m o i n s libre des vieilles cités du 30 D a u p h i n é . [130,131] Die S t ä d t e des L y o n n a i s u. des D a u p h i n é e r l ä u t e r n die ältere Geschichte der fzs. S t ä d t e ü b e r h a u p t . I h r e s t a t u t s u. c h a r t e s de privilèges die einzigen a u t h e n t i s c h e n P r o b e n u . m o n u m e n t s d ' u n d r o i t m u n i c i p a l antérieur der r é n o v a t i o n des X I I siècle, liberté des p e r s o n n e s et des biens 35 vor der r é v o l u t i o n m u n i c i p a l e des X I I J h h . le d r o i t des cités m é t r o p o l i taines ou episcopales de la F r a n c e . [132,133] César Balbo: O p u s c o l i per servire alla s t o r i a delle città e dei c o m m u n i d'Italia. Turin. 1838. l'établissement de m a g i s t r a t s n o m m é s consuls et investis de l'univer40 salite des p o u v o i r s publics m i t fin, d a n s les villes italiennes, à la seigneurie exercée p a r les évêques à titre de feudataires i m p é r i a u x . Dieses d e r C h a l

2

567

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1 racter simple et un dieser r é v o l u t i o n q u a n d elle d é b o r d a sur la G a u l e . Hier die effets variirt. F e u d a l i t ä t h e r r s c h t e voll in Gallien, die m u n i c i p e s s o u m i s à différentes sortes de seigneurie, die einen u n t e r é v ê q u e , die a n d ren u n t e r m e h r o d . m i n d e r puissantes familles, a n d r e u n t e r 2 o d . 3 seig n e u r s p a r t a g é e . I n Gallia m é r i d i o n a l e d a h e r d a s c o n s u l a t n i c h t n u r a u x 5 prises m . d e m p o u v o i r t e m p o r e l des évêques, s o n d e r n b a l d m . diesem p o u v o i r , b a l d m . d e m d e r seigneurs laïques. M a n c h m a l d u r c h d e n é v ê q u e begünstigt. I m N o r d e n , w o die alte r ö m i s c h e liberté weniger conservirt, die c o m m u n e j u r é e d o p p e l t e n Zweck, f o n d a t i o n d e libertés politiques p o u r des h o m m e s déjà civilement libres u. affranchissement p o u r des 10 h o m m e s à d e m i serfs ou en plein servage. So die r é v o l u t i o n c o m m u n a l e , l'un des résultats d e l ' é b r a n l e m e n t p r o d u i t p a r l a lutte d e l a p a p a u t é c o n t r e l ' E m p i r e , t o u t e p o l i t i q u e en Italie; in F r a n c e à la fois p o l i t i q u e et civile. [133, 134]

formules du droit municipal de St. Quentin:

15

« E u x j u r è r e n t e n s e m e n t chescun q u e m u n e a y d e à s o n j u r é e t q u e m u n conseil e t q u e m u n e d é t e n a n c h e e t q u e m u n e deffense. E n s e m e n t n o u s a v o n s establi q u e q u i c o n q u e e n n o t r e q u e m u n e e n t r e r a e t a y d e d u sien n o u s d o n r a , soit p o u r cause d e fuite o u d e p a o u r des a n e m i s o u d e a u t r e forfait, m a i s qu'il ne soit a c c o u s t u m é , à mauvestiés en le q u e m u n e entrer 20 p o r r a , c a r la p o r t e est o u v e r t e à t o u s ; et se s o n seigneur à t o r t ses choses a u r a d é t e n u , et ne le v o u d r a détenir à droit, n o u s en e x é c u t e r o n s justice. Et se il estait ainsi q u e le seigneur de la q u e m u n e eust d e d e n s le b o u r c ou d e d e n s la ville a u c u n e forteresche, et voulist m e t t r e w a r d e s d e d e n s , il y m e t t r a i t w a r d e s q u i seraient de le q u e m u n e p a r la v o l e n t e et p a r l'octroy 25 du m a i r e et des eskevins, car a u t r e s p o u r la d e s t r u c t i o n des b o u r g o i s m e t t r e n e p o r r a i t . Les b o u r g o i s d e S t . - Q u e n t i n n e d o i v e n t nulle a y d e e n nulle m a n i è r e à leur seigneur, ne se a s s e m b l e n t p o u r faire li taille, m a i s se a u c u n li veult d o n n e r de son gré c o m m e requis du seigneur, selon son plaisir il li d o n r a . » [135,136] 30

568

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État

Second fragment. Monographie de la constitution communale d'Amiens. I.

Prolégomènes;

temps antérieurs au

XII siècle.

A m i e n s « Samarobriva» z u r Zeit wo C ä s a r Gallien e r o b e r t e ; C a p i t a l e d e r 5 A m b i a n i , einer d e r Tribus d e r Beiges. 57 a. C h . liefern die A m b i a n t d e r belgischen A r m e e gegen C ä s a r 10,000 h o m m e s . C ä s a r siegt. A plusieurs reprises, des légions furent c a n t o n n é e s à S a m a r o b r i v a . In 10 J. G a l l i e n durch die R ö m e r e r o b e r t . A u g u s t zählt Gallien u n t e r ses divisions a d m i nistratives. S a m a r o b r i v a e r h ä l t d a s régime m u n i c i p a l r o m a i n , h a t t e u n 10 corps de m a g i s t r a t u r e u. d ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n u r b a i n e , u. C u r i e c h a r g é e du soin de la police et des affaires locales, et investie d a n s certains cas p r é v u s e t d é t e r m i n é s p a r l ' a u t o r i t é s o u v e r a i n e , d u d r o i t d e justice e t d e l'application des lois. [137,138] P r o s p e r i r t u n t e r d e n R ö m e r n . I m I V J h . « A m b i a n i u r b s , inter alias e m i n e n s » . H i e ß : S a m a r o b r i v a A m b i a n o r u m . 15 Erster N a m e verschwindet in d e n b a s t e m p s de l'empire; bleibt A m b i a n i f. die ville, n a c h h e r der b a r b a r i s m e A m b i a n u s , w o r a u s A m i e n s . E n d e des III J h h . C h r i s t e n t h u m u. ein Bischoff zu A m i e n s . Z w . 260 u. 303 St. F i r minus. 406 A l a i n s , Suèves, Vandales, B u r g o n d e s , e n v a h i r e n t l a G a u l e . Amiens a u c h zu leiden v. den d é v a s t a t i o n s des B a r b a r e s . B e h a u p t e t , 20 however, n o c h 437 r a n g distingué u n t e r d e n ||60| villes soumises à la d o m i n a t i o n r o m a i n e . Seit 428 h a t t e n die F r a n k s u n t e r C h l o d i o I n c u r s i o n s j u s q u ' à l a S o m m e g e m a c h t , a b e r r e p o u s s é s p a r Aétius. E n d e des V J h h . Amiens s o u m i s a u x F r a n c s ; 486, d u r c h C h l o d o w i g , roi des F r a n k s Sailens, Schlacht bei Soissons gegen Siagrius, lezter R ö m e r der in Theil v. 25 Gallien geherrscht. N u n , d u r c h die dissolution de l'empire, n e h m e n die magistrats m u n i c i p a u x v. A m i e n s u. a u t r e s villes de la G a u l e a u t o r i t é die nie v o r h e r . D i e m e m b r e s d e r curie g a r d è r e n t leurs anciennes a t t r i b u t i o n s , mais en m ê m e t e m p s ils r e m p l i r e n t certaines f o n c t i o n s q u e la retraite des officiers i m p é r i a u x laissait v a c a n t e s , u. exercèrent d a n s u n e é t e n d u e p l u s 30 ou m o i n s g r a n d e die j u r i d i c t i o n criminelle u. die j u r i d i c t i o n c o n t e n t i e u s e ou des t r i b u n a u x civils. A b e r a u c h der c a d r e de l'ancienne C u r i e brisé, das c o r p s m u n i c i p a l se f o r m a de t o u s les citoyens n o t a b l e s u. die clercs y entrèrent wie die laïques. D e r é v ê q u e intervint d i r e c t e m e n t d a n s le g o u vernement e t l ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n d e l a ville. H a t t e j u s q u e - l à n u r a s c e n d a n t 35 m o r a l g e h a b t , La loi r o m a i n e lui a c c o r d a i t à ce titre u n e sorte de justice de paix: le d r o i t d ' a r r a n g e r les différends et de t e r m i n e r les p r o c è s qui lui étaient s o u m i s . [139-143] N u n wieder m e m b r e u . président d u c o r p s

569

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1 m u n i c i p a l . W u r d e a b e r a u c h Bischoff d u r c h élection p o p u l a i r e . D i e rois m é r o v i n g i e n s etablirten in j e d e r wichtigen S t a d t des h o m m e s a u x q u e l s ils déléguèrent leur a u t o r i t é - comtes, h a u t e s fonctions de j u g e s u. d ' a d m i n i s t r a t e u r s civils et militaires. D a n e b e n also la Curie, le Défenseur, u. d e r évêque. [144,145] In d e r S t a d t der séjour des familles g a l l o - r o m a i n e s , les 5 n o t a b l e s c o n v o q u é s p a r le c o m t e p o u r j u g e r s o u s sa présidence au civil et au criminel, c'était la C u r i e elle-même. So d a s a g r a n d i s s e m e n t der j u r i diction m u n i c i p a l e s a n c t i o n n é u. régularisé d u r c h die i n s t i t u t i o n g e r m a n i q u e d u M a l o u d e l'assemblée judiciaire. D i e m a g i s t r a t u r e u r b a i n e behielt a u s s e r d e m in der p é r i o d e m é r o v i n g i e n n e l ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n inté- 10 rieure u. locale; elle exerçait la j u r i d i c t i o n v o l o n t a i r e , et les actes de cette j u r i d i c t i o n , affranchissements, a d o p t i o n s , légitimations, d o n a t i o n s , traditions d e biens v e n d u s , réceptions d e t e s t a m e n t s etc . . . R a c h i m b u r g i i ( R e k i n - b u r g h e ) . . . j u g e a i e n t sur le fait et sur le d r o i t ; le c o m t e ne faisait q u e recueillir les o p i n i o n s et s a n c t i o n n e r le j u g e m e n t . . . [146, 147] Oft die 15 c o m t e s francs e n t r a v è r e n t d u r c h actes d ' u n e b r u t a l e violence l'action légale de la justice o d . die rois francs i m p o s a i e n t a u x villes des évêques n o m m é s p a r eux etc. E n général, i n A m i e n s u . d e n a n d e r e n S t ä d t e n , u n t e r d e n M e r o v i n g e r n , in ihrer p l é n i t u d e die diverses p r é r o g a t i v e s de l'ancien d r o i t m u n i c i p a l . U n t e r d e n mérovingiens u. carolingiens, A m i e n s eine der 20 reichsten u . b l ü h e n d s t e n S t ä d t e Galliens. C o m m e r c e auf der S o m m e , w o v o n es der e n t r e p ô t . U n t e r C h a r l e m a g n e u. n o c h s p ä t e r fast t o u t le c o m m e r c e d ' i m p o r t a t i o n d a n s les c o n t r é e s n o r d - o u e s t de la GauleA m i e n s , R o u e n , l e p o r t d ' É t a p l e s e n B o u l o n n a i s (l'ancien P o r t u s Icius), U t r e c h t , P o n t - S t . - M a x e n c e , Paris, Troyes, et Sens. S o u s les 2 premières 25 races, c o m m e à l ' é p o q u e de la d o m i n a t i o n r o m a i n e , il y eut à A m i e n s un atelier d e m o n n a y a g e . [148,149] V o n V I I - X J h h . k e i n m o n u m e n t relatif à l ' o r g a n i s a t i o n m u n i c i p a l e d ' A m i e n s . l'Institution du Scabinat (Scabini, Scabinei v o m d e u t s c h e n S k a p e n e o d . Skafene) geschaffen v. C h a r l e m a g n e , véritable c o r p s d é j u g e s . Diese j u g e s g e w ä h l t d u r c h d e n c o m t e du 30 lieu, die missi dominici, u. d a s p e u p l e . U n t e r diesem W o r t zu verstehn auf d e m p l a t p a y s die h o m m e s libres selon le d r o i t g e r m a n i q u e , in d e n Städten die généralité des citoyens n a c h d e m d r o i t m u n i c i p a l r o m a i n . D a d u r c h r é v o l u t i o n i n d e m ancien régime m u n i c i p a l . [150,151] A b e r d e fait die juges gewählt u n t e r d e n alten G e r a n t e n d e r affaires de la cité. 35 D a h e r Eskevins u. Eschevins Sinn v. a d m i n i s t r a t e u r s u. j u g e s . I n v a s i o n s der N o r d m a n s z u A m i e n s jährlich v . 8 5 9 - 9 2 6 . A n d r e r s e i t s guerres des seigneurs, qui se d i s p u t e n t ses murailles et son territoire. In d e r M i t t e des X J h h . existirt n o c h f. die citoyens le d r o i t de p r e n d r e p a r t a u x élections episcopales, l'un des privilèges d é r i v a n t de l e u r vieille c o n s t i t u t i o n 40 r o m a i n e . [152] A u c h w ä h r e n d des g a n z e n X I J h h . ü b e n die v . A m i e n s

570

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État

dieß R e c h t a u s u . n o c h i m X I I J h h . , w e n n ihre M u n i c i p a l r e v o l u t i o n . D a s R e c h t die Scabins einzusetzen u s u r p i r t e n g a n z die c o m t e s , w i r d l'une des bases de la s o u v e r a i n e t é locale qu'ils s ' a r r o g è r e n t . In d e n cités l a n g e r Streit d e ß w e g e n zwischen d e r puissance seigneuriale u. d e r c o r p o r a t i o n 5 urbaine, die u n t e r v e r s c h i e d n e n n o m s u. m. différents degrés de p o u v o i r administratif u . j u d i c i a i r e der C u r i e d e r r ö m . Z e i t e n gefolgt w a r . Alle Städte Galliens u n t e r l a g e n i n diesem lutte, q u o i q u e d ' u n e f a ç o n trèsinégale - X u. XI J h h . , p é r i o d e de d é c a d e n c e et de ruine p o u r les institutions m u n i c i p a l e s : d i s s o l u t i o n d u c o r p s des É c h e v i n s , r e m p l a c é s d u r c h 10 die v a s s a u x du c o m t e , p a i r s de la c o u r seigneuriale, l ' i n f é o d a t i o n des offices soit judiciaires, soit administratifs. D a m i t o u b l i des t r a d i t i o n s de l a vie civile, i n v a s i o n des m o e u r s e t c o u t u m e s b a r b a r e s . I m X I J h h . p o i n t extrême d e c e m o u v e m e n t d e d i s s o l u t i o n d e t o u t o r d r e c i v i l . . . l a Trêve e t la Paix de D i e u p r o k l a m i r t d u r c h die évêques a s s e m b l é s en conciles n a t i o 15 n a u x ou p r o v i n c i a u x . A e h n l i c h e Versuche a u f kleinerer Stufenleiter, u. associations sous le s e r m e n t p o u r le m a i n t i e n de la p a i x p u b l i q u e se formèrent d a n s d e petits p a y s o u d e simples villes. U m 1025 vereinigen sich die E i n w o h n e r ν . A m i e n s u . C o r b i e p a r u n p a c t e d e p a i x r é c i p r o q u e n i c h t n u r zwischen d e n b e i d e n S t ä d t e n s o n d e r n allen P e r s o n e n , domiciliées 20 dans leur enceinte et sur leur territoire. P r i n c i p e : l ' a s s o c i a t i o n j u r é e , u n t e r dem N a m e n Gilde ν . D e u t s c h l a n d n a c h G a l l i e n g e b r a c h t u . conservirt i n allen P r o v i n z e n , bes. i m N o r d e n , n a c h der M i s c h u n g der R a c e n ; die bei­ den S t ä d t e vereinigten sich u n t e r A n r u f u n g d e r Heiligen, d e r e n R e l i q u i e n sie besassen. [153-156] Jedes J a h r r é u n i o n s z u A m i e n s u n j o u r d e g r a n d e 25 fête, F r i e d e n f. alle Tage der W o c h e , der v o e u d u r c h Eid bestätigt. K e i n e 2 I n d i v i d u e n , die Streit, p l ü n d e r n o d . b r e n n e n , s o n d e r n en t e r m e fixe in die K i r c h e k o m m e n p l ä d i r e n friedlich v. c o m t e u. évêque. A l'octave des R o g a t i o n s ihre assemblée a n n u e l l e ; religiöser C h a r a k t e r d e r I n s t i t u t i o n s'effaça p a r degrés, w u r d e p u r e m e n t p o l i t i q u e , les reliques des saints 30 furent négligées, et au lieu de p r o c e s s i o n s et de prières, am Tag deigrande assemblée, des divertissements et des d a n s e s . D i e m o i n e s v. C o r bie u . A m i e n s n e h m e n k e i n e n Theil m e h r d a r a n , a b e r der p a i x d a u e r t e fort. D u r c h die féodalité u n p a r t a g e d e d o m a i n e s t e r r i t o r i a u x d e t o u t e n a t u r e e t d e t o u t e d i m e n s i o n , j e d e m u n lot p l u s o u m o i n s g r a n d d e s o u 35 veraineté et de j u r i d i c t i o n . In A m i e n s d a h e r die seigneurie du c o m t e sur la ville et sa banlieue; die des é v ê q u e , obgleich er seigneur d o m i n a n t , restreinte a u x d o m a i n e s p r o p r e s d e l'église i n n e r u . a u s s e r h a l b d e r S t a d t . D o c h heißt d e r Bischoff v . Zeit z u Zeit i n d e n D o c u m e n t e n P r o c u r a t o r rei publicae A m b i a n e n s i s , Titel a u s der f r ü h e r e n C o n s t , m u n i c i p a l e . 40 [157-159] die b â t i m e n t s u. d é p e n d a n c e s d e r alten citadelle, n o m m é e le Castillon, m. d e n t e r r a i n s die s. m u r s b e g r e n z t e n bis an die S o m m e ,

571

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

w a r e n d u d o m a i n e d u r o i u . n i c h t des c o m t e ; erblich t e n u s , sous c o n d i t i o n d e foi e t d ' h o m m a g e , d u r c h u n châtelain, d e r u n e c e r t a i n e j u r i d i c t i o n i n diesen limites, n a c h d e m c o m t e , d e m é v ê q u e u . v i d a m e o d . l i e u t e n a n t civil de l'évêque, einer d e r seigneurs od. « p r i n c e de la cité». [160] N e b e n diesem p a r t a g e territorial, g a b es, wie u n t e r d e n R ö m e r n u . u n t e r d e n 2 ersten R a c e n (der 2 i m A n f a n g ) biens c o m m u n a u x ? I m X I J h h . z u A m i e n s n o c h u n e sorte d e conseil m u n i c i p a l . M a n f i n d e t n o c h k r a k e h lend m . d e m C o m t e od. v a l i d a n t p a r leur p r é s e n c e les d o n a t i o n s e t les c o n t r a t s des « P r i n c i p a u x de la ville P r i m o r e s u r b i s - viri a u t h e n t i c ! h a b e n tes in plebe p o n d u s testimonii». Charte v. 1091 ... n a c h i h r d a s S c a b i n a t carolingien ersezt d u r c h die c o u r féodale des c o m t e , 2 clergé u. p e u p l e v. A m i e n s s'unissaient p o u r r é c l a m e r u. p r o t e s t e r c o n t r e les a b u s du p o u v o i r , les fraudes et les e x t o r s i o n s des j u g e s seigneuriaux. J u r i d i c t i o n des c o m t e a u s g e ü b t d u r c h Z a h l v. Vasallen, q u i à titre d ' h o m m a g e p o u r leurs fiefs, lui devaient le service judiciaire u. militaire. In der S t a d t u . a u f d e m terre. Hiessen vicomtes. D i e s e c h a r t e gegen die p r é v a rications d e r j u g e s . [161,162] Gerichtliche G a r a n t i e n . N i c h t s m e h r entgegen d e n t r a d i t i o n s der villes als die justice, à ses différents degrés, p r o priété privée u . des r e v e n u s p a t r i m o n i a u x , l ' a c t i o n d e vol i n t e n t é e sans p a r t i e p l a i g n a n t e , u. die a c c u s a t i o n s a n s t é m o i n p o u r u n e p r é t e n d u e t r o u vaille d e choses enfouies o u sans m a î t r e , n a c h d e m d r o i t féodal d e m seigneur gehörig, w a r e n tägliche E r p r e s s u n g s m i t t e l i n A m i e n s . D e r accusé entlassen v. 1 v i c o m t e fiel d e m a n d r e n in die H ä n d e ; A n g e k l a g t e z a h l t e so viel a m e n d e s als vicomtes in d e r ville o d . c a n t o n ; endlich, d a s objet du vol réel o d . p r é t e n d u confisqué p a r les j u g e s . H e i ß t in der c h a r t e : « A t t e n d e n t e s q u a m miserabiliter plebs D e i , i n c o m i t a t u A m b i a n e n s i , a v i c e c o m i t i b u s novis e t i n a u d i t i s c a l a m i t a t i b u s affhgebatur, q u a s i p o p u l u s Israel o p p r e s s u s i n E g y p t o a b e x a c t o r i b u s P h a r a o n i s , zelo C a r i t a t i s perm o t i c o n d o l u i m u s . » W o h l w o l l e n einzelnes S e i g n e u r h a l f j e d o c h nichts gegen die institutions. R e v o l u t i o n n ö t h i g . G e m a c h t in A m i e n s '/4 J h h . n a c h der c h a r t e ν. 1091, erlassen ν. d e n c o m t e s G u i et Ives. | [164-166]

5

t e n

10

t e n s

1591 II. XII Siècle. Établissement de la commune

15

20

25

30

d'Amiens.

b u t der R e v o l u t i o n i m X I I J h h . : die alte M u n i c i p a l o r d n u n g herstellen u . fixer p a r u n e nouvelle c o n s t i t u t i o n ; ressaisir le d r o i t de j u r i d i c t i o n 35 u r b a i n e , et s u b s t i t u e r a u x offices f é o d a u x des m a g i s t r a t u r e s électives; r e c o n q u é r i r die revenus der alten m u n i c i p a l i t é s , ihre biens c o m m u n a u x , sa b a n l i e u e ; ériger l'universalité des citoyens en c o r p o r a t i o n libre investie

572

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État des droits politiques et a y a n t le p o u v o i r de déléguer les f o n c t i o n s a d m i nistratives et judiciaires. In d e n n o r d i s c h e n S t ä d t e n Galliens M i t t e l : l'association j u r é e , die G h i l d e , zu stiften a s s u r a n c e m u t u e l l e f. t o u s les d r o i t s u . intérêts. [166-168] I n d e n d o c u m e n t s « C o n j u r a t i o n » u . « C o m m u n e » . 5 «.Communio, n o v u m ac p e s s i m u m n o m e n . » ( G u i b e r t , a b b a t , de N o v i gento, de vita sua, lib. I I I , a p . Script, rer. gallic, et f r a n c i c , t. X I I , p. 250) A u c h « c o m m u n i a j u r a t a » . D i e m e m b r e s der cités formées e n c o m m u n e , hiessen collectivement u. l ' u n à l'égard de l ' a u t r e des Jurés, m a n c h m a l auch so die m a g i s t r a t s m u n i c i p a u x , wegen des s e r m e n t particulier gelei10 stet n a c h ihrer W a h l . D i e C o n s t i t u t i o n c o m m u n a l e u m s c h l o ß : 1) d r o i t politique: neues R e c h t , n u r die titres d'offices conservés ou rétablis, wie Échevins u. M a i r e s . M a i r e e m p r u n t é à l ' o r g a n i s a t i o n des g r a n d e s d o maines sous la p r e m i è r e et la seconde race. [169] 2) le d r o i t civil, ancien droit fondé sur la c o u t u m e locale; 3) d r o i t criminel, theils ait, theils 15 erneuert in Bezug auf n e u e Verbrechen, wie crime de lèse-commune. V o n 1100-1112 die C o m m u n e s j u r é e s successivement z u N o y o n , B e a u v a i s , St. Q u e n t i n , L a o n . Z u L a o n d e r é v ê q u e allein seigneur, die a b o l i t i o n g r a duelle des anciens p o u v o i r s m u n i c i p a u x a v a i t eu lieu à s o n profit et sous son n o m . G e g e n ihn die r é v o l u t i o n , g u e r r e civile etc. [170] l'évêque t u é 20 dans u n e é m e u t e , u. die b o u r g e o i s révoltés se défendirent c o n t r e le roi en personne. D u r c h A n s t e c k u n g , 1113, a u p l u s fort d e l a r é v o l u t i o n d e Laon, u n t e r n e h m e n die b o u r g e o i s v. A m i e n s d'ériger leur cité en c o m m u n e . [171] D i e c o m m u n e v. A m i e n s c o n j u r a t i o n gegen d e n c o m t e ; 1113 dieser E n g u e r r a n d de Boves, seigneur de C o u c y ; Geoffroy (St.) évêque. 25 Neigte zur p a r t i de la bourgeoisie, da er selbst v. d e m c o m t e b e e i n t r ä c h tigt. [172] D u r c h son entremise negociirten die b o u r g e o i s m. d e m r o i , erhilten f. G e l d v. L o u i s - l e - G r o s l ' a p p r o b a t i o n der n e u e n C o m m u n e u. ihrer m a g i s t r a t s . A u f d e r einen Seite also die c o m m u n e , l'évêque, die officiers r o y a u x u. der v i d a m e d e r église episcopale; a u f der a n d r e n c o m t e 30 E n g u e r r a n d de Boves, zuerst allein, d a n n m. d e m châtelain, der, obgleich königlich i h m C h a t i l l o n öffnete. [173] Diese R e v o l u t i o n erzählt v. G u i bert, a b b é de N o g e n t . E n g u e r r a n d greift die b o u r g e o i s m. Waffengewalt an. Chassé de la ville, schlißt er sich in d e r F e s t u n g ein. ( C h a t i l l o n ) [174] Guerre civile v. 3 a n s . D i e b o u r g e o i s w ä h r e n d des g a n z e n guerre u n t e r 35 stüzt v. den forces des évêque u. v i d a m e u. im A n f a n g selbst v. S o h n des Enguerrand, p e r h a p s t h e m o s t cruel b a r o n o f t h e X I I c e n t u r y . T h o m a s söhnt sich m. s. Vater a u s . [175] D i e Belagerten des C h a t i l l o n ergreifen die offensive, pillage, m a s s a c r e , incendie, d é c o u r a g e m e n t d e r b o u r g e o i s u. bes. des clergé. Geoffroy, harcelé, 1114 e n t s a g t d e m Bischofssitz, geht 40 ins Kloster zu C l u n y . [176] K e h r t z u r l'injonction des a r c h e v ê q u e z u r ü c k , Anfang 1115. D i e ville b e s t ä n d i g v. der G a r n i s o n d e r forteresse a n g e -

573

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1 griffen, m a n schlägt sich de rue en rue, b o u r g e o i s v e r b a r r i k a d i r e n ihre m a i s o n s , t r a g e n d a s K o s t b a r s t e in die m o n a s t è r e s voisins. Alle terres des é v ê q u e u. chapitres occupées d u r c h die gens des T h o m a s . C o n s u l t i r t sich (der évêque) m. Bischoff Ives v. C h a r t r e s . Dieser selbst schreibt au roi, L o u i s - l e - G r o s . Dieser m a r s c h i r t auf L a o n , züchtigt d o r t die B ü r g e r , d a n n 5 auf A m i e n s ; [177,178] tritt auf als m a i n t e n a n t la p a i x p u b l i q u e , défenseur des faibles et p r o t e c t e u r des églises. 1115 k ö m m t d a s H e e r des roi an die T h o r e v . A m i e n s . Bischoff e n t z ü n d e t roi d u r c h Predigt. N ä c h s t e n Tag B e l a g e r u n g s m a s c h i n e n gen d a s Castillon. K ö n i g l i c h e T r u p p e n u. b o u r geois m a c h e n a s s a u t , angeführt v. L o u i s in P e r s o n ; [179,180] forteresse 10 widersteht, roi selbst d u r c h flèche an der B r u s t v e r w u n d e t . Verwandelt d e n siège e n blocus. D u r c h famine z u n e h m e n beschlossen, b l o c u s d a u e r t près de 2 a n s ; e r g a b sich 1117 d e n officiers r o y a u x ; t o u r etc geschleift p a r o r d r e d u roi; d e r châtelain A d a m behielt sein f i e f , a b e r n u r ü b e r T r ü m m e r , E n g u e r r a n d abgesezt, alte Grafenfamilie des R a o u l wieder ein- 15 gesezt. Diese famille m a c h t C o m p r o m i s s , p o u v o i r getheilt zwischen seigneurie u. cité. Geoffroy f 1116. [181,182] l ' A r t , d e r c h a r t e : « U n u s q u i s q u e j u r a t o suo f i d e m , auxilium, c o n s i l i u m q u e p e r o m n i a j u s t e observab i t . » 1117 der p a c t e zwischen der neueingesezten famille u. der cité l ' c h a r t e v. A m i e n s ; hier s o u v e r a i n e t é u r b a i n e règle, p o u v o i r seigneurial 20 exception. Im m o y e n âge la h a u t e j u r i d i c t i o n l ' a t t r i b u t essentiel de la souveraineté. D i e des c o m t e ging g a n z a u f die C o m m u n e ü b e r , ausgen o m m e n assistance d ' u n p r é v ô t , qui faisait les s o m m a t i o n s , instruisait d'office, veillait a u x j u g e m e n t s , m a i s ne j u g e a i t p a s , et sauf réserve d ' u n e p a r t d a n s le p r o d u i t des a m e n d e s , saisies et confiscations judiciaires. Die 25 j u r i d i c t i o n des évêque u. c h a p i t r e e r h a l t e n d a n s leur ancien ressort; die des v i d a m e u n d châtelain n u r conservirt as to die profits pécuniaires. [183,184] Les d r o i t s de cens, de travers et a u t r e s , les m o u l i n s et les fours b a n a u x restèrent e n l a possession d u seigneur e n titre sur c h a q u e p o r t i o n du territoire c o m m u n a l , C o m m u n e m u ß t e sie s p ä t e r e r h a l t e n d u r c h 30 A n k a u f v . c h a q u e titulaire o d . d u r c h Cession. C o m m u n e g a b ihr p o u v o i r législatif, a d m i n i s t r a t i f u. judiciaire, j ä h r l i c h e r w ä h l t e n m a g i s t r a t s , chef « M a y e u r » , m e m b r e s Échevin o d . Échevin e t P r é v ô t . [185] D e r z u m maire o d . Échevin E r w ä h l t e m u ß t e s . A m t a n n e h m e n u n t e r Strafe des bannissement - w a r im d r o i t r o m a i n die offices m u n i c i p a u x u n e c h a r g e obli- 35 g a t o i r e . D a s échevinage wie die alte C u r i e régissait die p r o p r i é t é s c o m m u n e s u. gérait die finances der cité, police u r b a i n e , g a b A u t h e n t i c i t é aux actes de t o u t genre, in s. S c h o ß t r i b u n a l f. die infraction gegen Polizei- u. M u n i c i p a l r e g u l a t i o n s ; a b e r d a r ü b e r h i n a u s , J u r i d i c t i o n civile u. criminelle, k o n n t e n modificiren das d r o i t c o m m u n d u r c h décrets o d . juris- 40 p r u d e n c e ; sie g a b e n endlich ihre actes m. d e m sceau d e r C o m m u n e . 1190,

574

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État philippe-August, p o r t a n t concession o d . vielmehr C o n f i r m a t i o n de leur C o m m u n e . [186, 187] A u s s e r d e m h a b e n wir: C h a r t e der C o m m u n e v. Abbeville d o n n é e p a r J e a n c o m t e de P o n t h i e u , 1184 « s e c u n d u m j u r a et consuetudines C o m m u n i e A m b i a n i s vel C o r b e i e vel Sancti Q u i n t i n i » . 5 « A d hec si forte inter me et dictos b u r g e n s e s m e o s , q u e r e l a emerserit, q u e per h o c s c r i p t u m n e q u e a t t e r m i n a r i , p e r c o m m u n i a m St. Q u i n t i n i , vel Corbeie, or A m b i a n i s t e r m i n a t a fuerit.» 15 der A r t i k e l 1-7, 9 - 1 1 , 1 4 - 1 6 , 20 u. 44 wörtlich der C h a r t e v. A m i e n s e n t l e h n t . [188-190]

III. 10

Articles primitifs et Principales Dispositions de la Charte Communale d'Amiens.

Art. 2 D i e b , der ergriffen, d e m p r e p ó s i t o n o s t r o ausgeliefert, et q u i d q u i d de eo agendum judicio communionis judicabitur, ei fiet. D e m Reclamanten das G e s t o h l n e z u r ü c k z u g e b e n , r e l i q u a in u s u s n o s t r o s c o n v e r t e n t u r . Art. 3 N u l l u s a l i q u e m i n t e r c o m m u n i a m i p s a m c o m m o r a n t e m , vel m e r 15 catores ad u r b e m c u m m e r c i b u s venientes, infra b a n l e u c a m civitatis disturbare p r é s u m â t . Q u o d si quis fecerit, faciat c o m m u n i a de e o , ut de c o m m u n i e v i o l a t o r e , si e u m c o m p r e h e n d e r e p o t e r i t , vel aliquid de s u o , justifiant faceré. Art. 4 ü b e r W e g n e h m e n v. S a c h e n d u r c h einen j u r a t u s gegen j u r a t u s ; [191,192] Art. 5. W e n n der E n t w e n d e r kein j u r a t u s u. a u s 20 serhalb der C o m m u n e lebt. Art. 6 V e r w u n d u n g e n m. der F a u s t u. Art. 7 m. Waffen u n t e r ||58| j u r a t i . [193] Art. 9 V e r w u n d u n g e n zugefügt d u r c h non j u r a t u s . Art. 10 Verbalinjurien zwischen j u r a t i . Art. 11 Verbalinjurien gegen die C o m m u n i a u. audiencia. [194] Art. 14. Q u i , c l a m o r e facto de adversario s u o , per p r e p o s i t u m e t m a j o r e m e t judices c o m m u n i e j u s t i t i a m 25 prosequi n o n poterit, si p o s t e a a d v e r s u s e u m aliquid fecerit, ilium r a t i o nabiliter c o m m u n i a conveniet, ejusque a u d i t a r a t i o n e , q u i d i n d e p o s t e a a g e n d u m sit, j u d i c a b i t . Art. 15 Wer citirt j u s t i t i a m et j u d i c i u m c o m m u n i e subterfugerit, sein H a u s niedergerissen, expulsé etc. Art. 16 Wer einen hostem c o m m u n i e i n d o m o sua scienter receperit, eique v e n d e n d o e t 30 emendo et e d e n d o et b i b e n d o vel a l i q u o d s o l a c i u m i m p e n d e n d o c o m municaverit, a u t c o n s i l i u m a u t a u x i l i u m a d v e r s u s c o m m u n i a m dederit, reus c o m m u n i e efficietur, et, nisi j u d i c i o c o m m u n i e cito satisfecerit, d o m u m illius, si poterit, c o m m u n i a p r o s t e r n e t etc. Art. 20 Q u i j u d i c e s c o m m u n i e de falsitate judicii c o m p r o b a r e voluerit, nisi, ut j u s t u m est, 35 c o m p r o b a r e p o t u e r i t , in m i s e r i c o r d i a est et majoris et s c a b i n o r u m , de omni eo q u o d h a b e t . Art. 44 Si c o n v e n t i o a l i q u a facta fuerit a n t e d u o s vel plures scabinos, de c o n v e n t i o n e illa a m p l i u s n o n surget c a m p u s vel duellum, si scabini qui c o n v e n t i o n i interfuerint, h o c testificati fuerint.

575

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens · Heft 1

Art. 45 O m n i a ista j u r a et p r e c e p t a q u a e p r a e d i x i m u s m a j o r i s et c o m m u n i e , tantum sunt inter juratos; non est aequum judicium inter juratum et non juratum. [195, 196] U n t e r s c h i e d zwischen citoyen u . é t r a n g e r hier zwischen J u r é u . n o n J u r é . D i e M u n i c i p a l j u r i s d i c t i o n i n n e r h a l b der M a u e r n , l ' a n c i e n n e cité u. d a n n d e r banlieue. D a s d r o i t d e r liberté politique, faisant d e l e ville u n É t a t a y a n t d r o i t de g u e r r e et de paix a u t o u r de lui et d r o i t de législation sur lui-même, originell d e m X I I J h h . [197] D i e ß d r o i t p o l i t i q u e spielt die geringste R o l l e i n d e r C h a r t e d ' A m i e n s . S o u s - e n t e n d u . A b e r z u b e d e n k e n , d a ß diese c h a r t e C o m p r o m i ß m . d e m seigneur. I h r o r d r e intérieur geht d e n seigneur nichts a n . D e r p o i n t litigieux - die j u r i d i c t i o n . D a r ü b e r die H a u p t b e s t i m m u n g e n . J u r i d i c t i o n g e h ö r t der c o m m u n e ; die C h a r t e regelt die p a r t a g e des profits a t t a c h é s à ce d r o i t m. d e m seigneur p o u r c h a q u e espèce d e crime o u d e délit. Verbrechen der l è s e - c o m m u n e . D a s Niederreissen des H a u s e s Strafe in d e n meisten C o m m u n e s du N o r d de la F r a n c e avec un a p p a r e i l s o m b r e et i m p o s a n t . [198-202] 1190 PhilippeA u g u s t e , d e v e n u c o m t e d ' A m i e n s , se réserve c o m m e cas r o y a u x les cas de r a p t e t celui d e m e u r t r e . . . A b e r die c o m m u n e behilt d ' h o m i c i d e c o m m i s m . violence o u p a r simple accident . . . ( C o u t u m e v . A m i e n s , rédigée v o r 1250 . . . vie p o u r vie, m e m b r e p o u r m e m b r e . ) [203] In allen Strafen der C h a r t e v . A m i e n s r a c h a t d u r c h G e l d stipulirt. Ζ . Β . p e r d s o n p o i n g o u p a i e 9 livres p o u r le r a c h a t de s o n p o i n g . D i e ß d a s a n c i e n d r o i t c o u t u m i e r der ville u. c o m t é d ' A m i e n s . Teutsche c o m p e n s a t i o u r s p r ü n g l i c h a u f die b a r b a r i b e s c h r ä n k t , f. die G a l l o - R o m a i n s die B e s t i m m u n g e n des r ö m . R e c h t s . A b e r , q u a n d les lois personnelles fléchirent et d i s p a r u r e n t sous la j u r i d i c t i o n territoriale des seigneurs, et q u e des usages l o c a u x se substit u è r e n t p a r t o u t a u x lois écrites, la c o u t u m e , d a n s les villes, c o m m e h o r s des villes, d u t favoriser et d é v e l o p p e r le système des peines p é c u n i a i r e s a u x d é p e n s d e t o u t a u t r e système. D a s d r o i t d e justice d e v e n a n t l a p r o priété du seigneur justicier, sein principal intérêt d ' e n tirer le meilleur r e v e n u possible. D a r u m i m d r o i t c o u t u m i e r , les a m e n d e s p r é d o m i n è r e n t sur les peines corporelles u. f. diese p r e s q u e t o u j o u r s a d m i s la faculté de r a c h a t . D u r c h die r é v o l u t i o n des X I I J h h . die j u r i s d i c t i o n des seigneurs d a n s les villes g a n z o d . theilweise t r a n s p o r t é e a u x villes elles-mêmes, sie schufen kein n o u v e a u d r o i t p é n a l , hielten sich hinfür wie f. d a s d r o i t civil, à la c o u t u m e . Die nécessité de p o u r v o i r a u x d é p e n s e s de l ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , u. sich zu m é n a g e r des ressources financières, ließ sie s c h o n m a i n t e n i r l ' a n c i e n n e pénalité, d e r e n p r o d u i t n o c h l a n g e l a s o u r c e l a p l u s a b o n d a n t e ihrer revenus m u n i c i p a u x . D i e T h e i l u n g der profits judiciaires v . A m i e n s zw. der ville u. d e n co-seigneurs, verschieden f. die eigentlichen a m e n d e s u. die confiscation. F. die ersten / der C o m m u n e u. '/ f. d e n c o m t e ; 2

3

576

3

s

io

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État 3

a u s n a h m s w e i s e d e r C o m m u n e / o d . d a s G a n z e d a v o n . Confiscation der biens meubles (Capitalia, catalla) gleiche Theile. In einigen F ä l l e n d e m c o m t e das G a n z e . [204-206] I m X I I J h h . der Q u o t e - p a r t d e r C o m m u n e v . A m i e n s v. d e m t o t a l p r o d u i t ihrer j u r i d i c t i o n , la p r i n c i p a l e b r a n c h e de ses revenus o r d i n a i r e s . Zweifelhaft ob das Steuerrecht des échevinage ü b e r alle m e m b r e s der c o m m u n e p e r i o d i s c h u. h o r s des cas de stricte nécessité. D e r R e s t des revenu a n n u e l : le cens p a y é p a r les locataires ou fermiers des m a i s o n s , terrains, c o u r s d ' e a u , pêcheries u. m a r a i s a p p a r t e n a n t à la ville, bald als débris d e r anciens biens m u n i c i p a u x , b a l d d u r c h concessions der c o m t e s p o u r f o r m e r la nouvelle banlieue. Vielleicht d r o i t sur les ventes d ' i m m e u b l e s , « I s s u e d e deniers» seit d e m origine der C o m m u n e , droit d e « n o u v e l l e b o u r g e o i s i e » p a y é d u r c h j e d e n é t r a n g e r q u i d e v e n a i t citoyen d ' A m i e n s , qui « e n t r a i t d a n s la C o m m u n e » ; dieß d r o i t e n t s p r a c h der c o t i s a t i o n primitive q u e , d ' a p r è s le principe de la ghilde, t o u s les m e m b r e s de l'association j u r é e a v a i e n t versée s i m u l t a n é m e n t p o u r f o r m e r le premier fonds de la caisse c o m m u n a l e . [207] D i e ressources e x t r a o r dinaires collectes d ' a r g e n t o u e n n a t u r e u . e m p r u n t s q u e l a C o m m u n e contractait, sur f o n d a t i o n de rentes viagères ou perpétuelles, à un t a u x plus ou m o i n s élevé. D e r C o m m u n e g e h ö r t e n nicht: les i m p ô t s indirects perçus d a n s la ville u. d e r banlieue, die d r o i t s s u r les m a r c h a n d i s e s a p p o r tées ou mises en vente, die péages, die tonlieux. M. i h r e n faibles m o y e n s h a t t e die c o m m u n e le soin de l ' o r d r e intérieur u. der sûreté extérieure, die garde der ville, des entretien de ses fortifications, d e r tutelle de t o u s ses intérêts civils. In d e m échevinage j e d e r m e m b r e s. b e s t i m m t e fonction, f. die affaires politiques, die j u g e m e n t s civils u. criminels, die finances, die surveillance des m œ u r s , la voirie. [208] 4

5

io

15

20

25

Donation faite 30

à la commune Philippe Auguste, Articles additionnels der

Section IV. durch Philippe d'Alsace comte d'Amiens. confirmation der commune. Charte communale, texte définitif

1161, Philippe d'Alsace, c o m t e d e F l a n d r e u . d ' A m i e n s , schenkt d e r a b b a y e de St. J e a n lez A m i e n s G ü t e r . [209] F o r d e r t die G e m e i n d e a u f d e r a b b a y e dafür aide u. p r o t e c t i o n zu geben. 1170 stellt er u n e a u t r e a b b a y e sous la g a r d e du C o r p s de ville. Beweist die M a c h t d e r C o m m u n e . [210] 35 Philippe's v. Alsace F r a u f 1182, hält alle fiefs die sie i h m en d o t gebracht. A l i e n o r de V e r m a n d o i s reclamirt d a s héritage de sa sœur, cedirt Philippe-August Theil du V e r m a n d o i s u. d ' A m i é n o i s en secret, er e r h e b t s. A n s p r ü c h e sur ces d o m a i n e s . 1185 m u ß Philippe d ' A l s a c e i h m céder

577

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1 t o u s ses d r o i t s sur le c o m t é d ' A m i e n s . Philippe A u g u s t n u n zu A m i e n s als roi u. C o m t e , d o u b l e p u i s s a n c e . A b d i c i r t nicht s. F e u d a l r e c h t e als c o m t e , m a c h t a b e r in allen A k t e n geltend s. h ö h e r e s kgl. R e c h t . D i e alten c o m t e s m u ß t e n faire h o m m a g e à l'évèque. Er t h u t s nicht. [211] « n o u s ne d e v o n s ni ne p o u v o n s r e n d r e h o m m a g e à p e r s o n n e . » (Sieh c h a r t e f. die K i r c h e v. A m i e n s 1185.) Bes. eine A e n d e r u n g in d e r A r t d ' e x p r i m e r les r a p p o r t s der C o m m u n e s m . d e n officiers d u c o m t e , devenus officiers r o y a u x . P h i lippe- A u g u s t e ' s C h a r t e v. 1190, à la r e q u ê t e des b o u r g e o i s d ' A m i e n s gegeben, d r ü c k t dieß v e r ä n d e r t e Verhältniß a u s u. confirmirt zugleich die i m m u n i t é s municipales. ( G a r a n t i e der C h a r t e j u r é e en 1113 u. constitutée e n 1117) I m G a n z e n R e p r o d u c t i o n der c h a r t e é m a n é e v o m p r e m i e r successeur v. E n g u e r r a n d de Boves. 3 parties. 1) 45 articles; a u s der c h a r t e primitive. 2) un memorandum betreffend d e n r a c h a t de p é a g e fait p a r la C o m m u n e zw. 1144 u. 1164. [212,213] 3) 6 articles a d d i t i o n n e l s j o i n t s p a r la chancellerie de P h i l i p p e - A u g u s t e a u x articles primitifs, h e r v o r g e g a n g e n a u s d e r Revision d e r u r s p r ü n g l i c h e n C h a r t e , titre des roi d a n n d e m c o m t e substitué. [214] U n t e r d e n 4 5 p r i m i t i v e n articles q u a n t a u droit civil folgendes n o c h zu n e h m e n : (1117) Vor d e r C h a r t e existirt. Enregistrés nicht décrétés d u r c h die b o u r g e o i s affranchis. R e s t r i k t i o n des ||57| d r o i t de duel, nul c h a m p i o n gagé a d m i s à c o m b a t t r e c o n t r e un m e m b r e der C o m m u n e ; a n d r e N e u e r u n g (in d e r alten C h a r t e ) j e d e r A n geklagte, accusé u. die t é m o i n s k o n n t e n sich, s'ils le voulaient, faire e n t e n d r e p a r des a v o c a t s . D i e dispositions traditionelles v. 3 sources: 1) d r o i t romain; 2) altes germanisches Recht; 3 droit féodal. A r t 2 1 , 22, 2 3 , 32, 35 plus ou m o i n s direct a l t g e r m a n i s c h . [215, 216] Art 21 dot. H o c h z e i t s g e s c h e n k des M a n n s an die F r a u . I n a l i é n a b l e erklärt. Art. 23 veuve m. enfants m i n e u r s einer Tutel u n t e r w o r f e n u. u n t e r direction eines a v o u é , g e n a n n t m a i n b o u r g . Art. 22 u. 35 relatifs au p a r t a g e des a c q u ê t s , in gewissen F ä l l e n usufruit f. d e n conjoint survivant. Art. 32 N i c h t p u n i s s a b l e der a c h e t e u r d ' u n objet volé, w e n n d u r c h E i d U n w i s senheit versichert. (Lois salique tit. 39 u. 49) V o m d r o i t féodal: Wo c o m b a t judiciaire a d m i s f. p r o c è s civils; art. 25 t e m p e r i r t d a s principe du retrait lignager zugelassen; art. 8 Strafe gen p e r s o n n e lésée q u i refuse de d o n n e r assurément, d. h. sécurité à son adversaire. [216, 217]

5

10

15

20

25

30

Art. 26 7 J a h r e f. d a s R e c h t d e r p r e s c r i p t i o n . Art. 42 Verbalinjurien 35 u n t e r J u r é s , an der Spitze le n o m de serf. Art. 36 u. 37 Injures gegen M a i r e u . P r é v ô t i m A m t e . E r s t e crime p o l i t i q u e p u n i p a r l ' a b a t i s deim a i s o n ; 2 délit a m e n d a b l e p a r a c c o r d , a p r è s j u g e m e n t des É c h e v i n s u . s a n s p u n i t i o n p u b l i q u e . Diese dispositions bleiben in d e r C h a r t e v. 1190. P r é v ô t kgl. g e w o r d e n bleibt also unter d e n m a g i s t r a t u r e s c o m m u n a l e s . 40 [217, 218] te

578

Aus Augustin Thierry: Essai sur l'histoire de la formation et des progrès du Tiers État

Die 6 neuen Artikel v. Philippe Auguste: 1) D i e c o n t e s t a t i o n s relatives à des i m m e u b l e s situés d a n s l a ville, jugées d u r c h d e n p r é v ô t , e n p l a i d général, 3 χ d a s J a h r . 2.) Alle c r i m e s u. délits jugés d u r c h d e n m a i r e u. échevins en p r é s e n c e des bailli du roi, w e n n er will assister, m e u r t r e u. 5 r a p t réservés d e m roi. 3.) die biens der h o m i c i d e s , incendiaires u. traîtres einschlißlich d é v o l u s au r o i . 4) N u l ne p o u r r a faire le b a n , (i. e. O r d o n nance, p r o c l a m a t i o n ) in der ville a u s s e r p a r le roi u. l'évêque. 5) der r o i , sénéchal o d . p r é v ô t des roi, d e r é v ê q u e u. m a i r e , p o u r r o n t c h a c u n 1 χ p. J a h r , faire r e n t r e r d a n s la ville un b a n n i , ausser f. m e u r t r e , h o m i c i d e , 10 incendie, t r a h i s o n , et r a p t . 6.) « N o u s v o u l o n s et n o u s o c t r o y o n s à la c o m m u n e q u e j a m a i s il ne soit loisible ni à n o s ni à n o s successeurs de m e t t r e h o r s d e n o s m a i n s ladite c o m m u n e o u cité d ' A m i e n s , m a i s qu'elle reste p e r p é t u e l l e m e n t et i n v a r i a b l e m e n t u n i e à la c o u r o n n e r o y a l e . » D i e ß garantie f. die c o n s t i t u t i o n u. franchises d e r ville. [218, 219] 15 Alle A e n d e r u n g e n in der c h a r t e v. P h i l i p p e - A u g u s t e f. d a s régime j u d i ciaire, nichts im d r o i t p o l i t i q u e . D e r R ü c k h a l t des d r o i t seigneurial f. d e n b a n o u o r d o n n a n c e e x p r e s s é m e n t réservé a u r o i e t d e m évêque; a b e r diese restriction à l'égard des a u t r e s seigneurs d ' A m i e n s u. n i c h t d e r C o m m u n e . D e n n e r h a l t e n die A r t . der c h a r t e p r i m i t i v e a s t o s t a t u t a scabi20 n o r u m u. die s p ä t e m als des X I I J h h . d o c u m e n t s c o n s t a t e n t q u e l'échevinage resta en p o s s e s s i o n de faire des o r d o n n a n c e s en t o u t e s m a t i è r e s , législation, a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , j u s t i c e u. police. [219, 220] Im Art. 8 der C h a r t e v. 1117 a u f g e n o m m e n in die v. 1190 h e i ß t es: D e r Verwundete, d e r die G e r i c h t s b a r k e i t n i c h t acceptirt, catalla ejus c a p i e n 25 tur. In Art. 9 w e r n i c h t z u r C o m m u n e g e h ö r t einen der C o m m u n e verw u n d e t etc d o m u m illius c o m m u n i a p r o s t e r n e t et capitalia e r u n t n o s t r a . [222] (catalla, capitalia. M e r k w ü r d i g , d a ß d a s W o r t C a p i t a l m. d e m Aufk o m m e n der C o m m u n e n a u f k ö m m t . ) Art. 52 V o l u m u s e t i a m et C o m m u n i e in p e r p e t u u m q u i t t a m u s et c o n 30 cedimus, q u o d , n e c n o b i s , n e c successoribus nostris, liceat c i v i t a t e m A m b i a n e n s e m vel c o m m u n i a m e x t r a m a n u m n o s t r a m m i t t e r e , sed semper regie i n h e r e a t c o r o n e . [227, 228]

Appendix I Plan d'une collection gén. des monuments inédits de l'histoire du Tiers État. 35 G u i z o t zuerst; t r a u t e die e x é c u t i o n an d e n T h i e r r y 1836; W a s v o r m e h r als 2 J h h . geschehn in F r k r . f. d e n n o b l e s s e u. d e n clergé. [229]

579

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Griechenlands, Frankreichs und Spaniens • Heft 1

Appendix II. Liste des Députés du tiers état aux ét. généraux, de 1484, 1560, 1576, 1588, 1593 u. 1614. [234-273]

Appendix III. Cahier du Village de Blaigny pour les Ét.

580

Gén. de 1576. | [274-278]

5

(Heft 2) Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens

| 1 | London. August. 1854.

The Political Constitution of the Spanish Monarchy. Proclaimed in Cadiz, 19 March, 1812. 5

London 1813.

So r e m a r k a b l e a congress as this C o r t e s is w i t h o u t parallel in history. Its m e m b e r s ( a m o n g t h e m a n I n c a o f P e r u ) a s s e m b l e d f r o m nearly all p a r t s of t h e globe. (XI) " n o legislative b o d y ever before c o n t r o u l e d s u c h i m m e n s e territories, s u c h a colossus of i n t e r e s t s . " (1. c.) D i e S p a n . C o n io stit. besteht aus 384 A r t i k e l n u. 10 divisions. 1) On the S p a n . N a t i o n a n d S p a n i a r d s . 2 ) O n the t e r r i t o r y o f Spain, its Religion, G o v . , a n d o n t h e Spanish Citizens. 3) On the C o r t e s . 4) On the K i n g . 5) On the T r i b u n a l s a n d A d m i n i s t r a t i o n of Justice in civil a n d c r i m i n a l m a t t e r s . 6) On t h e interior gov. of t h e p r o v i n c e s a n d of the p e o p l e . 7) On t h e Taxes. 8) On 15 the N a t i o n a l M i l i t a r y F o r c e . 9) On t h e P u b l i c E d u c a t i o n . 10) On t h e observance o f t h e C o n s t i t u t i o n a n d m o d e o f p r o c e e d i n g t o m a k e alterations therein. [IX] Art. 1 T h e S p a n i s h N a t i o n consists of all S p a n i a r d s of b o t h h e m i spheres. [2] Art. 3 the sovereignty resides essentially in t h e n a t i o n , a n d 20 the right of e n a c t i n g its f u n d a m e n t a l laws b e l o n g s exclusively to it f r o m this s a m e principle. [3] Art. 8 All S p a n i a r d s a r e b o u n d , w i t h o u t a n y distinction w h a t e v e r , t o c o n t r i b u t e , i n p r o p o r t i o n t o their m e a n s , t o t h e expences of the state. [4] Art. 12 t h e R e l i g i o n of t h e S p a n , n a t i o n is a n d shall b e perpetually, C a t h o l i c , A p o s t o l i c , a n d R o m a n , the only t r u e reli-

581

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 gion. T h e n a t i o n p r o t e c t s i t b y wise a n d j u s t laws, a n d p r o h i b i t s the exercise of a n y o t h e r w h a t e v e r . [6] Art. 15 T h e p o w e r of m a k i n g laws is fixed in the C o r t e s , jointly w i t h the K i n g . Art. 16 T h e e x e c u t i o n of the laws is fixed in t h e k i n g . [7] Art. 25 (Die s p a n . Citizenship ist lost) 3) in t h e state of d o m e s t i c servitude; 4) from n o t h o l d i n g a n y e m p l o y m e n t , office, or k n o w n m e a n s of living . . . In the 6 place, f r o m t h e y e a r 1830 all t h o s e w h o claim t h e rights o f citizenship m u s t k n o w h o w t o r e a d a n d write. ... [10] Art. 28 the basis of the n a t i o n a l r e p r e s e n t a t i o n . . . is t h e p o p u l a t i o n . Art. 30 To calculate t h e p o p u l a t i o n of t h e E u r o p . d o m i n i o n s , the last census in 1797 shall be referred t o , until a n e w o n e c a n be t a k e n ; a n d a c o r r e s p o n d i n g o n e shall b e m a d e for the calculation o f t h e u l t r a m a r i n e p o p u l a t i o n . . . [11] Art. 31 for every 70,000 souls, t h e r e shall be o n e d e p u t y to the C o r t e s . [12] Art. 34 F o r t h e election of t h e d e p u t i e s to the C o r t e s , parish, district, a n d provincial meetings shall be held. Art. 35 t h e p a r i s h elective meetings shall be c o m p o s e d of all citizens settled and resident in t h e district of each respective p a r i s h , including t h e secular ecclesiastics. [13] Art. 38 In the p a r o c h i a l meetings t h e r e shall be a p p o i n t e d for every 200 i n h a b i t a n t s a p a r i s h m e m b e r . Art. 40 In p a r i s h e s , w h o s e p o p u l a t i o n is between 150 a n d 200, a m e m b e r shall be a p p o i n t e d ; a n d i n t h o s e t h a t d o n o t a m o u n t t o this n u m b e r , t h e i n h a b i t a n t s o f a n e i g h b o u r i n g p a r i s h shall u n i t e t o elect t h e m e m b e r o r m e m b e r s c o r r e s p o n d i n g . Art. 41 T h e p a r i s h m e e t i n g shall select eleven umpires of their number by plurality of votes, in o r d e r t h a t they m a y elect t h e parish m e m b e r . [14] Art. 45 To be entitled to be a p p o i n t e d p a r i s h m e m b e r , it is necessary to be a citizen, 25 years of age, an i n h a b i t a n t , a n d resident in the p a r i s h . [15] Art. 46 t h e p a r i s h meetings shall be presided over by the chief of police, the m a y o r , or chief m a g i s t r a t e (Alcalde) of the city, t o w n o r village wherein they m a y b e held, w i t h t h e assistance o f the P a r i s h priest . . . [16] Art. 52 the president, t h e e x a m i n e r s , a n d t h e secretary shall e x a m i n e the lists, a n d t h e last shall in a l o u d voice p r o c l a i m t h e n a m e s of t h o s e citizens w h o h a v e b e e n c h o s e n u m p i r e s b y t h e greatest n u m b e r of votes. Art. 53 the n o m i n a t e d u m p i r e s shall retire to a s e p a r a t e place before the m e e t i n g is dissolved, a n d conferring t o g e t h e r , shall p r o c e e d to n o m i n a t e t h e elector or electors of t h e p a r i s h , a n d t h e p e r s o n or p e r s o n s w h o shall receive m o r e t h a n half t h e votes shall b e elected. S u b s e q u e n t l y their a p p o i n t m e n t shall be p u b l i s h e d in t h e m e e t i n g . [18] Art. 59 the elective meetings of t h e district shall be c o m p o s e d of the p a r o c h i a l elect o r s , w h o shall assemble a t the h e a d o f e a c h district, for t h e p u r p o s e of n o m i n a t i n g t h e elector or electors, w h o m u s t p r o c e e d to t h e capital | | 2 | to elect t h e d e p u t i e s to the C o r t e s . ( D i e ß sind die district elective

5

th

582

10

15

2.0

25

30

35

40

Aus The political constitution of the Spanish monarchy meetings) [19] Art. 63 t h e n u m b e r of the district electors shall be in p r o p o r t i o n of 3 to 1 of t h e d e p u t i e s to be elected. [20] Art. 66 t h e census determines t h e n u m b e r o f d e p u t i e s for e a c h p r o v i n c e , a n d t h e n u m b e r o f electors to e a c h of its districts. Art. 67 die elective meetings of t h e districts 5 by the chief of police, or t h e chief m a g i s t r a t e of t h e chief t o w n of t h e d i s t r i c t . . . Sie e r w ä h l e n electors of district "in secret scrutiny by m e a n s of tickets, in w h i c h t h e n a m e of every o n e elected is w r i t t e n d o w n " (Art. 73), wer " b e y o n d the half" d e r votes shall be elected od., w e n n keiner s h o u l d have received t h e a b s o l u t e plurality o f votes, the t w o w h o shall h a v e 10 o b t a i n e d t h e greatest n u m b e r shall u n d e r g o a s e c o n d scrutiny, a n d he t h a t receives the g r e a t e r n u m b e r of v o t e s shall r e m a i n elected. In cases of even n u m b e r s , decision shall be m a d e by ballot. [21-23] Art. 75 To be an elector of district, it is necessary to be a citizen, in exercise of his rights, 25 years of age, settled a n d resident in t h e district, 15 either a l a y m a n , or of t h e secular clergy; the citizens w h o c o m p o s e t h e meeting being eligible, or t h o s e n o t p r e s e n t thereat. [24] Art. 78 T h e elective meetings of t h e p r o v i n c e ; elective provincial meeting shall consist of the electors of all its districts, w h o shall assemble in the capital, for t h e p u r p o s e o f n a m i n g the a p p r o p r i a t e deputies t o t h e C o r t e s , a s represent20 atives of t h e n a t i o n . Art. 81 T h e s e meetings shall be p r e s i d e d over by t h e chief of police, of t h e c a p i t a l of t h e p r o v i n c e . . . [25] Art. 88 T h e electors w h o are p r e s e n t shall p r o c e e d to the election of a d e p u t y or deputies, o n e b y one, a p p r o a c h i n g t h e seats o f t h e p r e s i d e n t a n d t h e scrutineers, a n d the secretary; a n d t h e last shall insert in a list in their presence, t h e n a m e 25 of the p e r s o n w h o m every o n e elects. [28] Art. 90 After t h e election d e r deputies, die der d e p u t i e s of reserves, V (ihrer Z a h l ) of t h a t of t h e d e p uties. Art. 91 To be a d e p u t y to the C o r t e s it is requisite to be a citizen in the exercise of his rights, 25 years old, b o r n in t h e p r o v i n c e , or settled therein w i t h a residence of at least 7 years, w h e t h e r a l a y m a n or secular 30 ecclesiastic, t h o s e w h o c o m p o s e t h e m e e t i n g , or t h o s e n o t p r e s e n t t h e r e a t , being eligible. Art. 92 It is besides r e q u i r e d , to be eligible as a d e p u t y to the C o r t e s , to possess a p r o p o r t i o n a t e a n n u a l i n c o m e , p r o c e e d i n g f r o m real p e r s o n a l p r o p e r t y . Art. 93 T h e o r d e r of t h e p r e c e d i n g article is susp e n d e d until the C o r t e s i n their future m e e t i n g s declare t h e p e r i o d t o 35 have arrived in w h i c h it shall t a k e effect, p o i n t i n g o u t t h e p r o p o r t i o n of t h a t i n c o m e , a n d t h e description o f p r o p e r t y f r o m w h i c h i t m u s t result, and w h a t t h e y shall t h e n c e f o r w a r d decree, shall be r e g a r d e d as constitutional, in t h e s a m e m a n n e r as if it w a s herein expressed . . . Art. 95 T h e secretaries of state, the counsellors of state, a n d t h o s e fulfilling offices of 40 the r o y a l h o u s e h o l d , are ineligible as d e p u t i e s to t h e C o r t e s . Art. 97 No public officer e m p l o y e d b y G o v . shall b e elected d e p u t y t o t h e C o r t e s b y 3

583

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 the p r o v i n c e in w h i c h he discharges his trust. [29, 30] Art. 102 To i n d e m nify t h e deputies for their expences, the respective p r o v i n c e s shall cont r i b u t e such daily allowances a s the C o r t e s , i n the 2 y e a r o f each general d e p u t a t i o n , shall p o i n t o u t for t h e d e p u t a t i o n t h a t is to succeed it. Art. 104 the C o r t e s shall assemble every y e a r in t h e capital of t h e kingd o m . . . . Art. 108 the d e p u t i e s shall be renewed entirely every 2 years. [33, 34] Art. 110 a m e m b e r is n o t eligible to 2 successive p a r l i a m e n t s . Art. Ill On t h e arrival of t h e deputies at t h e capital, t h e y m u s t p r e s e n t themselves to t h e permanent Committee of the Cortes ... [35] Art. 124 T h e C o r t e s c a n n o t deliberate in the presence of the king. Art. 125 In t h o s e cases w h e r e t h e secretaries o f state h a v e a n y c o m m u n i c a t i o n s t o m a k e t o t h e C o r t e s i n t h e n a m e o f the king, they m a y a t t e n d t h e d e b a t e s w h e n , a n d i n such m a n n e r a s t h e C o r t e s m a y t h i n k f i t , a n d m a y s p e a k therein, b u t they c a n n o t be p r e s e n t on p r o c e e d i n g to the v o t e . [39] Art. 131 T h e powers of the Cortes a r e , viz: 1) to p r o p o s e a n d decree t h e laws: a n d t o i n t e r p r e t a n d alter t h e m o n necessary occasion. 2 ) t o t a k e a n o a t h t o t h e K i n g , t o the Prince o f A s t u r i a s , a n d t o t h e R e g e n c y . . . 3 ) t o d e t e r m i n e a n y d o u b t o f fact o r right, t h a t m a y o c c u r i n o r d e r o f t h e succession to the c r o w n . 4) to elect a R e g e n c y or R e g e n t of t h e K i n g d o m , w h e n t h e c o n s t i t u t i o n requires it, a n d to p o i n t o u t t h e limits w i t h i n w h i c h t h e R e g e n c y o r the R e g e n t m u s t exercise t h e r o y a l a u t h o r i t y . 5 ) t o m a k e t h e p u b l i c a c k n o w l e d g m e n t of the Prince of A s t u r i a s . 6) to n o m i n a t e a g u a r d i a n to t h e K i n g m i n o r , w h e n the C o n s t i t . requires it. [41] 7) T h e y are to a p p r o v e , p r e v i o u s to ratification, t h e treaties of offensive alliance, [of] subsidies, a n d t h e p a r t i c u l a r s of c o m m e r c e . 8) to p e r m i t or refuse the a d m i s s i o n of foreign t r o o p s i n t o t h e k i n g d o m . ||3| 9) to decree t h e creat i o n a n d s u p p r e s s i o n of offices in the t r i b u n a l s established by t h e C o n stit., a n d also the c r e a t i o n or a b o l i t i o n of p u b l i c offices. 10) to fix every year, on the p r o p o s a l of the king, t h e l a n d a n d sea forces, d e t e r m i n i n g the e s t a b l i s h m e n t in time of peace, a n d its a u g m e n t a t i o n in t i m e of w a r . 11) to issue o r d i n a n c e s to the a r m y , the fleet, a n d to t h e n a t i o n a l militia, in all their b r a n c h e s . 12) to fix t h e expences of t h e p u b l i c a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . 13) to establish a n n u a l l y t h e taxes. 14) to t a k e p r o p e r t y u p o n l o a n , in cases of necessity, u p o n t h e credit of t h e n a t i o n . [42] 15) to a p p r o v e t h e division of t h e taxes a m o n g t h e p r o v i n c e s . 16) to e x a m i n e a n d a p p r o v e t h e a c c o u n t s of t h e a p p l i c a t i o n of the public f u n d s . 17) to establish t h e c u s t o m - h o u s e s a n d duties to be p a i d t h e r e . 18) to o r d e r w h a t is e x p e d i e n t for the a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , p r e s e r v a t i o n , a n d a l i e n a t i o n of the n a t i o n a l funds. 19) to d e t e r m i n e the value, the weight, the s t a n d a r d , the figure, a n d description, of m o n e y . 20) to a d o p t the system it m a y j u d g e m o s t c o n venient a n d j u s t o f weights a n d m e a s u r e s . 21) t o p r o m o t e a n d e n c o u r a g e n d

584

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus The political constitution of the Spanish monarchy

all k i n d s o f i n d u s t r y , a n d t o r e m o v e t h e obstacles t h a t p a r a l y s e it. 22) t o establish a g e n e r a l p l a n of p u b l i c i n s t r u c t i o n in t h e w h o l e m o n a r c h y , a n d a p p r o v e t h a t w h i c h i s i n t e n d e d for t h e e d u c a t i o n o f t h e P r i n c e o f A s t u rias. 23) t o a p p r o v e o f t h e general r e g u l a t i o n for t h e police a n d h e a l t h o f 5 the k i n g d o m . 24) to p r o t e c t t h e political liberty of t h e press. 25) to r e n d e r real a n d effective t h e responsibility of t h e secretaries of state, a n d o t h e r p e r s o n s in p u b l i c e m p l o y . 26) lastly, it b e l o n g s to t h e C o r t e s to g r a n t or refuse its c o n s e n t in all t h o s e cases a n d acts w h i c h t h e C o n s t i t u í , p o i n t s o u t necessary. [43,44] 10

Art. 139 D e c i s i o n shall be given by an a b s o l u t e m a j o r i t y [of] votes . . . necessary t h a t there b e p r e s e n t a t least o n e h a l f a n d o n e m o r e o f t h e t o t a l n u m b e r of t h e d e p u t i e s c o m p o s i n g t h e C o r t e s . Art. 140 If t h e C o r t e s reject a project of law in a n y stage of its e x a m i n a t i o n , or resolve t h a t it should n o t b e p u t t o t h e v o t e , i t c a n n o t b e a g a i n p r o p o s e d i n t h e s a m e 15 year. [46] Art. 143 t h e k i n g gives his s a n c t i o n in this f o r m , w i t h his sign m a n u a l : " L e t this be m a d e p u b l i c as l a w . " Art. 144 T h e k i n g refuses his assent in this f o r m , equally with his sign m a n u a l : " L e t it r e t u r n to t h e C o r t e s , " giving at t h e s a m e t i m e a s t a t e m e n t of his r e a s o n s for refusing it. Art. 145 T h e K i n g m a y exert his p r e r o g a t i v e for 30 d a y s ; if w i t h i n t h a t 20 time he h a s neither given n o r refused his assent, it shall be u n d e r s t o o d t h a t he h a s given it, a n d will in fact give it. Art. 147 If t h e k i n g refuses his assent, the s a m e m a t t e r c a n n o t b e a g a i n a g i t a t e d i n t h e C o r t e s i n t h e same year, b u t it m a y in succeeding o n e s . [47] Art. 148 If t h e s a m e project o f new l a w s h o u l d b e p r o p o s e d i n t h e C o r t e s t h e following J a h r , a d m i t 25 ted, a p p r o v e d , a n d p r e s e n t e d to the K i n g , he m a y give or refuse his assent a second time, a c c o r d i n g to t h e 1 4 3 a n d 1 4 4 articles; in t h e latter case, t h e subject c a n n o t be a g a i n p r o p o s e d in t h e s a m e J a h r . Art. 149 If the s a m e project o f n e w l a w s h o u l d b e p r o p o s e d a 3 time, a d m i t t e d a n d a p p r o v e d i n t h e C o r t e s o f t h e following year, i t shall b e u n d e r s t o o d t h a t 30 the k i n g gives his assent, a n d on p r e s e n t i n g it to h i m , he will give it, a c c o r d i n g to A r t . 143. [48] Art. 157 P r e v i o u s to s e p a r a t i n g t h e C o r t e s will n a m e a C o m m i t t e e , styled the permanent Committee of the Cortes, c o m p o s e d of 7 i n d i v i d u a l s , 3 from t h e E u r o p . p r o v i n c e s , 3 f r o m t h o s e b e y o n d sea, a n d t h e 7 to be 35 d r a w n by lot b e t w e e n an E u r o p . d e p u t y a n d o n e f r o m b e y o n d sea. [51] Art. 160 The Powers of this Committee: 1) to k e e p a vigilant eye on t h e observance d e r C o n s t i t u í . , a n d t h e laws, ί ο r e p o r t ί ο t h e succeeding C o r ­ tes, a n y infringements I h e r e o n , w h i c h i i h a s observed. 2 ) ί ο c o n v o k e i h e e x t r a o r d i n a r y C o r l e s in t h o s e cases p r e s c r i b e d by t h e C o n s t i t u í , eie. [52] 40 Art. 161 T h e C o r í e s e x t r a o r d i n a r y shall be c o m p o s e d of t h e s a m e d e p uties w h o f o r m t h e o r d i n a r y o n e d u r i n g t h e 2 y e a r s of their d e p u t a t i o n . d

th

d

t h

585

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 Art. 162 T h e p e r m a n e n t C o m m i t t e e of the C o r t e s , shall c o n v o k e t h e m on an a p p o i n t e d d a y , in the 3 following cases. 1) w h e n t h e c r o w n shall b e c o m e v a c a n t . 2) w h e n it is impossible for t h e k i n g , in a n y m a n n e r to c o n d u c t the gov., or he s h o u l d be desirous of a b d i c a t i n g t h e t h r o n e in favor of his successor, t h e C o m m i t t e e being a u t h o r i s e d in t h e first case to t a k e such m e a s u r e s as it m a y d e e m suitable for the p u r p o s e of ascertaining the inability of the king; 3) w h e n e v e r in critical c i r c u m s t a n c e s , a n d i m p o r t a n t affairs, the k i n g m a y t h i n k p r o p e r they s h o u l d a s s e m b l e a n d c o m m u n i c a t e t h e s a m e to the p e r m a n e n t C o m m i t t e e of the C o r t e s . | [53] |4| Art. 168 K i n g . . . sacred . . . inviolable . . . n o t subject to responsibility. Art. 171 ( 1 4 ) D e r king k a n n " p r o p o s e to t h e C o r t e s n e w laws, od. a l t e r a t i o n s o f t h e old ones, t h a t they m a y deliberate t h e r e o n . . . . [55-57] Art. 172 the following are t h e restraints on t h e a u t h o r i t y of the king: 1) c a n n o t u n d e r a n y pretext p r e v e n t t h e assembling of t h e C o r t e s , at the p e r i o d s , a n d o n t h e occasions p o i n t e d o u t b y t h e C o n s t i t . , s u s p e n d o r dissolve t h e m , n o r i n a n y m a n n e r e m b a r r a s s their sessions u . delibera t i o n s . W h o e v e r m a y counsel, o r assist a n y a t t e m p t w h a t e v e r o f this n a t u r e , are declared traitors, a n d shall be p r o s e c u t e d accordingly. 2) the k i n g c a n n o t quit t h e k i n g d o m w i t h o u t t h e c o n s e n t of t h e C o r t e s , a n d if he should, it is to be u n d e r s t o o d t h a t he h a s a b d i c a t e d t h e c r o w n ; 3) nicht alienate, cede, r e n o u n c e , o r i n a n y m a n n e r transfer t o a n o t h e r , t h e royal a u t h o r i t y , n o r a n y of his prerogatives. 4) the king c a n n o t alienate, cede, o r e x c h a n g e a n y p r o v i n c e , city, t o w n , o r p l a c e , n o r a n y p a r t h o w e v e r trifling of the S p a n , territory. 12) t h e k i n g p r e v i o u s to c o n t r a c t i n g m a r riage, shall a c q u a i n t the C o r t e s , to o b t a i n their c o n s e n t , a n d if he s h o u l d n o t o b t a i n it, it is to be u n d e r s t o o d t h a t he a b d i c a t e s t h e c r o w n . 5.) the king c a n n o t m a k e offensive alliance, n o r special c o m m e r c i a l treaty, with a n y foreign p o w e r w i t h o u t the c o n s e n t o f the C o r t e s . " [58-61]

5

10

th

15

20

25

Art. 173 the king, on his accession to t h e t h r o n e . . . shall t a k e an o a t h 30 before the C o r t e s i n t h e following form: N . b y the grace o f G o d a n d the C o n s t i t u t i o n of t h e S p a n . M o n a r c h y , K i n g of S p a i n , I swear by the A l m i g h t y , a n d by the H o l y Evangelists, t h a t I will defend a n d preserve t h e C a t h o l i c , A p o s t o l i c , a n d R o m a n Religion, without tolerating any other in t h e k i n g d o m etc. [61, 62] 35 Art. 179 T h e K i n g of Spain is o u r L o r d D o n F e r d i n a n d t h e 7 of B o u r b o n , w h o actually reigns. Art. 181 the C o r t e s shall exclude f r o m the succession t h a t p e r s o n o r p e r s o n s w h o m a y b e i n c a p a b l e o f the gov., o r h a v e d o n e a n y t h i n g by w h i c h they deserve to lose t h e c r o w n . [64] Art. 183 W h e n e v e r it is p r o b a b l e the c r o w n m a y fall; or m a y h a v e actually fallen 40 to a female, she c a n n o t m a r r y w i t h o u t t h e c o n s e n t of t h e C o r t e s ; a n d t h

586

Aus The political constitution of the Spanish monarchy if she s h o u l d act c o n t r a r y t h e r e t o , it is u n d e r s t o o d t h a t she a b d i c a t e s the c r o w n . Art. 184 In case a female h a p p e n s to reign, h e r h u s b a n d shall have n o a u t h o r i t y w h a t e v e r respecting t h e k i n g d o m , n o r a n y s h a r e i n the gov. W ä h r e n d der m i n o r i t é des k i n g o d . seiner unability ( t h r o u g h 5 physical or m o r a l reasons) zu reign, " t h e C o r t e s n o m i n a t e a R e g e n c y of 3 or 5 p e r s o n s . " (Art. 192) R e g e n c y auf die C o n s t i t u t i o n zu s c h w ö r e n etc [65-67] Art. 201 T h e eldest s o n of the K i n g shall be styled P r i n c e of Asturias; die a n d r e n Prinzessen u. Prinzessinnen n a c h Art. 202 Infantes u. I n f a n t a s of Spain. [69] Art. 213 t h e C o r t e s shall fix the a n n u a l revenue 10 of t h e K i n g ' s h o u s e h o l d etc [71] Art. 222 T h e ministers of p u b l i c affairs shall be 7: T h e minister of F o r . Affairs; T h e minist, of p u b l i c affairs of the gov. of the k i n g d o m , in t h e P e n i n s u l a , a n d the adjacent islands; t h e secret, for t h e colonies; the secret, of public affairs, of m e r c y a n d justice; the secret, of the revenue, or minister of finance; t h e secret, of war; t h e 15 secret, of the n a v y . [73, 74] Art. 231 T h e r e shall be a C o u n c i l of S t a t e c o m p o s e d of 40 individuals . . . n ä m l i c h : Art. 232 a u s 4 ecclesiastics a n d no m o r e , 2 of w h o m shall be b i s h o p s ; 4 g r a n d e e s of Spain, a n d no m o r e ; a n d the r e m a i n d e r shall b e c h o s e n a m o n g t h o s e subjects m o s t distinguished for their intelligence a n d e d u c a t i o n , or for signal services in a n y 20 of the p r i n c i p a l b r a n c h e s of a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of t h e G o v . of t h e S t a t e . T h e Cortes c a n n o t p r o p o s e for this office a n y individual d e p u t y t o t h e C o r tes, at t h e t i m e of t h e election. 12, at least, of t h e m e m b e r s of t h e council of State, shall be natives of the provinces b e y o n d sea. [76] Art. 233 All t h e Counsellors o f State shall b e a p p o i n t e d b y t h e K i n g , a t t h e p r e s e n t a t i o n 25 of the C o r t e s . Art. 234 To f o r m this council, t h e r e shall be circulated in the C o r t e s , a triple list of all t h e r a n k s referred to in the desired p r o p o r tion, from which the K i n g shall elect the 40 m e m b e r s , to c o m p o s e the C o u n c i l of State, t a k i n g the ecclesiastics from the list of t h e m , the grandees f r o m their list, a n d so on of t h e o t h e r s . Art. 235 T h e C o u n c i l of 30 State is the only C o u n c i l of t h e K i n g , w h o will h e a r its o p i n i o n u p o n i m p o r t a n t m a t t e r s of G o v . , a n d especially to g r a n t or refuse his s a n c t i o n to the laws, declare w a r , a n d m a k e ||5| treaties. Art. 237 this council shall p r o p o s e to t h e K i n g 3 p e r s o n s for p r e s e n t a t i o n to all ecclesiastical benefits a n d for p r e f e r m e n t to offices of j u d i c a t u r e . [77] Art. 239 T h e 35 Counsellors of S t a t e c a n n o t be r e m o v e d , w i t h o u t sufficient r e a s o n s , p r o v e d before the s u p r e m e C o u r t of Justice. Art. 240 T h e C o r t e s shall fix the salary of the C o u n s e l l o r s of State. [78] Art. 242 T h e a p p l i c a t i o n of the L a w s in civil a n d criminal affairs, belongs exclusively to t h e t r i b u n a l s . Art. 243 n e i t h e r the C o r t e s n o r t h e 40 K i n g can, in any case, exercise judicial a u t h o r i t y , a d v o c a t e in d e p e n d i n g causes, n o r c o m m a n d the révisai of c o n c l u d e d j u d g m e n t s . [79] Art. 259

587

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 A t r i b u n a l shall be established in the capital, w h i c h shall be called the S u p r e m e C o u r t of Justice, ( u m , n a c h Art. 261 try t h e Secretaries of State, w e n n C o r t e s i m p e a c h m e n t gegen sie decretirt, t a k e c o g n i z a n c e of all cases of dismissal a n d suspension f r o m office of C o u n s e l l o r s of State, a n d the officers of C o u r t s of Justice etc. a u c h to t a k e c o g n i z a n c e of a p p e a l s against t h e o p p r e s s i o n of all the s u p e r i o r ecclesiastic t r i b u n a l s of the C a p i t a l ; a u c h als A r t C a s s a t i o n s h o f . ) [82, 83] Art. 284 W i t h o u t p r o o f t h a t reconciliation h a s been a t t e m p t e d , n o law-suits c a n b e c o m m e n c e d . [91] Art. 303 N e i t h e r t o r t u r e n o r c o m p u l s i o n shall ever be used. Art. 304 N e i t h e r shall confiscation of p r o p e r t y be p e r m i t t e d . [95] Art. 309 F o r t h e interior gov. o f t h e t o w n s , A y u n t a m i e n t o s shall b e f o r m e d , o f 1 or m o r e m a g i s t r a t e s , a l d e r m a n , a n d t h e public counsellor, presided over by t h e chief of police (corregidor), a n d , w h e r e v e r t h e r e is n o n e , by the m a g i s t r a t e , or the first a p p o i n t e d of these, if t h e r e s h o u l d be t w o . Art. 310 An A y u n t a m i e n t o shall be established in t h o s e settlements t h a t a r e w i t h o u t it, a n d in which it is desirable; all t h o s e w h i c h possess, either in themselves or in their liberties, a p o p u l a t i o n of a 1000 souls, b e i n g r e q u i r e d to h a v e it, a n d a p r o p o r t i o n a t e district shall be assigned it. Art. 311 the laws shall d e t e r m i n e the n u m b e r of individuals of e a c h r a n k to c o m p o s e t h e a y u n t a m i e n t o s of the t o w n , w i t h r e g a r d to their p o p u lation. Art. 312 T h e m a g i s t r a t e s , a l d e r m a n , a n d p u b l i c counsellor, shall be n o m i n a t e d by election in t h e t o w n s . . . Art. 313 D i e citizens e r n e n n e n d u r c h majority electors u. diese Art. 314 e r n e n n e n die M a g i s t r a t e s , Alderm e n , Public C o u n s e l l o r s . [97, 98] Art. 315 T h e M a g i s t r a t e s a n d half of the A l d e r m e n , shall be c h a n g e d every year, also t h e P u b l i c C o u n s e l l o r , w h e r e t h e r e are t w o ; where there is only o n e , every year. Art. 317 To be qualified as a m a g i s t r a t e , a l d e r m a n , or p u b l i c counsellor, besides being a citizen in t h e exercise of his rights, it is necessary to be 25 J., w i t h at least 5 years residence in the t o w n . Art. 318 No p u b l i c officer actually e m p l o y e d a n d n o m i n a t e d by the king, c a n be eligible as a m a g i s t r a t e , a l d e r m a n , o r p u b l i c counsellor; the n a t i o n a l militia, however, n o t being included in this regulation. [99] Art. 319 Diese m u n i c i p a l e m p l o y m e n t s shall b e p u b l i c d u t y , from w h i c h n o p e r s o n c a n b e e x e m p t w i t h o u t lawful r e a s o n . Art. 321 To the A y u n t a m i e n t o s shall be e n t r u s t e d 1) police regulations for h e a l t h a n d convenience; 2) to assist t h e m a g i s t r a t e in w h a t e v e r m a y relate t o the safety o f t h e p e r s o n s a n d p r o p e r t y o f the i n h a b i t a n t s , a n d to the p r e s e r v a t i o n of public o r d e r . 3) t h e a d m i n i s t r a t i o n a n d applic a t i o n d e r funds b e l o n g i n g to the city, a n d duties of excise, w i t h the d u t y of n o m i n a t i n g a trustee, u n d e r the responsibility of t h o s e w h o a p p o i n t h i m ; 4) to m a k e o u t a division a n d p r o p o r t i o n equally t h e taxes, a n d f o r w a r d t h e m the respective treasury; 5) to t a k e c a r e of all p r e p a r a t o r y

588

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus The political constitution of the Spanish monarchy schools, a n d o t h e r e s t a b l i s h m e n t s o f e d u c a t i o n t o b e p a i d o u t o f t h e funds of the district, 6) to t a k e c a r e of h o s p i t a l s , relig. h o u s e s of charity, foundling h o s p i t a l s etc 7) to t a k e care of t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n u. repairs of r o a d s , causeways, bridges, a n d p r i s o n s ; the forests a n d p l a n t a t i o n s des 5 district, a n d of all p u b l i c w o r k s . 8) to d r a w up t h e m u n i c i p a l r e g u l a t i o n s der t o w n , p r e s e n t t h e m d e n C o r t e s f. a p p r o b a t i o n , by a p r o v i n c i a l d e p u t a t i o n etc 9) to e n c o u r a g e agriculture, i n d u s t r y , a n d c o m m e r c e . [100,101] Art. 323 D i e C o r p o r a t i o n s shall discharge ||6| all these duties u n d e r t h e inspection o f t h e provincial d e p u t a t i o n , t o w h o m t h e y shall every year, 10 give in a certified a c c o u n t of t h e p u b l i c funds they h a v e received a n d applied. [102] Art. 324 T h e political gov. of t h e provinces, shall reside in t h e s u p e r i o r chief or g o v e r n o r a p p o i n t e d by the king in each. Art. 325 t h e r e shall be in every p r o v i n c e a d e p u t a t i o n , styled provincial, presided in by t h e supe15 rior chief or g o v e r n o r . Art. 326 this d e p u t a t i o n shall be c o m p o s e d of t h e President, t h e I n t e n d a n t u. 7 individuals. Art. 327 H a l f of t h e p r o v i n c i a l d e p u t a t i o n shall be r e n e w e d every 2 years; on t h e first c h a n g e t h e m a j o r ity retiring, a n d o n t h e second, t h e lesser n u m b e r , a n d s o o n successively. Art. 328 T h e election dieser individuals m a d e by t h e district electors, 20 on the d a y following t h a t of a p p o i n t i n g d e p u t i e s to the C o r t e s , in t h e same o r d e r as the latter, are n o m i n a t e d . Art. 330 Qualification f. m e m b e r der provincial d e p u t a t i o n : 25 years of age, native or i n h a b i t a n t of t h e province w i t h a residence of at least 7 years therein; to possess a c o m petent i n c o m e , t o a p p e a r w i t h decency; n o p u b l i c officers n o m i n a t e d b y 25 the king. Art. 331 4 J. m u s t elapse after t h e cessation of his duties, before the same p e r s o n c a n be elected a s e c o n d t i m e . [103,104] Art. 334 D i e d e p u t a t i o n shall k e e p Sessions 90 d a y s at m o s t in every year. Art. 335 Die d u t y dieser d e p u t a t i o n a u f provinciellem S t a n d p u n k t , w a s die d e r A y u n t a m i e n t o s a u f m u n i c i p a l e m . Zugleich d e r e n U e b e r w a c h u n g . 30 [105-107] Art. 337 All m e m b e r s d e r a y u n t a m i e n t o s u. p r o v i n c i a l d e p u t a t i o n s , on entering i n t o office, s c h w ö r e n a u f die C o n s t i t . etc [108] Art. 354 T h e r e shall be no c u s t o m - h o u s e s , except in the s e a - p o r t s , a n d on the frontiers. . . . [112] Art. 359 T h e C o r t e s shall also d e t e r m i n e , by the respective n a v a l a n d 35 military codes, w h a t e v e r relates to t h e discipline, p r o m o t i o n , p a y , a n d all other m a t t e r for the g o o d gov. of t h e a r m y a n d n a v y . Art. 362 t h e r e shall be f o r m e d c o r p s of n a t i o n a l militia in e a c h p r o v i n c e , consisting of the i n h a b i t a n t s o f the s a m e , i n p r o p o r t i o n t o its p o p u l a t i o n u . c i r c u m stances. [113,114] Art. 364 D e r service d e r militia nicht p e r m a n e n t . 40 Art. 365 k ö n n e n a u s s e r h a l b ihrer p r o v i n c i a l limits nicht e m p l o y e d werden w i t h o u t the A u t h o r i t y d e r C o r t e s . [115] Art. 371 All S p a n i a r d s h a v e

591

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 liberty t o write, p r i n t , a n d p u b l i s h their political ideas, w i t h o u t a n y necessity for a licence, e x a m i n a t i o n , or a p p r o b a t i o n , p r e v i o u s to publi­ c a t i o n , subject t o t h e restrictions a n d responsibility established b y law. [116] D i e s e C o n s t i t u t i o n k a n n n u r alterirt, a d d e d o r c o r r e c t e d w e r d e n i n a n y of its details, n i c h t u n t i l 8 y e a r s elapse after it h a s b e e n c a r r i e d i n t o p r a c t i c e (Art. 375), [117] die d e p u t i e s w h o m a y h a v e to decree definitively t h e r e o n , shall be p r o v i d e d w i t h special p o w e r s a c c o r d i n g l y (Art. 376), die p r o p o s a l s f. d e n c h a n g e in a n y article d e r C o n s t , m u s t be m a d e in writ­ ing, u. s u p p o r t e d u. signed by at least 20 d e p u t i e s (Art. 377), 3 χ verlesen w i t h intervals of 6 d a y s f r o m o n e to t h e o t h e r r e a d i n g , u. after t h i s . . . discussed w h e t h e r t h e r e i s g r o u n d for p r o c e e d i n g t o d e b a t e t h e r e o n . (Art. 378) If it is a d m i t t e d to d e b a t e , . . . p u t to t h e v o t e w h e t h e r t h e r e is g r o u n d for c o n s i d e r i n g it again, in t h e following g e n e r a l d e p u t a t i o n , u. for this effect 2 / 3 d e r m e m b e r s p r e s e n t m ü s s e n agree. ( A r t . 379) D i e foll o w i n g gen. d e p u t a t i o n s m . d e n s e l b e n formalities, m . / der v o t e s agreeing, e r k l ä r t t h a t t h e r e i s g r o u n d for special p o w e r s t o m a k e t h e p r o p o s e d a l t e r a t i o n s . (Art. 380) Art. 381 D a n n d e n p r o v i n c e s c o m m u n i c a t e d u. n a c h d e r t i m e w o r i n d i e ß h a s been d o n e , t h e C o r t e s shall d e t e r m i n e i f t h e n e x t d e p u t a t i o n or t h e o n e i m m e d i a t e l y succeeding it shall c o m e qualified m. d e n special p o w e r s . Art. 382 these shall p r o c e e d f r o m elective p r o v i n cial meetings, a d d i n g t o t h e u s u a l p o w e r s t h e following clause etc . . . T h e y also g r a n t etc [118,119] ||7| Art. 383 T h e p r o p o s e d a l t e r a t i o n shall be a g a i n discussed, a n d if a p p r o v e d by / of t h e m e m b e r s , it shall b e c o m e a l a w of t h e Constit., a n d be p u b l i s h e d as s u c h in t h e C o r t e s . [120]

5

10

15

2

3

20

2

3

592

25

Notiz zu Charles Romey: Histoire d'Espagne

Romey, Charles (Histoire d'Espagne. 8 vol. Paris 1839-1848 geht bis z u m J a h r 1362)

593

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

Southey (Robert) History of the Peninsular War. 3 vol. London. 1823-1832. T. I. the R o m i s h c h u r c h leagued itself w i t h t h e m o n a r c h i c a l a u t h o r i t y , a g a i n s t 5 w h o s e a b u s e it h a d formerly b e e n t h e only b u l w a r k . (4) t h e w e a l t h y (monastic) o r d e r s still afforded a respectable p r o v i s i o n for t h e y o u n g e r sons of old or o p u l e n t families: the far m o r e n u m e r o u s e s t a b l i s h m e n t s of the m e n d i c a n t s w e r e m o r e injuriously filled from t h e lower classes. (9) E n d e des 1 8 J h h . P o r t u g a l u. S p a i n in a state of slow, b u t certain, 10 a d v a n c e m e n t ; o f w h i c h increasing c o m m e r c e , reviving literature, h u m a n er m a n n e r s , a n d mitigated b i g o t r y were u n e q u i v o c a l i n d i c a t i o n s . (12) l

1807. Secret Treaty of Fontainebleau. Invasion of Portugal. Removal of the Royal family to Brazil, (p. 62 sqq.)

15

G o d o y — t h e Q u e e n ' s p a r a m o u r . (65) W i r d Prince o f P e a c e d u r c h den t r e a t y o f Basle d e n e r negotirt, w o d u r c h ceded H i s p a n i o l a t o t h e F r e n c h . (66) 1796. t r e a t y of St. Ildefonso offensive u. defensive m. F r a n c e against a n y p o w e r of the C o n t i n e n t . (I.e.) Parties in favour of the French: einige, a n d t h o s e of t h e b e s t of the 20 S p a n i a r d s ( W h e n the F r e n c h r e v o l u t i o n b e g a n , t h e y o u n g a n d the a r d e n t in S p a i n — e a g e r l y a d o p t e d principles w h i c h p r o m i s e d a n e w a n d h a p p i e r

594

Aus Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war order o f things) w h o h o p e d t o o b t a i n t h a t r e f o r m a t i o n i n their gov. b y the assistance o f F r a n c e . . . . M a n y transferred their a t t a c h m e n t f r o m t h e F r e n c h R e p u b l i c t o t h e F r e n c h E m p i r e — Z w e i t e n s : class o f S p a n i a r d s w h o hostile to t h e R e v o l u t i o n für B o n a p a r t e . Als system of enlightened 5 despotism. T h e u n h a p p y c i r c u m s t a n c e w i t h w h i c h t h e Engl, w a r h a d c o m m e n c e d , irritated t h e m a g a i n s t G r e a t Brit., a n d t h a t s e n t i m e n t o f indignation n a t u r a l l y biassed t h e m t o w a r d F r a n c e . . . . Dritte description, w h o enemies t o t h e P r i n c e o f Peace, because they envied h i m , a n d wished to exercise a like t y r a n n y themselves. (68, 69) 11 Oct. 1807. secret letter 10 des Prince F e r d i n a n d f. m a r r i a g e m. der n e w imperial family, " t h e h o n o u r o f allying m e w i t h y o u r family." (Zugleich I n t r i g u e for t h e r e m o v a l against G o d o y . ) F ü r B o n a p a r t e "it w a s necessary t o begin b y occupying P o r t u g a l , a n d t o d u p e t h e S p a n . C o u r t i n t o a c o - o p e r a t i o n a g a i n s t a friendly p o w e r " . (72) "while she derived f r o m S p a i n all the assistance 15 t h a t could be desired, t h e S p a n . gov. w o u l d be p r e p a r i n g t h e w a y for its o w n d e s t r u c t i o n . " (I.e.) t h e f i r s t step t o r e m o v e t h e best t r o o p s f r o m Spain. D a z u , a t t h e requisition des F r e n c h gov., 16,000 m e n m a r c h e d into the N o r t h o f G e r m a n y , a n d a n o t h e r division i n t o T u s c a n y . (72) Aug. 1807 P o r t u g a l r e q u i r e d to act a g a i n s t E n g l a n d . November 1807. 20 While the c o u r t w a s w a i t i n g in t h e m o s t a n x i o u s incertitude t h e result of its submission, t h e a g i t a t i o n of t h e L i s b o n i a n s w a s increased by t h e a p p e a r a n c e of a R u s s i a n s q u a d r o n in t h e T a g u s . A d m i r a l Siniavin w i t h 9 ships of t h e line a n d 2 frigates h a d b e e n a c t i n g in t h e A r c h i p e l a g o against the T u r k s , i n alliance w i t h E n g l a n d ; a n d n o w o n his w a y h o m e t o 25 act against Engl, in c o n f o r m i t y w i t h the p l a n s of B u o n a p a r t e . (79) E i n rücken v. J u n o t . ( N o v e m b e r 1807) 29 N o v . (1807) enters ( J u n o t L i s b o n ) [92] Division des S p a n General Carraffa e n t e r e d m i t J u n o t . . . [107] t h e flower of t h e P o r t u g u e s e a r m y m a r c h e d i n t o F r a n c e . . . [125] 1808 B o n a p a r t e m a r c h e s his a r m i e s i n t o S p a i n . [154] " t h e o c c u p a t i o n 3 0 o f P o r t u g a l h a d been t h e f i r s t pretext; a n d w h e n J u n o t h a d t a k e n p o s session o f t h a t c o u n t r y w i t h o n e a r m y , the possibility t h a t t h e English would a t t a c k h i m there w a s a sufficient plea for h a v i n g a n o t h e r n e a r at h a n d to s u p p o r t h i m . " (162) | |8[ On the m o r n i n g of t h e 1 7 M a r c h (1808) the e m i g r a t i o n v. S p a i n 35 nach A m e r i c a beschlossen d u r c h die königl. F a m i l y . A u f r u h r in A r a n juez. F e r d i n a n d a t t h a t h o u r d a s idol der unreflecting m u l t i t u d e , a n d n o t a t h o u g h t w a s expressed or felt of effecting a n y o t h e r c h a n g e t h a n t h a t of removing the o n e k i n g t o m a k e r o o m for a n o t h e r . (169) N a c h d e r a b dication des C h a r l e s I V " a t S a l a m a n c a t h e m o n k s a n d s t u d e n t s d a n c e d 40 in the m a r k e t p l a c e " . (173) M a r c h 3 1808. M u r a t enters Spain. M a d r i d 23 M a r c h . [176-178] th

595

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

Insurrection and Military Murders at Madrid. Submission of the constituted Authorities to the Pleasure of Buonaparte. Assembly of Notables convoked by him at Bayonne. (April 1808) General Insurrection. (May 1808) Proceedings in Asturias and Gallicia. Juntas formed in the Provinces. Junta of Seville. Murder of Solano at Cadiz. Capture of the French Squadron in that Harbour. Massacre of the French at Valencia. Proclamations of the Patriots. Movements of the French against them.

5

10

" T h e seizure o f the fortresses, a n d the a d v a n c e o f t h e F r e n c h t r o o p s , h a d r o u s e d t h e spirit of t h e S p a n i a r d s ; their h o p e s h a d b e e n excited to the 15 highest pitch b y the downfall o f G o d o y a n d t h e elevation o f F e r d i n a n d ; a n d in t h a t state of public feeling, t h e s l a u g h t e r at M a d r i d , a n d t h e t r a n s a c t i o n s a t B a y o n n e , were n o s o o n e r k n o w n , t h a n the p e o p l e , a s i f b y an i n s t a n t a n e o u s impulse over the whole k i n g d o m , manifested a determ i n a t i o n to resist the insolent u s u r p a t i o n . A b a n d o n e d as they were by 20 o n e p a r t der R o y a l F a m i l y , deprived o f t h e rest; f o r s a k e n t o o b y t h o s e n o b l e s a n d statesmen, w h o s e n a m e s carried a u t h o r i t y ; b e t r a y e d b y their G o v . , a n d n o w e x h o r t e d t o submission b y all the c o n s t i t u t e d a u t h o r i t i e s civil a n d religious; their s t r o n g places a n d frontier passes in possession of the e n e m y ; the flower of their o w n t r o o p s s o m e in Italy, o t h e r s in the 25 N o r t h of Europe; and a numerous army of the French, accustomed to victory, a n d n o w flushed with S p a n , slaughter, in their capital a n d in t h e h e a r t o f the c o u n t r y ; u n d e r these c o m p l i c a t e d d i s a d v a n t a g e s a n d d a n g e r s they r o s e in general a n d s i m u l t a n e o u s i n s u r r e c t i o n a g a i n s t the mightiest military p o w e r which h a d ever till t h a t time existed. (264, 5) If B o n a p a r t e 30 h a d declared w a r against Spain, a t t h e b e g i n n i n g , n o e n t h u s i a s m c o u l d h a v e b e e n raised i n favour o f the gov. . . . t h e S p a n i a r d s , p r o n e t o a d m i r e w h a t is r o m a n t i c a n d m i r a c u l o u s , dazzled by his career etc. (266) In Asturias zuerst die insurrection a s s u m e d a r e g u l a r f o r m . J u n t a of r e p r e sentatives at Oviedo, declared t h a t the entire sovereignty h a d devolved 35

596

Aus Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war into their h a n d s , sent d e p u t i e s to E n g l a n d . (25 M a i , 1808) I n s u r r e c t i o n at C o r u n a . . . [267] B a d a j o z , Sevilla . . . In t h e s u d d e n dissolution of g o v e r n ment, by which free scope w a s for t h e first t i m e given to the h o p e s a n d expectations of e n t h u s i a s t i c p a t r i o t i s m , the evil p a s s i o n s also were let 5 loose, a n d the u n r e a s o n a b l e p e o p l e s o m e t i m e s h u r r i e d i n t o excesses . . . (269) . . . C r i m e s gen angebliche agents u. accomplices d e r F r e n c h zu Valladolid, C a r t a g e n a , G r a n a d a , J a e n , S a n L u c a r , C a r o l i n a , C i u d a d R o d r i g o etc . . . T h e p e o p l e n o desire t o b r e a k loose f r o m t h e laws u . h a b i t s of s u b o r d i n a t i o n , n u r to t a k e v e n g e a n c e f. their m u r d e r e d c o u n t r y m e n u. 10 to deliver their c o u n t r y v. d e r u s u r p a t i o n . Wo o b s t r u c t i o n offered, t h e y became i m p a t i e n t a n d u n g o v e r n a b l e : sonst, their very zeal displayed itself i n the f o r m o f obedience; . . . n o p e r s o n t h o u g h t o f s t e p p i n g b e y o n d his r a n k t o a s s u m e t h e direction. Because F e r d i n a n d , w h e n h e set o u t u p o n his j o u r n e y t o B a y o n n e , h a d left a J u n t a o f G o v . t o M a d r i d , t h e p e o p l e 15 were familiar w i t h t h a t n a m e , a n d J u n t a s , in c o n s e q u e n c e , w e r e f o r m e d everywhere; t h o s e p e r s o n s being every w h e r e a p p o i n t e d w h o m t h e inh a b i t a n t s w e r e a c c u s t o m e d t o respect." (270) F o r m a t i o n der J u n t a z u Sevilla. (1. c.) t h e p r o v i s i o n a l g o v e r n m e n t s so s u d d e n l y f o r m e d a l t o g e t h e r i n d e p e n d e n t of e a c h o t h e r , a b e r certain degree of a s c e n d a n c y c o n c e d e d by 20 general c o n s e n t to t h e J u n t a of Seville; weil t h a t city r e g a r d e d as capital, while M a d r i d in the e n e m y ' s possession .. S o b a l d hier ( H a u p t a u f w i e g l e r m a n of low r a n k N i c o l a s T a p y N u ñ e z ) a J u n t a p r o p o s e d , t h e first t h o u g h t des p e o p l e was, t h a t the p a r o c h i a l clergy a n d t h e h e a d s der c o n v e n t s should assemble to c h o o s e t h e m e m b e r s , so little d i d they t h i n k of exer25 cising a n y right of election themselves. (270) | |9| S u p r e m e J u n t a of Seville, bildet in all t o w n s within their j u r i s d i c t i o n , c o n t a i n i n g 2000 h o u s e h o l d e r s , c o r r e s p o n d i n g J u n t a s , w h o w e r e t o enlist all the i n h a b i t a n t s zwischen 16 u. 45 a n d e m b o d y t h e m . F u n d s to be raised by taxes on all c o r p o r a t i o n s u. rich individuals u. v o l u n t a r y s u b 30 scriptions. K r i e g declared a g a i n s t N a p o l e o n u. F r a n c e , in t h e n a m e of F e r d i n a n d u . all the S p a n , n a t i o n , p r o t e s t i n g t h a t they w o u l d n o t lay d o w n their a r m s till t h a t E m p e r o r r e s t o r e d t o t h e m t h e w h o l e o f their R o y a l family, a n d respected the rights, liberty, u . i n d e p e n d e n c e d e r n a t i o n . D u r c h dieselbe d e c l a r a t i o n m a d e k n o w n t h a t they h a d c o n t r a c t e d 35 an armistice m. E n g l a n d . (272, 3) (übrigens hier Initiative g a n z b e i m Volk.) . . . Solano zu C a d i x m u r d e r e d by t h e M o b . ( M a y 1808) Moria n u n gewählt als n e w g o v e r n o r by the gen. officiers, bestätigt v. d e r J u n t a v. Sevilla . . . " p r o t e s t i n g t h a t the only desire d e r p e r s o n s in a u t h o r i t y w a s to die in the cause of their beloved F e r d i n a n d , w h o m a t y r a n t h a d s e p a r a t e d 40 from t h e m . " (281) N a c h d e r s u r r e n d e r d e r F r e n c h E s c a d r o n , M o r l a ' s P r o c l a m a t i o n an die v. C a d i z ( J u n e 1808): " t h e c o n v u l s i o n w h i c h Spain

597

Kar) Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 h a s u n d e r g o n e , h a s a w a k e n e d u s from o u r lethargy, a n d m a d e u s feel o u r rights, a n d the d u t y which w e o w e t o o u r holy religion a n d o u r k i n g . W e w a n t e d an electric s h o c k to r o u s e us from o u r palsied state of inactivity; we s t o o d in need of a h u r r i c a n e to clear t h e h e a v y a n d u n w h o l e s o m e a t m o s p h e r e . " (283) . . . A s t u r i a s , Gallicia u. A n d a l u s i a ...In der city of Valencia Massacre der French. June, 5, 1808 ... ( T h e r e also, in t h e first m o v e m e n t s des p e o p l e , the g o v e r n o r , D. M i g u e l de S a a v e d r a , fell a victim to p o p u l a r fury.) . . . (P. B a l t a s a r C a l v o , C a n o n of the c h u r c h of S. I s i d r o , in the metropolis.) ... [284] Palafox escapes f r o m B a y o n n e to S a r a g o s s a . I n s u r r e c t i o n in t h a t city . . . (1808 J u n e ) P a l a f o x declares w a r a g a i n s t F r a n c e . . . T h e J u n t a s every w h e r e a p p e a l e d t o p u b l i c o p i n i o n , a n d t h e press every w h e r e t h e F r e n c h w e r e n o t p r e s e n t , t e e m e d m . a d dresses t o t h e p e o p l e , i n all which the m a s s a c r e o f M a d r i d w a s r e p r e sented as a crime for which vengeance m u s t be exacted . . . [290-296] Junta v. Sevilla: "All S p a i n exclaims t h a t the S p a n , b l o o d in M a d r i d cries o u t for vengeance . . . we will fight... till we perish in defence of o u r king a n d o u r c o u n t r y " . . . Junta of Oviedo: " I t is better to die in defence of y o u r religion a n d i n d e p e n d e n c e , a n d u p o n y o u r o w n n a t i v e soil, t h a n b e led b o u n d t o slaughter, a n d waste y o u r b l o o d for t h e a g g r a n d i z e m e n t o f his a m b i t i o n . " (298) . . . the p o p u l a r faith as well as t h e p a t r i o t i s m d e r S p a n i a r d s w a s r o u s e d . T h e y were t o l d t o i m p l o r e the aid o f t h e I m m a c u l a t e C o n c e p t i o n ; o f S a n t i a g o , s o often the p a t r o n a n d c o m p a n i o n i n victory of their a n c e s t o r s ; of o u r L a d y of Battles, w h o s e i m a g e is w o r s h i p p e d i n the m o s t ancient t e m p l e o f C o v a d o n g a , a n d w h o h a d t h e r e s o signally assisted Pelayo in t h e first g r e a t o v e r t h r o w of t h e M o o r i s h inv a d e r s . T h e fire flamed higher for this h o l y oil of superstition. (301) Proclamation der Junta v. Sevilla: " S p a n i a r d s , y o u r n a t i v e c o u n t r y , y o u r p r o p e r t y , y o u r laws, y o u r liberty, y o u r king, y o u r religion, n a y , y o u r h o p e s in a better w o r l d , which t h a t religion c a n a l o n e devise to y o u a n d y o u r d e s c e n d a n t s , are at s t a k e . . . a r e in g r e a t a n d i m m i n e n t d a n g e r . . . . A n d a foreign p o w e r h a s d o n e this, . . . n o t b y d i n t o f a r m s , b u t b y deceit a n d treachery, b y c o n v e r t i n g t h e very p e r s o n s w h o call themselves the h e a d s o f o u r gov., i n t o i n s t r u m e n t s o f these a t r o c i o u s acts; p e r s o n s w h o , either f r o m the baseness of their sentiments, f r o m fear, or p e r h a p s f r o m o t h e r m o t i v e s , which t i m e or justice will unfold, hesitate n o t to sacrifice their c o u n t r y . It therefore became necessary to break the shackles, which prevented the Spaniards from displaying that generous ardour that in all ages has covered them with glory. ..." ( 3 0 3 , 5 ) Siege of Z a r a g o z a . ( J u n e 1808) (14 A u g u s t F r e n c h ziehn sich z u r ü c k ) . . . [391] Insurrection in Portugal: (1808 M a y bis July. A r r i v a l of a Brit, e x p e d i t i o n v. P o r t u g a l u p o n the n o r t h coast.) . . . [527]

598

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war T h e r e w e r e n o w a s m a n y g o v e r n m e n t s a s t h e r e w e r e J u n t a s , e a c h acting m . little r e g a r d t o t h e o t h e r s ; every w h e r e f i l l e d b y p e r s o n s c h o s e n because o f their station; t h e gov. t h r o u g h o u t S p a i n w a s delivered, o r r a t h e r fell i n t o the h a n d s of t h e provincial nobility a n d gentry, w i t h a 5 few clergy; [611] ihre p o w e r s neither limited in extent n o r d u r a t i o n : t h e people in their confidence never t h o u g h t of p r o p o s i n g restrictions: a n d the J u n t a s , w h e n ||10| o n c e in possession of a u t h o r i t y , t h o u g h t only of m a k i n g it as extensive, a n d r e t a i n i n g it as l o n g as they c o u l d . S o m e of t h e m passed decrees b e s t o w i n g u p o n themselves t h e titles of Excellencies 10 a n d Highnesses, a n d a d o p t e d u n i f o r m s of t h e gaudiest fashion . . . Oft, with a little decency as o b s e r v e d u n d e r t h e old system, c o m m i s s i o n s u. c o m m a n d s conferred u p o n friends, relations, p a r e n t s a s t h e e n r o l m e n t was general, t h e armies were f i l l e d w i t h officers w h o h a d n o o t h e r p r e tensions t o r a n k a n d p r o m o t i o n t h a n w h a t t h e y derived f r o m favour. 15 (612) After t h e g r e a t success in A n d a l u s i a , t h e provincial J u n t a s , i n s t e a d of exerting themselves to t h e u t m o s t for c o m p l e t i n g t h e deliverance of t h e country, b e c a m e j e a l o u s o f e a c h o t h e r . W h e r e t h e rival a u t h o r i t i e s w e r e far distant, this feeling i m p e d e d t h e p u b l i c service; greater evils w e r e t h r e a t e n e d w h e n t h e y b o r d e r e d u p o n e a c h o t h e r . S o c o n t e s t zw. G r a n a d a 20 u. Sevilla. (612) So N o t h w e n d i g k e i t eines central gov. L o r d C o l l i n g w o o d , in his first c o m m u n i c a t i o n s w i t h Seville, h a d advised t h a t a G e n e r a l Council, C o r t e s , o r C o n g r e s s s h o u l d b e a p p o i n t e d , a n d invested m . p o w e r f r o m t h e several provincial J u n t a s t o preside over a n d act i n t h e n a m e of t h e w h o l e . (613) " p o l y a r c h y of I n d e p e n d e n t J u n t a s . " (615) 25 Aug. 4, 1808: T h e council of Castille advise a central J u n t a . . . M a n y J u n t a s u . m a n y military c o m m a n d e r s dieselben W ü n s c h e . . . [617] D i e supreme Junta v. Sevilla sagt in einer P r o c l a m a t i o n : " W h o w a s to c o n voke the Cortes? It w a s t h e peculiar a n d exclusive p r e r o g a t i v e of t h e King to s u m m o n them; the provinces would not submit to any other 30 a u t h o r i t y etc . . . t h e kingdom found itself suddenly without a king and without a gov. . . . a situation u n k n o w n in its history, a n d to its laws. T h e people legally r e s u m e d the p o w e r of a p p o i n t i n g a g o v e r n m e n t . T h e y created J u n t a s w i t h o u t a n y r e g a r d to the cities which had votes in the Cortes. T h e legitimate p o w e r w a s therefore d e p o s i t e d w i t h the J u n t a s . It 35 was therefore i n c o n t e s t a b l e t h a t t h e sole a n d exlusive right of electing those w h o were t o c o m p o s e t h e s u p r e m e gov. w a s vested i n the s u p r e m e J u n t a s . A n d w h o m s h o u l d t h e y elect? Most certainly individuals of their own b o d y . . . T h e J u n t a of Seville w a s therefore of o p i n i o n t h a t t h e supreme J u n t a s , m e e t i n g o n t h e s a m e d a y , s h o u l d e a c h elect, f r o m its 40 own m e m b e r s , 2 deputies; a n d the p e r s o n s so elected, from t h a t m o m e n t , be acknowledged as governors-general of the kingdom. The supreme

599

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 J u n t a s o u g h t nevertheless t o b e c o n t i n u e d till t h e t e r m i n a t i o n o f t h e prese n t state o f things, b e i n g invested w i t h t h e i n t e r n a l m a n a g e m e n t o f their respective provinces, b u t u n d e r d u e s u b o r d i n a t i o n t o t h e G e n e r a l G o v e r n m e n t . . . " [616-619] T h e Provincial J u n t a s assert t o it. . . . 3 5 d e p u ties zu der Central Junta e r n a n n t . . . (Still it w a s a g r e a t object w i t h m a n y der p r o v i n c i a l J u n t a s to r e t a i n their p o w e r . So t h a t of Valencia u. die of Sevilla d r e w up secret rules f. their d e p u t i e s , w o r i n sie sie u n t e r ihrer direction b e h a l t e n u. reserved to themselves t h e p o w e r of displacing their d e p u t i e s at pleasure.) . . . [620] A r a n j u e z c h o s e n als place for m e e t i n g d e r C e n t r a l J u n t a , die Sept. 26, 1808 z u s a m m e n k o m m e n , s c h w ö r e n " t h a t they w o u l d preserve a n d extend t h e holy, C a t h o l i c , A p o s t o l i c , a n d R o m a n religion, defend their Sovereign F e r d i n a n d , their rights, privileges, laws, a n d usages, a n d especially t h o s e relating to t h e succession in t h e reigning family, p r o m o t e every t h i n g c o n d u c i v e t o t h e welfare a n d i m p r o v e m e n t of t h e k i n g d o m , k e e p secret every t h i n g w h i c h o u g h t n o t to b e divulged, m a i n t a i n the laws, a n d resist t h e enemies o f t h e c o u n t r y a t all h a z a r d s " . . . . quiet b u t m a l e v o l e n t s u b m i s s i o n des C o u n c i l of Castille . . . T h e L e o n e s e d e p u t i e s arrested b y G e n . C u e s t a . [627-629] U p o n the a s s u m p t i o n t h a t t h e J u n t a s i n Castille a n d L e o n derived their a u t h o r i t y from h i m a n d n o t f r o m the p e o p l e , C u e s t a m a d e t h e J u n t a o f Valladolid, w h o h a d assembled in L e o n , sent a representative to t h e C e n t r a l J u n t a . T h e assembly refused t o a d m i t h i m , a n d o r d e r i n g C u e s t a t o set his priso n e r s a t liberty, s u m m o n e d h i m also t o A r a n j u e z , t h a t all parties m i g h t b e h e a r d . C u e s t a ' s P l a n : the r e s t o r a t i o n der a u t h o r i t y des C a p t . G e n e r a l u. der R o y a l A u d i e n c e s u. 2 die exercise of military influence over t h e t e m

5

10

15

20

25

• • J u n t a , to m a k e t h e m elect an Executive C o u n c i l , of 3 or 5 m e m b e r s , e a c h o f w h o m s h o u l d b e p l a c e d a t the h e a d o f o n e b r a n c h o f t h e gov., a n d ••responsible t o the n a t i o n only. . . . [632] D i e C e n t r a l J u n t a e r k e n n t die N a t i o n a l s c h u l d a n , verspricht to simplify, as far as possible, t h e r e v e n u e system, g r a d u a l l y s u p p r e s s useless offices, establish e c o n o m y in all t h e 30 b r a n c h e s o f financial a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , a n d r e m o v e t h e a b u s e s i n t r o d u c e d i n t o it by t h e o l d gov. . . . In ihrer a d d r e s s an die n a t i o n heißt es u. a. "A t y r a n n y of 20 years, exercised by the most incapable hands, had brought them to 1111 the very b r i n k of p e r d i t i o n ; t h e n a t i o n w a s alienated f r o m its gov. by h a t r e d od. c o n t e m p t : every t h i n g f a v o u r e d t h e perfidious p l o t 35 w h i c h B o n a p a r t e h a d f o r m e d against t h e m , w h e n they r o s e t o vindicate their rights, a n d b e c a m e a t once the a d m i r a t i o n o f E u r o p e " . . . [634] T h e J u n t a believed i t w o u l d b e necessary t o m a i n t a i n 500,000 m e n i n a r m s , besides 50,000 cavalry . . . [635] the last gov., which was one continued and monstrous dilapidation had exhausted all the sources of prosperity ... the 40 defence of the kingdom, and the means of providing for it, must necessarily

600

Aus Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war be the first duty of the gov. ... A n d r e r s e i t s : a little t i m e o n l y h a d p a s s e d since, oppressed a n d d e g r a d e d , i g n o r a n t o f their o w n strength, a n d f i n d ing no p r o t e c t i o n a g a i n s t these evils, n e i t h e r in the i n s t i t u t i o n s n o r in t h e laws, they h a d even r e g a r d e d foreign d o m i n i o n a s less hateful t h a n t h e 5 wasting t y r a n n y w h i c h c o n s u m e d t h e m . T h e d o m i n i o n of a will always capricious, a n d m o s t often unjust, h a d lasted t o o long: their p a t i e n c e , their love of o r d e r , their g e n e r o u s loyalty h a d t o o l o n g b e e n a b u s e d : it was time t h a t law, f o u n d e d on general utility, s h o u l d c o m m e n c e its reign. This w a s t h e desire o f their g o o d a n d u n f o r t u n a t e K i n g F e r d i n a n d . . . 10 D a h e r R e f o r m in all b r a n c h e s . . . [636, 637] t h e J u n t a w o u l d f o r m different C o m m i t t e e s , e a c h e n t r u s t e d w i t h a p a r t i c u l a r d e p a r t m e n t , t o w h o m all writings o n m a t t e r s o f gov. a n d a d m i n i s t r a t i o n m i g h t b e a d d r e s s e d . . . Die C e n t r a l J u n t a w a r for a n a t i o n a l assembly t o o few, a n d for an executive G o v . t o o m a n y . 15 Jovellanos p r o p o s e s a R e g e n c y of 5 p e r s o n s , die C e n t r a l J u n t a zu r e d u ciren to half its n u m b e r , r e t a i n i n g 1 m e m b e r only of e a c h d e p u t a t i o n , als Council of t h e R e g e n c y , bis zu t h e m e e t i n g d e r C o r t e s , die zu berufen sobald der e n e m y driven o u t of Spain, or, at all events, in 2 y e a r s f r o m the present t i m e . . . [638] J o v e l l a n o s expected t h e greatest benefit f r o m a 20 Cortes; b u t he a p p r e h e n d e d g r e a t evil if it w e r e hastily c o n v o k e d , a n d w i t h o u t d u e p r e p a r a t i o n . T h a t p a r t y , s p ä t e r g e n a n n t Liberales i h n getadelt dafür. T h e y were t h e n a very small, b u t active m i n o r i t y , consisting chiefly of physicians, lawyers, and unbelieving priests, w h o s e little k n o w l - • • edge exclusively derived f r o m p r o h i b i t e d F r e n c h b o o k s . T h e s e p e r s o n s 25 were for h u r r y i n g on to a Jacobinical r e v o l u t i o n , a n d w e r e i m p a t i e n t for a Cortes a s the f i r s t g r e a t m e a n s o f e m b o d y i n g t h a t d e m o c r a c y w h i c h t h e y expected t o govern. A b e r a u c h m a n y d e r best S p a n i a r d s b e t r a c h t e t e n Cortes as the surest m e a n s of delivering their c o u n t r y , a n d r e s t o r i n g it to its former dignity a n d p o w e r ; the s a m e views very generally e n t e r t a i n e d 30 in E n g l a n d a n d by the Brit. G o v . In fact, the assembling d e r C o r t e s h a d been p r o p o s e d b y o u r f i r s t a u t h o r i z e d agent, M r . S t u a r t , t o the J u n t a s o f Galizia a n d A s t u r i a s . . . [639] F l o r i d a B l a n c a averse t o t h e m . . . D i e f i n a l discussion v . J o v e l l a n o s p r o p o s a l v e r t a g t z u m N o v . 7 . ( D i e ß beschlossen Sept. 7) T h u s t h e m i n o r i t y a v e r t e d a m e a s u r e w h i c h s h o c k e d their p r e 35 judices as m u c h as it a l a r m e d their f e a r s . . . [640] " . . . O c t o b e r 1808 ... t h e II Central J u n t a called u p o n t h e G e n e r a l s t o h a s t e n their o p e r a t i o n s . Sent C o m m i s s i o n e r s to t h e S p a n , armies . . . " [669] In d e n B o n a p a r t i s t i - II sehen frz. Blättern: " t h e I n s u r r e c t i o n w a s ascribed entirely to t h e artifices a n d bribes o f E n g l a n d , assisted b y t h e m o n k s a n d the I n q u i s i t i o n . . . " 40 [674] N a p o l e o n wieder n a c h S p a i n . . . 8 N o v e m b e r 1808 he r e a c h e d Vitoria . . . [701,702] The Central Junta (November 1808), while Blake's

601

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 army was fighting, without clothing, food, reinforcements to recruit its ranks, passed a decree for the establishment of a special tribunal, to try all persons accused of treason; its object being not more to bring such as were guilty to deserved punishment, than to rescue from suspicion u. danger die unjustly suspected. ... [708] By another decree, dated on the day when 5 Castaños was defeated at Tudela, they resolved that honorary militias should be formed in all towns which were not in the scene of war, in order to prevent disorders, and to arrest robbers, deserters, ill-disposed persons ... they repealed the banishment der Exjesuits ... [709] n o n e dieser measures well-timed; b u t t h e C e n t r a l J u n t a still p u r s u e d t h e fatal system of deceiv- 10 ing t h e p e o p l e as to the extent a n d i m m i n e n c e of their d a n g e r . Falsche Proclamations an das Volk zu Madrid ... N o v . 30 (1808) P a s s of S o m o sierra forced. N o w t h e w a y t o M a d r i d w a s o p e n . T h e C e n t r a l J u n t a retire from Aranjuez. F l o r i d a B i a n c a schlug C a d i x vor. J o v e l l a n o s d a g e g e n , a u f s. Vorschlag B a d a j o z b e s t i m m t als ihr place to m e e t . . . [710-712] S u r r e n - 15 der of M a d r i d ( D e c e m b e r ) . . . [718] Before t h e C e n t r a l J u n t a left A r a n juez, a c o m m i s s i o n of 6 m e m b e r s a p p o i n t e d to t r a n s a c t business d u r i n g their j o u r n e y , a n d official intelligence of their r e m o v a l w a s c o m m u n i cated to the F o r e i g n ministers. A s s e m b l e d zu ||12| Seville on t h e 17' D e c e m b e r . A d d r e s s der J u n t a to t h e p e o p l e of M a d r i d . . . . [735, 736] 20 Edict d e r J u n t a gegen Deserters, sentence of d e a t h u. confiscation of his p r o p e r t y . . . . [744]

T. II. January 1809. F l o r i d a Bianca, der p r e s i d e n t d e r C e n t r a l J u n t a f at 81 J a h r e . He w a s succeeded as president by the M a r q u e s de A s t o r g a , 25 a g r a n d e e of the highest class. . . . [32, 33] S e c o n d siege of Z a r a g o z a . (1808 D e c e m b e r sqq.) [101] F e b r u a r y a n a d d r e s s d e r C e n t r a l J u n t a a n die N a t i o n ü b e r d e n F a l l Z a r a g o z a s ; u . v . ihr H o n o u r s decreed t o the I n h a b i t a n t s . . . [155,157] April 1809. A p p e a l der C e n t r a l J u n t a to t h e People, (nach d e n defeats des C a r t a o j a l u. C u e s t a h a d set on foot 30 2 a r m i e s for t h e defence of the A n d a l u s i a s , consisting of 50,000 m e n a n d nearly 1 2 , 0 0 0 h o r s e s ) . . . C o r r e s p o n d e n c e o n the i n t r u d e r ' s p a r t w i t h the J u n t a (April 12 sqq) . . . [234,235] T h e J u n t a (v. Badajoz) i n f o r m e d the G o v . , t h a t , in c o n s i d e r a t i o n of the sacrileges which t h e e n e m y c o m m i t t e d wherever they w e n t , they were enlisting the p e a s a n t r y u n d e r t h e b a n n e r 35 o f t h e C r u s a d e w i t h which t h e misbelievers i n old times h a d b e e n p u r s u e d a n d c o n q u e r e d . T h e gov. a p p r o v e d this m e a s u r e ; t h e y directed t h a t the p e r s o n s w h o s h o u l d b e e m b o d i e d i n these n e w c o r p s s h o u l d b e distin-

602

Aus Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war guished by w e a r i n g a r e d cross on the b r e a s t . . . It d i d n o t s p r e a d . . . t h e officers d a g e g e n u. m i g h t h a v e raised a t e m p e r in t h e m e n u n f a v o u r a b l e to a n y expected c o - o p e r a t i o n w i t h their Brit, allies. . . . R e g u l a t i o n s des G o v . i n Bezug a u f die ejected Religioners. T h e s a m e calamities w h i c h h a d 5 set t h e m loose in every p a r t of the c o u n t r y w h i c h t h e e n e m y h a d o v e r r u n , deprived t h e m also of their a c c u s t o m e d m e a n s of s u b s i s t e n c e . . . . [239, 240] June 1809. T h e C e n t r a l J u n t a , u p o n the deliverance of Galicia, a d d r e s s e d one of their a n i m a t e d p r o c l a m a t i o n s to the i n h a b i t a n t s . . . . [338] At this time also t h a t system o f Guerillas w a r f a r e b e g a n w h i c h s o o n e x t e n d e d 10 t h r o u g h o u t Spain, a n d o c c a s i o n e d greater losses to the F r e n c h t h a n they suffered in all their pitched battles. T h e first a d v e n t u r e r s w h o a t t r a c t e d notice by collecting stragglers f r o m their o w n dispersed armies, deserters from the e n e m y , a n d m e n w h o , m a d e d e s p e r a t e by the r u i n of their private affairs in the general wreck, were r e a d y for a n y service in w h i c h t h e y 15 could at t h e s a m e time gratify their j u s t vengeance a n d find subsistence, were Juan Diaz Porlier in Asturias, u. Juan Martin Diaz in Old Castille, the latter b e t t e r k n o w n by his a p p e l l a t i o n of t h e E m p e c i n a d o . A lawyer, b y n a m e Gil, c o m m e n c e d t h e s a m e c o u r s e i n t h e P y r e n e a n valleys o f N a v a r r e a n d A r a g o n . . . Ebenso D. Mariano de Renovales gave e m p l o y 20 m e n t to t h e F r e n c h in N a v a r r e . [383] Aug. 29, 1809. R e n o v a l e s c a p i t u lates for the valleys. E b e n s o Xavier Mina, (son of a l a n d h o l d e r w h o cultivated his o w n estate a n d w a s d e p u t y for o n e of t h e valleys of N a v a r r e ) ; student at P a m p l o n a w h e n t h e r e v o l u t i o n b e g a n . . . . [391, 392] Sept. 1809. T h e C e n t r a l J u n t a a n n o u n c e t h a t the C o r t e s will be assem25 bled. It w a s n o t till 8 m o n t h s after their installation t h a t a decree c a m e forth for re-establishing t h e legal r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of t h e M o n a r c h y in t h e ancient C o r t e s . Sagen: " t h e Spain, p e o p l e m u s t leave t o their posterity a n inheritance w o r t h y of t h e sacrifices which w e r e m a d e for o b t a i n i n g it." . . . [420] In der u r s p r ü n g l i c h e n D e c l a r a t i o n , welche die J u n t a bei Seite legte 30 at the objections des Engl. C h a r g é d'affaires, M r . F r e r e , heißt es: "Our detractors say that we are fighting to defend old abuses, and the inveterate vices of our corrupted government; let t h e m k n o w t h a t y o u r struggle is for the h a p p i n e s s as well as t h e i n d e p e n d e n c e of y o u r c o u n t r y ; t h a t y o u will not d e p e n d h e n c e f o r w a r d o n t h e u n c e r t a i n will o r the variable t e m p e r o f 35 a single m a n e t c " [479-482] . . . U n p o p u l a r i t y der C e n t r a l J u n t a . T h e d i s a p p o i n t m e n t d e r n a t i o n w a s i n p r o p o r t i o n t o its h o p e s , a n d t h e gov. became equally t h e object o f suspicion a n d c o n t e m p t . . . . W h e n , after t h e bitter experience o f 1 2 m o n t h s , n o m e a s u r e s h a d b e e n a d o p t e d for i m proving the discipline of t h e armies, or supplying t h e m in t h e field, 40 the incapacity der J u n t a b e c a m e glaring, a n d outcries against t h e m were h e a r d on all sides . . . I

603

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 | 1 3 | I h n e n vorgeworfen, d a ß sie nicht die v e r s p r o c h n e n 500,000 m e n u . 50,000 cavalry ins F e l d g e b r a c h t . G r a n a d a the only p r o v i n c e die i h r e n c o n t i n g e n t u . m e h r geliefert. A b e r dieß d e p e n d e d m o r e u p o n t h e p r o v i n cial J u n t a s t h a n t h e C e n t r a l G o v . . . . D i e m o s t i m p o r t a n t e r r o r s d e r J u n t a w a r e n the delay in c o n v o k i n g the C o r t e s , a n d their c o n d u c t t o w a r d s Sir 5 A r t h u r Wellesley's a r m y . . . . Difficulties der C e n t r a l J u n t a . . . 3 4 m e n , t o g o v e r n a n a t i o n in the m o s t perilous crisis of its h i s t o r y . . . [485-488] the J u n t a acted i n c o n s t a n t fear a n d suspicion o f t h o s e w h o m t h e y e m p l o y e d . T h e i r sense of w e a k n e s s a n d their love of p o w e r increased t h e evil . . . S o m e o d i u m they i n c u r r e d by p e r m i t t i n g a t r a d e w i t h t o w n s w h i c h the 10 e n e m y o c c u p i e d . . . S o m e of its m e m b e r s w e r e suspected of e n h a n c i n g t h e price of necessaries for t h e a r m y , by their o w n secret m o n o p o l i e s ; o t h e r s w e r e said t o b e s u r r o u n d e d b y venal i n s t r u m e n t s , t h r o u g h w h o m a l o n e they w e r e accessible . . . never h a d a n y gov. fewer friends. M e n of the m o s t o p p o s i t e principles were equally disaffected t o w a r d s it . . . 15 S c h e m e i n Sevilla t o o v e r t h r o w t h e m . D i e ß d e m E n g l . A m b a s s a d o r ( M a r q u i s D e Wellesley) a n v e r t r a u t v . ihnen. E r e n a b l e d the J u n t a t o p r e vent t h e i n t e n d e d insurrection. G e n e r a l wish less for t h e c o n v o c a t i o n der C o r t e s als f. d a s e s t a b l i s h m e n t of a regency, from w h i c h m o r e u n a n i m ity a n d m o r e v i g o u r w a s expected . . . [489-491] D i e C e n t r a l J u n t a a d m i t - 20 ted t h a t the existing gov. n o t suited t o the state o f affairs, a n d n o m i n a t e d a c o m m i s s i o n for the p u r p o s e of i n q u i r i n g in w h a t m a n n e r it m i g h t best b e replaced. R o m a n a included i n the c o m m i s s i o n ; delivered Oct. 4 an a d d r e s s in p r o o f of his hostility gegen sie in their o w n u n s t a b l e t e n u r e . . . [492] Sie berufen die C o r t e s 1810 im d o c u m e n t v o m 25 28 O c t . 1809, - w o r i n sie zugleich d e n giftigen Angriffen des absolutistischen R o m a n a a n t w o r t e n . D a r i n u . a.: " I t h a s seemed g o o d t o P r o v idence t h a t i n this terrible crisis y o u s h o u l d n o t b e able t o a d v a n c e o n e step t o w a r d s i n d e p e n d e n c e , w i t h o u t a d v a n c i n g o n e likewise t o w a r d liberty. An imbecile and decrepit despotism prepared the way for French 30 tyranny. Political i m p o s t o r s , ( B o n a p a r t e ) t h e n t h o u g h t to deceive y o u by p r o m i s i n g reforms, a n d a n n o u n c i n g , in a c o n s t i t u t i o n framed at their p l e a s u r e , the e m p i r e of t h e l a w s . " [497] A b e r die J u n t a zugleich betrayed their u n d u e desire o f r e t a i n i n g their p o w e r ; gegen R o m a n a ' s Vorschlag " t h a t t h e existing gov. s h o u l d be c o n v e r t e d i n t o a regency of 3 or 5 per- 35 s o n s " . T h e J u n t a wished t o e v a d e t h e law o f t h e P a r t i d a s . E r k l ä r n aber zugleich t h a t they h a d " c o n c e n t r a t e d " their o w n a u t h o r i t y ; a n d t h a t " f r o m this t i m e t h o s e m e a s u r e s w h i c h r e q u i r e d d i s p a t c h , secresy, a n d energy w o u l d be directed by a section formed of 6 members, h o l d i n g their office for a t i m e " , " t h e G o v . w o u l d a d a p t the C o r t e s , in its n u m - 40 bers, forms, a n d classes to t h e p r e s e n t state of t h i n g s . " . . . " t o leave the

604

Aus Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war state s u n k in t h e sea of old abuses, w o u l d be a c r i m e as e n o r m o u s as to deliver y o u i n t o t h e h a n d s o f B o n a p a r t e . " ... " W h e n w a r h a s e x h a u s t e d all the o r d i n a r y m e a n s , w h e n t h e selfishness o f s o m e , a n d t h e a m b i t i o n o f others, debilitate a n d p a r a l y s e t h e efforts o f gov.; w h e n t h e y seek t o 5 destroy f r o m its f o u n d a t i o n s t h e essential p r i n c i p l e of t h e m o n a r c h y , which is union; w h e n t h e hydra of federalism, so h a p p i l y silenced t h e preceding y e a r b y t h e c r e a t i o n o f t h e c e n t r a l p o w e r , d a r e s a g a i n t o raise its h e a d s , a n d e n d e a v o u r t o p r e c i p i t a t e u s i n t o a n a r c h y ; w h e n t h e subtlety o f o u r enemies i s w a t c h i n g t h e m o m e n t o f o u r divisions t o d e s t r o y i n g t h e 10 state; this is t h e t i m e , t h e n , to collect in o n e p o i n t the n a t i o n a l dignity a n d p o w e r , w h e r e t h e S p a n , p e o p l e m a y v o t e a n d call f o r t h t h e e x t r a o r ­ dinary resources w h i c h a powerful n a t i o n ever h a s w i t h i n for its salva­ t i o n . " [498-501] " G e n e r a l C o r t e s daher to be convoked on Janu­ ary 1,1810, to enter on their function the 1st of March 1810 ..." H a d t h e 15 n a t i o n been m o r e alive to such h o p e s as were t h u s held o u t , t h e p r e s s u r e o f events a n d t h e presence o f i m m i n e n t d a n g e r w o u l d h a v e d i s t r a c t e d their t h o u g h t s from all speculative subjects. D i e such h o p e s as w e r e t h u s held out, t h e p r e s s u r e o f events a n d t h e p r e s e n c e o f i m m i n e n t d a n g e r would h a v e d i s t r a c t e d t h e i r t h o u g h t s f r o m all speculative subjects. D i e 20 S p a n i a r d s t h o u g h t lightly of every disaster, e x a g g e r a t e d every trifling success; die defeats of A r z o b i s p o αι. A l m o n a c i d less felt or t h o u g h t of by the b o d y o f t h e p e o p l e , t h a n t h e successful exploits o f t h o s e p r e d a t o r y bands, w h o , u n d e r t h e n a m e o f Guerillas, were n o w i n a c t i o n everywhere. D a s G o v . p a r t o o k o f this disposition. D a h e r t h e official u . p r o v i n c i a l 25 j o u r n a l s p u b l i s h e d every a d v e n t u r e of this k i n d m o r e fully a n d c i r c u m ­ stantially t h a n s o m e o f t h o s e a c t i o n s w h e r e i n t h e i r a r m i e s h a d d i s a p p e a r ­ ed. T h e e x a m p l e w h i c h M i n a a n d t h e E m p e c i n a d o h a d set was followed with alacrity a n d t e m p t i n g success, rich o p p o r t u n i t i e s b e i n g offered by the requisition o f p l a t e f r o m c h u r c h e s a n d f r o m individuals, w h i c h t h e 30 intrusive gov. w a s at this t i m e enforcing. T h e guerillas w e r e on t h e w a t c h , a n d intercepted n o trifling s h a r e o f t h e spoils. O n e p a r t y surprised a convoy with 80 q u i n t a l s of silver n e a r Segovia ... t h e guerillas d e p e n d e d for i n f o r m a t i o n , shelter, every t h i n g w h i c h c o u l d c o n t r i b u t e either to success o r safety, u p o n t h e g o o d will o f t h e i r c o u n t r y m e n . D . J u l i a n 35 Sanchez b e g a n at this t i m e to be distinguished u n t e r d e n Guérilleros. Raised a c o m p a n y of lancers in t h e district of C i u d a d R o d r i g o , acted with m u c h effect against the e n e m y in t h e plains of Castille. . . . [502-504] Belagerung v. G e r o n a , heroischer W i d e r s t a n d , c a p i t u l a t i o n . . . . [558] Fearful p a u s e after the defeat o f t h e S p a n , a r m i e s a t O c a ñ a a n d a t A l b a 40 de Tormes, w h e n t h e peace m. A u s t r i a left B o n a p a r t e at leisure to direct his whole force against Spain. . . . A d d r e s s d e r C e n t r a l J u n t a t o t h e

605

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 n a t i o n . . . U . A . : "Shall w e . . . s u b m i t also t o t h e d e s t r u c t i o n o f o u r religion; . . . forsake the ||14| s a n c t u a r y which d u r i n g 7 centuries, a n d in a * 1000 a n d a 1000 battles, o u r forefathers m a i n t a i n e d a g a i n s t t h e S a r a cens?" . . . " t h e Span, p e o p l e will s t a n d a l o n e a n d erect a m i d t h e r u i n s of ^ t h e E u r o p . c o n t i n e n t . " . . . In Spain, the m o u n t a i n s f o r m a c h a i n of for- 5 ^ tresses r u n n i n g t h r o u g h t h e w h o l e P e n i n s u l a a n d c o n n e c t i n g all its p r o v inces w i t h each o t h e r . D i e ß f. d e n Guerillakrieg, w h e n the w a r ceases to be carried on by a r m y against a r m y , a n d b e c o m e s t h e struggle of a n a t i o n a g a i n s t its o p p r e s s o r s . . . . [566-571] 1810. T h e C e n t r a l J u n t a manifested , • n o n e of t h a t energy after t h e r o u t at O caña w h i c h they h a d so success- 10 fully exerted after t h e b a t t l e of Medellin . . . they suffered a fallacious h o p e to be held o u t . . . fuller a c c o u n t s were given in t h e official G a z e t t e of an affair of guerillas t h a n of the b a t t l e of O c a ñ a ; a n d details were p u b l i s h e d of their victory at T a m a m e s , after the a r m y by w h i c h it w a s gained h a d b e e n r o u t e d at A l b a de T o r m e s . G e n e r a l d i s c o n t e n t . A u s s e r 15 R o m a n a ' s d e c l a r a t i o n against t h e m , t h e C o n d e v . N o r o ñ a being a t this t i m e r e m o v e d from t h e c o m m a n d in Galizia, a d d r e s s e d a p r o c l a m a t i o n to t h e Galicians, telling t h e m t h a t t h e c o u n t r y w a s i n d a n g e r , d a ß e r h a d given u p all d e p e n d e n c e u p o n the existing gov. H i s r e p e a t e d a p p l i c a t i o n s / for m o n e y u. a r m s h a d n e v e r o b t a i n e d t h e slightest notice. Er advised 20 t h e m to form a s e p a r a t e J u n t a for their o w n k i n g d o m , a n d be governed by it. A similar disposition prevailed in m a n y d e r provinces, Spain seemed o n the p o i n t o f relapsing i n t o t h a t state f r o m w h i c h t h e f o r m a t i o n of the C e n t r a l J u n t a h a d delivered it. T h e y were saved from it o n l y by the progress of t h e enemy. . . . [594, 595] E r k l ä r n Isle de L e o n f. d a s fittest 25 \ place for t h e C o r t e s to h o l d its sittings. D u r c h decree of the p r e c e d i n g year declared t h a t at w h a t e v e r place t h e C o r t e s s h o u l d be c o n v o k e d , to t h a t p l a c e t h e gov. m u s t r e m o v e its seat. T h e y gave n o t i c e , therefore, t h a t \ o n F e b r u a r y 1 (1810) t h e y s h o u l d m e e t i n t h e Isle o f L e o n ; a n d they m a d e i m m e d i a t e p r e p a r a t i o n s for the r e m o v a l . W i r k l i c h e r G r u n d : G e n . Arei- 30 s zaga h a d m a d e k n o w n his u t t e r hopelessness to t h e J u n t a . . . M u r m u r s at Seville. T h o s e p e r s o n s w h o c o u l d c o m m a n d t h e m e a n s of r e m o v a l h a s t e n e d to secure themselves in the s e a - p o r t . . . I n v a s i o n of A n d a l u s i a [598-600] p a s s of A l m a d é n forced . . . 20 J a n u a r y (1810) F a l s e h o p e s held s o u t to t h e p e o p l e (of Sevilla) by t h e C e n t r a l J u n t a . Verrückte o r d e r s an 35 ^ d e n D u q u e v. A l b u r q u e r q u e : — h i s vacillation w a s i m p u t e d to t r e a s o n , especially a s the w a r minister, D . A n t o n i o C o r n e l , h a d l o n g b e e n suspected by the p e o p l e . C e r t a i n it is, t h a t if A l b u r q u e r q u e h a d obeyed these > o r d e r s , his o w n a r m y m u s t h a v e been c u t off, a n d C a d i z w o u l d inevitably h a v e been t a k e n by t h e e n e m y , a c c o r d i n g to their a i m a n d expectation: 40 b u t t h e e r r o r o f the J u n t a a c c o u n t e d for their incapacity a n d their a l a r m t

v

s

N

N

606

Aus Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war T h e J u n t a w e r e h a s t e n i n g their d e p a r t u r e for C a d i z : their e q u i p a g e s were conveyed t o t h e q u a y s , a n d t h e p a p e r s from t h e p u b l i c offices w e r e e m b a r k e d on the G u a d a l q u i v i r ; 24 Jan. I n s u r r e c t i o n at Sevilla against t h e Central J u n t a . . . T h e C e n t r a l J u n t a were h a s t e n i n g h o w they c o u l d t o 5 Cadix . . . [602-606] C a d i z saved by A l b u r q u e r q u e . (entered 2 F e b r . 1810 die Isle of L e o n . ) . . . [609] R e s i g n a t i o n der C e n t r a l J u n t a . A p p o i n t a regency in i h r e m lezten D e c r e e v o m 29 J a n . 1810 (v. C a d i z ) : Regents D o n P e d r o d e Q u e v e d o y Q u i n t a n o , B i s h o p o f Orense; D . F r a n c i s c o d e S a a vedra, late p r e s i d e n t der J u n t a o f Sevilla; G e n e r a l C a s t a ñ o s ; D o n A n t o n i o 10 de E s c a ñ o , minister of m a r i n e ; u. D. E s t e b a n F e r n a n d e z de L e o n , a m e m ber of the council of the I n d i e s , as representative of t h e colonies. T h e Central J u n t a transferred dieser Regentschaft its a u t h o r i t y ; p r o v i d i n g , however, t h a t they s h o u l d only r e t a i n it till t h e C o r t e s w e r e assembled. . . . [611, 612] D o n L e o n declines, statt seiner a p p o i n t e d D . M i g u e l d e L a r d i lo zabal y A r i b a , a native of the p r o v i n c e of Tlaxcalla, in N e w Spain. . . . R i g o r o u s t r e a t m e n t d e r E x C e n t r a l J u n t a d u r c h die R e g e n t s d a s w o r k o f their implacable e n e m y , t h e council of Castille, a b o d y w h i c h they o u g h t to have dissolved a n d b r a n d e d for its s u b m i s s i o n to the i n t r u d e r u. d e r J u n t a of Cadiz . . . [618, 619] T h e Regency w a s a c k n o w l e d g e d w i t h o u t h e s i t a t i o n 20 in those provinces w h i c h w e r e n o t yet o v e r r u n by the enemy, a n d every where b y t h o s e S p a n i a r d s w h o resisted the u s u r p a t i o n ; yet w i t h t h e a u t h o r ity which they derived f r o m t h e S u p r e m e J u n t a a p o r t i o n of its u n p o p u larity h a d d e s c e n d e d u p o n t h e m . L i k e their predecessors, they were in fact s u r r o u n d e d b y the s a m e system o f s y c o p h a n c y a n d intrigue w h i c h h a d 25 subsisted u n d e r t h e m o n a r c h y . T h e s a m e s w a r m w a s a b o u t t h e m : it w a s a state p l a g u e with w h i c h S p a i n h a d b e e n afflicted f r o m t h e age of t h e P h i lips. H e n c e it c a m e to p a s s t h a t t h e n a t i o n a l force, i n s t e a d of b e i n g invigorated b y t h e c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f legitimate p o w e r , w a s s o m e t i m e s p a r a l y s e d by it. F o r if a fairer p r o s p e c t a p p e a r e d to o p e n in the p r o v i n c e s w h e r e t h e 30 people h a d been left to themselves a n d to chiefs of their o w n c h o o s i n g , t o o often, w h e n a c o m m u n i c a t i o n w a s o p e n e d m. d e m seat of gov., this u n w h o l e s o m e influence ||15| w a s felt in t h e a p p o i n t m e n t of s o m e insufficient general, p e r h a p s a s t r a n g e r to the p r o v i n c e w h i c h he w a s sent to c o m m a n d . A central gov. h o w e v e r indispensable, as a m e a n s of c o m m u 35 nication first m. E n g l a n d , a n d eventually m. o t h e r states, b u t m o r e especially a s keeping t o g e t h e r the w h o l e b o d y o f the m o n a r c h y b o t h i n E u r o p e and in A m e r i c a . . . [631, 632] T h e S p a n i a r d s suffered as m u c h f r o m t h e confusion which i n s u b o r d i n a t i o n u . d e m t o t a l w a n t o f m e t h o d occasioned, (in ihren armies) as f r o m t h e neglect on t h e p a r t of the local a u t h o r 40 ities a n d the provincial gov. O w i n g to these c o m b i n e d causes their armies were often in a state of d e s t i t u t i o n . U n a n i m o u s as S p a i n w a s in its feeling

607

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Hett 2 etc at t h e insolent u s u r p a t i o n of B o n a p a r t e , it w a s divided a g a i n s t itself w h e n e v e r provincial interests a p p e a r e d t o clash. N e i t h e r C a t a l o n i a n o r Valencia w o u l d a t this time m a k e c o m m o n cause m . A r r a g o n . Valencia w o u l d s p a r e f. die A r r a g o n e s e t r o o p s n o n e of its o w n a m p l e resources, a n d the C a t a l a n gov. even s t o p p e d t h e supplies w h i c h were i n t e n d e d for A r r a g o n . . . . [677]

5

t. III. October 1810. Trotz d e r vielen losses u. disgraces, the S p a n i a r d s c o n t i n u e d t o p u r s u e t h a t system o f hostility w h i c h w a s carried o n wherever the F r e n c h were n o m i n a l l y m a s t e r s ; a m o d e of w a r destructive to t h e i n v a d e r s against w h o m it w a s directed, b u t dreadful also in its effect u p o n t h e people b y w h o m i t was w a g e d . . . irregular a n d universal w a r fare. (41) T h i s c h a r a c t e r o n t h e p a r t o f t h e S p a n i a r d s t h e w a r h a d n o w a s s u m e d in all p a r t s of Spain . . . the best u. w o r s t c h a r a c t e r s (ruffians) v e r b u n d e n in diesem life of o u t l a w r y a n d a d v e n t u r e (to surprise p o s t s , c u t off escorts o r convey, p u t s o m e d e t a c h m e n t t o d e a t h , intercept d e s p a t c h e s , recover p l u n d e r , a n d v o r allem vengeance) . . . U n t e r ihnen die eigentlich p o p u l a r héros: El F r a y l e , El C u r a , el M e d i c o , el M a n c o , El C a n t a r e r o , el C o c i n e r o , el P a s t o r , el A b u e l o , el C h a l e c o etc . . . A large p o r t i o n der m e n w h o e n g a g e d u n d e r these leaders soldiers w h o h a d esc a p e d i n s o m e o f t h e miserable defeats t o w h i c h t h e r a s h n e s s des G o v . u . die incapacity der generals exposed t h e m ; o r w h o h a d deserted f r o m t h e r e g u l a r a r m y to this m o r e inviting service. Smugglers, deren old occup a t i o n destroyed. A b e r v o r allem l a b o u r e r s , r u i n i r t e r e t a i n e r s grosser H ä u s e r , provincial t r a d e s m e n . . . . A u c h M o n k s u. friars, frocked u. u n f r o c k e d . W h e r e v e r die c o n v e n t s suppressed u. their m e m b e r s forbidd e n to wear the h a b i t on p a i n of d e a t h , wie in all the p r o v i n c e s t h a t t h e F r e n c h overran, t h e y o u n g t o o k a r m s , t h e old e m p l o y e d themselves i n k e e p i n g u p the spirit o f the p e o p l e . . . . [42-45] I n N e w Castille t h e r e were s o m e of t h e vilest d e p r e d a t o r s w h o u n d e r the n a m e of guerillas infested Spain. T h e s e b a n d i t t i p l u n d e r e d a n d m u r d e r e d indiscriminately all w h o fell i n t o their h a n d s . S o D . J u a n A b r i l . . . . [52,53]

10

15

20

25

30

April 18. 1810. J o s e p h verspricht in d e r G a z e t a die c o n v o c a t i o n der C o r t e s . " I t was l o n g " , his p a r t i s a n s said, "since t h e J u n t a h a d a m u s e d the n a t i o n w i t h vain h o p e s of this benefit, for w h i c h S p a i n w a s to be i n d e b t e d 35 t o h e r n e w sovereign." . . . D i e C o r t e s z u s a m m e n b e r u f e n n a c h e i n e m der lezten decrees der C e n t r a l J u n t a v. Sevilla in folgender F o r m : ((Erst h a t t e die C e n t r a l J u n t a asked the advice d e r S p a n , universities u. p u b l i c b o d i e s

608

Aus Robert Southey. History of the Peninsular war ü b e r die forms d e r old C o r t e s . D i e university of Seville r e m a r k e d , t h a t these things were m a t t e r s of historical research, n o t of p r a c t i c a l i m p o r tance: t h e r e w a s n o w n e i t h e r t i m e n o r necessity for t h e inquiry; t h e p r e s ent business w a s t o c o n v e n e representatives, a c c o r d i n g t o t h e general 5 principles of r e p r e s e n t a t i o n , a n d leave t h e m , after t h e y h a d saved t h e c o u n t r y , t o d e t e r m i n e t h e peculiar f o r m s o f t h e general S p a n . Cortes.)) Cities w h i c h h a d sent D e p u t i e s t o the last C o r t e s , w e r e e a c h t o send o n e t o this, a n d each s u p e r i o r J u n t a o n e also. T h e p r o v i n c e s o n e for every 50,000 h e a d s , a c c o r d i n g t o t h e census o f 1797. P a r o c h i a l J u n t a s t o b e 10 formed, c o m p o s e d of every h o u s e k e e p e r , (m. exact der A u s n a h m e , die später in der C o n s t i t . d e r C o r t e s ) As s o o n as t h e Justicia received i n s t r u c tions from t h e c o r r e g i d o r , or alcalde m a y o r of the district ( P a r t i d o ) a p a r o c h i a l m e e t i n g w a s t o b e held, a n d the S u n d a y following a p p o i n t e d for the business o f the p r i m a r y election. N a c h d e m G o t t d i e n s t u . r e t u r n 15 ing z u m W a h l p l a t z the p a r i s h i o n e r s , o n e by o n e , w e r e to a d v a n c e to t h e table at w h i c h t h e p a r o c h i a l officers u. die priests presided, a n d t h e r e n a m e an elector for the p a r i s h : t h e 12 p e r s o n s w h o o b t a i n e d a majority of n a m e s s h o u l d g o ||16| a p a r t a n d f i x u p o n o n e . etc (fast g a n z wie i n d e r Constit.) W i t h i n 8 d a y s a f t e r w a r d , t h e p a r o c h i a l electors s h o u l d a s s e m b l e 20 in the p r i n c i p a l t o w n of t h e district, a n d f o r m a J u n t a , over w h i c h t h e corregidor a n d t h e ecclesiastic o f t h e highest r a n k i n t h e place presided. T h e testimonials d e r electors were to be scrutinised; religious c e r e m o n i e s ; 12 p e r s o n s c h o s e n in the s a m e m a n n e r , to a p p o i n t 1 or m o r e electors for the district, a c c o r d i n g to its extent. B r a u c h t e n nicht zu w ä h l e n o u t of 25 their o w n n u m b e r . T h e business w a s to be t r a n s a c t e d in t h e consistory, a record of its p r o c e e d i n g s d e p o s i t e d a m o n g t h e archives, a n d a c o p y sent t o every p a r i s h , a n d t o t h e capital o f t h e p r o v i n c e , w h e r e the f i n a l election t o o k place. H e r e t h e electors of t h e district w e r e to assemble. A J u n t a s h o u l d h a v e been previously c o n s t i t u t e d , consisting of t h e presi30 dent of t h e superior J u n t a of the P r o v i n c e ; t h e a r c h b i s h o p or b i s h o p , regent, i n t e n d a n t , a n d c o r r e g i d o r of t h e city, a n d a secretary. It w a s p r e s u m e d t h a t these p e r s o n s w o u l d all b e m e m b e r s o f the provincial J u n t a ; if n o t , they w e r e called to this d u t y by v i r t u e of their r a n k , a n d an equal n u m b e r o f m e m b e r s o f t h e J u n t a a d d e d . . . the b o a r d t h u s a p 35 pointed, w a s to see t h a t the p r i m a r y a n d s e c o n d a r y elections w e r e m a d e t h r o u g h o u t t h e p r o v i n c e . After t h e s a m e o b s e r v a n c e s a n d scrutinies a s o n the former occasions, the f i n a l election w a s t o b e m a d e . T h e p e r s o n p r o p o s e d m u s t be a n a t i v e of the p r o v i n c e : n o b l e s , plebeians, secular priests equally eligible; n o o t h e r qualification required, t h a n t h a t h e 40 should be a b o v e 25, of g o o d r e p u t e , n o t actually t h e salaried servant of any individual or b o d y . In this final election, t h e first step w a s to elect

609

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 3 p e r s o n s successively. A simple m a j o r i t y w a s n o t sufficient here; m o r e t h a n half t h e electors m u s t v o t e for t h e s a m e p e r s o n , a n d t h e v o t i n g b e r e p e a t e d till this s h o u l d be t h e case: 3 h a v i n g t h u s b e e n c h o s e n , their n a m e s w e r e t o b e placed i n a n u r n , a n d h e w h o s e lot was d r a w n w a s the d e p u t y to the C o r t e s . A f o u r t h was t h e n to be elected, e b e n s o s. n a m e m. d e n 2 u n d r a w n in die U r n geworfen u. dieß r e p e a t e d till t h e n u m b e r of deputies for t h e p r o v i n c e w a s m a d e u p . D a n n s u p p l e m e n t a r y d e p u t i e s chosen, in the p r o p o r t i o n of 1 to 3. T h e n u m b e r of p r o v i n c i a l deputies a m o u n t e d t o 208; t h a t o f the s u p p l e m e n t a r i e s t o 68. T h e Provincial J u n t a s were to c h o o s e their m e m b e r s a c c o r d i n g to t h e rules der final eleetions; die p e r s o n c h o s e n m u ß t e a u c h n a t i v e d e r p r o v i n c e sein. F. die city elections: wo die regidores were p r o p r i e t a r i e s , or held their office d u r i n g life by the k i n g ' s a p p o i n t m e n t , t h e p e o p l e s h o u l d elect an e q u a l n u m b e r of electors, in t h e m a n n e r of t h e m u n i c i p a l elections. T h e s e electors, m. d e n regidores, d e m syndic, u. d e n officers w h o are called the P e r s o n e r o y D i p u t a d o del C o m ú n , were t o m e e t i n the consistory, w h e r e the correg i d o r s h o u l d preside, a n d t h e r e c h o o s e 3 p e r s o n s o u t of their o w n b o d y , t h e f i n a l decision being b y lot. All the elections w e r e t o b e m a d e m . o p e n d o o r s . 2 6 m e m b e r s w e r e a d d e d for t h e S p a n , possessions i n A m e r i c a u . d e n Philippines. B u t d u r i n g the l o n g interval w h i c h m u s t elapse before these representatives c o u l d r e a c h E u r o p e , s u p p l e m e n t a r i e s for their respective provinces were to be c h o s e n from natives resident in Spain. A circular notice w a s issued, r e q u i r i n g t h a t all A m e r i c a n or Asiatic S p a n i a r d s t h e n i n t h e c o u n t r y w o u l d send i n their n a m e s , ages, e m p l o y m e n t s , places of b i r t h a n d of a b o d e . T h i s b e i n g d o n e , a n d lists m a d e o u t accordingly, a J u n t a w a s to be f o r m e d , consisting of t h e m e m b e r s der C e n t r a l J u n t a , w h o s h o u l d a t the time b e acting a s d e p u t i e s for t h e colonies, o r

5

10

15

20

25

4 ministers of the council of the Indies a p p o i n t e d by t h e J u n t a , a n d of 4 distinguished natives of t h e colonies, to be c h o s e n by t h e o t h e r m e m bers; this J u n t a w a s to direct a n d s u p e r i n t e n d the election. 12 electors for 30 e a c h p r o v i n c e were t o b e c h o s e n b y lot f r o m a m o n g t h e natives o f t h a t p r o v i n c e t h e n resident in C a d i z ; b u t if it so h a p p e n e d t h a t they d i d n o t a m o u n t t o 18, t h a t n u m b e r was t o b e f i l l e d u p b y m e m b e r s o f the o t h e r provinces. T h e 12 t h e n c h o s e n were to c h o o s e their d e p u t i e s , in t h e m a n n e r of the final provincial election, "first by n o m i n a t i o n , a n d t h e n by lot. 35 T h e a r c h b i s h o p s , b i s h o p s u . g r a n d e e s were t o m e e t i n a n u p p e r h o u s e : the g r a n d e e s zu sein t h e h e a d s of their respective families u. ü b e r the age of 2 5 u . die n o b l e s u . prelates w h o h a d s u b m i t t e d t o the F r e n c h G o v . , e x c l u d e d . " S u c h d e r p l a n which the c o m m i s s i o n d e r central J u n t a | |17| decided u p o n , a n d which t h e (Sevilla) J u n t a a d o p t e d . T h e c o m m i s - 40 sion w a s c o m p o s e d of 5 m e m b e r s : t h e A r c h b i s h o p of L a o d i c e a , Jovella-

610

Aus Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war nos, C a s t a ñ e d o , C a r o u . R i q u e l m e ; b u t t h e 2 latter m e m b e r s b e i n g a p p o i n t e d t o the executive c o m m i t t e e , their places w e r e supplied b y t h e Count de A y a m a n s u. D. Martin de Garay. D. Manuel Abella u. D . P e d r o P o l o d e Alcocer, w e r e secretaries t o the c o m m i s s i o n . T h e 5 details w e r e f o r m e d , a n d t h e official i n s t r u c t i o n s d r a w n u p b y G a r a y . I n their general principles t h e c o m m i s s i o n e r s chiefly guided, as was expected u . desired, b y J o v e l l a n o s , t h e best a n d t h e wisest der S p a n i a r d s . Difference of o p i n i o n in d e r c o m m i s s i o n u p o n 3 p o i n t s of c o n s i d e r a b l e i m p o r t a n c e , (siehe p. 76) 10 R i q u e l m e u. C a r o w o u l d h a v e h a d only o n e h o u s e of assembly: J o vellanos referred t o t h e English constit. H e p r o p o s e d also, t h a t certain qualifications of p r o p e r t y , s i t u a t i o n , u. a c q u i r e m e n t s s h o u l d be r e q u i r e d of t h e deputies. R i q u e l m e o p p o s e d this restriction. J o v e l l a n o s yielded. . . . T h e last act der c e n t r a l J u n t a , J a n . 2 9 , 1 8 1 0 h a d b e e n t o c o n s i g n t o t h e 15 Regency the c h a r g e of seeing the C o r t e s a s s e m b l e d , a c c o r d i n g to these rules. I n this f i n a l decree, p r o v i s i o n w a s m a d e for c h o o s i n g d e p u t i e s t o represent t h e p r o v i n c e s o c c u p i e d b y the e n e m y ; they w e r e t o b e c h o s e n i n the s a m e m a n n e r a s t h e c o l o n i a l deputies. H e r e also the i m p o r t a n t p o i n t of the veto w a s d e t e r m i n e d . If t h e R e g e n c y refused its assent to a m e a s u r e 20 which h a d p a s s e d b o t h h o u s e s , t h e m e a s u r e w a s to be re-considered; a n d unless repassed by a m a j o r i t y of / in e a c h h o u s e it w a s lost, a n d c o u l d n o t b e b r o u g h t f o r w a r d a g a i n i n t h a t C o r t e s : b u t i f b o t h h o u s e s , b y such a majority, ratified their f o r m e r d e t e r m i n a t i o n , 3 d a y s were t h e n allowed t o t h e Regency, a n d i f within t h a t t i m e t h e r o y a l s a n c t i o n w a s n o t given, 25 the law w a s to be p r o m u l g a t e d w i t h o u t it. T h e J u n t a declared t h a t t h e executive p o w e r a p p e r t a i n e d wholly t o t h e R e g e n c y , a n d t h e legislative t o the R e p r e s e n t a t i v e b o d y . Schließlich die R e g e n c y w a s e m p o w e r e d to fix any time for the dissolution der C o r t e s , p r o v i d e d it w e r e n o t before the e x p i r a t i o n of 6 m o n t h s . . . . T h e regency did not publish this decree. 30 T h e C o u n c i l of Castille, or r a t h e r the C o n s e j o - r e u n i d o , in which such of its m e m b e r s were i n c o r p o r a t e d as h a d followed t h e legitimate G o v . in A n d a l u s i a , h i n t e d , in a m e m o r i a l full of c a l u m n i e s a g a i n s t the e x - J u n t a , that t h e C o r t e s o u g h t n o t to be c o n v o k e d . Edict der Regency v. Febr. 11,1810, p u t t i n g off t h e m e e t i n g der C o r t e s : " t h i s m e a n s of preserv35 ation h a d been t o o l o n g delayed. . . . T h e Isle of L e o n , w h e r e the n a t i o n a l congress o u g h t t o assemble, w a s a t this t i m e besieged b y t h e e n e m y . . . necessity c o m p e l s u s t o delay the celebration d e r C o r t e s . . . m e a n t i m e t h e elections a r e to p r o c e e d . . . t h e C o r t e s shall m e e t as s o o n as t h e c i r c u m stances of t h e w a r p e r m i t . " N o t w i t h s t a n d i n g this l a n g u a g e , it is possible 40 t h a t Spain w a s i n d e b t e d for its C o r t e s m o r e to t h e a n n u n c i a t i o n f r o m Seville t h a t t h e I n t r u d e r w a s a b o u t t o c o n v o k e o n e , t h a n t o t h e inclina2

3

611

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 tion of its o w n rulers . . . as s o o n as it w a s ascertained t h a t C a d i z m i g h t defy t h e e n e m y t h e r e o u g h t t o h a v e b e e n n o delay. T h a t w a s a s c e r t a i n e d in F e b r u a r y , as s o o n as t h e Isle of L e o n w a s secured from a c o u p - d e m a i n . E r s t m i d d l e of J u n e a decree issued o r d e r i n g t h e elections to be c o m p l e t e d as s o o n as possible u. r e q u i r i n g t h e d e p u t i e s to assemble in t h e island d u r i n g t h e m o n t h o f A u g u s t , t h a t a s s o o n a s t h e greater p a r t o f t h e m were m e t the sessions m i g h t begin. D e r p l a n d e r C e n t r a l J u n t a altered i n o n e m o s t m a t e r i a l p o i n t : only o n e h o u s e being c o n v o k e d ; n o r the privileged o r d e r s s u m m o n e d t o m e e t a p a r t f r o m t h e 3 estate, n o r with it, n o r devised a n y p l a n for representing t h e m ; so t h a t 2 d e r 3 estates f w e r e excluded a s such f r o m t h e n a t i o n a l r e p r e s e n t a t i o n . B i s h o p o f O r e n s e , p r e s i d e n t d e r R e g e n c y . ...24 Sept. 1810 die C o r t e s c o m m e n c e d Y their p r o c e e d i n g s . . . M u ß t e n s c h w ö r e n i n die H a n d des O r e n s e " t o preserve t h e H o l y C a t h . A p o s t . R o m . Religion i n these r e a l m s , w i t h o u t a d m i t t i n g a n y other; to preserve the S p a n , n a t i o n in its integrity, a n d to o m i t no m e a n s for delivering it from its unjust o p p r e s s o r s ; to preserve to their beloved sovereign, F e r d i n a n d V I I , all his d o m i n i o n s , reclaiming h i m from captivity, placing h i m u p o n the t h r o n e e t c . " . . . U p o n t h e m o t i o n o f T o r r e r o , d e p u t y for E s t r e m a d u r a , t h e p l a n of a decree r e a d , p r e p a r e d by his colleague L u x a n . . . a d o p t e d . . . they declared themselves legally c o n stituted in a general u. e x t r a o r d i n a r y C o r t e s , w h e r e i n the n a t i o n a l sovereignty resided . . . swore a n e w t h a t F e r d i n a n d V I I their only lawful king; null t h e cession der c r o w n , weil violent u. c o n s e n t ||18| der n a t i o n w a n t ing. R e s e r v e d to themselves t h e exercise v. legislative p o w e r in its full extent, the p e r s o n s , to w h o m they s h o u l d delegate t h e executive p o w e r , in the absence des king, responsible to the n a t i o n a c c o r d i n g to t h e laws. T h e y a u t h o r i s e d einstweilen die R e g e n c y to c o n t i n u e exercising the executive p o w e r , a b e r v o r h e r sollten sie a c k n o w l e d g e t h e n a t i o n a l sovereignty der C o r t e s u. swear obedience to the laws u. decrees w h i c h it s h o u l d p r o m u l g a t e . . . T h e C o r t e s confirmed for t h e p r e s e n t t h e e s t a b lished t r i b u n a l s , a n d the civil a n d military a u t h o r i t i e s , d e c l a r e d t h e persons of the d e p u t i e s inviolable . . . b e t w e e n 10 u. 11 at n i g h t this decree p a s s e d . . . I n derselben N a c h t d e p u t a t i o n sent t o t h e R e g e n t s sofort d e n E i d zu s c h w ö r e n . . . [77-83] A b o u t m i d n i g h t , 4 of the R e g e n t s e n t e r e d the hall, a n d t o o k the o a t h . B i s h o p of O r e n s e d i d n o t c o m e . Wollte nicht a c k n o w l e d g e die sovereignty d e r n a t i o n , from t h a t h o u r h e ceased t o act as o n e of the R e g e n c y . . . Sept. 25 C o r t e s o r d e r e d t h a t the style in which they were t o b e addressed s h o u l d b e t h a t o f Majesty; highness t h a t d e r executive p o w e r , d u r i n g t h e absence o f F e r d i n a n d . . . T h e y o r d e r e d also, t h a t t h e c o m m a n d e r s in chief, captains-gen. d e r p r o v i n c e s , a r c h b i s h o p s , b i s h o p s , t r i b u n a l s , provincial J u n t a s , all o t h e r a u t h o r i t i e s , civil, military,

5

d

612

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war ecclesiastic, s h o u l d t a k e the o a t h of obedience to t h e C o r t e s . Sept. 26 T h e decree, by w h i c h t h e R e g e n t s w e r e declared responsible, p r o d u c e d a m e m o r i a l from t h e m , r e q u e s t i n g t o k n o w w h a t were t h e o b l i g a t i o n s a n n e x e d t o t h a t responsibility, a n d w h a t the specific p o w e r s w h i c h w e r e 5 given t h e m , da in d e n ancient laws d r a w n no line of distinction b e t w e e n the 2 p o w e r s . . . [84] C o r t e s a n t w o r t e n , " t h e y h a d n o t limited t h e p r o p e r faculties der executive, a n d t h e R e g e n c y w a s to use all t h e p o w e r necessary for t h e defence, security, u. a d m i n i s t r a t i o n des state, till t h e C o r t e s should m a r k o u t t h e precise b o u n d s of its a u t h o r i t y . " . . . [85] S o m e of t h e 10 m e m b e r s w e r e of t h e F r e n c h school of p h i l o s o p h y . H a t e d E n g l a n d . . . Decreed the s e p a r a t i o n d e r executive, legislative, u. judicial p o w e r s . . . Oct. 111810: A c o m m i s s i o n a p p o i n t e d to p r e p a r e a r e p o r t u p o n the best m e a n s of speedily t e r m i n a t i n g criminal causes. . . . [86] T h e D u k e of Orleans h a d offered his services d e n S p a n i a r d s ; die C e n t r a l J u n t a h a d 15 declined, die R e g e n c y , a few weeks after their installation, invited h i m to t a k e t h e c o m m a n d in C a t a l o n i a ; accordingly he sailed f r o m Sicily in t h e beginning o f J u n e , t o u c h e d a t T a r r a g o n a , c o n t i n u e d his v o y a g e t o C a d i z , where he l a n d e d u n d e r a salute of artillery; t h e C o r t e s held a p r i v a t e sitting u p o n the subject, a n d t h e result w a s , t h a t t h e D u k e r e - e m b a r k e d 20 for Sicily . . . Oct. 28, 1810. N e w R e g e n c y a p p o i n t e d , consisting of Blake, D . P e d r o A g a r (naval c a p t a i n u . director general der a c a d e m i e s d e r r o y a l m a r i n e g u a r d s ) u . D . G a b r i e l Ciscar, g o v e r n o r o f C a r t h a g e n a . D i e erste R e g i e r u n g a u c h d i s a p p o i n t e d t h e h o p e s des p e o p l e . Nov. 28, 1810 decree passed, t h a t die E x r e g e n t s s h o u l d give in an a c c o u n t of their a d m i n 25 istration to the C o r t e s , w i t h i n 2 m o n t h , with a view to s o m e future p r o cess. Decemb. 17, 1810, in c o n s e q u e n c e of a secret sitting o r d e r e d to retire from the Isle of L e o n u. d e r place w h e r e e a c h w a s to reside, a p p o i n t e d arbitrarily . . . [87-89] Blake u. Ciscar b e i n g a b s e n t , t h e M a r q u i s del Palacio u . D . J o s e M a r i a P u i g a p p o i n t e d t o act i n their place till t h e y 30 should arrive. Oct. 28 P a l a c i o refuses t h e o a t h , the M a r q u i s w a s o r d e r e d into custody, t h e C o r t e s m e t a g a i n t h a t n i g h t t o deliberation. Voted after a l o n g discussion, t h a t t h e M a r q u i s h a d forfeited the confidence d e r nation; f. i h n M a r q u i s de Castelar c h o s e n . . . Einige Tage n a c h h e r beschlossen t h a t b o t h his case (des Palacio) u. des B i s h o p of O r e n s e be 35 referred to j u d g e s a p p o i n t e d by the R e g e n c y . Einstweilen p r i s o n e r at large in L e o n , u p o n his p a r o l e . . . Sept. 29 1810 selfdenying o r d i n a n c e d e r Cortes, w ä h r e n d ihrer functions o d . 1 J. afterwards, accept for himself, or solicit f. a n y o t h e r p e r s o n , p e n s i o n , f a v o u r , r e w a r d etc. . . . [90, 91] 2 s u b jects occupied m u c h of t h e t i m e d e r C o r t e s : Colonies u. liberty of the press. 40 ... Heftige D e b a t t e ü b e r lezten P u n k t . Pfaffen e r k l ä r e n die liberty der press " c o n t r a r y t o R e l i g i o n " . N a c h langer Discussion: "After d e c l a r i n g

613

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 t h a t all p e r s o n s w e r e a t liberty t o p u b l i s h their sentiments w i t h o u t a n y license, the C o r t e s u n a n i m o u s l y a d m i t t e d a n a m e n d m e n t which, b y inserti n g the w o r d political, curtailed this liberty of half its extent: a n d all writings u p o n religious m a t t e r s were left subject to t h e p r e v i o u s c e n s u r e d e r ecclesiastic a u t h o r i t i e s , a c c o r d i n g to t h e decree of t h e C o u n c i l of T r e n t . " . . . F o r the p u r p o s e o f securing t h e f r e e d o m d e r press, a n d p r o viding ||19| against its a b u s e , the C o r t e s w a s to a p p o i n t a s u p r e m e b o a r d of censure, c o m p o s e d of 9 individuals, w h o were to reside n e a r t h e G o v . ; a n d a similar b o a r d of 5 m e m b e r s in every provincial capital; 3 of the nine, a n d 2 of t h e 5, being secular clergy. T h e business d e r provincial b o a r d s t o e x a m i n e such w o r k s a s w e r e d e n o u n c e d ; a n d u p o n their sentence t h e j u d g e s were t o suppress t h e b o o k , a n d call i n t h e copies w h i c h m i g h t h a v e b e e n sold; b u t their sentence w a s n o t definitive. S u p r e m e b o a r d als A p p e l l i n s t a n z . . . T h u s h a v i n g a d m i t t e d p u b l i c o p i n i o n a s the p r o p e r check u p o n the p r o c e e d i n g s of G o v . ; t h e C o r t e s instituted a b o a r d n o m i n a t e d by G o v . to be a check u p o n public o p i n i o n , w h i c h , if the m e a s u r e h a d n o t b e e n merely n u g a t o r y , w o u l d h a v e virtually d e s t r o y e d the f r e e d o m it p r e t e n d e d to establish. A b e r die press, like o t h e r prisoners, h a d b r o k e n loose w h e n the old system w a s o v e r t h r o w n . I t h a d r o u s e d u . c o n t i n u e d t o k e e p u p t h e spirit der n a t i o n . T h e S p a n i a r d s h a d t a k e n a r m s to defend their institutions, to which with all t h e i r e n o r m o u s a b u s e s t h e p e o p l e w a s devoutly a t t a c h e d . D i e best m e n w o l l t e n r e f o r m t h o s e a b u s e s , a b e r scrupled a t a n y evil m e a n s for b r i n g i n g i t a b o u t . A b e r a u c h p a r t y w h o were for destroying r o o t a n d b r a n c h . D e s p o t i s m h a d m a d e t h e m r e p u b l i c a n s , u. an a b o m i n a b l e superstition driven t h e m i n t o u n b e lief. F e w , a b e r m o r e n u m e r o u s als die " r a t i o n a l " r e f o r m e r s , b o l d u. i n d e fatigable . . . [96] Even in the C o r t e s there were s o m e w h o l o o k e d to the m o s t dreadful stage der F r e n c h R e v o l . r a t h e r a s a n e x a m p l e t h a n a w a r n ing . . . A J o u r n a l published u n d e r t h e title: " E l R o b e s p i e r r e E s p a ñ o l " . 1 of its n u m b e r s suppressed. Dieser writer cast i n t o p r i s o n , a n d left t h e r e , it w a s said in the C o r t e s , till he w a s half r o t t e n , w a i t i n g indefinitely for the decision of his case, w h i c h they w h o p r o s e c u t e d h i m were never likely to t h i n k of m o r e . . . . Decree t h a t they w o u l d n e v e r lay d o w n t h e a r m s , bis z u r recovering the a b s o l u t e integrity ihrer m o n a r c h y i n b o t h w o r l d s , u. their king. A b e r t h o u g h t h e r e s t o r a t i o n of F e r d i n a n d w a s t h u s s p o k e n of in this decree, m a n y fürchteten die evils s. R ü c k k e h r . T h e m o s t c a u tious reformers, h o w e v e r loyal, w u ß t e n d a ß s. presence i m p e d i m e n t to r e f o r m a t i o n . A b e r a t this time F e r d i n a n d ' s R ü c k k e h r schien b e v o r z u s t e h n u n t e r circumstances w h i c h all t r u e S p a n i a r d s r e g a r d e d m . e q u a l a p p r e h e n s i o n . T h e a c c o u n t s w h i c h h a d b e e n officially p u b l i s h e d in F r a n c e o f K o l l i ' s a d v e n t u r e r e p r e s e n t e d F e r d i n a n d a s still soliciting t o b e

614

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war a d o p t e d b y m a r r i a g e i n t o the family des t y r a n t w h o h a d b e t r a y e d h i m . Furcht daß Ferdinand might be now m a d e the instrument of Bonaparte . . . A g a i n s t this i t w a s necessary t o b e p r e p a r e d . L o n g a n d a n i m a t e d discussions held u p o n this m a t t e r . T h e C o r t e s faithfully r e p r e s e n t e d the 5 n a t i o n in their feelings on this subject; accordingly issued a decree, declaring null a n d of no effect all treaties or t r a n s a c t i o n s of a n y k i n d w h i c h F e r d i n a n d s h o u l d a u t h o r i s e while he r e m a i n e d in duresse, w h e t h e r in t h e enemy's c o u n t r y o r i n Spain, s o l o n g a s h e w a s u n d e r t h e direct o r indirect influence des U s u r p e r . T h e n a t i o n w o u l d n e v e r c o n s i d e r h i m free, 10 n o r r e n d e r h i m obedience, till they s h o u l d see h i m in t h e m i d s t of his t r u e subjects, a n d i n t h e b o s o m o f the n a t i o n a l congress: n o r w o u l d they lay d o w n their a r m s , n o r listen t o a n y p r o p o s a l for a n a c c o m m o d a t i o n o f any kind, till Spain h a d b e e n completely e v a c u a t e d b y the t r o o p s w h i c h h a d so unjustly i n v a d e d it . . . D a m a l s F o r t r e s s after fortress fallen, t h e 1 5 S p a n i a r d s i n t h e f i e l d n u r n o c h die force u n d e r R o m a n a m . L o r d Wellington; the e n e m y s u r r o u n d e d the b a y of C a d i z , u. were m a s t e r s des adjacent c o u n t r y . . . . Yet in t h e sight of these enemies, f r o m t h e neck of land w h i c h they t h u s beleaguered, t h e C o r t e s legislated for S p a i n ; a n d its proceedings, t h o u g h t h e I n t r u d e r a n d his a d h e r e n t s affected t o despise 20 t h e m , w e r e r e g a r d e d m. der deepest anxiety t h r o u g h o u t die P e n i n s u l a u. wherever t h e Span, l a n g u a g e extends. . . . Spain h a d e n d u r e d all t h e evils of r e v o l u t i o n w i t h o u t a c q u i r i n g a r e v o l u t i o n a r y strength; a n d n o n e of those c o m m a n d i n g spirits w h i c h r e v o l u t i o n s usually b r i n g forth h a d arise n t h e r e . . . t h e r e were d e p u t i e s w h o s o m e t i m e s h a d n o t w h e r e w i t h t o b u y 25 oil for a l a m p to give t h e m a light. . . . D i e C o r t e s faithfully r e p r e s e n t e d die virtues u. die defects der n a t i o n , t h e m a j o r i t y as b i g o t e d as t h e m o s t illiterate i h r e r c o u n t r y m e n . D i e liberal m i n o r i t y 18 J h h . F r e n c h philosophy. This p a r t y , far inferior in n u m b e r s , t o o k the lead, m. d e r activity u . zeal o f m e n w h o h a d e m b r a c e d new o p i n i o n s . . . [97-102] t h e C o r t e s 30 w e a k e n e d u. e m b a r r a s s e d die executive by p e r p e t u a l l y i n t e r m e d d l i n g w i t h it; so t h a t , u n d e r their C o n t r o l , die R e g e n c y m o r e inefficient t h a n t h e ' C e n t r a l J u n t a . I n s t e a d of m a k i n g t h e deliverance des c o u n t r y their p a r a - ' m o u n t object, they busied themselves in f r a m i n g a c o n s t i t u t i o n . D a y after day these a b s t r a c t i o n s w e r e d e b a t e d , while t h e e n e m y w a s besieging 35 Cadiz. M e a n t i m e no m e a s u r e s w e r e a d o p t e d for b r i n g i n g t h e a r m y i n t o a better state . . . | [103] l

615

f

f

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

|2o| du Casse. Mémoires et Correspondance Politique Χ · * · · · · ·

·

••

et militaire du Roi Joseph etc. 6 vol. In progress. Paris. 1853-54.

t. IV

5

f a m e u x a b e r nicht g a n z sicher traité secret de Tilsit (1807), p u b l i é en 1812 d a n s la Gazette de Madrid ( n u m é r o du 25 a o û t . ) « E n s u p p o s a n t s o n existence a u t h e n t i q u e , il serait le véritable p o i n t de d é p a r t de l'histoire de la g u e r r e d ' E s p a g n e d e p u i s 1808» . , . liée à un système général de p a r t a g e de l ' E u r o p e e n t r e la F r a n c e et la Russie, système q u ' A l e x a n d r e a u r a i t 10 a l o r s e m b r a s s é d a n s t o u t e s ses c o n s é q u e n c e s , (p. 246, 7) «Art. 1 La R u s sie p r e n d r a p o s s e s s i o n de la T u r q u i e e u r o p é e n n e , et é t e n d r a ses possessions en Asie a u t a n t qu'elle le j u g e r a c o n v e n a b l e . Art. 2 La d y n a s t i e des B o u r b o n s e n E s p a g n e , e t l a m a i s o n d e B r a g a n c e e n P o r t u g a l , cesseront de régner. Un prince de la famille B o n a p a r t e s u c c é d e r a à c h a c u n e de ces 15 c o u r o n n e s . Art. 3 L ' a u t o r i t é t e m p o r e l l e du p a p e cessera; R o m e et ses d é p e n d a n c e s s e r o n t réunies au r o y a u m e d'Italie. Art. 4 La R u s s i e s'eng a g e d ' a i d e r la F r a n c e de sa m a r i n e p o u r la c o n q u ê t e de G i b r a l t a r . Art. 5 L e s F r a n ç a i s p r e n d r o n t possession des villes situées en A f r i q u e , telles q u e Tunis, A l g e r etc; et, à la p a i x générale, t o u t e s les c o n q u ê t e s q u e les F r a n - 20 çais p o u r r o n t a v o i r faites e n A f r i q u e s e r o n t d o n n é e s e n i n d e m n i t é a u x rois de S a r d a i g n e et de Sicile. Art. 6 L'île de M a l t e s e r a p o s s é d é e p a r les F r a n ç a i s . . . Art. 7 Les F r a n ç a i s o c c u p e r o n t l ' E g y p t e . Art. 8 La n a v i g a t i o n d e l a M é d i t e r r a n é e n e sera p e r m i s e q u ' a u x n a v i r e s e t vaisseaux fran-

616

Aus Joseph Bonaparte: Mémoires et correspondance politique

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

çais, russes, espagnols et italiens; t o u t e s les a u t r e s n a t i o n s en s e r o n t exclues. Art. 9 Le D a n e m a r k sera i n d e m n i s é d a n s le n o r d de l ' A l l e m a g n e p a r les villes h a n s é a t i q u e s , s o u s la clause c e p e n d a n t qu'il c o n s e n t i r a à remettre s o n escadre d a n s les m a i n s de la F r a n c e . Art. 10 L e u r s Majestés les E m p e r e u r s de R u s s i e et de F r a n c e c o n v i e n d r o n t ensemble d ' u n règlement d ' a p r è s lequel il ne sera p e r m i s , à l'avenir, à a u c u n e p u i s s a n c e de m e t t r e e n m e r des navires m a r c h a n d s , à m o i n s qu'elle n ' e n t r e t i e n n e u n certain n o m b r e d e b â t i m e n t s d e g u e r r e . » C e traité, d i t - o n , signé p a r l e prince K o u r a k i n u. le p r i n c e Talleyrand. (247) traité de Fontainebleau, 27 Oct. 1807: «Art. 6 Q u ' u n e a r m é e française de 25,000 h o m m e s , s o u t e n u e p a r 3 divisions espagnoles, ferait exécuter le traité. Art. 7 Q u ' u n e a u t r e a r m é e française de 40,000 h o m m e s serait réunie à B a y o n n e , et se t i e n d r a i t p r ê t e à e n t r e r en E s p a g n e p o u r m a r c h e r sur le P o r t u g a l , si les A n g l a i s y e n v o y a i e n t des renforts. » . . . [256] Als die französische A r m e e zuerst in S p a n i e n e i n r ü c k t , le p e u p l e , p e r s u a d é q u e les F r a n ç a i s n ' a v a i e n t d ' a u t r e dessein q u e celui de renverser le favori, et d ' a s s u r e r à F e r d i n a n d ses d r o i t s à la succession de s o n p è r e , les accueillait avec l'amitié la plus cordiale. (263) 17-18 m a r s 1808 T u m u l t zu M a d r i d gegen G o d o y . (264) 19 m a r s a b d i c a t i o n de C a r l o s IV en faveur des F e r d i n a n d . (I.e.) le p e u p l e p o r t a en t r i o m p h e le b u s t e du n o u v e a u souverain, livra a u x flammes celui de G o d o y . Les p r o v i n c e s suivirent l'exemple d e l a capitale: p a r t o u t m ê m e e n t h o u s i a s m e p o u r F e r d i n a n d , m ê m e h a i n e p o u r G o d o y . (266) M u r â t o c c u p a m i l i t a i r e m e n t M a d r i d l e 23 avril. (267) B o n a p a r t e schickt R o v i g o n a c h M a d r i d . Er selbst a r r i v a à B a y o n n e d a n s la n u i t du 14 au 15. (I.e.) A r a n j u e z , 21 m a r s 1808. R ü c k n a h m e seiner A b d a n k u n g d u r c h C a r l I V . . . [268] L a reine affirme d a n s s a c o r r e s p o n d a n c e q u e l e p r i n c e des A s t u r i e s p r é p a r a l'insurrection d u p e u ple à A r a n j u e z , fit distribuer de l ' a r g e n t a u x t r o u p e s , d o n n a le signal de l'explosion. (270) ¡211 F e r d i n a n d v e r l ä ß t M a d r i d 10 A p r i l (1808), a p r è s avoir créé u n e j u n t e de g o u v . p o u r expédier les affaires les p l u s pressées. F e r d i n a n d findet B o n a p a r t e nicht, wie er e r w a r t e t , in B u r g o s , sezt s. Reise fort, 14 zu Vittoria, k o m m t n a c h B a y o n n e 20 Avril . . . [273-276] 5 m a i (1808) C a r l IV cedirt seinen T h r o n an B o n a p a r t e . Bestätigt v. F e r d i n a n d . 10 M a y . . . [280] A r r i v é à B a y o n n e , Joseph t r o u v a t o u s les m e m bres de la j u n t e réunis au c h â t e a u de M a r r a c . 100 m e m b r e s a b o u t . Servile Sprüche a n ihn d u r c h d u c d e l ' I n f a n t a d o u . M . Cevallos q u i p a s s a i e n t p o u r les p a r t i s a n s les plus c h a u d s de F e r d i n a n d . . . [287] t o u s les m e m b r e s de la j u n t e , sans exception, d o n n a i e n t à J o s e p h l'assurance q u e s o n acceptation devait c a l m e r t o u s les t r o u b l e s . . . B o n a p a r t e h a t t e c o n v o q u é à B a y o n n e u n e assemblée f. d e n 15 J u i n dite junte constitutionelle, c o m posée d e p e r s o n n a g e s m a r q u a n t s d e divers o r d r e s d e l ' E t a t . Z u B a y o n n e

617

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 7 J u n i d e r D u q u e d ' I n f a n t a d o i m N a m e n der g r a n d s d ' E s p a g n e : « O n désire a r d e m m e n t v o t r e présence en E s p a g n e . . . Sire, les g r a n d s d ' E s p a gne se s o n t t o u j o u r s distingués p a r leur fidélité envers leurs s o u v e r a i n s ; Votre Majesté l ' é p r o u v e r a , ainsi q u e n o t r e affection p e r s o n n e l l e » . . . Selbe Servilität der d e p u t a t i o n du conseil royal de Castille ... e b e n s o der Duc del Parque an der Spitze einer D e p u t a t i o n q u i r e p r é s e n t a i t l ' a r m é e . . . [288-291] O u v e r t u r e der session d e r j u n t e 15 j u i n , sous la présidence de M. A z a n z a . (91 m e m b r e s présents) C o n s t i t u t i o n acceptirt 7 Juli 1808. Dieselben M i n i s t e r e r n a n n t wie u n t e r C a r l I V . A u c h l a m a i s o n d u roi fut c o m p o s é e des m ê m e s h o m m e s qui n a g u è r e servaient F e r d i n a n d . J o s e p h q u i t t a B a y o n n e d e n 9 Juli um n a c h S p a n i e n zu g e h n . . . [293] In den classes supérieures viele fürchteten die a n a r c h i e m e h r als die F r a n z o s e n , hielten a u c h W i d e r s t a n d gegen N a p o l e o n f. u n m ö g l i c h , d e n Versuch f. den ruine de leur p a y s . . . [299] J o s e p h arrive à M a d r i d , 20 juillet 1808 . . . [303]

[t.V] ( c a p i t u l a t i o n d e Baylen ...) 2 D e c . 1808 N a p o l e o n v o r M a d r i d . . . « L e s p r o p r i é t a i r e s , c o m m e r ç a n t s , g é n é r a l e m e n t t o u s les h a b i t a n t s riches et aisés, et m ê m e les m a g i s t r a t s et les chefs militaires, se m o n t r a i e n t assez disposés à écouter les p r o p o s i t i o n s de l ' E m p e r e u r » (der es f. wichtig hielt d e n Schein einer soumission v o l o n t a i r e der c a p i t a l e z u h a b e n ) ; m a i s , d o m i n é s p a r le peuple, q u i m e n a ç a i t de se p o r t e r a u x dernières extrémités, ils n ' o s a i e n t manifester leurs sentiments. (203) (t. V.) D e c r e t e in Bezug a u f d a s I n n e r e v. B o n a p a r t e : C o u r de cassation; A b s c h a f f u n g des t r i b u n a l de l'inquisition c o m m e a t t e n t a t o i r e à la s o u v e r a i n e t é et à l ' a u t o r i t é civile; die biens dieses t r i b u n a l to be réunis a u x d o m a i n e s d ' E s p a g n e . Il enjoignit à t o u t individu p o s s é d a n t plusieurs c o m m a n d e r i e s , de désigner celle qu'il préférait conserver, et de se dessaisir des a u t r e s , q u i d e v a i e n t revenir à la d i s p o s i t i o n du roi; r é d u i t n o m b r e des c o u v e n t s a u tiers, verbietet t o u t e a d m i s s i o n a u x noviciat e t t o u t e profession religieuse, j u s q u ' à ce q u e le n o m b r e des religieux de l'un et de l ' a u t r e sexe fût réduit au tiers; p r o m i t u n e p e n s i o n de 3 à 4000 r é a u x à t o u s ecclésiastiques religieux q u i sortiraient de leurs m a i s o n s ; il o r d o n n a qu'il fût prélevé s u r le m o n t a n t des biens des c o u v e n t s s u p p r i m é s t a n t p o u r les curés, t a n t à g a r a n t i r les valès et a u t r e s effets de la dette publiq u e , et l ' a u t r e m o i t i é à r e m b o u r s e r a u x p r o v i n c e s et a u x villes les d é p e n ses occasionnées p a r la n o u r r i t u r e des a r m é e s françaises et des a r m é e s insurrectionnelles u. villes u. c a m p a g n e s f. die d é g â t s des g u e r r e zu indemniser; il abolit les d r o i t s f é o d a u x de t o u t e n a t u r e ; il p r o n o n ç a la

618

Aus Joseph Bonaparte: Mémoires et correspondance politique suppression de t o u t e s b a r r i è r e s existantes de p r o v i n c e à p r o v i n c e ; aile individus en possession q u e l c o n q u e des i m p o s i t i o n s civiles ou ecclésiastiques, cessassent d'en j o u i r ; enfin, il abolit t o u t e justice seigneuriale. (V.212, 13)| 5 |22| Les E s p a g n o l s étaient t r o p irrités c o n t r e l ' E m p . p o u r a p p r é c i e r les bienfaits des salutaires réformes q u e N a p o l é o n venait de d o n n e r . D'ailleurs n e les a-t-on p a s vus, a u r e t o u r d e F e r d i n a n d , rejeter u n e législation semblable d o n n é e p a r les cortes, et a c c o u r i r vers ce p r i n c e p o u r lui d e m a n d e r à g r a n d s cris les couvents et la servitude! Il y avait alors 10 en E s p a g n e u n e classe de citoyens très-instruite, m a i s p e u n o m b r e u s e . (V, 215) D e p u t a t i o n v. M a d r i d bei N a p o l e o n 15 D e c . 1808. . . . [216]

[t.

VI]

Le 18 A o û t , 1809, J o s e p h u. s. S t a a t s r a t h fassen folgende D e c r e t e : 1) s u p pression t o t a l e de t o u s les m o i n e s ; défense f. sie de p o r t e r a u c u n h a b i t 15 religieux, o r d r e de se retirer d a n s le lieu de leur naissance. 2) s u p p r e s s i o n des titres de Castille u. de t o u t e s les dignités de g r a n d s d ' E s p a g n e n o n confirmées p a r le roi. 3) h e b t auf die conseils de guerre, de m a r i n e , des ordres, des I n d e s et autres; en un m o t , t o u t e s les anciennes a d m i n i s t r a tions, de q u e l q u e n a t u r e qu'elles fussent. 5) confiscirt die biens d e r p r o 20 priétaires a b s e n t s , ou s e r v a n t d a n s les a r m é e s de la j u n t e . 6) m e t t a i t à la disposition du m i n i s t r e des g u e r r e u. d e m des intérieur 20 millions de réaux, à distribuer en i n d e m n i t é . (264, 5 VI)

619

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

Constitution Décrétée par l'assemblée Constituante. 3 sept. 1791. Déclaration des droits de l'Homme et du Citoyen. Constitution.

5

Im allgemeinen E i n g a n g ni noblesse, ni pairie, ni distinctions héréditaires, ni distinction d ' o r d r e s , ni régime féodal, ni justices p a t r i m o n i a l e s , ni a u c u n des titres q u i en dérivaient, ni a u c u n o r d r e de chevalerie . . . ni j u r a n d e s , ni c o r p o r a t i o n s de professions, a r t s et métiers. La loi ne r e c o n n a î t plus ni v œ u x religieux etc (ursächlich l'assemblée n a t i o n a l e . . . abolit, 10 i r r é v o c a b l e m e n t les institutions q u i blessaient la liberté et l'égalité des droits.) . . . titre II 7. la loi ne considère le m a r i a g e q u e c o m m e c o n t r a t civil.

titre III. Ch. I sect. II. Assemblées p r i m a i r e s .

15

Art. 6 les assemblées primaires nommeront des électeurs, id. id. sect. III. Art. 1 les électeurs n o m m é s en c h a q u e d é p a r t e m e n t se r é u n i r o n t p o u r élire le n o m b r e des r e p r é s e n t a n s d o n t la n o m i n a t i o n sera a t t r i b u é e à leur d é p a r t e m e n t , et un n o m b r e de s u p p l é a n s égal au tiers de celui des 20

620

Aus Constitution décrétée par l'assemblée constituante r e p r é s e n t a n s . Art. 2 D i e r e p r é s e n t a n s u. s u p p l é a n s ne p o u r r o n t être choisis q u e p a r m i les citoyens actifs du d é p a r t e m e n t .

Ch. Ill Sect. III de la Sanction royale. 5 Art. 2. D a n s le cas où le roi refuse s o n c o n s e n t e m e n t , ce refus n ' e s t q u e suspensif. L o r s q u e les 2 législatures q u i s u i v r o n t celle q u i a u r a p r é s e n t é le décret, a u r o n t successivement r e p r é s e n t é le m ê m e décret d a n s les m ê m e s termes, le roi sera censé a v o i r d o n n é la s a n c t i o n . ( D e r A b s c h n i t t ü b e r die A y u n t a m i e n t o s u . Provincial D e p u t a t i o n s g a n z originell d e n C o r t e s , 10 nicht in dieser C o n s t . ) |

621

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

|23| Southey. Continuation ... General Lapeña ... January. 1812. N e w C o n s t i t u t i o n der C o r t e s . T h e public w e r e far m o r e interested in a c h a n g e of t h e R e g e n c y , for t h e r e m o v a l of Blake after his m a n i f o l d m i s f o r t u n e s w a s considered as a gain, even t h o u g h a c c o m p a n i e d with t h e loss o f a n a r m y . T h e n e w regency: D u q u e del I n f a n t a d o (damals ambassador in England); D. Joaquin Mosquera y Figueroa; D . J u a n M a r i a Villavicencio; D . I g n a c i o R o d r i g u e z d e R i v a s , t h e C o n d e de la B i s b a i . . . [364] 1811. the legitimate gov. n o t less distressed t h a n t h a t of the I n t r u d e r . . . . [384] 1812, Aug. 10 the e n e m y retire from M a d r i d . 12 Aug. t h e Allies enter. , T h e n e w c o n s t i t u t i o n p r o c l a i m e d a t M a d r i d . T h e act received m . e x u l t a n t ' d e l i g h t . . . [517-519] Aug. 14. C h u r c h e s in every p a r i s h of M a d r i d o p e n e d for a d m i n i s t e r i n g the o a t h of fidelity to the n e w c o n s t i t u t i o n . . . . [522] 1813 December. As it b e c a m e an object of g r e a t i m p o r t a n c e for B o n a \ p a r t e to b r i n g to his assistance Suchet's a r m y , a n d t h e t r o o p s w h o were s h u t u p i n the r e m a i n i n g g a r r i s o n s i n Valencia u . C a t a l o n i a , h e t h o u g h t \ h e m i g h t effect this b y dictating a t r e a t y t o his p r i s o n e r F e r d i n a n d . A c c o r d i n g l y h e sent the C o m t e d e Laforest t o Valençay, t o n e g o t i a t e "\va. F e r d i n a n d , saying, t h a t u n d e r the existing c i r c u m s t a n c e s of his e m p i r e a n d his policy, he wished at o n c e to settle t h e affairs of S p a i n ; t h a t \ E n g l a n d was e n c o u r a g i n g J a c o b i n i s m a n d a n a r c h y t h e r e , for t h e p u r p o s e of d e s t r o y i n g t h e nobility a n d t h e m o n a r c h y , a n d erecting a republic; \ t h a t h e could n o t b u t grievously feel t h e d e s t r u c t i o n o f a n e i g h b o u r i n g state, c o n n e c t e d by so m a n y m a r i t i m e u. c o m m e r c i a l interests with his \ o w n ; t h a t h e desired t o r e m o v e every p r e t e x t for E n g l i s h interference, a n d to re-establish these ties of friendship u. g o o d n e i g h b o u r h o o d by which

622

5

10

15

20

25

Aus Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war (Fortsetzung) Spain u. F r a n c e h a d b e e n so l o n g c o n n e c t e d . . . . [783, 784] T r e a t y c o n cluded m. i h m at Valençay Decemb. 11, 1813 ... St. Carlos sent to the Regency. (Dec. 8, 1813. Brief des F e r d i n a n d an die R e g e n c y ) . . . Secret instructions from F e r d i n a n d . . . . [789-791] R e p l y des S p a n . G o v . 1814 >. 5 Jan. 28 ... Secret sitting d e r C o r t e s , deliberated u p o n t h e m e a s u r e s to be t a k e n in case t h e k i n g s h o u l d p a s s t h e frontiers. It w a s p r o p o s e d , by a commission a p p o i n t e d t o r e p o r t u p o n this emergency, t h a t h e s h o u l d n o t be considered as b e i n g free, n o r s h o u l d o b e d i e n c e be r e n d e r e d h i m , u n t i l >. h e s h o u l d h a v e s w o r n t o the C o n s t , i n t h e b o s o m d e r C o r t e s ; t h a t i f h e 10 were a c c o m p a n i e d by a n y a r m e d force, t h a t force s h o u l d be r e p u l s e d , should i t consist o f S p a n i a r d s , t h e y were t o lay d o w n their a r m s . N o foreigner s h o u l d be allowed to a c c o m p a n y h i m , n o t even as a d o m e s t i c or ^ servant; n o S p a n i a r d w h o h a d f i l l e d a n y office, received a n y p e n s i o n , or accepted a n y h o n o u r f r o m B o n a p a r t e or J o s e p h , etc. Febr. 11814 T h e 15 Council w a s of o p i n i o n t h a t t h e k i n g o u g h t n o t to exercise a n y a u t h o r i t y till he s h o u l d h a v e t a k e n t h e o a t h before the C o r t e s . . . [794-796]S 1814 March, the F r e n c h G o v . w e r e n o t w i t h o u t h o p e t h a t t h e presence of I F e r d i n a n d in his o w n c o u n t r y m i g h t lead to a civil w a r , w h i c h w o u l d have the effect of at least e m b a r r a s s i n g t h e English, a n d p r o b a b l y of 20 impeding their o p e r a t i o n s in G a s c o n y . . . [866] D a h e r F e r d i n a n d u. die Infantes set a t liberty . . . O n t h e 1 3 M a r c h F e r d i n a n d u . die I n f a n t e s c o m m e n c e d their j o u r n e y t o w a r d s P e r p i g n a n . . . 22 he re-entered Spain ... [868-870] F e r d i n a n d f a n d b a l d , d a ß d a s p e o p l e cared for t h e constitution as little as t h e y u n d e r s t o o d it, t h a t they execrated t h e Libe25 rales, a n d h a t e d the C o r t e s for their sake. Nobles: a sweeping decree h a d abolished t h o s e feudal rights u. c u s t o m s f r o m w h i c h a large p o r t i o n of their h e r e d i t a r y revenues w a s derived. Clergy: s u p p r e s s i o n der Inquisition. S u p p r e s s i o n d e r m o n a s t e r i e s . D a d u r c h m o n k s u . friars ihre enemies. As a m e a s u r e of finance w o r s e t h a n a failure. P u r c h a s e r s c o u l d n o t be 30 found for c h u r c h p r o p e r t y , p e o p l e revolted at this species of sacrilege, t h e estates d a h e r a d m i n i s t e r e d for t h e g o v e r n m e n t , a b e r generally f o u n d t h a t the costs o f m a n a g e m e n t c o n s u m e d t h e w h o l e p r o c e e d s . T h e necessity o f raising m o n e y t o s u p p o r t the w a r w a s t h e plea for this suppression; yet the p a y der armies always greatly in a r r e a r : suffered for w a n t of p r o p e r 35 clothing u. sufficient food: these evils i m p u t e d to t h e gov.; t h e C o r t e s had, in fact, a s s u m e d t h e gov.; d a h e r as u n p o p u l a r m. d e n soldiers als m. d e m great b o d y des p e o p l e . ||24| N o t h i n g b u t the a r m y c o u l d s u p p o r t them i f t h e K i n g s h o u l d refuse t o t a k e u p o n himself t h e y o k e w h i c h t h e y h a d p r e p a r e d for him; yet such w a s t h e i n f a t u a t i o n d e r Liberales, t h a t 40 one of their m o s t influential m e m b e r s said t h e liberties des c o u n t r y could never be safe if t h e r e w e r e even 4 p a i d soldiers u. 1 c o r p o r a l in it; s

s

v

N

d

623

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

u . a n o t h e r described t h e a r m y a s c o m p o s e d o f privileged m e r c e n a r i e s u. hired assassins . . . Yet this p a r t y c o u r t e d p o p u l a r i t y ; a n d while they d e c l a i m e d in t h e hall of t h e C o r t e s fancied t h a t they enjoyed it. T h e galleries were f i l l e d m . their a d m i r e r s ; u . they h a d active p a r t i z a n s w h o c o u l d a t a n y t i m e raise t u m u l t e n o u g h o u t o f d o o r s t o c a r r y violent m e a s u r e s b y i n t i m i d a t i o n . D u r c h d i e ß system o f t e r r o r die serviles b e h e r r s c h t . . . . ( A u g . 18, 1813 a l a w passed, by w h i c h a n y p e r s o n w h o s h o u l d affirm, either b y w o r d o f m o u t h o r b y w r i t i n g , t h a t t h e constitution ought n o t to be observed, was to be punished m. perpetual banish-

5

m e n t u. t h e d e p r i v a t i o n of all offices, p a y , u. h o n o u r s . An d e m s e l b e n T a g 10 a n o t h e r l a w w a s p a s s e d declaring, t h a t w h o e v e r s h o u l d c o n s p i r e t o e s t a b lish a n y o t h e r religion i n S p a i n t h a n t h e C a t h o l i c - A p o s t o l i c - R o m a n , o r to m a k e t h e S p a n , n a t i o n cease to profess it, s h o u l d be p r o s e c u t e d as a t r a i t o r , a n d suffer d e a t h , t h e established l a w c o n c e r n i n g offences a g a i n s t t h e faith r e m a i n i n g in full force.) . . . [897-900] S o m e of t h e G u e r r i l l a 15 chiefs a r e said at this time to h a v e t e n d e r e d their services to t h e C o r t e s . . . . [901] April 16 1814. W h e n F e r d i n a n d e n t e r e d Valencia "the joyous people yoked themselves to his c a r r i a g e , a n d testified by every possible expression o f w o r d u . d e e d their desire o f t a k i n g t h e old y o k e u p o n t h e m s e l v e s " . . . "Long live the absolute King. " "Down m. der Constitution. " 20 G e n e r a l Elio u. s. officers swear d e m F e r d i n a n d fidelity (April 17) w i t h o u t m e n t i o n i n g " t h e C o n s t i t u t i o n " u . die " C o r t e s " . . . [904,905] Jl M e m o r i a l der Serviles. D e p u t a t i o n of 72 to Valencia . . . In m o s t der large ' towns, the Plaza Mayor, or Great Square, h a d been n a m e d Plaza de la ' . C o n s t i t u c i ó n u. a s t o n e with these w o r d s e n g r a v e n on it erected t h e r e : in 25 % Valencia dieß r e m o v e d , a " p r o v i s i o n a l " s t o n e of w o o d set up in his place, Γ m . d e n w o r d s : " R e a l P l a z a d e F e r n a n d o V I I " . . . T h e news o f B o n a p a r t e ' s d e p o s i t i o n a n d t h e c o n s e q u e n t t e r m i n a t i o n o f hostilities, r e a c h e d F e r d i n a n d d u r i n g his t a r r i a n c e a t Valencia ... his d e c l a r a t i o n . 1814, 4 May. D a r i n u. a. d e n C o r t e s a u c h vorgeworfen: " t h a t t h e a r m y u. 30 n a v y u . o t h e r e s t a b l i s h m e n t s w h i c h used t o b e called r o y a l , h a d b e e n r e n a m e d n a t i o n a l " ... [907-910] Madrid. May5, 1814. T h e C o r t e s , as F e r d i n a n d a p p r o a c h e d , c o u l d n o l o n g e r d r e a m o f resistance; t h e d e c r e e which a b r o g a t e d their const, a n d p u t a n e n d t o their a u t h o r i t y w a s p o s t e d in t h e streets of M a d r i d , c o u n t e r s i g n e d by G e n . E g u i a , as C a p t . - 35 G e n . o f N e w Castille, u . Polit, u . M i l i t a r y G o v e r n o r v . d e r P r o v i n c e , n o w b y t h e K i n g a p p o i n t e d ... s u c h m e m b e r s d e r C o r t e s a s m a r k e d for t h e King's displeasure arrested on the night before the King's arrival ( M a y 12) b y G e n . E g u i a ... [914] T h e w o r d L i b e r t y ( L i b e r t a d ) a p p e a r e d in large b r o n z e letters over t h e e n t r a n c e of t h e H a l l of t h e C o r t e s in 40 M a d r i d . T h e p e o p l e o f their o w n i m p u l s e h u r r i e d t h i t h e r t o r e m o v e it;

624

Aus Robert Southey: History of the Peninsular war (Fortsetzung) they set up l a d d e r s , forced o u t letter by letter f r o m t h e s t o n e , a n d as e a c h was t h r o w n i n t o t h e street, t h e s p e c t a t o r s r e n e w e d their s h o u t s o f exult a t i o n . . . W e n n F e r d i n a n d V I I s. Versprechen v. M a i 4 nicht hielt, weil das t e m p e r der n a t i o n u n e q u i v o c a l l y such, t h a t n o p u r p o s e w a s t o b e 5 gained by it. T h e y collected as m a n y of t h e J o u r n a l s of the C o r t e s , a n d of the p a p e r s u. p a m p h l e t s d e r Liberales, as c o u l d be got together; f o r m e d a procession in w h i c h the religious fraternities, a n d t h e clergy r e g u l a r u. secular, t o o k the lead; piled up these p a p e r s in o n e of the p u b l i c s q u a r e s , a n d sacrificed t h e m h e r e as a political a u t o - d a - f é , after w h i c h h i g h m a s s 10 was p e r f o r m e d a n d t h e Te D e u m s u n g , as a t h a n k s g i v i n g for their triu m p h . T h e S t o n e o f t h e C o n s t i t . w a s e v e r y w h e r e r e m o v e d u . replaced a s it h a d been at Valencia. T h e p e o p l e of Sevilla d e p o s e d all t h e existing authorities, elected o t h e r s in their stead to all t h e offices w h i c h h a d existed u n d e r the old regime, a n d t h e n r e q u i r e d t h o s e a u t h o r i t i e s t o re15 establish the Inquisition. In re-establishing t h a t accursed t r i b u n a l by a formal act of gov., in suppressing t h e freedom of press, a n d in c o n t i n u i n g to g o v e r n as a despotic m o n a r c h , F e r d i n a n d u n d o u b t e d l y c o m p l i e d m. den wishes der S p a n i s h n a t i o n . | [915, 916]

625

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

|25| Bigland John. Histoire d'Espagne depuis la plus ancienne époque jusqu'à la fin de 1809, traduite de l'anglais, continuée etc par le Comte Mathieu Dumas etc.

5

3 vol. Paris. 1823. Vol. III. A p r è s t o u s les revers de f o r t u n e é p r o u v é s p a r les E s p a g n o l s vers la fin de 10 1809, ils se c o n v a i n q u i r e n t p a r des expériences multipliées, q u e leurs a r m é e s étaient a b s o l u m e n t h o r s d ' é t a t de se m e s u r e r avec les F r a n ç a i s en bataille rangée, et ils e u r e n t de n o u v e a u r e c o u r s à ce système de guerre irrégulière, r e c o m m a n d é p a r l a j u n t e d e Seville a u c o m m e n c e m e n t d e l a révolution, et qui avait été suivi d u r a n t q u e l q u e t e m p s avec succès. (171) 15 O r d r e s bezüglich d a r a u f der J u n t a s v . B a d a j o z , Galice, Asturies. D a n s t o u t e l'étendue de l ' E s p a g n e , m ê m e d a n s les p r o v i n c e s les plus fréquemm e n t p a r c o u r u e s , et en p a r t i e occupées p a r les F r a n ç a i s , c o m m e celles d e l a Vieille-Castille, d e L é o n , N a v a r r e , A r r a g o n , C a t a l o g n e , Valence, M u r c i e , G r e n a d e , on f o r m a , sans l'intervention d ' a u c u n e a u t o r i t é p u b l i - 20 q u e , solche b a n d e s a r m é e s p o u r t o m b e r à l'improviste sur les F r a n ç a i s et leurs p a r t i s a n s etc. (172) Chefs les p l u s r e n o m m é s des p a r t i s de guérillas:

626

Aus John Bigland: Histoire d'Espagne depuis la plus ancienne époque L o n g a i n G a l i c i a u . A s t u r i a s , M i n a i m n o r d v . Castille, S a n t o c h i l a e s i n Leon, D o n J u a n Sanches p r è s d e S a l a m a n q u e , b a r o n d ' E r o l e s i n A r ragon, l ' E m p e c i n a d o in der voisinage v. M a d r i d . . . (173) L'élection des d é p u t é s a u x cortes eut lieu m ê m e d a n s les p r o v i n c e s 5 occupées p a r les F r a n ç a i s ; cette élection s ' o p é r â t au milieu des c o m m o tions de la guerre. D a n s la M a n c h e , plusieurs p a r t i s s'étant r é u n i s , et a y a n t à leur tête l ' i n t e n d a n t H e r r o , m a r c h è r e n t successivement à l'œuvre des élections, a t t a q u a n t les F r a n ç a i s d a n s q u e l q u e s villes, se d é f e n d a n t d a n s d ' a u t r e s p e n d a n t l a d u r é e d e ces o p é r a t i o n s e t o b t e n a n t p a r t o u t 10 l'objet désiré. La m ê m e chose e u t lieu d a n s le Guadalaxara u. d a n s d ' a u t r e s provinces. (178) 1811. Décembre. Cortes: D é c r e t s gegen die actes d ' o p p r e s s i o n gegen die indigènes primitifs de l'Asie et de l ' A m é r i q u e . . . e b e n s o aboli d a s m o n o p o l e d u vif-argent . . . t o r t u r e abolie u . t o u s a u t r e s m o y e n s d ' o p 15 pression illégaux u. b a r b a r e s , tels q u e m e n o t t e s , chaînes etc; e b e n s o die traite des n o i r s (April 1811) . . . Aug. (1811) Beschlossen, a u f d e n A n t r a g des C o m i t é des finances u. des affaires, d ' a p p l i q u e r a u x h ô p i t a u x militaires les s o m m e s destinées a u x confréries religieuses, a u x p r é b e n d e s et autres usages pieux . . . 5 Août. 1811 décret p o r t a n t a b o l i t i o n de t o u t e s les 20 juridictions seigneuriales; l'usage des m o t s de Vassaux et de Vasselage devait e n t i è r e m e n t cesser, ainsi q u e t o u s p a y e m e n t s q u i a v a i e n t p o u r origine un titre seigneurial, à l'exception de ceux q u i résultaient d ' u n c o n t r a t libre. Les seigneuries territoriales r e n t r a i e n t , q u a n t a u x d r o i t s q u i y étaient a t t a c h é s , d a n s la classe des p r o p r i é t é s particulières, si elles 25 n ' é t a i e n t p a s de n a t u r e à être abolies et réunies au d o m a i n e n a t i o n a l . Les privilèges appelés exclusifs, privatifs u. prohibitifs, tels q u e ceux de chasse, de pêche, de m o u l i n s , de forêts etc, étaient abolis; m a i s ceux q u i les avaient achetés à titre o n é r e u x , devaient être r e m b o u r s é s du capital réellement a v a n c é p a r eux, e t recevoir j u s q u ' à c e r e m b o u r s e m e n t u n inté30 rêt de 3% . ( + 9 0 ) . . (242, 3) . . . 18 m a r s 1812 les C o r t é s t i n r e n t u n e séance solennelle d o n t l'objet était de signer les articles de la c o n s t i t u t i o n . . . 20 m a r s die C o n s t , p r o c l a m i r t . . . Juin 1812 les C o r t e s a d o p t è r e n t un décret où se t r o u v a i t détaillé le m o d e d ' a p p l i c a t i o n a u x besoins de l'état de la partie du p r o d u i t des dîmes q u i excédait la s o m m e nécessaire à 35 l'entretien de ceux en faveur de q u i ils étaient p e r ç u s . . . October 1812 mitas, ( w o n a c h i n d e n colonies d ' A m é r i q u e c h a q u e district requis d e fournir u n certain n o m b r e d ' h o m m e s p o u r l a c u l t u r e des terres, l'exploit a t i o n des m i n e s e t a u t r e s t r a v a u x ) p o u r t o u j o u r s abolies . . . Wellington c o m m a n d a n t - e n - c h e f des a r m é e s e s p a g n o l e s e r n a n n t . . . | [280-283] 40 | 2 6 | . . . n e u e Régence: C a r d i n a l d e B o u r b o n , D o n P . A g a r , u . D . G a b r i e l Ciscar . . . L ' o n d é c o u v r i t b i e n t ô t q u e l a résistance d u clergé e s p a g n o l a u

627

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens • Heft 2 décret des cortes (ν. 8 M a r s 1812, w o n a c h d a s décret ü b e r A b s c h a f f u n g der I n q u i s i t i o n zu lesen lors de la c é l é b r a t i o n de l'office divin) était s o u t e n u e u . f o m e n t é e d u r c h die influence p u i s s a n t e d u n o n c e d u p a p e , Pierre G r a v i n a , a r c h e v ê q u e de Nicée, a l o r s r é s i d a n t à C a d i x . D i e s e c i r c u m s t a n c e r e n d u e p u b l i q u e p a r u n manifeste der régence, a d r e s s é a u x p r é l a t s 5 u. c h a p i t r e s de l ' E s p a g n e . (309) D é c l a r a t i o n des G r a v i n a . 7 Juli die R é g e n c e lui e n v o y a u n p a s s e p o r t p o u r sortir s a n s délai d u r o y a u m e . I l s e r e n d i t en P o r t u g a l , où il c o n t i n u a ses i n c i t a t i o n s . (311) D i e é p o q u e arrivée wo die cortés e x t r a o r d i n a i r e s d e v a i e n t résigner leur a u t o r i t é e n t r e les m a i n s des cortés o r d i n a i r e s . Le 14 sept, le décret des cortes e x t r a o r d i n a i - 10 res relatif à la c l ô t u r e de leur session lu. (311) D a n s l'intervalle e n t r e la d i s s o l u t i o n der cortés e x t r a o r d i n a i r e s u . der r é u n i o n der C o r t é s o r d i n a i res, il r e s t a u n e d e p u t a t i o n p e r m a n e n t e . (312) 14 M a i 1814. La p o p u l a c e t r a î n a s a ( F e r d i n a n d s ) v o i t u r e d e p u i s A r a n j u e z j u s q u ' à M a d r i d . (320) A d r e s s e d e r U n i v e r s i t é v. S a l a m a n q u e an d e n r o i , fort différente de ces 15 t r i b u t s d ' a d u l a t i o n . (322) 21 Juli 1814. I n q u i s i t i o n r e t a b l i r t . (323) In diesem D é c r e t e r w ä h n t der r o i u n t e r d e n U r s a c h e n « q u i o n t altéré l a p u r e t é de la religion en E s p a g n e . . . le séjour des t r o u p e s é t r a n g è r e s de différentes sectes, p r e s q u e t o u t e s infectées des s e n t i m e n t s de h a i n e c o n t r e la St. Eglise R o m a i n e » . . . [324] P r o v i n c e de N a v a r r e t h é â t r e d ' u n e violente 20 i n s u r r e c t i o n . E s p o z y M i n a . . . [327] 19 Avril 1810: die confédération américaine de Venezuela.

628

Literaturliste

[Literaturliste] D o n Josef d e m e n t e C a r n i c e r o : D e los Principales Sucesos d e l a G l o r i o s a R e v o l u c i ó n de E s p a ñ a . 4 vol. M a d r i d . 1814. V o n demselben: «la I n q u i s i c i ó n j u s t a m e n t e retablecida.» M a d r i d . 5 1816. V o n d e m s e l b e n (1814) N a p o l e o n der true D o n Q u i x o t e o f E u r o p e .

629

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

W. Walton. Esq. The Revolutions of Spain. Von 1808-1836. 2 vol. London. 1837. vol. I. A s t h e c o m m o n e r s b e c a m e rich a n d powerful, t h e y u n i t e d i n b r o t h e r h o o d s for m u t u a l p r o t e c t i o n . . . useful i n s t r u m e n t s in t h e s u p p r e s s i o n of a n a r c h y u. c h e c k i n g the a r r o g a n c e d e r n o b l e s . (13) T h e y sat zuerst at t h e C o r t e s of L e o n , in 1188; u. at those of B e n a v e n t e , in 1202, in t h e c h a r acter of delegates from cities a n d t o w n s . (I.e.) 1295, 32 cities of Leon u. Galicia c o n f e d e r a t e d in s u p p o r t of their rights, m u t u a l l y pledged against d e n d e s p o t i s m des sovereign u. die e n c r o a c h m e n t s d e r aristocracy. In 1315, a n e w c o n f e d e r a t i o n f o r m e d by u p w a r d of 100 cities u. t o w n s , w h e n the r e s o l u t i o n s der old league were a d o p t e d . D i e minorities v. F e r d i n a n d I V u . A l o n z o X I further s t r e n g t h e n e d d e n influence der c o m m o n s ... FerdinandIV always h a d m. i h m 1 2 c o m m o n e r s , d e s i g n a t e d v. d e n cities of Castile, to serve as councillors in financial u. o t h e r affairs. F o r Alonzo X I m i n o r i t y , t h e C o r t e s n a m e d t h e regency, c o m p o s e d o f 4 bis h o p s a n d 1 6 n o b l e s u . c o m m o n e r s . . . . [13,14] F e r d i n a n d I V c o n v e n e d t h e m in large n u m b e r s to the C o r t e s of Valladolid, in 1309. At t h o s e of Seville, in 1340, a large p r o p o r t i o n t o o k their seats; a n d w h e n assembled at M a d r i d , in 1390, 128 d e p u t i e s represented 48 cities u. t o w n s . . . T h e \ p o p u l a r deputies were m e m b e r s of, or elected by, t h e municipalities, in s o m e places by lot, a n d p r o v i d e d m. r e g u l a r p o w e r s . . . . [15] In t h e early p a r t of t h e reign of H e n r y I I I , the c o m m o n s enjoyed t h e highest conside r a t i o n , declined, o w i n g to their refusal to v o t e all the supplies r e q u i r e d

5

10

15

t h s

630

20

25

Aus William Walton: The revolutions of Spain for the M o o r i s h w a r . In 1419 t h e delegates c o m p l a i n e d t h a t their 4 c o m missioners no l o n g e r ||27| a d m i t t e d i n t o t h e k i n g ' s council. . . . W h e n t h e influence d e r c o m m o n s declined, t h e constituencies objected to p a y t h e expenses of their delegates. At the O c a ñ a C o r t e s , held in 1422, t h e cities 5 r e m o n s t r a t e d m . J o h n I I , alleging t h a t t h e y c o u l d n o l o n g e r b e a r t h e charge o f sending u p deputies; i n c o n s e q u e n c e o f w h i c h h e o r d e r e d t h e m to be p a i d o u t of t h e t r e a s u r y : a m e a s u r e w h i c h afterwards p r o v e d fatal t o public freedom; for o n t h e o a t h o f allegiance b e i n g t a k e n t o his s o n H e n r y (IV), n o m o r e t h a n 1 2 delegates were present, t h e rest h a v i n g b e e n 10 instructed to send up p r o x i e s , by w h i c h m e a n s an expedient originally suggested f r o m m o t i v e s of e c o n o m y b e c a m e a d a n g e r o u s p r e c e d e n t . . . [16,17] A c c o r d i n g to t h e a n c i e n t o r d i n a n c e s , a n d p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Leyes de Foro, the assemblies a p p o i n t e d for m u n i c i p a l p u r p o s e s consisted of a 15 m a y o r , a l d e r m e n , j u r a t s a n d elders (Alcaldes, regidores, j u r a d o s y elúd a n o s c a d a ñ e r o s ( c o m m o n c o u n c i l m e n ) ) , a n n u a l l y elected. F r o m t h e accession o f the A u s t r i a n d y n a s t y , t h e F o r e i g n w a r s i n w h i c h t h e S p a n iards b e c a m e involved, pressed so heavily u p o n t h e resources of t h e c o u n try, t h a t a l m o s t every s i t u a t i o n of t r u s t or e m o l u m e n t w a s offered for 20 sale, or b e s t o w e d u p o n favourites. By this m e a n s t h e m u n i c i p a l offices in m a n y instances b e c a m e h e r e d i t a r y , a n d t h e p e o p l e lost t h a t s h a r e w h i c h they [were] a c c u s t o m e d to h a v e in t h e n a t i o n a l r e p r e s e n t a t i o n , w h i c h fell into the h a n d s of nobles, or b e c a m e t h e p a t r i m o n y of powerful families ... the n o b l e s s u n k i n t o t h e slothful e n j o y m e n t o f pleasure, u n d e r t h e 25 p r o t e c t i o n of their e x e m p t i o n s . T h e p e o p l e , or the estado llano, w e r e t h u s left t o b e a r the b u r d e n s a n d c a r r y o n t h e d r u d g e r y o f the p u b l i c cause . . . this c h a n g e d a t e s from t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e 1 6 c e n t u r y . . . T h e c o m u n eros o f Castile d i d n o t d e m a n d n e w systems o r n e w laws. T h e i r c o m plaints were directed a g a i n s t a b u s e s of a m o d e r n k i n d . (89-91) T h e C o r 30 tes, in 1812, in an old a n d prejudiced c o u n t r y , a b o u n d i n g w i t h privileged orders, they r u s h e d i n t o all t h e follies of r e p u b l i c a n liberalism, at t h e same t i m e t h a t they a p p e a l e d to a n c i e n t p r e c e d e n t s . (93) G o d o y , in 1784, simple g a r d e du c o r p s ; in 1792, a lieut.-general, an admiral, a d u k e , a k n i g h t of t h e G o l d e n Fleece, a n d minister of F o r e i g n 35 Affairs. E a s y a d v a n c e of t h e F r e n c h a r m y to M i r a n d a de E b r o , in 1794. 1795 treaty of Basle. 1796 treaty of St. Ildefonso, ( a m o n g o t h e r things binding Spain to furnish a fleet p r o v i s i o n e d for 6 m o n t h s . ) G o d o y w a s first n o t i c e d at c o u r t as a g o o d p l a y e r u p o n t h e guitar, a n d singer of seguidillas graciosas y picantes ... o b t a i n e d the k i n g ' s niece in m a r r i a g e , 4 0 t h o u g h h e w a s w e d d e d t o a n o t h e r b y w h o m h e h a d children . . . e n d e a v oured to secure t h e regency for himself . . . treaty of Fontainebleau ... th

631

\ \ 1

i / I

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 F e r d i n a n d arrested (the C o u r t w a s a t t h e Escorial) 2 7 O c t o b e r . (1807) . . . the Prince had consulted Napoleon on a marriage p r o j e c t . . . Infante D o n Antonio the king's brother ... demonstrations der guards u. der Jeromite m o n k s des Escurial c o n v e n t . . . I s q u i e r d o r e a c h e d M a d r i d f r o m P a r i s , i n f o r m e d G o d o y t h a t N a p o l e o n h a d resolved t o seize u p o n S p a i n ; t h e r o y a l family w o u l d d o well t o retire t o M e x i c o , a s t h e P r i n c e R e g e n t h a d d o n e t o Brazil . . . ( I s q u i e r d o w a s the S p a n . C o n s . - G e n . u . G o d o y ' s priv a t e agent i n Paris) . . . the F r e n c h a g e n t s suddenly g a v e o u t t h a t their t r o o p s w e r e c o m i n g t o dislodge t h e u n w o r t h y favourite, b y raising t h e prince to t h e h e a d of t h e g o v . . . . S u d d e n o r d e r v. C h a r l e s IV (17 M a r c h 1808) to h o l d t h e travelling c o a c h e s r e a d y etc . . . (in A r a n j u e z ) . . . E i n d r i n g e n i n die W o h n u n g des G o d o y i n A r a n j u e z d u r c h die M a n c h e g a n s . ... Popular commotion at Madrid in the afternoon of the 19 March 1808 (gegen G o d o y ' s m o s t o b n o x i o u s satellites) muera el Choricero (the saus a g e - m a k e r ) G o d o y a native of E s t r e m a d u r a f a m e d for its g o o d sausages. (95-116) T h e d a y after t h e t u m u l t a t A r a n j u e z , C h a r l e s IV, i n the presence der ministers, g r a n d e e s , u. prelates, a b d i c a t e d in f a v o u r of his son; a n d 2 d a y s afterwards, privately p r o t e s t e d a g a i n s t his o w n act . . . ( M a r c h 19, 1808 A b d i c a t i o n . March21 1808 Protest.) ... C h a r l e s I V crossed t h e B i d a s s o a o n t h e 2 1 A p r i l 1808 . . . O n t h e 2 3 M a r c h (1808) M u r a t ( k a m n a c h M a d r i d v . Valladolid, o n his w a y t o P o r t u g a l ) i n M a d r i d e n t h u s i a stisch e m p f a n g e n . Volk g l a u b t e h e c a m e t o s u p p o r t the y o u n g k i n g . . . 2 4 M a r c h (1808) F e r d i n a n d s e n t r y i n t o M a d r i d . W h e n f i r s t p r o c l a i m e d a t A r a n j u e z , he issued a decree reviving t h e a n c i e n t laws, a n n u l l i n g v a r i o u s acts d e r last a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , recalling all p e r s o n s b a n i s h e d since the time of F l o r i d a Blanca, a n d enjoining t h a t the Cortes should be forthwith convened ... G o d o y h a d been confined at Villa Viciosa, 3 leagues f r o m M a d r i d , a n d legal proceedings instituted a g a i n s t h i m at t h e suit of aggrieved parties . . . with a large F r e n c h a r m y o c c u p y i n g t h e frontier fortresses a n d even t h e capital n o t h w e n d i g t o conciliate the F r e n c h E m p e r o r ... |

5

10

th

s t

15

20

r d

25

30

| 2 8 | . . . After establishing a supreme junta of gov. u n d e r t h e presidency o f t h e I n f a n t e D o n A n t o n i o , F e r d i n a n d V I I left M a d r i d for B u r g o s . . . 20* A p r i l G o d o y set at liberty (released) a u f die D r o h u n g e n M u r a t s . . . 35 T h e F r e n c h a t this m o m e n t h a d 25,000 m e n i n M a d r i d ; a t A r a n j u e z , T o l e d o , a n d t h e Escurial, 10,000 m o r e . All t h e heights u . c o m m a n d i n g p o i n t s in possession of their artillery. T h e S p a n , g a r r i s o n did n o t exceed 3000, m o s t l y recruits. . . . F e r d i n a n d V I I fell i n t o t h e snare, treaty v. Bayonne, May 5, 1808 ...2 May 1808 rising d e r i n h a b i t a n t s of M a d r i d . . . . 40 T h e Q u e e n o f E t r u r i a , w h o h a d also b e e n dispossessed o f h e r c r o w n ,

632

•a

Aus William Walton: The revolutions of Spain being still a t M a d r i d w i t h h e r only son, a r r a n g e m e n t s were m a d e for t h e m t o p r o c e e d t o F r a n c e . D i e ß erster A n l a ß des T u m u l t s . A n a t t e m p t was m a d e to cut the traces d e r carriage etc. . . . 2 decrees r e a c h e d M a d r i d v . F e r d i n a n d V I I , 5 M a i , " t h e o n e addressed t o t h e s u p r e m e j u n t a , d i 5 recting its m e m b e r s to r e m o v e to a secure p l a c e u. exercise the functions o f sovereignty; u . t o c o m m e n c e the w a r s o b a l d h e w a s sent i n t o t h e interior o f F r a n c e ; d a s a n d r e , t o t h e r o y a l council, c o m m a n d i n g cortes t o be assembled in a n y p l a c e d e e m e d expedient. C o r t e s only to o c c u p y themselves in o r g a n i s i n g a gov., a n d in o b t a i n i n g m e a n s for the defence 10 of t h e k i n g d o m . " T h e s u p r e m e J u n t a w a r also s c h o n dissolved u. its m e m b e r s dispersed . . . 8 June. Bayonne exhortation, enjoining submission, signed by a n u m b e r of influential S p a n i a r d s . . . 2 3 M a y (1808) Valencia ceased all c o m m u n i c a t i o n s m. M a d r i d ; as d i d Seville on t h e 2 6 u. Aragon o n the 2 7 . . . j u n t a s f o r m e d i n m o s t der provincial capitals . . . 15 J o s e p h B o n a p a r t e zu M a d r i d . 20 July 1808. ... T h e a t t a c k u p o n Z a r a g o z a was gallantly repelled, t h e F r e n c h w e r e driven from t h e gates of Valencia, on the 28 July [news of] D u p o n t ' s defeat r e a c h e d M a d r i d , J o s e p h retired b e y o n d t h e E b r o . T h e n i t w a s t h a t the C o n v o c a t i o n o f t h e C o r t e s w a s t h o u g h t of, u. d e p u t i e s w e r e elected by t h e provincial J u n t a s to m e e t at 20 M a d r i d . M e t at A r a n j u e z . t h e 34 d e p u t i e s declared themselves a C e n t r a l J u n t a . . . . T h e provincial j u n t a s did n o t wish t o dispossess themselves o f any particle o f t h a t sovereignty w h i c h , t h e y c o n t e n d e d , h a d b e e n conferred u p o n t h e m by the p e o p l e ; a n d t h u s a k i n d of federative gov. w a s established. To a w a n t of u n i t y in t h e c o m m a n d , o p p o s i t e interests, local 25 jealousies, u. rival influences a d d e d , a n d it b e c a m e impossible to c o m b i n e the o p e r a t i o n s of a c a m p a i g n . . . Twice d i d t h e C o u n c i l of Castile r e m o n strate against these idle p r o c e e d i n g s . . . A l t h o u g h t h e m i d d l e u. l o w e r orders, generally s p e a k i n g , w e r e eager to a p p e a l to a r m s in the c a u s e of n a t i o n a l i n d e p e n d e n c e , n u m b e r s der h i g h e r u. e d u c a t e d class felt dis30 posed to c o m p r o m i s e . . . t h e Pyrenees h a d n o t p r e s e n t e d a b a r r i e r sufficiently s t r o n g t o p r e v e n t t h e d o c t r i n e s o f t h e F r e n c h school f r o m reaching the provincial capitals u . m a r i t i m e t o w n s . . . n u m b e r s l o o k e d u p t o N a p o l e o n a s the future r e g e n e r a t o r o f Spain, (z. B . G e n . A l a v a himself) . . . D i e B a y o n n e C o n s t , signed by 91 S p a n i a r d s of the highest 35 distinction; a m o n g t h e m , d u k e s , C o u n t s , a n d m a r q u i s e s , as well as several h e a d s d e r religious o r d e r s . . . . Seit der c a p i t u l a t i o n of D u p o n t ' s a r m y u . d e r following e v a c u a t i o n o f M a d r i d , p u b l i c o p i n i o n n a h m a n e w turn, u . i n d u c e d m a n y t o j o i n the p o p u l a r cause die früher abgeneigt. . . . W h e n J o s e p h B o n a p a r t e r e a c h e d M a d r i d , a d e p u t a t i o n of g r a n d e e s , 40 offering their c o n g r a t u l a t i o n s , a d d r e s s e d h i m t h u s : " S i r e — T h e g r a n d e e s of Spain h a v e at all times b e e n celebrated for loyalty to their sovereigns, d

th

t h

633

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 a n d i n t h e m y o u r M a j . will n o w find the s a m e f i d e l i t y a n d a d h e s i o n . " The Council of Castile assured h i m " t h a t he w a s the p r i n c i p a l branch of a family destined by Heaven to reign" ... D o n Melchior Gaspar de Jovellanos ( M a r c h 1798 Minister) . . . Florida Blanca their p r o c l a m a t i o n s were v i g o r o u s a n d their m e a s u r e s w e a k . . . c o n t i n u e d m e r e l y to w a g e a w a r of 5 edicts f r o m the royal p a l a c e of A r a n j u e z , while t h e a r m i e s of F r a n c e w e r e assembling on the E b r o . (117-143) . . . Besides the titles of Majesty u. Excellency which the m e m b e r s der C e n t r a l J u n t a v o t e d for themselves, they a d o p t e d a species of gay u n i f o r m , resembling t h a t of t h e generals . . . M a d r i d w a s sacrificed t h r o u g h the e r r o r s u. jealousies d e r c e n t r a l J u n t a 10 . . . Wellington schreibt an s. B r u d e r , d e n M a r q u i s of Wellesley, Sept. 1 1809: "I am m u c h afraid, from w h a t I h a v e seen of the p r o c e e d i n g s der central j u n t a , t h a t in the d i s t r i b u t i o n of their (military) forces t h e y do n o t c o n s i d e r military defence, a n d military o p e r a t i o n s , s o m u c h a s they d o political intrigue, a n d the a t t a i n m e n t of trifling political objects". . . . | 15 1291... Diese c e n t r a l J u n t a , nicht M o n a r c h y , t h o u g h it a s s u m e s , in a collective b o d y , to represent t h e p e r s o n u. exercise the p r e r o g a t i v e of t h e sovereign. . . . 27Mai 1809 decree for the c o n v o c a t i o n der C o r t e s ; d a r i n a n g e k ü n d i g t d a s "re-establishing der fundamental laws of the monarchy". It was decreed " t h a t the legal a n d k n o w n r e p r e s e n t a t i o n d e r m o n a r c h y in 20 ancient Cortes s h o u l d be established by their c o n v o c a t i o n n e x t year, or s o o n e r i f c i r c u m s t a n c e s allowed". . . . D i e C e n t r a l J u n t a h a d p u t off d a s m e e t i n g d e r C o r t e s so l a n g als möglich. Sie wollten nicht "loosen their h o l d u p o n p o w e r . T h e o p p o r t u n i t y o f b e s t o w i n g offices u . c o m m a n d s t o friends u. flatterers w a s w i t h t h e m as inviting as in G o d o y ' s time. T h e 25 sweets of p a t r o n a g e w e r e equally a l l u r i n g — h o n o u r s u. titles even m o r e seductive at Seville t h a n at A r a n j u e z " . . . t h e loss of t h e b a t t l e of O c a ñ a t h r e w fresh discredit u p o n the individuals der c e n t r a l j u n t a , w h o were t r e a t e d m . p a s q u i n a d e s u . r o u g h music, after t h e Sevilla fashion. T h e forcing d e r passes d e r Sierra M o r e n a sealed their d o o m . . . these v a l u a b l e 30 p o s i t i o n s were n o b e t t e r defended t h a n t h o s e o f S o m o s i e r r a h a d been. ... O n the 1 3 J a n u a r y (1810) notice w a s given t h a t "his majesty p r o p o s e d t o r e m o v e t o the Isla d e L e o n , a n d there establish himself o n the a p p r o a c h i n g 1 F e b . " I n t h e n i g h t o f the 2 3 , 8 d a y s before t h e p e r i o d a p p o i n t e d , a general sauve q u i p e u t nevertheless t o o k place. . . . T h e C e n t r a l 35 J u n t a r e a p p e a r e d in der Isla de Leon. Decree v. 29 Jan. ... T h e inhabita n t s of Seville wished to defend their city, u. m. this view t o o k up a r m s in t h e m o r n i n g of the 24 ( J a n . 1810), f o r b i d d i n g all p e r s o n s to leave the place. I t was h o w e v e r t o o l a t e — t h e F r e n c h w e r e close u p o n t h e m , a n d C a d i z only p r e s e n t e d an asylum; yet, u n d e r these c i r c u m s t a n c e s , the cen- 40 trai j u n t a ordered the D u k e de Albuquerque's corps to proceed to Corth

st

634

d

Aus William Walton: The revolutions of Spain dova. I f the d u k e h a d n o t disobeyed their o r d e r s b y going t o C a d i z , all w o u l d t h e n h a v e b e e n lost . . . 18' April 1809 J o s e p h B o n a p a r t e c o n v e n e d Cortes, this e x a m p l e served to stimulate the central J u n t a to p e r f o r m their l o n g f o r g o t t e n p r o m i s e . . . . 24 Sept. 1810 die n e w - f a s h i o n e d C o r t e s 5 opened ... they at once declared themselves a c o n s t i t u e n t assembly. (144-163) they b e g a n by a v o t e similar to t h a t passed by o u r H. of C. in 1648, whereby they declared t h a t t h e sovereign p o w e r exclusively resided in them, a n d , c o n s e q u e n t l y , t h a t w h a t e v e r they e n a c t e d w a s law, w i t h o u t 10 the c o n s e n t of either king, peers, or clergy. . . . O w i n g to t h e a p p r o a c h e s der F r e n c h , die C o r t e s r e m o v e d their sittings from the Isla de L e o n to Cadiz, p u r s u a n t to a r e s o l u t i o n t a k e n F e b . 18, 1811. . . . N e a r l y t h e wholeJf of 1811 was spent in m e t a p h y s i c a l discussions on the scheme of a constit., the sovereignty des p e o p l e , t h e liberty of t h e press etc. ... D e c r e e s fol15 lowed decrees in r a p i d succession, at a m o m e n t w h e n it w a s impossible for the p e o p l e t o k n o w a n y t h i n g o f their c o n t e n t s . ... T h e F r e n c h did n o t evacuate M a d r i d till A u g u s t 1812; a n d in the c o u r s e of the s a m e m o n t h , A n d a l u s i a a n d t h e Castiles w e r e a b a n d o n e d . T h e i n v a d e r s still lingered in the n o r t h e r n p r o v i n c e s , a n d did n o t q u i t t h e m till the e n d of 1813: 20 w h a t interest t h e n c o u l d t h e i n h a b i t a n t s of these sections t a k e in t h e t r a n s a c t i o n s o f t h e Cortes? . . . T h e i n v i t a t i o n der central j u n t a t o send over deputies w a s acquiesced in by the S o u t h A m e r i c a n s , a n d several arrived after the o p e n i n g der C o r t e s ; w h e n they f o u n d t h a t substitutes or nominees h a d u s u r p e d their seats. ... 19 M a r c h 1812 C o n s t , p r o c l a i m e d , 25 subscribed by 184 m e m b e r s , of w h o m 133 S p a n i a r d s u. 51 S o u t h A m e r - X icans ... G e n . C a s t a ñ o s Sieger bei Baylen (22 July 1808). . . . 23 p e r s o n s (nach d e m décret des R e g e n t s v . 1 0 Sept. 1810) s h o u l d b e picked u p t o ^ represent the places held by t h e F r e n c h , a n d 30 for t h e I n d i e s . . . v. d e n e n w h o m a y h a p p e n t o b e i n L a Isla u . Cadiz, . . . die natives u . e m i g r a n t s * 30 der provinces, occupied by t h e F r e n c h , to a p p e a r for t h e p u r p o s e of forming lists u. afterwards electing deputies f. Avila, M a d r i d , Segovia, X Toledo, A l a v a , A r a g o n , G u i p u s c o a , N a v a r r e , Soria, Biscaya, C o r d o v a , G r a n a d a , J a é n , L a M a n c h a , Seville, A s t u r i a s , B u r g o s , L e o n , Valencia, S a l a m a n c a , T o r o , Valladolid u. Z a m o r a . Total:23 ... t h e representative 35 principle w a s so entirely lost. . . . Valencia m. 1,040,740 souls allowed 19 deputies; G r a n a d a , m. M a l a g a — 1 , 1 0 0 , 6 4 0 n u r 2 etc etc (164-182) | 1301 E b e n s o f. die Asiatic u. S o u t h a m e r i c a n provinces. . . . As the F r e n c h retired, a h o s t of p e t t y t y r a n t s w a s sent forth to t h e provinces, w h e r e they established their p r o c o n s u l a r a u t h o r i t y . A m b i t i o u s 40 of p o w e r a n d eager for revenge, they b e g a n by inquiries, p r o s e c u t i o n s , prison, inquisitorial p r o c e e d i n g s . . . . T h e C a d i z C o d e deprived t h e K i n g o f

635

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

t h e p o w e r of dissolving or p r o r o g u i n g t h e C o r t e s . . . It w a s a sweeping p r o s c r i p t i o n o f every privileged u . c o r p o r a t e b o d y i n t h e c o u n t r y . . . . T h e C o r t e s s u p p r e s s e d the C o u n c i l o f Castile. . . . M . d e P r a d t , i n his Mémoires Historiques sur la Révol. d'Espagne says, t h a t in M a r c h 1811, t h e C a d i z C o r t e s sent d e p u t i e s to J o s e p h B o n a p a r t e , t h e n in A n d a l u s i a , 5 a n d t h a t these deputies s t o p p e d a t Seville o n l e a r n i n g t h e result o f t h e b a t t l e o f A l b u e r a , g a i n e d over Soult b y Beresford o n M a r c h 2 7 . . . . \ S o g r e a t was t h e a p p r e h e n s i o n o f d i s t u r b a n c e s e n t e r t a i n e d b y t h e g o v e r n m e n t itself, t h a t w i t h i n a m o n t h after its (der C o n s t i t . ) p r o m u l g a t i o n , t h e y p r e v e n t e d a r m s f r o m b e i n g e n t r u s t e d to t h e G a l i c i a n p e a s a n t r y . 10 H a v i n g l a u n c h e d t h e new c o d e , e n c o u r a g e d b y success, . . . a b o l i t i o n der tithes. . . . T h e battle of Vitoria b r o k e N a p o l e o n ' s sceptre in S p a i n . . . . 11 Dec. 1813 treaty Napoleon's m. Ferdinand... its ratification refused by t h e regency T h e C a d i z C o r t e s closed their sittings 14 Sept. 1 8 1 3 , 3 years all b u t 10 d a y s f r o m t h e p e r i o d of their o p e n i n g . T h e C o r t e s as- s e m b l e d in ' M a d r i d were c o m p o s e d of fresh deputies, excepted t h o s e f r o m t h e u l t r a m a r i n e p r o v i n c e s . . . . D é c r e t d e r C o r t e s u. Regency v. 2 February 1814: " t h a t t h e k i n g s h o u l d n o t b e a c k n o w l e d g e d a s free, u . therefore n o t o b e y e d , until i n t h e m i d s t des n a t i o n a l congress h e h a d t a k e n t h e o a t h ν p r e s c r i b e d by t h e 173 d article of t h e constit.; i. e., to k e e p u. observe i t " . . . . I n a w o r d , h e was r e q u i r e d t o receive t h e C r o w n f r o m t h e C o r t e s . ... M a n i f e s t d e r C o r t e s to t h e S p a n , people, d. d. 19 F e b r . 1814 ... G e g e n die Afrancesados ... S p a i n d u r i n g t h e k i n g ' s a b s e n c e h a d u n q u e s t i o n a b l y u n d e r g o n e a c h a n g e ... F e r d i n a n d r e a c h e d C a t a l o n i a 2 4 M a r c h 1814. *~ V o n C a t a l o n i a n a c h Saragossa, d a n n n a c h Teruel, ν. da n a c h Valencia, ^ a v o i d i n g M a d r i d . T h i s delay u. h e s i t a t i o n gave a s t i m u l u s to p u b l i c o p i n *~ i o n ... n u m b e r of 69 m e m b e r s d e r antiliberalen O p p o s i t i o n d e r C o r t e s m e t privately . . . April, 22,1814, signed an a d d r e s s to t h e king, p o i n t i n g o u t die defects d e r C o n s t . , t h e d a n g e r o u s t e n d e n c y o f its principles, t h e illegality d e r p o w e r s u n d e r w h i c h it w a s f r a m e d u. advised h i m to reject it. . . . D i e ß p a p e r afterwards p r i n t e d u n t e r d e m title: " A d d r e s s , signed a t M a d r i d b y s o m e o f t h e deputies t o t h e e x t r a o r d i n a r y C o r t e s i n t h e m o s t difficult m o m e n t s o f their o p p r e s s i o n , h a v i n g for object t o m a k e k n o w n t o H . M . , o n his e n t r y i n t o Spain, t h e state o f t h e n a t i o n , t h e wishes o f t h e p r o v i n c e s , a n d t h e remedies w h i c h they d e e m m o s t suitable for existing e v i l s " . . . . die liberals were c o n c e n t r a t e d i n M a d r i d , s o m e s h o w o f military p r e p a r a t i o n s m a d e , G e n . L a c y a p p o i n t e d t o c o m m a n d their forces. . . . E q u i a , w h o h a d b e e n a p p o i n t e d C a p t . - G e n . o f Castile, t o o k t h e kings edict ( M a i , 4 ) t o M a d r i d , w h e r e h e arrived o n t h e 1 1 , a n d i m m e d i a t e l y a n n o u n c e d t h e s u p p r e s s i o n der regency u. d i s s o l u t i o n der C o r t e s . On t h e 10' of M a y t h e s u n t h u s set, for t h e last time, d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d of t h e

15

20

25

30

35

t h

636

40

Aus William Walton: The revolutions of Spain n d

2 e x p e r i m e n t a t least, u p o n C o n s t i t u t i o n a l S p a i n . D i e m e m b e r s , a s far as o u t w a r d a p p e a r a n c e s went, p r e s e r v e d their consistency, or r a t h e r their delirium, till the close. . . . F e r d i n a n d entered M a d r i d on t h e 14 M a y , 1814. . . . W h e n t h e king alighted, t h e p e o p l e t o o k h i m u p i n their a r m s u. t r i u m p h a n t l y s h o w e d h i m to the i m m e n s e c o n c o u r s e a s s e m b l e d in t h e front des p a l a c e , u. in their a r m s c o n v e y e d h i m to his a p a r t m e n t s . F r o m , A r a n j u e z to M a d r i d , his c a r r i a g e h a d been previously d r a w n by t h e people. (183-201) ... t h e t r o o p s der c a p i t a l were d a m a l s c o m m a n d e d b y officers d e r m o v e m e n t p a r t y . . . t h e y (die C o r t e s ) h a d o r d e r e d lapides, or c o m m e m o r a t i v e m o n u m e n t s , t o b e raised t o t h e constit. i n every t o w n a n d village . . . Theil des Volks c o n s o l e d d u r c h die p r o m i s e s (in d e m M a n i f e s t v . M a y 4 , 1814) w h i c h h a d j u s t e m a n a t e d from t h e t h r o n e , the k i n g d i d n o t r e d e e m his pledge . . . A general r e a c t i o n followed t h e fall der C o r t e s ; the acts e m a n a t i n g from t h e m w e r e rescinded, u. everything r e s t o r e d to its ancient footing . . . F e r d i n a n d V I I h a d solemnly p r o m i s e d t o c o n v e n e C o r t e s u n d e r the legal u . n a t i o n a l f o r m s . T h a t ' s nicht. . . . U p w a r d s o f 10,000 families, m o s t l y in exile, c o m p r o m i s e d by a d h e r i n g to t h e F r e n c h , or l a b o u r i n g u n d e r suspicion on a c c o u n t of absence. Afrancesados. D a h e r limited a m n e s t y f. diese on 30 M a y , 1814 . . . In s o m e of t h e p r o vincial capitals, m a r i t i m e t o w n s , u . a m o n g d e n officers d e r a r m y u . n a v y , disaffection prevailed to a c o n s i d e r a b l e extent. M i n a gave t h e first signal for resistance, by an ¡311 a p p e a l to a r m s . Trusting to his p o p u l a r i t y in N a v a r r e , he collected a p a r t y a n d succeeded in entering t h e fortress of P a m p e l u n a ; b u t f i n d i n g t h a t t h e soldiers w h o followed h i m c o u l d n o t b e trusted, h e w i t h d r e w t o F r a n c e . D i e ß o n 2 5 Sept. 1814. M i n a gesteht " t h a t his object w a s to proclaim the Constit. u. die Cortes". ... 18 Sept. 1815: Portier, gain over t h e g a r r i s o n of C o r u n a , arrested t h e local a u t h o r i t i e s ; d a n n t o o k possession of F e r r o l , issued a p r o c l a m a t i o n , h o p e s der n a t i o n d i s a p p o i n t e d , f. r e a s s e m b l i n g d e r C o r t e s . N a c h 4 Tagen his t r o o p s a b a n d o n h i m . . . ( D . J u a n D i a z Porlier, G u é r i l l e r o , C a p t . - G e n . o f A s t u r i a s z u r Zeit v . F e r d i n a n d s r e t u r n f r o m F r a n c e . ) Porlier w a s d e n o u n c e d b y s o m e p e r s o n w h o h a d entered i n t o his views u . possessed his secrets. A m o n g t h o s e w h o a t t h e m o m e n t h a s t e n e d u p t o c o u r t m . d e n news of his arrest, w a s Capt. Quiroga, w h o for s o m e service or o t h e r p e r f o r m e d on this occasion a d v a n c e d 2 steps u. m a d e a lieut.-colonel. Später der h e r o d e r Isla v. L e o n . . . Vidal's conspiracy w a s equally unsuccessful. Similar a t t e m p t s successively m a d e in t h e c o u r s e of 4 years, only a d d e d to the list of victims u. e x a s p e r a t e d t h e ruling p o w e r . Still conspiracies c o n t i n u e d ; a n d in o r d e r t o p r o m o t e t h e m , secret societies were f o r m e d w h i c h c o r r e s p o n d e d s

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

637

v

v

s

Karl Marx • Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 m. d e n e m i g r a n t s a b r o a d . . . Gen. Lacy w a s i n d u c e d to j o i n t h e confederacy of G e n . M i l a n s , an old c o m r a d e , u. several o t h e r s , u. a p l a n laid for h i m to raise t h e C o n s t i t u t i o n a l s t a n d a r d , on A p r i l 5, 1817. B e t r a y e d by s o m e p e r s o n initiated into the secret, f l e d , o v e r t a k e n b y L l a u d e r , c o n d u c t e d to B a r c e l o n a , tried, t a k e n to M a j o r c a , s h o t t h e r e , J u l y 5, 1817. ... D e c . 1819 a large force w a s assembled in L o w e r A n d a l u s i a , destined for A m e r i c a . I n s u r r e c t i o n . D i e I n s u r r e c t i o n a r y A r m y , 1 J a n . 1820, die C o n stit. of 1812 p r o c l a i m e d . M i n a at this j u n c t u r e a p p e a r e d in N a v a r r e , . . . a p r o c l a m a t i o n f. C o n s t , u. C o r t e s . A g a r , t h e late regent, also raised the s t a n d a r d of revolt, u. s o o n the flame s p r e a d to A r a g o n , as well as C a t a Ionia. A b i s b a l ' s defection. It r e a c h e d M a d r i d . 6' M a r c h (in t h e M o r n i n g ) , t h e r e a p p e a r e d an o r d e r f. die c o n v o c a t i o n der C o r t e s . . . t o o late . . . Don A. M. Alcalá Galiano, o n e of t h e projectors, d a m a l s at C a d i x , sagt in s. " S k e t c h der Origin der R e v o l u t i o n e t c " , führt an als facilities f. die n e w enterprise: "a respectable a r m y on a w a r - f o o t i n g — t h e d a r i n g ideas of its officers—the r e m a i n s o f t h e f l e e t assembled o n o n e p o i n t — a large s u p ply o f f u n d s — t h e p o s i t i o n o f C a d i z , s t r o n g b y n a t u r e , a n d p r o u d o f h a v i n g b e e n a b a r r i e r to the F r e n c h , as well as t h e cradle of liberal i d e a s " . D. Evaristo San Miguel—the o t h e r h i s t o r i a n , a l l u d i n g to t h e failu r e u p o n Cadiz, writes t h u s : " t h e h o p e s of gaining t h e m o s t i m p o r t a n t p o i n t of C a d i z g r a d u a l l y vanished. By force it w a s c o n s i d e r e d impossible t o d o a n y t h i n g ; a n d n e g o t i a t i o n s , intrigues, u . conspiracies n o l o n g e r p r o d u c e d effect. O u r situation w a s truly e x t r a o r d i n a r y ; a n d t h e revolut i o n , s t a t i o n a r y for 25 d a y s , w i t h o u t losing or g a i n i n g an inch of g r o u n d , p r e s e n t e d o n e of t h e m o s t singular p h e n o m e n a in politics." R i e g o ' s sortie t o w a r d s M a l a g a w a s unsuccessful, u . w ä h r e n d der m o n t h s o f J a n u a r y u. F e b r u a r y d a s p e o p l e l o o k e d on as indifferent s p e c t a t o r . A military movement at C o r u n a on the 22 Febr., u. Mina's appearance in Navarra, t u r n e d t h e scale; otherwise t h e L a Isla m u t i n y w o u l d h a v e been defeated . . . D e c r e e v. 7 M a r c h 1820 . . . T o w a r d s t h e e n d of F e b r u a r y (1820), n e a r l y 2 m o n t h s after t h e 1 m o v e m e n t der m u t i n e e r s F e r d i n a n d wished to go d o w n t o t h e a r m y ; d i s s u a d e d b y his minister, t h e D u k e d e S a n F e r n a n d o . Elio, capt.-gen. o f Valencia, b a t d e n k i n g t o allow h i m t o p r o c e e d t o A n d a l u s i a u., j o i n t l y m . G e n . F r e y r e , a d o p t s o m e p l a n o f pacification. A u c h I n f a n t e D. C a r l o s nicht e r l a u b t to set o u t for t h e a r m y in o r d e r to quell the m u t i n y . 2 m o n t h s passed in inactivity . . . G e n . Ballesteros, w h o in t h e p r e v i o u s year, a n d while acting as w a r - m i n i s t e r , filled die a r m y m . officers o f d u b i o u s c h a r a c t e r , h a d j u s t b e e n a p p o i n t e d t o t h e military c o m m a n d o f M a d r i d . W a s d e e p i n the plot. Ballesteros m . . . . d e m king, i n t h e m o r n i n g of t h e 7 , w h e n a c o n c o u r s e of r i o t o u s p e r s o n s assembled in front of the p a l a c e . (202-223)

5

10

15

20

25

30

st

th

638

35

40

Aus William Walton: The revolutions of Spain D o n Rafael del R i e g o . . . 9 July 1820 C o r t e s m e e t . . . C a s t r o (ex-deputy der C o r t e s v. 1812), e b e n s o G a r c i a H e r r e r o s , e b e n s o A. Arguelles . . . Ein der earliest m e a s u r e s des n e w C a b i n e t t o d i s b a n d t h e n e w force w h i c h h a d raised t h e s t a n d a r d o f L i b e r t y a t L a Isla u . r e s t o r e d t h e m t o p o w e r . 5 Erst, in the w a y of e x p e r i m e n t , der w a r - m i n i s t e r r e m o v e d Col. A l e x a n d r e O ' D o n n e l l u. several of his officers f r o m their regiment, w h i c h h a d early declared f. die constit. at O c a ñ a . D a n n o r d e r s issued to s e p a r a t e t h e a r m y of S a n F e r n a n d o , till ||32| t h e n c o n c e n t r a t e d in A n d a l u s i a . Its c o m m a n d e r , R i e g o , w a s directed t o p r o c e e d t o Galicia, E s p i n o z a t o T o r t o s a , 10 A r c o - A g u e r o u. L o p e z B a ñ o s were t a k e n a w a y on s e p a r a t e c o m m i s s i o n s . Riego v . d e m w a r - m i n i s t r e n a c h M a d r i d invited w h e n c e , t o g e t h e r m . G o v e r n o r Velasco, he w a s s o m e t i m e afterwards exiled to O v i e d o . Several o t h e r officers w e r e also sent i n t o b a n i s h m e n t , u . a m o n g t h e m E v a r i s t o San Miguel, M a n z a n a r e s u . N u n e z . . . S o die L a Isla officers b a n i s h e d 15 w i t h o u t t h e formality of a legal process . . . S c h o n M a r c h 1820 r e a c t i o n ä r e Szenen, einzeln, in S a r a g o s s a , Galicia, E s t r e m a d u r a . . . t h e law of entails altered, to t h e g r e a t offence d e r n o b l e s . . . D e c r e e v. O c t o b e r 1, 1820, t h e m o n a s t e r i e s suppressed, excepting a certain n u m b e r , u. also several d e r military o r d e r s , t h e revenues of w h i c h s h o u l d be set a p a r t f. das p a y m e n t 20 der n a t i o n a l debt, after p e n s i o n s secured to R i e g o , Q u i r o g a u. t h e o t h e r leaders des L a Isla m u t i n y . T h e i n m a t e s d e r s u p p r e s s e d c o n v e n t s were t o receive Stipends from t h e gov. etc. Diese ganze M a ß r e g e l , weil, f r o m f i n a n c i a l distress, the expedient o f a F o r e i g n l o a n w a s a d o p t e d . . . A t t h e end of a m o n t h d e r k i n g g a b reluctantly his s i g n a t u r e u. d e n n e x t d a y 25 d e p a r t e d for the E s c u r i a l . . . "Coxes M é m o i r e s of the K i n g s of S p a i n of the H o u s e o f B o u r b o n " b y D o n A n d r e s M u r i e l . . . I t a p p e a r s s t r a n g e t h a t t h e p a t r i o t i c s e n a t o r s of 1820 s h o u l d h a v e t h u s b r a v e d the a n g e r of so powerful a b o d y as t h e clergy. . . . F e r d i n a n d V I I p l e a d s illness n o t to b e p r e s e n t a t the closing der C o r t e s , 9 N o v e m b e r 1820. Tag v o r h e r p r i 3 0 vately agreed b y t h e d e p u t i e s t h a t n o m o r e t h a n ¡ o f their n u m b e r s h o u l d quit t h e capital d u r i n g t h e recess, in o r d e r t h a t a m a j o r i t y m i g h t be present in case of a n y emergency. F e r d i n a n d , w i t h o u t a n y ministerial intervention, directed G e n . V i g o d e t t o give u p t h e c o m m a n d o f N e w C a stile t o G e n . C a r a v a j a l , w h i c h led t o a n i m m e d i a t e m e e t i n g der p e r m a 35 n e n t d e p u t a t i o n , r e m o n s t r a n c e f r o m the ministers, t e n d e r i n g their resignation. T h e r o y a l o r d e r w a s signed N o v . 16, 1820, a n d the e x p e c t a t i o n of a r u p t u r e c a u s e d the g a r r i s o n to be p u t u n d e r a r m s . C l u b s in readiness. D a n n die ministers u . p e r m a n e n t d e p u t a t i o n f o r w a r d e d s t r o n g e r r e p r e sentations t o t h e king, advising h i m t o r e t u r n t o t h e capital. . . . E x p e r i 40 enee h a d s h o w n t h a t t h e n e w o r d e r of things h a d given rise to an e a r n e s t struggle between t h e prejudices u . h a b i t s der a n c i e n t m o n a r c h y , u . d e n t h

l

4

639

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 m a x i m s u. policy of a n e w o n e . . . F e r d i n a n d g a v e notice of his i m m e d i a t e r e t u r n to t h e capital, as well as of the r e m o v a l of several o b n o x i o u s p e r s o n s from his p a l a c e . 2 1 N o v . (1820) h e arrived. R i e g o m a d e c a p t . gen. o f A r a g o n , Velasco received t h e c o m m a n d o f E s t r e m a d u r a u . Espin o s a t h a t o f O l d Castile. O ' D o n o j u , M i n a , D o a i z , L o p e z B a ñ o s u . A r c o A g ü e r o equally raised t o s e p a r a t e c o m m a n d s ; Q u i r o g a r e t a i n e d his seat in t h e C o r t e s ... Royalistisçhe Flugschrift des V i n u e s a , formerly c u r a t e of T a m a j o n u . o n e o f the K i n g ' s h o n o r a r y c h a p l a i n s . E i n g e s p e r r t , the a r d e n t spirits frequenting the P u e r t a del Sol r u s h e d in a c r o w d to t h e p r i s o n , forced o p e n the d o o r , entered t h e c u r a t e ' s cell u. with a b l a c k s m i t h ' s h a m m e r b e a t o u t his b r a i n s . T h i s deed celebrated i n songs, s u n g a b o u t t h e streets u. in t h e g u a r d - h o u s e s . . . the martillo or h a m m e r faction . . . the ejected m o n k s called the p e a s a n t s t o a r m s , t h e h a b i t s o f insurrection u . irregular warfare h a d b e c o m e s o familiar t o the S p a n i a r d s , t h a t a r m e d b a n d s easily collected, w h i c h at first h a d t h e a p p e a r a n c e of a c h u r c h militant, being chiefly h e a d e d b y m o n k s o r secular clergymen. T h e c u r a t e Merino of these d e r m o s t distinguished. W a r wieder c u r a t e zu Villabiao in Castile, in 1821, w h e n the cry against the constit. w a s raised . . . t h e large cities w a r e n , in a c o n t r a r y sense, agitated by clubs u. d e b a t i n g societies . . . 4 F e b r . (1821) t h e king c o m p l a i n e d , wegen m e n a c e u. p e r s o n a l insult, to the municipality, u. policemen s t a t i o n e d in front des p a l a c e . T h e n e x t a f t e r n o o n he t o o k his u s u a l ride, a g a i n assailed m. offensive vociferations, b l e n d e d m. cries of Tragala ( S o n g in f a v o u r d e r C o n s t . Tragala, p e r r o ! Swallow it d o w n dog.) A p a r t y of lifeguards, i r r i t a t e d by these indignities, r u s h e d o u t s w o r d in h a n d , u. dispersed the p o p u l a c e . Several w o u n d e d ; p e o p l e r e t u r n i n g m. increased n u m b e r s , t h e g u a r d s d r i v e n | 1331 b a c k to their b a r r a c k s . D i s b a n d i n g der g u a r d s d e m a n d e d . Militia p u t u n d e r a r m s , the liberals f l e w t o their respective p o s t s . M u n i c i p a l i t y interposes, the offending r e g i m e n t einstweilen d i s a r m e d . T u m u l t subsided, a b e r die p o s i t i o n der royal family c o n t i n u e d p r e c a r i o u s , o w i n g to t h e indiscreet zeal der royalists, w h i c h it b e c a m e impossible to c o n t r o l . 1 M a r c h (1821) second session der C o r t e s o p e n e d . . . n e w ministry . . . D i s p o s i t i o n der C o n t i n e n t a l P o w e r s t o interfere. T h e a l a r m c a u s e d b y the events of La Isla h a d b e e n increased by the c o n t a g i o u s effects p r o d u c e d in P o r t u g a l u. N a p l e s , w h e r e t h e liberals, n o t h a v i n g the t i m e to frame n e w institutions o f their o w n , provisionally p r o c l a i m e d the S p a n . C o n s t , as the law of t h e land. . . . T h e F r e n c h for s o m e t i m e h a d been collecting n e a r the Pyrenees a large military force, e q u i p p e d for active service, the a d v a n c e d line of which, u n d e r p r e t e x t of g u a r d i n g a g a i n s t e p i d e m i c c o n t a g i o n , w a s e m p l o y e d as a cordon sanitaire. ... N u m b e r s of F r e n c h m a l c o n t e n t s u. m a n y Italians h a d also fled to S p a i n . . . (Sieh G e n . Vaudon-

640

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus William Walton: The revolutions of Spain court) . . . Im V e r o n a C o n g r e s s 3 cases specified f. F r e n c h i n t e r v e n t i o n : 1) a t t a c k by Spain. 2) p e r s o n a l o u t r a g e on t h e K i n g or the R o y a l family. 3 ) a t t e m p t t o c h a n g e t h e reigning d y n a s t y . . . R o y a l i s t c o m m o t i o n s a t Seville, B a r c e l o n a , C a r t h a g e n a , Z a r a g o z a , u . i n M u r c i a . I n A l a v a t h e 5 c u r a t e M e r i n o h a d also collected 800 m e n , w i t h w h o m he entered Salvatierra u . t o r e d o w n t h e s t o n e der c o n s t i t u t i o n , after c a p t u r i n g die n a t i o n al g u a r d of Vitoria. Lopez Baños defeated h i m , t o o k s o m e p r i s o n e r s , subjected t o m a r t i a l law u . executed. T h e indiscriminate severities t h e n inflicted u p o n ecclesiastics g a v e rise to t h o s e dreadful acts of reprisal 10 which m a r k e d t h e struggle, h a v e c o n t i n u e d to t h e p r e s e n t d a y . . . D i e M a d r i d e r seemed t o h a v e e m b r a c e d e x t r e m e liberal o p i n i o n s , eager to j o i n in every species of t u m u l t . M o r i l l o j u s t arrived v. S o u t h A m e r i c a , a p p o i n t e d t o the c o m m a n d d e r capital, m u c h reliance p l a c e d o n his energetic c h a r a c t e r . T h e cortes closed on the 30 J u n e 1821, w h e n the k i n g 15 p r o c e e d e d to the b a t h s of S a c e d o n , t h e T h e r m i d a der R o m a n s , a t o w n of a b o u t 3000, in the p r o v i n c e of C u e n c a , situated a league from t h e T a g u s ... s o m e of the principal p l a n s f. die r e a c t i o n t h e r e c o n c o c t e d . . . In t h e spring of 1822, Q u e s a d a f o r m e d a small royalist a r m y in t h e B a s q u e p r o v inces u . N a v a r r e . T h e C a t a l o n i a n b a n d s h a d also a c q u i r e d s o m e 20 consistency, u n d e r the d i r e c t i o n of t h e T r a p p i s t u. B a r o n d ' E r o l e s . . . . Der Trappist (Capt. M a r a ñ o n , who had become Father Antonio) n i m m t the Seo de U r g e l , situated at t h e foot of o n e of the s o u t h e r n declivities der eastern Pyrenees. H e r e t h e regency established itself, u n d e r the p r e s idency des M a r q u i s d e M a t a f l o r i d a a i d e d b y t h e B i s h o p o f T a r r a g o n a ; 25 u. der B a r o n d ' E r o l e s t o o k c h a r g e of t h e military d e p a r t m e n t . . . . S u c h der state der royalist cause at the close of 1822. T h e regency h a d for s o m e time defied the p o w e r d e r C o r t e s . . . . V o n d e n B a s q u e provinces Z a v a l a kept u p his c o m m u n i c a t i o n s m . M e r i n o , w h o o p e r a t e d between B u r g o s u . d e m E b r o ; a t t h e s a m e t i m e t h a t Bessières, after h o l d i n g M e q u i n e n z a 30 for 8 m o n t h s , p u s h e d his i n c u r s i o n s to the vicinity of M a d r i d . . . (-260) 30 J u n e 1822. C o r t e s closed. T h e c e r e m o n y being over, the k i n g w a s a b o u t t o enter his c a r r i a g e , w h e n l o u d vociferation from t h e m u l t i t u d e assembled; an affray zw. d e m Volk, p r e m e d i t a t i n g an insult, u. d e n grenadier g u a r d s interfering, a n d a few lives were lost. T h e s a m e a f t e r n o o n , 35 L i e u t e n a n t L a n d a b u r u , of t h e g u a r d s , s u p p o s e d to be a liberal, s h o t by o n e of his o w n soldiers whilst e n d e a v o u r i n g to check their i m p e t u o s i t y . P a r t y feeling n u n z u der äussersten h e i g h t . . . M a d r i d p r e s e n t e d t h e spectacle of 2 armies eager to engage, auf d e r 1 Seite die G u a r d s , auf d e r a n d e r n die n a t i o n a l militia. . . . M o r i l l o a p p e a s e d d e n t u m u l t , als in t h e 40 night, 4 b a t t a l i o n s der g u a r d s sallied forth, completely e q u i p p e d , a n d p r o c e e d e d t o t h e P a r d o , a r o y a l residence o n t h e left b a n k o f t h e M a n -

641

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 z a n a r e s , 2 leagues n o r t h - w e s t of M a d r i d , s u r r o u n d e d with w o o d s . . . 2 n d July (1822) R i e g o trifft in M a d r i d ein . . . m a t t e r s in this state till the 4 . . . O n the m o r n i n g des 6 s o m e o f t h e b a t t a l i o n s m o v e d f r o m t h e P a r d o t o w a r d s M a d r i d , a n d after r e c o n n o i t r i n g t o P u e r t a del H i e r r o u . e x c h a n g i n g a few shots m. den piquets, r e t u r n e d to their f o r m e r p o s i tions. T h e next m o r n i n g t h e y entered b a t t l e a r r a y , u. from 3 different p o i n t s a t t a c k e d t h e m a i n s q u a r e . Severe conflict, m a n y lives ||34| lost, g u a r d s o v e r p o w e r e d , driven b a c k t o the P u e r t a del Sol, w h e r e t h e y m a d e a s t a n d a n d r e t u r n e d t o the c h a r g e . A g a i n repulsed, confined t o n a r r o w streets, a n d e x p o s e d to the fire of artillery in their front u. their flanks, w i t h d r e w t o w a r d s t h e p a l a c e , w h e r e t h e y s o u g h t shelter. F l a g o f t r u c e , t e r m s n o t accepted, t h e implicated g u a r d s fled t o w a r d s the interior, b e i n g p u r s u e d , several p u t to t h e s w o r d , others c a p i t u l a t e d . . . (At this p e r i o d a p l a n existed to p r o d u c e a r e a c t i o n by t h e i n t r o d u c t i o n of 2 c h a m b e r s . T h i s , it w a s t h o u g h t , w o u l d lead to a k i n d of juste milieu, M a r t i n e z de la R o s a , Sierra P a m b l e y u . several o t h e r m e m b e r s , b o t h o f t h e C o r t e s u . der a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , h a d j o i n e d i n the scheme, s u p p o r t e d b y G e n . M o r i l l o u . Ballesteros, as well as by several o t h e r officers o p p o s e d to R i e g o u. t h e L a Isla p a r t y ; t h e o p p o s i t e p a r t y a p p r i s e d o f w h a t w a s g o i n g o n . . . the n a t i o n a l g u a r d s , all flaming C o n s t i t u t i o n a l i s t s . S o m e d e s p e r a t e m o v e m e n t o n t h e p a r t der life-guards h o v e r i n g a b o u t t h e P a r d o being anticip a t e d , R i e g o w a s privately called u p t o M a d r i d t o c o m m a n d t h e Militia in case of an emergency; b o t h M o r i l l o u. Ballesteros being distrusted . . . M i n a Sept. 1822 a p p o i n t e d t o c o m m a n d C a t a l o n i a , t o p u t d o w n the A r m y of the F a i t h , u. dislodge the regency from Seo de U r g e l . . . at this p e r i o d the w a r o f e x t e r m i n a t i o n c o m m e n c e d w h i c h h a s r a g e d ever since . . . A e h n l i c h G e n . V i l l a c a m p a a t Seville . . . M i n a t o o k t h e fortress o f U r g e l 3 F e b r . 1823 . . . Romagosa einer der royal Guérilleros in C a t a l o n i a , w ä h r e n d des K r i e g s gegen die F r a n z o s e n H a u p t g u e r i l l a m a n . G e n e r a l a t the close of t h e w a r . . . the S p a n , constitutionalists, at t h e t i m e greatly misled b y M r . C a n n i n g ' s professions . . . 2 8 J a n . (1823) R e d e v . Engl, k i n g on t h e o p e n i n g der C h a m b e r s . . . 15 F e b r . (1823) v o t e p a s s e d t h e C o r t e s , a u t h o r i s i n g the ministers t o r e m o v e t h e gov., leaving t o t h e k i n g t h e choice of place. 1 9 the session closed; in the a f t e r n o o n t h e k i n g signified his i n t e n t i o n of c h a n g i n g the ministry. In the e v e n i n g large c o n c o u r s e a s s e m b l e d in t h e front of t h e palace, seditious cries, d e m a n d i n g t h e reins t a t e m e n t des ministry, o t h e r s a regency, several even t h e k i n g ' s d e a t h , the u p r o a r w a s t r e m e n d o u s . Municipalities i n t e r p o s e d , k i n g widerruft die A b s e t z u n g d e r M i n i s t e r . . . 1 M a r c h 1823 die C o r t e s a g a i n o p e n e d . ... By the e n d of M a r c h the F r e n c h h a d a s s e m b l e d an a r m y of 80,000 m e n u n d e r t h e o r d e r s des D u k e o f A n g o u l ê m e ; t h e centre c o m m a n d e d b y t h

t h

5

10

15

20

25

30

th

642

35

40

Aus William Walton: The revolutions of Spain O u d i n o t , the right by M o l i t o r , the left by M o n c e y . W i t h this force, t h e a r m y o f t h e F a i t h , u n d e r Eróles, Q u e s a d a , u . d e m Trappist, w a s t o c o o p e r a t e . 1 p r o c l a m a t i o n des A n g o u l è m e v. 2 A p r i l (1823); a u c h die p r o visional S p a n . R e g e n c y — E g u i a , E r r o u. C a l d e r ó n — a d d r e s s v. 6 A p r i l . . . 5 C a l d e r ó n a u c h w a r v. d e n 69 Persas w h o signed the a d d r e s s p r e s e n t e d to the king at Valencia . . . (-285) O n the 1 6 o f A u g . , the D u k e d A n g o u l ê m e , after a n u n i n t e r r u p t e d m a r c h from the capital, r e a c h e d P o r t St. M a r y ' s , a n n o u n c i n g d u r c h Brief d e m king t h a t the rest des c o u n t r y delivered v . d e m r e v o l u t i o n a r y y o k e 10 u. r e c o m m e n d i n g the c o n v o c a t i o n der a n c i e n t C o r t e s . . . T h e F r e n c h a r m y crossed the B i d a s s o a o n t h e 7 o f A p r i l W h e n the French entered Spain, the constitutionalists, a c c o r d i n g t o their o w n confession, h a d a n efficient a r m y o f 96,750 m e n , n o t t o m e n t i o n t h e v o l u n t e e r c o r p s in every p a r t des k i n g d o m , c o m p a n i e s f o r m e d by t h e provincial d é p u t a i s tions u . o t h e r scattered t r o o p s , r e a d y t o act. This M . C a l a t r a v a , o n e o f the ministers, a d m i t s , in his a n s w e r to F l o r e s E s t r a d a , d. d. L o n d o n N o v . 16, 1825 . . . die frzs. A r m e e m a d e up of recruits w i t h o u t experience u. v e t e r a n s of d o u b t f u l fidelity . . . ( 1 0 0 , 0 0 0 m e n ) . . . 18 M a i die c a p i t u lation o f M a d r i d signed, 2 0 die F r e n c h entered . . . R i e g o u n d e r t o o k t h e 20 task, a n d on q u i t t i n g t h e h a r b o u r (of Cadiz) e l u d e d the vigilance d e r b l o c k a d i n g force. H e r e a c h e d M a l a g a o n t h e 5 Sept., w h e r e h e f o u n d G e n . Z a y a s a t the h e a d o f 4000 m e n , the r e m n a n t o f t h e reserve lately u n d e r t h e o r d e r s o f G e n . V i l l a c a m p a . O f this force R i e g o t o o k t h e c o m m a n d , u . w i t h i t p r o c e e d e d t o w a r d s t h e p o s i t i o n s held b y Ballesteros. 25 R e a c h i n g Priego, 16 leagues n o r t h of M a l a g a , he f o u n d himself in front of his rival's lines, w h o received h i m w i t h a fire of m u s k e t r y . R i e g o d e m a n d e d a n interview, ||35| w h i c h b e i n g g r a n t e d , h e p r o p o s e d t h a t Ballesteros s h o u l d r e s u m e his o p e r a t i o n s a g a i n s t t h e F r e n c h , a n d t e n d e r e d his o w n services to act in a s u b o r d i n a t e c o m m a n d . T h e p r o p o s a l w a s 30 rejected u. R i e g o conceived t h e b o l d project of seizing Ballestero's person. W i t h this view h e o r d e r e d t h e general's escort t o b e dismissed: b u t one of the p r i s o n e r ' s officers escaping f r o m the h o u s e w h e r e the interview was held, h a r a n g u e d the t r o o p s , i n f o r m e d t h e m o f t h e t r e a c h e r o u s m a n ner i n w h i c h their general h a d been e n t r a p p e d , a n d led t h e m o n against 35 Riego. Dieser was glad to give up his captive, hastily r e t r e a t e d t o w a r d s J a e n , n e a r which place h e u . his b a n d o n the 1 5 [were] m a d e p r i s o n e r s b y o n e o f M o l i t o r ' s c o r p s , sent t o i n t e r c e p t their retreat. R i e g o w a s f i r s t confined a t C a r o l i n a , t h e n c e c o n v e y e d t o M a d r i d , w h e r e h e w a s tried u . executed b y the o r d e r s o f t h e p r o v . gov. o n the 7 N o v . 1823. (-311) st

th

t h

th

t h

th

t h

643

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

Marliani (contin.) 1 J a n u a r . 1820, el c o m a n d a n t e de b a t a l l ó n R i e g o , c o n a l g u n a t r o p a , p r o c l a m a la C o n s t i t . de 1812, en las C a b e z a s de S a n J u a n , sale y s o r p r e n d e el c u a r t e l j e n e r a l , p r e n d i e n d o al jefe y á t o d o su e s t a d o m a y o r ; se lleva á los 3 b a t a l l o n e s de g u a r d i a y se e n c a m i n a á la isla de L e ó n , á d o n d e llega el 7, á las o c h o de la m a ñ a n a , después de a l g u n a m a n s i o n en Jerez, el 4, y el 5 en el P u e r t o de St. M a r í a . Ya lo está e s p e r a n d o el colonel Q u i r o g a en S a n F e r n a n d o c o n o t r o s 3 b a t a l l o n e s , y c o m o t o d o s ellos e s t a b a n c o m pletísimos y al pié de g u e r r a , c o m p o n í a n r e u n i d o s un c u e r p o efectivo de 6000 m e n . . . I n M a d r i d d e m G e n . D o n M a n u e l Freiré p l e n o s p o d e r e s gegeben, ü b e r n i m m t d e n Oberbefehl d e r O p e r a t i o n s a r m e e gegen R i e g o . . . [65] Martignac sagt: « C i u d a d e s m a y o r e s , c o m e r c i o , i n d u s t r i a , profesiones liberales, el ejército y los p r o l e t a r i o s r e c i b i e r o n c o n e n t u s i a s m o el n u e v o sistema . . . M i r a r o n el clero y los m o n a c a l e s a q u e l l a m u d a n z a c o n d e s c o n s u e l o , y los c a m p e s i n o s m. z o z o b r a » . . . [68] Seit d e m 5 Sept. 1820 S p a l t u n g der C o n s t i t u t i o n a l i s t e n i n m o d e r a d o s u . e x a l t a d o s u . R ü c k g e h n der m o v e m e n t . . . Se v o t a la expulsion de los j e s u í t a s . . . P r o h i b e o t r a ley los v o t o s en los c o n v e n t o s f r a n q u e a n d o á los frailes su p e r m a n e n c i a en c o m u n i d a d , con tal q u e lleguen á doce; y siendo m e n o s , d e b í a n incorp o r p o r a r s e c o n las c o m u n i d a d e s i n m e d i a t a s , q u e d a n d o los bienes d e t o d o c o n v e n t o v a c a n t e en beneficio del e s t a d o . . . [69, 70] fiebre a m a r i l l a in C a t a l u ñ a , C o r d o n sanitario v . F r a n k r e i c h . . . C o r t e s v . 1822 e r n e n n e n den G e n e r a l R i e g o z u m P r ä s i d e n t e n . . . [72] D o s a l b o r o t o s e n u n m i s m o dia, e l u n o en A r a n j u e z , residiendo el rey, y el o t r o en Valencia, y en la m i s m a c i u d a d e l a q u e e n c e r r a b a al gen. Elio g r ö ß t e n F e i n d der C o n s t . | [73]

644

5

10

15

20

25

Aus José Maria de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra, y revolución

|36| Conde de Toreno. Historia del Levantamiento, Guerra, y Revolución de España. (Erste v. 5 Tom. Madrid. 1835-7) 5

/.

F u e m u y util q u e en el p r i m e r a r d o r de la insurrección se f o r m a s e en c a d a provincia u n a j u n t a s e p a r a d a . E s t a especie d e g o b i e r n o federativo . . . d o b ó entonces y a u n multiplicó sus m e d i o s y recursos; excitó u n a e m u lación h a s t a cierto p u n t o s a l u d a b l e , y s o b r e t o d o evitó q u e los m a n e j o s 10 del e x t r a n g e r o , valiéndose de la flaqueza y villanía de a l g u n o s , b a r r e n a sen s o r d a m e n t e la c a u s a s a g r a d a de la p a t r i a . Un g o b i e r n o c e n t r a l y ú n i c o , a n t e s d e q u e l a revolución h u b i e s e e c h a d o raices, m a s facilmente se h u b i e r a d o b l e g a d o á pérfidas i n s i n u a c i o n e s . (283) A u t o r i d a d e s d e s p a r r a m a d a s c o m o las d e las j u n t a s , n i ofrecían u n b l a n c o bien distinto c o n 15 t r a el q u e p u d i e r a n a p u n t a r s e los tiros de la intriga. (284) A c o m p a ñ ó al s e n t i m i e n t o u n á n i m e d e resistir a l e x t r a n g e r o o t r o n o m e n o s i m p o r t a n t e de m e j o r a y reforma. C i e r t o q u e este no se dejó ver ni t a n c l a r a ni t a n u m v e r s a l m e n t e c o m o e l p r i m e r o . . . Sin e m b a r g o a p e n a s h u b o p r o c l a m a , instrucción ó manifiesto de las j u n t a s en q u e l a m e n t á n d o s e de las m á x i 20 m a s q u e h a b í a n r e g i d o a n t e r i o r m e n t e , no se diese indicio de q u e r e r t o m a r un r u m b o o p u e s t o , a n u n c i a n d o p a r a lo f u t u r o ó la c o n v o c a c i ó n de c o r tes, ó el r e s t a b l e c i m i e n t o de a n t i g u o s fueros, ó el d e s a g r a v i o de p a s a d a s ofensas. Infiérase de a q u i c u á l seria s o b r e eso la o p i n i o n general c u a n d o asi s e e x p r e s a b a n u n a s a u t o r i d a d e s q u e c o m p u e s t a s e n s u m a y o r p a r t e d e 25 individuos de clases privilegiadas, p r o c u r a b a n c o n t e n e r m a s bien q u e estimular a q u e l l a general t e n d e n c i a . (I.e.)

645

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

II Verdad es que Madrid ni por su población ni por su riqueza no habiendo n u n c a ejercido, c o m o a c o n t e c e c o n a l g u n a s capitales d e E u r o p a , p o d e r o s o influjo e n las d e m á s c i u d a d e s , h u b i e r a n e c e s i t a d o d e m a y o r esfuerzo p a r a a t r a e r l a s á su v o z y acelerar su a y u n t a m i e n t o y c o n c o r d i a . (83) a) I n t r i g u e n des R o y a l C o u n c i l ν. M a d r i d . (1. c. sqq.) Q u i e n o p i n a b a p o r cortes (zur Z e i t d e r B i l d u n g d e r C e n t r a i j u n t a ) y q u i e n s o ñ a b a u n g o b i e r n o q u e diese p r i n c i p i o y e n c a m i n a s e á u n a federación n a c i o n a l . / ' A d h e r í a a l p r i m e r d i c t a m e n Sir C a r l o s S t u a r t r e p r e s e n t a n t e del g o b i e r n o inglés . . . P e r o las n o v e d a d e s i n t r o d u c i d a s en las c o n s t i t u c i o n e s de a q u e l b c u e r p o d u r a n t e la d o m i n a c i ó n de las casas de A u s t r i a y B o r b o n , ofrecían p a r a su l l a m a m i e n t o dificultades casi i n s u p e r a b l e s ; p u e s al p a s o de ser V. m u c h a s las c i u d a d e s de L e o n y Castilla q u e e n v i a b a n p r o c u r a d o r e s á c o r t e s , solo tenia u n a voz el p o p u l o s o reino de G a l i c i a y se veia p r i v a d o de ella el p r i n c i p a d o de A s t u r i a s , c u n a de la m o n a r q u í a . (91) H a b í a s e en V i z c a y a l e v a n t a d o B i l b a o al a n u n c i a r s e la v i c t o r i a de Bailen, y en A u g . 6 escogiendo su v e c i n d a r i o u n a j u n t a , a c o r d ó un a l i s t a m i e n t o general, y n o m b r ó p o r c o m a n d a n t e militar a l c o r o n e l D o n T o m á s d e Salcedo. S o b r e m a n e r a i n q u i e t ó á los franceses esta i n s u r r e c c i ó n , ya p o r el ejemplo y ya t a m b i é n p o r q u e c o m p r o m e t i d a su p o s i c i ó n en los m á r g e n e s del E b r o , p u d i e r a n verse o b l i g a d o s á estrecharse m a s c o n t r a la f r o n t e r a . C r e c i ó su recelo á m a y o r g r a d o c o n a s o n a d a s y revueltas q u e h u b o en Tolosa y p u e b l o s de G u i p ú z c o a , y c o n las c o r r e r í a s q u e h a c í a n y gente q u e alleg a b a n e n N a v a r r a D o n A n t o n i o E g o a g u i r r e y D o n L u i s Gil. H a b í a n estos salido de Z a r a g o z a , am 27 J u n i p a r a a l b o r o t a r a q u e l r e i n o . (97, 98) 16 A u g . (1808) die Biscaier I n s u r g e n t e n z u s a m m e n g e h a u n ν. d e n F r a n ­ zosen u n t e r M e r l i n , Bilbao c o n r i g o r t r a t a d o . . . « a p a g a d o l a insurrección con la sangre de 1 2 0 0 h o m b r e s » ... El contratiempo de Bilbao que en M a d r i d p r o v o c a b a las r e c l a m a c i o n e s d e m u c h o s , d i f u n d i é n d o s e p o r las p r o v i n c i a s a u m e n t ó el c l a m o r ya casi universal c o n t r a generales y j u n t a s , r e p a r a n d o q u e a l g u n o s de aquellos se e n t r e g a b a n d e m a s i a d a m e n t e á d i v e r t i m i e n t o s y regocijos, y q u e estas c o n zelos y r i v a l i d a d e s r e t a r d a b a n la i n s t a l a c i ó n de la j u n t a central. D e s e a n d o el consejo (royal ν. Castilla) a p r o v e c h a r s e de la irritación de los á n i m o s , y v a l i é n d o s e de los lazos q u e le u n í a n c o n D o n G r e g o r i o de la C u e s t a su a n t i g u o g o b e r n a d o r , se c o n c o r d ò c o n este y discurrieron a p o d e r a r s e del m a n d o s u p r e m o . C u e s t a , d e r sich n i c h t s t a r k g e n u g fühlt, schlägt d e n C a s t a ñ o s vor; dividir e n d o s p a r t e s el g o b i e r n o de la n a c i ó n , d e j a n d o la civil y g u b e r n a t i v a al consejo, y r e s e r v a n d o la militar al solo c u i d a d o de ellos d o s en u n i o n c o n el d u q u e del I n f a n t a d o . (98, 99)

646

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus José Maria de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra, y revolución Centraijunta. P o r fin el 25 de setiembre en A r a n j u e z y en su real p a l a cio instalóse s o l e m n e m e n t e el n u e v o g o b i e r n o . . . C o m p u e s t o e n t o n c e s de 24 individuos creció en breve su n ú m e r o , y se c o n t a r o n h a s t a 35 n o m b r a d o s e n s u m a y o r p a r t e p o r las j u n t a s d e p r o v i n c i a , erigidas a l alzarse 5 la n a c i ó n en m a y o . De c a d a u n a vinieron d o s d i p u t a d o s . O t r o s t a n t o s envió Toledo sin e s t a r en igual c a s o , y lo m i s m o M a d r i d y r e i n o de N a v a r r a . De C a n a r i a s solo a c u d i ó u n o á r e p r e s e n t a r sus islas. F u e elegido p r e s i d e n t e el C o n d e de F l o r i d a b l a n c a . (108) L o s vocales p e r t e n e c í a n á h o n r o s a s y principales clases del e s t a d o , c o n t á n d o s e e n t r e ellos eclesiás10 ticos elevados en d i g n i d a d , 5 g r a n d e s de E s p a ñ a , varios títulos ||37| de Castilla, a n t i g u o s m i n i s t r o s y o t r o s e m p l e a d o s civiles y militares. Sin e m b a r g o casi t o d o s a n t e s d e l a insurrección e r a n c o m o repúblicos, desc o n o c i d o s e n e l r e i n o , fuera d e D o n A n t o n i o Valdés, del C o n d e d e F l o ridablanca y de D o n G a s p a r Melchor de Jovellanos. El primero m u c h o s 15 a ñ o s m i n i s t r o de m a r i n a m e r e c i ó , al l a d o de leves defectos, j u s t a s alab a n z a s p o r lo m u c h o q u e en su t i e m p o se m e j o r ó y a c r e c e n t ó la a r m a d a y sus d e p e n d e n c i a s . (108, 9) F l o r i d a b l a n c a : Afecto en su ministerio á ens a n c h a r m a s y m a s los límites de la p o t e s t a d real r o m p i e n d o c u a n t a s b a r r e r a s quisieran oponérsele, h a b i a crecido c o n la e d a d el a m o r á seme20 j a n t e s m á x i m a s , y q u i s o c o m o i n d i v i d u o de la central q u e sirviesen de n o r t e al n u e v o g o b i e r n o , sin r e p a r a r en las m u d a n z a s o c a s i o n a d a s p o r el t i e m p o , y en las q u e r e c l a m a b a n e s c a b r o s a s circunstancias. (111) Fija de a n t e m a n o la a t e n c i ó n n a c i o n a l en los d o s respetables v a r o n e s ( F l o r i d a b l a n c a u. Jovellanos), siguieron los i n d i v i d u o s de la c e n t r a l el 25 impulso de la o p i n i o n , a r r i m á n d o s e los m a s á u n o ú á o t r o de d i c h o s d o s vocales. P e r o c o m o estos e n t r e sí disentían, dividiéronse los pareceres, prevaleciendo en un principio y p o r lo general el de F l o r i d a b l a n c a . C o n su m u e r t e y las desgracias no dejó m a s a d e l a n t e de triunfar á veces el de Jovellanos, a y u d a d o d e D o n M a r t i n d e G a r a y , cuyas luces n a t u r a l e s , 30 fácil d e s p a c h o y p r á c t i c a de negocios le d i e r o n s u m o p o d e r é influjo en las deliberaciones de la j u n t a . P e r o á u n o y o t r o p a r t i d o de los d o s , si asi p u e d e n llamarse, en q u e se dividió la central, faltábales actividad y presteza en las resoluciones. F l o r i d a b l a n c a a n c i a n o y doliente, J o v e l l a n o s e n t r a d o t a m b i é n en a ñ o s y c o n m a l e s , a v e z a d o s a m b o s á la r e g u l a r i d a d y 35 p a u s a de n u e s t r o g o b i e r n o , no p o d í a n s o b r e p o n e r s e á la c o s t u m b r e y á los h á b i t o s en q u e se h a b í a n c r i a d o y envejecido. Su a u t o r i d a d llevaba en pos de sí á los d e m á s centrales, h o m b r e s en su m a y o r í a de p r o b i d a d , p e r o escasos de sobresalientes ó n o t a b l e s p r e n d a s . D o s ó tres m a s a r r o j a d o s y atrevidos e n t r e los q u e p r i n c i p a l m e n t e s o n a b a Don Lorenzo Calvo de 40 Rozas, a c r e d i t a d o en el sitio de Z a r a g o z a , q u e r í a n en v a n o sacar á la j u n t a de su s o s e g a d o p a s o . No era d a d o á su c o r t o n ú m e r o ni á su

647

•

• • .

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

t

a n t e r i o r y casi d e s c o n o c i d o n o m b r e vencer los o b s t á c u l o s q u e se o p o n í a n á sus m i r a s . Asi fue q u e en los p r i m e r o s meses siguiendo la central en m a t e r i a s políticas el d i c t a m e n de F l o r i d a b l a n c a , y no asistiéndole ni á él ni á J o v e l l a n o s p a r a las militares y e c o n ó m i c a s el vigor y p r o n t a diligencia q u e la a p r e t a d a situación de E s p a ñ a exigía, c o n l á s t i m a se vio q u e el n u e v o g o b i e r n o o b r a n d o c o n lentitud y tibieza en la defensa de la p a t r i a , y o c u p á n d o s e en p o r m e n o r e s , recejaba en lo civil y g u b e r n a t i v o á tiemp o s añejos y de aciaga r e c o r d a c i ó n . (113, 14) T a m p o c o f a l t a r o n c o m o e r a de t e m e r desavenencias c o n el consejo real. 26 S e p t e m b e r le h a b i a d a d o c u e n t a la j u n t a central de su instalación, p r e v i n i é n d o l e q u e p r e s t a d o q u e h u b i e s e n sus individuos el j u r a m e n t o d e b i d o , expidiese las c é d u l a s , ó r d e nes y provisiones c o m p e t e n t e s p a r a q u e obedeciesen y se sujetasen á la n u e v a a u t o r i d a d t o d a s las d e l a m o n a r q u í a . P o r a q u e l p a s o , d e s a p r o b a d o de m u c h o s , p e r s u a d i d o tal vez el consejo de q u e la j u n t a h a b i a m e n e s t e r su a p o y o p a r a ser r e c o n o c i d a en el r e i n o , c o b r ó aliento, y d e s p u é s de d i l a t a r u n a c o n t e s t a c i ó n clara y formal, al c a b o envió el 30 con el j u r a m e n t o p e d i d o u n a exposición de sus fiscales, en la q u e estos se o p o n í a n á q u e se prestase d i c h o j u r a m e n t o , r e c l a m a n d o el u s o y c o s t u m b r e s a n t i g u a s . A u n q u e el consejo no h a b i a seguido el p a r e c e r fiscal, le remitió no o b s t a n t e á la j u n t a a c o m p a ñ a d o de sus p r o p i a s m e d i t a c i o n e s , dirigidas p r i n c i p a l m e n t e á q u e se a d o p t a s e n las 3 siguientes m e d i d a s : 1) R e d u c i r el n ú m e r o de vocales de la central, p o r ser el a c t u a l c o n t r a r i o á [la] Ley 3, P a r t i d a 2, título 15, en q u e h a b l á n d o s e de las m i n o r i d a d e s en los casos en q u e e l rey difunto n o hubiese n o m b r a d o t u t o r e s , dice: « q u e los g u a r d a d o r e s d e b e n ser u n o ó 3, ó 5 e n o n m a s » . 2) la extinción de las j u n t a s

5

10

15

20

25

provinciales: y, 3) la c o n v o c a c i ó n de cortes c o n f o r m e al d e c r e t o d a d o p o r F e r d i n a n d V I I en B a y o n a . (115, 16) 7 O c t o b e r (1808) J o v e l l a n o s schlägt v o r i m S c h o ß der J u n t a q u e s e a n u n c i a s e i n m e d i a t a m e n t e « á l a n a c i ó n - q u e seria r e u n i d a en cortes luego q u e el e n e m i g o hubiese a b a n d o n a d o n u e s t r o territorio, y si esto no se verificase a n t e s , p a r a el o c t u b r e de 1810, 30 e t c . » (118) D i e C e n t r a l se dividió en [otras] t a n t a s secciones c u a n t o s 1) 2) 3 ministerios h a b i a en E s p a ñ a , á saber: e s t a d o , g r a c i a y justicia, g u e r r a , 4 5 m a r i n a y h a c i e n d a , resolviendo en sesiones p l e n a s las p r o v i d e n c i a s q u e 35 aquellas p r o p o n í a n . . . se creó u n a secretaría general á c u y a c a b e z a se p u s o a l célebre literato y b u e n p a t r i o t a D o n M a n u e l Q u i n t a n a . . . e r schrieb ihre p r o c l a m a s y manifiestos. (119) D e s g r a c i a d a m e n t e estas no c o r r e s p o n d i e r o n den Ideen des g o v e r n m e n t d u r a n t e los p r i m e r o s meses. P o r de p r o n t o y a n t e s de t o d o o c u p á r o n s e los centrales en h o n o r e s y 40 c o n d e c o r a c i o n e s . Al p r e s i d e n t e se le d i o el t r a t a m i e n t o de alteza, á los

648

Aus José Maria de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra, y revolución d e m á s vocales ||38| de excelencia, r e s e r v á n d o s e el de m a j e s t a d á la j u n t a en cuerpo. A d o r n a r o n sus p e c h o s c o n u n a p l a c a q u e r e p r e s e n t a b a a m b o s m u n d o s , se s e ñ a l a r o n el sueldo de 120,000 reales, é i n c u r r i e r o n p o r c o n siguiente en los m i s m o s deslices q u e las j u n t a s de p r o v i n c i a , sin ser ya 5 iguales las circunstancias. . . . M a n d ó s e s u s p e n d e r la v e n t a de m a n o s m u e r t a s , y a u n se p e n s ó en a n u l a r los c o n t r a t o s de las h e c h a s a n t e r i o r m e n t e . P e r m i t i ó s e á los ex-jesuitas volver á E s p a ñ a en c a l i d a d de p a r t i culares. R e s t a b l e c i é r o n s e las a n t i g u a s t r a b a s de la i m p r e n t a , y se n o m b r ó inquisidor g e n e r a l . . . manifiesto d e r J u n t a d. d. Nov. 10, 1808 t r a t a b a u. a. 10 de m a n t e n e r p a r a la defensa de la p a t r i a 500,000 infantes y 50,000 caballos, m e n c i o n a b a a u c h los r e m e d i o s p r o n t o s y v i g o r o s o s q u e era necesario a d o p t a r . . . . M a s h a b í a c o r r i d o e l m e s d e o c t u b r e , e n t r a d o n o v i e m b r e , c o m e n z a d o las desgracias, y no p o r eso se veía q u e los ejércitos se proveyesen y a u m e n t a s e n . . . . Vorher s c h o n 5 Sept. G e n e r a l m i l i t ä r j u n t a 15 zu M a d r i d einen P l a n g e f a ß t . . . E s t o s (die T r u p p e n ) h a b í a n sido divididos p o r d e c r e t o s u y o en 4 g r a n d e s y diversos c u e r p o s . 1) Ejército de la izquierda q u e d e b i a c o n s t a r del d e Galicia, A s t u r i a s , t r o p a s v e n i d a s d e D i n a m a r c a , y de la gente q u e se p u d i e r a allegar de las m o n t a ñ a s de S a n t a n d e r y p a i s q u e recorriese. 2) Ejército de C a t a l u ñ a c o m p u e s t o de t r o p a s 20 y gente de aquel p r i n c i p a d o , de las divisiones d e s e m b a r c a d a s de P o r t u g a l y M a l l o r c a , y de las q u e e n v i a r o n G r a n a d a , A r a g o n , y Valencia. 3) Ejército del c e n t r o q u e d e b i a c o m p r e n d e r las 4 divisiones de A n d a l u c í a y las de Castille y E x t r e m a d u r a c o n las de Valencia y M u r c i a , q u e h a b í a n e n t r a d o en M a d r i d c o n el general L l a m a s . 4) Ejército de reserva, c o m p u e s t o de las 25 t r o p a s de A r a g o n y de las q u e d u r a n t e el sitio de Z a r a g o z a se les h a b í a n a g r e g a d o d e Valencia y o t r a s p a r t e s . A u c h e r n a n n t J u n t a general d e guerra, p r e s i d e n t d a v o n C a s t a ñ o s , a u n q u e p o r e n t o n c e s d e b i a seguir a l ejército. D i e s e r P l a n nie ausgeführt völlig . . . Baco: « m e v e n g a la m u e r t e d e E s p a ñ a , p o r q u e v e n d r í a t a r d e » (So sprichwörtlich s c h o n d a m a l s die 30 spanische L a n g s a m k e i t ) . . . estas m u d a n z a s y trasiego de gefes m e n g u ó y d e s c o n c e r t ó l a t r o p a . . . E n g l ä n d e r schlagen v o r den C a s t a ñ o s z u m G e n e ralísimo zu m a c h e n , á su c u m p l i m i e n t o se o p o n í a n las rivalidades de o t r o s generales, las q u e r e i n a b a n d e n t r o d e l a m i s m a j u n t a c e n t r a l . . . e l total d e s o l d a d o s españoles, a v a n z a d o s á m e d i a d o s de o c t u b r e h a s t a Vizcaya y 35 orillas de E b r o no llegaba á 70,000 h o m b r e s , t e n i e n d o B l a k e 30,000 a s t u rianos y gallegos, y C a s t a ñ o s u n o s 36,000 e n t r e castellanos, a n d a l u c e s , valencianos, m u r c i a n o s y a r a g o n e s e s . . . . D a s H e e r des J o s e p h en los p r i m e r o s t i e m p o s de su r e t i r a d a h a b í a c a i d o en g r a n d e s á n i m o , y los m a s de sus s o l d a d o s , excepto los del m a r i s c a l Bessiéres, i b a n al E b r o casi sin 40 o r d e n ni f o r m a c i ó n . P e r s e g u i d o s e n t o n c e s é i n q u i e t a d o s , fácilmente h u b i e r a n sido del t o d o d e s r a n c h a d o s y dispersos, ó p o r lo m e n o s no se h u b i e r a n

649

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 d e t e n i d o h a s t a pisar tierra d e F r a n c i a . P e r o los e s p a ñ o l e s d e s c a n s a n d o s o b r e los laureles a d q u i r i d o s , flojos, escasos t a m b i é n de r e c u r s o s , les dier o n espacio p a r a r e p a r a r s e . . . D e r r o t a d o s ó dispersos los ejércitos de la izquierda, E x t r e m a d u r a y c e n t r o , creyó N a p o l e o n p o d e r sin riesgo a v a n z a r á M a d r i d , m a y o r m e n t e c u a n d o los Ingleses e s t a b a n lejos p a r a estorb á r s e l o , y no c o n b a s t a n t e s fuerzas p a r a o s a r i n t e r p o n e r s e e n t r e él y la f r o n t e r a d e F r a n c i a . U r g í a l e e n t r a r e n l a c a p i t a l d e E s p a ñ a , asi p o r q u e i m a g i n a b a a h o g a r p r o n t o c o n a q u e l suceso l a insurrección, c o m o t a m b i é n p a r a a s o m b r a r á E u r o p a c o n el terrible y veloz p r o g r e s o de sus a r m a s . . . José's M i n i s t è r e schreibt an die J u n t a ( F l o r i d a b i a n c a ) u. d e n consejo real u. den c o r r e g i d o r de M a d r i d . An alle 3 denselben Brief, sollten José a n e r k e n n e n , evitasen m a y o r e s males etc 24 November central decretó q u e dichos escritos fuesen q u e m a d o s p o r m a n o del v e r d u g o etc . . . 1 D e c . m u y d e m a ñ a n a s ú p o s e l o acaecido e n S o m o s i e r r a (zu M a d r i d ) . . . C e n t r a l v e r l ä ß t A r a n j u e z en la t a r d e y la n o c h e del 1 D e c . . . . ( H a t t e n beschlossen n a c h Badajoz zu g e h n ) El h a m b r e , los c o m b a t e s , el c a n s a n c i o , voces de traición, la fuga, a u s s e r d e m im H e e r discordias y c o n s p i r a c i o n e s . . . C e n t r a l J u n t a arrivirt zu Sevilla 17 D e c . F l o r i d a b i a n c a | zu Sevilla 28 D e c . . . . de los ejércitos no q u e d a b a n sino tristes reliquias en Galicia, Leon y Asturias, en Cuenca, Badajoz y Sierramorena. A l g u n a s o t r a s se h a b í a n a c o g i d o á Z a r a g o z a ya sitiada; y C a t a l u ñ a a u n q u e p r e s e n t a s e u n a diversion i m p o r t a n t e , no b a s t a b a p o r sí sola á i m p e d i r la c o m p l e t a r u i n a y d e s t r u c c i ó n de las d e m á s p r o v i n c i a s y del g o b i e r n o . (119-196.) P a r t h e i des J o s e p h v e r m e h r t sich m . d e m G l ü c k der frz. Waffen. C o n g r a t u l a t i o n s d e p u t a t i o n e n an ihn. Bes. a u c h los cabildos eclesiásticos y los regulares, varios o b i s p o s (gegen sie (diese Pfaffen) v. 12 A b r i l 1809 D é c r e t der J u n t a central.) Beweis d a ß Theil dieser Pfaffenclasse nicht p o r la c a u s a de la i n d e p e n d e n c i a . . . J o s e p h will spanische R e g i m e n t e r bilden. La d e r r o t a de Uclés y las q u e la siguieron, p r o p o r c i o n a r o n á las b a n d e r a s de J o s é a l g u n o s oficiales y s o l d a d o s . P e r o los m a d r i l e ñ o s m i r a b a n á estos individuos c o n tal ojeriza y desvio, t i z n á n d o l o s c o n el apellido de j u r a d o s , q u e n o p u d o a l principio e l g o b i e r n o i n t r u s o e n r e g i m e n t a r n i u n c u e r p o c o m p l e t o de españoles. A p e n a s se veia el s o l d a d o vestido y calz a d o y r e p u e s t o de sus fatigas, p a s a b a del l a d o de los p a t r i o t a s , y no p a r e c í a sino q u e se h a b i a s e p a r a d o t e m p o r a l ||39| m e n t e de sus filas p a r a r e c o b r a r fuerzas, y e m p u ñ a r a r m a s q u e le volviesen la e s t i m a c i ó n p e r d i d a . . . 76 Februar. 1809. d a s gov. v. J o s e p h stiftet J u n t a c r i m i n a l gegen asesinos, l a d r o n e s u. p a t r i o t a s . Strafe f. die leztern die h o r c a . . . J o s é erschien d e n S p a n i e r n als un rey de b á l a g o , p o c o r e s p e t a d o de los generales franceses, y d e s a i r a d o c o n frecuencia p o r su h e r m a n o . . . J o s é B o n a p a r t e no e r a d u e ñ o sino d e los p u e b l o s e n q u e d o m i n a b a n las t r o p a s francesas: l a

650

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus José Maria de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra, y revolución

central éralo d e t o d o s a u n d e los o c u p a d o s p o r e l e n e m i g o . . . V e r s a m m lung in M e x i c o . 9 A u g . 1808. D i e A m e r i k . u. asiat. P r o v i n z e n e r k l ä r e n sich u n a n i m o u s l y f. die c a u s a p e n i n s u l a r . . . D a z u c u a n t i o s o s d o n a t i v o s que fueron d e g r a n s o c o r r o e n l a d e s h e c h a t o r m e n t a d e f i n e s del a ñ o d e 5 8 y principios del 9 . . . no m e n o s q u e 284 millones de reales v i n i e r o n p a r a el g o b i e r n o de la c e n t r a l en 1809. De ellos casi la m i t a d consistió en d o n e s g r a t u i t o s ó a n t i c i p a c i o n e s . . . D é c r e t d e r C e n t r a l ν. 2 2 J a n u a r y 1809, w o d u r c h die a m e r i k . S p a n i e r c o n v o c i r t p a r a r e p r e s e n t a r l o s á i n d i v i d u o s que d e b í a n ser n o m b r a d o s a l efecto p o r sus a y u n t a m i e n t o s . D i e ß D é c r e t 10 k a m zu s p ä t als d a ß sie o p o r t u n a m e n t e a c u d i e s e n á Sevilla. . . . D é c r e t d e r C e n t r a l , w o n a c h v. 1 J a n u a r 1809 limitirt die p o w e r s d e r P r o v i n z i a l j u n tas, y se d e j a b a solo á su c a r g o lo respectivo á c o n t r i b u c i o n e s e x t r a o r dinarias, d o n a t i v o s , a l i s t a m i e n t o , requisiciones de c a b a l l o s y a r m a m e n t o . R e d u c í a s e á 9 el n ú m e r o de sus i n d i v i d u o s , se d e s p o j a b a á estos de p a r t e 15 de sus h o n o r e s , y se c a m b i a b a la a n t i g u a d e n o m i n a c i ó n de j u n t a s s u p r e m a s en la de superiores provinciales de observación y defensa. N a c h A r t . 10 dieses règlement se p r o h i b í a el libre u s o de la i m p r e n t a . . . A l b o r o t á r o n s e varias j u n t a s c o n la r e f o r m a , y la de Sevilla se e n o j ó s o b r e m a n e r a , y á p u n t o q u e suscitó la cuestión de r e n o v a r c a d a 6 m e s e s u n o de 20 sus i n d i v i d u o s en la c e n t r a l , y a u n llegó á d a r sucesor al c o n d e de Tilly. E n c e n d i é n d o s e m a s y m a s las c o n t e s t a c i o n e s , s u s p e n d i ó s e el n u e v o regl a m e n t o , y n u n c a t u v o c u m p l i d o efecto ni en t o d a s las p r o v i n c i a s ni en t o d a s sus p a r t e s . . . Vertrag m. England 9 Januar 1809 ... Subsidios de Inglaterra ...(small, very) ... A m o d o del t r i b u n a l c r i m i n a l de J o s é c r e ó 25 a s i m i s m o la c e n t r a l u n o de s e g u r i d a d p ú b l i c a q u e entendiese en los delitos de infidencia . . . t a m p o c o r e p o r t ó p r o v e c h o el e n v i a r i n d i v i d u o s de la central á las p r o v i n c i a s . La j u n t a i n t i t u l á n d o l o s c o m i s a r i o s , los a u t o r i z ó p a r a presidir á las provinciales y r e p r e s e n t a r l a c o n la p l e n i t u d de sus facultades. L o s m a s de ellos no hicieron sino a r r i m a r s e á la o p i n i o n q u e 30 e n c o n t r a r o n establecida, ó e n t o r p e c e r la a c c i ó n de las j u n t a s , no saliendo p o r l o general d e s u c o m i s i ó n n i n g u n a p r o v i d e n c i a a c e r t a d a n i v i g o r o s a . Verdad es q u e siendo p o c o s e n t r e los i n d i v i d u o s de la c e n t r a l los q u e se miraban c o m o prácticos y entendidos en materias de gobierno, quedár o n s e casi s i e m p r e los q u e lo e r a n en Sevilla, y e n d o o r d i n a r i a m e n t e á las 35 p r o v i n c i a s los m a s inútiles y l i m i t a d o s . So der m a r q u é s de Villel: e n v i a d o á C á d i z p a r a a t e n d e r á su fortificación, y d e s a r r a i g a r añejos a b u s o s en la a d m i n i s t r a c i ó n de la a d u a n a , p r o v o c ó p o r su indiscreción y d e s a t e n t a d a s p r o v i d e n c i a s u n a l b o r o t o q u e á n o atajarse c o n o p o r t u n i d a d , h u b i e r a d a d o ocasión á graves d e s a z o n e s . . . . A u f r u h r in C á d i z 22 F e b . 1809 ( c o n 40 la e n t r a d a de un b a t a l l ó n de e x t r a n g e r o s c o m p u e s t o de d e s e r t o r e s p o l a cos y a l e m a n e s ) D a u e r t fort 23 F e b . . . . La c e n t r a l p o n i a g r a n diligencia

651

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 en reforzar y d a r n u e v a vida á los ejércitos q u e h a b i é n d o s e a c o g i d o al m e d i o d í a de E s p a ñ a le servían de v a l l a d a r . En febrero del a p e l l i d a d o del c e n t r o y de la gente q u e el m a r q u é s del P a l a c i o y d e s p u é s el c o n d e de C a r t a o j a l h a b í a n r e u n i d o e n l a C a r o l i n a , f o r m ó s e solo u n o , u n t e r den o r d e r s des C a r t a o j a l . I n E s t r e m a d u r a p r o s i g u i ó der C u e s t a j u n t a n d o disp e r s o s y restableciendo el o r d e n y la disciplina. . . . D a s H e e r u n t e r C a r taojal, a h o r a l l a m a d o d e l a M a n c h a , aus 16,000 infantes u . m a s d e 3 0 0 0 c a b a l l o s . . . . D i e generales e n t r e g á r o n s e á zelos y rencillas. El de A l b u r q u e r q u e f u n d a d a m e n t e insistía en q u e se hiciesen c o r r e r í a s y expediciones p a r a a d e s t r a r y foguear la t r o p a , m a s i n q u i e t o y r e v o l v e d o r s u s t e n t a b a su o p i n i o n de m o d o q u e e n o j a n d o á Cartaojal, m i r á b a l e este c o n zelosa ojeriza. So stieg e n t r e a m b o s die e n e m i s t a d , d a ß sie a c u d i e r o n c o n sus quejas á la central . . . 28 march 1809 Schlacht v. Medellin ( u n t e r C u e s t a . S p a n i e r verloren an m u e r t o s , h e r i d o s u. p r i s i o n e r o s an 10,000 h o m b r e s ) . . . D i e C e n t r a l e r h e b t C u e s t a z u m C a p t . - G e n e r a l , r e p a r t i ó mercedes á los q u e se h a b í a n c o n d u c i d o h o n r o s a m e n t e , no m e n o s q u e á los h u é r f a n o s y v i u d a s de los m u e r t o s e n l a b a t a l l a . E b e n s o d a s ejército der M a n c h a u n t e r die o r d e r s des C u e s t a gestellt, obgleich e r n a n n t p a r a m a n d a r l e d e cerca D o n F r a n cisco Venegas statt C a r t a o j a l , dessen c o n d u c t a a p a r e c i ó m u y d i g n a de c e n s u r a p o r lo o c u r r i d o en Ciudad Real (26 M ä r z ) , p u e s alli no h u b o sino d e s o r d e n y confusion, y p o r lo m e n o s en Medellin se h a b i a p e l e a d o . . . . L a F r a n c i a , l a H o l a n d a , los E s t a d o s - U n i d o s , t o d a s las n a c i o n e s e n f i n q u e se h a n visto en el c a s o de E s p a ñ a , c o m e n z a r o n p o r p a d e c e r descal a b r o s y c o m p l e t a s d e r r o t a s , h a s t a q u e la c o n t i n u a c i ó n de la g u e r r a c o n virtió en s o l d a d o s á los q u e no e r a n sino m e r o s c i u d a d a n o s . . . Al e m p e z a r l a insurrección e n M a y o S p a n i e n 40,000 S o l d a t e n escasos, i n e x p e r t o s u. m a l a c o n d i c i o n a d o s ; d u e ñ o s los franceses de m u c h a s p l a z a s fuertes, y t e n i e n d o 100,000 h o m b r e s en el c o r a z ó n del r e i n o . . . Im ]|40| J a n u a r 1809 e m b a r c a d o s los ingleses, solos los e s p a ñ o l e s t e n i e n d o c o n t r a sí m a s de 200,000 e n e m i g o s . . . C o m e t i é r o n s e graves faltas, d e s c u b r i ó s e á las claras la impericia de varios generales, lo b i s o ñ o de n u e s t r o s s o l d a d o s . . . . N a c h d e n j o r n a d a s v. C i u d a d R e a l u. Medellin klopft d a s gov. ν. J o s é wieder bei der C e n t r a l in Sevilla a n . K o r b (12 April) . . . D i e g u e r r a de las p a r tidas c u n d i ó á t o d a s las p r o v i n c i a s n a c i d o de las c i r c u n s t a n c i a s y p o r a c o m o d a r s e m u y m u c h o á la situación física y geográfica de esta t i e r r a de E s p a ñ a , entretegida y e n l a z a d a c o n los b r a z o s y r a m a l e s de m o n t a ñ a s y sierras q u e c o m o de principal t r o n c o se desgajan de los P i r i n e o s y o t r a s cordilleras, las cuales a u n q u e i n t e r r u m p i d a s á veces p o r p a r a m e r a s , tend i d a s l l a n u r a s y deliciosas vegas, a c a n a l a n d o en u n a s p a r t e s los ríos, y en o t r a s q u e b r a n d o y a b a r r a n c a n d o el t e r r e n o c o n los t o r r e n t e s y a r r o y a d a s

652

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus José Maria de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra, y revolución

que de sus c i m a s descienden, f o r m a n á c a d a p a s o a n g o s t u r a s y desfiladeros p r o p r i o s p a r a u n a g u e r r a defensiva y p r o l o n g a d a . N o m e n o s a y u d a b a á ella la í n d o l e de los n a t u r a l e s . . . H u b o sitios en q u e g u e r r e a b a t o d a la p o b l a c i ó n : asi a c o n t e c í a en C a t a l u ñ a , asi en Galicia, asi en o t r a s 5 c o m a r c a s . E n los d e m á s p a r a g e s l e v a n t á r o n s e b a n d a s d e h o m b r e s a r m a dos, á las q u e se d i o el n o m b r e de guerrillas. Al principio c o r t a s en n ú m e r o crecieron d e s p u é s p r o d i g i o s a m e n t e , y a c a u d i l l a d a s p o r gefes atrevidos r e c o r r í a n la tierra o c u p a d a p o r el e n e m i g o y le m o l e s t a b a n c o m o t r o p a s ligeras. Sin s u b i r á V i r i a t o . . . los e s p a ñ o l e s se m o s t r a r o n 10 siempre i n c l i n a d o s á este linage de lides, q u e se l l a m a n en la 2 P a r t i d a c o r r e d u r a s y a l g a r a s , fruto q u i z á de los m u c h o s siglos q u e t u v i e r o n aquellos q u e p e l e a r c o n t r a los m o r o s , e n c u y a s g u e r r a s e r a n c o n t i n u a s las correrías á q u e d e b i e r o n su f a m a los Vivares etc En la de sucesión . . . a p a r e c i e r o n cuadrillas en a l g u n o s p a r a g e s , y c o n t a n t a u t i l i d a d á veces de 15 la b a n d e r a de la c a s a de B o r b o n , q u e el m a r q u é s de St. C r u z de M a r c e n a d o en sus reflexiones militares las r e c o m i e n d a p o r los b u e n o s servicios que h a b í a n h e c h o los p a i s a n o s de B e n a v a r r e . . . Don Juan Diaz de Porlier (Beiname: E l M a r q u e s i t o ) . . . D o n J u a n E c h a v a r r i . . . D o n J u a n M a r t i n Diez (el E m p e c i n a d o ) . . . D o n G e r ó n i m o M e r i n o , c u r a d e Villoviado . . . 20 A y u d a r o n al p r i n c i p i o m u c h o á estas p a r t i d a s , a m p a r á n d o l a s en sus a p u ros las p l a z a s y p u n t o s q u e t o d a v í a q u e d a b a n libres. S o d e r E m p e c i n a d o se a b r i g ó á C i u d a d R o d r i g o . . . Asturias d a m a l s , despues d e r invasion v. Galicia, die sola libre p r o v i n c i a e n t r e las del n o r t e , energische J u n t a (Dieselbe wie die v. 1808); allgemeines a l i s t a m i e n t o o h n e excepción d e r 25 clase o d . p e r s o n a , r e p a r t i m i e n t o e x t r a o r d i n a r i o á t o d a la p r o v i n c i a v. 2,000,000 reales u. el de o t r a s s u m a s e n t r e los m a s ricos capitalistas y p r o p i e t a r i o s , la rebaja de sueldos á los e m p l e a d o s , el h a b e r m a n d a d o á las c o r p o r a c i o n e s eclesiásticas q u e tuviesen á su disposición los c a u d a l e s que existieran en sus d e p ó s i t o s . . . p r o f u s i o n de g r a d o s q u e se c o n c e d i e 30 r o n in der A r m e e . G e n . Ballesteros im östlichen A s t u r i e n ; W o r s t e r im westlichen. A s t u r i a s , si b i e n libre, se h a b i a m a n t e n i d o c o m o a i s l a d a y sin c o m u n i c a c i ó n c o n las o t r a s , bis in die p r i m a v e r a ν. 1809 p i s ó su suelo p o r p r i m e r a vez el m a r q u é s de la R o m a n a . . . Guerrillas levantamiento de Galicia. G e k l o p f t ν. S o u l t Romana n a c h O v i e d o . Streit zw. i h m u. d e r 35 J u n t a , d e r e n energische M a ß r e g e l n ihr F e i n d e , bes. u n t e r d e n Privilegirten g e m a c h t . Er löst sie auf. I n v a d e N e y , s a b e d o r de la d i s c o r d i a suscita d a entre la j u n t a de A s t u r i a s y R o m a n a , á A s t u r i a s . 19 M a y (1809) r ü c k t N e y i n O v i e d o ein . . . saco d u r i n g 3 T a g e n . . . L u e g o q u e Soult h u b o p a s a d o d e O r e n s e via d e P o r t u g a l , l a i n s u r r e c c i ó n del p a i s a n a g e gallego 40 se a u m e n t ó . . . R o m a n a g e n a n n t ν. d e n S o l d a t e n m a r q u é s de las R o m e rías: p o r q u e en efecto si bien e r a loable su c o n s t a n c i a n u n c a se h a b i a

653

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2 visto salir de su m e n t e o t r a p r o v i d e n c i a q u e la de m a r c h a r y c o n t r a m a r char, y las m a s veces á tientas, de i m p r o v i s o y p r e c i p i t a d a m e n t e , falto de p l a n , á la v e n t u r a ... Solo en su ausencia y en los p u n t o s en q u e no se h a l l a b a p e l e á b a s e . . . 22 A p r i l (1809) N e y resolvió salir de Galicia, 22 evac u ó la C o r u n a . So d a ß r e i n o wieder libre n a c h 5 meses de o c u p a c i ó n , d u r a n t e los cuales p e r d i e r o n los francés l a m i t a d d e l a t r o p a c o n q u e h a b í a n p e n e t r a d o en aquel suelo, ya en las acciones c o n los ingleses, ya en la terrible g u e r r a c o n q u e les h a b í a n c o n t i n u a m e n t e m o l e s t a d o los ejércitos y p o b l a c i ó n de Galicia y P o r t u g a l . . . . So im J u n i frei A s t u r i a s y Galicia. R o m a n a in C o r u n a , sus p r o v i d e n c i a s y negligencia etc etc. E n t r ó (Romana) en la Coruna. Reasumió en su persona toda la autoridad, suprimió las juntas de partido q u e se h a b í a n m u l t i p l i c a d o c o n la insurrección, y n o m b r ó en su lugar g o b e r n a d o r e s militares; t r a t ó de e x a m i n a r c o n severidad l a c o n d u c t a d e r individuos der j u n t a s , m o s t r ó s u m a benign i d a d c o n los q u e h a b í a n a b r a z a d o el b a n d o de los enemigos; p o r lo d e m á s sus p r o v i d e n c i a s en t o d o s los r a m o s adolecieron de a q u e l l a dejad e z y negligencia característica de su á n i m o . M e h r als ein M o n a t t h a t gar nichts. P o r fin r e u n i ó la flor del ejército de G a l i c i a y t r a t ó de salir á Castilla . . . 8 meses n u n ¡411 c o r r i d o s d e s p u é s de la terrible invasion en n o v i e m b r e des B o n a p a r t e , y sus huestes no e n s e ñ o r e a b a n t o d a v í a ni un tercio del t e r r i t o r i o p e n i n s u l a r . I n u t i l m e n t e d a b a n y g a n a b a n b a t a l l a s , i n u t i l m e n t e s e d e r r a m a b a n p o r las p r o v i n c i a s , d e las q u e o c u p a d a s u n a s l e v a n t á b a n s e o t r a s , y y e n d o al r e m e d i o de estas, a q u e l l a s se desasosegab a n y de n u e v o se t r o c a b a n en e n e m i g a s . C u a n diferente c u a d r o present a b a p o r aquel t i e m p o el A u s t r i a ! (291-394)

5

10

15

20

25

III. Décret der Centraijunta v. 18 Abril 1809 q u e n u n c a « m u d a r í a su residencia, sino c u a n d o el l u g a r de ella estuviese en peligro ó a l g u n a r a z ó n de p ú b l i c a u t i l i d a d lo exigiese». . . . D i e A n h ä n g e r des F l o r i d a b i a n c a widersezten sich j e d e r energischen M a ß r e g e l , d e r Z u s a m m e n b e r u f u n g der C o r - 30 tes, u . d e m d e s a t a r a l g u n a s d e las m u c h a s t r a b a s d e l a i m p r e n t a , m u r m u r a c i o n e s generales. Selbst englische R e g i e r u n g . N o t a dagegen v. 20. Juli, 1809 « t e m e r o s o de q u e se a h o g a s e el e n t u s i a s m o p ú b l i c o » . Diese universales c l a m o r e s u. die desastres g a b e n m a y o r fuerza u. influjo d e r p a r t i d o de Jovellanos, d e m sich a n s c h l o ß die p a r t i d o de C a l v o de R o z a s 35 m e n o r en n ú m e r o p e r o m a s enérgico é i g u a l m e n t e i n c l i n a d o á f o m e n t a r y sostener convenientes r e f o r m a s . . . . C a l v o de R o z a s schlägt 15 abril (1809) v o r d a ß die n a c i ó n c o n v o c a s e á c o r t e s (in der C e n t r a l -

654

Aus José Maria de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra, y revolución

j u n t a ) . E r s c h e i n t wieder der Semanario patriótico (in M a d r i d a n g e f a n g e n v . Q u i n t a n a ) u n t e r D o n I . A n t i l l o n u . D o n J . B l a n c o , grossen E i n f l u ß d e r periodico; t r a t a d o d a r i n c o n t o d a libertad y p o r p r i m e r a vez e n E s p a ñ a graves y diversas m a t e r i a s políticas . . . In d e n D e b a t t e n in der C e n t r a l 5 j u n t a ü b e r die C o r t e s sagt d e r bailío D o n A n t o n i o Valdés d a ß salvo l a religion católica u . die c o n s e r v a c i ó n der K r o n e e n las sienes d e F e r d i n a n d V I I , die cortes n o d e b e r í a n dejar institución a l g u n a n i r a m o sin reformar, p o r e s t a r t o d o s viciados y c o r r o m p i d o s . . . . E r s t e m i n u t a d e s D é c r e t s f. die Z u s a m m e n b e r u f u n g der C o r t e s ν. Valdés, als zu k ü h n u. 10 unpolitisch a u f R a t h des M i n i s t r o inglés F r e r e verworfen, 2tes an seiner Statt veröffentlicht 22 May (1809), w o r i n a n g e k ü n d i g t : «el restablecim i e n t o de la r e p r e s e n t a c i ó n legal y c o n o c i d a de la m o n a r q u í a en sus antiguas c o r t e s , c o n v o c á n d o s e las p r i m e r a s en el a ñ o p r ó x i m o , ó a n t e s si las circunstancias l o p e r m i t i e s e n » . D a r i n zugleich B e s t i m m u n g d a ß C o m 15 mission v. 5 e r n a n n t um die A r b e i t e n f. die C o n v o c a t i o n u. f o r m a r d e r ersten C o r t e s v o r z u b e r e i t e n , a u c h c o n s u l t a r d a r ü b e r v a r i a s c o r p o r a c i o n e s etc Weil kein Tag b e s t i m m t , d e r l a n g s a m e G a n g der C o m m i s s i o n , u . d a ß f. die C o m m i s s i o n e r n a n n t m. d e n señores a r z o b i s p o s de L a o d i c e a , C a s t a ñ e d o u . J o v e l l a n o s die señores R i q u e l m e u . C a r o e n e m i g o s d e l a 20 resolución, vereitelte d e n g u t e n Effekt des D é c r e t s , schien n u r p a r a a t r a e r y alucinar. E b e n s o k u r z n a c h h e r mißfallig a u f g e n o m m e n d a s D é c r e t f. das R e s t a b l e c i m i e n t o d e r t o d o s los consejos e n u n o solo . . . l a j u n t a n o t a r d ó en sentir de c u a n p o c o le servia d a r v i d a y h a l a g a r á e n e m i g o t a n d e c l a r a d o . . . . D e n n o c h die C e n t r a l J u n t a v . A p r i l - A u g u s t 1809 hielt sich 25 m. m e h r séquito u. a p l a u s o q u e n u n c a ; á lo q u e t a m b i é n c o n t r i b u y ó no solo h a b e r s i d o e v a c u a d a s a l g u n a s p r o v i n c i a s del n o r t e , sino el ver q u e después de las desgracias o c u r r i d a s se l e v a n t a b a n de n u e v o y c o n p r e s t e z a ejércitos en A r a g o n , E x t r e m a d u r a y o t r a s p a r t e s . . . . Valencia ( R e i n o de) h a t t e sich freigehalten ν. F e i n d e n seit J u n i 1808. C o n t i n u a b a á su frente 30 die erste J u n t a , M i l i t ä r c h e f hier der C o n d e de la C o n q u i s t a . D e c e m ber 1808 k o m m t D o n J o s é C a r o d a h i n u . m . i h m u n a c o r t a d i vision, C a r o 2 C o m m a n d a n t e r n a n n t , will d e n C o n d e d e l a C o n q u i s t a ersetzen; K r a kehl, w i r d s c h l i m m e r d u r c h d e n b a r o n d e S a b a s o n a , i n d i v i d u o d e l a central e n v i a d o á a q u e l r e i n o en c a l i d a d de c o m i s a r i o . E n d l i c h E n d e 35 April 1809 erreichte C a r o su o b j e t o . . . . B l a k e der m a n d o der t o d a la c o r o n a de A r a g o n ...18 Juni 1809 S c h l a c h t v. Belchite (Blake geschlagen. Belchite s i t u a d o en la p e n d i e n t e de u n a s a l t u r a s q u e le circuyen de t o d o s lados excepto p o r el frente y c a m i n o de Z a r a g o z a ) . . . . P a s a B l a k e á C a t a l u ñ a . . . Partidarios de Extremadura y Toledo . . . 23 Juli (1809) 40 Schlägt Wellington d e m C u e s t a v o r zu a t t a k i r e n ; der v e r l a n g t A u f s c h u b f. den 2 4 . . . die franceses d e c a m p a r o n i n der N a c h t v . 2 3 - 2 4 u . a n s t a t t n a c h ter

655

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

M a d r i d , n a h m e n d e n Weg p o r Torrijos n a c h T o l e d o . S o entschlüpft Vict o r w e n n s. forces inferiores als die der Alliirten, d u r c h die i n o p o r t u n a p r u d e n c i a des C u e s t a , p r e n d a n u n c a a n t e s n o t a d a e n t r e las d e este gener a l . . . Schlacht ν . T a l a v e r a d e l a R e i n a 2 7 u . 2 8 july. (1809) ... E n l a ú l t i m a del 28 se c o m p o r t a r o n los españoles c o n v a l o r é intrepidez. C e n tral J u n t a e r n e n n t Wellington capt.-gen. d e ejército, u . v i z c o n d e Wellingt o n d e Talavera. Erhielt der C u e s t a g r a n c r u z d e C a r l o s I I I . . . d a s ejército e s p a ñ o l , tolerable e n p o s i c i ó n a b r i g a d a , p e r o m u y i m p e r f e c t a p a r a m a r c h a s y g r a n d e s evoluciones . . . C u e s t a a b r u m a d o c o n los a ñ o s , s i n s a b o r e s é i n c o m o d i d a d e s de la c a m p a ñ a deja el m a n d o 12 A u g . 1809. folgt i h m E g u i a . . . Schlacht v. Almonacidverloren v. Venegas 11 Aug. 1809. S p a n i e r ziehn sich n a c h M a n z a n a r e s . En esta villa c o r r i e n d o e n t r e la caballería la v o z falsa y a c i a g a de q u e los e n e m i g o s e s t a b a n ya á la e s p a l d a en Vald e p e ñ a s , des 1421 r a n c h á r o n s e los s o l d a d o s , y de t r o p e l y d e s m a n d a d a m e n t e no pararon hasta Sierramorena, en donde, según costumbre, se juntaron despues y rehicieron. T a n d e s v e n t a j o s a m e n t e finalizó e s t a c a m p a ñ a d e T a l a v e r a y l a M a n c h a c o m e n z a d a c o n f a v o r a b l e estrella . . . C o n t e s t a c i o n e s c o n los ingleses s o b r e subsistencias, h a t t e p a r t i c u l a r influjo en las o p e r a c i o n e s militares. Vorgeworfen d e r c e n t r a l m a l a v o l u n t a d y h a s t a perfidia, y calificando esta de m e r o p r e t e x t o las quejas á veces f u n d a d a s de los ingleses. . . . Se e q u i v o c ó la c e n t r a l en i m a g i n a r q u e c o n solo d a r ó r d e n e s y e n v i a r e m p l e a d o s se a b a s t e c e r í a el ejército inglés y e s p a ñ o l . A a q u e l l a s h u b i e r a n d e b i d o a c o m p a ñ a r m e d i d a s v i g o r o s a s d e coacción, poniendo también cuidado en encargar el desempeño de comisión tan e s p i n o s a á h o m b r e s í n t e g r o s y capaces. C i e r t o q u e á un gobierno de índole tan débil como la central, érale difícil e m p l e a r la coacción, s o b r e t o d o en E x t r e m a d u r a p r o v i n c i a d e v a s t a d a , y en d o n d e h a s t a las m i s m a s y fértiles c o m a r c a s del valle y v e r a de Plasencia, p r i m e r a s q u e h a b í a n de pisar los ingleses, a c a b a b a n de ser a s o l a d a s p o r las t r o p a s del m a r i s c a l Víctor. P e r o h u b o a z a r en escoger p o r c a b e z a de los e m p l e a d o s á Lozano de Torres, q u i e n al p a s o q u e b a j a m e n t e a d u l a b a al general en gefe inglés, escribía á la central q u e e r a n las quejas de a q u e l i n f u n d a d a s : j u e g o d o b l e y villano, q u e d e s c u b i e r t o obligó á Wellington á e c h a r c o n b a l d ó n de su c a m p o a l e m p l e a d o e s p a ñ o l . E n g l ä n d e r m u ß t e n a b e r n o c h wissen d a ß die ofrecimientos, b u e n o s deseos der central n i c h t g e n u g u m ihr H e e r volls t ä n d i g zu p r o v i d i r e n . In P o r t u g a l gelitten v. falta vieler A r t i k e l , a u n q u e en r e a l i d a d die britische R e g i e r u n g , d o c h m a n d a b a , y c o n la ventaja de t e n e r p r ó x i m a l a m a r . Spain m a s d e s t r u i d o u . m a l t r a t a d o , n o p u d i e n d o d e r p a t r i o t i s m o allein helfen f. t a n t a s desgracias u. e s c a r m i e n t o s . C r e e r que el gobierno español hubiera de a n t e m a n o p r e p a r a d o almacenes, era confiar s o b r a d a m e n t e en su energía y p r i n c i p a l m e n t e en sus recursos. D i e

656

Aus José Maria de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra, y revolución E n g l ä n d e r w u ß t e n p o r experiencia w a s schlechtes C o m m i s s a r i a t . 1 A u gust 1809 C e n t r a l schickt D . L o r e n z o C a l v o d e R o z a s n a c h E x t r e m a d u r a . T r o p t a r d . Wellington will n a c h P o r t u g a l z u r ü c k . M a l i c e n zw. Eguia u. C a l v o einerseits u. Wellington andrerseits. M e h r e hofften v. der 5 damaligen A n k u n f t des M a r q u é s Wellesley (s. Bruders) als G e s a n d t e r in Sevilla, statt M r F r e r e . . . Wellington zieht sich n a c h B a d a j o z u . f r o n t e r a s v . P o r t u g a l z u r ü c k . . . E n g l ä n d e r a u c h b e s t i m m t d a z u d u r c h die Schläge die die Oestreicher b e k o m m e n . . . Regierung Josephs: chicanirt s. N i c h t f r e u n d e u. destierra sie z u m Theil 10 n a c h F r a n k r e i c h . D é c r e t de d i s p o n e r de las cosechas de los h a b i t a n t e s sin su a n u e n c i a . . . Es verpflichtet die q u e tuviesen hijos sirviendo en los ejércitos españoles á p r e s e n t a r en su l u g a r un sustituto ó d a r en i n d e m nización u n a d e t e r m i n a d a s u m a . Diese decrees wie die a n d e r n ó no se c u m p l í a n ó c u m p l í a n s e a r b i t r a r i a m e n t e , so d a ß se a n a d i a á la p r o p i a 15 injusticia la d u r e z a en la ejecución. Installirt einen S t a a t s r a t h u., n a c h d e r r e t i r a d a der ejércitos aliados: confiscación y v e n t a der bienes e m b a r g a d o s á p e r s o n a s fugitivas y residentes in d e n p r o v i n c i a s l e v a n t a d a s . E r k e n n t n u r die g r a n d e z a s u. Titel an die er geschaffen, alle o r d e n e s de caballería, except la militar de E s p a ñ a q u e h a b í a c r e a d o y la a n t i g u a del T o i s o n de 20 O r o . E r l a u b t w e d e r d a s Tragen d e r a n d e r n c o n d e c o r a c i o n e s n o c h d e r goce der e n c o m i e n d a s . 18 Aug. 1809: D é c r e t f. die s u p r e s i ó n de t o d a s las órdenes m o n a c a l e s , m e n d i c a n t e s , y clericales, die N a p o l e o n im D e c . (die conventos) n u r a u f '/3 reducirt. Sein Schatz b e s c h r ä n k t a u f die T h o r s t e u ern v. M a d r i d , a u m e n t a d o solo c o n el r e c a r g o de ciertos artículos de 25 c o n s u m o . Sein F i n a n z m i n i s t e r C a b a r r u s d a h e r vertheilt Z w a n g s a n l e i h e unter den R e i c h e n v . M a d r i d , v e r l a n g t h e r a u s (recoger) l a p l a t a l a b r a d a de los p a r t i c u l a r e s . D i e H a r p y e n die d a b e i a n g e w a n d t stecken selbst überall den besten Theil ein, n i c h t d a s gov. D e l p a l a c i o real se s a c a r o n al p r o p i o t i e m p o t o d o s los útiles d e p l a t a q u e p o r a n t i g u o s ó d e m a l g u s t o 30 se h a b í a n excluido del u s o c o m ú n y se l l e v a r o n á la c a s a de la m o n e d a . . . T o m á r o n s e a s i m i s m o de las iglesias m u c h a s alhajas, t r a s l a d á n d o s e á M a d r i d b a s t a n t e p o r c i ó n d e las del Escorial. N a p i e r sagt q u e esta m e d i d a del i n t r u s o excitó la codicia de los e s p a ñ o l e s , y p r o d u j o la m a y o r p a r t e de las b a n d a s q u e s e l l a m a r o n guerrillas. A b e r k a n n bewiesen werden, d a ß 35 was die gefes dieser t r o p a s d a v o n interceptirten (v. d e m n a c h M a d r i d G e s a n d t e n ) p o r lo general restituirt á sus d u e ñ o s o d . n a c h Sevilla. N i c h t so die frz. gefes. El c o n d e de C a b a r r u s klagt d a r ü b e r ; sagt oft: N a p o leon w e r d e nie die P e n i n s u l a e r o b e r n , sino a d o p t a b a el m e d i o de h a c e r la c o n q u i s t a c o n 600 millones y 60,000 h o m b r e s en lugar de 40 600,000 h o m b r e s y 60 millones, p u e s solo asi p o d r í a g a n a r la o p i n i o n q u e era su m a s terrible e n e m i g o . 9 Juni: Cédulas hipotecarias q u e h a b í a n de

657

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

t r o c a r s e c o n t r a los c r é d i t o s a n t i g u o s del e s t a d o de c u a l q u i e r a especie, y e m p l e a r s e e n l a c o m p r a d e bienes n a c i o n a l e s . . . schuf a u s s e r d e m C é d u l a s de indemnización u. recompensa. Eines dieser P a p i e r e t r u g bei die a n d e r n z u e n t w e r t h e n . . . D a h e r w e n n i m A n f a n g einige c o r t e s a n o s u . especulad o r e s hicieron c o m p r a s de c é d u l a s h i p o t e c a r i a s , c o n q u e a d q u i r i e r o n fin- 5 cas pertenecientes á confiscos y c o m u n i d a d e s religiosas, a q u e l p a p e l b a l d reducido á valor nominal. N a p o l e o n mußte suministrar ν. Frankreich 2,000,000 fes m o n a t l i c h , s i e n d o d a ß der F K r i e g q u e en l u g a r de p r o d u c i r r e c u r s o s á su e r a r i o los m e n g u a b a . . . a b o l i ó ||43'| el voto de Santiago ... A u c h decrees ü b e r die e n s e ñ a n z a p ú b l i c a , milicia u. sus g r a d o s , m u n i c i - 10 p a l i d a d e s , y de q u i t a r á los eclesiásticos t o d a j u r i s d i c c i ó n civil y c r i m i n a l . M e h r e dieser u. a n d r e r P r o v i d e n c i a s gut, no a p r e c i a d a s por falta de ejecución, wegen der o t r a s r u i n o s a s die sie begleiten, der p e r s e c u c i o n e s der p a r t i c u l a r e s u . der m a l e s c o m u n e s d e l a g u e r r a . Sitio de Gerona « S e r á p a s a d o p o r las a r m a s el q u e profiera la v o z de c a p i t u l a r ó de rendirse. » So Don Mariano Alvarez de Castro Befehlshaber b e i m V o r a n r ü c k e n der F r a n z o s e n . V o m A n f a n g M a i . E h r e n v o l l e C a p i t u l a t i o n . D i e F r a n z o s e n enter d e n 11 D e c e m b e r 1809 . . . 7 M o n a t e g e d a u e r t . . . S p a n i e n d a m a l s getheilt i n p a i s libre u . p a i s o c u p a d o p o r e l e x t r a n g e r o . Valencia, M u r c i a , las A n d a l u c í a s , p a r t e de E x t r e m a d u r a y de S a l a m a n c a , G a l i c i a u . A s t u r i a s u n t e r d e n ersten, t r a b a j a d a s solo p o r interiores c o n t i e n d a s . . . . I n Galicien U n m u t h wegen der M a ß g a b e n des R o m a n a ; die p e r s e c u c i ó n d e r P a t r i o t a s . E n d l i c h die j u n t a p r o v i n c i a l n a c h M o n a t e n retablirt. . . . I n A s t u r i a s regirten G e n . M a h y u . die v . R o m a n a geformte J u n t a . O c t o b e r der erste ersezt d u r c h D o n A n t o n i o d e A r c e ; m . i h m geschickt D o n A n t o n i o d e Leiva, d a m i t sie oyesen die quejas der i n d i v i d u o s der j u n t a disuelta p o r R o m a n a . D i e ß g e s c h a h m a l u . lentam e n t e ; e n l o d e m á s n a d a a d e l a n t ó e l n u e v o general, h o m b r e p a c a t o y flojo. R e p o r t ó s e p o r t a n t o p o c o fruto e n las p r o v i n c i a s libres d e las b u e n a s disposiciones de los h a b i t a n t e s , siendo m e n e s t e r q u e el e n e m i g o p u n zase de cerca p a r a e s t i m u l a r á las a u t o r i d a d e s y acallar sus d e s a v e n e n c i a s . . . T a m p o c o f a l t a b a n rivalidades e n las p r o v i n c i a s o c u p a d a s , bes. entre los gefes militares, a c h a q u e d e t o d o e s t a d o e n q u e las revueltas h a n r o t o los a n t i g u o s vínculos de s u b o r d i n a c i ó n y o r d e n . . . W i e ü b e r a l l die n e u i m p r o v i s i r t e n J u n t a s sehr t h ä t i g en r e u n i r las p a r t i d a s sueltas, efectuar a l i s t a m i e n t o s y h o s t i g a r de t o d o s m o d o s al e n e m i g o . . . Si b i e n se obedecía en todo el reino al gobierno supremo, la índole de la guerra y el modo como se empezó inclinaba á las provincias ó las obligaba ά veces ά obrar solas ó con cierta independencia. ... Vivos d e b a t e s in der C e n t r a l seit E n d e A u g u s t u. A n f a n g S e p t e m b e r (1809). P r o c e d i e r o n de divisiones i n t e r n a s u. v. d e r voz p ú b l i c a q u e le a c h a c a b a el m a l o g r a m i e n t o de la c a m p a ñ a de

658

15

20

25

30

35

40

Aus José Maria de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra, y revolución

Talavera. H e r v í a n c o n especialidad en Sevilla los m a n e j o s y m a q u i n a c i o nes. G e g e n die R e g i e r u n g , s c h o n früher einige V o r n e h m e , . . . u n t e r s t ü z t d u r c h d e n enojo d e r ingleses, u . die a u t o r i d a d d e s consejo r e i n s t a l a d o d e n vorigen m e s . A g i r t friedlich m . i h n e n D o n F r a n c i s c o d e Palafox, selbst 5 m e m b e r d e r C e n t r a l . Schlägt 21 A u g . (1809) v o r R e c o n c e n t r a c i ó n del p o d e r en un solo r e g e n t e , f. w e l c h e n er v o r s c h l ä g t d e n c a r d e n a l de B o r b o n . O p p o s i t i o n d a g e g e n . Zu seiner Hülfe 22 Aug. (1809) c o n s u l t a del consejo real, (greift d a r i n an die legitimidad der C e n t r a l u. d e r P r o v i n c i a l j u n t a s , verlangt d e r e n a b o l i c i ó n , d a s r e s t a b l e c i m i e n t o del o r d e n a n t i g u o 10 u. E r n e n n u n g einer regencia c o n f o r m e á lo d i s p u e s t o en la ley de P a r tida.) . . . d e s c o n t e n t a b a n á m u c h o s las p r o v i d e n c i a s de la c e n t r a l : p a r e cíales m o n s t r u o s o s u g o b i e r n o ; m a s n o q u e r í a n q u e s e a t a c a s e s u legitim i d a d d e r i v a d a de la i n s u r r e c c i ó n . . . la Provincial de Sevilla n u n c a olvid a b a sus p r i m e r o s zelos u. rivalidades. D i e Provincial v. Extremadura 15 m o v i ó s e al ver i h r t e r r i t o r y d e s c u b i e r t o m. d e r i d a d e r ingleses, ν. d e r e n R ü c k z u g S c h u l d sie der C e n t r a l g a b . So auf ihre F a u s t s u c h t mit Wellingt o n z u u n t e r h a n d e l n , d u r c h d e n c o n d e d e M o n t i j o . Rüffel v . der C e n t r a l , fahndet a u f d e n M o n t i j o d e r sich salvó e n P o r t u g a l . N u n g r o b e A n t w o r t der Provincial. C o n t e s t a c i o n e s . . . In Valencia d e r K r a k e h l steigend c o n el 20 poco tino q u e t u v o en su c o m i s i ó n hier der b a r o n de S a b a s o n a ; die provincial w i d e r s t e h t a u c h d e n ó r d e n e s s u p e r i o r e s á veces d e s a c e r t a d a s , wie die p r o v i s i o n e n t i e m p o s d e t a n t o a p u r o d e las c a n o n g í a s , beneficios eclesiásticos y e n c o m i e n d a s v a c a n t e s , c u y o p r o d u c t o j u i c i o s a m e n t e h a b i a d e s t i n a d o d i c h a j u n t a á los hospitales militares. E n c o n t r a d a s asi a m b a s 25 a u t o r i d a d e s á c a d a p a s o se e n r e d a b a n en d i s p u t a s , i n c l i n á n d o s e la r a z ó n y a d e u n l a d o y a d e o t r o . . . . D u r c h s . schlechte T a k t i k z o g sich d e r consejo R e a l n o c h diese d e r C e n t r a l feindliche a u f d e n H a l s . D e r b e Rüffel f. ihn v. der P r o v i n c i a l ν. Valencia (25 Sept. 1809) P i d i ó q u e se le circunscribiese á solo sentenciar pleitos. A e h n l i c h die a n d e r n J u n t a s . . . 30 Plan der P a r t h e i in Sevilla dissolver die Central, transportar á Manila algunos de sus i n d i v i d u o s , c r e a r u n a regencia r e p o n i e n d o al consejo real en la p l e n i t u d de su p o d e r a n t i g u o y c o n los e n s a n c h e s q u e él c o d i c i a b a . H a b í a n s e g a n a d o ciertos r e g i m i e n t o s , r e p a r t i d o s e d i n e r o , p r o m e t i d o | |44| a u c h die c o n v o c a t i o n d e r c o r t e s , weil dieß die o p i n i o n general del r e i n o . 35 W ä r e a b e r nicht g e s c h e h n w e n n sie gesiegt; weil die Seele der C o n s p i r a tors, der consejo, tenia s o b r a d o desvío p o r t o d o l o q u e s o n a b a á r e p r e s entación n a c i o n a l . . . . In d e n Y Tagen des September sollte der P l a n a u s geführt w e r d e n . A b e r d e r D u q u e del I n f a n t a d o , u m s . P e r s o n z u d e c k e n , theilte i h n d e m engl. G e s a n d t e n freundschaftlich mit. Wellesley e n t h ü l l t 40 der C e n t r a l d a s project. So fällt d a s Project. C e n t r a l ergreift Vorsichtsmaßregeln. T r a t a la c e n t r a l de r e c o n c e n t r a r la p o t e s t a d ejecutiva. (Jovel-

659

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

l a n o s ü b e r z e u g t sich selbst, d a ß die S c h w ä t z e r v. « R e g e n t s c h a f t » g a n z peligrosen P l ä n e n u m g e h n . ) D a h e r eine C o m i s s i o n e r n a n n t . C a l v o z u r ü c k g e k e h r t v. E x t r e m a d u r a trajo h a c i a sí á J o v e l l a n o s y sus a m i g o s , n a c h heftigen D i s c u s s i o n e n 19 Sept. (1809) 2 Beschlüsse n o t a b l e s : 1) La f o r m a c i ó n de u n a Comisión ejecutiva e n c a r g a d a del d e s p a c h o de lo reía5 tivo á g o b i e r n o , r e s e r v a n d o á la j u n t a los n e g o c i o s q u e requiriesen p l e n a deliberación. 2) fijar f. d e n 1 M ä r z 1810 die a p e r t u r a d e r c o r t e s e x t r a o r d i n a r i a s . . . Vor Veröffentlichung dieser Beschlüsse C o m i s s i o n e r n a n n t p a r a f o r m a r el r e g l a m e n t o ó p l a n q u e d e b i a o b s e r v a r la ejecutiva. Da sie fast n u r ν. A n h ä n g e r n des Valdés u. J o v e l l a n o s besteht, en el i n t e r m e d i o 10 q u e h u b o e n t r e f o r m a r el r e g l a m e n t o y p r e s e n t a r l e , intrigirt, die M a j o r i t ä t d e r J u n t a verwirft d a s r e g l a m e n t o q u e l a c o m i s i ó n h a b i a p r e p a r a d o . N e u e Zweite C o m m i s s i o n e r w ä h l t , w o r i n R o m a n a . Dieser v . der facción n u n b e n u z t . R o m a n a e r n e u e r t i n d e r sitting ν . 1 4 O c t o b e r die Q u e s t i o n der Regencia p o r medio de un papel esento en términos descompuestos, 15 y en el q u e h a c i e n d o de sí p r o p i o p o m p o s a s a l a b a n z a s , e x p r e s a b a la necesidad de desterrar hasta la memoria de un gobierno tan notoriamente pernicioso como lo era el de la central... N ó m b r a s e la c o m i s i ó n ejecutiva; die C e n t r a l e r n e n n t absichtlich d e n R o m a n a d a r i n . D i e E x e k u t i v e a u s 6 I n d i v i d u e n u. d e m P r ä s i d e n t e n d e r C e n t r a l , r e n o v á n d o s e á la suerte 20 p a r t e d e ellos c a d a d o s meses. E r n a n n t a u s s e r R o m a n a : R i q u e l m e , D . F r a n c i s c o C a r o , J ó c a n o , José G a r c í a d e l a T o r r e , M a r q u é s d e Villel; g e h ö r t e n alle d e r P a r t h e i des a n t i g u o o r d e n d e cosas. I h r e elección w ü r d e d a h e r schlecht a u f g e n o m m e n w o r d e n s. o h n e d e n c o r r e c t i v o del l l a m a m i e n t o d e r cortes. A n u n c i ó s e tal n o v e d a d d u r c h D é c r e t v. 28 O c - 25 t o b e r 1809 publizirt d e n 4 N o v . 1809, C o r t e s w e r d e n b e r u f e n w e r d e n 1 J a n . 1810 um zu e m p e z a r sus funciones 1 M ä r z 1810 . . . In d e r C o m i s sion z u r A u s a r b e i t u n g der A r t des W ä h l e n s u . C o n s t i t . der C o r t e s R i q u e l m e u . C a r o n u n ersezt d u r c h D o n M a r t i n d e G a r a y u . d e n c o n d e de A y a m a n s d i g n o s y zelosos c o o p e r a d o r e s . . . . D i e Ejecutive se i n s t a l ó 30 d e n 1 November 1809 no e n t e n d i e n d o ya la j u n t a p l e n a en n i n g u n a m a t e ria de g o b i e r n o , excepto en el n o m b r a m i e n t o de a l g u n o s a l t o s e m p l e o s q u e se reservó. Siguiéronse no o b s t a n t e t r a t a n d o en las sesiones de la j u n t a los a s u n t o s generales, los c o n c e r n i e n t e s á c o n t r i b u c i o n e s y a r b i trios, y las m a t e r i a s legislativas. C o n t i n u ó asi h a s t a su d i s o l u c i ó n divi- 35 d i d o este c u e r p o e n d i c h a s d o s p o r c i o n e s , ejerciendo c a d a u n a sus facult a d e s respectivas . . . P a z e n t r e N a p o l e o n y el A u s t r i a (15 O c t o b e r 1809). Nutzlose sacrificios der c e n t r a l en favor de A u s t r i a . D u r c h A r t . 15 des traité Oestreich verpflichtet á « r e c o n o c e r las m u t a c i o n e s h e c h a s ó q u e p u d i e r a n h a c e r s e en E s p a ñ a , en P o r t u g a l y en I t a l i a » . (Oestreich fürch- 40 tete nichts m e h r als zu sehn sich manifestiren ya en la p o b l a c i ó n seiner

660

,.ί

Aus José Maria de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra, y revolución Staaten s í n t o m a s d e u n a g u e r r a n a c i o n a l ) . . . D a h e r M a n i f i e s t o der central w o r i n c o n p r o f u s i o n d e r r a m ó a m a r g a s quejas s o b r e l a c o n d u c t a del gabinete a u s t r i a c o , lenguage q u e á este ofendió en e x t r e m o . . . D e r S t a n d der D i n g e u . die p r o p i a s d e s g r a c i a s h u b i e r a n d e b i d o m a c h e n die central 5 m a s c a u t o , y no c o m p r o m e t e r en b a t a l l a s generales y decisivas su suerte y la de la n a c i ó n . El deseo de e n t r a r en M a d r i d y las ventajas a d q u i r i d a s en Castilla l a Vieja p e s a b a n m a s e n l a b a l a n z a d e l a j u n t a c e n t r a l q u e m a d u ros consejos . . . Schlacht v. Tamames g e w o n n e n by the S p a n i a r d s (5 O c t o b . 1809) d u r c h den D u q u e del P a r q u e (Ballesteros a u c h dabei), 10 der den 25 Oct. e n t r ó en S a l a m a n c a . . . D i e a c t u a l O r g a n i s a t i o n des H e e res participirte de los m a l e s de la a n t i g u a y de los q u e adolecía la v a r i a é informe q u e á s u a n t o j o h a b í a n a d o p t a d o las respectivas j u n t a s d e p r o vincias . . . Al p a s o q u e en Castilla d e b i a c o n t i n u a r divirtiendo á los franceses el d u q u e del P a r q u e , y q u e en E x t r e m a d u r a q u e d a b a n s o l o 15 12,000 h o m b r e s , dispúsose q u e lo r e s t a n t e de a q u e l ejército p a s a s e c o n su gefe E g u i a á ¡451 unirse al de la M a n c h a . . . Se t r a s l a d ó p u e s D o n F r a n cisco E g u i a á la M a n c h a v o r E n d e S e p t e m b e r , y estableciendo su c u a r t e l general en D a i m i e l , t o m ó el m a n d o en gefe de las fuerzas r e u n i d a s : 3 October s. A r m e e 51,869 M a n n , w o v o n 5766 ginetes m. 55 piezas de artillería. 20 Zieht sich v o r d e n F r a n z o s e n n a c h S i e r r a m o r e n a z u r ü c k . D a h e r ersezt in m a n d o d u r c h Areizaga. D i e s e r a c a b ó de granjear en f a v o r suyo la gracia p o p u l a r p r o p o n i e n d o b a j a r á la M a n c h a y c a e r s o b r e M a d r i d , p o r q u e tal era el deseo de casi t o d o s los f o r a s t e r o s q u e m o r a b a n en Sevilla, y c u y o influjo era p o d e r o s o e n e l seno del m i s m o g o b i e r n o . U n o s s u s p i r a b a n p o r 25 sus casas, o t r o s p o r el p o d e r p e r d i d o q u e e s p e r a b a n r e c o b r a r en M a d r i d . N a d a p u d o a p a r t a r a l g o b i e r n o del r a u d a l d e t a n e x t r a v i a d a o p i n i o n . Vergebens w a r n t Wellington der d e ß w e g e n n a c h Sevilla k ö m m t , s a m m t s. Bruder. Sie s o blind d a ß die J u n t a J o v e l l a n o s u . R i q u e l m e e r n e n n t p a r a a c o r d a r las p r o v i d e n c i a s q u e d e b e r í a n t o m a r s e á la e n t r a d a en la capital, 30 erwählen varias a u t o r i d a d e s y e n t r e ellas la de c o r r e g i d o r de M a d r i d , c u y a merced r e c a y ó e n D o n J u s t o I b a r n a v a r r o , a m i g o i n t i m o d e A r e i z a g a y u n o de los q u e m a s le i m p e l í a n á g u e r r e a r . . . M o v i m i e n t o s inciertos y m a l c o n c e r t a d o s de A r e i z a g a ...19 Nov. 1809 S c h l a c h t ν. O c a ñ a . A r e i z a g a no t o m ó p r o v i d e n c i a p a r a r e u n i r las reliquias d e s u ejército, n i señaló p u n t o 35 de r e t i r a d a . ( U r s p r ü n g l i c h , bei A n f a n g des Z u g s h a t t e A r e i z a g a sich weniger als 20,000 gegenüber. A b e r á c a u s a seiner detenciones, m a r c h a s u. c o n t r a m a r c h a s , . . . 34,000 i n d e r F r o n t gegenüber, o h n e z u z ä h l e n die 14,000 des C o r p s v. V i c t o r c o l o c a d o s h a c i a su flanco d e r e c h o , so z u s . 48,000 c o m b a t i e n t e s , fuerza casi igual á la s u y a en n ú m e r o , y superiorí40 sima en p r á c t i c a y d i s c i p l i n a . ) . . . En 2 meses no p u d i e r o n volver á reunirse á las raices de S i e r r a m o r e n a 25,000 M a n n . C o n s e r v ó p o r a l g ú n t i e m p o el

661

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens · Heft 2

m a n d o D o n J u a n C a r l o s d e A r e i z a g a sin q u e e n t o n c e s s e l e f o r m a s e c a u s a , c o m o s e tenia d e c o s t u m b r e c o n m u c h o s d e los generales d e s g r a c i a d o s : t a n p r o t e g i d o e s t a b a . A b e r w o z u f o r m a r l e c a u s a ? H a b í a n s e estas c o n v e r t i d o e n p r o c e s o s d e m e r a f ó r m u l a , d e q u e salían los a c u s a d o s p u r o s y e x e n t o s de t o d a c u l p a . . . t e r r o r y a b a t i m i e n t o s e m b r ó p o r el r e i n o l a r o t a d e O c a ñ a . T r i u m p h a l e i n z u g des J o s e p h i n M a d r i d . D i e T h o r e ν . A n d a l u s i e n s o geöffnet. J o s e p h vielleicht r a s c h e r d a h i n , w e n n n i c h t die E n g l ä n d e r i n d e n cercanías d e B a d a j o z , j u n t a m e n t e m . d e m Heer m a n d a d o ahora durch Alburquerque in Extremadura, u. Anwesenheit des P a r q u e in Castilla la Vieja. U n t e r A l b u r q u e r q u e 12,000 M a n n . O p e r i r t gut. N a c h der G e s c h i c h t e v . O c a ñ a zieht sich z u r ü c k u . n o p a r ó h a s t a Trujillo . . . D e r D u k e del P a r q u e , u m z u c o a d y u v a r á l a c a m p a ñ a d e A r e i z a g a m o v i ó s e c o n su ejército, y el 19 ( N o v . ) i n t e n t ó a t a c a r en Alba de Tormes 5000 F r e n c h q u e a d v e r t i d o s se r e t i r a r o n . D a n n v o r a n . Einige n i c h t u n g l ü c k l i c h e r e n c o n t r e s . 26 N o v . h ö r e n s. S o l d a t e n d a s P e c h v. O c a ñ a . 28 November. S p a n i e r geklopft. Seine T r u p p e n c a r e c i e n d o de ó r d e n e s precisas se alejaron de a q u e l p u n t o y se r e p a r t i e r o n zw. C i u d a d R o d r i g o , T a m a m e s u . M i r a n d a del C a s t a ñ a r . Semejante y n o c a l c u l a d o m o v i m i e n t o excéntrico salvó a l ejército . . . A n f a n g D e c e m b e r (1809) d e r D u q u e del P a r q u e s e n t ó su cuartel general en el B o d ó n 2 M e i l e n v. C i u d a d - R o d r i g o , m . 3000 M a n n weniger als v o r h e r . . . c o n tales d e s d i c h a s d e s t r u i d o s ó m e n g u a d o s u n o s t r a s o t r o s los mejores ejércitos e s p a ñ o l e s , d e b i e r o n n a t u r a l m e n t e los ingleses, m e r o s e s p e c t a d o r e s h a s t a e n t o n c e s , t o m a r e n s u e x t r e m a p r u d e n c i a m e d i d a s d e p r e c a u c i ó n . Wellington, i n d e n ersten Tagen D e c e m b e r zieht sich z u r ü c k v. d e n orillas des G u a d i a n a u. p a s a al n o r t e del Tajo . . .

5

10

15

20

25

Flaqueza de la comisión ejecutiva. Diese c o n s t e r n i r t . E n t o n c e s se vio q u e n o b a s t a r e c o n c e n t r a r e l p o d e r p a r a q u e a p a r e z c a e n sus efectos v i g o r o s o y p r o n t o . K e i n e r d e r b e d e u t e n d e n L e u t e der central in dieser C o m m i s sion. N a c h d e m saberse der d e r r o t a ν . O c a ñ a q u e d ó die c o m i s i ó n c o m o 3 0 a t u r d i d a u . a p l a n a d a . . . Palafox u . M o n t i j o eingesperrt wegen ihrer m a n e j o s , d a H e r r R o m a n a diese gegen sich (er M i t g l i e d d e r Executiven) gerichtet sah. . . . A n d r e r s e i t s die I n t r i g e n des R o m a n a u . s . B r u d e r s C a r o (der bes. die Valencia J u n t a bearbeitet, will s. B r u d e r z u m R e g e n t e n m a c h e n etc) . . . L a central e n c u y o c u e r p o n o h a b í a n e n u n p r i n c i p i o 3 5 r e i n a d o o t r a s divisiones sino a q u e l l a s q u e n a c e n d e l a diversidad d e dict á m e n e s , se vio en la a c t u a l i d a d c o m b a t i d a p o r la a m b i c i ó n y frenéticas p a s i o n e s d e P a l a f o x ( D o n F r a n c i s c o de), d e R o m a n a y sus secuaces, c o n v i r t i é n d o s e en un semillero de (/46/ chismes, p e q u e n e c e s y e n r e d o s i m p r o p i o s de un g o b i e r n o s u p r e m o , c o n lo cual c a y ó a u n m a s en tierra su 40 c r é d i t o y se a n t i c i p ó su r u i n a . . . D i e c o m i s i ó n ejecutiva, d e r e n Seele der-

662

Aus José Maria de Toreno: Historia del levantamiento, guerra, y revolución

selbe R o m a n a , n a d a p u e s d e i m p o r t a n t e o b r ó , p o n i é n d o s e d e m a n i f i e s t o l o n u l o d e a q u e l general p a r a t o d o l o q u e e r a m a n d o . D i e J u n t a i n i h r e m Kreis, a n i m i r t ν . J o v e l l a n o s , G a r a y etc, einige g u t e m e a s u r e s , obgleich z u spät, wie el aplicar á los g a s t o s de la g u e r r a los f o n d o s de e n c o m i e n d a s , 5 o b r a s pías; e b e n s o die rebaja g r a d u a l de sueldos, e x c e p t u á n d o s e á los militares q u e defendían la p a t r i a . K u r z vor dieser P e r i o d e h a t t e C a l v o de R o z a s P r ä p o s i t i o n wegen der Preßfreiheit g e m a c h t ; die J u n t a g a b es á consulta del consejo, d e r d a g e g e n . C e n t r a l remittirt e s d a n n der C o m i s i ó n der cortes q u e á su vez la p a s ó á o t r a c o m i s i ó n c r e a d a bajo el n o m b r e de 10 instrucción pública, c o r r i e n d o p o r a q u e l l a i n a c a b a b l e c a d e n a de j u n t a s , consejos y comisiones á q u e siempre se r e c u r r i ó en E s p a ñ a . En estos p a s o s , idas y v e n i d a s D e c e m b e r geschlossen u. die desgracias h i n d e r t e n jede R e s o l u c i ó n . . . M o d o d e c o n v o c a r s e las C o r t e s . . . D i e c o n v o c a t o r i a s d a m a l s expedirt fueron solo las q u e i b a n dirigidas a l n o m b r a m i e n t o d e r 15 individuos q u e h a b í a n de c o m p o n e r la c á m a r a electiva, r e s e r v a n d o circular las d e los privilegiados p a r a m a s a d e l a n t e . M o t i v ó tal diferencia weil im ersten Fall Zeit n ö t h i g fürs W ä h l e n , im Z w e i t e n n i c h t , wo el l l a m a m i e n t o h a b i a d e ser p e r s o n a l . V . dieser t a r d a n z a k a m ' s , d a ß z u d e n C o r t e s später n u r die m i e m b r o s elegidos d u r c h s Volk k a m e n , q u e d a n d o sin 20 efecto la f o r m a c i ó n de u n a s e g u n d a c á m a r a . . . Denselben Tag wo die c o n v o c a t o r i a s expedirt, 3 n e u e I n d i v i d u e n in der Executive. F. d e n R o m a n a , R i q u e l m e u . C a r o t r a t e n ein d e r c o n d e d e A y a m a n s , d e r m a r qués del Villar u . D o n Felix Ovalle. T o d o p r e s a g i a b a d e n F a l l der E x e cutiven u . d e r C e n t r a l y t o d o u n a p r ó x i m a i n v a s i o n d e r F r a n z o s e n e n las 25 A n d a l u c í a s . P a r a no ser c o g i d a t a n de i m p r o v i s i o c o m o en A r a n j u e z , Décret der J u n t a ν. 13 Januar (1810), w o n a c h sie sich zu vereinigen 1 Februar (1810) in d e r isla de L e o n um zu a r r e g l a r die a p e r t u r a d e r c o r t e s s e ñ a l a d a f. d e n 1 M ä r z . D i e ß D é c r e t erschien ein hijo solo del m i e d o . . . . Anfang 1810 schickt N a p o l e o n V e r s t ä r k u n g n a c h S p a n i e n . ... 30 20 J a n . 1810 die F r z . a t a c a n y c r u z a n S i e r r a m o r e n a . . . . E n t r a n en J a é n u. C o r d o b a . . . S c h o n n a c h d e m 2 0 J a n . (1810) verschiedene v . d e r C e n t r a l n a c h der Isla d e L e o n a u f d e m Weg; fast alle i n der N a c h t v o n 2 3 u . m o r g e n s des 24 ( J a n . 1810), u n o s p o r el rio a b a j o y o t r o s p o r tierra. L o s p r i m e r o s viajaron sin o b s t á c u l o , die a n d e r n n i c h t á quienes r o d e a r o n 35 m u c h o s riesgos a l b o r o t a d o s los p u e b l o s del t r á n s i t o , q u e se creían c o n la r e t i r a d a del g o b i e r n o a b a n d o n a d o s y e x p u e s t o s á la ira é i n v a s i o n enemigas. Bes. G e f a h r der P r e s i d e n t , d a m a l s d e r E r z b i s c h o f v. L a o d i c e a u. der c o n d e de A l t a m i r a m a r q u é s de A s t o r g a , s a l v á n d o s e en Jerez ellos y o t r o s c o m p a ñ e r o s suyos c o m o p o r m i l a g r o d e los p u ñ a l e s d e l a t u r b a 40 a m o t i n a d a . . . A s e g u r ó s e q u e c o n t a n d o m. d e r I n q u i e t u d der p u e b l o s , E m i s s ä r e ν. Sevilla a u s g e s a n d t q u e a u m e n t a s e n a q u e l l a u. sie gegen die C e n t r a l e n richteten. (1-190) | 663

Karl Marx · Exzerpte zur Geschichte Spaniens • Heft 2

[Manuel de Marliani (Fortsetzung)] |46| Napoleon. « E l p o r t a d o r d e l a c a r t a del e m p e r a d o r p a r a F e r n a n d o fué e l c o n d e d e Laforest. En su a r e n g a al rey, t o d a v í a p r e s o en Valençay, s o b r e p u j ó en su t e m a al e m p e r a d o r . F u é r e p i t i e n d o su a c u s a c i ó n c o n t r a los Ingleses q u e 5 Walachei, Bessarabien 5. Lt. Cav. Div. Fischbach ) Moldau, Odessa, Krym Drei Art. Brig. Fuß & 1 Rt. A. Brig. VI Corps-HenoßaeB-L, Moscauer 1 Grenadier Corps „„ „. ι /-ι A 33 of 9 1 Gardecorps, 1 & 2 Reserve Cav. Corps 1 Dragoner Corps Zusammen 368 Bat. 460 Schw. Reg. & 14 do. irreg. Cavali. 996 Kanonen - oder 486000 M. I Aufgebot der Reserve 98000 M. 192 Kan. (= 6 Divis. ?) II do. " do. 115000 " 280 " Total 699000 M. 1468 Kan. D a n n 1. Orenburger Armee 2 t e Finnländische Armee 3 Sibirische Armee 4 315000 M. Reserve 5, 93, 200 beritt. 3300*. F u ß Kosaken mit 224 Kanonen (wovon 60000 M. 110 K.) für einen europ. Krieg brauchbar. | te

30

|[2]| Finnl. Corps - 12 000 M. Reserve VI Corps. - 2 Bat. pro Res. = 24 Bat. à 700

12000 16800

969

Friedrich Engels · Notizen und Exzerpte te

4 Bat. des Gren. Corps. = 12 Bat. Res. des do. 24 Bat. - 3 6 Bat. Res. des I Corps. 24 Bat. 12 Bat. Grenadiere in Warschau 8 " I Corps, 2 à 3 do. linkes Weichselufer Grenad. theilweise Ì in Südöstl. Theile des I & II Corps, 10000 Cosak. / Polen Rest der Gren. des I & II, 1 Div. VI Cps, diverse Res. in Wolynien & Podolien Bessarabien & Krym 3 & 4 Cps à 25 000 M. 5000C 2 Div. 5 Corps 8 000 " 1700C 2" 6" 10 000 " 2000C Cavallerie & Kosak. 2500C Kaukasus: Kauk. Corps, 13. Div., Miliz, &c. Garde in Petersburg & Reval Garde, active 3 Bat. 4 Bataillone 5 & 6 do. à 700 Grenadiere: l,2,3 Bat. 4 do. 5 & 6 I Corps, 48 Bat. 5 & 6 à 700 II do. idem III Corps in Bess. IV " " " 5 & 6 Bat. à 600 te

te

te

te

te

te

te

te

36 Bat. 12 24 36 12 24 24

48.

V Corps, 1 Div. Caucas. = 2 do in Bessarabien = VI Corps 1 Div. Podol. II Div. Crym 3 Cav. Marin. Corps à 15000 Reserve 5 & 6 Bat. 5 & 6 Corps 48 à 600 Res. Cavallerie Kosaken Finn. Corps 12000 Caucas. 30000 Orenburg 15000.

970

700 700 12 000 7 000

25200 16800 19000

5

100000 60000(?) 10 112000 30000 392000 50000 492000 = 40000 M. 10000 16800 66800 40000 10000 16800 66800 40000 16800 56800 56800 25000 25000 78800 28000 6000 14000 12000 28000

15

20

25

^n 20000 40000 45000 28800 10000 60000 523800 55000 5788001

35

40

Notizen zur russischen Militärorganisation und Heeresstärke während d e s Krimkriegs. Seite 1

Notizen zur russischen Militärorganisation und Heeresstärke

Garde Gren. 6 Corps

6 Div. 6 " 36 "

96 Bat. 96 " 576 "

90000 90000 480000

620000 Inf.

Cavalerie & Cosaken. Garde & Gren. 1 & 2 Cps. & Res. 3. 4. 5. & 6 Cps D o . Reserve Fini. Corps

192 Bat. 192 " à 850 M. 192 à 500. 192 à 800.

10

180000 à 800 M. 163200 à 800 " 96000 153600 à 700 12000 Fini. Corps 604800 Inf. ab 1 Div. 96000 50000 90000 840800

Cavalerie Cosaken 15 Artillerie

20

25

30

35

33600 14400 1. Fini. Corps &ι Res. 1 Corps 48 48 700 48 Bat. à 700 in 2. Garde Res. 3. Garde Corps 48 Bat. à 900 in 4. Gren. Corps 48 " 24 5. do " 700 " 24 " 700 " 6. do " 900 7. I Corps 48 siehe weiter 8. II Corps 32 " 900 " 900 16 24 " 700 24 " 700 9. III C. 48 " 500 48 " 700 " 500 10. IV c . 48 48 " 700 " 500 11. V. c . 32 48 " 700 32 " 500 12. V I C . 16 " 500 752

Bat. in Finland &c. Petersb. Lith. & Polen Polen &c. do &c. Ostsee Polen &c. Bessarab. Cherson nach der Krym Bess., Podol. &c. ? Krym ? Krym ? nach Krym &c. ? Krym Polen

= 153600 = 153600 = 96000 = 134400 = 14400 552000 8000 544000 80000 46000 80000 750000 Inf. Cav. & Art. 48000 33600 43200 43200 16800 16800. 76800 28800 14400 16800 16800 24000 33600 24000 33600 16000 33600 16000 8000 577600.

973

Friedrich Engels · Notizen und Exzerpte 33600 544000

Die 48 Bat. Res. I Corps vertheilt: 5. & 6 Polen 24 B. = 16800 7&8 ? 2 4 " = 16800.1 te

|[3]|I Stellung: 1. Fini. Corps 12 000 in Finland 38000 Res. 6 Cps 24 B. 16800 2. Garde, bis zu 6 Bat. p. R. 66800 in & bei Petersb. 3-6 Gren. Bat. 26800 M. Reval bis Suvalki 5&6 Bat. des I Corps 16800 4. Warschau. 12 Bat. Gren. 12 000, 8-10. Bat. I Corps te

38800 66800 43600 30 000 19000 230000 in Polen

5. Poln. Armee: 24 Bat. Gren. 24000. 38. " I Cp. 700 26600 48 " II Cps 40000. = 11200 16 " 6 " Res. II Cps 16800. Div. Res. 25000. Cosak. 20000 Cavali. 10000

173600 M. 100000 in Polen 73600 in Westrußl.

6 Donauarmee: 4 Corps 5. C. 2 Div. 3 Corps

25000. 14000. 25000.

in Bessar. 84000

7. Krym: 2 Div. 6 Corps Reserve dort od. auf Marsch. C a v a l i . ' "

28000 17000 10000.

Krym

8. Circassian & Asien: Caucasus 9 Div. 5 Corps Kosaken 9. Orenb. Corps, Astrachan

30000 6000 10000

974

5

10

15

20

54000

25

46000 15000 540800

30

Notizen zur russischen Militärorganisation und Heeresstärke II Stellung: 1 Fini. Corps in Fini. & Res. 6 Corps 2. Garde Res. in Petersb. .5. & 6 Bat., 24 Bat. 3. III Garde Div. 16 Bat. in Reval 5 4 . 1 . & 2" " 32" nach Polen 5. Warschau wie oben 6. Linkes Weichselufer wie oben 7. Rechtes 8. Donauarmee 10 9. K r y m & T a u r i e n 10 Caucasus & Orenburg 11 Grenad. Reserve & I Corps do nach Polen

15 Gegen Oestreich: N? 4. Ne 5. N5 6. N? 7. 20 N 11. 9

38800. 16800. 16800 33600 19000. 100000 73600. 84000 54000 61000 497600 43600 541200

33600 19000 100000 73600 43600 269800. M

Gegen die Alliirten im Schwarzen Meer. N2 8." 84000 N? 9. 54000 25 Cauc. 46000 184000 An der Ostsee N?"l 38800 N? 2. 16800 30 N? 3 16800 72400

975

Friedrich Engels · Notizen und Exzerpte

Res. 6. Corps I Ostsee: Fini. Corps Res. Garde Gren. I Corps II Polen Pod. & Bess. Garde Gren. " Res. I Corps II " " Res. VI c . III Krym: IV

3 & 4 Corps 5. & 6 " Reserve:

Formation 1. Januar 24 B. 16 B. 48 " 24 " 48 "

16800 14400 33600 16800 33600

115200

48 B. 48 " 24 " 48 " 32 " 24 " 16 "

43200. 43200. 16800. 43200 28800 16800 8000

200000 10

96 B. 64 "

48000 32000 15000

95000 15

16 48 24 48 136

14400 33600 16800 33600

Ha-noA-k-oH-h n-kpebiü Napoléon premier | |[4]| I. Ostsee: Fini. Corps. Res. Garde Gren. VI Corps

Bat. " " "

98400 36600 25 135000

Cav. Art II Polen Garde Grenadiere Res. " I Corps Res. " " VI c .

48 46 24 48 24 16

III Bessarabien &c. II Corps " " Res.

32. 24.

976

Bat. " " " " "

20

43200 43200 16800 43200 16800 8000

30 171200 63800 235000 35

28800 16800

45600 15400 61000

Notizen zur russischen Militärorganisation und Heeresstärke während d e s Krimkriegs. Seite 5

Notizen zur russischen Militärorganisation und Heeresstärke IV Krym. 3 & 4 Corps 5&6 " Res. Div. 5 2 Corps V Reserve. II c . III c . IV " V " 10 I "

Ostsee Polen 15 Bessarabien Krym Reserve 2/5

96. 64.

48000 32000

16

14400

24. 48. 48. 48 24

16800 33600 33600 33600 16800

125000 220000

10 25

55000

6 9

134400 59600 194000

44

559000 15 544000

190000 590000

4

20

135000 235000 61000 169000 145000 7450001

25

94400

134000 15000 159000 26000 145000

150000

30 I Finnl. Corps & Reserve VI C. Finnland & Cronst. Garde - Petersb. bis Reval Res. des Gren. & I Corps Reval bis 5 & 6 Res. Bat. bleiben in Petersburg 4 Bat! ' " " Suvalki 7 & 8 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 17 000 Grenad. in Warschau 35 8 Bat. I Corps In Polen die Linie xxxxxx linkes Weichselufer I Corps 8 Bat. & 14 xxx 100,000 M. Gren. (Theile des Corps in Polen) bis zur Weichsel besetzen I & II Corps 10 000 M. Cos. 40 Rest d. Gren., I & II Corps in Wolyn. Regimenter in Bess. & Pod. te

te

te

979

Friedrich Engels · Notizen und Exzerpte |[5]| I. Garde: (Sievers?)

3 Div. 6 Brig. 12 Reg. 6 Gren. 2 Jäger: 36 Bat. 1 Schützenbat. 1 Sappeur do 3 Div. 6 Brig. 12% Reg.: 4 Kürass. 2 Ulan. 1 Drago. 2 Husar. 2% Kos. % Tatar. '/ Gensdar. & 1 reit. Pionier Divis., zus. 60 Esc. regul. 17½ irreg. Cav. & 2 Kan. 1 Div. 3 Brig. Fuß 2 Abth. reit. Art. 6 schw. \ p . o 1 schwere \ reit. 1 Raket. Batt. 3 leichte. / 4½ leichte / 11½ leichte reit. Batt. sind Kos. Batt. zus. 116 Gesch. (56 schwere) 4

II Grenad (Muraviof?)

3

D i y

6

9 Gren \ 3 CavalJ

ß r j

erstes 9

tes

% ß a t

Gren., l - 3

l S c h ü t z e n b a t

tes

!

Sap

5

10

pe rbat. U

15

Cav. Reg.

1 Div. J j j j ^ I Brig. 4 Regt 32 Escad. (8 Esc. ρ Regt) 1

13 & 14 Hus. 13 & 14 Ulan. Reg. III 1 Corps:

1. Div.

2

Paniutin

2 Div.

2 Corps:

980

1 Inf.

Reg. I Husar. Brig.: 1 & 2 Hus.Reg.) I Ulan. Do 1 & 2 Ulan. " Í20 " I leichte Cav. Div. 2 " IArt.Div.: l reit. l,2,3FußBrig. 1 Jäger " 2 leichte reit. 8 leichte 4 schwere 2" Fußbat. 42 Kanonen te

1.

3 Div.: 4 Div.: 5 "

3 Corps: Ujakoff (Osten Sacken) Selvan Samarin 4 Corps: Samänoff Dannenberg Pawloff Liprandi 5 Corps: (Lüders) Molière

1 Brig.

:

6 " : 7 Div. 8" 9 " 10 Div. 11 Div. 12 " 13 Div.

3 Inf. " 4 » " 2" 3 & 4 Jäger 5 & 6 Inf. 5 & 6 Jag R. & 1 Schütz. Bat. 7 & 8 Inf. 7 & 8 Jag R. 3 &4. Hus. 3 & 4 Ulan. Reg II 1. Cav. Div. " II Art. Div.: 2 reit., 9 & 10 " 9 & 10 " 4, 5, 6 Fuß Brig. & 2 Schütz. Bat. 11 & 12 " 11 & 12 " 5 & 6 Hus. 5 & 6 Ul. Reg. 13 & 14 " 13 & 14 " III 1. Cav. D. 15 & 16 " 15 & 16 " III Art. Div.: 3 reit., 7, 8, 9 Fuß Brig. & 3. Schütz. Bat. 17 & 18 " 17 & 18 " 7 & 8 Hus. 7 & 8 Ul. 19 & 20 " 19 & 20 " IV 1. Kav. Div. 4 Art. Div.: 4 reit. Brig. 21 & 22 " 21 & 22 " 10, 11, 12 Fußbrig. 23 & 24 " 23 & 24 " 25 & 26 " 25 & 26 " 9 & 10 Hus. 9 & 10 Ul. V "

25

30

35

te

40

te

45 14 Div. 27 & 28. "

27 & 28. "

5 Art. Div.: 5 reit., 13, 14, 15 Fußbrig.

Notizen zur russischen Militärorganisation und Heeresstärke Marin 6 Corps:

15 " 29 & 30 " 16 Div. 31 & 32 "

29 & 30 " 31 & 32 "

17 "

33 & 34 "

33 & 34 "

18 "

35 & 36 "

35 & 36 "

5

Caucas. Armee:

10

15 I Res. Cav. Corps:

II " 20 III oder Dragoner Corps:

19 Div.: 37 & 38 " 20 Div. 39 & 40 " 21 Div. 41 & 42 " Elite Brig.: 10 Gren. 7 Schütz. Bat. 2 Bat.

11 & 12 Hus. 11 & 12 Ul. VI 1. K. D. 6 Art. Div.:, 6 reit., 16, 17, 18 Fußbrig.

37 & 38 " 9 Drag. Regt. 10 Esc 39 & 40 " 1 Div. Art. 4 schw. 41 & 42 " 6 leichte & 4 Carab. Reg. g Gebirgs Train & Sapp. zu 12, 8 & 10 Gesch. te

1 Cürassier Divis: 1, 2, 3, 4 Cur. Reg. à 6 Esc. 1 Ulan. Div.: 15, 16, 17, 18 Ul. Reg.

Batt. 24 Mort. 108 Einhör. 48.6 U Kan.

1 reit. Art. Divis. 1 schwere 3 leichte Batt. 32 Kan.

2 Cur. Div. 5. 6. 7. 8. Cur. à 6 Esc. II reit. Art. Div. 1 schw. 2 Ul. Div. 19. 10. 21. 22. Ulan. " 1 & 2 Drag. Div. 1-8 Drag. Reg. à 10 Esc. 3 leichte Batt. 32 Kan. 2 reit. Pionier Esc. 3 leichte 1 schwere Batt. reit. Art. (III reit. Art. Div.) |

981

Notizen zur „Ordre de bataille d e s 1. Treffens der russischen Armee"

Ordre de bataille des 1 Treffens der russischen Armee. "'l4Mai. An der Aluta:

1 2 Infanterie D i v . G . L . L i p r a n d i 5 & 2 Reserve Reg. T u r n u u n d Simnitza: 10. I . D . G . L . S o i m o n o f f Giurgevo: 9 " " Samarin & 2 Brig (!) d e r 4 C a v . D i v . 11 " Pawloff Oltenitza: 14 " " M ö l l e r & einige Kalarasch: 10 Brig, des 6 Inf. C o r p s 15 " " M a r i n ( m i n u s die Brigade Engelhardt) 7 " " Uschakoff Obere Dobrudja: 1 R e s . Brig, des 5. L ü d e r s C o r p s Trajanswall: 15 Z w i s c h e n R a s s o w a u n d Silistria: V A r m e e c o r p s ( G r o s (?) & die Brig. E n g e l h a r d t (15 Div)) Gegen Basardschik: 3 Cav Div - G L . Grotenhjelm. 11

982

Exzerpte aus Werken von Johann Nobili und Arthur Görgey

Hill

Ungarischer Feldzug.

I. Ungarischer Rückzug hinter die Theiß. Oestreicher. (Windischgrätz) 1848. 1 N o v e m b e r ? S i m u n i c h m i t 1 B r i g a d e bei T y r n a u ? schlägt G u y on 5 ( G ö r g e y . p. 91-93.) soll heißen an d e r G r ä n z e bei J a b l o n i t z - N á d a s D i e östr. A r m i a u n t e r W i n d i s c h g r ä t z : I Corps: FML. Jellacic. Stabschef: Zeisberg G.M. Artiii. Maj. Mosmüller. I 1 10 5 3 2 2 2 15 6

Division FML. Kempen. Brigade. Oberst Grammont: Jäger Bat. Liccaner " Gradiscaner " Comp. 2 Wallachen " Esc. E.H. Franz Jos. Drag. U Fuß Batt. N?2.

II Brig. G.M. Bar. Neustädter. 1 20 3 3 3 2 6

Bat. Ottochaner Comp. " Ogulin Szluiner Bat. I Banat " E.H. Ludwig Esc. E.H. Franz Jos. Drag. U Fußbatt. N5 1.

3¾ Bat 6 Gesch.

2 E s c

II II 3 2 2 3 2

Division FM.L. v. Hartlieb. Brig. GM. v. Karger. Bat. II Banat Reg. " Brooder " Latour | 4 Bat. " E.H. Karl l 2 Esc. Esc. E.H. Franz | 6 Gesch. Jos. Drag. 6 U Fuß Batt. N? 5

II Brig G.M. v. Kriegern. 3 Bat. Warasd. Kreuz. 3 " Warasd. S. Georg. 3 " Ottochaner 4 Bat. 2 Comp. Wiener Freiwill. 2 Esc. 6 Gesch. König v. Sachs. Kürass. 2 Esc. 6 U Fußbatt. N? 3.

3% B. 2 Esc. 6 Gesch.

983

Friedrich Engels · Exzerpte und Notizen

Corps Res. Cav. Brig.: GM Ottinger. Wallmoden Kürass. 12 Esc. Heinrich Hardegg do. 6 Gesch. 6 tè Cav. Batt. N? 1

Corps Res. Artiii. 6 tè Fuß Batt. N2 4 & 6 1 2 ' " 1 & 2 Munit. Res. Colonnen

12, 6 U 12,12 U Geschütze

5

S u m m e 1 4 / Bat. 20 Esc. 54 G e s c h . 1 B r ü c k e n E q u i p a g e . I P i o n i e r C o m p . B a n d e r i a l h u s a r e n & Seressaner z u r D i s p o s , des H a u p t 6

5

q u a r t i e r s . [7, 8] II Corps: FML. Gr. Wrbna. Stabschef Oberst v. Pott, Art. Maj. Scherpon. I Division. FML Baron Csorich. 1 Brigade GM. von Wyß 2 Jäger Bat. 1 Bat. Schönhals. 1 " Fürstenwärther 1 Landwehr Bat. Reisinger 1 Comp. Sappeure E.H. Karl Chevauxl. 2 E. Civallart Ulanen 2 E. 6 tè Kav. Bat. N? 2. Raket. Batt. " 14

4½ Bat. 4 Esk. 12 Gesch.

II Brig. Oberst Fürst Jablonowski. 1 & 2 Bat. Nassau 4 Bat. 1 LW. Bat. do. 2 Bat. Ceccopieri } 1 Esc. 6 Gesch. Kreß Chevaux légers 1 Esc 6 tè Fußbatt. N? 7 C o r p s R e s e r v e Artillerie

11 Div. FML. Ramberg I Brigade: GM. Fürst Colloredo 12 Jäger Bat. 1 Bat. E.H. Stefan. 2 η ι, il 1 LW. Bat. Baumgarten Kreß Chevauxl. 1 Esc. 6 tè Fußbatt. N? 8

4 Bat. 1 Esc. 6 Gesch.

10

15

20 II Brig.: GM. Baron Lederer. 1 & 2 Bat. Khevenhüller 3 Bat. Heß, 4 Bat. 3. LW. Bat. do. 1 Esc. 6 Gesch. Kreß Chevauxl. 1 Esc. 6 tè Fußbatt. N? 9

25

6 U F u ß b a t t . 10 & 11 Ì 24 Gesch. 12 " " 3 " 4 / Z u s a m m e n 1 5 ^ B a t . 7 Esc. 54 G e s c h . 1 P i o n i e r C o m p . , 1 B r ü c k e n t r a i n . [9,10]/ 30 1

984

Aus Johann Nobili: Der Winter-Feldzug 1 8 4 8 - 1 8 4 9 in Ungarn und Arthur Görgey: Mein Leben und Wirken in Ungarn. Seite 1

Aus Werken von Johann Nobili und Arthur Görgey

|2| Ungarischer Feldzug I. A. - Rückzug der Ungarn bis Pesth. Oestreicher (W.) III oder Reserve Corps: FML. Duca Serbelloni. I Inf. Reserve Divis.: FML. E. Schwarzenberg. I Brig. GM. Schütte. II Cav. Res. Div. GM. Fürst Franz Liechtenstein I Brig. G. M. Parrot Gr. Bat. Rattay Civallart Ulanen 4 Esk. > " " Chmielnitzky 4 Bat. Kreß Chevauxi.' 5 " I 13 Esk. 10 " " Ferrari 6 Gesch. Ficquelmont Drag. 4 " [ 6 Gesch. 6. Jäger Bat. 6 U Kav. Bat N? 3 6 U Fuß Batt N? 12. II. Brig. GM. Liebler Gr. Bat. Strastil ι 15 " " Martini Richter ) 4 Bat. 6 Gesch. 1 Bat. Ceccopieri 6 U Fuß Batt. N 13 . 9

II Brig. G.M. Bellegarde: Karl Auersperg Kür. 6 \ ^ Max " " 6. 6 Gesch. 6 U Kav. Batt. N? 4 Div. Res. Art. (Maj. Schmidt) Raketen Batt. N- 13 6 Gesch. 1 Muniz. Kolonne

20 Divis. Res. Art.: Maj. Schmidt. Raket. Batt. N 23. \ 12 té Fuß " 5 / 9

n

G e s c h

Corps Res. Artiii. : 12 U Fuß Batt. 6, 7 & 8, 1 Comp. Sappeure 6 U Kav. " 5, 6, 7, 8, 66 K a n . 25 4 " Pioniere R a k e t . B a t t . 15, 16, 17, 18 8 Brückentrains Muniz. Haupt Reserve Col. Die Bat. im Durchschnitt 1000 M. exact. Die Escadr. 120 M. D a z u n o c h Simunichs, Frischeisens & Schlicks C o r p s . [11, 12]

987

Friedrich Engels · Exzerpte und Notizen

Recapitulation: I Hauptarmee: I . C o r p s Jellachich: 1. Divis. F M L . Kempen 1 Brig. O b e r s t Grammont. 3600 M. 2. " G M . Neustädter 4240 2. Divis. F M L . Hartlieb. 1 Brig. G . M . Karger 4240 M. 2 " G M . Kriegern. 3600 " R e s . C a v . Brig. G M . Ottinger 1440 " R e s . Artillerie M a j . Mosmüller " II C o r p s Wrbna. 1 D i v . F M L . Csorich 1 Brig. G M . Wyß 4340 M. 2 " O b e r s t F. Jablonowsky. 4120 " 2 Divis. F M L . Ramberg. 1 Brig. Colloredo G M . 4120 " 2 " G M . Lederer 3450 " R e s . Artiii. M a j . S c h e r p o n " I I I R e s e r v e C o r p s : Serbelloni. 1. Inf. Div.: F M L . E. Schwarzenberg. 1 Brig. G M . Schütte. 4000 M. 2 " " Liebler. 4000 " 3 Div. Res. Art. 2 C a v Divis. G. M. F r a n z Liechtenstein 1 Brig. Parrot G M . 1560 " 2 " G M . Bellegarde 1440 " Div. Res. Art. " 3. C o r p s R e s . A r t . " (W. G . t o t a l 4 3 1 1 3 M ) 4 4 1 5 0 M . /

988

6 Kan. 6 " 6 Kan. 6 " 6 " 24 G e s c h .

5

10

12 G e s c h . 6 11

15 6 " 6 " 24 " 20 6 " 6 12 " 11

6 6 6 66

25

Aus Werken von Johann Nobili und Arthur Görgey

131 Ungar. Feldzug. I. Rückzug bis Pesth. Oestreicher (W.)

5

N e b e n c o r p s der östr. A r m e e : I Simunich F M L : 5 Bat. 2 Esc. 12 G e s c h . 4500 M. 12 G e s c h . bei Göding an der M a r c h A n f a n g N o v e m b e r . II O. L. Frischeisen: 4 C o m p . j E s k . \ R a k . B a t t . 860 M. 3 G e s c h . bei Feschen gegen die J a b l u n k a . I I I . D i v . F M L . Schlick. 8 Bat. 6 E s k . 4 ' / Batt. 7800 M. 27 G e s c h . (sollte anfangs 14000 M. zählen): C o n z e n t r i r t e sich bei Dukla in Galizien. IV D i v . F Z M . Nugent, 6450 M. Inf. & C a v . ? K a n . in der Murinsel gegen Perczal. V. D i v . F M L . P u c h n e r , 7 à 8000 M. in Siebenbürgen. VI D i e n e u e n A u s h e b u n g e n in d e r Milit. G r ä n z e & im B a n a t die Serben, d e n Listen n a c h zahlreich, in W i r k l i c h k e i t schwach. V I I Hammerstein F M L . in Galizien, ein p a a r B e s a t z u n g e n & einige m o bile C o l o n n e n für die B u k o w i n a & die Siebenbürgische G r ä n z e . 44000 Z u s a m m e n Oestreicher 4500 I 800 also ca. 63550 M. 7800 6 4 5 0 ) gegen U n g a r n . Z u s t a n d d e r östr. T r u p p e n i m N o v e m b e r , D e z e m b e r p . 15, 16., i m D e z e m b e r p . 20. A b s i c h t slovakisçhe F r e i c o r p s z u errichten p . 17. l

l

2

2

2

10

15

20

Erste Aufstellung der

Oestreicher,

Ende November?

25 An d e r Leitha: 1 Theil des I C o r p s Jellacic R e s . C a v . D i v . Liechtenstein. An d e r March: v. 2 C o r p s Brig. Wyß bei Angern. " Jablonovsky " Schloßhof & Marcheck Bei W i e n e r Neustadt: O b e r s t Horväth m i t 8 C o . 2 E s k . 30 Bei Jablonitz & Szenitz M ä h r e n : Simunich. (der B e r g r ü c k e n sei vers c h a n z t gewesen s. G ö r g e i p. 112.) seit 10 November. Operationsplan von Windischgrätz p. 2 1 , 22. S t a t t P r e ß b u r g auf d e m rechten Ufer zu umgehen will er es in d e r F r o n t angreifen. Vgl. G. p. 111.

989

Friedrich Engels · Exzerpte und Notizen

Jellacic sollte i m m e r d e n r e c h t e n Flügel bilden, d a h e r s. viele C a v a l i . Wrbna d a g e g e n m i t d e n R e s . C o r p s vereint bleiben. Simunich L e o p o l d s t a d t n e h m e n & d a n n ü b e r die B e r g s t ä d t e Schlick entgegen. Schlick ü b e r K a s c h a u S i m u n i ç h entgegen & O b e r U n g a r n u n t e r w e r fen, via L o s o n c z a u f Waitzen o d e r via M i s k o l c z a u f P e s t h , sonst n a c h Discretion zu handeln.

5

D i s p o s i t i o n für d e n Angriff 14-16 D e z e m b e r p . 28. Simunich P r e ß b u r g u m g e h e n , a u f T y r n a u , d e n F e i n d z u D e t a c h i r u n g e n verleiten, am 14. 3 Brig (II C o r p s W r b n a ) erst am 17. angreifen. 10 10 Brig. ( R e s t der A r m e e ) a u f d e m r e c h t e n U f e r am 16 angreifen. A l s o w a s G . befürchtete. Am 15 s t a n d e n : (II C o r p s ) Brig. W y ß & J a b l o n o w s k y bei A n g e r n Br. C o l l o r e d o i n M a r c h e c k . Br. L e d e r e r bei D e u t s c h A l t e n b u r g (rechtes U f e r ) 15 Br. N e u s t ä d t e r bei H a i m b u r g & Wolfsthal Br. O t t i n g e r & Br. G r a m m o n t bei P r e l l e n k i r c h e n . Br. K r i e g e r n & K a r g e r bei B r u c k . Inf. R e s . D i v . & A r t . R e s . bei P r e l l e n k i r c h e n I n d e r A t t a c k e a m 1 6 d o c h die richtige I d e e , U m g e h u n g P r e ß b u r g s a u f 2 0 d e m rechten Ufer mit ganzer Kraft, s. G ö r g e i . A m 16. D e z e m b e r Angriff d e r Oestreicher a u f d a s R e c h t e U f e r . /

/ [ 1 ] / Ungarn (Görgei Bd. I.) A m 1 . N o v e m b e r 1848 G ö r g e i z u m O b e r c o m m a n d o c h e f e r n a n n t . D i e u n g a r i s c h e A r m e e bei K i t t s e e & P r e ß b u r g , - G u y o n gegen S i m u n i c h 25 gegen T y r n a u . G ö r g e i s P l a n ( R ü c k z u g bis R a a b , d e r R e g i e r u n g etc. bis h i n t e r die T h e i ß ) v o n K o s s u t h verworfen! D i e G r e n z e bleibt besetzt. ( G . p . 96. 97.) E r setzte die R e o r g a n i s a t i o n der A r m e e a u f r e g u l ä r e n F u ß d u r c h w u r d e a b e r a u c h hierin s o b a l d K o s s u t h wieder w e g w a r , v. d e r R e g i e r u n g ge- 30 h e m m t , p . 98. Sein Vorschlag K o s s u t h z u m D i c t a t o r z u e r n e n n e n , p . 9 9 - B e s c h r e i b u n g des Z u s t a n d e s der u n g a r i s c h e n A r m e e : p. 1 0 0 - 1 0 8 . (118[,119]) K o s s u t h will P a r t h e i g ä n g e r k r i e g , G ö r g e i n i c h t . D i e Schanzen von Preßburg u n n ü t z & u n v o l l e n d e t , d a b e i u n z w e c k m ä ß i g . D i e bei Raab & Wieselburg h a t t e n G ö r g e i ' s Z u s t i m m u n g im 35 Allgemeinen. K o l l m a n n führte sie a u s & z w a r als v e r s c h a n z t e L a g e r für 8 0 0 0 0 M. w ä h r e n d G ö r g e i k a u m 12000 h a t t e ρ 119. 120, d a b e i die ein-

990

Aus Werken von Johann Nobili und Arthur Görgey a n d e r bestreichenden R e d o u t e n etc. über 12 M e t e r Schußweite v o n einander. D i e regulären T r u p p e n seien s c h o n i m N o v e m b e r z u m Abfall v . U n g a r n reif gewesen, ρ 121. G ö r g e i ' s B e m ü h u n g e n d a g e g e n . 5 (Übersicht der g e s a m m t e n v. Oestreich an U n g a r n ü b e r k o m m e n e n Streitmittel (26 Bat. 59 E s k . 2402 K a n o n e n w o r u n t e r 672 Feldgeschütze.) W i n d i s c h g r ä t z p. 4. 5. Seine A n s i c h t v o n r e v o l u t i o n ä r e n Bewaffnungsmitteln p. 6. Ü b e r die T h ä t i g k e i t d e r U n g a r n N o v e m b e r D e z e m b e r s . W i n d i s c h 10 g r ä t z p. 18/19. |

|3| Ungarischer Feldzug I. Rückzug bis Pesth. Ungarn (G.) Bei N a d a s s t a n d eine u n g a r i s c h e B r i g a d e in schlechtem Z u s t a n d vgl. G. p . 26. N a c h A u s s a g e n eines Ü b e r l ä u f e r s (Orosz) bei Wg. p . 2 7 h a t t e 15 G ö r g e i im A n f a n g D e z e m b e r 8 Brig.: 1 bei N a d a s , 2 bei P r e ß b u r g , 5 bei K i t t s e e & bis z u m N e u s i e d l e r See, ferner s t a r k e T r u p p e n t h e i l e bei K o m o r n , R a a b & Ofen. D i e Brig, à 3 à 4000 M. also ca. 2 8 0 0 0 M. & 70 à 80 G e s c h ü t z e . A m 1 4 o d e r 1 5 D e z . greift S i m u n i c h die B r i g a d e G u y o n bei N a d a s a n ; 20 G ö r g e i b e g e h t d e n F e h l e r V e r s t ä r k u n g e n an G u y o n zu schicken. 16. D e z . D i e T r u p p e n auf d e m r e c h t e n Ufer h a t t e n Befehl n u r schwac h e n W i d e r s t a n d zu leisten (?). S. 122) a b e r die Brig, in P a r e n d o r f verwickelte sich in ein ernsthaftes Gefecht. |

991

Donau-Armee

I.

Donau-Armee.

I

C o r p s . Jelacic. I Division: F M L . Kempen s p ä t e r Schulzig. 1 Brig. O b e r s t Grammont. 3600 M. 2. " G M . Neustädter (xxxxxxxxxxxx) 4240 " II Division: F M L . Hartlieb. 1 Brig. G . M . Karger. 4240 " 2 " " Kriegern. 3600 " I I I R e s . C a v . Brig. G M . Ottinger. 1440 " R e s . Artillerie. II C o r p s : Wrbna. I Division F M L . Csorich. 1 Brig. G M . Wyß. 4340 " 2 " D o . F ü r s t Jablonowsky 4120 " II Division F M L . Ramberg R a m b e r g blieb vor Comorn Comm. 1 Brig. G. M. Colloredo. 4120 " 2 Lederer. (blieb v o r K o m o r n ) 3450 " III. Reserve Art. I I I R e s . C o r p s . : Serbelloni. I D i v . (Inf.) F M L . E. Schwarzenberg 1. Brig. G M . Schütte 4000 " 2. Liebler 4000 " 3. R e s . A r t . der Division II C a v . Divis. G M . F r a n z Liechtenstein. 1 Brig. G M . Parrot. 1560 " 2. Bellegarde. 1440 " 3. R e s . A r t . der Divis. I I I C o r p s R e s . Artiii. 4 4 1 5 0 M.

992

6 Kan. 6 " 6 6 6 24

" " " "

5

10

12 " 6 " 15 6 " 6 " 24 " 20 6" 6 " 12 " 25 11

6 6 6 " 66 " 216 K. 11

30

Donau-Armee

Β. Nebencorps. I S i m u n i c h s Divis. 1. Brig. Lobkowitz 3'/ 3 Β. 4 E s k . 2. 11 Sossay ?> ¡ 5 Π. Frischeisen s p ä t e r Götz Brig. 3 B a t . / E s k . x

2

!

2

= 4000 M. = 3600 " = 3000 "

12 Κ. 6 12 " 11

993

Exzerpte und Notizen zur Belagerung der Festung Silistria in den Jahren 1828, 1829 und 1854

Itili

11. M a i . 12. "

13. 14. 15. 16.

17. 18. 19.

20.

994

Silistria

Erstes b e d e u t e n d e s B o m b a r d e m e n t gegen Silistria (Bresche in der Wasserfront). W i e d e r h o l t e s B o m b a r d e m e n t , heftig ( u n c a p p e d shells) gegen die Tschengel B a s t i o n v. d e r Wasserseite. K e i n e a p p r o c h e & Batterie auf der Insel Schiblak. N a c h t 11/12 eine 4 K . B a t t . auf der Insel S a l h a n é errichtet, n e b e n Schiblak. A u c h die Insel H o p p e r besetzt, für M u n i t i o n s Reserve

5

10

Russische B r ü c k e v. der Insel u n t e r h a l b Silistria geschlagen 2 0 0 0 0 M . übergesetzt b a l d d a r a u f a u c h 2 0 0 0 0 M . v o n der D o b r u d s c h a a n g e r ü c k t . S t a r k e s F e u e r v. d e n Inseln. N a s m y t h 15 n i m m t die russ. S t ä r k e zus. auf 3 5 0 0 0 M . an. S t a r k e s F e u e r der Belagerer. Tirailleurgefeçht vor A r a b T a b i a . Tschengel B a s t i o n b e s c h ä d i g t & m i t S c h a n z k ö r b e n r e p a r i r t . T ü r k i s c h e B a t t . 4 K a n . a u f Salhané. Inf. gegen Tschengel. Wenig F e u e r . S t ä r k e r in d e r N a c h t . 20 E r s t e R e k o g n o s z i r u n g gegen A r a b - T a b i a s s i & E r ö f f n u n g der I Parallele östlich v. Silistria ca. 3500 Schritt v. der F e s t u n g . N e u e Batterie auf S a l h a n é gegen Jelanli. D a s V o r t e r r a i n v . den T ü r k e n nicht rasirt. R u s s . R e k o g n o s z i r u n g gegen die A u ß e n w e r k e , zurückgewiesen. 25 II Parallele.

Zur Belagerung der Festung Silistria 2 1 . [Mai] 22. 5 23. 24. 25. 10 26. 27.

15 28/29.

E r n e u e r t , S t u r m beabsichtigt. 2 tscherkessisçhe Offiziere gingen über. F e u e r gegen A r a b T a t u a v. 7. Batt., sehr gut schössen die Russen. 15 n e u e K a n . gegen A r a b T a b i a & 3 n e u e Batt. gegen Jelanli auf S a l h a n é . N i c h t s neues. N i c h t s . N a c h m i t t a g Angriff auf A r a b T a b i a . Inf. h i n t e r C a v a l i , m o n t i r t - N a c h t s S t u r m a u f A r a b T a b i a & Jelanli, bis 10 U h r a b e n d s . D i e R u s s e n schössen R a k e t e n auf die F o r t s . Russen machten Contre- & Circumvallations-Redouten. N a c h t 26/27 3 S t ü r m e (3 K o l o n n e n ) , abgeschlagen, R u s s e n verloren 1500 T o t e & 3000 V e r w u n d e t e . N a s m y t h weiß nichts d a v o n . D i e R u s s e n h a l t e n b l o ß d a s Vorterrain c h a u d . h a t N a s m y t h d e n ersten b e d e u t e n d e n S t u r m (drei wirkliche A n griffe in '/ S t u n d e . ) D i e T ü r k e n h a t t e n 4 Bat. & 500 A r n a u t e n in Arab Tabia unter Hussein Pasçha. N e u e r S t u r m R u s s e n 186 T o t e 349 V e r w u n d e t e G. L. Silvan f O b e r s t F o s t a n d a & O b e r s t G r a f Orloff j u n i o r schwer v e r w u n d e t . 2

28.

20 29. N a c h t 29/30, t ü r k . Ausfall. R u s s e n Verlust 15-1800 T o t e . 30. 31. R e g e l m ä ß i g e Belagerung eröffnet. 1. E i n e R e d o u t e soll v o n d e n R u s s e n g e n o m m e n sein. | |[2]| Silistria 2000 Schritt D i a m e t e r 10 front à 550 Schritt 2 a 4 F u ß 25 h o h e s Glacis 8-10 F u ß G r a b e n t i e f e , 8 F u ß h o h e 20 F u ß dicke i n w e n d i g mit Pallisaden revetirte B r u s t w e h r , B a s t i o n e à 10 G e s c h ü t z e , 4 p r o F a c e 1 p r o F l a n k e . G r a b e n t r o c k e n . 1500 Schritt v o r der F e s t u n g s e n k t sich d a s bulgarische P l a t e a u - n o c h 800 Schritt v o n Müftiereh Tabia ist die ganze F e s t u n g einzusehen - 4 K o n t r e f o r t s & ein B r ü c k e n k o p f n ö t h i g . 30 1 828 21 Juli Beginn der C e r n i r u n g 10 A u g u s t 36 D o n a u k a n o n e n b o o t e . E r s t i m S e p t e m b e r k a m B e l a g e r u n g s - G e s c h ü t z , a b e r keine M u n i t i o n , 10 N o v e m b e r die E i n s c h l i e ß u n g a u f g e h o b e n , die Artillerie theils z u r ü c k gelassen, theils a u f d e m R ü c k z u g verloren a n die T ü r k e n . 1829 17 M a i . C e r n i r u n g . Schilder M i n e n - 17 M a i Vertreibung d e r 35 T ü r k e n a u s den n o c h v o r g e f u n d e n e n russ. R e d o u t e n v. 1828. E i n e Batterie 31 G e s c h ü t z e 1000 Schritt v o r d e r F e s t u n g ; 18 M a i . D e m o n t i r b a t t e rie 600 Schritt. 26 M a i eröffnet. Gleichzeitig II Parallele 4 J u n i & 12 J u n i Vorgehen a u s der 3 Parallele. 17 J u n i C o u r o n n e m e n t des Glacis. 20 J u n i erste M i n e n s p r e n g u n g , 2 1 2 2 5 3 2 7 4 2 8 5 , 2 9 6 . F ü n f Batterien fer40 tig für die C r ê t e des Glacis. 30 Schritt v. H a u p t w a l l . - 29. 10 U h r Ü b e r gabe. 35 j o u r s de t r a n c h é e o u v e r t e , 9 Tage n a c h p r a k t i s c h e r Bresche. te

t e

te

te

te

995

Friedrich Engels · Exzerpte und Notizen 3 0 0 0 0 S c h u ß gegen Silistria. 336 C t r . P u l v e r versprengt. N u r 16-20 G e schütze. D e m o n t i r u n g . D a ß die M i n e n allein offenbar nicht geholfen beweist der t ü r k i s c h e Abschnitt. |

996

Notizen zur Belagerung der Festung Silistria im Juni 1854

M a i 20 J u n i

21.

22. 23 24. 25 26 27. 28

29.

1. D i e Belagerungsgeschütze h e r ü b e r g e b r a c h t gegen A r a b Tabia. T ü r k i s c h e M i n e n u n t e r d e m Glacis v . A r a b T a b i a & d e n C o n t r e e s c a r p e n . S t a r k e s F e u e r der R u s sen. 2 . 1 U h r M i t t a g s M u s s a P a s c h a d u r c h eine B o m b e d e r R u s s e n g e t ö d e t . 6 U h r A b e n d s die russische M i n e gegen A r a b T a b i a g e s p r u n g e n , explodirte r ü c k w ä r t s gegen die S t u r m k o l o n n e n in d e n T r a n c h e e n . 5000 Bashi B u z o u k s u n t e r M e h e m e t P a s c h a k a m e n herein (bestätigt v. d e n R u s s e n , o h n e D e t a i l s , sie k a m e n v. R a s g a r d ) . 3. 4. B e l a g e r u n g s a r b e i t e n gegen A r a b T a b i a fortgesezt. 5. 6. 7. N a c h t 7/8 die A r b e i t e n xxxxxxxx fertig & M i n e u n t e r der Bastion v. A r a b Tabia 8. 9 R e k o g n o s z i r u n g d e r R u s s e n m. 31 Bat. 37 Schw. 8 Sotnj. 12 B a t t . u n t e r C o m m a n d o v. P a s k e w i t s ç h in P e r s o n , w o b e i xxxxxxxxx 4 à 600 t ü r k i s c h e R e i t e r v. C h r u l e w geschlagen, xxxx ließ er 60 Pferde n a c h H a n d g e m e n g e den T ü r k e n . 10. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx g e s p r u n g e n u . eine Bresche g e m a c h t ; die C o u p u r e , o b w o h l n i c h t v o l l k o m m e n , w a r a b e r s c h o n g e m a c h t & der Ausfall d e r T ü r k e n folgte unauffällig (Die russischen B a t t . w a r e n 100 y a r d s v o r der Vers c h a n z u n g , e b e n s o d a s Glacis n o c h nicht vollständig gekrönt). 11. 12. D i e F e s t u n g v o l l s t ä n d i g offen & e u r o p ä i s c h e Offiziere v . S c h u m l a k a m e n herein. A r a b T a b i a g r o ß a b e r schwach. 997

Balaclava

[[ill Balaclava. Englischer Bericht D i e R e d o u t e n erst No eins n a c h heftigem K a m p f , No 2, 3 & 4 r a s c h g e n o m m e n . In Reserve s t a n d e n d a s 93 R e g . & bei B a l a k l a v a die M a r i n e , sowie ca. 100 R a c o o n s . D i e T ü r k e n formirt f. die Flügel des 9 3 . , a b e r 5 h i n t e r d e n H ü g e l n & bei der II Schanzenlinie. D i e I & IV D i v . - C a m b r i d g e & C a t h c a r t - bestellt, sowie die C a v . Divis., die sich links, n e b e n C a t h c a r t aufstellte. D i e französ. I. D i v . & 2 R e g . C h a s s e u r s d ' A f r i q u e weiter links. C h a r g e d e r russ. C a v . d u r c h die H o c h l ä n d e r 93 & die schwere C a v . Brig, z u r ü c k - 10 geschlagen. Brillante A t t a k e . (Südlich v o n der C h a u s s e e ) R ü c k z u g der R u s s e n v o n e i n e m Theil des e r o b e r t e n Terrains. Versuch die K a n o n e n a u s d e n R e d o u t e n (v. d e n e n keine wird verlassen) wegzuführen. Befehl die leichte C a v . v o r z u s c h i c k e n u n t e r s t ü t z t v. C a t h c a r t . D i e R u s s e n h a t t e n wieder Schlachtlinie f o r m i r t m i t B a t t e r i e n in F r o n t & F l a n k e . 15 C a r d i g a n s C h a r g e , toll & geschlagen. D i e C h a s s e u r s d'Afrique greifen in der linken F l a n k e an & d e g a g i r e n die E n g l ä n d e r , die in d e r rechten F l a n k e v o n russ. L a n c i e r s gefaßt sind. D i e schwere C a v . d e m o n s t r i r t u m die r e c h t e F l a n k e o h n e z u r C h a r g e zu k o m m e n & d u r c h d a s F e u e r der einen v. d e n R u s s e n besetzten 20 R e d o u t e g e h e m m t . K a n o n a d e , endlich R u h e . D i e E n g l ä n d e r ziehen sich a u f die zweite Schanzenlinie z u r ü c k & geben die erste auf, o b w o h l die d e m o l i r t e R e d o u t e einen M o m e n t v . d e n T ü r k e n u n t e r C a t h c a r t wieder besetzt w a r .

998

Balaclava. Seite 2

Balaclava

Russischer Bericht. 2

D i e centrale C o l o n n e , L e v u t s k i A v a n t G a r d e ( 4 / B a t . 1 6 K a n . ) Semjak i n G r o s (9 B a t . 10 K a n . ) v. T s c h o r g u n a a u f K a d y k ö i . D i e linke C o l o n n e , G r i b b e (3V Bat. 10 K a n . 8 Schw. 1 S o t a . ) a u f K a m a r a (später u n t e r s t ü t z t v. d e n c o m b i n i r t e n U l a n e n ) besetzt d a s Dorf, & bildet d e n linken Flügel d e r Linie. D e r r e c h t e Flügel gebildet: 1) d u r c h die H u s a r e n b r i g . R y i o v , die sich rechts v. C e n t r u m aufstellt, (14 Schw. 9 S o t n j . 20 K a n o n . ) 2) & eigentlich d u r c h S c h a b o k r i t z k i , T¡ Bat. 2 Schw. 2 Sotnja 14 K a n . D i e erste R e d o u t e d u r c h A z o f g e s t ü r m t , h a l b 7 M o r g e n s . N o . 2 & 3 R e d o u t e n v. F e i n d verlassen & sofort besetzt v o n U k r a i n e . N o . 4 R e d o u t e v. O d e s s a g e n o m m e n , a b e r rasirt & verlassen. Stellung zwischen den 3 behaupteten Redouten. C h a r g e d e r russ. C a v a i , n a c h d e m engl. L a g e r , d u r c h F l a n k e n f e u e r d e r H o c h l ä n d e r 9 3 . & die A t t a k e der s c h w e r e n B r i g a d e geworfen. S c h a b o k r i t z k i a u f die H ö h e n rechts geschickt. C h a r g e der leichten engl. B r i g a d e , v. d e n F l a n k e n a n g r i f f e n , der L a n ciers geworfen & heftiges K a r t ä t s c h e n - & Schützenfeuer. D e g a g i r t d u r c h die Chasseurs d ' A f r i q u e , die selbst v o r d e n B a j o n e t t e n v o n 2 Bat. Vladimir zurückgehn. Stellung a m A b e n d : 1 Bat. D n i e p r in K a m a r a . 4 B a t . A z o v , 1 Bat. D n e p r z u r V e r t h e i d i g u n g d e r R e d o u t e 1. 2 Bat. U k r a i n e in R e d o u t e 2 & 3. 8 Bat, in erster Linie, C a v . , A r t . & S c h a b o k r i t z k i in der festen Stellung. Um 4 U h r N a c h m i t t a g h ö r t e die K a n o n a d e auf. | |[2]| I C o l o n n e ν . T s c h o r g u n a a u f K a d y k o i : G e n e r a l M a j . L e v u t z k i 4 B. U k r a i n e 16 K a n . Regt. Jäger Ukraine. IV VI 4 " Odessa 4 schwere 6 leichte K a n o n e n / , " Schützen gegen R e d u t e n N o . 1 & 2 bei 8 / Bat. 16 K a n . Kadykoi 4 B. A s o v . H i n t e r i h m : G . M . Semjakin 1 " D n i e p r 10 " Regt. Asov 13 % Bat. 26 K . 4 Bat. R e g . D n i e p r Inf. IV VI 4 schwere 6 leichte K a n . außerdem Regt. Odessa J ä g e r & 6 K a n o n e n VI leichte B a t t . 3

2

5

3

10

15

20

25

30

2

2

3

35

t e s

1001

Friedrich Engels · Exzerpte und Notizen I I C o l o n n e : v . T s c h o r g u n a auf K a m a r a . G . M . G r i b b e , schickt die K o s a k e n 3 Bat. Dniepr ins Baidarthal. Vz " Fußkos. 10 K a n . 8 Schw. 1 S o t a . 1. 2. 3 Bat. D n i e p r Inf. VI 5 3 / B. 10 K a n . 8 Schw. 1 Sotn. IV 4 schwere & 6 leichte K a n . 1 Schwadr. Combinirte Ulanen 1 Sotnja 53 R e g t . D o n s k i K o s . Später das 6 Combinirte Ulanen Regt. v o n B a i d a r k o m m a n d i r t . A u c h F u ß - 10 k o s a k e n ( T s c h o r n o m o r s k i ) & ein Theil des & Schütz. Bat. !

2

I I I R e c h t e r Flügel. Cavali.: G . 145 S c h w a d r . 20 K a n . 9 S o t n j .

Ryioff. 6. H u s . Brigade. 11 & 12 H u s . R e g . 1. U r a l s c h e K o s . R e g t . drei Sotnj. 5 3 D o n s k o y K o s a k e n 12. leichte reit. Batt. 3 schwere K o s . B a t t .

15

t e

I V Ä u ß e r s t rechte Flügel: G . M . S c h a b o k r i z k i : D r e i Bat. V l a d i m i r "j 2 C o m p . hier w a r d e r Angriff der 4 Bat. Suzdal > 6. Schütz. C h a s s e u r s d'Afrique. B a t . Inf. 7 ' / B a t . 14 K a n . 2 Schw. 2 Sotnj 10 schwere K a n . (I) 4 leichte (II) 2 Schwadr. G. H. von Weimar Husaren. 2 S o t n j . N o . 60 P o p o f f s c h e K o s a k e n

20

J

3

Totaleinsatz: 24'/ Bat. 600 14700 Inf. 900 A r t . 2 600 K a v . 1 000 K o s . 19200 2

1002

24 Schw. 13 Sotnj. 70 K a n . 80 5-22 800 K o s . 900 1920

24 >/ B. 400 9 8 0 0 Inf.

25

30

2

35

Balaclava E n g l ä n d e r : I Divis. 8 Bat. I V Div. 8 11 Cav. Div. 10 R e g . Türken: ca. 8 B a t . 8 Bat. 5 F r a n z o s e n ν. d e r I Div, 6 Bat.

= = = = =

3 0 0 0 M. 3000 " 20 S c h w a d r . = 1200 M. 4 0 0 0 11 3000 " 13000

12 "

=

800 " 2000

& engl. M a r i n e s . |

1003

Notizen zur Stärke der russischen, britischen, französischen und türkischen Truppen auf der Krim

Russen Matrosen Reg. Matrosen Tschornomorskij A r t . franz. K ü s t e

73000 20000 20000 14000 13000 120000 2 0 0 0 0 In Sebastopol Matrosen v. Tschornomorskij Art. & ing. Inf. Nordseite und verschanzte Lager

5 14000 8000 4000

26000 24000 50000

10

bleibt F e l d a r m e e 7 0 0 0 0 Infanterie 2 0 0 0 0 Cavalerie Franz. Engl. Türk.

9 D i v . 1 Br. C a v . 5 " 1 " Eupatoria 4 "

2 "

"

2 "

"

Franz.

9 D i v . à 7000 M. =

63000

Do.

Res. Armee Cav.

20000

Engl. Inf. Türk.

30000 6000 119000 Matr. 4000 123000

15

1500 2000 20 3500

Belagerung? A r m e e F r a n z . 4 D i v . à 7000 28 000 Engl. 3" 6000 1 8 000 B a l a c l a v a I n k e r m a n etc. T ü r k . M a t r . 12 000

1004

46000 12000 58000

25

Notizen zur Stärke der russischen, britischen, französischen und türkischen Truppen auf der Krim

Notizen zur Stärke der Truppen auf der Krim 123000 58000 65000

E u p a t o r i a 3 5 0 0 0 infantry 4000 C a v a l r y 5 Garrison 15000 F e l d a r m e e 2 0 0 0 0 infantry 4000 C a v a l r y

1007